S I E M E N S

E W S D
Digital Electronic Switching System

Task Manual
TML Version V16 - Classic
NetM V5.1
APS-ID: WSALBK1N.V1605
Intern 100%

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619

BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
 Issued by Bereich Oeffentliche Vermittlungssysteme
Hofmannstrasse 51, D-81359 Muenchen

The reproduction, transmission or use of this

document or its contents is not permitted without
express written authority. Offenders will be liable
for damages. All rights, including rights created by
patent grant or registration of a utility model or
design, are reserved. Specifications are subject to
change without notice.

Subject to technical alterations without notice.

Copyright (c) SIEMENS AG 2002

& T M L E W S D : Administration Section

ADMIN-2 & P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
 GKKKKKKKKKKKKKK9
8 ADMIN 8
FKKKKKKKKKKKKKK:

Hints for interpreting the change designations:

The designations mean:

A ] Alternation, changed

N ] New, no previous chapter

0 ] Chapter removed, no replacement

This document comprises a total of 7414 pages.

Index of Issue: Issue: Pages:

ADMINISTRATION SECTION 03 ADMIN -1... 3 A

LIST OF CONTENTS 03 CONT -1... 26 A
INTRODUCTION TML/OML 03 IN -1... 9 A
COMMANDS 03 -1...7081 A
REFERENCE LIST COMMAND - MASKS 03 TAB -1... 295 A

T M L E W S D : Administration Section
P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ADMIN-3
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

DISPLAY A4 TESTPATTERN VALUE 2034.00 3 DISP_A4TPVAL -1... 1

ENTER A4 TESTPATTERN VALUE 2036.00 3 ENTR_A4TPVAL -1... 1
DIAGNOSE AC ALGORITHMS 1952.03 3 DIAG_ACALGOR -1... 1
TEST AC ALGORITHMS 1953.03 3 TEST_ACALGOR -1... 1
CANCEL AUTOMATIC CONGESTION CONTROL 3664.47 3 CAN_ACC -1... 1
DISPLAY AUTOMATIC CONGESTION CONTROL 3665.47 3 DISP_ACC -1... 1
ENTER AUTOMATIC CONGESTION CONTROL 3663.48 3 ENTR_ACC -1... 3
DISP. STATUS OF AUTOM. CONGEST. CONTROL 3666.47 3 STAT_ACC -1... 1
Display Access Control Configuration 1.00 3 DISP_ACCFG -1... 1
Modify Access Control Configuration 1.00 3 MOD_ACCFG -1... 2
CANCEL AUTOM. CONGEST. CONTROL TRAF. 3661.47 3 CAN_ACCTRAF -1... 1
DISPLAY AUTOM. CONGEST. CONTROL TRAF. 3662.47 3 DISP_ACCTRAF -1... 1
ENTER AUTOM. CONGEST. CONTROL TRAF. 3660.48 3 ENTR_ACCTRAF -1... 3
DISPLAY GENERAL ALARM CALL DATA 1589.01 3 DISP_ACDATA -1... 1
ENTER ALARM CALL DATA 1590.05 3 ENTR_ACDATA -1... 3
Cancel Access Control Initiator Group 1.00 3 CAN_ACINIGRP -1... 1
Create Access Control Initiator Group 1.00 3 CR_ACINIGRP -1... 1
Display Access Control Initiator Group 1.00 3 DISP_ACINIGRP -1... 1
Modify Access Control Initiator Group 1.00 3 MOD_ACINIGRP -1... 1
CANCEL COMFORT ALARM CALL ORDER LIMITS 3825.02 3 CAN_ACOLIM -1... 1
DISPLAY COMFORT ALARM CALL ORDER LIMITS 3824.02 3 DISP_ACOLIM -1... 1
ENTER COMFORT ALARM CALL ORDER LIMITS 3823.02 3 ENTR_ACOLIM -1... 2
CANCEL ALARM CALL ORDER 1587.07 3 CAN_ACORD -1... 3
ENTER ALARM CALL ORDER 1585.08 3 ENTR_ACORD -1... 5
SELECT ALARM CALL ORDER 1586.04 3 SEL_ACORD -1... 1
Cancel Access Control Rule 1.00 3 CAN_ACRULE -1... 1
Create Access Control Rule 1.00 3 CR_ACRULE -1... 3
Display Access Control Rule 1.00 3 DISP_ACRULE -1... 2
Modify Access Control Rule 1.00 3 MOD_ACRULE -1... 3
DISPLAY ALARM CALL STATISTICS 1588.00 3 DISP_ACSTAT -1... 1
Cancel Access Control Target Group 1.00 3 CAN_ACTARGRP -1... 1
Create Access Control Target Group 1.00 3 CR_ACTARGRP -1... 2
Display Access Control Target Group 1.00 3 DISP_ACTARGRP -1... 1
Modify Access Control Target Group 1.00 3 MOD_ACTARGRP -1... 2
ENTER A-SUBSCRIBER DIRECTORY NUMBER 2926.01 3 ENTR_ADN -1... 1
ACT AVERAGE DAILY PEAK HOUR TRAF. MEAS. 2829.00 3 ACT_ADPHMEAS -1... 1
CAN AVERAGE DAILY PEAK HOUR TRAF. MEAS. 2830.01 3 CAN_ADPHMEAS -1... 3
DISP AVERAGE DAILY PEAK HOUR TRAF. MEAS. 2832.01 3 DISP_ADPHMEAS -1... 5
ENTR AVERAGE DAILY PEAK HOUR TRAF. MEAS. 2833.01 3 ENTR_ADPHMEAS -1... 3
DISPLAY ARCHIVE FILE ENTRY 1518.03 3 DISP_AENTRY -1... 1
SELECT ARCHIVE FILE ENTRY 1519.08 3 SEL_AENTRY -1... 4
CANCEL ARCHIVE FILE 1515.01 3 CAN_AFILE -1... 1
CREATE ARCHIVE FILE 1514.03 3 CR_AFILE -1... 3
DISPLAY ARCHIVE FILE ATTRIBUTES 1517.00 3 DISP_AFILE -1... 1
MODIFY ARCHIVE FILE ATTRIBUTES 1516.02 3 MOD_AFILE -1... 3
DISPLAY ALARM STATUS 1483.03 3 DISP_ALARM -1... 2
SEARCH ALARM MESSAGE 1486.04 3 SRCH_ALARM -1... 2
ACTIVATE ALARM DISPLAY 2017.01 3 ACT_ALDISP -1... 1
DEACTIVATE ALARM DISPLAY 2019.01 3 DACT_ALDISP -1... 2
DISPLAY ALARM DISPLAY 2020.00 3 DISP_ALDISP -1... 1
CANCEL ALIAS NAME 3079.00 3 CAN_ALIAS -1... 1
DISPLAY ALIAS FILE NAMES 3075.00 3 DISP_ALIAS -1... 1
ENTER ALIAS FILE NAME 3076.00 3 ENTR_ALIAS -1... 1
MODIFY ALIAS NAME 3077.00 3 MOD_ALIAS -1... 1
DISPLAY ALARM MODE 771.01 3 DISP_ALMODE -1... 1
ENTER ALARM MODE 770.02 3 ENTR_ALMODE -1... 1
CANCEL ALARM PERIOD 2018.01 3 CAN_ALPER -1... 1
DISP ALARM PERIOD 2021.00 3 DISP_ALPER -1... 1
ENTER ALARM PERIOD 2022.01 3 ENTR_ALPER -1... 2
CANCEL ALARM PRIORITY 2922.00 3 CAN_ALPRIO -1... 2
DISPLAY ALARM PRIORITY 769.14 3 DISP_ALPRIO -1... 4
ENTER ALARM PRIORITY 768.14 3 ENTR_ALPRIO -1... 6
DISPLAY ALARM PROFILE 3174.00 3 DISP_ALPROF -1... 1
SET ALARM STATUS 1485.04 3 SET_ALSTAT -1... 1
CANCEL ALARM TEXT 946.02 3 CAN_ALTEXT -1... 1
DISPLAY ALARM TEXT 947.01 3 DISP_ALTEXT -1... 1
ENTER ALARM TEXT 943.01 3 ENTR_ALTEXT -1... 1
DISPLAY AMA DATA 528.77 3 DISP_AMA -1... 3
CANCEL ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3162.00 3 CAN_AMP -1... 1
COMMUTE ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3166.00 3 COM_AMP -1... 1
CONFIGURE ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3155.00 3 CONF_AMP -1... 1
CREATE ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3156.00 3 CR_AMP -1... 1
DIAGNOSE ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3159.00 3 DIAG_AMP -1... 2
DISPLAY ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3160.00 3 DISP_AMP -1... 1

CONT-1 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

TEST ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3163.00 3 TEST_AMP -1... 1

CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT 2888.04 3 CAN_ANELEM -1... 5
CREATE ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT 4098.01 3 CR_ANELEM -1... 11
DISPLAY ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT 2890.04 3 DISP_ANELEM -1... 6
MODIFY ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT 4099.01 3 MOD_ANELEM -1... 10
CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP COS 216.07 3 CAN_ANGCOS -1... 1
ENTER ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP COS 215.07 3 ENTR_ANGCOS -1... 9
CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP 214.03 3 CAN_ANGRP -1... 1
CREATE ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP 213.83 3 CR_ANGRP -1... 10
DISPLAY ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP 222.03 3 DISP_ANGRP -1... 1
RECORD ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP DATA 2876.00 3 REC_ANGRP -1... 4
CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT LINE COS 220.05 3 CAN_ANLCOS -1... 1
ENTER ANNOUNCEMENT LINE COS 219.07 3 ENTR_ANLCOS -1... 1
CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT LINE 218.03 3 CAN_ANLN -1... 1
CREATE ANNOUNCEMENT LINE 217.81 3 CR_ANLN -1... 5
DISPLAY ANNOUNCEMENT LINE 221.03 3 DISP_ANLN -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF ANNOUNCEMENT LINE 847.69 3 STAT_ANLN -1... 2
DISPLAY INDIV. ANNOUNCEMENT PRESET VALUE 2896.07 3 DISP_ANPREV -1... 2
MODIFY INDIV. ANNOUNCEMENT PRESET VALUE 2895.07 3 MOD_ANPREV -1... 3
CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT TEXT 2902.01 3 CAN_ANTXT -1... 1
CREATE ANNOUNCEMENT TEXT 2903.01 3 CR_ANTXT -1... 2
DISPLAY ANNOUNCEMENT TEXT 2891.01 3 DISP_ANTXT -1... 1
MODIFY ANNOUNCEMENT TEXT 2904.01 3 MOD_ANTXT -1... 2
CANCEL APPLICATION 1767.00 3 CAN_APPL -1... 1
CREATE APPLICATION 1769.08 3 CR_APPL -1... 7
DISPLAY APPLICATION 1771.01 3 DISP_APPL -1... 1
MODIFY APPLICATION 1774.09 3 MOD_APPL -1... 7
CANCEL APSENTRYTABLE 1820.00 3 CAN_APSENTAB -1... 1
CREATE APSENTRYTABLE 1821.00 3 CR_APSENTAB -1... 1
ENTER APS NAME 321.01 3 ENTR_APSNAME -1... 1
INCREMENT APS VERSION NUMBER 322.01 3 INCR_APSVN -1... 1
MODIFY ARCHIVE FILE 4131.00 3 MOD_ARCHIVE -1... 3
CANCEL LOCAL AREA CODE 1052.46 3 CAN_AREACODE -1... 1
DISPLAY LOCAL AREA CODE DATA 311.46 3 DISP_AREACODE -1... 1
ENTER LOCAL AREA CODE 310.46 3 ENTR_AREACODE -1... 2
MODIFY LOCAL AREA CODE 1051.58 3 MOD_AREACODE -1... 2
CONNECT ATE 1296.11 3 CONN_ATE -1... 2
DISCONNECT ATE 1297.10 3 DISCONNATE -1... 1
ALLOW AUDIT 242.79 3 ALLOW_AUDIT -1... 2
DISPLAY AUDIT 240.70 3 DISP_AUDIT -1... 1
INHIBIT AUDIT 241.79 3 INHIB_AUDIT -1... 2
START AUDIT 239.81 3 START_AUDIT -1... 4
CANCEL AUTHORIZATION 897.01 3 CAN_AUT -1... 1
DISPLAY AUTHORIZATION 898.01 3 DISP_AUT -1... 1
ENTER AUTHORIZATION 896.01 3 ENTR_AUT -1... 1
CANCEL AUTHORIZATION CLASS 894.01 3 CAN_AUTCL -1... 1
DISPLAY AUTHORIZATION CLASS 895.01 3 DISP_AUTCL -1... 1
ENTER AUTHORIZATION CLASS 893.01 3 ENTR_AUTCL -1... 1
Display Authentication Defaults CP 1.00 3 DISP_AUTHDEFCP -1... 1
Modify Authentication Defaults CP 1.00 3 MOD_AUTHDEFCP -1... 1
DISPLAY CALL DATA OF BASIC ACCESS 1592.04 3 STAT_BA -1... 2
DISPLAY BASIC ACCESS FAULT 1818.09 3 DISP_BAFAULT -1... 3
COMMUTE BASE PROCESSORS 1099.00 3 COM_BAP -1... 1
CONFIGURE BASE PROCESSOR 1089.00 3 CONF_BAP -1... 1
DIAGNOSE BASE PROCESSOR 1109.00 3 DIAG_BAP -1... 2
TEST BASE PROCESSOR 1128.00 3 TEST_BAP -1... 1
ACTIVATE BASIC ACCESS PERFORMANCE MEAS. 2739.02 3 ACT_BAPERF -1... 2
DEACTIVATE BA PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT 2740.01 3 DACT_BAPERF -1... 2
DISPLAY BASIC ACCESS PERFORMANCE DATA 2741.01 3 DISP_BAPERF -1... 4
CONFIGURE BUS TO COMMON MEMORY 1101.00 3 CONF_BCMY -1... 1
DIAGNOSE BUS TO COMMON MEMORY 1112.00 3 DIAG_BCMY -1... 1
TEST BUS TO COMMON MEMORY 1130.01 3 TEST_BCMY -1... 1
ACT BIT ERROR RATE MEASUREMENT 3242.04 3 ACT_BERM -1... 8
DISPLAY BIT ERROR RATE MEASUREMENT 3183.17 3 DISP_BERM -1... 9
ACTIVATE BILLING RECORD 3426.10 3 ACT_BILLREC -1... 5
CANCEL BILLING RECORD 3427.10 3 CAN_BILLREC -1... 5
DISPLAY BILLING RECORD 3428.10 3 DISP_BILLREC -1... 2
ENTER BILLING RECORD 3429.10 3 ENTR_BILLREC -1... 6
TRANSFER INDIV. CALL DATA BUFFER TO DISK 593.18 3 TRANS_BUFFER -1... 1
DISPLAY CCS7 DISCARDED MSUS 2951.00 3 DISP_C7DCDMSU -1... 1
REC CCS7 DISCARDED MESSAGE SIGNAL UNITS 1405.09 3 REC_C7DCDMSU -1... 3
DISPLAY CCS7 DISC. MSU 3443.00 3 DISP_C7DMDAT -1... 1
MODIFY CCS7 DISCARDED MSU DATA 3444.00 3 MOD_C7DMDAT -1... 1
CANCEL CCS7 DESTINATION POINT 485.08 3 CAN_C7DP -1... 3

CONT-2 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

CONFIGURE CCS7 DESTINATION POINT 1686.04 3 CONF_C7DP -1... 2

CREATE CCS7 DESTINATION POINT 481.06 3 CR_C7DP -1... 3
DISPLAY CCS7 DESTINATION POINT 492.12 3 DISP_C7DP -1... 2
MODIFY CCS7 DESTINATION POINT 1712.04 3 MOD_C7DP -1... 3
RECORD CCS7 GRADE OF SERVICE 1398.10 3 REC_C7GOS -1... 4
DISPLAY STATUS OF CCS7 LEVEL1 COMPONENTS 2718.03 3 STAT_C7L1 -1... 1
CANCEL CCS7 LINK 486.12 3 CAN_C7LINK -1... 1
CONFIGURE CCS7 LINK 490.03 3 CONF_C7LINK -1... 2
CREATE CCS7 LINK 482.75 3 CR_C7LINK -1... 2
DISPLAY CCS7 SIGNALING LINK 493.12 3 DISP_C7LINK -1... 6
MODIFY CCS7 SIGNALING LINK 1896.00 3 MOD_C7LINK -1... 1
RECORD CCS7 LINK LOAD 1401.10 3 REC_C7LLOAD -1... 4
CANCEL CCS7 LINK SET 487.00 3 CAN_C7LSET -1... 1
CREATE CCS7 LINK SET 483.06 3 CR_C7LSET -1... 2
DISPLAY CCS7 LINK SET 495.12 3 DISP_C7LSET -1... 4
MODIFY CCS7 LINK SET 2948.02 3 MOD_C7LSET -1... 2
RECORD CCS7 LINK SET 3096.10 3 REC_C7LSET -1... 4
CANCEL CCS7 LSET IN ROUTE DESCR.OF DPC 1711.02 3 CAN_C7LSETDP -1... 1
DISP.FOR A GIVEN CCS7 LINK SET ALL DPC’S 1715.01 3 DISP_C7LSETDP -1... 1
ENTER CCS7 LSET IN ROUTE DESCR. OF DPC 1709.02 3 ENTR_C7LSETDP -1... 2
CANCEL CCS7 LSET IN RT.SET OF RT AREA 1714.01 3 CAN_C7LSETRA -1... 1
DISP.FOR A GIVEN CCS7 LSET ALL RT.AREA’S 1716.01 3 DISP_C7LSETRA -1... 1
ENTER CCS7 LSET IN ROUTE DESC.OF RT AREA 1710.01 3 ENTR_C7LSETRA -1... 1
REC CCS7 MESSAGE SIGNAL UNIT 2923.09 3 REC_C7MSU -1... 3
DISPLAY CCS7 NOTIFICATION 2737.00 3 DISP_C7NOTI -1... 1
CANCEL CCS7 OWN SIGNALING POINT 2715.00 3 CAN_C7OP -1... 1
CREATE CCS7 OWN SIGNALING POINT 2716.04 3 CR_C7OP -1... 2
DISPLAY CCS7 OWN SIGNALING POINT 2721.03 3 DISP_C7OP -1... 1
MODIFY CCS7 OWN SIGNALING POINT 2717.02 3 MOD_C7OP -1... 3
DISPLAY CCS7 ROUTE SET 496.10 3 DISP_C7RSET -1... 1
RECORD CCS7 ROUTE SET TRAFFIC DATA 1399.09 3 REC_C7RSET -1... 5
CANCEL CCS7 ROUTING AREA 1352.02 3 CAN_C7RTAREA -1... 1
CONFIGURE CCS7 ROUTING AREA 1356.02 3 CONF_C7RTAREA -1... 1
CREATE CCS7 ROUTING AREA 1351.02 3 CR_C7RTAREA -1... 1
DISPLAY CCS7 ROUTING AREA 1353.03 3 DISP_C7RTAREA -1... 1
MODIFY CCS7 ROUTING AREA 1713.03 3 MOD_C7RTAREA -1... 2
DISPLAY CCS7 SMOOTHING TIME 3407.00 3 DISP_C7SMTIME -1... 1
MODIFY CCS7 SMOOTHING TIME 3408.00 3 MOD_C7SMTIME -1... 1
CANCEL CCS7 TRUNK GROUP RELATION 1758.00 3 CAN_C7TGREL -1... 1
DISPLAY CCS7 TRUNK GROUP RELATION 1759.25 3 DISP_C7TGREL -1... 3
ENTER CCS7 TRUNK GROUP RELATION 1757.25 3 ENTR_C7TGREL -1... 2
CANCEL CCS7 TRAFFIC STRUCTURE MEASUREM. 2165.00 3 CAN_C7TRST -1... 1
DISP CCS7 TRAFFIC STRUCTURE MEASUREMENT 1402.01 3 DISP_C7TRST -1... 1
ENTER CCS7 TRAFFIC STRUCTURE MEASUREMENT 2164.01 3 ENTR_C7TRST -1... 3
TEST CCS7 TRUNK STATUS (ISUP) 3492.25 3 TEST_C7TRSTAT -1... 6
TEST CCS7 TRUNK 854.25 3 TEST_C7TRUNK -1... 4
TEST CCS7 TRUNK VALIDATION 3628.25 3 TEST_C7TRVAL -1... 5
CANCEL CCS7 USER ASSOCIATION 1684.25 3 CAN_C7USER -1... 2
CREATE CCS7 USER ASSOCIATION 1685.25 3 CR_C7USER -1... 3
DISPLAY CCS7 USER ASSOCIATION 1695.25 3 DISP_C7USER -1... 2
CANCEL CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2445.52 3 CAN_CAC -1... 1
CREATE CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2444.52 3 CR_CAC -1... 2
DISPLAY CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2447.52 3 DISP_CAC -1... 2
MODIFY CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2446.54 3 MOD_CAC -1... 3
CANCEL CARRIER ACCESS CODE CODE POINT 4032.52 3 CAN_CACCPT -1... 1
CREATE CARRIER ACCESS CODE CODE POINT 4031.56 3 CR_CACCPT -1... 3
DISPLAY CARRIER ACCESS CODE CODEPOINT 4034.52 3 DISP_CACCPT -1... 2
MODIFY CARRIER ACCESS CODE CODEPOINT 4033.52 3 MOD_CACCPT -1... 4
CANCEL CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST 4040.52 3 CAN_CACLST -1... 1
CREATE CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST 4037.52 3 CR_CACLST -1... 1
DISPLAY CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST 4039.52 3 DISP_CACLST -1... 1
MODIFY CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST 4038.52 3 MOD_CACLST -1... 1
CANCEL MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER 4019.13 3 CAN_CALIDREC -1... 1
CREATE MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER 4016.13 3 CR_CALIDREC -1... 2
DISPLAY MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER 4018.13 3 DISP_CALIDREC -1... 1
MODIFY MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER 4017.13 3 MOD_CALIDREC -1... 2
ACCEPT CALL 1272.15 3 ACCEP_CALL -1... 2
RELEASE CALL 1279.01 3 REL_CALL -1... 1
SET UP CALL 1282.03 3 SETUP_CALL -1... 1
DISPLAY CALL PROCESSING DATA 639.80 3 DISP_CALLDAT -1... 6
ACCEPT CALL IDENTIFICATION 1484.01 3 ACCEP_CALLID -1... 1
MODIFY CALL MONITORING 713.15 3 MOD_CALLMON -1... 2
CALL MONITORING 711.24 3 START_CALLMON -1... 4
STOP CALL MONITORING 712.15 3 STOP_CALLMON -1... 1

CONT-3 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

ACTIVATE CALL PROCESSING BASIC OPERATION 3513.00 3 ACT_CALLPBOP -1... 1

DISPLAY CALL PROCESSING OPTIONS 1945.07 3 DISP_CALLPOPT -1... 2
MODIFY CALL PROCESSING OPTIONS 1950.16 3 MOD_CALLPOPT -1... 33
ACTIVATE CALL TRACER 637.89 3 ACT_CALLTRAC -1... 8
CANCEL CALL TRACER 644.00 3 CAN_CALLTRAC -1... 1
DEACTIVATE CALL TRACER 2761.00 3 DACT_CALLTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY CALL TRACER 643.00 3 DISP_CALLTRAC -1... 1
DUMP CALL TRACER 2757.01 3 DMP_CALLTRAC -1... 2
ENTER CALL TRACER OBJECT DATA 2750.10 3 ENTR_CALLTRAC -1... 46
CANCEL CALL TYPE DATA 3387.05 3 CAN_CALLTYPE -1... 1
CREATE CALL TYPE DATA 2395.07 3 CR_CALLTYPE -1... 14
DISPLAY CALL TYPE DATA 3386.07 3 DISP_CALLTYPE -1... 4
MODIFY CALL TYPE DATA 2396.07 3 MOD_CALLTYPE -1... 20
CANCEL CALL PROCESSOR 3165.00 3 CAN_CAP -1... 1
CONFIGURE CALL PROCESSOR 1090.00 3 CONF_CAP -1... 1
CREATE CALL PROCESSOR 3157.00 3 CR_CAP -1... 1
DIAGNOSE CALL PROCESSOR 1110.00 3 DIAG_CAP -1... 2
DISPLAY CALL PROCESSOR 3161.00 3 DISP_CAP -1... 1
TEST CALL PROCESSOR 1129.01 3 TEST_CAP -1... 1
CANCEL CATASTROPHE CONDITION 253.44 3 CAN_CATAST -1... 1
DISPLAY CATASTROPHE CONDITION 254.44 3 DISP_CATAST -1... 1
ENTER CATASTROPHE CONDITION 252.44 3 ENTR_CATAST -1... 1
DISPLAY CALL BOOKING DATA 571.76 3 DISP_CBDATA -1... 1
ENTER CALL BOOKING DATA 580.75 3 ENTR_CBDATA -1... 1
CANCEL CALL BOOKING LIMIT DATA 737.77 3 CAN_CBLIMIT -1... 3
CREATE CALL BOOKING LIMIT DATA 736.78 3 CR_CBLIMIT -1... 3
DISPLAY CALL BOOKING LIMIT 574.78 3 DISP_CBLIMIT -1... 2
MODIFY CALL BOOKING LIMIT DATA 859.78 3 MOD_CBLIMIT -1... 4
ACTIVATE CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP 3025.02 3 ACT_CBPGRP -1... 1
CANCEL CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP 3026.03 3 CAN_CBPGRP -1... 1
CREATE CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP 3027.04 3 CR_CBPGRP -1... 2
DEACTIVATE CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP 3028.02 3 DACT_CBPGRP -1... 1
DISPLAY CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP 3029.02 3 DISP_CBPGRP -1... 1
MODIFY CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP 3030.04 3 MOD_CBPGRP -1... 2
CANCEL CODE BLOCK POINT 328.85 3 CAN_CBPT -1... 2
CREATE CODE BLOCK POINT 326.87 3 CR_CBPT -1... 4
DISPLAY CODE BLOCK POINT 329.84 3 DISP_CBPT -1... 2
MODIFY CODE BLOCK POINT 327.85 3 MOD_CBPT -1... 3
DISPLAY COIN BOX PULSE 250.01 3 DISP_CBPULS -1... 1
ENTER COIN BOX PULSE 251.02 3 ENTR_CBPULS -1... 1
CONFIGURE CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR 928.60 3 CONF_CCG -1... 1
DISPLAY CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR 921.10 3 DISP_CCG -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF CCG 143.80 3 STAT_CCG -1... 1
DISPLAY CCG-PARAMETER 1549.21 3 DISP_CCGPAR -1... 5
MODIFY CCG-PARAMETER 1548.21 3 MOD_CCGPAR -1... 5
CONFIGURE CCNC 502.71 3 CONF_CCNC -1... 11
DIAGNOSE CCNC 503.72 3 DIAG_CCNC -1... 4
DISPLAY OST OF CCNC 506.71 3 STAT_CCNC -1... 1
ACTIVATE CCNC TRACER 779.15 3 ACT_CCNCTRAC -1... 5
CANCEL CCNC TRACER 783.20 3 CAN_CCNCTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY CCNC TRACER 782.20 3 DISP_CCNCTRAC -1... 1
DUMP CCNC TRACER 3509.00 3 DMP_CCNCTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY CALL CATEGORY STATUS 625.01 3 DISP_CCSTAT -1... 1
ACTIVATE CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DATA 3378.05 3 ACT_CDS -1... 2
CANCEL CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DATA 3377.07 3 CAN_CDS -1... 1
CREATE CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DATA 2393.07 3 CR_CDS -1... 9
DISPLAY CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DATA 3379.07 3 DISP_CDS -1... 7
MODIFY CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DATA 2394.07 3 MOD_CDS -1... 14
DISPLAY CDS STATISTICS FILE 2433.03 3 DISP_CDSFILE -1... 7
ACTIVATE A CDS TIME PROGRAM DATA 3858.07 3 ACT_CDSPROG -1... 1
CANCEL CDS TIME PROGRAM DATA 3856.07 3 CAN_CDSPROG -1... 2
DEACTIVATE A CDS TIME PROGRAM DATA 3859.07 3 DACT_CDSPROG -1... 1
DISPLAY CDS TIME PROGRAM DATA 3857.07 3 DISP_CDSPROG -1... 6
ENTER CDS TIME PROGRAM DATA 3855.07 3 ENTR_CDSPROG -1... 4
CANCEL CDS PROGRAM TIME DATA 3851.07 3 CAN_CDSPRTIM -1... 2
CREATE CDS PROGRAM TIME DATA 3850.07 3 CR_CDSPRTIM -1... 2
DISPLAY CDS PROGRAM TIME DATA 3853.07 3 DISP_CDSPRTIM -1... 2
MODIFY CDS PROGRAM TIME DATA 3852.07 3 MOD_CDSPRTIM -1... 2
ACTIVATE CDS STATUS REPORT 2431.02 3 ACT_CDSSTAT -1... 1
DISPLAY CDS STATUS REPORT 2432.02 3 DISP_CDSSTAT -1... 2
CANCEL CALL DATA TREATMENT DATA 2791.11 3 CAN_CDTDAT -1... 6
DISPLAY CALL DATA TREATMENT DATA 2796.02 3 DISP_CDTDAT -1... 1
ENTER CALL DATA TREATMENT DATA 2799.11 3 ENTR_CDTDAT -1... 15
RESET COMMAND FILE OPTIONS 952.00 3 RESET_CFOPT -1... 1

CONT-4 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

SET COMMAND FILE OPTIONS 951.01 3 SET_CFOPT -1... 2

DISPLAY CALL FAILURE TREATMENT 1208.00 3 DISP_CFT -1... 1
ENTER CALL FAILURE TREATMENT 1207.00 3 ENTR_CFT -1... 1
DISPLAY COMMAND FILE TIME JOB 648.01 3 DISP_CFTJOB -1... 1
DISPLAY CHARGING DATA RECORDS 3819.03 3 DISP_CHAREC -1... 31
DISPLAY CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT RECORD 2420.03 3 DISP_CHF -1... 3
ACTIVATE CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT CASE 2182.03 3 ACT_CHFCASE -1... 2
CREATE CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT CASE 2181.01 3 CR_CHFCASE -1... 1
DEACTIVATE CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT CASE 2183.03 3 DACT_CHFCASE -1... 2
DISPLAY CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT CASE 2184.02 3 DISP_CHFCASE -1... 2
MODIFY CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT CASE 2419.03 3 MOD_CHFCASE -1... 3
DISPLAY CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT STATUS 2186.02 3 DISP_CHFSTAT -1... 1
MODIFY CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT STATUS 2185.02 3 MOD_CHFSTAT -1... 1
DISPLAY CHARGING FEATURES 3760.03 3 DISP_CHRGFEA -1... 1
MODIFY CHARGING FEATURES 3759.04 3 MOD_CHRGFEA -1... 4
DISPLAY CHARGING OPTIONS 4130.01 3 DISP_CHRGOPT -1... 1
MODIFY CHARGING OPTIONS 4124.03 3 MOD_CHRGOPT -1... 7
CANCEL COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE 3799.00 3 CAN_CITERA -1... 1
CONFIGURE COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE 3800.00 3 CONF_CITERA -1... 1
CREATE COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE 3798.00 3 CR_CITERA -1... 1
DISPLAY COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE 3801.00 3 DISP_CITERA -1... 1
MODIFY COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE 3802.00 3 MOD_CITERA -1... 2
ACTIVATE CONNECTION LIST TRACER 2814.00 3 ACT_CLSTTRAC -1... 1
CANCEL CONNECTION LIST TRACER 2802.00 3 CAN_CLSTTRAC -1... 1
DEACTIVATE CONNECTION LIST TRACER 2803.00 3 DACT_CLSTTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY CONNECTION LIST TRACER 2804.00 3 DISP_CLSTTRAC -1... 1
DUMP CONNECTION LIST TRACER 2805.01 3 DMP_CLSTTRAC -1... 1
ENTER CONNECTION LIST TRACER OBJECT DATA 2813.07 3 ENTR_CLSTTRAC -1... 8
SKIP COMMAND 1.00 3 SKIP_CMD -1... 1
EXECUTE COMMAND FILE 671.75 3 EXEC_CMDFILE -1... 3
CONFIGURE COMMON MEMORY 1102.00 3 CONF_CMY -1... 1
DIAGNOSE COMMON MEMORY 1113.00 3 DIAG_CMY -1... 1
TEST COMMON MEMORY 1131.01 3 TEST_CMY -1... 1
LOAD CMY FIRMWARE 4198.00 3 LOAD_CMYFW -1... 1
DUMP CCNC MEMORY IMMEDIATE DUMP 3897.00 3 DMP_CNIMDMP -1... 3
ACTIVATE CCNC PERMANENT PATCH 3899.00 3 ACT_CNPRPCH -1... 1
CANCEL CCNC PERMANENT PATCH 3902.00 3 CAN_CNPRPCH -1... 1
DEACTIVATE CCNC PERMANENT PATCH 3900.00 3 DACT_CNPRPCH -1... 1
DISPLAY CCNC PERMANENT PATCH 3903.01 3 DISP_CNPRPCH -1... 4
ENTER CCNC PERMANENT PATCH 3898.00 3 ENTR_CNPRPCH -1... 4
UPDATE CCNC PERMANENT PATCH 3901.00 3 UPD_CNPRPCH -1... 1
ACTIVATE CCNC TRANSIENT PATCH 3905.00 3 ACT_CNTRPCH -1... 1
CANCEL CCNC TRANSIENT PATCH 3907.00 3 CAN_CNTRPCH -1... 1
DEACTIVATE CCNC TRANSIENT PATCH 3906.00 3 DACT_CNTRPCH -1... 1
DISPLAY CCNC TRANSIENT PATCH 3908.01 3 DISP_CNTRPCH -1... 4
ENTER CCNC TRANSIENT PATCH 3904.00 3 ENTR_CNTRPCH -1... 2
CANCEL COUNTRY CODE 2450.44 3 CAN_CNTRYCOD -1... 1
DISPLAY COUNTRY CODE 2451.46 3 DISP_CNTRYCOD -1... 1
ENTER COUNTRY CODE 2449.46 3 ENTR_CNTRYCOD -1... 1
DISPLAY LARGE CONFERENCE 3508.07 3 DISP_CONFL -1... 2
MODIFY LARGE CONFERENCE 3507.07 3 MOD_CONFL -1... 1
CANCEL CONFERENCE 1932.07 3 CAN_CONFRNC -1... 1
CREATE CONFERENCE 1933.07 3 CR_CONFRNC -1... 1
DISPLAY CONFERENCE 1934.07 3 DISP_CONFRNC -1... 1
DISPLAY CONNECTIONS 1652.12 3 DISP_CONN -1... 6
RELEASE CONNECTION 1581.55 3 REL_CONN -1... 5
STAT COMMERCIAL PLATFORM 4167.00 3 STAT_COPL -1... 1
CONFIGURATE CONFERENCE UNIT 1492.18 3 CONF_COU -1... 1
DIAGNOSE CONFERENCE UNIT 1491.08 3 DIAG_COU -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF CONFERENCE UNIT 1490.88 3 STAT_COU -1... 1
RECORD COORDINATION PROCESSOR 277.04 3 REC_CP -1... 4
ACTIVATE CP DUMP CONDITIONS 1066.20 3 ACT_CPDMPC -1... 2
DEACTIVATE CONDITIONAL CPDUMP 1068.02 3 DACT_CPDMPC -1... 1
DISPLAY CONDITIONAL CPDUMP 1067.00 3 DISP_CPDMPC -1... 1
DUMP CP MEMORY IMMEDIATE DUMP 3605.00 3 DMP_CPIMDMP -1... 3
DUMP CP MEMORY 1069.20 3 DMP_CPMEM -1... 2
ACTIVATE CP PERMANENT PATCH 3593.00 3 ACT_CPPRPCH -1... 2
CANCEL CP PERMANENT PATCH 3596.00 3 CAN_CPPRPCH -1... 1
DEACTIVATE CP PERMANENT PATCH 3594.00 3 DACT_CPPRPCH -1... 2
DISPLAY CP PERMANENT PATCH 3597.02 3 DISP_CPPRPCH -1... 4
ENTER CP PERMANENT PATCH 3592.00 3 ENTR_CPPRPCH -1... 4
UPDATE CP PERMANENT PATCH 3595.00 3 UPD_CPPRPCH -1... 1
CANCEL CODE POINT 21.49 3 CAN_CPT -1... 3
CREATE CODE POINT 19.58 3 CR_CPT -1... 17

CONT-5 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

DISPLAY CODE POINT 197.58 3 DISP_CPT -1... 4

MERGE CODE POINT 387.58 3 MERGE_CPT -1... 6
MODIFY CODE POINT 314.58 3 MOD_CPT -1... 15
SPLIT CODE POINT 385.58 3 SPLIT_CPT -1... 7
CANCEL CODE POINT NOT ALLOWED FOR FEAT. 2160.46 3 CAN_CPTNAF -1... 1
CREATE CODE POINT NOT ALLOWED FOR FEAT. 2159.46 3 CR_CPTNAF -1... 1
DISPL. CODE POINTS NOT ALLOWED FOR FEAT. 2161.46 3 DISP_CPTNAF -1... 1
ACTIVATE CP TRANSIENT PATCH 3599.00 3 ACT_CPTRPCH -1... 2
CANCEL CP TRANSIENT PATCH 3601.00 3 CAN_CPTRPCH -1... 2
DEACTIVATE CP TRANSIENT PATCH 3600.00 3 DACT_CPTRPCH -1... 2
DISPLAY CP TRANSIENT PATCH 3602.02 3 DISP_CPTRPCH -1... 4
ENTER CP TRANSIENT PATCH 3598.00 3 ENTR_CPTRPCH -1... 2
ENTER CARRIER QUOTA DATA 1805.02 3 ENTR_CQDAT -1... 4
MODIFY CARRIER QUOTA DATA 1807.05 3 MOD_CQDAT -1... 9
CAN CARRIER QUOTA GROUP 1800.01 3 CAN_CQGRP -1... 1
CREATE CARRIER QUOTA GROUP 1802.03 3 CR_CQGRP -1... 2
DISPLAY CARRIER QUOTA GROUP 1804.02 3 DISP_CQGRP -1... 1
MODIFY CARRIER QUOTA GROUP 1808.02 3 MOD_CQGRP -1... 1
CONFIGURE CODE RECEIVER 383.78 3 CONF_CR -1... 2
DIAGNOSE CODE RECEIVER 996.18 3 DIAG_CR -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF CODE RECEIVER 384.88 3 STAT_CR -1... 3
CANCEL CODE RECEIVER MODULE 186.73 3 CAN_CRMOD -1... 1
CREATE CODE RECEIVER MODULE 166.81 3 CR_CRMOD -1... 2
DISPLAY CODE RECEIVER MODULE 176.75 3 DISP_CRMOD -1... 1
CANCEL CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL 1087.01 3 CAN_CSC -1... 1
CONFIGURE CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL 1086.01 3 CONF_CSC -1... 1
CREATE CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL 1104.02 3 CR_CSC -1... 1
DISPLAY CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL 3031.00 3 DISP_CSC -1... 1
MODIFY CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL 3033.00 3 MOD_CSC -1... 1
CANCEL CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP 1495.00 3 CAN_CSCGRP -1... 1
CREATE CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP 1493.00 3 CR_CSCGRP -1... 1
DISPLAY CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP 1496.00 3 DISP_CSCGRP -1... 1
MODIFY CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP 1494.00 3 MOD_CSCGRP -1... 1
ACTIVATE CSC-TRACER 1073.06 3 ACT_CSCTRAC -1... 3
DEACTIVATE CSC-TRACER 1074.02 3 DACT_CSCTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY CSC-TRACE COMMAND 1076.01 3 DISP_CSCTRAC -1... 1
DUMP CSC-TRACE DATA 1075.01 3 DMP_CSCTRAC -1... 1
ACTIVATE CALL STATUS FACILITY 2872.14 3 ACT_CSF -1... 12
DEACTIVATE CALL STATUS FACILITY 2871.09 3 DACT_CSF -1... 1
DISPLAY CALL STATUS FACILITY 2873.09 3 DISP_CSF -1... 1
DUMP CALL STATUS FACILITY 2874.09 3 DMP_CSF -1... 1
CANCEL COMMON SERVICE GROUP INTERCEPT 2427.05 3 CAN_CSGINC -1... 2
CREATE COMMON SERVICE GROUP INTERCEPT 2426.05 3 CR_CSGINC -1... 14
DISPLAY COMMON SERVICE GROUP INTERCEPT 2428.05 3 DISP_CSGINC -1... 2
CANCEL COMMON SERVICE GROUP DATA 3393.02 3 CAN_CSGRP -1... 1
CREATE COMMON SERVICE GROUP DATA 3392.07 3 CR_CSGRP -1... 18
DISPLAY COMMON SERVICE GROUP DATA 3395.05 3 DISP_CSGRP -1... 3
MODIFY COMMON SERVICE GROUP DATA 3394.07 3 MOD_CSGRP -1... 18
CANCEL COMMON SERVICE SUBSCRIBER DATA 3402.07 3 CAN_CSSUB -1... 22
DISPLAY COMMON SERVICE SUBSCRIBER DATA 3401.07 3 DISP_CSSUB -1... 12
ENTER COMMON SERVICE SUBSCRIBER DATA 3400.07 3 ENTR_CSSUB -1... 57
START CSWD PROCESSES 280.10 3 START_CSWD -1... 1
DISPLAY CALL CONTROL TIME 1032.00 3 DISP_CTRLTIME -1... 1
ENTER CALL CONTROL TIME 1031.01 3 ENTR_CTRLTIME -1... 1
TEST CIRCUIT TYPE 67.13 3 TEST_CTYPE -1... 6
CANCEL CLOSED USER GROUP 2764.04 3 CAN_CUG -1... 2
DISPLAY CLOSED USER GROUP DATA 2766.02 3 DISP_CUG -1... 2
ENTER CLOSED USER GROUP 2768.06 3 ENTR_CUG -1... 3
MODIFY CLOSED USER GROUP AUTHORIZATION 2770.02 3 MOD_CUGAUTH -1... 2
CANCEL CUSTOMER 3631.56 3 CAN_CUST -1... 1
CREATE CUSTOMER 3629.56 3 CR_CUST -1... 1
DISPLAY CUSTOMER 3632.56 3 DISP_CUST -1... 1
MODIFY CUSTOMER 3630.56 3 MOD_CUST -1... 1
CANCEL CUSTOMER CODE POINT 3635.56 3 CAN_CUSTCPT -1... 2
CREATE CUSTOMER CODE POINT 3633.56 3 CR_CUSTCPT -1... 3
DISPLAY CUSTOMER CODE POINT 3636.56 3 DISP_CUSTCPT -1... 2
MODIFY CUSTOMER CODE POINT 3634.56 3 MOD_CUSTCPT -1... 2
CANCEL CENTREX CAT FEATURE DATA 2898.63 3 CAN_CXCATFEA -1... 2
DISPLAY CENTREX CAT FEATURE DATA 2899.61 3 DISP_CXCATFEA -1... 1
ENTER CENTREX CAT FEATURE DATA 2901.63 3 ENTR_CXCATFEA -1... 2
CANCEL CENTREX CODE POINT 1338.64 3 CAN_CXCPT -1... 1
CREATE CENTREX CODE POINT 1336.72 3 CR_CXCPT -1... 19
DISPLAY CENTREX CODE POINT 1339.69 3 DISP_CXCPT -1... 5
MODIFY CENTREX CODE POINT 1337.72 3 MOD_CXCPT -1... 16

CONT-6 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

CANCEL CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER 1328.63 3 CAN_CXDN -1... 1

CREATE CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER 1327.67 3 CR_CXDN -1... 4
DISPLAY CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER 1329.67 3 DISP_CXDN -1... 3
MODIFY CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER 1747.67 3 MOD_CXDN -1... 4
MODIFY CENTREX EQUIPMENT NUMBER 3274.04 3 MOD_CXEQN -1... 2
CANCEL CENTREX GROUP 1318.65 3 CAN_CXGRP -1... 1
CREATE CENTREX GROUP 1317.69 3 CR_CXGRP -1... 7
DISPLAY CENTREX GROUP DATA 1324.65 3 DISP_CXGRP -1... 3
MODIFY CENTREX GROUP 1319.69 3 MOD_CXGRP -1... 10
RECORD CENTREX GROUP 2953.03 3 REC_CXGRP -1... 12
DISPLAY CENTREX GROUP LTG RELATIONSHIP 2900.61 3 DISP_CXGRPLTG -1... 1
CANCEL CENTREX GROUP RESOURCES 3821.02 3 CAN_CXGRPRES -1... 2
DISPLAY CENTREX GROUP RESOURCES 3822.00 3 DISP_CXGRPRES -1... 3
ENTER CENTREX GROUP RESOURCES 3820.02 3 ENTR_CXGRPRES -1... 3
CANCEL CENTREX INTERCEPT 1341.66 3 CAN_CXINC -1... 1
CREATE CENTREX INTERCEPT 1340.67 3 CR_CXINC -1... 11
DISPLAY CENTREX INTERCEPT 1342.67 3 DISP_CXINC -1... 1
CANCEL CENTREX MDR DATA 3336.60 3 CAN_CXMDR -1... 1
DISPLAY CENTREX MDR DATA 1720.60 3 DISP_CXMDR -1... 1
ENTER CENTREX MDR DATA 3335.61 3 ENTR_CXMDR -1... 2
CANCEL CENTREX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE 2941.67 3 CAN_CXPBX -1... 3
DISPLAY CENTREX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE 2943.66 3 DISP_CXPBX -1... 3
ENTER CENTREX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE 2945.72 3 ENTR_CXPBX -1... 9
CANCEL CENTREX PBX LINE 2942.66 3 CAN_CXPBXLN -1... 2
DISPLAY CENTREX PBX LINE 2944.63 3 DISP_CXPBXLN -1... 3
ENTER CENTREX PBX LINE 2946.67 3 ENTR_CXPBXLN -1... 8
DISPLAY CTX SUBSCRIBER CONTROLED FEATURE 2326.06 3 DISP_CXSCFEA -1... 4
MODIFY CTX SUBSCRIBER CONTROLED FEATURE 2325.06 3 MOD_CXSCFEA -1... 32
CANCEL CENTREX SECURITY 3995.60 3 CAN_CXSEC -1... 1
DISPLAY CENTREX SECURITY 3996.60 3 DISP_CXSEC -1... 1
ENTER CENTREX SECURITY 3994.60 3 ENTR_CXSEC -1... 2
CANCEL CENTREX SUBSCRIBER 1333.67 3 CAN_CXSUB -1... 3
DISPLAY CENTREX SUBSCRIBER 1331.65 3 DISP_CXSUB -1... 4
ENTER CENTREX SUBSCRIBER 1330.71 3 ENTR_CXSUB -1... 10
CANCEL CENTREX ZONE POINT 3785.03 3 CAN_CXZOPT -1... 2
CREATE CENTREX ZONE POINT 3784.03 3 CR_CXZOPT -1... 3
DISPLAY CENTREX ZONE POINT 3786.03 3 DISP_CXZOPT -1... 3
MODIFY CENTREX ZONE POINT 3787.03 3 MOD_CXZOPT -1... 4
RELEASE CYCLIC FILE 410.03 3 REL_CYCFILE -1... 1
START DATA BASE 3568.00 3 START_DB -1... 1
MODIFY DATABASE OPTIONS 4045.00 3 MOD_DBOPT -1... 1
ACTIVATE DATABASE QUERY 4009.16 3 ACT_DBQUERY -1... 2
DISPLAY DATA BASE DESCRIPTION 1251.04 3 DISP_DBSIZE -1... 1
MODIFY DB-SIZE 1079.04 3 MOD_DBSIZE -1... 1
DISPLAY DCH BOOKING 2408.01 3 DISP_DCHBOOK -1... 2
DISPLAY DCH DELAY REPORT 2409.01 3 DISP_DCHDELAY -1... 1
DIAGNOSE DIGITAL CODE RECEIVER 998.08 3 DIAG_DCR -1... 1
DIAGNOSE DIGITAL ECHO SUPPRESSOR 997.08 3 DIAG_DES -1... 1
ACTIVATE DESTINATION 1799.01 3 ACT_DEST -1... 1
CANCEL DESTINATION 5.02 3 CAN_DEST -1... 1
CREATE DESTINATION 25.87 3 CR_DEST -1... 7
DEACTIVATE DESTINATION 1803.01 3 DACT_DEST -1... 1
DISPLAY DESTINATION 193.07 3 DISP_DEST -1... 2
MODIFY DESTINATION 412.89 3 MOD_DEST -1... 8
RECORD DESTINATION 261.07 3 REC_DEST -1... 5
CANCEL DESTINATION CONTROL DATA 2957.01 3 CAN_DESTCNTL -1... 2
ENTER DESTINATION CONTROL DATA 2958.01 3 ENTR_DESTCNTL -1... 2
CANCEL DESTINATION DATA 1801.03 3 CAN_DESTDAT -1... 1
ENTER DESTINATION DATA 1806.06 3 ENTR_DESTDAT -1... 3
MODIFY DESTINATION DATA 1809.05 3 MOD_DESTDAT -1... 3
DISPLAY DEVICE AUTHORIZATION 900.01 3 DISP_DEVAUT -1... 1
MODIFY DEVICE AUTHORIZATION 899.02 3 MOD_DEVAUT -1... 1
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS STATISTICS 1118.00 3 DISP_DIAGSTAT -1... 1
DISPLAY DIGITS CP 2162.49 3 DISP_DIGITCP -1... 1
CANCEL DIGITS GP 915.01 3 CAN_DIGITGP -1... 1
CREATE DIGITS GP 992.52 3 CR_DIGITGP -1... 1
DISPLAY DIGITS GP 913.46 3 DISP_DIGITGP -1... 1
MODIFY DIGITS GP 1926.49 3 MOD_DIGITGP -1... 3
DISPLAY DISK 635.74 3 DISP_DISK -1... 6
PATCH DISK 634.75 3 PATCH_DISK -1... 1
STOP DISPLAY 379.70 3 STOP_DISP -1... 1
CONFIGURE DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 393.88 3 CONF_DIU -1... 1
DIAGNOSE DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 995.08 3 DIAG_DIU -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 356.88 3 STAT_DIU -1... 1

CONT-7 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

DISPLAY DATA LINK CONNECTION IDENTIFIER 2936.03 3 DISP_DLCI -1... 4

CANCEL DIGITAL LINE UNIT 655.05 3 CAN_DLU -1... 1
CONFIGURE DIGITAL LINE UNIT 667.50 3 CONF_DLU -1... 2
CREATE DIGITAL LINE UNIT 652.83 3 CR_DLU -1... 5
DIAGNOSIS OF THE DIGITAL LINE UNIT 1020.50 3 DIAG_DLU -1... 1
DISPLAY DIGITAL LINE UNIT 649.03 3 DISP_DLU -1... 1
EXTEND DIGITAL LINE UNIT 657.09 3 EXT_DLU -1... 4
MODIFY DIGITAL LINE UNIT 4097.01 3 MOD_DLU -1... 2
RECORD DIGITAL LINE UNIT 1056.04 3 REC_DLU -1... 4
REDUCE DIGITAL LINE UNIT 656.07 3 RED_DLU -1... 2
STATUS DISPLAY OF DLU SYSTEMS 663.50 3 STAT_DLU -1... 1
CANCEL DIGITAL LINE UNIT EQUIPMENT 4102.01 3 CAN_DLUEQ -1... 1
CONFIGURE DLU EQUIPMENT 670.50 3 CONF_DLUEQ -1... 3
CREATE DIGITAL LINE UNIT EQUIPMENT 4100.01 3 CR_DLUEQ -1... 2
DIAGNOSIS OF DLU-EQUIPMENT 1022.50 3 DIAG_DLUEQ -1... 2
DISPLAY DIGITAL LINE UNIT EQUIPMENT 4103.01 3 DISP_DLUEQ -1... 2
MODIFY DIGITAL LINE UNIT EQUIPMENT 4101.01 3 MOD_DLUEQ -1... 2
DISPLAY OST OF DLU EQUIPMENT 665.50 3 STAT_DLUEQ -1... 3
TEST DLU LINE CIRCUIT 676.15 3 TEST_DLULC -1... 6
CANCEL DLU MODULE 654.11 3 CAN_DLUMOD -1... 2
CONFIGURE DLU MODULE 668.50 3 CONF_DLUMOD -1... 2
CREATE DIGITAL LINE UNIT MODULE 653.03 3 CR_DLUMOD -1... 13
DIAGNOSIS OF DLU-MODULES 1021.50 3 DIAG_DLUMOD -1... 1
DISPLAY DLU MODULE 651.09 3 DISP_DLUMOD -1... 2
MODIFY DIGITAL LINE UNIT MODULE 1041.11 3 MOD_DLUMOD -1... 3
STATUS DISPLAY OF DLU MODULES 664.50 3 STAT_DLUMOD -1... 2
DISPLAY TRANSIENT DLU PATH DATA 849.04 3 DISP_DLUPD -1... 1
CONFIGURE DLU PORTS 669.10 3 CONF_DLUPORT -1... 2
DISPLAY DIGITAL LINE UNIT PORT 661.13 3 DISP_DLUPORT -1... 2
SELECTIVE DISPLAY OF DLU PORT 650.05 3 SEL_DLUPORT -1... 2
DISPLAY STATUS OF DLU PORTS 666.07 3 STAT_DLUPORT -1... 2
ACT DUMP OF SAFEGUARDING MESSAGES 1942.00 3 ACT_DMPSGMSG -1... 1
DACT DUMP OF SAFEGUARDING MESSAGES 1944.00 3 DACT_DMPSGMSG -1... 1
DISP DUMP OF SAFEGUARDING MESSAGES 1946.00 3 DISP_DMPSGMSG -1... 1
CANCEL DIRECTORY NUMBER 990.84 3 CAN_DN -1... 1
CREATE DIRECTORY NUMBER 988.86 3 CR_DN -1... 2
DISPLAY DIRECTORY NUMBER DATA 192.83 3 DISP_DN -1... 3
EXTEND DIRECTORY NUMBER 2276.03 3 EXT_DN -1... 1
MODIFY DIRECTORY NUMBER 989.86 3 MOD_DN -1... 3
RECORD DIRECTORY NUMBERS 2924.04 3 REC_DN -1... 10
REDUCE DIRECTORY NUMBER 2277.04 3 RED_DN -1... 1
DISPLAY DIRECTORY NUMBER ATTRIBUTE 1050.46 3 DISP_DNATT -1... 1
ENTER DIRECTORY NUMBER ATTRIBUTE 1049.54 3 ENTR_DNATT -1... 2
CANCEL DIRECTORY NUMBER OBSERVATION JOB 2960.05 3 CAN_DNOBS -1... 1
DISPLAY DIRECTORY NUMBER OBSERVATION JOB 2961.04 3 DISP_DNOBS -1... 1
ENTER DIRECTORY NUMBER OBSERVATION JOB 2962.05 3 ENTR_DNOBS -1... 3
DISPLAY DESTINATION NUMBER POINTS 454.16 3 DISP_DNP -1... 1
CANCEL DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD 3404.03 3 CAN_DSB -1... 1
CREATE DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD 3403.07 3 CR_DSB -1... 5
DISPLAY DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD 3361.07 3 DISP_DSB -1... 5
MODIFY DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD 3405.07 3 MOD_DSB -1... 6
DISPLAY STATUS OF DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD 3362.04 3 STAT_DSB -1... 4
CANCEL DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE 567.02 3 CAN_DTI -1... 1
CONFIGURE DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE 568.00 3 CONF_DTI -1... 2
CREATE DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE 566.02 3 CR_DTI -1... 1
DISPLAY DTI 570.10 3 DISP_DTI -1... 1
DISPLAY OST OF DTI 569.10 3 STAT_DTI -1... 2
DISPLAY DUPLE TEST VALUES 3711.00 3 DISP_DUTVAL -1... 1
ENTER DUPLE TEST VALUES 3710.00 3 ENTR_DUTVAL -1... 2
CANCEL DEVICE GROUP 1791.01 3 CAN_DVGRP -1... 1
CREATE DEVICEGROUP 1793.01 3 CR_DVGRP -1... 2
SELECT DEVICE GROUP 1798.01 3 SEL_DVGRP -1... 1
DISP DEVICE GROUP LINK 1794.00 3 DISP_DVGRPLNK -1... 1
MODIFY DEVICE GROUP LINK 1796.02 3 MOD_DVGRPLNK -1... 2
CANCEL EXTERNAL ALARM LINE 1016.02 3 CAN_EAL -1... 1
CREATE EXTERNAL ALARM LINE 1015.03 3 CR_EAL -1... 1
DISPLAY EXTERNAL ALARM LINE 1017.01 3 DISP_EAL -1... 1
CREATE EAL LEVEL 1019.02 3 CR_EALLVL -1... 1
DISPLAY EAL LEVEL 1018.01 3 DISP_EALLVL -1... 1
EXECUTE EDT SYSTEM 8 270.00 3 EXEC_EDTS8 -1... 4
CANCEL ELEMENTARY MESSAGE 2338.00 3 CAN_ELMSG -1... 1
CREATE ELEMENTARY MESSAGE 2334.02 3 CR_ELMSG -1... 6
DISPLAY ELEMENTARY MESSAGE 2339.01 3 DISP_ELMSG -1... 2
MODIFY ELEMENTARY MESSAGE 2335.02 3 MOD_ELMSG -1... 6

CONT-8 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

CANCEL ELEMENTARY MESSAGE ERROR 2341.00 3 CAN_ELMSGERR -1... 1

CREATE ELEMENTARY MESSAGE ERROR 2336.01 3 CR_ELMSGERR -1... 1
DISPLAY ELEMENTARY MESSAGE ERROR 2342.00 3 DISP_ELMSGERR -1... 1
MODIFY ELEMENTARY MESSAGE ERROR 2340.01 3 MOD_ELMSGERR -1... 1
RESET EMERGENCY OPERATION 647.01 3 RESET_EMERGOP -1... 1
DISPLAY ENCRYPTED KEYWORD 4029.01 3 DISP_ENKEY -1... 1
DISPLAY ENTITY OPTIONS 2969.03 3 DISP_ENTOPT -1... 1
MODIFY ENTITY OPTIONS 2977.03 3 MOD_ENTOPT -1... 2
MODIFY EQUIPMENT NUMBER 1860.19 3 MOD_EQN -1... 7
ACTIVATE EQUIPMENT TRAP 345.32 3 ACT_EQTRAP -1... 18
CANCEL EQUIPMENT TRAP 348.32 3 CAN_EQTRAP -1... 6
DISPLAY ERROR STATISTIC DATA 2815.06 3 DISP_ERRSTDAT -1... 10
Save Error Symptoms 1.00 3 SAVE_ERRSYMP -1... 2
TEST EDITOR OF MML MASK 1816.03 3 TEST_ET -1... 3
Cancel Event Destination 1.00 3 CAN_EVDEST -1... 1
Display Event Destination 1.00 3 DISP_EVDEST -1... 1
Create Event Destination CP 1.00 3 CR_EVDESTCP -1... 3
Modify Event Destination CP 1.00 3 MOD_EVDESTCP -1... 2
Cancel Event Log on CP 1.00 3 CAN_EVLOGCP -1... 1
Create Event Log on CP 1.00 3 CR_EVLOGCP -1... 3
Display Event Log on CP 1.00 3 DISP_EVLOGCP -1... 1
Modify Event Log on CP 1.00 3 MOD_EVLOGCP -1... 2
Display Event Log Records on CP 1.00 3 DISP_EVRECCP -1... 2
RECORD EXCHANGE DATA 290.06 3 REC_EXCH -1... 4
INTERFACE DCP TO SSP 940.01 3 STAT_EXCH -1... 1
ENTER EXCHANGE IDENTIFICATION 309.04 3 ENTR_EXCHID -1... 2
DISPLAY EXCHANGE DESCRIPTION DATA 1030.07 3 DISP_EXDDAT -1... 1
ENTER EXCHANGE DESCRIPTION DATA 1029.07 3 ENTR_EXDDAT -1... 3
RESET EXTRN-REFERENCE 1823.00 3 RSET_EXTREF -1... 1
SET EXTRN-REFERENCE 1824.00 3 SET_EXTREF -1... 1
CANCEL FACILITY INPUT CHARGING 2792.11 3 CAN_FAICHA -1... 4
CREATE FACILITY INPUT CHARGING 2794.11 3 CR_FAICHA -1... 5
DISPLAY FACILITY INPUT CHARGING 2797.11 3 DISP_FAICHA -1... 4
MODIFY FACILITY INPUT CHARGING 2800.11 3 MOD_FAICHA -1... 5
CANCEL FACILITY USAGE CHARGING 2793.11 3 CAN_FAUCHA -1... 3
CREATE FACILITY USAGE CHARGING 2795.11 3 CR_FAUCHA -1... 6
DISPLAY FACILITY USAGE CHARGING 2798.02 3 DISP_FAUCHA -1... 1
MODIFY FACILITY USAGE CHARGING 2801.11 3 MOD_FAUCHA -1... 6
START FILE CONTROL PROCESSING 279.10 3 START_FCP -1... 1
TEST FCP-FUNCTIONS 761.00 3 TEST_FCP -1... 1
DISPLAY FCS COUNTERS 1231.03 3 DISP_FCS -1... 2
CANCEL FILE GROUP 1879.02 3 CAN_FGRP -1... 1
CREATE FILE GROUP 1880.04 3 CR_FGRP -1... 2
DISPLAY FILE GROUPS 1876.02 3 DISP_FGRP -1... 1
MODIFY FILE GROUP 2328.00 3 MOD_FGRP -1... 1
DISPLAY FILE GROUP ATTRIBUTES 1507.02 3 DISP_FGRPATT -1... 1
RESET FILE GROUP ATTRIBUTES 1878.01 3 RSET_FGRPATT -1... 1
SET FILE GROUP ATTRIBUTES 1506.06 3 SET_FGRPATT -1... 3
CANCEL FILE GROUP PASSWORD 3410.00 3 CAN_FGRPPW -1... 1
RSET FILE GROUP PASSWORD 1886.01 3 RSET_FGRPPW -1... 1
SET FILE GROUP PASSWORD 1887.02 3 SET_FGRPPW -1... 2
CONFIGURE FRAME HANDLER MODULE 2917.08 3 CONF_FHM -1... 1
DIAGNOSE FRAME HANDLER MODULE 2918.08 3 DIAG_FHM -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF FRAME HANDLER MODULE 2939.18 3 STAT_FHM -1... 1
Cancel NE Files 1.00 3 CAN_FILE -1... 1
CATALOG FILE 245.03 3 CAT_FILE -1... 2
CREATE FILE 237.06 3 CR_FILE -1... 1
DELETE FILE 235.04 3 DEL_FILE -1... 2
DISPLAY FILE 959.07 3 DISP_FILE -1... 2
Receive File from NE 1.00 3 RCV_FILE -1... 2
Send File to NE 1.00 3 SEND_FILE -1... 3
TRANSFER FILE 939.08 3 TRANS_FILE -1... 9
MODIFY FILE AUTHORIZATION 966.02 3 MOD_FILEAUT -1... 1
ACTIVATE FILE FEATURES 2382.00 3 ACT_FILEFEAT -1... 1
CANCEL FILE FEATURES 2381.00 3 CAN_FILEFEAT -1... 1
DEACTIVATE FILE FEATURES 2383.00 3 DACT_FILEFEAT -1... 1
DISPLAY FILE FEATURES 2384.00 3 DISP_FILEFEAT -1... 1
ENTER FILE FEATURES 2380.10 3 ENTR_FILEFEAT -1... 2
ENTER FILE PASSWORD 1891.00 3 ENTR_FILEPSW -1... 1
DISPLAY FILE SECURITY METHOD 3896.00 3 DISP_FILESEC -1... 1
SET FILE SECURITY METHOD 3895.00 3 SET_FILESEC -1... 1
DISPLAY FILETEXT 2837.00 3 DISP_FILETEXT -1... 1
CANCEL FILE TRANSFERS 3246.00 3 CAN_FILETRF -1... 1
DISPLAY FILE TRANSFERS 2870.01 3 DISP_FILETRF -1... 1

CONT-9 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

STOP FILE TRANSFERS 3245.00 3 STOP_FILETRF -1... 1

DISPLAY FACILITY INPUT RECORDING RECORD 3104.05 3 DISP_FIRREC -1... 2
ACTIVATE FIXPOINT 2683.01 3 ACT_FIXPOINT -1... 2
DEACTIVATE FIXPOINT 2691.00 3 DACT_FIXPOINT -1... 1
DISPLAY FIXPOINT 2693.01 3 DISP_FIXPOINT -1... 1
ACTIVATE FILE NAME SEGMENT 958.02 3 ACT_FNS -1... 1
CANCEL FILE NAME SEGMENT 968.02 3 CAN_FNS -1... 1
DEACTIVATE FILE NAME SEGMENT 1508.00 3 DACT_FNS -1... 1
DISPLAY FILE NAME SEGMENT 956.01 3 DISP_FNS -1... 1
ENTER FILE NAME SEGMENT 967.02 3 ENTR_FNS -1... 1
CANCEL FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE 2934.03 3 CAN_FRAMEHD -1... 1
CREATE FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE 2935.05 3 CR_FRAMEHD -1... 5
DISPLAY FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE 2937.04 3 DISP_FRAMEHD -1... 1
MODIFY FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE 2938.05 3 MOD_FRAMEHD -1... 3
REC FRAMEHANDLER 3078.00 3 REC_FRAMEHD -1... 4
Display File Security Configuration 1.00 3 DISP_FSCFG -1... 1
Modify File Security Configuration 1.00 3 MOD_FSCFG -1... 1
Cancel File Security File Group 1.00 3 CAN_FSFGRP -1... 1
Create File Security File Group 1.00 3 CR_FSFGRP -1... 3
Display File Security File Group 1.00 3 DISP_FSFGRP -1... 2
Modify File Security File Group 1.00 3 MOD_FSFGRP -1... 3
Modify File Security File Group Password 1.00 3 MOD_FSFGRPPW -1... 2
Reset File Security File Group Password 1.00 3 RSET_FSFGRPPW -1... 2
Cancel File Security Initiator Group 1.00 3 CAN_FSINIGRP -1... 1
Create File Security Initiator Group 1.00 3 CR_FSINIGRP -1... 1
Display File Security Initiator Group 1.00 3 DISP_FSINIGRP -1... 1
Modify File Security Initiator Group 1.00 3 MOD_FSINIGRP -1... 1
Cancel File Security Rule 1.00 3 CAN_FSRULE -1... 1
Create File Security Rule 1.00 3 CR_FSRULE -1... 3
Display File Security Rule 1.00 3 DISP_FSRULE -1... 2
Modify File Security Rule 1.00 3 MOD_FSRULE -1... 2
CANCEL FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL 1510.01 3 CAN_FUOMT -1... 1
CREATE FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL 1509.01 3 CR_FUOMT -1... 1
SELECT FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINALS 1511.01 3 SEL_FUOMT -1... 1
DISPLAY FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL LINKS 1512.00 3 DISP_FUOMTLNK -1... 1
MODIFY FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL LINKS 1513.01 3 MOD_FUOMTLNK -1... 1
ACTIVATE FIRMWARE AUDIT 4217.00 3 ACT_FWAUDIT -1... 1
DEACTIVATE FIRMWARE AUDIT 4218.00 3 DACT_FWAUDIT -1... 1
DISPLAY FIRMWARE AUDIT ATTRIBUTES 4219.00 3 DISP_FWAUDIT -1... 1
MODIFY DATA FOR FW CHECKSUM AUDIT 4220.00 3 MOD_FWAUDIT -1... 1
COPY FIRMWARE LOAD 4015.01 3 COPY_FWLOAD -1... 2
DISPLAY FIRMWARE LOAD 4013.01 3 DISP_FWLOAD -1... 2
LOAD FIRMWARE LOAD 4014.01 3 LOAD_FWLOAD -1... 2
ACTIVATE GENERATION 1204.03 3 ACT_GEN -1... 1
CANCEL GENERATION 1299.01 3 CAN_GEN -1... 1
COPY GENERATION 1302.06 3 COPY_GEN -1... 6
DISPLAY GENERATION 1298.02 3 DISP_GEN -1... 1
ENTER GENERATION 1081.03 3 ENTR_GEN -1... 3
MERGE GENERATION 2698.00 3 MERGE_GEN -1... 2
MODIFY GENERATION 2699.02 3 MOD_GEN -1... 2
UPDATE GENERATION 1202.00 3 UPD_GEN -1... 1
RECORD GRADE OF SERVICE 692.03 3 REC_GOS -1... 4
RECORD GROUP PROCESSOR 276.15 3 REC_GP -1... 4
DISPLAY GP DATA STRUCTURE 3569.15 3 DISP_GPDAT -1... 5
TEST GP DATABASE ELEMENT 2180.27 3 TEST_GPELEM -1... 4
TEST GP GROUP DATA 4026.32 3 TEST_GPGROUP -1... 5
CAN GTT CALLING PARTY ADDR. CONV. DATA 2834.30 3 CAN_GTCGPACD -1... 1
DISP GTT CALLING PARTY ADDR. CONV. DATA 2835.30 3 DISP_GTCGPACD -1... 1
ENTER GTT CALLING PARTY ADDR. CONV. DATA 2836.41 3 ENTR_GTCGPACD -1... 4
CANCEL GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. CODE POINT 2617.30 3 CAN_GTCPT -1... 1
CREATE GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. CODE POINT 1970.41 3 CR_GTCPT -1... 5
DISPLAY GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. CODE POINT 2641.50 3 DISP_GTCPT -1... 1
MERGE GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. CODE POINT 3122.41 3 MERGE_GTCPT -1... 34
MODIFY GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. CODE POINT 1998.41 3 MOD_GTCPT -1... 4
SPLIT GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. CODE POINT 3123.50 3 SPLIT_GTCPT -1... 2
CANCEL GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. DESTINATION 2618.30 3 CAN_GTDEST -1... 1
CREATE GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. DESTINATION 1971.41 3 CR_GTDEST -1... 16
DISPLAY GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. DESTINATION 2642.50 3 DISP_GTDEST -1... 1
MODIFY GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. DESTINATION 1999.41 3 MOD_GTDEST -1... 19
CANCEL GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. DIGIT TREE 2619.50 3 CAN_GTDIGTR -1... 1
CREATE GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. DIGIT TREE 1972.41 3 CR_GTDIGTR -1... 4
DISPLAY GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. DIGIT TREE 2643.41 3 DISP_GTDIGTR -1... 3
MODIFY GLOBAL TITLE TRANSL. DIGIT TREE 2660.41 3 MOD_GTDIGTR -1... 3
DISPLAY HEAP MANAGEMENT STATISTICS 375.00 3 DISP_HMSTAT -1... 1

CONT-10 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

START HEAP MANAGEMENT STATISTICS 374.00 3 START_HMSTAT -1... 1

STOP HEAP MANAGEMENT STATISTICS 373.00 3 STOP_HMSTAT -1... 1
CANCEL HOLIDAY 55.16 3 CAN_HOLIDAY -1... 2
DISPLAY HOLIDAY 53.39 3 DISP_HOLIDAY -1... 1
ENTER HOLIDAY 54.16 3 ENTR_HOLIDAY -1... 2
CANCEL THE HOT OPERATION FEATURE 4194.00 3 CAN_HOPFEAT -1... 2
CREATE THE HOT OPERATION FEATURE 4193.01 3 CR_HOPFEAT -1... 3
DISPLAY THE HOT OPERATION FEATURES 4195.00 3 DISP_HOPFEAT -1... 1
MODIFY THE HOT OPERATION FEATURE 4196.01 3 MOD_HOPFEAT -1... 3
DISPLAY THE STATUS OF THE OPERATION LINK 4197.00 3 STAT_HOPFEAT -1... 1
ACT HARD TO REACH CONTROL DESTINATION 3688.00 3 ACT_HTRCDEST -1... 1
DACT HARD TO REACH CONTROL DESTINATION 3689.00 3 DACT_HTRCDEST -1... 1
DISP HARD TO REACH CONTROL DESTINATION 3691.01 3 DISP_HTRCDEST -1... 1
MOD HARD TO REACH CONTROL DESTINATION 3690.01 3 MOD_HTRCDEST -1... 2
ACTIVATE HW-TRACER INTERRUPT 1138.00 3 ACT_HWTRAC -1... 1
DEACTIVATE HW-TRACER INTERRUPT 1140.00 3 DACT_HWTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY HW-TRACERSTATE 1139.00 3 DISP_HWTRAC -1... 1
START HW-TRACER 1142.00 3 START_HWTRAC -1... 1
STOP HW-TRACER 1143.00 3 STOP_HWTRAC -1... 1
CANCEL IACHASTA OBJECT 2386.04 3 CAN_IACOBJ -1... 8
CREATE IACHASTA OBJECT 2385.04 3 CR_IACOBJ -1... 8
DISPLAY IACHASTA OBJECT 2387.04 3 DISP_IACOBJ -1... 9
ACTIVATE IACHASTA REGISTRATION 2397.04 3 ACT_IACRG -1... 4
DEACTIVATE IACHASTA REGISTRATION 2398.02 3 DACT_IACRG -1... 2
DISPLAY IACHASTA REGISTRATION 2399.02 3 DISP_IACRG -1... 1
CANCEL IACHASTA REGISTRATION POINT 2389.04 3 CAN_IACRGPT -1... 2
CREATE IACHASTA REGISTRATION POINT 2388.05 3 CR_IACRGPT -1... 7
DISPLAY IACHASTA REGISTRATION POINT 2391.04 3 DISP_IACRGPT -1... 4
MODIFY IACHASTA REGISTRATION POINT 2390.05 3 MOD_IACRGPT -1... 4
DISPLAY IACHASTA SCHEDULE 2441.02 3 DISP_IACSCHED -1... 1
MODIFY IACHASTA SCHEDULE 2440.02 3 MOD_IACSCHED -1... 2
DISPLAY IACHASTA SETTINGS 2364.02 3 DISP_IACSET -1... 1
ENTER IACHASTA SETTINGS 2363.04 3 ENTR_IACSET -1... 1
DISPLAY IACHASTA TRAFFIC DISTINCTION 2453.02 3 DISP_IACTRADI -1... 1
MODIFY IACHASTA TRAFFIC DISTINCTION 2438.04 3 MOD_IACTRADI -1... 6
CANCEL INITIATOR ADDRESS LIST 2479.08 3 CAN_IADLST -1... 1
DISPLAY INITIATOR ADDRESS LIST 2480.08 3 DISP_IADLST -1... 1
ENTER INITIATOR ADDRESS LIST 2478.08 3 ENTR_IADLST -1... 1
ACTIVATE INDIVIDUAL CALL DATA FEATURE 835.19 3 ACT_IAFEAT -1... 13
CANCEL INDIVIDUAL CALL DATA FEATURE 836.18 3 CAN_IAFEAT -1... 1
DISPLAY INDIVIDUAL CALL DATA FEATURES 833.18 3 DISP_IAFEAT -1... 1
MODIFY INDIVIDUAL CALL DATA FEATURE 3946.18 3 MOD_IAFEAT -1... 1
ACTIVATE INDIV. CALL DATA ADMIN. OPTIONS 831.01 3 ACT_IAOPT -1... 1
CANCEL INDIV. CALL DATA ADMIN. OPTIONS 832.01 3 CAN_IAOPT -1... 1
DISPLAY INDIV. CALL DATA ADMIN. OPTIONS 834.01 3 DISP_IAOPT -1... 1
COPY IARACCOUNT 718.00 3 COPY_IARACCT -1... 1
CANCEL IARSTAT CONNEC.GROUP ASSIGNMENTS 2783.01 3 CAN_IARCON -1... 2
DISPLAY IARSTAT CONNEC.GROUP ASSIGNMENTS 2785.00 3 DISP_IARCON -1... 1
ENTER IARSTAT CONNEC.GROUP ASSIGNMENTS 2788.01 3 ENTR_IARCON -1... 2
DISPLAY IARA STATISTICS DATA 541.01 3 DISP_IARDAT -1... 2
MODIFY IARA STATISTICS DATA 540.70 3 MOD_IARDAT -1... 2
CANCEL IARSTAT CONNECTION GROUPS 2787.00 3 CAN_IARGRP -1... 1
CREATE IARSTAT CONNECTION GROUPS 2784.00 3 CR_IARGRP -1... 1
DISPLAY IARSTAT CONNECTION GROUPS 2786.00 3 DISP_IARGRP -1... 1
DISPLAY IARA STATISTICS JOB 636.00 3 DISP_IARJOB -1... 1
CANCEL IARSTAT MATRIX POINT 716.03 3 CAN_IARMPT -1... 2
CREATE IARSTAT MATRIX POINT 1000.03 3 CR_IARMPT -1... 3
DISPLAY IARSTAT MATRIX POINT 715.03 3 DISP_IARMPT -1... 3
CANCEL IARA STATISTICS NAME 704.05 3 CAN_IARNAME -1... 10
DISPLAY IARA STATISTICS NAME 542.05 3 DISP_IARNAME -1... 5
ENTER IARA STATISTICS NAME 703.05 3 ENTR_IARNAME -1... 10
MODIFY IARA STATISTICS NAME 705.05 3 MOD_IARNAME -1... 10
CANCEL IARSTAT SAVING DATE 1290.00 3 CAN_IARSAVDA -1... 1
DISPLAY IARSTAT SAVING DATE 1289.00 3 DISP_IARSAVDA -1... 1
ENTER IARSTAT SAVING DATE 1288.00 3 ENTR_IARSAVDA -1... 1
DISPLAY IARA STATISTICS 539.71 3 DISP_IARSTAT -1... 2
RECORD IARA STATISTICS 538.72 3 REC_IARSTAT -1... 2
CANCEL IARSTAT TIME PERIOD 339.75 3 CAN_IARTMPD -1... 2
CREATE IARSTAT TIME PERIOD 337.75 3 CR_IARTMPD -1... 2
DISPLAY IARA TIME PERIOD 334.71 3 DISP_IARTMPD -1... 1
MODIFY IARSTAT TIME PERIOD 338.75 3 MOD_IARTMPD -1... 2
CANCEL IARA STATISTICS ZONE 545.71 3 CAN_IARZONE -1... 2
DISPLAY IARA STATISTICS ZONE 546.00 3 DISP_IARZONE -1... 2
ENTER IARA STATISTICS ZONE 543.71 3 ENTR_IARZONE -1... 2

CONT-11 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

MODIFY IARA STATISTICS ZONE 544.71 3 MOD_IARZONE -1... 2

RECORD ISDN BASIC ACCESS D-CHANNEL LOAD 2925.05 3 REC_IBADCH -1... 9
ACTIVATE INITIATOR BASED FILE SECURITY 3913.00 3 ACT_IBFS -1... 1
DEACTIVATE INITIATOR BASED FILE SECURITY 3914.00 3 DACT_IBFS -1... 1
DISPLAY INITIATOR BASED FILE SEC. STATUS 3915.00 3 DISP_IBFS -1... 1
CALL IDS 298.01 3 CALL_IDS -1... 1
START IDS 297.01 3 START_IDS -1... 1
SWITCH OFF IDENTIFICATION TONE 2368.01 3 SWOFF_IDTONE -1... 1
SWITCH ON IDENTIFICATION TONE 46.04 3 SWON_IDTONE -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF LAYER 1 FOR ISDN PORTS 1591.01 3 STAT_ILAYER1 -1... 2
CANCEL IN AUTHORIZATION 3804.02 3 CAN_INAUTH -1... 1
CREATE IN AUTHORIZATION 3803.02 3 CR_INAUTH -1... 2
DISPLAY IN AUTHORIZATION 3806.02 3 DISP_INAUTH -1... 2
MODIFY IN AUTHORIZATION 3805.02 3 MOD_INAUTH -1... 3
CANCEL INTERCEPT 82.13 3 CAN_INC -1... 6
CREATE INTERCEPT 81.13 3 CR_INC -1... 68
DISPLAY INTERCEPT 194.13 3 DISP_INC -1... 16
TEST INDAS ANNOUNCEMENT 4265.00 3 TEST_INDAN -1... 13
DISPLAY INDICATION STATUS 1487.04 3 DISP_INDIC -1... 1
DISP INTELL.NETWORK EXCHANGE DATA 3244.04 3 DISP_INEXDATA -1... 1
ENTR INTELL.NETWORK EXCHANGE DATA 3243.04 3 ENTR_INEXDATA -1... 1
Cancel Initiator CP 1.00 3 CAN_INICP -1... 1
Create Initiator CP 1.00 3 CR_INICP -1... 3
Display Initiator CP 1.00 3 DISP_INICP -1... 2
Modify Initiator CP 1.00 3 MOD_INICP -1... 3
CANCEL IN OVERLOAD CONTROL DATA 3169.08 3 CAN_INOVLCO -1... 2
DISPLAY IN OVERLOAD CONTROL DATA 3167.08 3 DISP_INOVLCO -1... 2
ENTER IN OVERLOAD CONTROL DATA 3168.06 3 ENTR_INOVLCO -1... 3
CAN IN SERVICE CLASS MARK 2413.03 3 CAN_INSCM -1... 1
CREATE IN SERVICE CLASS MARK 2411.09 3 CR_INSCM -1... 25
DISP IN SERVICE CLASS MARK 2414.03 3 DISP_INSCM -1... 2
MODIFY IN SERVICE CLASS MARK 2412.09 3 MOD_INSCM -1... 27
ACTIVATE IN SERVICE CLASS MARK REFERENCE 3673.02 3 ACT_INSCMREF -1... 9
CANCEL IN SERVICE CLASS MARK REFERENCE 2417.03 3 CAN_INSCMREF -1... 8
CREATE IN SERVICE CLASS MARK REFERENCE 2415.03 3 CR_INSCMREF -1... 10
DEACTIVATE IN SERVICE CLASS MARK REF. 3674.02 3 DACT_INSCMREF -1... 8
DISPLAY IN SERVICE CLASS MARK REFERENCE 2418.03 3 DISP_INSCMREF -1... 7
MODIFY IN SERVICE CLASS MARK REFERENCE 2416.03 3 MOD_INSCMREF -1... 9
ACT INTELL.NETWORK SERVICE LOGIC DATA 2818.08 3 ACT_INSLDAT -1... 1
CAN INTELL.NETWORK SERVICE LOGIC DATA 2820.08 3 CAN_INSLDAT -1... 1
DACT INTELL.NETWORK SERVICE LOGIC DATA 2831.08 3 DACT_INSLDAT -1... 1
DISP INTELL.NETWORK SERVICE LOGIC DATA 2825.09 3 DISP_INSLDAT -1... 2
ENTR INTELL.NETWORK SERVICE LOGIC DATA 2816.09 3 ENTR_INSLDAT -1... 10
END INSTALLATION RECOVERY 296.10 3 END_INSTALL -1... 1
RECORD INTELLIGENT NETWORK STATISTIC 3170.04 3 REC_INSTAT -1... 3
ENTER INSTALLATION GENERATION 1214.02 3 ENTR_INSTGEN -1... 2
TEST INTERNATIONAL TRUNK 1831.16 3 TEST_INTLTRK -1... 10
ACT INTELL.NETWORK TRIGGER PROFILE 2819.07 3 ACT_INTRIG -1... 1
CAN INTELL.NETWORK TRIGGER PROFILE 2821.05 3 CAN_INTRIG -1... 1
CR INTELL.NETWORK TRIGGER PROFILE 2823.50 3 CR_INTRIG -1... 22
DACT INTELL.NETWORK TRIGGER PROFILE 2824.05 3 DACT_INTRIG -1... 1
DISP INTELL.NETWORK TRIGGER PROFILE 2826.09 3 DISP_INTRIG -1... 2
MOD INTELL.NETWORK TRIGGER PROFILE 2828.50 3 MOD_INTRIG -1... 23
TEST INPUT/OUTPUT SYSTEM 1133.00 3 TEST_IO -1... 1
CANCEL INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROLLER 3154.00 3 CAN_IOC -1... 1
CONFIGURE INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROLLER 1100.00 3 CONF_IOC -1... 1
CREATE INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROLLER 3158.00 3 CR_IOC -1... 1
DIAGNOSE INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROLLER 1111.00 3 DIAG_IOC -1... 2
DISPLAY INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROLLER 1119.00 3 DISP_IOC -1... 1
TEST INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROLLER 1132.01 3 TEST_IOC -1... 1
CANCEL INPUT/OUTPUT PROCESSOR 1092.06 3 CAN_IOP -1... 1
CONFIGURE INPUT/OUTPUT PROCESSOR 1091.06 3 CONF_IOP -1... 1
CREATE INPUT/OUTPUT PROCESSOR 1105.10 3 CR_IOP -1... 6
DIAGNOSE INPUT/OUTPUT PROCESSOR 1114.06 3 DIAG_IOP -1... 3
DISPLAY INPUT/OUTPUT PROCESSOR 1120.06 3 DISP_IOP -1... 1
TEST INPUT/OUTPUT PROCESSOR 1134.07 3 TEST_IOP -1... 1
CONFIGURE IOP GROUP 1411.01 3 CONF_IOPG -1... 1
DIAGNOSE IOP GROUP 1410.01 3 DIAG_IOPG -1... 1
TEST IOP GROUP 1409.01 3 TEST_IOPG -1... 1
DUMP IOP MEMORY IMMEDIATE DUMP 3604.00 3 DMP_IOPIMDMP -1... 3
ACTIVATE IOP PERMANENT PATCH 3582.00 3 ACT_IOPPRPCH -1... 1
CANCEL IOP PERMANENT PATCH 3585.00 3 CAN_IOPPRPCH -1... 1
DEACTIVATE IOP PERMANENT PATCH 3583.00 3 DACT_IOPPRPCH -1... 1
DISPLAY IOP PERMANENT PATCH 3586.02 3 DISP_IOPPRPCH -1... 4

CONT-12 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

ENTER IOP PERMANENT PATCH 3581.00 3 ENTR_IOPPRPCH -1... 4

UPDATE IOP PERMANENT PATCH 3584.00 3 UPD_IOPPRPCH -1... 1
ACTIVATE IOP TRANSIENT PATCH 3588.00 3 ACT_IOPTRPCH -1... 1
CANCEL IOP TRANSIENT PATCH 3590.00 3 CAN_IOPTRPCH -1... 1
DEACTIVATE IOP TRANSIENT PATCH 3589.00 3 DACT_IOPTRPCH -1... 1
DISPLAY IOP TRANSIENT PATCH 3591.02 3 DISP_IOPTRPCH -1... 4
ENTER IOP TRANSIENT PATCH 3587.00 3 ENTR_IOPTRPCH -1... 2
CANCEL AN IP-ADDRESS 3794.00 3 CAN_IPADR -1... 1
CREATE AN IP-ADDRESS 3792.01 3 CR_IPADR -1... 1
DISPLAY IP-ADDRESSES 3795.00 3 DISP_IPADR -1... 1
MODIFY IP-ADDRESS 3793.01 3 MOD_IPADR -1... 2
ACT PACKET DATA NAILED-UP CONNECTION 1006.03 3 ACT_IPNUC -1... 1
CANCEL PACKET DATA NAILED-UP CONNECTION 1005.03 3 CAN_IPNUC -1... 1
CREATE PACKET DATA NAILED-UP CONNECTION 1008.16 3 CR_IPNUC -1... 10
DEACT PACKET DATA NAILED-UP CONNECTION 1871.02 3 DACT_IPNUC -1... 1
DISP PACKET DATA NAILED-UP CONNECTION 1007.16 3 DISP_IPNUC -1... 4
MOD ISDN P DATA NAILED-UP CONNECTION 1004.16 3 MOD_IPNUC -1... 2
TEST OF ISDN SUBSCRIBER BASIC ACCESS 1233.10 3 TEST_ISUB -1... 5
CANCEL JOB 115.00 3 CAN_JOB -1... 1
CONTINUE JOB 116.01 3 CONT_JOB -1... 1
DISPLAY JOB 34.02 3 DISP_JOB -1... 1
STOP JOB 113.00 3 STOP_JOB -1... 1
DISPLAY JOSIT DATA 1904.00 3 DISP_JOSITDAT -1... 1
ACTIVATE TEST PROCESS JXTUS 2684.01 3 ACT_JXTUS -1... 1
CONFIGURE JXTUS TEST PROCESS 2687.01 3 CONF_JXTUS -1... 1
CREATE JXTUS TEST PROCESS 2708.01 3 CR_JXTUS -1... 1
DEACTIVATE JXTUS TEST PROCESS 2692.01 3 DACT_JXTUS -1... 1
DISPLAY JXTUS TEST PROCESS 2694.01 3 DISP_JXTUS -1... 1
ENTER JXTUS TEST PROCESS 2697.02 3 ENTR_JXTUS -1... 2
MODIFY JXTUS TEST PROCESS 2700.02 3 MOD_JXTUS -1... 2
SET JXTUS TEST PROCESS 2702.02 3 SET_JXTUS -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF JXTUS TEST PROCESS 2703.01 3 STAT_JXTUS -1... 1
CANCEL KEYWORD 818.14 3 CAN_KEYWORD -1... 4
DISPLAY KEYWORD 819.14 3 DISP_KEYWORD -1... 4
ENTER KEYWORD 817.16 3 ENTR_KEYWORD -1... 6
CONFIGURE LINK ADAPTION UNIT 1858.00 3 CONF_LAU -1... 1
DIAGNOSE LINK ADAPTION UNIT 1859.00 3 DIAG_LAU -1... 2
TEST LINK ADAPTION UNIT 1862.00 3 TEST_LAU -1... 1
MODIFY LINE CIRCUIT VARIANT 599.01 3 MOD_LCVAR -1... 2
DISPLAY LOAD FACTOR 4278.00 3 DISP_LDFACTOR -1... 4
ENTER LOAD FACTOR 4277.00 3 ENTR_LDFACTOR -1... 3
TEST LINE CIRCUIT 62.13 3 TEST_LIC -1... 5
DISPLAY LAWFUL INTERCEPTION LOGGING 4028.13 3 DISP_LILOG -1... 2
DISPLAY LAWFUL INTERCEPTION MEASURES 4027.13 3 DISP_LIMEAS -1... 1
DISPLAY ENHANCED STATUS OF SUB AND PBXLN 2983.07 3 STAT_LINE -1... 5
TEST LINE 1396.11 3 TEST_LINE -1... 5
DISPLAY LINE DATA 3712.15 3 DISP_LINEDATA -1... 5
DISP LINE THRESHOLDS 1888.00 3 DISP_LINETHR -1... 1
ENTER LINE THRESHOLDS 2547.00 3 ENTR_LINETHR -1... 1
DISPLAY LAWFUL INTERCEPT OPTIONS 3861.00 3 DISP_LIOPT -1... 1
MODIFY LAWFUL INTERCEPTION OPTIONS 3860.56 3 MOD_LIOPT -1... 8
DISPLAY LISTENER TO ANNOUNCEMENT 843.01 3 DISP_LISTTOAN -1... 1
CANCEL LINE MAINTENANCE BLOCKING 2557.16 3 CAN_LMBLK -1... 10
ENTER LINE MAINTENANCE BLOCKING 2558.16 3 ENTR_LMBLK -1... 16
LOAD LIBRARY MAINTENANCE ROUTINE 451.01 3 LOAD_LMR -1... 2
DISPLAY LINE LOCKOUT 359.15 3 DISP_LNLCKOUT -1... 3
CANCEL LOCAL NUMBER PORTABILITY DATA 3865.00 3 CAN_LNPDAT -1... 1
DISPLAY LOCAL NUMBER PORTABILITY DATA 3866.00 3 DISP_LNPDAT -1... 1
ENTER LOCAL NUMBER PORTABILITY DATA 3867.00 3 ENTR_LNPDAT -1... 1
MODIFY LOCAL NUMBER PORTABILITY DATA 3868.00 3 MOD_LNPDAT -1... 1
CANCEL LNP TRIGGER CODE POINT 3893.49 3 CAN_LNPTCPT -1... 1
CREATE LNP TRIGGER CODE POINT 3891.49 3 CR_LNPTCPT -1... 2
DISPLAY LNP TRIGGER CODE POINT 3894.49 3 DISP_LNPTCPT -1... 1
MODIFY LNP TRIGGER CODE POINT 3892.49 3 MOD_LNPTCPT -1... 1
ACTIVATE LNP TRIGGER PROFILE 3887.49 3 ACT_LNPTPROF -1... 1
CANCEL LNP TRIGGER PROFILE 3889.49 3 CAN_LNPTPROF -1... 1
CREATE LNP TRIGGER PROFILE 3885.52 3 CR_LNPTPROF -1... 2
DEACTIVATE LNP TRIGGER PROFILE 3888.49 3 DACT_LNPTPROF -1... 1
DISPLAY LNP TRIGGER PROFILE 3890.52 3 DISP_LNPTPROF -1... 2
MODIFY LNP TRIGGER PROFILE 3886.52 3 MOD_LNPTPROF -1... 3
ACTIVATE LNP TRIGGER TYPE 3882.49 3 ACT_LNPTTYP -1... 2
DEACTIVATE LNP TRIGGER TYPE 3883.49 3 DACT_LNPTTYP -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF LNP TRIGGER TYPE 3884.49 3 DISP_LNPTTYP -1... 1
ACTIVATE LOADLIB 1819.00 3 ACT_LOADLIB -1... 1

CONT-13 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

DEACTIVATE LOADLIB 1822.00 3 DACT_LOADLIB -1... 1

DISPLAY LOCAL DIALLING FORMAT 1034.00 3 DISP_LOCDIAL -1... 1
ENTER LOCAL DIALLING FORMAT 1033.00 3 ENTR_LOCDIAL -1... 1
DISPLAY LOCATION DIGITS 419.01 3 DISP_LOCDIG -1... 1
ENTER LOCATION DIGITS 418.01 3 ENTR_LOCDIG -1... 1
CANCEL LOCKING RESTRICTION 3080.00 3 CAN_LOCKRST -1... 1
DISPLAY LOCKING RESTRICTION 3082.00 3 DISP_LOCKRST -1... 1
ENTER LOCKING RESTRICTION 3085.00 3 ENTR_LOCKRST -1... 1
RESET LOG FUNCTION 1920.00 3 RSET_LOG -1... 1
SET LOG FUNCTION 366.03 3 SET_LOG -1... 2
DISPLAY STATUS OF LOG 368.00 3 STAT_LOG -1... 1
DISPLAY LOG ATTRIBUTES 741.00 3 DISP_LOGATT -1... 1
CANCEL LOGGING EVENTS 3081.01 3 CAN_LOGEVENT -1... 1
DISPLAY LOGGING EVENT 3083.00 3 DISP_LOGEVENT -1... 1
ENTER LOGGING EVENTS 3086.01 3 ENTR_LOGEVENT -1... 1
COPY LOG FILE 2688.02 3 COPY_LOGFILE -1... 2
MODIFY LOG FILE 1919.01 3 MOD_LOGFILE -1... 3
CANCEL LOGGING-RESTRICTION OBJECT 3088.00 3 CAN_LOGOBJ -1... 1
DISPLAY LOGGING-RESTRICTION OBJECT 3089.00 3 DISP_LOGOBJ -1... 1
ENTER LOGGING-RESTRICTION OBJECT 3090.00 3 ENTR_LOGOBJ -1... 2
LOOPBACK TEST OF ISDN BA SUBSCRIBER 1228.07 3 TEST_LOOPBA -1... 4
SEND LOOPBACK 1786.10 3 SEND_LOOPBACK -1... 3
START LINE TEST 1395.14 3 START_LTEST -1... 5
DISPLAY LINE TEST THRESHOLDS 2851.02 3 DISP_LTESTTHR -1... 1
MODIFY LINE TEST THRESHOLDS 2854.00 3 MOD_LTESTTHR -1... 10
CANCEL LTG 181.75 3 CAN_LTG -1... 1
CONFIGURE LINE TRUNK GROUP 929.17 3 CONF_LTG -1... 2
CREATE LINE TRUNK GROUP 163.95 3 CR_LTG -1... 2
DIAGNOSE LTG 980.03 3 DIAG_LTG -1... 1
DISPLAY LTG 175.73 3 DISP_LTG -1... 1
MODIFY LINE TRUNK GROUP 182.93 3 MOD_LTG -1... 2
RECORD LINE TRUNK GROUP 275.15 3 REC_LTG -1... 4
DISPLAY STATE OF LTG 917.17 3 STAT_LTG -1... 1
ACTIVATE LTG BREAKPOINT 786.14 3 ACT_LTGBPT -1... 1
CANCEL LTG BREAKPOINT 788.01 3 CAN_LTGBPT -1... 1
DELETE LTG BREAKPOINT 789.04 3 DEL_LTGBPT -1... 1
DISPLAY LTG BREAKPOINT 787.04 3 DISP_LTGBPT -1... 1
DUMP LTG BREAKPOINT 3510.00 3 DMP_LTGBPT -1... 1
ENTER LTG BREAKPOINT 785.09 3 ENTR_LTGBPT -1... 5
DUMP LTG ERROR NOTEBOOK 430.00 3 DMP_LTGENB -1... 1
ALLOW LTG FAULT REPORT 922.17 3 ALLOW_LTGFRPT -1... 1
DUMP LTG MEMORY IMMEDIATE DUMP 3603.01 3 DMP_LTGIMDMP -1... 3
TEST CIRCUIT IN LTG POSITION 64.71 3 TEST_LTGPOS -1... 4
ACTIVATE LTG PERMANENT PATCH 3571.01 3 ACT_LTGPRPCH -1... 1
CANCEL LTG PERMANENT PATCH 3574.00 3 CAN_LTGPRPCH -1... 1
DEACTIVATE LTG PERMANENT PATCH 3572.01 3 DACT_LTGPRPCH -1... 1
DISPLAY LTG PERMANENT PATCH 3575.03 3 DISP_LTGPRPCH -1... 4
ENTER LTG PERMANENT PATCH 3570.00 3 ENTR_LTGPRPCH -1... 4
UPDATE LTG PERMANENT PATCH 3573.00 3 UPD_LTGPRPCH -1... 1
DISPLAY LTG RESOURCES 2947.03 3 DISP_LTGRES -1... 1
ACTIVATE LTG TRANSIENT PATCH 3577.01 3 ACT_LTGTRPCH -1... 1
CANCEL LTG TRANSIENT PATCH 3579.01 3 CAN_LTGTRPCH -1... 1
DEACTIVATE LTG TRANSIENT PATCH 3578.01 3 DACT_LTGTRPCH -1... 1
DISPLAY LTG TRANSIENT PATCH 3580.03 3 DISP_LTGTRPCH -1... 4
ENTER LTG TRANSIENT PATCH 3576.01 3 ENTR_LTGTRPCH -1... 2
CANCEL LINE TRUNK UNIT 184.81 3 CAN_LTU -1... 1
CREATE LINE TRUNK UNIT 164.13 3 CR_LTU -1... 5
DISPLAY LINE TRUNK UNIT 199.73 3 DISP_LTU -1... 1
EXTEND LINE TRUNK UNIT 195.83 3 EXT_LTU -1... 2
REDUCE LINE TRUNK UNIT 196.83 3 RED_LTU -1... 2
STOP MALICIOUS CALL ID 268.06 3 STOP_MACID -1... 1
DISPLAY MALICIOUS CALL CONNECTIONS 675.04 3 DISP_MAL -1... 6
SELECT DISPLAY MALICIOUS CALL DATA 2763.00 3 SEL_MAL -1... 1
CANCEL MALICIOUS CALL ADMIN. DATA 672.02 3 CAN_MALAD -1... 1
DISPLAY MALICIOUS CALL ADMIN. DATA 658.00 3 DISP_MALAD -1... 1
ENTER MALICIOUS CALL ADMIN. DATA 674.01 3 ENTR_MALAD -1... 1
DISPLAY HELD MALCIOUS CALL CONNECTIONS 826.03 3 DISP_MALCON -1... 7
ACTIVATE MASS-CALLING DESTINATIONS 2463.00 3 ACT_MASSC -1... 1
CANCEL MASS-CALLING DESTINATIONS 2462.00 3 CAN_MASSC -1... 1
DEACTIVATE MASS-CALLING DESTINATIONS 2465.00 3 DACT_MASSC -1... 1
DISPLAY MASS-CALLING DESTINATIONS 2466.01 3 DISP_MASSC -1... 1
ENTER MASS-CALLING DESTINATIONS 2461.03 3 ENTR_MASSC -1... 2
MODIFY MASS-CALLING DESTINATIONS 2464.04 3 MOD_MASSC -1... 3
CONFIGURE MATRIX CONTROL 4081.17 3 CONF_MATC -1... 1

CONT-14 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

DIAGNOSE MATRIX CONTROL 4091.00 3 DIAG_MATC -1... 1

CONFIGURE MATRIX MODULE 4082.17 3 CONF_MATM -1... 2
DIAGNOSE MATRIX MODULE 4092.00 3 DIAG_MATM -1... 1
CONFIGURE MB 923.60 3 CONF_MB -1... 1
DIAGNOSE MESSAGE BUFFER 977.00 3 DIAG_MB -1... 1
DISPLAY MESSAGE BUFFER 330.00 3 DISP_MB -1... 1
MODIFY MESSAGE BUFFER 3929.01 3 MOD_MB -1... 2
DISPLAY STATUS OF MESSAGE BUFFER 919.10 3 STAT_MB -1... 1
CONFIGURE MB ATM INTERFACE 3880.00 3 CONF_MBIA -1... 2
DIAGNOSE MESSAGE BUFFER ATM INTERFACE 3879.00 3 DIAG_MBIA -1... 1
CONFIGURE MBD INTERFACE ETHERNET 4213.21 3 CONF_MBIE -1... 2
DIAGNOSE MESSAGE BUFFER ETHERNET IF 4221.00 3 DIAG_MBIE -1... 1
CONFIGURE MBIE CHANNEL 4248.21 3 CONF_MBIECH -1... 1
DISPLAY MBIE CHANNEL 4247.00 3 DISP_MBIECH -1... 1
MODIFY MBIE CHANNEL 4246.00 3 MOD_MBIECH -1... 1
DISPLAY STATE OF MBIECH 4249.21 3 STAT_MBIECH -1... 1
CONFIGURE MB HDLC INTERFACE 3881.00 3 CONF_MBIH -1... 2
DIAGNOSE MESSAGE BUFFER HDLC INTERFACE 3878.00 3 DIAG_MBIH -1... 1
CONFIGURE MB UNIT LTG 924.60 3 CONF_MBUL -1... 2
DIAGNOSE MB UNIT FOR LINE TRUNK GROUP 978.00 3 DIAG_MBUL -1... 1
CONFIGURE MB UNIT SPACE GROUP CONTROL 925.60 3 CONF_MBUS -1... 2
DIAGNOSE UNIT SWITCH GROUP CONTROL 979.00 3 DIAG_MBUS -1... 1
CONFIGURE MID CALL TRIGGER RECEIVERS 3807.10 3 CONF_MCT -1... 1
DIAGNOSE MID CALL TRIGGER RECEIVERS 3809.08 3 DIAG_MCT -1... 1
DISP. STATUS MID CALL TRIGGER RECEIVERS 3808.08 3 STAT_MCT -1... 1
DISPLAY MAGNETIC DISK 961.01 3 DISP_MD -1... 1
INITIALIZE MAGNETIC DISK 962.01 3 INIT_MD -1... 1
CONFIGURE MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE 1093.01 3 CONF_MDD -1... 1
DIAGNOSE MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE 1115.01 3 DIAG_MDD -1... 3
TEST MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE 1137.01 3 TEST_MDD -1... 1
CONTINUE MDD-ACTIVATION 1203.00 3 CONT_MDDACT -1... 1
STOP ACTIVATION OF DISC 1215.00 3 STOP_MDDACT -1... 1
ACTIVATE MDD AUDIT 2984.00 3 ACT_MDDAUDIT -1... 1
DEACTIVATE MDD AUDIT 2985.00 3 DACT_MDDAUDIT -1... 1
DISPLAY MDD AUDIT ATTRIBUTES 2988.00 3 DISP_MDDAUDIT -1... 1
MODIFY DATA FOR ROUTINE MDD AUDIT 2992.00 3 MOD_MDDAUDIT -1... 1
CANCEL MODEM TONE GENERATOR 3682.01 3 CAN_MDTOG -1... 1
CONFIGURE MODEM TONE GENERATOR 3612.10 3 CONF_MDTOG -1... 1
CREATE MODEM TONE GENERATOR 3681.01 3 CR_MDTOG -1... 1
DIAGNOSE MODEM TONE GENERATOR 3614.08 3 DIAG_MDTOG -1... 1
DISPLAY MODEM TONE GENERATOR 3683.01 3 DISP_MDTOG -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF MODEM TONE GENERATOR 3613.08 3 STAT_MDTOG -1... 1
DISPLAY CHARGE METERS 112.78 3 DISP_MET -1... 4
EDIT CHARGE METER 517.77 3 EDIT_MET -1... 9
REGENERATE CHARGE METER 518.03 3 REG_MET -1... 1
SAVE CHARGE METER 68.76 3 SAVE_MET -1... 2
DISPLAY METER ADMINISTRATION DATA 360.03 3 DISP_METADM -1... 1
ENTER METER ADMINISTRATION DATA 1010.10 3 ENTR_METADM -1... 4
DISPLAY METER SAVE TIMES 69.01 3 DISP_METSAV -1... 1
ENTER METER SAVE TIMES 601.01 3 ENTR_METSAV -1... 1
MEASURE MFC-SIGNAL 1789.10 3 MEAS_MFC -1... 5
SEND MULTI FREQUENCY CODE SIGNAL 1787.10 3 SEND_MFC -1... 4
CANCEL MEDIA GATEWAY INTERFACE 4174.00 3 CAN_MGIF -1... 1
CREATE MEDIA GATEWAY INTERFACE 4168.03 3 CR_MGIF -1... 3
DISPLAY MEDIA GATEWAY INTERFACE 4170.03 3 DISP_MGIF -1... 2
MODIFY MEDIA GATEWAY INTERFACE 4172.03 3 MOD_MGIF -1... 2
STATE OF MEDIA GATEWAY INTERFACE 4180.00 3 STAT_MGIF -1... 1
CANCEL MEDIA GATEWAY LINK 4175.03 3 CAN_MGLINK -1... 1
CREATE MEDIA GATEWAY LINK 4169.03 3 CR_MGLINK -1... 2
DISPLAY MEDIA GATEWAY LINK 4171.03 3 DISP_MGLINK -1... 2
MODIFY MEDIA GATEWAY LINK 4173.03 3 MOD_MGLINK -1... 2
DISPLAY MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK 2331.00 3 DISP_MO -1... 1
INITIALIZE MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK 2332.00 3 INIT_MO -1... 2
MOUNT MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK 2330.00 3 MOUNT_MO -1... 2
RESET MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK 2333.00 3 RSET_MO -1... 1
ACTIVATE METER OBSERVATION 71.76 3 ACT_MOBS -1... 3
CANCEL METER OBSERVATION 72.75 3 CAN_MOBS -1... 3
DISPLAY METER OBSERVATION 110.75 3 DISP_MOBS -1... 2
SELECT METER OBSERVATION 858.73 3 SEL_MOBS -1... 1
DISPLAY METER OBSERVATION DATA 993.06 3 DISP_MOBSDAT -1... 4
DISPLAY MOBILE THRESHOLD 2296.01 3 DISP_MOBTHR -1... 1
MODIFY MOBILE THRESHOLD 2295.01 3 MOD_MOBTHR -1... 1
CANCEL MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK DEVICE 2356.00 3 CAN_MOD -1... 1
CONFIGURE MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK DEVICE 2357.00 3 CONF_MOD -1... 1

CONT-15 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

CREATE MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK DEVICE 2358.00 3 CR_MOD -1... 1

DIAGNOSE MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK DEVICE 2359.00 3 DIAG_MOD -1... 2
DISPLAY MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK DEVICE 2360.00 3 DISP_MOD -1... 1
TEST MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK DEVICE 2361.00 3 TEST_MOD -1... 1
DUMP MODULE MEMORY IMMEDIATE DUMP 4137.00 3 DMP_MODIMDMP -1... 2
DISPLAY MOBILE PROJECT DESCRIPTION DATA 3406.00 3 DISP_MPRDDAT -1... 1
ENTER MOBILE PROJECT DESCRIPTION DATA 3396.02 3 ENTR_MPRDDAT -1... 7
DISPLAY MOBILE SECURITY HANDLING 3411.01 3 DISP_MSECHAND -1... 1
MODIFY MOBILE SECURITY HANDLING 3412.01 3 MOD_MSECHAND -1... 3
DISPLAY MOBILE SERVICE OPTIONS 3009.03 3 DISP_MSERVOPT -1... 4
MODIFY MOBILE SERVICE OPTIONS 3010.03 3 MOD_MSERVOPT -1... 6
DISPLAY MOBILE SERVICE RELEASE STATUS 3414.00 3 DISP_MSERVREL -1... 1
MODIFY MOBILE SERVICE RELEASE STATUS 3415.02 3 MOD_MSERVREL -1... 4
SELECT MESSAGE 1533.02 3 SEL_MSG -1... 1
DISPLAY MESSAGE LINK 1527.01 3 DISP_MSGLNK -1... 2
RESET MESSAGE LINK 1526.02 3 RSET_MSGLNK -1... 2
SET MESSAGE LINK 1525.03 3 SET_MSGLNK -1... 2
CANCEL MESSAGE GROUP 1531.02 3 CAN_MSGRP -1... 1
CREATE MESSAGE GROUP 1530.03 3 CR_MSGRP -1... 2
SELECT MESSAGE GROUP 1532.02 3 SEL_MSGRP -1... 1
DISPLAY MESSAGE GROUP LINK 1529.01 3 DISP_MSGRPLNK -1... 1
SET MESSAGE GROUP LINK 1537.05 3 SET_MSGRPLNK -1... 2
DISPLAY MAGNETIC TAPE 965.01 3 DISP_MT -1... 1
INITIALIZE MAGNETIC TAPE 964.01 3 INIT_MT -1... 2
REWIND MAGNETIC TAPE 963.01 3 REWIND_MT -1... 1
CONNECT METALLIC TEST ACCESS 2838.08 3 CONN_MTA -1... 1
DISPLAY METALLIC TEST ACCESS ERROR LIST 1612.02 3 DISP_MTAERR -1... 1
CANCEL MAGNETIC TAPE DEVICE 1096.01 3 CAN_MTD -1... 1
CONFIGURE MAGNETIC TAPE DEVICE 1095.00 3 CONF_MTD -1... 1
CREATE MAGNETIC TAPE DEVICE 1107.03 3 CR_MTD -1... 2
DIAGNOSE MAGNETIC TAPE DEVICE 1116.00 3 DIAG_MTD -1... 2
DISPLAY MAGNETIC TAPE DEVICE 2362.00 3 DISP_MTD -1... 1
TEST MAGNETIC TAPE DEVICE 1136.01 3 TEST_MTD -1... 1
CANCEL MULTIPLEXER 999.03 3 CAN_MUX -1... 1
CREATE MULTIPLEXER 827.01 3 CR_MUX -1... 1
DISPLAY MULTIPLEXER 828.01 3 DISP_MUX -1... 1
CANCEL MULTIPLEXER MASTER B 3108.01 3 CAN_MUXMB -1... 1
CREATE MULTIPLEXER MASTER B 3109.00 3 CR_MUXMB -1... 1
CANCEL MOBILE ZONE POINT 3275.16 3 CAN_MZOPT -1... 1
CREATE MOBILE ZONE POINT 3276.72 3 CR_MZOPT -1... 9
DISPLAY MOBILE ZONE POINT 3277.39 3 DISP_MZOPT -1... 6
MODIFY MOBILE ZONE POINT 3278.72 3 MOD_MZOPT -1... 10
DISPLAY NOTE BOOK 505.71 3 DISP_NBOOK -1... 2
CANCEL NEATT TRANSPORT SYSTEM ADDRESS 1768.00 3 CAN_NEATSADR -1... 1
CREATE NEATT TRANSPORT SYSTEM ADDRESS 1770.01 3 CR_NEATSADR -1... 2
DISPLAY NEATT TRANSPORT SYSTEM ADDRESS 1772.00 3 DISP_NEATSADR -1... 1
MODIFY NEATT TRANSPORT SYSTEM ADDRESS 1775.01 3 MOD_NEATSADR -1... 2
DISPLAY NETWORK TIMER 2973.05 3 DISP_NETTIMER -1... 2
MODIFY NETWORK TIMER 2979.05 3 MOD_NETTIMER -1... 4
CANCEL NETWORK MANAGEMENT CONTROL 1909.05 3 CAN_NMCNTL -1... 1
DISPLAY NETWORK MANAGEMENT CONTROL DATA 376.93 3 DISP_NMCNTL -1... 1
ENTER NETWORK MANAGEMENT CONTROLS 325.97 3 ENTR_NMCNTL -1... 3
ACT NETWORK TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT INFO. 2806.02 3 ACT_NTMINFO -1... 1
CAN NETWORK TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT INFO. 2807.02 3 CAN_NTMINFO -1... 1
CR NETWORK TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT INFO 2808.03 3 CR_NTMINFO -1... 4
DACT NETWORK TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT INFO. 2809.01 3 DACT_NTMINFO -1... 1
DISP NETWORK TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT INFO. 2810.13 3 DISP_NTMINFO -1... 7
ENTER NETWORK TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT INFO. 2811.13 3 ENTR_NTMINFO -1... 4
MOD NETWORK TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT INFO 2812.07 3 MOD_NTMINFO -1... 2
ACTIVATE NAILED-UP CONNECTION 838.04 3 ACT_NUC -1... 4
CANCEL NAILED-UP CONNECTION 839.02 3 CAN_NUC -1... 1
CREATE NAILED-UP CONNECTION 837.16 3 CR_NUC -1... 9
DEACTIVATE NAILED-UP CONNECTION 1872.03 3 DACT_NUC -1... 3
DISPLAY NAILED-UP CONNECTION 840.13 3 DISP_NUC -1... 6
MODIFY NAILED-UP CONNECTION 841.16 3 MOD_NUC -1... 8
CAN OBSCALL 3506.56 3 CAN_OBSCALL -1... 1
DISPLAY OBSCALL 3505.56 3 DISP_OBSCALL -1... 2
ENTER OBSCALL 3504.56 3 ENTR_OBSCALL -1... 5
MODIFY OBSCALL 3847.56 3 MOD_OBSCALL -1... 5
CANCEL OBSERVATION GROUP 3502.13 3 CAN_OBSGRP -1... 1
CREATE OBSERVATION GROUP 3499.14 3 CR_OBSGRP -1... 5
DISPLAY OBSERVATION GROUP 3501.13 3 DISP_OBSGRP -1... 1
MODIFY OBSERVATION GROUP 3500.14 3 MOD_OBSGRP -1... 7
ENTER OBSERVATION GROUP ID 3503.56 3 ENTR_OBSID -1... 2

CONT-16 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

MODIFY OBSERVATION GROUP ID 3854.13 3 MOD_OBSID -1... 1

CONFIGURE OPERATOR CONTR. ANNOUNC. EQU. 1811.20 3 CONF_OCANEQ -1... 1
DIAGNOSE OPERATOR CONTR. ANNOUNCEM. EQU. 1825.10 3 DIAG_OCANEQ -1... 1
DISP OPERATOR CONTR. ANNOUNC. EQU. 3616.03 3 DISP_OCANEQ -1... 3
STATUS OF OPERATOR CONTR. ANNOUNC. EQU. 1826.29 3 STAT_OCANEQ -1... 1
CANCEL OCANEQ VARIANT 3050.05 3 CAN_OCAVAR -1... 1
DISPLAY OCANEQ VARIANT 2892.04 3 DISP_OCAVAR -1... 1
ENTER OCANEQ VARIANT 2894.04 3 ENTR_OCAVAR -1... 1
ACTIVATE OCT LOADER 3789.01 3 ACT_OCTLOAD -1... 3
DEACTIVATE OCT LOADER 3791.01 3 DACT_OCTLOAD -1... 2
DISPLAY OCT LOADER 3790.01 3 DISP_OCTLOAD -1... 2
ACTIVATE ODR 3671.02 3 ACT_ODR -1... 1
CANCEL ODR 3670.00 3 CAN_ODR -1... 1
CREATE ODR 3667.00 3 CR_ODR -1... 1
DEACTIVATE ODR 3672.00 3 DACT_ODR -1... 1
DISPLAY ODR 3669.01 3 DISP_ODR -1... 1
MODIFY ODR 3668.00 3 MOD_ODR -1... 2
START O&M PROCESSES 278.10 3 START_OM -1... 1
CANCEL O&M TERMINAL 1363.03 3 CAN_OMT -1... 1
CONFIGURE O&M TERMINAL 1362.02 3 CONF_OMT -1... 1
CREATE O&M TERMINAL 1361.04 3 CR_OMT -1... 1
DIAGNOSE O&M TERMINAL 1360.01 3 DIAG_OMT -1... 2
DISPLAY O&M TERMINAL 3032.02 3 DISP_OMT -1... 1
MODIFY O&M TERMINAL 3034.01 3 MOD_OMT -1... 2
TEST O&M TERMINAL 1359.02 3 TEST_OMT -1... 1
ACTIVATE CSSUB CONDITION MONITORING 2421.02 3 ACT_OPRCOND -1... 1
DISPLAY CSSUB CONDITION REPORT 2422.03 3 DISP_OPRCOND -1... 1
DISPLAY CSSUB CONFIGURATION REPORT 2429.03 3 DISP_OPRCONF -1... 3
ACTIVATE OPERATOR CTYPE PERF. REPORT 2423.01 3 ACT_OPRCTP -1... 1
DEACTIVATE OPERATOR CTYPE PERF. REPORT 2424.01 3 DACT_OPRCTP -1... 1
DISPLAY CSSUB CTYPE PERF. REPORT 2425.04 3 DISP_OPRCTP -1... 3
CANCEL OPERATOR DATA 587.01 3 CAN_OPRDATA -1... 1
CREATE OPERATOR DATA 586.00 3 CR_OPRDATA -1... 3
DISPLAY OPERATOR DATA 589.02 3 DISP_OPRDATA -1... 2
MODIFY OPERATOR DATA 588.02 3 MOD_OPRDATA -1... 2
DISPLAY CSSUB PERFORMANCE REPORT 2430.03 3 DISP_OPRPERF -1... 3
DISPLAY OPERATOR STATUS 626.00 3 DISP_OPRSTAT -1... 1
CANCEL ORIGINATION DATA 2374.15 3 CAN_ORIGDAT -1... 2
CREATE ORIGINATION DATA 2373.15 3 CR_ORIGDAT -1... 4
DISPLAY ORIGINATION DATA 2376.15 3 DISP_ORIGDAT -1... 4
MODIFY ORIGINATION DATA 2375.14 3 MOD_ORIGDAT -1... 1
CANCEL OSI ADDRESSES 1863.00 3 CAN_OSIADR -1... 1
CREATE OSI ADDRESSES 1864.04 3 CR_OSIADR -1... 2
DISPLAY OSI ADDRESSES 1857.00 3 DISP_OSIADR -1... 1
MODIFY OSI ADDRESSES 1865.04 3 MOD_OSIADR -1... 3
DISPLAY OSITIMER 3797.00 3 DISP_OSITIMER -1... 1
ENTER OSITIMER 3796.00 3 ENTR_OSITIMER -1... 2
ACTIVATE OSI TRACER 1903.05 3 ACT_OSITRAC -1... 7
DISPLAY OSI TRACE DATA 1905.02 3 DISP_OSITRAC -1... 1
DUMP OSI TRACE DATA 1906.05 3 DMP_OSITRAC -1... 3
CANCEL OPEN SERVICE PLATFORM 4233.00 3 CAN_OSP -1... 1
CREATE OPEN SERVICE PLATFORM 4232.00 3 CR_OSP -1... 1
DISPLAY OPEN SERVICE PLATFORM 4234.00 3 DISP_OSP -1... 1
DISPLAY OS RESOURCE DATA 3627.00 3 DISP_OSRES -1... 2
DISPLAY OSS DATA 557.01 3 DISP_OSSDAT -1... 1
ENTER OPERATOR SERVICE SYSTEM DATA 523.08 3 ENTR_OSSDAT -1... 6
COPY OSS FILE 624.70 3 COPY_OSSFILE -1... 1
DISPLAY OS STATISTIC DATA 3626.00 3 DISP_OSSTC -1... 6
ACTIVATE OUTPUT DIVERSION 949.00 3 ACT_OUTDIV -1... 2
DEACTIVATE OUTPUT DIVERSION 950.00 3 DEC_OUTDIV -1... 1
ACTIVATE OUTPUT SUPPRESSION 1535.00 3 ACT_OUTSUP -1... 1
DEACTIVATE OUTPUT SUPPRESSION 1721.02 3 DACT_OUTSUP -1... 1
DISPLAY OUTPUT SUPPRESSION 1536.00 3 DISP_OUTSUP -1... 1
DISPLAY OVERLOAD 400.22 3 DISP_OVLD -1... 1
CANCEL PRIMARY RATE ACCESS 2720.00 3 CAN_PA -1... 1
CREATE PRIMARY RATE ACCESS 2719.01 3 CR_PA -1... 1
DISPLAY PRIMARY RATE ACCESS 2722.00 3 DISP_PA -1... 1
TEST PRIMARY RATE ACCESS 1708.02 3 TEST_PA -1... 1
DISPLAY PA CHANNEL STATUS 1910.01 3 DISP_PACHSTAT -1... 1
DISPLAY PA FAULT 1869.02 3 DISP_PAFAULT -1... 3
DISPLAY PA LINK STATISTICS 1777.01 3 DISP_PASTAT -1... 1
CANCEL PBX 105.85 3 CAN_PBX -1... 2
CREATE PBX 104.19 3 CR_PBX -1...218
DISPLAY PBX 170.19 3 DISP_PBX -1... 14

CONT-17 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

MODIFY PBX 551.18 3 MOD_PBX -1...283

RECORD PBX 342.06 3 REC_PBX -1... 12
CANCEL PBX DDI NUMBER 3999.02 3 CAN_PBXDDINO -1... 2
DISPLAY PBX DDI NUMBER 3998.02 3 DISP_PBXDDINO -1... 1
ENTER PBX DDI NUMBER 3997.02 3 ENTR_PBXDDINO -1... 2
CANCEL PBX LINE 77.12 3 CAN_PBXLN -1... 2
CREATE PBX LINE 76.18 3 CR_PBXLN -1...193
DISPLAY PBX LINE 168.27 3 DISP_PBXLN -1... 10
MODIFY PBX LINE 1039.22 3 MOD_PBXLN -1...120
DISPLAY STATUS OF PBX LINE 537.87 3 STAT_PBXLN -1... 4
TEST PBX LINE 1902.16 3 TEST_PBXLN -1... 12
ACTIVATE PBX TRAP 1057.32 3 ACT_PBXTRAP -1... 18
CANCEL PBX TRAP 1059.32 3 CAN_PBXTRAP -1... 6
DISPLAY PCM ALARM COUNTER 695.55 3 DISP_PCMAC -1... 2
CANCEL PACKET CONTROL UNIT 4228.00 3 CAN_PCU -1... 1
CREATE PACKET CONTROL UNIT 4227.00 3 CR_PCU -1... 1
DISPLAY PACKET CONTROL UNIT 4231.00 3 DISP_PCU -1... 1
MODIFY PACKET CONTROL UNIT 4235.00 3 MOD_PCU -1... 1
STATUS CALL CONTROL LTG TO PCU RELATION 4240.00 3 STAT_PCUREL -1... 5
DISPLAY PDC CHARACTERISTICS 1900.09 3 DISP_PDCCHR -1... 3
ENTER PDC CHARACTERISTICS 1901.21 3 ENTR_PDCCHR -1... 21
DISPLAY PDC CONTROLS 2608.17 3 DISP_PDCCNTL -1... 2
ENTER PDC CONTROLS 2609.17 3 ENTR_PDCCNTL -1... 12
ACTIVATE PDC FEATURE 1913.00 3 ACT_PDCFEA -1... 1
DEACTIVATE PDC FEATURE 1914.00 3 DACT_PDCFEA -1... 1
DISPLAY PDC FEATURE INFORMATIONS 1915.00 3 DISP_PDCFEA -1... 1
CANCEL PRIMARY DIGITAL CARRIER LINK 3321.06 3 CAN_PDCLNK -1... 1
CREATE PRIMARY DIGITAL CARRIER LINK 3320.06 3 CR_PDCLNK -1... 2
DISPLAY PRIMARY DIGITAL CARRIER LINK 3360.06 3 DISP_PDCLNK -1... 1
DISPLAY PDC PERFORMANCE DATA 1916.14 3 DISP_PDCPERF -1... 9
DISPLAY PDC THRESHOLD CLASS VALUES 2733.08 3 DISP_PDCTHR -1... 1
RESET PDC THRESHOLD CLASS VALUES 2734.00 3 RSET_PDCTHR -1... 1
SET PDC THRESHOLD CLASS VALUES 2736.08 3 SET_PDCTHR -1... 1
CANCEL PHONMEET GROUP DATA 1943.07 3 CAN_PHONMEET -1... 1
DISPLAY PHONMEET DATA 1948.07 3 DISP_PHONMEET -1... 2
ENTER PHONMEET GROUP DATA 1949.07 3 ENTR_PHONMEET -1... 2
MODIFY PHONMEET GROUP DATA 1951.07 3 MOD_PHONMEET -1... 3
ACTIVATE PIO:IOC TRACER 3051.00 3 ACT_PICTRAC -1... 1
DEACTIVATE PIO:IOC TRACER 3052.00 3 DACT_PICTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY TRACER INFORMATION 3053.00 3 DISP_PICTRAC -1... 1
DUMP PIO:IOC TRACER 3054.00 3 DMP_PICTRAC -1... 1
DUMP PIO STATISTICS 2580.00 3 DMP_PIOSTC -1... 1
RESET PIO STATISTICS 2582.00 3 RSET_PIOSTC -1... 1
ACTIVATE PIO TRACER 1213.06 3 ACT_PIOTRAC -1... 2
DEACTIVATE PIO TRACER 1077.01 3 DACT_PIOTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY PIO TRACER INFORMATION 1700.01 3 DISP_PIOTRAC -1... 1
DUMP PIO:DEV TRACER 1078.01 3 DMP_PIOTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY PROCESS IDENTIFICATION TABLE 766.01 3 DISP_PIT -1... 1
DISPLAY PBX MAINTENANCE CONTROL 1048.11 3 DISP_PMCNTL -1... 1
ENTER PBX MAINTENANCE CONTROLS 1040.11 3 ENTR_PMCNTL -1... 2
CONFIGURE PORT 807.20 3 CONF_PORT -1... 2
DISPLAY PORT 201.75 3 DISP_PORT -1... 2
SELECTIVE DISPLAY OF PORT 600.01 3 SEL_PORT -1... 4
DISPLAY STATUS OF PORT 353.88 3 STAT_PORT -1... 2
ACTIVATE PORT TRACER 2369.15 3 ACT_PORTTRAC -1... 5
DEACTIVATE PORT TRACER 2392.00 3 DACT_PORTTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY PORT TRACER 2370.00 3 DISP_PORTTRAC -1... 1
DUMP PORT TRACER 2372.00 3 DMP_PORTTRAC -1... 1
CANCEL PROCESSNAMES 1013.00 3 CAN_PRNAME -1... 1
DISPLAY PROCESSNAMES 1014.00 3 DISP_PRNAME -1... 1
ENTER PROCESSNAMES 1012.00 3 ENTR_PRNAME -1... 1
CANCEL PROCESSOR 888.02 3 CAN_PRO -1... 1
CREATE PROCESSOR 886.07 3 CR_PRO -1... 2
DISPLAY PROCESSOR 1773.00 3 DISP_PRO -1... 1
MODIFY PROCESSOR 1776.04 3 MOD_PRO -1... 2
START PROCESS 281.10 3 START_PROCESS -1... 1
RESET PROCESSOR CONNECTION 1498.00 3 RSET_PROCON -1... 1
SET PROCESSOR CONNECTION 1497.00 3 SET_PROCON -1... 1
CANCEL ISUP PROTOCOL TABLE 4042.13 3 CAN_PROTTAB -1... 1
CREATE ISUP PROTOCOL TABLE 4041.16 3 CR_PROTTAB -1... 2
DISPLAY ISUP PROTOCOL TABLE 4044.13 3 DISP_PROTTAB -1... 1
MODIFY ISUP PROTOCOL TABLE 4043.16 3 MOD_PROTTAB -1... 3
MODIFY PASSWORD 41.01 3 MOD_PSW -1... 1
DISPLAY PASSWORD DATA 2857.00 3 DISP_PSWDAT -1... 1

CONT-18 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

MODIFY PASSWORD DATA 2859.00 3 MOD_PSWDAT -1... 1

ACTIVATE Q3 BA PERFORMANCE 3837.02 3 ACT_Q3BAPERF -1... 1
TEST Q3 IDENTIFICATION TONE 3838.02 3 TEST_Q3IDTONE -1... 1
DISPLAY Q3 JOB REGISTER 2452.00 3 DISP_Q3JOB -1... 1
TEST Q3 LAYER-1 BA 3835.02 3 TEST_Q3LAY1BA -1... 1
TEST Q3 LAYER-1 PA 3841.02 3 TEST_Q3LAY1PA -1... 1
TEST Q3 LOOP BA 3832.02 3 TEST_Q3LOOPBA -1... 1
TEST Q3 LOOP PA 3839.02 3 TEST_Q3LOOPPA -1... 1
CONNECT Q3 METALLIC TEST ACCESS 3831.02 3 CONN_Q3MTA -1... 1
ACTIVATE Q3 PDC FEATURE 3842.02 3 ACT_Q3PDCFEA -1... 1
TEST Q3 POWER SUPPLY 3833.02 3 TEST_Q3PWRSUP -1... 1
TEST Q3 QUICK BA 3834.02 3 TEST_Q3QUIKBA -1... 1
TEST Q3 QUICK PA 3840.02 3 TEST_Q3QUIKPA -1... 1
TEST Q3 ROUTINE 3836.02 3 TEST_Q3ROUT -1... 1
DISPLAY QUALITY OF SERVICE CONTROL 4252.01 3 DISP_QOSCNTL -1... 1
ENTER QUALITY OF SERVICE CONTROL 4251.01 3 ENTR_QOSCNTL -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF QOS CONTROL 4253.01 3 STAT_QOSCNTL -1... 1
CANCEL QUEUE 2882.10 3 CAN_QUE -1... 2
DISPLAY QUEUE 2885.09 3 DISP_QUE -1... 5
ENTER QUEUE 3380.10 3 ENTR_QUE -1... 19
RECORD QUEUE 3271.04 3 REC_QUE -1... 5
CANCEL REMOTE CONTROL UNIT 1832.00 3 CAN_RCU -1... 1
CREATE REMOTE CONTROL UNIT 1834.01 3 CR_RCU -1... 1
DISPLAY REMOTE CONTROL UNIT 1840.00 3 DISP_RCU -1... 1
EXTEND RCU 2559.00 3 EXT_RCU -1... 1
REDUCE RCU 2560.00 3 RED_RCU -1... 1
STATUS REMOTE CONTROL UNIT 1837.00 3 STAT_RCU -1... 1
DISPLAY INTERMEDIATE RESULT OF RDS MEAS 1230.02 3 DISP_RDSMEAS -1... 2
START RDS MEASUREMENT 1232.02 3 START_RDSMEAS -1... 2
STOP RDS MEASUREMENT 1229.02 3 STOP_RDSMEAS -1... 2
DISPLAY RECOVERY ESCALATION CONDITION 1253.00 3 DISP_RECESC -1... 1
RESET RECOVERY ESCALATION CONDITION 1259.21 3 RSET_RECESC -1... 1
SET RECOVERY ESCALATION CONDITION 1264.21 3 SET_RECESC -1... 1
EXECUTE REGENERATION 611.75 3 EXEC_REGEN -1... 10
TEST ROUTING DATA BASE 3095.12 3 TEST_ROUDB -1... 38
ACTIVATE ROUTE 32.10 3 ACT_ROUTE -1... 2
BAR ROUTE 27.11 3 BAR_ROUTE -1... 2
CANCEL ROUTE 13.80 3 CAN_ROUTE -1... 4
CREATE ROUTE 10.95 3 CR_ROUTE -1... 27
DISPLAY ROUTE 206.85 3 DISP_ROUTE -1... 4
INSERT ROUTE 30.95 3 INS_ROUTE -1... 26
MODIFY ROUTE 413.90 3 MOD_ROUTE -1... 15
TAKE OUT ROUTE 31.80 3 TAKO_ROUTE -1... 4
CANCEL ROUTE SWITCH 313.82 3 CAN_ROUTESW -1... 12
DISPLAY ROUTE SWITCH 414.05 3 DISP_ROUTESW -1... 1
ENTER ROUTE SWITCH 312.83 3 ENTR_ROUTESW -1... 8
CANCEL ROUTE THRESHOLD 1792.02 3 CAN_ROUTETHR -1... 1
DISPLAY ROUTE THRESHOLD 1790.03 3 DISP_ROUTETHR -1... 2
ENTER ROUTE THRESHOLD 1795.04 3 ENTR_ROUTETHR -1... 3
MODIFY ROUTE THRESHOLD 1797.04 3 MOD_ROUTETHR -1... 1
CANCEL REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT 3969.00 3 CAN_RSU -1... 1
CREATE REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT 3967.06 3 CR_RSU -1... 5
DISPLAY REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT 3970.04 3 DISP_RSU -1... 1
MODIFY REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT 3968.03 3 MOD_RSU -1... 7
RECORD REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT 4090.00 3 REC_RSU -1... 4
DISPLAY RSU AMUX PORT 4025.00 3 DISP_RSUAPT -1... 2
CANCEL REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT DATA 4135.00 3 CAN_RSUDAT -1... 1
DISPLAY REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT DATA 4136.00 3 DISP_RSUDAT -1... 1
ENTER REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT DATA 4134.00 3 ENTR_RSUDAT -1... 1
CONFIGURE RSU EQUIPMENT 4020.04 3 CONF_RSUEQ -1... 2
DIAGNOSE RSU EQUIPMENT 4046.00 3 DIAG_RSUEQ -1... 2
DISPLAY REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT EQUIPMENT 3971.00 3 DISP_RSUEQ -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF RSU EQUIPMENT 4021.00 3 STAT_RSUEQ -1... 2
DUMP RSU MEMORY IMMEDIATE DUMP 3950.00 3 DMP_RSUIMDMP -1... 3
CANCEL RSU LINK 3974.00 3 CAN_RSULINK -1... 1
CREATE RSU LINK 3972.00 3 CR_RSULINK -1... 2
DISPLAY RSU LINK 3975.00 3 DISP_RSULINK -1... 2
MODIFY RSU LINK 3973.00 3 MOD_RSULINK -1... 2
DISPLAY RSU LINK PORT 3976.00 3 DISP_RSULPT -1... 2
DISPLAY STATUS OF RSU LINK PORT 4096.00 3 STAT_RSULPT -1... 2
CANCEL RSU LTG CONNECTION 3978.06 3 CAN_RSULTGCN -1... 1
CREATE RSU LTG CONNECTION 3977.06 3 CR_RSULTGCN -1... 3
DISPLAY RSU LTG CONNECTION 3979.06 3 DISP_RSULTGCN -1... 2
ACTIVATE RSU PERMANENT PATCH 3952.00 3 ACT_RSUPRPCH -1... 1

CONT-19 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

CANCEL RSU PERMANENT PATCH 3955.00 3 CAN_RSUPRPCH -1... 1

DEACTIVATE RSU PERMANENT PATCH 3953.00 3 DACT_RSUPRPCH -1... 1
DISPLAY RSU PERMANENT PATCH 3956.01 3 DISP_RSUPRPCH -1... 4
ENTER RSU PERMANENT PATCH 3951.00 3 ENTR_RSUPRPCH -1... 4
UPDATE RSU PERMANENT PATCH 3954.00 3 UPD_RSUPRPCH -1... 1
ACTIVATE RSU TRACE EVENT 3962.00 3 ACT_RSUTRC -1... 2
CANCEL RSU TRACE EVENT 3964.00 3 CAN_RSUTRC -1... 1
DEACTIVATE RSU TRACE EVENT 3963.00 3 DACT_RSUTRC -1... 2
DISPLAY RSU TRACE EVENT 3965.00 3 DISP_RSUTRC -1... 2
DUMP RSU TRACE EVENT 3966.00 3 DMP_RSUTRC -1... 2
ENTER RSU TRACE EVENT 3949.00 3 ENTR_RSUTRC -1... 2
ACTIVATE RSU TRANSIENT PATCH 3958.00 3 ACT_RSUTRPCH -1... 1
CANCEL RSU TRANSIENT PATCH 3960.00 3 CAN_RSUTRPCH -1... 1
DEACTIVATE RSU TRANSIENT PATCH 3959.00 3 DACT_RSUTRPCH -1... 1
DISPLAY RSU TRANSIENT PATCH 3961.01 3 DISP_RSUTRPCH -1... 4
ENTER RSU TRANSIENT PATCH 3957.00 3 ENTR_RSUTRPCH -1... 2
DISPLAY SERVICE ACCESS CODE 1829.00 3 DISP_SACODE -1... 1
MODIFY SERVICE ACCESS CODE 1830.00 3 MOD_SACODE -1... 1
RECORD DATA OF SERVICES APPL. AND FEAT. 2150.01 3 REC_SAF -1... 4
CANCEL RSU SAS CODE POINT 4178.56 3 CAN_SASCPT -1... 1
CREATE RSU SAS CODE POINT 4176.56 3 CR_SASCPT -1... 1
DISPLAY RSU SAS CODE POINT 4179.56 3 DISP_SASCPT -1... 1
MODIFY RSU SAS CODE POINT 4177.56 3 MOD_SASCPT -1... 1
CANCEL RSU SAS CENTREX INTERCEPT 4259.00 3 CAN_SASCXINC -1... 1
CREATE RSU SAS CENTREX INTERCEPT 4258.00 3 CR_SASCXINC -1... 2
DISPLAY RSU SAS CENTREX INTERCEPT 4260.00 3 DISP_SASCXINC -1... 1
CANCEL RSU SAS INTERCEPT 4256.00 3 CAN_SASINC -1... 1
CREATE RSU SAS INTERCEPT 4255.00 3 CR_SASINC -1... 3
DISPLAY RSU SAS INTERCEPT 4257.00 3 DISP_SASINC -1... 3
CANCEL SCCP CALLING PARTY ADDRESS 1964.41 3 CAN_SCCGPA -1... 2
CREATE SCCP CALLING PARTY ADDRESS 1977.41 3 CR_SCCGPA -1... 18
DISPLAY SCCP CALLING PARTY ADDRESS 1989.41 3 DISP_SCCGPA -1... 2
MODIFY SCCP CALLING PARTY ADDRESS 2004.41 3 MOD_SCCGPA -1... 6
CANCEL SCCP COMMON SERVICE DATA 3106.17 3 CAN_SCDATA -1... 2
DISPLAY SCCP COMMON SERVICE DATA 3107.41 3 DISP_SCDATA -1... 2
ENTER SCCP COMMON SERVICE DATA 3105.41 3 ENTR_SCDATA -1... 4
CANCEL SUBSCRIBER CONTROLED FEATURE 2038.51 3 CAN_SCFEA -1... 3
DISPLAY SUBSCRIBER CONTROLLED FEATURE 2039.51 3 DISP_SCFEA -1... 5
ENTER SUBSCRIBER CONTROLLED FEATURE 2040.51 3 ENTR_SCFEA -1... 33
CANCEL CHANGEOVER TIMES S130 875.01 3 CAN_SCHOVTI -1... 2
DISPLAY CHANGEOVER TIMES S130 757.71 3 DISP_SCHOVTI -1... 1
ENTER CHANGEOVER TIMES S130 755.71 3 ENTR_SCHOVTI -1... 2
MODIFY CHANGEOVER TIMES S130 756.71 3 MOD_SCHOVTI -1... 2
MODIFY SCIDATA 4113.03 3 MOD_SCIDATA -1... 10
CANCEL SCREENING LIST 2404.05 3 CAN_SCLST -1... 5
DISPLAY SCREENING LIST 2405.05 3 DISP_SCLST -1... 5
ENTER SCREENING LIST 2403.05 3 ENTR_SCLST -1... 12
CANCEL SCCP REMOTE BROADCAST LIST 2041.00 3 CAN_SCRBLST -1... 1
CREATE SCCP REMOTE BROADCAST LIST 2042.00 3 CR_SCRBLST -1... 2
DISPLAY SCCP REMOTE BROADCAST LIST 2043.00 3 DISP_SCRBLST -1... 1
MODIFY SCCP REMOTE BROADCAST LIST 2044.00 3 MOD_SCRBLST -1... 2
TRANSFER SECURITY BUFFER 1941.01 3 TRANS_SCRTBUF -1... 1
CANCEL SCCP TSTUP SCRIPT 2850.00 3 CAN_SCSCR -1... 1
DISPLAY SCCP TSTUP SCRIPT 2852.00 3 DISP_SCSCR -1... 1
ENTER SCCP TSTUP SCRIPT 2853.30 3 ENTR_SCSCR -1... 2
CANCEL SCCP SUBSYSTEM 1965.41 3 CAN_SCSS -1... 3
CONFIGURE SCCP SUBSYSTEM 1969.41 3 CONF_SCSS -1... 3
CREATE SCCP SUBSYSTEM 1978.41 3 CR_SCSS -1... 4
DISPLAY SCCP SUBSYSTEM 1990.41 3 DISP_SCSS -1... 3
MODIFY SCCP SUBSYSTEM 2005.41 3 MOD_SCSS -1... 3
DISPLAY STATUS OF SCCP SUBSYSTEM 2007.41 3 STAT_SCSS -1... 3
CANCEL SCCP SUBSYSTEM SERVICE GROUP 3148.41 3 CAN_SCSSG -1... 1
CREATE SCCP SUBSYSTEM SERVICE GROUP 3149.41 3 CR_SCSSG -1... 4
DISPLAY SCCP SUBSYSTEM SERVICE GROUP 3150.41 3 DISP_SCSSG -1... 4
MODIFY SCCP SUBSYSTEM SERVICE GROUP 3151.41 3 MOD_SCSSG -1... 6
CANCEL SCCP SUBSYSTEM SERVICE DATA 1966.41 3 CAN_SCSSSD -1... 3
DISPLAY SCCP SUBSYSTEM SERVICE DATA 1991.41 3 DISP_SCSSSD -1... 3
ENTER SCCP SUBSYSTEM SERVICE DATA 1996.41 3 ENTR_SCSSSD -1... 5
RECORD SCCP AND TCAP 2940.00 3 REC_SCTC -1... 3
CANCEL SCCP TRANSLATOR SERVICE GROUP 1967.41 3 CAN_SCTRLG -1... 1
CREATE SCCP TRANSLATOR SERVICE GROUP 1979.41 3 CR_SCTRLG -1... 5
DISPLAY SCCP TRANSLATOR SERVICE GROUP 1992.41 3 DISP_SCTRLG -1... 1
MODIFY SCCP TRANSLATOR SERVICE GROUP 2006.41 3 MOD_SCTRLG -1... 2
ACTIVATE SCCP TEST USER PART 2616.41 3 ACT_SCTST -1... 2

CONT-20 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

CANCEL SCCP TSTUP JOB DESCRIPTION 2628.01 3 CAN_SCTST -1... 1

DEACTIVATE SCCP TEST USER PART 2640.41 3 DACT_SCTST -1... 1
DISPLAY SCCP TSTUP JOB DESCRIPTION 2653.41 3 DISP_SCTST -1... 1
DUMP SCCP TEST USER PART 2654.41 3 DMP_SCTST -1... 1
ENTER SCCP TSTUP JOB DESCRIPTION 2657.41 3 ENTR_SCTST -1... 7
CANCEL TRANSLATION TYPE CONVERSION DATA 3398.41 3 CAN_SCTTCD -1... 3
DISPLAY TRANSLATION TYPE CONVERSION DATA 3399.41 3 DISP_SCTTCD -1... 4
ENTER TRANSLATION TYPE CONVERSION DATA 3397.41 3 ENTR_SCTTCD -1... 4
CANCEL SCCP USER 2841.41 3 CAN_SCUSER -1... 3
CREATE SCCP USER 2839.41 3 CR_SCUSER -1... 3
DISPLAY SCCP USER 2840.41 3 DISP_SCUSER -1... 3
CANCEL S130 DESTINATION DIRECTORY NUMBER 877.03 3 CAN_SDDN -1... 2
CREATE S130 DESTINATION DIRECTORY NUMBER 876.02 3 CR_SDDN -1... 2
MODIFY DDN OF S130 SUBSCRIBER 745.72 3 MOD_SDDN -1... 1
CANCEL S130 DEST. DIRECTORY NUMBER DATA 986.03 3 CAN_SDDNDATA -1... 2
DISPLAY DEST. DIR. NUMBER DATA 751.71 3 DISP_SDDNDATA -1... 1
ENTER S130 DEST. DIRECTORY NUMBER DATA 985.03 3 ENTR_SDDNDATA -1... 2
CANCEL S130 DIRECTORY NUMBERS 879.00 3 CAN_SDN -1... 1
CREATE S130 DIRECTORY NUMBERS 878.00 3 CR_SDN -1... 1
DISPLAY S130 DIRECTORY NUMBERS 880.00 3 DISP_SDN -1... 1
CANCEL S130 DIRECTORY NUMBER DATA 882.02 3 CAN_SDNDATA -1... 1
DISPLAY S130 SUBSCRIBER DATA 883.71 3 DISP_SDNDATA -1... 1
ENTER S130 DIRECTORY NUMBER DATA 881.02 3 ENTR_SDNDATA -1... 1
Display Security Alarming CP 1.00 3 DISP_SECALCP -1... 1
Modify Security Alarming CP 1.00 3 MOD_SECALCP -1... 1
Cancel Security Alarm Report Log CP 1.00 3 CAN_SECALLOGCP -1... 1
Create Security Alarm Report Log CP 1.00 3 CR_SECALLOGCP -1... 2
Display Security Alarm Report Log CP 1.00 3 DISP_SECALLOGCP -1... 1
Display Security Alarm Report Records CP 1.00 3 DISP_SECALRECCP -1... 1
UPDATE SECURITY DATA 3087.00 3 UPD_SECDATA -1... 1
DISPLAY SECURITY THRESHOLDS 3084.00 3 DISP_SECTHR -1... 1
MODIFY SECURITY THRESHOLDS 3091.00 3 MOD_SECTHR -1... 3
Display Security Tracer CP 1.00 3 DISP_SECTRCCP -1... 1
Modify Security Tracer CP 1.00 3 MOD_SECTRCCP -1... 1
ACTIVATE SEMAPHORE STATISTICS 1408.00 3 ACT_SEMASTAT -1... 1
DEACTIVATE SEMAPHORE STATISTICS 1407.00 3 DACT_SEMASTAT -1... 1
DISPLAY SEMAPHORE STATISTICS 1406.00 3 DISP_SEMASTAT -1... 1
CANCEL SERVICE DEPENDENT CUG DATA 2765.07 3 CAN_SERVCUG -1... 2
DISPLAY SERVICE DEPENDENT CUG DATA 2767.04 3 DISP_SERVCUG -1... 2
ENTER SERVICE DEPENDENT CUG DATA 2769.06 3 ENTR_SERVCUG -1... 2
CANCEL SESSION 2855.00 3 CAN_SESSION -1... 1
DISPLAY SESSION 2858.00 3 DISP_SESSION -1... 1
END SESSION 45.00 3 END_SESSION -1... 1
START SAFEGUARDING SOFTWARE 632.10 3 START_SFGSW -1... 1
DUMP COLLECTED SAFEGUARDING SYMPTOMS 2817.10 3 DMP_SFGSYMP -1... 1
DUMP SAFEGUARDING MESSAGES 1947.00 3 DMP_SGMSG -1... 1
ACTIVATE SIGNALING TRACER 1028.82 3 ACT_SIGNTRAC -1... 4
CANCEL SIGNALING TRACER 2760.00 3 CAN_SIGNTRAC -1... 1
DEACTIVATE SIGNALING TRACER 2762.00 3 DACT_SIGNTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY SIGNALING TRACER 2033.00 3 DISP_SIGNTRAC -1... 1
DUMP SIGNALING TRACER 2758.02 3 DMP_SIGNTRAC -1... 3
ENTER SIGNALING TRACER OBJECT DATA 2752.10 3 ENTR_SIGNTRAC -1... 32
CREATE SIGNALING POINT FOR CP INSTALL 4087.13 3 CR_SIGP -1... 2
ACTIVATE SILC TRACE EVENT 3607.02 3 ACT_SILCTRC -1... 2
CANCEL SILC TRACE EVENT 3609.02 3 CAN_SILCTRC -1... 1
DEACTIVATE SILC TRACE EVENT 3608.02 3 DACT_SILCTRC -1... 2
DISPLAY SILC TRACE EVENT 3610.02 3 DISP_SILCTRC -1... 2
DUMP SILC TRACE EVENT 3611.02 3 DMP_SILCTRC -1... 2
ENTER SILC TRACE EVENT 3606.02 3 ENTR_SILCTRC -1... 2
TEST SUBSCRIBER LINE CIRCUIT 63.14 3 TEST_SLC -1... 3
CANCEL SUBSCRIBER/LINE ACCESS 3652.04 3 CAN_SLNACC -1... 1
CREATE SUBSCRIBER/LINE ACCESS 3649.05 3 CR_SLNACC -1... 11
DISPLAY SUBSCRIBER/LINE ACCESS 3651.08 3 DISP_SLNACC -1... 4
MODIFY SUBSCRIBER/LINE ACCESS 3650.08 3 MOD_SLNACC -1... 32
MODIFY SLRAM 1080.01 3 MOD_SLRAM -1... 1
ACTIVATE S130 METER OBSERVATION 752.72 3 ACT_SMOBS -1... 1
CANCEL S130 METER OBSERVATION 753.72 3 CAN_SMOBS -1... 1
SELECT S130 SUB. WITH METER OBSERVATION 884.00 3 SEL_SMOBS -1... 1
CONFIGURE SWITCHING NETWORK 926.17 3 CONF_SN -1... 3
DIAGNOSE SWITCHING NETWORK 974.03 3 DIAG_SN -1... 4
DISPLAY STATUS OF SN 918.10 3 STAT_SN -1... 1
TEST SPEECH PATHS THROUGH THE SN 938.00 3 TEST_SN -1... 3
DISPLAY SN BIT ERROR RATE COUNT 694.01 3 DISP_SNBERC -1... 1
START SN BIT ERROR RATE COUNT 693.02 3 START_SNBERC -1... 2

CONT-21 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

DISPLAY SWITCHING NETWORK DATA 4071.01 3 DISP_SNDAT -1... 1

MODIFY SWITCHING NETWORK DATA 4070.02 3 MOD_SNDAT -1... 7
CONFIGURE SWITCHING NETWORK MATRIX 4083.17 3 CONF_SNMAT -1... 1
DIAGNOSE SWITCHING NETWORK MATRIX 4093.00 3 DIAG_SNMAT -1... 1
CONFIGURE SWITCHING NETWORK MULTIPLEXER 4084.17 3 CONF_SNMUX -1... 2
DIAGNOSE SWITCHING NETWORK MULTIPLEXER 4094.00 3 DIAG_SNMUX -1... 1
DISPLAY SN PATH DATA (TRANSIENT) 848.01 3 DISP_SNPD -1... 1
DISPLAY SERVICE OPTIONS 1750.00 3 DISP_SOPT -1... 1
ENTER SERVICE OPTIONS 1751.00 3 ENTR_SOPT -1... 1
CANCEL S130 ORIGIN DEPENDENCY 759.00 3 CAN_SORD -1... 1
DISPLAY S130 ORIGIN DEPENDENCY 760.70 3 DISP_SORD -1... 1
ENTER S130 ORIGIN DEPENDENCY 758.00 3 ENTR_SORD -1... 1
CANCEL TFS ORIGIN DEPENDENCY DATA 1539.01 3 CAN_SORDDATA -1... 1
DISPLAY TFS ORIGIN DEPENDENCY DATA 1540.01 3 DISP_SORDDATA -1... 1
ENTER TFS ORIGIN DEPENDENCY DATA 1538.01 3 ENTR_SORDDATA -1... 1
CANCEL SEMIPERMANENT CONNECTION 1813.05 3 CAN_SPCONN -1... 1
DISPLAY SEMIPERMANENT CONNECTION DATA 1814.05 3 DISP_SPCONN -1... 1
ENTER SEMIPERMANENT CONNECTION 1815.05 3 ENTR_SPCONN -1... 2
CANCEL SPOOLENTRY 1761.01 3 CAN_SPENTRY -1... 1
DISPLAY SPOOLENTRY 1764.00 3 DISP_SPENTRY -1... 1
MODIFY SPOOLENTRY 1766.01 3 MOD_SPENTRY -1... 1
DISPLAY SPOOLFILE 1765.00 3 DISP_SPFILE -1... 1
DISPLAY SPLIT OPTION 3480.00 3 DISP_SPLITOPT -1... 1
RESET SPLIT OPTION 3479.00 3 RSET_SPLITOPT -1... 1
SET SPLIT OPTION 3478.00 3 SET_SPLITOPT -1... 1
ACTIVATE SPOOLSERVICE 1760.02 3 ACT_SPSERV -1... 1
DEACTIVATE SPOOLSERVICE 1762.00 3 DACT_SPSERV -1... 1
ALLOW SYSTEM STATUS ANALYSIS 1083.00 3 ALLOW_SSA -1... 1
DISPLAY SYSTEM STATUS ANALYSIS DATA 1121.00 3 DISP_SSA -1... 1
INHIBIT SYSTEM STATUS ANALYSIS 1123.00 3 INHIB_SSA -1... 1
MODIFY SYSTEM STATUS ANALYSIS 1126.00 3 MOD_SSA -1... 1
CONFIGURE SPACE STAGE GROUP 927.17 3 CONF_SSG -1... 2
DIAGNOSE SPACE STAGE GROUP 976.00 3 DIAG_SSG -1... 4
TEST SPEECH PATHS THROUGH THE SSG 971.00 3 TEST_SSG -1... 5
DISPLAY SSP 1654.01 3 DISP_SSP -1... 1
MERGE SSP 1125.00 3 MERGE_SSP -1... 1
RECOVER SSP 453.10 3 RECOV_SSP -1... 1
SPLIT SSP 1088.01 3 SPLIT_SSP -1... 1
SEARCH SSP 1127.01 3 SRCH_SSP -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF SSP 123.71 3 STAT_SSP -1... 1
TEST SSP 121.70 3 TEST_SSP -1... 1
ACTIVATE CONSISTENCY CHECK 1082.00 3 ACT_SSPCONCK -1... 1
ALLOW ROUTINE TEST 1085.01 3 ALLOW_SSPRT -1... 1
CUT OFF ROUTINETEST 1108.00 3 CUT_SSPRT -1... 1
DISPLAY ROUTINE TEST DATA 1122.01 3 DISP_SSPRT -1... 1
INHIBIT ROUTINE TEST 1124.01 3 INHIB_SSPRT -1... 1
MODIFY ROUTINE TEST DATA 1084.03 3 MOD_SSPRT -1... 3
CANCEL S130 SUBSCRIBER 748.72 3 CAN_SSUB -1... 1
CREATE S130 SUBSCRIBER 742.72 3 CR_SSUB -1... 2
DISPLAY S130 SUBSCRIBER 749.71 3 DISP_SSUB -1... 1
DISPLAY STATISTICS METER 257.71 3 DISP_STATMET -1... 1
CANCEL STATISTIC COUNTER SWITCH TIMES 697.03 3 CAN_STATSW -1... 1
DISPLAY STATISTIC COUNTER SWITCH TIMES 698.03 3 DISP_STATSW -1... 1
ENTER STATISTIC COUNTER SWITCH TIMES 696.04 3 ENTR_STATSW -1... 2
ACTIVATE SCCP AND TCAP MONITORING 2928.12 3 ACT_STMON -1... 7
DEACTIVATE SCCP AND TCAP MONITORING 2930.41 3 DACT_STMON -1... 7
DISPLAY SCCP AND TCAP MONITORING 2932.12 3 DISP_STMON -1... 10
ENTER SCCP AND TCAP MONITORING 2921.12 3 ENTR_STMON -1... 17
DISPLAY SCCP AND TCAP MONITORING INFO 3482.00 3 DISP_STMONINF -1... 1
ENTER SCCP AND TCAP MONITORING INFO 3481.00 3 ENTR_STMONINF -1... 1
CANCEL SUBSCRIBER 4.82 3 CAN_SUB -1... 2
CREATE SUBSCRIBER 2.18 3 CR_SUB -1...341
DISPLAY SUBSCRIBER 171.18 3 DISP_SUB -1... 16
MODIFY SUBSCRIBER 1038.22 3 MOD_SUB -1...325
RECORD SUBSCRIBER 344.74 3 REC_SUB -1... 8
DISPLAY STATUS OF SUBSCRIBER 536.80 3 STAT_SUB -1... 4
TEST SUBSCRIBER 1397.15 3 TEST_SUB -1... 4
MODIFY SUBSCRIBER DIRECTORY NUMBER 1861.14 3 MOD_SUBDN -1... 2
CANCEL SUBSCRIBER PROFILE ID 4011.01 3 CAN_SUBPRFID -1... 1
CREATE SUBSCRIBER PROFILE ID 4010.01 3 CR_SUBPRFID -1... 1
DISPLAY SUBSCRIBER PROFILE ID 4012.01 3 DISP_SUBPRFID -1... 1
ACTIVATE SERVICE SUBSCRIBER 3815.06 3 ACT_SVSUB -1... 1
CANCEL SERVICE SUBSCRIBER 3817.06 3 CAN_SVSUB -1... 1
CREATE SERVICE SUBSCRIBER 3813.07 3 CR_SVSUB -1... 5

CONT-22 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

DEACTIVATE SERVICE SUBSCRIBER 3816.06 3 DACT_SVSUB -1... 1

DISPLAY SERVICE SUBSCRIBER 3818.07 3 DISP_SVSUB -1... 2
MODIFY SERVICE SUBSCRIBER 3814.07 3 MOD_SVSUB -1... 5
ACTIVATE SWD 1471.00 3 ACT_SWD -1... 1
TRANSFER SYSTEM FILES 1002.06 3 TRANS_SYFILE -1... 6
CONFIGURE SYSTEM PANEL 930.60 3 CONF_SYP -1... 1
DISPLAY STATUS OF SYSTEM PANEL 920.10 3 STAT_SYP -1... 1
ACTIVATE SYSTEM LOAD DISPLAY 2561.00 3 ACT_SYSLDD -1... 1
DEACTIVATE SYSTEM LOAD DISPLAY 2562.00 3 DACT_SYSLDD -1... 1
RECOVER SYSTEM 456.14 3 RECOV_SYSTEM -1... 2
ACTIVATE SYSTEM UPGRADE 3238.00 3 ACT_SYSUPG -1... 1
DEACTIVATE SYSTEM UPGRADE 3239.00 3 DACT_SYSUPG -1... 1
START SYSTEM UPGRADE 3241.00 3 START_SYSUPG -1... 1
SWITCH OFF TALK 1275.15 3 SWOFF_TALK -1... 1
SWITCH ON TALK 1274.15 3 SWON_TALK -1... 1
MOUNT TAPE 8.01 3 MOUNT_TAPE -1... 1
CANCEL TARIFF 57.06 3 CAN_TAR -1... 1
DISPLAY TARIFF 202.04 3 DISP_TAR -1... 2
ENTER TARIFF 56.09 3 ENTR_TAR -1... 4
MODIFY TARIFF 58.06 3 MOD_TAR -1... 2
CANCEL TARIFF SWITCH 60.07 3 CAN_TARSW -1... 2
DISPLAY TARIFF SWITCH 205.07 3 DISP_TARSW -1... 2
ENTER TARIFF SWITCH 59.07 3 ENTR_TARSW -1... 2
TAXATION MESSAGE SIMULATOR 2023.00 3 ACT_TAXSIM -1... 4
DEACTIVATE TAXATION MESSAGE SIMULATOR 2024.00 3 DACT_TAXSIM -1... 1
STATUS TAXATION MESSAGE SIMULATOR 2025.00 3 STAT_TAXSIM -1... 1
TEST TRUNK CIRCUIT 65.72 3 TEST_TC -1... 4
CANCEL TEAC 3864.00 3 CAN_TEAC -1... 1
CREATE TEAC 3862.00 3 CR_TEAC -1... 1
DISPLAY TEAC 3863.00 3 DISP_TEAC -1... 1
CANCEL TEST POINT 198.49 3 CAN_TEPT -1... 3
CREATE TEST POINT 188.52 3 CR_TEPT -1... 3
DISPLAY TEST POINT 1216.46 3 DISP_TEPT -1... 1
CANCEL TEST EQUIPMENT 247.06 3 CAN_TEQ -1... 2
CREATE TEST EQUIPMENT 246.35 3 CR_TEQ -1... 56
DISPLAY TEST EQUIPMENT 249.32 3 DISP_TEQ -1... 1
MODIFY TEST EQUIPMENT 248.11 3 MOD_TEQ -1... 54
DISPLAY STATUS OF TEST EQUIPMENT 845.76 3 STAT_TEQ -1... 2
CANCEL TEST EQUIPMENT DATA 1036.06 3 CAN_TEQDAT -1... 3
DISPLAY TEST EQUIPMENT DATA 1037.00 3 DISP_TEQDAT -1... 1
ENTER TEST EQUIPMENT DATA 1035.06 3 ENTR_TEQDAT -1... 3
TEST TERADYNE 3869.00 3 TEST_TERA -1... 1
ACTIVATE TEST PATH 842.12 3 ACT_TESTPATH -1... 2
CANCEL TEST THRESHOLD 1838.01 3 CAN_TESTTHR -1... 1
CREATE TEST THRESHOLD 1839.01 3 CR_TESTTHR -1... 4
DISPLAY TEST THRESHOLD 1841.01 3 DISP_TESTTHR -1... 1
MODIFY TEST THRESHOLD 1842.01 3 MOD_TESTTHR -1... 4
TRANSFER TEXT 1505.00 3 TRANS_TEXT -1... 1
CANCEL TRUNK GROUP CLUSTER 2772.01 3 CAN_TGCLU -1... 1
CREATE TRUNK GROUP CLUSTER 2771.04 3 CR_TGCLU -1... 3
DISPLAY TRUNK GROUP CLUSTER 2773.01 3 DISP_TGCLU -1... 1
MODIFY TRUNK GROUP CLUSTER 2774.04 3 MOD_TGCLU -1... 4
CANCEL TRUNK GROUP DATA 1874.49 3 CAN_TGDAT -1... 5
ENTER TRUNK GROUP DATA 1875.51 3 ENTR_TGDAT -1... 61
CANCEL TRUNK GROUP 14.39 3 CAN_TGRP -1... 1
CREATE TRUNK GROUP 11.53 3 CR_TGRP -1... 96
DISPLAY TRUNK GROUP 226.51 3 DISP_TGRP -1... 7
MODIFY TRUNK GROUP 35.49 3 MOD_TGRP -1... 9
RECORD TRUNK GROUP 291.07 3 REC_TGRP -1... 5
DISPLAY TRUNK GROUP ALARM THRESHOLD 1889.30 3 DISP_TGRPTHR -1... 1
ENTER TRUNK GROUP ALARM THRESHOLDS 2548.30 3 ENTR_TGRPTHR -1... 11
CANCEL TRUNK GROUP TEST DATA 721.27 3 CAN_TGTSTDAT -1... 2
DISPLAY TRUNK GROUP TEST DATA 722.28 3 DISP_TGTSTDAT -1... 2
ENTER TRUNK GROUP TEST DATA 719.33 3 ENTR_TGTSTDAT -1... 6
MODIFY TRUNK GROUP TEST DATA 720.33 3 MOD_TGTSTDAT -1... 6
DISPLAY THRESHOLD 256.01 3 DISP_THR -1... 1
ENTER THRESHOLD 255.73 3 ENTR_THR -1... 1
MEASURE THRESHOLD-VIOLATION 1785.10 3 MEAS_THVIOL -1... 3
DISPLAY TIME 50.15 3 DISP_TIME -1... 1
ENTER TIME 52.15 3 ENTR_TIME -1... 2
MODIFY TIME 4142.15 3 MOD_TIME -1... 3
DISPLAY TIMEOUT 767.13 3 DISP_TIOUT -1... 1
MODIFY TIMEOUT 850.21 3 MOD_TIOUT -1... 18
DISPLAY TIME JOB 259.01 3 DISP_TJOB -1... 1

CONT-23 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

CAN TRUNK MAINTENANCE BLOCKING STATUS 1882.08 3 CAN_TMBLK -1... 2

ENTER TRUNK MAINTENANCE BLOCKING STATUS 1883.07 3 ENTR_TMBLK -1... 2
DISPLAY TRUNK MAINTENANCE CONTROL 377.71 3 DISP_TMCNTL -1... 1
ENTER TRUNK MAINTENANCE CONTROL 324.30 3 ENTR_TMCNTL -1... 7
CANCEL TOLL CATASTROPHE 306.49 3 CAN_TOLLCAT -1... 1
DISPLAY TOLL CATASTROPHE 305.49 3 DISP_TOLLCAT -1... 1
ENTER TOLL CATASTROPHE 307.49 3 ENTR_TOLLCAT -1... 1
CANCEL TONE IDENTIFICATION 2344.01 3 CAN_TONEID -1... 1
CREATE TONE IDENTIFICATION 2337.02 3 CR_TONEID -1... 4
DISPLAY TONE IDENTIFICATION 2345.01 3 DISP_TONEID -1... 1
MODIFY TONE IDENTIFICATION 2343.02 3 MOD_TONEID -1... 4
CANCEL TRAFFIC RESTRICTION CLASS BLOCK 1416.52 3 CAN_TRABLOCK -1... 2
DISPLAY TRAFFIC RESTRICTION CLASS BLOCK 1415.49 3 DISP_TRABLOCK -1... 1
ENTER TRAFFIC RESTRICTION CLASS BLOCK 1417.52 3 ENTR_TRABLOCK -1... 3
CANCEL TRACE LIST 1150.11 3 CAN_TRACELST -1... 1
DISPLAY TRACE LIST 1151.06 3 DISP_TRACELST -1... 1
ENTER TRACE LIST 1149.11 3 ENTR_TRACELST -1... 1
DISPLAY TRAFFIC FILE CHARACTERISTIC 283.04 3 DISP_TRAFICH -1... 1
GET TRAFFIC FILE 286.11 3 GET_TRAFILE -1... 2
ACT TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT SUMMATION 2158.00 3 ACT_TRAFISUM -1... 1
RECORD TRAFFIC FLOW 2016.00 3 REC_TRAFLOW -1... 4
CANCEL TRAFFIC MONITORING TASKS 3374.12 3 CAN_TRAMON -1... 5
DISPLAY TRAFFIC MONITORING TASKS 3375.12 3 DISP_TRAMON -1... 5
ENTER TRAFFIC MONITORING TASK 3373.13 3 ENTR_TRAMON -1... 13
DISPLAY TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT ORDERS 507.04 3 DISP_TRAMORD -1... 1
DISPLAY IRREGULARITY TRAPS 1058.32 3 DISP_TRAPS -1... 10
CANCEL TRAFFIC TYPE 3639.46 3 CAN_TRAT -1... 1
CREATE TRAFFIC TYPE 3637.54 3 CR_TRAT -1... 3
DISPLAY TRAFFIC TYPE 3640.46 3 DISP_TRAT -1... 1
MODIFY TRAFFIC TYPE 3638.52 3 MOD_TRAT -1... 3
CANCEL TRAFFIC TYPE CODE POINT 3643.46 3 CAN_TRATCPT -1... 1
CREATE TRAFFIC TYPE CODE POINT 3641.57 3 CR_TRATCPT -1... 2
DISPLAY TRAFFIC TYPE CODE POINT 3644.57 3 DISP_TRATCPT -1... 2
MODIFY TRAFFIC TYPE CODE POINT 3642.57 3 MOD_TRATCPT -1... 2
CANCEL TRUNK DATA 687.41 3 CAN_TRDAT -1... 2
ENTER TRUNK DATA 686.41 3 ENTR_TRDAT -1... 3
MEASURE TRUNK SIGNAL 1311.10 3 MEAS_TRKSIG -1... 9
SEND TRUNK SIGNAL 1312.11 3 SEND_TRKSIG -1... 11
ACTIVATE TRUNK SUPERVISION 1850.02 3 ACT_TRKSUP -1... 1
SET TRACER LOAD LIMIT 1141.00 3 SET_TRLL -1... 1
DISPLAY TRUNK METER 262.02 3 DISP_TRMET -1... 1
DISPLAY TRAFFIC OBJECTS 1575.00 3 DISP_TRO -1... 1
CANCEL TRAFFIC OBJECT CENTREX GROUP 2877.00 3 CAN_TROCXGRP -1... 1
ENTER TRAFFIC OBJECT CENTREX GROUP 2875.01 3 ENTR_TROCXGRP -1... 1
CANCEL TRAFFIC OBJECTS DESTINATION 1576.02 3 CAN_TRODEST -1... 1
ENTER TRAFFIC OBJECTS DESTINATION 1562.02 3 ENTR_TRODEST -1... 1
CANCEL TRAFFIC OBJECT DIGITAL LINE UNIT 1570.00 3 CAN_TRODLU -1... 1
ENTER TRAFFIC OBJECT DIGITAL LINE UNIT 1569.01 3 ENTR_TRODLU -1... 1
CANCEL TRAFFIC OBJECTS GROUP 1577.00 3 CAN_TROGRP -1... 1
CREATE TRAFFIC OBJECT GROUP 1558.04 3 CR_TROGRP -1... 1
DISPLAY TRAFFIC OBJECTS GROUPS 1574.00 3 DISP_TROGRP -1... 1
CANCEL TRAFFIC OBJ PRIMARY RATE ACCESS 3069.00 3 CAN_TROPA -1... 1
ENTER TRAFFIC OBJECT PRIMARY RATE ACCESS 3066.01 3 ENTR_TROPA -1... 1
CAN TRAFFIC OBJ PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE 1561.01 3 CAN_TROPBX -1... 1
ENTR TRAFFIC OBJ PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE 1560.04 3 ENTR_TROPBX -1... 1
CANCEL TRAFFIC OBJECTS SUBSCRIBER 1564.03 3 CAN_TROSUB -1... 1
ENTER TRAFFIC OBJECTS SUBSCRIBER 1563.05 3 ENTR_TROSUB -1... 1
CANCEL TRAFFIC OBJECT TRUNKGROUP 1566.00 3 CAN_TROTGRP -1... 1
ENTER TRAFFIC OBJECT TRUNKGROUP 1565.01 3 ENTR_TROTGRP -1... 1
CANCEL TRAFFIC OBJECT V52 INTERFACE 3830.00 3 CAN_TROV52IF -1... 1
ENTER TRAFFIC OBJECT V52 INTERFACE 3829.00 3 ENTR_TROV52IF -1... 1
CANCEL TRAFFIC STRUCTURE MEASUREMENT JOB 700.06 3 CAN_TRST -1... 1
DISPLAY TRAFFIC STRUCT. MEASUREMENT JOB 701.01 3 DISP_TRST -1... 1
ENTER TRAFFIC STRUCTURE MEASUREMENT JOB 2670.16 3 ENTR_TRST -1... 3
CANCEL TRUNK RESERVATION CONTROL 2026.01 3 CAN_TRSVCNTL -1... 1
DISPLAY TRUNK RESERVATION CONTROL 2028.02 3 DISP_TRSVCNTL -1... 1
ENTER TRUNK RESERVATION CONTROL 2030.08 3 ENTR_TRSVCNTL -1... 3
MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION CONTROL 2032.07 3 MOD_TRSVCNTL -1... 2
CANCEL TRUNK RESERVATION TRAFFIC CRIT. 2027.04 3 CAN_TRSVCRIT -1... 3
DISPLAY TRUNK RESERVATION TRAFFIC CRIT. 2029.06 3 DISP_TRSVCRIT -1... 2
ENTER TRUNK RESERVATION TRAFFIC CRITERIA 2031.05 3 ENTR_TRSVCRIT -1... 4
CANCEL TRUNK RESERVATION TRAFFIC 3811.00 3 CAN_TRSVTRAF -1... 1
DISPLAY TRUNK RESERVATION TRAFFIC 3812.00 3 DISP_TRSVTRAF -1... 2
ENTER TRUNK RESERVATION TRAFFIC 3810.02 3 ENTR_TRSVTRAF -1... 5

CONT-24 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

MODIFY TRUNK RESERVATION TRAFFIC 3942.02 3 MOD_TRSVTRAF -1... 7

ACTIVATE TRUNK TRAP 346.30 3 ACT_TRTRAP -1... 18
CANCEL TRUNK TRAP 347.30 3 CAN_TRTRAP -1... 6
DISPLAY TRIPLE TEST VALUES 2035.00 3 DISP_TRTVAL -1... 1
ENTER TRIPLE TEST VALUES 2037.00 3 ENTR_TRTVAL -1... 2
CANCEL TRUNK 15.41 3 CAN_TRUNK -1... 2
CREATE TRUNK 12.55 3 CR_TRUNK -1... 20
DISPLAY TRUNK 189.43 3 DISP_TRUNK -1... 4
DISPLAY STATUS OF TRUNK 355.52 3 STAT_TRUNK -1... 6
TEST TRUNK 61.16 3 TEST_TRUNK -1... 13
CONFIGURE TIME STAGE GROUP 972.17 3 CONF_TSG -1... 2
DIAGNOSE TIME STAGE GROUP 975.00 3 DIAG_TSG -1... 3
TEST SPEECH PATHS THROUGH THE TSG 973.00 3 TEST_TSG -1... 5
CREATE TSM 4122.00 3 CR_TSM -1... 1
RELEASE TEST CALL 1280.15 3 REL_TSTCALL -1... 1
SET UP TEST CALL 1283.30 3 SETUP_TSTCALL -1... 24
DISPLAY TESTING JOBS 803.01 3 DISP_TSTJOB -1... 1
CHANGE TEST OBJECT 1273.30 3 CHANGE_TSTOBJ -1... 24
CHANGE TPC TEST PORT 1784.00 3 CHANGE_TSTPRT -1... 1
DISPLAY TEST RESULTS 801.01 3 DISP_TSTRES -1... 1
DELETE TEST SCHEDULE 802.00 3 DEL_TSTSCHED -1... 1
DISPLAY TEST SCHEDULE 800.01 3 DISP_TSTSCHED -1... 1
ENTER TEST SCHEDULE 799.00 3 ENTR_TSTSCHED -1... 18
CANCEL TELEWORKER 4108.00 3 CAN_TW -1... 2
DISPLAY TELEWORKER 4109.01 3 DISP_TW -1... 2
ENTER TELEWORKER 4107.01 3 ENTR_TW -1... 4
DISPLAY UPDATE 406.02 3 DISP_UPDATE -1... 1
TEST UPDATE FUNCTIONS 1412.00 3 TEST_UPDATE -1... 1
ACTIVATE UPDATE CHECKPOINTING 4226.10 3 ACT_UPDCHP -1... 1
DISPLAY UPGRADE OPTIONS 4119.00 3 DISP_UPGRDOPT -1... 1
RESET UPGRADE OPTIONS 4121.00 3 RSET_UPGRDOPT -1... 1
SET UPGRADE OPTIONS 4120.00 3 SET_UPGRDOPT -1... 1
CANCEL USER IDENTIFICATION 2860.01 3 CAN_USERID -1... 1
CREATE USER IDENTIFICATION 2856.02 3 CR_USERID -1... 2
DISPLAY USER IDENTIFICATION 2861.00 3 DISP_USERID -1... 1
MODIFY USER IDENTIFICATION 2862.02 3 MOD_USERID -1... 2
ACTIVATE UNITEST TRACE 1246.06 3 ACT_UTTRAC -1... 4
CANCEL UNITEST TRACE CONDITION 2705.00 3 CAN_UTTRAC -1... 1
DEACTIVATE UNITEST TRACE 1250.00 3 DACT_UTTRAC -1... 1
DISPLAY UNITEST TRACE AND TRIGGER STATUS 2723.00 3 DISP_UTTRAC -1... 1
DUMP UNITEST TRACE DATAS 1258.02 3 DMP_UTTRAC -1... 1
ENTER UNITEST TRACE CONDITION 2706.01 3 ENTR_UTTRAC -1... 5
CANCEL V5 COMMUNICATION CHANNEL 3534.00 3 CAN_V5CMCHAN -1... 1
CREATE V5 COMMUNICATION CHANNEL 3527.01 3 CR_V5CMCHAN -1... 4
DISPLAY V5 COMMUNICATION CHANNEL 3529.02 3 DISP_V5CMCHAN -1... 2
MODIFY V5 COMMUNICATION CHANNEL 3615.00 3 MOD_V5CMCHAN -1... 4
DISP STATUS OF V5 COMMUNICATION CHANNEL 3567.00 3 STAT_V5CMCHAN -1... 1
CANCEL V5 COMMUNICATION PATH 3535.01 3 CAN_V5CMPATH -1... 1
CREATE V5 COMMUNICATION PATH 3528.04 3 CR_V5CMPATH -1... 5
DISPLAY V5 COMMUNICATION PATH 3530.02 3 DISP_V5CMPATH -1... 2
CANCEL V5 INTERFACE 3097.02 3 CAN_V5IF -1... 1
CREATE V5 INTERFACE 3098.05 3 CR_V5IF -1... 4
DISPLAY V5 INTERFACE 3099.04 3 DISP_V5IF -1... 2
MODIFY V5 INTERFACE 3101.05 3 MOD_V5IF -1... 4
RECORD V5.2 INTERFACE 3550.37 3 REC_V5IF -1... 4
DISPLAY STATUS OF V5 INTERFACE 3132.02 3 STAT_V5IF -1... 2
CANCEL V5 LINK 3533.01 3 CAN_V5LINK -1... 3
CONFIGURE V5 LINK 3131.05 3 CONF_V5LINK -1... 10
CREATE V5 LINK 3526.03 3 CR_V5LINK -1... 3
DISPLAY V5 LINK 3511.04 3 DISP_V5LINK -1... 4
MODIFY V5 LINK 3531.02 3 MOD_V5LINK -1... 4
DISPLAY STATUS OF V5 LINK 3133.03 3 STAT_V5LINK -1... 4
TEST V5LINK IDENTIFICATION 3680.01 3 TEST_V5LINK -1... 3
CONFIGURE V5 PORTS 3152.03 3 CONF_V5PORT -1... 2
DISPLAY V5 PORT 3100.03 3 DISP_V5PORT -1... 2
SELECT V5 PORT 3102.03 3 SEL_V5PORT -1... 2
DISPLAY STATUS OF V5 PORTS 3153.02 3 STAT_V5PORT -1... 1
ACTIVATE V5 RE-PROVISIONING 2173.00 3 ACT_V5PROV -1... 2
DEACTIVATE V5 RE-PROVISIONING 2175.00 3 DACT_V5PROV -1... 1
DISPLAY V5 RE-PROVISIONING 2174.00 3 DISP_V5PROV -1... 1
CANCEL NEW V5 PROVISIONING VARIANT 2172.00 3 CAN_V5PROVAR -1... 1
DISPLAY NEW V5 PROVISIONING VARIANT 2171.00 3 DISP_V5PROVAR -1... 1
ENTER NEW V5 PROVISIONING VARIANT 2170.00 3 ENTR_V5PROVAR -1... 1
DISPLAY V5 TIME SLOT 3512.03 3 DISP_V5TS -1... 4

CONT-25 + P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
Contents and Issue Information

Command Description Number Issue Command Code Pages

MODIFY V5 TIME SLOT 3532.03 3 MOD_V5TS -1... 11

DISPLAY STATUS OF V5 TIME SLOT 2163.02 3 STAT_V5TS -1... 4
CANCEL VOICE RECOGNITION 2348.00 3 CAN_VOICEREC -1... 1
CREATE VOICE RECOGNITION 2346.00 3 CR_VOICEREC -1... 1
DISPLAY VOICE RECOGNITION 2349.00 3 DISP_VOICEREC -1... 1
MODIFY VOICE RECOGNITION 2347.00 3 MOD_VOICEREC -1... 1
CANCEL VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE DATA 4116.00 3 CAN_VOPDAT -1... 1
CREATE VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE DATA 4114.01 3 CR_VOPDAT -1... 5
DISPLAY VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE DATA 4117.01 3 DISP_VOPDAT -1... 4
MODIFY VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE DATA 4115.01 3 MOD_VOPDAT -1... 6
CONFIGURE VOICE PROCESSING UNIT 4143.00 3 CONF_VPU -1... 1
DIAGNOSE VOICE PROCESSING UNIT RECEIVERS 4144.00 3 DIAG_VPU -1... 1
DISP. STATUS VPU RECEIVERS 4145.00 3 STAT_VPU -1... 1
COPY VSD DATABASE BACKUP FILE 4125.15 3 COPY_VSD -1... 1
LOAD VSD DATABASE BACKUP FILE 4129.16 3 LOAD_VSD -1... 1
MERGE VSD 4088.28 3 MERGE_VSD -1... 1
MODIFY VSD DATABASE 4250.16 3 MOD_VSD -1... 1
RELINK VSD RECORDS 4127.14 3 RLINK_VSD -1... 1
UPDATE VSD BACKUP FILE 4128.16 3 UPD_VSD -1... 1
DISPLAY VSD DATABASE STATISTIC DATA 4126.16 3 DISP_VSDSTAT -1... 1
DISPLAY WEEKDAY CATEGORY 685.39 3 DISP_WDCAT -1... 1
MODIFY WEEKDAY CATEGORY 725.39 3 MOD_WDCAT -1... 1
ACTIVATE WORK STATION 1286.24 3 ACT_WST -1... 2
CANCEL WORKSTATION 1222.00 3 CAN_WST -1... 1
CREATE WORKSTATION 1219.36 3 CR_WST -1... 7
DEACTIVATE WORK STATION 1287.01 3 DACT_WST -1... 1
DISPLAY WORKSTATION 1223.00 3 DISP_WST -1... 1
MODIFY WORKSTATION 1425.11 3 MOD_WST -1... 2
STATUS OF WORK STATION 1788.01 3 STAT_WST -1... 1
CANCEL WORKSTATION GROUP 1227.00 3 CAN_WSTGRP -1... 1
CREATE WORKSTATION GROUP 1220.28 3 CR_WSTGRP -1... 4
DISPLAY WORKSTATION GROUP 1221.00 3 DISP_WSTGRP -1... 1
MODIFY WORKSTATION GROUP 1453.28 3 MOD_WSTGRP -1... 2
ALLOW INCOMING CALL TO WORK STATION 1285.01 3 ALLOW_WSTIC -1... 1
INHIBIT INCOMING CALL TO WORK STATION 1284.01 3 INHIB_WSTIC -1... 1
CANCEL WORKSTATION TESTPORT 1225.00 3 CAN_WSTPRT -1... 1
CREATE WORKSTATION TESTPORT 1224.29 3 CR_WSTPRT -1... 2
DISPLAY WORKSTATION TESTPORT 1226.00 3 DISP_WSTPRT -1... 1
STATUS X25 DATA 3037.01 3 STAT_X25DAT -1... 2
CANCEL X25DTE 2685.00 3 CAN_X25DTE -1... 1
CREATE X25 DATA TERMINAL EQUIPMENT 2689.03 3 CR_X25DTE -1... 12
DISPLAY X25 DATA TERMINAL EQUIPMENT 2695.03 3 DISP_X25DTE -1... 3
MODIFY X25 DATA TERMINAL EQUIPMENT 2701.03 3 MOD_X25DTE -1... 3
CANCEL X25 LINK 2512.02 3 CAN_X25LINK -1... 1
CONFIGURE X25 LINK 2513.02 3 CONF_X25LINK -1... 1
CREATE X25 LINK 2509.05 3 CR_X25LINK -1... 10
DISPLAY X25 LINK 2511.02 3 DISP_X25LINK -1... 1
MODIFY X25 LINK 2510.05 3 MOD_X25LINK -1... 10
CANCEL X25PVC 2520.02 3 CAN_X25PVC -1... 1
CREATE X25PVC 2519.02 3 CR_X25PVC -1... 3
DISPLAY X25PVC 2521.04 3 DISP_X25PVC -1... 2
CANCEL X25ROUTE 2686.00 3 CAN_X25ROUTE -1... 1
CREATE X25ROUTE 2690.03 3 CR_X25ROUTE -1... 4
DISPLAY X25ROUTE 2696.01 3 DISP_X25ROUTE -1... 1
ACTIVATE X25 STATISTICS 2754.00 3 ACT_X25STC -1... 2
DEACTIVATE X25 STATISTICS 2755.00 3 DACT_X25STC -1... 1
DISPLAY X25 STATISTICS INFORMATION 2756.00 3 DISP_X25STC -1... 1
DUMP X25 STATISTICS 2581.01 3 DMP_X25STC -1... 2
ACTIVATE X25 TRACER 2501.02 3 ACT_X25TRAC -1... 9
DEACTIVATE X25 TRACER 2502.01 3 DACT_X25TRAC -1... 2
DISPLAY X25 TRACER INFORMATION 2504.00 3 DISP_X25TRAC -1... 1
DUMP X25 TRACE DATA 2503.01 3 DMP_X25TRAC -1... 3
DISPLAY ZONING INFORMATION 2869.04 3 DISP_ZOINF -1... 1
MODIFY ZONING INFORMATION 2868.04 3 MOD_ZOINF -1... 1
CANCEL ZONE POINT 29.73 3 CAN_ZOPT -1... 5
CREATE ZONE POINT 26.73 3 CR_ZOPT -1... 9
DISPLAY ZONE POINT 190.73 3 DISP_ZOPT -1... 6
MERGE ZONE POINT 388.73 3 MERGE_ZOPT -1... 7
MODIFY ZONE POINT 37.73 3 MOD_ZOPT -1... 12
SPLIT ZONE POINT 386.73 3 SPLIT_ZOPT -1... 7

CONT-26 - P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
EWSD IN
IN Introduction
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INTRODUCTION TO TML/OML

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 IN-1
 IN EWSD
Introduction IN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

IN-2 P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
EWSD IN
IN Introduction
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

The Task Manual (TML) is a reference document which contains all tasks needed to
operate the system including those tasks intended only for system specialists
with special authorization.
Technological advances have led to changes in the way the switch is addressed.
Concretely this means that there are new interfaces via which communication with
the switch possible. Therefore some tasks communicate with the switch via
traditional commands, others via a slightly different input format. For the
sake of continuity all of these elements will be called tasks in future and will
be described in this document. As in the past, the reader accesses the required
information from the TML Table of Contents, or if task access is made from one
of the manuals, through links in those documents.

Care has been taken to make input format representation as similar as possible.
There are however differences which the user must be aware of. For example the
output masks for traditional commands are described in an independent document
(OML). The outputs in the new form of tasks, if further clarification is required,
are described in the relevant task in this document. Another example is that the
length of the input parameters is not limited to 8 characters in the new tasks,
the parameter names may be up to 20 characters long.

Structure

The structure of the TML is as follows:

À Overview and Index of issues

À Introduction
À Cross reference lists for MML
À Task descriptions

Overview and Index of Issues

The TML overview makes up the administration section. The overview contains all
tasks in tabular order. All entries contain an issue report and, if necessary,
a change designation.

In addition it contains a list of the other TML sections, for example Introduction.
The overview contains links which allow the user to jump to the information in the
other TML section.

Introduction

The Introduction contains specific instruction for using the TML including the
differences relevant to operation between traditional commands (MML tasks) and the
newer tasks. Where the information is valid for all tasks, it appears only once.
Where there are differences it is clearly stated for which type of task the
information is intended.

Task descriptions

The task descriptions are the main part of the TML and reflect the set of tasks
relevant to a specific APS. Task descriptions include information about the syntax,
parameters, and where applicable paths and parameter values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 IN-3
 IN EWSD
Introduction IN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Task descriptions are structured as follows:

1. Task short and long name

2. Task helptext
3. Task syntax
4. Parameter information including general parameter information, and where
applicable, subparameter and parameter value information

Input syntax

This section provides an overview of the input format for tasks and the syntax.
The syntax is displayed in Backus-Naur Notation:

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB@BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 Graphic display of 1 Comment 1
1 parameters 1 1
ABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBCBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB2
1 DEMO= 1 Entering the parameters is 1
1 1 mandatory. 1
ABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBCBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB2
1 [,DEMO ] 1 Entering the parameters is 1
1 1 optional. 1
ABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBCBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB2
1 (,DEMO1=) 1 Entering exactly one parameter 1
1 Z,DEMO2=Y 1 is mandatory. 1
1 * + 1 1
ABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBCBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB2
1 X (,DEMO1=) = 1 Entering exactly one parameter 1
1 1 Z,DEMO2=Y 1 1 is optional. 1
1 > * + W 1 1
ABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBCBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB2
1 [ ,DEMO1=,DEMO2= ] 1 Entering all parameter or none 1
1 1 entered. 1
ABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBCBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB2
1 [ ,DEMO1= [ ,DEMO2= ] ] 1 Possible combinations: 1
1 1 - Enter all parameters 1
1 1 - Enter only parameter DEMO1 1
1 1 - Enter both parameters 1
1 1 (Parameter DEMO2 alone may 1
1 1 not be entered.) 1
ABBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBCBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB2
1 <,DEMO1=,DEMO2=,DEMO3= > 1 At least one parameter must 1
1 1 be entered. 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB?BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

The syntax diagrams contain links which allow direct access to the individual
parameter descriptions.

IN-4 P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
IN EWSD
Introduction IN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MML task specific

MML tasks which can be used for different purposes are split into different input
formats (paths). This applies particularly in cases in which the above mentioned
syntax is not able to represent all the dependencies among parameters, parameters
and parameter values, or among parameter values. If the general version of the
command is used, the dependencies between parameters which may occur when particular
parameter values are selected are not dynamically modified to represent these
dependencies. For example, if a particular parameter value is selected, and this
selection causes mandatory input of another parameter, this is not indicated through
color change.
An overview of the input formats is given at the beginning of each command
description.

Example: The MML task has the following paths:

1. CR TEQ - ATCL ACCESS TEST CIRCUIT SUB LINE

2. CR TEQ - ATE AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT
3. CR TEQ - ATEMAN ATE FOR TESTING AND MEASURING
4. CR TEQ - ATESELF ATE FOR SELFTEST
5. CR TEQ - TEMLE TEST MODULE LEVEL
6. CR TEQ - TESTSET TEST SET
7. CR TEQ - RBSI RING BACK SERVICE INTEGRATED
8. CR TEQ - TLFI TRANSLATION FUNCTION INTEGRAT.
9. CR TEQ - ADDATE ADDITIONAL ATE PORT

The paths also contain links which allow direct access to the individual input
descriptions.

Input parameters

The description of the input parameters explains the syntax of the individual
parameters.
In the simplest cases, parameters are described by the parameter short and long
name and the parameter value range. The parameter value range may be, e.g. a range
of decimal numbers or it may be defined by a specific character set as shown below:

Alphanumeric symbolic names: A...Z 0...9. + * % #

Alphanumeric text strings: A...Z 0...9. + * % # < ( & ! $ ) ; - / ,

_ > ? : @ ’ =
<enter> <line feed>

Text strings must be enclosed in quotation marks ("). If a quotation mark must be
included in a text string, it must be doubled (""). The maximum length of a text
string including the quotation marks is 72 characters.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 IN-5
 EWSD IN
IN Introduction
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Example:

PARDM1 PARAMETER DEMONSTRATION 1 =

5...8 characters from the symbolic name character set

However in certain cases, mnemonic abbreviations may be entered for a parameter.

These abbreviations are also called identifiers. Identifiers have short and long
names and may be supplemented by a help text.

Example:

PARDM2 PARAMETER DEMONSTRATION 2=

IDF1 LONGNAME IDENTIFIER NO.1
IDF2 LONGNAME IDENTIFIER NO.2

Under certain circumstances a parameter may have up to 4 subparameters.

Subparameters are also called information units; they must be separated
by a hyphen. In the Task Manual, information units are symbolized by the
lowercase letters a, b, c, and d.

Example:

PARDM3 PARAMETER DEMONSTRATION 3 =

a-b-c-d

a: FIRST INFORMATION UNIT =

0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: SECOND INFORMATION UNIT =

etc.

The so-called new and old parameters are also represented by lowercase
letters.

Example:

DIGIT DIGITS =
The parameter specifies the prefix digits for test multiple.
n/o
n/
/o
1...8 hexadecimal number where B is interchangeable with *
and C is interchangeable with #

In this case, new and old have a very general meaning.

EXAMPLE:

MOD TEQ: DIGITS=newvalue/oldvalue Changes the prefix digit

new value/old value
MOD TEQ: DIGITS=newvalue/ Enters new prefix digit
MOD TEQ: DIGITS= /oldvalue Deletes old prefix digit

IN-6 P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
IN EWSD
Introduction IN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default values

If the syntax allows omission of a parameter or subparameter, the key word

"Default" in the parameter help text describes how the system will responds.
The following cases are possible:

- Default value: <value>

<value> is a parameter value within the permissible range that is
automatically used if the parameter is omitted.

- Default behavior: <value>

Values given are added to the default value.
This combination indicates that one can add other values to default values.

- Default behavior: <text>

<text> describes the behavior of the system if the parameter is
omitted. This option is selected if it is not possible to specify
a default value.

Examples:

- Optional parameter DATE

Default value: current date.
The current date is used.

- Option selection parameter for DISP and STAT commands

Default behavior: no restriction of output
Output is not restricted by omission of the parameter.

- Optional control parameter for CR, ENTR, CAN and MOD commands
Default behavior: no effect on the database
The database is not modified.

- Optional control parameter for ACT, DACT, DIAG and TEST commands
Default behavior: no effect on the process
The process is not affected by omission of the parameter.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 IN-7
EWSD IN
IN Introduction
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

OML structure

The OML contains the following registers:

TAB - Cross-reference lists

MASK - Status reports

More information on these registers is provided below. All examples given are
fictitious; they may not be part of the actual software.

The OML contains the status reports and the cross-reference lists that
allow you to assign output mask numbers to report groups.

The cross-reference list is subdivided into two tables that are sorted
as follows:

- Report group, mask number, mask variant and, if necessary, the command

- Mask number, mask variant, report group and, if necessary, the command

MASK

Masks that occur in various situations are described only once.

For this reason, parameters may be listed for a mask that do not
apply in a specific case.

The explanation includes

- the reason for the report,

- remedies, and
- the meaning of the output parameters.

The output parameters are displayed in a grid.

Example:

1
1
1 2 3 i 4 5 6 7
123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012
XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
0 1 1
1 1 TEXTTEXT TEXT TEXT TEXTTEXTTEXT TEXT 1
2 1 1
3 1 PARAM2 1
4 1 BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB 1
BB§5 1 XXXXXX 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Output parameters

Position of the Meaning of the output

output in the
mask
(row, column)
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
5,32 PARAMETER 2 =
:
:
:
etc.

IN-8 P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619
IN EWSD
Introduction IN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

For a detailed explanation of the output parameters, please refer to the parameters
on the command level. These parameters can be found in the OML cross-reference
lists and in the associated basic commands in the CMD part; these are usually
setup commands.

Example:
You need a detailed explanation of the output parameter value of a report.
This information can be found by referring to the five-digit mask number that
appears in the mask header. The mask number is the number following the
forward slash, for example, 3077/00045.
By looking up the mask number in the OML cross-reference list, you can find
the command that initiated this report. For example, this could be the display
command of the object. Detailed information can then be found in the create
command for the object.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 IN-9
 DISP A4TPVAL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY A4 TESTPATTERN VALUE

This is a command to administrate the reference patterns used to

test the A4 algorithm.
With this command you can display reference values for one or
all the 16 available test reference patterns.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP A4TPVAL : ELEMNO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ELEMNO ELEMENT NUMBER

This parameter indicates the number of the test pattern, you want
to display.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP A4TPVAL- 1-

 ENTR A4TPVAL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER A4 TESTPATTERN VALUE

This is a command to administrate the reference patterns used to

test the A4 algorithm.
With this command you can enter new reference values for one of
the 16 available test reference patterns.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR A4TPVAL : ELEMNO= ,A4TP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ELEMNO ELEMENT NUMBER

This parameter indicates the number of the test pattern, you want
to change.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

A4TP A4 TESTPATTERN

This parameter specifies a reference pattern for the A4 algorithm

test.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: 8 NIBBLES=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: 8 NIBBLES=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

c: 8 NIBBLES=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

d: 8 NIBBLES=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR A4TPVAL- 1-

 DIAG ACALGOR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE AC ALGORITHMS

This command diagnoses the security algorithms of the authentication

center.

PREREQUISITES:
- The unit concerned must be MBL.

CAUTION:
- The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the authentication center.

This command is only permitted if an authentication center

(AC) is installed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG ACALGOR : IOPAUC= [,TESTOP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

IOPAUC IOPAUC NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...43, range of decimal numbers

TESTOP TEST OPTIONS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

TRIPLE TRIPLE GENERATION

ALGOR4 ALGORITHM TO CODE SECUR. PARAM
RANDOM RANDOM GENERATOR
NBSDES NAT. BUREAU DATA ENCRYP. STAN.
DUPLE DUPLE GENERATION

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG ACALGOR- 1-

 TEST ACALGOR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST AC ALGORITHMS

This command tests the security algorithms of the authentication center.

PREREQUISITES:
- The unit concerned must be ACT.

CAUTION:
- The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the authentication center.

This command is only permitted if an authentication center

(AC) is installed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST ACALGOR : IOPAUC= [,TESTOP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

IOPAUC IOPAUC NUMBER

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...43, range of decimal numbers

TESTOP TEST OPTIONS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

TRIPLE TRIPLE GENERATION

ALGOR4 ALGORITHM TO CODE SECUR. PARAM
RANDOM RANDOM GENERATOR
NBSDES NAT. BUREAU DATA ENCRYP. STAN.
DUPLE DUPLE GENERATION

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST ACALGOR- 1-

 CAN ACC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL AUTOMATIC CONGESTION CONTROL

This command cancels an automatic congestion control element.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ACC : NAME= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME ACC ELEMENT NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the automatic congestion control

element.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ACC- 1-

 DISP ACC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY AUTOMATIC CONGESTION CONTROL

This command displays data for

- one automatic congestion control element,
- a maximum of two automatic congestion control elements according to the
addressed trunk group number, or
- all automatic congestion control elements.
When addressing with the trunk group number the element for
CNTRL = CANCEL is displayed before the element for CNTRL = SKIP
if both elements exist for this trunk group.
If all elements are displayed, the display can be sorted by NAME or TGNO.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1NAME=1 1
1 DISP ACC : ZTGNO=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME ACC ELEMENT NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the automatic congestion control

element to be displayed.
If X is entered, the elements will be displayed in alphabetical order
of parameter NAME.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number to be displayed.

If X is entered, the elements will be displayed in alphabetical order
of parameter TGNO.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ACC- 1-

 ENTR ACC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER AUTOMATIC CONGESTION CONTROL

This command creates or modifies an automatic congestion control element.

If an overload occurs in a succeeding exchange the responding congestion level
is sent to the preceding exchange. In the preceding exchange the reaction of
the overload has to be administrated if it is needed by the commands for
automatic congestion control traffic and automatic congestion control.
The overload is sent via a trunk of a trunk group. Therefore the indicator can
be administrated by the command CR TGRP with GCOS = SENDACCL.
The automatic congestion control element connects the relevant trunk group with
one automatic congestion control traffic element per type of CNTRL.
This means a maximum of two automatic congestion control traffic elements can be
assigned per trunk group. The assigned values for CNTRL = CANCEL
are preferred to the assigned values for CNTRL = SKIP.
The parameter INCEPT depends on parameter CNTRL:
In the case of CNTRL = CANCEL the parameter INCEPT is mandatory.
In the case of CNTRL = SKIP the parameter INCEPT is optional, i.e. only
relevant if there is an overflow in the last trunk group to a destination.
If CNTRL (i.e. = SKIP) is entered without a value for parameter INCEPT an
already existing value of parameter INCEPT is canceled.
Prerequisites: - the automatic congestion control traffic element must already
exist
- the trunk group must already exist
- only allowed for ISUP trunk groups.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR ACC : NAME= <,TGNO= ,ACCTRAF= ,BLK= ,CNTRL= ,INCEPT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME ACC ELEMENT NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the automatic congestion control

element. The name must be unique.

Six control types share a naming pool:

- CR CBPT,
- ENTR TRSVCNTL,
- ENTR NMCNTL with CNTRL = SKIP,
- ENTR NMCNTL with CNTRL = CANTO,
- ENTR NMCNTL with CNTRL = CANFROM,
- ENTR ACC.
This means that each NAME may only be used by one of these
controls.
The user may specify any name not yet used in the above-mentioned
naming pool except for two specific values:
- The user must not choose a single "X" as name because this input
stands for all existing values of a display command parameter.
- The NAME "MABEZ" is reserved for the mass call control function
which is an automatic network management control.
Therefore "MABEZ" must not be entered in this command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number.

This parameter must be entered when the element is created and may not
be entered if additional data of the element are modified.
The trunk group number must already exist.
The parameter value cannot be changed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACC- 1+

 ENTR ACC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ACCTRAF ACC TRAFFIC ELEMENT NAME

This parameter specifies the automatic congestion control traffic

element for the relevant type of CNTRL.
This parameter must be entered when the element is created.
The automatic congestion control traffic element must already exist.
Redundant entry of a value is allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking entered for the automatic

congestion control element.
Redundant entry of a value is allowed.
Standard Behavior: If no value is entered for this parameter
the value NONE is set at creation of
a new element. The existing value is not
changed if an existing element is modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NONE NO BLOCK
ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK
This blocking prevents activation of the
administrated control, even when an overload
occurs.

CNTRL NETWORK MANAGEMENT CONTROL

This parameter specifies the type of control.

Redundant entry of a value is allowed.
Standard Behavior: If no value is entered for this parameter
the value SKIP is set at creation of
a new element. The existing value is not
changed if an existing element is modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SKIP SKIP TO THE NEXT TGRP

The traffic percentages defined in the given
automatic congestion control traffic element
are rejected for this trunk group and flow over
to the next trunk group of the routing list.
In the case of modification, an existing
INCEPT-value is canceled.
CANCEL CANCEL THE CALL
The traffic percentages defined in the given
automatic congestion control traffic element
are rejected for this trunk group. Overflow to
the next trunk group is prevented.
Prerequisites: INCEPT is mandatory.

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the intercept, which defines the system

reaction for rejected calls.
Redundant entry of a value is allowed.
The parameter is mandatory in the case of CNTRL = CANCEL
and optional in the case of CNTRL = SKIP.
If parameter CNTRL is changed to value SKIP, an existing
INCEPT-value is canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NETWOMA0 NETWORK MANAGEMENT 0

NETWOMA1 NETWORK MANAGEMENT 1
NETWOMA2 NETWORK MANAGEMENT 2
NETWOMA3 NETWORK MANAGEMENT 3
NETWOMA4 NETWORK MANAGEMENT 4

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACC- 2+

 ENTR ACC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NETWOMA5 NETWORK MANAGEMENT 5

NETWOMA6 NETWORK MANAGEMENT 6

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACC- 3-

 STAT ACC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISP. STATUS OF AUTOM. CONGEST. CONTROL

This command displays the status for

- one automatic congestion control element,
- a maximum of two automatic congestion control elements according to the
addressed trunk group number, or
- all automatic congestion control elements.
When addressing with the trunk group number the element for
CNTRL = CANCEL is displayed before the element for CNTRL = SKIP
if both elements exist for one trunk group.
If all elements are displayed, the display can be sorted by NAME or TGNO.
Only elements which received a congestion level are considered.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1NAME=1 1
1 STAT ACC : ZTGNO=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME ACC ELEMENT NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the automatic congestion control

element to be displayed.
If X is entered, the elements will be displayed in alphabetical order
of parameter NAME.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number to be displayed.

If X is entered, the elements will be displayed in alphabetical order
of parameter TGNO.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT ACC- 1-

 DISP ACCFG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display Access Control Configuration

This task displays the global parameters of Q3 Access Control:

’Default access’, ’Denial response’, ’Sec. administrator’ and
’Rule restriction’.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ACCFG ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ACCFG- 1-

 MOD ACCFG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify Access Control Configuration

This task modifies the global parameters of Q3 Access Control.

It is used for an initial setup of the Access Control System and
to change the default access rights after definition of
individual Access Control ’Rules’.

!!!!! C A U T I O N !!!!!

Do not change the ’Default access’ before defining a ’Sec.

administrator’ and setting up access rights by Access Control
’Rules’. Otherwise any Q3 operation might be rejected and no
further administration would be possible.

Therefore:

1. Always set up the ’Sec. administrator’ first: assign the AET

of the NetM (user group) that is used to administrate the Q3
security data base. This will ensure that this NetM (user group)
can always access the Q3 Access Control data base, e.g. to
correct incorrect Access Control ’Rules’ or an incorrect
’Default access’. The ’Sec. administrator should be assigned
already during installation of a new network element.
2. Set up your Access Control data base and assign access rights for
Q3 operations.
3. Change the ’Default access’ - to disable unauthorized Q3 access -
only after individual access rights have been set up.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ACCFG : [Default access=] [,Denial response=] 1
1 1
1 [,Sec. administrator=] [,Rule restriction=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Default access

This parameter defines ’Default access’ rights for Q3

operations. ’Default access’ rights are applied if
there is no matching Access Control ’Rule’.
’Default access’ should be set to ’Deny’ after creating
the ’Rules’ for an individual Access Control system.

!!!!! C A U T I O N !!!!!:

’Default access’ must be changed to ’Deny’ only, after

you have assigned a ’Sec. administrator’ AET and after
you have assigned Q3 access rights by Access Control
’rules’. Otherwise any Q3 administration might be
inhibited.

Input format:
’Deny’ : Denies default access right for the Q3 operation.
’Allow’ : Grants default access right for the Q3 operation.

Select ’Default access’ for the Q3 operations M-GET,

M-SET, M-CREATE, M-DELETE and M-ACTION.

Denial response

This parameter defines the response to a Q3 request which is

rejected due to missing ’Default access’ rights.

Input format:
’Deny’ : Deny by Q3 response "Access Denied"
’Abort’ : Abort Q3 Association

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ACCFG- 1+

 MOD ACCFG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Sec. administrator

This parameter defines the AET of a ’Sec. administrator’ application.

An AET represents the address of an application running on a
remote TMN-OS.
The ’Sec. administrator’ is always granted the right to access the
Access Control database.
Q3 Authentication ensures that authentication data is defined
for this AET.
The password used for authentication will not change in the event of
a generation fallback.

Make sure that the AET assigned here is the AET of the initiator
that will be used for Q3 administration in an emergency case, e.g.
after System Recovery with a generation fallback.

Prerequisite:
System access rights for this AET have been defined by Q3
Authentication. Otherwise the parameter is rejected.

Input format: 3 to 16 numbers separated by blank

(AET as "Object Identifier")

Rule restriction

This parameter may be used to restrict the supported ’Rule type’

of the Access Control ’Rules’. Such a restriction may help to make
an Access Control System less complex, and may thus help to avoid
conflicting rules. Therefore, use only ’Allow rules’ and set the
’Default access’ to ’Deny’ for all Q3 operations.

Prerequisite:
If the ’Rule restriction’ is set either to ’Deny rules’ or to
’Allow rules’ only, no Access Control ’Rule’ of the other type
may exist.

Input format:
’Deny rules’ : Only ’Rules’ of ’Type’ ’Deny’ or ’Abort’ are
supported.
’Allow rules’ : Only ’Rules’ of ’Type’ ’Allow’ are supported.
’All rules’ : All ’Rule types’ are supported.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ACCFG- 2-

 CAN ACCTRAF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL AUTOM. CONGEST. CONTROL TRAF.

This command cancels an automatic congestion control traffic element.

It may not be connected to an automatic congestion control element.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ACCTRAF : NAME= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME ACC TRAFFIC ELEMENT NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the automatic congestion control

traffic element.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ACCTRAF- 1-

 DISP ACCTRAF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY AUTOM. CONGEST. CONTROL TRAF.

This command displays data for

- one automatic congestion control traffic element, or
- all automatic congestion control traffic elements (in alphabetical order).

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ACCTRAF : NAME= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME ACC TRAFFIC ELEMENT NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the automatic congestion control

traffic element.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ACCTRAF- 1-

 ENTR ACCTRAF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER AUTOM. CONGEST. CONTROL TRAF.

This command creates or modifies an automatic congestion control traffic

element. With such an element different traffic reduction percentages for the
following congestion level - route type combinations can be administrated:

+--------------------------------------------------------+
Route type Command parameter
----------------------------------------------------------
Congestion level 1 direct route CL1DRT
Congestion level 1 alternate route CL1ART
Congestion level 2 direct route CL2DRT
Congestion level 2 alternate route CL2ART
+--------------------------------------------------------+

Additionally it is possible to administrate per congestion level whether

priority traffic is also affected by the traffic reduction or not.
An automatic congestion control traffic element can be connected to several
automatic congestion control elements (see command ENTR ACC).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ACCTRAF : NAME= <,CL1DRT= ,CL1ART= ,CL2DRT= ,CL2ART= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CL1PRIOT= ,CL2PRIOT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME ACC TRAFFIC ELEMENT NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the automatic congestion control

traffic element. The name must be unique.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CL1DRT CL1 DIRECT ROUTE TRAFFIC

This parameter specifies the traffic reduction for direct route

traffic and a received congestion level 1.
Redundant entry of a value is allowed.
Standard Behavior: If no value is entered for this parameter
the value UNSPEC is set at creation of
a new element. The existing value is not
changed if an existing element is modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PERC0 0 % BLOCKING
PERC12P5 12,5 % BLOCKING
PERC25 25 % BLOCKING
PERC37P5 37,5 % BLOCKING
PERC50 50 % BLOCKING
PERC62P5 62,5 % BLOCKING
PERC75 75 % BLOCKING
PERC87P5 87,5 % BLOCKING
PERC100 100 % BLOCKING
UNSPEC UNSPECIFIED BLOCKING

CL1ART CL1 ALTERNATE ROUTE TRAFFIC

This parameter specifies the traffic reduction for alternate route

traffic and a received congestion level 1.
Redundant entry of a value is allowed.
Standard Behavior: If no value is entered for this parameter

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACCTRAF- 1+

 ENTR ACCTRAF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the value UNSPEC is set at creation of

a new element. The existing value is not
changed if an existing element is modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PERC0 0 % BLOCKING
PERC12P5 12,5 % BLOCKING
PERC25 25 % BLOCKING
PERC37P5 37,5 % BLOCKING
PERC50 50 % BLOCKING
PERC62P5 62,5 % BLOCKING
PERC75 75 % BLOCKING
PERC87P5 87,5 % BLOCKING
PERC100 100 % BLOCKING
UNSPEC UNSPECIFIED BLOCKING

CL2DRT CL2 DIRECT ROUTE TRAFFIC

This parameter specifies the traffic reduction for direct route

traffic and a received congestion level 2.
Redundant entry of a value is allowed.
Standard Behavior: If no value is entered for this parameter
the value UNSPEC is set at creation of
a new element. The existing value is not
changed if an existing element is modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PERC0 0 % BLOCKING
PERC12P5 12,5 % BLOCKING
PERC25 25 % BLOCKING
PERC37P5 37,5 % BLOCKING
PERC50 50 % BLOCKING
PERC62P5 62,5 % BLOCKING
PERC75 75 % BLOCKING
PERC87P5 87,5 % BLOCKING
PERC100 100 % BLOCKING
UNSPEC UNSPECIFIED BLOCKING

CL2ART CL2 ALTERNATE ROUTE TRAFFIC

This parameter specifies the traffic reduction for alternate route

traffic and a received congestion level 2.
Redundant entry of a value is allowed.
Standard Behavior: If no value is entered for this parameter
the value UNSPEC is set at creation of
a new element. The existing value is not
changed if an existing element is modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PERC0 0 % BLOCKING
PERC12P5 12,5 % BLOCKING
PERC25 25 % BLOCKING
PERC37P5 37,5 % BLOCKING
PERC50 50 % BLOCKING
PERC62P5 62,5 % BLOCKING
PERC75 75 % BLOCKING
PERC87P5 87,5 % BLOCKING
PERC100 100 % BLOCKING
UNSPEC UNSPECIFIED BLOCKING

CL1PRIOT CL1 PRIORITY TRAFFIC

This parameter specifies whether priority traffic is affected by the

administrated reductions for congestion level 1 or not.
Redundant entry of a value is allowed.
Standard Behavior: If no value is entered for this parameter
the value CNTRL is set at creation of
a new element. The existing value is not
changed if an existing element is modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NOCNTRL NO CONTROL OF PRIORITY TRAFFIC

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACCTRAF- 2+

 ENTR ACCTRAF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CNTRL CONTROL OF PRIORITY TRAFFIC

CL2PRIOT CL2 PRIORITY TRAFFIC

This parameter specifies whether priority traffic is affected by the

administrated reductions for congestion level 2 or not.
Redundant entry of a value is allowed.
Standard Behavior: If no value is entered for this parameter
the value CNTRL is set at creation of
a new element. The existing value is not
changed if an existing element is modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NOCNTRL NO CONTROL OF PRIORITY TRAFFIC

CNTRL CONTROL OF PRIORITY TRAFFIC

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACCTRAF- 3-

 DISP ACDATA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY GENERAL ALARM CALL DATA

This command displays the general alarm call data :

- indication whether the alarm call execution is active
- maximum number of alarm call orders in the database
- maximum number of alarm call orders per interval
- maximum number of tries per alarm call order
- number of alarm call orders present in the database
- directory number of the announcement that will be used to execute the alarm
call orders
- directory number of the alarm call trunk group
- index of the alarm call trunk group
- category of the alarm call trunk group
- maximum number of previous intervals an alarm call can be moved to
- indication if an alarm call order should be searched in the previous
intervals when not found in the entered interval
- indication whether there should be an extra execution for the automatic and
semi-automatic alarm calls by means of the ADMOSS operator.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ACDATA ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ACDATA- 1-

 ENTR ACDATA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER ALARM CALL DATA

This command enters the general alarm call data.

Prerequisites:
- The necessary ports must be available in the LTG’s were the alarm
call program is running.
- At least one announcement trunk group and announcement line must be
available.
- The number of trunk ports and announcement lines must be in proportion
to the maximum number of alarm call executions within one 5 minute interval.
Formula :
2 x D x M x (W + 1) N
N = ˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜˜ A = ˜
5 2
N = number of alarm call ports to be created
A = number of announcement lines to be created
D = average time of an alarm call connection in minutes
(ringing time + listening time)
M = number of maximum permitted alarm call orders per 5
minute interval (<= 200)
W = percentage of the alarm call orders that must be repeated

- The timers which determine ringing and listening time should have the
required values, the default values are :
ringing timer : T25 = 30 s.
listening timer : T33 = 30 s.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ACDATA : <MAX= ,RETRY= ,ANNDN= ,TGRPDN= ,CAT= ,BLOCK= 1
1 1
1 ,ASHIFT= ,ASRCHE= ,OPRRETRY=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

MAX MAX NO OF ORDERS PER INTERVAL

This parameter specifies the maximum number of alarm call orders per
5 minute interval.
If there are intervals that contain more alarm call orders than
permitted in the new maximum, the alarm call orders are nevertheless
executed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1000, range of decimal numbers

RETRY NUMBER OF RETRIES

This parameter specifies how often an unsuccessful

executed alarm call order can be re-executed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2, range of decimal numbers

ANNDN ANNOUNCEMENT DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the

announcement that will be used to execute the alarm call
orders.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACDATA- 1+

 ENTR ACDATA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TGRPDN TRUNK GROUP DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the alarm

call trunk group of which the ports will be used to set up
the alarm call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CAT CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the category of the alarm call trunk group.
The category must be the same as the category entered when creating
the trunk group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

BLOCK BLOCK ALARM CALL EXECUTION

This parameter specifies whether the alarm call execution is active

or not.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO ALARM CALL EXEC. NOT BLOCKED

YES ALARM CALL EXECUTION BLOCKED

ASHIFT ALARM CALL SHIFT

This parameter specifies the maximum permitted number of previous

intervals an alarm call can be moved to when the interval,
corresponding the booking time, is full. The shift function is only
valid for orders entered by subscriber controlled input.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

ASRCHE ALARM CALL ORDER SEARCH METHOD

This parameter indicates whether the ASHIFT-intervals must be

searched for an alarm call order that is not found in the
entered interval. This extended search has only effect for actions
by subscriber controlled input.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SINGLE SEARCH ONLY ENTERED INTERVAL

SHIFTED SEARCH ALSO SHIFT INTERVALS

OPRRETRY ADMOSS OPERATOR RETRY

This parameter indication whether there should be an extra

execution for the automatic and semi-automatic alarm calls
by means of the ADMOSS operator.

Notes:
- when this parameter is omitted there will be no
reexecution. Default value = NO.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO OPERATOR RETRY
When the execution of the automatic and
semi-automatic alarm call orders are unsuccessful
there will be no extra execution by means of the
ADMOSS operator.
YES OPERATOR RETRY
When the execution of the automatic and
semi-automatic alarm call orders are unsuccessful
there will be attempt to have an execution by
means of the ADMOSS operator.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACDATA- 2+

 ENTR ACDATA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter specifies whether a reexecution should be

done by means of the ADMOSS operator for automatic and
semi-automatic alarm calls.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACDATA- 3-

 CAN ACINIGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Cancel Access Control Initiator Group

This task cancels an Access Control ’Initiator group’, which defines a list of
remote initiators.

Prerequisite:
The ’Initiator group’ is no longer be referenced by any Access Control ’Rule’.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN ACINIGRP : Initiator group= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Initiator group

This parameter defines a unique name for the ’Initiator

group’. This name is used by an Access Control ’Rule’
to reference the ’Initiator group’.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ACINIGRP- 1-

 CR ACINIGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Create Access Control Initiator Group

This task creates an Access Control ’Initiator group’ which defines a list of
remote initiators. Each initiator is defined by its AET (Application
Entity Title), which represents the address of an application running on a
remote TMN-OS.
An Access Control ’Initiator group’ is referenced by one or more Access Control
’Rules’ in order to grant or deny access rights to Q3 objects.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR ACINIGRP : Initiator group= ,AET list= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Initiator group

This parameter defines a unique name for the ’Initiator

group’. This name is used by an Access Control ’Rule’
to reference the ’Initiator group’.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

AET list

This parameter defines a list of initiators for this

Access Control ’Initiator group’. Each initiator is represented
by its AET (Application Entity Title).

Input format: Set (1..10) of AETs

One AET consists of 3 to 16 numbers separated
by blank (AET as "Object Identifier").

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ACINIGRP- 1-
 DISP ACINIGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display Access Control Initiator Group

This task displays one or more Access Control ’Initiator groups’, which define
a list of remote initiators. Each initiator is defined by its AET (Application
Entity Title), which represents the address of an application running on a
remote TMN-OS.

The following selections are possible:

- One single Access Control ’Initiator group’:

--> Enter the ’Initiator group’

- All Access Control ’Initiator groups’:

--> Default: Enter no selection parameter

- Selection by filter criteria:

--> Enter ’Substring’ for ’Initiator group’ name (match at any position),
--> Enter ’AET entry’ for ’AET list’ (AET is in the list).
If both criteria are entered they must both be met.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ACINIGRP : [Initiator group=] [,Substring=] [,AET entry=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Initiator group

This parameter selects one specific ’Initiator group’ by its

name.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered if all ’Initiator groups’
are to be selected, or ’Substring’ or ’AET entry’ is entered
as a filter parameter.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

Substring

This parameter defines a string pattern for the ’Initiator

group’ name. The ’Initiator group’ name must contain this
pattern at any position.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered if an ’Initiator group’
is entered.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

AET entry

This parameter defines an AET which must be contained in the ’AET list’.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered if an ’Initiator group’
is entered.

Input format: 3 to 16 numbers separated

by blank (AET as "Object Identifier")

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ACINIGRP- 1-

 MOD ACINIGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify Access Control Initiator Group

This task modifies an Access Control ’Initiator group’, which defines a list of
remote initiators. Each initiator is defined by its AET (Application
Entity Title), which represents the address of an application running on a
remote TMN-OS.
The ’AET list’ of the ’Initiator group’ can be replaced or AETs may be added to
or removed from the list.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ACINIGRP : Initiator group= ,AET list= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Initiator group

This parameter defines a unique name for the ’Initiator

group’. This name is used by the Access Control ’Rule’
to reference the ’Initiator group’.

Input format: String (1-12 characters).

AET list

This parameter updates the list of initiators for this

Access Control ’Initiator group’. Each initiator is represented
by its AET (Application Entity Titles).

Input format:
Operation: ’REPLACE’: Replace ’AET list’,
’ADD’ : Add AETs in ’AET list’ to the old list,
’REMOVE’ : Remove AETs in ’AET list’ from the old
list.

’AET list’: Set (1..10) of AETs

One AET consists of 3 to 16 numbers separated
by blank (AET as "Object Identifier")

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ACINIGRP- 1-

 CAN ACOLIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL COMFORT ALARM CALL ORDER LIMITS

This command cancels a comfort alarm call limit for a specified

time period for a specified OSS common service group.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ACOLIM : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= [,TIME=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory
number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the time period for which the comfort
alarm call limit will be canceled.

Notes:
- The time can be omitted, if all comfort alarm call limits
of the specified common service group are to be cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the begin hour.

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the begin minute.

Notes:
- The entered minute will be rounded to a previous 5 minute
interval.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ACOLIM- 1-

 DISP ACOLIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY COMFORT ALARM CALL ORDER LIMITS

This command displays the comfort alarm call limits for a

specified OSS common service group.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ACOLIM : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory
number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ACOLIM- 1-

 ENTR ACOLIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER COMFORT ALARM CALL ORDER LIMITS

This command enters a comfort alarm call limit for a specified

time period for a specified OSS common service group.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR ACOLIM : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TIME= ,MAX= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory
number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TIME STARTTIME OF BOOKING INTERVAL

This parameter specifies the time at which the comfort

alarm call limit will become active.

Notes:
- Up to 24 time periods are allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the begin hour.

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the begin minute.

Notes:
- The entered minute will be rounded to a previous 5 minute
interval.

MAX MAX NO OF ORDERS PER INTERVAL

This parameter specifies the maximum number of alarm calls

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACOLIM- 1+

 ENTR ACOLIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

allowed per 5 minute interval for the specified time period.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1000, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACOLIM- 2-

 CAN ACORD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ALARM CALL ORDER

This command cancels casual, daily, specific or/and yearly alarm call orders.
Notes:
- The command is rejected if the DN is related to a secured
CENTREX business group BGID for which the operator has no
administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN ACORD : DN= ,TIME= ,TYPE= [,FIRST=] [,LAC=] [,CHRGINF=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,KIND= [,DAYWK=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TIME TIME OF ALARM CALL

This parameter specifies the time of the alarm call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the hour of the alarm call time.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the minute of the alarm call time.

Notes:
- The entered minute will be rounded to a previous 5 minute
interval.

TYPE TYPE OF ALARM CALL ORDER

This parameter specifies the alarm call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CASUAL CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER

One execution at the specified time.
DAILY DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
A number of executions on consecutive days at the
specified time.
SPECIFIC SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
A number of executions on the specified days at
the specified time.
YEARLY YEARLY ALARM CALL ORDER
Yearly executions on the specified day at the
specified time.
X ALL TYPES OF ALARM CALL ORDERS
Casual, daily, specific and yearly alarm calls

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ACORD- 1+

 CAN ACORD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FIRST SKIP FIRST EXECUTION

This parameter determines whether only the first execution

of a daily or specific alarm call order must be disabled or whether the
complete order must be removed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO REMOVE ALARM CALL ORDER

YES DISABLE FIRST EXECUTION

Default: NO

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code to which the

directory number of this object is linked.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory
number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CHRGINF CHARGING INFORMATION

This parameter indicates whether the order is

canceled by an automatic operator.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

MACHINE MACHINE CONTROLLED INPUT

The alarm call is canceled by an
automatic operator.

KIND KIND OF ALARM CALL ORDER

This parameter specified the kind of alarm call order.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AUTO AUTOMATIC ALARM CALL ORDER

Only the automatic alarm call orders will be
canceled.
SEMIAUTO SEMI-AUTOM. ALARM CALL ORDER
Only the semi-automatic alarm call orders will be
canceled.
COMFORT COMFORT ALARM CALL ORDER
Only the comfort alarm call orders will be
canceled.
X ALL KINDS OF ALARM CALL ORDERS
All automatic, semi-automatic and comfort alarm
call orders will be canceled.

This parameter specifies the kind of alarm you want

to cancel.

DAYWK DAYS OF WEEK

This parameter indicates the days of the week that should be

deleted for the alarm call.
Prerequisites:
- TYPE=SPECIFIC

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ACORD- 2+

 CAN ACORD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SU SUNDAY

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ACORD- 3-

 ENTR ACORD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER ALARM CALL ORDER

This command books a casual, daily, specific or yearly alarm call.

Notes:
- The command is rejected if the DN is related to a secured
CENTREX business group BGID for which the operator has no
administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,DAYNO= 11 1
1 ENTR ACORD : DN= ,TIME= ,TYPE= 1Z,WEEKNO=Y1 [,LAC=] 1
1 11,DATE= 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 [,SHIFT=] [,CHRGINF=] [,KIND=] [,NAMESUB=] 1
1 1
1 [,NOTE=] [,EXTNOTE=] [,CSGID=] [,LANGID=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,OPERATOR=] [,DAYWK=] [,EXECHOL=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TIME TIME OF ALARM CALL

This parameter specifies the time of the alarm call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the hour of the alarm call time.

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the minute of the alarm call time.

Notes:
- The entered minute will be rounded to a previous 5 minute
interval.

TYPE TYPE OF ALARM CALL

This parameter specifies the alarm call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CASUAL CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER

One execution on the specified time.

Notes:
- if DATE is entered the execution will be
performed on that particular day otherwise the
execution will be within the next 24 hours.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACORD- 1+

 ENTR ACORD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DAILY DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER

A number of executions on consecutive days on the
specified time.

Prerequisites:
- DAYNO
SPECIFIC SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
A number of executions on specified days on the
specified time.

Prerequisites:
- WEEKNO
- DAYWK
YEARLY YEARLY ALARM CALL ORDER
Yearly executions on specified day on the
specified time.

Prerequisites:
- DATE

This parameter specifies the type of alarm call.

DAYNO NUMBER OF DAYS

This parameter specifies the number of consecutive days during

which a daily alarm call order is to be executed.
When DAYNO = 0 is entered, the alarm call order will be
executed for an unlimited number of days.

Incompatibilities:
- TYPE=CASUAL
- =SPECIFIC
- =YEARLY

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

WEEKNO NUMBER OF WEEKS

This parameter specifies the number of weeks during

which a specific alarm call order is to be executed.
When WEEKNO = 0 is entered, the alarm call order will be
executed for an unlimited number of weeks.

Incompatibilities:
- TYPE=CASUAL
- =DAILY
- =YEARLY

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...52, range of decimal numbers

DATE DATE OF LAST EXECUTION

This parameter specifies the date on which the alarm call order
must be executed for the last time.
If it is entered, the following applies:
- for TYPE=CASUAL, date must be within two years.
- for TYPE=DAILY, date must be within 99 days.
- for TYPE=SPECIFIC, date must be within one year.
- for TYPE=YEARLY, year = X means : execution every year.
year = yy means : last execution year.
month and day : execution day.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACORD- 2+

 ENTR ACORD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code to which the

directory number of the object is linked.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory
number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

SHIFT ALARM CALL SHIFTED

This parameter specifies whether the alarm call order should be

marked as shifted. Shifting is normally only valid for an alarm
call order entered by subscriber controlled input, but must be
available for regeneration of such orders.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO ALARM CALL NOT SHIFTED

YES ALARM CALL SHIFTED

CHRGINF CHARGING INFORMATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

MACHINE MACHINE CONTROLLED INPUT

The alarm call is booked by an
automatic operator.

KIND KIND OF ALARM CALL ORDER

This parameter specifies the kind of alarm call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AUTO AUTOMATIC ALARM CALL ORDER

The alarm call order is booked by the system and
will be executed by the system.
SEMIAUTO SEMI-AUTOM. ALARM CALL ORDER
The alarm call order is booked by means of the
ADMOSS operator and executed by the system. This
value is only relevant in case of regeneration of
a semi-automatic alarm call.
COMFORT COMFORT ALARM CALL ORDER
The alarm call order is booked by means of the
ADMOSS operator and executed by means of the
ADMOSS operator. This value is only relevant in
case of regeneration of a comfort alarm call.

This parameter specifies the kind of alarm call order

you want to book.

Default: AUTO

NAMESUB NAME OF THE SUBSCRIBER

This parameter specifies the name of the subscriber

that booked an alarm call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

It is only relevant for regeneration of comfort alarm calls.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACORD- 3+

 ENTR ACORD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Prerequisites:
- KIND=COMFORT

NOTE NOTE FROM THE SUBSCRIBER

This parameter specifies the note the subscriber

wants to hear when executing the alarm call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...60 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

It is only relevant for regeneration of comfort alarm calls.

Prerequisites:
- KIND=COMFORT

EXTNOTE EXTENDED NOTE FROM THE SUBSCR.

This parameter specifies the extended note the subscriber

wants to hear when executing the alarm call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: EXTENDED SUBSCRIBER NOTE 1=

1...60 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

It is only relevant for regeneration of comfort alarm calls.

Prerequisites:
- KIND=COMFORT

b: EXTENDED SUBSCRIBER NOTE 2=

1...60 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

It is only relevant for regeneration of comfort alarm calls.

Prerequisites:
- KIND=COMFORT

c: EXTENDED SUBSCRIBER NOTE 3=

1...60 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

It is only relevant for regeneration of comfort alarm calls.

Prerequisites:
- KIND=COMFORT

d: EXTENDED SUBSCRIBER NOTE 4=

1...60 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

It is only relevant for regeneration of comfort alarm calls.

Prerequisites:
- KIND=COMFORT

CSGID COMMON SERVICE GROUP ID

This parameter specifies the common service group ID

of the OSS operator that was responsible for the booking
of the alarm call order. This information is only relevant
for the regeneration of semi-automatic and comfort calls.

Prerequisites:
- KIND=COMFORT
- =SEMIAUTO

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACORD- 4+

 ENTR ACORD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10, range of decimal numbers

LANGID LANGUAGE IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the language identification of

the subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

OPERATOR NAT/INAT OPERATOR INDICATION

This parameter indicates whether a national or international

operator should be addressed. It is only relevant for the
regeneration of comfort calls.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NAT NATIONAL OPERATOR

INAT INTERNATIONAL OPERATOR

DAYWK DAY OF WEEK

This parameter indicates the days of the week on which the

alarm call should be executed.

Prerequisites:
- TYPE=SPECIFIC

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY

EXECHOL EXECUTION ON HOLIDAYS

This parameter indicates whether the alarm calls must be

executed on holidays or not.

Prerequisites:
- TYPE=DAILY
- =SPECIFIC

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

YES EXECUTIONS ON HOLIDAYS

NO NO EXECUTION ON HOLIDAYS

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ACORD- 5-

 SEL ACORD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SELECT ALARM CALL ORDER

This command displays all casual, daily, specific and yearly alarm call orders
for one or all subscribers for the specified time.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 SEL ACORD : DN= ,TIME= [,LAC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber line.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TIME TIME OF ALARM CALL

This parameter specifies the time of the alarm call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the hour of the alarm call time.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the minute of the alarm call time.

Notes:
- The entered minute will be rounded to a previous 5 minute
interval.

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code to which the directory
number of this object is linked.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory
number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEL ACORD- 1-

 CAN ACRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Cancel Access Control Rule

This task cancels an Access Control ’Rule’, which defines the access rights
of an Access Control ’Initiator group’ on an Access Control ’Target group’
for the Q3 operations defined by ’Target group’.

Depending on the ’Rule type’ the cancel operation can remove existing
access rights (’Rule type’ = ’Allow’) or grant new access rights
(’Rule type’ = ’Deny’).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN ACRULE : Rule= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Rule

This parameter defines the name of the Access Control ’Rule’.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ACRULE- 1-

 CR ACRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Create Access Control Rule

This task creates an Access Control ’Rule’ which defines the access
rights of an Access Control ’Initiator group list’ on an Access Control
’Target group list’ for the Q3 operations defined by ’Target group’.

An Allow Rule (’Rule type’ = ’Allow’) will allow execution of the

Q3 operation as long as no matching Deny Rule exists. A Deny Rule
will reject the Q3 operation (’Rule type’ = ’Deny’) or abort the
association (’Rule type’ = ’Abort’) in any case.

A Global Rule references no ’Target group’. It defines the access

rights for the referenced ’Initiator group’ globally, i.e. it
includes all Q3 object classes and all Q3 operations.

A Common Rule references no ’Initiator group’. It defines the common

access rights to the referenced ’Target group’, i.e. it is valid for
all initiators (AETs).

Optional time dependencies may be defined by scheduling parameters.

The validity of the Access Control ’Rule’ can be restricted by:

- Duration: a ’Start time’ and ’Stop time’) and/or

- Daily scheduling: time intervals for all days of the week or
- Weekly scheduling: time intervals per day of the week

The parameter ’Availability status’ indicates if a ’Rule’ with

scheduling parameters is active (’On’) or not (’Off’). This parameter
is only for output. " " indicates that no scheduling parameter was
entered.

Prerequisite:
- The referenced Access Control ’Initiator groups’ and Access Control
’Target groups’ must have been created by ’CR ACINIGRP’ and
’CR ACTARGRP’.

- The supported ’Rule type’ may have been restricted by the parameter
’Rule restriction’ in ’MOD ACCFG’. In this case only Allow Rules or
only Deny Rules can be created.

Note:
- The parameters ’Daily intervals’ and ’Weekly intervals’ exclude one
another.

- The scheduling parameters must be selected when the Access Control

’Rule’ is created. It is not possible to add scheduling parameters by
’MOD ACRULE’.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR ACRULE : Rule= ,Rule type= ,Initiator group list= 1
1 1
1 ,Target group list= [,Start time=] [,Stop time=] 1
1 1
1 [,Daily intervals=] [,Weekly intervals=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Rule

This parameter defines the name of the Access Control ’Rule’.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

Rule type

Defines the ’Rule type’, i.e. the action performed

when the ’Rule’ matches.
The supported values can be restricted by ’MOD ACCFG’.

Input format:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ACRULE- 1+
 CR ACRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

’Allow’ Allow access (if no other deny rule exists)

’Deny’ Deny access by "Access Denied"
’Abort’ Deny access and abort the association

Initiator group list

This parameter references a list of Access Control

’Initiator groups’. The rule is applied to all Initiators
(AETs) of all ’Initiator Groups’ in this list.
Enter an empty ’Initiator group list’ to create a Common
Rule, which is valid for all initiators (AETs).
The referenced ’Initiator groups’ must have been created by
’CR ACINIGRP’.

Input format: Set (0..10) of ’Initiator groups’

One ’Initiator group’ is identified by its
name (1-12 characters).

Target group list

This parameter references a list of Access Control

’Target groups’, each member defines an object class list
and a set of Q3 operations.
Enter an empty list (size=0) to create a Global Rule,
which defines global access rights (to all object classes
and for all Q3 operations) for the referenced ’Initiator groups’.
The referenced ’Target groups’ in the list must have been created
by ’CR ACTARGRP’.

Input format: Set (0..10) of ’Target groups’

One ’Target group’ is identified by its
name (1-12 characters).

Start time

This parameter defines the ’Start time’ at which the rule

becomes active.
If only the ’Start time’ is set the ’Stop time’ will be set
automatically to ’Continuous’.
The time value is rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes or
10 minutes (EWSD classic).

Input format: standard date and time values

Default value: actual system time

will be set if this parameter is omitted but
’Stop time’ is set.

Stop time

This parameter defines the Stop time at which the rule becomes
inactive.
If only the ’Stop time’ is set the ’Start time’ will be set
automatically to the actual system time of the switch.
The time value is rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes or
10 minutes (EWSD classic).

Input format: option ’Continuous’

option ’Specific’ : standard date and
time values
Default value: option ’Continuous’
will be set if this parameter is omitted but
’Start time’ is set.

Daily intervals

This parameter selects daily scheduling. Up to 6 time

intervals can be specified within which the rule is active.
If this parameter is entered the parameter for weekly
scheduling must not be entered.
The time value is rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes or
10 minutes (EWSD classic).
Overlapping intervals are combined to one interval.

Input format : hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ACRULE- 2+
 CR ACRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

Default: whole day

Weekly intervals

This parameter selects weekly scheduling. Up to 6 time

intervals can be defined for each day of the week.
The rule will be inactive on days of the week not
selected and on days with 0 intervals set. At least
one day with one interval must be selected.
If this parameter is entered the parameter for daily
scheduling must not be entered.
The time value is rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes or
10 minutes (EWSD classic).
Overlapping intervals are combined to one interval.

Input format: hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval for one day)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use "00:00-00:00" to select the whole day

Default: selects all days of the week without any time

restriction. Inactive days must be disabled
from the default value.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ACRULE- 3-
 DISP ACRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display Access Control Rule

This task displays one or more Access Control ’Rules’, which define
the access rights of Access Control ’Initiator groups’ on Access Control
’Target groups’ for the Q3 operations.

The following selections are possible:

- One single Access Control ’Rule’:

--> Enter ’Rule’

- All Access Control ’Rules’:

--> Default: Enter no selection parameter

- Selection by filter criteria:

--> Enter ’Substring’ for ’Rule’ name (match at any position),
--> Enter ’Rule type’ (equality)
--> Enter ’Initiator group’ (member in ’Initiator group list’).
--> Enter ’Target group’ (member in ’Target group list’).
More than one selection criteria are combined by logical AND.

Different output formats are supported for the display of a single Access
control ’Rule’.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ACRULE : [Rule=] ,Output format= [,Substring=] [,Rule type=] 1
1 1
1 [,Initiator group=] [,Target group=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Rule

This parameter selects one specific Access Control ’Rule’.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered if all Access Control
’Rules’ are to be selected or one of the following filter
parameters is entered.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

Output format

This parameter defines the ’Output format’ of the displayed Access

Control ’Rules’. Format ’Compact’ must be used if parameter ’Rule’
is not specified.

Input format:
’Compact’ displays Access Control ’Rule’ parameters without
scheduling parameters.
’Complete’ displays all Access Control ’Rule’ parameters.
’Extended’ displays all Access Control ’Rule’ parameters plus
the referenced ’Initiator group’ and ’Target group’.

Default: ’Compact’

Substring

This parameter defines a pattern for the ’Rule’ name. The ’Rule’
name must contain this pattern at any position.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered if ’Rule’ was entered.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

Rule type

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ACRULE- 1+

 DISP ACRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter selects the ’Rule type’ of the ’Rules’ to display.

Input format:
’Allow’ Select Allow Rules
’Deny’ Select Deny Rules
’Abort’ Select Deny Rules with Abort

Initiator group

This parameter selects the referenced ’Initiator group list’ of

the ’Rules’ to display.
If a value is entered, the ’Initiator group list’ must
contain the value;
if "" is entered, only common rules are selected.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters) for ’Initiator group’ name
"" (empty string) selects Common Rules (with no ’Initiator
group’).

Target group

This parameter selects the referenced ’Target group list’

of the ’Rules’ to display.
If a value is entered, the ’Target group list’ must contain
the entered value;
if "" is entered, only global rules are selected.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters) for ’Target group’ name
"" (empty string) selects Global Rules (with no ’Target
group’).

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ACRULE- 2-

 MOD ACRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify Access Control Rule

This task modifies the parameters of an Access Control ’Rule’,

which defines the access rights of Access Control
’Initiator groups’ on an Access Control ’Target groups’ for Q3
operations.

Depending on the parameters entered, the ’Rule type’, the

referenced ’Target group list’ or ’Initiator group list’ is changed.

Scheduling parameters can be modified as follows:

- Duration: replace ’Start time’ and/or ’Stop time’.

- Daily scheduling: replace ’Daily intervals’.
- Weekly Scheduling: replace time intervals of single days of the
week.

Note:
- It is not possible to change a Common Rule (empty
’Initiator group list’) to a non Common Rule or to change a non
Common Rule to a Common Rule. Thus it is only possible to modify
a ’Initiator group list’, which is not empty.

- It is not possible to change a Global Rule (no ’Target group’) to

a non Global Rule or to change a non Global Rule to a Global Rule.
Thus it is only possible to modify a ’Target group list’, which
is not empty.

- It is not possible to change an Allow Rule to a Deny Rule or a

Deny Rule to an Allow Rule respectively. Thus it is only possible
to change the ’Rule Type’ from ’Deny’ to ’Abort’ or vice versa.

- Only scheduling parameters selected by ’CR ACRULE’ can be modified.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ACRULE : Rule= [,Rule type=] [,Initiator group list=] 1
1 1
1 [,Target group list=] [,Start time=] [,Stop time=] 1
1 1
1 [,Daily intervals=] [,Weekly intervals=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Rule

This parameter defines the name of the Access Control ’Rule’.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

Rule type

This parameter replaces the ’Rule type’, i.e. the action performed
when the ’Rule’ matches.

Note: It is not possible to change an Allow Rule to a Deny Rule, or

a Deny Rule to an Allow Rule.

Input format:
’Deny’ Deny access by "Access Denied"
’Abort’ Deny access and abort the association

Initiator group list

This parameter modifies the Access Control ’Initiator group list’,

which defines the ’Initiator groups’ the ’Rule’ is applied to.

Note: It is not possible to set up an ’Initiator group list’ for

a Common Rule (empty ’Initiator group list’) or to change a

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ACRULE- 1+

 MOD ACRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

non Common Rule to a Common Rule (remove all

’Initiator groups’.

Input format:
Operation: ’REPLACE’: Replace ’Initiator group list’,
’ADD’ : Add ’Initiator groups’ to the old list,
’REMOVE’ : Remove ’Initiator groups’ from the old
list.

’Group list’: Set (1..10) of ’Initiator groups’

One ’Initiator group’ is identified by its
name (1-12 characters).

Target group list

This parameter modifies the Access Control ’Target group list’;

each member defines an object classes list and a set ofQ3
operations.

Note: It is not possible to set up a ’Target group list’ for a

Global Rule (empty ’Target group list’) or to change a
non Global Rule to a Global Rule (remove all ’Target Groups’.

Input format:
Operation: ’REPLACE’: Replace ’Target group list’,
’ADD’ : Add ’Target groups’ to the old list,
’REMOVE’ : Remove ’Target groups’ from the old list.

’Group list’: Set (1..10) of ’Target groups’

One ’Target group’ is identified by its
name (1-12 characters).

Start time

This parameter replaces the ’Start time’ at which the rule

becomes active.
The parameter can be replaced only if a ’Start time’ or
’Stop time’ was entered when the ’Rule’ was created.

Input format: standard date and time values

Stop time

This parameter replaces the ’Stop time’ at which the rule

becomes inactive.
The parameter can be replaced only if a ’Start time’ or
’Stop time’ was entered when the ’Rule’ was created.

Input format: option ’Continuous’

option ’Specific’ : standard date and
time values

Default value: option ’Continuous’

Daily intervals

This parameter replaces ’Daily intervals’ (up to 6) within which

the rule is active. The parameter can be entered only if ’Daily
intervals’ were entered when the ’Rule’ was created. The
time values are rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes.
Overlapping intervals are combined to one interval.

Input format : hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

Weekly intervals

This parameter replaces ’Weekly intervals’ within which the

rule is active.
Only days of the week selected in the parameter are replaced.
The intervals of the days not selected will not be changed.
Enter 0 intervals to disable the whole day.
At least one day with one interval must be active in the
resultant ’Weekly intervals’; otherwise the parameter is
rejected.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ACRULE- 2+

 MOD ACRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Input format : hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval for one day)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ACRULE- 3-

 DISP ACSTAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ALARM CALL STATISTICS

This command displays the alarm call statistics.

Following data are displayed :
- number of refused orders; the number of input attempts, entered
between the last but one and the last activation of the interval,
which were refused
- number of accepted orders; the number of alarm call orders in the
interval at the moment of the last activation of the interval.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ACSTAT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ACSTAT- 1-

 CAN ACTARGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Cancel Access Control Target Group

This task cancels an Access Control ’Target group’ which defines a set
of Q3 object classes (OCs) and the Q3 operations on these object classes.

Prerequisite:
The ’Target group’ is not canceled if it is referenced by an Access Control ’Rule’

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN ACTARGRP : Target group= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Target group

This parameter defines the unique name of the ’Target group’.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ACTARGRP- 1-

 CR ACTARGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Create Access Control Target Group

This task creates an Access Control ’Target group’ which defines a set
of Q3 object classes (OCs) and the Q3 operations on these object classes.
A ’Target group’ is referenced by one or more Access Control ’Rules’ in order
to grant or deny access rights for the Q3 operations on the OCs.

The set of OCs is defined by an ’Object class list’ and a ’Scope’ parameter.
The ’Scope’ parameter selects a subtree for the OCs in the ’Object class list’.
Thus the Target Group contains the sum of all "scopes" of the OCs in the
’Object class list’.

The optional parameter ’Ref. target group’ allows an already defined set
of OCs to be reused. If defined, the ’Object class list’ and ’Scope’ are copied
from the ’Ref. target group’.

Note:
- The scope of each OC in the ’Object class list’ must not be empty, i.e. it must
contain at least 1 OC.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR ACTARGRP : Target group= [,Ref. target group=] 1
1 1
1 [,Object class list=] [,Scope=] ,Operations list= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Target group

This parameter defines the name of the ’Target group’.

This name is used by an Access Control ’Rule’ to reference
the ’Target group’.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

Ref. target group

This parameter defines an optional reference ’Target group’.

If entered, the parameters ’Object class list’ and ’Scope’
may be omitted. Their values are then copied from the reference
’Target group’.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

Object class list

This parameter defines a list of Q3 object classes (OCs).

This parameter may be omitted only if a ’Ref. target group’
is entered. In this case the ’Object class list’ is copied
from the ’Ref. target group’.
See also ’Scope’ parameter

Input format: Set (1..10) of Q3 object classes

Select object classes from list

Scope

This parameter defines the ’Scope’ of all object classes in

’Object class list’ according to the Q3 "Name Binding" relation.
This parameter may be omitted only if a ’Ref. target group’
is entered. In this case the ’Scope’ is copied from the
’Ref. target group’.

Input format:
’Standard’:
’Base object’ Base OC only
’First level’ 1st level subordinate base OC
’Whole subtree’ Base OC and all subordinate OCs

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ACTARGRP- 1+
 CR ACTARGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

’Level’: n nth level subordinate base OC

’Base to level’: n Base OC and all OCs down to level n

Default Value: ’Whole subtree’

Operations list

This parameter selects the Q3 Operations that are defined for this
’Target group’.

Input format:
’Enabled’: Q3 operation is included
’Disabled’: Q3 operation is not included

Select value for all Q3 operations:

M-GET, M-SET, M-CREATE, M-DELETE and M-ACTION.

Default value: All Q3 operations are selected.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ACTARGRP- 2-
 DISP ACTARGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display Access Control Target Group

This task displays one or more Access Control ’Target groups’, which define
a set of Q3 object classes (OCs) and the Q3 operations on these object classes.

The following selections are possible:

- One single Access Control ’Target group’:

--> Enter the ’Target group’

- All Access Control ’Target groups’:

--> Default: Enter no selection parameter

- Selection by filter criteria

--> Enter ’Substring’ for ’Target group’ name (match at any position),
--> Enter ’Object class’ for ’Object class list’ (’Object class’ is in the list)
If both criteria are entered they must both be met.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ACTARGRP : [Target group=] [,Substring=] [,Object class=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Target group

This parameter selects one specific ’Target group’ by its name.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered if all ’Target groups’
are to be selected, or if ’Substring’ or ’Object class’ is
entered as a filter parameter.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

Substring

This parameter defines a name pattern for the ’Target group’ name.
The ’Target group’ name must contain this pattern at any one position.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered if ’Target group’ was entered.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

Object class

This parameter defines an ’Object class’ which must be contained in

the ’Object class list’.

Note:
The task will evaluate the ’Object class list’ but not
the ’Scope’.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered if a ’Target group’
was entered.

Input format: Select ’Object class’ from list

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ACTARGRP- 1-

 MOD ACTARGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify Access Control Target Group

This task modifies an Access Control ’Target group’, which defines a list
of Q3 object classes (OCs) and the Q3 operations on these object classes.

The set of OCs defined by the ’Target group’ is affected by modification

of the ’Object class list’ and/or the ’Scope’ parameter.

Note:
- The modification of the ’Object class list’ or ’Scope’ parameter must not
produce empty scopes, i.e. the scope of each OC in the ’Object class list’
must contain at least 1 OC.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ACTARGRP : Target group= [,Object class list=] [,Scope=] 1
1 1
1 [,Operations list=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Target group

This parameter defines the name of the ’Target group’.

Input format: String (1-12 characters)

Object class list

This parameter updates the ’Object class list’ of the ’Target group’.

Input format:
Operation: ’REPLACE’: Replace ’Object class list’.
’ADD’ : Add OCs in ’Object class list’ to the
old list.
’REMOVE’ : Remove OCs in ’Object class list’ from the
old list.

’Object class list’: Set (1..10) of Q3 object classes

Select Object classes from list.

Scope

This parameter replaces the ’Scope’ for the object classes in

’Object class list’ according to the Q3 "Name Binding" relation.

Input format:
’Std’:
’Base object’ OC only
’Whole subtree’ OC and all subordinate OCs
’First level’ 1st level subordinate OC

’Level’: n nth level subordinate OC

’Base to level’: n OC itself and all OCs down to level

n

Operations list

This parameter replaces the Q3 operations that are defined for this
’Target group’.

Input format:
’Enabled’ : Q3 operation is included.
’Disabled’: Q3 operation is not included.

Select Value for all Q3 operations:

M-GET, M-SET, M-CREATE, M-DELETE and M-ACTION.

Default value: All Q3 operations are selected.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ACTARGRP- 1+

 MOD ACTARGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ACTARGRP- 2-

 ENTR ADN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER A-SUBSCRIBER DIRECTORY NUMBER

This command is used in the terminating exchange of a malicious call

to transfer the determined a party directory number to the incoming
port.

Notes:
-The directory number which is entered with this command is necessary
in order to decide whether the a-party of the malicious call could be
traced or not.
-This command must be entered during the hold state of the malicious
call.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,LNO=1 1
1 ENTR ADN : TGNO= Z,CIC=Y ,DN= ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the incoming trunk group in the terminating

exchange of the malicious call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk within the specified trunk group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code for a CCS7

trunk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
1-31, range of decimal numbers

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ADN- 1-

 ACT ADPHMEAS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACT AVERAGE DAILY PEAK HOUR TRAF. MEAS.

This command activates the average of daily peak full hour measurement
or reactivates a stopped measurement or changes the measurement periods
of an active measurement.

Prerequisites:
- Before this command is executed,measurement objects must be entered in
the measurement by means of the command ENTR ADPHMEAS.
- Disc space of 640 PAM pages for 14 result files is necessary.

Possible effects:
If the execution of the job is interrupted by recovery ,
the job will be restarted automatically with the same job number.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT ADPHMEAS : [PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PER PERIOD OF ADPH MEASUREMENT

This parameter delimits the recurrent days of the week on which

recording is to take place. The measurement periods can be delimited
to working days only (WO) .

Default: daily measurement

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO DEFAULT
WO WORKDAY

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT ADPHMEAS- 1-

 CAN ADPHMEAS
OTHER
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CAN AVERAGE DAILY PEAK HOUR TRAF. MEAS.

This command specifies measurement objects to be cancelled from the

measurement.
Possible effects:
If all measurement objects are cancelled from an active measurement, the
measurement job will be cancelled.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CAN ADPHMEAS - OTHER OTHER MEASUREMENT OBJECTS

2. CAN ADPHMEAS - PBX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE

1. Input format

OTHER MEASUREMENT OBJECTS

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ADPHMEAS : <TGNO= ,GRP=> [,DN= [,LAC=]] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the name of the trunk group to be cancelled

from the measurement.
A maximum of 32 trunk groups can be linked with &.
Cancellation of all trunk groups is possible.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GRP OBJECT GROUP NAME

This parameter specifies the name of a group whose elements are to be

cancelled from the measurement .
A maximum of 4 groups can be linked with &.
Cancellation of all groups is possible.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DN PBX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the private branch exchange

directory number to be cancelled. A maximum of 32 directory numbers can
be linked with &. Cancellation of all directory numbers is possible.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code for the private

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ADPHMEAS- 1+

 CAN ADPHMEAS
OTHER
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

branch exchange directory numbers.

Default: in exchanges with only one local network, this
parameter may be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ADPHMEAS- 2+

 CAN ADPHMEAS
PBX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ADPHMEAS : [LAC=] ,DN= [,GRP=] [,TGNO=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code for the private
branch exchange directory numbers.
Default: in exchanges with only one local network, this
parameter may be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN PBX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the private branch exchange

directory number to be cancelled. A maximum of 32 directory numbers can
be linked with &. Cancellation of all directory numbers is possible.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

GRP OBJECT GROUP NAME

This parameter specifies the name of a group whose elements are to be

cancelled from the measurement .
A maximum of 4 groups can be linked with &.
Cancellation of all groups is possible.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the name of the trunk group to be cancelled

from the measurement.
A maximum of 32 trunk groups can be linked with &.
Cancellation of all trunk groups is possible.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ADPHMEAS- 3-

 DISP ADPHMEAS
OTHER
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISP AVERAGE DAILY PEAK HOUR TRAF. MEAS.

This command displays the job data and the state of the job and of the
measurement objects which selected.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP ADPHMEAS- OTHER OTHER MEASUREMENT OBJECTS

2. DISP ADPHMEAS- PBX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE
3. DISP ADPHMEAS- STATUS STATUS

1. Input format

OTHER MEASUREMENT OBJECTS

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ADPHMEAS : <TGNO= ,GRP=> [,DN= [,LAC=]] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the name of the trunk group to be displayed.

A maximum of 32 trunk groups can be linked with &.
Display of all trunk groups is possible.
In combination with STATUS only all trunk groups may be selected.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GRP OBJECT GROUP NAME

This parameter specifies the name of a group whose elements are to be

displayed.
A maximum of 4 groups can be linked with &.
Display of all groups is possible.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DN PBX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the private branch exchange

directory number to be displayed. A maximum of 32 directory numbers can
be linked with &. Display of all directory numbers is possible.
In combination with STATUS only all directory numbers may be selected.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code for the private

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ADPHMEAS- 1+

 DISP ADPHMEAS
OTHER
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

branch exchange directory numbers.

Default: in exchanges with only one local network, this
parameter may be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ADPHMEAS- 2+

 DISP ADPHMEAS
PBX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ADPHMEAS : [LAC=] ,DN= [,GRP=] [,TGNO=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code for the private
branch exchange directory numbers.
Default: in exchanges with only one local network, this
parameter may be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN PBX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the private branch exchange

directory number to be displayed. A maximum of 32 directory numbers can
be linked with &. Display of all directory numbers is possible.
In combination with STATUS only all directory numbers may be selected.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

GRP OBJECT GROUP NAME

This parameter specifies the name of a group whose elements are to be

displayed.
A maximum of 4 groups can be linked with &.
Display of all groups is possible.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the name of the trunk group to be displayed.

A maximum of 32 trunk groups can be linked with &.
Display of all trunk groups is possible.
In combination with STATUS only all trunk groups may be selected.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ADPHMEAS- 3+

 DISP ADPHMEAS
STATUS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

STATUS

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ADPHMEAS : STATUS= [,DN= [,LAC=]] [,TGNO=] [,GRP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

STATUS STATUS OF MEASUREMENT OBJECT

This parameter specifies the state of the measurement objects to be

displayed. Any combination of states can be linked with &.
Display of all states is also possible.
Combination with the other parameters is possible.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTIVE OBJECT IS ACTIVE

CANCELED OBJECT IS CANCELED
NOTEXIST OBJECT IS NOT EXISTING
WAITING OBJECT IS WAITING

DN PBX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the private branch exchange

directory number to be displayed. A maximum of 32 directory numbers can
be linked with &. Display of all directory numbers is possible.
In combination with STATUS only all directory numbers may be selected.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code for the private
branch exchange directory numbers.
Default: in exchanges with only one local network, this
parameter may be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the name of the trunk group to be displayed.

A maximum of 32 trunk groups can be linked with &.
Display of all trunk groups is possible.
In combination with STATUS only all trunk groups may be selected.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GRP OBJECT GROUP NAME

This parameter specifies the name of a group whose elements are to be

displayed.
A maximum of 4 groups can be linked with &.
Display of all groups is possible.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ADPHMEAS- 4+

 DISP ADPHMEAS
STATUS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ADPHMEAS- 5-

 ENTR ADPHMEAS
OTHER
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTR AVERAGE DAILY PEAK HOUR TRAF. MEAS.

This command specifies the measurement objects to be entered in the

measurement. This command can also be executed during an active
measurement.
If a measurement object is entered in an active measurement, the
measurement for this object will begin at the next measurement day.
The maximum number of measurement objects is 200 for trunk groups and
600 for private branch exchanges.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ENTR ADPHMEAS- OTHER OTHER MEASUREMENT OBJECTS

2. ENTR ADPHMEAS- PBX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE

1. Input format

OTHER MEASUREMENT OBJECTS

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR ADPHMEAS : <TGNO= ,GRP=> [,DN= [,LAC=]] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the name of the trunk group for which
traffic data are to be recorded.
Up to 32 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GRP OBJECT GROUP NAME

This parameter specifies the name of a group for whose elements

measurements are to be obtained. Only groups of GRPTYP = TGRP or
PBX are possible.
Up to 4 parameter values can be linked with &.
A maximum of 10 faulty elements of a group will be accepted.
You can cancel faulty elements from the measurement with the command
CAN ADPHMEAS .

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DN PBX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the private branch exchange

directory number. Up to 32 parameter values can be linked
with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code for the private
branch exchange directory numbers.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ADPHMEAS- 1+

 ENTR ADPHMEAS
OTHER
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: in exchanges with only one local network, this

parameter may be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ADPHMEAS- 2+

 ENTR ADPHMEAS
PBX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR ADPHMEAS : [LAC=] ,DN= [,GRP=] [,TGNO=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code for the private
branch exchange directory numbers.

Default: in exchanges with only one local network, this

parameter may be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN PBX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the private branch exchange

directory number. Up to 32 parameter values can be linked
with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

GRP OBJECT GROUP NAME

This parameter specifies the name of a group for whose elements

measurements are to be obtained. Only groups of GRPTYP = TGRP or
PBX are possible.
Up to 4 parameter values can be linked with &.
A maximum of 10 faulty elements of a group will be accepted.
You can cancel faulty elements from the measurement with the command
CAN ADPHMEAS .

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the name of the trunk group for which
traffic data are to be recorded.
Up to 32 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ADPHMEAS- 3-

 DISP AENTRY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ARCHIVE FILE ENTRY

This command displays the contents of archive files.

The messages can be specified either in their entirety or as
a list containing general information (table of contents) for the
selected message entries. The amount of messages can be restricted by
specifying the entry numbers.

Prerequisite:
- The file must exist and have the attributes of an archive file.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP AENTRY : AFILE= [,AENTRY=] [,TOC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AFILE ARCHIVE FILE NAME

This parameter designates an archive file.

Notes:
- The first character may not be a period, the last character
may be neither a period nor an asterisk, and two periods may
not appear consecutively in the filename.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

AENTRY ARCHIVE FILE ENTRY

This parameter specifies the entry number assigned by the FCP to

incoming messages for an archive file. When displaying archive files, a
list of ranges (intervals) of these numbers can be specified as limits.

Notes:
- A maximum of two intervals can be linked with &.
- If 99999 is entered, the most recently entered message is displayed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...99999, range of decimal numbers

TOC TABLE OF CONTENTS

This parameter specifies whether only message headers or whole messages

are displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO TABLE OF CONTENTS
YES TABLE OF CONTENTS

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AENTRY- 1-

 SEL AENTRY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SELECT ARCHIVE FILE ENTRY

This command displays data from an archive file. These data are
restricted via parameter entry.
of records from an archive file to the output device. The search
direction can be set either to ascending or descending. As long as the
individual conditions from the combination of named possibilities do not
contradict themselves, they are linked to form an overall condition.
The following can be selected:
- messages with a certain job number
- messages which are determined by context and
format number or only by context
- alarm messages, limited to alarms with a certain priority
- messages which have been entered within a specified period of time
- If neither DATE nor TIME are specified, the search covers
the entire file.
- If only DATE is specified, the search covers all entries within
the specified DATE interval.
- If only TIME is specified, the current date is implied for DATE.
- If DATE and TIME are specified, the search covers all entries in
each of the specified TIME intervals on every day included in the
specified DATE intervals.

Prerequisite:
- The specified file must exist and must be created with the attributes
of an archive file.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SEL AENTRY : AFILE= [,TIME=] [,DATE=] [,JN=] [,MSG=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ALPRIO=] [,DIR=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AFILE ARCHIVE FILE NAME

This parameter designates an archive file.

Note:
- The first character may not be a period, the last character
may be neither a period nor an asterisk, and two periods may
not appear consecutively in the filename.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the time as one of the search

criteria for selecting records from an archive file.

Note:
- Seconds are ignored during conversion to an internal format.
- A maximum of two intervals can be linked with &.

- If selective output of archive entries is desired, where the

intended time interval contains a date change, it is not
possible to achieve the result with one time interval.

- For example,

SEL AENTRY AFILE = MY.AFILE, TIME = 23-00-00&&01-00-00

will not work, since without a specified date, always the

current day is assumed. A date change is not considered.

The mentioned example will produce entries between

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEL AENTRY- 1+

 SEL AENTRY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1h and 23h of the same day.

The desired result can be achieved as follows, working

with the DATE parameter:

- if for ONE time interval the entries are to be selected,

2 commands are needed:

SEL AENTRY AFILE = MY.AFILE, DATE = 98-10-05,

TIME = 23-00-00 && 23-59-59
SEL AENTRY AFILE = MY.AFILE, DATE = 98-10-06,
TIME = 00-00-00 && 01-00-00

- if cyclically (i.e. on each day), entries are to be

displayed, the TIME interval must be split in two:

SEL AENTRY AFILE = MY.AFILE, DATE = 98-09-01&&98-12-31,

TIME = 23-00-00&&23-59-59 & 00-00-00&&01-00-00.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b-c

a: HOURS=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: MINUTES=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: SECONDS=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

DATE DATE

This parameter specifies the date as one of the search criteria.

Note:
- A maximum of two intervals can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

JN JOB NUMBER

This parameter specifies job number as one of the search criteria.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEL AENTRY- 2+

 SEL AENTRY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MSG MESSAGE

This parameter specifies a message.

Note:
- There are two kinds of messages: command response messages and
system messages.
- system context for system messages with the following
possible values:
SPT spontaneous message which is not an alarm
Alarm contexts:
SYOP SYSTEM OPERATOR CALL
SYPUPD SYSTEM PANEL UPDATE
SYPCHNG SYSTEM PANEL CHANGE
ADMINAL ADMINISTRATION ALARM
TIMINSEC TIME INSECURE ALARM
CALLID CALL IDENTIFICATION
CAT1 CAT LEVEL 1
CAT2 CAT LEVEL 2
MAL MAINTENANCE ALARM
SAL SERVICE ALARM
CU CENTRAL UNIT ALARM
CLOCK CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR ALARM
MB MESSAGE BUFFER ALARM
SN SWITCHING NETWORK ALARM
CCS COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALING ALARM
LNMAIN LINE MAINTENANCE ALARM
LNLNCKOUT LINE LOCKOUT ALARM
SIGLINK SIGNALING LINK ALARM
TRMAIN TRUNK MAINTENANCE ALARM
TGBL TRUNKGROUP BLOCKED
TGAL TRUNKGROUP ALARM
LTG LTG ALARM
DLU DLU ALARM
SYP SYSTEM PANEL ALARM
EALEXCH EXTERNAL EXCHANGE ALARM
EALDLU EXTERNAL DLU ALARM
NLMPAL NO LAMP ALARM
OVLD OVERLOAD ALARM
RECOV RECOVERY ALARM
DIU DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT
SERV SERVICE CIRCUITS
TAXUP CCS7 TAXATION USER PART
TIMESYNC EXTERNAL TIME SYNCHRONIZATION
ATMF ATM FABRIC
- project-specific some of the values may be unused.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CONTEXT=
1...12 characters from the
symbolic name character set

Corresponds to the command code in a

command response message or the
system context in a system message.

The following characters are not permitted:

.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: FORMAT=
0...99999, range of decimal numbers

ALPRIO ALARM PRIORITY

This parameter specifies the priority of an alarm output message

as a search criteria.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEL AENTRY- 3+

 SEL AENTRY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MINOR MINOR ALARM

MAJOR MAJOR ALARM
CRITICAL CRITICAL ALARM

DIR DIRECTION

This parameter specifies the read direction when archive file records
are searched.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FORW FORWARD SEARCH DIRECTION

BACKW BACKWARD SEARCH DIRECTION

Default: FORW

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEL AENTRY- 4-

 CAN AFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ARCHIVE FILE

This command cancels an archive file.

Prerequisite:
- the archive file must exist
- the archive file may not be assigned to any device group
- If output suppression is deactivated, the AFILE may not
be the output device.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN AFILE : AFILE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AFILE ARCHIVE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies an archive file.

Note:
- The first character may not be a period, the last character
may be neither a period nor an asterisk, and two periods may
not appear consecutively in the file name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN AFILE- 1-

 CR AFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE ARCHIVE FILE

This command creates an archive file to act as a functional device,

its static attributes (size and type) and the variable attributes
(threshold limits and alarm) which can be set by administration .

Notes:
A threshold triple consists of THRU, THRD and THRF.
If the occupancy level of the archive file exceeds the threshold value
set in THRU,
- a system panel alarm is output if the corresponding THRF value
is set to ALARM
- an INFO system message is sent if the corresponding THRF value
is set to NOALARM.
These alarm indications are not canceled until the occupancy level of the
archive file is less than the value set in THRD.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR AFILE : AFILE= ,SIZE= ,TYPE= [,THRU=] [,THRD=] [,THRF=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AFILE ARCHIVE FILE NAME

This parameter designates an archive file.

Note:
- The first character may not be a period, the last character
may be neither a period nor an asterisk, and two periods may
not appear consecutively in the filename.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SIZE SIZE OF AN ARCHIVE FILE

This parameter specifies the size of an archive file in 2 KB blocks.

Notes:
- The theoretical upper limit is dependent on the hardware.
- The command is rejected if the specified memory requirement is
too big or too small.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

35...8388607, range of decimal numbers

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies whether an archive file is to be created

as a single file or a double file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SINGLE SINGLE
DOUBLE DOUBLE

THRU THRESHOLD UPGRADE

This parameter specifies the occupancy level of an archive file

at which the alarm condition should commence.

Notes:
- The occupancy level is expressed as a percentage.
- An upper threshold value must be higher than the associated

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR AFILE- 1+
 CR AFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

lower threshold value, i.e. THRU=0, THRD>0 is not allowed.

- If no THRU value has been set, the corresponding THRF should
not be set to ALARM.
- The THRU values entered must be different.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: THRESHOLD UPGRADE LIMIT LOW=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

b: THRESHOLD UPGRADE LIMIT MEDIUM=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

c: THRESHOLD UPGRADE LIMIT HIGH=

0...100, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

THRD THRESHOLD DOWNGRADE

This parameter specifies the occupancy level at which the alarm

condition (which was activated due to an exceeded occupancy level of
an archive file), is to be reset.

Note:
- The occupancy level is expressed as a percentage.
- An upper threshold value must not be less than the associated
lower threshold value, i.e. THRU=0, THRD>0 is not allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: THRESHOLD DOWNGRADE LIMIT LOW=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

b: THRESHOLD DOWNGRADE LIMIT MEDIUM=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

c: THRESHOLD DOWNGRADE LIMIT HIGH=

0...100, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

THRF THRESHOLD FEATURES

This parameter specifies whether the alarm which was activated by

the excessive occupancy level of an archive file is to be displayed
on the system panel.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: THRESHOLD FEATURE FOR UPGRADE LIMIT LOW

ALARM SYSTEM PANEL ALARM MESSAGES
NOALARM OUTPUT MESSAGE ONLY ON PRINTER

Default: NOALARM

b: THRESHOLD FEATURE FOR UPGRADE LIMIT MEDIUM

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR AFILE- 2+
 CR AFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ALARM SYSTEM PANEL ALARM MESSAGE

NOALARM OUTPUT MESSAGE ONLY ON PRINTER

Default: NOALARM

c: THRESHOLD FEATURE FOR UPGRADE LIMIT HIGH

ALARM SYSTEM PANEL ALARM MESSAGE
NOALARM OUTPUT MESSAGE ONLY ON PRINTER

Default: NOALARM

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR AFILE- 3-
 DISP AFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ARCHIVE FILE ATTRIBUTES

This command displays a table of archive files and their respective

attributes. The information can be displayed for individual archive
files or for all archive files.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP AFILE : AFILE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AFILE ARCHIVE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies an archive file. It can be input

in partially qualified form. Up to five parameter values can
be linked with &.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AFILE- 1-

 MOD AFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY ARCHIVE FILE ATTRIBUTES

This command modifies the threshold values and threshold value

characteristics of an archive file.
Threshold values THRU and THRD, together with the threshold value
characteristic THRF, make up a threshold value triple
(THRU,THRD,THRF).
A maximum of three threshold value triples can be assigned to an archive
file. However, they must have different THRU components.
While THRU, THRD and THRF must be entered in the input form of
a-b-c, the user can use dummy value 0 for THRU, THRD and dummy value
NOALARM for THRF, if necessary.

The following operations are possible:

- Adding up to three threshold value triples:
The components THRU,THRD and THRF must be entered like a-b-c/
- Switching between up to three threshold value triples:
Independent of modification the old THRU parameter a-b-c must be
specified for identification.
The components THRU THRD and THRF will be changed by entering
d-e-f/a-b-c with d-e-f as new and a-b-c as old input parameters.
- Canceling up to three threshold value triples:
The threshold value triple (THRU,THRD,THRF), that will be
canceled, must be changed to the triple (0,0,NOALARM).

Prerequisite:
- The available threshold value triples are known and can be displayed
using command DISP AFILE.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD AFILE : AFILE= [,THRU=] [,THRD=] [,THRF=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AFILE ARCHIVE FILE NAME

This parameter designates an archive file.

Notes:
- The first character may not be a period, the last character
may be neither a period nor an asterisk, and two periods may
not appear consecutively in the file name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

THRU THRESHOLD UPGRADE

This parameter specifies the occupancy level at which an alarm

message (which was activated due to an exceeded occupancy level
of an archive file), is to be initiated.

Notes:
- The occupancy level is expressed as a percentage.
- An upper threshold value must be higher than the associated
lower threshold value, i.e. THRU=0, THRD>0 is not allowed.
- If no THRU value has been set, the corresponding THRF should
not be set to ALARM.
- The THRU values entered must be different.

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD AFILE- 1+

 MOD AFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b-c

a: THRESHOLD UPGRADE LIMIT LOW=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

b: THRESHOLD UPGRADE LIMIT MEDIUM=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

c: THRESHOLD UPGRADE LIMIT HIGH=

0...100, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

THRD THRESHOLD DOWNGRADE

This parameter specifies the occupancy level at which the alarm

message (which was activated due to an exceeded occupancy level
of an archive file), is to be reset.

Notes:
- The occupancy level is expressed as a percentage.
- The command is rejected if an upper threshold value is below the
associated lower threshold value THRU=0, THRD>0.

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

a-b-c

a: THRESHOLD DOWNGRADE LIMIT LOW=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

b: THRESHOLD DOWNGRADE LIMIT MEDIUM=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

c: THRESHOLD DOWNGRADE LIMIT HIGH=

0...100, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

THRF THRESHOLD FEATURES

This parameter specifies whether the alarm which was activated by

the excessive occupancy level of an archive file is to be displayed
on the system panel.

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

a-b-c

a: THRESHOLD FEATURE FOR UPGRADE LIMIT LOW

ALARM SYSTEM PANEL ALARM MESSAGE
NOALARM OUTPUT MESSAGE ONLY ON PRINTER

Default: NOALARM

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD AFILE- 2+

 MOD AFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: THRESHOLD FEATURE FOR UPGRADE LIMIT MEDIUM

ALARM SYSTEM PANEL ALARM MESSAGE
NOALARM OUTPUT MESSAGE ONLY ON PRINTER

Default: NOALARM

c: THRESHOLD FEATURE FOR UPGRADE LIMIT HIGH

ALARM SYSTEM PANEL ALARM MESSAGE
NOALARM OUTPUT MESSAGE ONLY ON PRINTER

Default: NOALARM

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD AFILE- 3-

 DISP ALARM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ALARM STATUS

This command displays the current alarm status of objects.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ALARM : [OBJECT=] [,ALSTAT=] [,ALPRIO=] [,RSUINF=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OBJECT ALARM OBJECT

This parameter specifies the alarm object.

Note:
- If one parameter is omitted, all its values will be taken
into consideration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT
SN SWITCHING NETWORK
MB MESSAGE BUFFER
CLOCK CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR
SYP SYSTEM PANEL
CCS COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALING
SIGLINK SIGNALING LINK
CU CENTRAL UNITS
LNLCKOUT LINE LOCKOUT
MAL MAINTENANCE ALARM
SAL SERVICE ALARM
TGAL TRUNK GROUP ALARM
TIMINSEC TIME INSECURE
SYOP CALL FOR SYSTEM OPERATOR
EALEXCH EXTERNAL EXCHANGE ALARM
EALDLU EXTERNAL DLU ALARM
OVLD OVERLOAD ALARM
RECOV RECOVERY ALARM
ADMINAL ADMINISTRATION ALARM
ATMF ATM FABRIC

ALSTAT ALARM STATUS

This parameter describes the fault clearance status of an

alarm condition. The processing code is a part of the alarm
file entry.

Note:
- If one parameter is omitted, all its values will be taken
into consideration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NP NOT PROCESSED
D DEFERRED
IP IN PROCESS
UR UNDER REPAIR

ALPRIO ALARM PRIORITY

This parameter specifies the alarm priority.

Note:
- If one parameter is omitted, all its values will be taken
into consideration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALARM- 1+

 DISP ALARM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MINOR MINOR ALARM

MAJOR MAJOR ALARM
CRITICAL CRITICAL ALARM

RSUINF RSU INFORMATION

This parameter specifies, whether an extended output with

additional RSU information for RSU specific alarms is
requested.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO RSU INFORMATION DESIRED

N NO RSU INFORMATION DESIRED
YES RSU INFORMATION DESIRED
Y RSU INFORMATION DESIRED

Default: NO

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALARM- 2-

 SRCH ALARM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SEARCH ALARM MESSAGE

This command displays the alarm message. The information output is

organized according to the time at which the alarm occurred. Current
messages are displayed first.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SRCH ALARM : <OBJECT= ,ALSTAT= ,ALPRIO= ,MSGNO=> [,TMNOUT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OBJECT ALARM OBJECT

This parameter specifies the alarm object.

Note:
- If one parameter is omitted, all its values will be taken
into consideration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT
SN SWITCHING NETWORK
MB MESSAGE BUFFER
CLOCK CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR
SYP SYSTEM PANEL
CCS COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALING
SIGLINK SIGNALING LINK
CU CENTRAL UNITS
LNLCKOUT LINE LOCKOUT
MAL MAINTENANCE ALARM
SAL SERVICE ALARM
TGAL TRUNK GROUP ALARM
TIMINSEC TIME INSECURE
SYOP CALL FOR SYSTEM OPERATOR
EALEXCH EXTERNAL EXCHANGE ALARM
EALDLU EXTERNAL DLU ALARM
OVLD OVERLOAD ALARM
RECOV RECOVERY ALARM
ADMINAL ADMINISTRATION ALARM
ATMF ATM FABRIC

ALSTAT ALARM STATUS

This parameter describes the fault clearance status of an

alarm condition. The processing code is a part of the alarm
file entry.

Note:
- If one parameter is omitted, all its values will be taken
into consideration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NC NOT CLEARED
All alarms with NP, D, IP and UR
are displayed.
NP NOT PROCESSED
D DEFERRED
IP IN PROCESS
UR UNDER REPAIR

ALPRIO ALARM PRIORITY

This parameter specifies the target priority for alarm signaling.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SRCH ALARM- 1+

 SRCH ALARM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MINOR MINOR ALARM

MAJOR MAJOR ALARM
CRITICAL CRITICAL ALARM

MSGNO MESSAGE NUMBER

This parameter specifies a 5-digit message number, which

corresponds to the entry number used in the alarm file
AM.ALARM.

Note:
- There is no relation to the entry numbers of the history
file HF.ARCHIVE !

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...99999, range of decimal numbers

TMNOUT TMN SPECIFIC OUTPUT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO EWSD STANDARD OUTPUT FORMAT

N EWSD STANDARD OUTPUT FORMAT
YES TMN SPECIFIC OUTPUT FORMAT
Y TMN SPECIFIC OUTPUT FORMAT

Default: NO

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SRCH ALARM- 2-

 ACT ALDISP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE ALARM DISPLAY

This command cancels the present entries of the alarm display suppression
and sets the default values.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT ALDISP : WDCAT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

WDCAT WEEKDAY CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the weekday category for the alarm display
suppression.

The following values are possible:

- WO for workday.

- EH for half weekend day.

This means a portion of a day with the half weekend
day category ( any value between 1 to 24 hours ).

- EF for full weekend day.

This means the full day with 24 hours and with the full
weekend day category.

- HH for half holiday international. It means a day

with the half holiday category, which contains only a
portion of a day ( any value between 1 to 24 hours ).

- HO for full holiday international. It means a day

with the full holiday category, which has 24 hours.

- HN for full holiday national. It means a day with

the full holiday category, which has 24 hours.

International holidays are applicable for all countries.

National holidays are applicable only for one country.

The priority assignment for the individual weekday

categories is as follows:

HN > HO > HH > EF > EH > WO

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT ALDISP- 1-

 DACT ALDISP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE ALARM DISPLAY

This command sets the parameters for the alarm display suppression.

Prerequisite:
- The command is rejected, if an entry already exists for
the specified weekday category.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT ALDISP : ALPRIO= ,WDCAT= ,BEGTIM= ,ENDTIM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALPRIO ALARM PRIORITY

This parameter specifies the priorities for the alarm display

suppression.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

MINOR MINOR ALARM

display of minor alarms are suppressed
MAJOR MAJOR ALARM
display of minor and major alarms are suppressed

WDCAT WEEKDAY CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the weekday category for the alarm display
suppression.

The following values are possible:

- WO for workday.

- EH for half weekend day.

This means a portion of a day with the half weekend
day category ( any value between 1 to 24 hours ).

- EF for full weekend day.

This means the full day with 24 hours and with the full
weekend day category.

- HH for half holiday international. It means a day

with the half holiday category, which contains only a
portion of a day ( any value between 1 to 24 hours ).

- HO for full holiday international. It means a day

with the full holiday category, which has 24 hours.

- HN for full holiday national. It means a day with

the full holiday category, which has 24 hours.

International holidays are applicable for all countries.

National holidays are applicable only for one country.

The priority assignment for the individual weekday

categories is as follows:

HN > HO > HH > EF > EH > WO

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT ALDISP- 1+

 DACT ALDISP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EF FULL WEEKEND DAY

BEGTIM BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the start time of the alarm display

suppression.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...24, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIM END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the alarm display

suppression.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...24, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT ALDISP- 2-

 DISP ALDISP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ALARM DISPLAY

This command lists the parameters of alarm display suppression.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ALDISP ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALDISP- 1-

 CAN ALIAS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ALIAS NAME

This command has two functions:

- Cancel an alias name from the alias name table.
- Start the garbage treatment.

Which function has to be performed is indicated by the parameter given.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1ALIAS= 1 1
1 CAN ALIAS : ZGARBAGE=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALIAS ALIAS FILE NAME

This parameter indicates that an alias name of a file shall be

cancelled.
The value of the parameter specifies the alias name to be cancelled.
After the execution of this command this file can just be accessed with
the file name.

Prerequisites:
- The alias name must exist.
- The file must not be in use by using the alias name.

Notes:
- The alias name has to be entered fully qualified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GARBAGE GARBAGE TREATMENT

This parameter indicates that the user wants to start the garbage
treatment.
This command starts the garbage treatment to check the shadow catalog
whether there are existing alias names to files, that are not existing
anymore.
As long as the garbage treatment is running no other command to modify
the alias name table will be accepted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y START GARBAGE TREATMENT

YES START GARBAGE TREATMENT

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ALIAS- 1-

 DISP ALIAS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ALIAS FILE NAMES

This command displays a list of all existing alias names or a specified

subset of them.
The list contains the alias names and the file names which they are
related to.

Notes:
- If no parameter is given all alias names are displayed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11ALIAS=11 1
1 DISP ALIAS : 1ZFILE= Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALIAS ALIAS FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the alias name(s) that should be displayed.

The output list will be displayed sorted by the alias names.

Notes:
- If the parameter is not given or supplied with X, all existing alias
names with their relation to the file names are displayed.

- If the parameter is supplied with a partly qualified alias name

(indicated by a ’.’ as the last character) all matching alias names
with their relation to the file names are displayed.

- If the parameter is supplied with a fully qualified alias name then

the relation of this name to the original file name will be
displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the file name(s) with related alias names,
that should be displayed.
The output list will be displayed sorted by the file names.

Notes:
- If the parameter is supplied with X, all file names with their
related alias names are displayed (so far there are related alias
names).

- If the parameter is supplied with a partly qualified file name

(indicated by a ’.’ as the last character) all matching file names
with their related alias names are displayed.

- If the parameter is supplied with a fully qualified file name then

the related alias name to the original file name will be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALIAS- 1-

 ENTR ALIAS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER ALIAS FILE NAME

This command creates an alias name to an existing disk file.

Afterwards this file can be accessed either with the original file name or the
alias name.

Prerequisites:
- The file must exist.
- The file must not be a generation file.
- The alias name must not exist (neither as a file name nor as an alias name).
- The file must not yet have an alias name.
- The alias name must not be file name protected.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ALIAS : FILE= ,ALIAS= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of an existing file.

Notes:
- The file name has to be entered fully qualified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ALIAS ALIAS FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the alias name for the file.

Notes:
- The alias name has to be entered fully qualified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALIAS- 1-

 MOD ALIAS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY ALIAS NAME

This command renames the alias name of disk files.

After the execution of this command the old alias name is no longer valid.
The file can only be accessed by using the original file name or the new
alias name.

Prerequisites:
- The old alias name must exist.
- The new alias name must not exist (neither as a file name nor as an alias
name).
- The new alias name must not be file name protected.
- The file must not be in use by using the old alias name.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ALIAS : ALIAS= ,NEWALIAS= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALIAS OLD ALIAS FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the old alias name that shall be renamed.

Notes:
- The old alias name has to be entered fully qualified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NEWALIAS NEW ALIAS FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the new alias name.

Notes:
- The new alias name has to be entered fully qualified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ALIAS- 1-

 DISP ALMODE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ALARM MODE

This command displays the current system panel alarm mode.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ALMODE ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALMODE- 1-

 ENTR ALMODE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER ALARM MODE

This command enters an alarm signaling mode on the system panel.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ALMODE : <STATUS= ,HLIM=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

STATUS STATUS

This parameter specifies the status for the output and

forwarding of alarms on the system panel display. The
characteristics assigned to a status are defined in the
system panel firmware.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALSTAT0 ALARM FORWARDING BLOCKED

ALSTAT1 ALARM STATUS 1
ALSTAT2 ALARM STATUS 2

HLIM LIMITATION OF HORN DURATION

This parameter specifies whether the horn time limit for the
system panel display is switched on.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO LIMITATION OF HORN DURATION

YES LIMITATION OF HORN DURATION

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALMODE- 1-

 CAN ALPER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ALARM PERIOD

This command cancels the present entries of the periodic alarm status
report and sets the default values.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN ALPER : WDCAT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

WDCAT WEEKDAY CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the weekday category for the periodic alarm
status report.

The following values are possible:

- WO for workday.

- EH for half weekend day.

This means a portion of a day with the half weekend
day category ( any value between 1 to 24 hours ).

- EF for full weekend day.

This means the full day with 24 hours and with the full
weekend day category.

- HH for half holiday international. It means a day

with the half holiday category, which contains only a
portion of a day ( any value between 1 to 24 hours ).

- HO for full holiday international. It means a day

with the full holiday category, which has 24 hours.

- HN for full holiday national. It means a day with

the full holiday category, which has 24 hours.

International holidays are applicable for all countries.

National holidays are applicable only for one country.

The priority assignment for the individual weekday

categories is as follows:

HN > HO > HH > EF > EH > WO

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ALPER- 1-

 DISP ALPER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISP ALARM PERIOD

This command displays all parameters of the periodic alarm status report.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ALPER ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALPER- 1-

 ENTR ALPER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER ALARM PERIOD

This command sets the parameters for the periodic alarm status report.

Prerequisite:
- The command is rejected, if an entry already exists for the
specified weekday category.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ALPER : WDCAT= ,BEGTIM= ,ENDTIM= ,PERIOD= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

WDCAT WEEKDAY CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the weekday category for the periodic alarm
status report.

The following values are possible:

- WO for workday.

- EH for half weekend day.

This means a portion of a day with the half weekend
day category ( any value between 1 to 24 hours ).

- EF for full weekend day.

This means the full day with 24 hours and with the full
weekend day category.

- HH for half holiday international. It means a day

with the half holiday category, which contains only a
portion of a day ( any value between 1 to 24 hours ).

- HO for full holiday international. It means a day

with the full holiday category, which has 24 hours.

- HN for full holiday national. It means a day with

the full holiday category, which has 24 hours.

International holidays are applicable for all countries.

National holidays are applicable only for one country.

The priority assignment for the individual weekday

categories is as follows:

HN > HO > HH > EF > EH > WO

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY

BEGTIM BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the start time of the periodic alarm

status report.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...24, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALPER- 1+

 ENTR ALPER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENDTIM END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the periodic alarm

status report.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...24, range of decimal numbers

PERIOD PERIOD

This parameter specifies the period of the periodic alarm

status report, which can be only printed on the hour.
The value entered for the parameter PERIOD is the multiple of
an hour. Therefore, within the possible range, the shortest
period is an hour, the longest a day.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALPER- 2-

 CAN ALPRIO
DLU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ALARM PRIORITY

This command cancels the individual priorities of a specified alarm unit.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CAN ALPRIO - DLU DLU INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

2. CAN ALPRIO - LSNAM LSNAM INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

1. Input format

DLU INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN ALPRIO : ALUNIT= ,DLU= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALUNIT ALARM UNIT

This parameter specifies the alarm units with alarm unit individual
priorities.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DLUC DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROL

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

Here the number of the affected DLU with individual alarm priorities
is specified in the three high-order positions (value range 1 to 255 ).
The lowest-order position must always be 0.
For a DLU Controller (DLUC) of a DLUG the alarm priority cannot be
administered by this command. Please use the commands:
MOD DLU or
MOD DLUEQ or
MOD DLUMOD
to administer the alarm profile.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2550, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ALPRIO- 1+

 CAN ALPRIO
LSNAM
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

LSNAM INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN ALPRIO : ALUNIT= ,LSNAM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALUNIT ALARM UNIT

This parameter specifies the alarm units with alarm unit individual
priorities.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CCSLS COMMON CHANNEL SIGN. LINK SET

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter specifies the affected linkset name with individual

alarm priority.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ALPRIO- 2-

 DISP ALPRIO
DLU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ALARM PRIORITY

This command displays the priorities for alarm signaling which are
currently set in the system. All alarm priorities can be displayed.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP ALPRIO - DLU DLU INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

2. DISP ALPRIO - GENERAL GENERAL PRIORITIES
3. DISP ALPRIO - LSNAM LSNAM INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

1. Input format

DLU INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ALPRIO : ALUNIT= ,DLU= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALUNIT ALARM UNIT

This parameter specifies the alarm units for alarm signaling.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DLUC DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROL

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

Here the number of the affected DLU with individual alarm priorities
is specified in the three high-order positions (value range 1 to 255 ).
The lowest-order position must always be 0.
For a DLU Controller (DLUC) of a DLUG the alarm priority cannot be
administered by this command. Please use the commands:
DISP DLU or
DISP DLUEQ or
DISP DLUMOD
to administer the alarm profile.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2550, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALPRIO- 1+

 DISP ALPRIO
GENERAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

GENERAL PRIORITIES

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ALPRIO : [ALUNIT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALUNIT ALARM UNIT

This parameter specifies the alarm units for alarm signaling.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACTGENDE DOUBLE ERROR ACTUAL GENERATION

ACTGENSE SINGLE ERROR ACTUAL GENERATION
ADMFIL1 ADMINISTRATION FILE ALARM 1
ADMFIL2 ADMINISTRATION FILE ALARM 2
ADMFIL3 ADMINISTRATION FILE ALARM 3
AIC AIR CIRCULATOR
AMP ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR
ANNAL REC. ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP ALARM
BAP BASE PROCESSOR
BCMY BUS TO COMMON MEMORY
CALLID1 CALL IDENTIFICATION 1
CALLID2 CALL IDENTIFICATION 2
CALLID3 CALL IDENTIFICATION 3
CALLID4 CALL IDENTIFICATION 4
CAP CALL PROCESSOR
CCG CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR
CCNCCD CCNC CODE OR DATA
CCNCTD CCNC TRUNK DATA
CCNP COMMON CHANNEL NETW. PROCESSOR
CCNPLOLD CCNP LOCAL OVERLOAD
CCNPPAF PARTIAL FAILURE CCNP
CCSCOLS CCS COMMBINED LINK SET
CCSL COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALING LINK
CCSLNAC CCS LINK NAC
CCSLS CCS LINK SET
CCSLSNAC CCS LINK SET NAC
CCSLSNEX CCS LINK SET NAC EXCEPTION
CCSTGAL CCS TRUNK GROUP ALARM
CDBUS CD-BUS FAILURE
CITERA COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE
CMY COMMON MEMORY
CPACC UNAUTHORIZED CP-ACCESS
CR CODE RECEIVER
CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL
CYCFIL1 CYCLIC FILE ALARM 1
CYCFIL2 CYCLIC FILE ALARM 2
CYCFIL3 CYCLIC FILE ALARM 3
DCC DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER
DFILFAIL DOUBLE FILE FAILURE
DIU DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT
DLUC DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROL
ECSL EMERGENCY CALL STATION LINE
ECSM EMERGENCY CALL STATION MODULE
FISPARES NO SPARE SECT. FOR DOUBLE FILE
ICHAN INTERNET CHANNEL
IOC INPUT OUTPUT CONTROL
IOPAUC IOP AUTHENTICATION CENTER
IOPLAU IOP LINK ADAPTION UNIT
IOPMB IOP MESSAGE BUFFER
IOPMDD IOP MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
IOPMTD IOP MAGNETIC TAPE DEVICE
IOPSCDV IOP SERIAL DATA COMMUN. DEV. V
IOPSCDX IOP SERIAL DATA COMMUN. DEV. X
IOPTA IOP TIME/ALARM
IOPUNI IOP UNIFIED FOR O&M DEVICES
ISTART CP INITIAL START RECOVERY
ISTART2G CP ISTART + FALLBACK OLD. GEN.
LAU LINK ADAPTION UNIT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALPRIO- 2+

 DISP ALPRIO
GENERAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

LTGCEN LTG CENTRAL FAILURE
LTGLOLD LTG LOCAL OVERLOAD
LTGPAF LTG PARTIAL FAILURE
MB MESSAGE BUFFER
This parameter is only valid for DE3.
MBUL MESSAGE BUFFER UNIT LTG
This parameter is only valid for DE4 and DE5.
MBUS MESSAGE BUFFER UNIT SGC
This parameter is only valid for DE4 and DE5.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
MOD MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK DEVICE
MTACC METALLIC TEST ACCESS ERROR
MTD MAGNETIC TAPE DEVICE
MUXM MULTIPLEXER
MUXMFAIL MULTIPLEXER FAILURE
NODEISO LOCAL NODE ISOLATION
NSTART CP NEW START RECOVERY
OMT OPERATION/MAINTENANCE TERMINAL
PBX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE
PCHANNUC P-CHANNEL NUC FAILURE
PCHANS P-CHANNEL SWITCHED FAILURE
PCMMAL PCM MAINTENANCE ALARM
PCMSAL PCM SERVICE ALARM
RAE RECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPM.
RCI RADIO CLOCK INTERFACE
RCULINK REMOTE CONTROL UNIT LINK
RGMG RING-/METER GENERATOR FOR DLU
RSUAMUX RSU ACCESS MULTIPLEXER
RSUBASE RSU BASE UNITS
RSUDIU RSU DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT
RSUISO RSU ISOLATION
RSUMAL RSU MAINTENANCE ALARM
RSUMH RSU MESSAGE HANDLER
RSUSAL RSU SERVICE ALARM
SAVGENE SAVE GENERATION ERROR
SCGROUP SOFTWARE CARRIER GROUP ALARM
SILT SIGNALING DATA LINK TERMINAL
SILTC SILT CONTROL
SLM SUBSCRIBER LINE MODULE
SN SWITCHING NETWORK
This parameter is only valid for DE3 and DE4.
SSG SPACE STAGE GROUP
This parameter is only valid for DE5.
SUB SUBSCRIBER
SYPC SYSTEM PANEL CONTROL
SYSOP SYSTEM OPERATOR
SYSOVLD SYSTEM OVERLOAD
TGAL TRUNK GROUP ALARM
TIMINCOR TIME INCORRECT
TIMINSEC TIME INSECURE
TRUNKHD TRUNK HELD
TSG TIME STAGE GROUP
This parameter is only valid for DE5.
UNSPARES NO SPARE SECT. F. UNUSED SPACE
VOCAFAIL VOLUME/CATALOG FAILURE
VSDDISK VSD DISK FAILURE
VSDNSTRT VSD NSTART ALARM
VSDODAG VSD ODAGEN ALARM
VSDRLINK VSD RELINK ALARM
VSDTOTAL VSD TOTAL FAILURE
X25LINK BX.25 LINK

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALPRIO- 3+

 DISP ALPRIO
LSNAM
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

LSNAM INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ALPRIO : ALUNIT= ,LSNAM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALUNIT ALARM UNIT

This parameter specifies the alarm units for alarm signaling.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CCSLS CCS LINK SET

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter specifies the affected linkset name with individual

alarm priority.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALPRIO- 4-

 ENTR ALPRIO
DLU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER ALARM PRIORITY

This command modifies the priorities for alarm signaling which are
currently set in the system.

- Units which are in MBL or CBL are displayed on the system panel
by a HARDWARE UNITS lamp.
This display cannot be changed with this command.
Nor can the displays for the advisory messages CAT1, CAT2, TGBL,
SIGLBL and ALDSUP be changed with this command.

- Procedures to determine an operational restriction are implemented

for some alarm units. If one of these procedures finds an operational
restriction for the unit with alarm condition, the alarm priority is
raised to CRITICAL. This alarm priority cannot be changed with this
command.

- DLU failures are displayed on the system panel with the double LED
for the line/trunk group. The lamp for remote equipment (under the
the line/trunk group lamp) also lights up. The lamp display for
remote equipment cannot be changed with this command.

- System panel failures trigger an alarm on the double LED. The alarm
priority for this lamp (at present CRITICAL) is determined in the
system panel firmware. However, the priority for this alarm can be
changed for other alarm units (system status displays, output messages,
critical indicator channel to SCC) with this command.

Prerequisite:
- The priorities for external exchange alarms are part of the SYPC firm-
ware.

- If the system panel has only one LED for a particular alarm, ALPRIO
cannot be set to CRITICAL because this requires 2 LEDs.

- The use of the command only makes sense, if there is no active alarm
of the specified ALUNIT, because different priorities of active alarm
and new alarm with modified alarm priority lead to different alarm
signaling.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ENTR ALPRIO - DLU DLU INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

2. ENTR ALPRIO - GENERAL GENERAL PRIORITIES
3. ENTR ALPRIO - LSNAM LSNAM INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

1. Input format

DLU INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ALPRIO : ALUNIT= ,DLU= ,ALPRIO= [,SDG=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALUNIT ALARM UNIT

This parameter specifies the alarm units for alarm signaling.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DLUC DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROL

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

Here the number of the affected DLU with individual alarm priorities
is specified in the three high-order positions (value range 1 to 255 ).
The lowest-order position must always be 0.
For a DLU Controller (DLUC) of a DLUG the alarm priority cannot be

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALPRIO- 1+

 ENTR ALPRIO
DLU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

administered by this command. Please use the commands:

CR DLU/MOD DLU or
CR DLUEQ/MOD DLUEQ or
CR DLUMOD/MOD DLUMOD
to administer the alarm profile.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2550, range of decimal numbers

ALPRIO ALARM PRIORITY

This parameter specifies the target priority for alarm signaling.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CRITICAL CRITICAL ALARM

MAJOR MAJOR ALARM
MINOR MINOR ALARM

SDG SERVICE DEGRADATION

This parameter defines the check of service degradation condition.

Default: no affect on database

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO SERVICE DEGRADATION DESIRED

YES SERVICE DEGRADATION DESIRED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALPRIO- 2+

 ENTR ALPRIO
GENERAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

GENERAL PRIORITIES

Prerequisite:
The command is rejected if no service degradation condition is defined
for the specified ALUNIT.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ALPRIO : ALUNIT= ,ALPRIO= [,SDG=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALUNIT ALARM UNIT

This parameter specifies the alarm units for alarm signaling.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACTGENDE DOUBLE ERROR ACTUAL GENERATION

ACTGENSE SINGLE ERROR ACTUAL GENERATION
ADMFIL1 ADMINISTRATION FILE ALARM 1
ADMFIL2 ADMINISTRATION FILE ALARM 2
ADMFIL3 ADMINISTRATION FILE ALARM 3
AIC AIR CIRCULATOR
AMP ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR
ANNAL REC. ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP ALARM
BAP BASE PROCESSOR
BCMY BUS TO COMMON MEMORY
CALLID1 CALL IDENTIFICATION 1
CALLID2 CALL IDENTIFICATION 2
CALLID3 CALL IDENTIFICATION 3
CALLID4 CALL IDENTIFICATION 4
CAP CALL PROCESSOR
CCG CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR
CCNCCD CCNC CODE OR DATA
CCNCTD CCNC TRUNK DATA
CCNP COMMON CHANNEL NETW. PROCESSOR
CCNPLOLD CCNP LOCAL OVERLOAD
CCNPPAF PARTIAL FAILURE CCNP
CCSCOLS CCS COMMBINED LINK SET
CCSL COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALING LINK
CCSLNAC CCS LINK NAC
CCSLS CCS LINK SET
CCSLSNAC CCS LINK SET NAC
CCSLSNEX CCS LINK SET NAC EXCEPTION
CCSTGAL CCS TRUNK GROUP ALARM
CDBUS CD-BUS FAILURE
CITERA COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE
CMY COMMON MEMORY
CPACC UNAUTHORIZED CP-ACCESS
CR CODE RECEIVER
CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL
CYCFIL1 CYCLIC FILE ALARM 1
CYCFIL2 CYCLIC FILE ALARM 2
CYCFIL3 CYCLIC FILE ALARM 3
DCC DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER
DFILFAIL DOUBLE FILE FAILURE
DIU DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT
DLUC DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROL
ECSL EMERGENCY CALL STATION LINE
ECSM EMERGENCY CALL STATION MODULE
FISPARES NO SPARE SECT. FOR DOUBLE FILE
ICHAN INTERNET CHANNEL
IOC INPUT OUTPUT CONTROL
IOPAUC IOP AUTHENTICATION CENTER
IOPLAU IOP LINK ADAPTION UNIT
IOPMB IOP MESSAGE BUFFER
IOPMDD IOP MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
IOPMTD IOP MAGNETIC TAPE DEVICE
IOPSCDV IOP SERIAL DATA COMMUN. DEV. V
IOPSCDX IOP SERIAL DATA COMMUN. DEV. X
IOPTA IOP TIME/ALARM
IOPUNI IOP UNIFIED FOR O&M DEVICES

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALPRIO- 3+

 ENTR ALPRIO
GENERAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ISTART CP INITIAL START RECOVERY

ISTART2G CP ISTART + FALLBACK OLD. GEN.
LAU LINK ADAPTION UNIT
LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP
LTGCEN LTG CENTRAL FAILURE
LTGLOLD LTG LOCAL OVERLOAD
LTGPAF LTG PARTIAL FAILURE
MB MESSAGE BUFFER
This parameter is only valid for DE3.
MBUL MESSAGE BUFFER UNIT LTG
This parameter is only valid for DE4 and DE5.
MBUS MESSAGE BUFFER UNIT SGC
This parameter is only valid for DE4 and DE5.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
MOD MAGNETO OPTICAL DISK DEVICE
MTACC METALLIC TEST ACCESS ERROR
MTD MAGNETIC TAPE DEVICE
MUXM MULTIPLEXER
MUXMFAIL MULTIPLEXER FAILURE
NODEISO LOCAL NODE ISOLATION
NSTART CP NEW START RECOVERY
OMT OPERATION/MAINTENANCE TERMINAL
PBX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE
PCHANNUC P-CHANNEL NUC FAILURE
PCHANS P-CHANNEL SWITCHED FAILURE
PCMMAL PCM MAINTENANCE ALARM
PCMSAL PCM SERVICE ALARM
RAE RECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT EQUIPM.
RCI RADIO CLOCK INTERFACE
RCULINK REMOTE CONTROL UNIT LINK
RGMG RING-/METER GENERATOR FOR DLU
RSUAMUX RSU ACCESS MULTIPLEXER
RSUBASE RSU BASE UNITS
RSUDIU RSU DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT
RSUISO RSU ISOLATION
RSUMAL RSU MAINTENANCE ALARM
RSUMH RSU MESSAGE HANDLER
RSUSAL RSU SERVICE ALARM
SAVGENE SAVE GENERATION ERROR
SCGROUP SOFTWARE CARRIER GROUP ALARM
SILT SIGNALING DATA LINK TERMINAL
SILTC SILT CONTROL
SLM SUBSCRIBER LINE MODULE
SN SWITCHING NETWORK
This parameter is only valid for DE3 and DE4.
SSG SPACE STAGE GROUP
This parameter is only valid for DE5.
SUB SUBSCRIBER
SYPC SYSTEM PANEL CONTROL
SYSOP SYSTEM OPERATOR
SYSOVLD SYSTEM OVERLOAD
TGAL TRUNK GROUP ALARM
TIMINCOR TIME INCORRECT
TIMINSEC TIME INSECURE
TRUNKHD TRUNK HELD
TSG TIME STAGE GROUP
This parameter is only valid for DE5.
UNSPARES NO SPARE SECT. F. UNUSED SPACE
VOCAFAIL VOLUME/CATALOG FAILURE
VSDDISK VSD DISK FAILURE
VSDNSTRT VSD NSTART ALARM
VSDODAG VSD ODAGEN ALARM
VSDRLINK VSD RELINK ALARM
VSDTOTAL VSD TOTAL FAILURE
X25LINK BX.25 LINK

ALPRIO ALARM PRIORITY

This parameter specifies the target priority for alarm signaling.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CRITICAL CRITICAL ALARM

MAJOR MAJOR ALARM
MINOR MINOR ALARM

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALPRIO- 4+

 ENTR ALPRIO
GENERAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SDG SERVICE DEGRADATION

This parameter defines the check of service degradation condition.

Default: no affect on database

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO SERVICE DEGRADATION DESIRED

YES SERVICE DEGRADATION DESIRED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALPRIO- 5+

 ENTR ALPRIO
LSNAM
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

LSNAM INDIVIDUAL PRIORITIES

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ALPRIO : ALUNIT= ,LSNAM= ,ALPRIO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALUNIT ALARM UNIT

This parameter specifies the alarm units for alarm signaling.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CCSLS CCS LINK SET

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter specifies the affected linkset name with individual

alarm priority.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ALPRIO ALARM PRIORITY

This parameter specifies the target priority for alarm signaling.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CRITICAL CRITICAL ALARM

MAJOR MAJOR ALARM
MINOR MINOR ALARM

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALPRIO- 6-

 DISP ALPROF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ALARM PROFILE

This command displays

- all alarm profiles for alarm signaling which are currently set in the
system;
- the assignment of alarm priorities ( non-degrading and degrading ) to
the existing probable causes for a specified alarm profile identifica-
tion.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ALPROF : ALPROF= [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ALPROF ALARM PROFILE IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the alarm profile identification for

alarm signaling.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FORMAT FORMAT OF OUTPUT

This parameter specifies the output format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CONTENTS CONTENTS OF ALARM PROFILE

SUMMARY SUMMARY OF EXISTING PROFILES

Default: SUMMARY

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALPROF- 1-

 SET ALSTAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SET ALARM STATUS

This command sets the processing code which describes the current status
of fault clearance in the alarm file stored for each alarm.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SET ALSTAT : MSGNO= ,ALSTAT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

MSGNO MESSAGE NUMBER

This parameter specifies a 5-digit message number, which

corresponds to the entry number used in the alarm file
AM.ALARM.

Note:
- There is no relation to the entry numbers of the history
file HF.ARCHIVE !

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...99999, range of decimal numbers

ALSTAT ALARM STATUS

This parameter describes the fault clearance status of an

alarm condition. The processing code is a part of the alarm
file entry.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

D DEFERRED
The command is rejected, if the corres-
ponding object instance is UR.
IP IN PROCESS
The command is rejected, if the corres-
ponding object instance is UR.
C CLEARED
This value applies for
- System operator alarms (SYOP)
- Administration alarms (ADMINAL)
Exception: Alarms with alarm class THRES
- Recovery alarms (RECOV )
- Time insecure alarms (TIMINSEC)
with alarm unit/class TIMINCOR.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SET ALSTAT- 1-

 CAN ALTEXT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ALARM TEXT

This command cancels an existing alarm text.

Prerequisite:
- The cancellation job is only executed if the alarm text in
question is not assigned to an external alarm circuit.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN ALTEXT : TEXTNO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TEXTNO TEXT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number assigned to an alarm text.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...40, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ALTEXT- 1-

 DISP ALTEXT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ALARM TEXT

This command displays the alarm texts assigned to a number.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ALTEXT : TEXTNO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TEXTNO TEXT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the alarm text number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...40, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ALTEXT- 1-

 ENTR ALTEXT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER ALARM TEXT

This command enters an alarm text and assigns a text number to it.

Prerequisite:
- The command is rejected, if a text already exists under
this number.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ALTEXT : TEXTNO= ,TEXT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TEXTNO TEXT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the alarm text number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...40, range of decimal numbers

TEXT TEXT

This parameter consists of a text (freely definable).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...30 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ALTEXT- 1-

 DISP AMA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY AMA DATA

This command displays AMA records of a subscriber which are stored in

an AMA file on disk or on magnetic tape/optical disk (created with
TRANS FILE).Only the AMA records with a fixed format length of
32 or 64 byte can be displayed with this command.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP AMA : DN= [,VSN=] [,BEGDATE=] [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] 1
1 1
1 [,ENDTIME=] [,FILE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber for

which the AMA record was made (inclusive areacode but without
discrimination digits).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

tape/optical disk.
Notes:
If this parameter is not entered,the file is assumed to be on disk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AMA- 1+

 DISP AMA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDTIME.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF END DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF END DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF END DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDDATE.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF END TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AMA- 2+

 DISP AMA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MINUTES OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file on tape/optical

disk or on disk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

Default: IA.ICAMA

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AMA- 3-

 CAN AMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This command cancels a pair of ATM bridge processors.

Prerequisites:
- Both ATM bridge processors must be PLA. Note that the configuration
of the last AMP of a pair from ACT to MBL is only executed when
the redundant AMP is already PLA.
- The ATM bridge must be cancelled first.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN AMP : AMP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AMP ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies one of the ATM bridge processors to be

cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN AMP- 1-

 COM AMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

COMMUTE ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This command commutes the working states (working / spare) of one or

more pairs of ATM bridge processors.

Possible Effects:
- During the execution of this command simultaneously to high
traffic-load a minimal loss of messages is possible.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 COM AMP : AMP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AMP ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the pairs of ATM bridge processors whoes

working state have to be commuted.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 COM AMP- 1-

 CONF AMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This command configures an ATM bridge processor.

Possible Effects:
- During the execution of this command simultaneously to high
traffic-load a minimal loss of messages is possible.

Notes:
- The configuration from ACT to MBL and the configuration from
MBL or UNA to ACT is considered dangerous.
A dialog mask is output. The operating personal determines by
entering ’+’ or ’-’ whether the command is to be executed.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF AMP : AMP= ,OST= [,DIAG=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AMP ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the ATM bridge processor to be configured.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter specifies the target operating state.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED

DIAG DIAGNOSIS

This parameter allows diagnosis before configuration to ACT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CONFIGURE WITHOUT DIAGNOSIS

NO CONFIGURE WITHOUT DIAGNOSIS
Y CONFIGURE WITH DIAGNOSIS
YES CONFIGURE WITH DIAGNOSIS

Default: YES

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF AMP- 1-

 CR AMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This command creates a pair of ATM bridge processors (AMP-0/1, AMP-2/3

or AMP-4/5). The created ATM bridge processors are in the operating
state PLA after the command is executed.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR AMP : AMP= ,PBI= ,AMPR= ,PBIR= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AMP ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the ATM bridge processor to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

PBI PHYSICAL BUS INTERFACE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the physical bus interface number of the

ATM bridge processor.
Notes:
- The physical bus interface number depends on the mounting location
of the ATM bridge processor specified by parameter AMP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...15, range of decimal numbers

AMPR REDUNDANT ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the redundant ATM bridge processor to be

created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

PBIR PBI OF REDUNDANT AMP

This parameter specifies the physical bus interface number of the

redundant ATM bridge processor.
Notes:
- The physical bus interface number depends on the mounting location
of the redundant ATM bridge processor specified by parameter AMPR.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...15, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR AMP- 1-
 DIAG AMP
DIAG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This command initiates single, repeated or permanent diagnostic runs

for an ATM bridge processor.

Prerequisites:
- The ATM bridge processor must be MBL.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DIAG AMP - DIAG SINGLE DIAGNOSIS

2. DIAG AMP - REPDIAG REPEATED DIAGNOSIS

1. Input format

SINGLE DIAGNOSIS

This input initiates a single diagnosis for an ATM bridge processor.

The diagnosis includes a BCMY interface test.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG AMP : AMP= [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AMP ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the ATM bridge processor to be diagnosed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG AMP- 1+

 DIAG AMP
REPDIAG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

REPEATED DIAGNOSIS

This input initiates a repeated or permanent diagnosis for an ATM bridge

processor. The diagnosis does not include a BCMY interface test.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG AMP : AMP= ,REP= [,INT=] [,STATCS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AMP ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the ATM bridge processor to be diagnosed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

REP REPEAT

This parameter specifies the number of diagnostic runs.

Valid values are :
2...65535 for repeated diagnosis
PERM for permanent diagnosis with unlimited number
of runs (termination with command STOP JOB)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INT INTERRUPT DIAGNOSTIC CYCLE

This parameter specifies that a repeated or permanent diagnosis is

interrupted as soon as a fault is detected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CONTINUE IN CASE OF FAULT

NO CONTINUE IN CASE OF FAULT
Y TERMINATE IN CASE OF FAULT
YES TERMINATE IN CASE OF FAULT

Default: NO

STATCS OUTPUT OF STATISTICS

This parameter specifies the interval between statistic outputs

in minutes.

Notes:
- Statistic output can also be requested with the DISP DIAGSTAT
command.

Standard Behavior: no statistic output

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...60, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG AMP- 2-

 DISP AMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This command displays all ATM bridge processors with their physical bus
interface number and working state (working / spare).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP AMP ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AMP- 1-

 TEST AMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This command tests an ATM bridge processor.

Prerequisites:
- The AMP and the redundant AMP must be ACT.

Possible Effects:
- During the execution of this command simultaneously to high
traffic-load a minimal loss of messages is possible.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST AMP : [AMP=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AMP ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the ATM bridge processor to be tested.

Standard Behavior: all active ATM bridge processors are tested

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST AMP- 1-

 CAN ANELEM
ANELEMPA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This command cancels announcement elements of the types

INDAS phrase, INDAS word, INDAS standard announcement, and INDAS pause.

Prerequisites:
- The INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant must be available.

Notes:
- The cancelation of announcement elements is considered
dangerous because this request may remove announcements for
call processing.
A dialog mask is output. The operating personnel is requested
to determine whether the command is to be executed or not by
entering ’+’ or ’-’.
- If the last announcement element for the specified OCANEQ variant
is canceled, the OCANEQ variant will be removed implicitly,
provided that the related UI database is empty and no LTG
exists for which this OCANEQ variant is entered.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CAN ANELEM - ANELEMPA ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

2. CAN ANELEM - ANELEMPH ANELEM INDAS PHRASE
3. CAN ANELEM - ANELEMST ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.
4. CAN ANELEM - ANELEMWO ANELEM INDAS WORD

1. Input format

ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

This input format cancels the links between

INDAS pauses and OCANEQ text fragment numbers.

Up to 4 INDAS pauses can be linked.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

PAUSEALL ANELEM ALL INDAS PAUSE

All INDAS pauses.
This value is not allowed to be linked
with other values.
PAUSEEND ANELEM INDAS PAUSE END
Pause after the end of each announcement cycle.
PAUSELA ANELEM INDAS PAUSE LANGUAGE
Pause between two different languages of
an announcement.
PAUSEPH ANELEM INDAS PAUSE PHRASE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ANELEM- 1+

 CAN ANELEM
ANELEMPA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Pause between two phrases of an announcement.

PAUSEST ANELEM INDAS PAUSE START
Pause before the start of each announcement
cycle.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ANELEM- 2+

 CAN ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ANELEM INDAS PHRASE

This input format cancels the links between

INDAS phrase and INDAS phrase definition.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,LANGUAGE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

PHRASE ANELEM INDAS PHRASE

b: ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT NUMBER=

1-1023, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number range of

the announcement elements to be canceled.
The number range follows from the INDAS
document related to the OCANEQ variant.

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter specifies one of up to four official languages

for the announcement elements.

Notes :
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ANELEM- 3+

 CAN ANELEM
ANELEMST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.

This input format cancels the links between

INDAS standard announcement and INDAS standard
announcement definition.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,LANGUAGE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

STDANN ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.

b: ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT NUMBER=

1-2500, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number range of

the announcement elements to be canceled.
The number range follows from the INDAS
document related to the OCANEQ variant.

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter specifies one of up to four official languages

for the announcement elements.

Notes :
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ANELEM- 4+

 CAN ANELEM
ANELEMWO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

ANELEM INDAS WORD

This input format cancels the links between

INDAS word numbers and OCANEQ text fragment numbers.

Up to 32 INDAS word numbers and/or intervals

can be linked.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,LANGUAGE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

WORD ANELEM INDAS WORD

b: ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT NUMBER=

1...4094, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number range of

the announcement elements to be canceled.
The number range follows from the INDAS
document related to the OCANEQ variant.

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter specifies one of up to four official languages

for the announcement elements.

Notes :
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ANELEM- 5-

 CR ANELEM
ANELEMPA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This command creates announcement elements of the types

INDAS phrase, INDAS word, INDAS standard announcement, and INDAS pause.

It allows announcements, which are played by INDAS with OCANEQ, to be

composed from sets of text fragments stored in the OCANEQ.
A text fragment is the smallest physical speech unit and can be addressed
by its text fragment number.
A text fragment consists of one or more spoken words or is a pause or
a tone burst.
Text fragments can be put together in any sequence desired.

There are two types of announcements:

- Individual announcements:
Each individual announcement is logically addressed by one or more
announcement elements of the type "INDAS phrase".
An INDAS phrase consists of several fixed text parts and several variable
parts (e.g. directory number, hour, minute, week-day) determined by
INDAS parameters which use groups of logical announcement elements of the
type "INDAS word" that can be addressed.
- Standard announcements:
Each standard announcement is logically addressed by an announcement
element of the type "INDAS standard announcement" and consists only of
fixed text parts.
No variable parts are included.

Within the system, each announcement element created by INDAS is immediately

active and can be accessed by call processing.

Prerequisites:
- The INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant must be available.
- Memory space for the OCANEQ variant data must be provided in the
database (for expandable groups OC1/OC2, see MOD DBSIZE).

Notes:
- If the OCANEQ variant has not yet been registered by either ENTR OCAVAR
or CR ANELEM or through User Interaction database administration,
a new element in the OCANEQ variant specific data structure will be used.
- The command will be rejected with an error message saying that the database
list has been exceeded, and specifying the parameter name OCAVAR if the
maximum number of 10 OCANEQ variants have already been registered in the
system (see also ENTR OCAVAR).
- If the command is rejected with the above error message and the specified
parameter names are OCAVAR and LANGUAGE, the database area for group OC1
has to be expanded (use MOD DBSIZE).
- If the command is rejected with the above error message and the specified
parameter name is PHDEFIN or STDADEF, the database area for group OC2
has to be expanded (use MOD DBSIZE).
- The available text fragments and the associated text fragment numbers are
to be taken from the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.
- The command should only be used for LANGUAGE values identified by the
INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.
MOD CALLPOPT will adapt the way in which announcements are played in these
identified languages or in a specific language sequence, dependent upon the
exchange location.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR ANELEM - ANELEMPA ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

2. CR ANELEM - ANELEMPH ANELEM INDAS PHRASE
3. CR ANELEM - ANELEMST ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.
4. CR ANELEM - ANELEMWO ANELEM INDAS WORD

1. Input format

ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

This input format is used to create an announcement element "INDAS

pause" by assigning a pause type to a text fragment.

INDAS pause specifies all pauses defined by INDAS which are inserted
according to attribute if an announcement is to be played. They are

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 1+
 CR ANELEM
ANELEMPA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

used separately from an INDAS phrase or INDAS standard announcement

definition.
An INDAS pause consists of just one text fragment.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,PAUSE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PAUSE ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

PAUSE ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

Notes:
- Up to 4 INDAS pauses can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANN. ELEM. INDAS PAUSE

PAUSEEND ANELEM INDAS PAUSE END
A pause is inserted at the end of each
announcement cycle.
PAUSELA ANELEM INDAS PAUSE LANGUAGE
A pause is inserted between two different
languages if the announcement is to be
played in more than one language.
PAUSEPH ANELEM INDAS PAUSE PHRASE
A pause is inserted between two phrases
if the individual announcement consists
of more than one INDAS phrase.
PAUSEST ANELEM INDAS PAUSE START
A pause is inserted at the start of each
announcement cycle.

b: OCANEQ FRAGMENT NUMBER=

0...65279, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 2+
 CR ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ANELEM INDAS PHRASE

This input format is used to create an announcement element "INDAS

phrase" by entering its phrase definition.

An INDAS phrase consists of several fixed text parts defined by one

or more text fragments, and several variable parts defined by text
fragments which are determined by INDAS parameters using groups of
INDAS words.

Notes:
- INDAS functions are used to identify individual announcements in the
system.
Only INDAS phrases selected by INDAS functions are allowed.
The allowed number range is to be taken from the INDAS document
related to the OCANEQ variant.
The parameter numbers and the specific meaning assigned to an INDAS
phrase are also described.
INDAS phrases applied by User Interaction must have phrase numbers
between 1 and 900.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,PHDEFIN= ,LANGUAGE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

PHRASE ANELEM INDAS PHRASE

b: ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT NUMBER=

1-1023, range of decimal numbers

PHDEFIN INDAS PHRASE DEFINITION

This parameter specifies an INDAS phrase definition.

The phrase definition for an INDAS phrase describes the various
modifications of an announcement text for an individual
announcement as a function of the actual INDAS parameter values
and takes the foreign-language requirements into account.
It specifies the sequence in which fixed text fragments are to be
arranged and locates the positions where the text fragments
determined by the INDAS parameter values must be inserted. An
INDAS parameter is represented by a fixed parameter number assigned.
As a result, the phrase definition controls the combination of text
fragments which form an announcement.
For each one of the allowed INDAS phrases and each valid language,
the phrase definition in its application form is part of the INDAS
document related to the OCANEQ variant.

To produce such a phrase definition, a formal definition language

similar to a programming language is used.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 3+
 CR ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Syntax of INDAS phrase definition components:

The following INDAS phrase definition components are specified

and completed by the permissible combination of the required units:

- "Insert fragment definition":

Statement to insert a text fragment,

e.g.: compose the fixed text part of an announcement.

INFRAGM-<fragment no>

input values:
<fragment no> = 0 .. 65279, range of decimal numbers

- "Insert parameter definition":

Statement to insert an INDAS parameter:

Fit in the text fragment determined by the parameter value by
using the corresponding INDAS word.

INPAR-<parameter no>
INPAR-<parameter no>-MODNONE
INPAR-<parameter no>-MLVNONE
(MLVNONE: only for INDAS parameters
which may have more than one value)

input values:
<parameter no> = 1 .. 63, range of decimal numbers

Statement to insert an INDAS parameter:

Fit in the text fragment determined by the parameter value by
using the corresponding INDAS word modified plus or minus by a
specified INDAS word offset. This corresponds with a change to
an alternative group of text fragments.
This statement may be used
- for modification to lower voice
(e.g.: the INDAS parameter is the final part of an announcement),
- for the several interpretations of the INDAS parameter "number"
(e.g.: applied as year, as part of a price),
- for a different representation of an INDAS parameter in the same
context
(e.g.: insert the INDAS parameter "month" by its name ("January")
or alternatively by its ordinal number ("first")).

INPAR-<parameter no>-MODPLUS-<word offset>

INPAR-<parameter no>-MODMINUS-<word offset>
INPAR-<parameter no>-MLVPLUS-<word offset>
(MLVPLUS: only for INDAS parameters
which may have more than one value)
INPAR-<parameter no>-MLVMINUS-<word offset>
(MLVMINUS: only for INDAS parameters
which may have more than one value)

input values:
<parameter no> = 1 .. 63, range of decimal numbers
<word offset> = 1 .. 4094, range of decimal numbers

- "Parameter block definition":

Statement to process an INDAS parameter which may have more than

one value,
e.g.: the INDAS parameter "directory number".

PARDO-<parameter no>

input values:
<parameter no> = 1 .. 63, range of decimal numbers

- "IF condition block definition":

An "Insert fragment definition" or "Insert parameter definition"

is to be dependent of the value(s) of one INDAS parameter or
several INDAS parameters correlated to each other,
e.g.: insert the INDAS parameter "minute" unless it is a full hour.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 4+
 CR ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

A single condition will be initiated by IFPAR. The parameter

value must be specified by its INDAS word.

Several conditions can be combined by ANDIFPAR ("and" relation,

i.e. all conditions must be true) or ORIFPAR ("or" relation, i.e.
one of the conditions must be true).

ELSIFPAR corresponds to a nested "IF condition definition" in

the form of ELSE IFPAR ... ENDIF.

If the condition(s) stated by IFPAR / ELSIFPAR / ANDIFPAR /

ORIFPAR is(are) true the definition statement(s) following will
be executed. If the condition(s) is(are) false, the definition
statement(s) following ELSE (if existent) or ENDIF will be
executed.

IFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>-<word no>

ELSIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>-<word no>
ANDIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>-<word no>
ORIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>-<word no>

input values:
<parameter no> = 1 .. 63, range of decimal numbers
<word no> = 1 .. 4094, range of decimal numbers
<condition> = EQUAL
NOTEQUAL
LESS
GREATER

or
IFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>
ELSIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>
ANDIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>
ORIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>

input values:
<parameter no> = 1 .. 63, range of decimal numbers
<condition> = FRSTWORD
NOTFRSTW
LASTWORD
NOTLASTW
SELECTED

The conditions FRSTWORD, NOTFRSTW, LASTWORD, NOTLASTW

are only valid for an INDAS parameter which may have more than
one value.
The condition SELECTED is true if the INDAS parameter has
at least one value.

or
ELSE

- "End definition" :

Statement to terminate a block definition or phrase definition.

ENDDO
ENDIF
END

There are the following requirements for an INDAS phrase definition:

- A "definition block" must consist of one
"Insert fragment definition" or
"Insert parameter definition" or
"Parameter block definition" or
"IF condition block definition".
- A "Parameter block definition" is mandatory if an INDAS parameter
which may have more than one value is to be processed.
This "Parameter block definition" for an INDAS parameter must be
specified before an "IF condition block definition" or "Insert
parameter definition" of that parameter is entered.
There are however the following exceptions:
- The "IF condition block definition" can be entered prior to the
"Parameter block definition" if the condition(s) of an
"IF condition block definition" has(have) been formed using

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 5+
 CR ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SELECTED.
- Mandatory input of a "Parameter block definition" is excluded
if no "IF condition block definition" has been specified for
the INDAS parameter and
- only the last value of that parameter has to be modified
exclusively and the corresponding "Insert parameter definition"
is formed with MLVPLUS, MLVMINUS,
- none of the INDAS parameter values has to be modified and the
corresponding "Insert parameter definition" is formed with
MLVNONE.
- The body of a "Parameter block definition" must contain at least
one "definition block" and must be terminated with ENDDO.
- The "IF condition block definition" must contain at least one
statement initiated by IFPAR and must be terminated with ENDIF.
- For each case of "IF condition block definition" initiated by
IFPAR / ELSIFPAR / ELSE the body must contain at least one
"definition block".
- Nested "IF condition block definitions" and/or "Parameter block
definitions" may be used up to the maximum nested level = 10.
- Nested "Parameter block definitions" for the same parameter
number are not allowed.
- The body of an INDAS phrase definition must contain at least one
"definition block" and must be terminated with END.

Notes:
- Within an INDAS phrase, INDAS parameters may be rearranged from
the original order indicated by the parameter numbers.
The parameter number retains the meaning of the INDAS parameter.
- The length of an INDAS phrase definition is only restricted by
the maximum number of permissible characters for an MML command.
As a result, the number of INDAS phrase definition components that
can be linked with &, must follow this restriction.
- The correct order of the INDAS phrase definition components must be
observed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: ACTION CODE
ANDIFPAR AND IF PARAMETER CONDITION
ELSE ELSE CONDITION
ELSIFPAR ELSE IF PARAMETER CONDITION
END END OF PHRASE DEFINITION
ENDDO END OF PARAMETER DO LOOP
ENDIF END OF IF CONDITION
IFPAR IF PARAMETER CONDITION
INFRAGM INSERT FRAGMENT
INPAR INSERT PARAMETER
ORIFPAR OR IF PARAMETER CONDITION
PARDO FOR ALL PARAMETER VALUES DO

b: FRAGMENT- OR INDAS PARAM- NO.=

0...65279, range of decimal numbers

c: MODIFY ACTION OR CONDITION

XEQUAL = EQUAL
1FRSTWORD1 FIRST WORD
1GREATER 1 GREATER
1LASTWORD1 LAST WORD
1LESS 1 LESS
1MLVMINUS1 MOD. LAST PARAM VALUE: DECRE.
1MLVNONE 1 MOD. LAST PARAM VALUE: NOT
1MLVPLUS 1 MOD. LAST PARAM VALUE: INCRE.
1MODMINUS1 MOD. PARAM VALUE: DECREMENT
1MODNONE 1 MOD. PARAM VALUE: NOT
1MODPLUS 1 MOD. PARAM VALUE: INCREMENT
1NOTEQUAL1 NOT EQUAL
1NOTFRSTW1 NOT FIRST WORD
1NOTLASTW1 NOT LAST WORD
>SELECTEDW SELECTED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 6+
 CR ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

d: OFFSET=
1...4094, range of decimal numbers

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter indicates one of up to four official languages

commonly used in an exchange.

Notes:
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 7+
 CR ANELEM
ANELEMST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.

This input format is used to create an announcement element "INDAS

standard announcement" by entering its standard announcement definition.

Notes:
- The standard announcement number specified here must be used as the
STANNO for CR ANGRP if the assignment of an announcement to an
announcement group leading to OCANEQ is defined as definite (fixed).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,STDADEF= ,LANGUAGE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

STDANN ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.

b: ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT NUMBER=

1-2500, range of decimal numbers

STDADEF INDAS STD. ANN. DEFINITION

This parameter specifies an INDAS standard announcement

definition.
The standard announcement definition for each INDAS standard
announcement describes the way in which text fragments are
sequenced and takes foreign-language requirements into account.
As a result, the standard announcement definition controls the
combination of text fragments which form an announcement.
For each one of the allowed INDAS standard announcements and
each valid language, the standard announcement definition in
its application form is part of the INDAS document related to
the OCANEQ variant.

To produce such a standard announcement definition, a formal

definition language similar to a programming language is used.

Syntax of INDAS standard announcement definition components:

- "Insert fragment definition":

Statement to insert a text fragment.

INFRAGM-<fragment no>

input values:
<fragment no> = 0 .. 65279, range of decimal numbers

- "End definition" :

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 8+
 CR ANELEM
ANELEMST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Statement to terminate a standard announcement definition.

END

There are the following requirements for an INDAS standard

announcement definition:
- The body of an INDAS standard announcement definition must
contain at least one "Insert fragment definition" and must be
terminated with END.

Notes:
- The length of an INDAS standard announcement definition is only
restricted by the maximum number of permissible characters for
an MML command.
As a result, the number of INDAS standard announcement definition
components that can be linked with &, must follow this restriction.
- The correct order of the INDAS standard announcement definition
components must be observed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: ACTION CODE
END END OF STD. ANN. DEFINITION
INFRAGM INSERT FRAGMENT

b: FRAGMENT-NO.=
0...65279, range of decimal numbers

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter indicates one of up to four official languages

commonly used in an exchange.

Notes:
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 9+
 CR ANELEM
ANELEMWO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

ANELEM INDAS WORD

This input format is used to create an announcement element "INDAS

word" by entering its allocation to a text fragment.

An INDAS word is the smallest logical speech unit and is addressable by its
INDAS word number. A group of INDAS words represents an INDAS parameter
with its definite meaning. An INDAS parameter is a variable part of an
INDAS phrase. Each INDAS word consists of just one text fragment.

Notes:
- The meaning of the defined INDAS words and the associated INDAS word
numbers are to be taken from the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ
variant.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,WORD= ,LANGUAGE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

WORD ANELEM INDAS WORD

WORD ANELEM INDAS WORD

Notes:
- Up to 32 INDAS words and/or ranges can be linked with &.
- Input of an INDAS word range is only allowed if the resulting
number of INDAS words equals those of text fragments (implicit
increment one by one for both), or exactly one and the same
text fragment is assigned to all INDAS words of a given range.
- An INDAS word number may not be entered twice with different
text fragment numbers.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: INDAS WORD NUMBER=

1...4094, range of decimal numbers

b: OCANEQ FRAGMENT NUMBER=

0...65279, range of decimal numbers

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter indicates one of up to four official languages

commonly used in an exchange.

Notes:
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 10+

 CR ANELEM
ANELEMWO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANELEM- 11-

 DISP ANELEM
ANELEMPA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This command displays announcement elements of the types

INDAS phrase, INDAS word, INDAS standard announcement, and INDAS pause.

Prerequisites:
- The INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant must be available.
- Only those announcement elements will be displayed which are
previously created.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP ANELEM - ANELEMPA ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

2. DISP ANELEM - ANELEMPH ANELEM INDAS PHRASE
3. DISP ANELEM - ANELEMST ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.
4. DISP ANELEM - ANELEMWO ANELEM INDAS WORD

1. Input format

ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

This input format displays the links between

INDAS pauses and OCANEQ text fragment numbers.

Up to 4 INDAS pauses can be linked.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

Notes :
- If the entered OCANEQ variant is unknown there are no data to
display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

PAUSEALL ANELEM ALL INDAS PAUSE

All INDAS pauses.
This value is not allowed to be linked
with other values.
PAUSEEND ANELEM INDAS PAUSE END
Pause after the end of each announcement cycle.
PAUSELA ANELEM INDAS PAUSE LANGUAGE
Pause between two different languages of
an announcement.
PAUSEPH ANELEM INDAS PAUSE PHRASE
Pause between two phrases of an announcement.
PAUSEST ANELEM INDAS PAUSE START
Pause before the start of each announcement
cycle.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANELEM- 1+

 DISP ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ANELEM INDAS PHRASE

This input format displays the components of an

INDAS phrase definition.
Each component may consist of up to 4 units:
ACTION CODE
FRAGMENT- OR INDAS PARAM- NO.
MODIFY ACTION OR CONDITION
OFFSET

The phrase definition controls the combination of text

fragments which form an announcement.

Up to 32 INDAS phrase numbers and/or intervals

can be linked.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= [,LANGUAGE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

Notes :
- If the entered OCANEQ variant is unknown there are no data to
display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

PHRASE ANELEM INDAS PHRASE

b: ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT NUMBER=

1-1023, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number range of

the announcement elements to be displayed.
The number range follows from the INDAS
document related to the OCANEQ variant.

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter specifies one of up to four official languages

for the announcement elements.
If X is specified, the announcement elements are
displayed for all the languages for which they are defined.

Notes :
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANELEM- 2+

 DISP ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
X ALL OFFICIAL LANGUAGES

Default: X

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANELEM- 3+

 DISP ANELEM
ANELEMST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.

This input format displays the components of an

INDAS standard announcement definition.
Each component may consist of up to 2 units:
ACTION CODE
FRAGMENT-NO.

The standard announcement definition controls the

combination of text fragments which form an announcement.

Up to 32 INDAS standard announcement numbers and/or

intervals can be linked.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= [,LANGUAGE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

Notes :
- If the entered OCANEQ variant is unknown there are no data to
display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

STDANN ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.

b: ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT NUMBER=

1-2500, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number range of

the announcement elements to be displayed.
The number range follows from the INDAS
document related to the OCANEQ variant.

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter specifies one of up to four official languages

for the announcement elements.
If X is specified, the announcement elements are
displayed for all the languages for which they are defined.

Notes :
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANELEM- 4+

 DISP ANELEM
ANELEMST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

X ALL OFFICIAL LANGUAGES

Default: X

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANELEM- 5+

 DISP ANELEM
ANELEMWO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

ANELEM INDAS WORD

This input format displays the links between

INDAS word numbers and OCANEQ text fragment numbers.

Up to 32 INDAS word numbers and/or intervals

can be linked.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= [,LANGUAGE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

Notes :
- If the entered OCANEQ variant is unknown there are no data to
display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

WORD ANELEM INDAS WORD

b: ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT NUMBER=

1...4094, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number range of

the announcement elements to be displayed.
The number range follows from the INDAS
document related to the OCANEQ variant.

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter specifies one of up to four official languages

for the announcement elements.
If X is specified, the announcement elements are
displayed for all the languages for which they are defined.

Notes :
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
X ALL OFFICIAL LANGUAGES

Default: X

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANELEM- 6-

 MOD ANELEM
ANELEMPA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This command modifies announcement elements of the types

INDAS phrase, INDAS word, INDAS standard announcement, and INDAS pause.

Prerequisites:
- The INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant must be available.
- Only the announcement elements previously created by CR ANELEM
can be modified.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD ANELEM - ANELEMPA ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

2. MOD ANELEM - ANELEMPH ANELEM INDAS PHRASE
3. MOD ANELEM - ANELEMST ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.
4. MOD ANELEM - ANELEMWO ANELEM INDAS WORD

1. Input format

ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

This input format is used to modify the text fragment allocated

to each type of the announcement element "INDAS pause".

INDAS pause specifies all pauses defined by INDAS which are inserted
according to attribute if an announcement is to be played. They are
used separately from an INDAS phrase or INDAS standard announcement
definition.
An INDAS pause consists of just one text fragment.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,PAUSE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PAUSE ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

PAUSE ANELEM INDAS PAUSE

Notes:
- Up to 4 INDAS pauses can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANN. ELEM. INDAS PAUSE

PAUSEEND ANELEM INDAS PAUSE END
A pause is inserted at the end of each
announcement cycle.
PAUSELA ANELEM INDAS PAUSE LANGUAGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANELEM- 1+

 MOD ANELEM
ANELEMPA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

A pause is inserted between two different

languages if the announcement is to be
played in more than one language.
PAUSEPH ANELEM INDAS PAUSE PHRASE
A pause is inserted between two phrases
if the individual announcement consists
of more than one INDAS phrase.
PAUSEST ANELEM INDAS PAUSE START
A pause is inserted at the start of each
announcement cycle.

b: OCANEQ FRAGMENT NUMBER=

0...65279, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANELEM- 2+

 MOD ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ANELEM INDAS PHRASE

This input format is used to modify the phrase definition of

an announcement element "INDAS phrase".

Notes:
- The modified phrase definition must be entered completely.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,PHDEFIN= ,LANGUAGE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

PHRASE ANELEM INDAS PHRASE

b: ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT NUMBER=

1-1023, range of decimal numbers

PHDEFIN INDAS PHRASE DEFINITION

This parameter specifies an INDAS phrase definition.

The phrase definition for an INDAS phrase describes the various
modifications of an announcement text for an individual
announcement as a function of the actual INDAS parameter values
and takes the foreign-language requirements into account.
It specifies the sequence in which fixed text fragments are to be
arranged and locates the positions where the text fragments
determined by the INDAS parameter values must be inserted. An
INDAS parameter is represented by a fixed parameter number assigned.
As a result, the phrase definition controls the combination of text
fragments which form an announcement.
For each one of the allowed INDAS phrases and each valid language,
the phrase definition in its application form is part of the INDAS
document related to the OCANEQ variant.

To produce such a phrase definition, a formal definition language

similar to a programming language is used.

Syntax of INDAS phrase definition components:

The following INDAS phrase definition components are specified

and completed by the permissible combination of the required units:

- "Insert fragment definition":

Statement to insert a text fragment,

e.g.: compose the fixed text part of an announcement.

INFRAGM-<fragment no>

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANELEM- 3+

 MOD ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

input values:
<fragment no> = 0 .. 65279, range of decimal numbers

- "Insert parameter definition":

Statement to insert an INDAS parameter:

Fit in the text fragment determined by the parameter value by
using the corresponding INDAS word.

INPAR-<parameter no>
INPAR-<parameter no>-MODNONE
INPAR-<parameter no>-MLVNONE
(MLVNONE: only for INDAS parameters
which may have more than one value)

input values:
<parameter no> = 1 .. 63, range of decimal numbers

Statement to insert an INDAS parameter:

Fit in the text fragment determined by the parameter value by
using the corresponding INDAS word modified plus or minus by a
specified INDAS word offset. This corresponds with a change to
an alternative group of text fragments.
This statement may be used
- for modification to lower voice
(e.g.: the INDAS parameter is the final part of an announcement),
- for the several interpretations of the INDAS parameter "number"
(e.g.: applied as year, as part of a price),
- for a different representation of an INDAS parameter in the same
context
(e.g.: insert the INDAS parameter "month" by its name ("January")
or alternatively by its ordinal number ("first")).

INPAR-<parameter no>-MODPLUS-<word offset>

INPAR-<parameter no>-MODMINUS-<word offset>
INPAR-<parameter no>-MLVPLUS-<word offset>
(MLVPLUS: only for INDAS parameters
which may have more than one value)
INPAR-<parameter no>-MLVMINUS-<word offset>
(MLVMINUS: only for INDAS parameters
which may have more than one value)

input values:
<parameter no> = 1 .. 63, range of decimal numbers
<word offset> = 1 .. 4094, range of decimal numbers

- "Parameter block definition":

Statement to process an INDAS parameter which may have more than

one value,
e.g.: the INDAS parameter "directory number".

PARDO-<parameter no>

input values:
<parameter no> = 1 .. 63, range of decimal numbers

- "IF condition block definition":

An "Insert fragment definition" or "Insert parameter definition"

is to be dependent of the value(s) of one INDAS parameter or
several INDAS parameters correlated to each other,
e.g.: insert the INDAS parameter "minute" unless it is a full hour.

A single condition will be initiated by IFPAR. The parameter

value must be specified by its INDAS word.

Several conditions can be combined by ANDIFPAR ("and" relation,

i.e. all conditions must be true) or ORIFPAR ("or" relation, i.e.
one of the conditions must be true).

ELSIFPAR corresponds to a nested "IF condition definition" in

the form of ELSE IFPAR ... ENDIF.

If the condition(s) stated by IFPAR / ELSIFPAR / ANDIFPAR /

ORIFPAR is(are) true the definition statement(s) following will

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANELEM- 4+

 MOD ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

be executed. If the condition(s) is(are) false, the definition

statement(s) following ELSE (if existent) or ENDIF will be
executed.

IFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>-<word no>

ELSIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>-<word no>
ANDIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>-<word no>
ORIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>-<word no>

input values:
<parameter no> = 1 .. 63, range of decimal numbers
<word no> = 1 .. 4094, range of decimal numbers
<condition> = EQUAL
NOTEQUAL
LESS
GREATER

or
IFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>
ELSIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>
ANDIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>
ORIFPAR-<parameter no>-<condition>

input values:
<parameter no> = 1 .. 63, range of decimal numbers
<condition> = FRSTWORD
NOTFRSTW
LASTWORD
NOTLASTW
SELECTED

The conditions FRSTWORD, NOTFRSTW, LASTWORD, NOTLASTW

are only valid for an INDAS parameter which may have more than
one value.
The condition SELECTED is true if the INDAS parameter has
at least one value.

or
ELSE

- "End definition" :

Statement to terminate a block definition or phrase definition.

ENDDO
ENDIF
END

There are the following requirements for an INDAS phrase definition:

- A "definition block" must consist of one
"Insert fragment definition" or
"Insert parameter definition" or
"Parameter block definition" or
"IF condition block definition".
- A "Parameter block definition" is mandatory if an INDAS parameter
which may have more than one value is to be processed.
This "Parameter block definition" for an INDAS parameter must be
specified before an "IF condition block definition" or "Insert
parameter definition" of that parameter is entered.
There are however the following exceptions:
- The "IF condition block definition" can be entered prior to the
"Parameter block definition" if the condition(s) of an
"IF condition block definition" has(have) been formed using
SELECTED.
- Mandatory input of a "Parameter block definition" is excluded
if no "IF condition block definition" has been specified for
the INDAS parameter and
- only the last value of that parameter has to be modified
exclusively and the corresponding "Insert parameter definition"
is formed with MLVPLUS, MLVMINUS,
- none of the INDAS parameter values has to be modified and the
corresponding "Insert parameter definition" is formed with
MLVNONE.
- The body of a "Parameter block definition" must contain at least
one "definition block" and must be terminated with ENDDO.
- The "IF condition block definition" must contain at least one

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANELEM- 5+

 MOD ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

statement initiated by IFPAR and must be terminated with ENDIF.

- For each case of "IF condition block definition" initiated by
IFPAR / ELSIFPAR / ELSE the body must contain at least one
"definition block".
- Nested "IF condition block definitions" and/or "Parameter block
definitions" may be used up to the maximum nested level = 10.
- Nested "Parameter block definitions" for the same parameter
number are not allowed.
- The body of an INDAS phrase definition must contain at least one
"definition block" and must be terminated with END.

Notes:
- Within an INDAS phrase, INDAS parameters may be rearranged from
the original order indicated by the parameter numbers.
The parameter number retains the meaning of the INDAS parameter.
- The length of an INDAS phrase definition is only restricted by
the maximum number of permissible characters for an MML command.
As a result, the number of INDAS phrase definition components that
can be linked with &, must follow this restriction.
- The correct order of the INDAS phrase definition components must be
observed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: ACTION CODE
ANDIFPAR AND IF PARAMETER CONDITION
ELSE ELSE CONDITION
ELSIFPAR ELSE IF PARAMETER CONDITION
END END OF PHRASE DEFINITION
ENDDO END OF PARAMETER DO LOOP
ENDIF END OF IF CONDITION
IFPAR IF PARAMETER CONDITION
INFRAGM INSERT FRAGMENT
INPAR INSERT PARAMETER
ORIFPAR OR IF PARAMETER CONDITION
PARDO FOR ALL PARAMETER VALUES DO

b: FRAGMENT- OR INDAS PARAM- NO.=

0...65279, range of decimal numbers

c: MODIFY ACTION OR CONDITION

XEQUAL = EQUAL
1FRSTWORD1 FIRST WORD
1GREATER 1 GREATER
1LASTWORD1 LAST WORD
1LESS 1 LESS
1MLVMINUS1 MOD. LAST PARAM VALUE: DECRE.
1MLVNONE 1 MOD. LAST PARAM VALUE: NOT
1MLVPLUS 1 MOD. LAST PARAM VALUE: INCRE.
1MODMINUS1 MOD. PARAM VALUE: DECREMENT
1MODNONE 1 MOD. PARAM VALUE: NOT
1MODPLUS 1 MOD. PARAM VALUE: INCREMENT
1NOTEQUAL1 NOT EQUAL
1NOTFRSTW1 NOT FIRST WORD
1NOTLASTW1 NOT LAST WORD
>SELECTEDW SELECTED

d: OFFSET=
1...4094, range of decimal numbers

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter indicates one of up to four official languages

commonly used in an exchange.

Notes:
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANELEM- 6+

 MOD ANELEM
ANELEMPH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANELEM- 7+

 MOD ANELEM
ANELEMST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.

This input format is used to modify the standard announcement definition

of an announcement element "INDAS standard announcement".

Notes:
- The modified standard announcement definition must be entered completely.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,STDADEF= ,LANGUAGE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TYPE OF ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

STDANN ANELEM INDAS STD. ANN.

b: ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT NUMBER=

1-2500, range of decimal numbers

STDADEF INDAS STD. ANN. DEFINITION

This parameter specifies an INDAS standard announcement

definition.
The standard announcement definition for each INDAS standard
announcement describes the way in which text fragments are
sequenced and takes foreign-language requirements into account.
As a result, the standard announcement definition controls the
combination of text fragments which form an announcement.
For each one of the allowed INDAS standard announcements and
each valid language, the standard announcement definition in
its application form is part of the INDAS document related to
the OCANEQ variant.

To produce such a standard announcement definition, a formal

definition language similar to a programming language is used.

Syntax of INDAS standard announcement definition components:

- "Insert fragment definition":

Statement to insert a text fragment.

INFRAGM-<fragment no>

input values:
<fragment no> = 0 .. 65279, range of decimal numbers

- "End definition" :

Statement to terminate a standard announcement definition.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANELEM- 8+

 MOD ANELEM
ANELEMST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

END

There are the following requirements for an INDAS standard

announcement definition:
- The body of an INDAS standard announcement definition must
contain at least one "Insert fragment definition" and must be
terminated with END.

Notes:
- The length of an INDAS standard announcement definition is only
restricted by the maximum number of permissible characters for
an MML command.
As a result, the number of INDAS standard announcement definition
components that can be linked with &, must follow this restriction.
- The correct order of the INDAS standard announcement definition
components must be observed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: ACTION CODE
END END OF STD. ANN. DEFINITION
INFRAGM INSERT FRAGMENT

b: FRAGMENT-NO.=
0...65279, range of decimal numbers

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter indicates one of up to four official languages

commonly used in an exchange.

Notes:
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANELEM- 9+

 MOD ANELEM
ANELEMWO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

ANELEM INDAS WORD

This input format is used to modify the text fragment allocated

to an announcement element "INDAS word".

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD ANELEM : OCAVAR= ,ANELEM= ,WORD= ,LANGUAGE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant. It is used to identify

the content of text fragments stored in OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the subsequent characters must
be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ANELEM ANNOUNCEMENT ELEMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

WORD ANELEM INDAS WORD

WORD ANELEM INDAS WORD

Notes:
- Up to 32 INDAS words and/or ranges can be linked with &.
- Input of an INDAS word range is only allowed if the resulting
number of INDAS words equals those of text fragments (implicit
increment one by one for both), or exactly one and the same
text fragment is assigned to all INDAS words of a given range.
- An INDAS word number may not be entered twice with different
text fragment numbers.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: INDAS WORD NUMBER=

1...4094, range of decimal numbers

b: OCANEQ FRAGMENT NUMBER=

0...65279, range of decimal numbers

LANGUAGE RELATIVE LANGUAGE OF ANN.ELEM.

This parameter indicates one of up to four official languages

commonly used in an exchange.

Notes:
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the INDAS document related to the OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANELEM- 10-

 CAN ANGCOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP COS

This command cancels the given announcement group data for the specified
announcement group.

Prerequisites:
- The specified announcement group must already exist.
- The given announcement group data to be cancelled must already exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ANGCOS : TGNO= <,GCOS= ,BLK=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GCOS GROUP CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter defines classes of service for all announcement lines

of the announcement group. The specified data will be cancelled in the
announcement group table.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CHARGABL CHARGEABLE
Calls to this announcement group will be charged.
SASANN SAS ANNOUNCEMENT
This value indicates an announcement group for
stand alone service (SAS) announcements in the
remote switching unit (RSU).
It is only allowed for standard announcement
groups.
DATEANN DATE ANNOUNCEMENT
This value indicates a date announcement in
addition to the time announcement.
It is only allowed for time announcement groups.

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

This announcement group is administratively
blocked.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ANGCOS- 1-

 ENTR ANGCOS
OCINDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP COS

This command enters the given announcement group data for the specified
announcement group.

Prerequisites:
- The specified announcement group must already exist.
- The given announcement group data (parameters GCOS and BLK) to be entered
must not already exist.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ENTR ANGCOS - OCINDANN INDIVIDUAL AND UI ANN. - OCANEQ, MGIF

2. ENTR ANGCOS - OCSTDANN STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT - OCANEQ, MGIF
3. ENTR ANGCOS - OCTIMANN TIME ANNOUNCEMENT - OCANEQ, MGIF
4. ENTR ANGCOS - STDANN STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT - DAS, HAG

1. Input format

INDIVIDUAL AND UI ANN. - OCANEQ, MGIF

This input format enters the given announcement group data for the specified
individual or user interactive (UI) announcement group leading to OCANEQ or
to a media gateway interface (MGIF) providing the interactive voice response
(IVR) services.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR ANGCOS : TGNO= <,GCOS= ,BLK= ,VARIANT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GCOS GROUP CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter defines classes of service for all announcement lines

of the announcement group. The specified data will be entered in the
announcement group table.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CHARGABL CHARGEABLE
Calls to this announcement group will be charged.

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

This announcement group is administratively
blocked.

VARIANT IVR ANNOUNCEM. PROJECT VARIANT

This parameter specifies the variant of the IVR announcement project

which is assigned to the announcement group.
Note:
It is only allowed for IVR announcement groups (GCOS=MGIF).

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ANGCOS- 1+

 ENTR ANGCOS
OCINDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ANGCOS- 2+

 ENTR ANGCOS
OCSTDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT - OCANEQ, MGIF

This input format enters the given announcement group data for the specified
standard announcement group leading to OCANEQ or to a media gateway interface
(MGIF) providing the interactive voice response (IVR) services.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ANGCOS : TGNO= <,GCOS= ,BLK= ,STANNO= ,NUMCYC= ,SIT= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,OCALSEQ= ,VARIANT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GCOS GROUP CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter defines classes of service for all announcement lines

of the announcement group. The specified data will be entered in the
announcement group table.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

<CHARGABL> CHARGEABLE
< > Calls to this announcement group will be charged.
<SASANN > SAS ANNOUNCEMENT
This value indicates an announcement group for
stand alone service (SAS) announcements in the
remote switching unit (RSU).
Incompatibilities:
- GCOS=NONBARGE
- GCOS=MGIF

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

This announcement group is administratively
blocked.

STANNO STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the standard announcement number for the

announcement group.
Note:
It is evaluated only in input format OCSTDANN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1-2500, range of decimal numbers

NUMCYC NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT CYCLES

This parameter specifies the number of announcement cycles.

Value 0 indicates an endless-loop announcement.
Note:
The entered value is not relevant in case of barge-in announcements
(i.e. GCOS=NONBARGE is not entered at the creating of the announcement

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ANGCOS- 3+

 ENTR ANGCOS
OCSTDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

group).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

SIT SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

This parameter specifies the use of the special information tone.

Note:
The entered value is not relevant in case of non barge-in announcements
(GCOS=NONBARGE).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

ZNO Y NO SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
1Y 1 SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
*YES + SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

OCALSEQ OCANEQ KIND & SEQ OF LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the languages of the announcements and the

sequences of these languages for OCANEQ. Input of up to 4 languages
for one sequence is possible.
Value NONE indicates the use of the switch-specific value entered by
the command MOD CALLPOPT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(L1 )
1L1L2 1
1L1L2L3 1
1L1L2L3L41
1L1L2L4 1
1L1L2L4L31
1L1L3 1
1L1L3L2 1
1L1L3L2L41
1L1L3L4 1
1L1L3L4L21
1L1L4 1
1L1L4L2 1
1L1L4L2L31
1L1L4L3 1
1L1L4L3L21
1L2 1
1L2L1 1
1L2L1L3 1
1L2L1L3L41
1L2L1L4 1
1L2L1L4L31
1L2L3 1
1L2L3L1 1
1L2L3L1L41
1L2L3L4 1
1L2L3L4L11
1L2L4 1
1L2L4L1 1
1L2L4L1L31
1L2L4L3 1
ZL2L4L3L1Y
1L3 1
1L3L1 1
1L3L1L2 1
1L3L1L2L41
1L3L1L4 1
1L3L1L4L21
1L3L2 1
1L3L2L1 1
1L3L2L1L41
1L3L2L4 1
1L3L2L4L11
1L3L4 1
1L3L4L1 1
1L3L4L1L21
1L3L4L2 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ANGCOS- 4+

 ENTR ANGCOS
OCSTDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1L3L4L2L11
1L4 1
1L4L1 1
1L4L1L2 1
1L4L1L2L31
1L4L1L3 1
1L4L1L3L21
1L4L2 1
1L4L2L1 1
1L4L2L1L31
1L4L2L3 1
1L4L2L3L11
1L4L3 1
1L4L3L1 1
1L4L3L1L21
1L4L3L2 1
1L4L3L2L11
*NONE +

VARIANT IVR ANNOUNCEM. PROJECT VARIANT

This parameter specifies the variant of the IVR announcement project

which is assigned to the announcement group.
Note:
It is only allowed for IVR announcement groups (GCOS=MGIF).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ANGCOS- 5+

 ENTR ANGCOS
OCTIMANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

TIME ANNOUNCEMENT - OCANEQ, MGIF

This input format enters the given announcement group data for the specified
time announcement group leading to OCANEQ or to a media gateway interface (MGIF)
providing the interactive voice response (IVR) services.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR ANGCOS : TGNO= <,GCOS= ,BLK= ,TIMINT= ,OCALSEQ= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,VARIANT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GCOS GROUP CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter defines classes of service for all announcement lines

of the announcement group. The specified data will be entered in the
announcement group table.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

<CHARGABL> CHARGEABLE
< > Calls to this announcement group will be charged.
<DATEANN > DATE ANNOUNCEMENT
This value indicates a date announcement in
addition to the time announcement.

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

This announcement group is administratively
blocked.

TIMINT PERIODIC TIME INTERVAL

This parameter specifies the time interval (in seconds) for

time announcements.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,15,20,30,60, range of decimal numbers

OCALSEQ OCANEQ KIND & SEQ OF LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the languages of the announcements and the

sequences of these languages for OCANEQ. Input of up to 4 languages
for one sequence is possible.
Value NONE indicates the use of the switch-specific value entered by
the command MOD CALLPOPT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(L1 )
1L1L2 1
1L1L2L3 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ANGCOS- 6+

 ENTR ANGCOS
OCTIMANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1L1L2L3L41
1L1L2L4 1
1L1L2L4L31
1L1L3 1
1L1L3L2 1
1L1L3L2L41
1L1L3L4 1
1L1L3L4L21
1L1L4 1
1L1L4L2 1
1L1L4L2L31
1L1L4L3 1
1L1L4L3L21
1L2 1
1L2L1 1
1L2L1L3 1
1L2L1L3L41
1L2L1L4 1
1L2L1L4L31
1L2L3 1
1L2L3L1 1
1L2L3L1L41
1L2L3L4 1
1L2L3L4L11
1L2L4 1
1L2L4L1 1
1L2L4L1L31
1L2L4L3 1
ZL2L4L3L1Y
1L3 1
1L3L1 1
1L3L1L2 1
1L3L1L2L41
1L3L1L4 1
1L3L1L4L21
1L3L2 1
1L3L2L1 1
1L3L2L1L41
1L3L2L4 1
1L3L2L4L11
1L3L4 1
1L3L4L1 1
1L3L4L1L21
1L3L4L2 1
1L3L4L2L11
1L4 1
1L4L1 1
1L4L1L2 1
1L4L1L2L31
1L4L1L3 1
1L4L1L3L21
1L4L2 1
1L4L2L1 1
1L4L2L1L31
1L4L2L3 1
1L4L2L3L11
1L4L3 1
1L4L3L1 1
1L4L3L1L21
1L4L3L2 1
1L4L3L2L11
*NONE +

VARIANT IVR ANNOUNCEM. PROJECT VARIANT

This parameter specifies the variant of the IVR announcement project

which is assigned to the announcement group.
Note:
It is only allowed for IVR announcement groups (GCOS=MGIF).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ANGCOS- 7+

 ENTR ANGCOS
STDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT - DAS, HAG

This input format enters the given announcement group data for the specified
standard announcement group leading to an external announcement device (DAS,
HAG).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR ANGCOS : TGNO= <,GCOS= ,BLK= ,STANNO= ,NUMCYC=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GCOS GROUP CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter defines classes of service for all announcement lines

of the announcement group. The specified data will be entered in the
announcement group table.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

<CHARGABL> CHARGEABLE
< > Calls to this announcement group will be charged.
<SASANN > SAS ANNOUNCEMENT
This value indicates an announcement group for
stand alone service (SAS) announcements in the
remote switching unit (RSU).
Incompatibilities:
- GCOS=NONBARGE
- GCOS=MGIF

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

This announcement group is administratively
blocked.

STANNO STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the standard announcement number for the

announcement group.
Note:
It is evaluated only in input format OCSTDANN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2500, range of decimal numbers

NUMCYC NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT CYCLES

This parameter specifies the number of announcement cycles.

Value 0 indicates an endless-loop announcement.
Note:
The entered value is not relevant in case of barge-in announcements
(i.e. GCOS=NONBARGE is not entered at the creating of the announcement
group).

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ANGCOS- 8+

 ENTR ANGCOS
STDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ANGCOS- 9-

 CAN ANGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP

This command cancels an existing announcement group.

Prerequisites:
- The announcement group must not contain any announcement lines.
- No route may exist to this announcement group.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ANGRP : TGNO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ANGRP- 1-

 CR ANGRP
OCINDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP

This command creates an announcement group with the specified trunk group
number. All specified data will be entered in the announcement group table.

Prerequisite:
- The specified trunk group number must not exist within the exchange.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR ANGRP - OCINDANN INDIVIDUAL AND UI ANN. - OCANEQ, MGIF

2. CR ANGRP - OCSTDANN STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT - OCANEQ, MGIF
3. CR ANGRP - OCTIMANN TIME ANNOUNCEMENT - OCANEQ, MGIF
4. CR ANGRP - STDANN STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT - DAS, HAG

1. Input format

INDIVIDUAL AND UI ANN. - OCANEQ, MGIF

This input format creates an announcement group for individual or user

interactive (UI) announcements leading to OCANEQ or to a media gateway
interface (MGIF) providing the interactive voice response (IVR) services.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR ANGRP : TGNO= ,GCOS= [,BLK=] [,VARIANT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number. Any number can be
selected by the system operator provided it is clearly identifiable
within the exchange.

It is used for:
- addressing the announcement group, if commands are entered which are
related to the announcement group.
- identifying the announcement group in system outputs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GCOS GROUP CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter defines classes of service for all announcement lines

of the announcement group. The specified data will be entered in the
announcement group table.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

OCANEQ OPERATOR CONTR. ANNOUNC. EQU.

This announcement group leads to OCANEQ.

XCHARGABL= CHARGEABLE
1 1 Calls to this announcement group will be charged.
>MGIF W MEDIA GATEWAY INTERFACE
This value indicates an announcement group for
IVR announcements provided by a media gateway
interface.

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANGRP- 1+
 CR ANGRP
OCINDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of multiple values linked with &.

<ADMIN > ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

< > This announcement group is administratively
< > blocked.
<MAINT > MAINTENANCE BLOCK
This announcement group is blocked for maintenance
purposes.

VARIANT IVR ANNOUNCEM. PROJECT VARIANT

This parameter specifies the variant of the IVR announcement project

which is assigned to the announcement group.
Note:
In case of IVR announcements (GCOS=MGIF) the parameter is mandatory,
otherwise it is not allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANGRP- 2+
 CR ANGRP
OCSTDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT - OCANEQ, MGIF

This input format creates an announcement group for standard announcements

leading to OCANEQ or to a media gateway interface (MGIF) providing the
interactive voice response (IVR) services.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR ANGRP : TGNO= ,GCOS= ,STANNO= [,BLK=] [,NUMCYC=] [,SIT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,OCALSEQ=] [,VARIANT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number. Any number can be
selected by the system operator provided it is clearly identifiable
within the exchange.

It is used for:
- addressing the announcement group, if commands are entered which are
related to the announcement group.
- identifying the announcement group in system outputs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GCOS GROUP CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter defines classes of service for all announcement lines

of the announcement group. The specified data will be entered in the
announcement group table.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

OCANEQ OPERATOR CONTR. ANNOUNC. EQU.

This announcement group leads to OCANEQ.

X(MGIF )= MEDIA GATEWAY INTERFACE

11 11 This value indicates an announcement group for
11 11 IVR announcements provided by a media gateway
1Z Y1 interface.
11NONBARGE11 NON BARGE-IN ANNOUNCEMENT
11 11 This value indicates an announcement group for
11 11 non barge-in announcements.
>*SASANN +W SAS ANNOUNCEMENT
This value indicates an announcement group for
stand alone service (SAS) announcements in the
remote switching unit (RSU).

XCHARGABL= CHARGEABLE
1 1 Calls to this announcement group will be charged.
>STAGGER W TIME STAGGER FOR NONBARGE
If this value is entered, time-staggering for the
announcement lines of this announcement group will
be activated.
It is only allowed for non barge-in announcements
(GCOS=NONBARGE).

STANNO STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the standard announcement number for the

announcement group.
Note:
It is evaluated only in input format OCSTDANN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANGRP- 3+
 CR ANGRP
OCSTDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1-2500, range of decimal numbers

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

<ADMIN > ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

< > This announcement group is administratively
< > blocked.
<MAINT > MAINTENANCE BLOCK
This announcement group is blocked for maintenance
purposes.

NUMCYC NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT CYCLES

This parameter specifies the number of announcement cycles.

Value 0 indicates an endless-loop announcement.
Note:
The entered value is not relevant in case of barge-in announcements
(i.e. GCOS=NONBARGE is not entered).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

Default: 2

SIT SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

This parameter specifies the use of the special information tone.

Note:
The entered value is not relevant in case of non barge-in announcements
(GCOS=NONBARGE).

Standard Behavior: If no value is entered, in case of non barge-in

announcements the default value will be set to NO,
otherwise it will be set to YES.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

ZNO Y NO SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
1Y 1 SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
*YES + SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

OCALSEQ OCANEQ KIND & SEQ OF LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the languages of the announcements and the

sequences of these languages for OCANEQ. Input of up to 4 languages
for one sequence is possible.
Value NONE indicates the use of the switch-specific value entered by
the command MOD CALLPOPT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(L1 )
1L1L2 1
1L1L2L3 1
1L1L2L3L41
1L1L2L4 1
1L1L2L4L31
1L1L3 1
1L1L3L2 1
1L1L3L2L41
1L1L3L4 1
1L1L3L4L21
1L1L4 1
1L1L4L2 1
1L1L4L2L31
1L1L4L3 1
1L1L4L3L21
1L2 1
1L2L1 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANGRP- 4+
 CR ANGRP
OCSTDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1L2L1L3 1
1L2L1L3L41
1L2L1L4 1
1L2L1L4L31
1L2L3 1
1L2L3L1 1
1L2L3L1L41
1L2L3L4 1
1L2L3L4L11
1L2L4 1
1L2L4L1 1
1L2L4L1L31
1L2L4L3 1
ZL2L4L3L1Y
1L3 1
1L3L1 1
1L3L1L2 1
1L3L1L2L41
1L3L1L4 1
1L3L1L4L21
1L3L2 1
1L3L2L1 1
1L3L2L1L41
1L3L2L4 1
1L3L2L4L11
1L3L4 1
1L3L4L1 1
1L3L4L1L21
1L3L4L2 1
1L3L4L2L11
1L4 1
1L4L1 1
1L4L1L2 1
1L4L1L2L31
1L4L1L3 1
1L4L1L3L21
1L4L2 1
1L4L2L1 1
1L4L2L1L31
1L4L2L3 1
1L4L2L3L11
1L4L3 1
1L4L3L1 1
1L4L3L1L21
1L4L3L2 1
1L4L3L2L11
*NONE +

Default: NONE

VARIANT IVR ANNOUNCEM. PROJECT VARIANT

This parameter specifies the variant of the IVR announcement project

which is assigned to the announcement group.
Note:
In case of IVR announcements (GCOS=MGIF) the parameter is mandatory,
otherwise it is not allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANGRP- 5+
 CR ANGRP
OCTIMANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

TIME ANNOUNCEMENT - OCANEQ, MGIF

This input format creates an announcement group for time announcements

leading to OCANEQ or to a media gateway interface (MGIF) providing the
interactive voice response (IVR) services.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR ANGRP : TGNO= ,GCOS= ,TIMINT= [,BLK=] [,OCALSEQ=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,VARIANT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number. Any number can be
selected by the system operator provided it is clearly identifiable
within the exchange.

It is used for:
- addressing the announcement group, if commands are entered which are
related to the announcement group.
- identifying the announcement group in system outputs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GCOS GROUP CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter defines classes of service for all announcement lines

of the announcement group. The specified data will be entered in the
announcement group table.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

OCANEQ OPERATOR CONTR. ANNOUNC. EQU.

This announcement group leads to OCANEQ.
TIMEANN TIME ANNOUNCEMENT
This value indicates an announcement group for
time announcements.

XCHARGABL= CHARGEABLE
1 1 Calls to this announcement group will be charged.
1DATEANN 1 DATE ANNOUNCEMENT
1 1 This value indicates a date announcement in
1 1 addition to the time announcement.
>MGIF W MEDIA GATEWAY INTERFACE
This value indicates an announcement group for
IVR announcements provided by a media gateway
interface.

TIMINT PERIODIC TIME INTERVAL

This parameter specifies the time interval (in seconds) for

time announcements.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,15,20,30,60, range of decimal numbers

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANGRP- 6+
 CR ANGRP
OCTIMANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

<ADMIN > ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

< > This announcement group is administratively
< > blocked.
<MAINT > MAINTENANCE BLOCK
This announcement group is blocked for maintenance
purposes.

OCALSEQ OCANEQ KIND & SEQ OF LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the languages of the announcements and the

sequences of these languages for OCANEQ. Input of up to 4 languages
for one sequence is possible.
Value NONE indicates the use of the switch-specific value entered by
the command MOD CALLPOPT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(L1 )
1L1L2 1
1L1L2L3 1
1L1L2L3L41
1L1L2L4 1
1L1L2L4L31
1L1L3 1
1L1L3L2 1
1L1L3L2L41
1L1L3L4 1
1L1L3L4L21
1L1L4 1
1L1L4L2 1
1L1L4L2L31
1L1L4L3 1
1L1L4L3L21
1L2 1
1L2L1 1
1L2L1L3 1
1L2L1L3L41
1L2L1L4 1
1L2L1L4L31
1L2L3 1
1L2L3L1 1
1L2L3L1L41
1L2L3L4 1
1L2L3L4L11
1L2L4 1
1L2L4L1 1
1L2L4L1L31
1L2L4L3 1
ZL2L4L3L1Y
1L3 1
1L3L1 1
1L3L1L2 1
1L3L1L2L41
1L3L1L4 1
1L3L1L4L21
1L3L2 1
1L3L2L1 1
1L3L2L1L41
1L3L2L4 1
1L3L2L4L11
1L3L4 1
1L3L4L1 1
1L3L4L1L21
1L3L4L2 1
1L3L4L2L11
1L4 1
1L4L1 1
1L4L1L2 1
1L4L1L2L31
1L4L1L3 1
1L4L1L3L21
1L4L2 1
1L4L2L1 1
1L4L2L1L31
1L4L2L3 1
1L4L2L3L11
1L4L3 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANGRP- 7+
 CR ANGRP
OCTIMANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1L4L3L1 1
1L4L3L1L21
1L4L3L2 1
1L4L3L2L11
*NONE +

Default: NONE

VARIANT IVR ANNOUNCEM. PROJECT VARIANT

This parameter specifies the variant of the IVR announcement project

which is assigned to the announcement group.
Note:
In case of IVR announcements (GCOS=MGIF) the parameter is mandatory,
otherwise it is not allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANGRP- 8+
 CR ANGRP
STDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT - DAS, HAG

This input format creates an announcement group for standard announcements

leading to an external announcement device (DAS, HAG).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR ANGRP : TGNO= [,GCOS=] [,BLK=] [,STANNO=] [,NUMCYC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number. Any number can be
selected by the system operator provided it is clearly identifiable
within the exchange.

It is used for:
- addressing the announcement group, if commands are entered which are
related to the announcement group.
- identifying the announcement group in system outputs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GCOS GROUP CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter defines classes of service for all announcement lines

of the announcement group. The specified data will be entered in the
announcement group table.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

X(NONBARGE)= NON BARGE-IN ANNOUNCEMENT

1Z Y1 This value indicates an announcement group for
11 11 non barge-in announcements.
>*SASANN +W SAS ANNOUNCEMENT
This value indicates an announcement group for
stand alone service (SAS) announcements in the
remote switching unit (RSU).

XCHARGABL= CHARGEABLE
1 1 Calls to this announcement group will be charged.
>STAGGER W TIME STAGGER FOR NONBARGE
If this value is entered, time-staggering for the
announcement lines of this announcement group will
be activated.
It is only allowed for non barge-in announcements
(GCOS=NONBARGE).

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

<ADMIN > ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

< > This announcement group is administratively
< > blocked.
<MAINT > MAINTENANCE BLOCK
This announcement group is blocked for maintenance
purposes.

STANNO STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the standard announcement number for the

announcement group.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANGRP- 9+
 CR ANGRP
STDANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Note:
It is evaluated only in input format OCSTDANN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2500, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

NUMCYC NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT CYCLES

This parameter specifies the number of announcement cycles.

Value 0 indicates an endless-loop announcement.
Note:
The entered value is not relevant in case of barge-in announcements
(i.e. GCOS=NONBARGE is not entered).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

Default: 2

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANGRP- 10-

 DISP ANGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP

This command displays the announcement group specific data.

Prerequisite:
- The specified announcement group(s) must already exist.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ANGRP : TGNO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number(s) of the announcement

group(s) to be addressed.

Up to 34 trunk group numbers may be linked.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANGRP- 1-

 REC ANGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD ANNOUNCEMENT GROUP DATA

This command enables announcement trunk group data

to be recorded.

Prerequisites:
- System time must be secure when the command is accepted.

Notes:
- 8 measurement jobs can be started.
- The same measurement object may not be specified in more than one job at
any one time.
- Traffic data are output to OMT or MDD file every 15 minutes.
- The measurement job can be stopped by STOP JOB if it is not a
daily measurement job and if the time parameter values allow a
continuation of the job.
- A STOP JOB command during the last or the only measurement interval
results automatically in job termination.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC ANGRP : TGNO= ,UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the announcement trunk groups

for which traffic data are to be recorded.
Allowed parameter values are:
- X, means: measurement of all created announcement
trunk groups,
or
- up to 16 specified announcement group numbers
(separated by &).

Prerequisites:
- The measurement of all announcement trunk groups (TGNO=X)
is only allowed if the data output will be to the magnetic
disk device (single or daily measurement file).

Notes:
- Only the names of existing announcement trunk groups may be
specified.
Up to 16 trunk groups may be linked with &.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the form of

output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN.TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data will be output to
OMT every 15 minutes throughout the specified
measurement period.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC ANGRP- 1+

 REC ANGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

is created and the received traffic data are

output every 15 minutes to this file.
After the parameter has been accepted and at
the end of the last recording, an acknowledgement
is output to the OMT. It includes the name of the
file in which the traffic data are available for
postprocessing.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data will be
output to single measurement files.
If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended, a
message appears at OMT.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data will be
output to daily files.
Additional time parameters are not allowed.
This type of measurement is appropriate to
continuous measurements which start immediately
and have no defined end.
They can only be cancelled by the command
CAN JOB.

To secure the required space on disk, all 7 daily

files (MO...SU) are prepared and created during
command acceptance.
The first data output after command acceptance
will be at the second 15-minute stroke.

A daily file is closed at the end of the day and th

new file for the next day is automatically opened
or created.
Existing files are replaced.
In the second and subsequent weeks, the file for
the same day of the week before will be
overwritten.

This information unit specifies the desired output form

(daily file or single measurement file).
It is only permissible in connection with output unit = MDD.

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin time.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates may be linked with &. In case of
linked BEG dates, TER is not permissible.

Default: current date

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC ANGRP- 2+

 REC ANGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Only one termination date may be entered per command.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after command
entry.
- The measurement duration may not exceed one year.
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.

Default: If no termination date is entered, single day measurement

takes place.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter reduces the daily data delivery by defining

measurement interval times.

Notes:
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals may be linked with &.
- Interval times are only permissible in connection with a begin date
(BEG).

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: TERMINATION HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: TERMINATION MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

are to be recorded.

Notes:
- The input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which are not
linkable with other values.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC ANGRP- 3+

 REC ANGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC ANGRP- 4-

 CAN ANLCOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT LINE COS

This command cancels the given announcement line data for the specified
announcement line.

Prerequisites:
- The specified announcement line must already exist.
- The given data to be canceled must already exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ANLCOS : TGNO= ,LNO= ,BLK= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the announcement line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...1000, range of decimal numbers

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

This announcement line is administratively
blocked.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ANLCOS- 1-

 ENTR ANLCOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER ANNOUNCEMENT LINE COS

This command enters the given announcement line data for the specified
announcement line.

Prerequisites:
- The specified announcement line must already exist.
- The given data to be entered must not already exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR ANLCOS : TGNO= ,LNO= <,BLK= ,SEIZMX=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the announcement line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...1000, range of decimal numbers

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

This announcement line is administratively
blocked.

SEIZMX SEIZURE COUNTER MAXIMUM VALUE

This parameter specifies the maximum number of subscribers that can

simultaneously be connected to the announcement line.
Notes:
- For IP based announcements the parameter is not allowed.
- For individual announcements only value 1 is allowed.
- For time and for non barge-in announcements value 1 is not allowed.
- The entered value is not relevant in case of stand alone service
announcements.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR ANLCOS- 1-

 CAN ANLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT LINE

This command cancels an existing announcement line.

Prerequisites:
- The announcement line must be administrativly blocked.
- The announcement line is no longer seized for call processing.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ANLN : TGNO= [,LNO=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the announcement line to be

canceled.

Standard Behavior: If no value is entered, the line with the highest

existing number available in the announcement group
will be deleted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...1000, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ANLN- 1-

 CR ANLN
IPANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE ANNOUNCEMENT LINE

This command creates an announcement line with the specified data.

Prerequisites:
- The specified announcement group must already exist.
- The specified equipment number or the media gateway link must exist and
has to be free.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR ANLN - IPANN IP BASED ANNOUNCEMENT

2. CR ANLN - LTGANN LTG BASED ANNOUNCEMENT

1. Input format

IP BASED ANNOUNCEMENT

This input format creates an IP based announcement line leading to a media

gateway interface (MGIF) providing the interactive voice response (IVR)
services.

Prerequisites:
- The specified announcement group must have been created with GCOS=MGIF.
- The specified media gateway link must have the type ANN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR ANLN : TGNO= ,MGIF= ,MGPCM= ,MGTS= [,LNO=] [,LCOS=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,BLK=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

MGIF MEDIA GATEWAY INTERFACE NAME

This parameter specifies the media gateway interface name (domain name)
of the media gateway interface.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...48 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

MGPCM MEDIA GATEWAY PCM NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the media gateway’s PCM link.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...64 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

MGTS MEDIA GATEWAY TIMESLOT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the timeslot number of the media gateway link.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANLN- 1+
 CR ANLN
IPANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the announcement line to be

created.

Standard Behavior: If no value is entered, the line will be given

the highest existing number available in the
announcement group plus 1. When the first line
is created, the value is set to 1.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...1000, range of decimal numbers

LCOS LINE CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the signaling type when creating an

announcement line, or changes the port construction type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

UIPRT USER INTERACTION PORT

This value indicates a port for user interaction.
It is only possible on port construction type
INDASPRT. The announcement group must have been
created with input format OCINDANN.
The port construction type will be changed to
UIPRT.

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement line.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

<ADMIN > ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

< > This announcement line is administratively
< > blocked.
<MAINT > MAINTENANCE BLOCK
This announcement line is blocked for maintenance
purposes.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANLN- 2+
 CR ANLN
LTGANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

LTG BASED ANNOUNCEMENT

This input format creates an LTG based announcement line leading to OCANEQ or
to an external announcement device (DAS, HAG).

The announcement line can be created on the following port construction types:
- TCO305
- DIUPORT
- DIURAPRT
- INDASPRT Prerequisite: GCOS=OCANEQ is entered for the announcement group.
- INDAS0PT Prerequisite: GCOS=OCANEQ is entered for the announcement group.

Incompatibility: GCOS=MGIF.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR ANLN : TGNO= ,LTG= ,LC= [,LNO=] [,LCOS=] [,BLK=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SEIZMX=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the announcement

group to be addressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies the line connection.

In case of time announcement lines the following conditions apply:

- It is necessary to combine two adjacent ports to get one "logical"

port. This port pair must always be completed before another pair
is created.

- The ports of a coupled pair must belong to the same announcement

group.

- The ports of a coupled pair must have successive port numbers,

whereby the lower number always has to be odd and the higher even.

- The total number of created time announcement lines belonging to the

same LTU:OCANEQ must not exceed 6 lines (3 pairs).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANLN- 3+
 CR ANLN
LTGANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the announcement line to be

created.

Standard Behavior: If no value is entered, the line will be given

the highest existing number available in the
announcement group plus 1. When the first line
is created, the value is set to 1.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...1000, range of decimal numbers

LCOS LINE CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the signaling type when creating an

announcement line, or changes the port construction type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(DIGSIG1 ) DIGITAL SIGNALING 01

1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG101 DIGITAL SIGNALING 10
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG111 DIGITAL SIGNALING 11
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG121 DIGITAL SIGNALING 12
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG131 DIGITAL SIGNALING 13
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG141 DIGITAL SIGNALING 14
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG151 DIGITAL SIGNALING 15
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG161 DIGITAL SIGNALING 16
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG171 DIGITAL SIGNALING 17
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG181 DIGITAL SIGNALING 18
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG191 DIGITAL SIGNALING 19
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG2 1 DIGITAL SIGNALING 02
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG201 DIGITAL SIGNALING 20
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG211 DIGITAL SIGNALING 21
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG221 DIGITAL SIGNALING 22
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
ZDIGSIG23Y DIGITAL SIGNALING 23
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG241 DIGITAL SIGNALING 24
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG251 DIGITAL SIGNALING 25
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG261 DIGITAL SIGNALING 26
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG271 DIGITAL SIGNALING 27
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG281 DIGITAL SIGNALING 28
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG291 DIGITAL SIGNALING 29
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG3 1 DIGITAL SIGNALING 03
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG301 DIGITAL SIGNALING 30
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG311 DIGITAL SIGNALING 31

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANLN- 4+
 CR ANLN
LTGANN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.

1DIGSIG4 1 DIGITAL SIGNALING 04
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG5 1 DIGITAL SIGNALING 05
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG6 1 DIGITAL SIGNALING 06
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG7 1 DIGITAL SIGNALING 07
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG8 1 DIGITAL SIGNALING 08
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
1DIGSIG9 1 DIGITAL SIGNALING 09
1 1 Only possible on port construction type DIUPORT.
*UIPRT + USER INTERACTION PORT
This value indicates a port for user interaction.
It is only possible on port construction type
INDASPRT. The announcement group must have been
created with input format OCINDANN.
The port construction type will be changed to
UIPRT.

BLK BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the blocking of the announcement line.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

<ADMIN > ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCK

< > This announcement line is administratively
< > blocked.
<MAINT > MAINTENANCE BLOCK
This announcement line is blocked for maintenance
purposes.

SEIZMX SEIZURE COUNTER MAXIMUM VALUE

This parameter specifies the maximum number of subscribers that can

simultaneously be connected to the announcement line.
Notes:
- For individual announcements only value 1 is allowed.
- For time and for non barge-in announcements value 1 is not allowed.
- The entered value is not relevant in case of stand alone service
announcements.

Standard Behavior: If no value is entered, in case of individual

announcements the default value will be set to 1,
otherwise it will be set to 16.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANLN- 5-
 DISP ANLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ANNOUNCEMENT LINE

This command displays the announcement line specific data.

Prerequisite:
- The specified announcement group(s) must already exist.

All combinations of linked trunk group numbers and linked line numbers or a
range of line numbers are possible.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ANLN : TGNO= [,LNO=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number(s) of the announcement

group(s) to be addressed.

Up to 34 trunk group numbers may be linked.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number(s) of the announcement line(s)

to be displayed.

Up to 34 line numbers or ranges of line numbers may be linked.

Standard Behavior: If this parameter is not entered, all announcement

lines within the specified announcement group(s)
will be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...1000, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANLN- 1-

 STAT ANLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY STATUS OF ANNOUNCEMENT LINE

This command displays the transient states and the seizure counters for one
or more or all lines of one or all announcement trunk groups.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT ANLN : TGNO= [,LNO=] [,STATUS= [,MODE=]] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number.

Notes:
- The administration assigns trunk group numbers for recorded
announcement groups, trunk groups and test equipment groups.
- The trunk group number is used in the sequence as a search criterion
for a specific group in the system.
- Only alphanumeric characters are permitted for this parameter.
- All trunk group numbers can be assigned with X.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the recorded announcement

group.

Notes:
- Up to 32 LNO parameter values can be chained as input.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

STATUS TRANSIENT RCA TRUNK STATE

This parameter specifies the status of a recorded announcement group.

The default value of this parameter is X.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

OUT BUSY OUTGOING

INT BUSY INTERNAL
PBMS PORT BLOCKED BY MANUAL SWITCH
BBAC BLOCK BACKWARD
BPRM BLOCK PERMANENT
BMNT BLOCK MAINTENANCE
BADM BLOCK ADMINISTRATIVE
CADM CAMPED ON ADMINISTRATION
NLTG NOT ACCESSIBLE LTG
NDIU NOT ACCESSIBLE DIU
NPRT NOT ACCESSIBLE PORT
NCAR NOT ACCESSIBLE CARRIER
NMNT NOT ACCESSIBLE MAINTENANCE
NMNI NAC MAINTENANCE INDICATION
AUD AUDIT
MLTG MAINTENANCE BLOCKED LTG
MDIU MAINTENANCE BLOCKED DIU

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT ANLN- 1+

 STAT ANLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MPRT MAINTENANCE BLOCKED PORT

CLTG CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED LTG
CDIU CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED DIU
CPRT CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED PORT
IDLE IDLE STATUS
GBAD GROUP BLOCKED ADMIN
GBMT GROUP BLOCKED MAINT
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
BSTC TRANSMISSION CHANNEL BLOCKED

MODE SEARCH MODE

This parameter specifies the search mode.

This parameter can be set up only together with the STATUS parameter.
With this parameter announcement lines with special status values can
be restricted.
The default value is ANY.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ANY ANY MATCH

ALL ALL MATCHES
ONLY EXACT STATUS MATCH
SUBSET SUBSET OF RESPECTIVE STATE SET

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT ANLN- 2-

 DISP ANPREV

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY INDIV. ANNOUNCEMENT PRESET VALUE

This command displays the preset values

- number of announcement cycles NUMCYC
- flag for special information tone SIT
or
- modification to lower voice MODLOWER
which are only used by individual announcements.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ANPREV : IFU= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

IFU INDAS FUNCTION

This parameter specifies the INDAS function used to select

individual announcements.

Up to 8 values and/or ranges can be linked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

X ALL INDAS FUNCTIONS

CHGDNIND IFU ANN CHANGED DN
Individual announcement if the B-side
directory number has changed.
WUPCAS IFU WAKEUP CASUAL
Individual announcement used as a positive
acknowledgement when a casual wakeup call is
requested by subscriber controlled input.
WUPDAY IFU WAKEUP DAILY
Individual announcement used as a positive
acknowledgement when a daily wakeup call is
requested by subscriber controlled input.
WUPWEEK IFU WAKEUP WEEKLY
Individual announcement used as a positive
acknowledgement when a weekly wakeup call is
requested by subscriber controlled input.
ANNCDVDN IFU ANN CALL DIVERSION DN
Individual announcement used as a call
diversion acknowledgement after successful
activation of call forwarding or for data
query by subscriber controlled input.
SWUPCAS IFU SHIFT WAKEUP CASUAL
Individual announcement used as a positive
acknowledgement when a casual wakeup call is
requested by subscriber controlled input
but the wakeup time is shifted.
A wakeup call is shifted automatically if lack
of resources in the timer interval has occurred.
SWUPDAY IFU SHIFT WAKEUP DAILY
Individual announcement used as a positive
acknowledgement when a daily wakeup call is
requested by subscriber controlled input
but the wakeup time is shifted.
A wakeup call is shifted automatically if lack
of resources in the timer interval has occurred.
CFIACATC IFU CF INDIV ANN CAT COMPOSED
Individual announcement for announcement texts
based on a text element dictionary,
used by a subscriber to divert incoming calls
to his private announcement (previously defined
by the operator combining the related text
elements)
or used for project specific routing dependent

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANPREV- 1+

 DISP ANPREV

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

announcement.
CHCPTIND IFU ANN CHANGED CPT
Individual announcement used as an information
if a destination code number has changed.
ANNCHARG IFU ANN OF CHARGE
Individual announcement used as an automatic
verbal information of the charge for an
outgoing call after it has been completed
and the subscriber has released.
ANNDINUM IFU ANN RETRIEVED DN
Individual announcement used as an automatic
information of the directory number retrieved
by an operator for national or international
enquiry.
ANNSCLDN IFU ANN SCREENING DN
Individual announcement for individual
screening list of directory numbers,
used as a positive acknowledgement for
data query by subscriber controlled input.
ANNAUTGR IFU ANN AUTOMATIC GREETING
Individual announcement played to a subscriber
after the call has been forwarded to an operator
and before the subscriber is connected to the
operator’s headset.
ANNARDN IFU ANN AUTOMATIC RECALL
Individual announcement fed in as an information
about the stored A party number if requested by
subscriber controlled input.
SWUPWEEK IFU SHIFT WAKEUP WEEKLY
Individual announcement used as a positive
acknowledgement when a weekly wakeup call is
requested by subscriber controlled input
but the wakeup time is shifted.
A wakeup call is shifted automatically if lack
of resources in the timer interval has occurred.
ANNQINF IFU ANN QUE INFO
Individual announcement used as an information
about the current queue position in an ADMOSS
or CENTREX queue and/or the estimated delay
time.
ANNSCLIM IFU ANN SCLIM
Individual announcement for subscriber credit
limit supervision, used as an information in
case of interrogation by subscriber controlled
input.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANPREV- 2-

 MOD ANPREV
ANNCYC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY INDIV. ANNOUNCEMENT PRESET VALUE

This command modifies preset values which are only used by

individual announcements.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD ANPREV - ANNCYC ANNOUNCEMENT CYCLE VALUES

2. MOD ANPREV - MODLOWER MODIFICATION TO LOWER VOICE

1. Input format

ANNOUNCEMENT CYCLE VALUES

This input format modifies the preset values

- number of announcement cycles NUMCYC
- flag for special information tone SIT
of individual announcements.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD ANPREV : IFU= <,NUMCYC= ,SIT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

IFU INDAS FUNCTION

This parameter specifies the INDAS function used to select

individual announcements.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(ANNARDN ) IFU ANN AUTOMATIC RECALL

1 1 Individual announcement fed in as an information
1 1 about the stored A party number if requested by
1 1 subscriber controlled input.
1ANNAUTGR1 IFU ANN AUTOMATIC GREETING
1 1 Individual announcement played to a subscriber
1 1 after the call has been forwarded to an operator
1 1 and before the subscriber is connected to the
1 1 operator’s headset.
1ANNCDVDN1 IFU ANN CALL DIVERSION DN
1 1 Individual announcement used as a call
1 1 diversion acknowledgement after successful
1 1 activation of call forwarding or for data
1 1 query by subscriber controlled input.
1ANNCHARG1 IFU ANN OF CHARGE
1 1 Individual announcement used as an automatic
1 1 verbal information of the charge for an
1 1 outgoing call after it has been completed
1 1 and the subscriber has released.
1ANNDINUM1 IFU ANN RETRIEVED DN
1 1 Individual announcement used as an automatic
1 1 information of the directory number retrieved
1 1 by an operator for national or international
1 1 enquiry.
1ANNQINF 1 IFU ANN QUE INFO
1 1 Individual announcement used as an information
1 1 about the current queue position in an ADMOSS
1 1 or CENTREX queue and/or the estimated delay
1 1 time.
1ANNSCLDN1 IFU ANN SCREENING DN
1 1 Individual announcement for individual
1 1 screening list of directory numbers,
1 1 used as a positive acknowledgement for
1 1 data query by subscriber controlled input.
1ANNSCLIM1 IFU ANN SCLIM
1 1 Individual announcement for subscriber credit
Z Y limit supervision, used as an information in

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANPREV- 1+

 MOD ANPREV
ANNCYC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1 1 case of interrogation by subscriber controlled

1 1 input.
1CHCPTIND1 IFU ANN CHANGED CPT
1 1 Individual announcement used as an information
1 1 if a destination code number has changed.
1CHGDNIND1 IFU ANN CHANGED DN
1 1 Individual announcement if the B-side
1 1 directory number has changed.
1SWUPCAS 1 IFU SHIFT WAKEUP CASUAL
1 1 Individual announcement used as a positive
1 1 acknowledgement when a casual wakeup call is
1 1 requested by subscriber controlled input
1 1 but the wakeup time is shifted.
1 1 A wakeup call is shifted automatically if lack
1 1 of resources in the timer interval has occurred.
1SWUPDAY 1 IFU SHIFT WAKEUP DAILY
1 1 Individual announcement used as a positive
1 1 acknowledgement when a daily wakeup call is
1 1 requested by subscriber controlled input
1 1 but the wakeup time is shifted.
1 1 A wakeup call is shifted automatically if lack
1 1 of resources in the timer interval has occurred.
1SWUPWEEK1 IFU SHIFT WAKEUP WEEKLY
1 1 Individual announcement used as a positive
1 1 acknowledgement when a weekly wakeup call is
1 1 requested by subscriber controlled input
1 1 but the wakeup time is shifted.
1 1 A wakeup call is shifted automatically if lack
1 1 of resources in the timer interval has occurred.
1WUPCAS 1 IFU WAKEUP CASUAL
1 1 Individual announcement used as a positive
1 1 acknowledgement when a casual wakeup call is
1 1 requested by subscriber controlled input.
1WUPDAY 1 IFU WAKEUP DAILY
1 1 Individual announcement used as a positive
1 1 acknowledgement when a daily wakeup call is
1 1 requested by subscriber controlled input.
*WUPWEEK + IFU WAKEUP WEEKLY
Individual announcement used as a positive
acknowledgement when a weekly wakeup call is
requested by subscriber controlled input.

NUMCYC NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT CYCLES

This parameter specifies the number of announcement cycles

for an individual announcement.

Notes:
NUMCYC = 0 results in announcement running until
the listener hangs up.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...127, range of decimal numbers

SIT SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

This parameter determines whether each language of any announcement

cycle has to start with the special information tone or not.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

ZNO Y NO SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
1Y 1 YES SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
*YES + YES SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANPREV- 2+

 MOD ANPREV
MODLOWER
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MODIFICATION TO LOWER VOICE

This input format modifies the preset value

- modification to lower voice MODLOWER
which is used for announcements based on a text element dictionary.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD ANPREV : IFU= ,MODLOWER= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

IFU INDAS FUNCTION

This parameter specifies the INDAS function used to select

individual announcements.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CFIACATC IFU CF INDIV ANN CAT COMPOSED

Individual announcement for announcement texts
based on a text element dictionary,
used by a subscriber to divert incoming calls
to his private announcement (previously defined
by the operator combining the related text
elements)
or used for project specific routing dependent
announcement.

MODLOWER MODIFICATION TO LOWER VOICE

This parameter determines whether the modification to lower voice

is active or not. It is only valid for announcements based on a
text element dictionary.

Notes:
Unit b is mandatory if the modification to lower voice is set to
active. Otherwise it is not allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: MODLOWER VALIDATION FLAG

(N ) NO MODIFICATION TO LOWER VOICE
ZNO Y NO MODIFICATION TO LOWER VOICE
1Y 1 MODIFICATION TO LOWER VOICE
*YES + MODIFICATION TO LOWER VOICE

b: MODLOWER OFFSET=
1...4094, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANPREV- 3-

 CAN ANTXT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ANNOUNCEMENT TEXT

This command cancels a definition of an announcement text of OCANEQ

(Operationally Controlled Equipment for Announcement).
When the definitions of all official languages are canceled, the
textnumber and its data (use if the special information tone,
number of announcement cycles) is canceled too.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN ANTXT : TXTNO= [,LANGUAGE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TXTNO TEXT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of the selected announcement

text.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

LANGUAGE LANGUAGE OF ANNOUCEMENT TEXT

This parameter specifies one of up to four official languages

for the announcement text.

Default: Announcement text is canceled for all official

languages.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ANTXT- 1-

 CR ANTXT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE ANNOUNCEMENT TEXT

This command creates definitions of an announcement text (in up

to four languages) by combining numbers of text parts that are
available on OCANEQ (Operationally Controlled Equipment for
Announcement).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR ANTXT : TXTNO= <,TXTLAN1= ,TXTLAN2= ,TXTLAN3= ,TXTLAN4=> 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SIT=] [,NUMCYC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TXTNO TEXT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of the selected announcement

text.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

TXTLAN1 TEXT DATA OF FIRST LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the components of an

announcement text for the first official language:
- Numbers of the elements (words or phrases) on OCANEQ
- Digit strings (e.g. telephone numbers) which are
converted to their corresponding text element numbers
automatically. They start with ’#’.
These components are connected by ’+’.
Example: TXTLAN1 = "4+16+#73154+50".
The maximum number of text elements is 50.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

TXTLAN2 TEXT DATA OF SECOND LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the components of an

announcement text for the second official language:
- Numbers of the elements (words or phrases) on OCANEQ
- Digit strings (e.g. telephone numbers) which are
converted to their corresponding text element numbers
automatically. They start with ’#’.
These components are connected by ’+’.
Example: TXTLAN2 = "4+16+#73154+50".
The maximum number of text elements is 50.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

TXTLAN3 TEXT DATA OF THIRD LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the components of an

announcement text for the third official language:
- Numbers of the elements (words or phrases) on OCANEQ
- Digit strings (e.g. telephone numbers) which are
converted to their corresponding text element numbers
automatically. They start with ’#’.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANTXT- 1+
 CR ANTXT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

These components are connected by ’+’.

Example: TXTLAN3 = "4+16+#73154+50".
The maximum number of text elements is 50.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

TXTLAN4 TEXT DATA OF FOURTH LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the components of an

announcement text for the fourth official language:
- Numbers of the elements (words or phrases) on OCANEQ
- Digit strings (e.g. telephone numbers) which are
converted to their corresponding text element numbers
automatically. They start with ’#’.
These components are connected by ’+’.
Example: TXTLAN4 = "4+16+#73154+50".
The maximum number of text elements is 50.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

SIT SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

This parameter determines whether the announcement text in every

language has to start with the special information tone or not.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

N NO SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
YES YES SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
Y YES SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

Default: NO

NUMCYC NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT CYCLES

This parameter specifies the number of announcement cycles for an

individual announcement.

Notes:
NUMCYC = 0 results in announcement running until the listener hangs up.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ANTXT- 2-
 DISP ANTXT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ANNOUNCEMENT TEXT

This command displays the definitions of announcement texts of OCANEQ

(Operationally Controlled Equipment of Announcement).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ANTXT : [TXTNO=] [,LANGUAGE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TXTNO TEXT NUMBER

This parameter specifies those numbers of the announcement texts

that shall be displayed.

Up to 10 parameter values can be linked by ’&’.

Default: All announcement texts

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

LANGUAGE LANGUAGE OF ANNOUCEMENT TEXT

This parameter specifies one of up to four official languages

for the annoucement texts.

Default: The announcement texts are displayed for all the

languages for which they are defined.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN1 FIRST OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

LAN2 SECOND OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN3 THIRD OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
LAN4 FOURTH OFFICIAL LANGUAGE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ANTXT- 1-

 MOD ANTXT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY ANNOUNCEMENT TEXT

This command modifies a definition of an announcement text (in up

to four languages) by combining numbers of text parts that are
available on OCANEQ (Operationally Controlled Equipment for
Announcement).
Modifications of the number of announcement cycles and the use of
the special information tone are valid for all languages.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ANTXT : TXTNO= <,TXTLAN1= ,TXTLAN2= ,TXTLAN3= ,TXTLAN4= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,SIT= ,NUMCYC=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TXTNO TEXT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of the selected announcement

text.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

TXTLAN1 TEXT DATA OF FIRST LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the components of an

announcement text for the first official language:
- Numbers of the elements (words or phrases) on OCANEQ
- Digit strings (e.g. telephone numbers) which are
converted to their corresponding text element numbers
automatically. They start with ’#’.
These components are connected by ’+’.
Example: TXTLAN1 = "4+16+#73154+50".
The maximum number of text elements is 50.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

TXTLAN2 TEXT DATA OF SECOND LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the components of an

announcement text for the second official language:
- Numbers of the elements (words or phrases) on OCANEQ
- Digit strings (e.g. telephone numbers) which are
converted to their corresponding text element numbers
automatically. They start with ’#’.
These components are connected by ’+’.
Example: TXTLAN2 = "4+16+#73154+50".
The maximum number of text elements is 50.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

TXTLAN3 TEXT DATA OF THIRD LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the components of an

announcement text for the third official language:
- Numbers of the elements (words or phrases) on OCANEQ
- Digit strings (e.g. telephone numbers) which are

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANTXT- 1+

 MOD ANTXT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

converted to their corresponding text element numbers

automatically. They start with ’#’.
These components are connected by ’+’.
Example: TXTLAN3 = "4+16+#73154+50".
The maximum number of text elements is 50.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

TXTLAN4 TEXT DATA OF FOURTH LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the components of an

announcement text for the fourth official language:
- Numbers of the elements (words or phrases) on OCANEQ
- Digit strings (e.g. telephone numbers) which are
converted to their corresponding text element numbers
automatically. They start with ’#’.
These components are connected by ’+’.
Example: TXTLAN4 = "4+16+#73154+50".
The maximum number of text elements is 50.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

SIT SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

This parameter determines whether the announcement text in every

language has to start with the special information tone or not.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

N NO SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
YES YES SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
Y YES SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

NUMCYC NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT CYCLES

This parameter specifies the number of announcement cycles for an

individual announcement.

Notes:
NUMCYC = 0 results in announcement running until the listener hangs up.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...127, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ANTXT- 2-

 CAN APPL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL APPLICATION

This command cancels all information concerning the specified application.

Notes:
- NEATT data network:
When this command is entered, the server concerned is sent a message
informing it of the modification to the database (providing that it is
registered). If the server acknowledges this modification negatively,
the command will not be executed.
- OSI data network:
If this command is entered for remote applications, the local application
concerned (providing it is registered) is sent a message informing
it of the modification to the database. If the local application
acknowledges this modification negatively, the command will not be
executed.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN APPL : APPLID= ,PRONAM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

APPLID APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the identification of the application in

an OSS
OMTA
OMTS
ANSI
SSP
and CPE
processor type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PRONAM PROCESSOR NAME

This parameter specifies the symbolic processor name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN APPL- 1-

 CR APPL
CRNEAAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE APPLICATION

This command is used to create applications in processors.

- NEATT data network:
When this command is entered, a message is sent to the server concerned,
informing it of the database modification (providing the server is
registered). If the server acknowledges this modification negatively,
the command will not be executed.
- OSI and IP data network:
If this command is entered for remote applications, a message is sent to
the local application concerned, informing it of the database modification
(providing the local application is registered). If the local application
acknowledges this modification negatively, the command will not be
executed.
The servers are the local partners from remote applications in the NEATT
data network. They only report in a special table of the databases.The
difference between servers and local applications is that local applications
must be additionally created via command CR APPL. Local applications
are only used in data networks with OSI or IP addressing.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR APPL - CRNEAAPL CREATE NEA APPLICATIONS

2. CR APPL - CROSIAPL CREATE OSI APPLICATIONS

1. Input format

CREATE NEA APPLICATIONS

Input format for NEA applications.

When this command is entered, a message is sent to the server concerned,
informing it of the database modification (providing the server is
registered). If the server acknowledges this modification negatively,
the command will not be executed.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR APPL : APPLID= ,PRONAM= ,ADRNAM= [,SSID=] [,PSID=] 1
1 1
1 [,SERVID=] [,AUT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

APPLID APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the application

in an OSS
OMTA
OMTS
ANSI
SSP
and CPE
processor type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PRONAM PROCESSOR NAME

This parameter specifies the symbolic processor name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ADRNAM ADDRESS NAME

This parameter specifies the symbolic name for an address which

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR APPL- 1+
 CR APPL
CRNEAAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

has been defined by CR NEATSADR or CR OSIADR or CR IPADR.

Notes:
- The first three characters of the name must be ’NEA’ or ’OSI’
or ’IPA’.
- Any characters can be chosen for the rest of the name.
- In the OSI data network a maximum of sixteen addresses can be
specified.
- If the entered address is an IP-address only one address is
allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SSID SESSION SERVICE IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the name of the session layer for

file transfer jobs (layer 5 in the ISO reference model).

Notes:
- Default: "FJAM" (only valid for PROTYP=
SSP
DCPSR
DCPDR
PDCPSR
PDCPDR
DCPXSR
DCPXDR
BS2
MVS
OMTD
OMTX
for all NEAB applications).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

PSID PRESENTATION PROCESSOR ID

This parameter specifies the name of the presentation layer for

file transfer jobs (layer 6 in the ISO reference model).

Notes:
- Default: "NDMS" (only valid for PROTYP=
SSP
DCPSR
DCPDR
PDCPSR
PDCPDR
DCPXSR
DCPXDR
BS2
MVS
OMTD
OMTX
for all NEAB applications).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

SERVID SERVER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the name of the server responsible for

the applications which have been entered.

Notes:
- Only those servers already registered in the CLS database can
be assigned to the applications ( not to be used with
OSI-addresses).
- The parameter SERVID specifies the service identification

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR APPL- 2+
 CR APPL
CRNEAAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

associated with the application. The local application is to

be taken from the software module specific documentation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

AUT AUTHORIZATION

This parameter specifies the authorization name for an external

application.

Prerequisites:
- The authorization name must previously be created using the
command ENTR AUT.

Notes:
- The authorization must be specified for dialog applications.
- This parameter can be entered only for remote applications.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

Default: 0

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR APPL- 3+
 CR APPL
CROSIAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CREATE OSI APPLICATIONS

Input format for OSI applications.

If the command is entered for remote applications, a message is sent to
the local application concerned, informing it of the database modification
(providing the local application is registered). If the local application
acknowledges this modification negatively, the command will not be
executed.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR APPL : APPLID= ,PRONAM= ,ADRNAM= [,LOCAPL=] [,PORTNR=] 1
1 1
1 [,SPROCESS=] [,AUT=] [,TSEL=] [,SSEL=] [,PSEL=] 1
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,AET=11 1
1 [,MUX=] 1Z,APQ=Y1 [,AEQ=] [,APPLC=] ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

APPLID APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the application

in an OSS
OMTA
OMTS
ANSI
SSP
and CPE
processor type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PRONAM PROCESSOR NAME

This parameter specifies the symbolic processor name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ADRNAM ADDRESS NAME

This parameter specifies the symbolic name for an address which

has been defined by CR NEATSADR or CR OSIADR or CR IPADR.

Notes:
- The first three characters of the name must be ’NEA’ or ’OSI’
or ’IPA’.
- Any characters can be chosen for the rest of the name.
- In the OSI data network a maximum of sixteen addresses can be
specified.
- If the entered address is an IP-address only one address is
allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LOCAPL LOCAL APPLICATION

This parameter specifies the name of the corresponding

local application.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR APPL- 4+
 CR APPL
CROSIAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- This parameter can be entered only for remote
applications connected via TCP/IP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PORTNR PORTNUMBER

This parameter specifies application specific portnumbers.

Notes:
- The parameter can be entered only for remote applications
connected via TCP/IP.
- If the parameter is not entered the default value 102 will
be administrated.
- The value of the portnumber can be an integer value from
0 to 32767.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...32767, range of decimal numbers

Default: 102

SPROCESS SERVER PROCESS

This parameter specifies the name of the server process

which supports the entered application.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

AUT AUTHORIZATION

This parameter specifies the authorization name for an external

application.

Prerequisites:
- The authorization name must previously be created using the
command ENTR AUT.

Notes:
- The authorization must be specified for dialog applications.
- This parameter can be entered only for remote applications.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

Default: 0

TSEL TRANSPORT SELECTOR

This parameter specifies the Transport Layer Entity.

In case of OSI applications that do not allow the use of selectors
this parameter can not be entered.

Notes:
-Only hexadecimal values (numbers from 0 to 9 and characters
from A to F) are allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...64 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SSEL SESSION SELECTOR

This parameter specifies the Session Layer Entity.

In case of OSI applications that do not allow the use of selectors
this parameter can not be entered.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR APPL- 5+
 CR APPL
CROSIAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
-Only hexadecimal values (numbers from 0 to 9 and characters
from A to F) are allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PSEL PRESENTATION SELECTOR

This parameter specifies the Presentation Layer Entity.

In case of OSI applications that do not allow the use of selectors
this parameter can not be entered.

Notes:
-Only hexadecimal values (numbers from 0 to 9 and characters
from A to F) are allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

MUX MULTIPLEX SIGN

This parameter specifies if a remote application can be multiplexed

or not.
If this parameter is not entered the value is set to NO. This means
that the application cannot be multiplexed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y MULTIPLEX ALLOWED
YES MULTIPLEX ALLOWED

AET APPLICATION ENTITY TITLE

This parameter is an additional identification of the

application.
A maximum of 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

Notes:
- For the first component only the values 0, 1 and
2 are allowed.
- For the second component only a value from 0 to
39 is allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

APQ APPLICATION PROCESS QUALIFIER

The application process qualifier is a part of the

application entity title and specifies the application
on a specific processor.

Notes:
-The parameter APQ can only be entered for applications
with a server process on a processor with system title.
-The maximum length of APQ is 14 components.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

AEQ APPLICATION ENTITY QUALIFIER

This parameter is a part of the application entity title.

Notes:
-This parameter can only be entered if the parameter
APQ has been entered, too.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR APPL- 6+
 CR APPL
CROSIAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2147483646, range of decimal numbers

APPLC APPLICATION CONTEXT

This parameter specifies the application context.

A maximum of 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

Notes:
- The parameter can only be entered for local Q3-application.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR APPL- 7-
 DISP APPL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY APPLICATION

This command displays information about:

- one application in a processor, or
- all applications in a processor, or
- all known applications.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP APPL : APPLID= [,PRONAM=] [,ALL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

APPLID APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the identification of the application in all

processors.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PRONAM PROCESSOR NAME

This parameter specifies the symbolic processor name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ALL ALL INFORMATION

This parameter specifies if only short information (NO)

or all information (YES) about the application will be
displayed.
If the parameter is not entered, the short information
will be displayed.
YES can only be entered for a specified application.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y DISPLAY ALL INFORMATION

YES DISPLAY ALL INFORMATION
N DISPLAY SHORT INFORMATION
NO DISPLAY SHORT INFORMATION

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP APPL- 1-

 MOD APPL
MDNEAAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY APPLICATION

This command modifies information concerning applications which have

been entered.
- NEATT data network:
If no default application is present, a message is sent to the
server concerned, informing it of the database modification
(providing the server is registered). If the server acknowledges
this modification negatively, the command will not be executed.
- OSI and IP data network:
If this command is entered for remote applications, a message
is sent to the local application concerned, informing it of the
database modification (providing the local application is
registered). If the local application acknowledges this modification
negatively, the command will not be executed.
- The authorization (parameter AUT) can also be modified in the
case of default applications.
- The names of the message and data description levels (parameters
SSID and PSID) can also be modified in the case of default
applications.
- In case of default applications, the address name cannot be
modified by the MOD APPL command. The MOD PRO command has to be
used.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD APPL - MDNEAAPL MODIFY NEA APPLICATIONS

2. MOD APPL - MDOSIAPL MODIFY OSI APPLICATIONS

1. Input format

MODIFY NEA APPLICATIONS

Input format for NEA applications.

If no default application is present, a message is sent to the
server concerned, informing it of the database modification
(providing the server is registered). If the server acknowledges
this modification negatively, the command will not be executed.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD APPL : APPLID= ,PRONAM= [,ADRNAM=] [,AUT=] [,SSID=] 1
1 1
1 [,PSID=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

APPLID APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the application

in an OSS
OMTA
OMTS
ANSI
SSP
and CPE
processor type.

n
n/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD APPL- 1+

 MOD APPL
MDNEAAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PRONAM PROCESSOR NAME

This parameter specifies the symbolic processor name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ADRNAM ADDRESS NAME

This parameter specifies the symbolic name for an address which

has been defined by CR NEATSADR or CR OSIADR or CR IPADR.

Notes:
- The first three characters of the name must be ’NEA’ or ’OSI’
or ’IPA’.
Any characters can be chosen for the rest of the name.
- Only in OSI data network can a maximum of sixteen addresses be
specified.
- If the entered address is an IP-address only one address is
allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

AUT AUTHORIZATION

This parameter specifies the authorization name for an external

application.

Prerequisites:
- The authorization name must be created previously.

Notes:
- This parameter can be entered only for remote applications.

n/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SSID SESSION SERVICE IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the name of the session layer for

file transfer jobs (layer 5 in the ISO reference model).

Notes:
- Default: "FJAM" (only valid for PROTYP=
SSP
DCPSR
DCPDR
PDCPSR
PDCPDR
DCPXSR
DCPXDR
BS2
MVS
OMTD
OMTX
for all NEAB applications).

n/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

PSID PRESENTATION PROCESSOR ID

This parameter specifies the name of the presentation layer for

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD APPL- 2+

 MOD APPL
MDNEAAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

file transfer jobs (layer 6 in the ISO reference model).

Notes:
- Default: "NDMS" (only valid for PROTYP=
SSP
DCPSR
DCPDR
PDCPSR
PDCPDR
DCPXSR
DCPXDR
BS2
MVS
OMTD
OMTX
for all NEAB applications).

n/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD APPL- 3+

 MOD APPL
MDOSIAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MODIFY OSI APPLICATIONS

Input format for OSI applications.

If the command is entered for remote applications, a message is
sent to the local application concerned, informing it of the
database modification (providing the local application is
registered). If the application acknowledges this modification
negatively, the command will not be executed.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD APPL : APPLID= ,PRONAM= [,ADRNAM=] [,AUT=] [,OTSEL=] 1
1 1
1 [,OSSEL=] [,OPSEL=] [,NTSEL=] [,NSSEL=] [,NPSEL=] 1
1 1
1 [,MUX=] [,OAET=] [,NAET=] [,OAPQ=] [,NAPQ=] 1
1 1
1 [,OAEQ=] [,NAEQ=] [,OAPPLC=] [,NAPPLC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

APPLID APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the application

in an OSS
OMTA
OMTS
ANSI
SSP
and CPE
processor type.

n
n/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PRONAM PROCESSOR NAME

This parameter specifies the symbolic processor name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ADRNAM ADDRESS NAME

This parameter specifies the symbolic name for an address which

has been defined by CR NEATSADR or CR OSIADR or CR IPADR.

Notes:
- The first three characters of the name must be ’NEA’ or ’OSI’
or ’IPA’.
Any characters can be chosen for the rest of the name.
- Only in OSI data network can a maximum of sixteen addresses be
specified.
- If the entered address is an IP-address only one address is
allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

AUT AUTHORIZATION

This parameter specifies the authorization name for an external

application.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD APPL- 4+

 MOD APPL
MDOSIAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Prerequisites:
- The authorization name must be created previously.

Notes:
- This parameter can be entered only for remote applications.

n/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OTSEL OLD TRANSPORT SELECTOR

This parameter specifies the old value assigned to the Transport

Layer Entity.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...64 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OSSEL OLD SESSION SELECTOR

This parameter specifies the old value assigned to the Session Layer
Entity.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OPSEL OLD PRESENTATION SELECTOR

This parameter specifies the old value assigned to the Presentation

Layer Entity.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NTSEL NEW TRANSPORT SELECTOR

This value specifies the new value of the Transport Layer Entity.
If Transport Layer Entity already has an old value the user must
enter the OTSEL parameter.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...64 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NSSEL NEW SESSION SELECTOR

This parameter specifies the new value of the Session Layer Entity.
If Session Layer Entity already has an old value, the user must
enter the OSSEL parameter.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NPSEL NEW PRESENTATION SELECTOR

This parameter specifies the new value of the Presentation Layer

Entity.
If the Presentation Layer Entity already has an old value the user
must enter the OPSEL parameter.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD APPL- 5+

 MOD APPL
MDOSIAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MUX MULTIPLEX SIGN

This parameter specifies if a remote application can be multiplexed

or not.
If this parameter is not entered the value is set to NO. This means
that the application cannot be multiplexed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y MULTIPLEX ALLOWED
YES MULTIPLEX ALLOWED

OAET OLD APPLICATION ENTITY TITLE

This parameter is an additional identification of the

application. It specifies the old value of the identification.
A maximum of 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

Notes:
- For the first component only the values 0, 1 and
2 are allowed.
- For the second component only a value from 0 to
39 is allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

NAET NEW APPLICATION ENTITY TITLE

This parameter is an additional identification of the

application. It specifies the new value of the application
entity title.
A maximum of 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

Notes:
- For the first component only the values 0, 1 and
2 are allowed.
- For the second component only a value from 0 to
39 is allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

OAPQ OLD APPL. PROCESS QUALIFIER

This parameter specifies the old value of the application

process qualifier.
A maximum of 14 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

NAPQ NEW APPL. PROCESS QUALIFIER

This parameter specifies the new value for the

application process qualifier.
A maximum of 14 parameter values can be linked with &

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

OAEQ OLD APPL. ENTITY QUALIFIER

This parameter specifies the old value for the

application entity qualifier.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD APPL- 6+

 MOD APPL
MDOSIAPL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

0...2147483646, range of decimal numbers

NAEQ NEW APPL. ENTITY QUALIFIER

This parameter specifies the new value for the

application entity qualifier.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2147483646, range of decimal numbers

OAPPLC OLD APPLICATION CONTEXT

This parameter specifies the old application context.

A maximum of 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

Notes:
- The parameter can only be entered for a local Q3-application.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

NAPPLC NEW APPLICATION CONTEXT

This parameter specifies the new application context.

A maximum of 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

Notes:
- The parameter can only be entered for a local Q3-application.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD APPL- 7-

 CAN APSENTAB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL APSENTRYTABLE

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN APSENTAB ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN APSENTAB- 1-

 CR APSENTAB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE APSENTRYTABLE

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR APSENTAB ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR APSENTAB- 1-
 ENTR APSNAME

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER APS NAME

This command enters the name and version number of an APS.

The name and version number of an APS appear in the 1st header line
of every output.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR APSNAME : NAME= [,VN=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the name segment in the APS version.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

VN VERSION NUMBER

This parameter specifies the version number of an APS.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR APSNAME- 1-

 INCR APSVN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INCREMENT APS VERSION NUMBER

This command increments the APS version number by 1.

The version number appears in the 1st header line of every output.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 INCR APSVN ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 INCR APSVN- 1-

 MOD ARCHIVE
COMPRESS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY ARCHIVE FILE

This command comprises two functions:

- Compress one or more files and combine these files to an
archive file.
- Extract all files from an existing archive.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD ARCHIVE - COMPRESS ENTRY FOR COMPRESSING FILES

2. MOD ARCHIVE - EXTRACT ENTRY FOR EXTRACTING FILES

1. Input format

ENTRY FOR COMPRESSING FILES

This command compresses the files listed in FILE and stores

them in the ARCHIVE file.

Prerequisite:
The archive file must not exist.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ARCHIVE : OPTION= ,ARCHIVE= ,FILE= [,GEN=] [,SSWF=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OPTION COMPRESSING OPTION

This parameter specifies which function of the command

has to be performed.

Note:
Valid values are:
- COMPRESS
- EXTRACT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

COMPRESS COMPRESS FILE

ARCHIVE ARCHIVE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the archive file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FILE FILE LIST

This parameter specifies a list of up to 10 file names

that will be compressed and combined to the archive
file.
Each file name can specify either a fully qualified
file name or a partly qualified file name with a dot
at the end of the file name.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GEN GENERATION NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the generation the files

belong to.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ARCHIVE- 1+

 MOD ARCHIVE
COMPRESS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default:
Files of actual generation and non-generation files.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SSWF SUPPORT SOFTWARE FORMAT

This parameter specifies if an SSWF header will be

added to each of the specified files when a new
archive file is created or if an SSWF header exists
for the files in an archive.

Default:
- NO

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO SSWF HEADER TREATMENT

YES INCLUDE SSWF HEADER

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ARCHIVE- 2+

 MOD ARCHIVE
EXTRACT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ENTRY FOR EXTRACTING FILES

This command extracts all files stored in the specified archive.

The extracted files are not added to a generation.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ARCHIVE : OPTION= ,ARCHIVE= [,SSWF=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OPTION COMPRESSING OPTION

This parameter specifies which function of the command

has to be performed.

Note:
Valid values are:
- COMPRESS
- EXTRACT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

EXTRACT EXTRACT FILE

ARCHIVE ARCHIVE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the archive file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SSWF SUPPORT SOFTWARE FORMAT

This parameter specifies if an SSWF header will be

added to each of the specified files when a new
archive file is created or if an SSWF header exists
for the files in an archive.

Default:
- NO

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO SSWF HEADER TREATMENT

YES INCLUDE SSWF HEADER

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ARCHIVE- 3-

 CAN AREACODE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL LOCAL AREA CODE

This command cancels the local area code (as well as existing
blocks in the digit destination translator)
or the local area code originating from the local area code table.

Prerequisites:
- No linkages from the entered local area code to directory numbers,
code points, bothway trunk groups or test equipments exist.
- No linkages from the entered local area code originating to digit zone
translators, bothway trunk groups or iarstat data exist.
Attention:
- Before canceling the local area code:
- verify that no traffic measurement to the old local area code is
running since traffic measurements may be performed for code belonging
to this local area code,
- verify that no traffic type code point beginning with the same digit
string like the old local area code still exists.
- If a DLU is entered, only the linkage between the local area code and
the DLU will be canceled, not the local area code itself.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1LAC= 1 (;) 1
1 CAN AREACODE : ZLACOR=Y [,DLU=] Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

It consists of the national prefix code
and the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

LACOR LOCAL AREA CODE ORIGINATING

This parameter specifies the local area code originating.

It usually consists of the national prefix code and the
local area code originating.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the external DLU number.

Notes:
- Up to 32 DLUs can be linked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

10...2550, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN AREACODE- 1-

 DISP AREACODE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY LOCAL AREA CODE DATA

This command displays the local area code(s) with their appropriate DLUs
and the LACEXT value.
Furthermore it displays the local area codes originating.
It is possible to define one, several or all local area codes for display.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP AREACODE : <LAC= ,LACOR=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

It usually consists of the national prefix code and the
local area code.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 digit decimal number

LACOR LOCAL AREA CODE ORIGINATING

This parameter specifies the local area code originating.

It usually consists of the national prefix code and the
local area code originating.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AREACODE- 1-

 ENTR AREACODE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER LOCAL AREA CODE

This command creates a local area code or a local area code originating,
i.e. an entry in the table of local area codes.
DLUs and LACEXT can be assigned to the local area code with the
same command.
(Depending on the number of digits entered and EVLAC was preset
or the DNVOL is multiple (see MML command ENTR DNATT),
the blocks are seized in the digit-destination translator and
linked together.)
The entire digit combination of the local area code (i.e. with national
prefix code) and the area code table are transmitted to the
GP (group processor).
The entire digit combination of the local area code originating are
transmitted to the GP (group processor), too.

Prerequisites:
- Before a local area code will be created, the directory number attribute
must be entered (see MML command ENTR DNATT).
- The local area code to be created may be a part of another shorter local
area code.
- The local area code to be created may not be part of another digit chain.
- The number of digits in the local area code must be greater or equal as
the national prefix code length.
- The specified DLU must have been created before.
It isn’t possible to assign a DLU to a local area code if this DLU
was assigned to another local area code before.
- The local area code originating to be created may not be part of another
local area code or local area code originating.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1LAC= 1 (;) 1
1 ENTR AREACODE : ZLACOR=Y [,DLU=] [,LACEXT=] Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

It usually consists of the national prefix code and the
local area code.

Notes:
- Up to 50 local area codes can be set up in an exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

LACOR LOCAL AREA CODE ORIGINATING

This parameter specifies the local area code originating.

It usually consists of the national prefix code and the
local area code originating.

Notes:
- Up to 48 local area codes originating can be set up in an exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the external DLU number.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR AREACODE- 1+

 ENTR AREACODE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- Up to 32 DLUs can be linked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

LACEXT EXTENTION OF LAC FOR ACC.REC.

This parameter specifies the completion digit for a 3-digit area code
or a changed 3-digit area code for building the area code part in the
account record.
The local area code in the account record has no national prefix
code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO COMPLETION DIGIT
NO NO COMPLETION DIGIT
Y COMPLETION DIGIT ’0’ OR ’1’
YES COMPLETION DIGIT ’0’ OR ’1’
’3-digit area code’ will be completed with 1 to
XXX1 and ’changed 3-digit area code’ will be
completed with 0 to XXX0.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR AREACODE- 2-

 MOD AREACODE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY LOCAL AREA CODE

This command modifies the local area code whereby the DLU allocation
remains unchanged.
The LACEXT value for the new local area code can be modified also.
Alternatively it is possible to modify the local area code originating.
Before command execution, a check is made to see whether the old local
area code (originating also) exists and whether the new one is available.

Prerequisites:
- The number of digits of the local area code has to be greater or equal
than that of the national prefix code.
Attention:
- Before modifying the local area code to a new local area code:
- verify that no traffic measurement to the old area code is running,
since traffic measurements may be performed for code belonging to the
old local area code,
- verify that no traffic type code point beginning with the same digit
string like the old local area code still exists.
- After modifying the local area code by command MOD AREACODE
the command SAVE MET must be executed.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1LAC= 1 (;) 1
1 MOD AREACODE : ZLACOR=Y [,NEWLAC=] [,LACEXT=] [,NLACOR=] Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

It usually consists of the national prefix code
and the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

LACOR LOCAL AREA CODE ORIGINATING

This parameter specifies the local area code originating.

It usually consists of the national prefix code and the
local area code originating.

Notes:
- Up to 48 local area codes originating can be set up in an exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

NEWLAC NEW LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the new local area code. It has the same
attributes as the old local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

LACEXT EXTENTION OF LAC FOR ACC.REC.

This parameter specifies the completion digit for a 3-digit area code
or a changed 3-digit area code for building the area code part in the
account record.
The local area code in the account record has no national prefix

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD AREACODE- 1+

 MOD AREACODE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO COMPLETION DIGIT
NO NO COMPLETION DIGIT
Y COMPLETION DIGIT ’0’ OR ’1’
YES COMPLETION DIGIT ’0’ OR ’1’
’3-digit area code’ will be completed with 1 to
XXX1 and ’changed 3-digit area code’ will be
completed with 0 to XXX0.

NLACOR NEW LOCAL AREA CODE ORIGINATG.

This parameter specifies the new local area code originating.

It has the same attributes as the old local area code originating.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD AREACODE- 2-

 CONN ATE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONNECT ATE

This command connects an ATE to an established test connection.

For the actual test, the ATE is controlled by the following commands:
SEND TRKSIG
SEND MFC
SEND LOOPBACK
MEAS TRKSIG
MEAS MFC
MEAS THVIOL
Prerequisites:
- A trunk workstation (TWS) must be available.
- A test connection must have been set up via a trunk or a connection
must have been made to an outgoing connection.
In order to perform tests, the station at the far end must also be
operated manually. This station could be, for example, an ATE
operated in manual mode by agreement with the communicating station.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1TPNO=1 1
1 CONN ATE : ZTPDN=Y [,ATE=] ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TPNO TPC TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the workstation test port number

where the test call to be connected to the ATE is currently
connected. It may not be used for remote operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

TPDN TPC TEST PORT DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the workstation test port

directory number of the test port to which the ATE
should be connected. It must be used for remote
operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...14 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ATE AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the

automatic test equipment. If the parameter is omitted,
any ATE is connected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones) for the identification of the automatic
test equipment.

b: AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONN ATE- 1+

 CONN ATE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Corresponds to the Line Trunk Group Number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONN ATE- 2-

 DISCONN ATE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISCONNECT ATE

This command disconnects an ATE that was connected using command CONN ATE.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1TPNO=1 1
1 DISCONN ATE : ZTPDN=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TPNO TPC TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the workstation test port number of the test
port, to which the ATE is connected. It must be used for local
operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

TPDN TPC TEST PORT DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the workstation test port directory number of

the test port to which the ATE is connected. It must be used for remote
operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...14 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISCONN ATE- 1-

 ALLOW AUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ALLOW AUDIT

This command allows an audit to be started that was previously inhibited by

the command INHIB AUDIT.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ALLOW AUDIT : NAME= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the audit. The names of all audits known to
the system can be called up with the command DISP AUDIT.
The names of the common audits are:
ABILREG Billing Register Audit
The idle band linkage of all free billing
registers or the billing register to
channel register linkage of all active
billing registers is tested.
CHANREG Channel Register Audit
The 127 channel registers are checked for each LTG:
- call status
. highest value
. validity
- call status in the channel register as compared
with associated channel register data
- call status in the channel register as compared
with the status of the port involved in this
connection (channel).
Exception: DSB ports (OSS).
- Busy status of the relevant channel in the
GS table in the CP (module PASDA)
- Specific channel register contents (CTE_ACTIVE,
PATH_DATA)
- Announcement table contents for a busy
announcement line and speech channel as compared
with the channel register contents on the A-side.
- specific channel register contents (OCCUPIED_BY
ISDN, CALL_DIVERSION_FOR_ISDN_PBX, OCCUPIED_BY
B_SIDE, IARSTAT_ACTIVE)
To clear a channel register inconsistency, the
interprocessor message MSG_ABORT_CHANNEL is sent to
the Call Processing Process.
CHKSUMVA Interprocessor checksums audit.
The CALL PROCESSING checksum and the LTG checksum
are compared. Errors are corrected.
CPBUFFER Call Processing Buffer Audit
The idle band linkage of all free call processing
buffers is checked, or the call processing buffer
to channel register linkage of all active call
processing buffers.
EQSTA Equipment Status Audit
A check is made to determine whether the
transient operating states of the peripheral
units are valid and whether the transient
and semipermanent operating states are identical.
In the case of DE5 the SW operating states
are compared with the HW operating states.
IPCHASTA Interprocessor Channel Register Audit
The speech channel states in the GP and CP
are checked for consistency, i.e. the channel
states in the GP should be identical with
those in the CP.
IPTRUSTA Interprocessor Trunk Status Audit
The transient states of ports in the CP
are checked for consistency:
- port states are compared
- port states in the GP are compared with port
states in the CP.
The GP supplies blocking states and busy states

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ALLOW AUDIT- 1+

 ALLOW AUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

to the IPTRUSTA as "summation bits".

To clear a port inconsistency the interprocessor
message MSG_ABORT_LINE is sent to the call processing
process.
IDLLSTAU Idle List Audit
The idle band linkage of trunk groups,
announcement groups and PBX groups is checked.
NWCONF Switching network configuration audit.
The TSG and SSG data are checked for consistency
with the relevant administration and safeguarding
data. Errors are corrected.
NWMAP Switching Network Map Audit.
The consistency between path data and switching
network busy states is checked. Errors are
corrected.
IPPRTSTA Interprocessor Port Status Audit
The transient port states of DLU-Ports and
V5IF-Ports are checked:
- CP port states are compared
- GP port states are compared with CP port states
The GP supplies blocking states and busy states
to the IPPRTSTA as "summation bits".
To clear a port inconsistency, the inter-
processor message MSG_ABORT_LINE is sent to
the call processing process.
CCS7AU Common Channel Signaling No.7 Audit
The port states of TUP and ISUP trunks lines
are checked:
Blocks which have been set or cancelled
(NAC_SYNCHRO and NUC_SEIZED), are compared
with DPC blocking.
To clear a port inconsistency, the inter-
processor message MSG_ABORT_CCS7_PORT
is sent to the call processing process.
OCHANREG OSS Channel Register Audit
The 127 channel registers of an OSS LTGB are
checked with respect to the port state of an
associated DSB port.
OCPBUFF OSS Call Processing Buffer Audit
The CPBs in the OSS-specific states
CPB_QUEUED and CPB_TRUNK_QUEUEING, and their
associated data, are checked.
COPRTSTA Conference Port Audit
The conference port data within the CP are checked.
NUCAUDIT Nailed Up Connection Audit
The active nailed-up connections (NUC) are checked for
their connection status during operation. In the event
of an error, the faulty NUC is through-connected
again. The NUC database data serve as a reference
for this purpose.
MMBUAUD MSB/MAC output buffer audit:
The buffers used to store the systems responses to
administration requests originated via MSB/MAC are
tested, if the linkage to the job registers is valid.
Buffers with invalid linkage are initialized and
inserted in the list of free buffers.
CDRSUTR RSU Trunk and Channel Register Audit
The consistency between the transient RSU trunk data
and the Channel Register data for trunk indices is
checked. In the event of an error, the RSU trunk is
idled and placed back into the trunk idle list.
RSUTRKST RSU Trunk Status Audit
The consistency between the transient RSU trunk data
and the CP Safeguarding data for high-speed links
is checked against the RSUC high-speed link data.
In the event of an error, the transient RSU trunk
data and the CP Safeguarding data will be
updated by Communication Maintenance.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ALLOW AUDIT- 2-

 DISP AUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY AUDIT

This command displays the state of currently running audits and the names
of inhibited audits. All audits known to the system are displayed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP AUDIT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AUDIT- 1-

 INHIB AUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INHIBIT AUDIT

This command inhibits audits thereby preventing their execution.

Prerequisites:
- The audit name must be known to the system.
- The audit must not already be inhibited.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 INHIB AUDIT : NAME= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the audit. The names of all audits known to
the system can be called up with the command DISP AUDIT.
The names of the common audits are:
ABILREG Billing Register Audit
The idle band linkage of all free billing
registers or the billing register to
channel register linkage of all active
billing registers is tested.
CHANREG Channel Register Audit
The 127 channel registers are checked for each LTG:
- call status
. highest value
. validity
- call status in the channel register as compared
with associated channel register data
- call status in the channel register as compared
with the status of the port involved in this
connection (channel).
Exception: DSB ports (OSS).
- Busy status of the relevant channel in the
GS table in the CP (module PASDA)
- Specific channel register contents (CTE_ACTIVE,
PATH_DATA)
- Announcement table contents for a busy
announcement line and speech channel as compared
with the channel register contents on the A-side.
- specific channel register contents (OCCUPIED_BY
ISDN, CALL_DIVERSION_FOR_ISDN_PBX, OCCUPIED_BY
B_SIDE, IARSTAT_ACTIVE)
To clear a channel register inconsistency, the
interprocessor message MSG_ABORT_CHANNEL is sent to
the Call Processing Process.
CHKSUMVA Interprocessor checksums audit.
The CALL PROCESSING checksum and the LTG checksum
are compared. Errors are corrected.
CPBUFFER Call Processing Buffer Audit
The idle band linkage of all free call processing
buffers is checked, or the call processing buffer
to channel register linkage of all active call
processing buffers.
EQSTA Equipment Status Audit
A check is made to determine whether the
transient operating states of the peripheral
units are valid and whether the transient
and semipermanent operating states are identical.
In the case of DE5 the SW operating states
are compared with the HW operating states.
IPCHASTA Interprocessor Channel Register Audit
The speech channel states in the GP and CP
are checked for consistency, i.e. the channel
states in the GP should be identical with
those in the CP.
IPTRUSTA Interprocessor Trunk Status Audit
The transient states of ports in the CP
are checked for consistency:
- port states are compared

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 INHIB AUDIT- 1+

 INHIB AUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- port states in the GP are compared with port

states in the CP.
The GP supplies blocking states and busy states
to the IPTRUSTA as "summation bits".
To clear a port inconsistency the interprocessor
message MSG_ABORT_LINE is sent to the call processing
process.
IDLLSTAU Idle List Audit
The idle band linkage of trunk groups,
announcement groups and PBX groups is checked.
NWCONF Switching network configuration audit.
The TSG and SSG data are checked for consistency
with the relevant administration and safeguarding
data. Errors are corrected.
NWMAP Switching Network Map Audit.
The consistency between path data and switching
network busy states is checked. Errors are
corrected.
IPPRTSTA Interprocessor Port Status Audit
The transient port states of DLU-Ports and
V5IF-Ports are checked:
- CP port states are compared
- GP port states are compared with CP port states
The GP supplies blocking states and busy states
to the IPPRTSTA as "summation bits".
To clear a port inconsistency, the inter-
processor message MSG_ABORT_LINE is sent to
the call processing process.
CCS7AU Common Channel Signaling No.7 Audit
The port states of TUP and ISUP trunks lines
are checked:
Blocks which have been set or cancelled
(NAC_SYNCHRO and NUC_SEIZED), are compared
with DPC blocking.
To clear a port inconsistency, the inter-
processor message MSG_ABORT_CCS7_PORT
is sent to the call processing process.
OCHANREG OSS Channel Register Audit
The 127 channel registers of an OSS LTGB are
checked with respect to the port state of an
associated DSB port.
OCPBUFF OSS Call Processing Buffer Audit
The CPBs in the OSS-specific states
CPB_QUEUED and CPB_TRUNK_QUEUEING, and their
associated data, are checked.
COPRTSTA Conference Port Audit
The conference port data within the CP are checked.
NUCAUDIT Nailed Up Connection Audit
The active nailed-up connections (NUC) are checked for
their connection status during operation. In the event
of an error, the faulty NUC is through-connected
again. The NUC database data serve as a reference
for this purpose.
MMBUAUD MSB/MAC output buffer audit:
The buffers used to store the systems responses to
administration requests originated via MSB/MAC are
tested, if the linkage to the job registers is valid.
Buffers with invalid linkage are initialized and
inserted in the list of free buffers.
CDRSUTR RSU Trunk and Channel Register Audit
The consistency between the transient RSU trunk data
and the Channel Register data for trunk indices is
checked. In the event of an error, the RSU trunk is
idled and placed back into the trunk idle list.
RSUTRKST RSU Trunk Status Audit
The consistency between the transient RSU trunk data
and the CP Safeguarding data for high-speed links
is checked against the RSUC high-speed link data.
In the event of an error, the transient RSU trunk
data and the CP Safeguarding data will be
updated by Communication Maintenance.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 INHIB AUDIT- 2-

 START AUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

START AUDIT

This command starts an audit. Audits are programs with a low priority which
run periodically to check whether the code and data areas are correct.
Detected errors are corrected automatically. The audits IPTRUSTA and
IPPRTSTA stop correcting if they detect that previous corrections have
been unsuccessful.

Prerequisites:
- The name of the audit must be known to the system.
- The audit must not be inhibited.
- The audit must have a demand attribute.
- The audit state table must not be dynamically expanded during
execution of the command.
- The audit must not already be running.
- The requested processor must not be seized by an audit or a
fault detection.
- Only one project-specific audit may run at one time.
- Only five demand audits (audits that can be demanded via MML command
or via a user process) may run at one time.
- Sufficient resources must be available to allow the audit to be
started dynamically.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 START AUDIT : NAME= [,UNIT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the audit. The names of all audits known to
the system can be called up with the command DISP AUDIT.
The names of the common audits are:
ABILREG Billing Register Audit
The idle band linkage of all free billing
registers or the billing register to
channel register linkage of all active
billing registers is tested.
CHANREG Channel Register Audit
The 127 channel registers are checked for each LTG:
- call status
. highest value
. validity
- call status in the channel register as compared
with associated channel register data
- call status in the channel register as compared
with the status of the port involved in this
connection (channel).
Exception: DSB ports (OSS).
- Busy status of the relevant channel in the
GS table in the CP (module PASDA)
- Specific channel register contents (CTE_ACTIVE,
PATH_DATA)
- Announcement table contents for a busy
announcement line and speech channel as compared
with the channel register contents on the A-side.
- specific channel register contents (OCCUPIED_BY
ISDN, CALL_DIVERSION_FOR_ISDN_PBX, OCCUPIED_BY
B_SIDE, IARSTAT_ACTIVE)
To clear a channel register inconsistency, the
interprocessor message MSG_ABORT_CHANNEL is sent to
the Call Processing Process.
CHKSUMVA Interprocessor checksums audit.
The CALL PROCESSING checksum and the LTG checksum
are compared. Errors are corrected.
CPBUFFER Call Processing Buffer Audit
The idle band linkage of all free call processing
buffers is checked, or the call processing buffer

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START AUDIT- 1+

 START AUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

to channel register linkage of all active call

processing buffers.
EQSTA Equipment Status Audit
A check is made to determine whether the
transient operating states of the peripheral
units are valid and whether the transient
and semipermanent operating states are identical.
In the case of DE5 the SW operating states
are compared with the HW operating states.
IPCHASTA Interprocessor Channel Register Audit
The speech channel states in the GP and CP
are checked for consistency, i.e. the channel
states in the GP should be identical with
those in the CP.
IPTRUSTA Interprocessor Trunk Status Audit
The transient states of ports in the CP
are checked for consistency:
- port states are compared
- port states in the GP are compared with port
states in the CP.
The GP supplies blocking states and busy states
to the IPTRUSTA as "summation bits".
To clear a port inconsistency the interprocessor
message MSG_ABORT_LINE is sent to the call processing
process.
IDLLSTAU Idle List Audit
The idle band linkage of trunk groups,
announcement groups and PBX groups is checked.
NWCONF Switching network configuration audit.
The TSG and SSG data are checked for consistency
with the relevant administration and safeguarding
data. Errors are corrected.
NWMAP Switching Network Map Audit.
The consistency between path data and switching
network busy states is checked. Errors are
corrected.
IPPRTSTA Interprocessor Port Status Audit
The transient port states of DLU-Ports and
V5IF-Ports are checked:
- CP port states are compared
- GP port states are compared with CP port states
The GP supplies blocking states and busy states
to the IPPRTSTA as "summation bits".
To clear a port inconsistency, the inter-
processor message MSG_ABORT_LINE is sent to
the call processing process.
CCS7AU Common Channel Signaling No.7 Audit
The port states of TUP and ISUP trunks lines
are checked:
Blocks which have been set or cancelled
(NAC_SYNCHRO and NUC_SEIZED), are compared
with DPC blocking.
To clear a port inconsistency, the inter-
processor message MSG_ABORT_CCS7_PORT
is sent to the call processing process.
COPRTSTA Conference Port Audit
The conference port data within the CP are checked.
NUCAUDIT Nailed Up Connection Audit
The active nailed-up connections (NUC) are checked for
their connection status during operation. In the event
of an error, the faulty NUC is through-connected
again. The NUC database data serve as a reference
for this purpose.
MMBUAUD MSB/MAC output buffer audit:
The buffers used to store the systems responses to
administration requests originated via MSB/MAC are
tested, if the linkage to the job registers is valid.
Buffers with invalid linkage are initialized and
inserted in the list of free buffers.
CDRSUTR RSU Trunk and Channel Register Audit
The consistency between the transient RSU trunk data
and the Channel Register data for trunk indices is
checked. In the event of an error, the RSU trunk is
idled and placed back into the trunk idle list.
RSUTRKST RSU Trunk Status Audit
The consistency between the transient RSU trunk data
and the CP Safeguarding data for high-speed links

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START AUDIT- 2+

 START AUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

is checked against the RSUC high-speed link data.

In the event of an error, the transient RSU trunk
data and the CP Safeguarding data will be
updated by Communication Maintenance.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

UNIT UNIT

This parameter specifies the equipment unit where the audit is to

be performed.

Compatibilities:
- If NAME=CHANREG, then entry of the parameter UNIT is mandatory,
parameter values LTG and MBUL are allowed.
- If NAME=CDRSUTR, then entry of the parameter UNIT is mandatory,
parameter value RSU is allowed.
- If NAME=ABILREG, CPBUFFER, EQSTA, NWMAP, or NWCONF,then parameter
UNIT is illegal.
- If NAME=CHKSUMVA, IPCHASTA, IPPRTSTA, or IPTRUSTA, then LTG
must be entered for parameter value a in parameter UNIT.
- If a= LTG, then units b and c refer to:

b: LTGSET number =
0 for SN15LTG,SN63LTG
0, 1 for SN126LTG
0...3 for SN252LTG
0...7 for SN504LTG
0...11 for SN756LTG
0...15 for SN1008LTG
0...19 for SN1260LTG
0...23 for SN1512LTG
0...27 for SN1764LTG
0...31 for SN2016LTG

c: LTG number =
1...15 for SN15LTG
1...63 for SN63LTG .. SN2016LTG

- If a= MBUL, then units b and c refer to:

b: System side =
0,1

c: MBUL number =
0 for SN15LTG,SN63LTG
0, 1 for SN126LTG
0...3 for SN252LTG
0...7 for SN504LTG
0...11 for SN756LTG
0...15 for SN1008LTG
0...19 for SN1260LTG
0...23 for SN1512LTG
0...27 for SN1764LTG
0...31 for SN2016LTG

- If a= RSU, then units b and c refer to:

b: RSU number =
1...286

c: Not applicable

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: EQUIPMENT UNIT
MBUL MESSAGE BUFFER UNIT : LTG
LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP
RSU REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START AUDIT- 3+

 START AUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: TIME STAGE GROUP NUMBER / SYSTEM SIDE / RSU NUMBER=

0...286, range of decimal numbers

c: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER / MBUL NUMBER=

0...63, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START AUDIT- 4-

 CAN AUT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL AUTHORIZATION

This command cancels authorization classes from an authorization and

cancels entire authorizations from the authorization table.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN AUT : AUT= [,AUTCL=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AUT CP AUTHORIZATION

This parameter specifies an authorization.

An authorization contains a number of authorization classes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

AUTCL AUTHORIZATION CLASS

This parameter specifies an authorization class.

An authorization class contains a number of command authorizations.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...50, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN AUT- 1-

 DISP AUT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY AUTHORIZATION

This command displays the authorization classes associated with

the authorizations on the terminal.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP AUT : AUT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AUT CP AUTHORIZATION

This parameter specifies an authorization.

An authorization contains a number of authorization classes.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AUT- 1-

 ENTR AUT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER AUTHORIZATION

This command enters new authorizations with their associated

authorization classes and allows authorization classes to be
entered in an existing authorization.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR AUT : AUT= ,AUTCL= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AUT CP AUTHORIZATION

This parameter specifies an authorization.

An authorization contains a number of authorization classes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

AUTCL AUTHORIZATION CLASS

This parameter specifies an authorization class.

An authorization class contains a number of command authorizations.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...50, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR AUT- 1-

 CAN AUTCL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL AUTHORIZATION CLASS

This command cancels command authorizations for MML commands from a

particular authorization class.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN AUTCL : AUTCL= ,CMDCOD= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AUTCL AUTHORIZATION CLASS

This parameter specifies an authorization class.

An authorization class contains a number of command authorizations.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

2...49, range of decimal numbers

CMDCOD COMMAND CODE

This parameter specifies command to be entered into or deleted

from an authorization class. CMDCOD must be a valid command name.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN AUTCL- 1-

 DISP AUTCL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY AUTHORIZATION CLASS

This command displays the command authorizations defined

in single or in all authorization classes.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP AUTCL : AUTCL= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AUTCL AUTHORIZATION CLASS

This parameter specifies an authorization class.

An authorization class contains a number of command authorizations.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...50, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AUTCL- 1-

 ENTR AUTCL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER AUTHORIZATION CLASS

This command enters a desired authorization class for the MML command
authorizations.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR AUTCL : AUTCL= ,CMDCOD= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AUTCL AUTHORIZATION CLASS

This parameter specifies an authorization class.

An authorization class contains a number of command authorizations.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

2...49, range of decimal numbers

CMDCOD COMMAND CODE

This parameter specifies command to be entered into or deleted

from an authorization class. CMDCOD must be a valid command name.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR AUTCL- 1-

 DISP AUTHDEFCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display Authentication Defaults CP

This task displays the global parameters of Q3 Authentication:

’Default authent.’ and ’Denial response’.

Note: These settings are only relevant for system access via Q3-interface.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP AUTHDEFCP ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP AUTHDEFCP- 1-

 MOD AUTHDEFCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify Authentication Defaults CP

This task modifies the global parameters of Q3 Authentication.

It is used to change the default authentication access and to specify the
response which shall be returned for unauthorized authentication attempts.

Note: The settings are only relevant for system access via Q3-interface. For file
transfer there is no default access possible.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD AUTHDEFCP : [defaultAuth=] [,denialResp=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

defaultAuth

This parameter specifies the default authentication access

for initiators, which are not known at the authentication
domain:

Input values:

’allow’ : System access allowed.

’abortAssociation’ : abort Q3 association request.
’denyWithResponse’ : reject Q3 association request.

denialResp

This parameter defines the response to be returned for

identified initiators if the authentication check
should fail.

Input values:

’abortAssociation’ : abort Q3 association request.

’denyWithResponse’ : reject Q3 association request.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD AUTHDEFCP- 1-

 STAT BA
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL DATA OF BASIC ACCESS

This command displays all current call-related data for the specified
basic access.

This command is only permitted for an exchange providing ISDN.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. STAT BA - DN DN ORIENTED
2. STAT BA - EQN EQN ORIENTED

1. Input format

DN ORIENTED

Input format for directory-number-oriented output.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT BA : [LAC=] ,DN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code if there is more

than one local network connected to an exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber.

Up to ten parameters can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT BA- 1+

 STAT BA
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

EQN ORIENTED

Input format for equipment-number-oriented output.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT BA : EQN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the port connected to

the subscriber or PBX line to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c[-d]

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT / V5INTERFACE=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number (10,20,30...2550 for a DLU port)

- V5IF number (6000,6001,..8999 for a V5 port)

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

- Shelf number (0..7 for a DLU port, 0 for a V5 port)

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

- Module number (0..15 for a DLU port, 0..20 for a V5 port)

d: CIRCUIT / V5PORT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

- Circuit number (0..7 for a DLU8 port,

0..15 for a DLU16 port,
0..99 for a V5 port)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT BA- 2-

 DISP BAFAULT
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY BASIC ACCESS FAULT

This command displays the last occured ISDN basic access faults.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP BAFAULT - DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

2. DISP BAFAULT - EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

1. Input format

DIRECTORY NUMBER

Path input format for display basic access fault, directory number oriented.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BAFAULT : DN= ,TYPE= [,LAC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the

subscriber or PBX line.
Maximum 12 digits in the range 1...9,A...F hexadecimal
value is specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE OF FAULT

This parameter specifies the last occurred basic access line fault.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BER BIT ERROR RATE

Bit error frequency of transmission
(10exp-3/10exp-6).
LAY1 LAYER 1 FAULT
LAY2 LAYER 2 FAULT
Loss or deactivation of Layer2 of lines with
lineattribut "Lay2hold".

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code in an exchange.

Maximum 6 digits in the range 1...9 value is specified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BAFAULT- 1+

 DISP BAFAULT
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

EQUIPMENT NUMBER

Path input format for display basic access fault, digital line unit
number oriented.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BAFAULT : EQN= ,TYPE= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: EQUIPMENT NUMBER FOR DLU/V5=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a DLU number in the range 10...2550

(in steps of 10)
For V51IF port: a V5IF number in the range 6000...8999
For V52IF port: a V5IF number in the range 6000...8999

b: EQUIPMENT NUMBER FOR SHELF=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a shelf in the range 0...7

For V51IF port: 0
For V52IF port: 0

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: EQUIPMENT NUMBER FOR MODULE/TH V52 PORT=

0...20, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a module number in the range 0...15

For V51IF port: 0
For V52IF port: THv5port number in the range 00...20

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: EQUIP. NUMBER FOR CIRCUIT/V5PORT=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a circuit number in the range 0...7 for DLU8
0...15 for DLU16
For V51IF port: a v5port number in the range 0...31
For V52IF port: TUv5port number in the range 00...99

Note: v52port is limited to the number 2047.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

TYPE TYPE OF FAULT

This parameter specifies the last occurred basic access line fault.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BER BIT ERROR RATE

Bit error frequency of transmission
(10exp-3/10exp-6).
LAY1 LAYER 1 FAULT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BAFAULT- 2+

 DISP BAFAULT
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LAY2 LAYER 2 FAULT

Loss or deactivation of Layer2 of lines with
lineattribut "Lay2hold".

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BAFAULT- 3-

 COM BAP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

COMMUTE BASE PROCESSORS

This command initiates a master-spare commutation. Prior to command

execution, the base processor spare (which will be the future base
processor master) is tested.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 COM BAP ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 COM BAP- 1-

 CONF BAP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE BASE PROCESSOR

This command configures the BAP spare.

A configuration attempt of the BAP master to MBL is rejected.

Notes:
- The configuration from SPR to MBL and the configuration from
MBL or UNA to SPR is considered dangerous.
A dialog mask is output. The operating personnel must decide by
entering ’+’ or ’-’ whether the command should be executed.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF BAP : [BAP=] ,OST= [,DIAG=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

BAP BASE PROCESSOR NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter specifies the target operating state.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
SPR ACTIVE SPARE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

DIAG DIAGNOSIS

This parameter allows the base processor to be diagnosed before

configuring it from MBL or UNA to ACT.

Notes:
- Interim diagnostic messages are displayed if SUP=NO and
DIAG=YES is entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CONFIGURE WITHOUT DIAGNOSIS

NO CONFIGURE WITHOUT DIAGNOSIS
Y CONFIGURE WITH DIAGNOSIS
YES CONFIGURE WITH DIAGNOSIS

Default: YES

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF BAP- 1-

 DIAG BAP
DIAG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE BASE PROCESSOR

This command initiates single, repeated or permanent diagnostic runs

for a base processor.

Prerequisites:
- The base processor must be MBL.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DIAG BAP - DIAG SINGLE DIAGNOSIS

2. DIAG BAP - REPDIAG REPEATED DIAGNOSIS

1. Input format

SINGLE DIAGNOSIS

This input initiates a single diagnosis for a base processor.

The diagnosis includes a BCMY interface test.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG BAP : [BAP=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

BAP BASE PROCESSOR NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG BAP- 1+

 DIAG BAP
REPDIAG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

REPEATED DIAGNOSIS

This input initiates a repeated or permanent diagnosis for a base

processor. The diagnosis does not include a BCMY interface test.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG BAP : [BAP=] ,REP= [,INT=] [,STATCS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

BAP BASE PROCESSOR NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

REP REPEAT

Valid values are :

2...65535 for repeated diagnosis
PERM for permanent diagnosis with unlimited number
of runs (termination with command STOP JOB)

This parameter specifies the number of diagnostic runs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INT INTERRUPT DIAGNOSTIC CYCLE

This parameter specifies that a repeated or permanent diagnosis is

interrupted as soon as a fault is detected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CONTINUE IN CASE OF FAULT

NO CONTINUE IN CASE OF FAULT
Y TERMINATE IN CASE OF FAULT
YES TERMINATE IN CASE OF FAULT

Default: NO

STATCS OUTPUT OF STATISTICS

This parameter specifies the interval between statistic outputs

in minutes.

Notes:
- Statistic output can also be requested with the DISP DIAGSTAT
command.

Standard Behavior: no statistic output

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...60, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG BAP- 2-

 TEST BAP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST BASE PROCESSOR

This command tests the BAP spare.

Prerequisites:
- The base processor must be SPR.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST BAP : [BAP=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

BAP BASE PROCESSOR NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST BAP- 1-

 ACT BAPERF
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE BASIC ACCESS PERFORMANCE MEAS.

This command activates a performance measurement for a

basic access.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ACT BAPERF - DN ENTRY WITH DIRECTORY NUMBER

2. ACT BAPERF - EQN ENTRY WITH EQUIPMENT NUMBER

1. Input format

ENTRY WITH DIRECTORY NUMBER

Directory-number-oriented input format.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT BAPERF : [LAC=] ,DN= [,SCHED=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number.

Notes:
- For PBX lines the line service number must be
specified.
- Not allowed for V5 ports.
Processing will be rejected with "DLU NOT EXISTING".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

SCHED TIME SCHEDULE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the time schedule that determines

when the performance measurement will be activated
(and deactivated).

A time schedule can be entered by the mml command ENTR TSTSCHED.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BAPERF- 1+

 ACT BAPERF
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ENTRY WITH EQUIPMENT NUMBER

Equipment-number-oriented input format.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT BAPERF : DLU= ,LC= [,SCHED=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the digital line unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2553, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CIRCUIT

This parameter specifies the line circuit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: MODULE=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

c: CIRCUIT=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

SCHED TIME SCHEDULE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the time schedule that determines

when the performance measurement will be activated
(and deactivated).

A time schedule can be entered by the mml command ENTR TSTSCHED.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BAPERF- 2-

 DACT BAPERF
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE BA PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT

This command deactivates a performance measurement for a

basic access.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DACT BAPERF - DN ENTRY WITH DIRECTORY NUMBER

2. DACT BAPERF - EQN ENTRY WITH EQUIPMENT NUMBER

1. Input format

ENTRY WITH DIRECTORY NUMBER

Directory-number-oriented input format.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT BAPERF : [LAC=] ,DN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT BAPERF- 1+

 DACT BAPERF
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ENTRY WITH EQUIPMENT NUMBER

Equipment-number-oriented input format.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT BAPERF : DLU= ,LC= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the digital line unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2553, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CIRCUIT

This parameter specifies the line circuit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: MODULE=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

c: CIRCUIT=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT BAPERF- 2-

 DISP BAPERF
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY BASIC ACCESS PERFORMANCE DATA

This command displays performance measurement data for a basic access:

- EFS = error free seconds:

Seconds without frame errors

- ES = errored seconds:
Seconds with at least one frame error

- SES = severely errored seconds:

Seconds with at least 32 frame errors. This
corresponds to a bit error rate (BER) > 10exp-3

- DM = degraded minutes:
60 consecutive seconds (without SES and UAS) with
at least 2 frame errors. This corresponds to
a bit error rate (BER) > 10exp-6

- UAS = unavailable seconds:

Timespan, beginning with the first of at least 10
consecutive seconds with a bit error rate (BER) >
10exp-3, and ending with the last second with a
BER > 10exp-3, which is followed by at least 10
consecutive seconds with BER < 10exp-3

- FRAME ERRORS = frame errors:

Number of frame errors that occurred within the
measuring interval

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP BAPERF - DN ENTRY WITH DIRECTORY NUMBER

2. DISP BAPERF - EQN ENTRY WITH EQUIPMENT NUMBER

1. Input format

ENTRY WITH DIRECTORY NUMBER

Directory-number-oriented input format.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BAPERF : [LAC=] ,DN= ,BEGDAT= ,BEGTIM= [,ENDDAT= 1
1 1
1 ,ENDTIM=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

BEGDAT BEGIN DATE OF RETRIEVAL

This parameter specifies the date on which the display starts.

Format: <YY>-<MM>-<DD>

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BAPERF- 1+

 DISP BAPERF
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIM BEGIN TIME OF RETRIEVAL

This parameter specifies the time at which the display starts.

Format: <HH>-<MM>

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDAT END DATE OF RETRIEVAL

This parameter specifies the date on which the display ends.

Format: <YY>-<MM>-<DD>

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIM END TIME OF RETRIEVAL

This parameter specifies the time at which the display ends.

Format: <HH>-<MM>

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BAPERF- 2+

 DISP BAPERF
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ENTRY WITH EQUIPMENT NUMBER

Equipment-number-oriented input format.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BAPERF : DLU= ,LC= ,BEGDAT= ,BEGTIM= [,ENDDAT= 1
1 1
1 ,ENDTIM=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the digital line unit number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2553, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CIRCUIT

This parameter specifies the line circuit.

Format: <SHELF>-<MODULE>-<CIRCUIT>

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: MODULE=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

c: CIRCUIT=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

BEGDAT BEGIN DATE OF RETRIEVAL

This parameter specifies the date on which the display starts.

Format: <YY>-<MM>-<DD>

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIM BEGIN TIME OF RETRIEVAL

This parameter specifies the time at which the display starts.

Format: <HH>-<MM>

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BAPERF- 3+

 DISP BAPERF
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDAT END DATE OF RETRIEVAL

This parameter specifies the date on which the display ends.

Format: <YY>-<MM>-<DD>

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIM END TIME OF RETRIEVAL

This parameter specifies the time at which the display ends.

Format: <HH>-<MM>

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BAPERF- 4-

 CONF BCMY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE BUS TO COMMON MEMORY

This command configures a bus to common memory.

Notes:
- The configuration from ACT to MBL and the configuration from
MBL or UNA to ACT is considered dangerous.
A dialog mask is output. The operating personnel must decide by
entering ’+’ or ’-’ whether the command should be executed.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF BCMY : [BCMY=] ,OST= [,DIAG=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

BCMY BUS FOR COMMON MEMORY

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter specifies the target operating state.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

DIAG DIAGNOSIS

This parameter allows diagnosis before configuration to ACT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CONFIGURE WITHOUT DIAGNOSIS

NO CONFIGURE WITHOUT DIAGNOSIS
Y CONFIGURE WITH DIAGNOSIS
YES CONFIGURE WITH DIAGNOSIS

Default: YES

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF BCMY- 1-

 DIAG BCMY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE BUS TO COMMON MEMORY

This command initiates a diagnosis for a bus to common memory.

The diagnosis includes interface tests of the active processors and the
common memory. Repeated diagnosis is not possible.

Prerequisites:
- The bus to common memory must be MBL.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG BCMY : [BCMY=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

BCMY BUS FOR COMMON MEMORY

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG BCMY- 1-

 TEST BCMY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST BUS TO COMMON MEMORY

This command tests a bus to common memory.

Prerequisites:
- Both B:CMYs must be ACT.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST BCMY : [BCMY=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

BCMY BUS FOR COMMON MEMORY

Notes:
- If the optional unit parameter is omitted, both B:CMYs are tested.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST BCMY- 1-

 ACT BERM
LTGLC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACT BIT ERROR RATE MEASUREMENT

This command starts a Bit Error Rate Measurement, the purpose of BERM
is to provide limits for bringing into service, and limits for
maintenance of digital paths, sections, and line sections in order
to achieve the performance objective given for series G recommendations.

This measurement is performed on national and international trunks,

using Test Equipment ATE:TM (application ATEBDIR as Directory and
ATEBRESP as Responder).
The measurement can also be performed on RSU interface or sidedoor
trunks. The measurement is not possible if the trunk is a busy High
Speed Link.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ACT BERM - LTGLC LTG AND LC ORIENTED

2. ACT BERM - RSU RSU LINK NUMBER AND LC ORIENTED
3. ACT BERM - TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER ORIENTED
4. ACT BERM - TGNOCIC TRUNK GROUP AND CIC ORIENTED

1. Input format

LTG AND LC ORIENTED

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT BERM : RSPDN= ,MEASTYP= ,LTG= ,LC= [,MEASTIM=] 1
1 1
1 [,BERPATT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RSPDN RESPONDER DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the responder directory number.

To test an RSU interface or sidedoor trunk the responder

must be a test equipment of the type digital loop back.
This digital loop back responder must be created on an
LTG, that is connected to the RTI (Remote Timeslot
Interchange), where the RSU trunk is connected to.
The trunk group number TGNO of the test equipment
must uniquely identify the digital loopback responder
on one RTI. I.e. there must not exist any other test
equipment with the same trunk group number created
neither on a different RTI nor on the host.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MEASTYP MEASUREMENT TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of Measurement.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

M1 MEASUREMENT TYPE 1
Type of measurement:
End to End unidirectional.
M2 MEASUREMENT TYPE 2
Type of measurement:
End to End bidirectional.
M3 MEASUREMENT TYPE 3
Type of measurement:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BERM- 1+

 ACT BERM
LTGLC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Digital Loopback.

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this

unit represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB)
or the Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones).

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies:

- the Line Trunk Unit (LTU) and the channel number for trunks which
are connected to a Line Trunk Group (LTG)

- the channel number for trunks which are connected to a Remote

Switching Unit (RSU)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT / CHANNEL=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

For trunks connected to a LTG only the value 0..7 is allowed.

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

MEASTIM MEASUREMENT TIME

This parameter specifies the Bit Error Ratio Measurement time.

If this parameter is not given, the measurement is assumed to be

continuous.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...1440, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to the duration of Bit Error Ratio Measurements, in

minuts (1...1440).

BERPATT BIT PATTERN

This parameter specifies the bit pattern for Bit Error Rate
Measurement.

If this parameter is not given, the measurement is executed using a

pseudo-random bit pattern.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...11111111, range of binary numbers

This parameter specifies the bit pattern for the Bit Error Rate
Measurement.

If this parameter are no entry, the measurement is executed

with pseudo-random bit pattern.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BERM- 2+

 ACT BERM
RSU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

RSU LINK NUMBER AND LC ORIENTED

This input format is only to be used to identify remote switching unit

interface or sidedoor trunks.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT BERM : RSPDN= ,MEASTYP= ,RSULINK= ,LC= [,MEASTIM=] 1
1 1
1 [,BERPATT=] [,ATE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RSPDN RESPONDER DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the responder directory number.

To test an RSU interface or sidedoor trunk the responder

must be a test equipment of the type digital loop back.
This digital loop back responder must be created on an
LTG, that is connected to the RTI (Remote Timeslot
Interchange), where the RSU trunk is connected to.
The trunk group number TGNO of the test equipment
must uniquely identify the digital loopback responder
on one RTI. I.e. there must not exist any other test
equipment with the same trunk group number created
neither on a different RTI nor on the host.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MEASTYP MEASUREMENT TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of Measurement.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

M1 MEASUREMENT TYPE 1
Type of measurement:
End to End unidirectional.
M2 MEASUREMENT TYPE 2
Type of measurement:
End to End bidirectional.
M3 MEASUREMENT TYPE 3
Type of measurement:
Digital Loopback.

RSULINK REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT LINK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...34320, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies:

- the Line Trunk Unit (LTU) and the channel number for trunks which
are connected to a Line Trunk Group (LTG)

- the channel number for trunks which are connected to a Remote

Switching Unit (RSU)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...31, range of decimal numbers

For trunks connected to a LTG only the value 0..7 is allowed.

MEASTIM MEASUREMENT TIME

This parameter specifies the Bit Error Ratio Measurement time.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BERM- 3+

 ACT BERM
RSU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

If this parameter is not given, the measurement is assumed to be

continuous.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...1440, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to the duration of Bit Error Ratio Measurements, in

minuts (1...1440).

BERPATT BIT PATTERN

This parameter specifies the bit pattern for Bit Error Rate
Measurement.

If this parameter is not given, the measurement is executed using a

pseudo-random bit pattern.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...11111111, range of binary numbers

This parameter specifies the bit pattern for the Bit Error Rate
Measurement.

If this parameter are no entry, the measurement is executed

with pseudo-random bit pattern.

ATE AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the

automatic test equipment.

This parameter is only allowed for tests of an RSU

sidedoor trunk.
To test an RSU interface trunk, an ATE connected to
the host is selected. For all other types of trunk
any ATE is connected.
In the case that the RSU sidedoor trunk is connected
to two RTI (Remote Timeslot Interchange) belonging
to the same HTI (Home Timeslot Interchange) the
parameter may be omitted. In that case an ATE
connected to the host will be selected.
The ATE must not be connected to the same RTI as
the responder.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones) for the identification of the automatic
test equipment.

b: AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to the Line Trunk Group Number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BERM- 4+

 ACT BERM
TGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

TRUNK GROUP NUMBER ORIENTED

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT BERM : RSPDN= ,MEASTYP= ,TGNO= [,MEASTIM=] [,BERPATT=] 1
1 1
1 [,LNO=] [,ATE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RSPDN RESPONDER DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the responder directory number.

To test an RSU interface or sidedoor trunk the responder

must be a test equipment of the type digital loop back.
This digital loop back responder must be created on an
LTG, that is connected to the RTI (Remote Timeslot
Interchange), where the RSU trunk is connected to.
The trunk group number TGNO of the test equipment
must uniquely identify the digital loopback responder
on one RTI. I.e. there must not exist any other test
equipment with the same trunk group number created
neither on a different RTI nor on the host.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MEASTYP MEASUREMENT TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of Measurement.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

M1 MEASUREMENT TYPE 1
Type of measurement:
End to End unidirectional.
M2 MEASUREMENT TYPE 2
Type of measurement:
End to End bidirectional.
M3 MEASUREMENT TYPE 3
Type of measurement:
Digital Loopback.

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

MEASTIM MEASUREMENT TIME

This parameter specifies the Bit Error Ratio Measurement time.

If this parameter is not given, the measurement is assumed to be

continuous.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...1440, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to the duration of Bit Error Ratio Measurements, in

minuts (1...1440).

BERPATT BIT PATTERN

This parameter specifies the bit pattern for Bit Error Rate

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BERM- 5+

 ACT BERM
TGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Measurement.

If this parameter is not given, the measurement is executed using a

pseudo-random bit pattern.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...11111111, range of binary numbers

This parameter specifies the bit pattern for the Bit Error Rate
Measurement.

If this parameter are no entry, the measurement is executed

with pseudo-random bit pattern.

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

ATE AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the

automatic test equipment.

This parameter is only allowed for tests of an RSU

sidedoor trunk.
To test an RSU interface trunk, an ATE connected to
the host is selected. For all other types of trunk
any ATE is connected.
In the case that the RSU sidedoor trunk is connected
to two RTI (Remote Timeslot Interchange) belonging
to the same HTI (Home Timeslot Interchange) the
parameter may be omitted. In that case an ATE
connected to the host will be selected.
The ATE must not be connected to the same RTI as
the responder.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones) for the identification of the automatic
test equipment.

b: AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to the Line Trunk Group Number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BERM- 6+

 ACT BERM
TGNOCIC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

TRUNK GROUP AND CIC ORIENTED

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT BERM : RSPDN= ,MEASTYP= ,TGNO= [,MEASTIM=] [,BERPATT=] 1
1 1
1 [,CIC=] [,ATE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RSPDN RESPONDER DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the responder directory number.

To test an RSU interface or sidedoor trunk the responder

must be a test equipment of the type digital loop back.
This digital loop back responder must be created on an
LTG, that is connected to the RTI (Remote Timeslot
Interchange), where the RSU trunk is connected to.
The trunk group number TGNO of the test equipment
must uniquely identify the digital loopback responder
on one RTI. I.e. there must not exist any other test
equipment with the same trunk group number created
neither on a different RTI nor on the host.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MEASTYP MEASUREMENT TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of Measurement.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

M1 MEASUREMENT TYPE 1
Type of measurement:
End to End unidirectional.
M2 MEASUREMENT TYPE 2
Type of measurement:
End to End bidirectional.
M3 MEASUREMENT TYPE 3
Type of measurement:
Digital Loopback.

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

MEASTIM MEASUREMENT TIME

This parameter specifies the Bit Error Ratio Measurement time.

If this parameter is not given, the measurement is assumed to be

continuous.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...1440, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to the duration of Bit Error Ratio Measurements, in

minuts (1...1440).

BERPATT BIT PATTERN

This parameter specifies the bit pattern for Bit Error Rate

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BERM- 7+

 ACT BERM
TGNOCIC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Measurement.

If this parameter is not given, the measurement is executed using a

pseudo-random bit pattern.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...11111111, range of binary numbers

This parameter specifies the bit pattern for the Bit Error Rate
Measurement.

If this parameter are no entry, the measurement is executed

with pseudo-random bit pattern.

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies to the circuit identification code for CCS7

trunks. Must be specified together with TGNO.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <PCM system>

b: CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <channel>

ATE AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the

automatic test equipment.

This parameter is only allowed for tests of an RSU

sidedoor trunk.
To test an RSU interface trunk, an ATE connected to
the host is selected. For all other types of trunk
any ATE is connected.
In the case that the RSU sidedoor trunk is connected
to two RTI (Remote Timeslot Interchange) belonging
to the same HTI (Home Timeslot Interchange) the
parameter may be omitted. In that case an ATE
connected to the host will be selected.
The ATE must not be connected to the same RTI as
the responder.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones) for the identification of the automatic
test equipment.

b: AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to the Line Trunk Group Number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BERM- 8-

 DISP BERM
ACTMEAS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY BIT ERROR RATE MEASUREMENT

This command displays bit error rate data for 64kb/s paths.
Specifying the incoming trunk under measurement and date limits the
operator get the following counters:
SES, ES, MT, EFS, BS, LS, BLER, BER, AS and UAS.
A list of the active BER measurements in the exchange can be obtained
using parameter ACTMEAS.
The measurement can also be performed on RSU interface or sidedoor
trunks. The measurement is not possible if the trunk is a busy High
Speed Link.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP BERM - ACTMEAS LIST ACTIVE MEASUREMENTS

2. DISP BERM - LTG LTG-LC ORIENTED
3. DISP BERM - RSU RSU LINK NUMBER AND LC ORIENTED
4. DISP BERM - TGNOCIC TRUNK GROUP NUMBER AND CIC ORI
5. DISP BERM - TGNOLNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER AND LNO ORI

1. Input format

LIST ACTIVE MEASUREMENTS

Input format: parameter for display of the currently active

measurements in the exchange ACTMEAS.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BERM : ACTMEAS= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ACTMEAS LIST ACTIVE MEASUREMENTS

This parameter displays the currently active measurements

in the exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y YES
YES YES

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BERM- 1+

 DISP BERM
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

LTG-LC ORIENTED

Input format: parameter for identifying the trunk under measurement

LTG, a start date/time: BEGDAT, BEGTIM and optionally an
end date/time.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BERM : LTG= ,LC= [,BEGDAT= ,BEGTIM=] [,ENDDAT=] 1
1 1
1 [,ENDTIM=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter specifies the LTG number of the incoming trunk

under measurement.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <LTG SET no>

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <LTG no>

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies:

- the Line Trunk Unit (LTU) and the channel number for trunks which
are connected to a Line Trunk Group (LTG)
this parameter accepts a single value entry.
a-b

a:LINE TRUNK UNIT= 0..7 range of decimal numbers.

b:CHANNEL= 0..31 range of decimal numbers.

- the channel number for trunks which are connected to a Remote

Switching Unit (RSU)
this parameter accepts a single value entry.
a

a:CHANNEL= 0..31 range of decimal numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT / CHANNEL=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

For trunks connected to a LTG only the value 0..7 is allowed.

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGDAT BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the beginning date of the time interval for
which the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BERM- 2+

 DISP BERM
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIM BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the beginning time of the time interval

for which the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDAT END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the time interval for which
the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIM END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the time interval for which
the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BERM- 3+

 DISP BERM
RSU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

RSU LINK NUMBER AND LC ORIENTED

Input format: parameter for identifying the trunk under measurement

RSU, a start date/time: BEGDAT, BEGTIM and optionally an
end date/time.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BERM : RSULINK= ,LC= [,BEGDAT= ,BEGTIM=] [,ENDDAT=] 1
1 1
1 [,ENDTIM=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RSULINK REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT LINK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...34320, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies:

- the Line Trunk Unit (LTU) and the channel number for trunks which
are connected to a Line Trunk Group (LTG)
this parameter accepts a single value entry.
a-b

a:LINE TRUNK UNIT= 0..7 range of decimal numbers.

b:CHANNEL= 0..31 range of decimal numbers.

- the channel number for trunks which are connected to a Remote

Switching Unit (RSU)
this parameter accepts a single value entry.
a

a:CHANNEL= 0..31 range of decimal numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...31, range of decimal numbers

For trunks connected to a LTG only the value 0..7 is allowed.

BEGDAT BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the beginning date of the time interval for
which the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIM BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the beginning time of the time interval

for which the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BERM- 4+

 DISP BERM
RSU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDAT END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the time interval for which
the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIM END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the time interval for which
the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BERM- 5+

 DISP BERM
TGNOCIC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

TRUNK GROUP NUMBER AND CIC ORI

Input format: parameters TGNO and CIC to identify the trunk under
measurement; BEGDAT and BEGTIM to specify the date from which the
operator wants the results to be displayed, and optionally an end
time/date.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BERM : TGNO= [,CIC=] [,BEGDAT= ,BEGTIM=] [,ENDDAT=] 1
1 1
1 [,ENDTIM=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the trunk under
measurement. It is entered with LNO to completely specify the trunk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code for CCS7

trunks. Must be specified together with TGNO.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <PCM system>

b: CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <channel>

BEGDAT BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the beginning date of the time interval for
which the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIM BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the beginning time of the time interval

for which the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BERM- 6+

 DISP BERM
TGNOCIC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDAT END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the time interval for which
the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIM END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the time interval for which
the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BERM- 7+

 DISP BERM
TGNOLNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

TRUNK GROUP NUMBER AND LNO ORI

Input format: parameters TGNO and LNO to identify the trunk under
measurement; BEGDAT and BEGTIM to specify the date from which the
operator wants the results to be displayed, and optionally an end
time/date.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BERM : TGNO= [,LNO=] [,BEGDAT= ,BEGTIM=] [,ENDDAT=] 1
1 1
1 [,ENDTIM=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the trunk under
measurement. It is entered with LNO to completely specify the trunk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the trunk under

measurement.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1,2,3...16383, range of decimal numbers

BEGDAT BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the beginning date of the time interval for
which the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIM BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the beginning time of the time interval

for which the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDAT END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the time interval for which

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BERM- 8+

 DISP BERM
TGNOLNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIM END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the time interval for which
the operator wants the results to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BERM- 9-

 ACT BILLREC
ACTIVATE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE BILLING RECORD

This command activates the following possibilities:

- it activates new billing, IMSI trace, interception or IN
record layouts.
- it determines the record format of the billing, IMSI trace,
interception or IN records,
the record size of the client records destination file and
the fillers to be used in the destination file.
- it activates a selective transfer of billing or IMSI trace records.

Prerequisites:
- The activation of a new layout must not happen during the formatting
of a hot billing, emergency call trace, IMSI trace or interception
record, nor during the formattting and transfer of the contents
of the IA.ICMCR, IA.ICITR, IA.ICINA or IA.ICMIR file.

Possible Effects:
- During the last transfer of records from the IA.ICMCR file or the
IA.ICTIR file, always the entire file contents will be transferred.
So possible restrictive selection criteria will then be ignored.
- The contents of the selective transfer parameters can be lost after
a system recovery.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ACT BILLREC - ACTIVATE ACTIVATE RECORD LAYOUTS

2. ACT BILLREC - RECATTR ACT BILLREC RECORD ATTRIBUTES
3. ACT BILLREC - SELTRANS ACT BILLREC SEL FILE TRANSFER

1. Input format

ACTIVATE RECORD LAYOUTS

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT BILLREC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BILLREC- 1+

 ACT BILLREC
RECATTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ACT BILLREC RECORD ATTRIBUTES

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT BILLREC : [FILLER=] ,RECFORM= ,RECSIZE= ,FILE= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILLER FILLER VALUE

This parameter specifies the fillers at the end of a physical/logical

record, used to obtain the fixed physical/logical record size.

Incompatibilities:
- The logical record filler may only be specified in case of
FIXED logical records (RECFORM = FIX).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: PHYSICAL RECORD FILLER=

0...255, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the fillers at the end of

a physical record.

Default: 255

b: LOGICAL RECORD FILLER=

0...255, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the fillers at the end of

a logical record.

Default: 255

RECFORM RECORD FORMAT

This parameter specifies the logical record format of the billing,

interception, IMSI trace or IN records destination file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FIX FIXED LOGICAL RECORD

VAR VARIABLE LOGICAL RECORD

RECSIZE RECORD SIZE

This parameter specifies the physical/logical record size (in bytes)

of the billing, interception, IMSI trace or IN records destination
file.

Incompatibilities:
- The logical record size may only be specified in case of
FIXED logical records (RECFORM = FIX).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: PHYSICAL RECORD SIZE=

3...16384, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the physical record size

of the billing records destination file.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter must be >= logical record size.
- This parameter must be <= SET FGRPATT in command COPATT.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BILLREC- 2+

 ACT BILLREC
RECATTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: LOGICAL RECORD SIZE=

3...2048, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the logical record size

of the billing records destination file.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter must be <= physical record size.
- This parameter must be >= maximum billing record length.

FILE FILE FOR SELECTIVE TRANSFER

This parameter specifies the file on which the selective transfer of

records must be applied or the file for whose destination file new
record attributes are defined.

Possible values:
- IA.ICMCR : cyclic file for billing records.
- IA.ICITR : cyclic file for IMSI trace records.
- IA.ICMIR : cyclic file for mobile interception records.
- IA.ICINA : cyclic file for IN records.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BILLREC- 3+

 ACT BILLREC
SELTRANS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

ACT BILLREC SEL FILE TRANSFER

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT BILLREC : [RECLAY=] [,SSV=] [,SEL=] ,FILE= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RECLAY RECORD LAYOUT

This parameter specifies the selective transfer of billing records or

IMSI trace records based on the record layout.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CFANN CALL FORWARDING ANNOUNCEMENT

CFC CALL FORWARDING CONDITIONAL
CFCATT CALL FORW COND ATTEMPT
CFU CALL FORWARDING UNCONDITIONAL
CFUATT CALL FORW UNCOND ATTEMPT
ECT EMERGENCY CALL TRACE
EMY EMERGENCY CALL
EMYATT EMERGENCY CALL ATTEMPT
LOCUPD LOCATION UPDATE
MOC MOBILE ORIGINATING CALL
MOCANN MOBIL ORIG CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
MOCATT MOBIL ORIG CALL ATTEMPT
MOCTRAC MOBIL ORIG CALL TRACE
MTC MOBILE TERMINATING CALL
MTCANN MOBIL TERM CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
MTCATT MOBIL TERM CALL ATTEMPT
MTCTRAC MOBIL TERM CALL TRACE
PABXIC PABX INCOMING CALL
PABXOG PABX OUTGOING CALL
PABXSCI PABX SUB CONTR INPUT OPERATION
RECLAY1 RECORD LAYOUT 1
RECLAY2 RECORD LAYOUT 2
RECLAY3 RECORD LAYOUT 3
RECLAY4 RECORD LAYOUT 4
RECLAY5 RECORD LAYOUT 5
RECLAY6 RECORD LAYOUT 6
RECLAY7 RECORD LAYOUT 7
ROA ROAMING TICKET
SCI SUBSCRIBER CONTROLLED INPUT
SMSMO SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE ORIGINAT
SMSMT SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE TERMINAT
SMSOTRAC SHORT MESS SERV ORIG TRACE
SMSTTRAC SHORT MESS SERV TERM TRACE
TRANSANN TRANSIT CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
TRANSIT TRANSIT CALL

Default: ECT

SSV SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE

This parameter specifies the selective transfer of billing records

based on the supplementary service ’hot billing’.

Prerequisites:
- This parameter is only applicable for the feature ’hot billing’.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter may only be specified for the billing records file
(FILE = IA.ICMCR) and not for the IMSI trace records file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

HB TICKETS WITH SS HOT BILLING

NOHB TICKETS WITHOUT SS HOT BILLING
X ALL TICKETS

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BILLREC- 4+

 ACT BILLREC
SELTRANS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: X

SEL SELECTIVE TRANSFER

This parameter specifies the selective transfer of billing records or

IMSI trace records based on whether the hot transfer of these records
to the OS over the hot operation link or the hot trace link succeeded
or not.

Prerequisites:
- This parameter is only applicable for the features ’hot billing’,
’emergency call trace’ and ’IMSI tracing’.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FAILED FAILED TICKETS

GOOD GOOD TICKETS
X ALL TICKETS

Default: X

FILE FILE FOR SELECTIVE TRANSFER

This parameter specifies the file on which the selective transfer of

records must be applied or the file for whose destination file new
record attributes are defined.

Possible values:
- IA.ICMCR : cyclic file for billing records.
- IA.ICITR : cyclic file for IMSI trace records.
- IA.ICMIR : cyclic file for mobile interception records.
- IA.ICINA : cyclic file for IN records.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT BILLREC- 5-

 CAN BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL BILLING RECORD

This command cancels the field of the billing record layout.

The field to be cancelled for the record layout is selected with
the entering of either the FIELDPOS or the MAPID.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,FIELDPOS=1 1
1 CAN BILLREC : RECLAY= Z,MAPID= Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RECLAY RECORD LAYOUT

This parameter specifies the billing record layout, for which

the field must be cancelled.
Upto 15 parameter values may be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

MOC MOBILE ORIGINATING CALL

MTC MOBILE TERMINATING CALL
ROA ROAMING TICKET
EMY EMERGENCY CALL
SMSMT SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE TERMINAT
SMSMO SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE ORIGINAT
CFU CALL FORWARDING UNCONDITIONAL
CFC CALL FORWARDING CONDITIONAL
SCI SUBSCRIBER CONTROLLED INPUT
MOCANN MOBIL ORIG CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
MTCANN MOBIL TERM CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
TRANSANN TRANSIT CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
CFANN CALL FORWARDING ANNOUNCEMENT
PABXIC PABX INCOMING CALL
PABXOG PABX OUTGOING CALL
PABXSCI PABX SUB CONTR INPUT OPERATION
TRANSIT TRANSIT CALL
LOCUPD LOCATION UPDATE
MOCATT MOBIL ORIG CALL ATTEMPT
MTCATT MOBIL TERM CALL ATTEMPT
CFUATT CALL FORW UNCOND ATTEMPT
CFCATT CALL FORW COND ATTEMPT
EMYATT EMERGENCY CALL ATTEMPT
MOCTRAC MOB ORIG CALL TRACE
MTCTRAC MOB TERM CALL TRACE
SMSOTRAC SHORT MESS SERV ORIG TRACE
SMSTTRAC SHORT MESS SERV TERM TRACE
ECT EMERGENCY CALL TRACE
MOCOACSU MOB OR CALL OFF AIR CALL SETUP
MTCOACSU MOB TE CALL OFF AIR CALL SETUP
SUBIC DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER INCOMING
SUBOG DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER OUTGOING
MODPAD MOBIL ORIG PACKET ASS/DISASS
MOMOBOX MOBIL ORIG MOBILE BOX
MTMOBOX MOBIL TERM MOBILE BOX
INVOCAT INVOCATION RECORD
INSUCC INTELLIGENT NETWORK SUCCESS
INATT INTELLIGENT NETWORK ATTEMPT
MIRMOC MOBILE INTERCEPTION MOC
MIRMTC MOBILE INTERCEPTION MTC
MIRCFU MOBILE INTERCEPTION CFU
MIRCFC MOBILE INTERCEPTION CFC
MIRSMSMT MOBILE INTERCEPITON SMS MT
MIRSMSMO MOBILE INTERCEPTION SMS MO

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN BILLREC- 1+

 CAN BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ADMOSS ADVANCED MULTIFUNCTIONAL OSS

RECLAY1 RECORD LAYOUT 1
RECLAY2 RECORD LAYOUT 2
RECLAY3 RECORD LAYOUT 3
RECLAY4 RECORD LAYOUT 4
RECLAY5 RECORD LAYOUT 5
RECLAY6 RECORD LAYOUT 6
RECLAY7 RECORD LAYOUT 7

FIELDPOS FIELD POSITION

This parameter specifies the position of the field to be cancelled

in the billing record layout.
If the selected position corresponds to a structure, then all
underlying fields will also be cancelled.
If the selected position is 0, then the whole record layout will be
cancelled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

MAPID MAPPING IDENTITY

This parameter specifies the nature of the field in the billing record
layout.
Compatibilities:
- This parameter is only applicable when the field is not constructed.
So only primitive fields can be cancelled if the selection is based
on the MAPID.
Notes:
- If the chosen MAPID or FIELDPOS does not exist, then the command
has no effect.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

RECTYPEA RECORD TYPE A

RECTYPEB RECORD TYPE B
CTTMN CALL TRANSACTION TYPE MN
CTTD1 CALL TRANSACTION TYPE D1
CTTCN CALL TRANSACTION TYPE CN
TIMQUAL TIME QUALITY
IMSI INTERNAT. MOB. SUBSCR.IDENTITY
MSISDN MOBILE STATION ISDN NUMBER
MSRN MOBILE STATION ROAMING NUMBER
IMEI INTERNAT.MOB.STATION EQUIPM.ID
TRANSID TRANSACTION IDENTIFICATION
OTHERTRA OTHER PARTY TRANSLATED NUMBER
OTHERDIA OTHER PARTY DIALED NUMBER
OTHERPS OTHER PARTY SHORT DIALED NUM
OTHERPD1 OTHER PARTY PROJECT D1 MOC EMY
MSCID MSC IDENTITY
BSCID BSC IDENTITY
SDATE START DATE
STIME START TIME
CALLDUR CALL DURATION
TELE INDIV TELE SERVICE NUMBER
BEARER INDIV BEARER SERVICE NUMBER
TRAMOD TRANSMISSION MODE
TGNOIC TRUNK GROUP NUMBER INCOMING
CICIC CIC INCOMING
TGNOOG TRUNK GROUP NUMBER OUTGOING
CICOG CIC OUTGOING
CAUSTERM CAUSE FOR TERMINATION
CLASSLM2 CLASSMARK LM2
CLASSLM3 CLASSMARK LM3
CLASSTY2 CLASSMARK TYPE 2
CI CELL IDENTITY
EXCHID EXCHANGE IDENTITY
CHCOUNT CALL HOLD COUNTER
CWCOUNT CALL WAIT COUNTER
SSERV SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE
MSACRATE MOBILE STATION ACCESS RATE
PADAVOL PACKET DATA VOLUME

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN BILLREC- 2+

 CAN BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

AOCINF CHARGE ADVICE INFO

E1UPTI UNITS PER TIME INTERVAL
E2SPTI SECONDS PER TIME INTERVAL
E3SCF SCALING FACTOR
E4INU INITIAL UNITS
E5UPDI UNITS PER DATA INTERVAL
E6SPDI SEGMENTS PER DATA INTERVAL
E7SPITI SECONDS PER INITIAL INTERVAL
THIRDP THIRD PARTY
SERVCENA SERVICE CENTER ADDRESS
SEQNUM SEQUENCE NUMBER
HOTRES HOT TRANSFER RESULT
CHARSTAT CHARGING STATUS
CHARPULS CHARGING PULSES
ANUMBER NUMBER OF A PARTY
BACHITAX BACKWARD CHARGING INFO TAX
BACHICHT BACKWARD CHARGING INFO CHT
BACHIITX BACKWARD CHARGING INFO ITX
BACHICBA BACKWARDCHARGING INFO CBA
TRACTYP TRACE TYPE
TRACREF TRACE REFERENCE
INTID INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION
ANNDIG ANNOUNCEMENT DIGITS
DAID DIRECT ACCESS IDENTITY
ISDNBASE ISDN BASIC SERVICE
CAUSTED1 CAUSE FOR TERMINATION PROJ D1
ANUMBLM2 A NUMBER LM2
TRANSRES TRANSMISSION RESULT
MSCIDNAT MSC IDENTITY (NATIONAL)
UNITS UNITS
OTHTRA3A OTHER PARTY 3A OCTET
IRICI CELL IDENTITY FOR IRIDIUM
CID1 CELL IDENTITY FOR PROJECT D1
INTSEQNO INTERMEDIATE SEQUENCE NUMBER
TRAZONE TRANSMITTED ZONE
RECZONE RECEIVED ZONE
SMSMSGRF SMS MO MESSAGE REFERENCE
MIRCI INTERCEPTION CELL IDENTITY
MIRCID1 INTERCEPT CELL IDENTIY FOR D1
MIRFLOW INTERCEPTION FLOW CONTROL
MIRTYPE INTERCEPTION TYPE
MIRCTT INTERCEPT CALL TRANSACT TYPE
MIRISDN INTERCEPT MOBILE STATION ISDN
MIRTIMQ INTERCEPTION TIME QUALITY
MIRTIME INTERCEPTION TIME
MIRDATE INTERCEPTION DATE
MIRBSCID INTERCPTEION BSC IDENTITY
MIROPDIA INTERCEPT OTHER PARTY DIALED
MIROPTRA INTERCEPT OTHER PARTY TRANSLAT
MIROP3A INTERCEPT OTHER PARTY 3A OCTET
MIRTHIRD INTERCEPT THIRD PARTY
MIRTELE INTERCEPTION TELESERVICE
MIRBEAR INTERCEPTION BEARER SERVICE
MIRSSERV INTERCEPT SUPPL SERVICE
MIRRES INTERCEPTION TRANSFER RESULT
MIRSMS INTERCEPTION SMS DATA
INRECTYA IN RECORD SEQUENCE TYPE A
INCHSTAT IN CHARGING STATUS
INCTT IN CALL TRANSACTION TYPE
INCHPCHR IN CHARGED PARTY CHARACTER
INCHPDIG IN CHARGED PARTY DIGITS
INDATIDU IN DATE - TIME - DURATION
INTIMQ IN TIME QUALITY
INDATE IN DATE
INTIME IN TIME
INDUR IN DURATION
INCALLED IN PARTNER DIRECTORY NUMBER
INCALLID IN CALLING LINE IDENTITY
INDESTNO IN DESTINATION NUMBER
INCONNID IN CENNECTION IDENTITY
INTRANSP IN TRANSPARANT DATA
INTRQVAL IN TRAFFIC QUALITY VALUE
INTRQLOC IN TRAFFIC QUALITY DATA
INBILLIT IN BILLED ITEMS
INCHBAND IN CHARGING BAND
INSERVIN IN SERVICE INFO

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN BILLREC- 3+

 CAN BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INCHUNIT IN CHARGING UNITS

INCAFATY IN CALL FAILURE TYPE
INZONE IN ZONE
INZOINFO IN ZONE INFO
INSERVIC IN SERVICE
TARIFF TARIFF BY SIGNALING
CHGTIME CHARG TIME BY SIGNALING
TIMETRF TIME TARIFF BY SIGNALING
LOCNUMB LOCATION NUMBER
MINCALL MOBILE IN CALL INDICATION
REDIRCNT REDIRECTION COUNTER
SPABXNUM SERVED PABX EXTENDED NUMBER
INRECTYB IN RECORD SEQUENCE TYPE B
SSINVOC SS INVOCATION DATA
MULTISMS MULTIPLE SMS INDICATION
AMARIDA AMA OSS RECORD IDENTIFI.A-TYPE
AMACIND AMA OSS CALL INDICATOR
AMACDIS AMA OSS CALL DISPOSITION
AMAZO AMA OSS ZONE
AMAACAT AMA OSS A-PARTY CATEGORY
AMAANO AMA OSS A-PARTY NUMBER
AMACCU AMA OSS CALL CHARGE UNITS
AMAEDUR AMA OSS ELAPSED CONV.DURATION
AMADATE AMA OSS DATE TIME: DATE
AMATIME AMA OSS DATE TIME: TIME
AMABCAT AMA OSS B-PARTY CATEGORY
AMABNO AMA OSS B-PARTY NUMBER
AMABITP AMA OSS BILLING TYPE
AMACHCO AMA OSS CHARGE CODE
AMACSER AMA OSS CALL SERVICES
AMAODUR AMA OSS OPERATOR CONN.DURATION
AMAIDUR AMA OSS OPERATOR INT.DURATION
AMAOID AMA OSS OP.IDENTIFICATION
AMAORTP AMA OSS ORIGINATION TYPE
AMAPRIO AMA OSS PRIORITY
AMATCR AMA OSS TIME CHARGE REQUESTOR
AMAOSC AMA OSS OPTIONAL SECTION COUNT
AMAIARR AMA OSS IARSTAT RECORD
AMAAOPN AMA OSS OPT.A-OPERATOR NUMBER
AMAALOC AMA OSS OPT.A-PARTY LOCATION
AMAANAM AMA OSS OPTIONAL A-PARTY NAME
AMAAEXT AMA OSS OPT.A-PARTY EXTENSION
AMAAPSN AMA OSS A-PARTY SHORT NUMBER
AMATIAS AMA OSS OPT.TRUNK ID.A-SIDE
AMABOPN AMA OSS OPT.B-OPERATOR NUMBER
AMABLOC AMA OSS OPT.B-PARTY LOCATION
AMABNAM AMA OSS OPTIONAL B-PARTY NAME
AMABEXT AMA OSS OPT.B-PARTY EXTENSION
AMATIBS AMA OSS OPT.TRUNK ID.B-SIDE
AMACCN AMA OSS OPT.CREDIT CARD NUMBER
AMADCBC AMA OSS OPT.D.C.COMP.BLOCK.CON
AMALSN AMA OSS OPT.LOCAL SERIAL NUM.
AMANOTE AMA OSS OPTIONAL NOTES
AMARSN AMA OSS OPT.REMOTE SERIAL NUM.
AMASPNO AMA OSS OPT.SPECIAL NUMBER
AMATCCB AMA OSS OPT.TIME CHARGE C.BLO.
AMATNAM AMA OSS OPT.THIRD PARTY NAME
AMATEXT AMA OSS OPT.THIRD PARTY EXTEN.
AMATPNO AMA OSS OPT.THIRD PARTY NUMBER
AMAOOID AMA OSS OPT.OPERATOR IDENTIFI.
AMABPSN AMA OSS B-PARTY SHORT NUMBER
AMAATGN AMA OSS OPT.CIC A-SIDE: TG NUM
AMAAPCM AMA OSS OPT.CIC A-SIDE: PCM.CH
AMABTGN AMA OSS OPT.CIC B-SIDE: TG NUM
AMABPCM AMA OSS OPT.CIC B-SIDE: PCM.CH
AMAOZO AMA OSS OPTIONAL ZONE
AMARIDO AMA OSS OPT.ROUTE ID.OUTGOING
AMARIDI AMA OSS OPT.ROUTE ID.INCOMING
AMAABTP AMA OSS OPT.ADM.BOOKING TYPE
AMAAATM AMA OSS OPT.ADM.ATTEMPTS
AMABATM AMA OSS OPT.ADM.B.APPOINT.TIME
AMATMCB AMA OSS OPT.ADM.TIME CALL BOOK
AMARIDB AMA OSS RECORD IDENTIFI.B-TYPE
AMAOSID AMA OSS OPERATOR SWITCH IDENT.
AMADCBA AMA OSS OPT.D.C.COMP.BLOCK.ADM
AMAOIAR AMA OSS OPT.IARSTAT OPT.DATA

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN BILLREC- 4+

 CAN BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

AMACTTP AMA OSS CALL TRANSACTION TYPE

AMAOPDD AMA OSS OPERATOR DIALED DIGITS
MAPID1 MAPPING IDENTITY 1
MAPID2 MAPPING IDENTITY 2
MAPID3 MAPPING IDENTITY 3
MAPID4 MAPPING IDENTITY 4
MAPID5 MAPPING IDENTITY 5
MAPID6 MAPPING IDENTITY 6
MAPID7 MAPPING IDENTITY 7

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN BILLREC- 5-

 DISP BILLREC
FILESEL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY BILLING RECORD

This command displays:

- the billing record layout as contained in the active script table or
in the changed script table.
- the file attributes.
- the selective file transfer selection criteria.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP BILLREC - FILESEL FILE DISPLAY

2. DISP BILLREC - RECSEL RECORD LAYOUT DISPLAY

1. Input format

FILE DISPLAY

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BILLREC : ATTRIBUT= ,FILE= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ATTRIBUT FILE ATTRIBUTES

This parameter specifies which file attributes are displayed.

Either the record attributes or the selective file transfer criteria
can be chosen.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

RECATTR RECORD ATTRIBUTES

SELFTCR SELECTIVE FILE TRANSF CRITERIA

FILE FILE FOR SELECTIVE TRANSFER

This parameter specifies the file of which the selective file

transfer selection criteria are displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BILLREC- 1+

 DISP BILLREC
RECSEL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

RECORD LAYOUT DISPLAY

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP BILLREC : RECLAY= ,VERSION= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RECLAY RECORD LAYOUT

This parameter specifies the record layout that is displayed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CFANN CALL FORWARDING ANNOUNCEMENT

CFC CALL FORWARDING CONDITIONAL
CFCATT CALL FORW COND ATTEMPT
CFU CALL FORWARDING UNCONDITIONAL
CFUATT CALL FORW UNCOND ATTEMPT
EMY EMERGENCY CALL
EMYATT EMERGENCY ATTEMPT
LOCUPD LOCATION UPDATE
MOC MOBILE ORIGINATING CALL
MOCANN MOBIL ORIG CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
MOCATT MOBIL ORIG CALL ATTEMPT
MOCTRAC MOBIL ORIG CALL TRACE
MTC MOBILE TERMINATING CALL
MTCANN MOBIL TERM CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
MTCATT MOBIL TERM CALL ATTEMPT
MTCTRAC MOBIL TERM CALL TRACE
PABXIC PABX INCOMING CALL
PABXOG PABX OUTGOING CALL
PABXSCI PABX SUB CONTR INPUT OPERATION
RECLAY1 RECORD LAYOUT 1
RECLAY2 RECORD LAYOUT 2
RECLAY3 RECORD LAYOUT 3
RECLAY4 RECORD LAYOUT 4
RECLAY5 RECORD LAYOUT 5
RECLAY6 RECORD LAYOUT 6
RECLAY7 RECORD LAYOUT 7
ROA ROAMING TICKET
SCI SUBSCRIBER CONTROLLED INPUT
SMSMO SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE ORIGINAT
SMSMT SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE TERMINAT
SMSOTRAC SH MESS SERV ORIG TRACE
SMSTTRAC SH MESS SERV TERM TRACE
TRANSANN TRANSIT CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
TRANSIT TRANSIT CALL
X ALL TICKET RECLAYS

VERSION DATA BASE VERSION

This parameter specifies which version of the database is

displayed.
The active database is the one that is used for formatting at
this moment.
The passive database is the one that the operator has changed with
the ENTR BILLREC command, but not yet activated with the
ACT BILLREC command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACTIVE THE ACTIVE DATABASE

CHANGED THE CHANGED DATABASE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP BILLREC- 2-

 ENTR BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER BILLING RECORD

This command enters a component of a billing record layout conform

to ASN.1.
These record layouts are used for client record formatting.
For each record layout up to 99 components can be entered.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR BILLREC : RECLAY= ,FIELDPOS= [,MAPID=] [,ASN1OPT=] 1
1 1
1 [,TAG=] [,STRUCT=] [,PARENT=] [,DEF=] [,ENF=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,LEN=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RECLAY RECORD LAYOUT

This parameter specifies the billing record layout which is

generated or for which a field is entered.
Upto 15 record layouts may be linked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

MOC MOBILE ORIGINATING CALL

MTC MOBILE TERMINATING CALL
ROA ROAMING TICKET
EMY EMERGENCY CALL
SMSMT SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE TERMINAT
SMSMO SHORT MESSAGE SERVICE ORIGINAT
CFU CALL FORWARDING UNCONDITIONAL
CFC CALL FORWARDING CONDITIONAL
SCI SUBSCRIBER CONTROLLED INPUT
MOCANN MOBIL ORIG CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
MTCANN MOBIL TERM CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
TRANSANN TRANSIT CALL ANNOUNCEMENT
CFANN CALL FORWARDING ANNOUNCEMENT
PABXIC PABX INCOMING CALL
PABXOG PABX OUTGOING CALL
PABXSCI PABX SUB CONTR INPUT OPERATION
TRANSIT TRANSIT CALL
LOCUPD LOCATION UPDATE
MOCATT MOBIL ORIG CALL ATTEMPT
MTCATT MOBIL TERM CALL ATTEMPT
CFUATT CALL FORW UNCOND ATTEMPT
CFCATT CALL FORW COND ATTEMPT
EMYATT EMERGENCY CALL ATTEMPT
MOCTRAC MOBIL ORIG CALL TRACE
MTCTRAC MOBIL TERM CALL TRACE
SMSOTRAC SHORT MESS SERV ORIG TRACE
SMSTTRAC SHORT MESS SERV TERM TRACE
ECT EMERGENCY CALL TRACE
MOCOACSU MOB OR CALL OFF AIR CALL SETUP
MTCOACSU MOB TE CALL OFF AIR CALL SETUP
SUBIC DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER INCOMING
SUBOG DIGITAL SUBSCRIBER OUTGOING
MODPAD MOBIL ORIG PACKET ASS/DISASS
MOMOBOX MOBIL ORIG MOBILE BOX
MTMOBOX MOBIL TERM MOBILE BOX
INVOCAT INVOCATION RECORD
INSUCC INTELLIGENT NETWORK SUCCESS
INATT INTELLIGENT NETWORK ATTEMPT
MIRMOC MOBILE INTERCEPTION MOC
MIRMTC MOBILE INTERCEPTION MTC
MIRCFU MOBILE INTERCEPTION CFU

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR BILLREC- 1+

 ENTR BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MIRCFC MOBILE INTERCEPTION CFC

MIRSMSMT MOBILE INTERCEPTION SMS MT
MIRSMSMO MOBILE INTERCEPTION SMS MO
ADMOSS ADVANCED MULTIFUNCTIONAL OSS
RECLAY1 RECORD LAYOUT 1
RECLAY2 RECORD LAYOUT 2
RECLAY3 RECORD LAYOUT 3
RECLAY4 RECORD LAYOUT 4
RECLAY5 RECORD LAYOUT 5
RECLAY6 RECORD LAYOUT 6
RECLAY7 RECORD LAYOUT 7

FIELDPOS FIELD POSITION

This parameter specifies the position of the field in the record.

Compatibilities:
- the position 0 is reserved for the ’root’.
- gaps are allowed.

Notes:
- when the position of an already existing field is entered, the
actual field which is entered will get the desired position while
all subsequent fields will shift one position until a gap is reached.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

MAPID MAPPING IDENTITY

This parameter specifies the nature of the field in the billing record
layout.
Compatibilities:
- This parameter is only applicable when the field is not constructed.
- This parameter is mandatory if STRUCT=PRIM.
Incompatibilities:
- It is not allowed to use the same MAPID twice, in the same record
layout.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

RECTYPEA RECORD TYPE A

RECTYPEB RECORD TYPE B
CTTMN CALL TRANSACTION TYPE MN
CTTD1 CALL TRANSACTION TYPE D1
CTTCN CALL TRANSACTION TYPE CN
TIMQUAL TIME QUALITY
IMSI INTERNAT. MOB. SUBSCR.IDENTITY
MSISDN MOBILE STATION ISDN NUMBER
MSRN MOBILE STATION ROAMING NUMBER
IMEI INTERNAT.MOB.STATION EQUIPM.ID
TRANSID TRANSACTION IDENTIFICATION
OTHERTRA OTHER PARTY TRANSLATED NUMBER
OTHERDIA OTHER PARTY DIALED NUMBER
OTHERPS OTHER PARTY SHORT DIALED NUM
OTHERPD1 OTHER PARTY PROJECT D1 MOC EMY
MSCID MSC IDENTITY
BSCID BSC IDENTITY
SDATE START DATE
STIME START TIME
CALLDUR CALL DURATION
TELE INDIV TELE SERVICE NUMBER
BEARER INDIV BEARER SERVICE NUMBER
TRAMOD TRANSMISSION MODE
TGNOIC TRUNK GROUP NUMBER INCOMING
CICIC CIC INCOMING
TGNOOG TRUNK GROUP NUMBER OUTGOING
CICOG CIC OUTGOING
CAUSTERM CAUSE FOR TERMINATION
CLASSLM2 CLASSMARK LM2
CLASSLM3 CLASSMARK LM3
CLASSTY2 CLASSMARK TYPE 2
CI CELL IDENTITY
EXCHID EXCHANGE IDENTITY
CHCOUNT CALL HOLD COUNTER
CWCOUNT CALL WAIT COUNTER

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR BILLREC- 2+

 ENTR BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SSERV SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE

MSACRATE MOBILE STATION ACCESS RATE
PADAVOL PACKET DATA VOLUME
AOCINF CHARGE ADVICE INFO
E1UPTI UNITS PER TIME INTERVAL
E2SPTI SECONDS PER TIME INTERVAL
E3SCF SCALING FACTOR
E4INU INITIAL UNITS
E5UPDI UNITS PER DATA INTERVAL
E6SPDI SEGMENTS PER DATA INTERVAL
E7SPITI SECONDS PER INITIAL INTERVAL
THIRDP THIRD PARTY
SERVCENA SERVICE CENTER ADDRESS
SEQNUM SEQUENCE NUMBER
HOTRES HOT TRANSFER RESULT
CHARSTAT CHARGING STATUS
CHARPULS CHARGING PULSES
ANUMBER NUMBER OF A PARTY
BACHITAX BACKWARD CHARGING INFO TAX
BACHICHT BACKWARD CHARGING INFO CHT
BACHIITX BACKWARD CHARGING INFO ITX
BACHICBA BACKWARDCHARGING INFO CBA
TRACTYP TRACE TYPE
TRACREF TRACE REFERENCE
INTID INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION
ANNDIG ANNOUNCEMENT DIGITS
DAID DIRECT ACCESS IDENTITY
ISDNBASE ISDN BASIC SERVICE
CAUSTED1 CAUSE FOR TERMINATION PROJ D1
ANUMBLM2 A NUMBER LM2
TRANSRES TRANSMISSION RESULT
MSCIDNAT MSC IDENTITY (NATIONAL)
UNITS UNITS
OTHTRA3A OTHER PARTY 3A OCTET
IRICI CELL IDENTITY FOR IRIDIUM
CID1 CELL IDENTITY FOR PROJECT D1
INTSEQNO INTERMEDIATE SEQUENCE NUMBER
TRAZONE TRANSMITTED ZONE
RECZONE RECEIVED ZONE
SMSMSGRF SMS MO MESSAGE REFERENCE
MIRCI INTERCEPTION CELL IDENTITY
MIRCID1 INTERCEPT CELL IDENTIY FOR D1
MIRFLOW INTERCEPTION FLOW CONTROL
MIRTYPE INTERCEPTION TYPE
MIRCTT INTERCEPT CALL TRANSACT TYPE
MIRISDN INTERCEPT MOBILE STATION ISDN
MIRTIMQ INTERCEPTION TIME QUALITY
MIRTIME INTERCEPTION TIME
MIRDATE INTERCEPTION DATE
MIRBSCID INTERCPTEION BSC IDENTITY
MIROPDIA INTERCEPT OTHER PARTY DIALED
MIROPTRA INTERCEPT OTHER PARTY TRANSLAT
MIROP3A INTERCEPT OTHER PARTY 3A OCTET
MIRTHIRD INTERCEPT THIRD PARTY
MIRTELE INTERCEPTION TELESERVICE
MIRBEAR INTERCEPTION BEARER SERVICE
MIRSSERV INTERCEPT SUPPL SERVICE
MIRRES INTERCEPTION TRANSFER RESULT
MIRSMS INTERCEPTION SMS DATA
INRECTYA IN RECORD SEQUENCE TYPE A
INCHSTAT IN CHARGING STATUS
INCTT IN CALL TRANSACTION TYPE
INCHPCHR IN CHARGED PARTY CHARACTER
INCHPDIG IN CHARGED PARTY DIGITS
INDATIDU IN DATE - TIME - DURATION
INTIMQ IN TIME QUALITY
INDATE IN DATE
INTIME IN TIME
INDUR IN DURATION
INCALLED IN PARTNER DIRECTORY NUMBER
INCALLID IN CALLING LINE IDENTITY
INDESTNO IN DESTINATION NUMBER
INCONNID IN CONNECTION IDENTITY
INTRANSP IN TRANSPARENT DATA
INTRQVAL IN TRAFFIC QUALITY VALUE
INTRQLOC IN TRAFFIC QUALITY LOCATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR BILLREC- 3+

 ENTR BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INBILLIT IN BILLED ITEMS

INCHBAND IN CHARGE BAND
INSERVIN IN SERVICE INFO
INCHUNIT IN CHARGING UNITS
INCAFATY IN CALL FAILURE TYPE
INZONE IN ZONE
INZOINFO IN ZONE INFO
INSERVIC IN SERVICE
TARIFF TARIFF BY SIGNALING
CHGTIME CHARG TIME BY SIGNALING
TIMETRF TIME TARIFF BY SIGNALING
LOCNUMB LOCATION NUMBER
MINCALL MOBILE IN CALL INDICATION
REDIRCNT REDIRECTION COUNTER
SPABXNUM SERVED PABX EXTENDED NUMBER
INRECTYB IN RECORD SEQUENCE TYPE B
SSINVOC SS INVOCATION DATA
MULTISMS MULTIPLE SMS INDICATION
AMARIDA AMA OSS RECORD IDENTIFI.A-TYPE
AMACIND AMA OSS CALL INDICATOR
AMACDIS AMA OSS CALL DISPOSITION
AMAZO AMA OSS ZONE
AMAACAT AMA OSS A-PARTY CATEGORY
AMAANO AMA OSS A-PARTY NUMBER
AMACCU AMA OSS CALL CHARGE UNITS
AMAEDUR AMA OSS ELAPSED CONV.DURATION
AMADATE AMA OSS DATE TIME: DATE
AMATIME AMA OSS DATE TIME: TIME
AMABCAT AMA OSS B-PARTY CATEGORY
AMABNO AMA OSS B-PARTY NUMBER
AMABITP AMA OSS BILLING TYPE
AMACHCO AMA OSS CHARGE CODE
AMACSER AMA OSS CALL SERVICES
AMAODUR AMA OSS OPERATOR CONN.DURATION
AMAIDUR AMA OSS OPERATOR INT.DURATION
AMAOID AMA OSS OP.IDENTIFICATION
AMAORTP AMA OSS ORIGINATION TYPE
AMAPRIO AMA OSS PRIORITY
AMATCR AMA OSS TIME CHARGE REQUESTOR
AMAOSC AMA OSS OPTIONAL SECTION COUNT
AMAIARR AMA OSS IARSTAT RECORD
AMAAOPN AMA OSS OPT.A-OPERATOR NUMBER
AMAALOC AMA OSS OPT.A-PARTY LOCATION
AMAANAM AMA OSS OPTIONAL A-PARTY NAME
AMAAEXT AMA OSS OPT.A-PARTY EXTENSION
AMAAPSN AMA OSS A-PARTY SHORT NUMBER
AMATIAS AMA OSS OPT.TRUNK ID.A-SIDE
AMABOPN AMA OSS OPT.B-OPERATOR NUMBER
AMABLOC AMA OSS OPT.B-PARTY LOCATION
AMABNAM AMA OSS OPTIONAL B-PARTY NAME
AMABEXT AMA OSS OPT.B-PARTY EXTENSION
AMATIBS AMA OSS OPT.TRUNK ID.B-SIDE
AMACCN AMA OSS OPT.CREDIT CARD NUMBER
AMADCBC AMA OSS OPT.D.C.COMP.BLOCK.CON
AMALSN AMA OSS OPT.LOCAL SERIAL NUM.
AMANOTE AMA OSS OPTIONAL NOTES
AMARSN AMA OSS OPT.REMOTE SERIAL NUM.
AMASPNO AMA OSS OPT.SPECIAL NUMBER
AMATCCB AMA OSS OPT.TIME CHARGE C.BLO.
AMATNAM AMA OSS OPT.THIRD PARTY NAME
AMATEXT AMA OSS OPT.THIRD PARTY EXTEN.
AMATPNO AMA OSS OPT.THIRD PARTY NUMBER
AMAOOID AMA OSS OPT.OPERATOR IDENTIFI.
AMABPSN AMA OSS B-PARTY SHORT NUMBER
AMAATGN AMA OSS OPT.CIC A-SIDE: TG NUM
AMAAPCM AMA OSS OPT.CIC A-SIDE: PCM.CH
AMABTGN AMA OSS OPT.CIC B-SIDE: TG NUM
AMABPCM AMA OSS OPT.CIC B-SIDE: PCM.CH
AMAOZO AMA OSS OPTIONAL ZONE
AMARIDO AMA OSS OPT.ROUTE ID.OUTGOING
AMARIDI AMA OSS OPT.ROUTE ID.INCOMING
AMAABTP AMA OSS OPT.ADM.BOOKING TYPE
AMAAATM AMA OSS OPT.ADM.ATTEMPTS
AMABATM AMA OSS OPT.ADM.B.APPOINT.TIME
AMATMCB AMA OSS OPT.ADM.TIME CALL BOOK
AMARIDB AMA OSS RECORD IDENTIFI.B-TYPE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR BILLREC- 4+

 ENTR BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

AMAOSID AMA OSS OPERATOR SWITCH IDENT.

AMADCBA AMA OSS OPT.D.C.COMP.BLOCK.ADM
AMAOIAR AMA OSS OPT.IARSTAT OPT.DATA
AMACTTP AMA OSS CALL TRANSACTION TYPE
AMAOPDD AMA OSS OPERATOR DIALED DIGITS
MAPID1 MAPPING IDENTITY 1
MAPID2 MAPPING IDENTITY 2
MAPID3 MAPPING IDENTITY 3
MAPID4 MAPPING IDENTITY 4
MAPID5 MAPPING IDENTITY 5
MAPID6 MAPPING IDENTITY 6
MAPID7 MAPPING IDENTITY 7

ASN1OPT ASN.1 OPTIONAL FIELD

This parameter specifies whether the field is optional or not.

An optional field will not be present in the billing record when the
field is not applicable.
Compatibilities:
- this field is only applicable for underlying fields of a SET or SEQ.
Incompatibilities:
- the root itself must never be optional.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO
NO NO
Y YES
YES YES

Default: YES

TAG ASN.1 TAG

This parameter specifies the new ASN.1 tag for the field.
This new tag replaces the ASN.1 default tag for the field.
Every MAPID_id has a default tag conform ISO-CCITT
(ASN.1 definition), with class = UNIVERSAL.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TAG CLASS
UNIV UNIVERSAL
APPL APPLICATION WIDE
CONT CONTEXT SPECIFIC
PRIV PRIVATE

b: TAG VALUE=
0...127, range of decimal numbers

STRUCT STRUCTURED ASN.1 TYPE

This parameter defines the ASN.1 structure type for the field.
Compatibilities:
- If FIELDPOS=0, then STRUCT must be SET or SEQ.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PRIM PRIMITIVE
SET SET
SEQ SEQUENCE
SETOF SET OF
SEQOF SEQUENCE OF
CHOICE CHOICE

Default: PRIM, SET, SEQ, SETOF, SEQOF, CHOICE

PARENT ASN.1 PARENT

This parameter specifies the position of the structure, of which

the current field is a component.
Prerequisites:
- the PARENT position must already be defined.
Incompatibilities:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR BILLREC- 5+

 ENTR BILLREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- The parameter is illegal if the PARENT position has a MAPID

assigned.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

DEF DEFAULT VALUE

This parameter specifies the default value for the field.

If no default value is entered, the system default of the MAPID
is applicable.
The default value is written in the client record if the value
encountered in the AMA record is not applicable.
Incompatibilities:
This parameter is not applicable for optional fields.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

ENF ENFORCE DEFAULT VALUE

This parameter specifies the ability to enforce a default value in

the field of the billing record.
Incompatibilities:
- This parameter is not applicable for optional fields.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO
NO NO
Y YES
YES YES

Default: NO

LEN LENGTH

This parameter specifies the length of a SETOF or SEQOF type, or

the length of an octetstring.
If the parameter MAPID is entered, the length is always fixed on
this value. Otherwise the length is determined by the information
available in the MCR record.
Incompatibilities:
- The entered value must not be larger than the maximum array index
as defined for the LEN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...127, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR BILLREC- 6-

 TRANS BUFFER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TRANSFER INDIV. CALL DATA BUFFER TO DISK

This command initiates the immediate transfer of the contents of the

(not necessarily full) data buffer for the specified feature type
from the CP memory to the corresponding disk file.

Prerequisites :
- The specified feature type must be active (advisory and command
rejection).
- The corresponding file is not full (advisory and command rejection).
- The CP memory data buffer is not in overflow (advisory and command
rejection).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TRANS BUFFER : TYPE= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE INDIV. CALL DATA FEATURE TYPE

This parameter specifies the individual call data feature type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

MCR MOBILE SUBSC. CALL RECORDING
IARA INTERADMIN. REVENUE ACCOUNTING
INA INTELLIGENT NETWORK AMA
CDR CALL DETAIL RECORDING
UAM US AUTOMATIC MSG ACCOUNTING
ITR IMSI TRACE RECORD BUFFER
LIR LAWFUL INTERCEPT RECORDING
MOB METER OBSERVATION
PMOB PREVENTIVE METER OBSERVATION
MAL MALICIOUS CALL TRACING
OME OBSERVED MOB. EQUIPM. BUFFER
FIR FACILITY INPUT RECORDING
DNOB DIRECTORY NUMBER OBSERVATION
TOB TRAFFIC OBSERVATION
TST TRAFFIC STRUCT. MEASUREMENT
ERS ERROR STATISTICS

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TRANS BUFFER- 1-

 DISP C7DCDMSU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 DISCARDED MSUS

This command displays the last 20 MSUs which were discarded due to
routing data error.
This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel
signaling according to signaling system no.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7DCDMSU : UNIT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT PROCESSOR UNIT

This parameter specifies the processor(s) for which the discarded MSUs
will be displayed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

PUSIMP PU:SIMP
MHSIMP MH:SIMP
CPI CPI
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7DCDMSU- 1-

 REC C7DCDMSU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

REC CCS7 DISCARDED MESSAGE SIGNAL UNITS

This command starts the recording of the number of MSUs discarded

due to routing errors and outputs the data to the OMT
or MDD.

The name of the measurement file is output to the OMT

if the traffic data are output to disk.

Notes:

- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the

selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output with
immediate start.
- Data can be lost in case of reloading of CCNP.
- If a counter cannot be activated, no data from this counter can be received.
The user will be informed. After successful repetition of counter
activation, the first data will be marked as insecure.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC C7DCDMSU : UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the form of output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN.TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data are output
to the OMT.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file.
The start and the finish message include the
name of the file in which the traffic data are
available for postprocessing.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to a single measurement file.
The output mode SINGLE is only permitted in
connection with output unit = MDD.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7 daily
files are prepared and created at the begin of
measurement. Daily files will be overwritten in
the following week on the same weekday.

The output mode DAILY is only permitted in

connection with output unit = MDD.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7DCDMSU- 1+

 REC C7DCDMSU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may be
linked with &. In case of linked BEG dates, TER is not
permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be at the latest one month after
the actual date.
- The last BEG date must be at the latest one year after
the actual date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped with
STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the last BEG day,
it will be finished.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after command
input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one begin date

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7DCDMSU- 2+

 REC C7DCDMSU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological order
may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be at least
30 minutes apart except for measurements over midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV = 23-00-01-00
is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two interval
times, e.g.
IV = 00-00-00-30&23-00-00-00.

- The measurement is active during the specified interval times

only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval IV
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped during the last
interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: HOUR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE OF BEGIN DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: HOUR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: MINUTE OF TERMINATION DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

are to be recorded.

Notes:
- The input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which are not
linkable with other values.

Default: Measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7DCDMSU- 3-

 DISP C7DMDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 DISC. MSU

This command is used to display the entered

threshold and the number of discarded MSUs
which shall be reported.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7DMDAT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7DMDAT- 1-

 MOD C7DMDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CCS7 DISCARDED MSU DATA

This command is used to modify the threshold and

the number of discarded MSUs to be displayed
due to routing data errors.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD C7DMDAT : <THR= ,NUMBMSU=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

THR THRESHOLD CCS7 DISC. MSU DATA

This parameter is used to specify the threshold

for discarded MSUs to be displayed.
Initial value : 20 MSUS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...20, range of decimal numbers

NUMBMSU NUMBER OF DISC. MSU DATA

This parameter is used to specify the number of

discarded MSUs to be displayed.
Initial value : 8 MSUS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7DMDAT- 1-

 CAN C7DP
FOREIGN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCS7 DESTINATION POINT

This command cancels a destination point within the CCS7 network either in
the own area or in the foreign area. After all destinations points in a
foreign area have been cancelled, the foreign area itself may be configured
to administrative blocked (ABL) and may be cancelled.

Prerequisites for own area:

- An associated user part must no longer exist.
- The associated route set has been configured to the operating
state administrative blocked (ABL).
- If the destination point is an adjacent signaling point,
the link set state must be in the operating state
inactive (BL1) using the command CONF C7LINK.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery the
command must be entered again to prevent data inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CAN C7DP - FOREIGN FOREIGN AREA

2. CAN C7DP - OWN OWN AREA

1. Input format

FOREIGN AREA

Input format for cancelling a destination point in the foreign area.

In a foreign area up to four destination points may be specified
by chaining with & or an interval of destination points
(maximum of 1024 destination points) may be specified by chaining
with &&. The specified interval must be entirely in
the specified routing area.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN C7DP : DPC= ,RANAM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7DP- 1+

 CAN C7DP
FOREIGN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7DP- 2+

 CAN C7DP
OWN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

OWN AREA

Input format for cancelling a destination point in the own area.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN C7DP : DPC= ,NETIND= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7DP- 3-

 CONF C7DP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE CCS7 DESTINATION POINT

This command configures a destination point in the own area to one

of the operating states: active (ACT) or administrative blocked
(ABL). When a destination point is created, it is automatically
configured to the operating state administrative blocked (ABL).

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery the command
must be reentered to prevent data inconsistency.

Notes:
- The configuring of a destination point to operating state ABL
prevents message signal units (MSUs) being transmitted to the
destination point by the users. It does not automatically prevent
MSUs being transmitted from the destination point. Bidirectional
message flow can only be terminated when both signaling points at
the end of the route set (destination point and own signaling point)
are mutually configured to ABL.
- If a non-adjacent signaling point within the own area is configured
to ABL: The own signaling point must not be used as a signaling
transfer point to the blocked signaling point (from the view of a
third signaling point).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF C7DP : DPC= ,NETIND= ,OST= [,UNCOND=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF C7DP- 1+

 CONF C7DP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
ABL ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED

UNCOND UNCONDITIONAL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DO NOT CONFIG. UNCONDITIONALLY

NO DO NOT CONFIG. UNCONDITIONALLY
Y CONFIGURE UNCONDITIONALLY
YES CONFIGURE UNCONDITIONALLY

Default: N

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF C7DP- 2-

 CR C7DP
FOREIGN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CCS7 DESTINATION POINT

This command creates a destination point within the CCS7 network either in
the own area or in the foreign area. A destination point can either be
in the own area or in the foreign area.

Own area:
The route set describes all defined possibilities for reaching the
destination point. This can be via one or several routes. A route is a
link set leading either directly to the destination point or to an
adjacent signaling point via which the destination point can be reached.
The route set is created with one to eight possible route directions
(link sets). The first route direction in this set will be assigned the
highest routing priority.
The operating state of the entered route is initially
administrative blocked (ABL).
The route set still will not carry traffic until it has been
activated using the command CONF C7DP.

Foreign area:
If the routing area is not active it must be configured to active
(ACT) using the command CONF C7RTAREA to make the destination
point(s) available for signaling traffic.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR C7DP - FOREIGN FOREIGN AREA

2. CR C7DP - OWN OWN AREA

1. Input format

FOREIGN AREA

Input format for creating a destination point in the foreign area.

In a foreign area up to four destination points may be specified
by chaining with &, or an interval of destination points
(maximum of 1024 destination points) may be specified
by chaining with &&.
The specified interval must be entirely in the specified routing area.

Prerequisites:
The routing area with its route set must be created.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR C7DP : DPC= ,RANAM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7DP- 1+
 CR C7DP
FOREIGN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7DP- 2+
 CR C7DP
OWN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

OWN AREA

Input format for creating a destination point in the own area.

Prerequisites:
The link set of the route set must be created.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR C7DP : DPC= ,NETIND= ,PRD= ,LSK= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

PRD POSSIBLE ROUTE DIRECTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSK LOAD SHARING KEY FOR RT DIRECT

This parameter specifies the loadsharing key of the route set.

It indicates a method used to determine whether the load is
distributed to one (LSK = 0) or two (LSK > 0) signaling
link sets.
If distributed to two signaling link sets the LSK = 1,2,3 or 4
additionally defines which load portions are distributed to which one
of the two signaling link sets.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...4, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7DP- 3-
 DISP C7DP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 DESTINATION POINT

This command displays the following data of created destination

to route set associations of the home area:
- the destination point code
- the network indicator of this destination point
- the operating state (semipermanent) of the destination point
- the effective state (transient) of the destination point

Possible effects:
- If all destination points are requested, the display may be
terminated by the STOP DISP command.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7DP : DPC= ,NETIND= [,OST=] [,EST=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NETWORK 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NETWORK 1

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
ABL ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7DP- 1+

 DISP C7DP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EST EFFECTIVE STATE OF THE DPC

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT DPC IS AVAILABLE

UNA DPC IS UNAVAILABLE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7DP- 2-

 MOD C7DP
LSK
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CCS7 DESTINATION POINT

This command either interchanges the priority orders of the two link
sets LSNAM1 and LSNAM2 in the route set of the specified
destination point or modifies the loadsharing key of the route set.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be reentered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD C7DP - LSK CHANGE LOADSHARING KEY

2. MOD C7DP - PRIORITY CHANGE PRIORITY OF TWO LINK SETS

1. Input format

CHANGE LOADSHARING KEY

Change of the loadsharing key:

The loadsharing key is used to define the traffic distribution
between the current routes.
The loadsharing key must have a value between zero and four.
If the loadsharing key has the value zero, no loadsharing will
be carried out between the routes and the possible route direction
with highest priority will be used.
If the loadsharing key has a value between one and four, loadsharing
will be carried out between the two available possible route
directions with highest priority. The different values effect the
distribution of the traffic within the route directions.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD C7DP : DPC= ,NETIND= ,LSK= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7DP- 1+

 MOD C7DP
LSK
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

LSK LOAD SHARING KEY FOR RT DIRECT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...4, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7DP- 2+

 MOD C7DP
PRIORITY
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CHANGE PRIORITY OF TWO LINK SETS

Interchange of the priorities:

The new priority of LSNAM1 must be defined explicitely
by LSPRI1.
The highest priority is one, the lowest is eight.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD C7DP : DPC= ,NETIND= ,LSNAM1= ,LSNAM2= ,LSPRI1= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

LSNAM1 FIRST LINK SET TO BE SWAPPED

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNAM2 SECOND LINK SET TO BE SWAPPED

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSPRI1 PRIO.OF 1ST ENTERED LINK SET

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7DP- 3-

 REC C7GOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD CCS7 GRADE OF SERVICE

This command starts the recording of a grade-of-service

measurement for CCS7 links and outputs the following data
to the OMT or MDD:

- Duration of link in service

- Number of signaling units in error
- Duration of link unavailability
(any reason)
- Duration of link unavailability
(link failure)
- Duration of link unavailability
(local blocking)
- Duration of link unavailability
(remote blocking)
- Duration of link unavailability
(local and remote blocking)

The name of the measurement file is output to the OMT

if the traffic data are output to disk.
A maximum of 8 commands can be entered at any one time.

Notes:

- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the

selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output with
immediate start.
- The same measurement object may not be specified in more than one
measurement at any one time.
- If the last measured object is canceled, the job will terminate itself.
- Data can be lost in case of reloading of CCNP.
- If a counter cannot be activated, no data from this counter can be received.
The user will be informed. After successful repetition of counter
activation, the first data will be marked as insecure.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1LSNAM= 1 1
1 REC C7GOS : ZLINKNO=Y [,LCOD=] ,UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter specifies the link set name.

One single link set name may be selected.

Alternatively, up to 16 link set names may be linked
with ’&’ or ’X’ may be input if output unit is MDD.
’LSNAM = X’ will be handled like ’LINKNO = X’.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7GOS- 1+

 REC C7GOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LINKNO LINK NUMBER

This parameter specifies the link number associated with the link.

Up to 16 link numbers may be linked with ’&’.

Alternatively, it is possible to select one interval of
link numbers specified with ’&&’ or ’X’ if output unit
is MDD.
If an interval is entered, at least one link has to exist
within the interval.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

LCOD LINK CODE

This parameter specifies the link within the link set.

It is only permitted in combination with a single
link set name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the form of output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN.TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data are output
to the OMT.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file.
The start and the finish message include the
name of the file in which the traffic data are
available for postprocessing.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to a single measurement file.
The output mode SINGLE is only permitted in
connection with output unit = MDD.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7 daily
files are prepared and created at the begin of
measurement. Daily files will be overwritten in
the following week on the same weekday.

The output mode DAILY is only permitted in

connection with output unit = MDD.

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7GOS- 2+

 REC C7GOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may be
linked with &. In case of linked BEG dates, TER is not
permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be at the latest one month after
the actual date.
- The last BEG date must be at the latest one year after
the actual date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped with
STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the last BEG day,
it will be finished.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after command
input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one begin date
BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological order
may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be at least
30 minutes apart except for measurements over midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV = 23-00-01-00
is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two interval
times, e.g.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7GOS- 3+

 REC C7GOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

IV = 00-00-00-30&23-00-00-00.

- The measurement is active during the specified interval times

only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval IV
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped during the last
interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: HOUR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE OF BEGIN DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: HOUR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: MINUTE OF TERMINATION DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

are to be recorded.

Notes:
- The input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which are not
linkable with other values.

Default: Measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7GOS- 4-

 STAT C7L1

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY STATUS OF CCS7 LEVEL1 COMPONENTS

This command displays the status of the components building the

CCS7 level 1.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1UNIT=1 1
1 STAT C7L1 : ZPORT=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT TYPE AND NUMBER OF UNIT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: TYPE OF UNIT
SILT SILT - NAME OF DEVICE

b: NUMBER OF UNIT=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

PORT NUMBER OF PORT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c[-d]

a: NUMBER OF TSG=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: NUMBER OF LTG=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: NUMBER OF LTU=
0...3, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: NUMBER OF CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT C7L1- 1-

 CAN C7LINK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCS7 LINK

This command cancels a link which is a communication path between two

adjacent signaling points.

Prerequisites:
- The link must be configured to the operating state BL1.

Possible effects:
- If the command is aborted by recovery, it must be reentered
to prevent data base inconsistancy.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN C7LINK : LSNAM= ,LCOD= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LCOD LINK CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7LINK- 1-

 CONF C7LINK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE CCS7 LINK

This command configures a signaling link to one of the three operating

states active (ACT), inactive (BL1) or blocked (BL2).

Prerequisites:
- If OST=BL2 or OST=ACT the adjacent destination point must be created
for the associated link set.

Possible effects:
- The signaling link becomes active only after activation
has been initiated at both signaling points concerned, and if
the initialization tests and the link test have been
successfully completed.
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be reentered to prevent data base inconsistency.

Notes:
- The last signaling link of a link set should only be configured to BL1, if
the link set is not used as a route for any destination point.
- A link manually inactivated or blocked can only be activated by the operator.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF C7LINK : LSNAM= ,LCOD= ,OST= [,UNCOND=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LCOD LINK CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
activated
BL1 BLOCKED 1
deactivated:
in this state the signaling link is an inactive
member of the link set, and no messages are
transmitted
BL2 BLOCKED 2
blocked:
in this state the link will still carry
LSSU-messages (link status signal unit) to
indicate processor outage to the adjacent
destination point, but no MSU (message signal
unit) will be carried

UNCOND UNCONDITIONAL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DO NOT CONFIG. UNCONDITIONALLY

NO DO NOT CONFIG. UNCONDITIONALLY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF C7LINK- 1+

 CONF C7LINK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Y CONFIGURE UNCONDITIONALLY
YES CONFIGURE UNCONDITIONALLY

Default: N

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF C7LINK- 2-

 CR C7LINK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CCS7 LINK

This command creates a signaling link, which is a communication path between

two adjacent signaling points, and assigns it to a specific link set.

Prerequisites:
- The associated link set must be created.
- The associated multiplexer must be created.
- For links connected to the switching network by the SILTs with SILT
numbers from 56 to 127 or 184 to 255 the according multiplexer
master B (MUXMB) must be created with the command CR MUXMB.
- The SILT associated with the link must not be assigned to another link.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

Notes:
- Up to 16 links may be assigned to one link set.
- For the SILTs with SILT numbers 0 and 128 the link type must be
an analog one.
- After creation the link set is inactive.
- The link still will not carry traffic until it has been activated using
the command CONF C7LINK.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR C7LINK : LSNAM= ,LCOD= ,SILTNO= ,LTYPE= [,LINKNO=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LCOD LINK CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

SILTNO SILT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

LTYPE LINK TYPE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

A04PWM ANLOG/4.8K/PCR /TAB:WM

D64BWM DIGIT/64 K/BASIC/TAB:WM
D64PWM DIGIT/64 K/PCR /TAB:WM
D56BUS DIGIT/56 K/BASIC/TAB:US
D56PUS DIGIT/56 K/PCR /TAB:US
A04BWM ANLOG/4.8K/BASIC/TAB:WM
A04BUS ANLOG/4.8K/BASIC/TAB:US
D64BUS DIGIT/64 K/BASIC/TAB:US
D64PWMA DIGIT/64 K/PCR /TAB:WM ALTER.
D56BUSA DIGIT/56 K/BASIC/TAB:US ALTER.
D56PUSA DIGIT/56 K/PCR /TAB:US ALTER.
A04BWMA ANLOG/4.8K/BASIC/TAB:WM ALTER.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7LINK- 1+
 CR C7LINK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

D64BUSA DIGIT/64 K/BASIC/TAB:US ALTER.

LINKNO LINK NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7LINK- 2-
 DISP C7LINK
ALL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 SIGNALING LINK

This command displays the created signaling links, which are used
as communication paths between adjacent signaling points.

The following data is displayed:

- the name of the link set to which the link belongs
- the link code, the link number, the SILT number and the link type
- the operating (semipermanent) state of the link
- the inhibiting state of the link
- the effective (transient) state of the link
- the reason for the effective (transient) state of the link

The display can be selective by use of optional input parameters.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP C7LINK - ALL ALL LINKS

2. DISP C7LINK - LCOD LINK CODE
3. DISP C7LINK - LINKNO LINK NUMBER
4. DISP C7LINK - SILTNO SILT NUMBER
5. DISP C7LINK - STATUS LINK STATUS

1. Input format

ALL LINKS

This input format permits the display of all created signaling links
which have to be selected by
-LSNO = X or
-LSNAM = X or
-LINKNO = X or
-SILTNO = X.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,EST=11 1
1 DISP C7LINK : [IST=] [,NETIND=] [,LTYPE=] 1Z,OST=Y1 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,SILTNO=1 1
1 1,LINKNO=1 1
1 Z,LSNAM= Y ; 1
1 1,LSNO= 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

IST INHIBITING STATE

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BTH BOTH INHIBITED

LOC LOCAL INHIBITED
NOT NOT INHIBITED
REM REMOTE INHIBITED

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LINK- 1+

 DISP C7LINK
ALL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LTYPE LINK TYPE

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

A04BUS ANLOG/4.8K/BASIC/TAB:US
A04BWM ANLOG/4.8K/BASIC/TAB:WM
A04BWMA ANLOG/4.8K/BASIC/TAB:WM ALTER.
A04PWM ANLOG/4.8K/PCR /TAB:WM
D56BUS DIGIT/56 K/BASIC/TAB:US
D56BUSA DIGIT/56 K/BASIC/TAB:US ALTER.
D56PUS DIGIT/56 K/PCR /TAB:US
D56PUSA DIGIT/56 K/PCR /TAB:US ALTER.
D64BUS DIGIT/64 K/BASIC/TAB:US
D64BUSA DIGIT/64 K/BASIC/TAB:US ALTER.
D64BWM DIGIT/64 K/BASIC/TAB:WM
D64PWM DIGIT/64 K/PCR /TAB:WM
D64PWMA DIGIT/64 K/PCR /TAB:WM ALTER.

EST EFFECTIVE STATE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
NAC NOT ACCESSIBLE
UNA UNAVAILABLE

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
BL1 BLOCKED 1
BL2 BLOCKED 2

SILTNO SILT NUMBER

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

LINKNO LINK NUMBER

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNO LINK SET NUMBER

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LINK- 2+

 DISP C7LINK
LCOD
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

LINK CODE

This input format permits the display of all created signaling links
which are selected either by a specific link set name or a specific
link set number and optional by link code.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,LSNAM=1 1
1 DISP C7LINK : [LCOD=] Z,LSNO= Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LCOD LINK CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNO LINK SET NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LINK- 3+

 DISP C7LINK
LINKNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

LINK NUMBER

This input format permits the display of a specific signaling link which
is selected by link number.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7LINK : LINKNO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LINKNO LINK NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LINK- 4+

 DISP C7LINK
SILTNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

SILT NUMBER

This input format permits the display of a specific signaling link which
is selected by silt number.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7LINK : SILTNO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SILTNO SILT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LINK- 5+

 DISP C7LINK
STATUS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

LINK STATUS

This input format permits the display of all created signaling links
which are selected either by a specific link set name or specific link
set number and optional by inhibiting state or either by the effective
state or operating status.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= ( ) 1
1 11,EST=11 1,LSNAM=1 1
1 DISP C7LINK : [IST=] 1Z,OST=Y1 Z,LSNO= Y ; 1
1 11 11 1 1 1
1 >* +W * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

IST INHIBITING STATE

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BTH BOTH INHIBITED

LOC LOCAL INHIBITED
NOT NOT INHIBITED
REM REMOTE INHIBITED

EST EFFECTIVE STATE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
NAC NOT ACCESSIBLE
UNA UNAVAILABLE

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
BL1 BLOCKED 1
BL2 BLOCKED 2

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNO LINK SET NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LINK- 6-

 MOD C7LINK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CCS7 SIGNALING LINK

This command modifies the inhibiting state of a signaling link. The

inhibiting state of a signaling link is a transient state which exists in
parallel to the (transient) effective state and the (semipermanent)
operating state of a link. An inhibited link is blocked for user generated
traffic.

Prerequisites:
- The link must be created.

Notes:
- Inhibiting/uninhibiting can be denied by the remote signaling point.

Possible effect:
- After recovery, inhibited links are automatically uninhibited.
- In emergency cases, e.g. if a destination would become unavailable,
an inhibited link will be automatically uninhibited.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD C7LINK : LSNAM= ,LCOD= ,INH= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LCOD LINK CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

INH INHIBITING INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DO NOT INHIBIT SIGNALING LINK

NO DO NOT INHIBIT SIGNALING LINK
Y INHIBIT SIGNALING LINK
YES INHIBIT SIGNALING LINK

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7LINK- 1-

 REC C7LLOAD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD CCS7 LINK LOAD

This command starts the recording of the signaling link load

measurement and outputs the following data to the OMT
or MDD:

- Number of SIF/SIO octets transmitted

- Number of SIF/SIO octets received
- Number of MSUs transmitted
- Number of MSUs received
- Number of retransmitted octets
- Number of discarded MSUs due to link congestion
- Number of cases of link congestion
- Duration of link congestion

The name of the measurement file is output to the OMT

if the traffic data are output to disk.
A maximum of 8 commands can be entered at any one time.

Notes:

- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the

selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output with
immediate start.
- The same measurement object may not be specified in more than one
measurement at any one time.
- If the last measured object is canceled, the job will terminate itself.
- Data can be lost in case of reloading of CCNP.
- If a counter cannot be activated, no data from this counter can be received.
The user will be informed. After successful repetition of counter
activation, the first data will be marked as insecure.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1LSNAM= 1 1
1 REC C7LLOAD : ZLINKNO=Y [,LCOD=] ,UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter specifies the link set name.

One single link set name may be selected.

Alternatively, up to 16 link set names may be linked
with ’&’ or ’X’ may be input if output unit is MDD.
’LSNAM = X’ will be handled like ’LINKNO = X’.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LINKNO LINK NUMBER

This parameter specifies the link number associated with the link.

Up to 16 link numbers may be linked with ’&’.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7LLOAD- 1+

 REC C7LLOAD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Alternatively, it is possible to select one interval of

link numbers specified with ’&&’ or ’X’ if output unit
is MDD.
If an interval is entered, at least one link has to exist
within the interval.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

LCOD LINK CODE

This parameter specifies the link within the link set.

It is only permitted in combination with a single
link set name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the form of output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN.TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data are output
to the OMT.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file.
The start and the finish message include the
name of the file in which the traffic data are
available for postprocessing.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to a single measurement file.
The output mode SINGLE is only permitted in
connection with output unit = MDD.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7 daily
files are prepared and created at the begin of
measurement. Daily files will be overwritten in
the following week on the same weekday.

The output mode DAILY is only permitted in

connection with output unit = MDD.

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may be
linked with &. In case of linked BEG dates, TER is not
permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7LLOAD- 2+

 REC C7LLOAD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

specified BEG days only.

- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be at the latest one month after
the actual date.
- The last BEG date must be at the latest one year after
the actual date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped with
STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the last BEG day,
it will be finished.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after command
input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one begin date
BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological order
may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be at least
30 minutes apart except for measurements over midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV = 23-00-01-00
is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two interval
times, e.g.
IV = 00-00-00-30&23-00-00-00.

- The measurement is active during the specified interval times

only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval IV

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7LLOAD- 3+

 REC C7LLOAD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped during the last

interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: HOUR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE OF BEGIN DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: HOUR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: MINUTE OF TERMINATION DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

are to be recorded.

Notes:
- The input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which are not
linkable with other values.

Default: Measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7LLOAD- 4-

 CAN C7LSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCS7 LINK SET

This command cancels a link set, which is a set of up to 16 links used

for signaling traffic between adjacent signaling points.

Prerequisites :
- The destination point of this link set must be canceled.
- This link set may not be in use as a possible route direction.
- All links belonging to this signaling link set must be canceled.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN C7LSET : LSNAM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7LSET- 1-

 CR C7LSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CCS7 LINK SET

This command creates a link set, which is a set of up to 16 links used for
signaling traffic between adjacent signaling points. Only one link set may be
created to an adjacent signaling point. It also defines whether the complete
alarming of the CCS7 link set shall be suppressed or not.

The alarm units in the state UNA are administered with the command
ENTR ALPRIO.

The alarm type, the loadsharing key and the switch for the periodic link
test can be modified if necessary with the command MOD C7LSET.

Prerequisites :
- The own signaling point must be created.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command must be
re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR C7LSET : LSNAM= ,SPC= ,NETIND= ,LSK= [,LSNO=] [,ALTYPE=] 1
1 1
1 [,PERLTEST=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SPC SIGNALING POINT CODE

This parameter specifies the signaling point code to which the link set
leads.
The allowable entries are defined by individual network provider
on a project specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: SPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: SPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: SPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: SPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7LSET- 1+
 CR C7LSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1

NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

LSK LOAD SHARING KEY FOR LINK SET

This parameter specifies the load sharing key of the link set. The
load sharing key indicates a method used to determine the maximum
number of active links in the link set over which the load is
distributed.
The load is distributed to one (LSK = 0), to two (LSK = 1, 2, 4, 8),
to four (LSK = 3, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12), to eight (LSK = 7, 11, 13, 14)
or sixteen (LSK = 15) signaling links.
If distributed to two, four or eight signaling links, the LSK
additionally defines which load portions are distributed to which
of the signaling links.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

LSNO LINK SET NUMBER

This parameter specifies the location of the link set in the database.
If the parameter is not specified, the next free location will be
assigned to the link set.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

ALTYPE ALARM TYPE

This parameter specifies the alarm type which is used to alarm the
state NAC of the link set.

It indicates whether the link set will be alarmed with the

standard critical alarm or the exeption major alarm or if all alarms
(NAC and UNA) will be suppressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CCSLSNAC CCS7 LINK SET NAC (STANDARD)

CCSLSNEX CCS7 LINK SET NAC (EXCEPTION)
CCSLSNAL CCS7 LINK SET NOT ALARMED

Default: CCSLSNAC

PERLTEST PERIODIC LINK TEST

This parameter specifies periodic link test functionality.

In case PERLTEST is switched on, a periodic link test will
be done for all links in the specified link set.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OFF PERIODIC LINK TEST SWITCH OFF

ON PERIODIC LINK TEST SWITCH ON

Default: OFF

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7LSET- 2-
 DISP C7LSET
ALL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 LINK SET

This command displays the following data for the created link sets,
which are sets of up to 16 links used for CCS7 signaling between
signaling points:
- the link set name
- the signaling point code to which this link set leads
- the network indicator belonging to this signaling point code
- the link set number
- the load sharing key of the link set
- the operating state (semipermanent) of the link set
- the inhibiting indicator (transient) of the link set
- the effective state (transient) of the link set
- the alarm adjustment of the link set
- the periodic signaling link test state

If a certain link set is specified, the following additional data for

the links in the link set are displayed:
- the name of the link set to which the link belongs
- the link code, link number, SILT number and link type
- the operating state (semipermanent) of the link
- the inhibiting state (transient) of the links
- the effective state (transient) of the link
- the reason for the effective state (transient) of the link.

If one or more links in the link set are active the following additional
data is displayed:
- the load allocation of the links within the link set.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP C7LSET - ALL ALL LINK SETS

2. DISP C7LSET - NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR
3. DISP C7LSET - ONE ONE SPECIFIC LINK SET

1. Input format

ALL LINK SETS

This input format permits the display of all created signaling link sets
which are selected by
-LSNO = X or
-LSNAM = X.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1LSNO= 1 1
1 DISP C7LSET : ZLSNAM=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNO LINK SET NUMBER

The input value from the help text should be taken

into consideration.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

The input value from the help text should be taken

into consideration.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LSET- 1+

 DISP C7LSET
ALL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LSET- 2+

 DISP C7LSET
NETIND
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

NETWORK INDICATOR

This input format permits the display of all created signaling link sets
in a network specified by network indicator.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7LSET : NETIND= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LSET- 3+

 DISP C7LSET
ONE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

ONE SPECIFIC LINK SET

This input format permits the display of one specific signaling link set
which is selected by link set name or link set number.
If FORMAT = STD is entered the display of the load allocation
of the links within the link set will be suppressed.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1LSNAM=1 1
1 DISP C7LSET : ZLSNO= Y [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

The input value from the help text should be taken

into consideration.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNO LINK SET NUMBER

The input value from the help text should be taken

into consideration.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

FORMAT CONTROL PARAM. FOR OUTPUT

Default value: LONG

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LONG LONG FORMAT OF OUTPUT

STD STANDARD (SHORT OUTPUT)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LSET- 4-

 MOD C7LSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CCS7 LINK SET

This command modifies either the alarm type or the loadsharing key
or the periodic link test functionality of a CCS7 link set.

1. Modification of the alarm type

the alarm type is used to alarm the state NAC of the link set.
It also modifies the adjustment whether the complete alarming of
the CCS7 link set shall be suppressed or not. The alarm units in
the state UNA are administered with the command ENTR ALPRIO.

Note: the command will only be accepted if the entered CCS7 link
set is currently not alarmed.

2. Modification of the loadsharing key

The loadsharing key is used to distribute the traffic between
the links of the link set. The possible values are between
zero (only one link is used) and 15 (all links will be used).

Note: if the execution of this command is aborted by recovery,

the command must be reentered to prevent data base
inconsistency.

3. Modification of the periodic link test parameter

The periodic link test functionality can be modified with help
of his parameter.

Note: if the execution of this command is aborted by recovery,

the command must be reentered to prevent data base
inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,ALTYPE= 1 1
1 MOD C7LSET : LSNAM= Z,LSK= Y ; 1
1 1,PERLTEST=1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ALTYPE ALARM TYPE

This parameter specifies the alarm type which is used to alarm the
state NAC of the link set. It indicates whether the link set will
be alarmed with the standard critical alarm or the exeption major
alarm or if all alarms (NAC and UNA) will be suppressed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CCSLSNAC CCS7 LINK SET NAC (STANDARD)

CCSLSNEX CCS7 LINK SET NAC (EXCEPTION)
CCSLSNAL CCS7 LINK SET NOT ALARMED

Default: CCSLSNAC

LSK LOADSHARING KEY

This parameter specifies the loadsharing key of the CCS7 link set.
It is used to distribute the traffic among the links of the link set.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7LSET- 1+

 MOD C7LSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

0...15, range of decimal numbers

PERLTEST PERIODIC LINK TEST

This parameter specifies periodic link test functionality.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OFF PERIODIC LINK TEST SWITCH OFF

ON PERIODIC LINK TEST SWITCH ON

Default: OFF

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7LSET- 2-

 REC C7LSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD CCS7 LINK SET

This command starts the recording of the signaling link set

unavailability and outputs the following data to the OMT
or MDD:

- Number of cases of link set unavailability

- Duration of link set unavailability

The name of the measurement file is output to the OMT

if the traffic data are output to disk.
A maximum of 8 commands can be entered at any one time.

Notes:

- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the

selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output with
immediate start.
- The same measurement object may not be specified in more than one
measurement at any one time.
- If the last measured object is canceled, the job will terminate itself.
- Data can be lost in case of reloading of CCNP.
- If a counter cannot be activated, no data from this counter can be received.
The user will be informed. After successful repetition of counter
activation, the first data will be marked as insecure.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1LSNAM= 1 1
1 REC C7LSET : ZLSETNO=Y ,UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter specifies the link set name.

Up to 16 link set names may be linked with &.

Alternatively, it is possible to input ’X’ if output
unit is MDD.
’LSNAM = X’ will be handled like ’LSETNO = X’.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSETNO LSET NUMBER

This parameter specifies the link set number associated with

the link.
Up to 16 link set numbers may be linked with ’&’.
Alternatively, it is possible to select one interval of
link set numbers specified with ’&&’ or ’X’ if output unit
is MDD.
If an interval is entered, at least one link has to exist
within the interval.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7LSET- 1+

 REC C7LSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the form of output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN.TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data are output
to the OMT.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file.
The start and the finish message include the
name of the file in which the traffic data are
available for postprocessing.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to a single measurement file.
The output mode SINGLE is only permitted in
connection with output unit = MDD.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7 daily
files are prepared and created at the begin of
measurement. Daily files will be overwritten in
the following week on the same weekday.

The output mode DAILY is only permitted in

connection with output unit = MDD.

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may be
linked with &. In case of linked BEG dates, TER is not
permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be at the latest one month after
the actual date.
- The last BEG date must be at the latest one year after
the actual date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped with
STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the last BEG day,
it will be finished.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7LSET- 2+

 REC C7LSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after command
input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one begin date
BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological order
may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be at least
30 minutes apart except for measurements over midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV = 23-00-01-00
is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two interval
times, e.g.
IV = 00-00-00-30&23-00-00-00.

- The measurement is active during the specified interval times

only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval IV
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped during the last
interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: HOUR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7LSET- 3+

 REC C7LSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MINUTE OF BEGIN DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: HOUR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: MINUTE OF TERMINATION DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

are to be recorded.

Notes:
- The input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which are not
linkable with other values.

Default: Measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7LSET- 4-

 CAN C7LSETDP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCS7 LSET IN ROUTE DESCR.OF DPC

This command cancels a signaling link set from the signaling route
set for a specified signaling destination point. If the signaling
link set to be canceled is the last in the route set, the command is
rejected.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN C7LSETDP : DPC= ,NETIND= ,LSNAM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7LSETDP- 1-

 DISP C7LSETDP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISP.FOR A GIVEN CCS7 LINK SET ALL DPC’S

This command displays the following data:

- the name of the link set
- the network indicator to which the link set belongs
- the destination point code of the signaling point at the far
end of the link set (adjacent destination point)

In addition, the display shows the following data for destination

points which have the specified link set as a possible route
direction:
- the destination point code itself
- the operating (semipermanent) state of the destination point
- the effective (transient) state of the destination point
- an indication whether this link set is the current route to the
destination point
- an indication whether this destination point is reachable
exclusively (ONLY AVAILABLE) via the specified link set or not.

Notes:
- If the parameter value YES is input for the (optional) parameter
ONLYAV, only these destination points are displayed which are
exclusively reachable via the specified link set. If the parameter
value NO is input or if the parameter is omitted, all destination
points are displayed which have the specified link set as possible
route direction.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1LSNAM=1 1
1 DISP C7LSETDP : ZLSNO= Y [,ONLYAV=] ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter specifies the link set name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNO LINK SET NUMBER

This parameter specifies the table location in level 3 for the

link set.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

ONLYAV ONLY AVAIL.LINK SET TO DESTINA

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO DEST.NOT ONLY AVAIL. BY LSET

All the destination points are to be displayed
that can be reached by this link set.
YES DEST.ONLY AVAIL.BY LSET
Only those destination points are to be displayed
that can exclusively be reached by this link set.

Default: NO

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LSETDP- 1-

 ENTR C7LSETDP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CCS7 LSET IN ROUTE DESCR. OF DPC

This command inserts one new route direction (link set) at a specific
priority order in the route set for the destination point.
A route set may contain one to eight link sets. If there is already a link
set with the same priority as entered, this command will decrement the
priority of this and the following route directions (link sets) (lower
priority means higher number).

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR C7LSETDP : DPC= ,NETIND= ,LSNAM= ,LSPRIO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR C7LSETDP- 1+

 ENTR C7LSETDP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LSPRIO PRIORITY OF ENTERED LINK SET

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR C7LSETDP- 2-

 CAN C7LSETRA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCS7 LSET IN RT.SET OF RT AREA

This command cancels a link set in the route set of a routing area. If
the link set is the last in the route set, the command will be rejected.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN C7LSETRA : RANAM= ,LSNAM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7LSETRA- 1-

 DISP C7LSETRA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISP.FOR A GIVEN CCS7 LSET ALL RT.AREA’S

This command displays the following data:

- the name of the link set
- the network indicator to which the link set belongs
- the destination point code of the signaling point at the far
end of the link set (adjacent destination point)

In addition, the display shows the following data for routing

areas which have the specified link set as possible route
direction:
- the routing area name itself
- the operating (semipermanent) state of the routing area
- the effective (transient) state of the routing area
- an indication whether this link set is the current route to the
routing area
- an indication whether this routing area is reachable
exclusively (ONLYAV) via the specified link set or not.

Notes:
- If the parameter value YES is input for the (optional) parameter
ONLYAV, only these routing areas are displayed which are
exclusively reachable via the specified link set. If the parameter
value NO is input or if the parameter is omitted, all routing
areas are displayed which have the specified link set as possible
route direction.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1LSNAM=1 1
1 DISP C7LSETRA : ZLSNO= Y [,ONLYAV=] ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNO LINK SET NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

ONLYAV ONLY AVAIL.LINK SET TO DESTINA

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO DEST.NOT ONLY AVAIL. BY LSET

YES DEST.ONLY AVAIL.BY LSET

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7LSETRA- 1-

 ENTR C7LSETRA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CCS7 LSET IN ROUTE DESC.OF RT AREA

This command inserts one new route direction (link set) at a specific
priority order in the route set for the routing area. A route set may
contain one to eight link sets. If there is already a link set with the
same priority as entered, this command will decrement the priority of this and
the following route directions (link sets) (lower priority means higher number).

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR C7LSETRA : RANAM= ,LSNAM= ,LSPRIO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNAM LINK SET NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSPRIO PRIORITY OF ENTERED LINK SET

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR C7LSETRA- 1-

 REC C7MSU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

REC CCS7 MESSAGE SIGNAL UNIT

This command starts the recording of the number of incoming,

outgoing and transit MSUs (including discarded MSUs) and outputs the
data to the OMT or MDD.

The name of the measurement file is output to the OMT

if the traffic data are output to disk.

Notes:

- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the

selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output with
immediate start.
- Data can be lost in case of reloading of CCNP.
- If a counter cannot be activated, no data from this counter can be received.
The user will be informed. After successful repetition of counter
activation, the first data will be marked as insecure.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC C7MSU : UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the form of output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN.TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data are output
to the OMT.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file.
The start and the finish message include the
name of the file in which the traffic data are
available for postprocessing.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to a single measurement file.
The output mode SINGLE is only permitted in
connection with output unit = MDD.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7 daily
files are prepared and created at the begin of
measurement. Daily files will be overwritten in
the following week on the same weekday.

The output mode DAILY is only permitted in

connection with output unit = MDD.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7MSU- 1+

 REC C7MSU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may be
linked with &. In case of linked BEG dates, TER is not
permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be at the latest one month after
the actual date.
- The last BEG date must be at the latest one year after
the actual date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped with
STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the last BEG day,
it will be finished.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after command
input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one begin date

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7MSU- 2+

 REC C7MSU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological order
may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be at least
30 minutes apart except for measurements over midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV = 23-00-01-00
is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two interval
times, e.g.
IV = 00-00-00-30&23-00-00-00.

- The measurement is active during the specified interval times

only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval IV
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped during the last
interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: HOUR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE OF BEGIN DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: HOUR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: MINUTE OF TERMINATION DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

are to be recorded.

Notes:
- The input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which are not
linkable with other values.

Default: Measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7MSU- 3-

 DISP C7NOTI

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 NOTIFICATION

This command displays the CCS7 network elements, for which summarized
alarms (elements transient in NAC) or summarized indications (elements
transient in MBL) had occurred at the SYP.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7NOTI ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7NOTI- 1-

 CAN C7OP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCS7 OWN SIGNALING POINT

This command cancels the CCS7 own signaling point.

Prerequisites:
- Before the own signaling point is cancelled, all associated signaling
elements must be deactivated and cancelled.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command must
be entered again to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN C7OP : SPC= ,NETIND= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SPC SIGNALING POINT CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: SPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: SPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: SPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: SPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7OP- 1-

 CR C7OP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CCS7 OWN SIGNALING POINT

This command creates the own CCS7 signaling point, which provides the EWSD with
the means to identify itself within the signaling network.
Prerequisites: The project specific SPC structure of the own signaling point
must be defined.
Note: The STPI, SDL and SENDTFP of the own signaling point may be
modified during active operation.
Possible effect: If communication with the LTG fails the command execution is
indicated as only partially executed.
If execution of this command is aborted by recovery the command
must be intered again to prevent data inconsistancy.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR C7OP : SPC= ,NETIND= ,STPI= [,SDL=] [,SPCSIZE=] 1
1 1
1 [,SENDTFP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SPC SIGNALING POINT CODE

This parameter specifies the signaling point code of the home exchange.
The allowable entries are defined by individual network providers on a
project specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: SPC-UNIT 1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: SPC-UNIT 2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: SPC-UNIT 3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: SPC-UNIT 4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter specifies the network of the own signaling point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

STPI SIGN. TRANSFER POINT INDICATOR

This parameter specifies the function of the own signaling point

within the CCS7 network.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SP SIGNALING POINT
The own signaling point provides the functions of
a signaling end point.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7OP- 1+
 CR C7OP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

STP SIGNALING TRANSFER POINT

The own signaling point provides the functions of
a signaling transfer point and a signaling end
point.

SDL SUPPORTED DATA LENGTH

This parameter specifies the maximum length (in bytes) of a message

signaling unit that is supported by the message transfer part.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

62,272, range of decimal numbers

Default: 272

SPCSIZE SIGNALING POINT CODE SIZE

This parameter specifies the network protocol version, the size of

the signaling point code and the information about a mapping mechanism
for the given network.
The values NORMAL and EXTENDED indicate that for ITU standard
14- or 24-Bit format is used. The difference between NORMAL and
EXTENDED is the number of possibilities in the numbering plan.
The value ANSI24 indicates that ANSI standard is used.
The values ITU14MP, ITU24MP and ANSI24MP indicate that for the
given net an internal mechanism is used to handle both standards,
ANSI and ITU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NORMAL NORMAL SPC SIZE

EXTENDED EXTENDED SPC SIZE
ANSI24 ANSI NETWORK
ITU14MP ITU 14 BIT NETWORK MAPPING
ITU24MP ITU 24 BIT NETWORK MAPPING
ANSI24MP ANSI NETWORK MAPPING

Default: NORMAL

SENDTFP SEND TRANSFER PROHIBITED

This parameter specifies the send transfer prohibited (TFP)

functionality.

If it is not possible to route a message and the SENDTFP is switched

off, the message will be discarded and the counter for routing data
error will be increased.
In case SENDTFP is switched on, a TFP message will be sent
additionally to the adjacent siganling point, by which the discarded
message was sent.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OFF DO NOT SEND TFP MESSAGE

ON SEND TFP MESSAGE

Default: ON

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7OP- 2-
 DISP C7OP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 OWN SIGNALING POINT

This command displays the following data of all created own signaling
points:
- the own signaling point code
- the network indicator belonging to this signaling point code
- an indicator showing whether this signaling point is a signaling end
point or a signaling transfer point
- the supported data length
- the SPC size
- transfer prohibited message sending status.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7OP ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7OP- 1-

 MOD C7OP
NETWORK
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CCS7 OWN SIGNALING POINT

This command modifies the following data of the own CCS7 signaling point, which
provides the EWSD with the means to identify within the signaling network:
- signaling transfer point indicator STPI
- supported data length SDL
- send transfer prohibited switch SENDTFP

Prerequisites: The project specific SPC structure of the own signaling point
must be defined.
Possible effect: If communication with the LTG fails the command execution is
indicated as only partially executed.
If execution of this command is aborted by recovery the command
must be entered again to prevent data inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD C7OP - NETWORK NETWORK ATTRIBUTE

2. MOD C7OP - OP OWN SIGNALING POINT ATTRIBUTE

1. Input format

NETWORK ATTRIBUTE

Input format for modify the send transfer prohibited switch SENDTFP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD C7OP : SPC= ,NETIND= ,SENDTFP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SPC SIGNALING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual network provider on a

project specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: SPC-UNIT 1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: SPC-UNIT 2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: SPC-UNIT 3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: SPC-UNIT 4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter specifies the network of the own signaling point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7OP- 1+

 MOD C7OP
NETWORK
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SENDTFP SEND TRANSFER PROHIBITED

This parameter specifies the new send transfer prohibited (TFP)

functionality.

If it is not possible to route a message and the SENDTFP is switched

off, the message will be discarded and the counter for routing data
error will be increased.
In case SENDTFP is switched on, a TFP message will be sent
additionally to the adjacent siganling point, by which the discarded
message was sent.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OFF DO NOT SEND TFP MESSAGE

ON SEND TFP MESSAGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7OP- 2+

 MOD C7OP
OP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

OWN SIGNALING POINT ATTRIBUTE

Input format for modify the signaling transfer point indicator STPI
and the supported data length SDL.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD C7OP : SPC= ,NETIND= <,STPI= ,SDL=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SPC SIGNALING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual network provider on a

project specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: SPC-UNIT 1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: SPC-UNIT 2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: SPC-UNIT 3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: SPC-UNIT 4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter specifies the network of the own signaling point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

STPI SIGN. TRANSFER POINT INDICATOR

This parameter specifies the new signaling transfer point indicator.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SP SIGNALING POINT
The own signaling point provides the functions
of a signaling end point.
STP SIGNALING TRANSFER POINT
The own signaling point provides the functions
of a signaling transfer point and a signaling
end point.

SDL SUPPORTED DATA LENGTH

This parameter specifies the new maximum length (in bytes) of a

message signaling unit that is supported by the message transfer part.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

62,272, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7OP- 3-

 DISP C7RSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 ROUTE SET

This command displays the provisioned route specific data of a destination

to route set association. The following data is displayed:
- the destination point code to which the route set leads
- the network indicator of this destination point code
- the load sharing key of the route set
- the operating (semipermanent) state of the destination point
- effective (transient) state of the destination point
- the name of the link sets which form this route set
- the current priority of the link set
- an indication if the link set is the current route
- the inhibiting (transient) indicator of the link set
- the effective (transient) state of the link set

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7RSET : DPC= ,NETIND= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7RSET- 1-

 REC C7RSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD CCS7 ROUTE SET TRAFFIC DATA

This command starts the recording of following availability data

for signaling routes/destination points and outputs them to
the OMT or MDD:

- Number of cases of route set unavailability

- Duration of route set unavailability

The name of the measurement file is output to the OMT

if the traffic data are output to disk.
A maximum of 8 commands can be entered at any one time.

Notes:

- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the

selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output with
immediate start.
- The same measurement object may not be specified in more than one
measurement at any one time.
- If the last measured object is canceled, the job will terminate itself.
- Data can be lost in case of reloading of CCNP.
- If a counter cannot be activated, no data from this counter can be received.
The user will be informed. After successful repetition of counter
activation, the first data will be marked as insecure.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1DPC= 1 1
1 REC C7RSET : ZRANAM=Y [,NETIND=] ,UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter specifies the destination point code for the

CCS7 exchange in own area.
The number of units is defined by individual PTTs on a project
specific basis.
This parameter is only permitted in combination with NETIND
and all units of this parameter must be provided.

Up to 16 DPCs may be linked with &.

Alternatively, it is possible to select one interval of
DPCs specified with ’&&’ or ’X’ for the last units,
if output unit is MDD.
If an interval is entered, at least one DPC has to exist
within the interval.
For an interval of DPCs specified with ’&&’ the input
of ’X’ is not allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC UNIT 1=
0...16777215, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7RSET- 1+

 REC C7RSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: DPC UNIT 2=
0...16777215, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of unit

values.
If X is entered, the maximum number of measured objects
must not be exceeded and the following unit must be
provided with X.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC UNIT 3=
0...16777215, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of unit

values.
The number of objects specified in this way must not exceed
the maximum number of measured objects and X must also be
entered for the following unit.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC UNIT 4=
0...16777215, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of unit

values.
The number of objects specified in this way must not exceed
the maximum number of measured objects.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA

This parameter specifies the name of the foreign routing area.

Up to 16 routing area names may be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter indicates the relevant network type.

It is only permitted in connection with a DPC.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the form of output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN.TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data are output
to the OMT.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7RSET- 2+

 REC C7RSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

this file.
The start and the finish message include the
name of the file in which the traffic data are
available for postprocessing.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to a single measurement file.
The output mode SINGLE is only permitted in
connection with output unit = MDD.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7 daily
files are prepared and created at the begin of
measurement. Daily files will be overwritten in
the following week on the same weekday.

The output mode DAILY is only permitted in

connection with output unit = MDD.

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may be
linked with &. In case of linked BEG dates, TER is not
permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be at the latest one month after
the actual date.
- The last BEG date must be at the latest one year after
the actual date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped with
STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the last BEG day,
it will be finished.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must be
specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for the data output
in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after command
input.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7RSET- 3+

 REC C7RSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.

- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one begin date
BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological order
may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be at least
30 minutes apart except for measurements over midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV = 23-00-01-00
is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two interval
times, e.g.
IV = 00-00-00-30&23-00-00-00.

- The measurement is active during the specified interval times

only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval IV
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped during the last
interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: HOUR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE OF BEGIN DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: HOUR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: MINUTE OF TERMINATION DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

are to be recorded.

Notes:
- The input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which are not
linkable with other values.

Default: Measurement every day during the measurement

period

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7RSET- 4+

 REC C7RSET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC C7RSET- 5-

 CAN C7RTAREA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCS7 ROUTING AREA

This command cancels a routing area.

Prerequisites :
- The routing area must not contain any destination points.
- The routing area must be configured to the operating state
administrative blocked (ABL).

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN C7RTAREA : RANAM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7RTAREA- 1-

 CONF C7RTAREA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE CCS7 ROUTING AREA

This command configures a routing area to one

of the operating states: active (ACT) or administrative blocked
(ABL). When a routing area is created, it is automatically
configured to the operating state administrative blocked
(ABL).

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

Notes:
- The configuring of a routing area to operating state ABL
prevents message signal units (MSU’s) being transmitted to the
routing area by the users. It does not automatically prevent
MSU’s being transmitted from the routing area. Bi-directional
message flow can only be terminated when both signaling points at
the end of the route set (routing area and own signaling point)
are mutually configured to ABL.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF C7RTAREA : RANAM= ,OST= [,UNCOND=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
ABL ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED

UNCOND UNCONDITIONAL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DO NOT CONFIG. UNCONDITIONALLY

NO DO NOT CONFIG. UNCONDITIONALLY
Y CONFIGURE UNCONDITIONALLY
YES CONFIGURE UNCONDITIONALLY

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF C7RTAREA- 1-

 CR C7RTAREA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CCS7 ROUTING AREA

This command creates a routing area, which is a group of destination points

in the foreign area that can be reached via the same route set.The route
set may be created with one to eight possible route directions (link
sets). The first route direction in this set will be assigned the highest
priority.
The operating state of the routing area is initially administrative
blocked (ABL).
The route set still will not carry signaling traffic until it has
been activated using the command CONF C7RTAREA.

Prerequisites :
- The link set of the route set must be created.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be re-entered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR C7RTAREA : RANAM= ,NETIND= ,PRD= ,LSK= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

PRD POSSIBLE ROUTE DIRECTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSK LOAD SHARING KEY FOR RT DIRECT

This parameter specifies the loadsharing key of the route set.

It indicates a method used to determine whether the load is
distributed to one (LSK = 0) or two (LSK > 0) signaling
link sets.
If distributed to two signaling link sets the LSK = 1,2,3 or 4
additionally defines which load portions are distributed to which one
of the two signaling link sets.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...4, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7RTAREA- 1-
 DISP C7RTAREA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 ROUTING AREA

This command displays the following data of created routing areas:

- the name of the routing area
- the network indicator of this routing area
- the destination point codes (or ranges of destination point
codes) that belong to this routing area

If a specific routing area is requested, the following additional data

is displayed:
- the load sharing key for the route direction
- the operating state (semipermanent) of the routing area
- the effective state (transient) of the routing area
- the name of the link sets which lead to this routing area
- the current priority of each link set
- an indication if the link set is the current route to the routing area
- an indication if the link set is inhibited or not inhibited
- the effective state (transient) of the link set

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1RANAM= 1 1
1 DISP C7RTAREA : ZNETIND=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7RTAREA- 1-

 MOD C7RTAREA
LSK
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CCS7 ROUTING AREA

This command either interchanges the priorities of the two link sets
LSNAM1 and LSNAM2 in the route set of a routing area or modifies
the loadsharing key of the route set.

Possible effects:
- If execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command
must be reentered to prevent data base inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD C7RTAREA - LSK CHANGE LOADSHARING KEY

2. MOD C7RTAREA - PRIORITY CHANGE PRIORITY OF TWO LINK SETS

1. Input format

CHANGE LOADSHARING KEY

Change of the loadsharing key:

The loadsharing key is used to define the traffic distribution
between the current routes.
The loadsharing key must have a value between zero and four.
If the loadsharing key has the value zero, no loadsharing will
be carried out between the routes and the possible route direction
with highest priority will be used.
If the loadsharing key has a value between one and four, loadsharing
will be carried out between the two available possible route
directions with highest priority. The different values effect the
distribution of the traffic within the route directions.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD C7RTAREA : RANAM= ,LSK= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSK LOADSHARING KEY FOR RT DIRECT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...4, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7RTAREA- 1+

 MOD C7RTAREA
PRIORITY
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CHANGE PRIORITY OF TWO LINK SETS

Interchange of the priorities

The new priority of LSNAM1 must be specified explicitely
by LSPRI1.
The highest priority is one, the lowest is eight.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD C7RTAREA : RANAM= ,LSNAM1= ,LSNAM2= ,LSPRI1= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RANAM CCS7 ROUTING AREA NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNAM1 FIRST LINK SET TO BE SWAPPED

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSNAM2 SECOND LINK SET TO BE SWAPPED

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LSPRI1 PRIO.OF 1ST ENTERED LINK SET

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7RTAREA- 2-

 DISP C7SMTIME

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 SMOOTHING TIME

This command is used to display the entered smoothing time in seconds

for alarming and reporting of CCS7 network elements, alarming of
processor congestion and reporting of route set (routing area or
destination in own area) unavalibility.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7SMTIME ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7SMTIME- 1-

 MOD C7SMTIME

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CCS7 SMOOTHING TIME

This command is used to modify the smoothing time in seconds for alarming
and reporting of CCS7 network elements, alarming of processor congestion
and reporting of route set (routing area or destination in own area)
unavalibility.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD C7SMTIME : <LINKSMT= ,RSETSMT= ,OVLSMT=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LINKSMT LINK SMOOTHING TIME

This parameter specifies the smoothing time for alarming and

reporting of signaling links, link sets and local node.
Initial value: 60 seconds.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

30...600, range of decimal numbers

RSETSMT ROUTE SET SMOOTHING TIME

This parameter specifies the smoothing time for reporting of

unavalibilities of route sets for destinations or set of
destinations (routing area).
Initial value: 60 seconds.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

30...600, range of decimal numbers

OVLSMT OVERLOAD SMOOTHING TIME

This parameter specifies the smoothing time for alarming of processor

congestion (overload). When the smoothing time is set to 600 seconds
the probability is high that the alarming of processor congestion is
due to circular routing. In this case a corresponding report for MSUs
discarded due to routing data error occured every 5 minutes with the
reason circular routing.
Initial value: 60 seconds.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

60...600, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD C7SMTIME- 1-

 CAN C7TGREL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCS7 TRUNK GROUP RELATION

This command cancels the relation between a destination point (including

the associated user part) and a trunk group with common channel signaling.

Prerequisites:
- All trunks belonging to the specified trunk group must be cancelled.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN C7TGREL : TGNO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7TGREL- 1-

 DISP C7TGREL
DPC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 TRUNK GROUP RELATION

This command displays the relation between a destination point (including

the associated user part) and trunk groups with common channel signaling.
The display can also be selective.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP C7TGREL - DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

2. DISP C7TGREL - TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

1. Input format

DESTINATION POINT CODE

Input format for the destination point code identifier

option

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,NETIND= 11 1
1 DISP C7TGREL : DPC= [,OSPC=] 1Z,NETNAME=Y1 [,USNAME=] ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

OSPC OWN SIGNALLING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: OSPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: OSPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7TGREL- 1+

 DISP C7TGREL
DPC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: OSPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: OSPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter identifies the ITU network where the destination

point is located.
The value corresponding to this indicator is used in the network
indicator field of the message signalling units sent between two
exchanges.
In the world market NETIND is mandatory for CCNC configuration.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.
In U.S. Releases, NETIND is optional for CCNC configuration and
SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature not activated.
The default value for NETIND is NAT0.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NETWORK 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NETWORK 1

NETNAME NETWORK NAME

This parameter identifies the signaling network where

the destination point is located by its name ( cf. SIEMENS
Q-MTP-E-STANDARD for V13 ). This parameter is optional.
NETIND or NETNAME must be entered if the DPC is entered.
In this case NETNAME must be used if the configuration is
SSNC and the feature "multiple networks" is activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

USNAME USER NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ISUP ISDN USER PART

SCCP SIGN. CONNECTION CONTROL PART
TUP TELEPHONE USER PART

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7TGREL- 2+

 DISP C7TGREL
TGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

Input format for the trunk group number option

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7TGREL : TGNO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7TGREL- 3-

 ENTR C7TGREL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CCS7 TRUNK GROUP RELATION

This command enters a relation between a destination point (including the

associated user part) and a trunk group with common channel signaling.
A maximum of 64 trunk groups with common channel signaling may lead to a
a destination point and each of its associated user parts.

Prerequisites:
- The destination point must be created.
- The trunk group with common channel signaling must be created.
- The dialing procedure of the trunk group with common channel signaling must
correspond to one of the created user parts for the destination point.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,NETIND= 11 1
1 ENTR C7TGREL : TGNO= ,DPC= [,OSPC=] 1Z,NETNAME=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

OSPC OWN SIGNALLING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: OSPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR C7TGREL- 1+

 ENTR C7TGREL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: OSPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: OSPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: OSPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter identifies the ITU network where the destination

point is located.
The value corresponding to this indicator is used in the network
indicator field of the message signalling units sent between two
exchanges.
In the world market NETIND is mandatory for CCNC configuration.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.
In U.S. Releases, NETIND is optional for CCNC configuration and
SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature not activated.
The default value for NETIND is NAT0.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NETWORK 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NETWORK 1

NETNAME NETWORK NAME

This parameter identifies the signalling network where

the destination point is located by its name ( cf. SIEMENS
Q-MTP-E-STANDARD FOR V13 ). This parameter is mandatory if the
feature "multiple networks" is activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR C7TGREL- 2-

 CAN C7TRST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCS7 TRAFFIC STRUCTURE MEASUREM.

This command cancels the CCS7 traffic structure measurement.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN C7TRST ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7TRST- 1-

 DISP C7TRST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISP CCS7 TRAFFIC STRUCTURE MEASUREMENT

This command displays an existing CCS7 traffic structure measurement

request.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP C7TRST ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7TRST- 1-

 ENTR C7TRST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CCS7 TRAFFIC STRUCTURE MEASUREMENT

This command activates the recording of CCS7 traffic structure data for
one or several networks.
Prerequisites:
No other CCS7 traffic structure measurement is activated.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR C7TRST : NETIND= [,TRACFACT=] [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] 1
1 1
1 [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter specifies the network type concerned.

Notes:
- Only 14-Bit networks are allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NETWORK 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NETWORK 1
X ALL NETWORK VALUES

TRACFACT TRACE FACTOR

This parameter specifies the trace factor, which determines that after
(f minus 1) message signaling units of the traffic the next one
has to be measured.
Notes:
tracefactor : 100 .... 10000 ( = default value )

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

100...10000, range of decimal numbers

BEG BEGINNING DATE

This parameter defines either

- the time at which the CCS7 traffic structure measurement job
should begin or
- one of the dates on which this should occur.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER must
be specified.
- A maximum of four BEG dates may be linked with &. In case of
linked BEG dates, termination date TER is not possible.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the year in which the CCS7

traffic structure measurement job should begin.

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR C7TRST- 1+

 ENTR C7TRST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This information unit specifies the month in which the CCS7

traffic structure measurement job should begin.

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the day on which the CCS7

traffic structure measurement job should begin.

TER TERMINATING DATE

This parameter specifies when the CCS7 traffic structure

measurement job should terminate.

Notes:
- Only one termination date may be entered per command.
- The CCS7 traffic structure measurement duration may not
exceed one year.
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date
TER must be specified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the year in which the CCS7

traffic structure measurement job should terminate.

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the month in which the CCS7

traffic structure measurement job should terminate.

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the day on which the CCS7

traffic structure measurement job should terminate.

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter specifies the interval during which the CCS7

traffic structure measurement job should run.

Notes:
- A maximum of four intervals can be linked with &.
- Interval times are only permissible in connection with
a begin date BEG.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the hour at which the CCS7

traffic structure measurement job should begin.

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30...45, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the minutes after the

hour at which the CCS7 traffic structure measurement job
should begin.
Notes:
- Possible values are: 0, 15, 30 or 45.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR C7TRST- 2+

 ENTR C7TRST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: END HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the hour at which the CCS7

traffic structure measurement job should terminate.

d: END MINUTE=
0,15,30...45, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the minutes after the

hour at which the CCS7 traffic structure measurement job
should terminate.
Notes:
- Possible values are: 0, 15, 30 or 45.

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the days of the week on which the CCS7
traffic structure measurement job should run.

Notes:
- A maximum of eight weekdays/categories can be linked with &,
except the values WO and HO which are not linkable with
other values.
- The input of weekdays is only permissible in connection with
a termination date TER.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO DEFAULT
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
HO HOLIDAY

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR C7TRST- 3-

 TEST C7TRSTAT
ONDEMAND
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST CCS7 TRUNK STATUS (ISUP)

This command starts the circuit group query test for ISUP trunks.
This test examines if the ISUP trunk states at the own exchange and
at the partner exchange do match. If any discrepancies are detected,
the trunk states are automatically corrected.
If the parameter SCHED is omitted, the test is started immediately,
otherwise it is started at the scheduled time.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. TEST C7TRSTAT- ONDEMAND ON DEMAND (IMMEDIATELY)

2. TEST C7TRSTAT- SCHED SCHEDULED START (ROUTINE-TEST)

1. Input format

ON DEMAND (IMMEDIATELY)

Input format for starting the circuit group query test on demand
(immediately).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11NETIND= 11 1
1 TEST C7TRSTAT : 1ZNETNAME=Y1 ,DPC= [,OSPC=] ,CIC= ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter identifies the ITU network where the destination

point is located.
The value corresponding to this indicator is used in the network
indicator field of the message signalling units sent between two
exchanges.
In the world market NETIND is mandatory for CCNC configuration.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.
In U.S. Releases, NETIND is optional for CCNC configuration and
SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature not activated.
The default value for NETIND is NAT0.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0

NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

NETNAME NETWORK NAME

This parameter identifies the signalling network where

the destination point is located by its name ( cf. SIEMENS
Q-MTP-E-STANDARD FOR V13 ). This parameter is mandatory if the
feature "multiple networks" is activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter specifies the destination point code for the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRSTAT- 1+

 TEST C7TRSTAT
ONDEMAND
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CCS7 exchange at the other end of the tested trunks.

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs
on a project-specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

OSPC OWN SIGNALLING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: OSPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: OSPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: OSPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: OSPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code.

Wildcard input is allowed as X-X and a-X.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

Within an ANSI or ITU network which support a 12-bit CIC:
- 0...127, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30
- 0...169, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

Within an ANSI network which supports a 14-bit CIC value:

- 0...511, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30

- 0...681, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRSTAT- 2+

 TEST C7TRSTAT
ONDEMAND
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Possible input values:

0...31, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30.
0...23, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRSTAT- 3+

 TEST C7TRSTAT
SCHED
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

SCHEDULED START (ROUTINE-TEST)

Input format for starting the circuit group query test by scheduler
(routine test).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11NETIND= 11 1
1 TEST C7TRSTAT : 1ZNETNAME=Y1 ,DPC= [,OSPC=] ,CIC= ,SCHED= ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter identifies the ITU network where the destination

point is located.
The value corresponding to this indicator is used in the network
indicator field of the message signalling units sent between two
exchanges.
In the world market NETIND is mandatory for CCNC configuration.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.
In U.S. Releases, NETIND is optional for CCNC configuration and
SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature not activated.
The default value for NETIND is NAT0.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0

NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

NETNAME NETWORK NAME

This parameter identifies the signalling network where

the destination point is located by its name ( cf. SIEMENS
Q-MTP-E-STANDARD FOR V13 ). This parameter is mandatory if the
feature "multiple networks" is activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

This parameter specifies the destination point code for the

CCS7 exchange at the other end of the tested trunks.
The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs
on a project-specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRSTAT- 4+

 TEST C7TRSTAT
SCHED
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

OSPC OWN SIGNALLING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: OSPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: OSPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: OSPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: OSPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code.

Wildcard input is allowed as X-X and a-X.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

Within an ANSI or ITU network which support a 12-bit CIC:
- 0...127, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30
- 0...169, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

Within an ANSI network which supports a 14-bit CIC value:

- 0...511, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30

- 0...681, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

0...31, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30.
0...23, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

SCHED SCHEDULE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the scheduler by which the circuit

group query test is started.
The schedule number must have been set up with the
ENTER TEST SCHEDULE command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRSTAT- 5+

 TEST C7TRSTAT
SCHED
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...255, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRSTAT- 6-

 TEST C7TRUNK
DPC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST CCS7 TRUNK

This command tests the specified circuit to determine if the circuit

identification code in the home exchange matches the circuit
identification in the partner exchange. The test is performed for up
to 31 circuits specified by the optional parameter TRRANGE.
The maximal value for TRRANGE is 24 if the trunks are connected to
a DIU24.
The test result is displayed on the OMT.

Prerequisite:
- The specified circuit must be blocked for maintenance.

Attention:
- The test result "not ok" usually indicates a circuit identification
code allocation mismatch between two exchanges. As an exception,
the result "not ok" is caused by a mismatch between the trunk
parameter LCOS and the created user. The trunk parameter LCOS
can be checked by using the command DISP TRUNK.

- If the test is cancelled by time control, wait for 30 seconds

before repeating the test.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. TEST C7TRUNK - DPC

2. TEST C7TRUNK - TGNAM

1. Input format

This input format starts a CIC allocation test. The circuit is

defined by the signaling point to which the associated trunk group
leads, the network indicator, the user part and the circuit identification
code (CIC). The parameter trunk range (TRRANGE) is optional and defines
the number of circuits to be tested by one command. The CIC defines the
first circuit of the circuit group if the parameter TRRANGE is entered.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,NETIND= 11 1
1 TEST C7TRUNK : DPC= [,OSPC=] ,CIC= 1Z,NETNAME=Y1 ,USNAME= 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 [,TRRANGE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs

on a project-specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRUNK- 1+

 TEST C7TRUNK
DPC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

OSPC OWN SIGNALLING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: OSPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: OSPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: OSPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: OSPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

Within an ANSI or ITU network which support a 12-bit CIC:
- 0...127, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30
- 0...169, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

Within an ANSI network which supports a 14-bit CIC value:

- 0...511, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30
- 0...681, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

0...31, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30.

0...23, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24.

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter identifies the ITU network where the destination

point is located.
The value corresponding to this indicator is used in the network
indicator field of the message signalling units sent between two
exchanges.
In the world market NETIND is mandatory for CCNC configuration.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.
In U.S. Releases, NETIND is optional for CCNC configuration and
SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature not activated.
The default value for NETIND is NAT0.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 0

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRUNK- 2+

 TEST C7TRUNK
DPC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 1

NAT0 NATIONAL NETWORK 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NETWORK 1

NETNAME NETWORK NAME

This parameter identifies the signalling network where

the destination point is located by its name ( cf. SIEMENS
Q-MTP-E-STANDARD FOR V13 ). This parameter is optional.
NETIND or NETNAME must be entered if the DPC is entered.
In this case NETNAME has to be used if the configuration is
SSNC and the feature "multiple networks" is activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

USNAME USER NAME

This parameter specifies the user part.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ISUP ISDN USER PART

SCCP SIGN. CONNECTION CONTROL PART
TUP TELEPHONE USER PART

TRRANGE TRUNK RANGE

This parameter specifies the number of trunks to be tested by

one command. If this parameter is not entered, only the
specified trunk is tested.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRUNK- 3+

 TEST C7TRUNK
TGNAM
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

This input format starts a CIC allocation test. The circuit is

specified by the parameters trunk group number (TGNO) and the circuit
identification code (CIC) or the line number (LNO). The parameter trunk
range (TRRANGE) is optional and specifies the number of circuits to be
tested by one command. The parameter CIC or LNO specifies the first circuit
of the circuit group if the parameter TRRANGE is entered.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,CIC=1 1
1 TEST C7TRUNK : TGNO= Z,LNO=Y [,TRRANGE=] ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

Within an ANSI or ITU network which support a 12-bit CIC:
- 0...127, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30
- 0...169, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

Within an ANSI network which supports a 14-bit CIC value:

- 0...511, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30
- 0...681, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

0...31, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30.

0...23, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24.

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

TRRANGE TRUNK RANGE

This parameter specifies the number of trunks to be tested by

one command. If this parameter is not entered, only the
specified trunk is tested.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRUNK- 4-

 TEST C7TRVAL
DPC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST CCS7 TRUNK VALIDATION

This command tests the specified circuit to determine if the circuit

group characteristics in the home exchange match the circuit
group characteristics in the partner exchange. The test is performed
for up to 31 circuits specified by the optional parameter TRRANGE.
The maximal value for TRRANGE is 24 if the trunks are connected to
a DIU24.
The test result is displayed on the OMT.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. TEST C7TRVAL - DPC

2. TEST C7TRVAL - TGNAM

1. Input format

This input format starts a circuit validation test. The circuit is

defined by the signaling point to which the associated trunk group
leads, the network indicator, the user part and the circuit identification
code (CIC). The parameter trunk range (TRRANGE) is optional and defines
the number of circuits to be tested by one command. The CIC defines the
first circuit of the circuit group if the parameter TRRANGE is entered.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,NETIND= 11 1
1 TEST C7TRVAL : DPC= [,OSPC=] [,CIC=] 1Z,NETNAME=Y1 ,USNAME= 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 [,TRRANGE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTT’s

on a project-specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

OSPC OWN SIGNALLING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTT’s on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRVAL- 1+

 TEST C7TRVAL
DPC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: OSPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: OSPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: OSPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: OSPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

Within an ANSI or ITU network which support a 12-bit CIC:
- 0...127, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30
- 0...169, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

Within an ANSI network which supports a 14-bit CIC value:

- 0...511, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30

- 0...681, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

0..31, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30.

0..23, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24.

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter identifies the ITU network where the destination

point is located.
The value corresponding to this indicator is used in the network
indicator field of the message signalling units sent between two
exchanges.
In the world market NETIND is mandatory for CCNC configuration.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated
NETNAME is mandatory.
In U.S. Releases, NETIND is optional for CCNC configuration and
SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature not activated.
The default value for NETIND is NAT0.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated
NETNAME is mandatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NETWORK 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NETWORK 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NETWORK 1

NETNAME NETWORK NAME

This parameter identifies the signalling network where

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRVAL- 2+

 TEST C7TRVAL
DPC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the destination point is located by its name ( cf. SIEMENS

Q-MTP-E-STANDARD FOR V13 ). This parameter is optional.
NETIND or NETNAME must be entered if the DPC is entered.
In this case NETNAME has to be used if the configuration is
SSNC and the feature "multiple networks" is activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

USNAME USER NAME

This parameter specifies the user part.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ISUP ISDN USER PART

TRRANGE TRUNK RANGE

This parameter specifies the number of trunks to be tested by

one command. If this parameter is not entered, only the
specified trunk is tested.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRVAL- 3+

 TEST C7TRVAL
TGNAM
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

This input format starts a circuit validation test. The circuit is

specified by the parameters trunk group number (TGNO) and the circuit
identification code (CIC) or the line number (LNO). The parameter trunk
range (TRRANGE) is optional and specifies the number of circuits to be
tested by one command. The parameter CIC or LNO specifies the first circuit
of the circuit group if the parameter TRRANGE is entered.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,CIC=11 1
1 TEST C7TRVAL : TGNO= 1Z,LNO=Y1 [,TRRANGE=] ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

Within an ANSI or ITU network which support a 12-bit CIC:
- 0...127, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30
- 0...169, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

Within an ANSI network which supports a 14-bit CIC value:

- 0...511, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30

- 0...681, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

0..31, if the trunk is connected to a DIU30.

0..23, if the trunk is connected to a DIU24.

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

TRRANGE TRUNK RANGE

This parameter specifies the number of trunks to be tested by

one command. If this parameter is not entered, only the
specified trunk is tested.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRVAL- 4+

 TEST C7TRVAL
TGNAM
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST C7TRVAL- 5-

 CAN C7USER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCS7 USER ASSOCIATION

This command cancels an association between a user part and a destination

point.

Prerequisites:
- All trunk group relations must have been cancelled if the user part is
circuit related
- All SCCP relations must have been cancelled if the user part SCCP is
to be cancelled. Possible SCCP relations are: global title translation
destinations, SCCP subsystems or translator service groups.

Possible effects:
- If the execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command must
be entered again to prevent data inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,NETIND= 11 1
1 CAN C7USER : USNAME= ,DPC= [,OSPC=] 1Z,NETNAME=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

USNAME USER NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SCCP SIGN. CONNECTION CONTROL PART

TUP TELEPHONE USER PART
ISUP ISDN USER PART

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

OSPC OWN SIGNALLING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7USER- 1+

 CAN C7USER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: OSPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: OSPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: OSPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: OSPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter identifies the ITU network where the destination

point is located.
The value corresponding to this indicator is used in the network
indicator field of the message signalling units sent between two
exchanges.
In the world market NETIND is mandatory for CCNC configuration.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.
In U.S. Releases, NETIND is optional for CCNC configuration and
SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature not activated.
The default value for NETIND is NAT0.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

NETNAME NETWORK NAME

This parameter identifies the signalling network where

the destination point is located by its name ( cf. SIEMENS
Q-MTP-E-STANDARD FOR V13 ). This parameter is mandatory if the
feature "multiple networks" is activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN C7USER- 2-

 CR C7USER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CCS7 USER ASSOCIATION

This command creates an association between a user part and a destination

point.

Prerequisites:
- The destination point must have been created.

Possible effects:
- If the execution of this command is aborted by recovery, the command must
be entered again to prevent data inconsistency.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,NETIND= 11 1
1 CR C7USER : USNAME= ,DPC= [,OSPC=] 1Z,NETNAME=Y1 [,PCMTYP=] 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 [,CICSIZE=] [,MINCIC=] [,MAXCIC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

USNAME USER NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SCCP SIGN. CONNECTION CONTROL PART

Compatibilities:
-INAT0
-INAT1
-NAT0
-NAT1
TUP TELEPHONE USER PART
Compatibilities:
-INAT0
-INAT1
-NAT0
-NAT1
ISUP ISDN USER PART
Compatibilities:
-INAT0
-INAT1
-NAT0
-NAT1

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTT’s on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7USER- 1+
 CR C7USER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

OSPC OWN SIGNALLING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTT’s on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: OSPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: OSPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: OSPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: OSPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter identifies the ITU network where the destination

point is located by its indicator .
The value corresponding to this indicator is used in the network
indicator field of the message signalling units sent between two
exchanges.
In the world market NETIND is mandatory for CCNC configuration.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated
NETNAME is mandatory.
In U.S. Releases, NETIND is optional. The default value for NETIND
is NAT0.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

NETNAME NETWORK NAME

This parameter identifies the signalling network where

the destination point is located by its name ( cf. SIEMENS
Q-MTP-E-STANDARD FOR V13 ). This parameter is mandatory for
SSNC configuration if the feature "multiple networks" is
activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PCMTYP PCM TYPE

This parameter specifies the used PCM type.

For USNAME=SCCP the parameter is allowed only for mobile switches.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DIU24 DIU 24

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7USER- 2+
 CR C7USER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIU30 DIU 30

CICSIZE CIC SIZE

This parameter specifies the size of the CIC (circuit identification

code).
In the world market CICSIZE is optional and only valid for user ISUP
in SSNC configuration.
Possible values:
CIC12 : CIC size 12 Bit
CIC13 : CIC size 13 Bit
CIC14 : CIC size 14 Bit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CIC12 CIC SIZE 12 BITS

CIC13 CIC SIZE 13 BITS
CIC14 CIC SIZE 14 BITS

MINCIC MIN. CIRCUIT IDENTIFICAT. CODE

This parameter specifies the minimum code that can be assigned to a

circuit from the home SP to a DPC. This is always less than MAXCIC.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PCM NUMBER=
0...681, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

0...127, if the circuit is created on a DIU30
0...681, if the circuit is created on a DIU24

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

0...31, if the circuit is created on a DIU30
0...23, if the circuit is created on a DIU24

MAXCIC MAX. CIRCUIT IDENTIFICAT. CODE

This parameter specifies the maximum code that may be assigned to a

circuit. This code restricts the maximum number of circuits which may
be created from the home signaling point to the designated signaling
point. If the circuits are to be tested via ROTL equipment, no value
greater than 40-23 may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PCM NUMBER=
0...681, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

0...127, if the circuit is created on a DIU30
0...681, if the circuit is created on a DIU24

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

0...31, if the circuit is created on a DIU30
0...23, if the circuit is created on a DIU24

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR C7USER- 3-
 DISP C7USER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCS7 USER ASSOCIATION

This command displays user-related data.

This command is only permitted for an exchange with common channel signaling
according to signaling system No.7 (CCS7).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,NETIND= 11 1
1 DISP C7USER : DPC= [,OSPC=] 1Z,NETNAME=Y1 [,USNAME=] [,CIC=] ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPC DESTINATION POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: DPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: DPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

OSPC OWN SIGNALLING POINT CODE

The allowable entries are defined by individual PTTs on a project

specific basis.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: OSPC-UNIT1=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

b: OSPC-UNIT2=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

c: OSPC-UNIT3=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

d: OSPC-UNIT4=
0...16383, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7USER- 1+

 DISP C7USER

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NETIND NETWORK INDICATOR

This parameter identifies the ITU network where the destination

point is located.
The value corresponding to this indicator is used in the network
indicator field of the message signalling units sent between two
exchanges.
In the world market NETIND is mandatory for CCNC configuration.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.
In U.S. Releases, NETIND is optional for CCNC configuration and
SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature not activated.
The default value for NETIND is NAT0.
For SSNC configuration with the "multiple networks" feature activated,
NETNAME is mandatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAT0 INTERNATIONAL NET 0

INAT1 INTERNATIONAL NET 1
NAT0 NATIONAL NET 0
NAT1 NATIONAL NET 1

NETNAME NETWORK NAME

This parameter identifies the signalling network where

the destination point is located by its name ( cf. SIEMENS
Q-MTP-E-STANDARD FOR V13 ). This parameter is mandatory if the
feature multiple networks is activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

USNAME USER NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SCCP SIGN. CONNECTION CONTROL PART

TUP TELEPHONE USER PART
ISUP ISDN USER PART

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

b: CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP C7USER- 2-

 CAN CAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This command cancels one carrier access code from the

carrier access code data table.

Prerequisites:
-Canceling of carrier access code is only allowed if all references
in the Subscriber-, PBX-line-, PBX-group-, Incoming/Bothway Trunk-,
CTX-group-, CTX-digittranslation- and CPT-digittranslation-data (com-
plete or with congruent digits-root) are deleted.

Attention:
Before canceling the carrier access code, the parameter PREPCAN
must be modified to YES (see MML command MOD CAC).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CAC : CAC= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter determines the carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CAC- 1-

 CR CAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This command creates the carrier access code data.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CAC : CAC= ,CARRIER= [,OWNCAC=] [,ROWNCAC=] [,EXCCAC1=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,EXCCAC2=] [,SCIALLOW=] [,DEFNA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter determines the carrier access code.

This code combination must not exist as a carrier access code.
It also must be different from all carrier access code points.

Notes:
- Up to 1023 carrier access codes can be set up in the exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CARRIER CARRIER

This parameter specifies the carrier name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OWNCAC OWN CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies whether the entered CAC

belongs to the own network of carrier.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CAC IS OWN CAC

YES CAC IS OWN CAC
N CAC IS NOT OWN CAC
NO CAC IS NOT OWN CAC

Default: NO

ROWNCAC REMOVE OWN CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies if the OWNCAC has to be

removed for routing and zoning.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y OWN CAC IS REMOVED

YES OWN CAC IS REMOVED
N OWN CAC IS NOT REMOVED
NO OWN CAC IS NOT REMOVED

Default: YES

EXCCAC1 EXCHANGE CARRIER ACCESS CODE 1

This parameter specifies whether the entered CAC

is the default exchange carrier access code 1.
The default exchange carrier access code is used,

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CAC- 1+
 CR CAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

if a subscriber dials a B-number without CAC-digits

and no subscriber-related prefered CAC-digits exist.
In projects with only one default carrier access code,
only EXCCAC1 has to be used.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC 1

YES CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC 1
N CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC 1
NO CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC 1

Default: NO

EXCCAC2 EXCHANGE CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2

This parameter specifies whether the entered CAC

is the default exchange carrier access code 2.
The default exchange carrier access code is used,
if a subscriber dials a B-number without CAC-digits
no subscriber-related prefered CAC-digits exist and
the evaluation of the called party number gives the
result to use the CAC2 values (CR CACCPT:
DEFCAC = CAC2).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC 2

YES CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC 2
N CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC 2
NO CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC 2

Default: NO

SCIALLOW SCI HANDLING IS ALLOWED

This parameter specifies whether this carrier access code

is allowed to be entered by Subscriber Controled Input,
as a preselected carrier.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y SCI ALLOWED
YES SCI ALLOWED
N NO SCI ALLOWED
NO NO SCI ALLOWED

Default: NO

DEFNA DEFAULT NATURE OF ADDRESS

This parameter specifies the default nature of address

indicator (NADI) in case that the CAC, and not PFXNAT
or PFXINAT, determines the NADI.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUB SUBSCRIBER
NONADI NO NATURE OF ADDRESS INDICAT.
NAT NATIONAL
INTNAT INTERNATIONAL

Default: NONADI

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CAC- 2-
 DISP CAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This command displays some or all carrier access code(s)

together with the related data.
All entries are displayed if CAC = X is entered.

The optional paramters reduce the amount of displayed data if they are entered.
All parameters are logically linked with AND, i.e. only those data are displayed
which meet all the entered restrictions.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CAC : <CAC= ,PREPCAN= ,OWNCAC= ,EXCCAC1= ,EXCCAC2= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,SCIALLOW= ,DEFNA= ,CARRIER=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the code for which the carrier

access data are to be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PREPCAN PREPARED TO CANCEL

This parameter specifies that the display is restricted

to those carrierr access codes, which have the selected
value assigned to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y PREPARED TO CANCEL
YES PREPARED TO CANCEL
N NOT PREPARED TO CANCEL
NO NOT PREPARED TO CANCEL

OWNCAC OWN CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies that the display is restricted

to those carrierr access codes, which have the selected
value assigned to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CAC IS OWN CAC

YES CAC IS OWN CAC
N CAC IS NOT OWN CAC
NO CAC IS NOT OWN CAC

EXCCAC1 EXCHANGE CARRIER ACCESS CODE 1

This parameter specifies that the display is restricted

to those carrierr access codes, which have the selected
value assigned to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC

YES CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC
N CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC
NO CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CAC- 1+

 DISP CAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EXCCAC2 EXCHANGE CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2

This parameter specifies that the display is restricted

to those carrierr access codes, which have the selected
value assigned to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC

YES CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC
N CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC
NO CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC

SCIALLOW SCI HANDLING IS ALLOWED

This parameter specifies that the display is restricted

to those carrierr access codes, which have the selected
value assigned to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y SCI ALLOWED
YES SCI ALLOWED
N NO SCI ALLOWED
NO NO SCI ALLOWED

DEFNA DEFAULT NATURE OF ADDRESS

This parameter specifies that the display is restricted

to those carrierr access codes, which have the selected
value assigned to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUB SUBSCRIBER
NONADI NO NATURE OF ADDRESS INDICAT.
NAT NATIONAL
INTNAT INTERNATIONAL

CARRIER CARRIER

This parameter specifies that the display is restricted

to those carrierr access codes, which have the selected
value assigned to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CAC- 2-

 MOD CAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This command modifies the carrier access code data.

All parameters can be modified, including the
carrier access code itself.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CAC : CAC= <,NEWCAC= ,NCARRIER= ,PREPCAN= ,OWNCAC= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,ROWNCAC= ,EXCCAC1= ,EXCCAC2= ,SCIALLOW= ,DEFNA=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter determines the carrier access code.

It has to be an existing code combination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NEWCAC NEW CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter determines a new carrier access code.

This code combination must not exist as a carrierr code.
It also must be different from all carrierr access code
points.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NCARRIER NEW CARRIER

This parameter specifies a new carrier name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PREPCAN PREPARED TO CANCEL

This parameter specifies the new "prepared for cancelation"

status of the carrier.

Notes:
-If this parameter is set to YES, no further entries to
Subscriber-, PBX-line-, PBX-group-, Incoming/Bothway-Trunk-,
CTX-group-,CTX-digittranslation-, CP-digittranslation-data
or Subscriber Controled Input are allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y PREPARED TO CANCEL
YES PREPARED TO CANCEL
N NOT PREPARED TO CANCEL
NO NOT PREPARED TO CANCEL

OWNCAC OWN CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies whether the entered CAC

belongs to the own network of carrier.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CAC- 1+

 MOD CAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CAC IS OWN CAC

YES CAC IS OWN CAC
N CAC IS NOT OWN CAC
NO CAC IS NOT OWN CAC

ROWNCAC REMOVE OWN CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies if the OWNCAC has to be

removed for routing and zoning.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y OWN CAC IS REMOVED

YES OWN CAC IS REMOVED
N OWN CAC IS NOT REMOVED
NO OWN CAC IS NOT REMOVED

Default: YES

EXCCAC1 EXCHANGE CARRIER ACCESS CODE 1

This parameter specifies whether the entered CAC

is the default exchange carrier access code 1.
This CAC is used, if a subscriber dials a B-number
without CAC-digits and no subscriber-related prefered
CAC-digits exists.
In projects with only one default carrier access code,
only EXCCAC1 has to be used.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC 1

YES CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC 1
N CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC 1
NO CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC 1

EXCCAC2 EXCHANGE CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2

This parameter specifies whether the entered CAC

is the default exchange carrier access code 2.
This CAC is used, if a subscriber dials a B-number
without CAC-digits, no subscriber-related prefered
CAC-digits exists and the evaluation of called party
gives a result to use the CAC2 value (CR CACCPT:
DEFCAC = CAC2):

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC 2

YES CAC IS EXCHANGE CAC 2
N CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC 2
NO CAC IS NOT EXCHANGE CAC 2

SCIALLOW SCI HANDLING IS ALLOWED

This parameter specifies whether the carrier is

allowed for Subscriber Controled Input, as a
preselected carrier.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y SCI ALLOWED
YES SCI ALLOWED
N NO SCI ALLOWED
NO NO SCI ALLOWED

DEFNA DEFAULT NATURE OF ADDRESS

This parameter specifies a new default nature of address

indicator (NADI) in case that the CAC, and not PFXNAT
or PFXINAT, determines the NADI.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CAC- 2+

 MOD CAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SUB SUBSCRIBER
NONADI NO NATURE OF ADDRESS INDICAT.
NAT NATIONAL
INTNAT INTERNATIONAL

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CAC- 3-

 CAN CACCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CARRIER ACCESS CODE CODE POINT

This command cancels a codepoint for which special handling of carrier

access codes was performed or for which a default carrier access code
was assigned.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,LACOR=11 (;) 1
1 CAN CACCPT : CODE= 1Z,ORIG1=Y1 Z Y 1
1 11 11 *!+ 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE CODE

This parameter specifies a code combination which identifies the called

party (B-side).

The code combination has to be part of the code point of an existing

carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LACOR LOCAL AREA CODE ORIGINATING

This parameter specifies an originating local area code which partly

identifies the calling party (A-side).

The local area code originating has to be part of the code point of
an existing carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies an originating mark which identifies the

calling party (A-side).

The originating mark has to be part of the code point of an existing

carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3839, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CACCPT- 1-

 CR CACCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CARRIER ACCESS CODE CODE POINT

This command creates an object for which a special handling of carrier access
codes has to be performed and/or which is connected to one of the possible
default carriers.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,LACOR=11 1
1 CR CACCPT : CODE= 1Z,ORIG1=Y1 <,DEFCAC= ,CACSHUC= ,CACSHDI= 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CACSHPS= ,CACGHUC= ,CACGHDI= ,CACGHPS=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE CODE

This parameter specifies a code combination which identifies the

destination number or a part of it.
The destination number can be a subscriber number (including local area
code), a service number, a national significant number, an
international number or a routing number.

Prerequisites:
- This code combination must be different from all carrier access
codes which were entered with CR CAC.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LACOR LOCAL AREA CODE ORIGINATING

This parameter specifies an originating local area code which partly

identifies the calling party (A-side).

Any local area code which is administered via ENTR AREACODE

can be specified. This applies to all LAC values and to all
LACOR values in the same manner.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies an originating mark which identifies the

calling party (A-side).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3839, range of decimal numbers

DEFCAC DEFAULT CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies which default carrier access code is to be

selected when applicable.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CAC1 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 1

CAC2 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CACCPT- 1+
 CR CACCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CACSHUC CAC SEL. HANDLING. UNCOND.

This parameter specifies a list of carrier access codes for which

special handling of carrier access codes has to be performed.
The handling is applied on a per carrier access code basis.
Dialed and preselected carrier access codes are affected equally.

Notes:
- This parameter makes the input easier for the operator if dialed and
preselected carrier access codes are to be treated in the same
manner.
Any value entered in this parameter is stored, displayed and
regenerated with identical values in the parameters CACSHDI and
CACSHPS.

Prerequisites:
- The specified list must already be created with CR CACLST.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHDI CACSHPS
- CACGHUC
- CACGHDI CACGHPS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CACSHDI CAC SEL. HANDLING. DIALLED.

This parameter specifies a list of carrier access codes for which

special handling of carrier access codes has to be performed.
This handling is applied on a per carrier access code basis.
Dialed carrier access codes only are affected.

Prerequisites:
- The specified list must already be created with CR CACLST.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHUC
- CACGHUC
- CACGHDI

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CACSHPS CAC SEL. HANDLING. PRESELEC.

This parameter specifies a list of carrier access codes for which

special handling of carrier access codes has to be performed.
This special handling is applied on a per carrier access code basis.
Preselected carrier access codes only are affected.

Prerequisites:
- The specified list must already be created with CR CACLST.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHUC
- CACGHUC
- CACGHPS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CACGHUC CAC GLOBAL HANDLING. UNCOND.

This parameter specifies which special handling of carrier access codes

has to be performed. The special handling is applied for all carrier
access codes equally.
Dialed and preselected carrier access codes are affected equally.

Notes:
- This parameter makes the input easier for the operator if dialed and

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CACCPT- 2+
 CR CACCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

preselected carrier access codes are to be treated in the same

manner.
Any value entered in this parameter is stored, displayed and
regenerated with identical values in the parameters CACGHDI and
CACGHPS.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHUC
- CACSHDI CACSHPS
- CACGHDI CACGHPS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IGNORE IGNORE CAC FOR ROUTING

INCEPT INTERCEPT CAC
ROUTE CAC HAS TO BE ROUTED

CACGHDI CAC GLOBAL HANDLING. DIALLED.

This parameter specifies which special handling of carrier access codes

has to be performed. The special handling is applied for all carrier
access codes equally.
Dialed carrier access codes only are affected.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHUC
- CACSHDI
- CACGHUC

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IGNORE IGNORE CAC FOR ROUTING

INCEPT INTERCEPT CAC
ROUTE CAC HAS TO BE ROUTED

CACGHPS CAC GLOBAL HANDLING. PRESELEC.

This parameter specifies which special handling of carrier access codes

has to be performed. The special handling is applied for all carrier
access codes equally.
Preselected carrier access codes only are affected.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHUC
- CACSHPS
- CACGHUC

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IGNORE IGNORE CAC FOR ROUTING

INCEPT INTERCEPT CAC
ROUTE CAC HAS TO BE ROUTED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CACCPT- 3-
 DISP CACCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CARRIER ACCESS CODE CODEPOINT

This command displays some or all carrier access code points.

An extended display format allows to display additionally carrier access codes.

All entries are displayed if CODE = X is entered.

The optional paramters reduce the amount of displayed data if they are entered.
All parameters are logically linked with AND, i.e. only those data are displayed
which meet all the entered restrictions.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,LACOR=11 (;) 1
1 DISP CACCPT : CODE= 1Z,ORIG1=Y1 [,CACLST=] [,FORMAT=] Z Y 1
1 11 11 *!+ 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE CODE

This parameter specifies the code combination(s) to be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LACOR LOCAL AREA CODE ORIGINATING

This parameter specifies that the display is restricted to those

carrier access code points which refer to the originating local
area code.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies that the display is restricted to those

carrier access code points which refer to the originating mark.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3839, range of decimal numbers

CACLST CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST NAME

This parameter specifies that the display is restricted to those

carrier access code points which refer to the carrier access code
list name.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the amount of data displayed.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CACCPT- 1+

 DISP CACCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

STD STANDARD DATA

This value specifies that the display contains
carrier access code points (created with
CR CACCPT) only.
WITHCAC WITH CAC
This value specifies that the display contains
carrier access code points
(created with CR CACCPT) and
carrier access codes
(created with CR CAC).

Default: STD

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CACCPT- 2-

 MOD CACCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CARRIER ACCESS CODE CODEPOINT

This command modifies data for a codepoint to a destination for which special
handling of carrier access codes has to be performed and/or which is
connected to one of the possible default carriers.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,LACOR=11 1
1 MOD CACCPT : CODE= 1Z,ORIG1=Y1 <,DEFCAC= ,CACSHUC= ,CACSHDI= 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CACSHPS= ,CACGHUC= ,CACGHDI= ,CACGHPS= ,CFUNC=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE CODE

This parameter specifies a code combination which identifies the called

party (B-side).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LACOR LOCAL AREA CODE ORIGINATING

This parameter specifies the local area code of the calling

party (A-side).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the origin of the calling

party (A-side).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3839, range of decimal numbers

DEFCAC DEFAULT CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies which default carrier access code is to be

selected when applicable.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CAC1 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 1

CAC2 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2

CACSHUC CAC SEL. HANDLING. UNCOND.

This parameter specifies a list of carrier access codes for which

special handling of carrier access codes has to be performed.
The handling is applied on a per carrier access code basis.
Dialed and preselected carrier access codes are affected equally.

Notes:
- This parameter makes the input easier for the operator if dialed and
preselected carrier access codes are to be treated in the same
manner.
Any value entered in this parameter is stored, displayed and

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CACCPT- 1+

 MOD CACCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

regenerated with identical values in the parameters CACSHDI and

CACSHPS. It replaces any existing value in those two parameters.

Prerequisites:
- The specified list must already be created with CR CACLST.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHDI CACSHPS
- CACGHUC
- CACGHDI CACGHPS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CACSHDI CAC SEL. HANDLING. DIALLED.

This parameter specifies a list of carrier access codes for which

special handling of carrier access codes has to be performed.
This handling is applied on a per carrier access code basis.
Dialed carrier access codes only are affected.

Notes:
- Any value entered in this parameter replaces any existing
value of parameter CACGHDI.

Prerequisites:
- The specified list must already be created with CR CACLST.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHUC
- CACGHUC
- CACGHDI

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CACSHPS CAC SEL. HANDLING. PRESELEC.

This parameter specifies a list of carrier access codes for which

special handling of carrier access codes has to be performed.
This special handling is applied on a per carrier access code basis.
Preselected carrier access codes only are affected.

Notes:
- Any value entered in this parameter replaces any existing
value of parameter CACGHPS.

Prerequisites:
- The specified list must already be created with CR CACLST.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHUC
- CACGHUC
- CACGHPS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CACGHUC CAC GLOBAL HANDLING. UNCOND.

This parameter specifies which special handling of carrier access codes

has to be performed. The special handling is applied for all carrier
access codes equally.
Dialed and preselected carrier access codes are affected equally.

Notes:
- This parameter makes the input easier for the operator if dialed and
preselected carrier access codes are to be treated in the same
manner.
Any value entered in this parameter is stored, displayed and
regenerated with identical values in the parameters CACGHDI and

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CACCPT- 2+

 MOD CACCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CACGHPS.It replaces any existing value in those two parameters.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHUC
- CACSHDI CACSHPS
- CACGHDI CACGHPS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IGNORE IGNORE CAC FOR ROUTING

INCEPT INTERCEPT CAC
ROUTE CAC HAS TO BE ROUTED

CACGHDI CAC GLOBAL HANDLING. DIALLED.

This parameter specifies which special handling of carrier access codes

has to be performed. The special handling is applied for all carrier
access codes equally.
Dialed carrier access codes only are affected.

Notes:
- Any value entered in this parameter replaces any existing
value of parameter CACSHDI.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHUC
- CACSHDI
- CACGHUC

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IGNORE IGNORE CAC FOR ROUTING

INCEPT INTERCEPT CAC
ROUTE CAC HAS TO BE ROUTED

CACGHPS CAC GLOBAL HANDLING. PRESELEC.

This parameter specifies which special handling of carrier access codes

has to be performed. The special handling is applied for all carrier
access codes equally.
Preselected carrier access codes only are affected.

Notes:
- Any value entered in this parameter replaces any existing
value of parameter CACSHPS.

Incompatibilities:
- CACSHUC
- CACSHPS
- CACGHUC

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IGNORE IGNORE CAC FOR ROUTING

INCEPT INTERCEPT CAC
ROUTE CAC HAS TO BE ROUTED

CFUNC CANCEL FUNCTION

This parameter specifies a parameter which is to be removed from the

carrier access code point being modified.

Notes:
- At least one parameter has to remain in the code point after the
command has been executed, i.e. empty code points are not allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DEFCAC DEFAULT CAC

CACSHUC CAC SEL. HANDLING UNCOND.
CACSHDI CAC SEL. HANDLING DIALLED.
CACSHPS CAC SEL. HANDLING PRESELEC.
CACGHUC CAC GLOBAL HANDLING UNCOND.
CACGHDI CAC GLOBAL HANDLING DIALLED.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CACCPT- 3+

 MOD CACCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CACGHPS CAC GLOBAL HANDLING PRESELEC.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CACCPT- 4-

 CAN CACLST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST

This command cancels a carrier access code list for which

special carrier routing was performed.

Prerequisites:
- The list is not referred to by a carrier codepoint.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CACLST : NAME= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the list name to be canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CACLST- 1-

 CR CACLST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST

This command creates a list with
access codes to destinations for
The same action is valid for all
More codes as well as codes with
with MOD CACLST.
a new listname and inserts up to 32 carrier
which special carrier routing is performed.
codes, entered with the create command.
a different ACTION can be entered

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CACLST : NAME= ,CAC= ,ACTION= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the list name with carrier access codes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies carrier access codes for which special

carrier routing is performed.

Prerequisites:
- The CAC-value(s) must already be created with CR CAC.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ACTION ACTION FOR CAC HANDLING

This parameter specifies the action for carrier routing.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IGNORE IGNORE CAC FOR ROUTING

INCEPT INTERCEPT CAC
ROUTE CAC HAS TO BE ROUTED
The standard treatment for all CACs is
ROUTE.
This value must be administered explicitly
as an exception to another ACTION that is
assigned within a carrier access codepoint to
a shorter codepoint.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CACLST- 1-
 DISP CACLST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST

This command displays some or all carrier access code lists.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CACLST : NAME= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the list name(s) to be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CACLST- 1-

 MOD CACLST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST

This command modifies a carrier access code list.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CACLST : NAME= [,CAC= ,ACTION=] [,CCAC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the list being modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies carrier access code(s)

to be added to the list.

Prerequisites:
- The CAC-value(s) must already be created with CR CAC.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ACTION ACTION FOR CAC HANDLING

This parameter specifies the action for carrier routing

for the added CAC-value(s).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IGNORE IGNORE CAC FOR ROUTING

INCEPT INTERCEPT CAC
ROUTE CAC HAS TO BE ROUTED

CCAC CANCEL CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies carrier access code(s) to be

removed from the list.

Prerequisites:
- Only CAC-values which are assigned to the list can be removed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CACLST- 1-

 CAN CALIDREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER

This command cancels the recording center specified with the entered recording
center identification number.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CALIDREC : CALIDREC= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CALIDREC MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER

This parameter identifies the recording center to be canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CALIDREC- 1-

 CR CALIDREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER

This command creates the data for a malicious call recording center.
The entered data specifies the recorder identification number,
the recording center directory number and, if needed, certain
features.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CALIDREC : CALIDREC= ,DNREC= [,CUGILC=] [,CUGDNIC=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SINGCON=] [,COLPREQ=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CALIDREC MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER

This parameter identifies the recording center to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5, range of decimal numbers

DNREC DN OF RECORDING CENTER

This parameter specifies the national significant directory number of

the recording center.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CUGILC CUG INTERLOCK CODE

This parameter specifies the national closed user group interlock code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...65535, range of decimal numbers

CUGDNIC CUG DATA NETWORK IDENT. CODE

This parameter specifies the international closed user group

identification code.
Notes:
- This parameter is only allowed if CUGILC value is also specified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

SINGCON SINGLE CONNECTION CALL CONTENT

This parameter specifies wether call content data is transmitted

via one single 64 kb connection to the recording center as the sum
of information of A and B sides (value YES) or whether the A and B
sides information is separately transmitted via two 64 kb connections
(value NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DOUBLE CONNECTION CALL CONTENT

NO DOUBLE CONNECTION CALL CONTENT
Y SINGLE CONNECTION CALL CONTENT
YES SINGLE CONNECTION CALL CONTENT

Default: NO

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALIDREC- 1+
 CR CALIDREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

COLPREQ CONNECTED LINE PRESENT.REQUEST

This parameter specifies whether the call content connection has to be

protected by using the COLP feature.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO COLP REQUEST
NO NO COLP REQUEST
Y COLP REQUEST
YES COLP REQUEST

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALIDREC- 2-
 DISP CALIDREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER

This command displays data of one recording center specified with the entered
malicious call recording center identification number or the data of all
created centers.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CALIDREC : CALIDREC= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CALIDREC MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER

This parameter identifies the recording center to be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALIDREC- 1-

 MOD CALIDREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER

This command modifies the data of a malicious call recording center.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CALIDREC : CALIDREC= <,NDNREC= ,NCUGILC= ,CCUGILC= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,NCUGDNIC= ,CCUGDNIC= ,SINGCON= ,COLPREQ=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CALIDREC MALICIOUS CALL ID REC. CENTER

This parameter identifies the recording center to be modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5, range of decimal numbers

NDNREC NEW DN OF RECORDING CENTER

This parameter specifies the new national significant directory number

of the recording center.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NCUGILC NEW CUG INTERLOCK CODE

This parameter specifies the new international closed user group

identification code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...65535, range of decimal numbers

CCUGILC CANCEL CUG INTERLOCK CODE

This parameter specifies the international closed user group

identification code to be canceled.
Notes:
- This parameter is only allowed if no CUGDNIC is present in the
database or if CCUGDNIC is also specified.
- This parameter is incompatible with NCUGILC.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...65535, range of decimal numbers

NCUGDNIC NEW CUG NETWORK IDENT.CODE

This parameter specifies the new
code.
Notes:
- This parameter is only allowed
database or if NCUGILC is also
- This parameter is incompatible
national closed user group interlock
if a CUGILC is present in the
specified.
with CCUGILC.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CCUGDNIC CANCEL CUG NETWORK IDENT.CODE

This parameter specifies the national closed user group interlock

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALIDREC- 1+

 MOD CALIDREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

code to be canceled.
Notes:
- This parameter is incompatible with NCUGDNIC.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

SINGCON SINGLE CONNECTION CALL CONTENT

This parameter specifies wether call content data is transmitted

via one single 64 kb connection to the recording center as the sum
of information of A and B sides (value YES) or whether the A and B
sides information is separately transmitted via two 64 kb connections
(value NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DOUBLE CONNECTION CALL CONTENT

NO DOUBLE CONNECTION CALL CONTENT
Y SINGLE CONNECTION CALL CONTENT
YES SINGLE CONNECTION CALL CONTENT

Default: NO

COLPREQ CONNECTED LINE PRESENT.REQUEST

This parameter specifies whether the call content connection has to be

protected by using the COLP feature.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO COLP REQUEST
NO NO COLP REQUEST
Y COLP REQUEST
YES COLP REQUEST

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALIDREC- 2-

 ACCEP CALL
LOCAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACCEPT CALL

This command accepts an incoming ( group, personal, position ) call which was
offered at the workstation and connects it to the headset.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ACCEP CALL - LOCAL LOCAL OPERATION

2. ACCEP CALL - REMOTE REMOTE OPERATION

1. Input format

LOCAL OPERATION

Input format for local operation.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACCEP CALL : [TPNO=] [,CALLTP=] [,JN=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TPNO TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port to which the incoming call is
to be connected. It may not be used for remote operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

CALLTP TYPE OF TERMINATING TEST CALL

This parameter can be used to accept the oldest waiting call of the
specified call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

GROUP TEST CALL TO GROUP

PERS PERSONAL CALL
PERSONAL PERSONAL CALL
POS TEST CALL TO POSITION
POSITION TEST CALL TO POSITION

JN JOB NUMBER

This parameter specifies the job number of the job offering an

incoming group call in remote operation. It must be used for remote
operation ( see command ACT WST ).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...9999, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACCEP CALL- 1+

 ACCEP CALL
REMOTE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

REMOTE OPERATION

Input format for remote operation.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACCEP CALL : [TPDN=] ,JN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TPDN TEST PORT DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port directory number of the test
port the incoming call is to be connected to. It must be used for
remote operation ( see command ACT WST ).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...14 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

JN JOB NUMBER

This parameter specifies the job number of the job offering an

incoming group call in remote operation. It must be used for remote
operation ( see command ACT WST ).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACCEP CALL- 2-

 REL CALL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RELEASE CALL

This command releases a personal call which was set up with the command
SETUP CALL or accepted with the command ACCEP CALL.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REL CALL : TPNO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TPNO TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port seized for the personal call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REL CALL- 1-

 SETUP CALL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SET UP CALL

This command sets up a personal call to another workstation or subscriber.

The call can be released with the command REL CALL.

Prerequisites:
- The workstation must have been activated with the command ACT WST.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SETUP CALL : [TPNO=] ,DN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TPNO TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port to be seized for the

outgoing personal call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of another workstation

or subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SETUP CALL- 1-

 DISP CALLDAT
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL PROCESSING DATA

This command displays a snapshot of the contents of the transient CP and GP

resources for one or more ports. The resources must have a state which is
not idle.
The command displays the CP resources CHR, CPB, BOR, BKR, CQI,
CRL and TCB, as well as the GP resources CALLREG, LST, and DPS.

One or more ports can be specified by the equipment number.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CALLDAT - EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

2. DISP CALLDAT - LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

1. Input format

EQUIPMENT NUMBER

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CALLDAT : EQN= [,FORMAT=] [,TYPE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter defines the equipment number.

Notes:
- The following qualifications of the port are allowed:

DLU: EQN = a-b-c-d one specific DLU port

EQN = a-b-X all DLU ports of a shelf
EQN = a-b-c all DLU ports of a module
EQN = a-b-X-d one specific DLU port in each module

V5IF: EQN = a-b-c-d one specific V5IF port

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c[-d]

a: DLU OR V5IF NUMBER=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a DLU number in the range 10...2550

(in steps of 10)
For V5IF port: a V5IF number in the range 6000...8999

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a shelf in the range 0...7

For V5IF port: 0

c: MODULE OR V5IF PORT NUMBER=

0...20, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a module number in the range 0...15

For V51IF port: 0
For V52IF port: a V52IF port number in the range 0...20

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLDAT- 1+

 DISP CALLDAT
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

d: CIRCUIT OR V5IF PORT NUMBER=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a circuit number in the range

0...7 for SLM with 8 ports
0...15 for SLM with 16 ports
0...32 for SLM with 32 ports
For V51IF port: a V51IF port number in the range 0...31
For V52IF port: a V52IF port number in the range 0...99

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the display format.

Notes:
- The format parameter values DATA and BOTH are allowed only if
the parameter TYPE is unsupplied or if it is supplied with CHR.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(BOTH ) DISPLAY IN HEX AND STRUCTURED

1 1 Only for CHR (channel register).
1 1 For the equipment number range, the
1 1 channel registers found are displayed first
1 1 in structured format, followed by
1 1 an output of the channel registers in
1 1 hexadecimal format.
1 1 To identify a channel register in the structured
1 1 list and in the hexadecimal list,
Z Y the processor number and the speech channel number
1 1 are also displayed in both output formats.
1 1 Since the tailing zeros are suppressed in the
1 1 hexadecimal output, the channel register may
1 1 be displayed with different length.
1BYTE 1 DISPLAY IN HEXADECIMAL FORMAT
1 1 This is the standard output format for all types
1 1 of resources.
1 1 Tailing zeros are suppressed in the output of
1 1 each resource. As a result, the displays may show
1 1 the resource with different lengths.
*DATA + DISPLAY IN STRUCTURED FORMAT
Only for CHR (channel register).
For the equipment number range, the
channel registers found are displayed
in structured format.

Default: BYTE

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of the resource to be displayed.

Note:
- If the TYPE and FORMAT parameters are omitted, the
searching for data of the equipment number includes all supported
CP and GP resources. This has as condition that there is a channel
register not idle linked to this equipment number.

- If a GP resource is specifically requested, a display is attempted

regardless of the state of the channel register in CP.

Output formats dependent on input

+---------------------------------+----------------------------------+
! Input: ! Output format: !
! ! !
! TYPE= !FORMAT= ! hexadecimal structured !
! ! +---------------------+------------+
! a b c d e f g h i k ! ! a b c d e f g h i k !Channel reg.!
+---------------------+-----------+---------------------+------------+
! - - - - - - - - - - ! - ! x x x x x x x x x x ! - !
! - - - - - - - - - - ! Y ! x x x x x x x x x x ! - !
! - - - - - - - - - - ! D ! - - - - - - - - - - ! x !
! - - - - - - - - - - ! B ! x - - - - - - - - - ! x !
! x - - - - - - - - - ! - ! x - - - - - - - - - ! - !
! - x - - - - - - - - ! - ! - x - - - - - - - - ! - !
! - - x - - - - - - - ! - ! - - x - - - - - - - ! - !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLDAT- 2+

 DISP CALLDAT
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! - - - x - - - - - - ! - ! - - - x - - - - - - ! - !
! - - - - x - - - - - ! - ! - - - - x - - - - - ! - !
! - - - - - x - - - - ! - ! - - - - - x - - - - ! - !
! - - - - - - x - - - ! - ! - - - - - - x - - - ! - !
! - - - - - - - x - - ! - ! - - - - - - - x - - ! - !
! - - - - - - - - x - ! - ! - - - - - - - - x - ! - !
! - - - - - - - - - x ! - ! - - - - - - - - - x ! - !
! x - - - - - - - - - ! Y ! x - - - - - - - - - ! - !
! - x - - - - - - - - ! Y ! - x - - - - - - - - ! - !
! - - x - - - - - - - ! Y ! - - x - - - - - - - ! - !
! - - - x - - - - - - ! Y ! - - - x - - - - - - ! - !
! - - - - x - - - - - ! Y ! - - - - x - - - - - ! - !
! - - - - - x - - - - ! Y ! - - - - - x - - - - ! - !
! - - - - - - x - - - ! Y ! - - - - - - x - - - ! - !
! - - - - - - - x - - ! Y ! - - - - - - - x - - ! - !
! - - - - - - - - x - ! Y ! - - - - - - - - x - ! - !
! - - - - - - - - - x ! Y ! - - - - - - - - - x ! - !
! x - - - - - - - - - ! D ! - - - - - - - - - - ! x !
! - x - - - - - - - - ! D ! ) !
! - - x - - - - - - - ! D ! ! !
! - - - x - - - - - - ! D ! ! !
! - - - - x - - - - - ! D ! ! This combination results !
! - - - - - x - - - - ! D ! > in an error message !
! - - - - - - x - - - ! D ! ! !
! - - - - - - - x - - ! D ! ! !
! - - - - - - - - x - ! D ! ) !
! - - - - - - - - - x ! D ! ) !
! x - - - - - - - - - ! B ! x - - - - - - - - - ! x !
! - x - - - - - - - - ! B ! ) !
! - - x - - - - - - - ! B ! ! !
! - - - x - - - - - - ! B ! ! !
! - - - - x - - - - - ! B ! ! This combination results !
! - - - - - x - - - - ! B ! > in an error message !
! - - - - - - x - - - ! B ! ! !
! - - - - - - - x - - ! B ! ! !
! - - - - - - - - x - ! B ! ) !
! - - - - - - - - - x ! B ! ) !
+---------------------+-----------+----------------------------------+
TYPE=TYPE, FORMAT=FORMAT,
Y=BYTE,
D=DATA,
B=BOTH

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(BKR ) BOOKING REGISTER

1 1 Resource in CP
1 1 Table number: d = booking register
1BOR 1 OPERATOR BILLING REGISTER
1 1 Resource in CP
1 1 Table number: c = operator billing register
1CALLREG 1 CALL REGISTER
1 1 Resource in GP
1 1 Table number: h = call register
1CHR 1 CHANNEL REGISTER
1 1 Resource in CP
Z Y Table number: a = channel register
1CPB 1 CALL PROCESSING BUFFER
1 1 Resource in CP
1 1 Table number: b = call processing buffer
1CQI 1 COMMON QUEUEING INDEX TABLE
1 1 Resource in CP
1 1 Table number: e = common queueing index table
1DPS 1 DLU PORT STATUS TABLE
1 1 Resource in GP
1 1 Table number: k = DLU port status table
1LST 1 LINE STATUS TABLE
1 1 Resource in GP
1 1 Table number: i = line status table
*TCB + TRANSACTION CONTROL BLOCK
Resource in CP
Table number: f = transaction control block

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLDAT- 3+

 DISP CALLDAT
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

LINE TRUNK GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CALLDAT : LTG= [,LC=] [,FORMAT=] [,TYPE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNG GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group of the set of objects to
be traced.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

0...63, range of decimal numbers

LTG : 1..63

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies the line connection of a LTG.

Notes:
- The input of this parameter is only valid in combination
with the LTG parameter.

- The following input is allowed:

LC = X All channels of LTG

LC = X-b One specific channel on all LTUs
LC = a All channels on specific LTU
LC = a-b One specific channel

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTU NO.OF A LTG=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

LTU : 0..7

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL OF A LTG PORT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Channel : 0..31

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the display format.

Notes:
- The format parameter values DATA and BOTH are allowed only if

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLDAT- 4+

 DISP CALLDAT
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the parameter TYPE is unsupplied or if it is supplied with CHR.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(BOTH ) DISPLAY IN HEX AND STRUCTURED

1 1 Only for CHR (channel register).
1 1 For the equipment number range, the
1 1 channel registers found are displayed first
1 1 in structured format, followed by
1 1 an output of the channel registers in
1 1 hexadecimal format.
1 1 To identify a channel register in the structured
1 1 list and in the hexadecimal list,
Z Y the processor number and the speech channel number
1 1 are also displayed in both output formats.
1 1 Since the tailing zeros are suppressed in the
1 1 hexadecimal output, the channel register may
1 1 be displayed with different length.
1BYTE 1 DISPLAY IN HEXADECIMAL FORMAT
1 1 This is the standard output format for all types
1 1 of resources.
1 1 Tailing zeros are suppressed in the output of
1 1 each resource. As a result, the displays may show
1 1 the resource with different lengths.
*DATA + DISPLAY IN STRUCTURED FORMAT
Only for CHR (channel register).
For the equipment number range, the
channel registers found are displayed
in structured format.

Default: BYTE

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of the resource to be displayed.

Note:
- If the TYPE and FORMAT parameters are omitted, the
searching for data of the equipment number includes all supported
CP and GP resources. This has as condition that there is a channel
register not idle linked to this equipment number.

- If a GP resource is specifically requested, a display is attempted

regardless of the state of the channel register in CP.

Output formats dependent on input

+---------------------------------+----------------------------------+
! Input: ! Output format: !
! ! !
! TYPE= !FORMAT= ! hexadecimal structured !
! ! +---------------------+------------+
! a b c d e f g h i k ! ! a b c d e f g h i k !Channel reg.!
+---------------------+-----------+---------------------+------------+
! - - - - - - - - - - ! - ! x x x x x x x x x x ! - !
! - - - - - - - - - - ! Y ! x x x x x x x x x x ! - !
! - - - - - - - - - - ! D ! - - - - - - - - - - ! x !
! - - - - - - - - - - ! B ! x - - - - - - - - - ! x !
! x - - - - - - - - - ! - ! x - - - - - - - - - ! - !
! - x - - - - - - - - ! - ! - x - - - - - - - - ! - !
! - - x - - - - - - - ! - ! - - x - - - - - - - ! - !
! - - - x - - - - - - ! - ! - - - x - - - - - - ! - !
! - - - - x - - - - - ! - ! - - - - x - - - - - ! - !
! - - - - - x - - - - ! - ! - - - - - x - - - - ! - !
! - - - - - - x - - - ! - ! - - - - - - x - - - ! - !
! - - - - - - - x - - ! - ! - - - - - - - x - - ! - !
! - - - - - - - - x - ! - ! - - - - - - - - x - ! - !
! - - - - - - - - - x ! - ! - - - - - - - - - x ! - !
! x - - - - - - - - - ! Y ! x - - - - - - - - - ! - !
! - x - - - - - - - - ! Y ! - x - - - - - - - - ! - !
! - - x - - - - - - - ! Y ! - - x - - - - - - - ! - !
! - - - x - - - - - - ! Y ! - - - x - - - - - - ! - !
! - - - - x - - - - - ! Y ! - - - - x - - - - - ! - !
! - - - - - x - - - - ! Y ! - - - - - x - - - - ! - !
! - - - - - - x - - - ! Y ! - - - - - - x - - - ! - !
! - - - - - - - x - - ! Y ! - - - - - - - x - - ! - !
! - - - - - - - - x - ! Y ! - - - - - - - - x - ! - !
! - - - - - - - - - x ! Y ! - - - - - - - - - x ! - !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLDAT- 5+

 DISP CALLDAT
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! x - - - - - - - - - ! D ! - - - - - - - - - - ! x !
! - x - - - - - - - - ! D ! ) !
! - - x - - - - - - - ! D ! ! !
! - - - x - - - - - - ! D ! ! !
! - - - - x - - - - - ! D ! ! This combination results !
! - - - - - x - - - - ! D ! > in an error message !
! - - - - - - x - - - ! D ! ! !
! - - - - - - - x - - ! D ! ! !
! - - - - - - - - x - ! D ! ) !
! - - - - - - - - - x ! D ! ) !
! x - - - - - - - - - ! B ! x - - - - - - - - - ! x !
! - x - - - - - - - - ! B ! ) !
! - - x - - - - - - - ! B ! ! !
! - - - x - - - - - - ! B ! ! !
! - - - - x - - - - - ! B ! ! This combination results !
! - - - - - x - - - - ! B ! > in an error message !
! - - - - - - x - - - ! B ! ! !
! - - - - - - - x - - ! B ! ! !
! - - - - - - - - x - ! B ! ) !
! - - - - - - - - - x ! B ! ) !
+---------------------+-----------+----------------------------------+
TYPE=TYPE, FORMAT=FORMAT,
Y=BYTE,
D=DATA,
B=BOTH

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(BKR ) BOOKING REGISTER

1 1 Resource in CP
1 1 Table number: d = booking register
1BOR 1 OPERATOR BILLING REGISTER
1 1 Resource in CP
1 1 Table number: c = operator billing register
1CALLREG 1 CALL REGISTER
1 1 Resource in GP
1 1 Table number: h = call register
1CHR 1 CHANNEL REGISTER
1 1 Resource in CP
Z Y Table number: a = channel register
1CPB 1 CALL PROCESSING BUFFER
1 1 Resource in CP
1 1 Table number: b = call processing buffer
1CQI 1 COMMON QUEUEING INDEX TABLE
1 1 Resource in CP
1 1 Table number: e = common queueing index table
1DPS 1 DLU PORT STATUS TABLE
1 1 Resource in GP
1 1 Table number: k = DLU port status table
1LST 1 LINE STATUS TABLE
1 1 Resource in GP
1 1 Table number: i = line status table
*TCB + TRANSACTION CONTROL BLOCK
Resource in CP
Table number: f = transaction control block

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLDAT- 6-

 ACCEP CALLID

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACCEPT CALL IDENTIFICATION

This command cancels the call identification display on the system panel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACCEP CALLID ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACCEP CALLID- 1-

 MOD CALLMON
MODSIDE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CALL MONITORING

This command is used to switch over between listening and listening/speaking to

a specified trunk side of an existing trunk call.

Prerequisites:
- A call monitoring connection must exist ( command: START CALLMON ).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD CALLMON - MODSIDE MODIFY SIDE

2. MOD CALLMON - MODSPEAK MODIFY SPEAKING

1. Input format

MODIFY SIDE

This input format is used to change the trunk side to be listened or

spoken to.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1TPNO=1 1
1 MOD CALLMON : ZTPDN=Y ,SIDE= ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TPNO TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port seized for the call monitoring
connection. It may not be used for remote operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

TPDN TEST PORT DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port directory number of the test
port seized for the call monitoring connection. It must be used for
remote operation ( see command ACT WST ).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...14 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

SIDE NUC CONNECTION SIDE

This parameter specifies the side of the trunk connection to be

listened to or listened and spoken to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

A A SUBSCRIBER
ALL ALL
B B SUBSCRIBER

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLMON- 1+

 MOD CALLMON
MODSPEAK
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MODIFY SPEAKING

This input format is used to switch over between listening and listening/
speaking.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1TPNO=1 1
1 MOD CALLMON : ZTPDN=Y ,SP= ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TPNO TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port seized for the call monitoring
connection. It may not be used for remote operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

TPDN TEST PORT DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port directory number of the test
port seized for the call monitoring connection. It must be used for
remote operation ( see command ACT WST ).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...14 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

SP CALL MONITORING / SPEAKING

This parameter specifies whether the indicated trunk side is to be

listened to or listened and spoken to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO SPEAKING
NO NO SPEAKING
Y SPEAKING
YES SPEAKING

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLMON- 2-

 START CALLMON
CIC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CALL MONITORING

This command starts monitoring of an existing trunk call. Call monitoring can
be modified with the command MOD CALLMON and stopped with the command
STOP CALLMON.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. START CALLMON- CIC CIC ORIENTED INPUT

2. START CALLMON- LNO LNO ORIENTATED INPUT
3. START CALLMON- LTGLC EQN ORIENTED INPUT

1. Input format

CIC ORIENTED INPUT

The input format sets up a call monitoring connection to a CCS7 speech circuit.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,TPNO=11 1
1 START CALLMON : TGNO= ,CIC= 1Z,TPDN=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the trunk port to
be listened to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code of the trunk

port to be listened to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <PCM system>

b: CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <channel>

TPNO TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port to be seized for the call
monitoring connection. It may not be used for remote operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

TPDN TEST PORT DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port directory number of the test
port to be seized for the call monitoring connection. It must be used
for remote operation ( see command ACT WST ).

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START CALLMON- 1+

 START CALLMON
CIC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...14 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START CALLMON- 2+

 START CALLMON
LNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

LNO ORIENTATED INPUT

This input format sets up an line oriented call monitoring connection.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,TPNO=11 1
1 START CALLMON : TGNO= ,LNO= 1Z,TPDN=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of the trunk port to
be listened to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the trunk port to be

listened to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

TPNO TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port to be seized for the call
monitoring connection. It may not be used for remote operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

TPDN TEST PORT DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port directory number of the test
port to be seized for the call monitoring connection. It must be used
for remote operation ( see command ACT WST ).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...14 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START CALLMON- 3+

 START CALLMON
LTGLC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

EQN ORIENTED INPUT

The input format sets up an equipment oriented call monitoring connection.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,TPDN=11 1
1 START CALLMON : LTG= ,LC= 1Z,TPNO=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group number of the trunk port
to be listened to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TIME STAGE GROUP=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CIRCUIT

This parameter specifies the line circuit number of the trunk port to
be listened to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE/TRUNK UNIT=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

TPDN TEST PORT DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port directory number of the test
port to be seized for the call monitoring connection. It must be used
for remote operation ( see command ACT WST ).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...14 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TPNO TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port to be seized for the call
monitoring connection. It may not be used for remote operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START CALLMON- 4-

 STOP CALLMON

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

STOP CALL MONITORING

This command stops monitoring of an existing trunk call.

Prerequisites:
- A call monitoring connection must exist ( command: START CALLMON ).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1TPNO=1 1
1 STOP CALLMON : ZTPDN=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TPNO TEST PORT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port seized for the call monitoring
connection. It may not be used for remote operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

TPDN TEST PORT DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the test port directory number of the test
port seized for the call monitoring connection. It must be used for
remote operation ( see command ACT WST ).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...14 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STOP CALLMON- 1-

 ACT CALLPBOP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CALL PROCESSING BASIC OPERATION

This command activates a call processing basic operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is a test command only permitted for use by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel for NM-test purposes.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CALLPBOP : LEVEL= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LEVEL LEVEL OF CP BASIC OPERATION

This parameter specifies which start level will be activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ISTART1B INITIALSTART 1 BASIC OPERATION

This level is performed if an ISTART1 was not

successful.
The same actions will be performed during
ISTART1 except that only a few processes in CP
will be started to allow call processing.

NSTART1B NEWSTART 1 BASIC OPERATION

All central processors will be reset.

This level is performed if a load request during
NSTART2 or NSTART3 or initialstart could not
be executed.

Call processing is interrupted for less than 20s.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CALLPBOP- 1-

 DISP CALLPOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL PROCESSING OPTIONS

This command displays exchange parameters related to call processing.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CALLPOPT : <FORMAT= ,SERV= ,ADMSERV=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FORMAT OUTPUT MASK FORM

This parameter is for displaying a table with the values of exchange

parameters.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OPTIONS CALL PROCESSING OPTIONS

SERV INTERNAL SERVICE COMPATIBILITY

This parameter is for displaying a table containing

service types and all compatible services for one or
more internal services.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

TANALOG TRAFFIC ANALOG MODE

TCMSPEEC TRAFFIC CIRCUIT MODE SPEECH
TCMUNRST TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE UNRESTR.
TCMAUDIO TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE 3.1KHZ AUDIO
TCMAUDI7 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE 7KHZ AUDIO
TCMSERV6 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SERVICE 06
TCMSERV7 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SERVICE 07
TUNKNOWN TRAFFIC UNKNOWN BEARER SERV.
TPMBCHAN TRAFFIC PACKET MODE B-CHANNEL
TPMDCHAN TRAFFIC PACKET MODE D-CHANNEL
TPMBDCHA TRAFFIC PACKET MODE BD-CHANNEL
TTEL3K TRAFFIC TELEPHONY ISDN 3.1KHZ
TTEL7K TRAFFIC TELEPHONY ISDN 7KHZ
TFAX3 TRAFFIC TELEFAX GROUP 2/3
TFAX4 TRAFFIC TELEFAX GROUP 4
TTTX64K TRAFFIC TELETEX 64 KBIT/S
TVIDEOTX TRAFFIC VIDEOTEXT
TVIDEOTL TRAFFIC VIDEOTELEPHONY
TSERV19 TRAFFIC SERVICE 19
TSERV20 TRAFFIC SERVICE 20
TSERV21 TRAFFIC SERVICE 21
TSERV22 TRAFFIC SERVICE 22
TSERV23 TRAFFIC SERVICE 23
TSERV24 TRAFFIC SERVICE 24
TSERV25 TRAFFIC SERVICE 25
TSERV26 TRAFFIC SERVICE 26
TSERV27 TRAFFIC SERVICE 27
TSPCONN TRAFFIC SEMIPERM. CONNECTION
TSERV29 TRAFFIC SERVICE 29
TSERV30 TRAFFIC SERVICE 30
TSERV31 TRAFFIC SERVICE 31
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES

ADMSERV ADMIN. SERVICE COMPATIBILITY

This parameter is for displaying a table containing

service types and all compatible services for one or
more administrative services.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ANALOG ANALOG MODE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLPOPT- 1+

 DISP CALLPOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CMSPEECH CIRCUIT MODE SPEECH

CMUNRST CM UNRESTRICTED DIGITAL INFO.
CMAUDIO CIRCUIT MODE 3.1KHZ AUDIO
CMAUDI7K CIRCUIT MODE 7KHZ AUDIO
CMSERV6 CIRCUIT MODE SERVICE 06
CMSERV7 CIRCUIT MODE SERVICE 07
UNKNOWN UNKNOWN BEARER SERVICE
PMBCHANN PACKET MODE B-CHANNEL
PMDCHANN PACKET MODE D-CHANNEL
PMBDCHAN PACKET MODE BD-CHANNEL
TEL3K TELEPHONY ISDN 3.1KHZ
TEL7K TELEPHONY ISDN 7KHZ
FAX3 TELEFAX GROUP 2/3
FAX4 TELEFAX GROUP 4
TTX64K TELETEX 64 KBIT/S
VIDEOTEX VIDEOTEXT
VIDEOTEL VIDEOTELEPHONY
SERV19 SERVICE 19
SERV20 SERVICE 20
SERV21 SERVICE 21
SERV22 SERVICE 22
SERV23 SERVICE 23
SERV24 SERVICE 24
SERV25 SERVICE 25
SERV26 SERVICE 26
SERV27 SERVICE 27
SPCONN SEMIPERMANENT CONNECTION
NONVCGRP NONVOICE SERVICES GROUP
VOICEGRP VOICE SERVICES GROUP
ALLGRP ALL SERVICES GROUP
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLPOPT- 2-

 MOD CALLPOPT
ADMSERV
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CALL PROCESSING OPTIONS

This command modifies the exchange parameters and the services related to
Call Processing.
In the following a description is given for
- modification of administrative services
- input of exchange parameters
- modification of internal services for one service
- modification of internal services for several services.
Note: The input of exchange parameters is always possible with the
input for modification of internal and administrative services.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD CALLPOPT - ADMSERV MODIFIC. ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

2. MOD CALLPOPT - OPTIONS OPTIONS
3. MOD CALLPOPT - SERV MODIFIC. ONE INTERNAL SERVICE
4. MOD CALLPOPT - SERVTYPE MODIFIC. SEVERAL INTERNAL SERVICES

1. Input format

MODIFIC. ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

This input format modifies the powersets of services (exept the powerset of
internal services) for one or more administrative services.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CALLPOPT : ADMSERV= <,TYPE= ,CTYPE=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ADMSERV ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE

This parameter specifies the administrative service that has values to

be modified.

Notes:
- This parameter must always be entered with at least one
of the parameters TYPE, CTYPE.
- The values of parameter ADMSERV are verified against the
powersets of administrative services.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ALLGRP ALL SERVICES GROUP

ANALOG ANALOG MODE
CMAUDIO CIRC.MODE 3.1KHZ AUDIO
CMAUDI7K CIRC.MODE 7KHZ AUDIO
CMSERV6 CIRC.MODE SERVICE 06
CMSERV7 CIRC.MODE SERVICE 07
CMSPEECH CIRC.MODE SPEECH
CMUNRST CIRC.MODE UNRESTR.DIGITAL INFO
FAX3 TELEFAX GROUP 2/3
FAX4 TELEFAX GROUP 4
NONVCGRP NONVOICE SERVICES GROUP
PMBCHANN PACKET MODE B-CHANNEL
PMBDCHAN PACKET MODE BD-CHANNEL
PMDCHANN PACKET MODE D-CHANNEL
SERV19 SERVICE 19
SERV20 SERVICE 20
SERV21 SERVICE 21
SERV22 SERVICE 22
SERV23 SERVICE 23
SERV24 SERVICE 24
SERV25 SERVICE 25
SERV26 SERVICE 26

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 1+

 MOD CALLPOPT
ADMSERV
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SERV27 SERVICE 27
SPCONN SEMIPERMANENT CONNECTION
TEL3K TELEPHONY ISDN 3.1KHZ
TEL7K TELEPHONY ISDN 7KHZ
TTX64K TELETEX 64 KBIT/S
UNKNOWN UNKNOWN BEARER SERVICE
VIDEOTEL VIDEOTELEPHONY
VIDEOTEX VIDEOTEXT
VOICEGRP VOICE SERVICES GROUP

TYPE SERVICE TYPE

This parameter specifies the set of services where the entered

service shall be added.

Notes:
- This parameter must always be entered with parameter
SERV or ADMSERV.
- The TRAFFIC ,VOICE services can only be
modified using parameter SERV.
- All other service types are administrative services and can
only be modified using parameter ADMSERV.
- All VOICE services must also be contained in the powerset of
TRAFFIC services.
- All SCIVOICE services must also be contained in the powerset of
VOICE services except for ADMSERV is VOICEGRP and ALLGRP.
In case of ADMSERV is NONVCGRP SCIVOICE is not possible.
- All standard services must also be contained in the powerset of
the corresponding administrative service.
- The following parameter values are only allowed during Installation
Recovery : TRAFFIC, (only for internal services)
VOICE, (only for internal services)
SCIVOICE, (only for administrative services)
ADMIN, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB1TR6, (only for adminstrative services)
PHI, (only for adminstrative services)
FH, (only for adminstrative services)
QSIG, (only for adminstrative services)
H323, (only for adminstrative services)
USDSS1. (only for adminstrative services)

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE

CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
FH FRAME HANDLER SERVICE
FHSTD FRAME HANDLER SERVICE STANDARD
H323 H323 SERVICE
H323STD H323 SERVICE STANDARD
IDSB ISDN-DSB SERVICE
PHI PACKET HANDLER INTERFACE SERV.
PHISTD PHI SERVICE STANDARD
QSIG Q-SIGNALLING SERVICE
QSIGSTD Q-SIGNALLING SERVICE STANDARD
SCIVOICE SCI VOICE SERVICE
SUB SUBSCRIBER SERVICE
SUBSTD SUBSCRIBER SERVICE STANDARD
SUB1TR6 1TR6-SUBSCRIBER SERVICE
SUB1TR6S 1TR6-SUBSCR. SERVICE STANDARD
USDSS1 USDSS1 SERVICE
USDSS1ST USDSS1 SERVICE STANDARD

CTYPE CANCEL SERVICE TYPE

This parameter specifies the set of services from which the entered
service shall be deleted.

Notes:
- This parameter must always be entered with parameter
SERV or ADMSERV.
- The TRAFFIC,VOICE services can only be
modified using parameter SERV.
- All other service types are administrative services and can
only be modified using parameter ADMSERV.
- In the case of CTYPE = TRAFFIC the complete sequence of

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 2+

 MOD CALLPOPT
ADMSERV
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

administrative services for the addressed TRAFFIC service in

the compatibility tables will be deleted automatically.
- In the case of CTYPE = VOICE the complete sequence
of administrative services for the addressed VOICE
service and SCIVOICE service in the compatibility-
tables will be deleted automatically.
- In the case of CTYPE = ADMIN it is verified that the addressed
service is not used in the compatibility tables.
- The following parameter values are only allowed during Installation
Recovery : TRAFFIC, (only for internal services)
VOICE, (only for internal services)
SCIVOICE, (only for administrative services)
ADMIN, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB1TR6, (only for adminstrative services)
PHI, (only for adminstrative services)
FH, (only for adminstrative services)
QSIG, (only for adminstrative services)
H323, (only for adminstrative services)
USDSS1. (only for adminstrative services)

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICE

CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
FH FRAME HANDLER SERVICE
FHSTD FRAME HANDLER SERVICE STANDARD
H323 H323 SERVICE
H323STD H323 SERVICE STANDARD
IDSB ISDN-DSBSERVICE
PHI PACKET HANDLER INTERFACE SERV.
PHISTD PHI SERVICE STANDARD
QSIG Q-SIGNALLING SERVICE
QSIGSTD Q-SIGNALLING SERVICE STANDARD
SCIVOICE SCI VOICE SERVICE
SUB SUBSCRIBER SERVICE
SUBSTD SUBSCRIBER SERVICE STANDARD
SUB1TR6 1TR6-SUBSCRIBER SERVICE
SUB1TR6S 1TR6-SUBSCR. SERVICE STANDARD
USDSS1 USDSS1 SERVICE
USDSS1ST USDSS1 SERVICE STANDARD

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 3+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

OPTIONS

This input format modifies the exchange parameters.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CALLPOPT : <OCALSEQ= ,OOSOPT= ,COOSOPT= ,CCQUEL= 1
1 1
1 ,CFWTIMER= ,CTXTIMER= ,ANITX= ,CFWMAX= 1
1 1
1 ,FACFRM= ,VOIREC= ,CTXNAME= ,NUISWRH= 1
1 1
1 ,TELCOCNT= ,MSNMAX= ,ABB= ,MLDIVNO= ,RELFEA= 1
1 1
1 ,TRIVKW= ,CTRIVKW= ,RBSIN= ,CRBSIN= ,PHDN= 1
1 1
1 ,CPHDN= ,GENPROT= ,MDMSN= ,DESTMAXL= ,DLUEM= 1
1 1
1 ,SLANAPRT= ,SYSREA= ,CFWNOT= ,ANNFCFW= 1
1 1
1 ,CFWFIX= ,SATMAX= ,HOPCO= ,ISDNPROT= 1
1 1
1 ,COURTESY= ,PROPDELY= ,TMSLRES= ,SPCHRES= 1
1 1
1 ,SWAPORIG= ,LOADS4LS= ,CFACSUOR= ,CFRQSUOR= 1
1 1
1 ,MWIA= ,MWIFIMM= ,MWISTI= ,SCLSTNAE= 1
1 1
1 ,ISSCODEP= ,SCF= ,KEY= ,INTKEY= ,INTKEYLN= 1
1 1
1 ,SECWORD= ,DNMAXL= ,TRCLMAX= ,TRCLMIN= 1
1 1
1 ,CONFLMAX= ,KEYMAX= ,ANNARDN= ,KEYWREQ= 1
1 1
1 ,REDUDACT= ,IGFEAMCI= ,IMPLDACT= ,ANSCIPBX= 1
1 1
1 ,PINLNGTH= ,SCLSTCAT= ,POPDN= ,CPOPDN= ,IWUDN= 1
1 1
1 ,CIWUDN= ,IWUILC= ,IWUDNIC= ,PRSAUTH= ,TMFEAT= 1
1 1
1 ,CTMFEAT= ,ERN= ,CERN= ,NRN= ,CNRN= 1
1 1
1 ,DNDTIMER= ,OPRASST= ,COPRASST= ,TRRMINA= 1
1 1
1 ,TRRMINB= ,TRRNOMA= ,TRRNOMB= ,BASEPOS= 1
1 1
1 ,DN2ADM= ,CTDN= ,SASCRX= ,SASCRE= ,DOMSTD= 1
1 1
1 ,NETISTD= ,REDIRMAX= ,CACOVRTR= ,FPTHRS= 1
1 1
1 ,FPTIMLIM= ,FPOMT= ,FPACT= ,BIERIP= ,CTXNMCHK= 1
1 1
1 ,BCHDLDN= ,TMUOCAC= ,MOPERENV= ,PPCSORI2=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCALSEQ OCANEQ KIND & SEQ OF LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the languages and the sequences of these

languages for the OCANEQ (Operationally Controlled ANnouncement
Equipment) within the exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

L1
L1L2
L1L2L3
L1L2L3L4
L1L2L4
L1L2L4L3
L1L3
L1L3L2
L1L3L2L4

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 4+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

L1L3L4
L1L3L4L2
L1L4
L1L4L2
L1L4L2L3
L1L4L3
L1L4L3L2
L2
L2L1
L2L1L3
L2L1L3L4
L2L1L4
L2L1L4L3
L2L3
L2L3L1
L2L3L1L4
L2L3L4
L2L3L4L1
L2L4
L2L4L1
L2L4L1L3
L2L4L3
L2L4L3L1
L3
L3L1
L3L1L2
L3L1L2L4
L3L1L4
L3L1L4L2
L3L2
L3L2L1
L3L2L1L4
L3L2L4
L3L2L4L1
L3L4
L3L4L1
L3L4L1L2
L3L4L2
L3L4L2L1
L4
L4L1
L4L1L2
L4L1L2L3
L4L1L3
L4L1L3L2
L4L2
L4L2L1
L4L2L1L3
L4L2L3
L4L2L3L1
L4L3
L4L3L1
L4L3L1L2
L4L3L2
L4L3L2L1

OOSOPT OUT OF SERVICE OPTION

This parameter specifies the reason for automatic remove of

trunks from service.

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter COOSOPT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

HOLD OOS WITH SINGLE HOLDING

KILL OOS FOR KILLER TRUNK
MDII OOS FOR EXCESSIVE MDII

COOSOPT CANCEL OUT OF SERVICE OPTION

This parameter cancels reason for automatic trunk removal from

service.

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 5+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- This parameter is not allowed with parameter OOSOPT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

HOLD OOS WITH CONNECTION HOLDING

KILL OOS FOR KILLER TRUNKS
MDII OOS FOR EXCESSIVE MDII

CCQUEL CCBS QUEUE LENGTH

This parameter specifies the default length for the CCBS

(Call Completion to Busy Subscribers) queue.
Notes:
- This parameter is allowed only during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

CFWTIMER CALL FORWARDING TIMER

Defines a default value for individual

call forwarding timers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

5...60, range of decimal numbers

CTXTIMER CTX CALL FORWARDING TIMER

This parameter specifies a default value for CENTREX

call forwarding timers

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

5...60, range of decimal numbers

ANITX A-NUMB.IDENT. IN TRANSIT EXCH.

This parameter specifies whether A-number identification in

international and transit exchanges is active (YES)
or inactive (NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N ANITX NOT ACTIVE

NO ANITX NOT ACTIVE
Y ANITX ACTIVE
YES ANITX ACTIVE

CFWMAX CALL FORWARD (MAXIMUM)

This parameter specifies the maximum number of call forwards allowed

in the exchange.
This parameter only accepts a single value entry.
1..5 range of decimal numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5, range of decimal numbers

FACFRM FACILITY FORMAT

This parameter specifies the type of procedure for subscriber dialed

inputs of the exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CEPT CEPT FORMAT

EWSA EWSA FORMAT

VOIREC VOICE RECOGNITION

This parameter specifies whether voice recognition is disabled

or enabled in the exchange.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 6+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DISABLE VOICEREC.DISABLED
ENABLE VOICEREC.ENABLED

CTXNAME CENTREXNAME

This parameter specifies whether the centrexname recognition

is disabled or enabled in the exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DISABLE CTXNAME DISABLED

ENABLE CTXNAME ENABLED

NUISWRH PROMPT F. FEATURE

enabling resp. disabling the possibility to prompt for a new

feature input without replacing the handset.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DISABLE PROMPT DISABLED

ENABLE PROMPT ENABLED

TELCOCNT TELECOMMUNICATION CENTER NO.

This parameter specifies the telecommunication centre number.

It is used in traffic measurement.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

MSNMAX MULTIPLE SUBSCR. NO. MAXIMUM

This parameter specifies the maximum number of multiple subscriber

numbers allowed in the exchange during one access.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

ABB ABBREVIATED DIALING DATA

This parameter specifies the short number lower limits for abbreviated
dialing.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: SHORT NUMBER TYPE

SLPLIM SCREENING LIST PLACE LIMIT
SNOLIM1 SHORT NUM. LIMIT ONE DIGIT
SNOLIM2 SHORT NUM. LIMIT TWO DIGITS

This parameter unit specifies whether the short number list of

one digit and/or the short number list of two digits is valid.

b: SHORT NUMBER LIMIT VALUE=

0...90, range of decimal numbers

In case of SNOLIM1 this parameter unit can take the values

0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 .
In case of SNOLIM2 this parameter unit can take the values
0, 10, 20 . . . 90 .
In case of SLPLIM this parameter unit can take the values
0, 1.

MLDIVNO MAX. LENGTH OF DIVERSION NO.

This parameter specifies the maximum length of diversion numbers

allowed in the exchange.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 7+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: DIVERSION
DIVBY DIVERSION BUSY
DIVDA DIVERSION NOT ANSWERED
DIVI DIVERSION IMMEDIATELY

This parameter specifies whether call forwarding

immediately, call forwarding no reply or call forwarding busy
is valid.

b: MAX. LENGTH OF DIVERSION NUMBER=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

RELFEA RELEASED FEATURES

This parameter specifies the released features for the exchange.

This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CENTREX CENTREX ALLOWED

OSS OSS ALLOWED
PRIOQUE PRIORITY QUEUING ALLOWED

TRIVKW TRIVIAL KEYWORD

This parameter specifies the whether the keyword digits are

equal, in ascending order or in descending order. More than
one value connected with & may be entered.
This parameter may not be used together with the cancelling
operation.
This parameter can be used during normal operation.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ASCEDIG DIGITS IN ASCENDING ORDER

digits of keyword in ascending order
DESCDIG DIGITS IN DESCENDING ORDER
digits of keyword in descending order
EQUALDIG EQUAL DIGITS IN KEYWORD
only equal digits in keyword

CTRIVKW CANCEL TRIVIAL KEYWORD

This parameter specifies, which allowed form of the trivial

keyword has to get cancelled. It is not allowed to enter this
parameter together with the parameter to set the trivial
keyword.
This parameter can be used during normal operation.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ASCEDIG DIGITS IN ASCENDING ORDER

DESCDIG DIGITS IN DESCENDING ORDER
EQUALDIG EQUAL DIGITS IN KEYWORD

RBSIN RING BACK SERVICE ID. NO.

This parameter specifies the ring back service identification number.

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter CRBSIN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 8+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CRBSIN CANCEL RING BACK SERV. ID. NO.

This parameter cancels the ring back service identification number.

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter RBSIN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PHDN PACKET HANDLER DIR. NO.

This parameter specifies the packet handler directory number.

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter CPHDN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CPHDN CANCEL PACKET HANDLER DIR. NO.

This parameter cancels the packet handler directory number.

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter PHDN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

GENPROT GENERIC PROTOCOL

This parameter specifies which protocol, functional and/or stimulus,

is applied.
A value for GLOBAL always has to be entered.
If GLOBAL-STIPROT or GLOBAL-FCTPROT is entered no other
value is allowed.
In case of GLOBAL-BOTH all of the other parameters
(OUTPUT, REQUEST, OUTAOC) have to be entered.
Notes:
- This parameter is allowed only during Installation Recovery.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: GENERIC PROTOCOL
GLOBAL ALLOWED PROTOCOL
OUTAOC OUTPUT ADVICE OF CHARGE
output advice of charge default protocol
OUTPUT DEFAULT PROTOCOL FOR OUTPUT
REQUEST DEFAULT PROTOCOL FOR REQUEST

This parameter unit specifies whether the global parameter or

the subscription option ( request or output ) is valid.

b: PROTOCOL TYPE
BOTH BOTH PROTOCOLS
FCTPROT FUNCTIONAL PROTOCOL
STIPROT STIMULUS PROTOCOL

MDMSN DEFAULT MULTIPLE SUBSCR. NO.

This parameter specifies whether the marking of a multiple subscriber

number as default multiple subscriber number is mandatory or optional.

Notes:
- This parameter is allowed only during Installation Recovery.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 9+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

MANDAT MANDATORY
OPTIONAL OPTIONAL

DESTMAXL MAX. LENGTH OF DEST. NAME

This parameter specifies the maximum length allowed for the destination
name in the exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LONG LONG NAME: 12 CHARACTERS

SHORT SHORT NAME: 6 CHARACTERS

DLUEM DLU EMERGENCY ALLOWED

This parameter specifies whether the complete DLU emergency operation

can be activated in this exchange or only a reduced mode.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PARTLY PARTLY ALLOWED

SLANAPRT SUB LINE ANALOG PORT FAILURE

This parameter specifies whether a subscriber line

port failure is printed out or not.
This parameter can only be used during Installation
Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PRTNO SUBSCRIBER PRINTOUT NO

PRTYES SUBSCRIBER PRINTOUT YES

SYSREA SYSTEM REACTION

This parameter specifies whether or not a specific

system reaction is required in call processing.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SPECIAL SPECIAL REACTION

STANDARD STANDARD REACTION

CFWNOT CFW NOTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the kind of call forwarding notification

at the calling users side.
This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO NOTIFICATION
WITH NOTIFICATION WITH NUMBER
WITHOUT NOTIFICATION WITHOUT NUMBER

ANNFCFW ANNOUNCEMENT FOR CALL FORWARD

This parameter specifies whether an announcement must be

applied to a calling subscriber, when his call was
forwarded or whether this is done subscriberindividual.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DO NOT APPLY ANNOUNCEMENT

NO DO NOT APPLY ANNOUNCEMENT
SUBINDIV SUBSCRIBERINDIVIDUAL
Y DO APPLY ANNOUNCEMENT
YES DO APPLY ANNOUNCEMENT

CFWFIX CALL FORWARDING IS FIX

This parameter specifies whether fixed call forwarding

to voice mail service is activated.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 10+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter can only be used during Installation

Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CALL FORWARDING IS NOT FIX

NO CALL FORWARDING IS NOT FIX
Y CALL FORWARDING IS FIX
YES CALL FORWARDING IS FIX

SATMAX MAX NUMBER OF SATELLITE LINKS

This parameter specifies the maximum number of satellite links

within one connection.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

HOPCO HOPCOUNTER

This parameter specifies the value of the hopcounter used to

limit of consecutive transit connections (caused by incorrect
routing data) to a certain level (1..31).
After reaching the put in value the call is released.
- This parameter can be used during normal operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...31, range of decimal numbers

ISDNPROT ISDN PROTOCOL

This parameter specifies the type of ISDN D1 - PROTOCOL, that is

used in the exchange.
The parameter may only be entered at installation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BOTH BOTH 1TR6 AND EDSS1 PROTOCOL

EDSS1 EDSS1:DIG.SUB.SIGNAL.1(BLUEB.)
ISDN1TR6 1TR6:TECHN.RICHTL.(REDB.)

COURTESY COURTESY CALL

This parameter specifies whether a courtesy call attempt

to the forward-to party must be performed after subscriber
controlled input of call forwarding.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DO NOT ACTIVATE COURTESY CALL

NO DO NOT ACTIVATE COURTESY CALL
Y DO ACTIVATE COURTESY CALL
YES DO ACTIVATE COURTESY CALL

PROPDELY PROPAGATION DELAY COUNTER

This parameter specifies the maximum value of the propagation

delay counter.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...999, range of decimal numbers

TMSLRES MAX. RESERVED TIMESLOTS

This parameter specifies the maximum value of reserved timeslots

for the BEV-condition in GP.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...127, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 11+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SPCHRES MAX. RESERVED SPEECHCHANNELS

This parameter specifies the maximum value of reserved speech-

channels for the BEV-condition in GP.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...127, range of decimal numbers

SWAPORIG SWAP ORIGINATING MARKS

This parameter specifies whether the originating marks must

be swapped if an Equipment Number is modified with commands
MOD EQN or MOD CXEQN.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DO NOT SWAP ORIGINATING MARKS

NO DO NOT SWAP ORIGINATING MARKS
Y DO SWAP ORIGINATING MARKS
YES DO SWAP ORIGINATING MARKS

LOADS4LS LOADSHARING 4 LINK SETS

This parameter specifies whether the loadsharing via two or

four linksets is applied in the switch.
The parameter may only be entered at installation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N LOADSHARING VIA MAX 2 LINKSETS

NO LOADSHARING VIA MAX 2 LINKSETS
Y LOADSHARING VIA MAX 4 LINKSETS
YES LOADSHARING VIA MAX 4 LINKSETS

CFACSUOR CFW. ACCOUNT SUSPENSION ORIG.

In order to choose a required interworking between enhancement call

forwarding and accountsuspension originating an action can be entered.
The parameter may only be entered at installation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CFW CALL FORWARDING IS PERFORMED

CONNECT CALL CONNECTED TO B1 SUB
The call is connected to the B1 subscriber.
REJECT REJECTION(DEFAULT VALUE)
RING CALLING SUB.REC.RINGING TONE
The calling subscriber receives ringing tone.

CFRQSUOR CFW. REQ.SUSP.ORIG.

In order to choose a required interworking between

enhancement call forwarding and requested suspension
originating an action can be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CFW CALL FORWARDING IS PERFORMED

CONNECT CALLING CONNECTED TO B1 SUB.
The call is connected to the B1 subscriber.
REJECT DEFAULT VALUE
RING CALLING SUB.REC.RINGING TONE
The calling subscriber receives ringing tone.

MWIA MESSAGE WAIT. INDIC. ANALOG

This parameter specifies the maximum number of controlling users for

message waiting indication analog.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 12+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MWIFIMM MESSAGE WAIT.IND.FUNC.IMM.

This parameter specifies the maximum number of controlling users for

message waiting indication functional immediately.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...10, range of decimal numbers

MWISTI MESSAGE WAIT. INDIC. STIMULUS

This parameter specifies the maximum number of controlling users for

message waiting indication stimulus.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2, range of decimal numbers

SCLSTNAE SCREENLIST NOT ACT WHEN EMPTY

This parameter specifies whether an empty screening list

is allowed to be active or not.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N EMPTY SCREENING LST MAY BE ACT

Empty screening lists may be active.
NO EMPTY SCREENING LST MAY BE ACT
Empty screening lists may be active.
Y EMPTY SCR. LST MAY NOT BE ACT
Empty screening lists must not be active.
YES EMPTY SCR. LST MAY NOT BE ACT
Empty screening lists must not be active.

ISSCODEP ISDN SUPLEM. SERV. CODE PROC.

This parameter specifies whether the called party number

should be used from the global title header or from
the Call Completion Busy Subscriber component to
determine the B-side user.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DO NOT USE ISS CODE PROCESSING

NO DO NOT USE ISS CODE PROCESSING
Y DO USE ISS CODE PROCESSING
YES DO USE ISS CODE PROCESSING

SCF SELECTIVE CALL FORWARDING.

This parameter specifies whether selective call forwar-

ding takes precedence over non-selective call forwarding
or vice versa.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N PRECEDENCE FOR NON SEL CFW

Precedence for non selective call forwarding.
NO PRECEDENCE FOR NON SEL CFW
Precedence for non selective call forwarding.
Y PRECEDENCE FOR SELECTIVE CFW
Precedence for selective call forwarding.
YES PRECEDENCE FOR SELECTIVE CFW
Precedence for selective call forwarding.

KEY KEYWORD

This parameter specifies the default keyword for subscriber

controlled inputs.
The length of this parameter must be the minimum value of
PINLNGTH.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...12 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 13+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INTKEY DEFAUL INTERNET PW

This parameter specifies the default internet password.

The parameter may only be entered at installation.
The length of this parameter must be the minimum value
of the parameter INTKEYLN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INTKEYLN INTKEY MIN/MAX VALUE

This parameter specifies the maximum and minimum pinlength for the
internet password. It has to be entered in the form min-max:
min....minimum keylength (between 4 and 12)
max....maximum keylength (between 4 and 12)
min has to be equal max or lower.
With this parameter the parameter INTKEY has to be entered as well.
This parameter can just be entered at installation.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: MINIMUM INTKEY LENGTH=

4...12, range of decimal numbers

b: MAXIMUM INTKEY LENGTH=

4...12, range of decimal numbers

SECWORD SECRET WORD

This parameter specifies a secret password.

The parameter may be entered at normal
operation but is displayed only at installation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DNMAXL MAX. DIRECTORY NUMBER LENGTH

This parameter specifies the maximum length of directory numbers

that are allowed in an exchange.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12, range of decimal numbers

TRCLMAX MAX. TRAFFIC CLASSES

This parameter specifies the maximum number of traffic classes

that are allowed in an exchange.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

TRCLMIN TRAFFIC CLASSES MINIMUM

This parameter specifies the minimum value of traffic classes

that is allowed in an exchange.
Notes:
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 14+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFLMAX MAX. CONFERENCE PARTICIPANTS

This parameter specifies the maximum number of participants in

a large conference.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...32, range of decimal numbers

KEYMAX MAX. KEYWORD MISUSES

This parameter specifies the maximum number of keyword misuses.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

3...5, range of decimal numbers

ANNARDN AUTOM. REC. (1 NUMB. STORED)

This Parameter specifies, whether an announcement with the

calling party number currently stored is fed in (YES) or
not (NO), if the subscriber put in the appropriate access
code for AR with announcement.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N ANNARDN NOT ACTIVATED

NO ANNARDN NOT ACTIVATED
Y ANNARDN ACTIVATED
YES ANNARDN ACTIVATED

KEYWREQ KEYWORD REQUEST

This parameter specifies whether the necessity of a keyword is

defined on feature-office-base or on subscribed base.
The parameter may only be entered at installation
recovery

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FEATURE FEATURE BASE

SUBSCR SUBSCR. BASE

REDUDACT REDUNTANT ACTIVATION CFW

This Parameter specifies, whether a redundant

deactivation of CFW can be done (YES) or
is rejected (NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N REDUNDANT ACTIVATIOND REJEC.

NO REDUNDANT ACTIVATIOND REJEC.
Y REDUNDANT ACT. NOT REJ.
YES REDUNDANT ACT. NOT REJ.

IGFEAMCI IGN. FEAT. WHEN MAL. CALL ID.

This Parameter specifies, whether features are

ignored in case of malicious call identification
(YES) or not (NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N FEATURES NOT IGNORED.

NO FEATURES NOT IGNORED.
Y FEATURES IGNORED.
YES FEATURES IGNORED.

IMPLDACT IMPLICIT ACTIVATION CFW

This Parameter specifies, whether a implicit

deactivation of CFW can be done (YES) or
is rejected (NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 15+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

N IMPLICIT ACTIVATIOND REJEC.

NO IMPLICIT ACTIVATIOND REJEC.
Y IMPLICIT ACT. NOT REJ.
YES IMPLICIT ACT. NOT REJ.

ANSCIPBX ANALOG SCI ON PBX-LEVEL

This Parameter specifies, whether an analog

SCI on PBX-Level can be done (YES) or
not (NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO ANALOG SCI ON PBX-LEVEL

NO NO ANALOG SCI ON PBX-LEVEL
Y ANALOG SCI ON PBX-LEVEL
YES ANALOG SCI ON PBX-LEVEL

PINLNGTH PINLENGTH MIN/MAX VALUE

This parameter specifies the maximum and minimum pinlength for sub-
scriber controlled input. It has to be entered in the form min-max:
min....minimum pinlength (between 4 and 12)
max....maximum pinlength (between 4 and 12)
min may be equal max or lower.
With this parameter the parameter KEY has to be entered as well.
This parameter can only be entered at installation.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: MINIMUM PINLENGTH=
4...12, range of decimal numbers

b: MAXIMUM PINLENGTH=
4...12, range of decimal numbers

SCLSTCAT SCREENING LIST CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the symbolic digit strings attached to

screening list categories

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
COINB COIN BOX
DATAINAT DATA TRANSMIS. INTERNAT.
DATRANS DATA TRANSMISSION NATIONAL
OPOS OPERATORS POSITION
OPOSINAT OPERATORS POS. INTERNAT.
SUBINAT SUBSCRIBER INTERNATIONAL
SUBMFC SUB. CATEG. REQUESTED BY MFC
Subscriber category requested by MFC
SUBORD SUBSCRIBER
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUBSCR. INTERNAT.
SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT

This parameter unit specifies which screening list

category the symbolic digit string is attached to.

b: SYMBOLIC DIGIT STRING=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 16+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

A value between 0 and 99 may be entered.

In case of omission of part b the digit
string is removed.

POPDN POINT OF PRESENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the point of presence number

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter CPOPDN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CPOPDN CANCEL POINT OF PRESENCE NO.

This parameter cancels the point of presence number.

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter POPDN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

IWUDN INTERWORKING UNIT DIR.NUMBER

This parameter specifies the interworking unit number

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter CIWUDN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CIWUDN CAN. INTERWORKING UNIT DIR.NO.

This parameter cancels the interworking unit number.

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter IWUDN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

IWUILC INT.WORK UNIT INTERLOCK CODE

This parameter specifies the interworking unit interlock code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...65535, range of decimal numbers

IWUDNIC IWU DATANETWORK IDENT. CODE

This parameter specifies the interworking unit datanetwork

identification code. The value may be between 0 and 9999

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

PRSAUTH PROTOCOL SPEC. AUTHORISATIONS

This parameter specifies whether protocol specific

authorisation is set.
It may only be entered at installation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO PROTOCOL SPEC. AUTH.

NO NO PROTOCOL SPEC. AUTH.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 17+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Y PROTOCOL SPECIFIC AUTH.

YES PROTOCOL SPECIFIC AUTH.

TMFEAT TRAF.MEAS.-FEATURES

This parameter specifies the features for which

traffic measurement can be started.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ABBD ABBREVIATED DIALLING

allowed for Analog and EDSS1
ACCEPTCW ACCEPTED CALL WAITINGS USE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
ACO ALARM CALL ORDER
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
AFS AUTOMATIC FEATURE SUBSCRIPT.
automatic feature subscription
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
AGRU ANS. GEAEND. RUFNR. (TELEKOM)
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
AOC ADVICE OF CHARGE ON REQUEST
allowed for EDSS1
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CC COMPLETION OF CALLS
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CCIBI CALL COMP.INTERN.BUSY IMMID.
call completion internet busy immediate,
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CCIBU CALL COMP.INTERN.BUSY USER
call completion internet busy user,
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CCIBVOIP CALL CMP.INT.BUSY VOICE O.IP
call completion international
busy voice over internet,
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CCSSVI COLL.CALL SCR.FILT.INT.SERV.
collect call screening filtered
interception service.
Allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CLIR CALLING LINE IDENT RESTR
calling line identification restriction,
allowed for Analog
CLIRR CALLING LINE IDENT RESTR REQU
allowed for EDSS1
CLIRS CALLING LINE IDENT RESTR SUSP
allowed for EDSS1
COLRR CONNECT LINE IDENT RESTR REQU
allowed for EDSS1
COLRS CONNECT LINE IDENT TESTR SUSP
allowed for EDSS1
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CONF3 3WAY CONFERENCE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
CT CALL TRANSFER (A-SIDE, B-SIDE)
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CTD CLICK TO DIAL
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CW CALL WAITING
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
CWD CALL WAITING DE LUXE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CWDA CALL WAITING DELUXE ACCEPTED
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CWDC CALL WAITING DELUXE CONF.
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CWDF CALL WAITING DELUXE FORWARDED
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CWIB CALL WAITING INTERN. BUSY
call waiting internet busy

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 18+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEBNC DETAILLED BILLING NEXT CALL

allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVA FIXED ANNOUNCEMENT DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVBRVMS BUSY ROUTE DIVERSION TO VMS
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVBY BUSY LINE DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVBYVMS BUSY LINE DIVERSION TO VMS
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVCD CONDITIONAL DIVERSION
allowed for 1TR6
DIVCDE DIVERSION ON CALL DEFLECTION
allowed for EDSS1
DIVDA DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVDAVMS DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION TO VMS
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVI IMMEDIATE DIVERSION
allowed for 1TR6
DIVIA INDIVID. ANNOUNC. DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVIP CFW UNCONDITIONAL PARALLEL
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVIVMS IMMEDIATE DIVERSION TO VMS
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVLO DIVERSION LOGGED OUT
allowed for H232
DIVND DON’T DISTURB DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
DIVOP OPERATOR DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
DIVOPD DELAYED DIVERSION TO OPERATOR
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVUCD UNCONDITIONAL DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
EECT ENHANCED EXPLICIT CALL TR.
enhanced explicit call transfer
FSK FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING
allowed for Analog
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
HOTLIMM HOTLINE IMMEDIATE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
ISCI INTERN.SUB.CONTR.INPUT
internet subscriber controlled input
KEYWORD KEYWORD MODIFICATION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
MCII MALICIOUS CALL ID IMMED
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
MCIR MALICIOUS CALL ID REQU
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
PR PARTIAL REROUTING (EDSS1-PBX)
allowed for EDSS1
RCCS REVERSE CHARGE CALL SECURITY
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
RCREQS REVERSED CHARGE AT SET UP TIME
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
REJDIV CALL FORWARDING REJCTION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
REQSTDA REQUEST STATUS/FEATDATA
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
RSCI REMOTE SUBS. CONTROLLED INPUT
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
SCA SELECTIVE CALL ACCEPTANCE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCD SELECTIVE CALL DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCIR SUBS. CONTROLLED INPUT RESTR.
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCLIM SUPERVISION OF CREDIT LIMIT
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCLST SCREENING LIST
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST KICK OUT
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
SCO SELECTIV CALL ORIGINATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 19+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

allowed for Analog and EDSS1

SCR SELECTIV CALL REJECTION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCW SELECTIV CALL WAITING
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SERVC SERVICE CHANGE
allowed for 1TR6
SPCONN SEMIPERMANENT CONNECTION
allowed for 1TR6
SR SELECTIVE RINGING
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
STH STOP HUNT
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SUBADDR SUBADDRESSING
allowed for EDSS1
TRARSDN CALL RESTRICTION DN/PRT
allowed for 1TR6
TRARSS TRAFFIC RESTRICTION SUB
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
TRARSTR TRAFFIC RESTRICTION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
TRARSTRT TRAFFIC RESTRICTION TERM
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
TRARSUSP BLUEBOOK OUTGOING CALL SUSP.
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
TWC THREE WAY CALL (INQUIRY)
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
UISCI USER INTERACTIVE SCI
User interactive subscriber controlled input.
allowed for Analog and ISDN
UUS1 USER-TO-USER-SIGNALLING 1
allowed for EDSS1
UUS3 USER-TO-USER-SIGNALLING 3
allowed for EDSS1
VACNC VERB ANN CHARGES FOR NEXT CALL
allowed for Analog
VMSRETR VMS MESSAGE RETRIEVAL
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
VOI VOICE OVER INTERNET
allowed for Analog and EDSS1

CTMFEAT CANCEL TRAF.MEAS.-FEATURES

This parameter is used to cancel features for which

traffic measurement can be started.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ABBD ABBREVIATED DIALLING

allowed for Analog and EDSS1
ACCEPTCW ACCEPTED CALL WAITINGS USE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
ACO ALARM CALL ORDER
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
AFS AUTOMATIC FEATURE SUBSCRIPT.
automatic feature subscription
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
AGRU ANS. GEAEND. RUFNR. (TELEKOM)
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
AOC ADVICE OF CHARGE ON REQUEST
allowed for EDSS1
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CC COMPLETION OF CALLS
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CCIBI CALL COMP.INTERN.BUSY IMMID.
call completion internet busy immediate,
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CCIBU CALL COMP.INTERN.BUSY USER
call completion internet busy user,
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CCIBVOIP CALL COMP.INT.BUSY VOICE O.IP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 20+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

call completion international

busy voice over internet,
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CCSSVI COLL.CALL SCR.FILT.INT.SERV.
collect call screening filtered
interception service,
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CLIR CALLING LINE IDENT RESTR
allowed for Analog
CLIRR CALLING LINE IDENT RESTR REQU
allowed for EDSS1
CLIRS CALLING LINE IDENT RESTR SUSP
allowed for EDSS1
COLRR CONNECT LINE IDENT RESTR REQU
allowed for EDSS1
COLRS CONNECT LINE IDENT TESTR SUSP
allowed for EDSS1
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CONF3 3WAY CONFERENCE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
CT CALL TRANSFER (A-SIDE, B-SIDE)
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CTD CLICK TO DIAL
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CW CALL WAITING
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
CWD CALL WAITING DE LUXE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CWDA CALL WAITING DELUXE ACCEPTED
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CWDC CALL WAITING DELUXE CONF.
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CWDF CALL WAITING DELUXE FORWARDED
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
CWIB CALL WAITING INTERN. BUSY
call waiting internet busy
DEBNC DETAILLED BILLING NEXT CALL
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVA FIXED ANNOUNCEMENT DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVBRVMS BUSY ROUTE DIVERSION TO VMS
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVBY BUSY LINE DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVBYVMS BUSY LINE DIVERSION TO VMS
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVCD CONDITIONAL DIVERSION
allowed for 1TR6
DIVCDE DIVERSION ON CALL DEFLECTION
allowed for EDSS1
DIVDA DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVDAVMS DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION TO VMS
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVI IMMEDIATE DIVERSION
allowed for 1TR6
DIVIA INDIVID. ANNOUNC. DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVIP CFW UNCONDITIONAL PARALLEL
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVIVMS IMMEDIATE DIVERSION TO VMS
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVLO DIVERSION LOGGED OUT
allowed for H232
DIVND DON’T DISTURB DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
DIVOP OPERATOR DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
DIVOPD DELAYED DIVERSION TO OPERATOR
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
DIVUCD UNCONDITIONAL DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
EECT ENHANCED EXPLICIT CALL TR.
enhanced explicit call transfer
FSK FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING
allowed for Analog

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 21+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED

allowed for Analog and EDSS1
HOTLIMM HOTLINE IMMEDIATE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
ISCI INTERN.SUB.CONTR.INPUT
internet subscriber controlled input
KEYWORD KEYWORD MODIFICATION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
MCII MALICIOUS CALL ID IMMED
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
MCIR MALICIOUS CALL ID REQU
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
PR PARTIAL REROUTING (EDSS1-PBX)
allowed for EDSS1
RCCS REVERSE CHARGE CALL SECURITY
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
RCREQS REVERSED CHARGE AT SET UP TIME
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
REJDIV CALL FORWARDING REJCTION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
REQSTDA REQUEST STATUS/FEATDATA
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
RSCI REMOTE SUBS. CONTROLLED INPUT
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
SCA SELECTIVE CALL ACCEPTANCE
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCD SELECTIVE CALL DIVERSION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCIR SUBS. CONTROLLED INPUT RESTR.
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCLIM SUPERVISION OF CREDIT LIMIT
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCLST SCREENING LIST
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST KICK OUT
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
SCO SELECTIVE CALL ORIGINATION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCR SELECTIVE CALL REJECTION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SCW SELECTIVE CALL WAITING
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SERVC SERVICE CHANGE
allowed for 1TR6
SPCONN SEMIPERMANENT CONNECTION
allowed for 1TR6
SR SELECTIVE RINGING
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
STH STOP HUNT
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
SUBADDR SUBADDRESSING
allowed for EDSS1
TRARSDN CALL RESTRICTION DN/PRT
allowed for 1TR6
TRARSS TRAFFIC RESTRICTION SUB
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
TRARSTR TRAFFIC RESTRICTION
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
TRARSTRT TRAFFIC RESTRICTION TERM
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTR. SUSPENDED
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
TWC THREE WAY CALL (INQUIRY)
allowed for Analog and EDSS1 and 1TR6
UISCI USER INTERACTIVE SCI
User interactive subscriber controlled input.
allowed for Analog and ISDN
UUS1 USER-TO-USER-SIGNALLING 1
allowed for EDSS1
UUS3 USER-TO-USER-SIGNALLING 3
allowed for EDSS1
VACNC VERB ANN CHARGES FOR NEXT CALL
allowed for Analog
VMSRETR VMS MESSAGE RETRIEVAL
allowed for Analog and EDSS1
VOI VOICE OVER INTERNET
allowed for Analog and EDSS1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 22+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ERN EXCHANGE ROUTING NO.

This parameter specifies the exchange routing number

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter CERN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CERN CANCEL EXCHANGE ROUTING NO.

This parameter cancels the exchange routing number.

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter ERN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NRN NETWORK ROUTING NO.

This parameter specifies the network routing number

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter CNRN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CNRN CANCEL NETWORK ROUTING NO.

This parameter cancels the network routing number.

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter NRN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DNDTIMER DO NOT DISTURB TIMER

This parameter specifies the time in hours after which the feature
do not disturb of a subscriber is automatically deactivated.
An input of zero means that no deactivation takes place.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...48, range of decimal numbers

OPRASST OPERATOR ASSIST NO.

This parameter specifies the operator assist number

for malicious call tracing
Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter COPRASST.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

COPRASST CANCEL OPERATOR ASSIST NO.

This parameter cancels the operator assist number.

Notes:
- This parameter is not allowed with parameter OPRASST.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 23+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TRRMINA TRANSFER RATE MINIMUM A

This parameter specifies the minimum

transfer rate for SLMI:SDA.
Notes:
-The value of it must not be larger
than TRRNOMA.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0,6,12, range of decimal numbers

TRRMINB TRANSFER RATE MINIMUM B

This parameter specifies the minimum

transfer rate for SLMI:SDB/SCC/SDD.

Notes:
-The value of it must not be larger
than TRRNOMB.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0,6,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,
30,31,32, range of decimal numbers

TRRNOMA TRANSFER RATE NOMINAL A

This parameter specifies nominal transfer rate

for SLMI:SDA.

Notes:
-The value of it must not be smaller
than TRRMINA.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0,6,12, range of decimal numbers

TRRNOMB TRANSFER RATE NOMINAL B

This parameter specifies the nominal

transfer rate for SLMI:SDB/SCC/SDD.

Notes:
-The value of it must not be smaller
than TRRMINB.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0,6,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,
30,31,32, range of decimal numbers

BASEPOS BASIC SERVICE POSSIBLE

This Parameter specifies, whether the SDSL line card will

try to set up with 160kbit/sec as a last possibility
independently of the administrated bandwidth(YES) or
not (NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N BASEPOS NOT ACTIVATED

NO BASEPOS NOT ACTIVATED
Y BASEPOS ACTIVATED
YES BASEPOS ACTIVATED

DN2ADM DN2 POSSIBLE

This Parameter specifies whether a second directory

number may be entered while modifying a subscriber(YES)

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 24+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

or not (NO). This parameter may only be entered at

installation operation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DN2ADM NOT ACTIVATED

NO DN2ADM NOT ACTIVATED
Y DN2ADM ACTIVATED
YES DN2ADM ACTIVATED

CTDN CLICK TO DIAL NO.

This parameter specifies the click to dial number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

SASCRX SAS CALL RELEASE ON EXIT

This Parameter specifies, whether the SAS call release

will take place on exit (YES) or not (NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N SASCRX NOT ACTIVATED

NO SASCRX NOT ACTIVATED
Y SASCRX ACTIVATED
YES SASCRX ACTIVATED

SASCRE SAS CALL RELEASE ON ENTRY

This Parameter specifies, whether the SAS call release

will take place on entry (YES) or not (NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N SASCRE NOT ACTIVATED

NO SASCRE NOT ACTIVATED
Y SASCRE ACTIVATED
YES SASCRE ACTIVATED

DOMSTD DOMAIN STANDARD

This parameter specifies standard domain for MLPP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...16777215, range of decimal numbers

NETISTD NETWORK ID STANDARD

This parameter specifies the default network identification

code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

REDIRMAX REDIRECTION (MAXIMUM)

This parameter specifies the maximum number of redirections allowed

in the exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...8, range of decimal numbers

CACOVRTR CAC OVERRIDES TRAFFIC RESTR

This parameter specifies whether carrier access code

overrides traffic restrictions.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO OVERRIDE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 25+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NO NO OVERRIDE
Y OVERRIDE
YES OVERRIDE

FPTHRS FRAUD PREV THRESHHOLD

This parameter specifies the fraud prevention

threshhold.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

3...10, range of decimal numbers

FPTIMLIM FRAUD PREV TIMELIMIT

This parameter specifies the fraud prevention

timelimit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...168, range of decimal numbers

FPOMT FRAUD PREV OUTPUT ON OMT

This parameter specifies whether fraud prevention is

output on operation and maintenance terminal (YES)
or not (NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO OUTPUT ON OMT
NO NO OUTPUT ON OMT
Y OUTPUT ON OMT
YES OUTPUT ON OMT

FPACT FRAUD PREVENTION ACTIVE

This parameter specifies, whether the fraud prevention

is active (YES) or not (NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N FRAUD PREVENTION NOT ACTIVATED

NO FRAUD PREVENTION NOT ACTIVATED
Y FRAUD PREVENTION ACTIVATED
YES FRAUD PREVENTION ACTIVATED

BIERIP BASIC INTERN. EXCH. RES.

This parameter specifies a basic internode

exchange resource IP.

Notes:
It is of the form a.b.c.d where a/b/c/d are
integers in the range 0..255.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CTXNMCHK CENTREX NUMBER CHECK

This Parameter specifies, whether, in case of centrex

call forwarding, it is checked(YES) whether the B2-
subscriber is equal the A-subscriber (in which case call
forwarding is done to B1-subscriber), or not(NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CTXNMCHK NOT ACTIVATED

NO CTXNMCHK NOT ACTIVATED
Y CTXNMCHK ACTIVATED
YES CTXNMCHK ACTIVATED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 26+

 MOD CALLPOPT
OPTIONS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BCHDLDN B-CHANNEL DATA LINK DN

This parameter specifies the b-channel data link directory

number.
Notes:
- This parameter is cancelled by entering zero.
- Up to 24 digits between 0 and 9 may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit decimal number

TMUOCAC TRAFFIC MEASURE. USE OWN CAC

This Parameter specifies, whether, for traffic

measurement, if the carrier access code is not dialed,
the own (CAC) has to be used (YES), or not(NO).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DO NOT USE OWN CAC

NO DO NOT USE OWN CAC
Y USE OWN CAC
YES USE OWN CAC

MOPERENV MULTI OPERATOR ENVIRONMENT

This Parameter specifies the operator specific

call handling - (YES), or not(NO).
The input (YES) is only allowed, when the parameter
(ROWNCAC) in command (CR CAC) is not set to (YES).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO CAC SPECIFIC CALL HANDLING

NO NO CAC SPECIFIC CALL HANDLING
Y CAC SPECIFIC CALL HANDLING
YES CAC SPECIFIC CALL HANDLING

PPCSORI2 PREPAID CARD SERVICE ORIG2

This parameter specifies a service specific (ORIG2)-value.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 27+

 MOD CALLPOPT
SERV
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

MODIFIC. ONE INTERNAL SERVICE

This input format modifies the powersets of services and the service
compatibility tables for one service.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CALLPOPT : SERV= <,TYPE= ,CTYPE= ,COMPORIG= ,COMPTERM= 1
1 1
1 ,BSIGN=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SERV INTERNAL SERVICE

This parameter specifies which internal service has parameters

to be modified.

Notes:
- This parameter must always be entered with at least one of the
parameters TYPE, CTYPE, COMPORIG, COMPTERM or BSIGN.
- The values of parameter SERV are verified against the
powerset of TRAFFIC services.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

TANALOG TRAFFIC ANALOG MODE

TCMAUDIO TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE 3.1KHZ AUDIO
TCMAUDI7 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE 7KHZ AUDIO
TCMSERV6 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SERVICE 06
TCMSERV7 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SERVICE 07
TCMSPEEC TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SPEECH
TCMUNRST TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE UNRESTR.
TFAX3 TRAFFIC TELEFAX GROUP 2/3
TFAX4 TRAFFIC TELEFAX GROUP 4
TPMBCHAN TRAFFIC PACKET MODE B-CHANNEL
TPMBDCHA TRAFFIC PACKET MODE BD-CHANNEL
TPMDCHAN TRAFFIC PACKET MODE D-CHANNEL
TSERV19 TRAFFIC SERVICE 19
TSERV20 TRAFFIC SERVICE 20
TSERV21 TRAFFIC SERVICE 21
TSERV22 TRAFFIC SERVICE 22
TSERV23 TRAFFIC SERVICE 23
TSERV24 TRAFFIC SERVICE 24
TSERV25 TRAFFIC SERVICE 25
TSERV26 TRAFFIC SERVICE 26
TSERV27 TRAFFIC SERVICE 27
TSERV29 TRAFFIC SERVICE 29
TSERV30 TRAFFIC SERVICE 30
TSERV31 TRAFFIC SERVICE 31
TSPCONN TRAFFIC SEMIPERM. CONNECTION
TTEL3K TRAFFIC TELEPHONY ISDN 3.1KHZ
TTEL7K TRAFFIC TELEPHONY ISDN 7KHZ
TTTX64K TRAFFIC TELETEX 64 KBIT/S
TUNKNOWN TRAFFIC UNKNOWN BEARER SERV.
TVIDEOTL TRAFFIC VIDEOTELEPHONY
TVIDEOTX TRAFFIC VIDEOTEXT

TYPE SERVICE TYPE

This parameter specifies the set of services where the entered

service shall be added.

Notes:
- This parameter must always be entered with parameter
SERV or ADMSERV.
- The TRAFFIC ,VOICE services can only be
modified using parameter SERV.
- All other service types are administrative services and can
only be modified using parameter ADMSERV.
- All VOICE services must also be contained in the powerset of
TRAFFIC services.
- All SCIVOICE services must also be contained in the powerset of

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 28+

 MOD CALLPOPT
SERV
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

VOICE services except for ADMSERV is VOICEGRP and ALLGRP.

In case of ADMSERV is NONVCGRP SCIVOICE is not possible.
- All standard services must also be contained in the powerset of
the corresponding administrative service.
- The following parameter values are only allowed during Installation
Recovery : TRAFFIC, (only for internal services)
VOICE, (only for internal services)
SCIVOICE, (only for administrative services)
ADMIN, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB1TR6, (only for adminstrative services)
PHI, (only for adminstrative services)
FH, (only for adminstrative services)
QSIG, (only for adminstrative services)
H323, (only for adminstrative services)
USDSS1. (only for adminstrative services)

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

TRAFFIC INTERNAL SERVICE

VOICE VOICE SERVICE

CTYPE CANCEL SERVICE TYPE

This parameter specifies the set of services from which the entered
service shall be deleted.

Notes:
- This parameter must always be entered with parameter
SERV or ADMSERV.
- The TRAFFIC,VOICE services can only be
modified using parameter SERV.
- All other service types are administrative services and can
only be modified using parameter ADMSERV.
- In the case of CTYPE = TRAFFIC the complete sequence of
administrative services for the addressed TRAFFIC service in
the compatibility tables will be deleted automatically.
- In the case of CTYPE = VOICE the complete sequence
of administrative services for the addressed VOICE
service and SCIVOICE service in the compatibility-
tables will be deleted automatically.
- In the case of CTYPE = ADMIN it is verified that the addressed
service is not used in the compatibility tables.
- The following parameter values are only allowed during Installation
Recovery : TRAFFIC, (only for internal services)
VOICE, (only for internal services)
SCIVOICE, (only for administrative services)
ADMIN, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB1TR6, (only for adminstrative services)
PHI, (only for adminstrative services)
FH, (only for adminstrative services)
QSIG, (only for adminstrative services)
H323, (only for adminstrative services)
USDSS1. (only for adminstrative services)

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

TRAFFIC INTERNAL SERVICE

VOICE VOICE SERVICE

COMPORIG COMPAT. SERVICE (ORIG.TRAFFIC)

This parameter specifies the sequence of administrative services

associated with one internal service for originating traffic.
This internal service is specified by the parameter SERV.

Notes:
- First administrative service in the sequence has the highest
priority, with a maximum of 8 elements in the sequence.
- A service may not be entered twice.
- Administrative service must be allowed in this exchange.
- This parameter must always be entered with parameter
SERV.
- The entered value(s) of administrative service must match

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 29+

 MOD CALLPOPT
SERV
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the protocol of the internal service specified by SERV.

- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ALLGRP ALL SERVICES GROUP

ANALOG ANALOG MODE
CMAUDIO CIRC.MODE 3.1KHZ AUDIO
CMAUDI7K CIRC.MODE 7KHZ AUDIO
CMSERV6 CIRC.MODE SERVICE 06
CMSERV7 CIRC.MODE SERVICE 07
CMSPEECH CIRC.MODE SPEECH
CMUNRST CIRC.MODE UNRESTR.DIGITAL INFO
FAX3 TELEFAX GROUP 2/3
FAX4 TELEFAX GROUP 4
NONVCGRP NONVOICE SERVICES GROUP
PMBCHANN PACKET MODE B-CHANNEL
PMBDCHAN PACKET MODE BD-CHANNEL
PMDCHANN PACKET MODE D-CHANNEL
SERV19 SERVICE 19
SERV20 SERVICE 20
SERV21 SERVICE 21
SERV22 SERVICE 22
SERV23 SERVICE 23
SERV24 SERVICE 24
SERV25 SERVICE 25
SERV26 SERVICE 26
SERV27 SERVICE 27
SPCONN SEMIPERMANENT CONNECTION
TEL3K TELEPHONY ISDN 3.1KHZ
TEL7K TELEPHONY ISDN 7KHZ
TTX64K TELETEX 64 KBIT/S
UNKNOWN UNKNOWN BEARER SERVICE
VIDEOTEL VIDEOTELEPHONY
VIDEOTEX VIDEOTEXT
VOICEGRP VOICE SERVICES GROUP

COMPTERM COMPAT. SERVICE (TERM.TRAFFIC)

This parameter specifies the sequence of administrative services

associated with one internal service for terminating traffic.
This internal service is specified by the parameter SERV.

Notes:
- First administrative service in the sequence has the highest
priority, with a maximum of 16 elements in the sequence.
- A service may not be entered twice.
- Administrative service must be allowed in this exchange.
- This parameter must always be entered with parameter
SERV.
- The entered value(s) of administrative service must match
the protocol of the internal service specified by SERV.
- This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ALLGRP ALL SERVICES GROUP

ANALOG ANALOG MODE
CMAUDIO CIRC.MODE 3.1KHZ AUDIO
CMAUDI7K CIRC.MODE 7KHZ AUDIO
CMSERV6 CIRC.MODE SERVICE 06
CMSERV7 CIRC.MODE SERVICE 07
CMSPEECH CIRC.MODE SPEECH
CMUNRST CIRC.MODE UNRESTR.DIGITAL INFO
FAX3 TELEFAX GROUP 2/3
FAX4 TELEFAX GROUP 4
NONVCGRP NONVOICE SERVICES GROUP
PMBCHANN PACKET MODE B-CHANNEL
PMBDCHAN PACKET MODE BD-CHANNEL
PMDCHANN PACKET MODE D-CHANNEL
SERV19 SERVICE 19
SERV20 SERVICE 20
SERV21 SERVICE 21
SERV22 SERVICE 22
SERV23 SERVICE 23

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 30+

 MOD CALLPOPT
SERV
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SERV24 SERVICE 24
SERV25 SERVICE 25
SERV26 SERVICE 26
SERV27 SERVICE 27
SPCONN SEMIPERMANENT CONNECTION
TEL3K TELEPHONY ISDN 3.1KHZ
TEL7K TELEPHONY ISDN 7KHZ
TTX64K TELETEX 64 KBIT/S
UNKNOWN UNKNOWN BEARER SERVICE
VIDEOTEL VIDEOTELEPHONY
VIDEOTEX VIDEOTEXT
VOICEGRP VOICE SERVICES GROUP

BSIGN B-SIDE SIGNALLING COMPAT.

This parameter specifies the basic signalling services

associated with one internal service.
This internal service is specified by the parameter SERV.

Notes:
- A basic signalling service parameter should not be entered twice.
- This parameter must always be entered with parameter
SERV.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: KIND OF PROTOCOL
ANALOG ANALOG SERVICES
EDSS1 EDSS1:DIG.SUB.SIGNAL.1(BLUEB.)
ISDN1TR6 1TR6:TECHN.RICHTL.(REDB.)

This unit specifies the type of signalling protocol of the

terminating side of the call.
This parameter can only be used during Installation Recovery.

b: INTERNAL SERVICE OF B-SIDE

TANALOG TRAFFIC ANALOG MODE
TCMAUDIO TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE 3.1KHZ AUDIO
TCMAUDI7 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE 7KHZ AUDIO
TCMSERV6 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SERVICE 06
TCMSERV7 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SERVICE 07
TCMSPEEC TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SPEECH
TCMUNRST TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE UNRESTR.
TFAX3 TRAFFIC TELEFAX GROUP 2/3
TFAX4 TRAFFIC TELEFAX GROUP 4
TNOSERV TRAFFIC NO SERVICE
TPMBCHAN TRAFFIC PACKET MODE B-CHANNEL
TPMBDCHA TRAFFIC PACKET MODE BD-CHANNEL
TPMDCHAN TRAFFIC PACKET MODE D-CHANNEL
TSERV19 TRAFFIC SERVICE 19
TSERV20 TRAFFIC SERVICE 20
TSERV21 TRAFFIC SERVICE 21
TSERV22 TRAFFIC SERVICE 22
TSERV23 TRAFFIC SERVICE 23
TSERV24 TRAFFIC SERVICE 24
TSERV25 TRAFFIC SERVICE 25
TSERV26 TRAFFIC SERVICE 26
TSERV27 TRAFFIC SERVICE 27
TSERV29 TRAFFIC SERVICE 29
TSERV30 TRAFFIC SERVICE 30
TSERV31 TRAFFIC SERVICE 31
TSPCONN TRAFFIC SEMIPERM. CONNECTION
TTEL3K TRAFFIC TELEPHONY ISDN 3.1KHZ
TTEL7K TRAFFIC TELEPHONY ISDN 7KHZ
TTTX64K TRAFFIC TELETEX 64 KBIT/S
TUNKNOWN TRAFFIC UNKNOWN BEARER SERV.
TVIDEOTL TRAFFIC VIDEOTELEPHONY
TVIDEOTX TRAFFIC VIDEOTEXT

This unit specifies the internal service, that is associated

to the type of signalling protocol of the terminating
side of the call.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 31+

 MOD CALLPOPT
SERVTYPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

MODIFIC. SEVERAL INTERNAL SERVICES

This input format modifies the powersets of services for one or more services.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CALLPOPT : SERV= <,TYPE= ,CTYPE=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SERV INTERNAL SERVICE

This parameter specifies which internal service has parameters

to be modified.

Notes:
- This parameter must always be entered with at least one of the
parameters TYPE, CTYPE, COMPORIG, COMPTERM or BSIGN.
- The values of parameter SERV are verified against the
powerset of TRAFFIC services.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

TANALOG TRAFFIC ANALOG MODE

TCMAUDIO TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE 3.1KHZ AUDIO
TCMAUDI7 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE 7KHZ AUDIO
TCMSERV6 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SERVICE 06
TCMSERV7 TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SERVICE 07
TCMSPEEC TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE SPEECH
TCMUNRST TRAFFIC CIRC.MODE UNRESTR.
TFAX3 TRAFFIC TELEFAX GROUP 2/3
TFAX4 TRAFFIC TELEFAX GROUP 4
TPMBCHAN TRAFFIC PACKET MODE B-CHANNEL
TPMBDCHA TRAFFIC PACKET MODE BD-CHANNEL
TPMDCHAN TRAFFIC PACKET MODE D-CHANNEL
TSERV19 TRAFFIC SERVICE 19
TSERV20 TRAFFIC SERVICE 20
TSERV21 TRAFFIC SERVICE 21
TSERV22 TRAFFIC SERVICE 22
TSERV23 TRAFFIC SERVICE 23
TSERV24 TRAFFIC SERVICE 24
TSERV25 TRAFFIC SERVICE 25
TSERV26 TRAFFIC SERVICE 26
TSERV27 TRAFFIC SERVICE 27
TSERV29 TRAFFIC SERVICE 29
TSERV30 TRAFFIC SERVICE 30
TSERV31 TRAFFIC SERVICE 31
TSPCONN TRAFFIC SEMIPERM. CONNECTION
TTEL3K TRAFFIC TELEPHONY ISDN 3.1KHZ
TTEL7K TRAFFIC TELEPHONY ISDN 7KHZ
TTTX64K TRAFFIC TELETEX 64 KBIT/S
TUNKNOWN TRAFFIC UNKNOWN BEARER SERV.
TVIDEOTL TRAFFIC VIDEOTELEPHONY
TVIDEOTX TRAFFIC VIDEOTEXT

TYPE SERVICE TYPE

This parameter specifies the set of services where the entered

service shall be added.

Notes:
- This parameter must always be entered with parameter
SERV or ADMSERV.
- The TRAFFIC ,VOICE services can only be
modified using parameter SERV.
- All other service types are administrative services and can
only be modified using parameter ADMSERV.
- All VOICE services must also be contained in the powerset of
TRAFFIC services.
- All SCIVOICE services must also be contained in the powerset of
VOICE services except for ADMSERV is VOICEGRP and ALLGRP.
In case of ADMSERV is NONVCGRP SCIVOICE is not possible.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 32+

 MOD CALLPOPT
SERVTYPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- All standard services must also be contained in the powerset of

the corresponding administrative service.
- The following parameter values are only allowed during Installation
Recovery : TRAFFIC, (only for internal services)
VOICE, (only for internal services)
SCIVOICE, (only for administrative services)
ADMIN, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB1TR6, (only for adminstrative services)
PHI, (only for adminstrative services)
FH, (only for adminstrative services)
QSIG, (only for adminstrative services)
H323, (only for adminstrative services)
USDSS1. (only for adminstrative services)

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

TRAFFIC INTERNAL SERVICE

VOICE VOICE SERVICE

CTYPE CANCEL SERVICE TYPE

This parameter specifies the set of services from which the entered
service shall be deleted.

Notes:
- This parameter must always be entered with parameter
SERV or ADMSERV.
- The TRAFFIC,VOICE services can only be
modified using parameter SERV.
- All other service types are administrative services and can
only be modified using parameter ADMSERV.
- In the case of CTYPE = TRAFFIC the complete sequence of
administrative services for the addressed TRAFFIC service in
the compatibility tables will be deleted automatically.
- In the case of CTYPE = VOICE the complete sequence
of administrative services for the addressed VOICE
service and SCIVOICE service in the compatibility-
tables will be deleted automatically.
- In the case of CTYPE = ADMIN it is verified that the addressed
service is not used in the compatibility tables.
- The following parameter values are only allowed during Installation
Recovery : TRAFFIC, (only for internal services)
VOICE, (only for internal services)
SCIVOICE, (only for administrative services)
ADMIN, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB, (only for adminstrative services)
SUB1TR6, (only for adminstrative services)
PHI, (only for adminstrative services)
FH, (only for adminstrative services)
QSIG, (only for adminstrative services)
H323, (only for adminstrative services)
USDSS1. (only for adminstrative services)

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

TRAFFIC INTERNAL SERVICE

VOICE VOICE SERVICE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLPOPT- 33-

 ACT CALLTRAC
CRNCA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CALL TRACER

This command activates a call trace task.

The call tracer provides three different trace modes:

The call related trace mode allows tracing of calls, i. e. of those call
processing events, which are part of the call. Tracing is performed for the
ports (physical trace objects) on both sides of a connection. Transient CP/GP
resource data can be recorded additionally to call processing events.
The start criterion for a trace is a SEIZURE message or status transition
of a traced port from state IDLE and the end criterion is a RELEASE message or
release of all TCB resources of a traced dialog.

The non call associated trace mode is used to trace transactions performed by
applications (logical trace object) in CP or GP.
The start criterion for a trace in the GP is the allocation of a TCB from the
TCB pool by a GP user and the end criterion is the release of all resources of
a traced transaction.
The start criterion for a trace in the CP is the evaluation of the subsystem
identifier (SSID) of the internal event with direction SCCP_TO_TCAP and the
end criterion is the release of all TCBs allocated by the traced transactions.

The global trace mode allows to trace all events and linked resources related
to software components (logical trace objects) like SCCP, TCAP or applications
in CP or GP or to ports.
The start criterion for global tracing on software components is the execution
of the command ACT CALLTRAC. The end criterion is the execution of the
commands CAN CALLTRAC or DACT CALLTRAC.
The start and end criteria for tracing on ports are the same as for the call
related trace mode.

Non call associated and call related tracing can be performed simultaneously.
It is not possible to activate the global trace mode together with the call
related or non call associated trace mode.

Only in the call related trace mode a reduction of the amount of traced calls
of a Primary Access or an ISUP/TUP/TUP+ trunk by filtering for a specific
directory number given by the parameters DNASEL or DNBSEL, or DNASEL and
DNBSEL is possible.
In these cases the GP must be involved in trace activation.

Notes:
- No multiple start is allowed.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ACT CALLTRAC - CRNCA CALL RELATED AND NON CALL ASSOCIATED

2. ACT CALLTRAC - GLOBAL GLOBAL TRACE

1. Input format

CALL RELATED AND NON CALL ASSOCIATED

Input format for activation of the call related or non call associated
trace mode of the call tracer.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CALLTRAC : [PATANO=] [,EVENT=] [,RESOURCE=] [,RESELEVT=] 1
1 1
1 [,USERCTRL=] [,STORE=] [,DATASIZE=] [,GLOBAL=] 1
1 1
1 [,DNASEL=] [,DNBSEL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PATANO PARALLEL TRANSACTION NUMBER

This parameter specifies the maximum number of connections to be

traced in parallel at a time.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CALLTRAC- 1+

 ACT CALLTRAC
CRNCA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- Too many simultaneously traced data may cause an overload at the
GP/CP message interface. This may lead to a recovery. Therefore
be careful with parameter PATANO greater than one.

- When call related and non call associated tracing is activated at

the same time the maximum value of PATANO is reduced to 3.

- Any input for PATANO is ignored for non call associated tracing
in the CP and for global tracing in the GP or CP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6, range of decimal numbers

EVENT EVENTS TO BE TRACED

This parameter specifies event classes.

Notes:
- To trace component assembler data units CADU and
INTEV must be specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CADU COMPONENT ASSEMBLER DATA UNIT

COMUE COMMUNICATION EVENTS
DLUEV DLU EVENTS
ERRCOD ERROR CODES
IER INTERNAL EVENT REGISTER
INTEV INTERNAL EVENTS
IUSER ISDN USER EVENTS
MCRO MESSAGES/COMMANDS/REPORTS/ORD.
PDU PROTOCOL DATA UNIT
PEREV PERIPHERAL EVENTS
X ALL EVENTS

Default: MCRO

RESOURCE RESOURCES TO BE TRACED

This parameter specifies the call processing resources to be traced.

Prerequisites:
- Input for the parameter RESELEVT if GP resources are specified

Incompatibilities:
- All GP resources with USERCTRL=FLAGS

Notes:
- The GP call register can be traced completely or selectively by
its parts

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BKR CP BOOKING REGISTER

BOR CP OPERATOR BILLING REGISTER
CALLREG GP CALL REGISTER (ALL PARTS)
CHR CP CHANNEL REGISTER
CPB CP CALL PROCESSING BUFFER
CQI CP COMMON QUEUEING INDEX TABLE
CRCHG GP CALL REGISTER CHARGING PART
CRCOM GP CALL REGISTER COMMON PART
CRCTX GP CALLREGISTER CENTREX PART
CRIN GP CALL REGISTER IN PART
CRL COMMON RESOURCE LARGE
CRMOB GP CALL REGISTER MOBILITY PART
CRPRO GP CALL REGISTER PROJECT PART
CRUSR GP CALL REGISTER USER PART
DPS GP DLU PORT STATUS TABLE
LST GP LINE STATUS TABLE
N NO RESOURCE
NO NO RESOURCE
TCBCP CP TRANSACTION CTRL. BLOCK

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CALLTRAC- 2+

 ACT CALLTRAC
CRNCA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TCBGP GP TRANSACTION CTRL. BLOCK

Default: N

RESELEVT GP RESOURCE FOR SELECTED EVENT

This parameter specifies event classes or special events.

The occurrence of the selected event classes or special events are a
prerequisite for the recording of resources specified by the
parameter RESOURCE.

Notes:
- Specified events which are not compatible with the input for the
parameter EVENT will be ignored.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c]]

a: EVENT CLASS TO BE SPECIFIED

CMD RESOURCES FOR COMMANDS
COMUE GP RESOURCES FOR COM. EVENTS
DLUEV GP RESOURCES FOR DLU EVENTS
ERRCOD GP RESOURCES FOR ERROR CODES
IER CP RESOURCES FOR IER
INTEV GP RES. FOR GP INTERNAL EVENTS
IUSER GP RESOURCES FOR IUSER EVENTS
MSG RESOURCES FOR MESSAGES
N NO RESOURCES FOR ANY EVENT
NO NO RESOURCES FOR ANY EVENT
ORD GP RESOURCES FOR ORDERS
PEREV GP RES. FOR GP PERIPH. EVENTS
REP GP RESOURCES FOR REPORTS
X RESOURCES FOR ALL EVENTS

Default: X

b: EVENT SELECTION BY JC1=

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

Notes:
- The input will be ignored for all JC1 not related to call
processing.

c: EVENT SELECTION BY JC2=

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

Notes:
- The input will be ignored for all combinations of JC1 and JC2
not related to call processing.

USERCTRL USER CONTROL VIA USER EVENT

This parameter allows the user to influence the trace task by GP

program patches. This gives GP software developers the possibility
of passing additional data on to the call trace task.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FLAGS UNFORMATTED GP USER DATA

In combination with a suitable GP program patch
provided by the user, the trace task traces GP
data defined by the user. This is either an
alternative to the complete tracing of GP
resource data, as specified by the parameter
RESOURCE, and may thus minimize the data flow
between GP and CP, or may provide the user with
data which could not be seen otherwise.
N NO USERCONTROL
NO NO USERCONTROL
STOP TRACE STOP BY USER CODE
A deactivation of the trace task takes place if
the call processing process passes the procedure

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CALLTRAC- 3+

 ACT CALLTRAC
CRNCA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

call of "UTCANTRA", which has been patched by

the user.

Default: N

STORE STORAGE TYPE

Notes:
- Cyclic storage means that old data are overwritten if the disk file
TC.CALL is full.
- Sequential storage means that the tracer is cancelled if the disk
file TC.CALL is full.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CYCLIC STORE TRACE DATA CYCLIC

SEQU STORE TRACE DATA SEQUENTIAL

Default: CYCLIC

DATASIZE SIZE OF GP TRACE DATA MESSAGES

This parameter specifies whether the complete GP trace data are to be

traced, or only the first 28 bytes in case of a message buffer size
of 32 bytes, or the first 115 bytes in case of a message buffer size
of 128 bytes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FULL FULL GP TRACE MESSAGES

REDUCED REDUCED GP TRACE MESSAGES

Default: REDUCED

GLOBAL GLOBAL TRACE MODE

This parameter allows the activation of the global trace mode.

Notes:

- Appropriate object data must be entered with the command

ENTR CALLTRAC for the selected trace mode.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO GLOBAL TRACE
NO NO GLOBAL TRACE

Default: N

DNASEL DN A-SIDE SELECTED

This parameter specifies an A-side subscriber directory number as

filter criterium for the trace order given by ENTR CALLTRAC.
Filtering will work only for Primary Access and ISUP/TUP/TUP+ trunk.

Prerequisites:

- The filter criterium will be determind by a check against Call

Register DN entries as described in the GP CALL UTILITIES
design specification.

Incompatibilities:

- Processor selection with the parameter PROC=CP of the

command ENTR CALLTRAC
- Trace mode selection with parameter GLOBAL=YES of the
command ACT CALLTRAC
- None call related trace mode selected by parameter OBJSSID
of the command ENTR CALLTRAC

Notes:

- A Call Register DN check will be done for every outgoing event. The
decision for the trace criterium is done only once and is never
changed during a call. If the trace criterium is not fulfiled the
call will not be traced.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CALLTRAC- 4+

 ACT CALLTRAC
CRNCA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- The filter becomes active only for the trace object entered by the
command ENTR CALLTRAC.
- The filter criterium definition can be expanded by the parameter
DNBSEL. The trace criterium is than defined as a logical "AND"
condition of both parameter entries.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DNBSEL DN B-SIDE SELECTED

This parameter specifies an B-side subscriber directory number as

filter criterium for the trace order given by ENTR CALLTRAC.
Filtering will work only for Primary Access and ISUP/TUP/TUP+ trunk.

Prerequisites:

- The filter criterium will be determined by a check against Call

Register DN entries as described in the GP CALL UTILITIES
design specification.

Incompatibilities:

- Processor selection with the parameter PROC=CP of the

command ENTR CALLTRAC
- Trace mode selection with parameter GLOBAL=YES of the
command ACT CALLTRAC
- None call related trace mode selected by parameter OBJSSID
of the command ENTR CALLTRAC

Notes:

- A Call Register DN check will be done for every outgoing event. The
decision for the trace criterium is done only once and is never
changed during a call. If the trace criterium is not fulfiled the
call will not be traced.
- The filter becomes active only for the trace object entered by the
command ENTR CALLTRAC.
- The filter criterium definition can be expanded by the parameter
DNASEL. The trace criterium is than defined as a logical "AND"
condition of both parameter entries.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CALLTRAC- 5+

 ACT CALLTRAC
GLOBAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

GLOBAL TRACE

Input format for activation of the global trace mode of the call tracer.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CALLTRAC : GLOBAL= [,EVENT=] [,RESOURCE=] [,RESELEVT=] 1
1 1
1 [,USERCTRL=] [,STORE=] [,DATASIZE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

GLOBAL GLOBAL TRACE MODE

This parameter allows the activation of the global trace mode.

Notes:

- Appropriate object data must be entered with the command

ENTR CALLTRAC for the selected trace mode.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y GLOBAL TRACE
YES GLOBAL TRACE

Default: N

EVENT EVENTS TO BE TRACED

This parameter specifies event classes.

Notes:
- To trace component assembler data units CADU and
INTEV must be specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CADU COMPONENT ASSEMBLER DATA UNIT

COMUE COMMUNICATION EVENTS
DLUEV DLU EVENTS
ERRCOD ERROR CODES
IER INTERNAL EVENT REGISTER
INTEV INTERNAL EVENTS
IUSER ISDN USER EVENTS
MCRO MESSAGES/COMMANDS/REPORTS/ORD.
PDU PROTOCOL DATA UNIT
PEREV PERIPHERAL EVENTS
X ALL EVENTS

Default: MCRO

RESOURCE RESOURCES TO BE TRACED

This parameter specifies the call processing resources to be traced.

Prerequisites:
- Input for the parameter RESELEVT if GP resources are specified

Incompatibilities:
- All GP resources with USERCTRL=FLAGS

Notes:
- The GP call register can be traced completely or selectively by
its parts

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BKR CP BOOKING REGISTER

BOR CP OPERATOR BILLING REGISTER
CALLREG GP CALL REGISTER (ALL PARTS)

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CALLTRAC- 6+

 ACT CALLTRAC
GLOBAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CHR CP CHANNEL REGISTER

CPB CP CALL PROCESSING BUFFER
CQI CP COMMON QUEUEING INDEX TABLE
CRCHG GP CALL REGISTER CHARGING PART
CRCOM GP CALL REGISTER COMMON PART
CRCTX GP CALLREGISTER CENTREX PART
CRIN GP CALL REGISTER IN PART
CRL COMMON RESOURCE LARGE
CRMOB GP CALL REGISTER MOBILITY PART
CRPRO GP CALL REGISTER PROJECT PART
CRUSR GP CALL REGISTER USER PART
DPS GP DLU PORT STATUS TABLE
LST GP LINE STATUS TABLE
N NO RESOURCE
NO NO RESOURCE
TCBCP CP TRANSACTION CTRL. BLOCK
TCBGP GP TRANSACTION CTRL. BLOCK

Default: N

RESELEVT GP RESOURCE FOR SELECTED EVENT

This parameter specifies event classes or special events.

The occurrence of the selected event classes or special events are a
prerequisite for the recording of resources specified by the
parameter RESOURCE.

Notes:
- Specified events which are not compatible with the input for the
parameter EVENT will be ignored.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c]]

a: EVENT CLASS TO BE SPECIFIED

CMD RESOURCES FOR COMMANDS
COMUE GP RESOURCES FOR COM. EVENTS
DLUEV GP RESOURCES FOR DLU EVENTS
ERRCOD GP RESOURCES FOR ERROR CODES
IER CP RESOURCES FOR IER
INTEV GP RES. FOR GP INTERNAL EVENTS
IUSER GP RESOURCES FOR IUSER EVENTS
MSG RESOURCES FOR MESSAGES
N NO RESOURCES FOR ANY EVENT
NO NO RESOURCES FOR ANY EVENT
ORD GP RESOURCES FOR ORDERS
PEREV GP RES. FOR GP PERIPH. EVENTS
REP GP RESOURCES FOR REPORTS
X RESOURCES FOR ALL EVENTS

Default: X

b: EVENT SELECTION BY JC1=

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

Notes:
- The input will be ignored for all JC1 not related to call
processing.

c: EVENT SELECTION BY JC2=

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

Notes:
- The input will be ignored for all combinations of JC1 and JC2
not related to call processing.

USERCTRL USER CONTROL VIA USER EVENT

This parameter allows the user to influence the trace task by GP

program patches. This gives GP software developers the possibility
of passing additional data on to the call trace task.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CALLTRAC- 7+

 ACT CALLTRAC
GLOBAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of multiple values linked with &.

FLAGS UNFORMATTED GP USER DATA

In combination with a suitable GP program patch
provided by the user, the trace task traces GP
data defined by the user. This is either an
alternative to the complete tracing of GP
resource data, as specified by the parameter
RESOURCE, and may thus minimize the data flow
between GP and CP, or may provide the user with
data which could not be seen otherwise.
N NO USERCONTROL
NO NO USERCONTROL
STOP TRACE STOP BY USER CODE
A deactivation of the trace task takes place if
the call processing process passes the procedure
call of "UTCANTRA", which has been patched by
the user.

Default: N

STORE STORAGE TYPE

Notes:
- Cyclic storage means that old data are overwritten if the disk file
TC.CALL is full.
- Sequential storage means that the tracer is cancelled if the disk
file TC.CALL is full.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CYCLIC STORE TRACE DATA CYCLIC

SEQU STORE TRACE DATA SEQUENTIAL

Default: CYCLIC

DATASIZE SIZE OF GP TRACE DATA MESSAGES

This parameter specifies whether the complete GP trace data are to be

traced, or only the first 28 bytes in case of a message buffer size
of 32 bytes, or the first 115 bytes in case of a message buffer size
of 128 bytes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FULL FULL GP TRACE MESSAGES

REDUCED REDUCED GP TRACE MESSAGES

Default: REDUCED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CALLTRAC- 8-

 CAN CALLTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CALL TRACER

This command cancels the call tracer.

All data entered with ENTR CALLTRAC or/and ACT CALLTRAC are
deleted.

Prerequisites:
- The object data must be entered by the command ENTR CALLTRAC.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CALLTRAC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CALLTRAC- 1-

 DACT CALLTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CALL TRACER

This command deactivates the trace task of the call tracer.

All data entered with ACT CALLTRAC are deleted.

Prerequisites:
- A trace job by the call tracer must be activated by the command
ACT CALLTRAC.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CALLTRAC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CALLTRAC- 1-

 DISP CALLTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL TRACER

This command displays the call tracer state and informs about existing
trace data. If the call tracer is entered, the command DISP CALLTRAC
displays data about the currently traced objects, and if it is active
the tracer activation data will be displayed.
If either the signaling tracer or the connection list tracer is active
object and activation data associated with the currently running tracer
will be displayed.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CALLTRAC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLTRAC- 1-

 DMP CALLTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMP CALL TRACER

This command dumps data collected by the call tracer. The data can be
dumped either with the tracer still active or with a deactivated or
cancelled tracer.

Prerequisites:
- The tracer must have been activated previously.
Trace activation is accomplished with ENTR CALLTRAC and
ACT CALLTRAC.
- The call tracer stores the collected data to the magnetic disk
file TC.CALL which has 402 PAM. For a dump, an additionally
402 PAM pages of disk space are needed to create a temporary
TC.CALLTEMP copy of the trace data file.

Notes:
- The collected data can be dumped repeatedly if the tracer was
deactivated by DACT CALLTRAC or cancelled by CAN CALLTRAC.
In this case the user can vary the data displayed with each dump
with parameters.
- The collected data are dumped only once if the tracer is
still active. In this case, the data displayed are those which have
been collected since the last DMP CALLTRAC command. If no such
command has been entered previously, the dumped data go back to the
activation command ACT CALLTRAC.
- The data collected by the tracer and stored in the protocol file
TC.CALL are lost when another call utilities tracer activation
command is entered. These commands are ACT CALLTRAC, ACT CLSTTRAC
and ACT SIGNTRAC.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DMP CALLTRAC : [DISPLAY=] [,FULL=] [,CHR=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DISPLAY DISPLAY MESSAGE CONTENTS

This parameter specifies the desired level of display detail.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

EXTRACT DISPLAY EVENT NAMES

The tracer will display the names of the traced
events in plain text.
No content bytes of the traced events and no
abstract syntax values will be dumped out.
NORMAL NAMES AND CONTENT BYTES
The tracer will display the names of the traced
events in plain text and their content as a hex
string.
The transfer syntax values of traced communication
events or protocol data units will be dumped as
hex strings, too. They will not be decoded to
abstract syntax values.
TEXT NAMES, CONTENT BYTES AND ASVS
The tracer will display the names of the traced
events in plain text and their content as a hex
string.
The transfer syntax value of a traced
communication event or protocol data unit will
be both dumped as a hex string and in abstract
syntax value representation too.
This is possible for ASN.1 coded protocols only
which are identical the protocols as used in the
pilot project.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CALLTRAC- 1+

 DMP CALLTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Incompatibilities:
Input of TEXT for the DISPLAY parameter of
DMP CALLTRAC and REDUCED for the DATASIZE
parameter of the ACT CALLTRAC.
STRUCT NAMES, CONTENT BYTES & STRUCT.
The tracer will display the names of the traced
events in plain text and their content as a hex
string.
The transfer syntax value of a traced
communication event or protocol data unit will
be dumped as a hex string and additional a
second hex output structured in the same way as
the ASN.1 data structure will be displayed
(only possible for TCAP-based ASN.1 protocols).

Incompatibilities:
Input of STRUCT for the DISPLAY parameter of
DMP CALLTRAC and REDUCED for the DATASIZE
parameter of the ACT CALLTRAC.

Default: NORMAL

FULL FULL DUMP OF ALL COLLECT. DATA

This parameter specifies the extent of resource data to be

dumped.

Notes:
- The parameter is only effective when resource data were requested
in the ACT CALLTRAC command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y DUMP WITH RESOURCES

YES DUMP WITH RESOURCES
N DUMP WITHOUT RESOURCES
NO DUMP WITHOUT RESOURCES

CHR CHANNELREGISTER OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the channel register dump layout.

Notes:
- It is effective only when CHR was entered for the
RESOURCE parameter of ACT CALLTRAC.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BYTE CHANNEL REGISTER HEX DUMP

Channel register hexadecimal dump.
DATA CHANNEL REG. STRUCTURED OUTPUT
Channel register structured output.
Specific channel register fields are displayed
with title and content.
X CHANNEL REG. STRUC. & HEX DUMP
Channel register hexadecimal dump
as well as structured output.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CALLTRAC- 2-

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CALL TRACER OBJECT DATA

This command enters the object data to be traced by the call tracer.
The call tracer provides three different trace modes:

The call related trace mode allows tracing of calls, i. e. of those call
processing events, which are part of the call. Tracing is performed for the
ports (physical trace objects) on both sides of a connection. Transient CP/GP
resource data can be recorded additionally to call processing events.
The start criterion for a trace is a SEIZURE message and the end criterion is
a RELEASE message.

The non call associated trace mode is used to trace transactions performed by
applications (logical trace object) in CP or GP.
The start criterion for a trace in the GP is the allocation of a TCB from the
TCB pool by a GP user and the end criterion is the release of all resources of
a traced transaction.
The start criterion for a trace in the CP is the evaluation of the subsystem
identifier (SSID) of the internal event with direction SCCP_TO_TCAP and the
end criterion is the release of all TCBs allocated by the traced transactions.

The global trace mode allows to trace all events and linked resources related
to software components (logical trace objects) like SCCP, TCAP or applications
in CP or GP or to ports.
The start criterion for global tracing on software components is the execution
of the command ACT CALLTRAC. The end criterion is the execution of the
commands CAN CALLTRAC or DACT CALLTRAC.
The start and end criteria for tracing on ports are the same as for the call
related trace mode.

Non call associated and call related tracing can be performed simultaneously.
It is not possible to activate the global trace mode together with the call
related or non call associated trace mode.

Notes:
- No multiple start is allowed.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ENTR CALLTRAC- BOTHDN CR AND NCA TRACE WITH DN

2. ENTR CALLTRAC- BOTHEQN CR AND NCA TRACE WITH EQN
3. ENTR CALLTRAC- BOTHLTG CR AND NCA TRACE WITH LTG
4. ENTR CALLTRAC- BOTHRSTR CR AND NCA TRACE WITH PBXRESTR
5. ENTR CALLTRAC- BOTHTGNO CR AND NCA TRACE WITH TGNO
6. ENTR CALLTRAC- BURSTR CR AND NCA (OBJUSER) TRACE WITH PBXRESTR
7. ENTR CALLTRAC- BUSERDN CR AND NCA (OBJUSER) TRACE WITH DN
8. ENTR CALLTRAC- BUSEREQN CR AND NCA (OBJUSER) TRACE WITH EQN
9. ENTR CALLTRAC- BUSERLTG CR AND NCA (OBJUSER) TRACE WITH LTG
10. ENTR CALLTRAC- BUTGNO CR AND NCA (OBJUSER) TRACE WITH TGNO
11. ENTR CALLTRAC- CRDN CALL RELATED TRACE WITH DN
12. ENTR CALLTRAC- CREQN CALL RELATED TRACE WITH EQN
13. ENTR CALLTRAC- CRLTG CALL RELATED TRACE WITH LTG
14. ENTR CALLTRAC- CRRESTR CALL RELATED TRACE WITH PBXRESTR
15. ENTR CALLTRAC- CRTGNO CALL RELATED TRACE WITH TGNO
16. ENTR CALLTRAC- GLOBDN GLOBAL TRACE WITH DN
17. ENTR CALLTRAC- GLOBEQN GLOBAL TRACE WITH EQN
18. ENTR CALLTRAC- GLOBLTG GLOBAL TRACE WITH LTG
19. ENTR CALLTRAC- GLOBRSTR GLOBAL TRACE WITH PBXRESTR
20. ENTR CALLTRAC- GLOBSSID GLOBAL TRACE WITH SSID
21. ENTR CALLTRAC- GLOBTGNO GLOBAL TRACE WITH TGNO
22. ENTR CALLTRAC- NCASSID NON CALL ASSOCIATED TRACE WITH SSID
23. ENTR CALLTRAC- NCAUSER NON CALL ASSOCIATED TRACE WITH OBJUSER

1. Input format

CR AND NCA TRACE WITH DN

Specification of one or more trace objects for simultaneous call

related and non call associated tracing by the DN and OBJSSID
parameter.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 1+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- Any input for the OBJLTG parameter is only allowed together
with the value GP for the PROC parameter.
- If the parameter PROC is supplied with GP and the parameter
OBJLTG isn’t specified, non call associated tracing is performed
in all affected LTGs.
- Only those objects are selected which match the input of all
specified parameters.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= [,OPMODE= [,LNO=]] ,OBJSSID= 1
1 1
1 [,OBJ=] [,OBJLTG=] [,EQN=] [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OPMODE OPERATION MODE

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the

operating mode of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW PBX GROUPS: ANALOG BOTHWAY

AIC PBX GROUPS: ANALOG INCOMING
AOG PBX GROUPS: ANALOG OUTGOING
IBW PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY
IBW1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6
IIC PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING
IIC1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING 1TR6
IOG PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING
IOG1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING 1TR6
MBW PBX GROUPS: MIXED BOTHWAY

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

OBJSSID SUBSYSTEM IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the subsystem identification for tracing of

non call associated application dialogues.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

IN INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP

IN2 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 2
IN3 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 3
IN4 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 4
IN5 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 5
ISS ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES
TIF TCAP INTERFACE
TSTUP TEST USER PART
X ALL SUBSYSTEM ID’S

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 2+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

OBJ LOGICAL TRACE OBJECT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

APPL APPLICATION

Default: APPL

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 3+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHEQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CR AND NCA TRACE WITH EQN

Specification of one or more trace objects for simultaneous call

related and non call associated tracing by the EQN and OBJSSID
parameter.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

Notes:
- Any input for the OBJLTG parameter is only allowed together
with the value GP for the PROC parameter.
- If the parameter PROC is supplied with GP and the parameter
OBJLTG isn’t specified, non call associated tracing is performed
in all affected LTGs.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : EQN= ,OBJSSID= [,OBJ=] [,OBJLTG=] [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: EQUIPM.NO.FOR DLU/V5IF=
10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

b: EQUIPM.NO.FOR SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

- Shelf : 0..7 for DLU port

- 0 for V5IF port

c: EQUIPM.NO.FOR MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

- Module : 0..15 for DLU port

- 0 for V51-IF port
- 0..20 for V52-IF port

d: EQUIPM.NO.FOR CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

- Circuit : 0..7 for DLU port (DLU8)

- Circuit : 0..15 for DLU port (DLU16)
- Circuit : 0..31 for DLU port (DLU32)
- Channel : 0..31 for V51-IF port
- Channel : 0..99 for V52-IF port

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 4+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHEQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

OBJSSID SUBSYSTEM IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the subsystem identification for tracing of

non call associated application dialogues.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

IN INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP

IN2 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 2
IN3 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 3
IN4 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 4
IN5 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 5
ISS ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES
TIF TCAP INTERFACE
TSTUP TEST USER PART
X ALL SUBSYSTEM ID’S

Default: N

OBJ LOGICAL TRACE OBJECT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

APPL APPLICATION

Default: APPL

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 5+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHLTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

CR AND NCA TRACE WITH LTG

Specification of one or more trace objects for simultaneous call

related and non call associated tracing by the LTG and OBJSSID
parameter.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

Notes:
- Any input for the OBJLTG parameter is only allowed together
with the value GP for the PROC parameter.
- If the parameter PROC is supplied with GP and the parameter
OBJLTG isn’t specified, non call associated tracing is performed
in all affected LTGs.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : LTG= [,LC=] ,OBJSSID= [,OBJ=] [,OBJLTG=] 1
1 1
1 [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNG GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group of the set of objects to
be traced.

Notes:
- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,
can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LTG : 1..63

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies the line connection of a LTG.

Notes:
- The input of this parameter is only valid in combination
with the LTG parameter.

- The following input is allowed:

LC = a
LC = a-b

- The fully qualified entry of this parameter is rejected

in case of LTGB ports connected to DLUs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTU NO.OF A LTG=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 6+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHLTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LTU : 0..7

b: CHANNEL OF A LTG PORT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Channel : 0..31

OBJSSID SUBSYSTEM IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the subsystem identification for tracing of

non call associated application dialogues.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

IN INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP

IN2 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 2
IN3 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 3
IN4 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 4
IN5 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 5
ISS ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES
TIF TCAP INTERFACE
TSTUP TEST USER PART
X ALL SUBSYSTEM ID’S

Default: N

OBJ LOGICAL TRACE OBJECT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

APPL APPLICATION

Default: APPL

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 7+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHRSTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

CR AND NCA TRACE WITH PBXRESTR

Specification of one or more trace objects for simultaneous call

related and non call associated tracing by the DN, OBJSSID and
PBXRESTR parameter.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

Notes:
- Any input for the OBJLTG parameter is only allowed together
with the value GP for the PROC parameter.
- If the parameter PROC is supplied with GP and the parameter
OBJLTG isn’t specified, non call associated tracing is performed
in all affected LTGs.
- Only those objects are selected which match the input of all
specified parameters.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= ,PBXRESTR= ,OBJSSID= [,OBJ=] 1
1 1
1 [,OBJLTG=] [,EQN=] [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PBXRESTR PBX RESTRICTED BY LINE TYPES

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the type

of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AN ANALOG OBJECTS
BA BASIC ACCESS OBJECTS
BW BOTHWAY PBX GROUPS
IC INCOMING PBX GROUPS
N NO RESTRICTION
NO NO RESTRICTION
OG OUTGOING PBX GROUPS
PA PRIMARY ACCESS OBJECTS

Default: N

OBJSSID SUBSYSTEM IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the subsystem identification for tracing of

non call associated application dialogues.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

IN INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP

IN2 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 2
IN3 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 3
IN4 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 4
IN5 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 5
ISS ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES
TIF TCAP INTERFACE
TSTUP TEST USER PART
X ALL SUBSYSTEM ID’S

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 8+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHRSTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: N

OBJ LOGICAL TRACE OBJECT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

APPL APPLICATION

Default: APPL

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 9+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHTGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

CR AND NCA TRACE WITH TGNO

Specification of one or more trace objects for simultaneous call

related and non call associated tracing by the TGNO and OBJSSID
parameter.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

Notes:
- Any input for the OBJLTG parameter is only allowed together
with the value GP for the PROC parameter.
- If the parameter PROC is supplied with GP and the parameter
OBJLTG isn’t specified, non call associated tracing is performed
in all affected LTGs.
- Only those objects are selected which match the input of all
specified parameters.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,EQN=11 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : TGNO= ,OBJSSID= [,OBJ=] [,OBJLTG=] 1Z,LNO=Y1 1
1 11,CIC=11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OBJSSID SUBSYSTEM IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the subsystem identification for tracing of

non call associated application dialogues.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

IN INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP

IN2 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 2
IN3 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 3
IN4 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 4
IN5 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 5
ISS ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES
TIF TCAP INTERFACE
TSTUP TEST USER PART
X ALL SUBSYSTEM ID’S

Default: N

OBJ LOGICAL TRACE OBJECT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

APPL APPLICATION

Default: APPL

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 10+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHTGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code of CCS7 lines.

Prerequisites:
- Input of a trunk group specified by the parameter TGNO

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PCM LINK NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...681
PCM 30 = 0...511

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...23
PCM 30 = 0...31

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 11+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BOTHTGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 12+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BURSTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

6. Input format

CR AND NCA (OBJUSER) TRACE WITH PBXRESTR

Specification of one or more trace objects for simultaneous call

related and non call associated tracing by the DN, OBJUSER and
PBXRESTR parameter.
Trace data are collected in the GP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= ,PBXRESTR= ,OBJUSER= [,OBJLTG=] 1
1 1
1 [,EQN=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PBXRESTR PBX RESTRICTED BY LINE TYPES

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the type

of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AN ANALOG OBJECTS
BA BASIC ACCESS OBJECTS
BW BOTHWAY PBX GROUPS
IC INCOMING PBX GROUPS
N NO RESTRICTION
NO NO RESTRICTION
OG OUTGOING PBX GROUPS
PA PRIMARY ACCESS OBJECTS

Default: N

OBJUSER OBJECT USER NAME

This parameter specifies either the subsystem identification or the

MAC address for tracing of non call associated dialogues
(global handling).
In case of subsystem identification a string of 5 characters is
allowed.
Two subclasses of subsystem identification names are allowed.
- Supported names can be selected by there nickname
ISDNB ISDN Bluebook
BIG Bearer Unrelated ISDN
V5-M V5.2 Master Function
CC CCBS/CCNR analog
V5-S V5.2 Signaling Function
ISDNR ISDN Redbook
TSTUP TeSt User Part
IN Intelligent Network (SSF functionality)
LM Leg Manager
FIM Feature Interaction Manager
IUP Internet User Part
ISL Integrated Server Logic
SCCP Signaling Connection Control Part
TCAP Transaction Capabilities Application Part
MWI Message Waitingn Indication user
QSS QSIG Supplementary Services
ISS ISDN Supplementary Services
- Unsupported names are defined by the 5 first characters of the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 13+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BURSTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

modul name where there TCT-Index is defined.

A MAC address is defined by string of 12 characters.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 14+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BUSERDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

7. Input format

CR AND NCA (OBJUSER) TRACE WITH DN

Specification of one or more trace objects for simultaneous call

related and non call associated tracing by the DN and OBJUSER
parameter.
Trace data are collected in the GP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= [,OPMODE= [,LNO=]] ,OBJUSER= 1
1 1
1 [,OBJLTG=] [,EQN=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OPMODE OPERATION MODE

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the

operating mode of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW PBX GROUPS: ANALOG BOTHWAY

AIC PBX GROUPS: ANALOG INCOMING
AOG PBX GROUPS: ANALOG OUTGOING
IBW PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY
IBW1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6
IIC PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING
IIC1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING 1TR6
IOG PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING
IOG1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING 1TR6
MBW PBX GROUPS: MIXED BOTHWAY

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

OBJUSER OBJECT USER NAME

This parameter specifies either the subsystem identification or the

MAC address for tracing of non call associated dialogues
(global handling).
In case of subsystem identification a string of 5 characters is
allowed.
Two subclasses of subsystem identification names are allowed.
- Supported names can be selected by there nickname
ISDNB ISDN Bluebook
BIG Bearer Unrelated ISDN
V5-M V5.2 Master Function
CC CCBS/CCNR analog
V5-S V5.2 Signaling Function
ISDNR ISDN Redbook
TSTUP TeSt User Part
IN Intelligent Network (SSF functionality)
LM Leg Manager
FIM Feature Interaction Manager
IUP Internet User Part
ISL Integrated Server Logic

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 15+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BUSERDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SCCP Signaling Connection Control Part

TCAP Transaction Capabilities Application Part
MWI Message Waitingn Indication user
QSS QSIG Supplementary Services
ISS ISDN Supplementary Services
- Unsupported names are defined by the 5 first characters of the
modul name where there TCT-Index is defined.

A MAC address is defined by string of 12 characters.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 16+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BUSEREQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

8. Input format

CR AND NCA (OBJUSER) TRACE WITH EQN

Specification of one or more trace objects for simultaneous call

related and non call associated tracing by the EQN and OBJUSER
parameter.
Trace data are collected in the GP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : EQN= ,OBJUSER= [,OBJLTG=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: EQUIPM.NO.FOR DLU/V5IF=
10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

b: EQUIPM.NO.FOR SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

- Shelf : 0..7 for DLU port

- 0 for V5IF port

c: EQUIPM.NO.FOR MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

- Module : 0..15 for DLU port

- 0 for V51-IF port
- 0..20 for V52-IF port

d: EQUIPM.NO.FOR CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

- Circuit : 0..7 for DLU port (DLU8)

- Circuit : 0..15 for DLU port (DLU16)
- Circuit : 0..31 for DLU port (DLU32)
- Channel : 0..31 for V51-IF port
- Channel : 0..99 for V52-IF port

OBJUSER OBJECT USER NAME

This parameter specifies either the subsystem identification or the

MAC address for tracing of non call associated dialogues
(global handling).
In case of subsystem identification a string of 5 characters is
allowed.
Two subclasses of subsystem identification names are allowed.
- Supported names can be selected by there nickname

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 17+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BUSEREQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ISDNB ISDN Bluebook

BIG Bearer Unrelated ISDN
V5-M V5.2 Master Function
CC CCBS/CCNR analog
V5-S V5.2 Signaling Function
ISDNR ISDN Redbook
TSTUP TeSt User Part
IN Intelligent Network (SSF functionality)
LM Leg Manager
FIM Feature Interaction Manager
IUP Internet User Part
ISL Integrated Server Logic
SCCP Signaling Connection Control Part
TCAP Transaction Capabilities Application Part
MWI Message Waitingn Indication user
QSS QSIG Supplementary Services
ISS ISDN Supplementary Services
- Unsupported names are defined by the 5 first characters of the
modul name where there TCT-Index is defined.

A MAC address is defined by string of 12 characters.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 18+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BUSERLTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

9. Input format

CR AND NCA (OBJUSER) TRACE WITH LTG

Specification of one or more trace objects for simultaneous call

related and non call associated tracing by the LTG and OBJUSER
parameter.
Trace data are collected in the GP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : LTG= [,LC=] ,OBJUSER= [,OBJLTG=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNG GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group of the set of objects to
be traced.

Notes:
- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,
can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LTG : 1..63

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies the line connection of a LTG.

Notes:
- The input of this parameter is only valid in combination
with the LTG parameter.

- The following input is allowed:

LC = a
LC = a-b

- The fully qualified entry of this parameter is rejected

in case of LTGB ports connected to DLUs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTU NO.OF A LTG=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

LTU : 0..7

b: CHANNEL OF A LTG PORT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Channel : 0..31

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 19+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BUSERLTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

OBJUSER OBJECT USER NAME

This parameter specifies either the subsystem identification or the

MAC address for tracing of non call associated dialogues
(global handling).
In case of subsystem identification a string of 5 characters is
allowed.
Two subclasses of subsystem identification names are allowed.
- Supported names can be selected by there nickname
ISDNB ISDN Bluebook
BIG Bearer Unrelated ISDN
V5-M V5.2 Master Function
CC CCBS/CCNR analog
V5-S V5.2 Signaling Function
ISDNR ISDN Redbook
TSTUP TeSt User Part
IN Intelligent Network (SSF functionality)
LM Leg Manager
FIM Feature Interaction Manager
IUP Internet User Part
ISL Integrated Server Logic
SCCP Signaling Connection Control Part
TCAP Transaction Capabilities Application Part
MWI Message Waitingn Indication user
QSS QSIG Supplementary Services
ISS ISDN Supplementary Services
- Unsupported names are defined by the 5 first characters of the
modul name where there TCT-Index is defined.

A MAC address is defined by string of 12 characters.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 20+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BUTGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

10. Input format

CR AND NCA (OBJUSER) TRACE WITH TGNO

Specification of one or more trace objects for simultaneous call

related and non call associated tracing by the TGNO and OBJUSER
parameter.
Trace data are collected in the GP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,EQN=11 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : TGNO= ,OBJUSER= [,OBJLTG=] 1Z,LNO=Y1 ; 1
1 11,CIC=11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OBJUSER OBJECT USER NAME

This parameter specifies either the subsystem identification or the

MAC address for tracing of non call associated dialogues
(global handling).
In case of subsystem identification a string of 5 characters is
allowed.
Two subclasses of subsystem identification names are allowed.
- Supported names can be selected by there nickname
ISDNB ISDN Bluebook
BIG Bearer Unrelated ISDN
V5-M V5.2 Master Function
CC CCBS/CCNR analog
V5-S V5.2 Signaling Function
ISDNR ISDN Redbook
TSTUP TeSt User Part
IN Intelligent Network (SSF functionality)
LM Leg Manager
FIM Feature Interaction Manager
IUP Internet User Part
ISL Integrated Server Logic
SCCP Signaling Connection Control Part
TCAP Transaction Capabilities Application Part
MWI Message Waitingn Indication user
QSS QSIG Supplementary Services
ISS ISDN Supplementary Services
- Unsupported names are defined by the 5 first characters of the
modul name where there TCT-Index is defined.

A MAC address is defined by string of 12 characters.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 21+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
BUTGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code of CCS7 lines.

Prerequisites:
- Input of a trunk group specified by the parameter TGNO

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PCM LINK NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...681
PCM 30 = 0...511

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...23
PCM 30 = 0...31

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 22+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
CRDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

11. Input format

CALL RELATED TRACE WITH DN

Specification of one or more physical trace objects in the GP by

the DN parameter for call related tracing.
Trace data are collected in the CP or GP.

Notes:
- Only those objects are selected which match the input of all
specified parameters.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= [,OPMODE= [,LNO=]] [,EQN=] 1
1 1
1 [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OPMODE OPERATION MODE

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the

operating mode of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW PBX GROUPS: ANALOG BOTHWAY

AIC PBX GROUPS: ANALOG INCOMING
AOG PBX GROUPS: ANALOG OUTGOING
IBW PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY
IBW1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6
IIC PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING
IIC1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING 1TR6
IOG PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING
IOG1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING 1TR6
MBW PBX GROUPS: MIXED BOTHWAY

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 23+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
CRDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 24+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
CREQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

12. Input format

CALL RELATED TRACE WITH EQN

Specification of one or more physical trace objects in the GP by

the EQN parameter for call related tracing.
Trace data are collected in the CP or GP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : EQN= [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: EQUIPM.NO.FOR DLU/V5IF=
10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

b: EQUIPM.NO.FOR SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

- Shelf : 0..7 for DLU port

- 0 for V5IF port

c: EQUIPM.NO.FOR MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

- Module : 0..15 for DLU port

- 0 for V51-IF port
- 0..20 for V52-IF port

d: EQUIPM.NO.FOR CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

- Circuit : 0..7 for DLU port (DLU8)

- Circuit : 0..15 for DLU port (DLU16)
- Circuit : 0..31 for DLU port (DLU32)
- Channel : 0..31 for V51-IF port
- Channel : 0..99 for V52-IF port

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 25+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
CRLTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

13. Input format

CALL RELATED TRACE WITH LTG

Specification of one or more physical trace objects in the GP by

the LTG parameter for call related tracing.
Trace data are collected in the CP or GP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : LTG= [,LC=] [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNG GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group of the set of objects to
be traced.

Notes:
- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,
can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LTG : 1..63

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies the line connection of a LTG.

Notes:
- The input of this parameter is only valid in combination
with the LTG parameter.

- The following input is allowed:

LC = a
LC = a-b

- The fully qualified entry of this parameter is rejected

in case of LTGB ports connected to DLUs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTU NO.OF A LTG=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

LTU : 0..7

b: CHANNEL OF A LTG PORT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Channel : 0..31

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 26+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
CRLTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 27+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
CRRESTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

14. Input format

CALL RELATED TRACE WITH PBXRESTR

Specification of one or more physical trace objects in the GP by

the DN parameter and restricted by the PBXRESTR parameter for
call related tracing.
Trace data are collected in the CP or GP.

Notes:
- Only those objects are selected which match the input of all
specified parameters.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= ,PBXRESTR= [,EQN=] [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PBXRESTR PBX RESTRICTED BY LINE TYPES

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the type

of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AN ANALOG OBJECTS
BA BASIC ACCESS OBJECTS
BW BOTHWAY PBX GROUPS
IC INCOMING PBX GROUPS
N NO RESTRICTION
NO NO RESTRICTION
OG OUTGOING PBX GROUPS
PA PRIMARY ACCESS OBJECTS

Default: N

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 28+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
CRRESTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 29+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
CRTGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

15. Input format

CALL RELATED TRACE WITH TGNO

Specification of one or more physical trace objects in the GP by

the TGNO parameter for call related tracing.
Trace data are collected in the CP or GP.

Notes:
- Only those objects are selected which match the input of all
specified parameters.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,EQN=11 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : TGNO= 1Z,LNO=Y1 [,PROC=] ; 1
1 11,CIC=11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code of CCS7 lines.

Prerequisites:
- Input of a trunk group specified by the parameter TGNO

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PCM LINK NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...681
PCM 30 = 0...511

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 30+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
CRTGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...23
PCM 30 = 0...31

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 31+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

16. Input format

GLOBAL TRACE WITH DN

Specification of one or more physical trace objects in the GP by

the DN parameter for global tracing.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= [,OPMODE= [,LNO=]] [,EQN=] 1
1 1
1 [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OPMODE OPERATION MODE

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the

operating mode of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW PBX GROUPS: ANALOG BOTHWAY

AIC PBX GROUPS: ANALOG INCOMING
AOG PBX GROUPS: ANALOG OUTGOING
IBW PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY
IBW1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6
IIC PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING
IIC1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING 1TR6
IOG PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING
IOG1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING 1TR6
MBW PBX GROUPS: MIXED BOTHWAY

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 32+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 33+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBEQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

17. Input format

GLOBAL TRACE WITH EQN

Specification of one or more physical trace objects in the GP by

the EQN parameter for global tracing.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : EQN= [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: EQUIPM.NO.FOR DLU/V5IF=
10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

b: EQUIPM.NO.FOR SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

- Shelf : 0..7 for DLU port

- 0 for V5IF port

c: EQUIPM.NO.FOR MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

- Module : 0..15 for DLU port

- 0 for V51-IF port
- 0..20 for V52-IF port

d: EQUIPM.NO.FOR CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

- Circuit : 0..7 for DLU port (DLU8)

- Circuit : 0..15 for DLU port (DLU16)
- Circuit : 0..31 for DLU port (DLU32)
- Channel : 0..31 for V51-IF port
- Channel : 0..99 for V52-IF port

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 34+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBLTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

18. Input format

GLOBAL TRACE WITH LTG

Specification of one or more physical trace objects in the GP by

the LTG parameter for global tracing.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : LTG= [,LC=] [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNG GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group of the set of objects to
be traced.

Notes:
- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,
can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LTG : 1..63

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies the line connection of a LTG.

Notes:
- The input of this parameter is only valid in combination
with the LTG parameter.

- The following input is allowed:

LC = a
LC = a-b

- The fully qualified entry of this parameter is rejected

in case of LTGB ports connected to DLUs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTU NO.OF A LTG=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

LTU : 0..7

b: CHANNEL OF A LTG PORT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Channel : 0..31

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 35+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBLTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 36+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBRSTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

19. Input format

GLOBAL TRACE WITH PBXRESTR

Specification of one or more physical trace objects in the GP by

the DN parameter and restricted by the PBXRESTR parameter for
global tracing.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

Notes:
- Only those objects are selected which match the input of all
specified parameters.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= ,PBXRESTR= [,EQN=] [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PBXRESTR PBX RESTRICTED BY LINE TYPES

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the type

of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AN ANALOG OBJECTS
BA BASIC ACCESS OBJECTS
BW BOTHWAY PBX GROUPS
IC INCOMING PBX GROUPS
N NO RESTRICTION
NO NO RESTRICTION
OG OUTGOING PBX GROUPS
PA PRIMARY ACCESS OBJECTS

Default: N

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 37+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBRSTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 38+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBSSID
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

20. Input format

GLOBAL TRACE WITH SSID

Specification of one or more logical trace objects for global

tracing.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

Notes:
- If the parameter PROC is supplied with the value GP, a
value for the parameter OBJLTG must also be specified.
- Any input for the parameter OBJSSID is only allowed if the
parameter OBJ is supplied with the value APPL.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : OBJ= [,OBJSSID=] [,OBJLTG=] [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OBJ LOGICAL TRACE OBJECT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

APPL APPLICATION
SCCP SIGNALING CONN. CONTROL PART
TCAP TRANSACT. CAPABIL. APPL. PART

Default: APPL

OBJSSID SUBSYSTEM IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the subsystem identification for tracing of

non call associated application dialogues.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

IN INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP

IN2 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 2
IN3 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 3
IN4 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 4
IN5 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 5
ISS ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES
N NO SSID
NO NO SSID
TIF TCAP INTERFACE
TSTUP TEST USER PART
X ALL SUBSYSTEM ID’S

Default: N

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 39+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBSSID
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 40+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBTGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

21. Input format

GLOBAL TRACE WITH TGNO

Specification of one or more physical trace objects in the GP by

the TGNO parameter for global tracing.
Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

Notes:
- Only those objects are selected which match the input of all
specified parameters.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,EQN=11 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : TGNO= 1Z,LNO=Y1 [,PROC=] ; 1
1 11,CIC=11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU : EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code of CCS7 lines.

Prerequisites:
- Input of a trunk group specified by the parameter TGNO

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PCM LINK NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...681
PCM 30 = 0...511

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 41+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
GLOBTGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...23
PCM 30 = 0...31

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 42+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
NCASSID
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

22. Input format

NON CALL ASSOCIATED TRACE WITH SSID

Specification of one or more logical trace objects for non call

associated tracing. Trace data are collected in the GP or CP.

Notes:
- If the parameter PROC is supplied with the value GP, a
value for the parameter OBJLTG must also be specified.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : OBJSSID= [,OBJ=] [,OBJLTG=] [,PROC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OBJSSID SUBSYSTEM IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the subsystem identification for tracing of

non call associated application dialogues.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

IN INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP

IN2 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 2
IN3 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 3
IN4 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 4
IN5 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SSP 5
ISS ISDN SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICES
TIF TCAP INTERFACE
TSTUP TEST USER PART
X ALL SUBSYSTEM ID’S

Default: N

OBJ LOGICAL TRACE OBJECT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

APPL APPLICATION

Default: APPL

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 43+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
NCASSID
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PROC PROCESSOR

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CP COORDINATION PROCESSOR
GP GROUP PROCESSOR

Default: GP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 44+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
NCAUSER
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

23. Input format

NON CALL ASSOCIATED TRACE WITH OBJUSER

Specification of one or more logical trace objects for non call

associated tracing. Trace data are collected in the GP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CALLTRAC : OBJUSER= [,OBJLTG=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OBJUSER OBJECT USER NAME

This parameter specifies either the subsystem identification or the

MAC address for tracing of non call associated dialogues
(global handling).
In case of subsystem identification a string of 5 characters is
allowed.
Two subclasses of subsystem identification names are allowed.
- Supported names can be selected by there nickname
ISDNB ISDN Bluebook
BIG Bearer Unrelated ISDN
V5-M V5.2 Master Function
CC CCBS/CCNR analog
V5-S V5.2 Signaling Function
ISDNR ISDN Redbook
TSTUP TeSt User Part
IN Intelligent Network (SSF functionality)
LM Leg Manager
FIM Feature Interaction Manager
IUP Internet User Part
ISL Integrated Server Logic
SCCP Signaling Connection Control Part
TCAP Transaction Capabilities Application Part
MWI Message Waitingn Indication user
QSS QSIG Supplementary Services
ISS ISDN Supplementary Services
- Unsupported names are defined by the 5 first characters of the
modul name where there TCT-Index is defined.

A MAC address is defined by string of 12 characters.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OBJLTG OBJECT LTG RESTRICTION

This parameter allows the user to select one or more LTGs in which
non call associated tracing on logical trace objects specified by the
OBJSSID parameter is activated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 45+

 ENTR CALLTRAC
NCAUSER
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CALLTRAC- 46-

 CAN CALLTYPE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CALL TYPE DATA

This command cancels an ADMOSS or CENTREX call type

for common CDS.

Compatibilities:
- If the ADMOSS call type is assigned to a task group or if it is referenced
in the common service subscriber database, or in the common service
group specific intercept datebase or in the route database, or in the
virtual operator service database it can not be canceled.
- If the CENTREX call type is assigned to a task group or if it is referenced
in the common service subscriber database, it can not be canceled.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

This input format is used to cancel an ADMOSS or CENTREX

call type.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CALLTYPE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,CTYP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS or CENTREX

call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CALLTYPE- 1-

 CR CALLTYPE
CRCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CALL TYPE DATA

This command creates an ADMOSS or CENTREX call type

for common CDS.

Prerequisites:
- A call type can only be entered if the common service group is already
existing.
- The call type name must be unique in a common service group.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR CALLTYPE - CRCCTYP CREATE CENTREX CALL TYPE

2. CR CALLTYPE - CRHDCTYP CREATE HIGH PERF.DL.CALL TYPE
3. CR CALLTYPE - CROCTYP CREATE ADMOSS CALL TYPE

1. Input format

CREATE CENTREX CALL TYPE

This input format is used to create a CENTREX call type.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CALLTYPE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,CTYP= [,LAC=] [,DN=] 1
1 1
1 [,CXCTYP=] [,CTYPFEA=] [,INCEPT=] [,GOS=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,APPLID=] [,OCALSEQ=] [,LANG=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS or CENTREX call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must not exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 1+
 CR CALLTYPE
CRCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of the call type.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CXCTYP FIX CENTREX CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the fixed CENTREX call type.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ATATGR ATTN. TO ATTN. GROUP CALL

ATNCO ATTN. RECALL FROM CAMP-ON
ATNGR DIAL ATTENDANT GROUP CALL
ATNIC ATTENDANT INTERCEPT INCOMING
ATNOG ATTENDANT INTERCEPT OUTGOING
CRLFCD CALL REDIRECTED TO LFCD NUMBER
CRNS CALL REDIRECTED TO NS NUMBER
CSHRATN CALL TO SHARED ATTENDANT
DIVBY BUSY LINE DIVERSION
DIVDA DO NOT ANSWER DIVERSION
DIVI IMMEDIATE DIVERSION
DTAC DIAL THROUGH ATTN. CALL
HOTATN HOTLINE CALL TO ATTN.
ILPDNAG INAT.CALL TO LPDN OF ATTN.GRP.
NLPDNAG NAT.CALL TO LPDN OF ATTN.GRP.
NOWORK CALL TO NON-WORKING NUMBER
OAWIID OPR.ASSIST.WITH IDENTIFICATION
OAWOID OPR.ASSIST.WITHOUT IDENT.
RESECATN REROUTE TO SERIAL CALL ATTN.
REST RESTRICTED CALL TO ATTENDANT
SPECL SPECIAL (E.G. NIGHT SERVICE)
TOLDIV TOLL DIVERSION TO ATTENDANT
TRANS TRANSFERRED CALL
X ALL CENTREX CALL TYPES

CTYPFEA CALL TYPE FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of the call type.

Following inputs are allowed:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC
AUTOGR
SCREENLT
NATDNA
INATDNA
NATDNAR
INATDNAR
RNATDNA
RINATDNA
RCSROPR
RCSRANN
RCSRLS
VOPRSVP
CTLIST
ACDMON
ROUTING
ENHROUT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 2+
 CR CALLTYPE
CRCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INETSERV
RMTAP
RECNPREV
AUTOSWS
FEA1
FEA2
FEA3
FEA4
FEA5
FEA6
FEA7
FEA8

Following inputs are incompatible for one Calltype:

SPECOP & RCSROPR

SPECOP & RCSRANN
SPECOP & RCSRLS
SPECOP & CTLIST

AUTOCB & RCSROPR

AUTOCB & RCSRANN
AUTOCB & RCSRLS

AUTOTC & RCSROPR

AUTOTC & RCSRANN
AUTOTC & RCSRLS
AUTOTC & CTLIST

RCSROPR & RCSRANN

RCSROPR & RCSRLS
RCSRANN & RCSRLS

ACDMON & ROUTING

ACDMON & ENHROUT
ROUTING & ENHROUT
INETSERV & SPECOP
INETSERV & AUTOCB
INETSERV & AUTOTC
INETSERV & AUTOGR
INETSERV & SCREENLT
INETSERV & NATDNA
INETSERV & INATDNA
INETSERV & NATDNAR
INETSERV & INATDNAR
INETSERV & RNATDNA
INETSERV & RINATDNA
INETSERV & RCSROPR
INETSERV & RCSRANN
INETSERV & RCSRLS
INETSERV & VOPRSVP
INETSERV & CTLIST
INETSERV & ACDMON
INETSERV & ROUTING
INETSERV & ENHROUT
INETSERV & RMTAP
INETSERV & RECNPREV
INETSERV & AUTOSWS
INETSERV & FEA1
INETSERV & FEA2
INETSERV & FEA3
INETSERV & FEA4
INETSERV & FEA5
INETSERV & FEA6
INETSERV & FEA7
INETSERV & FEA8

Following Call Type Feature are only once allowed in a

Common Service Group:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 3+
 CR CALLTYPE
CRCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACDMON ACTIVATES CDS MONITORING

AUTOSWS AUTOMATIC SYNCHR.WEB SURFING
ENHROUT ENHANCED ROUTING
FEA1 FEATURE 1
FEA2 FEATURE 2
FEA3 FEATURE 3
FEA4 FEATURE 4
FEA5 FEATURE 5
FEA6 FEATURE 6
FEA7 FEATURE 7
FEA8 FEATURE 8
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
ROUTING ROUTING

INCEPT INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the intercept for a call type.

For following intercepts only the fix Part is allowed:

QPOS
QWAIT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: INTERCEPT WITH DATA

FUTURE1 FUTURE 1
FUTURE2 FUTURE 2
GREET SERV.GREETING ANNOUNCEMENT
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUE
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
QPOS QUEUE POSITION ANNOUNCEMENT
QWAIT QUEUE WAITING ANNOUNCEMENT
ROUTFAIL ROUTING FAILED
TAGUNMAN TASKGROUP UNMANNED

b: NAME=
1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

GOS GRADE OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the grade of service for a call type.

For following grade of service only the first time-value
can be supplied:
QWAIT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: GOS WITH DATA

HOLD HOLDING
QABANDC QUEUEING TIME ABANDONED CALLS
QPRESC QUEUEING TIME PRESENTED CALLS
QWAIT QUEUEING WAITING TIME

b: TIME1=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

c: TIME2=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

d: TIME3=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

APPLID APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the Application Identification.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 4+
 CR CALLTYPE
CRCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

OCALSEQ OCANEQ KIND & SEQ OF LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the languages of the announcements and the

sequences of these languages for QPOS and QWAIT. Input of up to
4 languages for one sequence is possible.
Value NONE indicates the use of the switch-specific value entered by
the command MOD CALLPOPT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(L1 )
1L1L2 1
1L1L2L3 1
1L1L2L3L41
1L1L2L4 1
1L1L2L4L31
1L1L3 1
1L1L3L2 1
1L1L3L2L41
1L1L3L4 1
1L1L3L4L21
1L1L4 1
1L1L4L2 1
1L1L4L2L31
1L1L4L3 1
1L1L4L3L21
1L2 1
1L2L1 1
1L2L1L3 1
1L2L1L3L41
1L2L1L4 1
1L2L1L4L31
1L2L3 1
1L2L3L1 1
1L2L3L1L41
1L2L3L4 1
1L2L3L4L11
1L2L4 1
1L2L4L1 1
1L2L4L1L31
1L2L4L3 1
ZL2L4L3L1Y
1L3 1
1L3L1 1
1L3L1L2 1
1L3L1L2L41
1L3L1L4 1
1L3L1L4L21
1L3L2 1
1L3L2L1 1
1L3L2L1L41
1L3L2L4 1
1L3L2L4L11
1L3L4 1
1L3L4L1 1
1L3L4L1L21
1L3L4L2 1
1L3L4L2L11
1L4 1
1L4L1 1
1L4L1L2 1
1L4L1L2L31
1L4L1L3 1
1L4L1L3L21
1L4L2 1
1L4L2L1 1
1L4L2L1L31
1L4L2L3 1
1L4L2L3L11
1L4L3 1
1L4L3L1 1
1L4L3L1L21
1L4L3L2 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 5+
 CR CALLTYPE
CRCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1L4L3L2L11
*NONE +

Default: NONE

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the language of the call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(ENGLSH ) ENGLISH
1FRENCH 1 FRENCH
1GERMAN 1 GERMAN
1LOCAL1 1 LOCAL LANGUAGE1
1LOCAL2 1 LOCAL LANGUAGE2
1LOCAL3 1 LOCAL LANGUAGE3
ZPROP1 Y PROPERTY 1
1PROP2 1 PROPERTY 2
1PROP3 1 PROPERTY 3
1PROP4 1 PROPERTY 4
1PROP5 1 PROPERTY 5
1PROP6 1 PROPERTY 6
1RUSSIN 1 RUSSIAN
*SPANSH + SPANISH

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 6+
 CR CALLTYPE
CRHDCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CREATE HIGH PERF.DL.CALL TYPE

This input format is used to create an ADMOSS call type

for high Performance Datalink

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CALLTYPE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,CTYP= [,VOPSERV=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS or CENTREX call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must not exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VOPSERV VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE

This parameter assignes one virtual operator service to an

ADMOSS call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 7+
 CR CALLTYPE
CROCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

CREATE ADMOSS CALL TYPE

This input format is used to create an ADMOSS call type.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CALLTYPE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,CTYP= [,LAC=] [,DN=] 1
1 1
1 [,CTYPFEA=] [,CTYPR=] [,DICON=] [,INCEPT=] 1
1 1
1 [,GOS=] [,APPLID=] [,VOPSERV=] [,OCALSEQ=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,LANG=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS or CENTREX call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must not exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of the call type.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 8+
 CR CALLTYPE
CROCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CTYPFEA CALL TYPE FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of the call type.

Following inputs are allowed:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC
AUTOGR
SCREENLT
NATDNA
INATDNA
NATDNAR
INATDNAR
RNATDNA
RINATDNA
RCSROPR
RCSRANN
RCSRLS
VOPRSVP
CTLIST
ACDMON
ROUTING
ENHROUT
INETSERV
RMTAP
RECNPREV
AUTOSWS
FEA1
FEA2
FEA3
FEA4
FEA5
FEA6
FEA7
FEA8

Following inputs are incompatible for one Calltype:

SPECOP & RCSROPR

SPECOP & RCSRANN
SPECOP & RCSRLS
SPECOP & CTLIST

AUTOCB & RCSROPR

AUTOCB & RCSRANN
AUTOCB & RCSRLS

AUTOTC & RCSROPR

AUTOTC & RCSRANN
AUTOTC & RCSRLS
AUTOTC & CTLIST

RCSROPR & RCSRANN

RCSROPR & RCSRLS
RCSRANN & RCSRLS

ACDMON & ROUTING

ACDMON & ENHROUT
ROUTING & ENHROUT
INETSERV & SPECOP
INETSERV & AUTOCB
INETSERV & AUTOTC
INETSERV & AUTOGR
INETSERV & SCREENLT
INETSERV & NATDNA
INETSERV & INATDNA
INETSERV & NATDNAR
INETSERV & INATDNAR
INETSERV & RNATDNA
INETSERV & RINATDNA
INETSERV & RCSROPR
INETSERV & RCSRANN
INETSERV & RCSRLS
INETSERV & VOPRSVP
INETSERV & CTLIST

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 9+
 CR CALLTYPE
CROCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INETSERV & ACDMON

INETSERV & ROUTING
INETSERV & ENHROUT
INETSERV & RMTAP
INETSERV & RECNPREV
INETSERV & AUTOSWS
INETSERV & FEA1
INETSERV & FEA2
INETSERV & FEA3
INETSERV & FEA4
INETSERV & FEA5
INETSERV & FEA6
INETSERV & FEA7
INETSERV & FEA8

Following Call Type Feature are only once allowed in a

Common Service Group:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACDMON ACTIVATES CDS MONITORING

AUTOCB AUTOMATIC CALL BACK
AUTOGR AUTOMATIC GREETING
AUTOSWS AUTOMATIC SYNCHR.WEB SURFING
AUTOTC AUTOMATIC TIME & CHARGE
CTLIST CALL TRANSFER LIST
ENHROUT ENHANCED ROUTING
FEA1 FEATURE 1
FEA2 FEATURE 2
FEA3 FEATURE 3
FEA4 FEATURE 4
FEA5 FEATURE 5
FEA6 FEATURE 6
FEA7 FEATURE 7
FEA8 FEATURE 8
INATDNA INAT.DN ASSISTANCE
INATDNAR INAT.DN ASSIST.WITH RECON.POS.
INETSERV INTERNET SERVICE
NATDNA NAT.DN ASSISTANCE
NATDNAR NAT.DN ASSIST.WITH RECON.POSS.
RCSRANN RCS RECONNECT TO ANNOUNCEMENT
RCSRLS RCS RELEASE CALL
RCSROPR RCS RECONNECT TO OPERATOR
RECNPREV RECONNECT IN PREV.CALL CENTER
RINATDNA RECONNECT FROM INAT.DN ASSIST.
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
RNATDNA RECONNECT FROM NAT.DN ASSIST.
ROUTING ROUTING
SCREENLT SCREENING LIST
SPECOP SPECIFIC OPERATOR
VOPRSVP VIRT.OPR.SERVICE POSSIBLE

CTYPR CALL TYPE RECONNECTED

This parameter specifies the reconnected call type for ADMOSS.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DICON DIGIT CONVERTING CODE

This parameter specifies the digit converting code.

It is only entered, if the call type should be created for
quasiautomatic calls, to modify the existing dial information.

The following modifications can be made:

- removal of digits

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 10+

 CR CALLTYPE
CROCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- insertion of digits
- replacement of digits

Valid input characters:

0-9, A-F, #, +, ., X

The control characters have the following significance:

X : The character of the old code remains as it is.
. : The character of the old code is deleted.
+ : The character following this character, up to the
next control character, are inserted or added at the
appropriate place.

Example:
a = 123XX. specifies that the first 3 digits of the existing
dial information are replaced by 123, the next 2 digits remain
and the 6th digits is omitted.
The existing dial information 7944583 is changed to 123453.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INCEPT INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the intercept for a call type.

For following intercepts only the fix Part is allowed:

QPOS
QWAIT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: INTERCEPT WITH DATA

FUTURE1 FUTURE 1
FUTURE2 FUTURE 2
GREET SERV.GREETING ANNOUNCEMENT
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUE
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
QPOS QUEUE POSITION ANNOUNCEMENT
QWAIT QUEUE WAITING ANNOUNCEMENT
ROUTFAIL ROUTING FAILED
TAGUNMAN TASKGROUP UNMANNED

b: NAME=
1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

GOS GRADE OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the grade of service for a call type.

For following grade of service only the first time-value
can be supplied:
QWAIT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: GOS WITH DATA

HOLD HOLDING
QABANDC QUEUEING TIME ABANDONED CALLS
QPRESC QUEUEING TIME PRESENTED CALLS
QWAIT QUEUEING WAITING TIME

b: TIME1=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 11+

 CR CALLTYPE
CROCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: TIME2=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

d: TIME3=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

APPLID APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the Application Identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

VOPSERV VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE

This parameter assignes one virtual operator service to an

ADMOSS call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACC AUTOMATIC CALL COMPLETION

IVR INTERACTIVE VOICE RESPONSE
NOSERV NO SERVICE
ONAA ONE NUMBER AGENT ACCESS
SEMADA SEMI AUTOMATIC DIR.ASSISTANCE
VOPS01 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 1
VOPS02 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 2
VOPS03 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 3
VOPS04 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 4
VOPS05 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 5
VOPS06 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 6
VOPS07 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 7
VOPS08 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 8
VOPS09 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 9
VOPS10 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 10
VOPS11 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 11
VOPS12 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 12
VOPS13 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 13
VOPS14 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 14
VOPS15 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 15
VOPS16 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 16
VOPS17 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 17
VOPS18 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 18
VOPS19 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 19
VOPS20 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 20
VOPS21 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 21
VOPS22 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 22
VOPS23 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 23
VOPS24 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 24
VOPS25 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 25
VOPS26 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 26
VOPS27 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 27
VOPS28 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 28
VOPS29 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 29
VOPS30 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 30

OCALSEQ OCANEQ KIND & SEQ OF LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the languages of the announcements and the

sequences of these languages for QPOS and QWAIT. Input of up to
4 languages for one sequence is possible.
Value NONE indicates the use of the switch-specific value entered by
the command MOD CALLPOPT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(L1 )
1L1L2 1
1L1L2L3 1
1L1L2L3L41
1L1L2L4 1
1L1L2L4L31
1L1L3 1
1L1L3L2 1
1L1L3L2L41

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 12+

 CR CALLTYPE
CROCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1L1L3L4 1
1L1L3L4L21
1L1L4 1
1L1L4L2 1
1L1L4L2L31
1L1L4L3 1
1L1L4L3L21
1L2 1
1L2L1 1
1L2L1L3 1
1L2L1L3L41
1L2L1L4 1
1L2L1L4L31
1L2L3 1
1L2L3L1 1
1L2L3L1L41
1L2L3L4 1
1L2L3L4L11
1L2L4 1
1L2L4L1 1
1L2L4L1L31
1L2L4L3 1
ZL2L4L3L1Y
1L3 1
1L3L1 1
1L3L1L2 1
1L3L1L2L41
1L3L1L4 1
1L3L1L4L21
1L3L2 1
1L3L2L1 1
1L3L2L1L41
1L3L2L4 1
1L3L2L4L11
1L3L4 1
1L3L4L1 1
1L3L4L1L21
1L3L4L2 1
1L3L4L2L11
1L4 1
1L4L1 1
1L4L1L2 1
1L4L1L2L31
1L4L1L3 1
1L4L1L3L21
1L4L2 1
1L4L2L1 1
1L4L2L1L31
1L4L2L3 1
1L4L2L3L11
1L4L3 1
1L4L3L1 1
1L4L3L1L21
1L4L3L2 1
1L4L3L2L11
*NONE +

Default: NONE

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the language of the call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(ENGLSH ) ENGLISH
1FRENCH 1 FRENCH
1GERMAN 1 GERMAN
1LOCAL1 1 LOCAL LANGUAGE1
1LOCAL2 1 LOCAL LANGUAGE2
1LOCAL3 1 LOCAL LANGUAGE3
ZPROP1 Y PROPERTY 1
1PROP2 1 PROPERTY 2
1PROP3 1 PROPERTY 3
1PROP4 1 PROPERTY 4
1PROP5 1 PROPERTY 5
1PROP6 1 PROPERTY 6

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 13+

 CR CALLTYPE
CROCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1RUSSIN 1 RUSSIAN
*SPANSH + SPANISH

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CALLTYPE- 14-

 DISP CALLTYPE
DICTCSG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL TYPE DATA

This command displays ADMOSS or CENTREX call type data

for common CDS.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CALLTYPE- DICTCSG DISP.CALL TYPE FOR CSG

2. DISP CALLTYPE- DICTDN DISP.CALL TYPE FOR DN
3. DISP CALLTYPE- DICTOCSG DISP.CALL TYPE ONE CSG

1. Input format

DISP.CALL TYPE FOR CSG

This input format is used to display call type

data of a specific common service group or
to get an overview of several common service
groups.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CALLTYPE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLTYPE- 1+

 DISP CALLTYPE
DICTDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DISP.CALL TYPE FOR DN

This input format is used to display call types

that are connected with a directory number.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CALLTYPE : [LAC=] ,DN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of the ADMOSS

or CENTREX call type.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the ADMOSS

or CENTREX call type.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLTYPE- 2+

 DISP CALLTYPE
DICTOCSG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

DISP.CALL TYPE ONE CSG

This input format is used to display call type

data of a specific common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CALLTYPE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= [,CTYP=] [,CTYPFEA=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS or CENTREX

call type name.

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CTYPFEA CALL TYPE FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of the call type.

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACDMON ACTIVATES CDS MONITORING

AUTOCB AUTOMATIC CALL BACK
AUTOGR AUTOMATIC GREETING
AUTOSWS AUTOMATIC SYNCHR.WEB SURFING
AUTOTC AUTOMATIC TIME & CHARGE
CTLIST CALL TRANSFER LIST
ENHROUT ENHANCED ROUTING

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLTYPE- 3+

 DISP CALLTYPE
DICTOCSG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FEA1 FEATURE 1
FEA2 FEATURE 2
FEA3 FEATURE 3
FEA4 FEATURE 4
FEA5 FEATURE 5
FEA6 FEATURE 6
FEA7 FEATURE 7
FEA8 FEATURE 8
INATDNA INAT.DN ASSISTANCE
INATDNAR INAT.DN ASSIST.WITH RECON.POS.
INETSERV INTERNET SERVICE
NATDNA NAT.DN ASSISTANCE
NATDNAR NAT.DN ASSIST.WITH RECON.POSS.
RCSRANN RCS RECONNECT TO ANNOUNCEMENT
RCSRLS RCS RELEASE CALL
RCSROPR RCS RECONNECT TO OPERATOR
RECNPREV RECONNECT IN PREV.CALL CENTER
RINATDNA RECONNECT FROM INAT.DN ASSIST.
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
RNATDNA RECONNECT FROM NAT.DN ASSIST.
ROUTING ROUTING
SCREENLT SCREENING LIST
SPECOP SPECIFIC OPERATOR
VOPRSVP VIRTUAL OPR.SERVICE POSSIBLE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CALLTYPE- 4-

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CALL TYPE DATA

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD CALLTYPE - MOCCTYP MODIFY CENTREX CALL TYPE

2. MOD CALLTYPE - MOHDCTYP MODIFY HIGH PERF.DL.CALL TYPE
3. MOD CALLTYPE - MOOCTYP MODIFY ADMOSS CALL TYPE

1. Input format

MODIFY CENTREX CALL TYPE

This input format is used to modify a CENTEX call type.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CALLTYPE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,CTYP= <,NCTYP= ,LAC= ,DN= 1
1 1
1 ,CLAC= ,CDN= ,CXCTYP= ,CCXCTYP= ,CTYPFEA= 1
1 1
1 ,CCTYPFEA= ,INCEPT= ,CINCEPT= ,GOS= ,CGOS= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,APPLID= ,OCALSEQ= ,LANG= ,CLANG=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS or CENTREX call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NCTYP NEW CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the new name of the ADMOSS or

CENTREX call type.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 1+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Prerequisites:
- The new name must not exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of the call type.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLAC CANCEL LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the cancel local area code of the call
type.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CDN CANCEL DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the cancel directory number of the

call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CXCTYP FIX CENTREX CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the fixed CENTREX call type.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ATATGR ATTN. TO ATTN. GROUP CALL

ATNCO ATTN. RECALL FROM CAMP-ON
ATNGR DIAL ATTENDANT GROUP CALL
ATNIC ATTENDANT INTERCEPT INCOMING
ATNOG ATTENDANT INTERCEPT OUTGOING
CRLFCD CALL REDIRECTED TO LFCD NUMBER
CRNS CALL REDIRECTED TO NS NUMBER
CSHRATN CALL TO SHARED ATTENDANT
DIVBY BUSY LINE DIVERSION
DIVDA DO NOT ANSWER DIVERSION
DIVI IMMEDIATE DIVERSION
DTAC DIAL THROUGH ATTN. CALL
HOTATN HOTLINE CALL TO ATTN.
ILPDNAG INAT.CALL TO LPDN OF ATTN.GRP.
NLPDNAG NAT.CALL TO LPDN OF ATTN.GRP.
NOWORK CALL TO NON-WORKING NUMBER
OAWIID OPR.ASSIST.WITH IDENTIFICATION
OAWOID OPR.ASSIST.WITHOUT IDENT.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 2+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RESECATN REROUTE TO SERIAL CALL ATTN.

REST RESTRICTED CALL TO ATTENDANT
SPECL SPECIAL (E.G. NIGHT SERVICE)
TOLDIV TOLL DIVERSION TO ATTENDANT
TRANS TRANSFERRED CALL
X ALL CENTREX CALL TYPES

CCXCTYP CANCEL FIX CENTREX CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the cancel fixed CENTREX call type.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ATATGR ATTN. TO ATTN. GROUP CALL

ATNCO ATTN. RECALL FROM CAMP-ON
ATNGR DIAL ATTENDANT GROUP CALL
ATNIC ATTENDANT INTERCEPT INCOMING
ATNOG ATTENDANT INTERCEPT OUTGOING
CRLFCD CALL REDIRECTED TO LFCD NUMBER
CRNS CALL REDIRECTED TO NS NUMBER
CSHRATN CALL TO SHARED ATTENDANT
DIVBY BUSY LINE DIVERSION
DIVDA DO NOT ANSWER DIVERSION
DIVI IMMEDIATE DIVERSION
DTAC DIAL THROUGH ATTN. CALL
HOTATN HOTLINE CALL TO ATTN.
ILPDNAG INAT.CALL TO LPDN OF ATTN.GRP.
NLPDNAG NAT.CALL TO LPDN OF ATTN.GRP.
NOWORK CALL TO NON-WORKING NUMBER
OAWIID OPR.ASSIST.WITH IDENTIFICATION
OAWOID OPR.ASSIST.WITHOUT IDENT.
RESECATN REROUTE TO SERIAL CALL ATTN.
REST RESTRICTED CALL TO ATTENDANT
SPECL SPECIAL (E.G. NIGHT SERVICE)
TOLDIV TOLL DIVERSION TO ATTENDANT
TRANS TRANSFERRED CALL
X ALL CENTREX CALL TYPES

CTYPFEA CALL TYPE FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of the call type.

Following inputs are allowed:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC
AUTOGR
SCREENLT
NATDNA
INATDNA
NATDNAR
INATDNAR
RNATDNA
RINATDNA
RCSROPR
RCSRANN
RCSRLS
VOPRSVP
CTLIST
ACDMON
ROUTING
ENHROUT
INETSERV
RMTAP
RECNPREV
AUTOSWS
FEA1
FEA2
FEA3
FEA4
FEA5
FEA6
FEA7
FEA8

Following inputs are incompatible for one Calltype:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 3+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SPECOP & RCSROPR

SPECOP & RCSRANN
SPECOP & RCSRLS
SPECOP & CTLIST

AUTOCB & RCSROPR

AUTOCB & RCSRANN
AUTOCB & RCSRLS

AUTOTC & RCSROPR

AUTOTC & RCSRANN
AUTOTC & RCSRLS
AUTOTC & CTLIST

RCSROPR & RCSRANN

RCSROPR & RCSRLS
RCSRANN & RCSRLS

ACDMON & ROUTING

ACDMON & ENHROUT
ROUTING & ENHROUT
INETSERV & SPECOP
INETSERV & AUTOCB
INETSERV & AUTOTC
INETSERV & AUTOGR
INETSERV & SCREENLT
INETSERV & NATDNA
INETSERV & INATDNA
INETSERV & NATDNAR
INETSERV & INATDNAR
INETSERV & RNATDNA
INETSERV & RINATDNA
INETSERV & RCSROPR
INETSERV & RCSRANN
INETSERV & RCSRLS
INETSERV & VOPRSVP
INETSERV & CTLIST
INETSERV & ACDMON
INETSERV & ROUTING
INETSERV & ENHROUT
INETSERV & RMTAP
INETSERV & RECNPREV
INETSERV & AUTOSWS
INETSERV & FEA1
INETSERV & FEA2
INETSERV & FEA3
INETSERV & FEA4
INETSERV & FEA5
INETSERV & FEA6
INETSERV & FEA7
INETSERV & FEA8

Following Call Type Feature are only once allowed in a

Common Service Group:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACDMON ACTIVATES CDS MONITORING

AUTOSWS AUTOMATIC SYNCHR.WEB SURFING
ENHROUT ENHANCED ROUTING
FEA1 FEATURE 1
FEA2 FEATURE 2
FEA3 FEATURE 3
FEA4 FEATURE 4
FEA5 FEATURE 5
FEA6 FEATURE 6
FEA7 FEATURE 7
FEA8 FEATURE 8
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
ROUTING ROUTING

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 4+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CCTYPFEA CANCEL CALL TYPE FEATURE

This parameter cancel the feature for a call type.

Following inputs are allowed:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC
AUTOGR
SCREENLT
NATDNA
INATDNA
NATDNAR
INATDNAR
RNATDNA
RINATDNA
RCSROPR
RCSRANN
RCSRLS
VOPRSVP
CTLIST
ACDMON
ROUTING
ENHROUT
INETSERV
RMTAP
RECNPREV
AUTOSWS
FEA1
FEA2
FEA3
FEA4
FEA5
FEA6
FEA7
FEA8

Following inputs are incompatible for one Calltype:

SPECOP & RCSROPR

SPECOP & RCSRANN
SPECOP & RCSRLS
SPECOP & CTLIST

AUTOCB & RCSROPR

AUTOCB & RCSRANN
AUTOCB & RCSRLS

AUTOTC & RCSROPR

AUTOTC & RCSRANN
AUTOTC & RCSRLS
AUTOTC & CTLIST

RCSROPR & RCSRANN

RCSROPR & RCSRLS
RCSRANN & RCSRLS

ACDMON & ROUTING

ACDMON & ENHROUT
ROUTING & ENHROUT
INETSERV & SPECOP
INETSERV & AUTOCB
INETSERV & AUTOTC
INETSERV & AUTOGR
INETSERV & SCREENLT
INETSERV & NATDNA
INETSERV & INATDNA
INETSERV & NATDNAR
INETSERV & INATDNAR
INETSERV & RNATDNA
INETSERV & RINATDNA
INETSERV & RCSROPR
INETSERV & RCSRANN
INETSERV & RCSRLS
INETSERV & VOPRSVP
INETSERV & CTLIST
INETSERV & ACDMON

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 5+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INETSERV & ROUTING

INETSERV & ENHROUT
INETSERV & RMTAP
INETSERV & RECNPREV
INETSERV & AUTOSWS
INETSERV & FEA1
INETSERV & FEA2
INETSERV & FEA3
INETSERV & FEA4
INETSERV & FEA5
INETSERV & FEA6
INETSERV & FEA7
INETSERV & FEA8

Following Call Type Feature are only once allowed in a

Common Service Group:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACDMON ACTIVATES CDS MONITORING

AUTOSWS AUTOMATIC SYNCHR.WEB SURFING
ENHROUT ENHANCED ROUTING
FEA1 FEATURE 1
FEA2 FEATURE 2
FEA3 FEATURE 3
FEA4 FEATURE 4
FEA5 FEATURE 5
FEA6 FEATURE 6
FEA7 FEATURE 7
FEA8 FEATURE 8
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
ROUTING ROUTING

INCEPT INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the intercept for a call type.

For following intercepts only the fix Part is allowed:

QPOS
QWAIT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: INTERCEPT WITH DATA

FUTURE1 FUTURE 1
FUTURE2 FUTURE 2
GREET SERV.GREETING ANNOUNCEMENT
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUE
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
QPOS QUEUE POSITION ANNOUNCEMENT
QWAIT QUEUE WAITING ANNOUNCEMENT
ROUTFAIL ROUTING FAILED
TAGUNMAN TASKGROUP UNMANNED

b: NAME=
1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

CINCEPT CANCEL INTERCEPT

This parameter cancels the intercept for a call type.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FUTURE1 FUTURE 1
FUTURE2 FUTURE 2
GREET SERV.GREETING ANNOUNCEMENT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 6+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUE

OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
QPOS QUEUE POSITION ANNOUNCEMENT
QWAIT QUEUE WAITING ANNOUNCEMENT
ROUTFAIL ROUTING FAILED
TAGUNMAN TASKGROUP UNMANNED

GOS GRADE OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the grade of service for a call type.

For following grade of service only the first time-value
can be supplied:
QWAIT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: GOS WITH DATA

HOLD HOLDING
QABANDC QUEUEING TIME ABANDONED CALLS
QPRESC QUEUEING TIME PRESENTED CALLS
QWAIT QUEUEING WAITING TIME

b: TIME1=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

c: TIME2=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

d: TIME3=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

CGOS CANCEL GRADE OF SERVICE

This parameter cancels the grade of service for a call type.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

HOLD HOLDING
QABANDC QUEUEING TIME ABANDONED CALLS
QPRESC QUEUEING TIME PRESENTED CALLS
QWAIT QUEUEING WAITING TIME

APPLID APPLICATION

This parameter specifies the Application Identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

OCALSEQ OCANEQ KIND & SEQ OF LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the languages of the announcements and the

sequences of these languages for QPOS and QWAIT. Input of up to
4 languages for one sequence is possible.
Value NONE indicates the use of the switch-specific value entered by
the command MOD CALLPOPT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

L1
L1L2
L1L2L3
L1L2L3L4
L1L2L4
L1L2L4L3
L1L3
L1L3L2
L1L3L2L4
L1L3L4

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 7+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

L1L3L4L2
L1L4
L1L4L2
L1L4L2L3
L1L4L3
L1L4L3L2
L2
L2L1
L2L1L3
L2L1L3L4
L2L1L4
L2L1L4L3
L2L3
L2L3L1
L2L3L1L4
L2L3L4
L2L3L4L1
L2L4
L2L4L1
L2L4L1L3
L2L4L3
L2L4L3L1
L3
L3L1
L3L1L2
L3L1L2L4
L3L1L4
L3L1L4L2
L3L2
L3L2L1
L3L2L1L4
L3L2L4
L3L2L4L1
L3L4
L3L4L1
L3L4L1L2
L3L4L2
L3L4L2L1
L4
L4L1
L4L1L2
L4L1L2L3
L4L1L3
L4L1L3L2
L4L2
L4L2L1
L4L2L1L3
L4L2L3
L4L2L3L1
L4L3
L4L3L1
L4L3L1L2
L4L3L2
L4L3L2L1
NONE

Default: NONE

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the language of the call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL LANGUAGE1
LOCAL2 LOCAL LANGUAGE2
LOCAL3 LOCAL LANGUAGE3
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
RUSSIN RUSSIAN

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 8+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOCCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SPANSH SPANISH

CLANG CANCEL LANGUAGE

This parameter cancels the language for a call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL LANGUAGE1
LOCAL2 LOCAL LANGUAGE2
LOCAL3 LOCAL LANGUAGE3
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 9+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOHDCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MODIFY HIGH PERF.DL.CALL TYPE

This input format is used to modify an ADMOSS call type

for high Performance Datalink

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CALLTYPE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,CTYP= [,VOPSERV=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS or CENTREX call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VOPSERV VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE

This parameter assignes one virtual operator service to an

ADMOSS call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 10+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOOCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

MODIFY ADMOSS CALL TYPE

This input format is used to modify an ADMOSS call type.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CALLTYPE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,CTYP= <,NCTYP= ,LAC= ,DN= 1
1 1
1 ,CLAC= ,CDN= ,CTYPFEA= ,CCTYPFEA= ,CTYPR= 1
1 1
1 ,CCTYPR= ,DICON= ,CDICON= ,INCEPT= ,CINCEPT= 1
1 1
1 ,GOS= ,CGOS= ,APPLID= ,VOPSERV= ,OCALSEQ= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,LANG= ,CLANG=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS or CENTREX call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NCTYP NEW CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the new name of the ADMOSS or

CENTREX call type.

Prerequisites:
- The new name must not exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of the call type.

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 11+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOOCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several

local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLAC CANCEL LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the cancel local area code of the call
type.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CDN CANCEL DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the cancel directory number of the

call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CTYPFEA CALL TYPE FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of the call type.

Following inputs are allowed:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC
AUTOGR
SCREENLT
NATDNA
INATDNA
NATDNAR
INATDNAR
RNATDNA
RINATDNA
RCSROPR
RCSRANN
RCSRLS
VOPRSVP
CTLIST
ACDMON
ROUTING
ENHROUT
INETSERV
RMTAP
RECNPREV
AUTOSWS
FEA1
FEA2
FEA3
FEA4
FEA5
FEA6
FEA7
FEA8

Following inputs are incompatible for one Calltype:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 12+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOOCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SPECOP & RCSROPR

SPECOP & RCSRANN
SPECOP & RCSRLS
SPECOP & CTLIST

AUTOCB & RCSROPR

AUTOCB & RCSRANN
AUTOCB & RCSRLS

AUTOTC & RCSROPR

AUTOTC & RCSRANN
AUTOTC & RCSRLS
AUTOTC & CTLIST

RCSROPR & RCSRANN

RCSROPR & RCSRLS
RCSRANN & RCSRLS

ACDMON & ROUTING

ACDMON & ENHROUT
ROUTING & ENHROUT
INETSERV & SPECOP
INETSERV & AUTOCB
INETSERV & AUTOTC
INETSERV & AUTOGR
INETSERV & SCREENLT
INETSERV & NATDNA
INETSERV & INATDNA
INETSERV & NATDNAR
INETSERV & INATDNAR
INETSERV & RNATDNA
INETSERV & RINATDNA
INETSERV & RCSROPR
INETSERV & RCSRANN
INETSERV & RCSRLS
INETSERV & VOPRSVP
INETSERV & CTLIST
INETSERV & ACDMON
INETSERV & ROUTING
INETSERV & ENHROUT
INETSERV & RMTAP
INETSERV & RECNPREV
INETSERV & AUTOSWS
INETSERV & FEA1
INETSERV & FEA2
INETSERV & FEA3
INETSERV & FEA4
INETSERV & FEA5
INETSERV & FEA6
INETSERV & FEA7
INETSERV & FEA8

Following Call Type Feature are only once allowed in a

Common Service Group:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACDMON ACTIVATES CDS MONITORING

AUTOCB AUTOMATIC CALL BACK
AUTOGR AUTOMATIC GREETING
AUTOSWS AUTOMATIC SYNCHR.WEB SURFING
AUTOTC AUTOMATIC TIME & CHARGE
CTLIST CALL TRANSFER LIST
ENHROUT ENHANCED ROUTING
FEA1 FEATURE 1
FEA2 FEATURE 2
FEA3 FEATURE 3
FEA4 FEATURE 4
FEA5 FEATURE 5
FEA6 FEATURE 6
FEA7 FEATURE 7

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 13+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOOCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FEA8 FEATURE 8
INATDNA INAT.DN ASSISTANCE
INATDNAR INAT.DN ASSIST.WITH RECON.POS.
INETSERV INTERNET SERVICE
NATDNA NAT.DN ASSISTANCE
NATDNAR NAT.DN ASSIST.WITH RECON.POSS.
RCSRANN RCS RECONNECT TO ANNOUNCEMENT
RCSRLS RCS RELEASE CALL
RCSROPR RCS RECONNECT TO OPERATOR
RECNPREV RECONNECT IN PREV.CALL CENTER
RINATDNA RECONNECT FROM INAT.DN ASSIST.
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
RNATDNA RECONNECT FROM NAT.DN ASSIST.
ROUTING ROUTING
SCREENLT SCREENING LIST
SPECOP SPECIFIC OPERATOR
VOPRSVP VIRT.OPR.SERVICE POSSIBLE

CCTYPFEA CANCEL CALL TYPE FEATURE

This parameter cancel the feature for a call type.

Following inputs are allowed:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC
AUTOGR
SCREENLT
NATDNA
INATDNA
NATDNAR
INATDNAR
RNATDNA
RINATDNA
RCSROPR
RCSRANN
RCSRLS
VOPRSVP
CTLIST
ACDMON
ROUTING
ENHROUT
INETSERV
RMTAP
RECNPREV
AUTOSWS
FEA1
FEA2
FEA3
FEA4
FEA5
FEA6
FEA7
FEA8

Following inputs are incompatible for one Calltype:

SPECOP & RCSROPR

SPECOP & RCSRANN
SPECOP & RCSRLS
SPECOP & CTLIST

AUTOCB & RCSROPR

AUTOCB & RCSRANN
AUTOCB & RCSRLS

AUTOTC & RCSROPR

AUTOTC & RCSRANN
AUTOTC & RCSRLS
AUTOTC & CTLIST

RCSROPR & RCSRANN

RCSROPR & RCSRLS
RCSRANN & RCSRLS

ACDMON & ROUTING

ACDMON & ENHROUT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 14+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOOCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ROUTING & ENHROUT

INETSERV & SPECOP
INETSERV & AUTOCB
INETSERV & AUTOTC
INETSERV & AUTOGR
INETSERV & SCREENLT
INETSERV & NATDNA
INETSERV & INATDNA
INETSERV & NATDNAR
INETSERV & INATDNAR
INETSERV & RNATDNA
INETSERV & RINATDNA
INETSERV & RCSROPR
INETSERV & RCSRANN
INETSERV & RCSRLS
INETSERV & VOPRSVP
INETSERV & CTLIST
INETSERV & ACDMON
INETSERV & ROUTING
INETSERV & ENHROUT
INETSERV & RMTAP
INETSERV & RECNPREV
INETSERV & AUTOSWS
INETSERV & FEA1
INETSERV & FEA2
INETSERV & FEA3
INETSERV & FEA4
INETSERV & FEA5
INETSERV & FEA6
INETSERV & FEA7
INETSERV & FEA8

Following Call Type Feature are only once allowed in a

Common Service Group:

SPECOP
AUTOCB
AUTOTC

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACDMON ACTIVATES CDS MONITORING

AUTOCB AUTOMATIC CALL BACK
AUTOGR AUTOMATIC GREETING
AUTOSWS AUTOMATIC SYNCHR.WEB SURFING
AUTOTC AUTOMATIC TIME & CHARGE
CTLIST CALL TRANSFER LIST
ENHROUT ENHANCED ROUTING
FEA1 FEATURE 1
FEA2 FEATURE 2
FEA3 FEATURE 3
FEA4 FEATURE 4
FEA5 FEATURE 5
FEA6 FEATURE 6
FEA7 FEATURE 7
FEA8 FEATURE 8
INATDNA INAT.DN ASSISTANCE
INATDNAR INAT.DN ASSIST.WITH RECON.POS.
INETSERV INTERNET SERVICE
NATDNA NAT.DN ASSISTANCE
NATDNAR NAT.DN ASSIST.WITH RECON.POSS.
RCSRANN RCS RECONNECT TO ANNOUNCEMENT
RCSRLS RCS RELEASE CALL
RCSROPR RCS RECONNECT TO OPERATOR
RECNPREV RECONNECT IN PREV.CALL CENTER
RINATDNA RECONNECT FROM INAT.DN ASSIST.
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
RNATDNA RECONNECT FROM NAT.DN ASSIST.
ROUTING ROUTING
SCREENLT SCREENING LIST
SPECOP SPECIFIC OPERATOR
VOPRSVP VIRT.OPR.SERVICE POSSIBLE

CTYPR CALL TYPE RECONNECTED

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS reconnected call type.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 15+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOOCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CCTYPR CANCEL CALL TYPE RECONNECTED

This parameter cancel the ADMOSS reconnected call type.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DICON DIGIT CONVERTING CODE

This parameter specifies the digit converting code.

It is entered to modify the existing dial information.

The following modifications can be made:

- removal of digits
- insertion of digits
- replacement of digits

Valid input characters:

0-9, A-F, #, +, ., X

The control characters have the following significance:

X : The character of the old code remains as it is.
. : The character of the old code is deleted.
+ : The character following this character, up to the
next control character, are inserted or added at the
appropriate place.

Example:
a = 123XX. specifies that the first 3 digits of the existing
dial information are replaced by 123, the next 2 digits remain
and the 6th digits is omitted.
The existing dial information 7944583 is changed to 123453.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CDICON CANCEL DIGIT CONVERTING CODE

This parameter specifies the cancel digit converting code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INCEPT INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the intercept for a call type.

For following intercepts only the fix Part is allowed:

QPOS
QWAIT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: INTERCEPT WITH DATA

FUTURE1 FUTURE 1
FUTURE2 FUTURE 2

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 16+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOOCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

GREET SERV.GREETING ANNOUNCEMENT

OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUE
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
QPOS QUEUE POSITION ANNOUNCEMENT
QWAIT QUEUE WAITING ANNOUNCEMENT
ROUTFAIL ROUTING FAILED
TAGUNMAN TASKGROUP UNMANNED

b: NAME=
1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

CINCEPT CANCEL INTERCEPT

This parameter cancels the intercept for a call type.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FUTURE1 FUTURE 1
FUTURE2 FUTURE 2
GREET SERV.GREETING ANNOUNCEMENT
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUE
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
QPOS QUEUE POSITION ANNOUNCEMENT
QWAIT QUEUE WAITING ANNOUNCEMENT
ROUTFAIL ROUTING FAILED
TAGUNMAN TASKGROUP UNMANNED

GOS GRADE OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the grade of service for a call type.

For following grade of service only the first time-value
can be supplied:
QWAIT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: GOS WITH DATA

HOLD HOLDING
QABANDC QUEUEING TIME ABANDONED CALLS
QPRESC QUEUEING TIME PRESENTED CALLS
QWAIT QUEUEING WAITING TIME

b: TIME1=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

c: TIME2=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

d: TIME3=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

CGOS CANCEL GRADE OF SERVICE

This parameter cancels the grade of service for a call type.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

HOLD HOLDING
QABANDC QUEUEING TIME ABANDONED CALLS
QPRESC QUEUEING TIME PRESENTED CALLS
QWAIT QUEUEING WAITING TIME

APPLID APPLICATION

This parameter specifies the Application Identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 17+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOOCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

0...255, range of decimal numbers

VOPSERV VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE

This parameter assignes one virtual operator service to an

ADMOSS call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACC AUTOMATIC CALL COMPLETION

IVR INTERACTIVE VOICE RESPONSE
NOSERV NO SERVICE
ONAA ONE NUMBER AGENT ACCESS
SEMADA SEMI AUTOMATIC DIR.ASSISTANCE
VOPS01 VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE 1
VOPS02 VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE 2
VOPS03 VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE 3
VOPS04 VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE 4
VOPS05 VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE 5
VOPS06 VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE 6
VOPS07 VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE 7
VOPS08 VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE 8
VOPS09 VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE 9
VOPS10 VIRTUAL OPERATOR SERVICE 10
VOPS11 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 11
VOPS12 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 12
VOPS13 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 13
VOPS14 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 14
VOPS15 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 15
VOPS16 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 16
VOPS17 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 17
VOPS18 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 18
VOPS19 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 19
VOPS20 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 20
VOPS21 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 21
VOPS22 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 22
VOPS23 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 23
VOPS24 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 24
VOPS25 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 25
VOPS26 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 26
VOPS27 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 27
VOPS28 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 28
VOPS29 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 29
VOPS30 VIRT.OPERATOR SERVICE 30

OCALSEQ OCANEQ KIND & SEQ OF LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the languages of the announcements and the

sequences of these languages for QPOS and QWAIT. Input of up to
4 languages for one sequence is possible.
Value NONE indicates the use of the switch-specific value entered by
the command MOD CALLPOPT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

L1
L1L2
L1L2L3
L1L2L3L4
L1L2L4
L1L2L4L3
L1L3
L1L3L2
L1L3L2L4
L1L3L4
L1L3L4L2
L1L4
L1L4L2
L1L4L2L3
L1L4L3
L1L4L3L2
L2
L2L1
L2L1L3
L2L1L3L4
L2L1L4

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 18+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOOCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

L2L1L4L3
L2L3
L2L3L1
L2L3L1L4
L2L3L4
L2L3L4L1
L2L4
L2L4L1
L2L4L1L3
L2L4L3
L2L4L3L1
L3
L3L1
L3L1L2
L3L1L2L4
L3L1L4
L3L1L4L2
L3L2
L3L2L1
L3L2L1L4
L3L2L4
L3L2L4L1
L3L4
L3L4L1
L3L4L1L2
L3L4L2
L3L4L2L1
L4
L4L1
L4L1L2
L4L1L2L3
L4L1L3
L4L1L3L2
L4L2
L4L2L1
L4L2L1L3
L4L2L3
L4L2L3L1
L4L3
L4L3L1
L4L3L1L2
L4L3L2
L4L3L2L1
NONE

Default: NONE

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the language of the call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL LANGUAGE1
LOCAL2 LOCAL LANGUAGE2
LOCAL3 LOCAL LANGUAGE3
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

CLANG CANCEL LANGUAGE

This parameter cancels the language for a call type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 19+

 MOD CALLTYPE
MOOCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LOCAL1 LOCAL LANGUAGE1

LOCAL2 LOCAL LANGUAGE2
LOCAL3 LOCAL LANGUAGE3
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CALLTYPE- 20-

 CAN CAP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CALL PROCESSOR

This command cancels a call processor.

Prerequisites:
- The call processor must be PLA.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CAP : CAP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CAP CALL PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the call processor to be cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CAP- 1-

 CONF CAP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE CALL PROCESSOR

This command configures a call processor.

Notes:
- The configuration from ACT to MBL and the configuration from
MBL or UNA to ACT is considered dangerous.
A dialog mask is output. The operating personnel must decide by
entering ’+’ or ’-’ whether the command should be executed.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF CAP : CAP= ,OST= [,DIAG=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CAP CALL PROCESSOR NUMBER

This parameter specifies the call processor to be configured.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter specifies the target operating state.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED

DIAG DIAGNOSIS

This parameter allows diagnosis before configuration to ACT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CONFIGURE WITHOUT DIAGNOSIS

NO CONFIGURE WITHOUT DIAGNOSIS
Y CONFIGURE WITH DIAGNOSIS
YES CONFIGURE WITH DIAGNOSIS

Default: YES

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CAP- 1-

 CR CAP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CALL PROCESSOR

This command creates a call processor.

The created call processor is in the operating state PLA after the
command has been executed.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CAP : CAP= ,PBI= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CAP CALL PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the call processor to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9, range of decimal numbers

PBI PHYSICAL BUS INTERFACE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the physical bus interface number.

Notes:
- The physical bus interface number depends on the mounting location
of the call processor.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...15, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CAP- 1-
 DIAG CAP
DIAG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE CALL PROCESSOR

This command initiates single, repeated or permanent diagnostic runs

for a call processor.

Prerequisites:
- The call processor must be MBL.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DIAG CAP - DIAG SINGLE DIAGNOSIS

2. DIAG CAP - REPDIAG REPEATED DIAGNOSIS

1. Input format

SINGLE DIAGNOSIS

This input initiates a single diagnosis for a call processor.

The diagnosis includes a BCMY interface test.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG CAP : CAP= [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CAP CALL PROCESSOR NUMBER

This parameter specifies the call processor to be diagnosed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9, range of decimal numbers

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG CAP- 1+

 DIAG CAP
REPDIAG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

REPEATED DIAGNOSIS

This input initiates a repeated or permanent diagnosis for a call

processor. The diagnosis does not include a BCMY interface test.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG CAP : CAP= ,REP= [,INT=] [,STATCS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CAP CALL PROCESSOR NUMBER

This parameter specifies the call processor to be diagnosed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9, range of decimal numbers

REP REPEAT

Valid values are :

2...65535 for repeated diagnosis
PERM for permanent diagnosis with unlimited number
of runs (termination with command STOP JOB)

This parameter specifies the number of diagnostic runs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INT INTERRUPT DIAGNOSTIC CYCLE

This parameter specifies that a repeated or permanent diagnosis is

interrupted as soon as a fault is detected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CONTINUE IN CASE OF FAULT

NO CONTINUE IN CASE OF FAULT
Y TERMINATE IN CASE OF FAULT
YES TERMINATE IN CASE OF FAULT

Default: NO

STATCS OUTPUT OF STATISTICS

This parameter specifies the interval between statistic outputs

in minutes.

Notes:
- Statistic output can also be requested with the DISP DIAGSTAT
command.

Standard Behavior: no statistic output

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...60, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG CAP- 2-

 DISP CAP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL PROCESSOR

This command displays all call processors with their physical bus
interface numbers.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CAP ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CAP- 1-

 TEST CAP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST CALL PROCESSOR

This command tests a call processor.

Prerequisites:
- The call processor must be ACT.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST CAP : [CAP=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CAP CALL PROCESSOR NUMBER

This parameter specifies the call processor to be tested.

Notes:
- If the optional unit parameter is omitted, all active call processors
are tested.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9, range of decimal numbers

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST CAP- 1-

 CAN CATAST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CATASTROPHE CONDITION

This command cancels the catastrophe condition for a LAC.

All subscribers are allowed to originate calls independently from catastrophe

immunities after execution of this command.

The display of CAT1 or CAT2 on the system panel is canceled if the

command has been successfully executed and no other LAC remains in this
status.

The command is acknowledged with PART. EXEC’D if the data cannot be transmitted
to all operational LTGs (i.e. those with OST = ACT or CBL). The
data are transferred in this case to the LTG when the LTG is reloaded the next
time from the CP memory.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CATAST : [LAC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local network for which the catastrophe
condition is being canceled.

The parameter is mandatory if more than one LAC is defined for

the exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CATAST- 1-

 DISP CATAST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CATASTROPHE CONDITION

This command displays the currently valid catastrophe condition(s) of one or all
LACs.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CATAST : [LAC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code which is selected for the
display of the catastrophe condition.

If the parameter is omitted or an X is entered, then the catastrophe

conditions of all local area codes in the exchange are displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CATAST- 1-

 ENTR CATAST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CATASTROPHE CONDITION

This command enters a catastrophe condition for a LAC.

Attention:
Subscribers without an catastrophe immunity cannot originate any call after the
execution of this command. Terminating calls are not affected from the execution
of this command.
Subscribers need one of the catastrophe immunity values CATIM1 or CATIM2
for the origination of calls if CATCON = 1 has been activated for the LAC
where they belong to.
Subscribers need the catastrophe immunity value CATIM2 for the origination of
calls if CATCON = 2 has been activated.

Depending on the CATCON value one of the lamps CAT1 or CAT2 is

activated at the system panel if the command has been successfully executed.
No status change occurs at the system panel if that lamp was already active
before the execution of this command.
The current system status concerning the catastrophe conditions may be checked
using either DISP CATAST or DISP INDIC.

The command is acknowledged with PART. EXEC’D if the data can’t be transmitted
to all operational LTGs (i.e. those with OST = ACT or CBL). The
data are transferred in this case to the LTG when the LTG is reloaded the next
time from the CP memory.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CATAST : CATCON= [,LAC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CATCON CATASTROPHE CONDITION

This parameter specifies the catastrophe condition of a local network

of the exchange.

CATCON = 2 is more restrictive than CATCON = 1.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2, range of decimal numbers

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local network for which the catastrophe
condition is being assigned.

The parameter is mandatory if more than one LAC is defined for

the exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CATAST- 1-

 DISP CBDATA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL BOOKING DATA

This command displays call booking data as a priority percentage.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CBDATA ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CBDATA- 1-

 ENTR CBDATA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CALL BOOKING DATA

This command enters the call booking data.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CBDATA : PRIPCT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PRIPCT PRIORITY PERCENTAGE

This parameter specifies the priority percentage of call bookings.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...100, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CBDATA- 1-

 CAN CBLIMIT
CANCSGRL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CALL BOOKING LIMIT DATA

This command cancels a call booking limit for a specified time period
- for a specified OSS common service group,
- for a specified destination.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CAN CBLIMIT - CANCSGRL CANCEL CSGROUP CBLIMIT

2. CAN CBLIMIT - CANDESTL CANCEL DESTINATION CBLIMIT

1. Input format

CANCEL CSGROUP CBLIMIT

This input format is used to cancel a call booking

limit of an OSS common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CBLIMIT : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= [,TIME=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- This parameter has to be entered, if call booking limit for a
common service group is to be canceled.
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.
- The parameter is not required, if system call booking limit or
destination limit is to be canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

Notes:
- This parameter has to be entered, if call booking limit for a
common service group is to be canceled.
- The parameter is not required, if system call booking limit or
destination limit is to be canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the time period for which the call booking
limit will be canceled.

Notes:
- This parameter can be omitted, if all call booking limits of
a destination are to be canceled.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CBLIMIT- 1+

 CAN CBLIMIT
CANCSGRL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of time period.

b: MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of time period.

Notes:
- Allowed values: 00, 15, 30, 45.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CBLIMIT- 2+

 CAN CBLIMIT
CANDESTL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CANCEL DESTINATION CBLIMIT

This input format is used to cancel a call booking

limit of a destination.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CBLIMIT : DEST= [,TIME=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination area name. This parameter

allows only alphanumeric characters.

Notes:
- The parameter is required if call booking limit for a destination
is to be canceled.
- The parameter has to be omitted, if system call booking limit or
common service group booking limit is to be canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the time period for which the call booking
limit will be canceled.

Notes:
- This parameter can be omitted, if all call booking limits of
a destination are to be canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of time period.

b: MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of time period.

Notes:
- Allowed values: 00, 15, 30, 45.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CBLIMIT- 3-

 CR CBLIMIT
CRCSGRL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CALL BOOKING LIMIT DATA

This command creates a call booking limit and clic to contact

limit for a specified time period
- for a specified OSS common service group,
- for a specified destination.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR CBLIMIT - CRCSGRL CREATE CSGROUP CBLIMIT

2. CR CBLIMIT - CRDESTL CREATE DESTINATION CBLIMIT

1. Input format

CREATE CSGROUP CBLIMIT

This input format is used to create a call booking

limit for an OSS common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CBLIMIT : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TIME= ,CALLS= [,CONTACTS=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- This parameter has to be entered, if call booking limit for a
common service group is to be created.
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.
- The parameter is not required, if system call booking limit or
destination limit is to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

Notes:
- This parameter has to be entered, if call booking limit for a
common service group is to be created.
- The parameter is not required, if system call booking limit or
destination limit is to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the time period for which the call booking
limit will be created.

Notes:
- Up to 8 time periods allowed.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CBLIMIT- 1+
 CR CBLIMIT
CRCSGRL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of time period.

b: MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of time period.

Notes:
- Allowed values: 00, 15, 30, 45.

CALLS NUMBER OF BOOKINGS

This parameter specifies the number of call bookings allowed

for the time period.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

CONTACTS CLICK TO CONTACT LIMITS

This parameter specifies the number of click to contact

bookings allowed for the time period.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0-2000, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CBLIMIT- 2+
 CR CBLIMIT
CRDESTL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CREATE DESTINATION CBLIMIT

This input format is used to create a call booking

limit for a destination.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CBLIMIT : DEST= ,TIME= ,CALLS= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination area name. This parameter

allows only alphanumeric characters.

Notes:
- The parameter is required if call booking limit for a destination
is to be created.
- The parameter has to be omitted, if system call booking limit or
common service group booking limit is to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the time period for which the call booking
limit will be created.

Notes:
- Up to 8 time periods allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of time period.

b: MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of time period.

Notes:
- Allowed values: 00, 15, 30, 45.

CALLS NUMBER OF BOOKINGS

This parameter specifies the number of call bookings allowed

for the time period.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CBLIMIT- 3-
 DISP CBLIMIT
DICSGRL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL BOOKING LIMIT

This command displays call booking limits

- for a specified OSS common service group,
- for a specified destination.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CBLIMIT - DICSGRL DISPLAY CSGROUP CBLIMIT

2. DISP CBLIMIT - DIDESTL DISPLAY DESTINATION CBLIMIT

1. Input format

DISPLAY CSGROUP CBLIMIT

This input format is used to display call booking

limits for an OSS common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CBLIMIT : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- This parameter has to be entered, if call booking limits for a
common service group are to be displayed.
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.
- The parameter is not required, if system call booking limits or
destination limits are to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

Notes:
- This parameter has to be entered, if call booking limits for a
common service group are to be displayed.
- The parameter is not required, if system call booking limits or
destination limits are to be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CBLIMIT- 1+

 DISP CBLIMIT
DIDESTL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DISPLAY DESTINATION CBLIMIT

This input format is used to display call booking

limits for one or more destinations.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CBLIMIT : DEST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination area name. This parameter

allows only alphanumeric characters.

Notes:
- The parameter is required if call booking limits for a destination
are to be displayed.
- The parameter has to be omitted, if system call booking limits or
common service group booking limits are to be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CBLIMIT- 2-

 MOD CBLIMIT
MODCSGRL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CALL BOOKING LIMIT DATA

This command modifies a call booking limit and click to contact

limit for a specified time period
- for a specified OSS common service group,
- for a specified destination.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD CBLIMIT - MODCSGRL MODIFY CSGROUP CBLIMIT

2. MOD CBLIMIT - MODDESTL MODIFY DESTINATION CBLIMIT

1. Input format

MODIFY CSGROUP CBLIMIT

This input format is used to modify a call booking

limit for an OSS common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CBLIMIT : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TIME= [,NTIME=] [,CALLS=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CONTACTS=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- This parameter has to be entered, if call booking limit for a
common service group is to be modified.
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into
several local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.
- The parameter is not required, if system call booking limit or
destination limit is to be modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

Notes:
- This parameter has to be entered, if call booking limit for a
common service group is to be modified.
- The parameter is not required, if system call booking limit or
destination limit is to be modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the time period for which the call booking
limit will be applied.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CBLIMIT- 1+

 MOD CBLIMIT
MODCSGRL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of time period.

b: MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of time period.

Notes:
- Allowed values: 00, 15, 30, 45.

NTIME NEW TIME

This parameter specifies the new value for the begin of time period for
which the call booking limit will be applied.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of time period.

b: MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of time period.

Notes:
- Allowed values: 00, 15, 30, 45.

CALLS NUMBER OF BOOKINGS

This parameter specifies the number of call bookings allowed

for the time period.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

CONTACTS CLICK TO CONTACT LIMITS

This parameter specifies the number of clict to contact

bookings allowed for the time period.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0-2000, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CBLIMIT- 2+

 MOD CBLIMIT
MODDESTL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MODIFY DESTINATION CBLIMIT

This input format is used to modify a call booking

limit for a destination.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CBLIMIT : DEST= ,TIME= [,NTIME=] [,CALLS=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination area name. This parameter

allows only alphanumeric characters.

Notes:
- The parameter is required if call booking limit for a destination
is to be modified.
- The parameter has to be omitted, if system call booking limit or
common service group booking limit is to be modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the time period for which the call booking
limit will be applied.

n
n/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of time period.

b: MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of time period.

Notes:
- Allowed values: 00, 15, 30, 45.

NTIME NEW TIME

This parameter specifies the new value for the begin of time period for
which the call booking limit will be applied.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of time period.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CBLIMIT- 3+

 MOD CBLIMIT
MODDESTL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of time period.

Notes:
- Allowed values: 00, 15, 30, 45.

CALLS NUMBER OF BOOKINGS

This parameter specifies the number of call bookings allowed

for the time period.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CBLIMIT- 4-

 ACT CBPGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This command activates either a single or all code block point groups.

It is not possible to activate the code block point group named

"MABEZ",because this group is internally used for traffic monitoring
of mass call destinations (MABEZ destinations).
Activation of all code block point groups does not include the
code block point group "MABEZ".

Prerequisites:
- The given code block point group must exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT CBPGRP : CBPGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CBPGRP CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of an existing code block point

group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CBPGRP- 1-

 CAN CBPGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This command cancels a code block point group.

It is not possible to cancel the code block point group named
"MABEZ", because this group is used for traffic monitoring of
mass call destinations (MABEZ destinations) and is therefore
internally created and cancelled.

Prerequisites:
- No code block point is assigned to this group.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CBPGRP : CBPGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CBPGRP CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the existing code block

point group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CBPGRP- 1-

 CR CBPGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This command creates a code block point group for the control
function Leaky Bucket. A number of code points may be assigned to
a code block point group with the MML command CR CBPT.
The Leaky Bucket control function limits the number of call attempts
to the code block points of the group to a predefined call attempt
rate. Reduction is active if the defined threshold of call attempts
per second is exceeded.
This results in the rejection of all call attempts to this group
which exceed the predefined limit (parameter LBUCLCR).

Notes:
- It is not possible to create a code block point group named
"MABEZ", because this group is internally used for traffic
monitoring of mass call destinations (MABEZ destinations).
- The number of code block point groups within an exchange is
limited to 500.
- The administered leaky bucket threshold may not be less than
the administered leaky bucket limit call rate.
- The maximum number of code block points assigned to one CBPGRP
is 64.
- The CBPGRP has to be activated by the command ACT CBPGRP,
in order to start traffic control.
- The network management function Leaky Bucket may be activated
(parameter PRIVTRAF=CNTRL, standard value) or deactivated
(parameter PRIVTRAF=NOCNTRL) for a privileged subscriber
(i.e. BEV subscriber).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CBPGRP : CBPGRP= ,LBUCLCR= [,LBTHR=] [,PRIVTRAF=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CBPGRP CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of a code block point group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LBUCLCR LEAKY BUCKET LIMIT CALL RATE

This parameter specifies the limit of call attempts for the Leaky
Bucket function.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LCPS0P05 LIMIT 0.05 CALLS PER SECOND

LCPS0P1 LIMIT 0.1 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P15 LIMIT 0.15 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P2 LIMIT 0.2 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P25 LIMIT 0.25 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P3 LIMIT 0.3 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P35 LIMIT 0.35 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P4 LIMIT 0.4 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P45 LIMIT 0.45 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P5 LIMIT 0.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P55 LIMIT 0.55 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P6 LIMIT 0.6 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P65 LIMIT 0.65 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P7 LIMIT 0.7 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P75 LIMIT 0.75 CALLS PER SECOND

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CBPGRP- 1+
 CR CBPGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LCPS0P8 LIMIT 0.8 CALLS PER SECOND

LCPS0P85 LIMIT 0.85 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P9 LIMIT 0.9 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P95 LIMIT 0.95 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS1P0 LIMIT 1.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS1P2 LIMIT 1.2 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS1P4 LIMIT 1.4 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS1P6 LIMIT 1.6 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS1P8 LIMIT 1.8 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS2P0 LIMIT 2.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS2P2 LIMIT 2.2 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS2P4 LIMIT 2.4 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS2P6 LIMIT 2.6 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS2P8 LIMIT 2.8 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS3P0 LIMIT 3.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS3P2 LIMIT 3.2 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS3P4 LIMIT 3.4 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS3P6 LIMIT 3.6 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS3P8 LIMIT 3.8 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS4P0 LIMIT 4.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS4P2 LIMIT 4.2 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS4P4 LIMIT 4.4 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS4P6 LIMIT 4.6 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS4P8 LIMIT 4.8 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS5P0 LIMIT 5.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS5P5 LIMIT 5.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS6P0 LIMIT 6.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS6P5 LIMIT 6.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS7P0 LIMIT 7.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS7P5 LIMIT 7.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS8P0 LIMIT 8.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS8P5 LIMIT 8.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS9P0 LIMIT 9.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS9P5 LIMIT 9.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS10P0 LIMIT 10.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS12P0 LIMIT 12.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS14P0 LIMIT 14.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS16P0 LIMIT 16.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS18P0 LIMIT 18.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS20P0 LIMIT 20.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS22P0 LIMIT 22.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS24P0 LIMIT 24.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS26P0 LIMIT 26.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS28P0 LIMIT 28.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS30P0 LIMIT 30.0 CALLS PER SECOND

LBTHR LEAKY BUCKET THRESHOLD

This parameter specifies the maximum number of call

attempts per second which are not controlled by
Leaky Bucket.
Standard value of this parameter is 30 calls.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...256, range of decimal numbers

PRIVTRAF PRIVILEGED TRAFFIC

This parameter specifies the privileged traffic,

i.e. traffic initiated by a BEV subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NOCNTRL NO_CONTROL
This parameter value specifies that privileged
traffic is not subject to the blocking function
Leaky Bucket.
CNTRL CONTROL
This parameter value specifies that privileged
traffic is subject to the blocking function
Leaky Bucket.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CBPGRP- 2-
 DACT CBPGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This command deactivates either a single or all code block point groups.
Code block points connected to this code block point group will thus
no longer be blocked via the code block point translator.

It is not possible to deactivate the code block point group named

"MABEZ" because this group is used internally for traffic monitoring
of mass call destinations (MABEZ destinations).
Deactivation of all code block point groups does not include the
code block point group "MABEZ".

The deactivation of a code block point group has no effect on the

related code block points. Call Processing always has to process all
digits of the code block points before the activity status of the
code block point group can be evaluated.

Prerequisites:
- The given code block point group must exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DACT CBPGRP : CBPGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CBPGRP CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of an existing code block point

group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CBPGRP- 1-

 DISP CBPGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This command displays a single, all or a list of code block point

groups with their specified limit call rate and the indicator for
privileged traffic.
The data of the code block point group "MABEZ" will be displayed,
although this code block point group is not created by the command
CR CBPGRP.
This code block point group is created internally after activation
of mass call event recognition, detection of a mass call event and
start of rate reduction for the relevant code.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CBPGRP : CBPGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CBPGRP CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of an existing code block point

group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CBPGRP- 1-

 MOD CBPGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This command changes the limit call rate, leaky bucket threshold
and the indicator for privileged traffic for the specified CBPGRP.

Notes:
- The limit call rate can be changed at any time, i.e. even when
the controlling network function is in use.
- It is not possible to modify the code block point group named
"MABEZ" because this group is used internally for traffic
monitoring of mass call destinations (MABEZ destinations).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CBPGRP : CBPGRP= <,LBUCLCR= ,LBTHR= ,PRIVTRAF=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CBPGRP CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of an existing code block

point group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LBUCLCR LEAKY BUCKET LIMIT CALL RATE

This parameter specifies the limit of call attempts for the Leaky
Bucket function.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LCPS0P05 LIMIT 0.05 CALLS PER SECOND

LCPS0P1 LIMIT 0.1 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P15 LIMIT 0.15 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P2 LIMIT 0.2 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P25 LIMIT 0.25 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P3 LIMIT 0.3 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P35 LIMIT 0.35 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P4 LIMIT 0.4 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P45 LIMIT 0.45 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P5 LIMIT 0.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P55 LIMIT 0.55 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P6 LIMIT 0.6 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P65 LIMIT 0.65 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P7 LIMIT 0.7 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P75 LIMIT 0.75 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P8 LIMIT 0.8 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P85 LIMIT 0.85 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P9 LIMIT 0.9 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS0P95 LIMIT 0.95 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS1P0 LIMIT 1.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS1P2 LIMIT 1.2 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS1P4 LIMIT 1.4 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS1P6 LIMIT 1.6 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS1P8 LIMIT 1.8 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS2P0 LIMIT 2.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS2P2 LIMIT 2.2 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS2P4 LIMIT 2.4 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS2P6 LIMIT 2.6 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS2P8 LIMIT 2.8 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS3P0 LIMIT 3.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS3P2 LIMIT 3.2 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS3P4 LIMIT 3.4 CALLS PER SECOND

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CBPGRP- 1+

 MOD CBPGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LCPS3P6 LIMIT 3.6 CALLS PER SECOND

LCPS3P8 LIMIT 3.8 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS4P0 LIMIT 4.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS4P2 LIMIT 4.2 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS4P4 LIMIT 4.4 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS4P6 LIMIT 4.6 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS4P8 LIMIT 4.8 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS5P0 LIMIT 5.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS5P5 LIMIT 5.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS6P0 LIMIT 6.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS6P5 LIMIT 6.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS7P0 LIMIT 7.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS7P5 LIMIT 7.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS8P0 LIMIT 8.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS8P5 LIMIT 8.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS9P0 LIMIT 9.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS9P5 LIMIT 9.5 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS10P0 LIMIT 10.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS12P0 LIMIT 12.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS14P0 LIMIT 14.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS16P0 LIMIT 16.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS18P0 LIMIT 18.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS20P0 LIMIT 20.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS22P0 LIMIT 22.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS24P0 LIMIT 24.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS26P0 LIMIT 26.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS28P0 LIMIT 28.0 CALLS PER SECOND
LCPS30P0 LIMIT 30.0 CALLS PER SECOND

LBTHR LEAKY BUCKET THRESHOLD

This parameter specifies the maximum number of call

attempts per second which are not controlled
by Leaky Bucket.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...256, range of decimal numbers

PRIVTRAF PRIVILEGED TRAFFIC

This parameter specifies the privileged traffic,

i.e. traffic initiated by a BEV subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NOCNTRL NO_CONTROL
This parameter value specifies that privileged
traffic is not subject to the blocking function
Leaky Bucket.
CNTRL CONTROL
This parameter value specifies that privileged
traffic is subject to the blocking function
Leaky Bucket.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CBPGRP- 2-

 CAN CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CODE BLOCK POINT

This command cancels a code block point.

The code block point is either defined by NAME or by the

combination of CODE, ORIGDC or CAT.

Prerequisite:
- The code block point already exists.

Notes:
- It is not possible to cancel code block points belonging to
the code block point group "MABEZ", because they are used
internally to reduce traffic to mass call destinations
(MABEZ destinations).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1CODE=1 (;) 1
1 CAN CBPT : ZNAME=Y [,ORIGDC=] [,CAT=] Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION CODE

This parameter specifies the digit combination (i.e. the destination)

where traffic is blocked.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NAME CODE BLOCK POINT OBJECT NAME

This parameter specifies the code block point object.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ORIGDC ORIG FOR DESTINATION CONTROLS

This parameter specifies the originating mark of the code block point.
ORIGDC serves as a criterion for selective blocking of traffic to
the entered digit combination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3839, range of decimal numbers

CAT CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the category of the code block point.

CAT serves as a criterion for selective blocking of traffic
to the entered digit combination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER

SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT
COINB COIN BOX
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CBPT- 1+

 CAN CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL

DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
OPOSINAT OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CBPT- 2-

 CR CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CODE BLOCK POINT

This command creates a code block point, i.e. a network traffic

management control is defined for the specified digit combination.

The parameter NAME specifies the code block point object.

The type of network traffic management control is defined by the

parameters PERC, CGAP or CBPGRP.

The destination code to be controlled by code blocking may be national

or international telephone numbers, service codes, local area codes,
carrier codes, country codes, etc. or suitable concatenations of these.
All code block points have to be preceded by the international or, if
applicable, the national prefix.

Especially in an open numbering plan using local areas a code block point
controlling a subscriber number has to be build by concatenation of
the national prefix, the local area code and the subscriber number.
In a closed numbering plan without local areas the subscriber number itself
has a national significant format and can be created as code block point.

Example: Within the local area 089 of an exchange a subscriber number

4711 exists.
- The code block point 0894711 blocks traffic to the given subscriber.
- The code block point 089 blocks traffic to the local area 089.
- If there is another local area 088 within the exchange, the code block
point 08 blocks the traffic to 088 and 089.
- The code 4711 is not controlled by code blocking as it represents not
a national or international telephone number or the most signficant digits
of such a number.

Code block points consist of digit combinations together with parameters

ORIGDC und CAT. Because the digit translator is not checked
to ensure that a code point exists for this digit combination, only code
block points should be created which refer to existing code points in
the digit translator.

This command facilitates

- the blocking of a certain percentage of traffic (see parameter PERC).
Thus it is possible to block a certain percentage of call attempts
for a given code block point.
- the blocking of call attempts for a certain time interval
(see parameter CGAP).
After each successful call attempt to a given code block point, it is
possible to block further call attempts for a certain time interval.
The first call after creation of the code block point or after recovery
is never blocked by call gapping.
- the assignment of code block points to a code block point group for
the Leaky Bucket control function (see parameter CBPGRP).
A total of 64 code block points may be assigned to a code block point
group.

Notes:
- The number of code block points within an exchange is limited to 10000.
- Each code block point can be marked with parameter TRAMEA=YES to be
controlled by traffic measurement (TRAMEA=NO, standard value).
In this case the assigned traffic measurement index is displayed
together with the command execution message.
- It is not possible to create a code block point for the code block point
group "MABEZ", because this group contains only code block points which
are used internally to reduce traffic to mass call destinations
(MABEZ destinations).
- In case of IN service numbers traffic to the original dialed number
(leading to an IN-trigger) as well as traffic to the number received
from the SCP (service control point) can be reduced.
Creating the IN service number and the translated number received
from the SCP as code block points in parallel would lead to a traffic
reduction to both destinations independently of each other.
Traffic reduction for IN service numbers can be used to prevent
the SCP from overload.

This command is normally logged.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CBPT- 1+
 CR CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,PERC= 1 1
1 CR CBPT : CODE= [,NAME=] [,ORIGDC=] [,CAT=] Z,CGAP= Y 1
1 1,CBPGRP=1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,INCEPT= [,TRAMEA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION CODE

This parameter specifies the digit combination (i.e. the destination)

where traffic is blocked.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NAME CODE BLOCK POINT OBJECT NAME

This parameter specifies a unique name for a code block point object.
This name is the key that identifies the code block point and must not
be changed.

Six control types share a naming pool:

- CR CBPT,
- ENTR TRSVCNTL,
- ENTR NMCNTL with CNTRL = SKIP,
- ENTR NMCNTL with CNTRL = CANTO,
- ENTR NMCNTL with CNTRL = CANFROM,
- ENTR ACC.
This means that each NAME may only be used by one of these
controls.
The user may specify any name not yet used in the above-mentioned
naming pool except for two specific values:
- The user must not choose a single "X" as name because this input
stands for all existing values of a display command parameter.
- The NAME "MABEZ" is reserved for the mass call control function
which is an automatic network management control.
Therefore "MABEZ" must not be entered in this command.

Automatic instance naming is performed if this parameter is not

entered, i.e. the system itself assigns a name to the code block
point object.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ORIGDC ORIG FOR DESTINATION CONTROLS

This parameter specifies the originating mark of the code block point.
ORIGDC serves as a criterion for selective blocking of traffic to
the entered destination depending on the origin of the call.

Using the parameter ORIGDC the following points must be considered:

- Value ’0’ is used as subscriber origin. All subscribers are

implicitly assigned this value. Assigning this value to trunk groups
is not possible.
- If a code block point is created without ORIGDC, the specified
control is independent of the origin of the call. If, in addition,
a code block point with the same code and a specific ORIGDC-value
is created, all calls with this origin are controlled in the specified
way. Calls with any other ORIGDC-value are controlled by the code
block point created without origin.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CBPT- 2+
 CR CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Example:
A code block point 1234 is created without ORIGDC, and specifying
PERC=PERC100. The same code is created with ORIGDC=1, and
specifying PERC=PERC50. All calls with ORIGDC unequal 1 are then
blocked with 100%. Calls with ORIGDC=1 are blocked with 50%.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3839, range of decimal numbers

CAT CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the category of the code block point.

CAT serves as a criterion for selective blocking of traffic
to the entered digit combination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER

SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT
COINB COIN BOX
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
OPOSINAT OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15

PERC PERCENTAGE OF BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the percentage of traffic to the

code block point which has to be blocked.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PERC0 0 % BLOCKING
PERC12P5 12.5 % BLOCKING
PERC25 25 % BLOCKING
PERC37P5 37.5 % BLOCKING
PERC50 50 % BLOCKING
PERC62P5 62.5 % BLOCKING
PERC75 75 % BLOCKING
PERC87P5 87.5 % BLOCKING
PERC100 100 % BLOCKING

CGAP CALL GAPPING TIME INTERVAL

This parameter specifies the time interval when the traffic to

the code block point is blocked.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SEC0 0 SECONDS CALL GAP

SEC0P1 0.1 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC0P25 0.25 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC0P5 0.5 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC1 1 SECOND CALL GAP
SEC2 2 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC5 5 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC10 10 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC15 15 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC30 30 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC60 60 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC120 120 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC300 300 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC600 600 SECONDS CALL GAP
INF INFINITE CALL GAP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CBPT- 3+
 CR CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CBPGRP CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of a code block point group

for the network management function Leaky Bucket.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the intercept code (e.g. an announcement)

where the blocked traffic will be diverted if blocking is valid.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NETWOMA0 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 0

NETWOMA1 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 1
NETWOMA2 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 2
NETWOMA3 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 3
NETWOMA4 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 4
NETWOMA5 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 5
COINNEAR INTERNATIONAL NEAR CONGESTION
CONANEAR NATIONAL NEAR CONGESTION
NETWOMA6 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 6

TRAMEA TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT

This parameter indicates whether traffic measurement has

to be activated or deactivated for the code block point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO
NO NO
Y YES
YES YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CBPT- 4-
 DISP CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CODE BLOCK POINT

This command displays the code block points and their blocking
functions. One or more of the parameters CODE, NAME, PERC,
CGAP, CBPGRP, TRAMEA or INCEPT may be entered.
The code block point belonging to the code block point group "MABEZ"
will also be displayed although it is not created by the command
CR CBPT.
This code block point group is created internally after activation of
mass call recognition, detection of a mass call event and start of
rate reduction for the relevant code.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) X( )= 1
1 1CODE=1 11,PERC= 11 1
1 DISP CBPT : ZNAME=Y 1Z,CGAP= Y1 [,TRAMEA=] [,INCEPT=] ; 1
1 1 1 11,CBPGRP=11 1
1 * + >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION CODE

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code

block point(s) to be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NAME CODE BLOCK POINT OBJECT NAME

This parameter specifies the code block point object.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PERC PERCENTAGE OF BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the percentage of traffic to the code

block point which has to be blocked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

PERC0 0 % BLOCKING
PERC12P5 12.5 % BLOCKING
PERC25 25 % BLOCKING
PERC37P5 37.5 % BLOCKING
PERC50 50 % BLOCKING
PERC62P5 62.5 % BLOCKING
PERC75 75 % BLOCKING
PERC87P5 87.5 % BLOCKING
PERC100 100 % BLOCKING
X ALL PERC VALUES

CGAP CALL GAPPING TIME INTERVAL

This parameter specifies the time interval when the traffic to

the code block point is blocked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CBPT- 1+

 DISP CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SEC0 0 SECONDS CALL GAP

SEC0P1 0.1 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC0P25 0.25 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC0P5 0.5 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC1 1 SECOND CALL GAP
SEC2 2 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC5 5 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC10 10 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC15 15 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC30 30 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC60 60 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC120 120 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC300 300 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC600 600 SECONDS CALL GAP
INF INFINITE CALL GAP
X ALL GAP VALUES

CBPGRP CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of a code block point group

for the network management function Leaky Bucket.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TRAMEA TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT

This parameter indicates whether traffic measurement is

activated or deactivated for the code block point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO
NO NO
Y YES
YES YES
INDEP INDEPENDENT

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the intercept for the code block point(s)
to be displayed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NETWOMA0 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 0

NETWOMA1 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 1
NETWOMA2 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 2
NETWOMA3 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 3
NETWOMA4 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 4
NETWOMA5 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 5
COINNEAR INTERNATIONAL NEAR CONGESTION
CONANEAR NATIONAL NEAR CONGESTION
NETWOMA6 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 6

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CBPT- 2-

 MOD CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CODE BLOCK POINT

This command modifies the percentage, time interval or code block

point group of a particular code block point according to the values
entered for the parameters PERC, CGAP or CBPGRP.
The blocking function may not be changed (e.g. from code blocking
to call gapping).
The modification of INCEPT and the activation or deactivation
of traffic measurement for the code block point by parameter
TRAMEA are also possible.

The code block point is either defined by NAME or by the combination

of CODE, ORIGDC or CAT.

Prerequisite:
- The code block point already exists.

Note:
- It is not possible to modify a code block point belonging to, or so
that it subsequently belongs to, the code block point group "MABEZ".
The code block points belonging to this group are used internally
to reduce traffic to mass call destinations (MABEZ destinations).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) X( )= 1
1 1CODE=1 11,PERC= 11 1
1 MOD CBPT : ZNAME=Y [,ORIGDC=] [,CAT=] 1Z,CGAP= Y1 [,INCEPT=] 1
1 1 1 11,CBPGRP=11 1
1 * + >* +W 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,TRAMEA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION CODE

This parameter specifies the digit combination (i.e. the destination)

where traffic is blocked.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NAME CODE BLOCK POINT OBJECT NAME

This parameter specifies the code block point object.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ORIGDC ORIG FOR DESTINATION CONTROLS

This parameter specifies the originating mark of the code block point.
ORIGDC serves as a criterion for selective blocking of traffic to
the entered digit combination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3839, range of decimal numbers

CAT CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the category of the code block point.

CAT serves as a criterion for selective blocking of traffic

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CBPT- 1+

 MOD CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

to the entered digit combination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER

SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT
COINB COIN BOX
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
OPOSINAT OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15

PERC PERCENTAGE OF BLOCKING

This parameter specifies the (new) percentage of traffic to the

code block point which has to be blocked.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PERC0 0 % BLOCKING
PERC12P5 12.5 % BLOCKING
PERC25 25 % BLOCKING
PERC37P5 37.5 % BLOCKING
PERC50 50 % BLOCKING
PERC62P5 62.5 % BLOCKING
PERC75 75 % BLOCKING
PERC87P5 87.5 % BLOCKING
PERC100 100 % BLOCKING

CGAP CALL GAPPING TIME INTERVAL

This parameter specifies the (new) time interval when the

traffic to the code block point is blocked.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SEC0 0 SECONDS CALL GAP

SEC0P1 0.1 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC0P25 0.25 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC0P5 0.5 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC1 1 SECOND CALL GAP
SEC2 2 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC5 5 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC10 10 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC15 15 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC30 30 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC60 60 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC120 120 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC300 300 SECONDS CALL GAP
SEC600 600 SECONDS CALL GAP
INF INFINITE CALL GAP

CBPGRP CODE BLOCK POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the (new) name of a code block point

group for the network management function Leaky Bucket.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the (new) intercept code (e.g. an announce-

ment) where the blocked traffic will be diverted if blocking is
valid.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CBPT- 2+

 MOD CBPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NETWOMA0 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 0

NETWOMA1 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 1
NETWOMA2 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 2
NETWOMA3 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 3
NETWOMA4 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 4
NETWOMA5 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 5
COINNEAR INTERNATIONAL NEAR CONGESTION
CONANEAR NATIONAL NEAR CONGESTION
NETWOMA6 NETWORK MANAGEMENT INTERCEPT 6

TRAMEA TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT

This parameter indicates whether traffic measurement has

to be activated or deactivated for the code block point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO
NO NO
Y YES
YES YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CBPT- 3-

 DISP CBPULS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY COIN BOX PULSE

This command displays the currently valid coinbox pulse factors.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CBPULS ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CBPULS- 1-

 ENTR CBPULS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER COIN BOX PULSE

This command enters coinbox pulse factors.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CBPULS : CBPULS= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CBPULS COINBOX PULSE

This parameter specifies the coinbox pulse factors.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: NUMBER OF THE COINBOX PULSES=

0...255, range of decimal numbers

Specifies the number of the coinbox

pulse which is to be repeated
(i.e. the nth).

b: MULTIPLICATION FACTOR=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

Specifies the multiplication factor

for coinbox pulses.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CBPULS- 1-

 CONF CCG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR

This command configures a central clock generator side to the requested

operating state.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF CCG : CCG= ,OST= [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CCG CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR

This parameter specifies the side of CCG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the target operational states.

The following table shows which operational state transitions
are permitted.

Compatibilities:
+------------+---------------------+
! from / to ! ACT STB MBL !
+------------+---------------------+
! ACT ! - 1 !! !
! STB ! - - + !
! MBL ! - + - !
! NAC ! - - + !
! UNA ! - + + !
+------------+---------------------+

+ : legal state transition

- : illegal state transition
1 : legal state transition, if the redundant CCG
is in the operational state STB.
!!: dangerous configuration: may cause system failure or loss of
calls. This operational state transition is permitted, if the
redundant CCG is in the operational state STB.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

STB STANDBY
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

If parameter SUP=Y is specified, messages from the periphery are

suppressed during command execution.

N NO
NO
Y YES
YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCG- 1-

 DISP CCG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR

This command displays the state and error registers for the central
clock generator CCG.

Notes:
- Reference frequencies which are not set are evaluated as GOOD in the
associated output mask.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CCG ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CCG- 1-

 STAT CCG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY STATUS OF CCG

This command displays the CCG operating state.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT CCG ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT CCG- 1-

 DISP CCGPAR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCG-PARAMETER

This command displays the internal CCG parameters.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CCGPAR : CCG= ,DATA0= ,DATA1= ,DATA2= ,DATA3= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CCG CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR

This parameter specifies the central clock generator side.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

DATA0 SPECIFIC CCG DATA0

This parameter specifies the contents of the byte to be sent to the

CCG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

DATA1 SPECIFIC CCG DATA1

This parameter specifies the contents of the byte to be sent to the

CCG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

DATA2 SPECIFIC CCG DATA2

This parameter specifies the contents of the byte to be sent to the

CCG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

DATA3 SPECIFIC CCG DATA3

This parameter specifies the contents of the byte to be sent to the

CCGA only.
-------------------------------------------------------------------

The following modifications of SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 .. SPECIFIC CCG DATA3

a) REQMOD: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 01

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the modifications made by

PRIOFR, DISFS and DISCONF.

Expected acknowledgement: REQMODACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 01 xx yy zz

with: xx see xx for PRIOACK - MOD CCGPAR b)

= 00 = Reference frequencies have HW priority
= 01 = Reference frequency 1 has priority
= 02 = Reference frequency 2 has priority

yy see xx for DISFSACK - MOD CCGPAR c)

= 00 = Reference frequencies are supervised

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CCGPAR- 1+

 DISP CCGPAR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

= 01 = Reference frequency supervision disabled

zz see xx for DISCOACK - MOD CCGPAR d)

= 00 = All reference frequencies are enabled
01 = Reference 0 disabled
02 = Reference 1 disabled
03 = Reference 0 and reference 1 disabled
04 = Partner reference disabled
05 = Partner reference and reference 0 disabled
06 = Partner reference and reference 1 disabled
07 = Partner reference and
references 0 and 1 disabled

b) PDACT: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 02

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the current PD value. An

evaluation is only useful in conjunction with the current phase
offset (Acknowledgement to the command OFFSET).

Expected acknowledgement: PDACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 02 xx yy zz

with: xx = Byte after point in PD contents

yy = 1st byte before point in PD contents
zz = 2nd byte before point in PD contents (MSB)

c) OFFSET: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 03

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the present phase offset, which

is a result of the previous phase corrections.

Expected acknowledgement: OFFACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 03 xx yy zz

with: xx = Byte after point in offset contents

yy = 1st byte before point in offset contents
zz = 2nd byte before point in offset contents (MSB)

d) SIREG: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 04

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the original contents of the

integration register stored in the ANMOD.

Expected acknowledgement: SIACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 04 xx yy zz

with: xx = Byte after point in safeguarding IR

yy = 1st byte before point in safeguarding IR
zz = 2nd byte before point in safeguarding IR (MSB)

e) IREG: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 05

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the current contents of the

integration register.

Expected acknowledgement: IACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 05 xx yy zz

with: xx = Byte after point in integration register

yy = 1st byte before point in integration register
zz = 2nd byte before point in integration register (MSB)

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CCGPAR- 2+

 DISP CCGPAR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

f) DAC: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 06

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the current DAC value.

Expected acknowledgement: DACACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 06 xx yy zz

with: xx = Byte after point in DAC value

yy = 1st byte before point in DAC value
zz = 2nd byte before point in DAC value (MSB)

g) PREG: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 07

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the current contents of the

proportional register.

Expected acknowledgement: PACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 07 xx yy zz

with: xx = Byte after point in the proportional register

yy = 1st byte before point in proportional register
zz = 2nd byte before point in proportional register (MSB)

This parameter specifies the contents of the byte to be sent to the

CCGE only.
-------------------------------------------------------------------

The following modifications of SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 .. SPECIFIC CCG DATA3

a) REQPRIO: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 12

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the modifications made by

PRIOFR.

Expected acknowledgement: PRIOACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 12 mn op qr

with: m = priority for frequency 1

n = priority for frequency 2
o = priority for frequency 3
p = priority for frequency 4
q = priority for GPS
r = priority for RB

possible values for m, n, o, p, q, and r

= 1 = highest priority
= 2-6 = level of the priority
= 7 = lowest priority
= 8 = disabled

b) REQAFR: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 14

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the current AFR mode.

Expected acknowledgement: AFRACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 14 mm oo pp

with: mm = AFR mode

possible values for mm

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CCGPAR- 3+

 DISP CCGPAR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

= 1 = AFR disabled
= 2 = AFR enabled , normal
= 3 = AFR enabled , corrected
oo = age of the quarz-fault in days
pp = time for learning in hours max. 24

c) REQCLKTYPE: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 15

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the clock characteristic

combined with AFR.

Expected acknowledgement: CLKTYPEACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 15 xx 00 00

with: xx = clock characteristic combined with AFR

possible values for xx
= 1 = G812 T1, AFR =1*10 exp -8
= 2 = G812 T1, AFR =2*10 exp -7
= 3 = G812 T1, AFR =5*10 exp -6
= 4 = Stratum3E, AFR =5*10 exp -6
= 5 = Stratum3, AFR =5*10 exp -6

d) REQSQUELCH: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 17

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the modifications made by

ENSQELCH.

Expected acknowledgement: ENSQUELCHACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 17 0m no pq

with: m = T4-HOSquelch CCGES

n = T4-HOSquelch CCGED 1
o = T4-HOSquelch CCGED 2
p = T4-HOSquelch CCGED 3
q = T4-HOSquelch CCGED 4

e) REQREVERT: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 18

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the current

revertconfiguration.

Expected acknowledgement: REVERTACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 18 mm nn 00

with: = mm
possible values for mm
= 1 = strategy Non Revertive
= 2 = strategy Revertive

= nn choice of reference
possible values for nn
= 0 = holdover
= 1 = input reference 1
= 2 = input reference 2
= 3 = input reference 3
= 4 = input reference 4
= 5 = GPS module
= 6 = RB module
= F = auto

f) REQFREQMIST: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 20

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CCGPAR- 4+

 DISP CCGPAR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This byte combination interrogates the frequency fault

of the local quarz. The age of the correctionvalue can
be read with REQAFR, if it is younger than 100 days.

Expected acknowledgement: FREQMISTAcK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 20 vm mm mm

with: v = sign of the relativ frequency fault

possible values for v
= 0 = positiv
= 1 = negativ
m...m = mantisse of the relativ frequency fault
*10 exp -11 decimal

g) REQREF SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 22

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the current state

of the references.

Expected acknowledgement: REFACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 22 mn op qr

with: m = state of reference frequency 1

n = state of reference frequency 2
o = state of reference frequency 3
p = state of reference frequency 4
q = state of GPS
r = state of RB
possible values for m, n, o, p, q and/or r
= 0 = disabled
= 1 = search
= 2 = check
= 3 = signal error
= 4 = wait
= 5 = frequency error
= 6 = ok
= 7 = selected

h) REQVER SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 24

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination interrogates the current

FPGA- and FW-version.

Expected acknowledgement: VERACK

and output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 24 mn op qr

with: m.n.o = FPGA-version in hexadecimal

p.q.r = FW-version

i) UNKACK

This acknowledgement arrives, if wrong or for the

CCGE unknown data were sent :
output of
CCG-INFORMATION: H’ 30 00 00 00

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CCGPAR- 5-

 MOD CCGPAR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CCG-PARAMETER

This command modifies the CCG control parameters.

This command is a dangerous command because it may destroy the
network synchronism.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CCGPAR : CCG= ,DATA0= ,DATA1= ,DATA2= ,DATA3= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CCG CENTRAL CLOCK GENERATOR

This parameter specifies the central clock generator side.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

DATA0 SPECIFIC CCG DATA0

This parameter specifies the contents of the byte to be sent to the

CCG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

DATA1 SPECIFIC CCG DATA1

This parameter specifies the contents of the byte to be sent to the

CCG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

DATA2 SPECIFIC CCG DATA2

This parameter specifies the contents of the byte to be sent to the

CCG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

DATA3 SPECIFIC CCG DATA3

This parameter specifies the contents of the byte to be sent to the

CCGA only.
-------------------------------------------------------------------

The following modifications of SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 .. SPECIFIC CCG DATA3

a) RESET: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 01

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

With this byte combination the CCG is reset, i.e. start in

mode A, if a reference frequency is available (without heating
the VCO).

Expected acknowledgement: MSTSY

and output of

CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 01 00 00 00

b) PRIOFR: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 02,

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00 = Restoration of HW priority
= 01 = Reference frequency 1 now has priority

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CCGPAR- 1+

 MOD CCGPAR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

= 02 = Reference frequency 2 now has priority

SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination changes the hardware priority of the

reference frequencies. If the frequency given in the command is
available, a switchover is made correspondingly.

Expected acknowledgement: PRIOACK

and output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 02 xx 00 00

with: xx = 00 = HW priority restored

= 01 = Reference frequency 1 has priority
= 02 = Reference frequency 2 has priority

c) DISFS: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 03

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00 = Switch off disable
= 01 = Switch on disable
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination disables or reactivates the supervision of

the reference frequency (frequencies) being applied.

Expected acknowledgement: DISFSACK

and output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 03 xx 00 00

with: xx = 00 = Disable switched off (supervision)

= 01 = Disable switched on (no supervision)

d) DISCONF: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 04

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00 = Switch off disable
= 01 = Disable reference 0
= 02 = Disable reference 1
= 03 = Disable reference 0 and reference 1
= 04 = Disable partner reference
= 05 = Disable partner reference and reference 0
= 06 = Disable partner reference and reference 1
= 07 = Disable partner reference and
references 0 and 1
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination disables or reactivates the reference

frequencies being applied at the CCG. Any combination of
the two external reference frequencies (reference 0 and
reference 1) and of the reference frequency of the partner
CCG (partner reference) can be disabled.
SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 07 puts the CCG in HOLDOVER mode.

Expected acknowledgement: DISCOACK

and output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 04 xx 00 00

with: xx = 00 = All disables switched off

01 = Reference 0 disabled
02 = Reference 1 disabled
03 = Reference 0 and reference 1 disabled
04 = Partner reference disabled
05 = Partner reference and reference 0 disabled
06 = Partner reference and reference 1 disabled
07 = Partner reference and
references 0 and 1 disabled

e) UIREG: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 15

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 00
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

This byte combination saves the contents of the integration

register on disk.

Expected acknowledgement: SADIR

and output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 15 00 00 00

This parameter specifies the contents of the byte to be sent to the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CCGPAR- 2+

 MOD CCGPAR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CCGE only.
-------------------------------------------------------------------

The following modifications of SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 .. SPECIFIC CCG DATA3

a) RESET: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 11

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = AF
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = AF
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = AF

With this byte combination the CCG is reset,

i.e. a power-on-reset is started. While booting there is no
frequency available.

Expected acknowledgement: MSTSY

b) PRIOFR: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 12,

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = mn
m = Reference frequency 1 has priority
n = Reference frequency 2 has priority
possible values for m and n:
= 0 = no change
= 1 = highest priority
= 2-6 = level of the priority
= 7 = lowest priority
= 8 = disabled

SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = op

o = Reference frequency 3 has priority
p = Reference frequency 4 has priority
possible values as for m and n

SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = qr

q = GPS has priority
r = RB has priority
possible values as for m and n

This byte combination changes the hardware priority of the

reference frequencies. If the frequency given in the command is
available, a switchover is made correspondingly.

Expected acknowledgement: PRIOACK

and output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 12 mn op qr

with: mn, op, qr from the command

c) AFR: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 14

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 00 = not used
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = nn = quarz-fault learning algorithm
possible values for nn
= 0 = no change
= 1 = restart of quarz-fault learning algorithm
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = not used

With the AFR (Advanced Frequency Rejection) the

quarz-fault learning algorithm can be restarted.

Expected acknowledgement: AFRACK

and output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 14 mm oo pp

with: mm = AFR mode

possible values for mm
= 1 = AFR disabled
= 2 = AFR enabled , normal
= 3 = AFR enabled , corrected
oo = age of the quarz-fault in days
pp = time for learning in hours max. 24

d) CLKTYPE: SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 15

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = xx = clock characteristic combined wi
possible values for xx
= 0 = no change
= 1 = G812 T1, AFR =1*10 exp -8
= 2 = G812 T1, AFR =2*10 exp -7
= 3 = G812 T1, AFR =5*10 exp -6

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CCGPAR- 3+

 MOD CCGPAR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

= 4 = Stratum3E, AFR =5*10 exp -6

= 5 = Stratum3, AFR =5*10 exp -6

SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = 73 to prevent errors

SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = B1 to prevent errors

With this byte combination the clock charcteristic can be

decided.

Expected acknowledgement: CLKTYPEACK

and output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 15 xx 00 00

for xx see CLKTYPE

e) ENSQELCH SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 17

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = 0m
possible values for m
see table below
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = no = T3-HOSquelch
possible values for no
n = for CCGED-1
o = for CCGED-2
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = pq
possible values for pq
p = for CCGED-3
q = for CCGED-4

This byte combination determines which T4-clockoutputs

disable the clockoutput (squelch), if the clockquality
gets too bad.
On CCGES there are 4 clockoutputs, on CCGED there are
16 clockoutputs, this are 4 groups with 4 clockoutputs.
Bit = 1 means Squelch enabled.

CCGES 4 3 2 1
CCGED 26,28,30,32 18,20,22,24 10,12,14,16 2,4,6,8
bit in m 8 4 2 1

Expected acknowledgement: ENSQUELCHACK

and output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 17 0m no pq
m = T4-HOSquelch CCGES
n = T4-HOSquelch CCGED 1
o = T4-HOSquelch CCGED 2
p = T4-HOSquelch CCGED 3
q = T4-HOSquelch CCGED 4
as shown in the table beyond

f) REVERT SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 18

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = mm
possible values for mm
= 0 = no change
= 1 = strategy Non Revertive
= 2 = strategy Revertive
SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = nn choice of reference
possible values for nn
= 0 = no change / holdover
= 1 = input reference 1
= 2 = input reference 2
= 3 = input reference 3
= 4 = input reference 4
= 5 = GPS module
= 6 = RB module
= F = auto
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = 00

With this byte combination there is the possibility

to choice a special reference and the strategy for
changing the references.

Expected acknowledgement: REVERTACK

and output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 18 mm nn 00
mm and nn see REVERT

g) SETDEF SPECIFIC CCG DATA0 = 19

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CCGPAR- 4+

 MOD CCGPAR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SPECIFIC CCG DATA1 = AF to prevent errors

SPECIFIC CCG DATA2 = AF to prevent errors
SPECIFIC CCG DATA3 = AF to prevent errors

This byte combination sets the default values for

all CCG parameters. It takes 45 minutes.

Expected acknowledgement: SETDEFACK

and output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 19 00 00 00

h) UNKACK

This acknowledgement arrives, if wrong or for the

CCGE unknown data were sent :
output of
CCG-PARAMETER: H’ 30 00 00 00

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CCGPAR- 5-

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE CCNC

This command configures the CCNP and all other CCNC processors to
a new operating state.
If active units SIPA, SILTC or SILT are to be configured to target
state MBL, messages may get lost in the rerouting of traffic to
alternative signal channels. This loss of messages can be avoided
if the signal channels concerned are configured to state BL1 or BL2
beforehand (see command CONF C7LINK).
If CCS7 rejection of change to MBL via MMI for the last active unit
(LM15903) has been implemented it is not allowed to switch off
the last active unit of a MUXM or CCNP pair or the last active
SILTC or SILT as this may cause total breakdown of CCS7 signaling.
The configuration command can be logged because there is no
cr eate command for processors CCNP, SIPA, SILTC and SILT.
If execution of the configuration command is not successful
the following error messages are output,
displaying the reason for the failure.

Possible errors are :

Module 1:

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
1 | TRANSFER OF TRANSIENT DATA NOT EXEC- | Try again later.
| UTED, NO SUPERVISION TIMER AVAILABLE | If several attempts are
| LACK OF RESOURCES OR SW ERROR | unsuccessful use NSTART 0.
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
2 | TRANSFER OF TRANSIENT NETWORK DATA |Run diagnosis for CCNP in
| STOPPED, SECOND NEGATIVE OR MISSING | state STB.
| RESPONSE, SW OR HW FAULT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
3 | TRANSFER OF TRANSIENT DATA STOPPED, |Configure redundant CCNP
| STB-CCNP NOT LOADED | to STB.
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
4 | TRANSFER OF TRANSIENT DATA STOPPED, |Configure redundant CCNP
| NO END FROM TRT SIMP, | to STB.
| SW OR HW FAULT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
5 | SECOND MISSING RESPONSE TO |Configure redundant CCNP
| START_TRANS, HW OR SW FAULT | to STB
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
7 | EVENT IS INVALID IN THE CURRENT | NSTART 0 necessary
| PROCESS, STATE OF MSSMD, SW ERROR |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
8 | PROCESS FOR CCNP LOADING COULD NOT | Try again later.
| BE STARTED, LACK OF RESOURCES | If several attempts are
| OR SW ERROR | unsuccessful use NSTART 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Module 3 :

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
1 | TASK NOT EXECUTED BECAUSE OF ERRORS | Don’t retry
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
2 | WRONG PID IN MESSAGE, SOFTWARE ERROR | Write SW error report,
| | don’t retry
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
3 | CONFIGURATION NOT ALLOWED -- | Repeat command using
| WRONG DEVICE NUMBER | correct device number
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
4 | CONFIGURATION NOT ALLOWED -- | Repeat command using
| WRONG PARAMETER VALUES | correct values
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
5 | TIMER ORDER FAILED: LACK OF RESOUR- | Try again later if no SWSG
| CES OR SOFTWARE ERROR IF SWSG OCCURS | occurs
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
6 | CURRENT STATUS OF CCNP DOES NOT |Try again after CCNP has
| ALLOW TASK EXECUTION, | been configured to ACT
| NO CCNP IS ACTIVE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
7 | UPDATE ON DISK NOT POSSIBLE | Try again later
| BECAUSE NO NOTEBOOK AVAILABLE |

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 1+

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
8 | UPDATE ON DISK NOT POSSIBLE; | Try to repeat command
| NEW STATES ARE NOT ON DISK |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
9 | NO PARALLEL TASK FOR CONFIGURATION | Try again later
| ALLOWED |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
10 | STATE TRANSITION OR RESULTING | Check operating states.
| COMBINATION OF OPERATING STATES | No other operator measures
| ILLEGAL AFTER OPERATOR REQUEST | necessary
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
11 | REQUESTED STATE ALREADY ENTERED | Don’t retry
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
12 | REQUEST NOT ALLOWED BECAUSE STOP | Don’t retry
| LOADING IS ACTIVE FOR A CCNP |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
13 | TASK TERMINATION BECAUSE OF HARD | Try again later
| SWITCHOVER |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
14 | INTERNAL ERROR IN PROCESS, SWSG | Write SW error report,
| OCCURS | don’t retry
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
15 | ERROR WHEN CALLING A SUBSYSTEM C7 | Write SW error report,
| EXTERNAL PROCEDURE | don’t retry
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
16 | ERROR WHEN CALLING A SUBSYSTEM C7 | Write SW error report,
| INTERNAL PROCEDURE | don’t retry
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
17 | ERROR WHEN READING A TRANSIENT | Write SW error report,
| DEVICE STATE | don’t retry
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
18 | ERROR WHEN WRITING A TRANSIENT | Write SW error report,
| DEVICE STATE. ONLY SEMIPERMANENT | check states
| STATES MAY HAVE CHANGED |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
19 | ERROR WHEN READING A SEMIPERMANENT | Write SW error report,
| DEVICE STATE | don’t retry
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
20 | ERROR WHEN WRITING A SEMIPERMANENT | Write SW error report if
| DEVICE STATE | an SWSG occurs; otherwise
| | lack of resources,
| | don’t retry if SWSG occurs
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
21 | UNDEFINED MESSAGE FROM CCNC | Corrective maintenance
| | according to MMN, run
| | diagnosis for processor
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
22 | UNDEFINED RESPONSE VALUE FROM IOCP | Corrective maintenance
| | according to MMN,
| | check IOCP
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
23 | UNDEFINED VALUES IN RECEIVED MESSAGE | Corrective maintenance
| | according to MMN,
| | don’t retry
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
24 | TIMER MESSAGE INSTEAD OF | Corrective maintenance
| ANSWER FROM CCNP | according to MMN
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
25 | TIMER MESSAGE INSTEAD OF | Corrective maintenance
| ANSWER FROM IOCP, SW ERROR | according to MMN
-----+--------------------------------------+-------------------------
26 | TIMER MESSAGE INSTEAD OF ANSWER | Corrective maintenance
| FROM CCNP DURING SOFTSWITCHOVER | according to MMN
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
27 | DEPAS DENIES ACCESS TO CCNC SEMILIB | Try later
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
28 | CCNP NOT IN STATE SEZ_R AFTER POSI- | Write SW error report
| TIVE LOAD ACKNOWLEDGE FROM FA:CCNC, |
| OR SIMP NOT SEZ_R DURING INI2 CON- |
| TROLLED BY FA:CCNC |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
29 | INVALID IOGPGCH COMMAND FOR IOCP | Write SW error report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
30 | INVALID IORSOUT COMMAND FOR IOCP | Write SW error report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
31 | INVALID IOKONF COMMAND FOR IOCP | Write SW error report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 2+

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

32 | "NO IOP AVAILABLE FOR CCNC ACCESS" | Corrective maintenance

| IS RESPONSE FROM IOCP | according to MMN, check
| | IOCP, no CCNC error
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
33 | COMMAND ACK BETWEEN IOP AND CCNP NOT | Corrective maintenance
| SUCCESSFUL DURING CCNP RESET, | according to MMN
| CCNP ERROR |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
34 | COMMAND RDY BETWEEN IOP AND CCNP NOT | Corrective maintenance
| SUCCESSFUL DURING CCNP RESET, | according to MMN
| CCNP ERROR |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
35 | SIMP STATUS NOT THE SAME AS THE ONE |Reload CCNP
| STORED IN CP DATABASE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
36 | SIMP DEVICE NUMBER NOT THE SAME AS |Corrective maintenance
| THE ONE STORED IN CP DATABASE | according to MMN,
| | reload CCNP
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
37 | CONFIGURATION IN SIMP IS NOT IN |Corrective maintenance
| STATE IDLE | according to MMN,
| | reload CCNP
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
38 | SIPA CONFIGURATION FAILED IN PARTNER |Run diagnosis for affected
| CCNP, HARDWARE FAILURE OR NO TIMER | CCNP, repeat command,
| FOR CONFIGURATION COMMAND TO CCNP IN | display states.
| STATE STB; FOR DETAILS SEE INI2 | Corrective maintenance
| MEASURE FOR CCNP IN STATE STB | according to MMN
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
39 | START OF REQUESTED CCNP HARD SWITCH- |Check CCNP states
| OVER |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
40 | PROCESS OF ADMINISTRATION: | Try again later
| CCS7 RUNNING, |
| SWITCHOVER NOT POSSIBLE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
41 | CHANGING OF SEMIPERMANENT CCS7 DATA | Try again later
| ACTIVE, SWITCHOVER NOT POSSIBLE |
---+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
42 | AFTER LOADING STB CCNP, ONE OR |Corrective maintenance
| MORE PARTIAL FAILURES IN STB CCNP | according to MMN,
| | check state of all SILTC
| | in STB CCNP. SILTCs
| | in state NAC are the
| | ones affected.
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
43 | SIPA STATES IN THE SIMP ARE NOT THE | Corrective maintenance
| SAME AS THE STATES STORED IN | according to MMN
| CP DATABASE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
44 | ERROR AT INTERFACE TO SUBSYSTEM P7; | Write SW error report
| CORRECT ALARMING NOT POSSIBLE, |
| SW ERROR |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
45 | DURING INCLUSION OF CCNP INTO | Corrective maintenance
| CP SCAN CYCLE THE TIMER FOR | according to MMN
| CCNP STATUS CHECK EXPIRES |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
46 | DANGEROUS STATUS REQUEST: | Decide what to do
| TAKING THE LAST CCNP OUT OF SERVICE | ( enter + or - )
| WILL LEAD TO CCS7 FAILURE. |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
47 | NEW SIPA STATUS ONLY TRANSFERRED TO | Write SW error report,
| ACT CCNP; CHANGE OF CP DATABASE | repeat the command
| (AND STB CCNP) NOT POSSIBLE, |
| UPDATE ERROR |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
48 | STOP OF CCNC COMMUNICATION TEST WAS | Write SW error report
| NOT SUCCESSFUL DURING CCNC SOFT |
| SWITCHOVER,SW ERROR IN PROCESS MSTCT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
49 | SETTING OF TIMER NOT POSSIBLE DURING | Try again later
| REPETITION OF A CONFIGURATION |
| COMMAND TO SIMP AFTER SIMP-RESPONSE |
| ’NOT IDLE’ |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
50 | TIMER MESSAGE INSTEAD OF RECEIPT, | Corrective maintenance

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 3+

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

| NO ANSWER FROM CCNP AFTER | according to MMN

| CONF_MUXS_CCNC COMMAND |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
51 | TIMER MESSAGE INSTEAD OF ANSWER |Check alarming for
| FROM CCNP AFTER STATUS SILTC REQUEST | SILT/SILTC
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
52 | SIMP RESPONDS WITH "CONF-SIMP- |Configure SILT/SILTC in
| NOT-IDLE MONITORING" AFTER COMMAND | state UNA to state MBL
| REPETITIONS. SIMP ERROR IN |
| SILT/SILTC STATE MONITORING FOR UNA |
| SILT/SILTC |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
53 | CONFIGURATION OF THE LAST ACTIVE | Don’t retry! If you want
| UNIT TO STATE MBL NOT ALLOWED ! | to take this unit out of
| | service, switch off its
| | power !
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
54 | REQUESTED UNIT NOT IN STATE MBL |If you want to repeat the
| | command change state of
| | unit to MBL
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
55 | DEFAULT ERROR MESSAGE: DURING |Check states of SILT and
| CP-ISTART OR CCNP HARD SWITCHOVER OR | SILTC with MML command
| ACT CCNP LOADING OR INTERRUPTION OF | STAT CCNC
| MML SILT/SILTC CONFIGURATION, A SILT |
| OR SILTC FAILED;CONFIGURATION TO UNA.|
| THE ORIGINAL ERROR MESSAGE IS LOST. |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
56 | WRONG SEQUENCE OF JOBS FROM PROCESS | Don’t retry,
| MSFCT | write SW error report
| | for MSFCT
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
57 | DURING CCNP HARD SWITCHOVER THE NEW | Corrective maintenance
| ACT CCNP SENDS NO RESPONSE TO THE | according to MMN
| SWITCHOVER COMMAND |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
70 | ACKNOWLEDEMENT NOT USED BY | Write SW error report
| MMI-OUTPUT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
71 | STATE TRANSITION ILLEGAL | Check processor state
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
72 | PROCESSOR NOT LOADABLE; | Write SW error report
| NOT USED FOR MMI-OUTPUT |
| (FOR DETAILED INFO, SEE CFIDEN, |
| FNR_C_100) |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
73 | PROCESSOR CANNOT BE CONFIGURED, | Run diagnosis for
| PROCESSOR DOES NOT RESPOND TO | affected processor
| CONFIGURATION COMMAND |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
74 | SOFT SWITCHOVER NOT ALLOWED, | Try again later
| BECAUSE TRAFFIC LOAD TOO HIGH |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
75 | SIMP CONFTIMER RUN DOWN, PROCESSOR | Run diagnosis for
| DOES NOT RESPOND TO | affected processor
| CONFIGURATION COMMAND |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
76 | UPDATE OF SEMIPERMANENT DATA NOT | Try again later
| POSSIBLE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
77 | SIMP UPDATE SEMAPHORE SET, | Try again later
| ANOTHER TASK IS RUNNING |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
78 | PROCESSOR STATE ALREADY ENTERED, | Write SW error report
| ERROR NUMBER NOT USED BY MMI-OUTPUT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
79 | PROCESSOR NOT ACCESSIBLE, | Check operating states of
| CONFIGURATION NOT POSSIBLE | preceding processors
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
80 | DANGEROUS STATE TRANSITION, |
| NOT USED BY MMI-OUTPUT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
81 | CCNC NOT COMPLETELY LOADED/CONFIGURED|Check operating states of
| | SILTCs and SILTs;
| | corrective maintenance for
| | processors in state UNA
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 4+

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

82 | PROCESSOR TO BE CONFIGURED IS | Check operating states of

| CONNECTED WITH OTHER ACTIVE | succeeding processors
| PROCESSOR |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
83 | CONFIGURATION IN SIMP NOT IN STATE | Try again later
| IDLE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
84 | CCNP OR LINK(S) CONGESTED; | Try again later or request
| SOFT SWITCHOVER NOT POSSIBLE | hard switchover (uncond)
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
85 | LEVEL 3 IN SIMP NOT IN STATE IDLE, | Try again later
| SOFT SWITCHOVER NOT POSSIBLE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
86 | AT LEAST ONE SILTC NOT ACCESSIBLE BY | Corrective maintenance
| STB CCNP, SOFT SWITCHOVER | according to MMN; then
| NOT ALLOWED | try again
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
87 | MORE THAN 5 MSUS IN QUEUE SQPSIMP, | Try again later or request
| SOFT SWITCHOVER NOT POSSIBLE | hard switchover (uncond)
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
88 | CENTRAL SPOOL PROCESS DOES NOT ALLOW | Try again later or request
| SOFT SWITCHOVER | hard switchover (uncond)
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
89 | SOFT SWITCHOVER NOT ALLOWED AS TOO | Try again later or request
| MANY ’OUT OF SERVICE’ MESSAGES | hard switchover (uncond)
| RECEIVED FOR LINKS |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
90 | SOFT SWITCHOVER NOT ALLOWED BECAUSE | Corrective maintenance
| AT LEAST ONE SILTC WITH PARTIAL | according to MMN. Then try
| FAILURE IN STB CCNP | again or request hard
| | switchover (uncond)
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
91 | STATUS MONITORING FOR UNA SILT OR | Try later; check status
| SILTC IS ACTIVE IN PU:SIMP; SIMP | of SILT and SILTC;
| ALWAYS RESPONDS WITH NOT-IN-IDLE, | configure UNA devices to
| SIMP ERROR | MBL
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
92 | CONFIGURATION OF LAST ACTIVE SILT TO | Don’t retry; if you want
| MBL NOT ALLOWED | to take this unit out of
| | service switch off its
| | power and configure it
| | from UNA to MBL
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
93 | CONFIGURATION OF LAST ACTIVE SILTC | Don’t retry; if you want
| TO MBL NOT ALLOWED | to take this unit out of
| | service switch off its
| | power and configure it
| | from UNA to MBL
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
94 | SOFTWARE ERROR, IMPLAUSIBLE DATA IN | Don’t retry; if SWSG
| COMMAND TO CCNP | occurs, write SW error
| | report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
100 | INITIAL VALUE AFTER POWER UP NOT |
| USED BY MMI-OUTPUT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
101 | TEST PATTERN CORRUPTED DURING | Run diagnosis for affected
| PROCESSOR LOADING, HARDWARE FAULT | processor. Corrective
| | maintenance according to
| | MMN
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
102 | CHECKSUM FAILURE, DATA CORRUPTED | Check load file on disk,
| DURING PROCESSOR LOADING, | write SW error report
| HARDWARE FAULT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
103 | SUMMARY ALARM (HARDWARE) IN FIRM- | Corrective maintenance
| WARE-APS. AN ALARM OCCURS WHEN | according to MMN
| LOADING A PROCESSOR, HW FAULT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
104 | WATCHDOG-ALARM 1 IN FIRMWARE-APS, | Corrective maintenance
| HW OR SW FAULT | according to MMN
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
105 | WRONG SEQUENCE OF LOAD SOFTWARE WHEN | Write SW error report
| LOADING THE SIMP, SW ERROR |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
106 | RESET BY RESET-COMMAND IN | Write SW error report
| SOFTWARE-APS NOT USED BY MMI-OUTPUT |

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 5+

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
107 | TIMER FAILURE WHILE LOADING A | Repeat command after
| PROCESSOR, SW ERROR | delay; if error remains
| | present: write SW error
| | report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
108 | RESET BY RESET-COMMAND IN FIRMWARE- |
| APS NOT USED BY MMI-OUTPUT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
109 | WATCHDOG ALARM 2 BY COMMUNICATION- | Run diagnosis for affected
| TEST, RESET OF A PROCESSOR BECAUSE A | processor. Corrective
| COMMUNICATION COMMAND DOES NOT REACH | maintenance according to
| THE PROCESSOR, HW OR SW FAULT | MMN
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
110 | HALT IN PROCEDURE INDIC, WORK QUEUE | Run diagnosis for affected
| IS FULL | processor. Corrective
| | maintenance according to
| | MMN
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
111 | TIMER FOR CYCLIC LOAD_REQUEST CANNOT | Repeat command after
| BE SET, SW ERROR | delay; if error remains
| | present: write SW error
| | report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
112 | TIMER FOR LOAD_DATA CANNOT BE SET, | Repeat command after
| SW ERROR | delay; if error remains
| | present: write SW error
| | report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
113 | SUMMARY ALARM (HARDWARE) IN SOFT- | Run diagnosis for affected
| WARE APS, HW OR SW FAULT | processor, repeat command
| | after delay; if error
| | remains present: write
| | SW error report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
114 | WATCHDOG ALARM 1 IN SOFTWARE-APS, | Run diagnosis for affected
| HW OR SW FAULT | processor, repeat command
| | after delay; if error
| | remains present: write
| | SW error report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
115 | WRONG STATE EVENT IN PK:RECOVERY, | Run diagnosis for affected
| SW ERROR | processor, repeat command
| | after delay; if error
| | remains present: write
| | SW error report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
116 | FAILURE WHEN TESTING A DUALPORT | Corrective maintenance
| HW FAULT | according to MMN
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
117 | HALT IN FA, WORK QUEUE IS FILLED, | Run diagnosis for affected
| HW OR SW FAULT | CCNP; write SW error
| | report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
118 | TIMER IN FA COULD NOT BE SET, | Run diagnosis for affected
| SW ERROR | SIMP. If error occurs
| | again: write SW error
| | report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
119 | NO LOAD_REQUEST OF A PROCESSOR, | Repeat command after
| HW FAULT | delay; if error remains
| | present: replace
| | affected processor
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
120 | LOAD FILE FOR THE PROCESSORS SIPA, | Reset the processor
| SILTC, SILTD TOO LONG | manually, if error remains
| | present: change CCNC load-
| | lib (change of APS-genera-
| | tion); load data for this
| | processor are destroyed
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
121 | SUPERVISION TIMER FOR INTERFACE TEST | Reset the processor
| CANNOT BE SET | manually; if error remains
| | present: replace affected
| | processor
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
122 | INTERFACE TEST TIMER RUN OUT | Reset the processor

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 6+

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

| | manually; if error remains

| | present: replace affected
| | processor
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Module 21 :

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
1 | WRONG UNIT IN CONFIGURATION REQUEST | Use right unit
| FOR MSCCM | (only MUXM)
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
2 | WRONG UNIT NUMBER IN CONFIGURATION | Use only valid unit number
| REQUEST FOR MSCCM | for MUXM
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
3 | ERROR IN MSCCM, SWSG | Write SW error report and
| | initiate recovery 1_1
| | (if possible)
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
4 | REQUESTED MUXM STATUS TRANSITION NOT | Use only valid status
| ALLOWED FOR THIS ORIGINATOR, OR MUXM | requests, check MUXM
| STATUS NOT YET ADAPTED TO CHANGED | states
| TSG STATUS |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
5 | REQUESTED MUXM NOT CREATED |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
6 | MESSAGE CHANNEL SYNCHRONIZATION NOT |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
7 | PROCESS MSCCM NOT IN IDLE STATE. | Try again later
| AT LEAST ONE JOB STORED FOR |
| ORIGINATOR |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
8 | JOB NOT ALLOWED DURING INSTALLATION | Try again later
| RECOVERY |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
9 | DEMAND TEST FOR MUXM NOT SUCCESSFUL: | MUXM not usable as ACT
| NO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIVED FROM UNIT | or STB MUXM
| MUXMA |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
10 | TSG CONFIGURATION IS ACTIVE. | Try again later
| TSG STATES COULD NOT BE READ |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
11 | NO VALID STATUS COMBINATION FOUND | Write SW error report
| FOR THIS REQUEST. INTERNAL ERROR IN |
| PROCESS MSCCM |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
12 | INTERNAL ERROR HANDLING FOR ALL |Write SW error report and
| MUXM: NEW DEFINITION OF ALL MUXM | check MUXM states
| STATES |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
13 | NO CONFIGURATION TASK NECESSARY FOR |
| THIS REQUEST |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
14 | MUXM NOT IN ACT/STB STATE | Configure MUXM to
| | ACT/STB before
| | repeating this command
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
15 | STATUS REQUEST NOT POSSIBLE AT THIS |
| STATE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
17 | ERROR DURING ’TSG’ ACTION: A TSG |
| (SWITCHOVER FROM STB TO ACT NOT |
| POSSIBLE) |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
18 | NO TIMER AVAILABLE FOR CHON COMMAND | Try again later
| OR FOR THE ACTION CHANGE_SEMI_DATA |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
19 | NO NOTEBOOK AVAILABLE FOR WRITING | Try again later, check
| SEMIPERMANENT DATA | MUXM/s state
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
20 | MAXIMUM NUMBER OF RECOVERY ACTIONS | Check MUXM/s state, write
| REACHED; INTERNAL ERROR | SW error report
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
21 | DEMAND TEST FOR MUXM NOT SUCCESSFUL: | MUXM not usable as ACT
| RECEIVED MESSAGE FOR MUXMA FAULTY | or STB MUXM

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 7+

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
22 | DEMAND TEST FOR MUXM NOT SUCCESSFUL: | Write SW error report
| INVALID DEMAND TEST REQUEST MESSAGE |
| FROM PROCESS MSCCM |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
23 | DEMAND TEST FOR MUXM NOT SUCCESSFUL: | Write SW error report
| SOFTWARE ERROR IN ROUT:MUX |
| (PROCESS MSTRT) |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
24 | DEMAND TEST FOR MUXM NOT SUCCESSFUL: | Write SW error report
| INVALID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FOR DEMAND |
| TEST REQUEST MUXMA |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
25 | DEMAND TEST FOR MUXM NOT SUCCESSFUL: | MUXM not usable as ACT
| NO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIVED FROM UNIT | or STB MUXM
| MUXMB |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
26 | DEMAND TEST FOR MUXM NOT SUCCESSFUL: | MUXM not usable as ACT
| RECEIVED ACKNOWLEDGE FROM MUXMB IS | STB MUXM
| FAULTY |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
27 | DEMAND TEST FOR MUXM NOT SUCCESSFUL: | Write SW error report
| INVALID ACKNOWLEDGE FOR DEMAND TEST |
| REQUEST MUXMB |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
28 | MESSAGE CHON OR DEMAND TEST FOR MUXM | Check new MUXM states
| NOT SUCCESSFUL BECAUSE TSG HAS |
| CHANGED ITS STATE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
29 | OLD MUXM STATE (ACT OR EAC) NOT |
| TSG STATE CHANGE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
30 | IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO WRITE NEW | Release update function or
| SEMIPERMANENT MUXM STATES TO DISK | make disks available.
| BECAUSE UPDATE FUNCTION IS NOT | Then configure one MUXM
| USABLE (BLOCKED BY MML COMMAND), | to save all new MUXM
| OR NO DISK IS AVAILABLE. STATES ARE | states on disk. Otherwise,
| ONLY STORED IN CP | the old MUXM states may
| | be used after the next
| | CP recovery
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
31 | JOB NOT ALLOWED ON THE NONSWITCHING | Don’t retry
| CP SIDE |
-----+--------------------------------------+---------------------------
32 | CONFIGURATION REQUEST NOT ALLOWED | Configure second MUXM to
| BECAUSE MUXM IS THE LAST OF A PAIR | ACT,then try again.It is
| | possible that the STAT SN SWOV
| | is not possible (if the
| | second MUXM is already
| | in state ACT)
------------------------------------------------------------------------

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF CCNC : UNIT= ,OST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT CCNC PROCESSOR UNIT

This parameter specifies the unit.

Compatibilities:
+-------+----------------+
! a = ! b = !
+-------+----------------+
! CCNP ! 0...1 !
! SIPA ! 0...7, 10...17 !
! SILTC ! 0...31 !
! SILT ! 0...255 !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 8+

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! MUXM ! 0, 1, 10, 11 !
+-------+----------------+

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TYPE
CCNP COMM.CHANN.NETWORK PROCESSOR
SIPA SIGNALING PERIPHERAL ADAPTER
SILTC SIGNALING TERMINAL CONTROL
SILT SIGNALING LINK TERMINAL
MUXM MASTER MULTIPLEXER

b: NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter specifies the target operating state.

Compatibilities:

- State transitions for the CCNC

+---------------------+------------------------------+
! Unit Current !Target state: !
! state ! !
! !ACT !STB !MBL !PLA !
+---------------------+------------------------------+
! CCNP: ACT !- !-,1 !xx,9,2 !- !
! STB !x,3,8 !- !x !- !
! MBL !x,4 !x,5 !- !x !
! UNA !- !- !x !- !
! PLA !- !- !x !- !
+---------------------+------------------------------+
! SIPA: ACT !- !-,1 !xx,9,11!- !
! STB !-,3 !- !- !- !
! MBL !x !- !- !x !
! UNA !- !- !- !- !
! PLA !- !- !x !- !
+---------------------+------------------------------+
! SILTC/SILT: ACT !- !- !xx,9,12!- !
! STB !- !- !- !- !
! MBL !x !- !- !x !
! UNA !- !- !x !- !
! PLA !- !- !x !- !
+---------------------+------------------------------+
! MUXM: ACT !- !xx,6 !xx,9 !- !
! STB !xx,7 !- !10 !- !
! MBL !x !10 !- !x !
! EAC !- !- !xx,9 !- !
! UNA !- !- !x !- !
! PLA !- !- !x !- !
+---------------------+------------------------------+

- illegal combination

x This state transition does not lead to system failure

and is always executed.

xx This is a dangerous state transition which may lead to system

failure.

1 This state transition occurs implicitly during soft

switchover (it is not initiated by command input).
SIPA is also configured.

2 This state transition is only executed if there is no

standby CCNP.

3 This state transition occurs implicitly during soft and

hard switchover. SIPA is also configured.

4 This state transition is only executed if there is no

active CCNP.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 9+

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5 This state transition is only executed if a redundant CCNP is

active.

6 If link distribution on both STAT SNs (LM12948) has been implemented

this state transition is not allowed. If link distribution has not
been implemented, state transition is only possible after command
CONF SN has been given and if redundant MUXM is in state STB.
The Operator must confirm the command with ’+’.

7 If link distribution on both STAT SNs (LM12948) has been implemented

this state transition is not allowed. If link distribution has not
been implemented, state transition is only possible after command
CONF SN has been given and if redundant MUXM is in state ACT.
The Operator must confirm the command with ’+’.

8 In case soft switchover turns out to be dangerous the operator

has the choice to allow a hard switchover by entering ’+’ or to
cancel the command by entering ’-’.

9 If CCS7 rejection of change to MBL via MMI for the last active
unit (LM15903) has been implemented state, transition is not
allowed if the redundant unit is not available. If rejection of
change has not been implemented, state transition is executed after
confirmation by the operator.

10 If link distribution on both STAT SNs (LM12948) has been implemented

state transition is not allowed. If link distribution has not
been implemented, state transition is executed.

11 Transition is rejected if an active SILTC is connected to

the SIPA.

12 Configuration of SILTC is dangerous if an active SILT is

connected to the SILTC. Configuration of SILT is dangerous
if it carries an active link.

- The following state combinations are possible for the two CCNP:

+----------+---------------------------------------------------------+
! For ! For !
! CCNP 0 ! CCNP 1 !
! ! ACT STB CBL_A CBL_S MBL SEZ_R SEZ_D NAC UNA PLA !
+----------+-----+----+------+------+---+------+------+----+----+----+
! ACT ! - ! + ! - ! T ! + ! T ! T ! T ! + ! + !
! STB ! + ! - ! - ! T ! - ! - ! - ! - ! T ! - !
! MBL ! + ! - ! - ! - ! + ! T ! T ! T ! + ! + !
! PLA ! + ! - ! - ! - ! + ! T ! T ! T ! + ! + !
! SEZ_R/D ! T ! - ! - ! - ! T ! - ! - ! - ! T ! T !
! NAC ! T ! - ! - ! - ! T ! - ! - ! T ! T ! T !
! UNA ! + ! T ! T ! T ! + ! T ! T ! T ! + ! + !
+----------+-----+----+------+------+---+------+------+----+----+----+
+: Legal state combination
-: Illegal state combination
T: This state combination may exist temporarily. It includes at
least one transitional state which the system automatically
converts to a stable state. This state combination is not
necessarily apparent to the operating personnel, i.e. it only
occurs in exceptional cases during state interrogation.

Notes:
- Configuration commands for SIPA must always contain a processor
number in the active CCNP, if there is an active CCNP.
If the partner CCNP is in state STB, the redundant SIPA will
also be configured automatically when the command is executed.
It is also possible to configure a SIPA without an active CCNP.

- If active SIPAs, SILTCs or SILTs are configured to target

state MBL, messages may be lost when the signaling
traffic is diverted onto alternative signaling links. Message loss
can, however, be avoided by configuring the signaling links in
question to state BL1 or BL2 beforehand.

- A soft switchover (configuration of the standby CCNP to

active) may escalate to hard switchover (e.g. under heavy load

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 10+

 CONF CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

conditions), if the operator requests an unconditional

switchover (’+’).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PLA PLANNED
STB STANDBY
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
ACT ACTIVE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CCNC- 11-

 DIAG CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE CCNC

This command is used to start the diagnosis of the CCNC. Depending on the
message routing, diagnostic results may be output on the OMT. Diagnosis is
based on processor self tests, interface tests and loading of the
processors. These sequences are run:
- once for the unit CCNP,
- once for unit MUXM with only MUXMA,
- twice for unit MUXM with MUXMA and MUXMB,
- twice for unit SILTC,
- twice or three times for unit SILT.
The aim of the diagnosis is to confirm that a processor is capable of
functioning correctly or, if an error has occurred, to reproduce that
the error is located in the specified unit. In case of CCNP or MUXM
the faulty module may be identified.
Diagnosis is started
- before a processor is started for the first time
- after a CCS7 error message
- after module replacement.

Prequisites:
- Before entering of the diagnosis command the unit to be diagnosed
has to be configured into state MBL using the command CONF CCNC.

After unsuccessful execution of the diagnosis the following mask is output

displaying the reason for the failure.

Possible errors are:

Module 2:

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
1 | NO ACCESS TO ADMINISTRATIVE | DISPLAY THE MUX DATA
| MUX DATA, DATA FAULT |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
2 | NO ACCESS TO NUC DATA | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
| DATA FAULT |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
3 | DEVICE AT OUTGOING SIDE OF | PROOF THE CONFIGURATION OF NUC
| NUC CONNECTION IS NOT MUX |
| NUC CONFIGURATION FAULT |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
4 | DEVICE AT INCOMING SIDE OF | PROOF THE CONFIGURATION OF NUC
| NUC CONNECTION IS NOT LTG |
| NUC CONFIGURATION FAULT |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
5 | NUC IS NOT ACTIVATED | ACTIVATE NUC
| NUC CONFIGURATION FAULT |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
17 | MSTRT SENDS INVALID_DETEST_ | WRITE AN ERROR REPORT
| REQ SOFTWARE-FAULT |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
18 | INTERN FAULT IN PROCESS MSTRT| WRITE AN ERROR REPORT
| SOFTWARE-FAULT |

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
23 | SOFTWARE FAULT IN MSFAM OR | LOOK AT SWSG OF MSDCT
| MSTRT, SOFTWARE-FAULT | WRITE AN ERROR REPORT
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
24 | INCONSISTENCY IN MSFAM AND | WRITE AN ERROR REPORT
| MSTRT MESSAGES | (SAVE CIRCUMSTANCES)
| SOFTWARE-FAULT |

Module 3

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
4 | CONFIGURATION NOT ALLOWED - | REPEAT COMMAND USING CORRECT
| WRONG PARAMETER VALUES | VALUES
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
5 | TIMER ORDER FAILED: LACK OF | TRY AGAIN LATER IF NO SWSG

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG CCNC- 1+

 DIAG CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

| RESOURCES OR SOFTWARE ERROR | OCCURS

| IF SWSG OCCURS |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
6 | ACTUAL STATUS OF CCNP | TRY AGAIN AFTER CCNP WAS CON-
| FORBIDS TASK EXECUTION, NO | FIGURATED TO ACT
| CCNP IS ACTIVE |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
9 | NO PARALLEL TASK FOR CONFI- | TRY AGAIN LATER
| GURATION ALLOWED |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
14 | INTERNAL ERROR IN PROCESS, | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
| SWSG OCCURS | DO NOT RETRY
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
16 | ERROR WHEN CALLING A SUB- | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
| SYSTEM C7 INTERNAL PROCEDURE,| DO NOT RETRY
| WRONG PARAMETER VALUES |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
17 | ERROR WHEN READING A TRAN- | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
| SIENT DEVICE STATE | DO NOT RETRY
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
18 | ERROR WHEN WRITING A TRAN- | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT,
| SIENT DEVICE STATE PERHAPS | CHECK STATES, TRY TO REPEAT,
| ONLY SEMIPERMANENT STATES | BE CAREFUL !!
| CHANGED |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
19 | ERROR WHEN READING A SEMIPER-| WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
| MANENT DEVICE STATE | DO NOT RETRY
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
22 | UNDEFINED RESPONSE VALUE FROM| CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ACCOR-
| EAVT | DING TO MMN, CHECK EAVT/IOCP
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
23 | UNDEFINED VALUES IN RECEIVED | CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ACCOR-
| MESSAGE | DING TO MMN, DO NOT RETRY
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
24 | TIMER MESSAGE INSTEAD OF RE- | CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ACCOR-
| CEIPT NO ANSWER FROM CCNP | DING TO MMN

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
25 | TIMER MESSAGE INSTEAD OF RE- | CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ACCOR-
| CEIPT NO ANSWER FROM EAVT/ | DING TO MMN
| IOCP, SOFTWARE ERROR |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
28 | CCNP NOT IN STATE SEZ_R | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
| AFTER POSITIVE LOAD ACKNOW- |
| LEDGE FROM FA:CCNC OR SIMP NO|
| SEZ_R DURING INI2 |
| CONTROLLED BY FA:CCNC, |
| SOFTWARE FAULT |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
29 | INVALID IOGPGCH COMMAND FOR | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
| EAVT |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
30 | INVALID IORSOUT COMMAND FOR | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
| EAVT |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
31 | INVALID IOKONF COMMAND FOR | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
| EAVT |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
32 | NO IOP AVAILABLE FOR CCNC | CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ACCOR-
| ACCESS TOLD US IN RESPONSE | DING TO MMN, CHECK IOP, NO CCNC
| FROM EAVT/IOCP | ERROR
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
33 | COMMAND ACK BETWEEN IOP AND | CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ACCOR-
| CCNP NOT SUCCESSFUL DURING | DING TO MMN
| CCNP RESET, CCNP ERROR |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
34 | COMMAND RDY BETWEEN IOP AND | CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE ACCOR-
| CCNP NOT SUCCESSFUL DURING | DING TO MMN
| CCNP RESET, CCNP ERROR |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
52 | SIMP ALWAYS ANSWERS WITH | CONFIGURE UNA SILT/SILTC TO
| CONF-SIMP-NO-IDLE MONITORING | MBL
| AFTER COMMAND-REPETITIONS. |
| THIS MEANS SIMP-ERROR IN FEA-|
| TURE SILT/SILTC STATUSMO- |
| NITORING FOR UNA SILT/ |

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG CCNC- 2+

 DIAG CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

| SILTCS. |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
54 | REQUESTED UNIT NOT IN MBL. | CONFIGURE UNIT TO MBL

Module 4 (MSFCTA5S):

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
20 | LOAD REQUEST NOT SUPERVISED | TRY AGAIN LATER
| BY TIMER, LACK OF RESOURCES |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
23 | SIPA DEFECT OR NOT EXISTING | CONF. AFFECTED SIPA TO MBL OR
| HARDWARE-FAULT | CHANGE IT, MAINTENANCE ACCORDING
| | TO MMN

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
30 | MESSAGE IOPOFF (TOTAL LOSS OF| TRY AGAIN LATER
| IOP:MB PAIR) FROM IOCP RECEI-|
| VED |

Module 5:

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
63 | UNEXPECTED RERTEST RESPONSE | HAS NO EFFECT ON SYSTEM OPERATION
| FROM CCNP RECEIVED (E.G. | BUT SHOULD NOT OCCUR
| WITH AN OLD MESSAGE NUMBER) | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
64 | ROUTINE SWITCH OVER REJECTED | TRY AGAIN LATER
| LOAD TOO HIGH IN CCNC OR - |
| ADMINISTRATION TASK RUNNING |
| OR CONF:SIMP NOT IN STATE |
| IDLE |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
65 | ROUTINE SWITCH OVER NOT POS- | CONFIGURE CCNP TO STB,
| SIBLE, NO CCNP IN STATE | ACTIVATE ALL SILTC
| STB OR AT LEAST ONE SILTC |
| NOTACCESSIBLE BY STB CCNP |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
68 | RTEST RECEIPT ARRIVES IN | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT, IF
| WRONG STATE | ERROR OCCURS MORE THEN TWICE A
| | DAY
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
69 | INCORRECT RTEST RESPONSE, | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT, IF
| SPORADIC ERROR | ERROR OCCURS MORE THEN TWICE A
| | DAY
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
70 | NO RTEST RESPONSE, SPORADIC | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT, IF
| ERROR | ERROR OCCURS MORE THEN TWICE A
| | DAY

Module 21:

Error| Fault text | Cause/measure

-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
1 | WRONG DEVICE IN CONFIGURATION| USE RIGHT DEVICE (ONLY MUXM)
| REQUEST FOR MSCCM |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
2 | WRONG DEVICE NUMBER IN CON- | USE ONLY VALID DEVICE NUMBER
| FIGURATION REQUEST FOR MSCCM | FOR MUXM
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
3 | ERROR IN MSCCM | LOOK AT SWSG
| | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
4 | REQUESTED MUXM STATUS | USE ONLY VALID STATUS REQUESTS
| TRANSITION NOT ALLOWED FOR |
| THIS ORIGINATOR |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
5 | REQUESTED MUXM NOT CREATED | FIRST USE COMMAND CR MUX,

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG CCNC- 3+

 DIAG CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

| | THEN CONF CCNC FOR MUXM

-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
6 | MESSAGE CHANNEL SYNCHRONI- | MUXM NOT USABLE AS ACT OR
| SATION NOT POSSIBLE | STB MUXM
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
7 | MSCCM PROCESS NOT IN IDLE | TRY AGAIN LATER
| STATE AND AT LEAST ONE JOB |
| STORED FOR ORIGINATOR IF POS-|
| SIBLE FOR HIM |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
8 | JOB NOT ALLOWED DURING | TRY AGAIN LATER
| INSTALLATION |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
10 | TSG CONFIGURATION IS ACTIVE | TRY AGAIN LATER
| IT WAS NOT POSSIBLE TO READ |
| THE TSG STATES |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
11 | NO VALID STATUS COMBINATION | WRITE SOFTWARE ERROR REPORT
| FOUND FOR THIS REQUEST. IN- |
| TERNAL ERROR IN PROCESS MSCCM|
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
15 | STATUS REQUEST NOT POSSIBLE | TRY AGAIN LATER
| AT THIS TIME BECAUSE OF ACTU-| CHECK MUX/TSG STATUS BEFORE
| AL MUXM/TSG STATUS |
| SITUATION |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
18 | NO TIMER FOR CHON COMMAND | TRY AGAIN LATER
| AVAILABLE |
-----+------------------------------+----------------------------------
28 | MESSAGE CHANNEL ON OR DEMAND-| CHECK NEW MUXM STATES
| TEST OF MUXM NOT SUCCESSFUL |
| BECAUSE TSG CHANGES ITS |
| STATES |

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG CCNC : UNIT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT CCNC PROCESSOR UNIT

Compatibilities:
+-------+----------------+
! unit !
! type ! number !
+-------+----------------+
! SILT ! 0...255 !
! SILTC ! 0...31 !
! CCNP ! 0...1 !
! MUXM ! 0,1,10,11 !
+-------+----------------+

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: UNIT TYPE
CCNP COMM. CHANN. NETWORK PROCESSOR
SILTC SIGNALING TERMINAL CONTROLLER
SILT SIGNALING LINK TERMINAL
MUXM MASTER MULTIPLEXER

b: UNIT NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG CCNC- 4-

 STAT CCNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY OST OF CCNC

This command is used to interrogate the operating states of the

CCNP and all other CCNC processors.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT CCNC : UNIT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT UNIT

This parameter specifies the unit.

Compatibilities:
+-------+----------------+
! a = ! b = !
+-------+----------------+
! CCNP ! 0...1 !
! SIPA ! 0...7, 10...17 !
! SILTC ! 0...31 !
! SILT ! 0...255 !
! MUXM ! 0, 1, 10, 11 !
+-------+----------------+

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PROCESSOR TYPE
CCNP COM.CHANNEL NETWORK PROCESSOR
SIPA SIGNALING PERIPHERY ADAPTER
SILTC SIGNALING LINK TERM. CONTROL
SILT SIGNALING LINK TERMINAL
MUXM MULTIPLEXER

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT CCNC- 1-

 ACT CCNCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CCNC TRACER

This command activates the CCNC tracer in the CCNC units CPI,
SIMP or SILT.
Trace selection is made by specifying the process, the message field
and its contents, and a mask with which these contents can be traced.
The trigger types correspond to those of the LTG tracer. Up to 8
CCNC processes can be traced in one CCNC processor.

Example:
- ACT CCNCTRAC:
UNIT = SIMP-1,
MODE = COM-CIFEV-"H’00"-"H’00"&
FAN-CIFEV-"H’00"-"H’00",
TRITYP = AFTER,
TRIEV = PCH-EVENT-"H’06"-"H’FF";

Compatibilities:
- The CCNC, LTG, DLU and ISDN trace functions may not be activated at the
same time.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CCNCTRAC : UNIT= ,MODE= [,TRITYP=] [,TRIEV=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT CCNC UNIT

This parameter specifies the CCNC processor.

Compatibilities:
+------------+----------------+
! a = ! b = !
+------------+----------------+
!CPI,SIMP ! 0...1 !
!SILT ! 0...255 !
+------------+----------------+

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PROCESSOR TYPE
CPI COORDINATION PROC. INTERFACE
SILT SIGNALING LINK TERMINAL
SIMP SIGNALING MANAGEMENT PROCESSOR

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

MODE TRACE MODE

This parameter defines the object to be traced in a hierarchical

structure.

Note:
- A trace selection is made by specifying the units
CCNC MESSAGE FIELD CONTENT and CCNC MESSAGE FIELD MASK.
To select the trace events, the unit CCNC MESSAGE FIELD CONTENT
defines the location for a mask on message content.
Unit CCNC MESSAGE FIELD MASK defines a mask with which these
contents can be traced.
It is therefore possible to mask a message content in order to
trace specified messages only.
Not all combinations of input are possible and useful.
CCNC MESSAGE FIELD CONTENT and CCNC MESSAGE FIELD MASK are
connected and may have the same length.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CCNCTRAC- 1+

 ACT CCNCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: CCNC PROCESS=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This unit specifies a process, in which tracing is made.

The input can be done in the following two ways:
1. By entering a symbolic name of the table below.

Table: Possible trace processes in the processor type

+---+------------------------------+
! ! !
!a= ! INPUT FOR CPI !
! ! !
+---+------------------------------+
!ANA! Fault analysis !
!BRC! Broadcasting !
!CNF! Configuration !
!COM! Communication test !
!CON! Administration configuration !
!FLM! Flow measurement !
!HIN! Incoming handling !
!HOU! Outgoing handling !
!HTR! Transfer handling !
!LOA! Loading of data !
!MDU! Memory Dump utility !
!OCO! Overload control !
!PAR! Parameter administration !
!PCH! Patch utility !
!REC! Recovery !
!REP! Reporting !
!RTF! Routine test !
!TMM! Traffic measurement !
!TRC! Trace utility !
+---+------------------------------+

Table: Possible trace processes in the processor type

+---+------------------------------+
! ! !
!a= ! INPUT FOR SILT !
! ! !
+---+------------------------------+
!ANA! Fault analysis !
!COM! Communication test !
!FAD! Administration !
!FCO! Congestion part !
!FLP! Link state part !
!FOC! Overload control !
!FRP! Reception part !
!FRT! Retrieval Part !
!FTP! Transmission part !
!IFT! Interface test !
!MDU! Memory dump utility !
!MEB! Message buffer control !
!REC! Recovery !
!REP! Reporting !
!ROU! Routine test !
!TRC! Trace utility !
+---+------------------------------+

The trace process FRP only collects MSU data.

Following MODE combinations are allowed:

FRP-CIFEV-"H’05"-"H’FF"
FRP-SIO-"H’xx"-"H’xx"
FRP-SIF-"H’xx"-"H’xx"

Table: Possible trace processes in the processor type

+---+------------------------------+
! ! !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CCNCTRAC- 2+

 ACT CCNCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

!a= ! INPUT FOR SIMP !

! ! !
+---+------------------------------+
!AUC! Automatic uninhibiting contr.!
!CBA! Change back for adjacent !
! ! routes !
!CBH! Change back high priority !
! ! processes !
!CBT! Change back low priority and !
! ! time controlled diversion !
! ! processes !
!CCL! Configuration of !
! ! administration !
!CGC! Congestion control !
!COB! Changeover/changeback !
!COM! Communication test !
!CON! Configuration !
!CSP! Central spooler !
!FAN! Fault analysis !
!LCC! Local congestion control !
!LIT! Local inhibiting test !
!LSR! Link state retrieval !
!MDU! Memory dump utility !
!MIU! Management inhibiting/ !
! ! uninhibiting !
!OCT! Overload control !
!PCH! Patch utility !
!RCT! Route set congestion test !
!RDI! Route direction !
! ! initialization !
!REC! Recovery !
!REP! Reporting !
!RIT! Remote inhibiting test !
!ROT! Routine test !
!ROU! Routing !
!RRC! Rerouting control !
!RSP! Reporting of CCS7 parameters !
!RST! Route set test !
!SLA! SLIC restart control !
!SLI! Signalling link control !
!SRC! Start/restart control !
!TAP! Transfer allowed/ !
! ! prohibited !
!TCC! Threshold control !
!TCR! Transfer message after change!
! ! current routes !
!TFC! Traffic flow control !
!TMQ! Testing and maintenance ack !
!TRC! Trace utility !
!TRT! Transfer of transient data !
!UPD! Updating !
+---+------------------------------+

Data will be received only if the selected trace

process is available in the specified processor type.

2. By entering a hexadecimal value in the range of

00H - 0FFH. Hexadecimal inputs are marked with
a beginning numerical character (0-9).

b: CCNC MESSAGE FIELD=

1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This unit specifies the message field to be traced. This

can be done in the following two ways:
1. By entering a symbolic name. The symbolic names
depend on the processor type and the message type.

For the processors CPI, SIMP and SILT the

input for the CCNC INTERNAL MESSAGE FORMAT is
as follows:

1 MESSAGE HEADER

Unit b = DC Destination complex

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CCNCTRAC- 3+

 ACT CCNCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LI Length indicator
SC Source complex

2 CCS7 MESSAGE

Unit b = SIF Service information field

SIO Service information octet

3 INTERNAL MESSAGES

Unit b = DASA Destination address/

source address
EVENT Event
JC1 Process number (CP)
PROCNR Process number (CCNC)
TASK Program complex (CCNC)

For the processors CPI, SIMP and SILT the

input for the CENTRAL INPUT INTERFACE is
as follows:

Unit b = CIFBUF Buffer address

CIFDAT Data
CIFEV Event
CIFPCB PCB address
CIFPRC Program complex

For the processors CPI, SIMP and SILT the

input for the PROCESS CONTROL BLOCK is
as follows:

Unit b = PCBSTA State

PCBUSE User Data

For the processor CPI the input for the

EWSD MESSAGE FORMAT is as follows:

1 MESSAGE HEADER

Unit b = CEVENT Event

CDASA Destination address/
source address
CJC1 Job code 1 (process number)
CJC2 Job code 2 (job number)
DMCHO Destination message channel
number
LENGTH Length
OJC1 Outgoing job code 1
OJC2 Outgoing job code 2
ODASA Destination address/
source address
OEVENT Event
SMBUO Source message buffer number
SMCHO Source message channel number

2. By entering a hexadecimal value in the range of

00H - 0FFH. Hexadecimal inputs are marked with
a beginning numerical character (0-9). This is
only possible for messages.

c: CCNC MESSAGE FIELD CONTENT=

1...18 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

This information unit is to be entered in hexadecimal notation.

- "H’hex. figures 1...16" or
- "X’hex. figures 1...16".
Each byte has to be represented by two hexadecimal characters.
In use of H’: Least significant byte standing on the left.
In use of X’: Least significant byte standing on the right.
Example for CCNC MESSAGE FIELD CONTENT input:
- "H’0001020304050607" or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CCNCTRAC- 4+

 ACT CCNCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- "X’0A090807".
The bytes, the user did not entered, will be filled with 0.

d: CCNC MESSAGE FIELD MASK=

1...18 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

This information unit is to be entered in hexadecimal notation.

see CCNC MESSAGE FIELD CONTENT.

TRITYP TRIGGER TYPE

This parameter specifies the trigger possibilities.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AFTER AFTER TRIGGER EVENT

The first appearance of a user-selectable trigger
event initiates the data collection which ends as
soon as the cyclic memory space for the trace file
is full.
MIDDLE MIDDLE TRIGGER EVENT
Reception of activation commands in the periphery
starts data collection which ends after the first
appearance of a user-selectable trigger event when
half of the cyclic memory space for the trace file
is full.
UNTIL UNTIL TRIGGER EVENT
Reception of activation commands in the periphery
starts data collection. It ends after the first
appearance of a user-selectable trigger event.
Trace data can be overwritten.
USER USER CONTROLLED
Reception of the activation command in the
periphery starts data collection. It ends after
arrival of the deactivation command. With longer
trace jobs, trace data are overwritten.

Default: AFTER

TRIEV TRIGGER EVENT

This parameter specifies the trigger event and defines the end or
start of data collection.
The input options are identical with those of the parameter MODE.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: CCNC PROCESS=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: CCNC MESSAGE FIELD=

1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: CCNC MESSAGE FIELD CONTENT=

1...18 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

d: CCNC MESSAGE FIELD MASK=

1...18 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CCNCTRAC- 5-

 CAN CCNCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCNC TRACER

This command cancels an active CCNC trace job. The data of the CCNC tracer
are retained until the next start.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CCNCTRAC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CCNCTRAC- 1-

 DISP CCNCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCNC TRACER

This command displays the state and, if activated, the job data of the CCNC
tracer.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CCNCTRAC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CCNCTRAC- 1-

 DMP CCNCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMP CCNC TRACER

This command dumps the data of the CCNC tracer from the backup file
( P2.CCNCTRAC ) to the O&M terminal.

Prerequisites:
- This command is only executed if the tracer is inactive.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DMP CCNCTRAC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CCNCTRAC- 1-

 DISP CCSTAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL CATEGORY STATUS

This command displays the current status of the call category.

The following data are displayed:
- Name of the call category
- Number of calls queued
- Current queue delay
- Queue delay alarm threshold
These data can be displayed for
- one specific call category
- several call categories (up to 10)
- all call categories.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CCSTAT : CCAT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CCAT CALL CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the call category. Up to 10

call categories may be linked with &.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.,+,*,%,#

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CCSTAT- 1-

 ACT CDS
CENTREX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DATA

This command activates a call distribution system configuration in a common

service group.

Prerequisites:
- The common service group must exist and must have a call distribution
system.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ACT CDS - CENTREX ACT CDS FOR A CENTREX CDS

2. ACT CDS - OSS ACT CDS FOR AN ADMOSS CDS

1. Input format

ACT CDS FOR A CENTREX CDS

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,CONF= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CDS- 1+

 ACT CDS
OSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ACT CDS FOR AN ADMOSS CDS

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,CONF= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CDS- 2-

 CAN CDS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DATA

This command cancels a task group for common call distribution system.

Notes:
- If the task group is assigned to an operator location, the location
is canceled too.
- If a queue is assigned to the task group, the queue is canceled too.

Prerequisites:
- A task group can only be canceled, if it is not assigned in common
service subscriber database.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Incompatibilities:
- TASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDS- 1-

 CR CDS
CRATLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DATA

This command creates a task group for a common call distribution system.
If necessary, the task group can be connected either with an attendant
operator location or a booth operator location.

Notes:
- Only the task groups in an ADMOSS common service group can be connected
with an operator location.
- It is only allowed to connect 100 Call Types per one command.

Prerequisites:
- A task group can only be created if the common service group is already
existing.
- The task group name must be unique within a common service group.
- To create a task group, the call type must already exist.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR CDS - CRATLOC CREATE ATTN OPRLOC

2. CR CDS - CRBOLOC CREATE BOOTH OPRLOC
3. CR CDS - CRCXCDS CREATE CENTREX CDS DATA
4. CR CDS - CROSCDS CREATE ADMOSS CDS DATA

1. Input format

CREATE ATTN OPRLOC

This input format is used to create a new

attendant operator location for an ADMOSS
common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= [,CONF=] [,CTYP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,FORCE= ,LOCAT= ,TREAT= ,LOCCTYP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDS- 1+
 CR CDS
CRATLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Prerequisites:
- The task group must not exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- TASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must already exist.

Incompatibilities:
- CTYP = X

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force, which the task group

should belong to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

LOCAT LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TREAT TREATMENT

This parameter specifies which call treatment types are processed

by the operator location. Up to 4 parameter values may
be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DELAY DELAY
RECALL RECALL
TICHAR TIME AND CHARGE
VERBNF VERBAL NOTIFICATION
X ALL TREATMENTS

LOCCTYP LOCATION CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call type of the location.

If this parameter is entered, an attendant operator location

is created.

Prerequisites:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDS- 2+
 CR CDS
CRATLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- The call type must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDS- 3+
 CR CDS
CRBOLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CREATE BOOTH OPRLOC

This input format is used to create a new

booth operator location for an ADMOSS common
service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= [,CONF=] [,CTYP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,FORCE= ,LOCAT= ,TREAT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must not exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- TASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must already exist.

Incompatibilities:
- CTYP = X

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDS- 4+
 CR CDS
CRBOLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force, which the task group

should belong to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

LOCAT LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TREAT TREATMENT

This parameter specifies which call treatment types are processed

by the operator location. Up to 4 parameter values may
be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DELAY DELAY
RECALL RECALL
TICHAR TIME AND CHARGE
VERBNF VERBAL NOTIFICATION
X ALL TREATMENTS

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDS- 5+
 CR CDS
CRCXCDS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

CREATE CENTREX CDS DATA

This input format is used to create a task group

for a CENTREX common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= [,CONF=] [,CTYP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,FORCE=] [,FRWDINC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must not exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- TASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must already exist.

Incompatibilities:
- CTYP = X

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDS- 6+
 CR CDS
CRCXCDS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force, which the task group

should belong to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

FRWDINC FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the forward intercept.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDS- 7+
 CR CDS
CROSCDS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

CREATE ADMOSS CDS DATA

This input format is used to create a task group

for an ADMOSS common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= [,CONF=] [,CTYP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,FORCE= [,FRWDINC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must not exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- TASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must already exist.

Incompatibilities:
- CTYP = X

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDS- 8+
 CR CDS
CROSCDS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force, which the task group

should belong to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

FRWDINC FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the forward intercept.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDS- 9-
 DISP CDS
DISCDSCO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DATA

This command displays call distribution system data for MSB.

Prerequisites:
- The common service group must exist and must have a call
distribution system.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CDS - DISCDSCO DISP CDS CONF OF A CSG

2. DISP CDS - DISLOCOS DISP LOCATION DATA OF ADMOSS CSG
3. DISP CDS - DISTGRCX DISP TASKGRP DATA OF CTX CSG
4. DISP CDS - DISTGROS DISP TASKGRP DATA OF ADMOSS CSG

1. Input format

DISP CDS CONF OF A CSG

This input format is used to display the current call

distribution system configuration of a specific common
service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDS- 1+

 DISP CDS
DISLOCOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DISP LOCATION DATA OF ADMOSS CSG

This input format is used to display the location data

of an ADMOSS common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,FORMAT= [,LOCAT=] [,TREAT=] 1
1 1
1 [,LOCCTYP=] [,TASKGRP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FORMAT FORMAT

This parameter specifies, whether task group data or operator

location data should be displayed.

Notes:
- If the parameter is not entered, the actual CDS
configuration of the common service group is displayed.
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is obligatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LOCAT LOCATION

LOCAT LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location name.

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TREAT TREATMENT

This parameter specifies the treatment.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDS- 2+

 DISP CDS
DISLOCOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DELAY DELAY
RECALL RECALL
TICHAR TIME AND CHARGE
VERBNF VERBAL NOTIFICATION
X ALL TREATMENTS

LOCCTYP LOCATION CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call type of the location.

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDS- 3+

 DISP CDS
DISTGRCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

DISP TASKGRP DATA OF CTX CSG

This input format is used to display the task group data

of a CENTREX common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,FORMAT= [,TASKGRP=] [,CONF=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FORMAT FORMAT

This parameter specifies, whether task group data or operator

location data should be displayed.

Notes:
- If the parameter is not entered, the actual CDS
configuration of the common service group is displayed.
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is obligatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDS- 4+

 DISP CDS
DISTGRCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDS- 5+

 DISP CDS
DISTGROS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

DISP TASKGRP DATA OF ADMOSS CSG

This input format is used to display the task group data

of an ADMOSS common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,FORMAT= [,TASKGRP=] [,CONF=] 1
1 1
1 [,FORCE=] [,LOCAT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FORMAT FORMAT

This parameter specifies, whether task group data or operator

location data should be displayed.

Notes:
- If the parameter is not entered, the actual CDS
configuration of the common service group is displayed.
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is obligatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDS- 6+

 DISP CDS
DISTGROS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force.

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

LOCAT LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location name.

Notes:
- If X is entered for CSGLAC and/or CSGDN this
parameter is not allowed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDS- 7-

 MOD CDS
CAOPRLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DATA

This command modifies a task group for a common call distribution system.
If necessary, an existing task group can be connected either with an
attendant operator location or a booth operator location.

Notes:
- Only the task groups in an ADMOSS common service group can be connected
with an operator location.
- It is only allowed to connect and cancel 100 Call Types per one command.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD CDS - CAOPRLOC CANCEL OPERATOR LOCATION

2. MOD CDS - CRATLOC CREATE ATTN OPRLOC
3. MOD CDS - CRBOLOC CREATE BOOTH OPRLOC
4. MOD CDS - MCTGRDA MODIFY CTX TASK GROUP DATA
5. MOD CDS - MOATLOC MODIFY ATTN OPRLOC
6. MOD CDS - MOBOLOC MODIFY BOOTH OPRLOC
7. MOD CDS - MOTGRDA MODIFY ADMOSS TASK GROUP DATA

1. Input format

CANCEL OPERATOR LOCATION

This input format is to cancel an

operator location.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,CLOCAT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLOCAT CANCEL LOCATION

This parameter specifies the name of the location,

that should be canceled.

Prerqeuisites:
- The location must exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 1+

 MOD CDS
CAOPRLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 2+

 MOD CDS
CRATLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CREATE ATTN OPRLOC

This input format is used to create a new

attendant operator location with an existing
task group for an ADMOSS common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= ,LOCAT= ,TREAT= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,LOCCTYP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- TASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LOCAT LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TREAT TREATMENT

This parameter specifies which call treatment types are processed

by the operator location. Up to 4 parameter values may
be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DELAY DELAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 3+

 MOD CDS
CRATLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECALL RECALL
TICHAR TIME AND CHARGE
VERBNF VERBAL NOTIFICATION
X ALL TREATMENTS

LOCCTYP LOCATION CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call type of the location.

If this parameter is entered, an attendant operator location

is created.

Prerequisites:
- The call type must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 4+

 MOD CDS
CRBOLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

CREATE BOOTH OPRLOC

This input format is used to create a new

booth operator location with an existing
task group for an ADMOSS common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= ,LOCAT= ,TREAT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- TASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LOCAT LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TREAT TREATMENT

This parameter specifies which call treatment types are processed

by the operator location. Up to 4 parameter values may
be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DELAY DELAY
RECALL RECALL
TICHAR TIME AND CHARGE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 5+

 MOD CDS
CRBOLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

VERBNF VERBAL NOTIFICATION

X ALL TREATMENTS

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 6+

 MOD CDS
MCTGRDA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

MODIFY CTX TASK GROUP DATA

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing task group in a CENTREX common
service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= [,NTASKGRP=] [,CONF=] 1
1 1
1 [,CTYP=] [,FRWDINC=] [,CCONF=] [,CCTYP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CFRWDINC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- TASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NTASKGRP NEW TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the new name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must not exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- NTASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 7+

 MOD CDS
MCTGRDA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must already exist.

Incompatibilities:
- CTYP = X

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FRWDINC FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the forward intercept.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CCONF CANCEL CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the cancel call distribution

system configuration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

CCTYP CANCEL CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the cancel ADMOSS call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must exist if it is used within the command.

Incompatibilities:
- CTYP = X

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CFRWDINC CANCEL FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the forward intercept.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 8+

 MOD CDS
MOATLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

MODIFY ATTN OPRLOC

This input format is used to modify an

existing attendant operator location.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,LOCAT= [,NLOCAT=] [,TREAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CTREAT=] [,LOCCTYP= [,NLOCCTYP=]] [,NTASKGRP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LOCAT LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NLOCAT NEW LOCATION

This parameter specifies the new operator location name.

Prerequisites:
- The new operator location must not exist in the common
service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TREAT TREATMENT

This parameter specifies which call treatment types are processed

by the operator location. Up to 4 parameter values may
be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DELAY DELAY
RECALL RECALL
TICHAR TIME AND CHARGE
VERBNF VERBAL NOTIFICATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 9+

 MOD CDS
MOATLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

X ALL TREATMENTS

CTREAT CANCEL TREATMENT

This parameter specifies which call treatment types should be

canceled from the operator location.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DELAY DELAY
RECALL RECALL
TICHAR TIME AND CHARGE
VERBNF VERBAL NOTIFICATION

LOCCTYP LOCATION CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call type of the location.

If this parameter is entered, an attendant operator location

is created.

Prerequisites:
- The call type must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NLOCCTYP NEW LOCATION CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the new call type of the location.

Prerequisites:
- The new call type must exist, and must not be connected
to a location yet.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NTASKGRP NEW TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the new name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must not exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- NTASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 10+

 MOD CDS
MOBOLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

6. Input format

MODIFY BOOTH OPRLOC

This input format is used to modifiy an

existing booth operator location.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,LOCAT= [,NLOCAT=] [,TREAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CTREAT=] [,NTASKGRP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LOCAT LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NLOCAT NEW LOCATION

This parameter specifies the new operator location name.

Prerequisites:
- The new operator location must not exist in the common
service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TREAT TREATMENT

This parameter specifies which call treatment types are processed

by the operator location. Up to 4 parameter values may
be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DELAY DELAY
RECALL RECALL
TICHAR TIME AND CHARGE
VERBNF VERBAL NOTIFICATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 11+

 MOD CDS
MOBOLOC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

X ALL TREATMENTS

CTREAT CANCEL TREATMENT

This parameter specifies which call treatment types should be

canceled from the operator location.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DELAY DELAY
RECALL RECALL
TICHAR TIME AND CHARGE
VERBNF VERBAL NOTIFICATION

NTASKGRP NEW TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the new name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must not exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- NTASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 12+

 MOD CDS
MOTGRDA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

7. Input format

MODIFY ADMOSS TASK GROUP DATA

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing task group in an ADMOSS common
service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CDS : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= [,NTASKGRP=] [,CONF=] 1
1 1
1 [,CTYP=] [,CCONF=] [,CCTYP=] [,FRWDINC=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CFRWDINC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- TASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NTASKGRP NEW TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the new name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must not exist in the common service group.

Incompatibilities:
- NTASKGRP = X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 13+

 MOD CDS
MOTGRDA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must already exist.

Incompatibilities:
- CTYP = X

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CCONF CANCEL CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the cancel call distribution

system configuration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

CCTYP CANCEL CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the cancel ADMOSS call type name.

Prerequisites:
- The call type name must exist if it is used within the command.

Incompatibilities:
- CTYP = X

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FRWDINC FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the forward intercept.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CFRWDINC CANCEL FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the forward intercept.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDS- 14-

 DISP CDSFILE
CALLTYPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CDS STATISTICS FILE

This command displays the Calltype Summary report in a specified ADMOSS

or CENTREX Common Service Group for

- a list or all Calltypes of the Common Service Group

- a list or all Taskgroups of the Common Service Group
- all Taskgroups within a Force

Prerequisites:
- The Calltype Summary Data are only collected, if this feature is
active for the Common Service Group

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CDSFILE - CALLTYPE CALLTYPE SPECIFIC DISPLAY

2. DISP CDSFILE - FORCE SPECIFIC FORCE
3. DISP CDSFILE - TASKGRP SPECIFIC TASKGROUPS

1. Input format

CALLTYPE SPECIFIC DISPLAY

This input format is used to display the Calltype Summary

Display for a list or for all created calltypes.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDSFILE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= [,CTYP=] [,DISPFUNC=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGDATE=] [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the Common Service
Group. This parameter allows only low keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the Common Service

Group. This parameter allows only high keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CTYP CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the name(s) of the call type(s).

Incompatibilities:
- If CTYP is entered, it is not allowed to enter FORCE or TASKGRP.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSFILE- 1+

 DISP CDSFILE
CALLTYPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPFUNC DISPFUNC

This parameter specifies the type of output mask.

Notes:
- DISPFUNC=DETAIL is only allowed with parameter CTYP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DETAIL DETAILED
EXT EXTENDED
SAS SUPPORT APPLICATION SERVER
STD STANDARD
TIME TIME
VOP VIRTUAL OPERATOR

Default: STD

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the time period from which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the time period from which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the time period to which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the time period to which

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSFILE- 2+

 DISP CDSFILE
CALLTYPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSFILE- 3+

 DISP CDSFILE
FORCE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

SPECIFIC FORCE

This input format is used to display the Calltype Summary

Display for all taskgroups of a force.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDSFILE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,FORCE= [,DISPFUNC=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGDATE=] [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the Common Service
Group. This parameter allows only low keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the Common Service

Group. This parameter allows only high keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS force, which the entered task group
should belong to.

Incompatibilities:
- If FORCE is entered, it is not allowed to enter TASKGRP or CTYP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

DISPFUNC DISPFUNC

This parameter specifies the type of output mask.

Notes:
- DISPFUNC=DETAIL is only allowed with parameter CTYP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

EXT EXTENDED
SAS SUPPORT APPLICATION SERVER
STD STANDARD
TIME TIME
VOP VIRTUAL OPERATOR

Default: STD

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the time period from which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSFILE- 4+

 DISP CDSFILE
FORCE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the time period from which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the time period to which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the time period to which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSFILE- 5+

 DISP CDSFILE
TASKGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

SPECIFIC TASKGROUPS

This input format is used to display the Calltype Summary

Display for a list or for all created taskgroups.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDSFILE : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= [,DISPFUNC=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGDATE=] [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the Common Service
Group. This parameter allows only low keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the Common Service

Group. This parameter allows only high keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name(s) of the task group(s).

Incompatibilities:
- If TASKGRP is entered, it is not allowed to enter FORCE or CTYP.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DISPFUNC DISPFUNC

This parameter specifies the type of output mask.

Notes:
- DISPFUNC=DETAIL is only allowed with parameter CTYP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

EXT EXTENDED
SAS SUPPORT APPLICATION SERVER
STD STANDARD
TIME TIME
VOP VIRTUAL OPERATOR

Default: STD

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the time period from which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSFILE- 6+

 DISP CDSFILE
TASKGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the time period from which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the time period to which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the time period to which
the Taskgroup Status report will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSFILE- 7-

 ACT CDSPROG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE A CDS TIME PROGRAM DATA

This command activates a certain CDS time program.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT CDSPROG : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not divided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CDSPROG- 1-

 CAN CDSPROG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CDS TIME PROGRAM DATA

This command cancels one or several common service subscribers from a

certain program time for the program TGASSIGN.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CDSPROG : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= ,TIME= ,TASKGRP= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CSSUBID= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the time program TGASSIGN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

TIME CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDSPROG- 1+

 CAN CDSPROG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL

EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY
ALL EVERY DAY

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group must exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSSUBID COMMON SERVICE SUBSCRIBER ID

This parameter specifies the number of the common service

subscriber.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDSPROG- 2-

 DACT CDSPROG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE A CDS TIME PROGRAM DATA

This command deactivates a certain CDS time program.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CDSPROG : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not divided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CDSPROG- 1-

 DISP CDSPROG
DCDSCONF
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CDS TIME PROGRAM DATA

This command displays a CDS time program data for a specified time program.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CDSPROG - DCDSCONF DISPLAY CDSCONF DATA

2. DISP CDSPROG - DSUBTOTG DISPLAY CSSUB TO TASKGROUP DATA
3. DISP CDSPROG - DTGTOSUB DISPLAY TASKGROUP TO CSSUB

1. Input format

DISPLAY CDSCONF DATA

This input format is used to display a CDS-Configuration

for a certain or all created program times for the program
CDSCONF.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDSPROG : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= [,TIME=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

TIME CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSPROG- 1+

 DISP CDSPROG
DCDSCONF
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ALL EVERY DAY

EF FULL WEEKEND DAY
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
FR FRIDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
MO MONDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
TH THURSDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
WO WORKDAY

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSPROG- 2+

 DISP CDSPROG
DSUBTOTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DISPLAY CSSUB TO TASKGROUP DATA

This input format is used to display the CSSUBs for a certain

or all task groups for a certain or all program times for the
program TGASSIGN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDSPROG : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= [,TIME=] [,TASKGRP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

TIME CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY
ALL EVERY DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
FR FRIDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
MO MONDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
TH THURSDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
WO WORKDAY

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSPROG- 3+

 DISP CDSPROG
DSUBTOTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group have to exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSPROG- 4+

 DISP CDSPROG
DTGTOSUB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

DISPLAY TASKGROUP TO CSSUB

This input format is used to display all task groups for a

certain CSSUB for a certain or all program times for the
program TGASSIGN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDSPROG : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= [,TIME=] ,CSSUBID= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

TIME CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY
ALL EVERY DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
FR FRIDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
MO MONDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
TH THURSDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
WO WORKDAY

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSPROG- 5+

 DISP CDSPROG
DTGTOSUB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

CSSUBID COMMON SERVICE SUBSCRIBER ID

This parameter specifies the number of the common service

subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSPROG- 6-

 ENTR CDSPROG
ECDSCONF
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CDS TIME PROGRAM DATA

This command enters a new CDS time program for a specified program time.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ENTR CDSPROG - ECDSCONF ENTER CDSCONF DATA

2. ENTR CDSPROG - ETGASSGN ENTER TGASSIGN DATA

1. Input format

ENTER CDSCONF DATA

This input format is used to enter a CDS-Configuration

for a certain program time for the program CDSCONF.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CDSPROG : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= ,TIME= ,CONF= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

TIME CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY
ALL EVERY DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDSPROG- 1+

 ENTR CDSPROG
ECDSCONF
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FR FRIDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
MO MONDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
TH THURSDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
WO WORKDAY

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

CONF CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the call distribution system configuration.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDSPROG- 2+

 ENTR CDSPROG
ETGASSGN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ENTER TGASSIGN DATA

This input format is used to enter one or several CSSUBs to a

certain task group for a certain program time for the program
TGASSIGN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CDSPROG : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= ,TIME= ,TASKGRP= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CSSUBID= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

TIME CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY
ALL EVERY DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
FR FRIDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
MO MONDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
TH THURSDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
WO WORKDAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDSPROG- 3+

 ENTR CDSPROG
ETGASSGN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group.

Prerequisites:
- The task group have to exist in the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSSUBID COMMON SERVICE SUBSCRIBER ID

This parameter specifies the number of the common service

subscriber.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDSPROG- 4-

 CAN CDSPRTIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CDS PROGRAM TIME DATA

This command cancels a CDS program time for a specified time program.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CDSPRTIM : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= ,TIME= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

TIME CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDSPRTIM- 1+

 CAN CDSPRTIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ALL EVERY DAY

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDSPRTIM- 2-

 CR CDSPRTIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CDS PROGRAM TIME DATA

This command creates a new CDS program time for a specified time program.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CDSPRTIM : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= ,TIME= [,INIT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

TIME CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDSPRTIM- 1+
 CR CDSPRTIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ALL EVERY DAY

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

INIT INITIAL CONFIGURATION

Initial value of the assignments at the time of

creating a program time.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DEFAULT DEFAULT
SET SET
RESET RESET

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CDSPRTIM- 2-
 DISP CDSPRTIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CDS PROGRAM TIME DATA

This command displays a CDS program time for a specified time program.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CDSPRTIM : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= [,TIME=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

TIME CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSPRTIM- 1+

 DISP CDSPRTIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL

EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY
ALL EVERY DAY

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSPRTIM- 2-

 MOD CDSPRTIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CDS PROGRAM TIME DATA

This command modifies a CDS program time for a specified time program.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CDSPRTIM : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,PROG= ,TIME= ,NTIME= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common service
group.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not devided into several
local area codes, this parameter can be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the common service

group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PROG CDS TIME PROGRAM

This parameter specifies the kind of time program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDSCONF CDS CONFIGURATION

TGASSIGN TASK GROUP ASSIGNMENT

TIME CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDSPRTIM- 1+

 MOD CDSPRTIM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ALL EVERY DAY

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

NTIME NEW CDS PROGRAM TIME

This parameter specifies the new program time, that shall be

administred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: DAY
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF INTERNATIONAL
HO HOLIDAY FULL INTERNATIONAL
HN HOLIDAY FULL NATIONAL
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY
ALL EVERY DAY

This parameter specifies the begin day of program time.

b: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin hour of program time.

c: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the begin minute of program time.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CDSPRTIM- 2-

 ACT CDSSTAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CDS STATUS REPORT

This command displays the Taskgroup Status report in a specified Common

Service Group for some specified Taskgroups.
This command is permitted for ADMOSS and CENTREX Common Service Groups.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CDSSTAT : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= [,FORCE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the Common Service
Group. This parameter allows only low keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the Common Service

Group. This parameter allows only high keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name(s) of the task group(s).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FORCE FORCE NUMBER ADMOSS

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS force, which the entered task group
should belong to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CDSSTAT- 1-

 DISP CDSSTAT
FORCE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CDS STATUS REPORT

This command displays the Taskgroup Status report in a specified Common

Service Group for some specified Taskgroups or for all Taskgroups within
a force.
This command is permitted for ADMOSS and CENTREX Common Service Groups.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CDSSTAT - FORCE SPECIFIC FORCE

2. DISP CDSSTAT - TASKGRP SPECIFIC TASKGROUPS

1. Input format

SPECIFIC FORCE

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDSSTAT : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,FORCE= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the Common Service
Group. This parameter allows only low keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the Common Service

Group. This parameter allows only high keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FORCE FORCE NUMBER ADMOSS

This parameter specifies the ADMOSS force, which the entered task group
should belong to.

Incompatibilities:
- If FORCE is entered, it is not allowed to enter TASKGRP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSSTAT- 1+

 DISP CDSSTAT
TASKGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

SPECIFIC TASKGROUPS

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDSSTAT : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TASKGRP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the Common Service
Group. This parameter allows only low keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the Common Service

Group. This parameter allows only high keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the task group(s).

Incompatibilities:
- If TASKGRP is entered, it is not allowed to enter FORCE.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDSSTAT- 2-

 CAN CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CALL DATA TREATMENT DATA

This command cancels:

- control flags for call data treatment;
- non standard (extra and alternative) data for several recording types;
- activation of preventive meter observation.
This command resets:
- preventive meter observation thresholds, category and traffic type
dependent.
- the record version identification, recording type dependent.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CDTDAT : [REC=] <,EXTNSD= ,ALTNSD= ,MARKS= ,VERSID= 1
1 1
1 ,PMOBS=> [,TYPE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

REC RECORDING TYPE

This parameter specifies for which recording type the extra

data no longer has to be recorded for a call by the
EWSD-switching system, and/or for which recording type
the specified version identification is no longer valid.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

METSUB SUBSCRIBER METERING

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING
MOBORIG METER OBSERVATION ORIGINATING
MOBTERM METER OBSERVATION TERMINATING
PMOB PREVENTIVE METER OBSERVATION
IARSTAT INTER ADMINISTR. REVENUE STAT.
MDR MESSAGE DATA RECORDING
TRST TRAFFIC STRUCTURE MEASUREMENT
DNOBS DN OBSERVATION
INAMA INTELIGENT NETWORK AMA
OPERAMA AMA FOR OPERATOR INPUT
IACAMA IACHASTA WITH AMA
IACMET IACHASTA WITH METERING

EXTNSD EXTRA NON STANDARD DATA

This parameter specifies which extra data no longer have

to be recorded for a call by the EWSD-switching system.

If no recording is specified, the entered extra data items

are reset for each relevant recording.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CHARGES CALL CHARGES

RECTRID RECORD TRUNK IDENTIFICATION
BMETPULS B SIDE METER PULSES
OCLGDN ORIGINATING CALLING PARTY DN
DURBANS DURATION BEFORE ANSWER
THRDPRTY THIRD PARTY NUMBER
CLDRCVD RECEIVED CALLED PARTY NUMBER
NEWDEST NEW DESTINATION
BGID BUSSINES GROUP IDENTIFICATION
CTXNO CENTREX NUMBERS
SEQUENCE SEQUENCE NUMBER
CHECKSUM CHECKSUM
CALLIND ADDITIONAL CALL INDICATORS
CALLTAR CALL TARIFF
GCR GLOBAL CHARGE REFERENCE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDTDAT- 1+

 CAN CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONNID CONNECTION IDENTIFICATION

FAUPRTNR FAU BY PARTNER
TRAFQUAL TRAFFIC QUALITY DATA
CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE
ADVCUMCH ADVISED CUMULATED CHARGES
ADDCLGDN ADDITIONAL CALLING PARTY DN
DEFMSN DEFAULT MULTIPLE SUBSCR. NO.
CLDSENT SENT CALLED PARTY NUMBER
CLDTOSCP CALLED PARTY DN SENT TO SCP
SCPRDGDN PROVIDED REDIRECTING DN BY SCP
RECOWNER RECORD OWNER DN
PFXNATIN NATIONAL/INTERNATIONAL PREFIX
EXCHNAME EXCHANGE IDENTIFICATION NAME
VERSID RECORD VERSION IDENTIFICATION
ADDTAR ADD-ON TARIFF DATA
PBXOPN PBX OPERATOR NUMBER
RELIND RELEASE INDICATOR
INSERVK IN SERVICE KEY
MLPP M LEVEL PRECEDENCE/PREEMPTION
REFINDUR REFINED DURATION
CLGSENT SENT CALLING PARTY NUMBER
REDSENT SENT REDIRECTING NUMBER
CATSENT SENT CALLING PARTY CATEGORY
CATRCVD RECEIVED CALLING PARTY CATEG.
SERVINFO SERVICE INFO
MAPCREF MAP CALL REFERENCE
IMSI IMSI NUMBER
SPC SIGNALLING POINT CODE
OSSCLDUR OSS CALL LEG DURATION
TRACEFAC TRACE FACTOR
TERMTYPE TERMINAL TYPE
OPMODE OPMODE A/B SIDE
DLUV52 DLU/V52 A/B SIDE
PATHSEL PATH SELECTION
PORTADR PORT OR EQUIPMENT ADDRESS
TRIGGER TRIGGER DATA
ADDRELC ADDITIONAL RELEASE CAUSE
FAUNONCH NON CHARGEABLE OWN FAU
TIMETNTH TIME IN TENTHS OF SECONDS
ACCURCHG ACCUMULATED CURRENCY CHARGES
SSN SUBSCRIBER SERVICE NUMBER
IPSTATS IP CONNECTION STATISTICS
IPCONOPT IP LOCAL CONNECTION OPTIONS
DUMMY060 DUMMY EXT NSD 060
DUMMY061 DUMMY EXT NSD 061
DUMMY062 DUMMY EXT NSD 062
DUMMY063 DUMMY EXT NSD 063
DUMMY064 DUMMY EXT NSD 064
DUMMY065 DUMMY EXT NSD 065
DUMMY066 DUMMY EXT NSD 066
DUMMY067 DUMMY EXT NSD 067
DUMMY068 DUMMY EXT NSD 068
DUMMY069 DUMMY EXT NSD 069
DUMMY070 DUMMY EXT NSD 070
DUMMY071 DUMMY EXT NSD 071
DUMMY072 DUMMY EXT NSD 072
DUMMY073 DUMMY EXT NSD 073
DUMMY074 DUMMY EXT NSD 074
DUMMY075 DUMMY EXT NSD 075
DUMMY076 DUMMY EXT NSD 076
DUMMY077 DUMMY EXT NSD 077
DUMMY078 DUMMY EXT NSD 078
DUMMY079 DUMMY EXT NSD 079
DUMMY080 DUMMY EXT NSD 080
DUMMY081 DUMMY EXT NSD 081
DUMMY082 DUMMY EXT NSD 082
DUMMY083 DUMMY EXT NSD 083
DUMMY084 DUMMY EXT NSD 084
DUMMY085 DUMMY EXT NSD 085
DUMMY086 DUMMY EXT NSD 086
DUMMY087 DUMMY EXT NSD 087
DUMMY088 DUMMY EXT NSD 088
DUMMY089 DUMMY EXT NSD 089
DUMMY090 DUMMY EXT NSD 090
DUMMY091 DUMMY EXT NSD 091
DUMMY092 DUMMY EXT NSD 092

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDTDAT- 2+

 CAN CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMMY093 DUMMY EXT NSD 093

DUMMY094 DUMMY EXT NSD 094
DUMMY095 DUMMY EXT NSD 095
DUMMY096 DUMMY EXT NSD 096
DUMMY097 DUMMY EXT NSD 097
DUMMY098 DUMMY EXT NSD 098
DUMMY099 DUMMY EXT NSD 099
DUMMY100 DUMMY EXT NSD 100
DUMMY101 DUMMY EXT NSD 101
DUMMY102 DUMMY EXT NSD 102
DUMMY103 DUMMY EXT NSD 103
DUMMY104 DUMMY EXT NSD 104
DUMMY105 DUMMY EXT NSD 105
DUMMY106 DUMMY EXT NSD 106
DUMMY107 DUMMY EXT NSD 107
DUMMY108 DUMMY EXT NSD 108
DUMMY109 DUMMY EXT NSD 109
DUMMY110 DUMMY EXT NSD 110
DUMMY111 DUMMY EXT NSD 111
DUMMY112 DUMMY EXT NSD 112
DUMMY113 DUMMY EXT NSD 113
DUMMY114 DUMMY EXT NSD 114
DUMMY115 DUMMY EXT NSD 115
DUMMY116 DUMMY EXT NSD 116
DUMMY117 DUMMY EXT NSD 117
DUMMY118 DUMMY EXT NSD 118
DUMMY119 DUMMY EXT NSD 119
DUMMY120 DUMMY EXT NSD 120
DUMMY121 DUMMY EXT NSD 121
DUMMY122 DUMMY EXT NSD 122
DUMMY123 DUMMY EXT NSD 123
DUMMY124 DUMMY EXT NSD 124
DUMMY125 DUMMY EXT NSD 125
DUMMY126 DUMMY EXT NSD 126
DUMMY127 DUMMY EXT NSD 127

ALTNSD ALTERNATIVE NON STANDARD DATA

This parameter specifies which alternative data no longer

has to be recorded for a call by the EWSD-switching system.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DUMMY000 DUMMY ALT NSD 000

DUMMY001 DUMMY ALT NSD 001
DUMMY002 DUMMY ALT NSD 002
DUMMY003 DUMMY ALT NSD 003
DUMMY004 DUMMY ALT NSD 004
DUMMY005 DUMMY ALT NSD 005
DUMMY006 DUMMY ALT NSD 006
DUMMY007 DUMMY ALT NSD 007
DUMMY008 DUMMY ALT NSD 008
DUMMY009 DUMMY ALT NSD 009
DUMMY010 DUMMY ALT NSD 010
DUMMY011 DUMMY ALT NSD 011
DUMMY012 DUMMY ALT NSD 012
DUMMY013 DUMMY ALT NSD 013
DUMMY014 DUMMY ALT NSD 014
DUMMY015 DUMMY ALT NSD 015
DUMMY016 DUMMY ALT NSD 016
DUMMY017 DUMMY ALT NSD 017
DUMMY018 DUMMY ALT NSD 018
DUMMY019 DUMMY ALT NSD 019
DUMMY020 DUMMY ALT NSD 020
DUMMY021 DUMMY ALT NSD 021
DUMMY022 DUMMY ALT NSD 022
DUMMY023 DUMMY ALT NSD 023
DUMMY024 DUMMY ALT NSD 024
DUMMY025 DUMMY ALT NSD 025
DUMMY026 DUMMY ALT NSD 026
DUMMY027 DUMMY ALT NSD 027
DUMMY028 DUMMY ALT NSD 028
DUMMY029 DUMMY ALT NSD 029
DUMMY030 DUMMY ALT NSD 030
DUMMY031 DUMMY ALT NSD 031

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDTDAT- 3+

 CAN CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMMY032 DUMMY ALT NSD 032

DUMMY033 DUMMY ALT NSD 033
DUMMY034 DUMMY ALT NSD 034
DUMMY035 DUMMY ALT NSD 035
DUMMY036 DUMMY ALT NSD 036
DUMMY037 DUMMY ALT NSD 037
DUMMY038 DUMMY ALT NSD 038
DUMMY039 DUMMY ALT NSD 039
DUMMY040 DUMMY ALT NSD 040
DUMMY041 DUMMY ALT NSD 041
DUMMY042 DUMMY ALT NSD 042
DUMMY043 DUMMY ALT NSD 043
DUMMY044 DUMMY ALT NSD 044
DUMMY045 DUMMY ALT NSD 045
DUMMY046 DUMMY ALT NSD 046
DUMMY047 DUMMY ALT NSD 047
DUMMY048 DUMMY ALT NSD 048
DUMMY049 DUMMY ALT NSD 049
DUMMY050 DUMMY ALT NSD 050
DUMMY051 DUMMY ALT NSD 041
DUMMY052 DUMMY ALT NSD 042
DUMMY053 DUMMY ALT NSD 053
DUMMY054 DUMMY ALT NSD 054
DUMMY055 DUMMY ALT NSD 055
DUMMY056 DUMMY ALT NSD 056
DUMMY057 DUMMY ALT NSD 057
DUMMY058 DUMMY ALT NSD 058
DUMMY059 DUMMY ALT NSD 059
DUMMY060 DUMMY ALT NSD 060
DUMMY061 DUMMY ALT NSD 061
DUMMY062 DUMMY ALT NSD 062
DUMMY063 DUMMY ALT NSD 063
DUMMY064 DUMMY ALT NSD 064
DUMMY065 DUMMY ALT NSD 065
DUMMY066 DUMMY ALT NSD 066
DUMMY067 DUMMY ALT NSD 067
DUMMY068 DUMMY ALT NSD 068
DUMMY069 DUMMY ALT NSD 069
DUMMY070 DUMMY ALT NSD 070
DUMMY071 DUMMY ALT NSD 071
DUMMY072 DUMMY ALT NSD 072
DUMMY073 DUMMY ALT NSD 073
DUMMY074 DUMMY ALT NSD 074
DUMMY075 DUMMY ALT NSD 075
DUMMY076 DUMMY ALT NSD 076
DUMMY077 DUMMY ALT NSD 077
DUMMY078 DUMMY ALT NSD 078
DUMMY079 DUMMY ALT NSD 079
DUMMY080 DUMMY ALT NSD 080
DUMMY081 DUMMY ALT NSD 081
DUMMY082 DUMMY ALT NSD 082
DUMMY083 DUMMY ALT NSD 083
DUMMY084 DUMMY ALT NSD 084
DUMMY085 DUMMY ALT NSD 085
DUMMY086 DUMMY ALT NSD 086
DUMMY087 DUMMY ALT NSD 087
DUMMY088 DUMMY ALT NSD 088
DUMMY089 DUMMY ALT NSD 089
DUMMY090 DUMMY ALT NSD 090
DUMMY091 DUMMY ALT NSD 091
DUMMY092 DUMMY ALT NSD 092
DUMMY093 DUMMY ALT NSD 093
DUMMY094 DUMMY ALT NSD 094
DUMMY095 DUMMY ALT NSD 095
DUMMY096 DUMMY ALT NSD 096
DUMMY097 DUMMY ALT NSD 097
DUMMY098 DUMMY ALT NSD 098
DUMMY099 DUMMY ALT NSD 099
DUMMY100 DUMMY ALT NSD 100
DUMMY101 DUMMY ALT NSD 101
DUMMY102 DUMMY ALT NSD 102
DUMMY103 DUMMY ALT NSD 103
DUMMY104 DUMMY ALT NSD 104
DUMMY105 DUMMY ALT NSD 105
DUMMY106 DUMMY ALT NSD 106
DUMMY107 DUMMY ALT NSD 107

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDTDAT- 4+

 CAN CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMMY108 DUMMY ALT NSD 108

DUMMY109 DUMMY ALT NSD 109
DUMMY110 DUMMY ALT NSD 110
DUMMY111 DUMMY ALT NSD 111
DUMMY112 DUMMY ALT NSD 112
DUMMY113 DUMMY ALT NSD 113
DUMMY114 DUMMY ALT NSD 114
DUMMY115 DUMMY ALT NSD 115
DUMMY116 DUMMY ALT NSD 116
DUMMY117 DUMMY ALT NSD 117
DUMMY118 DUMMY ALT NSD 118
TGNA TRUNK GROUP NAME
CACTYPE CAC TYPE
OWNCAC OWN CAC
EXCHIDNO EXCHANGE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
RANSWTIM RECORD ANSWER TIME
EXTBDIG EXTENDED B DIGITS
RECTRCIC RECORD TRUNK IDENT. WITH CIC
TGN2 SECOND TRUNK GROUP NO. IDENT.

MARKS MARKS

This parameter specifies which specific control data are disabled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMASFAI AMA IMM.OUTP.FOR SUB.FAC.INPUT

UCALLAMA UNANSWERED CALLS WITH AMA
DEBFA DEB FOR FACILITY INPUT/USAGE
UCALLIAC UNSUCCESS. CALLS WITH IACHASTA
AMAFAIID AMA F.SUB.FAC.INP.IMPL. DEACT.
CXSFAICH CENTREX STATION FAC.INP.CHARG.
CTXFAU CENTREX FAU CHARGING
UCALMOBT UNANSW. CALLS FOR MOBTERM.
PMOBIO PREVENT.MOB IMMEDIATE OUTPUT
ATTNOCHA RECORD CHRG.FREE CALL ATTEMPT
UCALLINA INAMA FOR UNSUCCESSFUL CALLS

VERSID RECORD VERSION IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the record version identification

value which is to be reset. This value refers to the APS software
version.
A recording type (parameter REC) must also be specified when
previously the record version identification was entered with
a specified recording type.

Prerequisite:
This value can only be reset when this value is not requested
as EXTNSD data by any recording type (parameter REC).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...99, range of decimal numbers

PMOBS CANCEL ACTIVATION OF PMOBS

This parameter specifies that the activation of the PMOBS feature is

canceled (with reset of the threshold value).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT CANCEL ACTIVATION OF PMOBS

TYPE PMOB TYPE

This parameter specifies for which category and traffic type

combination the PMOB threshold is no longer valid.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: CATEGORY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDTDAT- 5+

 CAN CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

COINB COINBOX
SUB SUBSCRIBER

b: TRAFFIC TYPE
NAT NATIONAL
INAT INTERNATIONAL

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CDTDAT- 6-

 DISP CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL DATA TREATMENT DATA

This command displays

- the extra and/or alternative data items.
- the activated call data treatment control flags
- non standard (extra and alternative) data for several recording types
- the status and the threshold value for preventive meter observation.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CDTDAT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CDTDAT- 1-

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CALL DATA TREATMENT DATA

This command enters:

- control flags for call data treatment,
- non standard (extra and alternative) data items for several recording
types,
- charging counter for facility input and facility usage,
- activation and threshold value (charge limit) for preventive meter,
observation (can be entered per category and traffic type),
- the record version identification value (per recording).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CDTDAT : [REC=] <,EXTNSD= ,ALTNSD= ,MARKS= ,FAICNTR= 1
1 1
1 ,FAUCNTR= ,VERSID= ,PMOBS=> [,TYPE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

REC RECORDING TYPE

This parameter specifies for which recording type the extra

data has to be recorded for a call by the EWSD-switching
system, and/or for which recording type the version identification
is valid.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

METSUB SUBSCRIBER METERING

This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to be
recorded for a subscriber metering
registration.
AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING
This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to be recorded
with AMA registration.
MOBORIG METER OBSERVATION ORIGINATING
This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to be recorded
with meter observation at the
originating side.
MOBTERM METER OBSERVATION TERMINATING
This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to be recorded
with meter observation at the
terminating side.
PMOB PREVENTIVE METER OBSERVATION
This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to be
recorded for an active PMOB
registration.
MDR MESSAGE DATA RECORDING
This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to be recorded
for CENTREX subscriber charging with
MDR registration.
TRST TRAFFIC STRUCTURE MEASUREMENT
This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to be recorded
for traffic structure measurement.
DNOBS DN OBSERVATION
This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to be recorded
for directory number observation.
INAMA INTELLIGENT NETWORK AMA
THIS IDENTIFIER ALLOWS TO ENTER EXTRA
NON STANDARD DATA ITEMS TO BE
RECORDED FOR AN ACTIVE IN AMA

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 1+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

REGISTRATION.
OPERAMA OPERATOR AMA
This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to be
recorded for AMA registration
for an operator input.
IACAMA IACHASTA WITH AMA
This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to record with
AMA at active IACHASTA registration.
IACMET IACHASTA WITH METERING
This identifier allows to enter extra
non standard data items to
record for an active
IACHASTA metering registration.

EXTNSD EXTRA NON STANDARD DATA

This parameter specifies which extra data items must be

recorded by the EWSD switching system for a call.
For a specific recording type, the amount of data to be
collected per recording type consists of:
- basic data items, which are always collected (i.e. fixed)
- extra data items, which are collected if entered via this
parameter (i.e. administrable).

Notes:
1. In case no recording type is specified (see parameter REC),
the extra data items entered are set for all relevant
recordings (see next overview).

2. The Extra Non Standard Data Items CONNID, FAUPRTNR,

TRAFQUAL, CAC and SERVINFO are default set for the relevant
recordings. They can be removed with the CAN CDTDAT
command.

3. If the feature CDR (Call Detail Recording) is activated with

the command ACT IAFEAT, common records are generated for both
the AMA and the IACAMA recording. To keep the contents of
the CDR records clear, the following settings are strongly
recommended in this case:
- the extra non standard data item REFINDUR should be set for
both the AMA and the IACAMA recording, or for none of them.
- if the extra non standard data item VERSID is set for both
the AMA and the IACAMA recording, the parameter VERSID
should have the same value for both recording types.

4. Although the Extra Non Standard Data Item TIMETNTH is only

relevant for ADMOSS, it must be administrated for the recording
AMA.

The following overview shows which extra data items can be

administered for which recording types by entering the respective
parameter value(s):

METSUB
PFXNATIN: National/International prefix digit(s).

AMA,
DEB
ACCURCHG:Currency IN charging and AOC support.
ADDCLGDN:Additional calling party directory number.
ADDRELC :Additional release cause.
ADDTAR : Add-on tariff data.
ADVCUMCH:Advised Cumulated Charges.
BGID :Business group identification.
BMETPULS:B-side meter pulses.
CAC :Carrier Access Code.
CALLIND :Additional call indicators.
CALLTAR :Call tariff.
CATRCVD :Received calling party category.
CATSENT :Sent calling party category.
CHARGES :Charge units for connection, charge units for
facility usage, zone and charge band.
CHECKSUM: Checksum.
CLDRCVD : Received called party number.
CLDSENT : Sent called party number.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 2+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CLGSENT : Sent calling party number.

CONNID : Connection Identification.
CTXNO : CENTREX numbers.
DEFMSN : Default multiple subscriber number.
DLUV52 : DLU/V52 A/B side.
DURBANS : Duration before answer.
EXCHNAME: Exchange name.
FAUNONCH: Non chargeable own FAU.
FAUPRTNR: Facility Usage by Partner.
GCR : Global Charge reference.
INSERVK : IN service key.
MLPP : MLPP level.
NEWDEST : New destination.
OCLGDN : Originating calling party directory number.
OPMODE : Opmode A/B side.
OSSCLDUR: OSS call leg duration.
PATHSEL : Path selection.
PBXOPN : PBX operator number.
PFXNATIN: National/International prefix digit(s).
PORTADR : Port address.
RECOWNER: Record owner directory number.
RECTRID : Trunk Identification incoming/outgoing.
REDSENT : Sent redirecting number.
REFINDUR: Refined duration.
RELIND : Release indicator.
SEQUENCE: Sequence number.
SERVINFO: Service info.
SPC : Signalling point code.
SSN : Service Subscriber Number.
TERMTYPE: Terminal type.
THRDPRTY: Third party number.
TIMETNTH: Time in tenths of seconds.
TRAFQUAL: Traffic Quality Data.
VERSID : Record version identification.

MOBORIG
ACCURCHG: CURRENCY IN CHARGING AND AOC SUPPORT.
ADDCLGDN: Additional calling party directory number.
ADDRELC : Additional release cause.
ADDTAR : Add-on tariff data.
ADVCUMCH: Advised Cumulated Charges.
BGID : Business group identification.
BMETPULS: B-side meter pulses.
CAC : Carrier Access Code.
CALLIND : Additional call indicators.
CALLTAR : Call tariff.
CATRCVD : Received calling party category.
CATSENT : Sent calling party category.
CLDRCVD : Received called party number.
CLDSENT : Sent called party number.
CLGSENT : Sent calling party number.
CONNID : Connection Identification.
CTXNO : CENTREX numbers.
DEFMSN : Default multiple subscriber number.
DLUV52 : DLU/V52 A/B side.
DURBANS : Duration before answer.
EXCHNAME: Exchange name.
FAUNONCH: non chargeable own FAU.
FAUPRTNR: Facility Usage by Partner.
INSERVK : IN service key.
MLPP : MLPP level.
NEWDEST : New destination.
OCLGDN : Originating calling party directory number.
OPMODE : Opmode A/B side.
PATHSEL : Path selection.
PBXOPN : PBX operator number.
PFXNATIN: Prefix national/international.
PORTADR : Port address.
RECOWNER: Record owner.
RECTRID : Trunk Identification incoming/outgoing.
REDSENT : Sent redirecting number.
REFINDUR: Refined duration.
RELIND : Release indicator.
SERVINFO: Service info.
SPC : Signalling point code.
SSN : Service Subscriber Number.
TERMTYPE: Terminal type.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 3+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

THRDPRTY: Third party number.

TRAFQUAL: Traffic Quality Data.
VERSID : Record version identification.

MOBTERM
ADDCLGDN: Additional calling party directory number.
ADDRELC : Additional release cause.
BGID : Business group identification.
CALLIND : Additional call indicators.
CONNID : Connection Identification.
CTXNO : CENTREX numbers.
DEFMSN : Default multiple subscriber number.
DLUV52 : DLU/V52 A/B side.
EXCHNAME: Exchange name.
OCLGDN : Originating calling party directory number.
OPMODE : Opmode A/B side.
PATHSEL : Path selection.
PBXOPN : PBX operator number.
PFXNATIN: Prefix national/international.
PORTADR : Port address.
RECOWNER: Record owner.
REFINDUR: Refined duration.
RELIND : Release indicator.
SERVINFO: Service info.
SPC : Signalling point code.
TERMTYPE: Terminal type.
TRAFQUAL: Traffic Quality Data.
VERSID : Record version identification.

PMOB
CONNID : Connection Identification.
EXCHNAME: Exchange name.
PFXNATIN: National/International prefix digit(s).
RECOWNER: Record owner directory number.
REFINDUR: Refined duration.
SERVINFO: Service info.
TRAFQUAL: Traffic Quality Data.
VERSID : Record version identification.

IACHASTA: IACAMA
ACCURCHG: CURRENCY IN CHARGING AND AOC SUPPORT.
ADDCLGDN: Additional calling party directory number.
ADDRELC : ADDITIONAL RELEASE CAUSE.
ADDTAR : Add-on tariff data.
ADVCUMCH: Advised Cumulated Charges.
BMETPULS: B-side meter pulses.
CAC : Carrier Access Code.
CALLIND : Additional call indicators.
CALLTAR : Call tariff.
CATRCVD : Received calling party category.
CATSENT : Sent calling party category.
CHARGES : Charge units for connection.
CHECKSUM: Checksum.
CLDRCVD : Received called party number.
CLDSENT : Sent called party number.
CLGSENT : Sent calling party number.
CONNID : Connection Identification.
DEFMSN : Default multiple subscriber number.
EXCHNAME: Exchange name.
GCR : Global Charge reference.
INSERVK : IN service key.
MLPP : MLPP level.
NEWDEST : New destination.
OCLGDN : Originating calling party directory number.
OPMODE : Opmode A/B side.
OSSCLDUR: OSS call leg duration.
PATHSEL : Path selection.
PBXOPN : PBX operator number.
PFXNATIN: National/International prefix digit(s).
PORTADR : Port address.
RECOWNER: Record owner directory number.
REDSENT : Sent redirecting number.
REFINDUR: Refined duration.
RELIND : Release indicator.
SEQUENCE: Sequence number.
SERVINFO: Service info.
SPC : Signalling point code.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 4+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SSN : Service Subscriber Number.

TERMTYPE: Terminal type.
THRDPRTY: Third party number.
TRAFQUAL: Traffic Quality Data.
VERSID : Record version identification.

IACHASTA: IACMET
BMETPULS: B-side meter pulses.
CHARGES : Charge units for connection.
VERSID : Record version identification.

MDR
ADDTAR : Add-on tariff data.
ADVCUMCH: Advised Cumulated Charges.
BGID : Business group identification.
CAC : Carrier Access Code.
CALLIND : Additional call indicators.
CALLTAR : Call tariff.
CHARGES : Charge units for connection.
CONNID : Connection Identification.
DURBANS : Duration before answer.
EXCHNAME: Exchange name.
FAUPRTNR: Facility Usage by Partner.
INSERVK : IN service key.
OCLGDN : Originating calling party directory number.
REFINDUR: Refined duration.
SERVINFO: Service info.
THRDPRTY: Third party number.
TRAFQUAL: Traffic Quality Data.
VERSID : Record version identification.

TRST
ADDCLGDN: Additional calling party directory number.
ADDRELC : Additional release cause.
CAC : Carrier Access Code.
CALLIND : Additional call indicators.
CATRCVD : Received calling party category.
CATSENT : Sent calling party category.
CHECKSUM: Checksum.
CLDRCVD : Received called party number.
CLDSENT : Sent called party number.
CLGSENT : Sent calling party number.
CONNID : Connection Identification.
DEFMSN : Default multiple subscriber number.
DLUV52 : DLU/V52 A/B side.
EXCHNAME: Exchange name.
GCR : Global Charge reference.
INSERVK : IN service key.
IPCONOPT: IP Local Connection Options.
IPSTATS : IP Connection Statistics.
MLPP : MLPP level.
NEWDEST : New destination.
OCLGDN : Originating calling party directory number.
OPMODE : Opmode A/B side.
PATHSEL : Path selection.
PBXOPN : PBX operator number.
PORTADR : Port address.
REDSENT : Sent redirecting number.
REFINDUR: Refined duration.
RELIND : Release indicator.
SEQUENCE: Sequence number.
SERVINFO: Service info.
SPC : Signalling point code.
SSN : Service Subscriber Number.
TERMTYPE: Terminal type.
THRDPRTY: Third party number.
TRACEFAC: Trace Factor.
TRAFQUAL: Traffic Quality Data.
TRIGGER : Trigger Data.
VERSID : Record version identification.

DNOBS
ADDCLGDN: Additional calling party directory number.
ADDRELC : Additional release cause.
BGID : Business group identification.
CAC : Carrier Access Code.
CALLIND : Additional call indicators.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 5+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CATRCVD : Received calling party category.

CATSENT : Sent calling party category.
CHECKSUM: Checksum.
CLDRCVD : Received called party number.
CLDSENT : Sent called party number.
CLGSENT : Sent calling party number.
CONNID : Connection Identification.
CTXNO : CENTREX numbers.
DEFMSN : Default multiple subscriber number.
DLUV52 : DLU/V52 A/B side.
DURBANS : Duration before answer.
EXCHNAME: Exchange name.
FAUNONCH: Non chargeable own FAU.
FAUPRTNR: Facility Usage by Partner.
GCR : Global Charge reference.
INSERVK : IN service key.
MLPP : MLPP level.
NEWDEST : New destination.
OCLGDN : Originating calling party directory number.
OPMODE : Opmode A/B side.
PATHSEL : Path selection.
PBXOPN : PBX operator number.
PORTADR : Port address.
RECTRID : Trunk Identification incoming/outgoing.
REDSENT : Sent redirecting number.
REFINDUR: Refined duration.
RELIND : Release indicator.
SEQUENCE: Sequence number.
SERVINFO: Service info.
SPC : Signalling point code.
SSN : Service Subscriber Number.
TERMTYPE: Terminal type.
THRDPRTY: Third party number.
TRAFQUAL: Traffic Quality Data.
VERSID : Record version identification.

INAMA
ACCURCHG: Currency IN charging and AOC support.
ADDCLGDN: Additional calling party directory number.
ADDTAR : Add-on tariff data.
CAC : Carrier Access Code.
CALLIND : Additional call indicators.
CALLTAR : Call tariff.
CHECKSUM: Checksum.
CLDRCVD : Received called party number.
CLDSENT : Sent called party number.
CLDTOSCP: Called party number sent to SCP.
CLGSENT : Sent calling party number.
CONNID : Connection Identification.
DEFMSN : Default multiple subscriber number.
DLUV52 : DLU/V52 A/B SIDE.
EXCHNAME: Exchange name.
GCR : Global Charge reference.
IMSI : IMSI number.
INSERVK : IN service key.
MAPCREF : MAP call reference.
OCLGDN : Originating calling party directory number.
OPMODE : Opmode A/B side.
PATHSEL : Path selection.
PBXOPN : PBX operator number.
PFXNATIN: National/International prefix digit(s).
PORTADR : Port address.
RECOWNER: Record owner directory number.
RECTRID : Trunk Identification incoming/outgoing.
REDSENT : Sent redirecting number.
REFINDUR: Refined duration.
SCPRDGDN: SCP redirecting number.
SEQUENCE: Sequence number.
SERVINFO: Service info.
SPC : Signalling point code.
TERMTYPE: Terminal type.
TRAFQUAL: Traffic Quality Data.
VERSID : Record version identification.

OPERAMA
CHECKSUM: Checksum.
DEFMSN : Default multiple subscriber number.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 6+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EXCHNAME: Exchange name.

PBXOPN : PBX operator number.
PFXNATIN: National/International prefix digit(s).
RECOWNER: Record owner directory number.
SEQUENCE: Sequence number.
VERSID : Record version identification.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CHARGES CALL CHARGES

This identifier allows to record charge units,
zone and charge band.
RECTRID RECORD TRUNK IDENTIFICATION
This identifier allows the recording of the trunk
identification.

The trunk identification can be recorded in the

following form:
- trunk group number + line number
or
- trunk group number + CIC identification
(see parameter ALTNSD).
BMETPULS B SIDE METER PULSES
This identifier allows to collect the B side
meter pulses for an IACHASTA registration.
OCLGDN ORIGINATING CALLING PARTY DN
This identifier allows to record the originating
calling party number within several recording type
records.
In case of PBX with DDI, this is the signalled
and screened directory number.
In case of CAMA and IACAMA this is the
inter-office signalled directory number.
DURBANS DURATION BEFORE ANSWER
This identifier allows to record the
call duration before answer.
THRDPRTY THIRD PARTY NUMBER
This identifier allows to provide the
third party number of a call transfer or
call forwarding within the tickets.
E.g. in case of serial call forwarding
the AMA records of all the call legs
contain the original calling party.
CLDRCVD RECEIVED CALLED PARTY NUMBER
This identifier allows to provide the
received called party number within the tickets.
NEWDEST NEW DESTINATION
This identifier allows to provide the
new destination number within the
tickets.
BGID BUSINESS GROUP IDENTIFICATION
This identifier allows to provide the
CENTREX business group identifier within
the tickets.
CTXNO CENTREX NUMBERS
This identifier allows to provide the
CENTREX numbers within the tickets.
SEQUENCE SEQUENCE NUMBER
This identifier allows to provide the
sequence number within the tickets.
CHECKSUM CHECKSUM
This identifier allows to provide the
checksum within the tickets.
CALLIND ADDITIONAL CALL INDICATORS
This identifier allows to provide the
additional call indicators within the tickets.
CALLTAR CALL TARIFF
This identifier allows to provide the
call tariff within the tickets.
GCR GLOBAL CHARGE REFERENCE
This identifier allows to record the
global charge reference .
Because this is an extension of the local
charge reference (controlable with the
identifier CONNID) the connection
identification will no longer be available

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 7+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

in the charging ticket when the global

charge reference is requested.
CONNID CONNECTION IDENTIFICATION
This identifier allows to record the
connection identification.
FAUPRTNR FAU BY PARTNER
This identifier allows to record the
facility usage by the partner.
TRAFQUAL TRAFFIC QUALITY DATA
This identifier allows to record the
traffic quality data.
CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE
This identifier allows to record the
carrier access code.
ADVCUMCH ADVISED CUMULATED CHARGES
This identifier allows to record the
advised cumulated charges.
ADDCLGDN ADDITIONAL CALLING PARTY DN
This identifier allows to record the
additional calling party number.
DEFMSN DEFAULT MULTIPLE SUBSCR. NO.
This identifier allows to record the
default multiple subscriber number.
CLDSENT SENT CALLED PARTY NUMBER
This identifier allows to record the
sent called party number.
CLDTOSCP CALLED PARTY DN SENT TO SCP
This identifier allows to record the
called party number sent to the SCP.
SCPRDGDN PROVIDED REDIRECTING DN BY SCP
This identifier allows to record the
SCP provided redirecting number.
RECOWNER RECORD OWNER DN
This identifier allows to record the
record owner directory number.
PFXNATIN NATIONAL/INTERNATIONAL PREFIX
This identifier allows to have the
national and/or international prefix
included in the directory numbers.
EXCHNAME EXCHANGE IDENTIFICATION NAME
This identifier allows to record the
exchange identification name.
VERSID RECORD VERSION IDENTIFICATION
This identifier allows to record the
record version identification.

Prerequisite:
A record version identification value
(see parameter VERSID) must either
have been entered before or is entered
in the same command.
ADDTAR ADD-ON TARIFF DATA
This identifier allows to record the
add-on tariff data.
PBXOPN PBX OPERATOR NUMBER
This identifier allows to record the
PBX operator number.
RELIND RELEASE INDICATOR
This identifier allows to record the
release indicator.
INSERVK IN SERVICE KEY
This identifier allows to record the
IN service key.
MLPP M LEVEL PRECEDENCE/PREEMPTION
This identifier allows to record the
MLPP precedence level.
REFINDUR REFINED DURATION
This identifier allows recording of the
refined duration.
CLGSENT SENT CALLING PARTY NUMBER
This identifier allows recording of the
sent calling party number.
REDSENT SENT REDIRECTING NUMBER
This identifier allows recording of the
sent redirecting number.
CATSENT SENT CALLING PARTY CATEGORY
This identifier allows recording of the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 8+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

sent calling party category.

CATRCVD RECEIVED CALLING PARTY CATEG.
This identifier allows recording of the
received calling party category.
SERVINFO SERVICE INFO
This identifier allows recording of the
service info.
MAPCREF MAP CALL REFERENCE
This identifier allows recording of the
MAP call reference.
IMSI IMSI NUMBER
This identifier allows recording of the
IMSI number.
SPC SIGNALLING POINT CODE
This identifier allows recording of the
signalling point code.
OSSCLDUR OSS CALL LEG DURATION
This identifier allows recording of the
OSS call leg duration.
TRACEFAC TRACE FACTOR
This identifier allows recording of the
trace factor.
TERMTYPE TERMINAL TYPE
This identifier allows recording of the
terminal type.
OPMODE OPMODE A/B SIDE
This identifier allows recording of the
operation mode for A/B side.
DLUV52 DLU/V52 A/B SIDE
This identifier allows recording of the
DLU/V52 A/B side.
PATHSEL PATH SELECTION
This identifier allows recording of the
RSU path.
PORTADR PORT OR EQUIPMENT ADDRESS
This identifier allows recording of the
port or equipment address.
TRIGGER TRIGGER DATA
This identifier allows recording of the
trigger data.
ADDRELC ADDITIONAL RELEASE CAUSE
This identifier allows recording of the
additional release cause.
FAUNONCH NON CHARGEABLE OWN FAU
This identifier allows recording of the
non chargeable own FAU.
TIMETNTH TIME IN TENTHS OF SECONDS
This identifier allows recording of the
time stamps in tenths of seconds.
ACCURCHG ACCUMULATED CURRENCY CHARGES
This identifier allows recording of the
accumulated currency charges.
SSN SUBSCRIBER SERVICE NUMBER
This identifier allows recording of the
subscriber service number.
IPSTATS IP CONNECTION STATISTICS
This identifier allows recording of the
IP Connection Statistics.
IPCONOPT IP LOCAL CONNECTION OPTIONS
This identifier allows recording of the
IP Local Connection Options.
DUMMY060 DUMMY EXT NSD 060
DUMMY061 DUMMY EXT NSD 061
DUMMY062 DUMMY EXT NSD 062
DUMMY063 DUMMY EXT NSD 063
DUMMY064 DUMMY EXT NSD 064
DUMMY065 DUMMY EXT NSD 065
DUMMY066 DUMMY EXT NSD 066
DUMMY067 DUMMY EXT NSD 067
DUMMY068 DUMMY EXT NSD 068
DUMMY069 DUMMY EXT NSD 069
DUMMY070 DUMMY EXT NSD 070
DUMMY071 DUMMY EXT NSD 071
DUMMY072 DUMMY EXT NSD 072
DUMMY073 DUMMY EXT NSD 073
DUMMY074 DUMMY EXT NSD 074

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 9+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMMY075 DUMMY EXT NSD 075

DUMMY076 DUMMY EXT NSD 076
DUMMY077 DUMMY EXT NSD 077
DUMMY078 DUMMY EXT NSD 078
DUMMY079 DUMMY EXT NSD 079
DUMMY080 DUMMY EXT NSD 080
DUMMY081 DUMMY EXT NSD 081
DUMMY082 DUMMY EXT NSD 082
DUMMY083 DUMMY EXT NSD 083
DUMMY084 DUMMY EXT NSD 084
DUMMY085 DUMMY EXT NSD 085
DUMMY086 DUMMY EXT NSD 086
DUMMY087 DUMMY EXT NSD 087
DUMMY088 DUMMY EXT NSD 088
DUMMY089 DUMMY EXT NSD 089
DUMMY090 DUMMY EXT NSD 090
DUMMY091 DUMMY EXT NSD 091
DUMMY092 DUMMY EXT NSD 092
DUMMY093 DUMMY EXT NSD 093
DUMMY094 DUMMY EXT NSD 094
DUMMY095 DUMMY EXT NSD 095
DUMMY096 DUMMY EXT NSD 096
DUMMY097 DUMMY EXT NSD 097
DUMMY098 DUMMY EXT NSD 098
DUMMY099 DUMMY EXT NSD 099
DUMMY100 DUMMY EXT NSD 100
DUMMY101 DUMMY EXT NSD 101
DUMMY102 DUMMY EXT NSD 102
DUMMY103 DUMMY EXT NSD 103
DUMMY104 DUMMY EXT NSD 104
DUMMY105 DUMMY EXT NSD 105
DUMMY106 DUMMY EXT NSD 106
DUMMY107 DUMMY EXT NSD 107
DUMMY108 DUMMY EXT NSD 108
DUMMY109 DUMMY EXT NSD 109
DUMMY110 DUMMY EXT NSD 110
DUMMY111 DUMMY EXT NSD 111
DUMMY112 DUMMY EXT NSD 112
DUMMY113 DUMMY EXT NSD 113
DUMMY114 DUMMY EXT NSD 114
DUMMY115 DUMMY EXT NSD 115
DUMMY116 DUMMY EXT NSD 116
DUMMY117 DUMMY EXT NSD 117
DUMMY118 DUMMY EXT NSD 118
DUMMY119 DUMMY EXT NSD 119
DUMMY120 DUMMY EXT NSD 120
DUMMY121 DUMMY EXT NSD 121
DUMMY122 DUMMY EXT NSD 122
DUMMY123 DUMMY EXT NSD 123
DUMMY124 DUMMY EXT NSD 124
DUMMY125 DUMMY EXT NSD 125
DUMMY126 DUMMY EXT NSD 126
DUMMY127 DUMMY EXT NSD 127

ALTNSD ALTERNATIVE NON STANDARD DATA

This parameter specifies which alternative data items must be

recorded for a call by the EWSD-switching system.
The possibility exists to collect alternative data items instead of
the standard data items for some recording types.

The alternative data items are administered independent from

the recording type. This means that when an alternative data item
is entered, it is valid for all recording types for which it is
relevant.

Following overview shows for which recording types, which

alternative data items are relevant:

AMA
DEB
CACTYPE : CAC type.
EXCHIDNO: Exchange identification number instead of name.
EXTBDIG : More than 18 B-digits can be registered (only
relevant for old ticket layout of V4.X).
OWNCAC : Own CAC.
RANSWTIM: Recording of begin time instead of end time.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 10+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECTRCIC: Trunk identification with CIC instead of

the line number.
TGN2 : Special representation of the trunk group number.
TGNA : Trunk group name.

IACHASTA: IACAMA
CACTYPE : CAC type.
EXCHIDNO: Exchange identification number instead of name.
RECTRCIC: Trunk identification with CIC instead of
the line number.
OWNCAC : Own CAC.
RANSWTIM: Recording of begin time instead of end time.
TGN2 : Special representation of the trunk group number.
TGNA : Trunk group name.

MOBORIG
INAMA
CACTYPE : CAC type.
EXCHIDNO: Exchange identification number instead of name.
RECTRCIC: Trunk identification with CIC instead of
the line number.
OWNCAC : Own CAC.
RANSWTIM: Recording of begin time instead of end time.
TGN2 : Special representation of the trunk group number.
TGNA : Trunk group name.

MOBTERM
OPERAMA:
EXCHIDNO: Exchange identification number instead of name.
RANSWTIM: Recording of begin time instead of end time.

PMOB:
EXCHIDNO: Exchange identification number instead of name.

MDR
CACTYPE : CAC type.
OWNCAC : Own CAC.
RANSWTIM: Recording of begin time instead of end time.

TRST
DNOBS:
RANSWTIM: Recording of begin time instead of end time.
RECTRCIC: Trunk identification with CIC instead of
the line number.
TGNA : Trunk group name.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DUMMY000 DUMMY ALT NSD 000

DUMMY001 DUMMY ALT NSD 001
DUMMY002 DUMMY ALT NSD 002
DUMMY003 DUMMY ALT NSD 003
DUMMY004 DUMMY ALT NSD 004
DUMMY005 DUMMY ALT NSD 005
DUMMY006 DUMMY ALT NSD 006
DUMMY007 DUMMY ALT NSD 007
DUMMY008 DUMMY ALT NSD 008
DUMMY009 DUMMY ALT NSD 009
DUMMY010 DUMMY ALT NSD 010
DUMMY011 DUMMY ALT NSD 011
DUMMY012 DUMMY ALT NSD 012
DUMMY013 DUMMY ALT NSD 013
DUMMY014 DUMMY ALT NSD 014
DUMMY015 DUMMY ALT NSD 015
DUMMY016 DUMMY ALT NSD 016
DUMMY017 DUMMY ALT NSD 017
DUMMY018 DUMMY ALT NSD 018
DUMMY019 DUMMY ALT NSD 019
DUMMY020 DUMMY ALT NSD 020
DUMMY021 DUMMY ALT NSD 021
DUMMY022 DUMMY ALT NSD 022
DUMMY023 DUMMY ALT NSD 023
DUMMY024 DUMMY ALT NSD 024
DUMMY025 DUMMY ALT NSD 025
DUMMY026 DUMMY ALT NSD 026

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 11+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMMY027 DUMMY ALT NSD 027

DUMMY028 DUMMY ALT NSD 028
DUMMY029 DUMMY ALT NSD 029
DUMMY030 DUMMY ALT NSD 030
DUMMY031 DUMMY ALT NSD 031
DUMMY032 DUMMY ALT NSD 032
DUMMY033 DUMMY ALT NSD 033
DUMMY034 DUMMY ALT NSD 034
DUMMY035 DUMMY ALT NSD 035
DUMMY036 DUMMY ALT NSD 036
DUMMY037 DUMMY ALT NSD 037
DUMMY038 DUMMY ALT NSD 038
DUMMY039 DUMMY ALT NSD 039
DUMMY040 DUMMY ALT NSD 040
DUMMY041 DUMMY ALT NSD 041
DUMMY042 DUMMY ALT NSD 042
DUMMY043 DUMMY ALT NSD 043
DUMMY044 DUMMY ALT NSD 044
DUMMY045 DUMMY ALT NSD 045
DUMMY046 DUMMY ALT NSD 046
DUMMY047 DUMMY ALT NSD 047
DUMMY048 DUMMY ALT NSD 048
DUMMY049 DUMMY ALT NSD 049
DUMMY050 DUMMY ALT NSD 050
DUMMY051 DUMMY ALT NSD 041
DUMMY052 DUMMY ALT NSD 042
DUMMY053 DUMMY ALT NSD 053
DUMMY054 DUMMY ALT NSD 054
DUMMY055 DUMMY ALT NSD 055
DUMMY056 DUMMY ALT NSD 056
DUMMY057 DUMMY ALT NSD 057
DUMMY058 DUMMY ALT NSD 058
DUMMY059 DUMMY ALT NSD 059
DUMMY060 DUMMY ALT NSD 060
DUMMY061 DUMMY ALT NSD 061
DUMMY062 DUMMY ALT NSD 062
DUMMY063 DUMMY ALT NSD 063
DUMMY064 DUMMY ALT NSD 064
DUMMY065 DUMMY ALT NSD 065
DUMMY066 DUMMY ALT NSD 066
DUMMY067 DUMMY ALT NSD 067
DUMMY068 DUMMY ALT NSD 068
DUMMY069 DUMMY ALT NSD 069
DUMMY070 DUMMY ALT NSD 070
DUMMY071 DUMMY ALT NSD 071
DUMMY072 DUMMY ALT NSD 072
DUMMY073 DUMMY ALT NSD 073
DUMMY074 DUMMY ALT NSD 074
DUMMY075 DUMMY ALT NSD 075
DUMMY076 DUMMY ALT NSD 076
DUMMY077 DUMMY ALT NSD 077
DUMMY078 DUMMY ALT NSD 078
DUMMY079 DUMMY ALT NSD 079
DUMMY080 DUMMY ALT NSD 080
DUMMY081 DUMMY ALT NSD 081
DUMMY082 DUMMY ALT NSD 082
DUMMY083 DUMMY ALT NSD 083
DUMMY084 DUMMY ALT NSD 084
DUMMY085 DUMMY ALT NSD 085
DUMMY086 DUMMY ALT NSD 086
DUMMY087 DUMMY ALT NSD 087
DUMMY088 DUMMY ALT NSD 088
DUMMY089 DUMMY ALT NSD 089
DUMMY090 DUMMY ALT NSD 090
DUMMY091 DUMMY ALT NSD 091
DUMMY092 DUMMY ALT NSD 092
DUMMY093 DUMMY ALT NSD 093
DUMMY094 DUMMY ALT NSD 094
DUMMY095 DUMMY ALT NSD 095
DUMMY096 DUMMY ALT NSD 096
DUMMY097 DUMMY ALT NSD 097
DUMMY098 DUMMY ALT NSD 098
DUMMY099 DUMMY ALT NSD 099
DUMMY100 DUMMY ALT NSD 100
DUMMY101 DUMMY ALT NSD 101
DUMMY102 DUMMY ALT NSD 102

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 12+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMMY103 DUMMY ALT NSD 103

DUMMY104 DUMMY ALT NSD 104
DUMMY105 DUMMY ALT NSD 105
DUMMY106 DUMMY ALT NSD 106
DUMMY107 DUMMY ALT NSD 107
DUMMY108 DUMMY ALT NSD 108
DUMMY109 DUMMY ALT NSD 109
DUMMY110 DUMMY ALT NSD 110
DUMMY111 DUMMY ALT NSD 111
DUMMY112 DUMMY ALT NSD 112
DUMMY113 DUMMY ALT NSD 113
DUMMY114 DUMMY ALT NSD 114
DUMMY115 DUMMY ALT NSD 115
DUMMY116 DUMMY ALT NSD 116
DUMMY117 DUMMY ALT NSD 117
DUMMY118 DUMMY ALT NSD 118
TGNA TRUNK GROUP NAME
This identifier allows to record a trunk group
in form of the trunk group name instead of the
standard trunk group number (parameter TGNA
in command CR TGRP).
Incompatibilities: ALTNSD=TGN2.
CACTYPE CAC TYPE
This identifier allows to record the
CAC type instead of the MCE type.
OWNCAC OWN CAC
This identifier allows to record the
own carrier access code.
EXCHIDNO EXCHANGE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
This identifier allows to record the
exchange identification number instead
of the exchange identification name.
RANSWTIM RECORD ANSWER TIME
This identifier allows to record the
begin date/time of the call instead
of the end date/time.
EXTBDIG EXTENDED B DIGITS
This identifier allows to collect more than
18 B-digits in the old ticket layout of V4.X
(AMA, DEB).
RECTRCIC RECORD TRUNK IDENT. WITH CIC
This identifier allows to record a trunk in form
of circuit identification code instead of line
number for Signaling System No. 7 trunk groups.
This alternative data item only becomes active
if the extra data item RECTRID is set.
TGN2 SECOND TRUNK GROUP NO. IDENT.
This identifier allows to record a trunk group in
form of the second trunk group number instead of
the standard trunk group number (parameter TGN2
in command CR TGRP).
Incompatibilities: ALTNSD=TGNA.

MARKS MARKS

This parameter specifies the control flags that can be used

to control specific functions of call data treatment.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMASFAI AMA IMM.OUTP.FOR SUB.FAC.INPUT

If this flag is set, the AMAIO-feature (immediate
output of the AMA record) also applies to AMA
records generated for subscriber controled inputs.
UCALLAMA AMA FOR UNSUCCESSFUL CALLS
If this flag is set, AMA-tickets are generated
for unsuccessful calls, i.e. calls that have not
been answered, if AMA must be performed for that
call, e.g. due to zoning result or 1st dialed
digit (project specific GP implementation).
This flag is not valid for DEB.
DEBFA DEB FOR FACILITY INPUT/USAGE
If this flag is set, DEB records are also
generated for facility input/usage by the
subscriber if the DEB feature is activated
for this subscriber.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 13+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

UCALLIAC IACHASTA FOR UNSUCCESS. CALLS

If this flag is set, IACHASTA registration is
performed for unsuccessful calls, i.e. calls
that have not been answered and for which
IACHASTA registration with METERING or with
AMA must be performed (cfr. UCALLAMA).
AMAFAIID AMA FOR IMPLICIT DEACTIVATION
If this flag is set, AMA tickets are generated
for facilities that are implicitly deactivated
by activating another facility via SCI.
CXSFAICH CENTREX STATION FAC.INP.CHARG.
If this flag is set, AMA tickets are also
generated for subscriber controled inputs from
CENTREX subscribers.
CTXFAU CENTREX FAU CHARGING
UCALMOBT UNANSW. CALLS FOR MOBTERM.
PMOBIO PREVENT.MOB IMMEDIATE OUTPUT
ATTNOCHA RECORD CHRG.FREE CALL ATTEMPT
If this flag is set, AMA, DEB and MDR
tickets are also generated for charge free
call attempts.
The new mark that controls the generation
of charge records for charge free call attempts
will only be applicable for valid call attempts
with no call attempt units engineered.
For chargeable call attempts that are made
charge free by a no charge indication, the new
mark will not be applicable (a record will be
generated).
UCALLINA INAMA FOR UNSUCCESSFUL CALLS
If this flag is set, IN AMA tickets are generated
for unsuccessful calls. These are calls that have
not been answered but IN AMA must be performed
nevertheless for that call, e.g. because of the
zoning result or 1st dialed digit (project
specific GP implementation).

FAICNTR FACILITY INPUT CHARGE COUNTER

This parameter specifies on which counter the charge units for

facility input have to be accumulated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CNTR1 COUNTER 1
CNTR3 COUNTER 3
CNTR2 COUNTER 2
CNTR4 COUNTER 4
CNTR5 COUNTER 5

FAUCNTR FACILITY USAGE CHARGE COUNTER

This parameter specifies on which counter the charge units for

facility usage have to be accumulated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CNTR1 COUNTER 1
CNTR3 COUNTER 3
CNTR2 COUNTER 2
CNTR4 COUNTER 4
CNTR5 COUNTER 5

VERSID RECORD VERSION IDENT. VALUE

This parameter specifies the record version identification

value per recording.
If no recording type (parameter REC) is specified, the
entered record version identification value is set for all
relevant recordings, i.e. for those recordings for which
the EXTNSD value VERSID can be set.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...99, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 14+

 ENTR CDTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PMOBS PREVENTIVE METER OBSERVATION

This parameter allows the PMOB feature to be activated together with

entering the PMOB threshold value.
PMOB tickets are generated for calls whose charges have reached
or exceeded the threshold specified in the command.

The generated PMOB tickets can be displayed with DISP CHAREC.

The PMOB threshold can be displayed with DISP CDTDAT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: ACTIVATION OF PMOBS
ACT ACTIVATE PMOBS

b: PMOBS THRESHOLD VALUE=

1...65534, range of decimal numbers

TYPE PMOB TYPE

This parameter specifies for which category and traffic type

combination the PMOB threshold becomes valid.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: CATEGORY
COINB COINBOX
SUB SUBSCRIBER

b: TRAFFIC TYPE
NAT NATIONAL
INAT INTERNATIONAL

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CDTDAT- 15-

 RESET CFOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RESET COMMAND FILE OPTIONS

This command resets the command file options to their defaults in the
session level. If it forms part of a command file, this command sets the
command file options to the values of the next higher level.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 RESET CFOPT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RESET CFOPT- 1-

 SET CFOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SET COMMAND FILE OPTIONS

This command sets the command file options. In dialog, the parameters
defined with this command remain in effect until the command is entered
again or until the command is input from a command file with parameter
SCOPE=GLOBAL or until the defaults are set with the appropriate
command.
If the command SET CFOPT is entered from a command file, the
following is valid:
- It remains in effect until the command is entered again or until
RESET CFOPT is entered from the command file.
- In a command file addressed from this command file (lower level)
it remains in effect until the command SET CFOPT/RESET CFOPT is
entered from the lower level command file.
When the higher level command file is re-entered, the last
SET CFOPT/RESET CFOPT entered there is valid.
- Otherwise the command is valid up to the end of the command file.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SET CFOPT : <ACKCFS= ,ON= ,OFF= ,DANCMD= ,ACKREQ=> 1
1 1
1 [,SCOPE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ACKCFS EXTEND OF CMD ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

This parameter defines to what extent commands from command files

are to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL
CMDERR COMMAND ACKNOWLEDGE + ERROR
ERROR ERROR ACKNOWLEDGE

Default: ERROR

ON SWITCH ON

This parameter specifies which of the switches are set to ON.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

OFF SWITCH OFF

This parameter specifies which of the switches are set to OFF.

Default value: X

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

DANCMD EXECUTION OF DANGEROUS COMMAND

This parameter specifies whether commands in the command file

with the attribute ’Dangerous command’ are to be executed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SET CFOPT- 1+

 SET CFOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EXEC EXECUTION
NOEXEC NO EXECUTION

Default: NOEXEC

ACKREQ ACKNOWLEDGE OF READ REQUEST

This parameter specifies whether acknowledgement requests

arising due to command input are to be answered positively
or negatively.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

POS POSITIVE ACKNOWLEDGE

NEG NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGE

Default: NEG

SCOPE RANGE OF VALIDITY

This parameter specifies the range of validity of the other

parameters.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LOCAL ONLY FOR ACTUAL NESTING LEVEL

GLOBAL GLOBAL VALIDITY FOR ALL LEVELS

Default: LOCAL

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SET CFOPT- 2-

 DISP CFT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL FAILURE TREATMENT

This command prints out the entire RCF table (call failure treatment table).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CFT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CFT- 1-

 ENTR CFT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CALL FAILURE TREATMENT

This command can allocate or remove a table for a certain type of program.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CFT : PRTYPE= ,CFTTAB= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PRTYPE PROGRAM TYPE

This parameter specifies the user program.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8, range of decimal numbers

CFTTAB CALL FAILURE TREATMENT TABLE

This parameter specifies the call failure handling table that

defines the response to specific call failures. Its values are:
0 Initial value
1...15 Table number

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CFT- 1-

 DISP CFTJOB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY COMMAND FILE TIME JOB

This command displays the significant data for timed command file-jobs.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CFTJOB : [JN=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

JN JOB NUMBER

This parameter specifies the job number. If this parameter

is omitted, all existing scheduled command file-jobs are
displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CFTJOB- 1-

 DISP CHAREC
AMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CHARGING DATA RECORDS

This command displays EWSD charging data records, i.e. call detail
records and administrative records that are used for charging purposes
or for charging observation purposes.
The charging data records to be displayed may be stored on the following
locations:
- the EWSD CP (Central Processor) disk
- the EWSD MP (Main Processor) disk
- a tape or magneto optical disk.
Following types of charging data records exist and can be displayed:
- for charging purposes:
AMA records: To charge a PSTN subscriber or a TFS subscriber.
If feature type AMA is activated these records are
stored in the default file IA.ICAMA , otherwise if
feature type CDR is activated these records are
stored in the default file IA.ICCDR or the two files
IA.ICCDR1 and IA.ICCDR2.
INAMA records: To charge an IN service subscriber.
These records are stored in the default file
IA.ICINA.
IACAMA records: To perform inter-operator charging.
If feature type IARA is activated these records are
stored in the default file IA.ICIAR or the two files
IA.ICIAR1 and IA.ICIAR2, otherwise if feature type
CDR is activated these records are stored in the
default file IA.ICCDR or the two files IA.ICCDR1 and
IA.ICCDR2.
- for observation purposes:
MOB records: To observe charges of a PSTN/TFS subscriber.
These records are stored in the default file
IA.ICMOB.
PMOB records: To observe expensive calls (calls for which the
charges exceed a certain limit) for PSTN subscribers.
These records are stored in the default file
IA.ICPMB.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CHAREC - AMA DISPLAY AMA RECORDS

2. DISP CHAREC - CDR DISPLAY CDR RECORDS
3. DISP CHAREC - CHN DISPLAY AMA/INA RECORDS FOR PROJ. CHINA
4. DISP CHAREC - IACAMA DISPLAY IACAMA RECORDS
5. DISP CHAREC - INAMA DISPLAY INAMA RECORDS
6. DISP CHAREC - MOB DISPLAY MOB RECORDS
7. DISP CHAREC - PMOB DISPLAY PMOB RECORDS

1. Input format

DISPLAY AMA RECORDS

This input format is used to display the AMA records.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHAREC : TYPE= [,OWNERDN=] [,CLGDN=] [,CLDDN=] 1
1 1
1 [,NEWDEST=] [,ADDNO=] [,ICTGNO=] [,OGTGNO=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGDATE=] [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] 1
1 1
1 [,FILE=] [,FILEAR=] [,FILEOUT=] [,VSN=] 1
1 1
1 [,UNREL=] [,ALL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE TYPE OF CHARGING RECORD

This parameter specifies the type of the charging

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 1+

 DISP CHAREC
AMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

data record.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

OWNERDN OWNER DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the "Owner Directory Number" of the

relevant charging records :
AMA,
IACAMA,
MOB,
PMOB.
The parameter must be entered with local area code and without
discriminating digits.
The "Owner Directory Number" in the charging data records can
be stored in different fields :
* In the field "Record-Owner" if this field is available.
* In the data package mentioned in the field "Record Owner Type".
The Record Owner Type refers to either:
- the data package "Calling Party Number" ,
- the data package "Redirecting Number" ,
- the data package "System Provided Number" ,
- the data package "Connected Party Number" ,
- the data package "Called Party Number" or
- the data package "Service Subscriber Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLGDN CALLING DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the digits as stored in the data package

"Calling Party Number" of the relevant charging records :
- AMA,
- INAMA,
- IACAMA,
- MOB.
The national or international prefix digits (e.g. "0" for national
and "00" for international) are never present in the data package
"Calling Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLDDN CALLED DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the called party directory number.

This directory number can be stored either in the data package
"Partner Directory Number" or in the data package
"Called Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NEWDEST NEW DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the new destination digits

stored in the data package "New Destination"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ADDNO ADDITIONAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies one of the additional numbers

stored in the data package "Additional Numbers".

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 2+

 DISP CHAREC
AMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ICTGNO INCOMING TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the incoming trunk group of the

call for which the charging record was generated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OGTGNO OUTGOING TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the outgoing trunk group of the

call for which the charging record was generated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 3+

 DISP CHAREC
AMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: SECONDS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDTIME.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF END DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF END DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF END DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDDATE.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF END TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file on tape or

magneto optical disk or the name of the file on the EWSD CP disk
or on the EWSD MP disk.
Notes:
The EWSD MP disk file name is only allowed for the record types
AMA,
IACAMA,
INAMA.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 4+

 DISP CHAREC
AMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FILEAR FILE NAME OF THE SAMAR FILE

This parameter specifies the name of the SAMAR (SAMAR = array

of SAM files which logically belong together) stored on the
EWSD MP disk.
Notes:
This parameter can be used in combination with parameter FILE.
The following table gives an overview of the location where
the charging data records are searched:

FILE FILEAR SEARCH ON

- - the default file on EWSD CP disk
- x all the SAM files of the SAMAR on EWSD
MP disk
x - the indicated file on EWSD CP disk or
on tape/magneto optical disk
x x the indicated SAM file of the SAMAR on
the EWSD MP disk

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...25 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FILEOUT FILE NAME OF THE RESULT FILE

This parameter specifies the name of the file where

the records matching the search criteria are stored.
The parameter is not relevant when the file contains
records with a customer specific format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...25 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

tape/magneto optical disk.
Notes:
If this parameter is not entered, the file is assumed to be on disk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

UNREL DISPLAY ONLY FROM UNREL.BLOCKS

This parameter gives the possibility to restrict

the search area of the cyclic file to that part
of the file, which is not yet released.

N SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE

NO SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE
Y SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART
YES SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART

Default: N

ALL DISPLAY ALL INFORMATION

This parameter specifies whether all information,

i.e. the total record content, must be displayed
or not.

N DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION

NO DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION
Y PRINT ALL INFORMATION
YES PRINT ALL INFORMATION

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 5+

 DISP CHAREC
CDR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DISPLAY CDR RECORDS

This input format is used to display the IACAMA and the AMA records
stored in the CDR file IA.ICCDR.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHAREC : TYPE= [,OWNERDN=] [,CLGDN=] [,CLDDN=] 1
1 1
1 [,NEWDEST=] [,ADDNO=] [,ICTGNO=] [,OGTGNO=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGDATE=] [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] 1
1 1
1 [,FILE=] [,FILEAR=] [,FILEOUT=] [,VSN=] 1
1 1
1 [,UNREL=] [,ALL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE TYPE OF CHARGING RECORD

This parameter specifies the type of the charging

data record.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CDR COMMON DATA RECORD

OWNERDN OWNER DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the "Owner Directory Number" of the

relevant charging records :
AMA,
IACAMA,
MOB,
PMOB.
The parameter must be entered with local area code and without
discriminating digits.
The "Owner Directory Number" in the charging data records can
be stored in different fields :
* In the field "Record-Owner" if this field is available.
* In the data package mentioned in the field "Record Owner Type".
The Record Owner Type refers to either:
- the data package "Calling Party Number" ,
- the data package "Redirecting Number" ,
- the data package "System Provided Number" ,
- the data package "Connected Party Number" ,
- the data package "Called Party Number" or
- the data package "Service Subscriber Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLGDN CALLING DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the digits as stored in the data package

"Calling Party Number" of the relevant charging records :
- AMA,
- INAMA,
- IACAMA,
- MOB.
The national or international prefix digits (e.g. "0" for national
and "00" for international) are never present in the data package
"Calling Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 6+

 DISP CHAREC
CDR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CLDDN CALLED DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the called party directory number.

This directory number can be stored either in the data package
"Partner Directory Number" or in the data package
"Called Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NEWDEST NEW DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the new destination digits

stored in the data package "New Destination"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ADDNO ADDITIONAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies one of the additional numbers

stored in the data package "Additional Numbers".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ICTGNO INCOMING TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the incoming trunk group of the

call for which the charging record was generated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OGTGNO OUTGOING TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the outgoing trunk group of the

call for which the charging record was generated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 7+

 DISP CHAREC
CDR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDTIME.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF END DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF END DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF END DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDDATE.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 8+

 DISP CHAREC
CDR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: HOURS OF END TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file on tape or

magneto optical disk or the name of the file on the EWSD CP disk
or on the EWSD MP disk.
Notes:
The EWSD MP disk file name is only allowed for the record types
AMA,
IACAMA,
INAMA.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FILEAR FILE NAME OF THE SAMAR FILE

This parameter specifies the name of the SAMAR (SAMAR = array

of SAM files which logically belong together) stored on the
EWSD MP disk.
Notes:
This parameter can be used in combination with parameter FILE.
The following table gives an overview of the location where
the charging data records are searched:

FILE FILEAR SEARCH ON

- - the default file on EWSD CP disk
- x all the SAM files of the SAMAR on EWSD
MP disk
x - the indicated file on EWSD CP disk or
on tape/magneto optical disk
x x the indicated SAM file of the SAMAR on
the EWSD MP disk

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...25 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FILEOUT FILE NAME OF THE RESULT FILE

This parameter specifies the name of the file where

the records matching the search criteria are stored.
The parameter is not relevant when the file contains
records with a customer specific format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...25 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

tape/magneto optical disk.
Notes:
If this parameter is not entered, the file is assumed to be on disk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 9+

 DISP CHAREC
CDR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

UNREL DISPLAY ONLY FROM UNREL.BLOCKS

This parameter gives the possibility to restrict

the search area of the cyclic file to that part
of the file, which is not yet released.

N SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE

NO SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE
Y SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART
YES SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART

Default: N

ALL DISPLAY ALL INFORMATION

This parameter specifies whether all information,

i.e. the total record content, must be displayed
or not.

N DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION

NO DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION
Y PRINT ALL INFORMATION
YES PRINT ALL INFORMATION

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 10+

 DISP CHAREC
CHN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

DISPLAY AMA/INA RECORDS FOR PROJ. CHINA

This input format is used to display the AMA/INA records

for Project China.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHAREC : TYPE= [,CLGDN=] [,CLDDN=] [,BEGDATE=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] [,FILE=] 1
1 1
1 [,VSN=] [,UNREL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE TYPE OF CHARGING RECORD

This parameter specifies the type of the charging

data record.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

INAMA INTELLIGENT NETWORK WITH AMA

CLGDN CALLING DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the digits as stored in the data package

"Calling Party Number" of the relevant charging records :
- AMA,
- INAMA,
- IACAMA,
- MOB.
The national or international prefix digits (e.g. "0" for national
and "00" for international) are never present in the data package
"Calling Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLDDN CALLED DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the called party directory number.

This directory number can be stored either in the data package
"Partner Directory Number" or in the data package
"Called Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 11+

 DISP CHAREC
CHN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDTIME.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF END DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF END DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF END DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDDATE.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 12+

 DISP CHAREC
CHN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF END TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file on tape or

magneto optical disk or the name of the file on the EWSD CP disk
or on the EWSD MP disk.
Notes:
The EWSD MP disk file name is only allowed for the record types
AMA,
IACAMA,
INAMA.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

tape/magneto optical disk.
Notes:
If this parameter is not entered, the file is assumed to be on disk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

UNREL DISPLAY ONLY FROM UNREL.BLOCKS

This parameter gives the possibility to restrict

the search area of the cyclic file to that part
of the file, which is not yet released.

N SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE

NO SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE
Y SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART
YES SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 13+

 DISP CHAREC
IACAMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

DISPLAY IACAMA RECORDS

This input format is used to display the IACAMA records.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHAREC : TYPE= [,OWNERDN=] [,CLGDN=] [,CLDDN=] 1
1 1
1 [,NEWDEST=] [,ADDNO=] [,ICTGNO=] [,OGTGNO=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGDATE=] [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] 1
1 1
1 [,FILE=] [,FILEAR=] [,FILEOUT=] [,VSN=] 1
1 1
1 [,UNREL=] [,ALL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE TYPE OF CHARGING RECORD

This parameter specifies the type of the charging

data record.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IACAMA INTERADMIN. CHARGING VIA AMA

OWNERDN OWNER DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the "Owner Directory Number" of the

relevant charging records :
AMA,
IACAMA,
MOB,
PMOB.
The parameter must be entered with local area code and without
discriminating digits.
The "Owner Directory Number" in the charging data records can
be stored in different fields :
* In the field "Record-Owner" if this field is available.
* In the data package mentioned in the field "Record Owner Type".
The Record Owner Type refers to either:
- the data package "Calling Party Number" ,
- the data package "Redirecting Number" ,
- the data package "System Provided Number" ,
- the data package "Connected Party Number" ,
- the data package "Called Party Number" or
- the data package "Service Subscriber Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLGDN CALLING DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the digits as stored in the data package

"Calling Party Number" of the relevant charging records :
- AMA,
- INAMA,
- IACAMA,
- MOB.
The national or international prefix digits (e.g. "0" for national
and "00" for international) are never present in the data package
"Calling Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 14+

 DISP CHAREC
IACAMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CLDDN CALLED DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the called party directory number.

This directory number can be stored either in the data package
"Partner Directory Number" or in the data package
"Called Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NEWDEST NEW DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the new destination digits

stored in the data package "New Destination"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ADDNO ADDITIONAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies one of the additional numbers

stored in the data package "Additional Numbers".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ICTGNO INCOMING TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the incoming trunk group of the

call for which the charging record was generated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OGTGNO OUTGOING TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the outgoing trunk group of the

call for which the charging record was generated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 15+

 DISP CHAREC
IACAMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDTIME.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF END DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF END DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF END DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDDATE.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 16+

 DISP CHAREC
IACAMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: HOURS OF END TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file on tape or

magneto optical disk or the name of the file on the EWSD CP disk
or on the EWSD MP disk.
Notes:
The EWSD MP disk file name is only allowed for the record types
AMA,
IACAMA,
INAMA.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FILEAR FILE NAME OF THE SAMAR FILE

This parameter specifies the name of the SAMAR (SAMAR = array

of SAM files which logically belong together) stored on the
EWSD MP disk.
Notes:
This parameter can be used in combination with parameter FILE.
The following table gives an overview of the location where
the charging data records are searched:

FILE FILEAR SEARCH ON

- - the default file on EWSD CP disk
- x all the SAM files of the SAMAR on EWSD
MP disk
x - the indicated file on EWSD CP disk or
on tape/magneto optical disk
x x the indicated SAM file of the SAMAR on
the EWSD MP disk

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...25 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FILEOUT FILE NAME OF THE RESULT FILE

This parameter specifies the name of the file where

the records matching the search criteria are stored.
The parameter is not relevant when the file contains
records with a customer specific format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...25 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

tape/magneto optical disk.
Notes:
If this parameter is not entered, the file is assumed to be on disk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 17+

 DISP CHAREC
IACAMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

UNREL DISPLAY ONLY FROM UNREL.BLOCKS

This parameter gives the possibility to restrict

the search area of the cyclic file to that part
of the file, which is not yet released.

N SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE

NO SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE
Y SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART
YES SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART

Default: N

ALL DISPLAY ALL INFORMATION

This parameter specifies whether all information,

i.e. the total record content, must be displayed
or not.

N DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION

NO DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION
Y PRINT ALL INFORMATION
YES PRINT ALL INFORMATION

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 18+

 DISP CHAREC
INAMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

DISPLAY INAMA RECORDS

This input format is used to display the INA records.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHAREC : TYPE= [,CLI=] [,CLGDN=] [,CLDDN=] [,NEWDEST=] 1
1 1
1 [,ADDNO=] [,ICTGNO=] [,OGTGNO=] [,BEGDATE=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] [,FILE=] 1
1 1
1 [,FILEAR=] [,FILEOUT=] [,VSN=] [,UNREL=] 1
1 1
1 [,ALL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE TYPE OF CHARGING RECORD

This parameter specifies the type of the charging

data record.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INAMA INTELLIGENT NETWORK WITH AMA

CLI CALLING LINE IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the directory number as stored in the

data package "Calling Line Id" for the relevant charging record
INAMA.
The parameter must be entered with local area code, and, depending
on the project, with or without discrimination digit.
The "Calling Line Id" data package contains the signalled calling
party number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLGDN CALLING DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the digits as stored in the data package

"Calling Party Number" of the relevant charging records :
- AMA,
- INAMA,
- IACAMA,
- MOB.
The national or international prefix digits (e.g. "0" for national
and "00" for international) are never present in the data package
"Calling Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLDDN CALLED DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the called party directory number.

This directory number can be stored either in the data package
"Partner Directory Number" or in the data package
"Called Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 19+

 DISP CHAREC
INAMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NEWDEST NEW DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the new destination digits

stored in the data package "New Destination"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ADDNO ADDITIONAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies one of the additional numbers

stored in the data package "Additional Numbers".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ICTGNO INCOMING TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the incoming trunk group of the

call for which the charging record was generated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OGTGNO OUTGOING TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the outgoing trunk group of the

call for which the charging record was generated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 20+

 DISP CHAREC
INAMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDTIME.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF END DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF END DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF END DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDDATE.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF END TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 21+

 DISP CHAREC
INAMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file on tape or

magneto optical disk or the name of the file on the EWSD CP disk
or on the EWSD MP disk.
Notes:
The EWSD MP disk file name is only allowed for the record types
AMA,
IACAMA,
INAMA.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FILEAR FILE NAME OF THE SAMAR FILE

This parameter specifies the name of the SAMAR (SAMAR = array

of SAM files which logically belong together) stored on the
EWSD MP disk.
Notes:
This parameter can be used in combination with parameter FILE.
The following table gives an overview of the location where
the charging data records are searched:

FILE FILEAR SEARCH ON

- - the default file on EWSD CP disk
- x all the SAM files of the SAMAR on EWSD
MP disk
x - the indicated file on EWSD CP disk or
on tape/magneto optical disk
x x the indicated SAM file of the SAMAR on
the EWSD MP disk

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...25 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FILEOUT FILE NAME OF THE RESULT FILE

This parameter specifies the name of the file where

the records matching the search criteria are stored.
The parameter is not relevant when the file contains
records with a customer specific format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...25 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

tape/magneto optical disk.
Notes:
If this parameter is not entered, the file is assumed to be on disk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

UNREL DISPLAY ONLY FROM UNREL.BLOCKS

This parameter gives the possibility to restrict

the search area of the cyclic file to that part
of the file, which is not yet released.

N SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE

NO SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE
Y SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART
YES SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 22+

 DISP CHAREC
INAMA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: N

ALL DISPLAY ALL INFORMATION

This parameter specifies whether all information,

i.e. the total record content, must be displayed
or not.

N DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION

NO DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION
Y PRINT ALL INFORMATION
YES PRINT ALL INFORMATION

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 23+

 DISP CHAREC
MOB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

6. Input format

DISPLAY MOB RECORDS

This input format is used to display the MOB records.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHAREC : TYPE= [,OWNERDN=] [,CLGDN=] [,CLDDN=] 1
1 1
1 [,OGTGNO=] [,NEWDEST=] [,ADDNO=] [,BEGDATE=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] [,FILE=] 1
1 1
1 [,FILEOUT=] [,VSN=] [,UNREL=] [,ALL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE TYPE OF CHARGING RECORD

This parameter specifies the type of the charging

data record.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

MOB METER OBSERVATION

OWNERDN OWNER DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the "Owner Directory Number" of the

relevant charging records :
AMA,
IACAMA,
MOB,
PMOB.
The parameter must be entered with local area code and without
discriminating digits.
The "Owner Directory Number" in the charging data records can
be stored in different fields :
* In the field "Record-Owner" if this field is available.
* In the data package mentioned in the field "Record Owner Type".
The Record Owner Type refers to either:
- the data package "Calling Party Number" ,
- the data package "Redirecting Number" ,
- the data package "System Provided Number" ,
- the data package "Connected Party Number" ,
- the data package "Called Party Number" or
- the data package "Service Subscriber Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLGDN CALLING DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the digits as stored in the data package

"Calling Party Number" of the relevant charging records :
- AMA,
- INAMA,
- IACAMA,
- MOB.
The national or international prefix digits (e.g. "0" for national
and "00" for international) are never present in the data package
"Calling Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLDDN CALLED DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the called party directory number.

This directory number can be stored either in the data package

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 24+

 DISP CHAREC
MOB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

"Partner Directory Number" or in the data package

"Called Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OGTGNO OUTGOING TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the outgoing trunk group of the

call for which the charging record was generated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NEWDEST NEW DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the new destination digits

stored in the data package "New Destination"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ADDNO ADDITIONAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies one of the additional numbers

stored in the data package "Additional Numbers".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 25+

 DISP CHAREC
MOB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDTIME.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF END DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF END DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF END DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDDATE.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF END TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file on tape or

magneto optical disk or the name of the file on the EWSD CP disk

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 26+

 DISP CHAREC
MOB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

or on the EWSD MP disk.

Notes:
The EWSD MP disk file name is only allowed for the record types
AMA,
IACAMA,
INAMA.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

Default: IA.ICMOB

FILEOUT FILE NAME OF THE RESULT FILE

This parameter specifies the name of the file where

the records matching the search criteria are stored.
The parameter is not relevant when the file contains
records with a customer specific format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...25 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

tape/magneto optical disk.
Notes:
If this parameter is not entered, the file is assumed to be on disk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

UNREL DISPLAY ONLY FROM UNREL.BLOCKS

This parameter gives the possibility to restrict

the search area of the cyclic file to that part
of the file, which is not yet released.

N SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE

NO SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE
Y SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART
YES SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART

Default: N

ALL DISPLAY ALL INFORMATION

This parameter specifies whether all information,

i.e. the total record content, must be displayed
or not.

N DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION

NO DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION
Y PRINT ALL INFORMATION
YES PRINT ALL INFORMATION

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 27+

 DISP CHAREC
PMOB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

7. Input format

DISPLAY PMOB RECORDS

This input format is used to display the PMOB records.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHAREC : TYPE= [,OWNERDN=] [,CLDDN=] [,BEGDATE=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] [,FILE=] 1
1 1
1 [,FILEOUT=] [,VSN=] [,UNREL=] [,ALL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE TYPE OF CHARGING RECORD

This parameter specifies the type of the charging

data record.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PMOB PREVENTIVE METER OBSERVATION

OWNERDN OWNER DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the "Owner Directory Number" of the

relevant charging records :
AMA,
IACAMA,
MOB,
PMOB.
The parameter must be entered with local area code and without
discriminating digits.
The "Owner Directory Number" in the charging data records can
be stored in different fields :
* In the field "Record-Owner" if this field is available.
* In the data package mentioned in the field "Record Owner Type".
The Record Owner Type refers to either:
- the data package "Calling Party Number" ,
- the data package "Redirecting Number" ,
- the data package "System Provided Number" ,
- the data package "Connected Party Number" ,
- the data package "Called Party Number" or
- the data package "Service Subscriber Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CLDDN CALLED DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the called party directory number.

This directory number can be stored either in the data package
"Partner Directory Number" or in the data package
"Called Party Number".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 28+

 DISP CHAREC
PMOB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE.
Default value of parameters BEGDATE,BEGTIME:
BEGDATE BEGTIME LOWER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no lower limit
- x (today,BEGTIME)
x - (BEGDATE,00:00:00)
x x (BEGDATE,BEGTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF BEGIN TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval.

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDTIME.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF END DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF END DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF END DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 29+

 DISP CHAREC
PMOB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with ENDDATE.
Default value of parameters ENDDATE,ENDTIME:
ENDDATE ENDTIME UPPER LIMIT OF DISPLAY INTERVAL
- - no upper limit
- x (today,ENDTIME)
x - (ENDDATE,23:59:59)
x x (ENDDATE,ENDTIME).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOURS OF END TIME=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECONDS OF END TIME=

0...59, range of decimal numbers

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file on tape or

magneto optical disk or the name of the file on the EWSD CP disk
or on the EWSD MP disk.
Notes:
The EWSD MP disk file name is only allowed for the record types
AMA,
IACAMA,
INAMA.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

Default: IA.ICPMB

FILEOUT FILE NAME OF THE RESULT FILE

This parameter specifies the name of the file where

the records matching the search criteria are stored.
The parameter is not relevant when the file contains
records with a customer specific format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...25 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

tape/magneto optical disk.
Notes:
If this parameter is not entered, the file is assumed to be on disk.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

UNREL DISPLAY ONLY FROM UNREL.BLOCKS

This parameter gives the possibility to restrict

the search area of the cyclic file to that part
of the file, which is not yet released.

N SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE

NO SEARCH AREA IS THE WHOLE FILE
Y SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 30+

 DISP CHAREC
PMOB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

YES SEARCH AREA IS THE UNREL PART

Default: N

ALL DISPLAY ALL INFORMATION

This parameter specifies whether all information,

i.e. the total record content, must be displayed
or not.

N DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION

NO DON’T PRINT ALL INFORMATION
Y PRINT ALL INFORMATION
YES PRINT ALL INFORMATION

Default: N

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHAREC- 31-

 DISP CHF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT RECORD

This command displays the disk based charging fault records for the
specified fault cases. To narrow down the selection, a date/time interval
can be entered. Omitting this interval indicates that there are no
constraints.

Notes :

- Only when the AREA and CLASS parameters are missing and all values
is specified for CASE are the internal fault cases included in the
selection. For all other combinations only the user fault cases are
considered.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHF : CASE= [,AREA= ,CLASS=] [,DATE= [,TIME=]] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CASE CHARGING FAULT CASE(S)

This parameter specifies the fault case. This constitutes the

lowest level of the fault classification system adopted by
Charging Fault Treatment. It corresponds to a complete error
as detectable in the generated accounting data.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

MISMETER MISSING METERING DATA

INVMETCK INVALID METER CHECKSUM
INVMETDN INVALID METERING DN
INVRCDNG INVALID RECORDING TYPE
MISDIGIT MISSING DIGITS
ILLCHUNI ILLEGAL CHARGE UNITS
INVDURAT INVALID DURATION
TARAUDIT TARIFF AUDIT
NORESPTA NO RESPONSE FROM TARIFF AUDIT
INVCDMSG INVALID CALL DATA MESSAGE
ILLSUMF2 ILL. SUB METERING FOR FORMAT 2
INVCNTR INVALID COUNTERS
INVCNTF1 INVALID COUNTERS FOR FORMAT 1
INVCNTF2 INVALID COUNTERS FOR FORMAT 2
INVICAMA INVALID IAC AMA
INVICMET INVALID IAC METERING
ICDBINC IAC DATABASE INCONSISTENCY
CASE17 FAULT CASE 17
CASE18 FAULT CASE 18
CASE19 FAULT CASE 19
CASE20 FAULT CASE 20
CASE21 FAULT CASE 21
CASE22 FAULT CASE 22
CASE23 FAULT CASE 23
CASE24 FAULT CASE 24
CASE25 FAULT CASE 25
CASE26 FAULT CASE 26
CASE27 FAULT CASE 27
CASE28 FAULT CASE 28
CASE29 FAULT CASE 29
CASE30 FAULT CASE 30
CASE31 FAULT CASE 31
CASE32 FAULT CASE 32
CASE33 FAULT CASE 33
CASE34 FAULT CASE 34
CASE35 FAULT CASE 35
CASE36 FAULT CASE 36
CASE37 FAULT CASE 37
CASE38 FAULT CASE 38
CASE39 FAULT CASE 39
CASE40 FAULT CASE 40

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHF- 1+

 DISP CHF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CASE41 FAULT CASE 41

CASE42 FAULT CASE 42
CASE43 FAULT CASE 43
CASE44 FAULT CASE 44
CASE45 FAULT CASE 45
CASE46 FAULT CASE 46
CASE47 FAULT CASE 47
CASE48 FAULT CASE 48
CASE49 FAULT CASE 49
CASE50 FAULT CASE 50
CASE51 FAULT CASE 51
CASE52 FAULT CASE 52
CASE53 FAULT CASE 53
CASE54 FAULT CASE 54
CASE55 FAULT CASE 55
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all defined user fault case values.

AREA CHARGING FAULT AREA(S)

This parameter specifies the fault area. This is the highest

level of the fault classification system adopted by Charging
Fault Treatment. It reflects a partitioning of the available
charging recordings according to the way in which the accounting
information is gathered.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

METERING FAULT AREA METERING

Fault area for charging recordings relying on
memory based counters.
TICKET FAULT AREA TICKETING
Fault area for charging recordings relying on
disk based records.
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all defined fault area values.

CLASS CHARGING FAULT CLASS(ES)

This parameter specifies the fault class. This represents the

intermediate level of the fault classification adopted by
Charging Fault Treatment. It provides a cause/effect based
partitioning of the individual fault cases.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DETERMIN FAULT CLASS DETERMINATION

Fault class which groups all cases related to the
determination of the requested charging recordings
and -for every concurrent recording- of the
required charging information.
INFORM FAULT CLASS INFORMATION
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
(in)directly caused by incorrect or inconsistent
(within or between recordings) charging
information.
SECURITY FAULT CLASS SECURITY
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
related to the safeguarding of the generated
charging data. This includes checksum monitoring
and handling of system recovery.
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all defined fault class values.

DATE RECORD DATE INTERVAL

This parameter specifies the date that can be

entered to narrow down the selection of displayed
charging fault records.
The date can be entered on its own or in
combination with a time.
A single value for this parameter is taken as the
start date of an open ended interval.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHF- 2+

 DISP CHF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

TIME RECORD TIME INTERVAL

This parameter specifies the time that can be

entered to narrow down the selection of displayed
charging fault records.
The time can only be entered if the date is
also specified.
A single value for this parameter is taken as the
starting time of an open ended interval.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHF- 3-

 ACT CHFCASE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT CASE

This command allows the activation of the specified fault case(s) and,
therefore, of the corresponding code-based plausibility checkpoints. Once
activated, the latter can monitor various system functions and gather
information. The specified case(s) can either be hard-coded or have been
created by operator command.

Notes :

- Cases can be entered individually or globally for selected AREA/CLASS

combinations.
- The status of the user fault cases can be verified by means of the
DISP CHFCASE command.
- The eventual status of a fault case is determined by the overall Charging
Fault Treatment settings as controlled by the MOD CHFSTAT command.
- Individual plausibility checkpoints can pertain to multiple fault cases
and their status is, therefore, dependent on all of these cases.
- The local fault case status table in the active LTGs is automatically
updated by this command.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CHFCASE : CASE= [,AREA= ,CLASS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CASE CHARGING FAULT CASE(S)

This parameter specifies the fault case. This constitutes the

lowest level of the fault classification system adopted by
Charging Fault Treatment. It corresponds to a complete error
as detectable in the generated accounting data.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

MISMETER MISSING METERING DATA

INVMETCK INVALID METER CHECKSUM
INVMETDN INVALID METERING DN
INVRCDNG INVALID RECORDING TYPE
MISDIGIT MISSING DIGITS
ILLCHUNI ILLEGAL CHARGE UNITS
INVDURAT INVALID DURATION
TARAUDIT TARIFF AUDIT
NORESPTA NO RESPONSE FROM TARIFF AUDIT
INVCDMSG INVALID CALL DATA MESSAGE
ILLSUMF2 ILL. SUB METERING FOR FORMAT 2
INVCNTR INVALID COUNTERS
INVCNTF1 INVALID COUNTERS FOR FORMAT 1
INVCNTF2 INVALID COUNTERS FOR FORMAT 2
INVICAMA INVALID IAC AMA
INVICMET INVALID IAC METERING
ICDBINC IAC DATABASE INCONSISTENCY
CASE17 FAULT CASE 17
CASE18 FAULT CASE 18
CASE19 FAULT CASE 19
CASE20 FAULT CASE 20
CASE21 FAULT CASE 21
CASE22 FAULT CASE 22
CASE23 FAULT CASE 23
CASE24 FAULT CASE 24
CASE25 FAULT CASE 25
CASE26 FAULT CASE 26
CASE27 FAULT CASE 27
CASE28 FAULT CASE 28
CASE29 FAULT CASE 29
CASE30 FAULT CASE 30
CASE31 FAULT CASE 31
CASE32 FAULT CASE 32
CASE33 FAULT CASE 33

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CHFCASE- 1+

 ACT CHFCASE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CASE34 FAULT CASE 34

CASE35 FAULT CASE 35
CASE36 FAULT CASE 36
CASE37 FAULT CASE 37
CASE38 FAULT CASE 38
CASE39 FAULT CASE 39
CASE40 FAULT CASE 40
CASE41 FAULT CASE 41
CASE42 FAULT CASE 42
CASE43 FAULT CASE 43
CASE44 FAULT CASE 44
CASE45 FAULT CASE 45
CASE46 FAULT CASE 46
CASE47 FAULT CASE 47
CASE48 FAULT CASE 48
CASE49 FAULT CASE 49
CASE50 FAULT CASE 50
CASE51 FAULT CASE 51
CASE52 FAULT CASE 52
CASE53 FAULT CASE 53
CASE54 FAULT CASE 54
CASE55 FAULT CASE 55
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all defined user fault case values.

AREA CHARGING FAULT AREA(S)

This parameter specifies the fault area. This is the highest

level of the fault classification system adopted by Charging
Fault Treatment. It reflects a partitioning of the available
charging recordings according to the way in which the accounting
information is gathered.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

METERING FAULT AREA METERING

Fault area for charging recordings relying on
memory based counters.
TICKET FAULT AREA TICKETING
Fault area for charging recordings relying on
disk based records.
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all defined fault area values.

CLASS CHARGING FAULT CLASS(ES)

This parameter specifies the fault class. This represents the

intermediate level of the fault classification adopted by
Charging Fault Treatment. It provides a cause/effect based
partitioning of the individual fault cases.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DETERMIN FAULT CLASS DETERMINATION

Fault class which groups all cases related to the
determination of the requested charging recordings
and -for every concurrent recording- of the
required charging information.
INFORM FAULT CLASS INFORMATION
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
(in)directly caused by incorrect or inconsistent
(within or between recordings) charging
information.
SECURITY FAULT CLASS SECURITY
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
related to the safeguarding of the generated
charging data. This includes checksum monitoring
and handling of system recovery.
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all defined fault class values.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CHFCASE- 2-

 CR CHFCASE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT CASE

This command creates a new user fault case for Charging Fault Treatment
for the specified AREA/CLASS combination.
As such, it allows the definition of additional cases in an existing APS
which can be used in plausibility checkpoints implemented via code patches.
The symbolic identifier, which will represent the new user case in
subsequent ACT CHFCASE and DACT CHFCASE commands or in the output of
the DISP CHFCASE command, is determined by the system and reported
in the result message.
This new case is indistinguishable, both to administration and software
users from the hard-coded fault cases. In particular, this means that it
can not be destroyed or reassigned to another AREA/CLASS
classification.

Notes :

- the created case is initially inactive and must be explicitly activated

with the ACT CHFCASE command.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CHFCASE : AREA= ,CLASS= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AREA CHARGING FAULT AREA

This parameter specifies the fault area. This is the highest

level of the fault classification system adopted by Charging
Fault Treatment. It reflects a partitioning of the available
charging recordings according to the way in which the accounting
information is gathered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

METERING FAULT AREA METERING

Fault area for charging recordings relying on
memory based counters.
TICKET FAULT AREA TICKETING
Fault area for charging recordings relying on
disk based records.

CLASS CHARGING FAULT CLASS

This parameter specifies the fault class. This represents the

intermediate level of the fault classification adopted by Charging
Fault Treatment. It provides a cause/effect based partitioning of
the individual fault cases.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DETERMIN FAULT CLASS DETERMINATION

Fault class which groups all cases related to the
determination of the requested charging recordings
and -for every concurrent recording- of the
required charging information.
INFORM FAULT CLASS INFORMATION
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
(in)directly caused by incorrect or inconsistent
(within or between recordings) charging
information.
SECURITY FAULT CLASS SECURITY
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
related to the safeguarding of the generated
charging data. This includes checksum monitoring
and handling of system recovery.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CHFCASE- 1-
 DACT CHFCASE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT CASE

This command allows the deactivation of the specified fault case(s) and,
therefore, of the corresponding code-based plausibility checkpoints. Once
deactivated, the latter stop monitoring system functions and gathering
information. The specified case(s) can either be hard-coded or have been
created by operator command.

Notes :

- Cases can be entered individually or globally for selected AREA/CLASS

combinations.
- The status of the user fault cases can be verified by means of the
DISP CHFCASE command.
- Individual plausibility checkpoints can pertain to multiple fault cases
and their status is, therefore, dependent on all of these cases.
- The local fault case status table in the active LTGs is automatically
updated by this command.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CHFCASE : CASE= [,AREA= ,CLASS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CASE CHARGING FAULT CASE(S)

This parameter specifies the fault case. This constitutes the

lowest level of the fault classification system adopted by
Charging Fault Treatment. It corresponds to a complete error
as detectable in the generated accounting data.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

MISMETER MISSING METERING DATA

INVMETCK INVALID METER CHECKSUM
INVMETDN INVALID METERING DN
INVRCDNG INVALID RECORDING TYPE
MISDIGIT MISSING DIGITS
ILLCHUNI ILLEGAL CHARGE UNITS
INVDURAT INVALID DURATION
TARAUDIT TARIFF AUDIT
NORESPTA NO RESPONSE FROM TARIFF AUDIT
INVCDMSG INVALID CALL DATA MESSAGE
ILLSUMF2 ILL. SUB METERING FOR FORMAT 2
INVCNTR INVALID COUNTERS
INVCNTF1 INVALID COUNTERS FOR FORMAT 1
INVCNTF2 INVALID COUNTERS FOR FORMAT 2
INVICAMA INVALID IAC AMA
INVICMET INVALID IAC METERING
ICDBINC IAC DATABASE INCONSISTENCY
CASE17 FAULT CASE 17
CASE18 FAULT CASE 18
CASE19 FAULT CASE 19
CASE20 FAULT CASE 20
CASE21 FAULT CASE 21
CASE22 FAULT CASE 22
CASE23 FAULT CASE 23
CASE24 FAULT CASE 24
CASE25 FAULT CASE 25
CASE26 FAULT CASE 26
CASE27 FAULT CASE 27
CASE28 FAULT CASE 28
CASE29 FAULT CASE 29
CASE30 FAULT CASE 30
CASE31 FAULT CASE 31
CASE32 FAULT CASE 32
CASE33 FAULT CASE 33
CASE34 FAULT CASE 34
CASE35 FAULT CASE 35

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CHFCASE- 1+

 DACT CHFCASE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CASE36 FAULT CASE 36

CASE37 FAULT CASE 37
CASE38 FAULT CASE 38
CASE39 FAULT CASE 39
CASE40 FAULT CASE 40
CASE41 FAULT CASE 41
CASE42 FAULT CASE 42
CASE43 FAULT CASE 43
CASE44 FAULT CASE 44
CASE45 FAULT CASE 45
CASE46 FAULT CASE 46
CASE47 FAULT CASE 47
CASE48 FAULT CASE 48
CASE49 FAULT CASE 49
CASE50 FAULT CASE 50
CASE51 FAULT CASE 51
CASE52 FAULT CASE 52
CASE53 FAULT CASE 53
CASE54 FAULT CASE 54
CASE55 FAULT CASE 55
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all the defined user fault case values.

AREA CHARGING FAULT AREA(S)

This parameter specifies the fault area. This is the highest

level of the fault classification system adopted by Charging
Fault Treatment. It reflects a partitioning of the available
charging recordings according to the way in which accounting
information is gathered.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

METERING FAULT AREA METERING

Fault area for charging recordings relying on
memory based counters.
TICKET FAULT AREA TICKETING
Fault area for charging recordings relying on
disk based records.
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all the defined fault area values.

CLASS CHARGING FAULT CLASS(ES)

This parameter specifies the fault class. This represents the

intermediate level of the fault classification adopted by
Charging Fault Treatment. It provides a cause/effect based
partitioning of the individual fault cases.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DETERMIN FAULT CLASS DETERMINATION

Fault class which groups all the cases related to
the determination of the requested charging
recordings and -for every concurrent recording-
of the required charging information.
INFORM FAULT CLASS INFORMATION
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
(in)directly caused by incorrect or inconsistent
(within or between recordings) charging
information.
SECURITY FAULT CLASS SECURITY
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
related to the safeguarding of the generated
charging data. This includes checksum monitoring
and handling of system recovery.
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all the defined fault class values.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CHFCASE- 2-

 DISP CHFCASE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT CASE

This command displays information about all the user fault cases and, therefore,
of the corresponding plausibility checkpoints belonging to the specified
AREA/CLASS combination.
Both the hard-coded user fault cases and the ones created with the
CR CHFCASE command are reported.

The information to display is specified with the FUNC parameter and includes :

- the status of the user fault cases

- statistical data about the user fault cases : daily occurrence thresholds
and daily and total occurrence counters

Notes :

- This command only lists the relevant fault cases for every specified
combination. It is possible that particular combinations contain no fault
cases and return an empty list.
- The status reported by this command corresponds to the one controlled by the
ACT CHFCASE and DACT CHFCASE commands.
The eventual status as determined by the overall Charging Fault Treatment
settings, as controlled by the MOD CHFSTAT, command is not taken into
account.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHFCASE : AREA= ,CLASS= [,FUNC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

AREA CHARGING FAULT AREA(S)

This parameter specifies the fault area. This is the highest

level of the fault classification system adopted by Charging
Fault Treatment. It reflects a partitioning of the available
charging recordings according to the way in which the
accounting information is gathered.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

METERING FAULT AREA METERING

Fault area for charging recordings relying on
memory based counters.
TICKET FAULT AREA TICKETING
Fault area for charging recordings relying on
disk based records.
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all the defined fault area values.

CLASS CHARGING FAULT CLASS(ES)

This parameter specifies the fault class. This represents the

intermediate level of the fault classification adopted by Charging
Fault Treatment. It provides a cause/effect based partitioning of
the individual fault cases.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DETERMIN FAULT CLASS DETERMINATION

Fault class which groups all cases related to the
determination of the requested charging recordings
and -for every concurrent recording- of the
required charging information.
INFORM FAULT CLASS INFORMATION
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
(in)directly caused by incorrect or inconsistent
(within or between recordings) charging
information.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHFCASE- 1+

 DISP CHFCASE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SECURITY FAULT CLASS SECURITY

Fault class which groups all the cases which are
related to the safeguarding of the generated
charging data. This includes checksum monitoring
and handling of system recovery.
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all the defined fault class values.

FUNC DISPLAY FUNCTION

This parameter specifies which information must be displayed for

the selected fault cases. Not entering the parameter displays
the status.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

STATUS FAULT CASE STATUS

This function displays the status of the selected
user fault cases.
CNTR FAULT CASE COUNTERS
This function displays the statistical information
of the selected user fault cases : the daily
occurrence thresholds and the daily and total
occurrence counters.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHFCASE- 2-

 MOD CHFCASE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT CASE

This command has a dual purpose : it can be used to change the daily
occurrence thresholds or to reset (i.e. return to 0) the daily and total
occurrence counters for the specified user fault cases. The threshold
values are used by the system to suppress operator alarming and disk storage
for the case once the daily occurrence falls outside the selected interval.
The specified case(s) can either be hard-coded or have been created by
operator command.

Notes :

- Cases can be entered individually or globally for selected AREA/CLASS

combinations.
- The threshold and counter values of the user fault cases can be verified
by means of the DISP CHFCASE command.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CHFCASE : CASE= [,AREA= ,CLASS=] <,DCNTRTHR= ,RCNTR=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CASE CHARGING FAULT CASE(S)

This parameter specifies the fault case. This constitutes the

lowest level of the fault classification system adopted by
Charging Fault Treatment. It corresponds to a complete error
as detectable in the generated accounting data.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

MISMETER MISSING METERING DATA

INVMETCK INVALID METER CHECKSUM
INVMETDN INVALID METERING DN
INVRCDNG INVALID RECORDING TYPE
MISDIGIT MISSING DIGITS
ILLCHUNI ILLEGAL CHARGE UNITS
INVDURAT INVALID DURATION
TARAUDIT TARIFF AUDIT
NORESPTA NO RESPONSE FROM TARIFF AUDIT
INVCDMSG INVALID CALL DATA MESSAGE
ILLSUMF2 ILL. SUB METERING FOR FORMAT 2
INVCNTR INVALID COUNTERS
INVCNTF1 INVALID COUNTERS FOR FORMAT 1
INVCNTF2 INVALID COUNTERS FOR FORMAT 2
INVICAMA INVALID IAC AMA
INVICMET INVALID IAC METERING
ICDBINC IAC DATABASE INCONSISTENCY
CASE17 FAULT CASE 17
CASE18 FAULT CASE 18
CASE19 FAULT CASE 19
CASE20 FAULT CASE 20
CASE21 FAULT CASE 21
CASE22 FAULT CASE 22
CASE23 FAULT CASE 23
CASE24 FAULT CASE 24
CASE25 FAULT CASE 25
CASE26 FAULT CASE 26
CASE27 FAULT CASE 27
CASE28 FAULT CASE 28
CASE29 FAULT CASE 29
CASE30 FAULT CASE 30
CASE31 FAULT CASE 31
CASE32 FAULT CASE 32
CASE33 FAULT CASE 33
CASE34 FAULT CASE 34
CASE35 FAULT CASE 35
CASE36 FAULT CASE 36
CASE37 FAULT CASE 37

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHFCASE- 1+

 MOD CHFCASE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CASE38 FAULT CASE 38

CASE39 FAULT CASE 39
CASE40 FAULT CASE 40
CASE41 FAULT CASE 41
CASE42 FAULT CASE 42
CASE43 FAULT CASE 43
CASE44 FAULT CASE 44
CASE45 FAULT CASE 45
CASE46 FAULT CASE 46
CASE47 FAULT CASE 47
CASE48 FAULT CASE 48
CASE49 FAULT CASE 49
CASE50 FAULT CASE 50
CASE51 FAULT CASE 51
CASE52 FAULT CASE 52
CASE53 FAULT CASE 53
CASE54 FAULT CASE 54
CASE55 FAULT CASE 55
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all defined user fault case values.

AREA CHARGING FAULT AREA(S)

This parameter specifies the fault area. This is the highest

level of the fault classification system adopted by Charging
Fault Treatment. It reflects a partitioning of the available
charging recordings according to the way in which the accounting
information is gathered.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

METERING FAULT AREA METERING

Fault area for charging recordings relying on
memory based counters.
TICKET FAULT AREA TICKETING
Fault area for charging recordings relying on
disk based records.
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all defined fault area values.

CLASS CHARGING FAULT CLASS(ES)

This parameter specifies the fault class. This represents the

intermediate level of the fault classification adopted by
Charging Fault Treatment. It provides a cause/effect based
partitioning of the individual fault cases.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DETERMIN FAULT CLASS DETERMINATION

Fault class which groups all cases related to the
determination of the requested charging recordings
and -for every concurrent recording- of the
required charging information.
INFORM FAULT CLASS INFORMATION
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
(in)directly caused by incorrect or inconsistent
(within or between recordings) charging
information.
SECURITY FAULT CLASS SECURITY
Fault class which groups all the cases which are
related to the safeguarding of the generated
charging data. This includes checksum monitoring
and handling of system recovery.
X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES
Represents all defined fault class values.

DCNTRTHR DAILY OCCURRENCE COUNTER THR.

This parameter specifies the lower and upper threshold

values for the daily occurrence of a user fault case.
This provides a suppression of output when the daily
occurrence falls outside the selected boundaries.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHFCASE- 2+

 MOD CHFCASE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: LOWER THRESHOLD VALUE=

0...255, range of decimal numbers

b: UPPER THRESHOLD VALUE=

0...255, range of decimal numbers

RCNTR RESET OCCURRENCE COUNTERS

This parameter allows a reset (i.e. return to 0) of

the daily and total occurrence counters of a user
fault case.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO COUNTER RESET
Indicates that the daily and total occurrence
counters must not be reset.
YES COUNTER RESET
Indicates that the daily and total occurrence
counters must be reset.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHFCASE- 3-

 DISP CHFSTAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT STATUS

This command displays global status information about the Charging

Fault Treatment System consisting of :

- the current global plausibility checkpoint and immediate

output settings as determined by the MOD CHFSTAT command.
- statistical information about all the internal fault cases :
daily occurrence thresholds and daily and total occurrence
counters.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHFSTAT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHFSTAT- 1-

 MOD CHFSTAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CHARGING FAULT TREATMENT STATUS

This command modifies the global plausibility checkpoint and immediate

output settings (status) of the Charging Fault Treatment system.

Notes :

- The overall plausibility checkpoint status controlled with this command

overrules the status of the individual fault case(s) as determined by
ACT CHFCASE and DACT CHFCASE commands.
This means that, regardless of any other settings, all fault cases and
checkpoints, including those used by the system itself, are deactivated
if the global status is set to OFF.
Changing the status to ON restores the individual states of the
fault cases.
- The local fault case status table in the active LTGs is automatically
updated by this command if the checkpoint status was changed.
- Immediate output of detected charging errors is also dependent on
the fault case specific filtering thresholds and on the overall
plausibility checkpoint status.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CHFSTAT : <CHECK= ,ALARM=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CHECK FAULT TREAMENT CHECK STATUS

This parameter determines the overall status of the Charging Fault

Treatment plausibility checkpoints and of their controlling fault
cases.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OFF CHECK STATUS INACTIVE

Status is OFF (i.e. inactive)
ON CHECK STATUS ACTIVE
Status is ON (i.e. active)

ALARM FAULT TREATMENT ALARM STATUS

This parameter determines the overall operator alarming (i.e.

immediate output) status for Charging Fault Treatment.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OFF ALARM STATUS INACTIVE

Status is OFF (i.e. inactive)
ON ALARM STATUS ACTIVE
Status is ON (i.e. active)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHFSTAT- 1-

 DISP CHRGFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CHARGING FEATURES

This command displays charging features of a subscriber.

Prerequisites:
- DISP CHRGFEA is only accepted for a main station (analog) or
an ISDN basic access.

DISP CHRGFEA displays the charging features of a subscriber:

- Class Of Service
- Class Of Service with Data.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHRGFEA : [LAC=] ,DN= [,FUNCTION=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

The parameter specifies the local area code of the

subscriber.

Notes:
- LAC is mandatory if in the subscriber is connected to an
exchange with multiple diretory volume.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FUNCTION DISPLAY FUNCTION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SCLSSUB SCLS SUBSCRIBER

Subscribers that have SCLS assigned are displayed.
Parameters LAC and DN have to specify the full
range (value X).
SCLSLIM SCLS LIMIT REACHED
Subscribers that have reached the SCLS limit are
displayed.
Parameters LAC and DN have to specify the full
range (value X).

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHRGFEA- 1-

 MOD CHRGFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CHARGING FEATURES

This command modifies the charging features of individual

subscribers as described below.
Notes:
- MOD CHRGFEA starts (stops) credit limit supervision
for individual subscribers or modifies the credit limit
of a subscriber under supervision. With the parameter COSDAT,
the type of credit limit supervision and the credit limit
itself can be entered. CCOSDAT cancels the credit limit
supervision level for the given subscriber. COSDAT and
CCOSDAT cannot be entered together.
- MOD CHRGFEA resets (to zero) the charge counters for subscriber
credit limit supervision if the RSTCNTR parameter is specified.
This is only possible if manual reset was previously allowed with
the MOD CHRGOPT command. Depending on the values of the LAC
and DN parameters either the counter for a single subscriber
or the counters for all subscribers are reset.
- MOD CHRGFEA sets (cancels) the charging features FAIAMA,
FAUAMA, UCALLAMA and SCLSMOD. COS and CCOS parameters
can be entered simultaneously as long as different features are
specified for the two parameters.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CHRGFEA : [LAC=] ,DN= <,COSDAT= ,CCOSDAT= ,COS= ,CCOS= 1
1 1
1 ,RSTCNTR=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

The parameter specifies the local area code of the subscriber.

Notes:
- LAC is mandatory if the subscriber is connected to an
exchange with multiple directory number volume.
The value X (all) is only allowed in combination with the
parameter RSTCNTR and the value all (X) for the DN parameter

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber.

The value X (all) is only allowed in combination with the parameter
RSTCNTR and the value all (X) for the LAC parameter.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

COSDAT CLASS OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the type of credit limit supervision

level and the credit limit.

Notes:
- This parameter is only allowed for:
analog main stations,
ISDN-BA POTS,
CTX subscribers and
coinboxes.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGFEA- 1+

 MOD CHRGFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CHARGING CLASS OF SERVICE

SCLSIMM SCLS IMMEDIATE RELEASE
SCLSIMM is a type of subscriber credit limit
supervision that immediately releases a call
when the credit limit has been reached.
Additionally, once the limit has been reached,
only calls to non-barrable destinations are
possible until the feature is cancelled or new
credit becomes available. The subscriber gets a
tone or announcement before dialing if the
credit limit has been reached.

Remarks:
- Non-barrable destinations remain reachable after
the credit limit has been reached.
- The feature is canceled with CCOSDAT.
- The credit limit value must always be entered
simultaneously.
SCLSDEF SCLS DEFERRED RELEASE
SCLSDEF is a type of subscriber credit limit
supervision that prohibits all calls except
those to non-barrable destinations, once the
credit limit has been reached.
Active calls are not released when the credit
limit is reached. The subscriber gets a tone or
announcement before dialing if the credit limit
has been reached.

Remarks:
- Non-barrable destinations remain reachable
after the credit limit has been reached.
- The feature is canceled with CCOSDAT.
- The credit limit value must always be entered
simultaneously.
SCLSINF SCLS INFORMATIVE
SCLSINF is a type of subscriber credit limit
supervision that does not release the active
call or prohibit new calls once the credit
limit has been reached. Only a warning tone or
announcement is applied before dialing once the
credit limit has been reached. Charges continue
to be added to the supervision counter of the
subscriber until the feature is canceled with
CCOSDAT.
SCLSMSN CENTRAL SCLS FOR MSN
SCLSMSN is a type of subscriber credit limit
supervision that allows to use the credit limit
of the default DN for a member of a Multiple
Subscriber Number (MSN).
The supervision counter and the supervision
level for the member using SCLSMSN are
defined at the default directory number.
The feature can be canceled with CCOSDAT.

b: CREDIT LIMIT=
0...10000000, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the credit limit for

the supervision levels SCLSIMM,
SCLSDEF or SCLSINF.
This unit is mandatory when one of the
supervision levels is entered.
The entered value is in pulses or in
currency depending on the SCLSAFMT
set with MOD CHRGOPT

CCOSDAT CANCEL CLASS OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the charging feature that is to be

canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGFEA- 2+

 MOD CHRGFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SCLSIMM SCLS IMMEDIATE RELEASE

SCLSDEF SCLS DEFERRED RELEASE
SCLSINF SCLS INFORMATIVE
SCLSMSN SCLS MSN

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the classes of service for charging

features that are to be entered or modified.

Notes:
- This parameter is only allowed for analog main stations,
ISDN-BA POTS and CTX subscribers,
incoming or bothway PBX-lines.
- The activation of a feature that is already active is
rejected.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FAIAMA FACILITY INPUT WITH AMA

AMA tickets must be generated for all the facility
inputs (i.e.SCI) made by the specified subscriber.
This is the subscriber specific counterpart of
the per facility/action AMA activation with the
CR FAICHA command.
FAUAMA FACILITY USAGE WITH AMA
AMA tickets must be generated for every facility
usage by the specified subscriber.
This is the subscriber specific counterpart of
the per facility AMA activation that is possible
with the CR FAUCHA command.
UCALLAMA UNSUCCESSFUL CALLS WITH AMA
AMA tickets must be generated for all the unsuc-
cessful calls made by the specified subscriber.
This is the subscriber specific counterpart of the
global AMA for unsuccessful calls activation that
is possible with the ENTR CDTDAT command. As for
the global setting, the subscriber specific
UCALLAMA activation is only operative for calls
for which the AMA recording is active. It is not
a recording by itself.
SCLSMOD SCLS MODIFICATION AUTHORITY
When the subscriber has the SCLSMOD feature he is
allowed to change his own credit limit for the
credit limit supervision features via subscriber
controlled input.

CCOS CANCEL CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the classes of service for charging

features that are to be canceled.

Notes:
- This parameter is only allowed for analog main stations,
ISDN-BA POTS and CTX subscribers,
incoming or bothway PBX-lines.
- The cancellation of an inactive feature is rejected.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FAIAMA FACILITY INPUT WITH AMA

FAUAMA FACILITY USAGE WITH AMA
UCALLAMA UNSUCCESSFUL CALLS WITH AMA
SCLSMOD SCLS MODIFICATION AUTHORITY

RSTCNTR RESET SCLS COUNTERS

This parameter specifies that one or all subscriber credit

limit supervision charge counter(s) must be reset.
The parameter is entered in combination with the LAC and
DN parameters.

Notes:
- Parameters LAC and DN can have the value X only in

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGFEA- 3+

 MOD CHRGFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

combination with this parameter (and must then both

have this value).

N NO
NO NO
Y YES
YES YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGFEA- 4-

 DISP CHRGOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CHARGING OPTIONS

This command displays charging options for subscriber

credit limit supervision that are defined on switch
level with the command MOD CHRGOPT.
- SCLS administration format specifies the format
of the credit limit input and display.
- SCLS advance warning threshold specifies the
percentage of the limit that has to be reached before
a warning tone or announcement is applied.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CHRGOPT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CHRGOPT- 1-

 MOD CHRGOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CHARGING OPTIONS

This command modifies the switch level charging options.

Each command parameter corresponds to one or more charging options
according to the description below.
In order to administer the parameters, subscriber metering must
be activated first with the ENTR EXDDAT command.
Only the parameters NETID and CNYTYPE can be entered
without subscriber metering being active.

Notes:
- Parameter SCLSAFMT specifies the entry and display format of
the subscriber credit limit and the maximum credit limit that can
be given to individual subscribers with the MOD CHRGFEA
command.
- Parameter SCLSWTHR sets the advance warning threshold for
subscriber credit limit supervision. The warning threshold gives
the percentage of the subscriber credit limit that has to be
reached before an advance warning tone or announcement is applied
before dialling.
- Parameter NETID defines the National Regulation Authority and
the Network Identification for charging messages sent by this
switch with the Application Transport Mechanism.
- Parameter AOCCFACT specifies the pulse and currency conversion
factors for Advice Of Charge. Separate conversion factors can be
entered for different, predefined connection types.
- Parameter AOCCDOPT determines the display precision and the
minimum difference between two consecutive displays for Advice
Of Charge.
- Parameter CNYTYPE specifies the type of all the currency
values in the same exchange and the currency identification
string for Advice Of Charge for all access types. The currency
type is also used for charging messages in currency sent by this
switch with the Application Transport Mechanism.
- Parameter AOCQPLSS specifies the pulse identification string
for Advice Of Charge to QSIG accesses.
- Parameter SCLSRST specifies the method of resetting the SCLS
aggregate counters.
The counters can be reset
- manually by entering MANUAL,
- automatically at a specified day (method AUTO) or
- when an account file is made (method METSUB).
- Parameter SCLSBLK specifies if terminating calls must also be
blocked (besides the blocking of originating calls) when the
SCLS limit has been reached.
- Parameter OPERCAC specifies the operator carrier access code
for which a specific NETID must be entered.
- Parameter COPERCAC specifies the operator carrier access code
for which the specific NETID must be canceled.
- Parameter SCLSESS makes charging information essential for a
call by a subscriber with the SCLS feature activated.
- Parameter SASSCLS allows the SCLS feature during the Stand
Alone Service of an RSU (Remote Switching Unit).
- Parameter SASIAC allows the registration of
Inter Administration CHArging and STAtistics (IACHASTA)
during the Stand Alone Service of an RSU (Remote Switching Unit).

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CHRGOPT : <SCLSAFMT= ,SCLSWTHR= ,NETID= ,AOCCFACT= 1
1 1
1 ,CNYTYPE= ,AOCCDOPT= ,SCLSRST= ,AOCQPLSS= 1
1 1
1 ,SCLSBLK= ,CSCLSBLK= ,OPERCAC= ,COPERCAC= 1
1 1
1 ,SCLSESS= ,SASSCLS= ,SASIAC=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGOPT- 1+

 MOD CHRGOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Input parameter

SCLSAFMT SCLS ADMINISTRATION FORMAT

This parameter specifies the format of the subscriber

credit limit and the maximum value for the credit limit
that can be given to individual subscribers with the
MOD CHRGFEA command. Both settings can be changed
as long as no credit limits have been entered in the
switch.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: SCLS ADMINISTRATION FORMAT

PLS SCLS PULSE FORMAT
The subscriber credit limit is specified in
pulses.
The commands MOD CHRGFEA and DISP CHRGFEA to
enter/display the credit limit use the pulse
format.
CNY SCLS CURRENCY FORMAT
The subscriber credit limit is specified in
currency.
The commands MOD CHRGFEA and DISP CHRGFEA to
enter/display the credit limit use the currency
format.

b: MAXIMUM CREDIT LIMIT=

1...10000000, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit sets the maximum credit limit that

can be entered with MOD CHRGFEA for individual subscribers.
Depending on the value entered for the first unit the limit
fixes the maximum number of pulses or the maximum amount
in currency. Entering a maximum currency amount also defines
the precision of the aggregate counters:
- maximum from 1 to 10.000 : 3 decimal digits
- maximum from 10.001 to 100.000 : 2 decimal digits
- maximum from 100.001 to 1.000.000 : 1 decimal digit
- maximum from 1.000.001 to 10.000.000 : no decimal digits.

SCLSWTHR SCLS WARNING THRESHOLD

This parameter specifies the percentage of the subscriber

credit limit that has to be reached before the subscriber
receives an advance warning tone or announcement before
dialling.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

Advance warning threshold value.

NETID NETWORK IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the identification of the sending

network (i.e. the originating operator) for charging
messages that are sent with the Application Transport
Mechanism. The parameter contains units for the National
Regulation Authority and the Network Identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: NATIONAL REGULATION AUTHORITY=

1...999, range of decimal numbers

National Regulation Authority.

b: NETWORK IDENTIFICATION=
1...16383, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGOPT- 2+

 MOD CHRGOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Network Identification.

AOCCFACT AOC CONVERSION FACTORS

This parameter specifies the pulse and currency conversion

factors for Advice Of Charge for pre-defined connection
types.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b[-c]

a: AOC CONVERSION FACTOR

COM1CM COMMUNIC.TMQ1 CURR.MULTIP.
COM1CM identifies the pulse to currency
(and vice-versa) conversion factor for
communication charges with transmission medium
Quality 1.
COM2CM COMMUNIC.TMQ2 CURR.MULTIP.
COM2CM identifies the pulse to currency
(and vice-versa) conversion factor for
communication charges with transmission medium
Quality 2.
FAUCM FACILITY USAGE CURR.MULTIPLIER
FAUCM identifies the pulse to currency
(and vice-versa) conversion factor for
facility usage charges.
DVCM DATA VOLUME CURR.MULTIPLIER
DVCM identifies the volume to currency
conversion factor for data volume charging.
DVPM DATA VOLUME PULSE MULTIPLIER
DVPM identifies the volume to pulse conversion
factor for data volume charging.
The conversion factor for DVPM is an integer
value, no decimals are allowed.

b: FACTOR INTEGER PART=

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

Factor Integer Part. A maximum value of

9999 can be entered. The number of significant
digits is restricted to 4.

c: FACTOR DECIMAL PART=

1...4 digit decimal number

Factor Decimal Part. The total number of

significant digits is restricted to 4.

CNYTYPE CURRENCY TYPE

This parameter specifies the currency for all currency

values used in the same exchange and the currency
identification string for Advice Of Charge.
The currency type is also used for charging messages
in currencies that are sent with the Application Transport
Mechanism.

Notes:
According to the applicable standards, the maximum
length of the currency identification string that can be
used for Advice Of Charge on accesses with Frequency
Shift Keying is 3 characters. It is, therefore,
advisable to enter only 3 characters for the second unit
of this parameter especially since this also complies
with the internationally agreed currency codes. Longer
strings are truncated to 3 characters when used with
Frequency Shift Keying.
The currency that is identified by the two units should
be the same. This condition is not checked by the
system.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGOPT- 3+

 MOD CHRGOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: CURRENCY TYPE=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

Currency Type.

b: CURRENCY DISPLAY STRING=

1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

Currency Display String.

AOCCDOPT AOC CURRENCY DISPLAY OPTIONS

This parameter specifies the currency display options

consisting of the precision of the display of charges
in currency and the minimum difference between two
consecutive displays.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: CURRENCY DISPLAY DECIMAL DIGITS=

0...6, range of decimal numbers

This unit determines the display precision of the

currency charges used for Advice Of Charge.
- 0 corresponds to a precision of 0.001
- 1 " " " " " 0.01
- 2 " " " " " 0.1
- 3 " " " " " 1
- 4 " " " " " 10
- 5 " " " " " 100
- 6 " " " " " 1000

b: MINIMUM DISPLAY DIFFERENCE=

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the minimum difference between

two consecutive Advice Of Charge displays.
The Advice Of Charge is not refreshed as long as
this minimum difference is not reached. The value of
this unit must not have a precision greater than the
one defined in the first unit.
A maximum value of 9999 can be entered. The number
of significant digits is restricted to 4.

c: MIN DIFF DECIMAL PART=

1...4 digit decimal number

Minimum display difference decimal part.

The total number of significant digits
is restricted to 4.

SCLSRST SCLS RESET METHOD

This parameter specifies the method that can/will be used

for resetting the charge counters for subscriber credit
limit supervision.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: SCLS RESET METHOD

MANUAL MANUAL RESET WITH COMMAND
MANUAL makes it possible to reset the
subscriber credit limit supervision charge
counters with the command MOD CHRGFEA.
It is possible to reset the counters for one

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGOPT- 4+

 MOD CHRGOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

or for all subscribers with SCLS. This can be

specified with the LAC and DN combination.
AUTO AUTOMATIC RESET
AUTO specifies that the charge counters are
reset automatically at 00:00 hours of the day
of the month specified in the second unit of
this parameter.

Notes:
- Default day is day one.
- Only one day for the automatic reset can
be entered.
- This value can be combined with the MANUAL
method.
METSUB RESET WITH ACCOUNT FILE
METSUB specifies that the counters are reset
when a metering account file is set up with
the command EDIT MET.

Note:
- This value cannot be combined with any of
the other methods.

b: DAY FOR AUTOMATIC RESET=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

Day of the month for automatic reset

AOCQPLSS QSIG PULSE DISPLAY TEXT

This parameter specifies the text to be displayed

for Advice Of Charge in pulses for QSIG accesses.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

QSIG Pulse Display String.

SCLSBLK SCLS BLOCKING

This parameter specifies that besides the originating calls

also the terminating calls will be blocked in case the SCLS
limit has been reached for all subscribers with the
supervision level immediate or deferred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BLKTERM SCLS BLOCKING TERMINATING

When the subscriber with an assigned SCLS
immediate or deferred has reached the credit
limit, originating calls are no longer possible.
By setting the SCLS blocking BLKTERM it is
also possible to prohibit terminating calls
for these subscribers.
The flag is set at exchange level.

CSCLSBLK CANCEL SCLS BLOCKING

This parameter allows to reset the blocking of the

terminating calls in case the SCLS limit has been
reached for all subscribers with the supervision
level immediate or deferred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BLKTERM SCLS BLOCKING TERMINATING

When the subscriber with an assigned SCLS
immediate or deferred has reached the credit
limit, originating calls are no longer possible.
By resetting the SCLS blocking BLKTERM it is
possible again to receive terminating calls
for subscribers that have reached their limit.
The flag is valid at exchange level.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGOPT- 5+

 MOD CHRGOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

OPERCAC OPERATOR CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter determines the operator

carrier access code. It must only be entered in a
shared/partitioned switch, for which an operator
specific NETID has to be defined.
The parameter refers to a carrier access code
previously entered with the CR CAC command.
When a value for the parameter is entered, this
must always be done in combination with the NETID
parameter. Combinations with other charging options
parameters are not allowed in this case.

Notes:
- When no value for this parameter is entered, then
an entered NETID is considered as the default
NETID of the switch.
- It is not possible to enter this parameter if
the carrier access code, to which it refers to,
is set to "prepared for cancelation" with the
MOD CAC command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

COPERCAC CANCEL VALUE FOR OPERCAC

This parameter specifies the operator

carrier access code for which the operator
specific NETID has to be deleted.
The parameter refers to a carrier access code
previously entered with the CR CAC command.
Combinations with other charging options
parameters are not allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

SCLSESS SCLS ESSENTIAL

This parameter specifies whether charging

information is necessary to allow a call by
a subscriber with the SCLS feature.
Charging information essential means that
the call is released when no charging info
is available at answer.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CHARGING INFO IS NOT ESSENTIAL

NO CHARGING INFO IS NOT ESSENTIAL
Y CHARGING INFO IS ESSENTIAL
YES CHARGING INFO IS ESSENTIAL

SASSCLS SCLS DURING SAS

This parameter specifies if SCLS is

performed during the Stand Alone Service
status of an RSU (Remote Switching Unit).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO SCLS DURING RSU SAS

NO NO SCLS DURING RSU SAS
Y SCLS DURING RSU SAS
YES SCLS DURING RSU SAS

Default: N

SASIAC IACHASTA FOR SAS CALLS

This parameter specifies if registration

of Inter Administration CHArging and

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGOPT- 6+

 MOD CHRGOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

STAtistics (IACHASTA) must be performed

during the Stand Alone Service status
of an RSU (Remote Switching Unit).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO IACHASTA FOR SAS CALLS

NO NO IACHASTA FOR SAS CALLS
Y IACHASTA FOR SAS CALLS
YES IACHASTA FOR SAS CALLS

Default: N

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CHRGOPT- 7-

 CAN CITERA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE

This command cancels a command interface for teradyne.

Prerequisites:
- The command interface for teradyne must be PLA.
- If the command interface is connected to an IOPSCDV, this processor
must be in the operating state MBL or PLA.
- If the command interface is connected to an IOPUNI, this processor
must be in the operating state MBL, PLA or ACT.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CITERA : CITERA= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CITERA COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE

This parameter specifies the command interface for teradyne

to be cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CITERA- 1-

 CONF CITERA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE

This command configures a command interface for teradyne.

Notes:
- The configuration from ACT to MBL is considered dangerous.
A dialog mask is output. The operating personnel must decide by
entering ’+’ or ’-’ whether the command should be executed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF CITERA : CITERA= ,OST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CITERA COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE

This parameter specifies the command interface for teradyne

to be configured.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter specifies the target operating state.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CITERA- 1-

 CR CITERA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE

This command creates a command interface for teradyne.

The created command interface will be PLA after the command has been
executed.

Prerequisites:
- If the specified input/output processor is an IOPSCDV, it must not be
in the operating state ACT.
- If the specified input/output processor is an IOPUNI, it may be in
the operating state ACT.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CITERA : IOP= ,CHAN= ,CITERA= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

IOP INPUT/OUTPUT PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the input/output processor at which the

command interface for teradyne is to be connected.
If IOPSCDV is specified, the range of numbers is
restricted to 0..5.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: IOP TYPE
IOPSCDV IOP FOR OMT/CSC
IOPUNI IOP UNIFIED FOR O&M DEVICES

b: IOP NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

CHAN IOP CHANNEL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the channel number at the input/output

processor.
If IOPUNI is specified, the range of channel numbers is
restricted to 0..2.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

CITERA COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE

This parameter specifies the command interface for teradyne

to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CITERA- 1-
 DISP CITERA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE

This command displays the environment of a command interface for

teradyne as there are the preceding IOP, channel number, baud rate,
connection to IOP, handshaking, parity, character length, echo and
fault informations.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CITERA : CITERA= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CITERA COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE

This parameter specifies the command interface for teradyne.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CITERA- 1-

 MOD CITERA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE

This command modifies the device parameters of a command interface

for teradyne.
The parameters have default values in the IOPUNI.
The device parameters can be displayed with the DISP CITERA command.

Prerequisites:
- The specified command interface must be MBL or PLA.
- The corresponding IOP of the specified command interface must be an IOPUNI
and it must be ACT.
If the command interface to be modified is connected to either IOPUNI-0
or IOPUNI-1, then both of those IOPs must be ACT.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CITERA : CITERA= <,BAUDRATE= ,HANDSHK= ,CONNECT= ,PARITY= 1
1 1
1 ,CHRLNGTH= ,ECHO=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CITERA COMMAND INTERFACE FOR TERADYNE

This parameter specifies the command interface for teradyne.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5, range of decimal numbers

BAUDRATE BAUD RATE

This parameter specifies the baud rate of a command interface

for teradyne.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

B300 300 BAUD

B600 600 BAUD
B1200 1200 BAUD
B2400 2400 BAUD
B4800 4800 BAUD
B9600 9600 BAUD

HANDSHK HANDSHAKING

This parameter specifies whether a handshaking procedure for

communication is used or not.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO HANDSHAKING
NO NO HANDSHAKING
Y WITH HANDSHAKING
YES WITH HANDSHAKING

CONNECT CONNECTION TO IOP

This parameter specifies the kind of connection to the IOP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DIRECT DIRECT CONNECTION

MODEM CONNECTION WITH MODEM

PARITY PARITY

This parameter specifies the setting for parity on a

command interface channel of an IOPUNI.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CITERA- 1+

 MOD CITERA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ODD ODD PARITY

EVEN EVEN PARITY
NONE NO PARITY

CHRLNGTH CHARACTER LENGTH

This parameter specifies the length (in bits) of a character

on a command interface channel of an IOPUNI.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

B7 7 BITS
B8 8 BITS

ECHO ECHO

This parameter specifies the setting for echo on a

command interface channel of an IOPUNI.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OFF ECHO OFF

ON ECHO ON

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CITERA- 2-

 ACT CLSTTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CONNECTION LIST TRACER

This command activates a connection list trace task.

The task records connections, if one port as A-sided or B-sided part
of a connection is a member of the trace object data set.
- The record includes all relevant object data necessary to describe
the A-sided or B-sided port.
- The record of connections is connected to the occurence of the call
processing report SET_UP_COMPLETE.

Prerequisites:
- The trace object data must be entered by ENTR CLSTTRAC, otherwise
the command is rejected.
- Not more than one trace task may run at any one time.

Notes:
- The connection trace task stores the traced data to a magnetic disk
file which must have 402 PAM.
- Data from former call, signaling or connection list trace tasks are
overwritten.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CLSTTRAC : [STORE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

STORE STORAGE TYPE

Notes:
- Cyclic storing means that old data are overwritten, if the disk file
TC.CALL is full.
- Sequential storing means that the tracer is cancelled, if the disk
file TC.CALL is full.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SEQU STORE TRACE DATA SEQUENTIAL

CYCLIC STORE TRACE DATA CYCLIC

Default: CYCLIC

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CLSTTRAC- 1-

 CAN CLSTTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CONNECTION LIST TRACER

This command cancels the connection list tracer.

All data entered with ENTR CLSTTRAC or/and ACT CLSTTRAC are
deleted.

Prerequisites:
- The object data must be entered by the command ENTR CLSTTRAC.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CLSTTRAC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CLSTTRAC- 1-

 DACT CLSTTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CONNECTION LIST TRACER

This command deactivates the trace task of the connection list tracer.
All data entered with ACT CLSTTRAC are deleted.

Prerequisites:
- A trace job by the connection list tracer must be activated by the
command ACT CLSTTRAC.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CLSTTRAC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CLSTTRAC- 1-

 DISP CLSTTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CONNECTION LIST TRACER

This command displays the connection list tracer state and informs about
existing trace data. If the connection list tracer is entered, the command
DISP CLSTTRAC displays data about the currently traced objects, and if
it is active the tracer activation data will be displayed.
If either the call tracer or the connection list tracer is active object
and activation data associated with the currently running tracer will be
displayed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CLSTTRAC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CLSTTRAC- 1-

 DMP CLSTTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMP CONNECTION LIST TRACER

This command dumps data collected by the connection list tracer.

The data can be dumped either with the tracer still active or
with a deactivated or cancelled tracer.

Prerequisites:
- The tracer must have been activated previously.
Trace activation is accomplished with ENTR CLSTTRAC and
ACT CLSTTRAC.
- The connection list tracer stores the collected data to the
magnetic disk file TC.CALL which has 402 PAM. For a dump, an additional
402 PAM pages of disk space are needed to create a temporary copy
TC.CALLTEMP of the trace data file.

Notes:
- The collected data can be dumped repeatedly if the tracer was
deactivated by DACT CLSTTRAC or cancelled by CAN CLSTTRAC.
In this case the user can vary the data displayed with each dump
with parameters.
- The collected data are dumped only once if the tracer is still
active. In this case, the data displayed are those which have been
collected since the last DMP CLSTTRAC. If no such command has been
entered previously, the dumped data go back to the activation
command ACT CLSTTRAC.
- The data collected by the tracer and stored in the protocol file
TC.CALL are lost when another call utilities trace activation
command is entered. These commands are ACT CALLTRAC, ACT CLSTTRAC
and ACT SIGNTRAC.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DMP CLSTTRAC : [DN= [,LAC=]] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter restricts the dump of data collected

by the connection list tracer.
After entering the parameter, only connections
which have the entered directory number as B-side / termi-
nation are displayed.
Other connections are suppressed in the trace protocol.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA NUMBER

This parameter restricts the dump of data collected

by the connection list tracer.
After entering the parameter, only connections
which have the entered directory number and the entered
local area code as B-side / termination are displayed.
Other conections are suppressed in the trace protocol.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CLSTTRAC- 1-

 ENTR CLSTTRAC
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CONNECTION LIST TRACER OBJECT DATA

This command enters the object data to be traced by the connection list tracer.

Prerequisites:
- Other trace tasks must not be running.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ENTR CLSTTRAC- DN PBX SELECTION

2. ENTR CLSTTRAC- DNEQN PBX SUBSET SPECIFIED BY EQN
3. ENTR CLSTTRAC- DNRESTR PBX SELECTION WITH RESTRICTION
4. ENTR CLSTTRAC- EQN EQUIPMENT SELECTION
5. ENTR CLSTTRAC- LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP SELECTION
6. ENTR CLSTTRAC- TGNO TRUNK GROUP SELECTION

1. Input format

PBX SELECTION

Input format for specifying the trace object set by a PBX: a selection
of a subset by the parameter OPMODE and additionally by the parameter
LNO is possible.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CLSTTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= [,OPMODE= [,LNO=]] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OPMODE OPERATION MODE

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the

operating mode of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW PBX GROUPS: ANALOG BOTHWAY

AIC PBX GROUPS: ANALOG INCOMING
AOG PBX GROUPS: ANALOG OUTGOING
IBW PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY
IBW1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6
IIC PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING
IIC1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING 1TR6
IOG PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING
IOG1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING 1TR6
MBW PBX GROUPS: MIXED BOTHWAY

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CLSTTRAC- 1+

 ENTR CLSTTRAC
DNEQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

PBX SUBSET SPECIFIED BY EQN

Input format for a subset of PBX lines connected to

selected DLU.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,OPMODE= 11 1
1 ENTR CLSTTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= ,EQN= 1Z,PBXRESTR=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

OPMODE OPERATION MODE

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the

operating mode of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW PBX GROUPS: ANALOG BOTHWAY

AIC PBX GROUPS: ANALOG INCOMING
AOG PBX GROUPS: ANALOG OUTGOING
IBW PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY
IBW1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6
IIC PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING
IIC1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING 1TR6
IOG PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING
IOG1TR6 PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING 1TR6
MBW PBX GROUPS: MIXED BOTHWAY

PBXRESTR PBX RESTRICTED BY LINE TYPES

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the type

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CLSTTRAC- 2+

 ENTR CLSTTRAC
DNEQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of these lines.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AN ANALOG OBJECTS
BA BASIC ACCESS OBJECTS
BW BOTHWAY PBX GROUPS
IC INCOMING PBX GROUPS
N NO RESTRICTION
NO NO RESTRICTION
OG OUTGOING PBX GROUPS
PA PRIMARY ACCESS OBJECTS

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CLSTTRAC- 3+

 ENTR CLSTTRAC
DNRESTR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

PBX SELECTION WITH RESTRICTION

Input format for specifying a set of trace objects by defining a subset

of PBX lines with the parameter PBXRESTR.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CLSTTRAC : [LAC=] ,DN= ,PBXRESTR= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PBXRESTR PBX RESTRICTED BY LINE TYPES

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines referring to the type

of these lines.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AN ANALOG OBJECTS
BA BASIC ACCESS OBJECTS
BW BOTHWAY PBX GROUPS
IC INCOMING PBX GROUPS
N NO RESTRICTION
NO NO RESTRICTION
OG OUTGOING PBX GROUPS
PA PRIMARY ACCESS OBJECTS

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CLSTTRAC- 4+

 ENTR CLSTTRAC
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

EQUIPMENT SELECTION

Input format for specifying the trace object data set by the
parameter EQN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CLSTTRAC : EQN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: EQUIPM.NO.FOR DLU/V5IF=
10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

b: EQUIPM.NO.FOR SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

- Shelf : 0..7 for DLU port

- 0 for V5IF port

c: EQUIPM.NO.FOR MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

- Module : 0..15 for DLU port

- 0 for V51-IF port
- 0..20 for V52-IF port

d: EQUIPM.NO.FOR CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

- Circuit : 0..7 for DLU port (DLU8)

- Circuit : 0..15 for DLU port (DLU16)
- Circuit : 0..31 for DLU port (DLU32)
- Channel : 0..31 for V51-IF port
- Channel : 0..99 for V52-IF port

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CLSTTRAC- 5+

 ENTR CLSTTRAC
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

LINE TRUNK GROUP SELECTION

Input format for specifying the trace object data set by the
parameter LTG and LC.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CLSTTRAC : LTG= [,LC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNG GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group of the set of objects to
be traced.

Notes:
- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,
can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

0...63, range of decimal numbers

LTG : 1..63

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies the line connection of a LTG.

Notes:
- The input of this parameter is only valid in combination
with the LTG parameter.

- The following input is allowed:

LC = a
LC = a-b

- The fully qualified entry of this parameter is rejected

in case of LTGB ports connected to DLUs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTU NO.OF A LTG=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

LTU : 0..7

b: CHANNEL OF A LTG PORT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Channel : 0..31

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CLSTTRAC- 6+

 ENTR CLSTTRAC
TGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

6. Input format

TRUNK GROUP SELECTION

Input format for specifying the trace object data set by a trunk group:
a selection of a subset specified either by the parameter EQN or the
parameter LNO or the parameter CIC is possible.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,EQN=11 1
1 ENTR CLSTTRAC : TGNO= 1Z,LNO=Y1 ; 1
1 11,CIC=11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of the set of objects to

be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following partial qualifications of ports to be traced are
allowed:
DLU: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d
V5IF: EQN = a
EQN = a-b-c-d

- Up to six parameter values, fully qualified or partly qualified,

can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code of CCS7

lines.

Prerequisites:
- Input of a trunk group specified by the parameter TGNO

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PCM LINK NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...681
PCM 30 = 0...511

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CLSTTRAC- 7+

 ENTR CLSTTRAC
TGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...23
PCM 30 = 0...31

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CLSTTRAC- 8-

 SKIP CMD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SKIP COMMAND

This command skips a command sequence which is dependent on the

control switches. They are set with ON or OFF .
The command labeled with LABEL = <NAME> is processed next.
This command is only legal in a command file, and cannot be entered
from the terminal.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SKIP CMD : LABEL= [,ON=] [,OFF=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LABEL LABEL OF TARGET COMMAND

This parameter identifies the label of the target command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ON SWITCH ON

This parameter lists the control switches which must be set to

ON for the command to be executed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...32, range of decimal numbers

OFF SWITCH OFF

This parameter lists the control switches which must be set to

OFF for the command to be executed.

Notes:
- OFF overrides ON.
- 32 is the error switch.
- Command SET CFOPT sets the switches (1...16) for use in the
command file.
- Only forward skips are legal.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...32, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SKIP CMD- 1-

 EXEC CMDFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EXECUTE COMMAND FILE

This command starts the execution of a command file. The file can
execute on a specified date and/or time, but will execute immediately
if no future time or date is specified. Command files can also be
scheduled to execute periodically.
Timer jobs with an insecure start time are accepted, but not started,
either at the specified start time or retrospectively.
At 23.50 the time administration sets the weekday and the weekday
category.
Timer jobs which are started at 23.50 and 23.55 are only executed at
the desired time if the operator takes the characteristics of the time
administration into consideration when he enters a timer job (e.g.
non-recurring timer jobs must be predated).
Commands may also exist in the command file through which a nested call
of command files is possible. The nesting depth for command files is
three. After the internal command file finishes processing, the
processing of the external file is continued.
Notes:
- In the case of tape / optical disk files, only one file can be open
at a time, i.e., tape / optical disk files may not be nested in one
another, and during a COFIP run, one tape / optical disk file can be
accessed from a disk file and must be processed and closed before a
second tape / optical disk file may be opened. Tape / optical disk
files must have ASCII text format with variable record size.
- It is possible to read MML commands from the O&M terminal. The input
of an asterisk (’*’) for the file name causes the display of a
number sign (’#’) on the O&M terminal, which marks the input
request of an MML command. This feature allows the execution of a
command file which is situated on a PC if the PC is capable of
reading MML commands from a PC file. Nested files are not allowed in
this case.
It is possible to store 120 timer jobs but only 10 timer jobs can be
started at the same time. Timer jobs are illegal in command files.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 EXEC CMDFILE : FILE= [,STEP=] [,VSN=] [,CHOL=] [,TIME= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,PER= [,WDCAT=]]] [,DATE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the command file name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

STEP STEP COMMAND

This parameter specifies that, after errors have occurred in the

execution of a command, a branch is made to the next STEP command
or if this next STEP command does not exist, a branch is made to
the end of the file.
If the parameter is omitted, the STEP command will be ignored.

N NO
NO NO

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXEC CMDFILE- 1+

 EXEC CMDFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Y YES
YES YES

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of a

tape / optical disk or disk. It is mandatory for tape /
optical disk files.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CHOL CHECK ONLY

This parameter checks MML commands for syntax errors.

The only command which is executed is EXEC CMDFILE.
It is rejected if the commands are located in nested command
files. For nested command files only the parameter value of the
outermost file is valid.

N NO
NO NO
Y YES
YES YES

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies when the command file is to be executed.

Immediate start is the default. This parameter is illegal in
nested command files.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <Hour>

b: MINUTE=
0,5,10...55, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <Minutes>

PER PERIODICAL WEEKDAY

This parameter indicates a periodic timer job. Workdays, international

half holidays, international full holidays, national holidays, half
weekend, full weekend, all the days of the week, or a non-periodic
job can be identified. This parameter is illegal in nested command
files.

Notes:
- Weekdays MO, TU, ... SU: execution on the respective
weekday (irrespective of the entered category, i.e. SU
means: execution on every Sunday)
- The combination of several weekdays with & corresponds to a
logical OR, i.e. execution on all the days entered
- Categories WO, EH, EF, HO, HH, HN: execution
in the respective category
- The combination of several categories with & corresponds to
a logical OR, i.e. execution in all categories specified
- The combination of category and weekday, in PER is not
possible. However it is possible to enter a weekday in
PER and a category in WDCAT. This corresponds to a
logical AND, i.e. both parameters must be entered

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXEC CMDFILE- 2+

 EXEC CMDFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NO NOT A PERIODIC JOB

MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAYS
HH HOLIDAY HALF (INTERNATIONAL)
HO HOLIDAY FULL (INTERNATIONAL)
HN HOLIDAY NATIONAL
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY
YES EVERY DAY OF THE WEEK

WDCAT WEEKDAY CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the weekday category, which must be

valid at job execution time. This parameter is illegal in nested
command files.
Compatibilities:
- WDCAT is only allowed if parameter PER is not NO.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

WO WORKDAY
HH HOLIDAY HALF (INTERNATIONAL)
HO HOLIDAY FULL (INTERNATIONAL)
HN HOLIDAY NATIONAL
EH HALF WEEKEND DAY
EF FULL WEEKEND DAY

DATE DATE

This parameter specifies the date when command processing is to

start. The current date is the default. This parameter is illegal
in nested command files.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <Year>

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <Month>

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <Day>

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXEC CMDFILE- 3-

 CONF CMY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE COMMON MEMORY

This command configures a common memory.

Notes:
- The configuration from ACT to MBL and the configuration from
MBL or UNA to ACT is considered dangerous.
A dialog mask is output. The operating personnel must decide by
entering ’+’ or ’-’ whether the command should be executed.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF CMY : [CMY=] ,OST= [,DIAG=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CMY COMMON MEMORY

This parameter specifies the common memory to be configured.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter specifies the target operating state.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

DIAG DIAGNOSIS

This parameter allows diagnosis before configuration to ACT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CONFIGURE WITHOUT DIAGNOSIS

NO CONFIGURE WITHOUT DIAGNOSIS
Y CONFIGURE WITH DIAGNOSIS
YES CONFIGURE WITH DIAGNOSIS

Default: YES

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CMY- 1-

 DIAG CMY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE COMMON MEMORY

This command initiates a diagnosis for a common memory. The diagnosis

includes a BCMY interface test. Repeated diagnosis is not possible.

Prerequisites:
- The common memory must be MBL.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG CMY : [CMY=] [,SUP=] [,ONEBIT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CMY COMMON MEMORY

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

ONEBIT ONE BIT FAILURE TREATMENT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO ONE BIT FAILURE TREATMENT

NO NO ONE BIT FAILURE TREATMENT
Y ONE BIT FAILURE TREATMENT
YES ONE BIT FAILURE TREATMENT

Default: NO

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG CMY- 1-

 TEST CMY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST COMMON MEMORY

This command tests a common memory.

Prerequisites:
- Both CMYs must be ACT.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST CMY : [CMY=] [,SUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CMY COMMON MEMORY

This parameter specifies the common memory to be tested.

Notes:
- If the optional unit parameter is omitted, both CMYs are tested.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

SUP SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES

NO DISPLAY PROGRESS MESSAGES
Y SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES
YES SUPPRESS PROGRESS MESSAGES

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST CMY- 1-

 LOAD CMYFW

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LOAD CMY FIRMWARE

This command loads the firmware for the common memory.

The firmware is loaded from file FW.CMYE to the
APS-part image of the firmware which is linked in the
APS. This APS part is used to update the FEPROM of the common
memory.

Notes:
- The flash update of the FEPROM is executed when the CMY is
configured to active.
- The firmware versions of APS part and base part can be
displayed with the DISP SSP command.
- The command is only executed on the CP113E.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 LOAD CMYFW : FWVAR= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FWVAR FIRMWARE VARIANT

This parameter specifies the firmware variant to be loaded.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 LOAD CMYFW- 1-

 DMP CNIMDMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMP CCNC MEMORY IMMEDIATE DUMP

This command supplies a consistent display of memory contents of CCNC

platforms or of the corresponding load library on system disk.

If UNIT = DISK is entered, the specified address range to be

dumped will be read from load library.
To dump contents of a platform’s memory, select the appropriate
platform using parameter PLF.

You can specify up to five different address ranges to be dumped.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1PLF= 1 1
1 DMP CNIMDMP : ZUNIT=Y ,ADDR= [,LENGTH=] [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CCNC platform.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PLATFORM TYPE
CPI CP INTERFACE OF CCNC
SIMP SIGNALING MANAGEMENT PROCESSOR
SIPA SIGNALING PERIPHERY ADAPTER
SILTC SIGNALING LINK TERMINAL CTRL
SILT SIGNALING LINK TERMINAL

This unit specifies the platform type.

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the processor number.

UNIT SYSTEM UNIT

This parameter specifies the system unit.

If disk is selected a linear dump of the content of the CCNC loadlib
at the specified address range will be performed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DISK REQUEST READ FROM DISK

ADDR LIST OF ADDRESS RANGES

This parameter defines the address (range) of the memory

content to be dumped.
For dumping a linear memory content, 2 ways of specifying
the address limits of the dump can be used:
either an address range is entered with ADDR,
or, if only the start address is given, you have to specify
the length of the dump using parameter LENGTH.

Following inputs are possible:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CNIMDMP- 1+

 DMP CNIMDMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- Address is specified relative to a module begin, i.e load

module name (can be repeated or not) and module name are
entered (8 characters each), plus a distance within the
module

e.g.: ADDR="LOADNAME.LOADNAME.MODULE0C_0006" or
ADDR="LOADNAME.LOADNAME.MODULE0C_0006+H’23F"

or rather:

ADDR="LOADNAME.MODULE0C_0006" or
ADDR="LOADNAME.MODULE0C_0006+H’23F"

Offsets are hexadecimal numbers preceded by the letter "H" and a

single quote.
The module version number (underline and 4 digits) may be
omitted.

- A symbolic address can be specified by using a symbol name (i.e.

the name of a granted object, length 8 characters):
e.g.: ADDR="LOADNAME.MODULE0C_0006.SYMBOLA0+H’12A4"

- Address ranges must be specified by entering the start address

and the upper limit, separated by "&&".
e.g.: ADDR="LOADNAME.MODULE0C.SYMBOLA0"&&
"MODULE0C.SYMBOLA0+H’F4"

The load module name has to be entered with the start address only
and must be omitted with the upper limit of the address range.

The upper limit of an address range may be specified in

relation to the lower limit in the following way:
e.g.: ADDR="LOADNAME.MODULE0C+H’AF"&&"+H’21"
shorthand for
ADDR="LOADNAME.MODULE0C+H’AF"&&
"MODULE0C+H’CF"
The second address is interpreted as number of bytes to be dumped if
it begins with the character plus ("+").

- Symbolic addresses can be specified by using labels. A label is

preceded by the letter "L" and a single quote:
e.g.: ADDR="LOADNAME.L’LABELBEG+H’476EBF"

- Symbolic address by using the value of an exported symbol (8

characters) as an additional offset:

e.g.: ADDR="LOADNAME.MODULE1C_2401.SYMBOLA0
+MODULE2P_0101.CONST000" or
ADDR="LOADNAME.MODULE1C
+MODULE2P.CONST000+H’0FF4"

If both module names are identical, the second one may be

omitted.
e.g.: ADDR="LOADNAME.MODULE1C_2401.SYMBOLA0+.CONST000"
instead of
ADDR="LOADNAME.MODULE1C_2401.SYMBOL
+MODULE1C_2401.CONST000".

- Absolute address within a load module in hexadecimal form:

e.g.: ADDR="LOADNAME+H’2A476EBF"&&"+H’28"

Up to 5 different address ranges may be entered, concatenated by "&".

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LENGTH LENGTH OF DUMP ELEMENT

This parameter provides the length of a single chained

element of a linked list, or, in case of a linear dump,
the number of bytes which shall be dumped if only a start

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CNIMDMP- 2+

 DMP CNIMDMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

address is entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

FORMAT FORMAT OF OUTPUT

This parameter specifies the format type of the output.

If HEX is chosen an output in hexadecimal form will be
produced, in case of ASCII the output will contain ASCII
characters additionally to the hex output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

HEX HEXADECIMAL OUTPUT

SYMBOL SYMBOLIC OUTPUT
ASCII ASCII OUTPUT

Default: ASCII

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CNIMDMP- 3-

 ACT CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CCNC PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can activate one or more Permanent

Patches in the memory of those platforms indicated under parameter
PLF. Successful execution of the command results in execution
of the atomic action AM (Activate in Memory) in
parallel on all respective platforms in operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CNPRPCH : ID= [,PLF=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

PLF LIST OF PLATFORMS

This parameter specifies the CCNC platform where a Permanent

Patch is to be processed.
If the parameter is omitted the command concerns all
platforms in operation.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: PLATFORM TYPE
CPI CP INTERFACE OF CCNC
SIMP SIGNALING MANAGEMENT PROCESSOR

This unit specifies the platform type.

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the processor number.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CNPRPCH- 1-

 CAN CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCNC PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can cancel one or more Permanent

Patches on disk implicitly deactivating them in the memory on all
platforms in operation. Successful execution of the command
results in execution of the atomic actions DUD
(Deupdate on Disk), DAM (Deactivate in Memory) and CD (Cancel
on Disk).

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CNPRPCH : ID= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CNPRPCH- 1-

 DACT CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CCNC PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can deactivate one or more Permanent

Patches in the memory of those platforms indicated under parameter
PLF. Successful execution of the command results in execution
of the atomic actions DUD (Deupdate on Disk) and
DAM (Deactivate in Memory) in parallel on all respective
platforms in operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CNPRPCH : ID= [,PLF=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

PLF LIST OF PLATFORMS

This parameter specifies the CCNC platform where a Permanent

Patch is to be processed.
If the parameter is omitted the command concerns all
platforms in operation.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: PLATFORM TYPE
CPI CP INTERFACE OF CCNC
SIMP SIGNALING MANAGEMENT PROCESSOR

This unit specifies the platform type.

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the processor number.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CNPRPCH- 1-

 DISP CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCNC PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can display patch data kept in the
patch administration on disk and patch states concerning
Permanent Patches for all platform(s) in operation specified
by parameter PLF.
The patch selection can be performed either by patch identifier(s)
using parameter ID or by logical address ranges affected by
the patches, using parameter ADDR.
In case of using parameter ADDR, the filling levels of the
Patch Area and the Patch Administration are displayed
additionally.
If ID = X is entered, parameter LIB is also required.
To limit the list of patch IDs, it is possible to specify
combinations of following parameters:
BEGDATE, BEGTIME, ENDDATE, ENDTIME and PATSTATE

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1ID= 1 1
1 DISP CNPRPCH : ZADDR=Y [,PLF=] [,LIB=] [,BEGDATE=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] [,PATSTATE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name.
It is also possible to use wildcard signs (*) or (?) as part
of the patchname. In this case all patches found within the
specified load module and fulfilling the wildcard criteria will
be displayed.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname" or
ID="loadname.*" or
ID="loadname.A?CD*EF"

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

10...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ADDR LIST OF ADDRESS RANGES

This parameter represents an interval in which the search

for patches will be performed. An address can be specified
either in hexadecimal form as an offset from load module
begin or symbolically.

e.g.: ADDR="loadname.address"&&"address" or
ADDR="loadname.address"&&"+distance"

where address may have one of the following

structures:

"loadname.modname+offset+distance", or
"loadname.modname.symbol+offset+distance", or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CNPRPCH- 1+

 DISP CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

"label+offset+distance", or
"offset+distance", where

loadname <text string> = 8 char.,

label L’<text string> = 8 char.,
modname <text string> = 8 char. (or 13 if the
version is included),
symbol <text string> <= 8 char.,
offset <hexadecimal string> <= 8 hex signs,
distance disitem+disitem ..+disitem..,
disitem loadname.modname.symbol or offset

The end address of an interval may be omitted. If it is

omitted in the case of load module or module the entire address
range of the unit is scanned. If it is omitted in the case of
symbol or offset the search range is that byte only.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

PLF LIST OF PLATFORMS

This parameter specifies the CCNC platform where a Permanent

Patch is to be processed.
If the parameter is omitted the command concerns all
platforms in operation.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: PLATFORM TYPE
CPI CP INTERFACE OF CCNC
SIMP SIGNALING MANAGEMENT PROCESSOR

This unit specifies the platform type.

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the processor number.

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME,
ENDDATE and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter BEGDATE: 2000:01:01

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CNPRPCH- 2+

 DISP CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
ENDDATE and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter BEGTIME: 00:00:00

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECOND=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
BEGTIME and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter ENDDATE: actual date

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
BEGTIME and ENDDATE.
Default value of parameter ENDTIME: 23:59:59

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CNPRPCH- 3+

 DISP CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: SECOND=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

PATSTATE PATCH STATE

This parameter is used to limit the list of patch IDs

displayed to those patches having the entered PATSTATE.
If this parameter is omitted, every patch will be displayed
regardless of its state in the system.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NOTENTER NEITHER ENTERING NOR ENTERED

HIT HIT
ENTRG ENTERING
ENTRD ENTERED
NOTUPD OTHER THAN UPDATED
PARTACT PARTLY ACTIVE
ACT ACTIVE
UPD UPDATED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CNPRPCH- 4-

 ENTR CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CCNC PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can enter a Permanent Patch into the
patch administration on disk. Successful execution of the
command results in execution of the atomic action ED (Enter on
Disk).
With each ENTR CNPRPCH command one of the four different
subpatch types can be entered:

- Insert Rucksack Subpatches using parameter INSRADDR

- Replace Subpatches using parameter REPADDR
- Insert Procedure Subpatches using parameter INSPREF
- Insert Variable Subpatches using parameter INSVREF

The subpatch types can be entered in the form of subpatches

belonging to a specified Patch ID. Under one specified Patch ID
subpatches of different types can be inserted into the
system.
For each subpatch of a patch a new ENTR CNPRPCH command is
necessary.
The completeness of the subpatches is indicated by means of
parameter SUBPCHNO.
All Subpatches with the exception of Insert Variable can be
entered in subpatch parts for each part using an individual
ENTR CNPRPCH command. All subpatch parts except Insert
Procedure Subpatches are referred to the same patch address.
The concatenation of those subpatch parts is supported by
means of parameter SUBPPART.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,INSRADDR=1 1
1 1,REPADDR= 1 1
1 ENTR CNPRPCH : ID= Z,INSPREF= Y [,SUBPPART=] [,NEWCNT= 1
1 1,INSVREF= 1 1
1 1,SUBPCHNO=1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,OLDCNT=]] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID PATCH IDENTIFIER

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name. Whenever a subpatch or
subpatch part is entered for a certain patch the identifier
must be identical.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

INSRADDR INSERT RUCKSACK SUBPATCH ADDR.

This parameter provides the insert rucksack subpatch

address. The address format is an interval within the
module boundaries in the form of begin address and end
address (linked by &&) whereby the latter may be given as a
distance relative to the begin address. At the begin address
the instruction is replaced by a branch instruction for jumping
to the respective rucksack. The end address serves as
continuation address from which the program will continue
after the rucksack code has been executed.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CNPRPCH- 1+

 ENTR CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

The old instruction (6 Byte), overwritten by the branch

instruction, is at user’s own risk to add to the rucksack
or not.
An address can be specified either in hexadecimal form as an
offset from load module begin or symbolically.

e.g.: INSRADDR="loadname.modname.symbol+distance" or
INSRADDR="offset+distance" or
INSRADDR="label+distance",

&&"loadname.modname.symbol+distance" or
&&"label+distance" or
&&"+offset" ,where

label L’<text string> = 8 char.,

loadname <text string> = 8 char.,
modname <text string> = 8 char. (or 13 if the
version is included),
symbol <text string> <= 8 char.,
offset H’<hexadecimal string> <= 8 hex signs,
distance disitem+disitem ..+disitem..,
disitem loadname.modname.symbol or offset

The given address is valid for the load module denoted within
parameter ID.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

REPADDR REPLACE SUBPATCH ADDRESS

This parameter provides the replace subpatch address. The

address format is a replacement address, where address can
be specified in the same way as described for the first part
of INSRADDR.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

INSPREF INSERT PROCED. SUBPATCH REFER.

This parameter provides the insert procedure subpatch

reference as a mnemonic including the number <n> of the
insert procedure.
The inserted procedure is only visible within the defining
patch. The number <n> serves to address the inserted
procedure within other subpatches of the defining patch.

e.g.: INSPREF="IP’5"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...6 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

INSVREF INSERT VARIAB. SUBPATCH REFER.

This parameter provides the insert variable subpatch

reference as a mnemonic including the number <n> of the
insert variable and the length of the variable in bytes.
The inserted variable is only visible within the defining
patch.

e.g.: INSVREF="IV’5"-50

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: "INSERT VARIABLE" SUBPATCH REFERENCE=

4...6 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CNPRPCH- 2+

 ENTR CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This unit serves to address the inserted variable

within other subpatches of the defining patch.

b: LENGTH OF INSERT VARIABLE IN BYTES=

1...4096, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the length of the variable to be

declared.

SUBPCHNO TOTAL NUMBER OF SUBPATCHES

This parameter represents the total number of subpatches

belonging to a Patch ID. A patch must be closed by a final
ENTR CNPRPCH command with the parameters ID and
SUBPCHNO, whereby the latter one corresponds to the number
of patches, entered under the same ID.
This command causes the transition of the patch state from
ENTRG to ENTRD.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

SUBPPART ACTUAL NUMBER OF SUBPATCH PART

This parameter characterizes a part of a subpatch. A subpatch

of a Permanent Patch may, for some reason, have more than one
part in the case of Insert Rucksack Subpatch, Permanent
Replace Subpatch, or Insert Procedure Subpatch.

e.g.: SUBPPART="partcounter-lastsign"

The partcounter denotes the subpatch part sequence number

and serves as concatenation controller.
The lastsign denotes either the last or not last part of a
subpatch.

If SUBPPART is omitted, e.g., typical proceeding in case

of a short subpatch consisting of only one part, the default
value 1-LAST is assumed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ACTUAL NUMBER OF SUBPATCH PART TO BE ENTERED=

1...999, range of decimal numbers

This unit denotes the subpatch part sequence number.

b: INDICATOR THAT LAST PART OF SUBPATCH IS ENTERED

NOTLAST NOT LAST SUBPATCH PART
LAST LAST SUBPATCH PART

This unit denotes either last or not last part.

NEWCNT NEW CONTENT OF SUBPATCH

This parameter represents the new instruction code to be

executed instead of the old instruction code which may be
represented by parameter OLDCNT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

OLDCNT OLD CONTENT AT SUBPATCH LOCAT.

This parameter represents the old instruction code to be

checked for security reasons.
Must not be used for Insert Variable or Insert Procedure
subpatches.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CNPRPCH- 3+

 ENTR CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CNPRPCH- 4-

 UPD CNPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

UPDATE CCNC PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can update one or more Permanent

Patches on disk, whereby they are implicitly activated in
memory on all active platforms. Successful execution of the
command results in execution of the atomic actions
AM (Activate in Memory) and UD (Update on Disk).

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 UPD CNPRPCH : ID= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 UPD CNPRPCH- 1-

 ACT CNTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CCNC TRANSIENT PATCH

With this command you can activate one or more Transient

Patches in the memory on one platform. Successful execution of
the command results in execution of the atomic action
AM (Activate in Memory) on the respective platform in
operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CNTRPCH : PLF= ,ID= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CCNC platform where a Transient

Patch is to be processed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PLATFORM TYPE
CPI CP INTERFACE OF CCNC
SIMP SIGNALING MANAGEMENT PROCESSOR

This unit specifies the platform type.

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the processor number.

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CNTRPCH- 1-

 CAN CNTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CCNC TRANSIENT PATCH

With this command you can cancel one or more Transient

Patches in the memory on one platform by implicitly
deactivating them in the memory on this platform.
Successful execution of the command results in execution of
the atomic actions DAM (Deactivate in Memory) and CM (Cancel
in Memory) on the respective platform in operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CNTRPCH : PLF= ,ID= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CCNC platform where a Transient

Patch is to be processed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PLATFORM TYPE
CPI CP INTERFACE OF CCNC
SIMP SIGNALING MANAGEMENT PROCESSOR

This unit specifies the platform type.

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the processor number.

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CNTRPCH- 1-

 DACT CNTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CCNC TRANSIENT PATCH

With this command you can deactivate one or more Transient

Patches in the memory on one platform. Successful execution of
the command results in execution of the atomic action
DAM (Deactivate in Memory) on the respective platform in
operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CNTRPCH : PLF= ,ID= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CCNC platform where a Transient

Patch is to be processed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PLATFORM TYPE
CPI CP INTERFACE OF CCNC
SIMP SIGNALING MANAGEMENT PROCESSOR

This unit specifies the platform type.

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the processor number.

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CNTRPCH- 1-

 DISP CNTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CCNC TRANSIENT PATCH

With this command you can display patch data kept in the
patch administration on the individual platform and patch
states concerning Transient Patches for a specified platform in
operation.
The patch selection can be performed either by patch identifier(s)
using parameter ID or by logical address ranges affected by
the patches, using parameter ADDR.
In case of using parameter ADDR, the filling levels of the
Patch Area and the Patch Administration are displayed
additionally.
If ID = X is entered, parameter LIB is also required.
To limit the list of patch IDs, it is possible to specify
combinations of following parameters:
BEGDATE, BEGTIME, ENDDATE, ENDTIME and PATSTATE

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,ID= 1 1
1 DISP CNTRPCH : PLF= Z,ADDR=Y [,LIB=] [,BEGDATE=] [,BEGTIME=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] [,PATSTATE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CCNC platform where a Transient

Patch is to be processed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PLATFORM TYPE
CPI CP INTERFACE OF CCNC
SIMP SIGNALING MANAGEMENT PROCESSOR

This unit specifies the platform type.

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the processor number.

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name.
It is also possible to use wildcard signs (*) or (?) as part
of the patchname. In this case all patches found within the
specified load module and fulfilling the wildcard criteria will
be displayed.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname" or
ID="loadname.*" or
ID="loadname.A?CD*EF"

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CNTRPCH- 1+

 DISP CNTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

10...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ADDR LIST OF ADDRESS RANGES

This parameter represents an interval in which the search

for patches will be performed. An address can be specified
either in hexadecimal form as an offset from load module
begin or symbolically.

e.g.: ADDR="loadname.address"&&"address" or
ADDR="loadname.address"&&"+distance"

where address may have one of the following

structures:

"loadname.modname+offset+distance", or
"loadname.modname.symbol+offset+distance", or
"label+offset+distance", or
"offset+distance", where

loadname <text string> = 8 char.,

label L’<text string> = 8 char.,
modname <text string> = 8 char. (or 13 if the
version is included),
symbol <text string> <= 8 char.,
offset <hexadecimal string> <= 8 hex signs,
distance disitem+disitem ..+disitem..,
disitem loadname.modname.symbol or offset

The end address of an interval may be omitted. If it is

omitted in the case of load module or module the entire address
range of the unit is scanned. If it is omitted in the case of
symbol or offset the search range is that byte only.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME,
ENDDATE and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter BEGDATE: 2000:01:01

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CNTRPCH- 2+

 DISP CNTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
ENDDATE and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter BEGTIME: 00:00:00

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECOND=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
BEGTIME and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter ENDDATE: actual date

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
BEGTIME and ENDDATE.
Default value of parameter ENDTIME: 23:59:59

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECOND=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CNTRPCH- 3+

 DISP CNTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PATSTATE PATCH STATE

This parameter is used to limit the list of patch IDs

displayed to those patches having the entered PATSTATE.
If this parameter is omitted, every patch will be displayed
regardless of its state in the system.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ENTRG ENTERING
ENTRD ENTERED
ACT ACTIVE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CNTRPCH- 4-

 ENTR CNTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CCNC TRANSIENT PATCH

With this command you can enter a Transient Patch into the
patch administration on a platform.
Successful execution of the command results in execution
of the atomic action EM (Enter into Memory) on the
respective platform in operation.
With each ENTR CNTRPCH command the subpatch type Replace
Subpatch can be entered by using parameter REPADDR.

The completeness of the subpatches is indicated by means of

parameter SUBPCHNO. For each subpatch of a patch a new
ENTR CNTRPCH command is necessary.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,REPADDR= 1 1
1 ENTR CNTRPCH : PLF= ,ID= Z,SUBPCHNO=Y [,NEWCNT= [,OLDCNT=]] ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CCNC platform where a Transient

Patch is to be processed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PLATFORM TYPE
CPI CP INTERFACE OF CCNC
SIMP SIGNALING MANAGEMENT PROCESSOR

This unit specifies the platform type.

b: PROCESSOR NUMBER=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the processor number.

ID PATCH IDENTIFIER

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
load module name and a patch name. Whenever a subpatch is
entered for a certain patch the identifier must be
identical.

e.g.: ID="loadname.patchname"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

REPADDR REPLACE SUBPATCH ADDRESS

This parameter provides the replace subpatch address. The

address format is a replacement address.

e.g.: REPADDR="loadname.modname.symbol+distance" or
REPADDR="offset+distance" or
REPADDR="label+distance",

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CNTRPCH- 1+

 ENTR CNTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

label L’<text string> = 8 char.,

loadname <text string> = 8 char.,
modname <text string> = 8 char. (or 13 if the
version is included),
symbol <text string> <= 8 char.,
offset H’<hexadecimal string> <= 8 hex signs,
distance disitem+disitem ..+disitem..,
disitem loadname.modname.symbol or offset

The given address is valid for the load module denoted within
parameter ID.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

SUBPCHNO TOTAL NUMBER OF SUBPATCHES

This parameter represents the total number of subpatches

belonging to a Patch ID. A patch must be closed by a final
ENTR CNTRPCH command with the parameters ID and
SUBPCHNO, whereby the latter one corresponds to the number
of patches, entered under the same ID.
This command causes the transition of the patch state from
ENTRG to ENTRD.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7, range of decimal numbers

NEWCNT NEW CONTENT OF SUBPATCH

This parameter represents the new instruction code to be

executed instead of the old instruction code which may be
represented by parameter OLDCNT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

OLDCNT OLD CONTENT AT SUBPATCH LOCAT.

This parameter represents the old instruction code to be

checked for security reasons.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CNTRPCH- 2-

 CAN CNTRYCOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL COUNTRY CODE

This command cancels one country code from country code table.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CNTRYCOD : CC= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CC COUNTRY CODE

This parameter determines the country code to be canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...3 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CNTRYCOD- 1-

 DISP CNTRYCOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY COUNTRY CODE

This command displays:

- the country code,

- the country name,
- whether or not the country code is belonging
to this exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CNTRYCOD ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CNTRYCOD- 1-

 ENTR CNTRYCOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER COUNTRY CODE

This command enters the country code data.

It determines:
- the country code,
- the name of the dependend country,
- whether the entered country code is the country code
belonging to this exchange.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CNTRYCOD : CC= ,CNTRY= [,OWNCC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CC COUNTRY CODE

This parameter determines the country code.

Notes:
- Up to 1000 country codes can be set up in an exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...3 digit decimal number

CNTRY COUNTRY

This parameter specifies the country name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OWNCC OWN COUNTRY CODE

This parameter specifies whether or not the entered country code

is the country code belonging to this exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

YES OWN COUNTRY CODE

NO NOT OWN COUNTRY CODE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CNTRYCOD- 1-

 DISP CONFL
CONFDATA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY LARGE CONFERENCE

This command displays the conference data for

large conferences.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CONFL - CONFDATA CONFERENCE DATA FORMAT

2. DISP CONFL - MAXDATA MAXIMAL NUMBER FORMAT

1. Input format

CONFERENCE DATA FORMAT

This input format displays the conference IDs,

and the port specific data for large conferences.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CONFL : FORMAT= ,LTG= [,COU=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FORMAT FORMAT OF OUTPUT MASK

This parameter specifies the output format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CONFLST CONFERENCE ID LIST

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

COU CONFERENCE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of the conference unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CONFL- 1+

 DISP CONFL
MAXDATA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MAXIMAL NUMBER FORMAT

This input format is used to display all existing values

of the max. no. of conferees for a large conference,
originated by an analog/ISDN-subscriber or by an
OSS-operator.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CONFL : FORMAT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FORMAT FORMAT OF OUTPUT MASK

This parameter specifies the output format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

MAXNUM MAXIMAL NUMBERS

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CONFL- 2-

 MOD CONFL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY LARGE CONFERENCE

This command modifies the max. no.

of conferees in a large conference.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CONFL : <MAXSUB= ,MAXOSS= ,DEFSUB=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

MAXSUB MAX. NO. OF SUB. CONFEREES

This parameter specifies the max. no. of conference

subscribers for a large conference originated by an
analog or ISDN-subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...32, range of decimal numbers

MAXOSS MAX. NO. OF OSS CONFEREES

This parameter specifies the max. no. of conference

subscribers for a large conference originated by an
OSS-operator.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...32, range of decimal numbers

DEFSUB DEFAULT NO. OF SUB. CONFEREES

This parameter specifies the default value of the max.

no. of conferees for a large conference originated by
an ISDN-subscriber, in case of no value is given for
this no. by the subscriber.

Notes :
- The value of this parameter should not exceed
the value of MAXSUB-parameter.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...32, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CONFL- 1-

 CAN CONFRNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CONFERENCE

This command cancels the 32 conference ports belonging to a conference

unit (CONFERENCE UNIT).

Prerequisites :
- The conference unit must be in safeguarding status planned.
- None of the CONFERENCE UNIT conference circuits
is allocated to a telephone meeting group.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CONFRNC : LTG= ,COU= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

COU CONFERENCE UNIT

This parameter specifies the number of the conference unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CONFRNC- 1-

 CR CONFRNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CONFERENCE

This command creates the 32 conference ports belonging to a conference unit

(CONFERENCE UNIT) for a specified service feature application.

Prerequisites :
- The LTU must have previously been created with the appropriate type for
conference units.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CONFRNC : LTG= ,COU= ,COUTYP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

COU CONFERENCE UNIT

This parameter specifies the number of the conference unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

COUTYP CONFERENCE UNIT TYPE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE

The application of this CONFERENCE UNIT is the
service feature large conference.
MEETME MEET ME
The service feature meet me is not
implemented in this version and is
not usable for CONFERENCE UNIT!
PHONMEET TELEPHONE MEETING
The application of this CONFERENCE UNIT is the
service feature telephone meeting.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CONFRNC- 1-
 DISP CONFRNC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CONFERENCE

This command displays the application of one or all CONFERENCE UNITs

within a specified range (interval) of LTGs.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CONFRNC : LTG= [,COU=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

COU CONFERENCE UNIT

This parameter specifies the number of the conference unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CONFRNC- 1-

 DISP CONN
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CONNECTIONS

This command displays the port address, processor number, speech

channel, and, if possible, the directory number or the trunk group
number and line number of ports seized by a call in progress.
The display is a snapshot of the situation at the time of the command.
The scope of data displayed can be specified by equipment number,
directory number or trunk group.
If there are several local networks a subscriber in a specific
local network can be specified.

Notes:
- The command only displays complete data for connections which are
occupying two channel registers.
Therefore, the output mask displays either NO MORE DATA or a
series of stars (*) in the SIDE column for connections to recorded
announcements, for incomplete connections or for SULIM connections.
Recorded announcements can be displayed by the command
DISP LISTTOAN.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CONN - DN DN FOR ANALOG OR ISDN SUBSCRIBER

2. DISP CONN - DNPBX DN FOR ANY PBX LINE
3. DISP CONN - EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER
4. DISP CONN - LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP
5. DISP CONN - RSULINK RSU LINK NUMBER OF RSU TRUNK GROUP
6. DISP CONN - TGNO TGNO FOR TRUNK GROUP OR TRUNK

1. Input format

DN FOR ANALOG OR ISDN SUBSCRIBER

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CONN : [LAC=] ,DN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of a subscriber

or PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CONN- 1+

 DISP CONN
DNPBX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DN FOR ANY PBX LINE

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CONN : [LAC=] ,DN= ,LNO= ,OPMODE= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of a subscriber

or PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number in a PBX group or

trunk group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

OPMODE OPERATION MODE

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines, referring to the

operation mode of these lines.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

XABW = HUNT GROUP: ANALOG BOTHWAY

1AIC 1 HUNT GROUP: ANALOG INCOMING
1AOG 1 HUNT GROUP: ANALOG OUTGOING
1IBW 1 HUNT GROUP: ISDN BOTHWAY
1IBW1TR6 1 HUNT GROUP: ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6
1IIC 1 HUNT GROUP: ISDN INCOMING
1IIC1TR6 1 HUNT GROUP: ISDN INCOMING 1TR6
1IOG 1 HUNT GROUP: ISDN OUTGOING
1IOG1TR6 1 HUNT GROUP: ISDN OUTGOING 1TR6
>MBW W HUNT GROUP: MIXED BOTHWAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CONN- 2+

 DISP CONN
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

EQUIPMENT NUMBER

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CONN : EQN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter defines the equipment number.

Notes:
- The following port qualifications are allowed:

DLU: EQN = a-b-c-d one specific DLU port

EQN = a-b-X all DLU ports of a shelf
EQN = a-b-c all DLU ports of a module
EQN = a-b-X-d one specific DLU port in each module

V5IF: EQN = a-b-c-d one specific V5IF port

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c[-d]

a: DLU OR V5IF NUMBER=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a DLU number in the range 10...2550

(in steps of 10)
For V5IF port: a V5IF number in the range 6000...8999

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a shelf in the range 0...7

For V5IF port: 0

c: MODULE OR V5IF PORT NUMBER=

0...20, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a module number in the range 0...15

For V51IF port: 0
For V52IF port: a V52IF port number in the range 0...20

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: CIRCUIT OR V5IF PORT NUMBER=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

For DLU port: a circuit number in the range 0...7 for DLU8
0...15 for DLU16
0...31 for DLUG
For V51IF port: a V51IF port number in the range 0...31
For V52IF port: a V52IF port number in the range 0...99

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CONN- 3+

 DISP CONN
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

LINE TRUNK GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CONN : LTG= [,LC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNG GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group of the set of objects to
be traced.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

0...63, range of decimal numbers

LTG : 1..63

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies the line connection of a LTG.

Notes:
- The input of this parameter is only valid in combination
with the LTG parameter.

- The following input is allowed:

LC = X All channels of LTG

LC = X-b One specific channel on all LTUs
LC = a All channels on specific LTU
LC = a-b One specific channel

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTU NO.OF A LTG=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

LTU : 0..7

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL OF A LTG PORT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Channel : 0..31

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CONN- 4+

 DISP CONN
RSULINK
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

RSU LINK NUMBER OF RSU TRUNK GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CONN : RSULINK= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RSULINK RSU LINK NUMBER

This parameter specifies the Link Number in a RSU

trunk group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...34320, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CONN- 5+

 DISP CONN
TGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

6. Input format

TGNO FOR TRUNK GROUP OR TRUNK

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,LNO=11 1
1 DISP CONN : TGNO= 1Z,CIC=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number in a PBX group or

trunk group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code of CCS7 lines.

Prerequisites:
- Input of a trunk group specified by the parameter TGNO

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PCM LINK NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

For DIU 30 the input 0...511 is possible.

For DIU 24 the input 0...681 is possible.

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

For DIU 30 the input 0...31 is possible.

For DIU 24 the input 0...23 is possible.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CONN- 6-

 REL CONN
DNPATH1
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RELEASE CONNECTION

This command sends an appropriate message to the CP call

processing programs for connections to ordinary
subscribers and to the relevant LTGs for connections to
ISDN PA.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. REL CONN - DNPATH1 RELEASE BY DIRECTORY NUMBER

2. REL CONN - DNPATH2 RELEASE BY DIRECTORY NUMBER
3. REL CONN - EQNPATH RELEASE BY EQUIPMENT NUMBER
4. REL CONN - LTGPATH RELEASE BY LINE TRUNK GROUP
5. REL CONN - TGNOPA RELEASE BY TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

1. Input format

RELEASE BY DIRECTORY NUMBER

This input format should be used if there is

only one OPMODE for each LNO.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REL CONN : DN= [,LAC=] [,LNO=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of a subscriber, an

analog or ISDN PBX line (pilot DN or line service number) or test
phone control.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter must be specified if several local area codes

have been created within an exchange. If there is only one
local area code for each exchange, this parameter need not
be specified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of a trunk in a trunk group

or a line of an analog or ISDN PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REL CONN- 1+

 REL CONN
DNPATH2
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

RELEASE BY DIRECTORY NUMBER

This input format should be used if

there are several OPMODE for each
LNO.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REL CONN : DN= [,LAC=] [,LNO=] [,OPMODE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of a subscriber, an

analog or ISDN PBX line (pilot DN or line service number) or test
phone control.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter must be specified if several local area codes

have been created within an exchange. If there is only one
local area code for each exchange, this parameter need not
be specified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of a trunk in a trunk group

or a line of an analog or ISDN PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

OPMODE OPERATION MODE

The operating mode must be specified if the PBX

is created with two or more operating modes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW ANALOG BOTHWAY

AIC ANALOG INCOMING
AOG ANALOG OUTGOING
DEF DEFAULT VALUE (NOT INPUT)
IBW ISDN BOTHWAY EDSS1 PROTOCOL
IBW1TR6 ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6 PROTOCOL
IIC ISDN INCOMING EDSS1 PROTOCOL
IIC1TR6 ISDN INCOMING 1TR6 PROTOCOL
IOG ISDN OUTGOING EDSS1 PROTOCOL
IOG1TR6 ISDN OUTGOING 1TR6 PROTOCOL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REL CONN- 2+

 REL CONN
EQNPATH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

RELEASE BY EQUIPMENT NUMBER

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REL CONN : EQN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT/V5 INTERFACE=

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

b: SHELF NUMBER=
0...63, range of decimal numbers

c: MODULE NUMBE=
0...96, range of decimal numbers

d: CIRCUIT NUMBER/V5IF PORT NUMBER=

0...96, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REL CONN- 3+

 REL CONN
LTGPATH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

RELEASE BY LINE TRUNK GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REL CONN : LTG= ,LC= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

When LTG and LC are entered, a check is made as

to whether the corresponding connection has been set up
and the specified connection group is type A. Tasks
executed by the call processing programs cannot be
monitored.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TIME STAGE GROUP=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CHANNEL

The line circuit number must be entered in connection

with the LTG number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTU NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REL CONN- 4+

 REL CONN
TGNOPA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

RELEASE BY TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,CIC=1 1
1 REL CONN : TGNO= Z,LNO=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number of a trunk group or a

recorded announcement group. It must be input in connection with LNO
or CIC.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code for CCS7

trunks.
CIC can only be input in conjunction with TGNO.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

b: CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of a trunk in a trunk group

or a line of an analog or ISDN PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REL CONN- 5-

 STAT COPL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

STAT COMMERCIAL PLATFORM

This command displays the transient status of the Commercial Platform

(COPL) Interface.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT COPL ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT COPL- 1-

 CONF COU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURATE CONFERENCE UNIT

This command configures a conference unit to one of the states

PLA, MBL, ACT or CBL.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF COU : LTG= ,COU= ,OST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

COU CONFERENCE UNIT

This parameter specifies the unit number in an LTG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the target operating state.

The following state transitions are permitted:

MBL <-> PLA

MBL --> ACT
MBL <-- ACT (when the LTG is not active)
ACT <-> CBL
UNA --> ACT, MBL, CBL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED

ACT ACTIVE
PLA PLANNED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF COU- 1-

 DIAG COU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE CONFERENCE UNIT

This command starts diagnosis of a conference unit in an LTG.

Precondition: the LTG must be in the operating status
ACT or CBL and the associated COU must be in the
operating status MBL.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG COU : LTG= ,COU= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

COU CONFERENCE UNIT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG COU- 1-

 STAT COU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY STATUS OF CONFERENCE UNIT

This command displays the operating status of

- one COU in a certain LTG
- one COU in all LTGs
- all COUs in a particular LTG
- all COUs in all LTGs
- all COUs in a particular operating status in a particular
LTG
- all COUs in a particular operating status in all LTGs
For the parameter LTG a value or X must always be entered.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT COU : LTG= [,COU=] [,OST=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

COU CONFERENCE UNIT

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED
UNA UNAVAILABLE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT COU- 1-

 REC CP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD COORDINATION PROCESSOR

This command initiates recording of CP traffic data (total load and

callprocessing load).

Prerequisites:
- System time must be secure when the command is entered.

Notes:
- The name of the measurement file is displayed on the OMT
if disk output of traffic data is requested.
- Only one measurement job can be started.
- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the
selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output
with immediate start.
- The measurement can be stopped with STOP JOB, except
jobs with UNIT=MDD-DAILY.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC CP : [INTTIM=] ,UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INTTIM INTEGRATION TIME

This parameter specifies the time over which the load values are
to be averaged (integrated).
If output is to the OMT, it is not permissible to enter SEC4.

Default: MIN3

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SEC4 4 SECONDS
SEC36 36 SECONDS
MIN1 1 MINUTE
MIN3 3 MINUTES
MIN5 5 MINUTES
MIN15 15 MINUTES

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of

output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN.TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data are output
to the OMT.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for postprocessing.

Notes :
- If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,
an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CP- 1+

 REC CP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to a single measurement file.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7
daily files are prepared and created at the
start of measurement.
A daily file is closed at the end of the day
and a new file for the next day is
automatically created, or the existing file is
replaced.
Daily files will be overwritten in the
following week on the same weekday.

This information unit specifies the desired output

mode (daily file or single measurement file).
It is only permissible in connection with output
UNIT=MDD.

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters cannot be specified for data
output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In the case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.

Default: the begin of measurement is the current date.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CP- 2+

 REC CP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

command input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last

single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one
begin date BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurements over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e.g. IV = 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval
times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
IV with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: TERMINATION HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: TERMINATION MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.

Notes:
- Input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which cannot be
linked with other values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CP- 3+

 REC CP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CP- 4-

 ACT CPDMPC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CP DUMP CONDITIONS

This command activates a dump condition with specification of CP core storage

address range. The CP dump conditions are activated upon command entry.

This command is normally logged.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1RADDR=1 1
1 ACT CPDMPC : ZAADDR=Y [,SWSG=] [,UNIT=] [,MODULE=] [,COUNT=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,LEVEL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RADDR RELATIVE ADDRESS

Only 5 address ranges are allowed

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: MODULE NAME=
8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This information unit allows only alphanumeric characters.

b: OFFSET=
0...7FFFFF, range of hexadecimal numbers

AADDR ABSOLUTE ADDRESS

Only 5 address ranges are allowed

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...10 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

SWSG SWSG IDENTIFICATION

For a SWSG number less than 128

a module name must be specified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...999, range of decimal numbers

UNIT CP PROCESSOR UNIT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
BAPM MASTER BASE PROCESSOR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CPDMPC- 1+

 ACT CPDMPC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BAPS SPARE BASE PROCESSOR

CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5

MODULE MODULE NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

COUNT TERMINATION COUNT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

LEVEL RECOVERY LEVEL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NSTART3 NEWSTART WITH CODE LOAD

NSTART2 NEWSTART WITH SEMIDATA LOAD
NSTART1 NEWSTART OF ALL PROCESSES
SASDATS SAVING SW DATA WITH STATISTICS
SASDAT SAVING SW DATA W/O STATISTICS
NSTART0 NEWSTART NON CALLPROS. GROUP
The only non-call-processing processes
are restarted.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CPDMPC- 2-

 DACT CPDMPC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CONDITIONAL CPDUMP

This command deactivates conditions set in the dump condition list.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CPDMPC : ID= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the deactivation conditions.

Note:
- Up to 10 information units can be linked with &.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CPDMPC- 1-

 DISP CPDMPC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CONDITIONAL CPDUMP

This command displays the conditional CP dump addresses and conditions

as well as their present state.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CPDMPC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPDMPC- 1-

 DMP CPIMDMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMP CP MEMORY IMMEDIATE DUMP

This command supplies a consistent display of memory contents of CP

platforms or of the corresponding load library on system disk.

If UNIT = DISK is entered, the specified address range to be

dumped will be read from load library.
To dump contents of a platform’s memory, select the appropriate
platform using parameter PLF.

You can specify up to five different address ranges to be dumped,

or, in case of a dump of memory, chained lists of data.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1PLF= 1 1
1 DMP CPIMDMP : ZUNIT=Y ,ADDR= [,LENGTH=] [,CHOFFS=] [,CHNO=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CP platform.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5
BAPM BASE PROCESSOR MASTER
BAPS BASE PROCESSOR SPARE

This unit specifies the platform type.

UNIT SYSTEM UNIT

This parameter specifies the system unit.

If disk is selected a linear dump of the content of the CP loadlib
at the specified address range will be performed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DISK REQUEST READ FROM DISK

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CPIMDMP- 1+

 DMP CPIMDMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ADDR LIST OF ADDRESS RANGES

This parameter defines the address (range) of the memory

content to be dumped.
For dumping a linear memory content, 2 ways of specifying
the address limits of the dump can be used:
either an address range is entered with ADDR,
or, if only the start address is given, you have to specify
the length of the dump using parameter LENGTH.
In case of dumping chained elements (a linked list), only
a start address has to be specified, the length of each
chained element has to be entered via parameter LENGTH.

Following inputs are possible:

- Address is specified relative to a module begin, i.e capsule,

SPU, and module name are entered (8 characters each), plus a
distance within the module
e.g.: ADDR="CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE0C_0006" or
ADDR="CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE0C_0006+H’23F"
Offsets are hexadecimal numbers preceded by the letter "H" and a
single quote.
The module version number (underline and 4 digits) may be
omitted.
Notes:
module names have to be entered always in combination with
the corresponding SPU names.

- A symbolic address can be specified by using a symbol name (i.e.

the name of a granted object, length 8 characters):
e.g.: ADDR="CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE0C_0006.SYMBOLA0+H’12A4"

- Address ranges must be specified by entering the start address

and the upper limit, separated by "&&".
e.g.: ADDR="CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE0C.SYMBOLA0"&&
"SPU00A0A.MODULE0C.SYMBOLA0+H’F4"

The capsule name has to be entered with the start address only and
must be omitted with the upper limit of the address range.

The upper limit of an address range may be specified in

relation to the lower limit in the following way:
e.g.: ADDR="CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE0C+H’AF"&&"+H’21"
shorthand for
ADDR="CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE0C+H’AF"&&
"SPU00A0A.MODULE0C+H’CF"
The second address is interpreted as number of bytes to be dumped if
it begins with the character plus ("+").

- Symbolic addresses can be specified by using labels. A label is

preceded by the letter "L" and a single quote:
e.g.: ADDR="CAPSCA0A.L’LABELBEG+H’476EBF"

- Symbolic address by using the value of an exported symbol (8

characters) as an additional offset:

e.g.: ADDR="CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE1C_2401.SYMBOLA0
+SPU00A0A.MODULE2P_0101.CONST000" or
ADDR="CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE1C
+SPU00A0A.MODULE2P.CONST000+H’0FF4"

If both module names are identical, the second one may be

omitted.
e.g.: ADDR="CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE1C_2401.SYMBOLA0+.CONST000"
instead of
ADDR="CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE1C_2401.SYMBOL
+SPU00A0A.MODULE1C_2401.CONST000".

- Absolute address within capsule in hexadecimal form:

e.g.: ADDR="CAPSCA0A+H’2A476EBF"&&"+H’28"

- Absolute address within a load module in hexadecimal form:

e.g.: ADDR="LDMOD00X+H’10ED04D0"&&"+H’28"

- Indirect dump can be specified by a begin address: It contains

a pointer which indicates the real start address preceded by
the letters "IN" and a single quote:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CPIMDMP- 2+

 DMP CPIMDMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

e.g.: ADDR="IN’CAPSCA0A.SPU00A0A.MODULE1C+H’8"

Up to 5 different address ranges may be entered, concatenated by "&".

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LENGTH LENGTH OF CHAINED ELEMENT

This parameter provides the length of a single chained

element of a linked list, or, in case of a linear dump,
the number of bytes which shall be dumped if only a start
address is entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

CHOFFS OFFSET OF POINTER TO NEXT ELE.

This parameter specifies the offset of the link pointer

to the next element within the chained (linked) list to
be dumped.
The memory location of this pointer is the begin address
of the current chained element plus the offset defined by
CHOFFS.

Notes:
- a dump of a linked list is specified by the corresponding
parameters LENGTH, CHOFFS, and CHNO.
- chained elements can only be dumped from CP memory and not
from system disk.
- all pointers of the chained list must have the same
offset within their corresponding chained elements.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...65535, range of decimal numbers

CHNO NUMBER OF CHAINED ELEMENTS

This parameter specifies the number of chained elements to be

dumped. If the current linked list contains less elements than
the value specified, only the current number of chained elements
will be dumped.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...50, range of decimal numbers

Default: 50

FORMAT FORMAT OF OUTPUT

This parameter specifies the format type of the output.

If HEX is chosen an output in hexadecimal form will be
produced, in case of ASCII the output will contain ASCII
characters additionally to the hex output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

HEX HEXADECIMAL OUTPUT

SYMBOL SYMBOLIC OUTPUT
ASCII ASCII OUTPUT

Default: ASCII

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CPIMDMP- 3-

 DMP CPMEM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMP CP MEMORY

This command safeguards CP memory areas, specified as address ranges, to the

SESYMP file.
The command executes internally the following actions:
- Entry of a dump condition for a special software error.
- Creation of a software error.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1RADDR=1 1
1 DMP CPMEM : ZAADDR=Y [,UNIT=] ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RADDR RELATIVE ADDRESS

This parameter indicates the selected address areas relative

to the link module name.

Note:
- Up to 5 address areas can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: MODULE NAME=
8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This information unit allows only alphanumeric characters.

The following characters are not permitted:

.

b: OFFSET=
0...7FFFFF, range of hexadecimal numbers

AADDR ABSOLUTE ADDRESS

This parameter indicates the selected address areas absolutely.

Note:
- Up to 5 address areas can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...10 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

UNIT CP PROCESSOR UNIT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
BAPM MASTER BASE PROCESSOR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CPMEM- 1+

 DMP CPMEM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BAPS SPARE BASE PROCESSOR

CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CPMEM- 2-

 ACT CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CP PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can activate one or more Permanent

Patches in the memory of those platforms indicated under parameter
PLF. Successful execution of the command results in execution
of the atomic action AM (Activate in Memory) in
parallel on all respective platforms in operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CPPRPCH : ID= [,PLF=] [,LIB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

PLF LIST OF PLATFORMS

This parameter specifies the CP platform where a Permanent

Patch is to be processed.
If the parameter is omitted the command concerns all
platforms in operation.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5
BAPM BASE PROCESSOR MASTER
BAPS BASE PROCESSOR SPARE

This unit specifies the platform type.

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CPPRPCH- 1+

 ACT CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CPPRPCH- 2-

 CAN CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CP PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can cancel one or more Permanent

Patches on disk implicitly deactivating them in the memory on all
platforms in operation. Successful execution of the command
results in execution of the atomic actions DUD
(Deupdate on Disk), DAM (Deactivate in Memory) and CD (Cancel
on Disk).

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CPPRPCH : ID= [,LIB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CPPRPCH- 1-

 DACT CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CP PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can deactivate one or more Permanent

Patches in the memory of those platforms indicated under parameter
PLF. Successful execution of the command results in execution
of the atomic actions DUD (Deupdate on Disk) and
DAM (Deactivate in Memory) in parallel on all respective
platforms in operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CPPRPCH : ID= [,PLF=] [,LIB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

PLF LIST OF PLATFORMS

This parameter specifies the CP platform where a Permanent

Patch is to be processed.
If the parameter is omitted the command concerns all
platforms in operation.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5
BAPM BASE PROCESSOR MASTER
BAPS BASE PROCESSOR SPARE

This unit specifies the platform type.

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CPPRPCH- 1+

 DACT CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via

parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CPPRPCH- 2-

 DISP CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CP PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can display patch data kept in the
patch administration on disk and patch states concerning
Permanent Patches for all platform(s) in operation specified
by parameter PLF.
The patch selection can be performed either by patch identifier(s)
using parameter ID or by logical address ranges affected by
the patches, using parameter ADDR.
In case of using parameter ADDR, the filling levels of the
Patch Area and the Patch Administration are displayed
additionally.
To limit the list of patch IDs, it is possible to specify
combinations of following parameters:
BEGDATE, BEGTIME, ENDDATE, ENDTIME and PATSTATE

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1ID= 1 1
1 DISP CPPRPCH : ZADDR=Y [,PLF=] [,LIB=] [,BEGDATE=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] [,PATSTATE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name.
It is also possible to use wildcard signs (*) or (?) as part
of the patchname. In this case all patches found within the
specified capsule and fulfilling the wildcard criteria will
be displayed.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname" or
ID="capsname.*" or
ID="capsname.A?CD*EF"

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

10...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ADDR LIST OF ADDRESS RANGES

This parameter represents an interval in which the search

for patches will be performed. An address can be specified
either in hexadecimal form as an offset from capsule begin or
symbolically.

e.g.: ADDR="capname.address"&&"address" or
ADDR="capname.address"&&"+distance"

where address may have one of the following

structures:

"spuname.modname+offset+distance", or
"spuname.modname.symbol+offset+distance", or
"label+offset+distance", or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPPRPCH- 1+

 DISP CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

"offset+distance", where

capname <text string> = 8 char.,

label L’<text string> = 8 char.,
spuname <text string> = 8 char.,
modname <text string> = 8 char. (or 13 if the
version is included),
symbol <text string> <= 8 char.,
offset <hexadecimal string> <= 8 hex signs,
distance disitem+disitem ..+disitem..,
disitem spuname.modname.symbol or offset

The end address of an interval may be omitted. If it is

omitted in the case of capsule or module the entire address
range of the unit is scanned. If it is omitted in the case of
symbol or offset the search range is that byte only.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

PLF LIST OF PLATFORMS

This parameter specifies the CP platform where a Permanent

Patch is to be processed.
If the parameter is omitted the command concerns all
platforms in operation.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5
BAPM BASE PROCESSOR MASTER
BAPS BASE PROCESSOR SPARE

This unit specifies the platform type.

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME,
ENDDATE and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter BEGDATE: 2000:01:01

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPPRPCH- 2+

 DISP CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
ENDDATE and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter BEGTIME: 00:00:00

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECOND=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
BEGTIME and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter ENDDATE: actual date

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
BEGTIME and ENDDATE.
Default value of parameter ENDTIME: 23:59:59

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPPRPCH- 3+

 DISP CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECOND=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

PATSTATE PATCH STATE

This parameter is used to limit the list of patch IDs

displayed to those patches having the entered PATSTATE.
If this parameter is omitted, every patch will be displayed
regardless of its state in the system.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NOTENTER NEITHER ENTERING NOR ENTERED

HIT HIT
ENTRG ENTERING
ENTRD ENTERED
NOTUPD OTHER THAN UPDATED
PARTACT PARTLY ACTIVE
ACT ACTIVE
UPD UPDATED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPPRPCH- 4-

 ENTR CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CP PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can enter a Permanent Patch into the
patch administration on disk. Successful execution of the
command results in execution of the atomic action ED (Enter on
Disk).
With each ENTR CPPRPCH command one of the four different
subpatch types can be entered:

- Insert Rucksack Subpatches using parameter INSRADDR

- Replace Subpatches using parameter REPADDR
- Insert Procedure Subpatches using parameter INSPREF
- Insert Variable Subpatches using parameter INSVREF

The subpatch types can be entered in the form of subpatches

belonging to a specified Patch ID. Under one specified Patch ID
subpatches of different types can be inserted into the system.
For each subpatch of a patch a new ENTR CPPRPCH command is
necessary.
The completeness of the subpatches is indicated by means of
parameter SUBPCHNO.
All Subpatches with the exception of Insert Variable can be
entered in subpatch parts for each part using an individual
ENTR CPPRPCH command. All subpatch parts except Insert
Procedure Subpatches are referred to the same patch address.
The concatenation of those subpatch parts is supported by
means of parameter SUBPPART.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,INSRADDR=1 1
1 1,REPADDR= 1 1
1 ENTR CPPRPCH : ID= Z,INSPREF= Y [,SUBPPART=] [,NEWCNT= 1
1 1,INSVREF= 1 1
1 1,SUBPCHNO=1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,OLDCNT=]] [,LIB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID PATCH IDENTIFIER

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name. Whenever a subpatch or
subpatch part is entered for a certain patch the identifier
must be identical.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

INSRADDR INSERT RUCKSACK SUBPATCH ADDR.

This parameter provides the insert rucksack subpatch

address. The address format is an interval within the
module boundaries in the form of begin address and end
address (linked by &&) whereby the latter may be given as a
distance relative to the begin address. At the begin address
the instruction is replaced by a branch instruction for jumping
to the respective rucksack. The end address serves as
continuation address from which the program will continue
after the rucksack code has been executed.
The old instruction (6 Byte), overwritten by the branch

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CPPRPCH- 1+

 ENTR CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

instruction, is at user’s own risk to add to the rucksack

or not.
An address can be specified either in hexadecimal form as an
offset from capsule begin or symbolically.

e.g.: INSRADDR="spuname.modname.symbol+distance" or
INSRADDR="offset+distance" or
INSRADDR="label+distance",

&&"spuname.modname.symbol+distance" or
&&"label+distance" or
&&"+offset" ,where

label L’<text string> = 8 char.,

spuname <text string> = 8 char.,
modname <text string> = 8 char. (or 13 if the
version is included),
symbol <text string> <= 8 char.,
offset H’<hexadecimal string> <= 8 hex signs,
distance disitem+disitem ..+disitem..,
disitem spuname.modname.symbol or offset

The given address is valid for the capsule denoted within

parameter ID.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

REPADDR REPLACE SUBPATCH ADDRESS

This parameter provides the replace subpatch address. The

address format is a replacement address, where address can
be specified in the same way as described for the first part
of INSRADDR.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

INSPREF INSERT PROCED. SUBPATCH REFER.

This parameter provides the insert procedure subpatch

reference as a mnemonic including the number <n> of the
insert procedure.
The inserted procedure is only visible within the defining
patch. The number <n> serves to address the inserted
procedure within other subpatches of the defining patch.

e.g.: INSPREF="IP’5"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...6 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

INSVREF INSERT VARIAB. SUBPATCH REFER.

This parameter provides the insert variable subpatch

reference as a mnemonic including the number <n> of the
insert variable and the length of the variable in bytes.
The inserted variable is only visible within the defining
patch.

e.g.: INSVREF="IV’5"-50

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: "INSERT VARIABLE" SUBPATCH REFERENCE=

4...6 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CPPRPCH- 2+

 ENTR CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This unit serves to address the inserted variable

within other subpatches of the defining patch.

b: LENGTH OF INSERT VARIABLE IN BYTES=

1...4096, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the length of the variable to be

declared.

SUBPCHNO TOTAL NUMBER OF SUBPATCHES

This parameter represents the total number of subpatches

belonging to a Patch ID. A patch must be closed by a final
ENTR CPPRPCH command with the parameters ID and
SUBPCHNO, whereby the latter one corresponds to the number
of patches, entered under the same ID.
This command causes the transition of the patch state from
ENTRG to ENTRD.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...59, range of decimal numbers

SUBPPART ACTUAL NUMBER OF SUBPATCH PART

This parameter characterizes a part of a subpatch. A subpatch

of a Permanent Patch may, for some reason, have more than one
part in the case of Insert Rucksack Subpatch, Permanent
Replace Subpatch, or Insert Procedure Subpatch.

e.g.: SUBPPART="partcounter-lastsign"

The partcounter denotes the subpatch part sequence number

and serves as concatenation controller.
The lastsign denotes either the last or not last part of a
subpatch.

If SUBPPART is omitted, e.g., typical proceeding in case

of a short subpatch consisting of only one part, the default
value 1-LAST is assumed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ACTUAL NUMBER OF SUBPATCH PART TO BE ENTERED=

1...999, range of decimal numbers

This unit denotes the subpatch part sequence number.

b: INDICATOR THAT LAST PART OF SUBPATCH IS ENTERED

NOTLAST NOT LAST SUBPATCH PART
LAST LAST SUBPATCH PART

This unit denotes either last or not last part.

NEWCNT NEW CONTENT OF SUBPATCH

This parameter represents the new instruction code to be

executed instead of the old instruction code which may be
represented by parameter OLDCNT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

OLDCNT OLD CONTENT AT SUBPATCH LOCAT.

This parameter represents the old instruction code to be

checked for security reasons.
Must not be used for Insert Variable or Insert Procedure
subpatches.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CPPRPCH- 3+

 ENTR CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CPPRPCH- 4-

 UPD CPPRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

UPDATE CP PERMANENT PATCH

With this command you can update one or more Permanent

Patches on disk, whereby they are implicitly activated in
memory on all active platforms. Successful execution of the
command results in execution of the atomic actions
AM (Activate in Memory) and UD (Update on Disk).

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 UPD CPPRPCH : ID= [,LIB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 UPD CPPRPCH- 1-

 CAN CPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CODE POINT

This command cancels the specified code point. Call attempts to the canceled
code point will be diverted to the specified intercept code.

Prerequisites :
- If the code point was created with special codes
MFCAT (MFC CATEGORY),
ZDIG (LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT),
ROUTYP (ROUTE TYPE),
ORIG1 (ORIGINATING MARK 1) or
LAC (LOCAL AREA CODE)
these without their positions within the digit combination must be
specified when the code point is to be canceled.
- Any code blocking (CR CBPT), trunk reservation (ENTR TRSVCRIT),
destination (REC DEST) or code measurement (ENTR NTMINFO) that is
existing for the code point, or part of the code point to be canceled,
should be canceled first, because no checks are done.

An indication of whether other code points or test points use the

destination area of the canceled code point is output.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CPT : CODE= [,INCEPT=] [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,ANNDIG=11 (;) 1
1 [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] 1Z,TXTNO= Y1 Z Y 1
1 11 11 *!+ 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

canceled. If the code point was created with special codes then these
have to be entered to define the code point uniquely.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

INCEPT INTERCEPT

This parameter determines the intercept code to which call attempts

will be diverted. If the intercept UNOBDE0 is entered, the code
point will be deleted completely. If no value is entered, the value
UNOBDE0 is used by default.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION
UNOBDE0 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 00
UNOBDE1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 01
UNOBDE2 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 02
UNOBDE3 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 03
UNOBDE4 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 04
UNOBDE5 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 05
UNOBDE6 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 06
UNOBDE7 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 07
UNOBDE8 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 08
UNOBDE9 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 09
UNOBDE10 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 10
UNOBDE11 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 11

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CPT- 1+

 CAN CPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

UNALLROU UNALLOCATED ROUTE

ILLDEST ILLEGAL DESTINATION
UNOBDE12 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 12
UNOBDE13 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 13
CHCPTIND CHANGED CODE POINT IND. ANN.
RESANN RESERVE USER ANNOUNCEMENT
Unit b must be specified.

b: RESERVE USER ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER=

0...9, range of decimal numbers

This parameter determines the number of the reserve

user announcement intercept.

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ORIGINATING MARK=
1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF ORIGINATING MARK=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT
COINB COIN BOX
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
OPOSINAT OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15

b: POSITION OF CATEGORY=
1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CPT- 2+

 CAN CPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EWSD-versions.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter specifies the route type for ISDN traffic.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ROUTYP0 ROUTE TYPE 00

ROUTYP1 ROUTE TYPE 01
ROUTYP2 ROUTE TYPE 02
ROUTYP3 ROUTE TYPE 03
ROUTYP4 ROUTE TYPE 04
ROUTYP5 ROUTE TYPE 05
ROUTYP6 ROUTE TYPE 06
ROUTYP7 ROUTE TYPE 07
ROUTYP8 ROUTE TYPE 08
ROUTYP9 ROUTE TYPE 09
ROUTYP10 ROUTE TYPE 10
ROUTYP11 ROUTE TYPE 11
ROUTYP12 ROUTE TYPE 12
ROUTYP13 ROUTE TYPE 13
ROUTYP14 ROUTE TYPE 14
ROUTYP15 ROUTE TYPE 15

ANNDIG INDIVIDUAL ANNOUNCEMENT DIGITS

This parameter specifies the digits to be announced.

This parameter may only be entered if INCEPT = CHCPTIND.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TXTNO TEXT NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT

This parameter specifies the number of the text to be announced.

This parameter may only be entered if INCEPT = RESANN-X.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CPT- 3-

 CR CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CODE POINT

This command creates a code point, i.e. a destination is defined for the
specified digit combination. All digit combinations that are not created
as code points, test points or as subscriber controlled input access codes
are diverted to the UNOBDE0 intercept code.

The type of destination and the destination itself are specified by the
the parameters CPTGRP, DEST, INCEPT and TRATYP.

According to the entered code and the special codes

LAC (LOCAL AREA CODE),
ORIG1 (ORIGINATING MARK 1),
MFCAT (MFC CATEGORY),
ZDIG (LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT) or
ROUTYP (ROUTE TYPE)
the blocks are seized in the digit-destination translator. If no position is
input, the special code is attached at the end of the code or, if there is
already such a special code existing for the desired code, the existing position
is used. However, it is possible to determine the positions of the special codes
freely within the digit combination. The last block in the digit chain contains
the reference to the destination.

It is possible to create a code point for a ported directory number

by extending an existing digit chain. For example:
CR CPT:CODE=1234, DEST=A;
CR CPT:CODE=12345, LAC=089, TRATYP=CPTDN;

Using the special code ORIG1 the following must be considered:

- Creating a code point with ORIG1=DEF has the same effect for call
processing as entering up to 3840 code points with ORIG1=0 through to
ORIG1=3839. So a code point with ORIG1=DEF stands for all code points
(with the same CODE) which are not explicitly created with a specific
ORIG1-value.

Example: CODE=12345, split by origination as follows:

For the origination value 10 the digit translation shall lead to
destination A, for value 200 to destination B, for all other values
to destination C.

CR CPT:CODE=12345, ORIG1=10, DEST=A;

CR CPT:CODE=12345, ORIG1=200, DEST=B;
CR CPT:CODE=12345, ORIG1=DEF, DEST=C;

These commands may be entered in any sequence. Instead of 3840

commands now only 3 commands are needed.

Using ORIG1=DEF, the position of this special code should be at the end of
the code. All ’exceptional’ code points must be entered, specially those,
which shall lead to an intercept.

Compatibilities:
- Only one of the parameters CPTGRP, DEST, TRATYP and INCEPT may be entered,
except for TRATYP value NBARCPT for which additional parameter DEST or
CPTGRP must be entered.
For following TRATYP values the additional parameter DEST must be entered:
SELCWROU,
ITGW,
MOBHAND,
MOBINTER,
MOBTERM,
MOBBOTH,
MOBPHA,
MOBPHB,
VBS,
VGCS,
ASCITERM.
- The parameter LAC is only allowed if the DN-attribute (see ENTR DNATT) is
multiple or if the code point indicates a directory number block
(i.e. TRATYP=CPTDN).

- Before entering code points beginning with a carrier access code,

the carrier access code must be defined first (see CR CAC).
These code points may only lead to a destination or an intercept.
- Parameter SYMCON may be entered for parameters CPTGRP, DEST and

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 1+
 CR CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TRATYP and for following TRATYP values:

MOBBOTH,
MOBHAND,
MOBINTER,
MOBPHA,
MOBPHB,
MOBTERM.
- Parameter AMA may be entered for parameters CPTGRP and DEST and
for following TRATYP values:
NBARCPT,
MOBBOTH,
MOBTERM.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR CPT - CPTGRP CPT TO CODE POINT GROUP

2. CR CPT - DEST CPT TO DESTINATION AREA
3. CR CPT - INCEPT CPT TO INTERCEPT CODE
4. CR CPT - TRATYP CPT WITH TRAFFIC TYPE

1. Input format

CPT TO CODE POINT GROUP

If the code point to the specified code point group should be non barrable
NBARCPT must be entered for the parameter TRATYP.

Additional prerequisites :

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CPT : CODE= ,CPTGRP= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] [,AMBIG=] <,TRATYP=> [,SYMCON=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,AMA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

The parameter CODE determines the digits for which the code point
is created. In addition to the selected digits, special codes can also
be entered in order to determine the destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CPTGRP CODE POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the code point group selected by the digit
combination. The specified code point group must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Input is only permitted if the directory number attribute of the
exchange is multiple or if the code point indicates a directory number
block. The use of this parameter may affect the value of the parameter
MINMAX (see CR DEST). The operator has to take care for a
correct value of the parameter MINMAX.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 2+
 CR CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LOCAL AREA CODE=

1...6 digit decimal number

b: POSITION OF LOCAL AREA CODE=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the local area code

in the digit combination.

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ORIGINATING MARK=
1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF ORIGINATING MARK=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the origin code

in the digit combination.

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
(CAT11 ) CATEGORY 11
1CAT12 1 CATEGORY 12
1CAT13 1 CATEGORY 13
1CAT14 1 CATEGORY 14
1CAT15 1 CATEGORY 15
1COINB 1 COIN BOX
ZDATAINATY DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
1DATRANS 1 DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
1OPOS 1 OPERATOR’S POSITION
1OPOSINAT1 OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
1SUBINAT 1 ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBORD 1 ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
1SUBPINAT1 PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBPRIOR1 PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
*TESTEQ + TEST EQUIPMENT

This unit specifies the category for which the destination is

addressed.

b: POSITION OF CATEGORY=
1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the category in the digit

combination.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 3+
 CR CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b]

a: LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the language digit

in the digit combination.

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter indicates the route type for the ISDN traffic.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ROUTE TYPE
(ROUTYP0 ) ROUTE TYPE 00
1 1 The origin of the call is an actual trunk which
1 1 does not benefit from transition into ISDN. The
1 1 call should be held by conventional means.
1ROUTYP1 1 ROUTE TYPE 01
1ROUTYP101 ROUTE TYPE 10
1ROUTYP111 ROUTE TYPE 11
1ROUTYP121 ROUTE TYPE 12
1ROUTYP131 ROUTE TYPE 13
1ROUTYP141 ROUTE TYPE 14
1ROUTYP151 ROUTE TYPE 15
1ROUTYP2 1 ROUTE TYPE 02
1ROUTYP3 1 ROUTE TYPE 03
1 1 A call of an ISDN subscriber for which a
1 1 transition into the analog network is permitted
Z Y (on the telephone service). These calls should as
1 1 far as possible be held in ISDN to guarantee a
1 1 defined handling of service features. A transition
1 1 to a conventional line is only advisable if no
1 1 ISDN line exists for the selected direction.
1ROUTYP4 1 ROUTE TYPE 04
1 1 A call of an ISDN subscriber for which a
1 1 transition into the analog network is not
1 1 permitted (in the non-telephone service). These
1 1 calls must be held in ISDN as they cannot be
1 1 handled in the analog network. The corresponding
1 1 destination may therefore only contain ISDN
1 1 routes.
1ROUTYP5 1 ROUTE TYPE 05
1ROUTYP6 1 ROUTE TYPE 06
1ROUTYP7 1 ROUTE TYPE 07
1ROUTYP8 1 ROUTE TYPE 08
*ROUTYP9 + ROUTE TYPE 09

b: POSITION OF ROUTE TYPE=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the ROUTE TYPE

in the digit combination.

AMBIG AMBIGUOUS CODE

This parameter indicates whether the code is ambiguous or not.

Notes:
- The parameter value YES takes only effect
for intermediate results.
For final results (if no longer code points beginning with these
digits exist) it works the same way as value NO.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if TRATYP = CPTDN.
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 4+
 CR CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

if CODE is exactly equal to a carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
ZNO Y NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
1Y 1 YES AMBIGUOUS CODE
*YES + YES AMBIGUOUS CODE

Default: NO

TRATYP TRAFFIC TYPE

This parameter indicates the traffic type for the code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NBARCPT NON-BARRABLE CODE POINT

This parameter value indicates that the code
point cannot be barred, i.e. call requests from
blocked subscribers are allowed for this code
point. It can only be entered in addition to the
parameter DEST or CPTGRP.

SYMCON SYMMETRIC CONNECTION

This parameter indicates whether the connection is symmetric or

not.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
ZNO Y NO SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
1Y 1 YES SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
*YES + YES SYMMETRIC CONNECTION

Default: NO

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

This parameter specifies if charging data will be collected

at the specified code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

XN = NO AMA RECORD IS GENERATED

1NO 1 NO AMA RECORD IS GENERATED
1Y 1 AMA RECORD IS GENERATED
>YES W AMA RECORD IS GENERATED

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 5+
 CR CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CPT TO DESTINATION AREA

If the code point to the specified destination area should be non barrable
NBARCPT must be entered for the parameter TRATYP.

Additional prerequisites :
- The destination area must already exist in the destination area table
(see CR DEST).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CPT : CODE= ,DEST= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] [,ZDIG=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ROUTYP=] [,AMBIG=] [,TRATYP=] [,SYMCON=] [,AMA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

The parameter CODE determines the digits for which the code point
is created. In addition to the selected digits, special codes can also
be entered in order to determine the destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination area selected by the digit

combination. The specified destination area must exist with at least
one route or be created with a new code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Input is only permitted if the directory number attribute of the
exchange is multiple or if the code point indicates a directory number
block. The use of this parameter may affect the value of the parameter
MINMAX (see CR DEST). The operator has to take care for a
correct value of the parameter MINMAX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LOCAL AREA CODE=

1...6 digit decimal number

b: POSITION OF LOCAL AREA CODE=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the local area code

in the digit combination.

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 6+
 CR CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b]

a: ORIGINATING MARK=
1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF ORIGINATING MARK=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the origin code

in the digit combination.

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
(CAT11 ) CATEGORY 11
1CAT12 1 CATEGORY 12
1CAT13 1 CATEGORY 13
1CAT14 1 CATEGORY 14
1CAT15 1 CATEGORY 15
1COINB 1 COIN BOX
ZDATAINATY DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
1DATRANS 1 DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
1OPOS 1 OPERATOR’S POSITION
1OPOSINAT1 OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
1SUBINAT 1 ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBORD 1 ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
1SUBPINAT1 PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBPRIOR1 PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
*TESTEQ + TEST EQUIPMENT

This unit specifies the category for which the destination is

addressed.

b: POSITION OF CATEGORY=
1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the category in the digit

combination.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the language digit

in the digit combination.

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter indicates the route type for the ISDN traffic.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ROUTE TYPE
(ROUTYP0 ) ROUTE TYPE 00

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 7+
 CR CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1 1 The origin of the call is an actual trunk which

1 1 does not benefit from transition into ISDN. The
1 1 call should be held by conventional means.
1ROUTYP1 1 ROUTE TYPE 01
1ROUTYP101 ROUTE TYPE 10
1ROUTYP111 ROUTE TYPE 11
1ROUTYP121 ROUTE TYPE 12
1ROUTYP131 ROUTE TYPE 13
1ROUTYP141 ROUTE TYPE 14
1ROUTYP151 ROUTE TYPE 15
1ROUTYP2 1 ROUTE TYPE 02
1ROUTYP3 1 ROUTE TYPE 03
1 1 A call of an ISDN subscriber for which a
1 1 transition into the analog network is permitted
Z Y (on the telephone service). These calls should as
1 1 far as possible be held in ISDN to guarantee a
1 1 defined handling of service features. A transition
1 1 to a conventional line is only advisable if no
1 1 ISDN line exists for the selected direction.
1ROUTYP4 1 ROUTE TYPE 04
1 1 A call of an ISDN subscriber for which a
1 1 transition into the analog network is not
1 1 permitted (in the non-telephone service). These
1 1 calls must be held in ISDN as they cannot be
1 1 handled in the analog network. The corresponding
1 1 destination may therefore only contain ISDN
1 1 routes.
1ROUTYP5 1 ROUTE TYPE 05
1ROUTYP6 1 ROUTE TYPE 06
1ROUTYP7 1 ROUTE TYPE 07
1ROUTYP8 1 ROUTE TYPE 08
*ROUTYP9 + ROUTE TYPE 09

b: POSITION OF ROUTE TYPE=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the ROUTE TYPE

in the digit combination.

AMBIG AMBIGUOUS CODE

This parameter indicates whether the code is ambiguous or not.

Notes:
- The parameter value YES takes only effect
for intermediate results.
For final results (if no longer code points beginning with these
digits exist) it works the same way as value NO.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if TRATYP = CPTDN.
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if CODE is exactly equal to a carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
ZNO Y NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
1Y 1 YES AMBIGUOUS CODE
*YES + YES AMBIGUOUS CODE

Default: NO

TRATYP TRAFFIC TYPE

This parameter indicates the traffic type for the code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(ASCITERM) ASCI TERMINATING

1ITGW 1 INTERNET GATEWAY
1 1 This parameter value indicates that the code
1 1 point leads to an access point for internet
1 1 telephony. It can only be entered in addition
1 1 to the parameter DEST.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 8+
 CR CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1MOBBOTH 1 MOBILE BOTH

1MOBHAND 1 MOBILE HANDOVER
1MOBINTER1 MOBILE INTERROGATION
1MOBPHA 1 MOBILE PACKET A
1MOBPHB 1 MOBILE PACKET B
ZMOBTERM Y MOBILE TERMINATING
1NBARCPT 1 NON-BARRABLE CODE POINT
1 1 This parameter value indicates that the code
1 1 point cannot be barred, i.e. call requests from
1 1 blocked subscribers are allowed for this code
1 1 point. It can only be entered in addition to the
1 1 parameter DEST or CPTGRP.
1SELCWROU1 SELECTIVE CALL WITH ROUTING
1 1 Code point for selective call with routing.
1 1 The outgoing trunk within the trunk group is
1 1 determined by the digit combination selected.
1VBS 1 VOICE BROADCAST SERVICE
*VGCS + VOICE GROUP CALL SERVICE

SYMCON SYMMETRIC CONNECTION

This parameter indicates whether the connection is symmetric or

not.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
ZNO Y NO SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
1Y 1 YES SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
*YES + YES SYMMETRIC CONNECTION

Default: NO

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

This parameter specifies if charging data will be collected

at the specified code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

XN = NO AMA RECORD IS GENERATED

1NO 1 NO AMA RECORD IS GENERATED
1Y 1 AMA RECORD IS GENERATED
>YES W AMA RECORD IS GENERATED

Default: N

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 9+
 CR CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

CPT TO INTERCEPT CODE

The call requests for the specified code are diverted to the intercept code.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CPT : CODE= ,INCEPT= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,ANNDIG=11 (;) 1
1 [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] [,AMBIG=] 1Z,TXTNO= Y1 Z Y 1
1 11 11 *!+ 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

The parameter CODE determines the digits for which the code point
is created. In addition to the selected digits, special codes can also
be entered in order to determine the destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

INCEPT INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the intercept code selected by the code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION
(CHCPTIND) CHANGED CODE POINT IND. ANN.
1ILLDEST 1 ILLEGAL DESTINATION
1RESANN 1 RESERVE USER ANNOUNCEMENT
1 1 Unit b must be specified.
1UNALLROU1 UNALLOCATED ROUTE
1UNOBDE1 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 01
1UNOBDE101 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 10
1UNOBDE111 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 11
ZUNOBDE12Y UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 12
1UNOBDE131 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 13
1UNOBDE2 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 02
1UNOBDE3 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 03
1UNOBDE4 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 04
1UNOBDE5 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 05
1UNOBDE6 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 06
1UNOBDE7 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 07
1UNOBDE8 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 08
*UNOBDE9 + UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 09

b: RESERVE USER ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER=

0...9, range of decimal numbers

This parameter determines the number of the reserve

user announcement intercept.

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Input is only permitted if the directory number attribute of the
exchange is multiple or if the code point indicates a directory number
block. The use of this parameter may affect the value of the parameter
MINMAX (see CR DEST). The operator has to take care for a
correct value of the parameter MINMAX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 10+

 CR CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b]

a: LOCAL AREA CODE=

1...6 digit decimal number

b: POSITION OF LOCAL AREA CODE=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the local area code

in the digit combination.

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ORIGINATING MARK=
1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF ORIGINATING MARK=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the origin code

in the digit combination.

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
(CAT11 ) CATEGORY 11
1CAT12 1 CATEGORY 12
1CAT13 1 CATEGORY 13
1CAT14 1 CATEGORY 14
1CAT15 1 CATEGORY 15
1COINB 1 COIN BOX
ZDATAINATY DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
1DATRANS 1 DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
1OPOS 1 OPERATOR’S POSITION
1OPOSINAT1 OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
1SUBINAT 1 ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBORD 1 ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
1SUBPINAT1 PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBPRIOR1 PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
*TESTEQ + TEST EQUIPMENT

This unit specifies the category for which the destination is

addressed.

b: POSITION OF CATEGORY=
1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the category in the digit

combination.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 11+

 CR CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the language digit

in the digit combination.

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter indicates the route type for the ISDN traffic.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ROUTE TYPE
(ROUTYP0 ) ROUTE TYPE 00
1 1 The origin of the call is an actual trunk which
1 1 does not benefit from transition into ISDN. The
1 1 call should be held by conventional means.
1ROUTYP1 1 ROUTE TYPE 01
1ROUTYP101 ROUTE TYPE 10
1ROUTYP111 ROUTE TYPE 11
1ROUTYP121 ROUTE TYPE 12
1ROUTYP131 ROUTE TYPE 13
1ROUTYP141 ROUTE TYPE 14
1ROUTYP151 ROUTE TYPE 15
1ROUTYP2 1 ROUTE TYPE 02
1ROUTYP3 1 ROUTE TYPE 03
1 1 A call of an ISDN subscriber for which a
1 1 transition into the analog network is permitted
Z Y (on the telephone service). These calls should as
1 1 far as possible be held in ISDN to guarantee a
1 1 defined handling of service features. A transition
1 1 to a conventional line is only advisable if no
1 1 ISDN line exists for the selected direction.
1ROUTYP4 1 ROUTE TYPE 04
1 1 A call of an ISDN subscriber for which a
1 1 transition into the analog network is not
1 1 permitted (in the non-telephone service). These
1 1 calls must be held in ISDN as they cannot be
1 1 handled in the analog network. The corresponding
1 1 destination may therefore only contain ISDN
1 1 routes.
1ROUTYP5 1 ROUTE TYPE 05
1ROUTYP6 1 ROUTE TYPE 06
1ROUTYP7 1 ROUTE TYPE 07
1ROUTYP8 1 ROUTE TYPE 08
*ROUTYP9 + ROUTE TYPE 09

b: POSITION OF ROUTE TYPE=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the ROUTE TYPE

in the digit combination.

AMBIG AMBIGUOUS CODE

This parameter indicates whether the code is ambiguous or not.

Notes:
- The parameter value YES takes only effect
for intermediate results.
For final results (if no longer code points beginning with these
digits exist) it works the same way as value NO.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if TRATYP = CPTDN.
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if CODE is exactly equal to a carrier access code.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 12+

 CR CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
ZNO Y NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
1Y 1 YES AMBIGUOUS CODE
*YES + YES AMBIGUOUS CODE

Default: NO

ANNDIG INDIVIDUAL ANNOUNCEMENT DIGITS

This parameter specifies the digits to be announced.

This parameter may only be entered if INCEPT = CHCPTIND.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TXTNO TEXT NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT

This parameter specifies the number of the text to be announced.

This parameter may only be entered if INCEPT = RESANN-X.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 13+

 CR CPT
TRATYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

CPT WITH TRAFFIC TYPE

These code points must be entered first.

Additional prerequisites :
- If the code point refers to a directory number block, this must exist
(see CR DN).
- If the code point refers to an intelligent network service, this
service trigger table must exist (see CR INTRIG).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CPT : CODE= ,TRATYP= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] [,AMBIG=] [,PROVNAM=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

The parameter CODE determines the digits for which the code point
is created. In addition to the selected digits, special codes can also
be entered in order to determine the destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TRATYP TRAFFIC TYPE

This parameter indicates the traffic type for the code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: TRAFFIC TYPE A
(CLOCKTST) CLOCK TEST
1CPTDN 1 CODE POINT -> DIRECTORY NUMBER
1 1 Code point to a directory number.
1IACBPROC1 INTERNAT. AUTOM. CALL BACK
1IN 1 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SERVICE
1 1 Code point for intelligent network service.
1 1 Units b and c must be specified.
1MOBPROV 1 MOBILE SERVICE PROVIDER
1 1 Parameter PROVNAM must be specified.
ZPHONMEETY PHONE MEETING
1 1 Unit b must be specified.
1RADIOSUB1 RADIO SUBSCRIBER
1SELCWORO1 SELECTIVE CALL WITHOUT ROUTING
1 1 Code point for selective call without routing.
1 1 The outgoing trunk is determined directly by the
1 1 digit combination selected.
1TOLLFRNO1 TOLL FREE NUMBER
1 1 Code point for tollfree service. Unit b must be
1 1 specified.
*TWOPARTY+ TWO PARTY LINE

b: TRAFFIC TYPE B=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

Unit a = TOLLFRNO: 0-9
Length of the tollfree service directory number.
Unit a = PHONMEET: 0-99
Telephone meeting group number.
Unit a = IN: 0-15
Length of the IN subscriber number.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 14+

 CR CPT
TRATYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Unit a = IACBPROC: 0-15

Length of the call back service directory number.

c: TRAFFIC TYPE C=
1...6 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

Possible input values:

Unit a = IN: Name of the IN service.
The name of the IN service specified in the command
CR INTRIG (parameter PRID) must be entered.

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Input is only permitted if the directory number attribute of the
exchange is multiple or if the code point indicates a directory number
block. The use of this parameter may affect the value of the parameter
MINMAX (see CR DEST). The operator has to take care for a
correct value of the parameter MINMAX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LOCAL AREA CODE=

1...6 digit decimal number

b: POSITION OF LOCAL AREA CODE=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the local area code

in the digit combination.

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ORIGINATING MARK=
1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF ORIGINATING MARK=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the origin code

in the digit combination.

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
(CAT11 ) CATEGORY 11
1CAT12 1 CATEGORY 12
1CAT13 1 CATEGORY 13
1CAT14 1 CATEGORY 14
1CAT15 1 CATEGORY 15
1COINB 1 COIN BOX
ZDATAINATY DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
1DATRANS 1 DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
1OPOS 1 OPERATOR’S POSITION
1OPOSINAT1 OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 15+

 CR CPT
TRATYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1SUBINAT 1 ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL

1SUBORD 1 ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
1SUBPINAT1 PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBPRIOR1 PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
*TESTEQ + TEST EQUIPMENT

This unit specifies the category for which the destination is

addressed.

b: POSITION OF CATEGORY=
1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the category in the digit

combination.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the language digit

in the digit combination.

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter indicates the route type for the ISDN traffic.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ROUTE TYPE
(ROUTYP0 ) ROUTE TYPE 00
1 1 The origin of the call is an actual trunk which
1 1 does not benefit from transition into ISDN. The
1 1 call should be held by conventional means.
1ROUTYP1 1 ROUTE TYPE 01
1ROUTYP101 ROUTE TYPE 10
1ROUTYP111 ROUTE TYPE 11
1ROUTYP121 ROUTE TYPE 12
1ROUTYP131 ROUTE TYPE 13
1ROUTYP141 ROUTE TYPE 14
1ROUTYP151 ROUTE TYPE 15
1ROUTYP2 1 ROUTE TYPE 02
1ROUTYP3 1 ROUTE TYPE 03
1 1 A call of an ISDN subscriber for which a
1 1 transition into the analog network is permitted
Z Y (on the telephone service). These calls should as
1 1 far as possible be held in ISDN to guarantee a
1 1 defined handling of service features. A transition
1 1 to a conventional line is only advisable if no
1 1 ISDN line exists for the selected direction.
1ROUTYP4 1 ROUTE TYPE 04
1 1 A call of an ISDN subscriber for which a
1 1 transition into the analog network is not
1 1 permitted (in the non-telephone service). These
1 1 calls must be held in ISDN as they cannot be
1 1 handled in the analog network. The corresponding
1 1 destination may therefore only contain ISDN
1 1 routes.
1ROUTYP5 1 ROUTE TYPE 05
1ROUTYP6 1 ROUTE TYPE 06
1ROUTYP7 1 ROUTE TYPE 07
1ROUTYP8 1 ROUTE TYPE 08
*ROUTYP9 + ROUTE TYPE 09

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 16+

 CR CPT
TRATYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: POSITION OF ROUTE TYPE=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the ROUTE TYPE

in the digit combination.

AMBIG AMBIGUOUS CODE

This parameter indicates whether the code is ambiguous or not.

Notes:
- The parameter value YES takes only effect
for intermediate results.
For final results (if no longer code points beginning with these
digits exist) it works the same way as value NO.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if TRATYP = CPTDN.
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if CODE is exactly equal to a carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
ZNO Y NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
1Y 1 YES AMBIGUOUS CODE
*YES + YES AMBIGUOUS CODE

Default: NO

PROVNAM SERVICE PROVIDER NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the service provider. It may

only be entered if TRATYP = MOBPROV.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPT- 17-

 DISP CPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CODE POINT

This command displays the data related to the specified code point(s).

The displayed data may be restricted to certain code points by specifying

parameters CODE, ORIG1, MFCAT, ZDIG, ROUTYP or LAC.

Examples: DISP CPT: CODE=X; (show all masks)

DISP CPT: DEST=X,CODE=12; (code and type restricted)
DISP CPT: DEST=MUNICH; (destination restricted)
DISP CPT: PROVNAM=ABCDEF; (provider name restricted)

If ’X’ is entered for ORIG1, MFCAT, ZDIG, ROUTYP or LAC, only

those objects are displayed that have a valid value for this parameter.
The parameters DEST, TRATYP, INCEPT and PROVNAM may be specified
at the same time, then all related masks will be displayed. If none of these
parameters is entered, all data will be displayed.
After successful execution of the command, the command text is repeated
and all data is output within a table.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CPT : [CODE=] [,DEST=] [,INCEPT=] [,CPTGRP=] [,TRATYP=] 1
1 1
1 [,PROVNAM=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] [,ZDIG=] 1
1 1
1 [,ROUTYP=] [,LAC=] [,AMBIG=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter restricts the code points to be displayed. Only code

points that begin with the entered digits will be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination area.

Only objects matching this destination will be displayed.

Compatibilities:
- If destination area is specified together with parameter
CODE, then DEST=X must be entered.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INCEPT INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the intercept code.

Only objects matching this intercept code will be displayed.
Compatibilities:
- If intercept code is specified together with parameter
CODE then INCEPT=X must be entered.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPT- 1+

 DISP CPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION
UNOBDE1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 01
UNOBDE2 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 02
UNOBDE3 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 03
UNOBDE4 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 04
UNOBDE5 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 05
UNOBDE6 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 06
UNOBDE7 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 07
UNOBDE8 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 08
UNOBDE9 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 09
UNOBDE10 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 10
UNOBDE11 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 11
UNALLROU UNALLOCATED ROUTE
ILLDEST ILLEGAL DESTINATION
UNOBDE12 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 12
UNOBDE13 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 13
CHCPTIND CHANGED CODE POINT IND. ANN.
RESANN RESERVE USER ANNOUNCEMENT
X ALL VALUES

b: RESERVE USER ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER=

0...9, range of decimal numbers

This parameter determines the number of the reserve user

announcement intercept. If this parameter is not entered
all reserve user announcement intercepts are output.

CPTGRP CODE POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the code point group.

Compatibilities:
- If code point group is specified together with parameter
CODE then CPTGRP=X must be entered.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TRATYP TRAFFIC TYPE

This parameter specifies the traffic type.

Only objects matching this traffic type will be displayed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c]]

a: TRAFFIC TYPE A
X ALL VALUES
NBARCPT NON-BARRABLE CODE POINT
TOLLFRNO TOLL FREE NUMBER
SELCWROU SELECTIVE CALL WITH ROUTING
SELCWORO SELECTIVE CALL WITHOUT ROUTING
MOBBOTH MOBILE BOTH
RADIOSUB RADIO SUBSCRIBER
MOBPROV MOBILE PROVIDER
CLOCKTST CLOCK TEST
PHONMEET PHONE MEETING
TWOPARTY TWO PARTY LINE
CPTDN CODE POINT -> DIRECTORY NUMBER
MOBINTER MOBILE INTERROGATION
MOBTERM MOBILE TERMINATING
MOBHAND MOBILE HANDOVER
IN INTELLIGENT NETWORK SERVICE
MOBPHA MOBILE PACKET A
MOBPHB MOBILE PACKET B
IACBPROC INTERNAT. AUTOM. CALL BACK
ITGW INTERNET GATEWAY
VGCS VOICE GROUP CALL SERVICE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPT- 2+

 DISP CPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

VBS VOICE BROADCAST SERVICE

ASCITERM ASCI TERMINATING

b: TRAFFIC TYPE B=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

Unit a = PHONMEET : 0-99
Phone meeting group number.
Unit a = IN : 0-15
Length of the IN subscriber number.

c: TRAFFIC TYPE C=
1...6 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

Possible input values:

Unit a = IN : Name of the IN service.
The name of the IN service specified in the command
CR INTRIG (parameter PRID).

PROVNAM PROVIDER NAME

This parameter specifies the provider name.

Compatibilities:
- If provider name is specified together with parameter
CODE, then PROVNAM=X must be entered.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...10 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered. Only objects matching this parameter value may
be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

Only objects matching this parameter value may
be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER

SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT
COINB COIN BOX
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
OPOSINAT OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPT- 3+

 DISP CPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CAT15 CATEGORY 15
X ALL VALUES

This unit specifies the category for which the destination is

addressed.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

Only objects matching this parameter value may be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter indicates the route type for the ISDN traffic.
Only objects matching this parameter value may be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ROUTYP0 ROUTE TYPE 00

ROUTYP1 ROUTE TYPE 01
ROUTYP2 ROUTE TYPE 02
ROUTYP3 ROUTE TYPE 03
ROUTYP4 ROUTE TYPE 04
ROUTYP5 ROUTE TYPE 05
ROUTYP6 ROUTE TYPE 06
ROUTYP7 ROUTE TYPE 07
ROUTYP8 ROUTE TYPE 08
ROUTYP9 ROUTE TYPE 09
ROUTYP10 ROUTE TYPE 10
ROUTYP11 ROUTE TYPE 11
ROUTYP12 ROUTE TYPE 12
ROUTYP13 ROUTE TYPE 13
ROUTYP14 ROUTE TYPE 14
ROUTYP15 ROUTE TYPE 15
X ALL VALUES

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Only objects matching this parameter value may be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

AMBIG AMBIGUOUS CODE

This parameter indicates whether the code is ambiguous or

not.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
NO NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
Y YES AMBIGUOUS CODE
YES YES AMBIGUOUS CODE
X ALL VALUES

Default: X

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPT- 4-

 MERGE CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MERGE CODE POINT

This command merges parallel code points. The existing code points and their
destinations are cancelled and a new code point is created with the specified
destination (destination area, intercept code).
Parallel code points are code points whose last digits differ or code points
which have one of the following special codes at the end of the digit string:
ORIG1, (ORIGINATING MARK 1),
MFCAT (MFC CATEGORY),
ZDIG (LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT),
ROUTYP (ROUTE TYPE).

Prerequisites:
- At least two code points to be merged must refer to a destination or
intercept code other than UNOBDE0.
- When merging by a digit, the entered code must be one digit shorter than
the code points to be merged.
- When merging by a special code, the entire code must be entered.
- Before using this command, the operator has to verify that no traffic
measurement job is running for the digit combination to be merged.

An indication of whether other code points or test points still use the
destination areas of the merged code points is output.

Notes:
- The parameter AMBIG is set to value NO for the code point
which is newly created with MERGE CPT.
To change the AMBIG value to YES the command MOD CPT
must be used.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MERGE CPT - CPTGRP MERGE CPT WITH CPTGRP

2. MERGE CPT - DEST MERGE CPT WITH DEST
3. MERGE CPT - INCEPT MERGE CPT WITH INCEPT

1. Input format

MERGE CPT WITH CPTGRP

This input format describes the merging of code points with CPTGRP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MERGE CPT : CODE= ,CPTGRP= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CPTGRP CODE POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the code point group selected by the digit
combination. The specified code point group must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MERGE CPT- 1+

 MERGE CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code of the code

points to be merged. only decimal numbers, range 0..3839,
and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the branching category of the code

points to be merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
COINB COIN BOX
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
OPOSINAT INTERNATIONAL OPERATOR’S POS.
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies the language digit of the code

points to be merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter specifies the route type for ISDN traffic of the code
points to be merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ROUTYP0 ROUTE TYPE 00

ROUTYP1 ROUTE TYPE 01
ROUTYP10 ROUTE TYPE 10
ROUTYP11 ROUTE TYPE 11
ROUTYP12 ROUTE TYPE 12
ROUTYP13 ROUTE TYPE 13
ROUTYP14 ROUTE TYPE 14
ROUTYP15 ROUTE TYPE 15
ROUTYP2 ROUTE TYPE 02
ROUTYP3 ROUTE TYPE 03
ROUTYP4 ROUTE TYPE 04
ROUTYP5 ROUTE TYPE 05
ROUTYP6 ROUTE TYPE 06
ROUTYP7 ROUTE TYPE 07
ROUTYP8 ROUTE TYPE 08
ROUTYP9 ROUTE TYPE 09

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MERGE CPT- 2+

 MERGE CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MERGE CPT WITH DEST

This input format describes the merging of code points with DEST.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MERGE CPT : CODE= ,DEST= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination area selected by the digit

combination. The specified destination area must exist with at
least one route or be created with a new code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code of the code

points to be merged. only decimal numbers, range 0..3839,
and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the branching category of the code

points to be merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
COINB COIN BOX
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
OPOSINAT INTERNATIONAL OPERATOR’S POS.
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MERGE CPT- 3+

 MERGE CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL

SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies the language digit of the code

points to be merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter specifies the route type for ISDN traffic of the code
points to be merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ROUTYP0 ROUTE TYPE 00

ROUTYP1 ROUTE TYPE 01
ROUTYP10 ROUTE TYPE 10
ROUTYP11 ROUTE TYPE 11
ROUTYP12 ROUTE TYPE 12
ROUTYP13 ROUTE TYPE 13
ROUTYP14 ROUTE TYPE 14
ROUTYP15 ROUTE TYPE 15
ROUTYP2 ROUTE TYPE 02
ROUTYP3 ROUTE TYPE 03
ROUTYP4 ROUTE TYPE 04
ROUTYP5 ROUTE TYPE 05
ROUTYP6 ROUTE TYPE 06
ROUTYP7 ROUTE TYPE 07
ROUTYP8 ROUTE TYPE 08
ROUTYP9 ROUTE TYPE 09

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MERGE CPT- 4+

 MERGE CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

MERGE CPT WITH INCEPT

This input format describes merging of code points with INCEPT.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MERGE CPT : CODE= ,INCEPT= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

INCEPT INTERCEPT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ILLDEST ILLEGAL DESTINATION

UNALLROU UNALLOCATED ROUTE
UNOBDE1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 01
UNOBDE10 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 10
UNOBDE11 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 11
UNOBDE12 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 12
UNOBDE13 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 13
UNOBDE2 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 02
UNOBDE3 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 03
UNOBDE4 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 04
UNOBDE5 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 05
UNOBDE6 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 06
UNOBDE7 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 07
UNOBDE8 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 08
UNOBDE9 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 09

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code of the code

points to be merged. only decimal numbers, range 0..3839,
and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the branching category of the code

points to be merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MERGE CPT- 5+

 MERGE CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
COINB COIN BOX
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
OPOSINAT INTERNATIONAL OPERATOR’S POS.
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies the language digit of the code

points to be merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter specifies the route type for ISDN traffic of the code
points to be merged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ROUTYP0 ROUTE TYPE 00

ROUTYP1 ROUTE TYPE 01
ROUTYP10 ROUTE TYPE 10
ROUTYP11 ROUTE TYPE 11
ROUTYP12 ROUTE TYPE 12
ROUTYP13 ROUTE TYPE 13
ROUTYP14 ROUTE TYPE 14
ROUTYP15 ROUTE TYPE 15
ROUTYP2 ROUTE TYPE 02
ROUTYP3 ROUTE TYPE 03
ROUTYP4 ROUTE TYPE 04
ROUTYP5 ROUTE TYPE 05
ROUTYP6 ROUTE TYPE 06
ROUTYP7 ROUTE TYPE 07
ROUTYP8 ROUTE TYPE 08
ROUTYP9 ROUTE TYPE 09

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MERGE CPT- 6-

 MOD CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CODE POINT

This command modifies the destination for the specified code point. If the code
point is created with special codes
ORIG1 (ORIGINATING MARK 1),
MFCAT (MFC CATEGORY),
ZDIG (LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT) or
ROUTYP (ROUTE TYPE)
then the special codes must also be specified in order to define the particular
point uniquely.
If the code point is created for a particular local network, the local area code
(LAC) must be specified.
An indication of whether other code points or test points use the old
destination area of the modified code point is output.

Prerequisites:
- The code point specified by the digit combination must exist.

Compatibilities:
- Only one of the parameters CPTGRP, DEST, TRATYP and INCEPT may be entered,
except for TRATYP values:
SELCWROU,
MOBHAND,
MOBINTER,
MOBTERM,
MOBBOTH,
MOBPHA,
MOBPHB,
VBS,
VGCS,
ASCITERM.
For these values the additional parameter DEST must be entered.
- Parameter SYMCON may be entered for parameters CPTGRP, DEST and
TRATYP and for following TRATYP values:
MOBBOTH,
MOBHAND,
MOBINTER,
MOBPHA,
MOBPHB,
MOBTERM.
- Parameter AMA may be entered for parameters CPTGRP, DEST and TRATYP
and for following TRATYP values:
NBARCPT,
MOBTERM,
MOBBOTH.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD CPT - CPTGRP CPT TO CODE POINT GROUP

2. MOD CPT - DEST CPT TO DESTINATION AREA
3. MOD CPT - INCEPT CPT TO INTERCEPT CODE
4. MOD CPT - TRATYP CPT WITH TRAFFIC TYPE

1. Input format

CPT TO CODE POINT GROUP

The destination of the code point is modified to specified code point

group, or the data for specific code point group is modified.

Additional prerequisites :

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CPT : CODE= ,CPTGRP= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] [,AMBIG=] [,SYMCON=] [,AMA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 1+

 MOD CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

modified. Special codes have to be entered to define the code point
uniquely.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CPTGRP CODE POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the new code point group selected by the
digit combination. The specified code point group must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which the destination
is addressed. Only decimal numbers, range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal
number ’DEF’ may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ORIGINATING MARK=
1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF ORIGINATING MARK=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
(CAT11 ) CATEGORY 11
1CAT12 1 CATEGORY 12
1CAT13 1 CATEGORY 13
1CAT14 1 CATEGORY 14
1CAT15 1 CATEGORY 15
1COINB 1 COIN BOX
ZDATAINATY DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
1DATRANS 1 DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
1OPOS 1 OPERATOR’S POSITION
1OPOSINAT1 OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
1SUBINAT 1 ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBORD 1 ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
1SUBPINAT1 PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBPRIOR1 PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
*TESTEQ + TEST EQUIPMENT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 2+

 MOD CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This unit specifies the category for which the destination

is addressed.

b: POSITION OF CATEGORY=
1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF LANGUAGE OR DISCRIM. Z-DIGIT=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

The parameter indicates the route type for the ISDN traffic.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(ROUTYP0 ) ROUTE TYPE 00

1ROUTYP1 1 ROUTE TYPE 01
1ROUTYP101 ROUTE TYPE 10
1ROUTYP111 ROUTE TYPE 11
1ROUTYP121 ROUTE TYPE 12
1ROUTYP131 ROUTE TYPE 13
1ROUTYP141 ROUTE TYPE 14
ZROUTYP15Y ROUTE TYPE 15
1ROUTYP2 1 ROUTE TYPE 02
1ROUTYP3 1 ROUTE TYPE 03
1ROUTYP4 1 ROUTE TYPE 04
1ROUTYP5 1 ROUTE TYPE 05
1ROUTYP6 1 ROUTE TYPE 06
1ROUTYP7 1 ROUTE TYPE 07
1ROUTYP8 1 ROUTE TYPE 08
*ROUTYP9 + ROUTE TYPE 09

AMBIG AMBIGUOUS CODE

This parameter indicates whether the code is ambiguous or not.

Notes:
- The parameter value YES takes only effect
for intermediate results.
For final results (if no longer code points beginning with
these digits exist) it works the same way as value NO.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if TRATYP = CPTDN.
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if CODE is exactly equal to a carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
ZNO Y NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
1Y 1 YES AMBIGUOUS CODE
*YES + YES AMBIGUOUS CODE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 3+

 MOD CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: NO

SYMCON SYMMETRIC CONNECTION

This parameter indicates whether the connection is symmetric or

not.

Standard Behavior:
- If type of destination is modified, the connection will
not be symmetric.
- If only data for a type of destination is modified, then
there is no affect on database.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
ZNO Y NO SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
1Y 1 YES SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
*YES + YES SYMMETRIC CONNECTION

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

This parameter specifies if charging data will be collected

at the specified code point.

Standard Behavior:
- If type of destination is modified, no AMA record is
generated.
- If only data for a type of destination is modified, then
there is no affect on database.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

XN = NO AMA RECORD IS GENERATED

1NO 1 NO AMA RECORD IS GENERATED
1Y 1 AMA RECORD IS GENERATED
>YES W AMA RECORD IS GENERATED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 4+

 MOD CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CPT TO DESTINATION AREA

The destination of the code point is modified to specified destination

area, or the data for specific destination area is modified.

Additional prerequisites :
- The code point to the old destination area specified by the digit
combination must exist.
- The new destination area must already exist in the destination
area table (see CR DEST).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CPT : CODE= ,DEST= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] [,ZDIG=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ROUTYP=] [,AMBIG=] <,TRATYP=> [,SYMCON=] [,AMA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

modified. Special codes have to be entered to define the code point
uniquely.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the new destination area selected by the

digit combination. The specified destination area must exist with at
least one route or must be created with a new code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which the destination
is addressed. Only decimal numbers, range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal
number ’DEF’ may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ORIGINATING MARK=
1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF ORIGINATING MARK=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 5+

 MOD CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
(CAT11 ) CATEGORY 11
1CAT12 1 CATEGORY 12
1CAT13 1 CATEGORY 13
1CAT14 1 CATEGORY 14
1CAT15 1 CATEGORY 15
1COINB 1 COIN BOX
ZDATAINATY DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
1DATRANS 1 DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
1OPOS 1 OPERATOR’S POSITION
1OPOSINAT1 OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
1SUBINAT 1 ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBORD 1 ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
1SUBPINAT1 PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBPRIOR1 PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
*TESTEQ + TEST EQUIPMENT

This unit specifies the category for which the destination

is addressed.

b: POSITION OF CATEGORY=
1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF LANGUAGE OR DISCRIM. Z-DIGIT=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

The parameter indicates the route type for the ISDN traffic.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(ROUTYP0 ) ROUTE TYPE 00

1ROUTYP1 1 ROUTE TYPE 01
1ROUTYP101 ROUTE TYPE 10
1ROUTYP111 ROUTE TYPE 11
1ROUTYP121 ROUTE TYPE 12
1ROUTYP131 ROUTE TYPE 13
1ROUTYP141 ROUTE TYPE 14
ZROUTYP15Y ROUTE TYPE 15
1ROUTYP2 1 ROUTE TYPE 02
1ROUTYP3 1 ROUTE TYPE 03
1ROUTYP4 1 ROUTE TYPE 04
1ROUTYP5 1 ROUTE TYPE 05
1ROUTYP6 1 ROUTE TYPE 06
1ROUTYP7 1 ROUTE TYPE 07
1ROUTYP8 1 ROUTE TYPE 08

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 6+

 MOD CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

*ROUTYP9 + ROUTE TYPE 09

AMBIG AMBIGUOUS CODE

This parameter indicates whether the code is ambiguous or not.

Notes:
- The parameter value YES takes only effect
for intermediate results.
For final results (if no longer code points beginning with
these digits exist) it works the same way as value NO.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if TRATYP = CPTDN.
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if CODE is exactly equal to a carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
ZNO Y NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
1Y 1 YES AMBIGUOUS CODE
*YES + YES AMBIGUOUS CODE

Default: NO

TRATYP TRAFFIC TYPE

This parameter indicates the traffic type for the code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(ASCITERM) ASCI TERMINATING

1ITGW 1 INTERNET GATEWAY
1 1 This parameter value indicates that the code
1 1 point leads to an access point for internet
1 1 telephony. It can only be entered in addition
1 1 to the parameter DEST.
1MOBBOTH 1 MOBILE BOTH
1MOBHAND 1 MOBILE HANDOVER
1MOBINTER1 MOBILE INTERROGATION
1MOBPHA 1 MOBILE PACKET A
1MOBPHB 1 MOBILE PACKET B
ZMOBTERM Y MOBILE TERMINATING
1NBARCPT 1 NON-BARRABLE CODE POINT
1 1 This parameter value indicates that the code
1 1 point cannot be barred, i.e. call requests from
1 1 blocked subscribers are allowed for this code
1 1 point. It can only be entered in addition to the
1 1 parameter DEST or CPTGRP.
1SELCWROU1 SELECTIVE CALL WITH ROUTING
1 1 Code point for selective call with routing.
1 1 The outgoing trunk within the trunk group is
1 1 determined by the digit combination selected.
1VBS 1 VOICE BROADCAST SERVICE
*VGCS + VOICE GROUP CALL SERVICE

SYMCON SYMMETRIC CONNECTION

This parameter indicates whether the connection is symmetric or

not.

Standard Behavior:
- If type of destination is modified, the connection will
not be symmetric.
- If only data for a type of destination is modified, then
there is no affect on database.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
ZNO Y NO SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
1Y 1 YES SYMMETRIC CONNECTION
*YES + YES SYMMETRIC CONNECTION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 7+

 MOD CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

This parameter specifies if charging data will be collected

at the specified code point.

Standard Behavior:
- If type of destination is modified, no AMA record is
generated.
- If only data for a type of destination is modified, then
there is no affect on database.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

XN = NO AMA RECORD IS GENERATED

1NO 1 NO AMA RECORD IS GENERATED
1Y 1 AMA RECORD IS GENERATED
>YES W AMA RECORD IS GENERATED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 8+

 MOD CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

CPT TO INTERCEPT CODE

The old intercept value is changed to another intercept value.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CPT : CODE= ,INCEPT= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,ANNDIG=11 (;) 1
1 [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] [,AMBIG=] 1Z,TXTNO= Y1 Z Y 1
1 11 11 *!+ 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

modified. Special codes have to be entered to define the code point
uniquely.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

INCEPT INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the new intercept code selected by the

code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION
(CHCPTIND) CHANGED CODE POINT IND. ANN.
1ILLDEST 1 ILLEGAL DESTINATION
1RESANN 1 RESERVE USER ANNOUNCEMENT
1 1 Unit b must be specified.
1UNALLROU1 UNALLOCATED ROUTE
1UNOBDE1 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 01
1UNOBDE101 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 10
1UNOBDE111 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 11
ZUNOBDE12Y UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 12
1UNOBDE131 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 13
1UNOBDE2 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 02
1UNOBDE3 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 03
1UNOBDE4 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 04
1UNOBDE5 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 05
1UNOBDE6 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 06
1UNOBDE7 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 07
1UNOBDE8 1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 08
*UNOBDE9 + UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 09

b: RESERVE USER ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER=

0...9, range of decimal numbers

This parameter determines the number of the reserve

user announcement intercept.

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 9+

 MOD CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which the destination
is addressed. Only decimal numbers, range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal
number ’DEF’ may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ORIGINATING MARK=
1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF ORIGINATING MARK=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
(CAT11 ) CATEGORY 11
1CAT12 1 CATEGORY 12
1CAT13 1 CATEGORY 13
1CAT14 1 CATEGORY 14
1CAT15 1 CATEGORY 15
1COINB 1 COIN BOX
ZDATAINATY DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
1DATRANS 1 DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
1OPOS 1 OPERATOR’S POSITION
1OPOSINAT1 OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
1SUBINAT 1 ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBORD 1 ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
1SUBPINAT1 PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBPRIOR1 PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
*TESTEQ + TEST EQUIPMENT

This unit specifies the category for which the destination

is addressed.

b: POSITION OF CATEGORY=
1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF LANGUAGE OR DISCRIM. Z-DIGIT=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 10+

 MOD CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

The parameter indicates the route type for the ISDN traffic.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(ROUTYP0 ) ROUTE TYPE 00

1ROUTYP1 1 ROUTE TYPE 01
1ROUTYP101 ROUTE TYPE 10
1ROUTYP111 ROUTE TYPE 11
1ROUTYP121 ROUTE TYPE 12
1ROUTYP131 ROUTE TYPE 13
1ROUTYP141 ROUTE TYPE 14
ZROUTYP15Y ROUTE TYPE 15
1ROUTYP2 1 ROUTE TYPE 02
1ROUTYP3 1 ROUTE TYPE 03
1ROUTYP4 1 ROUTE TYPE 04
1ROUTYP5 1 ROUTE TYPE 05
1ROUTYP6 1 ROUTE TYPE 06
1ROUTYP7 1 ROUTE TYPE 07
1ROUTYP8 1 ROUTE TYPE 08
*ROUTYP9 + ROUTE TYPE 09

AMBIG AMBIGUOUS CODE

This parameter indicates whether the code is ambiguous or not.

Notes:
- The parameter value YES takes only effect
for intermediate results.
For final results (if no longer code points beginning with
these digits exist) it works the same way as value NO.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if TRATYP = CPTDN.
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if CODE is exactly equal to a carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
ZNO Y NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
1Y 1 YES AMBIGUOUS CODE
*YES + YES AMBIGUOUS CODE

Default: NO

ANNDIG INDIVIDUAL ANNOUNCEMENT DIGITS

This parameter specifies the digits to be announced.

This parameter may only be entered
if INCEPT = CHCPTIND.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TXTNO TEXT NUMBER OF ANNOUNCEMENT

This parameter specifies the number of the text

to be announced.
This parameter may only be entered if INCEPT =
RESANN-X

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 11+

 MOD CPT
TRATYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

CPT WITH TRAFFIC TYPE

The destination of the code point is modified to specified traffic type,

or the data for specific traffic type is modified.

Additional prerequisites :
- If the code point refers to an intelligent network service, this service
trigger table must exist (see CR INTRIG).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CPT : CODE= ,TRATYP= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] [,AMBIG=] [,PROVNAM=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,NPROVNAM=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

modified. Special codes have to be entered to define the code point
uniquely.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TRATYP TRAFFIC TYPE

This parameter indicates the traffic type for the code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: TRAFFIC TYPE A
(CLOCKTST) CLOCK TEST
1CPTDN 1 CODE POINT -> DIRECTORY NUMBER
1 1 Code point to a directory number.
1IACBPROC1 INTERNAT. AUTOM. CALL BACK
1IN 1 INTELLIGENT NETWORK SERVICE
1 1 Code point for intelligent network service.
1 1 Units b and c must be specified.
1MOBPROV 1 MOBILE SERVICE PROVIDER
1 1 Parameter PROVNAM must be specified.
ZPHONMEETY PHONE MEETING
1 1 Unit b must be specified.
1RADIOSUB1 RADIO SUBSCRIBER
1SELCWORO1 SELECTIVE CALL WITHOUT ROUTING
1 1 Code point for selective call without routing.
1 1 The outgoing trunk is determined directly by the
1 1 digit combination selected.
1TOLLFRNO1 TOLL FREE NUMBER
1 1 Code point for tollfree service. Unit b must be
1 1 specified.
*TWOPARTY+ TWO PARTY LINE

b: TRAFFIC TYPE B=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

Possible input values:

Unit a = TOLLFRNO: 0-9
Length of the tollfree service directory number.
Unit a = PHONMEET: 0-99
Telephone meeting group number.
Unit a = IN: 0-15
Length of the IN subscriber number.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 12+

 MOD CPT
TRATYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Unit a = IACBPROC: 0-15

Length of the call back service directory number.

c: TRAFFIC TYPE C=
1...6 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

Possible input values:

Unit a = IN: Name of the IN service.
The name of the IN service specified in the command
CR INTRIG (parameter PRID) must be entered.

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which the destination
is addressed. Only decimal numbers, range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal
number ’DEF’ may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ORIGINATING MARK=
1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF ORIGINATING MARK=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
(CAT11 ) CATEGORY 11
1CAT12 1 CATEGORY 12
1CAT13 1 CATEGORY 13
1CAT14 1 CATEGORY 14
1CAT15 1 CATEGORY 15
1COINB 1 COIN BOX
ZDATAINATY DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
1DATRANS 1 DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
1OPOS 1 OPERATOR’S POSITION
1OPOSINAT1 OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
1SUBINAT 1 ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBORD 1 ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
1SUBPINAT1 PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
1SUBPRIOR1 PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
*TESTEQ + TEST EQUIPMENT

This unit specifies the category for which the destination

is addressed.

b: POSITION OF CATEGORY=
1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 13+

 MOD CPT
TRATYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EWSD-versions.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF LANGUAGE OR DISCRIM. Z-DIGIT=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit is not evaluated and exists only

to be compatible to the syntax of older
EWSD-versions.

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

The parameter indicates the route type for the ISDN traffic.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(ROUTYP0 ) ROUTE TYPE 00

1ROUTYP1 1 ROUTE TYPE 01
1ROUTYP101 ROUTE TYPE 10
1ROUTYP111 ROUTE TYPE 11
1ROUTYP121 ROUTE TYPE 12
1ROUTYP131 ROUTE TYPE 13
1ROUTYP141 ROUTE TYPE 14
ZROUTYP15Y ROUTE TYPE 15
1ROUTYP2 1 ROUTE TYPE 02
1ROUTYP3 1 ROUTE TYPE 03
1ROUTYP4 1 ROUTE TYPE 04
1ROUTYP5 1 ROUTE TYPE 05
1ROUTYP6 1 ROUTE TYPE 06
1ROUTYP7 1 ROUTE TYPE 07
1ROUTYP8 1 ROUTE TYPE 08
*ROUTYP9 + ROUTE TYPE 09

AMBIG AMBIGUOUS CODE

This parameter indicates whether the code is ambiguous or not.

Notes:
- The parameter value YES takes only effect
for intermediate results.
For final results (if no longer code points beginning with
these digits exist) it works the same way as value NO.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if TRATYP = CPTDN.
- This parameter may not be entered with value YES
if CODE is exactly equal to a carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

(N ) NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
ZNO Y NO AMBIGUOUS CODE
1Y 1 YES AMBIGUOUS CODE
*YES + YES AMBIGUOUS CODE

Default: NO

PROVNAM OLD SERVICE PROVIDER NAME

This parameter specifies the old name of the service provider.

It may only be entered if TRATYP = MOBPROV.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 14+

 MOD CPT
TRATYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...10 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NPROVNAM NEW SERVICE PROVIDER NAME

This parameter specifies the new name of the service provider.

It may only be entered if TRATYP = MOBPROV.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CPT- 15-

 SPLIT CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SPLIT CODE POINT

This command splits an existing code point into 16 new code points. The option
of specifying 16 new destinations for that code point is created (by using
MOD CPT).
A code point can be split by a digit or by a special code
ORIG1 (ORIGINATING MARK 1),
MFCAT (MFC CATEGORY),
ZDIG (LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT) or
ROUTYP (ROUTE TYPE).
Only the code point specified by the parameter SPLITBY, ORIG1, MFCAT, ZDIG or
ROUTYP in the command receives the new destination. The other newly-created
code points retain the destination of the old code point. If the code point is
split by digit, the entered code must have one digit more than the code point
to be split.

Notes:
- The parameter AMBIG is set to value NO
by command SPLIT CPT newly created code point.
To change the AMBIG value to YES the command MOD CPT
must be used.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. SPLIT CPT - CPTGRP SPLIT CPT WITH CPTGRP

2. SPLIT CPT - DEST SPLIT CPT WITH DEST
3. SPLIT CPT - INCEPT SPLIT CPT WITH INCEPT

1. Input format

SPLIT CPT WITH CPTGRP

This input format describes the splitting of code points with CPTGRP.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SPLIT CPT : CODE= ,CPTGRP= ,SPLITBY= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,MFCAT=] [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

split.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CPTGRP CODE POINT GROUP

This parameter specifies the new code point group for the code point
specified by the parameter ORIG1, MFCAT, ZDIG or ROUTYP.
The specified code point group must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SPLITBY DETERMINE KIND OF SPLIT

This parameter specifies the kind of special code for which the split
shall be done.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SPLIT CPT- 1+

 SPLIT CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIGIT SPLIT BY DIGIT

MFCAT SPLIT BY BRANCHING CATEGORY
ORIG1 SPLIT BY ORIG1
ROUTYP SPLIT BY ROUTE TYPE
ZDIG SPLIT BY LANGUAGE DIGIT

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the branching category of the new code

point that receives the specified new destination area or
intercept code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
COINB COIN BOX
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
OPOSINAT INTERNATIONAL OPERATOR’S POS.
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies the language digit of the new code

point that receives the specified new destination area or
intercept code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter specifies the route type for ISDN traffic of the
new code point that receives the specified new destination area or
intercept code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ROUTYP0 ROUTE TYPE 00

ROUTYP1 ROUTE TYPE 01
ROUTYP10 ROUTE TYPE 10
ROUTYP11 ROUTE TYPE 11
ROUTYP12 ROUTE TYPE 12
ROUTYP13 ROUTE TYPE 13
ROUTYP14 ROUTE TYPE 14

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SPLIT CPT- 2+

 SPLIT CPT
CPTGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ROUTYP15 ROUTE TYPE 15

ROUTYP2 ROUTE TYPE 02
ROUTYP3 ROUTE TYPE 03
ROUTYP4 ROUTE TYPE 04
ROUTYP5 ROUTE TYPE 05
ROUTYP6 ROUTE TYPE 06
ROUTYP7 ROUTE TYPE 07
ROUTYP8 ROUTE TYPE 08
ROUTYP9 ROUTE TYPE 09

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SPLIT CPT- 3+

 SPLIT CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

SPLIT CPT WITH DEST

This input format describes the splitting of code points with DEST.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SPLIT CPT : CODE= ,DEST= ,SPLITBY= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,MFCAT=] [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

split.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the new destination area for the code point
specified by the parameter ORIG1, MFCAT, ZDIG or ROUTYP.
The specified destination area must exist with at least one route or
must be created with a new code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SPLITBY DETERMINE KIND OF SPLIT

This parameter specifies the kind of special code for which the split
shall be done.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DIGIT SPLIT BY DIGIT

MFCAT SPLIT BY BRANCHING CATEGORY
ORIG1 SPLIT BY ORIG1
ROUTYP SPLIT BY ROUTE TYPE
ZDIG SPLIT BY LANGUAGE DIGIT

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the branching category of the new code

point that receives the specified new destination area or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SPLIT CPT- 4+

 SPLIT CPT
DEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

intercept code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
COINB COIN BOX
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
OPOSINAT INTERNATIONAL OPERATOR’S POS.
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies the language digit of the new code

point that receives the specified new destination area or
intercept code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter specifies the route type for ISDN traffic of the
new code point that receives the specified new destination area or
intercept code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ROUTYP0 ROUTE TYPE 00

ROUTYP1 ROUTE TYPE 01
ROUTYP10 ROUTE TYPE 10
ROUTYP11 ROUTE TYPE 11
ROUTYP12 ROUTE TYPE 12
ROUTYP13 ROUTE TYPE 13
ROUTYP14 ROUTE TYPE 14
ROUTYP15 ROUTE TYPE 15
ROUTYP2 ROUTE TYPE 02
ROUTYP3 ROUTE TYPE 03
ROUTYP4 ROUTE TYPE 04
ROUTYP5 ROUTE TYPE 05
ROUTYP6 ROUTE TYPE 06
ROUTYP7 ROUTE TYPE 07
ROUTYP8 ROUTE TYPE 08
ROUTYP9 ROUTE TYPE 09

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SPLIT CPT- 5+

 SPLIT CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

SPLIT CPT WITH INCEPT

This input format describes splitting of code points with INCEPT.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SPLIT CPT : CODE= ,INCEPT= ,SPLITBY= [,LAC=] [,ORIG1=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,MFCAT=] [,ZDIG=] [,ROUTYP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination of the code point to be

split.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

INCEPT INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the new intercept code for the code point
specified by the parameter ORIG1, MFCAT, ZDIG or ROUTYP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ILLDEST ILLEGAL DESTINATION

UNALLROU UNALLOCATED ROUTE
UNOBDE1 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 01
UNOBDE10 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 10
UNOBDE11 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 11
UNOBDE12 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 12
UNOBDE13 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 13
UNOBDE2 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 02
UNOBDE3 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 03
UNOBDE4 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 04
UNOBDE5 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 05
UNOBDE6 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 06
UNOBDE7 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 07
UNOBDE8 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 08
UNOBDE9 UNOBTAINABLE DESTINATION 09

SPLITBY DETERMINE KIND OF SPLIT

This parameter specifies the kind of special code for which the split
shall be done.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DIGIT SPLIT BY DIGIT

MFCAT SPLIT BY BRANCHING CATEGORY
ORIG1 SPLIT BY ORIG1
ROUTYP SPLIT BY ROUTE TYPE
ZDIG SPLIT BY LANGUAGE DIGIT

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0..3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SPLIT CPT- 6+

 SPLIT CPT
INCEPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the branching category of the new code

point that receives the specified new destination area or
intercept code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
COINB COIN BOX
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
OPOSINAT INTERNATIONAL OPERATOR’S POS.
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies the language digit of the new code

point that receives the specified new destination area or
intercept code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ROUTYP ROUTE TYPE

This parameter specifies the route type for ISDN traffic of the
new code point that receives the specified new destination area or
intercept code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ROUTYP0 ROUTE TYPE 00

ROUTYP1 ROUTE TYPE 01
ROUTYP10 ROUTE TYPE 10
ROUTYP11 ROUTE TYPE 11
ROUTYP12 ROUTE TYPE 12
ROUTYP13 ROUTE TYPE 13
ROUTYP14 ROUTE TYPE 14
ROUTYP15 ROUTE TYPE 15
ROUTYP2 ROUTE TYPE 02
ROUTYP3 ROUTE TYPE 03
ROUTYP4 ROUTE TYPE 04
ROUTYP5 ROUTE TYPE 05
ROUTYP6 ROUTE TYPE 06
ROUTYP7 ROUTE TYPE 07
ROUTYP8 ROUTE TYPE 08
ROUTYP9 ROUTE TYPE 09

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SPLIT CPT- 7-

 CAN CPTNAF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CODE POINT NOT ALLOWED FOR FEAT.

This command cancels a code point which is not allowed

to be used with the given feature(s).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CPTNAF : CODE= ,FEAT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter determines the digits for which the feature-related

blocking should be canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEAT FEATURES TO BE BLOCKED

This parameter specifies the features for which the use

of the code point is not allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DIV CALL DIVERSION

Using this identifier, the functions for
call deflection and partial rerouting are
also included.
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
X ALL VALUES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CPTNAF- 1-

 CR CPTNAF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CODE POINT NOT ALLOWED FOR FEAT.

This command specifies a code point which is not allowed to be used

with the given feature(s). Only codes for services which are available
in the whole network may be entered. The entered code points not allowed
for features are not checked by call processing, e.g., call diversions
which were activated before entering the code point not allowed for call
diversion are not blocked and are still possible.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CPTNAF : CODE= ,FEAT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter determines the digits for which the code point not
allowed for features is created. Codes that begin with a Local Area
Code of the exchange must not be entered. All code points that begin
with the entered digits are blocked for the given feature(s).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEAT FEATURES TO BE BLOCKED

This parameter specifies the features for which the use

of the code point is not allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DIV CALL DIVERSION

Using this identifier, the functions for
call deflection and partial rerouting are
also included.
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CPTNAF- 1-
 DISP CPTNAF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPL. CODE POINTS NOT ALLOWED FOR FEAT.

This command displays code points which are not allowed

to be used with the given feature(s).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1CODE=1 1
1 DISP CPTNAF : ZFEAT=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter restricts the code points to be displayed. Only code

points that begin with the entered digits will be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEAT FEATURES TO BE BLOCKED

This parameter specifies the features for which the use

of the code point is not allowed. Only code points with this (these)
feature(s) are displayed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DIV CALL DIVERSION

Using this identifier, the functions for
call deflection and partial rerouting are
also included.
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
X ALL VALUES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPTNAF- 1-

 ACT CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CP TRANSIENT PATCH

With this command you can activate one or more Transient

Patches in the memory on one platform. Successful execution of
the command results in execution of the atomic action
AM (Activate in Memory) on the respective platform in
operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CPTRPCH : PLF= ,ID= [,LIB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CP platform where a Transient

Patch is to be processed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5
BAPM BASE PROCESSOR MASTER
BAPS BASE PROCESSOR SPARE

This unit specifies the platform type.

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CPTRPCH- 1+

 ACT CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CPTRPCH- 2-

 CAN CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CP TRANSIENT PATCH

With this command you can cancel one or more Transient

Patches in the memory on one platform by implicitly
deactivating them in the memory on this platform.
Successful execution of the command results in execution of
the atomic actions DAM (Deactivate in Memory) and CM (Cancel
in Memory) on the respective platform in operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CPTRPCH : PLF= ,ID= [,LIB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CP platform where a Transient

Patch is to be processed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5
BAPM BASE PROCESSOR MASTER
BAPS BASE PROCESSOR SPARE

This unit specifies the platform type.

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CPTRPCH- 1+

 CAN CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CPTRPCH- 2-

 DACT CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CP TRANSIENT PATCH

With this command you can deactivate one or more Transient

Patches in the memory on one platform. Successful execution of
the command results in execution of the atomic action
DAM (Deactivate in Memory) on the respective platform in
operation.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CPTRPCH : PLF= ,ID= [,LIB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CP platform where a Transient

Patch is to be processed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5
BAPM BASE PROCESSOR MASTER
BAPS BASE PROCESSOR SPARE

This unit specifies the platform type.

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname"

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

11...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CPTRPCH- 1+

 DACT CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CPTRPCH- 2-

 DISP CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CP TRANSIENT PATCH

With this command you can display patch data kept in the
patch administration on the individual platform and patch
states concerning Transient Patches for a specified platform in
operation.
The patch selection can be performed either by patch identifier(s)
using parameter ID or by logical address ranges affected by
the patches, using parameter ADDR.
In case of using parameter ADDR, the filling levels of the
Patch Area and the Patch Administration are displayed
additionally.
To limit the list of patch IDs, it is possible to specify
combinations of following parameters:
BEGDATE, BEGTIME, ENDDATE, ENDTIME and PATSTATE

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,ID= 1 1
1 DISP CPTRPCH : PLF= Z,ADDR=Y [,LIB=] [,BEGDATE=] [,BEGTIME=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] [,PATSTATE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CP platform where a Transient

Patch is to be processed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5
BAPM BASE PROCESSOR MASTER
BAPS BASE PROCESSOR SPARE

This unit specifies the platform type.

ID LIST OF PATCH IDENTIFIERS

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name.
It is also possible to use wildcard signs (*) or (?) as part
of the patchname. In this case all patches found within the
specified capsule and fulfilling the wildcard criteria will

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPTRPCH- 1+

 DISP CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

be displayed.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname" or
ID="capsname.*" or
ID="capsname.A?CD*EF"

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

10...25 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ADDR LIST OF ADDRESS RANGES

This parameter represents an interval in which the search

for patches will be performed. An address can be specified
either in hexadecimal form as an offset from capsule begin or
symbolically.

e.g.: ADDR="capname.address"&&"address" or
ADDR="capname.address"&&"+distance"

where address may have one of the following

structures:

"spuname.modname+offset+distance", or
"spuname.modname.symbol+offset+distance", or
"label+offset+distance", or
"offset+distance", where

capname <text string> = 8 char.,

label L’<text string> = 8 char.,
spuname <text string> = 8 char.,
modname <text string> = 8 char. (or 13 if the
version is included),
symbol <text string> <= 8 char.,
offset <hexadecimal string> <= 8 hex signs,
distance disitem+disitem ..+disitem..,
disitem spuname.modname.symbol or offset

The end address of an interval may be omitted. If it is

omitted in the case of capsule or module the entire address
range of the unit is scanned. If it is omitted in the case of
symbol or offset the search range is that byte only.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGTIME,
ENDDATE and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter BEGDATE: 2000:01:01

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPTRPCH- 2+

 DISP CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
ENDDATE and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter BEGTIME: 00:00:00

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECOND=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
BEGTIME and ENDTIME.
Default value of parameter ENDDATE: actual date

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...9999, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the display interval,

i.e., the time period for which patch data are to be displayed.
Notes:
- This parameter can be used in combination with BEGDATE,
BEGTIME and ENDDATE.
Default value of parameter ENDTIME: 23:59:59

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPTRPCH- 3+

 DISP CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECOND=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

PATSTATE PATCH STATE

This parameter is used to limit the list of patch IDs

displayed to those patches having the entered PATSTATE.
If this parameter is omitted, every patch will be displayed
regardless of its state in the system.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ENTRG ENTERING
ENTRD ENTERED
ACT ACTIVE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CPTRPCH- 4-

 ENTR CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CP TRANSIENT PATCH

With this command you can enter a Transient Patch into the
patch administration on a platform.
Successful execution of the command results in execution
of the atomic action EM (Enter into Memory) on the
respective platform in operation.
With each ENTR CPTRPCH command the subpatch type Replace
Subpatch can be entered by using parameter REPADDR.

The completeness of the subpatches is indicated by means of

parameter SUBPCHNO. For each subpatch of a patch a new
ENTR CPTRPCH command is necessary.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,REPADDR= 1 1
1 ENTR CPTRPCH : PLF= ,ID= Z,SUBPCHNO=Y [,NEWCNT= [,OLDCNT=]] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,LIB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

PLF PLATFORM NAME

This parameter specifies the CP platform where a Transient

Patch is to be processed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BAP0 BASE PROCESSOR 0

BAP1 BASE PROCESSOR 1
CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9
AMP0 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 0
AMP1 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM BRIDGE PROCESSOR 5
BAPM BASE PROCESSOR MASTER
BAPS BASE PROCESSOR SPARE

This unit specifies the platform type.

ID PATCH IDENTIFIER

This parameter serves for the unambiguous identification of

an individual patch at the switch. It is defined by the
capsule name and a patch name. Whenever a subpatch is
entered for a certain patch the identifier must be
identical.

e.g.: ID="capsname.patchname"

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

11...25 characters from the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CPTRPCH- 1+

 ENTR CPTRPCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

text string character set, enclosed in "

REPADDR REPLACE SUBPATCH ADDRESS

This parameter provides the replace subpatch address. The

address format is a replacement address.

e.g.: REPADDR="spuname.modname.symbol+distance" or
REPADDR="offset+distance" or
REPADDR="label+distance",

label L’<text string> = 8 char.,

spuname <text string> = 8 char.,
modname <text string> = 8 char. (or 13 if the
version is included),
symbol <text string> <= 8 char.,
offset H’<hexadecimal string> <= 8 hex signs,
distance disitem+disitem ..+disitem..,
disitem spuname.modname.symbol or offset

The given address is valid for the capsule denoted within

parameter ID.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

SUBPCHNO TOTAL NUMBER OF SUBPATCHES

This parameter represents the total number of subpatches

belonging to a Patch ID. A patch must be closed by a final
ENTR CPTRPCH command with the parameters ID and
SUBPCHNO, whereby the latter one corresponds to the number
of patches, entered under the same ID.
This command causes the transition of the patch state from
ENTRG to ENTRD.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...118, range of decimal numbers

NEWCNT NEW CONTENT OF SUBPATCH

This parameter represents the new instruction code to be

executed instead of the old instruction code which may be
represented by parameter OLDCNT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

OLDCNT OLD CONTENT AT SUBPATCH LOCAT.

This parameter represents the old instruction code to be

checked for security reasons.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...72 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LIB LIBRARY NAME

This parameter represents the name of the library associated

with the platform to be patched.
If the parameter is omitted, the library specified via
parameter ID is taken.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...32 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CPTRPCH- 2-

 ENTR CQDAT
MEASIC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CARRIER QUOTA DATA

This command assigns data to one carrier of a quota group. These data may
be either trunk group sizes or quotas and possibly a list of trunk groups
to be measured. The type of required data depends on the quota procedure,
which is valid for the specified carrier quota group.

The carrier quota group is activated as soon as correct quota data are
assigned to all carriers of that group. The craft will be notified of the
activation with the display of all quota data of that carrier quota group.
For this purpose the same output mask is used as for the command
DISP CQGRP, but no trunk groups to be measured will be displayed in this
case regardless of their existence.

The data which were entered with this command may be displayed with
DISP CQGRP. These data may be cancelled either completely with the
command CAN CQGRP or selectively with MOD CQDAT.

Prerequisites:
- The carrier quota group and the carrier are already created.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ENTR CQDAT - MEASIC MEASUREMENT INCOMING CALLS

2. ENTR CQDAT - STAQUO STATIC QUOTAS
3. ENTR CQDAT - TGSIZE TRUNK GROUP SIZE

1. Input format

MEASUREMENT INCOMING CALLS

This input format is entered for carrier data belonging to a quota group
with quota procedure MEASIC.

For the quota procedure MEASIC it is necessary to provide a quota to

start with as well as a list of trunk groups to be measured for each
carrier.

Notes:
- The quotas to start with are valid until the first actualization took
place, depending on the measured incoming call duration time. The
actually valid quotas may be displayed with the command DISP CQGRP.

Prerequisites:
- The sum of quotas for all carriers equals exactly 100 %.
- Each TGNO to be measured already exists as an incoming or bothway
trunk group.
- None of the trunk groups to be measured is already part of another list
of trunk groups to be measured, neither for the same quota group nor for
another.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CQDAT : CQGRP= ,CARR= ,TGNO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CQDAT- 1+

 ENTR CQDAT
MEASIC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: NAME OF CARRIER=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: VALUE OF QUOTA OR VALUE OF TRUNK GROUP SIZE SUM=

0,1,2...100, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the quota of outgoing calls to

be assigned to the specified carrier after activation
of the carrier selection destination. If 0 is entered,
the carrier is deactivated until the operator enters a
different value.

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the names of the trunk groups for which
the times for incoming calls are to be summed up.

Up to 48 parameter values can be specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CQDAT- 2+

 ENTR CQDAT
STAQUO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

STATIC QUOTAS

This input format is entered for carrier data belonging to a quota group
with quota procedure STAQUO.

For the quota procedure STAQUO it is necessary to specify a percentage

quota for each carrier of that quota group.

Prerequisites:
- The sum of quotas for all carriers equals exactly 100%.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CQDAT : CQGRP= ,CARR= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: NAME OF CARRIER=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: VALUE OF QUOTA OR VALUE OF TRUNK GROUP SIZE SUM=

0,1,2...100, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the quota of outgoing calls to

be assigned to the specified carrier after activation
of the carrier selection destination. If 0 is entered,
the carrier is deactivated until the operator enters a
different value.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CQDAT- 3+

 ENTR CQDAT
TGSIZE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

TRUNK GROUP SIZE

This input format is entered for carrier data belonging to a quota group
with quota procedure TGSIZE.

The quota procedure TGSIZE requires the specification of trunk group

sizes.
Those sizes result in calculated percentages for each carrier of the quota
group. The result of this calculation may be displayed with the command
DISP CQGRP.

The trunk group sizes to be entered in this command refer to the sum of
numbers of trunks in all outgoing trunk groups in the own switch, which are
operated by that carrier. No internal check is executed if the craft’s
input matches the trunk group data in the call processing data base.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CQDAT : CQGRP= ,CARR= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: NAME OF CARRIER=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: VALUE OF QUOTA OR VALUE OF TRUNK GROUP SIZE SUM=

0...16383, range of decimal numbers

This parameter specifies the quota of outgoing calls to

be assigned to the specified carrier after activation
of the carrier selection destination. If 0 is entered,
the carrier is deactivated until the operator enters a
different value.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CQDAT- 4-

 MOD CQDAT
ATGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CARRIER QUOTA DATA

This command modifies quota data for one or more carriers of a quota group.
Up to 20 carriers can be specified.
Depending on the actual status of the data the following actions are
possible:

- add trunk groups to an existing list,

- modify name of a carrier,
- cancel trunk groups from an existing list,
- modify the quota value of a single or all carriers,
- modify the trunk group size of a single or all carriers,
- modify the quota procedure.

Prerequisites:
- The value of at least one parameter is input to be changed.
- All entered objects exist already.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD CQDAT - ATGNO ADDITIONAL TRUNK GROUP

2. MOD CQDAT - CARR CARRIER
3. MOD CQDAT - CTGNO CANCEL TRUNK GROUP
4. MOD CQDAT - QUOPRO QUOTA PROCEDURE
5. MOD CQDAT - QUOTAIND QUOTA INDIVIDUAL CARR
6. MOD CQDAT - QUOTALL QUOTA ALL CARR
7. MOD CQDAT - TGSIZE TRUNK GROUP SIZE

1. Input format

ADDITIONAL TRUNK GROUP

This input format is entered to add trunk groups to an already existing

list of incoming/bothway trunk groups to be measured. Each trunk group
specified in this input format occupies an element in a pool (group
index list). This pool is not expandable and comprises 1000 elements.

Additional prerequisites:
- A list of trunk groups to be measured already exists for the entered
carrier (refer to ENTR CQDAT for creation of such a list).
- The number of trunk groups already entered and of those being added does
not exceed 48.
- None of the trunk groups to be measured is a member of another list,
neither in the same nor in another quota group.
- Each TGNO to be measured already exists as an incoming or bothway
trunk group.
- There are enough free elements available in the group index list.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CQDAT : CQGRP= ,CARR= ,ATGNO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CQDAT- 1+

 MOD CQDAT
ATGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ATGNO ADDITIONAL TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

Up to 47 parameter values can be specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CQDAT- 2+

 MOD CQDAT
CARR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CARRIER

This input format is entered to modify the name of a carrier.

Additional prerequisites:
- The new name has not been assigned to any carrier within the same carrier
quota group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CQDAT : CQGRP= ,CARR= ,NCARR= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NCARR NEW CARRIER NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CQDAT- 3+

 MOD CQDAT
CTGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

CANCEL TRUNK GROUP

This input format is entered to remove trunk group numbers from the list of
trunk groups to be measured.
It is possible to remove trunk group numbers from a list of trunk groups to
be measured, and to cancel completely a list that was created provisio-
nally.

Additional prerequisites:
- At least one trunk group number is left in the list of trunk groups to be
measured, if QUOPRO=MEASIC is active for the specified carrier quota
group .

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CQDAT : CQGRP= ,CARR= ,CTGNO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CTGNO CANCELLED TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

Up to 48 parameter values can be specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CQDAT- 4+

 MOD CQDAT
QUOPRO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

QUOTA PROCEDURE

This entry is made to modify the quota procedure for a carrier

quota group.
But it is not permissible to change the kind of quota procedure
to or from CDD.

The existing lists of trunk groups to be measured are kept if the quota
procedure MEASIC was active before the execution of this command. A
similar status as for prepared lists is achieved. These lists may be
deleted if not needed any longer after the modification of the quota
procedure with this command using the parameter CTGNO (see above).

Additional prerequisites:
- The quota group is active.
- Each carrier name of the group is entered, possibly with a trunk group size
of 0 or a quota of 0 % . Up to 20 carriers can be specified.
- At least one trunk group to be measured is assigned to each carrier of
the group if MEASIC is entered as new quota procedure.
- The sum of the quotas of all carriers is exactly 100 %, if a new quota
procedure is entered which requires quota values (STAQUO or MEASIC).

If the execution of this command results in previously deactivated carriers

being activated (i.e. instead of a quota of 0 % now a non-zero quota comes
into effect) then the following prerequisites need to be fulfilled for
successful command execution in addition to the standard prerequisites:
- All destinations for carrier selection which belong to this quota group
have a carrier destination assigned to the carrier being activated.
- Each of these carrier destinations has at least one route.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CQDAT : CQGRP= ,CARR= ,QUOPRO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: NAME OF CARRIER=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: VALUE OF QUOTA OR VALUE OF TRUNK GROUP SIZE SUM=

0...16383, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies quota data of the carrier.

Depending on the specified quota procedure, the numerical
value entered represents either a quota (percentage) or a
trunk group size (to be specified as a number of trunks).

QUOPRO QUOTA PROCEDURE

This parameter specifies the quota procedure used to distribute the

call processing load to the carriers in the carrier quota group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

MEASIC MEASUREMENT INCOMING CALLS

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CQDAT- 5+

 MOD CQDAT
QUOPRO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

The outgoing calls are distributed to the

carriers initially in accordance with the
specified start quotas and later in the ratio
of the total call times measured in the incoming
direction. The quotas are updated whenever
an incoming call time of at least 9000 seconds
is measured for all carriers of the carrier
quota group at a full quarter-hour.

Notes:
Arrangements with the corresponding exchanges must
be taken to ensure that this quota procedure is
only used at one end of the connection. Otherwise,
after a certain time, a stable quota distribution
would result whereby one carrier would be assigned
100% of the load and all other carriers would have
no load.
STAQUO STATIC QUOTAS
The outgoing calls are distributed according to
the specified quotas.
TGSIZE TRUNK GROUP SIZES SUM
The outgoing calls are distributed in the ratio of
the trunk group sizes entered.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CQDAT- 6+

 MOD CQDAT
QUOTAIND
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

QUOTA INDIVIDUAL CARR

This input format is entered to modify the quota of a single carrier

belonging to one quota group.

Additional prerequisites:
- The carrier quota group is not active.
- The sum of the quotas of all carriers, including the value to be entered,
is not greater than 100%.
- Only one carrier is specified.
- Prior to command execution a value was specified with
ENTR CQDAT.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CQDAT : CQGRP= ,CARR= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: NAME OF CARRIER=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: VALUE OF QUOTA OR VALUE OF TRUNK GROUP SIZE SUM=

0-100, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies quota data of the carrier.

Depending on the specified quota procedure, the numerical
value entered represents either a quota (percentage) or a
trunk group size (to be specified as a number of trunks).

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CQDAT- 7+

 MOD CQDAT
QUOTALL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

6. Input format

QUOTA ALL CARR

This input format is entered to modify the quotas of all carriers in a

group. Up to 20 carriers can be specified.

Additional prerequisites:
- The quota group is active.
- Each carrier in the quota group is named, possibly with a new quota of 0%
(deactivation of the carrier).
- The sum of the quotas of all carriers is exactly 100% .

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CQDAT : CQGRP= ,CARR= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: NAME OF CARRIER=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: VALUE OF QUOTA OR VALUE OF TRUNK GROUP SIZE SUM=

0-100, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies quota data of the carrier.

Depending on the specified quota procedure, the numerical
value entered represents either a quota (percentage) or a
trunk group size (to be specified as a number of trunks).

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CQDAT- 8+

 MOD CQDAT
TGSIZE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

7. Input format

TRUNK GROUP SIZE

This input format is entered to modify trunk group sizes.

Additional prerequisites:
- It is only permissible to specify one carrier or all carriers of the carrier
quota group.
- The carrier quota group was created before with QUOPRO=TGSIZE.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CQDAT : CQGRP= ,CARR= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: NAME OF CARRIER=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: VALUE OF QUOTA OR VALUE OF TRUNK GROUP SIZE SUM=

0...16383, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies quota data of the carrier.

Depending on the specified quota procedure, the numerical
value entered represents either a quota (percentage) or a
trunk group size (to be specified as a number of trunks).

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CQDAT- 9-

 CAN CQGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CAN CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This command cancels the specified carrier quota group.

If lists of trunk groups to be measured exist for carriers of the quota

group to be cancelled, then those entries are deleted.

If all carriers of the group being deleted have more than 48 measured
trunk groups assigned in total, then either those lists have to be
cancelled first (MOD CQDAT, parameter CTGNO) or the carriers have to be
deleted individually (MOD CQGRP, parameter CCARR).

Prerequisites:
- No carrier selection destination refers to the quota group that is to be
cancelled.
- The trunk group lists of all carriers do not contain more than 48 trunk
groups.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CQGRP : CQGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CQGRP- 1-

 CR CQGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This command creates a carrier quota group, which is a prerequisite for

routing with load sharing. The following data are assigned to the carrier
quota group.

- the name by which the carrier quota group is addressed

- the quota procedure used
- the names of the carriers belonging to the carrier quota group.

All destinations for carrier selection assigned to a quota group are

subject to joint quota assignment. Destinations for carrier selection must
be assigned to quota groups in such a way that each carrier involved can
serve all subscriber directory numbers or lines within the area represented
by the sum of all destination area groups.

Prerequisites:
- The quota group name does not yet exist.
- No carrier name occurs more than once in the quota group that is to be
created.

To enable a quota group to be activated, it is necessary to assign the

quota data for each carrier with the command ENTR CQDAT.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CQGRP : CQGRP= ,QUOPRO= ,CARR= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the carrier quota group.

The name is user specifiable, it is not permissible to specify
a single X.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

QUOPRO QUOTA PROCEDURE

This parameter specifies the quota procedure used to distribute the

call processing load to the carriers in the carrier quota group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

TGSIZE TRUNK GROUP SIZES SUM

The outgoing calls are distributed
in the ratio of the trunk group
sizes entered.
STAQUO STATIC QUOTAS
The outgoing calls are distributed
according to the specified quotas.
MEASIC MEASUREMENT INCOMING CALLS
The outgoing calls are distributed to the
carriers initially in accordance with the
specified start quotas and later according to the
total call times measured in the incoming
direction. The quotas are updated whenever an
incoming call time of at least 9000 seconds is
measured for all carriers of the carrier quota
group at a full quarter-hour.

Notes:
- Arrangements must be made with the
corresponding exchanges to ensure that this

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CQGRP- 1+
 CR CQGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

quota procedure is only used at one end of the

connection. Otherwise, after a certain time, a
stable quota distribution would result whereby
one carrier would be assigned 100% of the load
and all other carriers would have no load.
CDD CARRIER DIVERGENCE DESTINATION
A call is routed to a new directory number, which
is selected on a cyclic basis in order to
guarantee equal distribution.
The new directory numbers can be allocated to the
carrier destinations used in this quota procedure,
by means of the parameter FOVCODE.

CARR CARRIER NAME

Up to 20 parameter values can be specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CQGRP- 2-
 DISP CQGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This command displays the data of all or selected carrier quota groups.
The display of all quota group data is achieved by input of CQGRP = X.
The amount of display may be reduced by entering additional parameters:
Only those quota groups out of all existing groups are displayed which have
the specified carrier name (CARR) or quota procedure (QUOPRO).

If several parameters are entered only those quota groups are displayed
which fulfill all conditions at the same time.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CQGRP : CQGRP= [,CARR=] [,QUOPRO=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

Up to 32 parameter values can be specified.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

QUOPRO QUOTA PROCEDURE

This parameter specifies the quota procedure used to distribute the

call processing load to the carriers of the carrier group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

TGSIZE TRUNK GROUP SIZE

STAQUO STATIC QUOTAS
MEASIC MEASUREMENT INCOMING CALLS
CDD CARRIER DIVERGENCE DESTINATION

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CQGRP- 1-

 MOD CQGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This command modifies data of a quota group. The name of the group may be
changed as well as the amount of assigned carriers.

It is required to modify each destination for carrier selection which is

assigned to the quota group in an identical manner, in order to maintain
consistent data (MOD DESTDAT).

Prerequisite:
- The value of at least one parameter is changed.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CQGRP : CQGRP= <,NCQGRP= ,CARR= ,CCARR=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter specifies the carrier quota group for which data
are to be modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NCQGRP NEW CARRIER QUOTA GROUP NAME

This parameter specifies the new name for the

carrier quota group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR ADDITIONAL CARRIER

This parameter specifies the carrier to be assigned

to the carrier quota group. Up to 19 parameter
values can be specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CCARR CANCELLED CARRIER

This parameter specifies the carrier to be deleted

from the carrier quota group. Up to 19 parameter
values can be specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CQGRP- 1-

 CONF CR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE CODE RECEIVER

With this command one or all codereceiver of a module can be

configured to one of the states MBL, ACT or PLA.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,LCPOS=1 1
1 CONF CR : LTG= Z,CRPOS=Y ,OST= ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

LCPOS LINE CIRCUIT POSITION

This parameter specifies the position of a codereceiver in

the line trunk unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...6, range of decimal numbers

c: CIRCUIT NUMBER=
0-7, range of decimal numbers

If this unit is omitted, all possible unit values are

affected.

CRPOS CODE RECEIVER POSITION

This parameter specifies the position of a codereceiver in

a signaling unit SU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: MODULE NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the module.

Compatibilities:
0-2 for LTGB
0-7 for LTGC
0 for LTGD

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CR- 1+

 CONF CR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: CODE RECEIVER NUMBER=

0-3, range of decimal numbers

If this unit is omitted, all possible unit values

are affected.

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the destination operating status.

The following status transitions are permitted:

ACT <-> MBL

MBL <-> PLA
UNA --> ACT or MBL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
PLA PLANNED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CR- 2-

 DIAG CR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE CODE RECEIVER

This command starts diagnosis for one or more code receivers on a

module.
Prerequisites:
- A diagnosis is only possible module by module.
- The code receiver to be diagnosed must be MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
- The LTG control unit must be ACTIVE or CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED.
- The code receiver must be MAINTENANCE BLOCKED.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,CRPOS=1 1
1 DIAG CR : LTG= Z,LCPOS=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

CRPOS CODE RECEIVER POSITION

This parameter specifies the position of a code receiver in the

signaling unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the CR module.

The following value ranges are permissible:
0-3 for LTGB
0-7 for LTGC
0 for LTGD

LCPOS LINE CIRCUIT POSITION

This parameter specifies the position of a code receiver in the

line trunk unit.
The mounting locations are to be determined from the exchange-
specific documentation.These documents must be kept current.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTU NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...6, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG CR- 1-

 STAT CR
CR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY STATUS OF CODE RECEIVER

This command displays the operating state(s) of

- a particular code receiver module in a particular LTG
- a particular code receiver module in all LTGs
- all code receiver in a particular LTG
- all code receiver in all LTGs
- all code receiver in a particular operating state in a particular LTG
- all code receiver in a particular operating state in all LTGs
For the parameter LTG a value or X must always be entered.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. STAT CR - CR CODE RECEIVER

2. STAT CR - OST OPERATIONAL STATUS

1. Input format

CODE RECEIVER

Input format for displaying the CR operating states.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,LCPOS=11 1
1 STAT CR : LTG= 1Z,CRPOS=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

LCPOS LINE CIRCUIT POSITION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTU NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...6, range of decimal numbers

CRPOS CODE RECEIVER POSITION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: MODULE NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT CR- 1+

 STAT CR
CR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This unit specifies the position of the module.

Compatibilities:
0-2 for LTGB
0-7 for LTGC
0 for LTGD

b: CODE RECEIVER NUMBER=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If this unit is omitted, all possible unit values are affected.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT CR- 2+

 STAT CR
OST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

OPERATIONAL STATUS

Input format for determining code receivers in a particular operating

state.
Notes:
- If the parameter LTG NUMBER is omitted, all possible values are affected.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT CR : LTG= ,OST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED
STB STANDBY
UNA UNAVAILABLE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT CR- 3-

 CAN CRMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CODE RECEIVER MODULE

This command cancels a code receiver module in the signaling

unit of an LTG.

Prerequisites:
- The code receiver module must be PLA.
- The ports of the code receiver must not be in service.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CRMOD : LTG= ,CRMOD= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter specifies the LTG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTGSET number.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG number.

CRMOD CODE RECEIVER MODULE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of the code receiver module

to be cancelled.
For the signaling unit LTG type LTGB only the code receiver
modules 0, 1 or 2 may be specified. For the signaling unit of
LTG type LTGD only the code receiver modules 0 may be specified.

Notes:
If, in spite of the LTG being operational, the port data cannot
be sent to the GP, it is possible to configure the associated
LTG to MBL. If it is configured from this state to
ACT, the LTG receives the data stored in the CP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CRMOD- 1-

 CR CRMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CODE RECEIVER MODULE

This command creates a code receiver module in the signaling unit

of an LTG.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CRMOD : LTG= ,CRMOD= ,TYPE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter specifies the LTG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTGSET number.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG number.

CRMOD CODE RECEIVER MODULE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of the code receiver module.

For the signaling unit of LTG type LTGB only the code receiver
modules 0, 1 or 2 may be specified. For the signaling unit of
LTG type LTGD only the code receiver module 0 may be specified.
For the LTG types and LTGH no code receiver modules may be
specified.

The configuration data for the four ports of a code receiver

module depend on the code receiver type.

The ports are assigned to the code receiver modules as follows:

LTG type LTGB:

+------------+----------------+
! Port no.: ! CR module no.: !
+------------+----------------+
! 256 - 259 ! 0 !
! 260 - 263 ! 1 !
! 264 - 267 ! 2 !
+------------+----------------+

LTG type LTGC:

+--------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
! CR module no.! 0 ! 1 ! 2 ! 3 ! 4 ! 5 ! 6 ! 7 !
+--------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
! Port no. ! 160 ! 161 ! 162 ! 163 ! 164 ! 165 ! 166 ! 167 !
! ! 168 ! 169 ! 170 ! 171 ! 172 ! 173 ! 174 ! 175 !
! ! 176 ! 177 ! 178 ! 179 ! 180 ! 181 ! 182 ! 183 !
! ! 184 ! 185 ! 186 ! 187 ! 188 ! 189 ! 190 ! 191 !
+--------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+

LTG type LTGD:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CRMOD- 1+
 CR CRMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

+------------+----------------+
! Port no.: ! CR module no.: !
+------------+----------------+
! 256 - 259 ! 0 !
+------------+----------------+

LTG type LTGG, LTGM or LTGN operated as LTGB:

+------------+----------------+
! Port no.: ! CR module no.: !
+------------+----------------+
! 256 - 259 ! 0 !
! 260 - 263 ! 1 !
+------------+----------------+

Code receiver module 0 and 1 must be created with

the same code receiver module type.
RMCTC may only be specified for code receiver module 0;
in this case module 1 is unused.

LTG type LTGG, LTGM or LTGN operated as LTGC:

+--------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+
! CR module no.! 0 ! 1 ! 4 ! 5 !
+--------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+
! Port no. ! 160 ! 161 ! 164 ! 165 !
! ! 168 ! 169 ! 172 ! 173 !
! ! 176 ! 177 ! 180 ! 181 !
! ! 184 ! 185 ! 188 ! 189 !
+--------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+

Code receiver module 0 and 1, respectively 4 and 5, must

be created with the same code receive module type.
RMCTC may only be specified for code receiver module 0;
in this case module 1 is unused.

Note:
If, in spite of the LTG being operational, the port data
cannot be sent to the GP, it is advisable to cancel the job
with the command CAN CRMOD and to recreate the code receiver
module. Alternatively, the associated LTG can be configured to
MBL. If the LTG is configured from this state to ACT, it
receives the data stored in the CP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

TYPE CODE RECEIVER TYPE

This parameter specifies the code receiver module type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CRPC CODE RECEIVER PUSHBUTTON CEPT

CRMR2 CODE RECEIVER MFC R2 SIGNALING
RMCTC CODE RECEIVER RMCTC
This module type may only be specified for
code receiver type 0.
CRMR1 CODE RECEIVER MFC R1 SIGNALING
CRMSC CODE RECEIVER MSC SIGNALING

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CRMOD- 2-
 DISP CRMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CODE RECEIVER MODULE

This command displays the code receiver module data for one, several or
all the LTGs in an exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CRMOD : LTG= [,CRMOD=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter specifies the LTG. Depending on the value entered

the following options are possible:

1. <ltgset> - <ltg>
All objects for the specified LTG are displayed.
Only in this case is it permissable to specify parameter
CRMOD.
2. <ltgset> - <ltg> && <ltgset> - <ltg>
All objects for the specified range of LTGs are displayed.
The first limit must be lower than the second limit.
3. <ltgset> - X
The objects of all LTGs for the specified LTGSET are displayed.
4. X - X
The objects for all LTGs and LTGSETs are displayed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTGSET number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

CRMOD CODE RECEIVER MODULE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of the code receiver module.

For the signaling unit LTG type LTGB the code receiver
modules 0, 1 or 2 may be specified. For the signaling unit of
LTG type LTGD only code receiver module 0 may be specified.
For the LTG type LTGH no code receiver modules may be specified.

Default: All code receivers in the specified LTGs are displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CRMOD- 1-

 CAN CSC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This command cancels a central service channel in the CP113.

Prerequisites:
- A connecting IOPSCDV or IOPSCDX must be PLA or MBL.
A connecting IOPUNI must be PLA, MBL or ACT.
- The operating channel itself must be PLA.
- The central service channel groups must be cancelled.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CSC : CSC= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This parameter specifies the central service channel to be cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSC- 1-

 CONF CSC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This command configures a central service channel.

Notes:
- The configuration from ACT to MBL is considered dangerous.
A dialog mask is output. The operating personnel must decide by
entering ’+’ or ’-’ whether the command should be executed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF CSC : CSC= ,OST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This parameter specifies the central service channel to be configured.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATE

This parameter specifies the target operating state.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF CSC- 1-

 CR CSC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This command creates a central service channel.

The created central service channel is PLA after the command
is executed.

Prerequisites:
- The specified IOPSCDV or IOPSCDX must not be ACT.
- The specified IOPUNI may be ACT.

Notes:
- If the specified IOP is an IOPUNI the CSC parameters (baud rate,
address of channel, connection to IOP, interface) can be modified with
the command MOD CSC. The parameters have default values in
the IOPUNI.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CSC : IOP= ,CHAN= ,CSC= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

IOP INPUT/OUTPUT PROCESSOR

This parameter specifies the input/output processor to

which the central service channel is to be connected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: IOP TYPE
IOPSCDV IOP FOR OMT/CSC
IOPSCDX IOP FOR CSC
IOPUNI IOP UNIFIED FOR O&M DEVICES

b: IOP NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

CHAN IOP CHANNEL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the channel number at the input/output

processor. If the specified IOP is an IOPUNI the range of channel
numbers is restricted to 0..2.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This parameter specifies the central service channel to be

created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSC- 1-
 DISP CSC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This command displays the environment of a central service channel as

there are the preceding IOP, channel number, baud rate, address of
channel, connection to IOP, interface and fault informations.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSC : CSC= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This parameter specifies the central service channel.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSC- 1-

 MOD CSC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This command modifies the device parameters of a central service

channel. The parameters have default values in the IOPUNI. The device
parameters can be displayed with the DISP CSC command.

Prerequisites:
- The specified central service channel must be MBL or PLA.
- The preceding IOP of the specified central service channel
must be an IOPUNI and it must be ACT.
If the central service channel to be modified is connected to
either IOPUNI-0 or IOPUNI-1, then both of those IOPs
must be ACT.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CSC : CSC= <,BAUDRATE= ,ADDR= ,CONNECT= ,INTERF=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This parameter specifies the central service channel.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

BAUDRATE BAUDRATE

This parameter specifies the baud rate of the central service

channel.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

B2400 2400 BAUD

B4800 4800 BAUD
B9600 9600 BAUD
B19200 19200 BAUD
B38400 38400 BAUD
B48000 48000 BAUD
B56000 56000 BAUD
B64000 64000 BAUD

ADDR ADDRESS OF CHANNEL

This parameter specifies the address of the central service

channel.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

CONNECT CONNECTION TO IOP

This parameter specifies the kind of connection to the IOP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DIRECT DIRECT CONNECTION

MODEM CONNECTION WITH MODEM

INTERF INTERFACE

This parameter specifies the interface.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

V24 V24 INTERFACE

X21 X21 INTERFACE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSC- 1-

 CAN CSCGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP

This command cancels a channel group. The relevant data are deleted from the
background memory. The channel group can only be cancelled if it is no
longer being used as a computer channel.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CSCGRP : CSCGRP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSCGRP CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the channel group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSCGRP- 1-

 CR CSCGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP

This command creates groups together two mutually redundant channels to a

partner DCP to form a channel group. The first channel entered is regarded
as the channel to be used. The relevant data are saved on a background
memory. No more than two channels may be assigned to a channel group; if
more are entered, an error message is issued. The links are entered must
already be created. In the case of CP103, the channels already exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CSCGRP : CSCGRP= ,CSC= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSCGRP CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the channel group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This parameter specifies the channel number.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSCGRP- 1-
 DISP CSCGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP

This command displays all information on all defined channel groups and
the associated channels.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSCGRP : CSCGRP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSCGRP CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the channel group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSCGRP- 1-

 MOD CSCGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP

This command modifies the assignment of channels to a channel group and the
group name. The first channel entered is regarded as the channel to be used.
The relevant data are saved on a background memory. The channels entered
must already be created. In the case of CP103, the channels already exist.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CSCGRP : CSCGRP= [,CSC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSCGRP CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the channel group.

n/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This parameter specifies the channel number.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSCGRP- 1-

 ACT CSCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CSC-TRACER

This command activates the trace function.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT CSCTRAC : TRACNO= ,CSC= [,MODE=] [,STPCRI=] [,BLKLEN=] 1
1 1
1 [,BLKSUP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TRACNO TRACER NUMBER

This parameter specifies the tracer number. The trace number

determines which trace memory is to be overwritten even if it
has not yet been read.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4, range of decimal numbers

CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

MODE MODE

This parameter specifies the recording mode.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL TRACING OF ALL DATA

The line traffic is to be logged.
TRANSPLV TRACING OF TRANSPORT LEVEL
Only blocks containing information are to be
logged (only applies to HDLC lines).

Default: ALL

STPCRI STOP CRITERIA

This parameter specifies a stop criterion which causes the trace

function to be switched off.

Note:
- Stop criteria 1-14 and 19-35 are detected by the IOP and
reported to the trace process.
0 stop criterion not switched on (prefilled)
1 SNRM command received
(Set Normal Response Mode)
2 UI command (message) received (sent)
(Unnumbered Information)
The UI command has not yet been implemented.
3 DISC command received
(DISConnect)
4 RR command with P=1 (message) received (sent)
(Receive Ready)
5 RNR command (message) received (sent)
(Receive Not Ready: e.g. no container available,
container too small).
6 REJ command (message) received (sent)
(REJect)
7 I frame received (sent)
(Information block)
8 UA message sent
(Unnumbered Acknowledge)
9 DM message sent
(Disconnected Mode)
10 FRMR message sent

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSCTRAC- 1+

 ACT CSCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

(FRaMe Rejected: non-implemented commands,

I-field too long, or wrong send/receive counter).
11 Line failure detected (spontaneously by IOP)
Line failure is detected in the IOP by timer expiry
or changeover to DM:
1) Timer expiry 1 : two successive RR (with P=1) not
detected in the NRM.
2) Frame end not detected.
12 Frame defect
(incorrect FCS (Frame Check Sequence))
13 Not expected frame
(incorrect counter status, non-implemented command)
14 Not equal to SNRM command in DM mode

-Stop criteria 15 - 18 are detected by the PIO:DEV and

reported to the trace process.
15 Line failure detected
(PIO-MSG1/2=H’10/01)
Parameter BLKSUP is ineffective here.
16 Line restoral
(PIO-MSG1/2=H’10/04)
Parameter BLKSUP is ineffective here.
17 Recovery has occurred
Parameter BLKSUP is ineffective here.
If the PIO:DEV reports RESET IOP or if a recovery
has occurred, an attempt is made to start the tracer again.
If the tracer cannot be started, (PIO-MSG1/2=H’04/01,H’04/02),
a trace end message is sent.
18 IOP was reset
(PIO-MSG1/2=H’10/0B)
parameter BLKSUP is ineffective here.
If the PIO:DEV reports RESET IOP or if a recovery
has occurred, an attempt is made to start the tracer again.
If the tracer cannot be started, (PIO-MSG1/2=H’04/01,
H’04/02) a trace end message is sent.

- Stop criteria 19-35 are detected by the IOP and reported to the
trace process.
19 RR command sent
20 RNR command sent
21 REJ command sent
22 REJ command received
23 I frame sent
24 I frame received
25 RR command or RNR command or I frame sent
26 RR command or RNR command or I frame received
27 RR command or RNR command or REJ command sent
28 RR command or RNR command or REJ command received
29 RNR command or REJ command or FRMR command sent
30 FCS faulty or SNRM or Line Fault received
(line mutilates frames)
31 NEF or not SNRM received in DM
(all non-permissible/non-implemented commands)
32 DM message or UA message sent
33 SNRM command or Line Fault or DM command sent or
received
(CSC fails for unknown reasons
DCP, line, RESET IOP in disconnected mode)
34 Reserve (currently same as 33)
35 Reserve (currently same as 33)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0-35, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

BLKLEN BLOCK LENGTH

This parameter specifies how many bytes per block are to be

traced.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5200, range of decimal numbers

Default: 5200

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSCTRAC- 2+

 ACT CSCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BLKSUP SUPPLEMENTARY BLOCKS

This parameter specifies how many entries are still to be made

to the trace memory after a stop criterion has arrived.
It is only advisable to specify this for a stop criterion
recognized by the IOP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSCTRAC- 3-

 DACT CSCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CSC-TRACER

This command deactivates the trace function.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CSCTRAC : CSC= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CSCTRAC- 1-

 DISP CSCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CSC-TRACE COMMAND

This command displays the current trace states for all 4 tracers.
It checks whether or not the trace functions are set.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSCTRAC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSCTRAC- 1-

 DMP CSCTRAC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMP CSC-TRACE DATA

This command dumps data in the trace memory. The trace function is
stopped by this command. The last event stored is printed first.
If the command is entered several times, the trace memory can be
output to the end (oldest frame).

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DMP CSCTRAC : CSC= [,BLKCO=] [,BLKLEN=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSC CENTRAL SERVICE CHANNEL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

BLKCO BLOCK COUNT

This parameter specifies the number of data blocks

to be printed out.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

Default: 9999

BLKLEN BLOCK LENGTH

This parameter specifies how many bytes per block are to be

printed out.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...5200, range of decimal numbers

Default: 5200

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CSCTRAC- 1-

 ACT CSF
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE CALL STATUS FACILITY

This command activates the CSF monitoring of the object given by

parameters. Status reports will be produced for the objects whenever
the triggering events, setup by parameters, occur.

Restrictions:
A maximum of 32 ports can be monitored simultaneously.

Prerequisites:
- There may be no other ACT CSF command running in the site and
- no other tracer may run in the same LTG.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with

DACT CSF.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ACT CSF - DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

2. ACT CSF - EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER
3. ACT CSF - LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP
4. ACT CSF - TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

1. Input format

DIRECTORY NUMBER

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,SELRCF= 11 1
1 ACT CSF : [LAC=] ,DN= 1Z,DSELRCF=Y1 [,SUCC=] [,COUNT=] 1
1 11,SYMRCF= 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 [,TIME=] [,LNO=] [,OPMODE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code. It is required if there

is more than one local network connected to an exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

SELRCF SELECT RCF

This parameter specifies a set of RCF (Reason for Call Failure)

values triggering CSF.
RCF 1-127 = CAUSE, according to ETSI Q.850.

Default 0&&255

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 1+

 ACT CSF
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

0...255, range of decimal numbers

DSELRCF DESELECT RCF

This parameter specifies a set of RCF (Reason for Call Failure)

values NOT triggering CSF.
All other values will trigger CSF.
RCF 1-127 = CAUSE, according to ETSI Q.850.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

SYMRCF SYMBOLIC RCF

This parameter specifies a symbolic name of a set of SELRCF or

DSELRCF values stored in a diskfile.
The SYMRCF name and SELRCF/DSELRCF values must be stored in the
file TC.CSF.SYMRCF by use of EDTS8 and have the following format:

Symbolic name:SELRCF/DSELRCF=rcf values;

Example:

MSGFAULT:SELRCF=95&&101&110&111;
NOT_MSGFAULT:DSELRCF=95&&101&110&111;

NOTE:
Before editing TC.CSF.SYMRCF use the MML command DACT FNS: FNS=TC;
After editing use MML command ACT FNS: FNS=TC;

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SUCC SUCCESSFUL CALLS

This parameter specifies if status reports must be given when a

successful call is obtained.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

XN = NO TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS

1NO 1 NO TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS
1Y 1 TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS
>YES W TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS

Default: NO

COUNT MAX. NUMBER OF STATUS REPORTS

This parameter specifies the maximum number of status reports

generated by CSF.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

TIME MAX. ACTIVE TIME

This parameter specifies the maximum time for CSF to be active.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: HOURS=
0...1023, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 2+

 ACT CSF
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MINUTES=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

Default: 30

c: SECONDS=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number in a PBX group or in

a trunk group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

- PBX group : 1..9999

- TGNO : 1..16383

OPMODE OPERATING MODE

This parameter specifies a subset of PBX lines refering to the

operating mode of these lines.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

XABW = PBX GROUPS: ANALOG BOTHWAY

1AIC 1 PBX GROUPS: ANALOG INCOMING
1AOG 1 PBX GROUPS: ANALOG OUTGOING
1IBW 1 PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY
1IBW1TR6 1 PBX GROUPS: ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6
1IIC 1 PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING
1IIC1TR6 1 PBX GROUPS: ISDN INCOMING 1TR6
1IOG 1 PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING
1IOG1TR6 1 PBX GROUPS: ISDN OUTGOING 1TR6
>MBW W PBX GROUPS: MIXED BOTHWAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 3+

 ACT CSF
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

EQUIPMENT NUMBER

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,SELRCF= 11 1
1 ACT CSF : EQN= 1Z,DSELRCF=Y1 [,SUCC=] [,COUNT=] [,TIME=] ; 1
1 11,SYMRCF= 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU or V5IF equipment number

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c[-d]

a: NUMBER FOR DLU/V5IF=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number : 6000..8999 for V5IF port

b: NUMBER FOR SHELF=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

- Shelf : 0..7 for DLU port

- V5IF : 0 for V5IF port

c: NUMBER FOR MODULE=

0...20, range of decimal numbers

- Module : 0..15 for DLU port

- 0 for V51-IF port
- 0..20 for V52-IF port

d: NUMBER FOR CHANNEL/CIRCUIT OR V5IF PORT=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

- Circuit : 0..7 for DLU port (SLM8)

- Circuit : 0..15 for DLU port (SLM16)
- Circuit : 0..31 for DLUG port(SLM32)
- Port : 0..31 for V51-IF port
- Port : 0..99 for V52-IF port

SELRCF SELECT RCF

This parameter specifies a set of RCF (Reason for Call Failure)

values triggering CSF.
RCF 1-127 = CAUSE, according to ETSI Q.850.

Default 0&&255

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

DSELRCF DESELECT RCF

This parameter specifies a set of RCF (Reason for Call Failure)

values NOT triggering CSF.
All other values will trigger CSF.
RCF 1-127 = CAUSE, according to ETSI Q.850.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 4+

 ACT CSF
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

SYMRCF SYMBOLIC RCF

This parameter specifies a symbolic name of a set of SELRCF or

DSELRCF values stored in a diskfile.
The SYMRCF name and SELRCF/DSELRCF values must be stored in the
file TC.CSF.SYMRCF by use of EDTS8 and have the following format:

Symbolic name:SELRCF/DSELRCF=rcf values;

Example:

MSGFAULT:SELRCF=95&&101&110&111;
NOT_MSGFAULT:DSELRCF=95&&101&110&111;

NOTE:
Before editing TC.CSF.SYMRCF use the MML command DACT FNS: FNS=TC;
After editing use MML command ACT FNS: FNS=TC;

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SUCC SUCCESSFUL CALLS

This parameter specifies if status reports must be given when a

successful call is obtained.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

XN = NO TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS

1NO 1 NO TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS
1Y 1 TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS
>YES W TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS

Default: NO

COUNT MAX. NUMBER OF STATUS REPORTS

This parameter specifies the maximum number of status reports

generated by CSF.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

TIME MAX. ACTIVE TIME

This parameter specifies the maximum time for CSF to be active.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: HOURS=
0...1023, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

b: MINUTES=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

Default: 30

c: SECONDS=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 5+

 ACT CSF
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: 0

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 6+

 ACT CSF
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

LINE TRUNK GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,SELRCF= 11 1
1 ACT CSF : LTG= ,LC= 1Z,DSELRCF=Y1 [,SUCC=] [,COUNT=] 1
1 11,SYMRCF= 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 [,TIME=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNG GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group of the set of objects to
be traced.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LTG : 1..63

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter specifies the line connection of a LTG.

Notes:
- The input of this parameter is only valid in combination
with the LTG parameter.

- The following input is allowed:

LC = a
LC = a-b

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTU NO.OF A LTG=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

LTU : 0..7

b: CHANNEL OF A LTG PORT=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

Channel : 0..31

SELRCF SELECT RCF

This parameter specifies a set of RCF (Reason for Call Failure)

values triggering CSF.
RCF 1-127 = CAUSE, according to ETSI Q.850.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 7+

 ACT CSF
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default 0&&255

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

DSELRCF DESELECT RCF

This parameter specifies a set of RCF (Reason for Call Failure)

values NOT triggering CSF.
All other values will trigger CSF.
RCF 1-127 = CAUSE, according to ETSI Q.850.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

SYMRCF SYMBOLIC RCF

This parameter specifies a symbolic name of a set of SELRCF or

DSELRCF values stored in a diskfile.
The SYMRCF name and SELRCF/DSELRCF values must be stored in the
file TC.CSF.SYMRCF by use of EDTS8 and have the following format:

Symbolic name:SELRCF/DSELRCF=rcf values;

Example:

MSGFAULT:SELRCF=95&&101&110&111;
NOT_MSGFAULT:DSELRCF=95&&101&110&111;

NOTE:
Before editing TC.CSF.SYMRCF use the MML command DACT FNS: FNS=TC;
After editing use MML command ACT FNS: FNS=TC;

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SUCC SUCCESSFUL CALLS

This parameter specifies if status reports must be given when a

successful call is obtained.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

XN = NO TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS

1NO 1 NO TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS
1Y 1 TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS
>YES W TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS

Default: NO

COUNT MAX. NUMBER OF STATUS REPORTS

This parameter specifies the maximum number of status reports

generated by CSF.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

TIME MAX. ACTIVE TIME

This parameter specifies the maximum time for CSF to be active.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 8+

 ACT CSF
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b[-c]

a: HOURS=
0...1023, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

b: MINUTES=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

Default: 30

c: SECONDS=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 9+

 ACT CSF
TGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) X( )= 1
1 1,LNO=1 11,SELRCF= 11 1
1 ACT CSF : TGNO= Z,CIC=Y 1Z,DSELRCF=Y1 [,SUCC=] [,COUNT=] 1
1 1 1 11,SYMRCF= 11 1
1 * + >* +W 1
1 1
1 [,TIME=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TGNO TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the trunk group number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number in a PBX group or in

a trunk group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

- PBX group : 1..9999

- TGNO : 1..16383

CIC CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION CODE

This parameter specifies the circuit identification code of CCS7 lines.

Prerequisites:
- Input of a trunk group specified by the parameter TGNO

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b

a: DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER=

0...681, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...681
PCM 30 = 0...511

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

PCM 24 = 0...23 Channels

PCM 30 = 0...31 Channels

SELRCF SELECT RCF

This parameter specifies a set of RCF (Reason for Call Failure)

values triggering CSF.
RCF 1-127 = CAUSE, according to ETSI Q.850.

Default 0&&255

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 10+

 ACT CSF
TGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0, range of decimal numbers

DSELRCF DESELECT RCF

This parameter specifies a set of RCF (Reason for Call Failure)

values NOT triggering CSF.
All other values will trigger CSF.
RCF 1-127 = CAUSE, according to ETSI Q.850.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

SYMRCF SYMBOLIC RCF

This parameter specifies a symbolic name of a set of SELRCF or

DSELRCF values stored in a diskfile.
The SYMRCF name and SELRCF/DSELRCF values must be stored in the
file TC.CSF.SYMRCF by use of EDTS8 and have the following format:

Symbolic name:SELRCF/DSELRCF=rcf values;

Example:

MSGFAULT:SELRCF=95&&101&110&111;
NOT_MSGFAULT:DSELRCF=95&&101&110&111;

NOTE:
Before editing TC.CSF.SYMRCF use the MML command DACT FNS: FNS=TC;
After editing use MML command ACT FNS: FNS=TC;

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SUCC SUCCESSFUL CALLS

This parameter specifies if status reports must be given when a

successful call is obtained.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

XN = NO TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS

1NO 1 NO TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS
1Y 1 TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS
>YES W TRIGGER ON SUCCESSFUL CALLS

Default: NO

COUNT MAX. NUMBER OF STATUS REPORTS

This parameter specifies the maximum number of status reports

generated by CSF.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

TIME MAX. ACTIVE TIME

This parameter specifies the maximum time for CSF to be active.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: HOURS=
0...1023, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 11+

 ACT CSF
TGNO
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: 0

b: MINUTES=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

Default: 30

c: SECONDS=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT CSF- 12-

 DACT CSF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE CALL STATUS FACILITY

This command deactivates CSF (Call Status Facility) in the whole site.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT CSF ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT CSF- 1-

 DISP CSF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL STATUS FACILITY

This command displays CSF activation information: the ACT CSF

input parameters, starting time and the number of status reports
given so far from the last ACT CSF command.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSF ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSF- 1-

 DMP CSF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DUMP CALL STATUS FACILITY

This command shows the status reports collected in a disk file

during execution of the last ACT CSF command.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DMP CSF : [FORM=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FORM OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the dump format. The dump can be given
in either a SMALL interpreted report or a LARGE including the small
one and a hex dump of registers. Default is SMALL.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SMALL SMALL STATUS REPORT

LARGE LARGE STATUS REPORT

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DMP CSF- 1-

 CAN CSGINC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL COMMON SERVICE GROUP INTERCEPT

This command cancels the data entered for the specified intercept
identification.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1INCEPT=1 (;) 1
1 CAN CSGINC : ZNAME= Y [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the intercept identification for which the

data are to be cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DELOI INTERNATIONAL OUTGOING DELAY

DELII INTERNATIONAL INCOMING DELAY
DELTI INTERNATIONAL TRANSIT DELAY
DELN DELAY NATIONAL
IDELNS INTERNAT. DELAY NOT SERVICED
NDELNS NATIONAL DELAY NOT SERVICED
TCN TIME AND CHARGE NATIONAL
TCI TIME AND CHARGE INTERNATIONAL
TCA TIME AND CHARGE AUTOMATIC
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
TAGUNMAN TASK GROUP CURRENTLY UNMANNED
NRCAL NATIONAL RECALL
IRCAL INTERNATIONAL RECALL
LANGA LANGUAGE ASSISTANCE
VNOTF VERBAL NOTIFICATION
ONIREQ OPERATOR NUMBER ID REQUIRED
BILRUNO BILLING REGISTER UNOBT. OSS
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
REPCS REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
BEFREOPR BEFORE RECONNECT TO OPERATOR
BEFANNDN BEFORE ANNOUNCEMENT DN
UNREPCS UNSUCC. REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
NACS NATIONAL ALARM CALL SERVICE
NACSNS NATIONAL ALARM CS NOT SERVICED
IACS INTERNAT. ALARM CALL SERVICE
IACSNS INTERNAT.ALARM CS NOT SERVICED
AUTOACS AUTO ALARM CALL SERVICE
VOPIVPS VIRTUAL OPERATOR TO IVPS
TCEMAIL T&C VIA EMAIL
TCSMS T&C VIA SMS
TCFM1 T&C VIA FUTURE MEDIA 1
TCFM2 T&C VIA FUTURE MEDIA 2
BOOKLC BOOKING OF LARGE CONFERENCE
CLICKCON CLICK TO CONTACT
CLICKSWS CLICK TO CONTACT WITH SWS
CLICKSUB CLICK TO CONTACT SUBSCRIPTION
CLICKAP1 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 1
CLICKAP2 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 2
CLICKAP3 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 3
CLICKAP4 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 4
CLICKAP5 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 5
CLICKAP6 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 6
CLICKAP7 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 7
CLICKAP8 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 8
CLICKAP9 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 9

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSGINC- 1+

 CAN CSGINC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which the data
are to be cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
if the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes :
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSGINC- 2-

 CR CSGINC
IGNORE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE COMMON SERVICE GROUP INTERCEPT

This command is used to define common service group specific intercept data.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR CSGINC - IGNORE IGNORE INTERCEPT REASON

2. CR CSGINC - NEWCODE ANNOUNCEMENT VIA NEW CODE
3. CR CSGINC - NEWDEST RESOURCES VIA DESTINATION
4. CR CSGINC - OPRCTYP OPERATOR VIA CALLTYPE
5. CR CSGINC - TONE SUPPLY WITH A TONE

1. Input format

IGNORE INTERCEPT REASON

Input format to create an intercept code which, when accessed, causes

the originally required connection to be set up after all.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1INCEPT=1 (;) 1
1 CR CSGINC : ZNAME= Y [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,INRES= Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the intercept identification for which data

are to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BEFANNDN BEFORE ANNOUNCEMENT DN

If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful and the
call is to be connected to an automatic directory
number announcement of the requested B-party
number, the subscriber will be informed
accordingly beforehand.
BEFREOPR BEFORE RECONNECT TO OPERATOR
If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful and the
call is to be reconnected to an operator, this
intercept will access an announcement to inform
the subscriber accordingly.
BILRUNO BILLING REGISTER UNOBT. OSS
ONIREQ OPERATOR NUMBER ID REQUIRED
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
REPCS REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
This intercept accesses an announcement or music
before the next call setup attempt.
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
TAGUNMAN TASK GROUP CURRENTLY UNMANNED
UNREPCS UNSUCC. REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful, the
subscriber will be informed accordingly before the
call is automatically released.
VOPIVPS VIRTUAL OPERATOR TO IVPS
Sequencing is not allowed.

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which data are
to be created.
This parameter can also be used to define new intercepts.
For more flexibility of the user resources (e.g. announcements),
it is possible to create a variable number of these intercepts
per group. The linkage between the intercept and the object

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 1+
 CR CSGINC
IGNORE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

that will use this resource can be created by other commands.

For addressing the intercept, use its name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code
if the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area code.

Notes:
- This parameter is mandatory for an exchange with multiple DN volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

INRES INTERCEPT ADDITIONAL RESULT

This parameter specifies the response which is to be triggered when the

intercept identification is accessed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IGNORE IGNORE REASON FOR TERMINATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 2+
 CR CSGINC
NEWCODE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ANNOUNCEMENT VIA NEW CODE

Input format to create an intercept code via which the digit translator is
re-accessed. An intercept code of this type serves to access an
- announcement or
- operator.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1INCEPT=1 1
1 CR CSGINC : ZNAME= Y [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,INRES= ,CODE= 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,TONE=] [,SEQ=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the intercept identification for which data

are to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BEFANNDN BEFORE ANNOUNCEMENT DN

If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful and the
call is to be connected to an automatic directory
number announcement of the requested B-party
number, the subscriber will be informed
accordingly beforehand.
BEFREOPR BEFORE RECONNECT TO OPERATOR
If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful and the
call is to be reconnected to an operator, this
intercept will access an announcement to inform
the subscriber accordingly.
BILRUNO BILLING REGISTER UNOBT. OSS
ONIREQ OPERATOR NUMBER ID REQUIRED
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
REPCS REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
This intercept accesses an announcement or music
before the next call setup attempt.
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
TAGUNMAN TASK GROUP CURRENTLY UNMANNED
UNREPCS UNSUCC. REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful, the
subscriber will be informed accordingly before the
call is automatically released.
VOPIVPS VIRTUAL OPERATOR TO IVPS
Sequencing is not allowed.

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which data are
to be created.
This parameter can also be used to define new intercepts.
For more flexibility of the user resources (e.g. announcements),
it is possible to create a variable number of these intercepts
per group. The linkage between the intercept and the object
that will use this resource can be created by other commands.
For addressing the intercept, use its name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 3+
 CR CSGINC
NEWCODE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code
if the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area code.

Notes:
- This parameter is mandatory for an exchange with multiple DN volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

INRES INTERCEPT ADDITIONAL RESULT

This parameter specifies the response which is to be triggered when the

intercept identification is accessed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NEWCB1 NEW CODE AND SEND B1 NUMBER

NEWCB1NL NEW CODE SEND B1 NUMBER NO LAC
NEWCOD NEW CODE

CODE NEW CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: DIGITS FOR NEW CODE=

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

This unit specifies the digit sequence to be used for

retranslation.

b: CATEGORY FOR NEW CODE

CATAC CATEGORY OF ACTUAL CONNECTION
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15

This unit specifies the new class to be used for digit

translation. Translation with another class allows the
accessibility of a destination to be restricted (e.g. in order
to prevent the destination being dialed directly).

Default: CATAC

TONE TONE AND TONE TIME DURATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: TONE TYPE
ACKNTNEG ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE NEGATIVE
ACKNTPOS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE POSITIVE
CONGTONE ALL TRUNKS BUSY TONE
DIALTONE DIAL TONE
This value is not allowed for SEQ=1.
If this value is entered, no further sequence
is allowed.
Unit b cannot be specified for this value.
INFOTONE SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 4+
 CR CSGINC
NEWCODE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOTONE NO TONE
NUTONE NUMBER UNOBTAINABLE TONE
PROJTON1 PROJECT TONE 1
PROJTON2 PROJECT TONE 2
PROJTON3 PROJECT TONE 3
PROJTON4 PROJECT TONE 4
PROJTON5 PROJECT TONE 5
RNGTONE RINGING TONE
SUBBUSY SUBSCRIBER BUSY TONE

This parameter unit specifies the tone which is to be applied

if the intercept identification is accessed. If the INRES
parameter is also specified for the intercept identification,
the tone is only applied if the response specified by INRES
(e.g. access an announcement) is not possible.

b: TONE TIME DURATION=

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies how long (in seconds) the

tone is to be applied.
Value 0 means endless tone time duration.

Defaults:
ACKNTNEG = 120
ACKNTPOS = 24
CONGTONE = 30
INFOTONE = 0
NOTONE = 18
NUTONE = 30
PROJTON1 = 30
PROJTON2 = 30
PROJTON3 = 30
PROJTON4 = 30
PROJTON5 = 30
RNGTONE = 24
SUBBUSY = 120

SEQ SEQUENCE INDEX

This parameter specifies the position in which the response created by

this command will be located if several responses are created for one
intercept identification. This value must start with 1 and be entered
without gaps.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 5+
 CR CSGINC
NEWDEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

RESOURCES VIA DESTINATION

Input format to create an intercept code reached via a destination area to

incorporate resources (e.g. pool echo suppressors) into the connection.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1INCEPT=1 1
1 CR CSGINC : ZNAME= Y [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,INRES= ,DEST= 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,TONE=] [,SEQ=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the intercept identification for which data

are to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BEFANNDN BEFORE ANNOUNCEMENT DN

If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful and the
call is to be connected to an automatic directory
number announcement of the requested B-party
number, the subscriber will be informed
accordingly beforehand.
BEFREOPR BEFORE RECONNECT TO OPERATOR
If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful and the
call is to be reconnected to an operator, this
intercept will access an announcement to inform
the subscriber accordingly.
BILRUNO BILLING REGISTER UNOBT. OSS
ONIREQ OPERATOR NUMBER ID REQUIRED
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
REPCS REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
This intercept accesses an announcement or music
before the next call setup attempt.
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
TAGUNMAN TASK GROUP CURRENTLY UNMANNED
UNREPCS UNSUCC. REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful, the
subscriber will be informed accordingly before the
call is automatically released.
VOPIVPS VIRTUAL OPERATOR TO IVPS
Sequencing is not allowed.

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which data are
to be created.
This parameter can also be used to define new intercepts.
For more flexibility of the user resources (e.g. announcements),
it is possible to create a variable number of these intercepts
per group. The linkage between the intercept and the object
that will use this resource can be created by other commands.
For addressing the intercept, use its name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code
if the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area code.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 6+
 CR CSGINC
NEWDEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- This parameter is mandatory for an exchange with multiple DN volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

INRES INTERCEPT ADDITIONAL RESULT

This parameter specifies the response which is to be triggered when the

intercept identification is accessed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NEWDEST NEW DESTINATION

DEST DESTINATION AREA NAME

This parameter specifies the destination area to be

accessed by the intercept identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TONE TONE AND TONE TIME DURATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: TONE TYPE
ACKNTNEG ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE NEGATIVE
ACKNTPOS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE POSITIVE
CONGTONE ALL TRUNKS BUSY TONE
DIALTONE DIAL TONE
This value is not allowed for SEQ=1.
If this value is entered, no further sequence
is allowed.
Unit b cannot be specified for this value.
INFOTONE SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
NOTONE NO TONE
NUTONE NUMBER UNOBTAINABLE TONE
PROJTON1 PROJECT TONE 1
PROJTON2 PROJECT TONE 2
PROJTON3 PROJECT TONE 3
PROJTON4 PROJECT TONE 4
PROJTON5 PROJECT TONE 5
RNGTONE RINGING TONE
SUBBUSY SUBSCRIBER BUSY TONE

This parameter unit specifies the tone which is to be applied

if the intercept identification is accessed. If the INRES
parameter is also specified for the intercept identification,
the tone is only applied if the response specified by INRES
(e.g. access an announcement) is not possible.

b: TONE TIME DURATION=

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies how long (in seconds) the

tone is to be applied.
Value 0 means endless tone time duration.

Defaults:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 7+
 CR CSGINC
NEWDEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACKNTNEG = 120
ACKNTPOS = 24
CONGTONE = 30
INFOTONE = 0
NOTONE = 18
NUTONE = 30
PROJTON1 = 30
PROJTON2 = 30
PROJTON3 = 30
PROJTON4 = 30
PROJTON5 = 30
RNGTONE = 24
SUBBUSY = 120

SEQ SEQUENCE INDEX

This parameter specifies the position in which the response created by

this command will be located if several responses are created for one
intercept identification. This value must start with 1 and be entered
without gaps.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 8+
 CR CSGINC
OPRCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

OPERATOR VIA CALLTYPE

Input format to create an intercept code via which an OSS operator is accessed.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CSGINC : INCEPT= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,INRES= ,CTYP= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,TONE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the intercept identification for which data

are to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AUTOACS AUTO ALARM CALL SERVICE

An automatic alarm call hardware unit tries to
dial an A-party. If this is not successful, the
system routes the alarm call to an operator.
BOOKLC BOOKING OF LARGE CONFERENCE
This intercept leads via calltype to an operator
who initiates a large conference call.
CLICKAP1 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 1
This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request
to application 1.
CLICKAP2 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 2
This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request
to application 2.
CLICKAP3 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 3
This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request
to application 3.
CLICKAP4 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 4
This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request
to application 4.
CLICKAP5 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 5
This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request
to application 5.
CLICKAP6 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 6
This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request
to application 6.
CLICKAP7 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 7
This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request
to application 7.
CLICKAP8 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 8
This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request
to application 8.
CLICKAP9 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 9
This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request
to application 9.
CLICKCON CLICK TO CONTACT
This intercept leads via calltype to a call center
agent who sets up the connection to a subscriber
who has used the world wide web feature click to
contact.
CLICKSUB CLICK TO CONTACT SUBSCRIPTION
This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request for
internet subscription to the call center portal.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 9+
 CR CSGINC
OPRCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CLICKSWS CLICK TO CONTACT WITH SWS

This intercept leads to a call center agent via
calltype indicating a click to contact request
with synchronized web surfing (SWS).
DELII INTERNATIONAL INCOMING DELAY
DELN DELAY NATIONAL
DELOI INTERNATIONAL OUTGOING DELAY
DELTI INTERNATIONAL TRANSIT DELAY
IACS INTERNAT. ALARM CALL SERVICE
This intercept is used to address an international
alarm call service calltype which presents the
relevant alarm call data to an operator.
IACSNS INTERNAT.ALARM CS NOT SERVICED
If no operator can be reached by an international
alarm call service calltype, this overflow
intercept transfers control to a different group.
IDELNS INTERNAT. DELAY NOT SERVICED
IRCAL INTERNATIONAL RECALL
LANGA LANGUAGE ASSISTANCE
NACS NATIONAL ALARM CALL SERVICE
This intercept is used to address a national alarm
call service calltype which presents the relevant
alarm call data to an operator.
NACSNS NATIONAL ALARM CS NOT SERVICED
If no operator can be reached by a national alarm
call service calltype, this overflow intercept
transfers control to a different group.
NDELNS NATIONAL DELAY NOT SERVICED
NRCAL NATIONAL RECALL
TCA TIME AND CHARGE AUTOMATIC
TCEMAIL T&C VIA EMAIL
This intercept leads via calltype to an operator
who sends a time and charge report via e-mail.
TCFM1 T&C VIA FUTURE MEDIA 1
This intercept leads via calltype to an operator
who sends a time and charge report via future
media 1.
TCFM2 T&C VIA FUTURE MEDIA 2
This intercept leads via calltype to an operator
who sends a time and charge report via future
media 2.
TCI TIME AND CHARGE INTERNATIONAL
TCN TIME AND CHARGE NATIONAL
TCSMS T&C VIA SMS
This intercept leads via calltype to an operator
who sends a time and charge report via SMS.
VNOTF VERBAL NOTIFICATION

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code
if the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area code.

Notes:
- This parameter is mandatory for an exchange with multiple DN volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

INRES INTERCEPT ADDITIONAL RESULT

This parameter specifies the response which is to be triggered when the

intercept identification is accessed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OPRCTYP OPERATOR WITH CALL TYPE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 10+

 CR CSGINC
OPRCTYP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CTYP CALL TYPE NAME

This parameter specifies the call type of the operator being

accessed. The call type must already exist.
For special operator call types see command CR CALLTYPE.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TONE TONE AND TONE TIME DURATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: TONE TYPE
ACKNTNEG ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE NEGATIVE
ACKNTPOS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE POSITIVE
CONGTONE ALL TRUNKS BUSY TONE
DIALTONE DIAL TONE
This value is not allowed for SEQ=1.
If this value is entered, no further sequence
is allowed.
Unit b cannot be specified for this value.
INFOTONE SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
NOTONE NO TONE
NUTONE NUMBER UNOBTAINABLE TONE
PROJTON1 PROJECT TONE 1
PROJTON2 PROJECT TONE 2
PROJTON3 PROJECT TONE 3
PROJTON4 PROJECT TONE 4
PROJTON5 PROJECT TONE 5
RNGTONE RINGING TONE
SUBBUSY SUBSCRIBER BUSY TONE

This parameter unit specifies the tone which is to be applied

if the intercept identification is accessed. If the INRES
parameter is also specified for the intercept identification,
the tone is only applied if the response specified by INRES
(e.g. access an announcement) is not possible.

b: TONE TIME DURATION=

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies how long (in seconds) the

tone is to be applied.
Value 0 means endless tone time duration.

Defaults:
ACKNTNEG = 120
ACKNTPOS = 24
CONGTONE = 30
INFOTONE = 0
NOTONE = 18
NUTONE = 30
PROJTON1 = 30
PROJTON2 = 30
PROJTON3 = 30
PROJTON4 = 30
PROJTON5 = 30
RNGTONE = 24
SUBBUSY = 120

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 11+

 CR CSGINC
TONE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

SUPPLY WITH A TONE

Input format to create an intercept code via which an intercept tone is

accessed.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1INCEPT=1 (;) 1
1 CR CSGINC : ZNAME= Y [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TONE= [,SEQ=] Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the intercept identification for which data

are to be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BEFANNDN BEFORE ANNOUNCEMENT DN

If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful and the
call is to be connected to an automatic directory
number announcement of the requested B-party
number, the subscriber will be informed
accordingly beforehand.
BEFREOPR BEFORE RECONNECT TO OPERATOR
If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful and the
call is to be reconnected to an operator, this
intercept will access an announcement to inform
the subscriber accordingly.
BILRUNO BILLING REGISTER UNOBT. OSS
ONIREQ OPERATOR NUMBER ID REQUIRED
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
REPCS REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
This intercept accesses an announcement or music
before the next call setup attempt.
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
TAGUNMAN TASK GROUP CURRENTLY UNMANNED
UNREPCS UNSUCC. REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
If Repetitive Call Setup is not successful, the
subscriber will be informed accordingly before the
call is automatically released.
VOPIVPS VIRTUAL OPERATOR TO IVPS
Sequencing is not allowed.

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which data are
to be created.
This parameter can also be used to define new intercepts.
For more flexibility of the user resources (e.g. announcements),
it is possible to create a variable number of these intercepts
per group. The linkage between the intercept and the object
that will use this resource can be created by other commands.
For addressing the intercept, use its name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code
if the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area code.

Notes:
- This parameter is mandatory for an exchange with multiple DN volume.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 12+

 CR CSGINC
TONE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TONE TONE AND TONE TIME DURATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: TONE TYPE
ACKNTNEG ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE NEGATIVE
ACKNTPOS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE POSITIVE
CONGTONE ALL TRUNKS BUSY TONE
DIALTONE DIAL TONE
This value is not allowed for SEQ=1.
If this value is entered, no further sequence
is allowed.
Unit b cannot be specified for this value.
INFOTONE SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
NOTONE NO TONE
NUTONE NUMBER UNOBTAINABLE TONE
PROJTON1 PROJECT TONE 1
PROJTON2 PROJECT TONE 2
PROJTON3 PROJECT TONE 3
PROJTON4 PROJECT TONE 4
PROJTON5 PROJECT TONE 5
RNGTONE RINGING TONE
SUBBUSY SUBSCRIBER BUSY TONE

This parameter unit specifies the tone which is to be applied

if the intercept identification is accessed. If the INRES
parameter is also specified for the intercept identification,
the tone is only applied if the response specified by INRES
(e.g. access an announcement) is not possible.

b: TONE TIME DURATION=

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies how long (in seconds) the

tone is to be applied.
Value 0 means endless tone time duration.

Defaults:
ACKNTNEG = 120
ACKNTPOS = 24
CONGTONE = 30
INFOTONE = 0
NOTONE = 18
NUTONE = 30
PROJTON1 = 30
PROJTON2 = 30
PROJTON3 = 30
PROJTON4 = 30
PROJTON5 = 30
RNGTONE = 24
SUBBUSY = 120

SEQ SEQUENCE INDEX

This parameter specifies the position in which the response created by

this command will be located if several responses are created for one
intercept identification. This value must start with 1 and be entered
without gaps.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 13+

 CR CSGINC
TONE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...15, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGINC- 14-

 DISP CSGINC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY COMMON SERVICE GROUP INTERCEPT

This command displays the created data for the specified common service group
intercept identification.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSGINC : <INCEPT= ,NAME=> [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the common service group intercept

identification for which the data are to be displayed.

Up to 34 intercept identifiers may be linked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DELOI INTERNATIONAL OUTGOING DELAY

DELII INTERNATIONAL INCOMING DELAY
DELTI INTERNATIONAL TRANSIT DELAY
DELN DELAY NATIONAL
IDELNS INTERNAT. DELAY NOT SERVICED
NDELNS NATIONAL DELAY NOT SERVICED
TCN TIME AND CHARGE NATIONAL
TCI TIME AND CHARGE INTERNATIONAL
TCA TIME AND CHARGE AUTOMATIC
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
TAGUNMAN TASK GROUP CURRENTLY UNMANNED
NRCAL NATIONAL RECALL
IRCAL INTERNATIONAL RECALL
LANGA LANGUAGE ASSISTANCE
VNOTF VERBAL NOTIFICATION
ONIREQ OPERATOR NUMBER ID REQUIRED
BILRUNO BILLING REGISTER UNOBT. OSS
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
REPCS REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
BEFREOPR BEFORE RECONNECT TO OPERATOR
BEFANNDN BEFORE ANNOUNCEMENT DN
UNREPCS UNSUCC. REPETITIVE CALL SETUP
NACS NATIONAL ALARM CALL SERVICE
NACSNS NATIONAL ALARM CS NOT SERVICED
IACS INTERNAT. ALARM CALL SERVICE
IACSNS INTERNAT.ALARM CS NOT SERVICED
AUTOACS AUTO ALARM CALL SERVICE
VOPIVPS VIRTUAL OPERATOR TO IVPS
TCEMAIL T&C VIA EMAIL
TCSMS T&C VIA SMS
TCFM1 T&C VIA FUTURE MEDIA 1
TCFM2 T&C VIA FUTURE MEDIA 2
BOOKLC BOOKING OF LARGE CONFERENCE
CLICKCON CLICK TO CONTACT
CLICKSWS CLICK TO CONTACT WITH SWS
CLICKSUB CLICK TO CONTACT SUBSCRIPTION
CLICKAP1 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 1
CLICKAP2 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 2
CLICKAP3 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 3
CLICKAP4 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 4
CLICKAP5 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 5
CLICKAP6 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 6
CLICKAP7 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 7
CLICKAP8 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 8
CLICKAP9 CLICK TO CONTACT APPLICATION 9
X ALL VALUES

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSGINC- 1+

 DISP CSGINC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which the data are to
be displayed.

Up to 34 intercept names may be linked.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
if the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes :
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSGINC- 2-

 CAN CSGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL COMMON SERVICE GROUP DATA

This command cancels a common service group for CENTREX or OSS.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CSGRP : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
when the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes:
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.
- Entering LAC the parameter DN is required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSGRP- 1-

 CR CSGRP
CRCSGBCF
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE COMMON SERVICE GROUP DATA

This command creates a common service group for CENTREX or ADMOSS.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR CSGRP - CRCSGBCF CREATE COMMON SERVICE GROUP WITH BCHDL

2. CR CSGRP - CRCSGCPX CREATE CTXCPLX COMMON SERVICE GROUP
3. CR CSGRP - CRCSGCTX CREATE CENTREX COMMON SERVICE GROUP
4. CR CSGRP - CRCSGOSS CREATE ADMOSS COMMON SERVICE GROUP

1. Input format

CREATE COMMON SERVICE GROUP WITH BCHDL

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CSGRP : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,FEA= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
when the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes:
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.
- Entering LAC the parameter DN is required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features of the common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BCHDL B CHANNEL DATA LINK

Notes:
- The default features for an ADMOSS-common service group are
SUPERAUT and MONSEP.
- The default features for a CENTREX-common service group are
ACTENABL, MANUACC and NOFORCE.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 1+
 CR CSGRP
CRCSGCPX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CREATE CTXCPLX COMMON SERVICE GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CSGRP : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,CXGRP= ,CXDN= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CHSITE=] ,DIV= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
when the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes:
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.
- Entering LAC the parameter DN is required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the common service group type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CTXCPLX CENTREX COMPLEX CSGRP

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of an existing

CENTREX group.

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is

related to a secured CENTREX business group (BGID)
for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX intercom number.

The CXDN for intercom - calls is created and corresponded to a

directory number of the subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 digit decimal number

CHSITE CHARGING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging zone

for the CENTREX Group Specific Charging Method.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 2+
 CR CSGRP
CRCSGCPX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

DIV DIVERSION FEATURES

This parameter specifies the diversion features.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DIVERSION
LFCD LINK FAILURE CALL DIVERSION
USECSGRP USE OF SHARED CSGRP
In case of USECSGRP the diversion number is
the CENTREX group number of the destination
CENTREX group within the CENTREX complex.

b: DIVERSION NUMBER=
1...7 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 3+
 CR CSGRP
CRCSGCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

CREATE CENTREX COMMON SERVICE GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CSGRP : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,CXGRP= ,CXDN= [,NAME=] 1
1 1
1 ,LANG= ,PWBASIC= [,PWMINLN=] [,PWEXP=] [,FEA=] 1
1 1
1 [,HUNT=] [,CHSITE=] [,DIV=] [,TIMVAL=] [,LIMVAL=] 1
1 1
1 [,FRWDINC=] [,ACTFWINC=] [,RESLIM=] [,SENDNO=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,PSEUDONO=] [,RMTAPGT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
when the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes:
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.
- Entering LAC the parameter DN is required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the common service group type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CTX CENTREX COMMON SERVICE GROUP

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of an existing

CENTREX group.

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is

related to a secured CENTREX business group (BGID)
for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX intercom number.

The CXDN for intercom - calls is created and corresponded to a

directory number of the subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 4+
 CR CSGRP
CRCSGCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the default language.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL LANGUAGE 1
LOCAL2 LOCAL LANGUAGE 2
LOCAL3 LOCAL LANGUAGE 3
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

PWBASIC PASSWORD BASIC

This parameter specifies the initial password for the

common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

PWMINLN PASSWORD MINIMUM LENGTH

This parameter specifies the minimum length of the password.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...24, range of decimal numbers

Default: 4

PWEXP PASSWORD EXPIRATION DAY

This parameter specifies the expiration days of the password.

(the password will expire in xxx days)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...366, range of decimal numbers

Default: 30

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features of the common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTBDTA ACT B-PARTY DIAL THROUGH ATT.

ACTENABL ACT ENABLE BASIC ATTENDANT
ACTFDTA ACT FORCE ATT. ANSW. DTA CALL
ACTGMB ACTIVATE GROUP MAKE BUSY
ACTNS ACTIVATE NIGHT SERVICE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 5+
 CR CSGRP
CRCSGCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTPCPER PERSONAL CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT

ACTPPER PERSONAL PERFORM ACT
ACTRMTAP ACTIVATE REMOTE APPLICATION
Activates network wide routing and monitoring
functions with an application that is located
on a remote platform in the network.

Prerequisites:
- This feature can only be set if the feature
RMTAP is set, as well.
ACTSCPER SYSTEM CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT
BARGE BARGE IN
CDSPROG CDS PROGRAMS ALLOWED
CENTSAS CENTRAL SUPPORT APPL. SERVER
Makes the support application server of this
common service group associated to a central
support application server.
This means that another common service group in
the network with the feature RMTAP can define
the CSGLAC/CSGDN of this group as address of
the remote application (RMTAPGT).

Incompatibilities:
- RMTAP
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER WAITING CALL
FLOGOFF FORCE LOGOFF
MANUACC MANUAL ACCEPTANCE MODE
MLPPHUNT MLPP HUNTING
NOFORCE NO FORCE
PROP00 PROPERTY 0
PROP01 PROPERTY 1
PROP02 PROPERTY 2
PROP03 PROPERTY 3
PROP04 PROPERTY 4
PROP05 PROPERTY 5
PROP06 PROPERTY 6
PROP07 PROPERTY 7
PROP08 PROPERTY 8
PROP09 PROPERTY 9
PROP10 PROPERTY 10
PROP11 PROPERTY 11
PROP12 PROPERTY 12
PROP13 PROPERTY 13
PROP14 PROPERTY 14
PROP15 PROPERTY 15
PRVCSGRP PROVIDING COMMON SERVICE GROUP
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
Declares that an application that is located on a
remote platform in the network exists for routing
and monitoring purposes of this common service
group.

Notes:
- This feature is prerequisite for feature
activation ACTRMTAP.

Prerequisites:
- The parameter RMTAPGT has to be entered with
the same MML command.
SOREPCON SUPPRESS OP. REP. ON CONSOLE
SOREPOMT SUPRESS OP. REP. ON OMT

Notes:
- The default features for an ADMOSS-common service group are
SUPERAUT and MONSEP.
- The default features for a CENTREX-common service group are
ACTENABL, MANUACC and NOFORCE.

HUNT HUNTING

This parameter specifies the hunting procedure.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CIR CIRCULAR HUNTING

SEQ SEQUENTIAL HUNTING
UNI UNIFORM HUNTING

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 6+
 CR CSGRP
CRCSGCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: UNI

CHSITE CHARGING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging zone

for the CENTREX Group Specific Charging Method.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

DIV DIVERSION FEATURES

This parameter specifies the diversion features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: DIVERSION
LFCD LINK FAILURE CALL DIVERSION
USECSGRP USE OF SHARED CSGRP
In case of USECSGRP the diversion number is
the CENTREX group number of the destination
CENTREX group within the CENTREX complex.
USELFCD USE OF SHARED LFCD NUMBER

b: DIVERSION NUMBER=
1...7 digit decimal number

TIMVAL TIME VALUE

This parameter specifies the timer and timer values.

Notes:
- In case of a CENTREX common service group only PCTIMER,
ACTIMER and ACOTIMER are valid inputs.
- In case of an ADMOSS common service group all TIMVAL
parameters are valid, except ACOTIMER.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: TIME
ACOTIMER ATTENDANT CAMP ON TIMER
ACTIMER ACCEPTANCE TIME INTERVAL
PCTIMER POST CALL TIME INTERVAL

b: TIME VALUE=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for PCTIMER : 0 - 255 0
- range for FCHATIM : 0 - 65535 20
- range for INTTOLE : 0 - 6140 2
- range for DISABLE : 1 - 240 30
- range for LOGOFF : 0 - 99 1
- range for PIPLEAD : 0 - 99 15
- range for PIPNATB : 15 - 999 180
- range for PIPNATO : 15 - 999 60
- range for PIPINTB : 15 - 999 180
- range for PIPINTO : 15 - 999 60
- range for ACTIMER : 1 - 255 20
- range for QUESTAT : 50 - 240 120
- range for ACOTIMER: 10 - 180 30

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 7+
 CR CSGRP
CRCSGCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LIMVAL LIMIT VALUE

This parameter specifies the limit and the limit values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: LIMIT
ACLIMIT ACCEPTANCE LIMIT
PCPER PERSONAL CALLTYPE PERF. LIMIT
SUPLOGON SUPERVISOR LOGON LIMIT

b: LIMIT VALUE=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for ADMOSS CHFLOGON : 1 - 4 1
- range for CTX ACLIMIT : 1 - 255 3
- range for ADMOSS PCPER : 0 - 9999 100
- range for CTX PCPER : 0 - 9999 10
- range for ADMOSS SUPLOGON : 1 - 4 1
- range for CTX SUPLOGON : 1 - 4 1

FRWDINC FORWARD INTERCEPTS LINKAGE

This parameter specifies the possibile forward intercept links

of this common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ACTFWINC ACTIVATED FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the activated forward intercept

of this common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

RESLIM RESOURCE LIMIT

This parameter specifies the maximum number of resources which may used
in this common service group depending on the type of resource.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: RESOURCE TYPE
CDS CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Maximum number of task groups for this common
service group.
CTYPE CALLTYPE
Maximum number of calltypes for this common
service group.

b: MAXIMUM VALUE=
0...4095, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for CDS : 0 - 4095 10
- range for BCHDL CDS : 1 1
- range for ADMOSS CTYPE: 0 - 4095 255
- range for CTX CTYPE: 0 - 4095 0

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 8+
 CR CSGRP
CRCSGCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- range for BCHDL CTYPE: 1 1

SENDNO SENDNUMBER

This parameter specifies which calling party number should be sent by

operator outgoing calls.

Notes:
- The A and B units entered have to be different.
- For CENTREX it is enough to input unit A.
a) which calling party number should be send by operator outgoing
calls:
NONE
ASIDENO A-party number default for unit a, only for ADMOSS
relevant
AGENTNO LAC/DN of operator, default for unit a, for
CTX
CSGNO CSG-number only for CTX relevant
SERVNO Service number only for ADMOSS relevant
PSEUDONO Pseudo number

b) which number should be sent, if a) number is not available:

NONE default for unit b, for ADMOSS
and CENTREX
AGENTNO LAC/DN of operator
not available for CENTREX
PSEUDONO Pseudo number not available for CENTREX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: SENDNUMBER A TYPE
AGENTNO AGENT NUMBER
Agent number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
CSGNO COMMON SERVICE GROUP NUMBER
Common service group number should be sent by
operator outgoing calls.
NONE NONE
None number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
PSEUDONO PSEUDONUMBER
Pseudo number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.

b: SENDNUMBER B TYPE
[NONE ] NONE
None number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.

PSEUDONO PSEUDONUMBER

This parameter specifies the Pseudo number value for the SENDNO
parameter if required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

RMTAPGT REM. APPLICATION GLOBAL TITLE

This parameter specifies the Global Title of the remote application.

If a central Support Application Server is used this parameter must
be supplied with CSGLAC/CSGDN of the common service group with
the associated central support application server.
The SS7-database, the global title digit tree and the global title
must have been created.
If the GT digit tree exists in international format the country code
must be prefixed.

Notes:
- The parameter is only allowed, when the feature RMTAP is set.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 9+
 CR CSGRP
CRCSGCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Notes:
- Up to 19 digits may be evaluated
(including up to 3 discrimination digits.
- The digits 20 to 24 are for future use.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 10+

 CR CSGRP
CRCSGOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

CREATE ADMOSS COMMON SERVICE GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CSGRP : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= [,NAME=] ,LANG= 1
1 1
1 ,PWBASIC= [,PWMINLN=] [,PWEXP=] [,HUNT=] [,FEA=] 1
1 1
1 [,TIMVAL=] [,LIMVAL=] [,RESLIM=] [,IVPS=] 1
1 1
1 [,CATEG=] [,AUTPRI=] [,PRESTC=] [,PRINTC=] 1
1 1
1 [,AUGRANEL=] ,ID= [,FRWDINC=] [,ACTFWINC=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SENDNO=] [,PSEUDONO=] [,RMTAPGT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
when the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes:
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.
- Entering LAC the parameter DN is required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the common service group type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OSS ADMOSS COMMON SERVICE GROUP

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the default language.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL LANGUAGE 1
LOCAL2 LOCAL LANGUAGE 2
LOCAL3 LOCAL LANGUAGE 3
PROP1 PROPERTY 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 11+

 CR CSGRP
CRCSGOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

PWBASIC PASSWORD BASIC

This parameter specifies the initial password for the

common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

PWMINLN PASSWORD MINIMUM LENGTH

This parameter specifies the minimum length of the password.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...24, range of decimal numbers

Default: 4

PWEXP PASSWORD EXPIRATION DAY

This parameter specifies the expiration days of the password.

(the password will expire in xxx days)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...366, range of decimal numbers

Default: 30

HUNT HUNTING

This parameter specifies the hunting procedure.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CIR CIRCULAR HUNTING

SEQ SEQUENTIAL HUNTING
UNI UNIFORM HUNTING

Default: UNI

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features of the common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACATZON A-PARTY CATEGORY ZONING

ACTPPER PERSONAL PERFORM ACT
ACTRMTAP ACTIVATE REMOTE APPLICATION
Activates network wide routing and monitoring
functions with an application that is located
on a remote platform in the network.

Prerequisites:
- This feature can only be set if the feature
RMTAP is set, as well.
ACTSCPER SYSTEM CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT
ADATZON A-PARTY DATA ZONING
AFIRCON A-PARTY FIRST IN CONFERENCE
AMACTYP CALL TYPE NAME IN AMA TICKET
AMASERVN SERVICE NUMBER IN AMA TICKET
AORIGZON A-PARTY ORIGINATION ZONING

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 12+

 CR CSGRP
CRCSGOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

AUTOACEX AUTOMATIC ALARM CALL EXECUTION

BLSREEN BLACKLIST SCREENING
CDSPROG CDS PROGRAMS ALLOWED
CENTSAS CENTRAL SUPPORT APPL. SERVER
Makes the support application server of this
common service group associated to a central
support application server.
This means that another common service group in
the network with the feature RMTAP can define
the CSGLAC/CSGDN of this group as address of
the remote application (RMTAPGT).

Incompatibilities:
- RMTAP
CHBOEXT CHARGEABLE B-OPR. EXTENSION
CHINCRD CHARGEABLE INCOMING RINGDOWN
CHOUTRD CHARGEABLE OUTGOING RINGDOWN
COMOINT CONVERS. MONITOR INTRUSION TON
CONCAI5 CONVERT CHARACTER TO ITR5
CONMIN15 ONLY CONSOLES MINIMUM V15
DETAILCH OSS. AMA RECORDS FOR RECONNECT
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER WAITING CALL
DQTIME DISPLAY QUEUEING TIME
DSECDN DISPLAY SECRET DN
DSUPMON DISPLAY SUPERVISOR MONITORING
FCHAPH1 FORCED CHARGING PHASE 1
FCHAPH2 FORCED CHARGING PHASE 2
FORCANS FORCED ANSWER
FORCVER FORCED VERIFICATION
MANUACC MANUAL ACCEPTANCE MODE
MONSEP MONETARY SEPARATOR
NOFORCE NO FORCE
OPRVER OPERATOR VERIFICATION
PREVCAC PREVENT CALL COMPLETION
PROP00 PROPERTY 0
PROP01 PROPERTY 1
PROP02 PROPERTY 2
PROP03 PROPERTY 3
PROP04 PROPERTY 4
PROP05 PROPERTY 5
PROP06 PROPERTY 6
PROP07 PROPERTY 7
PROP08 PROPERTY 8
PROP09 PROPERTY 9
PROP10 PROPERTY 10
PROP11 PROPERTY 11
PROP12 PROPERTY 12
PROP13 PROPERTY 13
PROP14 PROPERTY 14
PROP15 PROPERTY 15
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
Declares that an application that is located on a
remote platform in the network exists for routing
and monitoring purposes of this common service
group.

Notes:
- This feature is prerequisite for feature
activation ACTRMTAP.

Prerequisites:
- The parameter RMTAPGT has to be entered with
the same MML command.
SHAREGRP SHARING GROUP
This feature is incompatible and deactivated for
ADMOSS.
SOREPCON SUPPRESS OP. REP. ON CONSOLE
SOREPOMT SUPRESS OP. REP. ON OMT
SUPALARM SUPERVISOR ALARMING
SUPERAUT SUPERVISOR AUTHORISATION
SUPSTAT SUPERVISOR STATISTICS
TIRACT TICKET RETRIVAL ACTIVATION
VERIFAT VERIFIED A-NUMBER TRANSMISSION
WLSREEN WHITELIST SCREENING

Notes:
- The default features for an ADMOSS-common service group are

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 13+

 CR CSGRP
CRCSGOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SUPERAUT and MONSEP.

- The default features for a CENTREX-common service group are
ACTENABL, MANUACC and NOFORCE.

TIMVAL TIME VALUE

This parameter specifies the timer and timer values.

Notes:
- In case of a CENTREX common service group only PCTIMER,
ACTIMER and ACOTIMER are valid inputs.
- In case of an ADMOSS common service group all TIMVAL
parameters are valid, except ACOTIMER.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: TIME
ACTIMER ACCEPTANCE TIME INTERVAL
DISABLE DISABLE ACT. INTERVAL
FCHATIM FORCED CHARGING TIMER
INTTOLE INTRUSION TONE LENGTH
LOGOFF LOGOFF ACT. INTERVAL
PCTIMER POST CALL TIME INTERVAL
PIPINTB PIP TONE INS. INT. BASIC
PIPINTO PIP TONE INS. INT. OVERTIME
PIPLEAD PIP TONE LEAD TIME
PIPNATB PIP TONE INS. NAT. BASIC
PIPNATO PIP TONE INS. NAT. OVERTIME
QUESTAT QUEUE STATUS REQUEST

b: TIME VALUE=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for PCTIMER : 0 - 255 0
- range for FCHATIM : 0 - 65535 20
- range for INTTOLE : 0 - 6140 2
- range for DISABLE : 1 - 240 30
- range for LOGOFF : 0 - 99 1
- range for PIPLEAD : 0 - 99 15
- range for PIPNATB : 15 - 999 180
- range for PIPNATO : 15 - 999 60
- range for PIPINTB : 15 - 999 180
- range for PIPINTO : 15 - 999 60
- range for ACTIMER : 1 - 255 20
- range for QUESTAT : 50 - 240 120
- range for ACOTIMER: 10 - 180 30

LIMVAL LIMIT VALUE

This parameter specifies the limit and the limit values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: LIMIT
CHFLOGON CHIEF LOGON LIMIT
PCPER PERSONAL CALLTYPE PERF. LIMIT
SUPLOGON SUPERVISOR LOGON LIMIT

b: LIMIT VALUE=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for ADMOSS CHFLOGON : 1 - 4 1
- range for CTX ACLIMIT : 1 - 255 3

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 14+

 CR CSGRP
CRCSGOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- range for ADMOSS PCPER : 0 - 9999 100

- range for CTX PCPER : 0 - 9999 10
- range for ADMOSS SUPLOGON : 1 - 4 1
- range for CTX SUPLOGON : 1 - 4 1

RESLIM RESOURCE LIMIT

This parameter specifies the maximum number of resources which may used
in this common service group depending on the type of resource.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: RESOURCE TYPE
CDS CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Maximum number of task groups for this common
service group.
CTYPE CALLTYPE
Maximum number of calltypes for this common
service group.

b: MAXIMUM VALUE=
0...4095, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for CDS : 0 - 4095 10
- range for BCHDL CDS : 1 1
- range for ADMOSS CTYPE: 0 - 4095 255
- range for CTX CTYPE: 0 - 4095 0
- range for BCHDL CTYPE: 1 1

IVPS IVPS

This parameter specifies the User Interface of the Integrated Voice

Processing System

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: IVPS DATA
CACCOPR CODE TO ACCESS AN OPERATOR
CANSNO CODE FOR ANSWER NO
CANSYES CODE FOR ANSWER YES
CSKIPDBL CODE TO SKIP A DIALOGBLOCK
DEFANSW DEFAULT ANSWER
MAXDERR MAX NUMBER OF DIALOGUE ERROR
REPEATDN REPETITION OF DN

b: IVPS DATA VALUE=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for CACCOPR : 0 - F 0
- range for CSKIPDBL : 0 - F C
- range for CANSYES : 0 - F 1
- range for CANSNO : 0 - F 3
- range for DEFANSW : 0 - 1 0
- range for REPEATDN : 0 - 9 2
- range for MAXDERR : 0 - 9 3

CATEG CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the Operator Categories

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 15+

 CR CSGRP
CRCSGOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: CATEG DATA
INTCALL INTERNATIONAL CALLS
NATCALL NATIONAL CALLS
TROFFCL TRUNK OFFER/VERIFICATION CALLS

b: CATEG DATA VALUE=

0...15, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for NATCALL : 0 - 15 5
- range for INTCALL : 0 - 15 10
- range for TROFFCL : 0 - 15 15

AUTPRI AUTOMATIC PRICE ADVICE

This parameter specifies the automatic charge notification which

specifies the charge data for the automatic charge message.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: PRICE PER CHARGING UNIT=

0...99999, range of decimal numbers

This unit means the price per charging unit.

Default: 99999

b: BASIC RATE PERIOD=

1...99, range of decimal numbers

This unit means the basic rate period.

Default: 3

c: CLASSIFIED RATE PERIOD=

1...99, range of decimal numbers

This unit means the classified rate period.

Default: 1

PRESTC PRESENT T&C CALLS TO OPERATOR

This parameter specifies which kind of time and charges - Calls will
be presented to the operator.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL T&C CALLS

SUCCESS SUCCESSFUL T&C CALLS
TIMED TIMED T&C CALLS

Default: ALL

PRINTC PRINT T&C CALLS

This parameter specifies which kind of time and charges - Calls will be
presented to the operator for printing.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL T&C TICKETS

NO NO T&C TICKETS
UNSUCC UNSUCCESSFUL T&C TICKETS

Default: NO

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 16+

 CR CSGRP
CRCSGOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

AUGRANEL AUTO. GREET. ANN. ELEMENT NO.

This parameter specifies the announcement element number created

for the automatic greeting function.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10, range of decimal numbers

ID IDENTIFICATION OF CSGRP

This parameter specifies the identification of an

ADMOSS common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10, range of decimal numbers

FRWDINC FORWARD INTERCEPTS LINKAGE

This parameter specifies the possibile forward intercept links

of this common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ACTFWINC ACTIVATED FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the activated forward intercept

of this common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SENDNO SENDNUMBER

This parameter specifies which calling party number should be sent by

operator outgoing calls.

Notes:
- The A and B units entered have to be different.
- For CENTREX it is enough to input unit A.
a) which calling party number should be send by operator outgoing
calls:
NONE
ASIDENO A-party number default for unit a, only for ADMOSS
relevant
AGENTNO LAC/DN of operator, default for unit a, for
CTX
CSGNO CSG-number only for CTX relevant
SERVNO Service number only for ADMOSS relevant
PSEUDONO Pseudo number

b) which number should be sent, if a) number is not available:

NONE default for unit b, for ADMOSS
and CENTREX
AGENTNO LAC/DN of operator
not available for CENTREX
PSEUDONO Pseudo number not available for CENTREX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: SENDNUMBER A TYPE
AGENTNO AGENT NUMBER
Agent number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
ASIDENO A SIDE NUMBER
A side number number should be sent by operator
outgoing calls.
NONE NONE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 17+

 CR CSGRP
CRCSGOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

None number should be sent by operator outgoing

calls.
PSEUDONO PSEUDONUMBER
Pseudo number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
SERVNO SERVICE NUMBER
Service number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.

b: SENDNUMBER B TYPE
AGENTNO AGENT NUMBER
Agent number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
NONE NONE
None number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
PSEUDONO PSEUDONUMBER
Pseudo number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.

PSEUDONO PSEUDONUMBER

This parameter specifies the Pseudo number value for the SENDNO
parameter if required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

RMTAPGT REM. APPLICATION GLOBAL TITLE

This parameter specifies the Global Title of the remote application.

If a central Support Application Server is used this parameter must
be supplied with CSGLAC/CSGDN of the common service group with
the associated central support application server.
The SS7-database, the global title digit tree and the global title
must have been created.
If the GT digit tree exists in international format the country code
must be prefixed.

Notes:
- The parameter is only allowed, when the feature RMTAP is set.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Notes:
- Up to 19 digits may be evaluated
(including up to 3 discrimination digits.
- The digits 20 to 24 are for future use.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CSGRP- 18-

 DISP CSGRP
CSGDN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY COMMON SERVICE GROUP DATA

This command displays one or more common service groups for CENTREX or OSS.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CSGRP - CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DIRECTORY NUMBER

2. DISP CSGRP - CXGRP CENTREX GROUP
3. DISP CSGRP - TYPE TYPE

1. Input format

COMMON SERVICE GROUP DIRECTORY NUMBER

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSGRP : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
when the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes:
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.
- Entering LAC the parameter DN is required.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSGRP- 1+

 DISP CSGRP
CXGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CENTREX GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSGRP : CXGRP= [,DIV=] [,FEA=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

DIV DIVERSION FEATURES

This parameter specifies the diversion features.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DIVERSION
USECSGRP USE OF SHARED CSGRP
USELFCD USE OF SHARED LFCD NUMBER

b: DIVERSION NUMBER=
1...7 digit decimal number

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features of the common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

PRVCSGRP PROVIDING COMMON SERVICE GROUP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSGRP- 2+

 DISP CSGRP
TYPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

TYPE

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSGRP : TYPE= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the common service group type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CTX CENTREX
CTXCPLX CENTREX COMPLEX CSGRP
OSS OPERATOR SERVICE SYSTEM

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSGRP- 3-

 MOD CSGRP
MOCSGCPX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY COMMON SERVICE GROUP DATA

This command modifies a common service group for CENTREX or ADMOSS.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD CSGRP - MOCSGCPX MODIFY CTXCPLX COMMON SERVICE GROUP

2. MOD CSGRP - MODCSGCX MODIFY CENTREX COMMON SERVICE GROUP
3. MOD CSGRP - MODCSGOS MODIFY ADMOSS COMMON SERVICE GROUP

1. Input format

MODIFY CTXCPLX COMMON SERVICE GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CSGRP : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= <,CHSITE=> ,DIV= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
when the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes:
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.
- Entering LAC the parameter DN is required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CHSITE CHARGING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging zone

for the CENTREX Group Specific Charging Method.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

DIV DIVERSION FEATURES

This parameter specifies the diversion features.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DIVERSION
LFCD LINK FAILURE CALL DIVERSION
USECSGRP USE OF SHARED CSGRP
In case of USECSGRP the diversion number is the
CENTREX group number of the destination CENTREX
group within the CENTREX complex.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 1+

 MOD CSGRP
MOCSGCPX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: DIVERSION NUMBER=
1...7 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 2+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MODIFY CENTREX COMMON SERVICE GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CSGRP : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= [,NAME=] [,LANG=] [,PWBASIC=] 1
1 1
1 [,PWMINLN=] [,PWEXP=] [,FEA=] [,CFEA=] [,HUNT=] 1
1 1
1 [,CHSITE=] [,DIV=] [,CDIV=] [,TIMVAL=] [,LIMVAL=] 1
1 1
1 [,FRWDINC=] [,CFRWDINC=] [,ACTFWINC=] [,CANFWINC=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,RESLIM=] [,SENDNO=] [,PSEUDONO=] [,RMTAPGT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
when the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes:
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.
- Entering LAC the parameter DN is required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the default language.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL LANGUAGE 1
LOCAL2 LOCAL LANGUAGE 2
LOCAL3 LOCAL LANGUAGE 3
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 3+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PWBASIC PASSWORD BASIC

This parameter specifies the initial password for the

common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

PWMINLN PASSWORD MINIMUM LENGTH

This parameter specifies the minimum length of the password.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...24, range of decimal numbers

PWEXP PASSWORD EXPIRATION DAY

This parameter specifies the expiration days of the password.

(the password will expire in xxx days)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...366, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features of the common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTBDTA ACT B-PARTY DIAL THROUGH ATT.

ACTENABL ACT ENABLE BASIC ATTENDANT
ACTFDTA ACT FORCE ATT. ANSW. DTA CALL
ACTGMB ACTIVATE GROUP MAKE BUSY
ACTNS ACTIVATE NIGHT SERVICE
ACTPCPER PERSONAL CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT
ACTPPER PERSONAL PERFORM ACT
ACTRMTAP ACTIVATE REMOTE APPLICATION
Activates network wide routing and monitoring
functions with an application that is located
on a remote platform in the network.

Prerequisites:
- This feature can only be set if the feature
RMTAP is set, as well.
ACTSCPER SYSTEM CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT
BARGE BARGE IN
CDSPROG CDS PROGRAMS ALLOWED
CENTSAS CENTRAL SUPPORT APPL. SERVER
Makes the support application server of this
common service group associated to a central
support application server.
This means that another common service group in
the network with the feature RMTAP can define
the CSGLAC/CSGDN of this group as address of
the remote application (RMTAPGT).

Incompatibilities:
- RMTAP
FLOGOFF FORCE LOGOFF
MANUACC MANUAL ACCEPTANCE MODE
MLPPHUNT MLPP HUNTING
NOFORCE NO FORCE
PROP00 PROPERTY 0
PROP01 PROPERTY 1
PROP02 PROPERTY 2
PROP03 PROPERTY 3
PROP04 PROPERTY 4
PROP05 PROPERTY 5
PROP06 PROPERTY 6

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 4+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PROP07 PROPERTY 7
PROP08 PROPERTY 8
PROP09 PROPERTY 9
PROP10 PROPERTY 10
PROP11 PROPERTY 11
PROP12 PROPERTY 12
PROP13 PROPERTY 13
PROP14 PROPERTY 14
PROP15 PROPERTY 15
PRVCSGRP PROVIDING COMMON SERVICE GROUP
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
Declares that an application that is located on a
remote platform in the network exists for routing
and monitoring purposes of this common service
group.

Notes:
- This feature is prerequisite for feature
activation ACTRMTAP.

Prerequisites:
- The parameter RMTAPGT has to be entered with
the same MML command.
SOREPCON SUPPRESS OP. REP. ON CONSOLE
SOREPOMT SUPRESS OP. REP. ON OMT

CFEA CANCEL FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features for deactivation of the

common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTBDTA ACT B-PARTY DIAL THROUGH ATT.

ACTENABL ACT ENABLE BASIC ATTENDANT
ACTFDTA ACT FORCE ATT. ANSW. DTA CALL
ACTGMB ACTIVATE GROUP MAKE BUSY
ACTNS ACTIVATE NIGHT SERVICE
ACTPCPER PERSONAL CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT
ACTPPER PERSONAL PERFORM ACT
ACTRMTAP ACTIVATE REMOTE APPLICATION
Deactivates network wide routing and monitoring
functions with an application that is located
on a remote platform in the network.
ACTSCPER SYSTEM CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT
BARGE BARGE IN
CDSPROG CDS PROGRAMS ALLOWED
CENTSAS CENTRAL SUPPORT APPL. SERVER
Deactivates the support application server
association of this common service group to a
central support application server.
FLOGOFF FORCE LOGOFF
MANUACC MANUAL ACCEPTANCE MODE
MLPPHUNT MLPP HUNTING
NOFORCE NO FORCE
PROP00 PROPERTY 0
PROP01 PROPERTY 1
PROP02 PROPERTY 2
PROP03 PROPERTY 3
PROP04 PROPERTY 4
PROP05 PROPERTY 5
PROP06 PROPERTY 6
PROP07 PROPERTY 7
PROP08 PROPERTY 8
PROP09 PROPERTY 9
PROP10 PROPERTY 10
PROP11 PROPERTY 11
PROP12 PROPERTY 12
PROP13 PROPERTY 13
PROP14 PROPERTY 14
PROP15 PROPERTY 15
PRVCSGRP PROVIDING COMMON SERVICE GROUP
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
Deactivates that an application that is located on
a remote platform in the network exists for
routing and monitoring purposes of this common

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 5+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

service group.

Notes:
- The prerequisite for cancellation the feature
RMTAP is the cancellation of the ACTRMTAP
feature.
- With cancellation of feature RMTAP the
parameter RMTAPGT will be deleted
automatically.
SOREPCON SUPPRESS OP. REP. ON CONSOLE
SOREPOMT SUPRESS OP. REP. ON OMT

HUNT HUNTING

This parameter specifies the hunting procedure.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CIR CIRCULAR HUNTING

SEQ SEQUENTIAL HUNTING
UNI UNIFORM HUNTING

CHSITE CHARGING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging zone

for the CENTREX Group Specific Charging Method.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

DIV DIVERSION FEATURES

This parameter specifies the diversion features.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DIVERSION
LFCD LINK FAILURE CALL DIVERSION
USECSGRP USE OF SHARED CSGRP
In case of USECSGRP the diversion number is the
CENTREX group number of the destination CENTREX
group within the CENTREX complex.
USELFCD USE OF SHARED LFCD NUMBER

b: DIVERSION NUMBER=
1...7 digit decimal number

CDIV CANCEL DIVERSION

This parameter specifies the diversion features to be cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LFCD LINK FAILURE CALL DIVERSION

USECSGRP USE OF SHARED CSGRP
USELFCD USE OF SHARED LFCD NUMBER

TIMVAL TIME VALUE

This parameter specifies the timer and timer values.

Notes:
- In case of a CENTREX common service group only PCTIMER,
ACTIMER and ACOTIMER are valid inputs.
- In case of an ADMOSS common service group all TIMVAL
parameters are valid, except ACOTIMER.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: TIME

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 6+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACOTIMER ATTENDANT CAMP ON TIMER

ACTIMER ACCEPTANCE TIME INTERVAL
PCTIMER POST CALL TIME INTERVAL

b: TIME VALUE=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valied Range Default
------------ -------
- range for PCTIMER : 0 - 255 0
- range for FCHATIM : 0 - 65535 20
- range for INTTOLE : 0 - 6140 2
- range for DISABLE : 1 - 240 30
- range for LOGOFF : 0 - 99 1
- range for PIPLEAD : 0 - 99 15
- range for PIPNATB : 15 - 999 180
- range for PIPNATO : 15 - 999 60
- range for PIPINTB : 15 - 999 180
- range for PIPINTO : 15 - 999 60
- range for ACTIMER : 1 - 255 20
- range for QUESTAT : 50 - 240 120
- range for ACOTIMER: 10 - 180 30

LIMVAL LIMIT VALUE

This parameter specifies the limit and the limit values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: LIMIT
ACLIMIT ACCEPTANCE LIMIT
PCPER PERSONAL CALLTYPE PERF. LIMIT
SUPLOGON SUPERVISOR LOGON LIMIT

b: LIMIT VALUE=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for ADMOSS CHFLOGON : 1 - 4 1
- range for CTX ACLIMIT : 1 - 255 3
- range for ADMOSS PCPER : 0 - 9999 100
- range for CTX PCPER : 0 - 9999 10
- range for ADMOSS SUPLOGON : 1 - 4 1
- range for CTX SUPLOGON : 1 - 4 1

FRWDINC FORWARD INTERCEPTS LINKAGE

This parameter specifies the possibile forward intercept links

of this common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CFRWDINC CAN FORWARD INTERCEPTS LINKAGE

This parameter specifies the release of possibile forward intercept

links of this common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 7+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTFWINC ACTIVATED FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the activated forward intercept

of this common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CANFWINC DEACTIVATED FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the deactivated forward intercept

of this common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

RESLIM RESOURCE LIMIT

This parameter specifies the maximum number of resources which may used
in this common service group depending on the type of resource.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: RESOURCE TYPE
CDS CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Maximum number of task groups for this common
service group.
CTYPE CALLTYPE
Maximum number of calltypes for this common
service group.

Default: CDS

b: MAXIMUM VALUE=
0...4095, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
----------- -------
- range for CDS : 0 - 4095 10
- range for ADMOSS CTYPE: 0 - 4095 255
- range for CTX CTYPE: 0 - 4095 0

SENDNO SENDNUMBER

This parameter specifies which calling party number should be sent by

operator outgoing calls.

Notes:
- The A and B units entered have to be different.
- For CENTREX it is enough to input unit A.
a) which calling party number should be send by operator outgoing
calls:
NONE
ASIDENO A-party number default for unit a, only for ADMOSS
relevant
AGENTNO LAC/DN of operator, default for unit a, for
CTX
CSGNO CSG-number only for CTX relevant
SERVNO Service number only for ADMOSS relevant
PSEUDONO Pseudo number

b) which number should be sent, if a) number is not available:

NONE default for unit b, for ADMOSS
and CENTREX
AGENTNO LAC/DN of operator
not available for CENTREX
PSEUDONO Pseudo number not available for CENTREX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 8+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b]

a: SENDNUMBER A TYPE
AGENTNO AGENT NUMBER
Agent number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
CSGNO COMMON SERVICE GROUP NUMBER
Common service group number should be sent by
operator outgoing calls.
NONE NONE
None number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
PSEUDONO PSEUDONUMBER
Pseudo number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.

b: SENDNUMBER B TYPE
[NONE ] NONE
None number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.

PSEUDONO PSEUDONUMBER

This parameter specifies the Pseudo number value for the SENDNO
parameter if required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

RMTAPGT REM. APPLICATION GLOBAL TITLE

This parameter specifies the Global Title of the remote application.

If a central Support Application Server is used this parameter must
be supplied with CSGLAC/CSGDN of the common service group with
the associated central support application server.
The SS7-database, the global title digit tree and the global title
must have been created.
If the GT digit tree exists in international format the country code
must be prefixed.

Notes:
- The parameter is only allowed, when the feature RMTAP is set.
- The parameter will be deleted automatically with cancellation of
feature RMTAP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Notes:
- Up to 19 digits may be evaluated
(including up to 3 discrimination digits).
- The digits 20 to 24 are for future use.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 9+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

MODIFY ADMOSS COMMON SERVICE GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CSGRP : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= [,NAME=] [,LANG=] [,PWBASIC=] 1
1 1
1 [,PWMINLN=] [,PWEXP=] [,HUNT=] [,FEA=] [,CFEA=] 1
1 1
1 [,TIMVAL=] [,LIMVAL=] [,RESLIM=] [,IVPS=] 1
1 1
1 [,CATEG=] [,AUTPRI=] [,PRESTC=] [,PRINTC=] 1
1 1
1 [,AUGRANEL=] [,FRWDINC=] [,CFRWDINC=] [,ACTFWINC=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CANFWINC=] [,SENDNO=] [,PSEUDONO=] [,RMTAPGT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the common service group local area code,
when the EWSD exchange serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes:
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is mandatory.
- Entering LAC the parameter DN is required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the common service group directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the default language.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL LANGUAGE 1
LOCAL2 LOCAL LANGUAGE 2
LOCAL3 LOCAL LANGUAGE 3
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 10+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PWBASIC PASSWORD BASIC

This parameter specifies the initial password for the

common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

PWMINLN PASSWORD MINIMUM LENGTH

This parameter specifies the minimum length of the password.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4...24, range of decimal numbers

PWEXP PASSWORD EXPIRATION DAY

This parameter specifies the expiration days of the password.

(the password will expire in xxx days)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...366, range of decimal numbers

HUNT HUNTING

This parameter specifies the hunting procedure.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CIR CIRCULAR HUNTING

SEQ SEQUENTIAL HUNTING
UNI UNIFORM HUNTING

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features of the common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACATZON A-PARTY CATEGORY ZONING

ACTPCPER PERSONAL CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT
ACTPPER PERSONAL PERFORM ACT
ACTRMTAP ACTIVATE REMOTE APPLICATION
Activates network wide routing and monitoring
functions with an application that is located
on a remote platform in the network.

Prerequisites:
- This feature can only be set if the feature
RMTAP is set, as well.
ACTSCPER SYSTEM CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT
ADATZON A-PARTY DATA ZONING
AFIRCON A-PARTY FIRST IN CONFERENCE
AMACTYP CALL TYPE NAME IN AMA TICKET
AMASERVN SERVICE NUMBER IN AMA TICKET
AORIGZON A-PARTY ORIGINATION ZONING
AUTOACEX AUTOMATIC ALARM CALL EXECUTION
BLSREEN BLACKLIST SCREENING
CDSPROG CDS PROGRAMS ALLOWED
CENTSAS CENTRAL SUPPORT APPL. SERVER
Makes the support application server of this
common service group associated to a central
support application server.
This means that another common service group in
the network with the feature RMTAP can define
the CSGLAC/CSGDN of this group as address of
the remote application (RMTAPGT).

Incompatibilities:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 11+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- RMTAP
CHBOEXT CHARGEABLE B-OPR. EXTENSION
CHINCRD CHARGEABLE INCOMING RINGDOWN
CHOUTRD CHARGEABLE OUTGOING RINGDOWN
COMOINT CONVERS. MONITOR INTRUSION TON
CONCAI5 CONVERT CHARACTER TO ITR5
CONMIN15 ONLY CONSOLES MINIMUM V15
DETAILCH OSS. AMA RECORDS FOR RECONNECT
DQTIME DISPLAY QUEUEING TIME
DSECDN DISPLAY SECRET DN
DSUPMON DISPLAY SUPERVISOR MONITORING
FCHAPH1 FORCED CHARGING PHASE 1
FCHAPH2 FORCED CHARGING PHASE 2
FORCANS FORCED ANSWER
FORCVER FORCED VERIFICATION
MANUACC MANUAL ACCEPTANCE MODE
MONSEP MONETARY SEPARATOR
NOFORCE NO FORCE
OPRVER OPERATOR VERIFICATION
PREVCAC PREVENT CALL COMPLETION
PROP00 PROPERTY 0
PROP01 PROPERTY 1
PROP02 PROPERTY 2
PROP03 PROPERTY 3
PROP04 PROPERTY 4
PROP05 PROPERTY 5
PROP06 PROPERTY 6
PROP07 PROPERTY 7
PROP08 PROPERTY 8
PROP09 PROPERTY 9
PROP10 PROPERTY 10
PROP11 PROPERTY 11
PROP12 PROPERTY 12
PROP13 PROPERTY 13
PROP14 PROPERTY 14
PROP15 PROPERTY 15
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
Declares that an application that is located on a
remote platform in the network exists for routing
and monitoring purposes of this common service
group.

Notes:
- This feature is prerequisite for feature
activation ACTRMTAP.

Prerequisites:
- The parameter RMTAPGT has to be entered with
the same MML command.
SHAREGRP SHARING GROUP
This feature is incompatible and deactivated for
ADMOSS.
SOREPCON SUPPRESS OP. REP. ON CONSOLE
SOREPOMT SUPRESS OP. REP. ON OMT
SUPALARM SUPERVISOR ALARMING
SUPERAUT SUPERVISOR AUTHORISATION
SUPSTAT SUPERVISOR STATISTICS
TIRACT TICKET RETRIVAL ACTIVATION
VERIFAT VERIFIED A-NUMBER TRANSMISSION
WLSREEN WHITELIST SCREENING

CFEA CANCEL FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features for deactivation of the

common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACATZON A-PARTY CATEGORY ZONING

ACTPCPER PERSONAL CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT
ACTPPER PERSONAL PERFORM ACT
ACTRMTAP ACTIVATE REMOTE APPLICATION
Deactivates network wide routing and monitoring
functions with an application that is located
on a remote platform in the network.
ACTSCPER SYSTEM CALLTYPE PERFORM ACT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 12+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ADATZON A-PARTY DATA ZONING

AFIRCON A-PARTY FIRST IN CONFERENCE
AMACTYP CALL TYPE NAME IN AMA TICKET
AMASERVN SERVICE NUMBER IN AMA TICKET
AORIGZON A-PARTY ORIGINATION ZONING
AUTOACEX AUTOMATIC ALARM CALL EXECUTION
BLSREEN BLACKLIST SCREENING
CDSPROG CDS PROGRAMS ALLOWED
CENTSAS CENTRAL SUPPORT APPL. SERVER
Deactivates the support application server
association of this common service group to a
central support application server.
CHBOEXT CHARGEABLE B-OPR. EXTENSION
CHINCRD CHARGEABLE INCOMING RINGDOWN
CHOUTRD CHARGEABLE OUTGOING RINGDOWN
COMOINT CONVERS. MONITOR INTRUSION TON
CONCAI5 CONVERT CHARACTER TO ITR5
CONMIN15 ONLY CONSOLES MINIMUM V15
DETAILCH OSS. AMA RECORDS FOR RECONNECT
DQTIME DISPLAY QUEUEING TIME
DSECDN DISPLAY SECRET DN
DSUPMON DISPLAY SUPERVISOR MONITORING
FCHAPH1 FORCED CHARGING PHASE 1
FCHAPH2 FORCED CHARGING PHASE 2
FORCANS FORCED ANSWER
FORCVER FORCED VERIFICATION
MANUACC MANUAL ACCEPTANCE MODE
MONSEP MONETARY SEPARATOR
NOFORCE NO FORCE
OPRVER OPERATOR VERIFICATION
PREVCAC PREVENT CALL COMPLETION
PROP00 PROPERTY 0
PROP01 PROPERTY 1
PROP02 PROPERTY 2
PROP03 PROPERTY 3
PROP04 PROPERTY 4
PROP05 PROPERTY 5
PROP06 PROPERTY 6
PROP07 PROPERTY 7
PROP08 PROPERTY 8
PROP09 PROPERTY 9
PROP10 PROPERTY 10
PROP11 PROPERTY 11
PROP12 PROPERTY 12
PROP13 PROPERTY 13
PROP14 PROPERTY 14
PROP15 PROPERTY 15
RMTAP REMOTE APPLICATION
Deactivates that an application that is located on
a remote platform in the network exists for
routing and monitoring purposes of this common
service group.

Notes:
- The prerequisite for cancellation the feature
RMTAP is the cancellation of the ACTRMTAP
feature.
- With cancellation of feature RMTAP the
parameter RMTAPGT will be deleted
automatically.
SHAREGRP SHARING GROUP
SOREPCON SUPPRESS OP. REP. ON CONSOLE
SOREPOMT SUPRESS OP. REP. ON OMT
SUPALARM SUPERVISOR ALARMING
SUPERAUT SUPERVISOR AUTHORISATION
SUPSTAT SUPERVISOR STATISTICS
TIRACT TICKET RETRIVAL ACTIVATION
VERIFAT VERIFIED A-NUMBER TRANSMISSION
WLSREEN WHITELIST SCREENING

TIMVAL TIME VALUE

This parameter specifies the timer and timer values.

Notes:
- In case of a CENTREX common service group only PCTIMER,
ACTIMER and ACOTIMER are valid inputs.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 13+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- In case of an ADMOSS common service group all TIMVAL

parameters are valid, except ACOTIMER.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: TIME
ACTIMER ACCEPTANCE TIME INTERVAL
DISABLE DISABLE ACT. INTERVAL
FCHATIM FORCED CHARGING TIMER
INTTOLE INTRUSION TONE LENGTH
LOGOFF LOGOFF ACT. INTERVAL
PCTIMER POST CALL TIME INTERVAL
PIPINTB PIP TONE INS. INT. BASIC
PIPINTO PIP TONE INS. INT. OVERTIME
PIPLEAD PIP TONE LEAD TIME
PIPNATB PIP TONE INS. NAT. BASIC
PIPNATO PIP TONE INS. NAT. OVERTIME
QUESTAT QUEUE STATUS REQUEST

b: TIME VALUE=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valied Range Default
------------ -------
- range for PCTIMER : 0 - 255 0
- range for FCHATIM : 0 - 65535 20
- range for INTTOLE : 0 - 6140 2
- range for DISABLE : 1 - 240 30
- range for LOGOFF : 0 - 99 1
- range for PIPLEAD : 0 - 99 15
- range for PIPNATB : 15 - 999 180
- range for PIPNATO : 15 - 999 60
- range for PIPINTB : 15 - 999 180
- range for PIPINTO : 15 - 999 60
- range for ACTIMER : 1 - 255 20
- range for QUESTAT : 50 - 240 120
- range for ACOTIMER: 10 - 180 30

LIMVAL LIMIT VALUE

This parameter specifies the limit and the limit values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: LIMIT
CHFLOGON CHIEF LOGON LIMIT
PCPER PERSONAL CALLTYPE PERF. LIMIT
SUPLOGON SUPERVISOR LOGON LIMIT

b: LIMIT VALUE=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for ADMOSS CHFLOGON : 1 - 4 1
- range for CTX ACLIMIT : 1 - 255 3
- range for ADMOSS PCPER : 0 - 9999 100
- range for CTX PCPER : 0 - 9999 10
- range for ADMOSS SUPLOGON : 1 - 4 1
- range for CTX SUPLOGON : 1 - 4 1

RESLIM RESOURCE LIMIT

This parameter specifies the maximum number of resources which may used
in this common service group depending on the type of resource.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 14+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: RESOURCE TYPE
CDS CALL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Maximum number of task groups for this common
service group.
CTYPE CALLTYPE
Maximum number of calltypes for this common
service group.

Default: CDS

b: MAXIMUM VALUE=
0...4095, range of decimal numbers

Notes:
valid Range Default
----------- -------
- range for CDS : 0 - 4095 10
- range for ADMOSS CTYPE: 0 - 4095 255
- range for CTX CTYPE: 0 - 4095 0

IVPS IVPS

This parameter specifies the User Interface of the Integrated Voice

Processing System

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: IVPS DATA
CACCOPR CODE TO ACCESS AN OPERATOR
CANSNO CODE FOR ANSWER NO
CANSYES CODE FOR ANSWER YES
CSKIPDBL CODE TO SKIP A DIALOGBLOCK
DEFANSW DEFAULT ANSWER
MAXDERR MAX NUMBER OF DIALOGUE ERROR
REPEATDN REPETITION OF DN

b: IVPS DATA VALUE=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for CACCOPR : 0 - F 0
- range for CSKIPDBL : 0 - F 2
- range for CANSYES : 0 - F 1
- range for CANSNO : 0 - F 3
- range for DEFANSW : 0 - 1 0
- range for REPEATDN : 0 - 9 2
- range for MAXDERR : 0 - 9 3

CATEG CATEGORY

This parameter specifies the Operator Categories

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: CATEG DATA
INTCALL INTERNATIONAL CALLS
NATCALL NATIONAL CALLS
TROFFCL TRUNK OFFER/VERIFICATION CALLS

b: CATEG DATA VALUE=

0...15, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 15+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
valid Range Default
------------ -------
- range for NATCALL : 0 - 15 5
- range for INTCALL : 0 - 15 10
- range for TROFFCL : 0 - 15 15

AUTPRI AUTOMATIC PRICE ADVICE

This parameter specifies the automatic charge notification which

specifies the charge data for the automatic charge message.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: PRICE PER CHARGING UNIT=

0...99999, range of decimal numbers

This unit means the price per charging unit.

b: BASIC RATE PERIOD=

1...99, range of decimal numbers

This unit means the basic rate period.

c: CLASSIFIED RATE PERIOD=

1...99, range of decimal numbers

This unit means the classified rate period.

PRESTC PRESENT T&C CALLS TO OPERATOR

This parameter specifies which kind of time and charges - Calls will be
presented to the operator.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL T&C CALLS

SUCCESS SUCCESSFUL T&C CALLS
TIMED TIMED T&C CALLS

PRINTC PRINT T&C CALLS

This parameter specifies which kind of time and charges - Calls will be
presented to the operator for printing.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL T&C TICKETS

NO NO T&C TICKETS
UNSUCC UNSUCCESSFUL T&C TICKETS

AUGRANEL AUTO. GREET. ANN. ELEMENT NO.

This parameter specifies the announcement element number created

for the automatic greeting function.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10, range of decimal numbers

FRWDINC FORWARD INTERCEPTS LINKAGE

This parameter specifies the possibile forward intercept links

of this common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 16+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CFRWDINC CAN FORWARD INTERCEPTS LINKAGE

This parameter specifies the release of possibile forward intercept

links of this common service group.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ACTFWINC ACTIVATED FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the activated forward intercept

of this common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CANFWINC DEACTIVATED FORWARD INTERCEPT

This parameter specifies the deactivated forward intercept

of this common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SENDNO SENDNUMBER

This parameter specifies which calling party number should be sent by

operator outgoing calls.

Notes:
- The A and B units entered have to be different.
- For CENTREX it is enough to input unit A.
a) which calling party number should be send by operator outgoing
calls:
NONE
ASIDENO A-party number default for unit a, only for ADMOSS
relevant
AGENTNO LAC/DN of operator, default for unit a, for
CTX
CSGNO CSG-number only for CTX relevant
SERVNO Service number only for ADMOSS relevant
PSEUDONO Pseudo number

b) which number should be sent, if a) number is not available:

NONE default for unit b, for ADMOSS
and CENTREX
AGENTNO LAC/DN of operator
not available for CENTREX
PSEUDONO Pseudo number not available for CENTREX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: SENDNUMBER A TYPE
AGENTNO AGENT NUMBER
Agent number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
ASIDENO A SIDE NUMBER
A side number number should be sent by operator
outgoing calls.
NONE NONE
None number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
PSEUDONO PSEUDONUMBER
Pseudo number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
SERVNO SERVICE NUMBER
Service number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 17+

 MOD CSGRP
MODCSGOS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: SENDNUMBER B TYPE
AGENTNO AGENT NUMBER
Agent number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
NONE NONE
None number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.
PSEUDONO PSEUDONUMBER
Pseudo number should be sent by operator outgoing
calls.

PSEUDONO PSEUDONUMBER

This parameter specifies the Pseudo number value for the SENDNO
parameter if required.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

RMTAPGT REM. APPLICATION GLOBAL TITLE

This parameter specifies the Global Title of the remote application.

If a central Support Application Server is used this parameter must
be supplied with CSGLAC/CSGDN of the common service group with
the associated central support application server.
The SS7-database, the global title digit tree and the global title
must have been created.
If the GT digit tree exists in international format the country code
must be prefixed.

Notes:
- The parameter is only allowed, when the feature RMTAP is set.
- The parameter will be deleted automatically with cancellation of
feature RMTAP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Notes:
- Up to 19 digits may be evaluated
(including up to 3 discrimination digits).
- The digits 20 to 24 are for future use.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CSGRP- 18-

 CAN CSSUB
CANCSSUB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL COMMON SERVICE SUBSCRIBER DATA

This command cancels an existing common service subscriber or

modifies the data of an existing common service subscriber.

Notes:
- The command is rejected if the common service subscriber
is related to a secured CENTREX business group BGID for
which the operator has no administration permission.
- The data of an existing common service subscriber can only
be deleted from common service subscriber of
TYPE=ATN, SUPER or CHIEF.
- If at least one value of traffic restriction classes for
a subscriber exist, the OSS common service subscriber
feature value restriction for outgoing calls must be not
canceled.
- At least one language for TYPE=OPR, SUPER and VOPR
must exist.

Prerequisites:
- All types of common service subscriber can be
canceled, while they are not logged-on.
The TYPE of common service subscriber ATN, BATN or
VOPR can also be canceled while they are logged on.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CAN CSSUB - CANCSSUB CANCEL CS-SUBSCRIBER

2. CAN CSSUB - MODCXATN MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE ATN
3. CAN CSSUB - MODCXBAS MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE BATN
4. CAN CSSUB - MODCXSUP MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE SUPER
5. CAN CSSUB - MODMAINT MOD CSSUB OSS TYPE MAINT
6. CAN CSSUB - MODOPR MOD CSSUB OSS TYPE OPR
7. CAN CSSUB - MODOSCHI MOD CSSUB OSS TYPE CHIEF
8. CAN CSSUB - MODOSSUP MOD CSSUB OSS TYPE SUPER
9. CAN CSSUB - MODVOPR MOD CSSUB OSS TYPE VOPR

1. Input format

CANCEL CS-SUBSCRIBER

This input format is used to cancel an existing

common service subscriber.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

common service subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange
with a multiple directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 1+

 CAN CSSUB
CANCSSUB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 2+

 CAN CSSUB
MODCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE ATN

This input format is used to modify the data of an existing

common service subscriber with TYPE=ATN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

common service subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange
with a multiple directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE

AEAACT ACCESS TO EXT.APPLICATION ACT.
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
CHCXGRPD CHANGE CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
CHCXSUBD CHANGE CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
CXMOD CTX MODIFICATION AUTHORIZATION
CXPERAUT CENTREX PERFORMANCE AUTH.
DICXGRPD DISPLAY CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
DICXSUBD DISPLAY CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 3+

 CAN CSSUB
MODCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29

DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
GMBACT GROUP MAKE BUSY ACT. AUTH.
MDRACT MSG DETAIL RECORDING ACT.AUTH.
MDRGACT MDR REPORT GENERATION ACT.
MDRMACT MDR MODIFICATION ACTIVATION
NSACT NIGHT SERVICE ACT. AUTH.
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PDMACT PHONE DIRECTORY MAINT.ACT.
PFAACT PROTECT FILE ACCESS ACTIVATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
PRVCXMOD PROVIDE CTX GROUP MODIFICATION
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SWPCXSUB SWAP TWO CTX SUBSCRIBER AUTH.
TRAFACT TRAFFIC ACTIVATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 task groups can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority
task group.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 4+

 CAN CSSUB
MODCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE OSS

This parameter specifies which OSS call types are restricted.

Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 5+

 CAN CSSUB
MODCXBAS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE BATN

This input format is used to modify the data of an existing

common service subscriber with TYPE=BATN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

common service subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange
with a multiple directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE

GMBACT GROUP MAKE BUSY ACT. AUTH.
NSACT NIGHT SERVICE ACT. AUTH.

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 task groups can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies in which sequence the common

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 6+

 CAN CSSUB
MODCXBAS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

service subscriber processes the assigned priority

task group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE OSS

This parameter specifies which OSS call types are restricted.

Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 7+

 CAN CSSUB
MODCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE SUPER

This input format is used to modify the data of an existing

CENTREX common service subscriber with TYPE=SUPER.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] [,SUPGRPAD=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SUPGRPMO=] [,SUPGRPPE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

common service subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange
with a multiple directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE
ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
ALERTAUT ALERT AUTHORIZATION
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
CXPERAUT CENTREX PERFORMANCE AUTH.
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 8+

 CAN CSSUB
MODCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28

DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SERVCALL SERVICE CALL AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 task groups can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority
task group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 9+

 CAN CSSUB
MODCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE OSS

This parameter specifies which OSS call types are restricted.

Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

SUPGRPAD SUPERV. GROUPS FOR ADMINISTR.

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for administration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPMO SUPERV. GROUPS FOR MONITORING

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for monitoring.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPPE SUPERV. GROUPS FOR PERFORMANCE

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for performance.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 10+

 CAN CSSUB
MODCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 11+

 CAN CSSUB
MODMAINT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

MOD CSSUB OSS TYPE MAINT

This input format is used to modify the data of an existing

common service subscriber with TYPE=MAINT.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,FEA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

common service subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange
with a multiple directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY

BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SERVCALL SERVICE CALL AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 12+

 CAN CSSUB
MODOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

6. Input format

MOD CSSUB OSS TYPE OPR

This input format is used to modify the data of an existing

common service subscriber with TYPE=OPR.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,LOCAT=] [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

common service subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange
with a multiple directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LOCAT OPERATOR LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE
AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SERVCALL SERVICE CALL AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 task groups can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 13+

 CAN CSSUB
MODOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority
task group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE OSS

This parameter specifies which OSS call types are restricted.

Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 14+

 CAN CSSUB
MODOSCHI
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

7. Input format

MOD CSSUB OSS TYPE CHIEF

This input format is used to modify the data of an

existing OSS common service subscriber with TYPE=CHIEF.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= ,FEA= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

common service subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange
with a multiple directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
ALERTAUT ALERT AUTHORIZATION
AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 15+

 CAN CSSUB
MODOSCHI
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33

DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SERVCALL SERVICE CALL AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 16+

 CAN CSSUB
MODOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

8. Input format

MOD CSSUB OSS TYPE SUPER

This input format is used to modify the data of an existing

OSS common service subscriber with TYPE=SUPER.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] [,SUPGRPAD=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SUPGRPMO=] [,SUPGRPPE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

common service subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange
with a multiple directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE
ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
ALERTAUT ALERT AUTHORIZATION
AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CHIEFAUT CHIEF AUTHORISATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 17+

 CAN CSSUB
MODOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27

DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SERVCALL SERVICE CALL AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 task groups can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority
task group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 18+

 CAN CSSUB
MODOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE OSS

This parameter specifies which OSS call types are restricted.

Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

SUPGRPAD SUPERV. GROUPS FOR ADMINISTR.

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for administration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPMO SUPERV. GROUPS FOR MONITORING

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for monitoring.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPPE SUPERV. GROUPS FOR PERFORMANCE

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for performance.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 19+

 CAN CSSUB
MODOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 20+

 CAN CSSUB
MODVOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

9. Input format

MOD CSSUB OSS TYPE VOPR

This input format is used to modify the data of an existing

common service subscriber with TYPE=VOPR.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

common service subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange
with a multiple directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 task groups can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority
task group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 21+

 CAN CSSUB
MODVOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE OSS

This parameter specifies which OSS call types are restricted.

Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CSSUB- 22-

 DISP CSSUB
DCSCSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY COMMON SERVICE SUBSCRIBER DATA

This command displays common service subscriber

data.
- A specified common service subscriber can be
displayed.
- All common service subscribers of a common service
group (ADMOSS) can be displayed.
- All common service subscribers of a common service
group (ADMOSS), which have the input selection criteria.
- All common service subscribers of a common service
group (CENTREX) can be displayed.
- All common service subscribers of a CENTREX group
can be displayed.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CSSUB - DCSCSGRP DISPLAY ALL CSSUB OF A CSGRP

2. DISP CSSUB - DCSCXGRP DISPLAY ALL CSSUB OF A CXGRP
3. DISP CSSUB - DCSSUB DISPLAY SPECIFIED CSSUB
4. DISP CSSUB - DSCCSGRP DISPL. SELECTED CSSUB OF CSGRP
5. DISP CSSUB - DSCCXGRP DISPL. SELECTED CSSUB OF CXGRP

1. Input format

DISPLAY ALL CSSUB OF A CSGRP

This input format is used to display parts of common

service subscriber data for all common service subscriber
of a common service group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSSUB : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVIVE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 1+

 DISP CSSUB
DCSCXGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DISPLAY ALL CSSUB OF A CXGRP

This input format is used to display parts of common

service subscriber data for all common service subscriber
of a CENTREX group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSSUB : CXGRP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 2+

 DISP CSSUB
DCSSUB
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

DISPLAY SPECIFIED CSSUB

This input format is used to display the common service

subscriber data for a common service subscriber.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an

existing common service subscriber. Input is mandatory
for an exchange with a multiple directory number
volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number

of an existing common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 3+

 DISP CSSUB
DSCCSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

DISPL. SELECTED CSSUB OF CSGRP

This input format is used to display parts of common service

subscriber data for all common service subscriber of a common
service group, which have the input selection parameter.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSSUB : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= [,TYPE=] [,ID=] [,PCTFACT=] 1
1 1
1 [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] [,FORCE=] [,SUPGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,SUPGRPAD=] [,SUPGRPMO=] [,SUPGRPPE=] [,IVRNO=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVIVE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ATN ATTENDANT
BATN BASIC ATTENDANT
CHIEF CHIEF
MAINT MAINTENANCE
OPR OPERATOR
RES RESERVE OPERATOR
SUPER SUPERVISOR
VOPR VIRTUAL OPERATOR

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

PCTFACT POST CALL TIME FACTOR

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

post call time factor.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 4+

 DISP CSSUB
DSCCSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

0,10,20...500, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE
ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
AEAACT ACCESS TO EXT.APPLICATION.ACT.
ALERTAUT ALERT AUTHORIZATION
AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY
AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CHCXGRPD CHANGE CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
CHCXSUBD CHANGE CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
CHIEFAUT CHIEF AUTHORISATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
CXMOD CTX MODIFICATION AUTHORIZATION
CXPERAUT SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
DICXGRPD DISPLAY CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
DICXSUBD DISPLAY CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 5+

 DISP CSSUB
DSCCSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7

DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
GMBACT GROUP MAKE BUSY ACT. AUTH.
MDRACT MSG DETAIL RECORDING ACT.AUTH.
MDRGACT MDR REPORT GENERATION ACT.
MDRMACT MDR MODIFICATION ACTIVATION
NSACT NIGHT SERVICE ACT. AUTH.
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PDMACT PHONE DIRECTORY MAINT.ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PFAACT PROTECT FILE ACCESS ACTIVATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
PRVCXMOD PROVIDE CTX GROUP MODIFICATION
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SERVCALL SERVICE CALL AUTHORIZATION
SWPCXSUB SWAP TWO CTX SUBSCRIBER AUTH.
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRAFACT TRAFFIC ACTIVATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 6+

 DISP CSSUB
DSCCSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force number.

Incompabilities:
- Parameter SUPGRP .

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.
Incompabilities:
- Parameter FORCE.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPAD SUPERV. GROUPS FOR ADMINISTR.

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for administration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPMO SUPERV. GROUPS FOR MONITORING

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for monitoring.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPPE SUPERV. GROUPS FOR PERFORMANCE

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for performance.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 7+

 DISP CSSUB
DSCCSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

IVRNO IVRNUMBER

This parameter specifies the Interactive Voice Response System Number

for the VOPs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 8+

 DISP CSSUB
DSCCXGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

DISPL. SELECTED CSSUB OF CXGRP

This input format is used to display parts of common

service subscriber data for all common service subscriber
of a CENTREX group, which have the input selection parameter.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CSSUB : CXGRP= [,TYPE=] [,ID=] [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] 1
1 1
1 [,FORCE=] [,SUPGRP=] [,SUPGRPAD=] [,SUPGRPMO=] 1
1 1
1 [,SUPGRPPE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ATN ATTENDANT
BATN BASIC ATTENDANT
SUPER SUPERVISOR

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE

ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
AEAACT ACCESS TO EXT.APPLICATION.ACT.
ALERTAUT ALERT AUTHORIZATION
AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
CHCXGRPD CHANGE CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
CHCXSUBD CHANGE CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
CXMOD CTX MODIFICATION AUTHORIZATION
CXPERAUT SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
DICXGRPD DISPLAY CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
DICXSUBD DISPLAY CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 9+

 DISP CSSUB
DSCCXGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13

DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
GMBACT GROUP MAKE BUSY ACT. AUTH.
MDRACT MSG DETAIL RECORDING ACT.AUTH.
MDRGACT MDR REPORT GENERATION ACT.
MDRMACT MDR MODIFICATION ACTIVATION
NSACT NIGHT SERVICE ACT. AUTH.
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PDMACT PHONE DIRECTORY MAINT.ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PFAACT PROTECT FILE ACCESS ACTIVATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
PRVCXMOD PROVIDE CTX GROUP MODIFICATION
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SWPCXSUB SWAP TWO CTX SUBSCRIBER AUTH.
TRAFACT TRAFFIC ACTIVATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 10+

 DISP CSSUB
DSCCXGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force number.

Incompabilities:
- Parameter SUPGRP .

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 11+

 DISP CSSUB
DSCCXGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...20, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.
Incompabilities:
- Parameter FORCE.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPAD SUPERV. GROUPS FOR ADMINISTR.

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for administration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPMO SUPERV. GROUPS FOR MONITORING

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for monitoring.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPPE SUPERV. GROUPS FOR PERFORMANCE

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for performance.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CSSUB- 12-

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER COMMON SERVICE SUBSCRIBER DATA

This command has to perform following functions:

- Create a new common service subscriber.

- Modification of the data of an existing
common service subscriber.

Notes:
- No CENTREX common service subscriber
of TYPE=CHIEF can be created.
- A CENTREX common service subscriber
with FORCE number can not be created.
- With parameter SUPGRPAD, SUPGRPMO or SUPGRPPE
it is possible to assign the authorization for the own and
three other supervisor groups. Up to 4 supervisor groups
can be assigned to a common service subscriber of
TYPE=SUPER. Without own SUPGRP only 3 other
supervisor groups can be assigned. On creation a common
service subscriber of TYPE=SUPER will get all
SUPGRPAD, SUPGRPMO or SUPGRPPE authorizations
for his own SUPGRP (initial value).
- The command is rejected if the common service subscriber
is related to a secured CENTREX business group BGID for
which the operator has no administration permission.
- Following subscriber features are incompatible for an ADMOSS
common service subscriber:
1) All charging values except value no charge for A -
subscriber.
2) All classes of service except the values call hold
for enquiry, three - way calling, call transfer,
call transfer A - side, call waiting activation,
call line identification presented, calling line
identification restriction, calling line identification
restriction ignored, large conference, connected line
identification restriction, catastrophe immunity 1,
and catastrophe immunity 2.
3) All traffic restrictions except the value subscriber
requested original call susp.
- If at least one value of traffic restriction classes for
a subscriber exist, the ADMOSS common service subscriber
feature value restriction for outgoing calls must be
entered.

Prerequisites:
- A common service subscriber can only be entered,
if the common service group he shall be assigned
to already exists.
- A common service subscriber can only be entered if
a subscriber with the same directory number and, if
necessary, with the same local area code already
exists.
- An ISDN common service subscriber can only be entered
if at least one voice service is assigned to the designated
subscriber.
- A common service subscriber of TYPE=OPR, SUPER,
MAINT, CHIEF, RES, ATN or VOPR can only be entered if
a subscriber with the category IDSB already exists.
- A common service subscriber of TYPE=VOPR can only
be entered if an ADMOSS subscriber with an equipment number
already exist.

- Following classes of service of an subscriber must

exist, if an ADMOSS common service subscriber shall
be created:

1) directory number specific:

inhibit trunk offering,
functional protocol,
stimulus protocol

2) service specific:
call hold for enquiry,
three - way calling,
call transfer,
call transfer A - side,
call waiting activation,

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 1+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

call line identification presented,

calling line identification restriction,
calling line identification restriction ignored,
large conference
- A common service subscriber of TYPE=ATN, BATN can
only be entered if a CENTREX subscriber with the same
directory number and, if necessary, with the same
local area code already exists.
- A common service subscriber of TYPE=BATN can only
be entered if a CENTREX subscriber with an equipment
number already exist.
- A common service subscriber of TYPE=BATN can only
be entered if layer 1 is active for this subscriber.
- A common service subscriber of TYPE=BATN can only
be entered if a CENTREX subscriber with the same
directory number and, if necessary, with the same
local area code already exists.
- A common service subscriber of TYPE=BATN (digital)
can only be entered if a subscriber with the category
IBA already exists.
- A common service subscriber of TYPE=BATN (analog)
can only be entered if a subscriber with the category
MS already exists.
- A common service subscriber of TYPE=ATN can only
log in at consoles of his own CENTREX group which are
assigned to a DLU serving the local area code of the
common service subscriber.

- A common service subscriber of TYPE=SUPER,

CHIEF, ATN, BATN can not modify the parameter
ID, SUPGRP, SUPGRPAD, SUPGRPMO or SUPGRPPE
of a logon common service subscriber

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ENTR CSSUB - ENTCXATN ENTER CSSUB CENTREX TYPE ATN

2. ENTR CSSUB - ENTCXBAS ENTER CSSUB CENTREX TYPE BATN
3. ENTR CSSUB - ENTCXSUP ENTER CSSUB CENTREX TYPE SUPER
4. ENTR CSSUB - ENTMAINT ENTER CSSUB TYPE MAINT
5. ENTR CSSUB - ENTOPR ENTER CSSUB TYPE OPR
6. ENTR CSSUB - ENTOSCHI ENTER CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE CHIEF
7. ENTR CSSUB - ENTOSSUP ENTER CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE SUPER
8. ENTR CSSUB - ENTRES ENTER CSSUB TYPE RES
9. ENTR CSSUB - ENTVOPR ENTER CSSUB TYPE VOPR
10. ENTR CSSUB - MODCXATN MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE ATN
11. ENTR CSSUB - MODCXBAS MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE BATN
12. ENTR CSSUB - MODCXSUP MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE SUPER
13. ENTR CSSUB - MODMAINT MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE MAINT
14. ENTR CSSUB - MODOPR MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE OPR
15. ENTR CSSUB - MODOSCHI MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE CHIEF
16. ENTR CSSUB - MODOSSUP MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE SUPER
17. ENTR CSSUB - MODRES MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE RES
18. ENTR CSSUB - MODVOPR MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE VOPR

1. Input format

ENTER CSSUB CENTREX TYPE ATN

This input format is used to assign an ATN

of common service group, or create a common
service subscriber of TYPE=ATN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,ID= 1
1 1
1 [,NAME=] [,SEQNO=] [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 2+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,FORCE=] ,SUPGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber. This parameter is only used to create a
new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ATN ATTENDANT

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 3+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

SEQNO SEQUENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the sequence number for

ATN or BATN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE

AEAACT ACCESS TO EXT.APPLICATION.ACT.
AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
CHCXGRPD CHANGE CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
CHCXSUBD CHANGE CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
CXMOD CTX MODIFICATION AUTHORIZATION
CXPERAUT CENTREX PERFORMANCE AUTH.
DICXGRPD DISPLAY CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
DICXSUBD DISPLAY CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 4+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50

DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
GMBACT GROUP MAKE BUSY ACT. AUTH.
MDRACT MSG DETAIL RECORDING ACT.AUTH.
MDRGACT MDR REPORT GENERATION ACT.
MDRMACT MDR MODIFICATION ACTIVATION
NSACT NIGHT SERVICE ACT. AUTH.
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PDMACT PHONE DIRECTORY MAINT.ACT.
PFAACT PROTECT FILE ACCESS ACTIVATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
PRVCXMOD PROVIDE CTX GROUP MODIFICATION
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SWPCXSUB SWAP TWO CTX SUBSCRIBER AUTH.
TRAFACT TRAFFIC ACTIVATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 5+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 6+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXBAS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ENTER CSSUB CENTREX TYPE BATN

This input format is used to assign a BATN

of common service group, or create a common
service subscriber of TYPE=BATN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,ID= 1
1 1
1 [,NAME=] [,SEQNO=] [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,FORCE=] ,SUPGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber. This parameter is only used to create a
new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BATN BASIC ATTENDANT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 7+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXBAS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

SEQNO SEQUENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the sequence number for

ATN or BATN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE

GMBACT GROUP MAKE BUSY ACT. AUTH.
NSACT NIGHT SERVICE ACT. AUTH.

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 8+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXBAS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 9+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

ENTER CSSUB CENTREX TYPE SUPER

This input format is used to assign an CENTREX SUPER

of common service group, or create a CENTREX common
service subscriber of TYPE=SUPER.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,ID= 1
1 1
1 [,NAME=] [,SEQNO=] [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] 1
1 1
1 [,FORCE=] ,SUPGRP= [,SUPGRPAD=] [,SUPGRPMO=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SUPGRPPE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber. This parameter is only used to create a
new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUPER SUPERVISOR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 10+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

SEQNO SEQUENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the sequence number for

ATN or BATN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE

ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
AEAACT ACCESS TO EXT.APPLICATION.ACT.
ALERTAUT ALERT AUTHORIZATION
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
CHCXGRPD CHANGE CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
CHCXSUBD CHANGE CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
CXMOD CTX MODIFICATION AUTHORIZATION
CXPERAUT CENTREX PERFORMANCE AUTH.
DICXGRPD DISPLAY CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
DICXSUBD DISPLAY CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 11+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34

DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
GMBACT GROUP MAKE BUSY ACT. AUTH.
MDRACT MSG DETAIL RECORDING ACT.AUTH.
MDRGACT MDR REPORT GENERATION ACT.
MDRMACT MDR MODIFICATION ACTIVATION
NSACT NIGHT SERVICE ACT. AUTH.
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PDMACT PHONE DIRECTORY MAINT.ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PFAACT PROTECT FILE ACCESS ACTIVATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
PRVCXMOD PROVIDE CTX GROUP MODIFICATION
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SWPCXSUB SWAP TWO CTX SUBSCRIBER AUTH.
TRAFACT TRAFFIC ACTIVATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 12+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPAD SUPERV. GROUPS FOR ADMINISTR.

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for administration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 13+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPMO SUPERV. GROUPS FOR MONITORING

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for monitoring.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPPE SUPERV. GROUPS FOR PERFORMANCE

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for performance.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 14+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTMAINT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

ENTER CSSUB TYPE MAINT

This input format is used to assign an MAINT

of common service group, or create a common service
subscriber of TYPE=MAINT.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,ID= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,NAME=] [,FEA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber. This parameter is only used to create a
new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

MAINT MAINTENANCE

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 15+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTMAINT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY

BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SERVCALL SERVICE CALLS AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 16+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

ENTER CSSUB TYPE OPR

This input format is used to assign an OPR

of common service group, or create a common
service subscriber of TYPE=OPR.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,ID= 1
1 1
1 [,NAME=] [,LOCAT=] [,PCTFACT=] [,FEA=] 1
1 1
1 [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,LANG=] [,FORCE=] ,SUPGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber. This parameter is only used to create a
new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OPR OPERATOR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 17+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

LOCAT OPERATOR LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PCTFACT POST CALL TIME FACTOR

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

post call time factor.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0,10,20...500, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE
AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY
AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SERVCALL SERVICE CALLS AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 18+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force number.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 19+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 20+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOSCHI
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

6. Input format

ENTER CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE CHIEF

This input format is used to assign an ADMOSS CHIEF of

common service group, or create an ADMOSS common service
subscriber of TYPE=CHIEF.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,ID= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,NAME=] [,FEA=] ,FORCE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber. This parameter is only used to create a
new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CHIEF CHIEF

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 21+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOSCHI
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 22+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOSCHI
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6

DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SERVCALL SERVICE CALLS AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 23+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

7. Input format

ENTER CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE SUPER

This input format is used to assign an ADMOSS SUPER

of common service group, or create an ADMOSS common service
subscriber of TYPE=SUPER.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,ID= 1
1 1
1 [,NAME=] [,PCTFACT=] [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] 1
1 1
1 [,FORCE=] ,SUPGRP= [,SUPGRPAD=] [,SUPGRPMO=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SUPGRPPE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber. This parameter is only used to create a
new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUPER SUPERVISOR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 24+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

PCTFACT POST CALL TIME FACTOR

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

post call time factor.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0,10,20...500, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE
ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CHIEFAUT CHIEF AUTHORISATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 25+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37

DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SERVCALL SERVICE CALLS AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 26+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPAD SUPERV. GROUPS FOR ADMINISTR.

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for administration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPMO SUPERV. GROUPS FOR MONITORING

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for monitoring.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 27+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPPE SUPERV. GROUPS FOR PERFORMANCE

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for performance.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 28+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTRES
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

8. Input format

ENTER CSSUB TYPE RES

This input format is used to assign a RES of

common service group, or create a common service
subscriber of TYPE=RES.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,ID= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber. This parameter is only used to create a
new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

RES RESERVE OPERATOR

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 29+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTVOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

9. Input format

ENTER CSSUB TYPE VOPR

This input format is used to assign an VOPR

of common service group, or create a common
service subscriber of TYPE=VOPR.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,TYPE= ,ID= 1
1 1
1 [,NAME=] [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] [,FORCE=] ,SUPGRP= [,IVRNO=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of

an existing common service group. This parameter is only
used to create a new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber. This parameter is only used to create a
new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

VOPR VIRTUAL OPERATOR

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 30+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTVOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 31+

 ENTR CSSUB
ENTVOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

FORCE FORCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the force number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...20, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

IVRNO IVRNUMBER

This parameter specifies the Interactive Voice Response System Number

for the VOPs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 32+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

10. Input format

MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE ATN

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing common service subscriber
with TYPE=ATN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,ID=] [,NAME=] [,SEQNO=] [,FEA=] 1
1 1
1 [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,LANG=] [,SUPGRP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

SEQNO SEQUENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the sequence number for

ATN or BATN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 33+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE

AEAACT ACCESS TO EXT.APPLICATION.ACT.
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
CHCXGRPD CHANGE CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
CHCXSUBD CHANGE CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
CXMOD CTX MODIFICATION AUTHORIZATION
CXPERAUT CENTREX PERFORMANCE AUTH.
DICXGRPD DISPLAY CTX GROUP DATA AUTH.
DICXSUBD DISPLAY CTX SUBSCR. DATA AUTH.
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
GMBACT GROUP MAKE BUSY ACT. AUTH.
MDRACT MSG DETAIL RECORDING ACT.AUTH.
MDRGACT MDR REPORT GENERATION ACT.
MDRMACT MDR MODIFICATION ACTIVATION
NSACT NIGHT SERVICE ACT. AUTH.
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PDMACT PHONE DIRECTORY MAINT.ACT.
PFAACT PROTECT FILE ACCESS ACTIVATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
PRVCXMOD PROVIDE CTX GROUP MODIFICATION
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 34+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.

SWPCXSUB SWAP TWO CTX SUBSCRIBER AUTH.
TRAFACT TRAFFIC ACTIVATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 35+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXATN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 36+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXBAS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

11. Input format

MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE BATN

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing common service subscriber
with TYPE=BATN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,ID=] [,NAME=] [,SEQNO=] [,FEA=] 1
1 1
1 [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,LANG=] [,SUPGRP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

SEQNO SEQUENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the sequence number for

ATN or BATN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 37+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXBAS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE

GMBACT GROUP MAKE BUSY ACT. AUTH.
NSACT NIGHT SERVICE ACT. AUTH.

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 38+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXBAS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 39+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

12. Input format

MOD CSSUB CENTREX TYPE SUPER

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing CENTREX common service subscriber
with TYPE=SUPER.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,ID=] [,NAME=] [,SEQNO=] [,FEA=] 1
1 1
1 [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] 1
1 1
1 [,LANG=] [,SUPGRP=] [,SUPGRPAD=] [,SUPGRPMO=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SUPGRPPE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

SEQNO SEQUENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the sequence number for

ATN or BATN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 40+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE
ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
ALERTAUT ALERT AUTHORIZATION
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
CXPERAUT CENTREX PERFORMANCE AUTH.
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SERVCALL SERVICE CALLS AUTHORIZATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 41+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION

TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 42+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODCXSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPAD SUPERV. GROUPS FOR ADMINISTR.

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for administration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPMO SUPERV. GROUPS FOR MONITORING

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for monitoring.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPPE SUPERV. GROUPS FOR PERFORMANCE

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for performance.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 43+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODMAINT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

13. Input format

MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE MAINT

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing common service subscriber
with TYPE=MAINT.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,ID=] [,NAME=] [,FEA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY

BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SERVCALL SERVICE CALLS AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 44+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

14. Input format

MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE OPR

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing common service subscriber
with TYPE=OPR.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,ID=] [,NAME=] [,LOCAT=] 1
1 1
1 [,PCTFACT=] [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] [,SUPGRP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

LOCAT OPERATOR LOCATION

This parameter specifies the operator location.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PCTFACT POST CALL TIME FACTOR

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

post call time factor.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 45+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0,10,20...500, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE
AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SERVCALL SERVICE CALLS AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 46+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 47+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODOSCHI
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

15. Input format

MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE CHIEF

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing ADMOSS common service subscriber
with TYPE=CHIEF.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,ID=] [,NAME=] [,FEA=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
ALERTAUT ALERT AUTHORIZATION
AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 48+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODOSCHI
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12

DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
SERVCALL SERVICE CALLS AUTHORIZATION
TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 49+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

16. Input format

MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE SUPER

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing ADMOSS common service subscriber
with TYPE=SUPER.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,ID=] [,NAME=] [,PCTFACT=] 1
1 1
1 [,FEA=] [,TASKGRP=] [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] [,SUPGRP=] [,SUPGRPAD=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SUPGRPMO=] [,SUPGRPPE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

PCTFACT POST CALL TIME FACTOR

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

post call time factor.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0,10,20...500, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 50+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACAOACT ALARM CALL ORDER ACT. AUTH.

ACTPCPER ACT.PERS.CALL TYPE PERFORMANCE
ADMINAUT ADMINISTRATION AUTHORIZATION
ALERTAUT ALERT AUTHORIZATION
AUTOBUSY AUTOMATIC BUSY
BCHDL B-CHANNEL DATALINK
BOOKING BOOKING AUTHORIZATION
CHIEFAUT CHIEF AUTHORISATION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE AUTHORIZATION
DINUMCAL DISPLAY NUMBER OF CALLS AUTH.
DSBADM1 DSB ADMINISTRATION 1
DSBADM10 DSB ADMINISTRATION 10
DSBADM11 DSB ADMINISTRATION 11
DSBADM12 DSB ADMINISTRATION 12
DSBADM13 DSB ADMINISTRATION 13
DSBADM14 DSB ADMINISTRATION 14
DSBADM15 DSB ADMINISTRATION 15
DSBADM16 DSB ADMINISTRATION 16
DSBADM17 DSB ADMINISTRATION 17
DSBADM18 DSB ADMINISTRATION 18
DSBADM19 DSB ADMINISTRATION 19
DSBADM2 DSB ADMINISTRATION 2
DSBADM20 DSB ADMINISTRATION 20
DSBADM21 DSB ADMINISTRATION 21
DSBADM22 DSB ADMINISTRATION 22
DSBADM23 DSB ADMINISTRATION 23
DSBADM24 DSB ADMINISTRATION 24
DSBADM25 DSB ADMINISTRATION 25
DSBADM26 DSB ADMINISTRATION 26
DSBADM27 DSB ADMINISTRATION 27
DSBADM28 DSB ADMINISTRATION 28
DSBADM29 DSB ADMINISTRATION 29
DSBADM3 DSB ADMINISTRATION 3
DSBADM30 DSB ADMINISTRATION 30
DSBADM31 DSB ADMINISTRATION 31
DSBADM32 DSB ADMINISTRATION 32
DSBADM33 DSB ADMINISTRATION 33
DSBADM34 DSB ADMINISTRATION 34
DSBADM35 DSB ADMINISTRATION 35
DSBADM36 DSB ADMINISTRATION 36
DSBADM37 DSB ADMINISTRATION 37
DSBADM38 DSB ADMINISTRATION 38
DSBADM39 DSB ADMINISTRATION 39
DSBADM4 DSB ADMINISTRATION 4
DSBADM40 DSB ADMINISTRATION 40
DSBADM41 DSB ADMINISTRATION 41
DSBADM42 DSB ADMINISTRATION 42
DSBADM43 DSB ADMINISTRATION 43
DSBADM44 DSB ADMINISTRATION 44
DSBADM45 DSB ADMINISTRATION 45
DSBADM46 DSB ADMINISTRATION 46
DSBADM47 DSB ADMINISTRATION 47
DSBADM48 DSB ADMINISTRATION 48
DSBADM49 DSB ADMINISTRATION 49
DSBADM5 DSB ADMINISTRATION 5
DSBADM50 DSB ADMINISTRATION 50
DSBADM51 DSB ADMINISTRATION 51
DSBADM52 DSB ADMINISTRATION 52
DSBADM6 DSB ADMINISTRATION 6
DSBADM7 DSB ADMINISTRATION 7
DSBADM8 DSB ADMINISTRATION 8
DSBADM9 DSB ADMINISTRATION 9
PCPERACT PERS. CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.
PERAUT PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PPERACT PERSONAL PERFORMANCE ACT.
RESETPW RESET PASSWORD
RSTOGCA RESTR. FOR OUTGOING CALLS
RSTSUBC RESTR.SETTING UP BOOKING CALLS
SASIW SUPPORT APPL. INTERWORKING
SCPERACT SYSTEM CALL TYPE PERF. ACT.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 51+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SERVCALL SERVICE CALLS AUTHORIZATION

TICKRETR TICKET RETRIEVAL AUTHORIZATION
TRUNKOFF TRUNK OFFERING AUTHORIZATION

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 52+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODOSSUP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common
service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPAD SUPERV. GROUPS FOR ADMINISTR.

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for administration.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPMO SUPERV. GROUPS FOR MONITORING

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for monitoring.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

SUPGRPPE SUPERV. GROUPS FOR PERFORMANCE

This parameter specifies assigned supervisor groups

for performance.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 53+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODRES
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

17. Input format

MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE RES

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing common service subscriber
with TYPE=RES.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,ID=] [,TYPE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies the TYPE of common service

subscriber. This parameter is only used to create a
new common service subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

RES RESERVE OPERATOR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 54+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODVOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

18. Input format

MOD CSSUB ADMOSS TYPE VOPR

This input format is used to modify the data

of an existing common service subscriber
with TYPE=VOPR.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CSSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,ID=] [,NAME=] [,TASKGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,DACTTGRP=] [,PTASKGRP=] [,RCTYP=] [,LANG=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SUPGRP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code of an existing

subscriber. Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of an

existing subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

identification.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies a common service subscriber

name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

The following characters are not permitted:

.,,,-,:,;,+,*,#,!,',$,%,&,/,(,),=,?,\

TASKGRP TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 55+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODVOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DACTTGRP DEACTIVATED TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies the existing task groups,

that the common service subscriber can not handle.
Up to 16 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

PTASKGRP PRIORITY TASK GROUP

This parameter specifies, in which sequence the common

service subscriber processes the assigned priority task group.
A list of 1 to 3 task groups in the order they are
to be searched starting with the task group to be
searched first and seperated by "-".

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: FIRST PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: SECOND PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: THIRD PRIORITY TASK GROUP=

1...8 characters from the
symbolic name character set

RCTYP RESTRICTED CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies which call types are

restricted processed.
Up to 255 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LANG LANGUAGE

This parameter specifies the common service

subscriber language.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ENGLSH ENGLISH
FRENCH FRENCH
GERMAN GERMAN
LOCAL1 LOCAL
LOCAL2 LOCAL
LOCAL3 LOCAL
PROP1 PROPERTY
PROP2 PROPERTY
PROP3 PROPERTY
PROP4 PROPERTY
PROP5 PROPERTY
PROP6 PROPERTY
RUSSIN RUSSIAN
SPANSH SPANISH

SUPGRP SUPERVISOR GROUP

This parameter specifies the supervisor group.

One supervisory group contains at most 256 common

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 56+

 ENTR CSSUB
MODVOPR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

service subscribers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CSSUB- 57-

 START CSWD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

START CSWD PROCESSES

This command starts the control and switching device processes which handle the
configuration of peripheral units.
Start of functions for activating the call processing(classic) periphery (LTG,
MB, SN, DLU) and start of CALLP.

Notes:
This command is only allowed during the installation phase (installation
recovery).

This command is only permitted when an exchange is first being put into service.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 START CSWD ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START CSWD- 1-

 DISP CTRLTIME

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CALL CONTROL TIME

This command displays the currently valid call control time.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CTRLTIME ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CTRLTIME- 1-

 ENTR CTRLTIME

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CALL CONTROL TIME

This command enters the duration of call control time.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CTRLTIME : TIME= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the control time.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: HOURS=
1...72, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTES=
30, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CTRLTIME- 1-

 TEST CTYPE
EXCH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST CIRCUIT TYPE

This command tests one type of circuit.

During test job execution if more than one test object was specified,
semipermanent test job, test results are periodically ( every 15 min )
stored on temporary disk files.

These files are identified by the current job number, two letters
(for the file type) and a sequence number of two digits (01 to 99)
for example : TE.ATE0018.TS01.

The following file types are used :

TS (Test sequence) : Last test object.

FA : Faulty/Ambiguous results.
NA : Not accessible test objects.
BS : Final busy results.
RD : Responder data ("Faulty Responders").

At the end of test job execution test results along with statistics
are outputed and existing temporary disk files deleted.

To look at test results kept in temporary disk files the operator must
issue the MML command DISP TSTRES with the job number of the test
job.

To look at test results kept in archive files the operator must issue
the MML command SEL AENTRY with the job number of the test job.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command starts a job with breakpoints. After a breakpoint the job can be
continued with CONT JOB.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. TEST CTYPE - EXCH

2. TEST CTYPE - LTG

1. Input format

This input format is valid for testing all circuits of a type in an exchange.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST CTYPE : CTYPE= ,LTG= [,TTYPE=] [,SCHED=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CTYPE CIRCUIT TYPES

This parameter specifies the circuit types.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ATCL ACCESS TEST CIRCUIT F SUB LINE

ATE ATE
ATM ATE TEST MEASUREMENT
ETEAE END TO END ANSWER EQUIPMENT
MULTIPLE MULTIPLE
SLCABMO SLCA B WIRE MONITORING
SLCACB SLCA: COINBOX
SLCACBR SLCA COINBOX REVERSAL
SLCACWA SLCA: C WIRE
SLCACWM SLCA: C WIRE METER PULSE
SLCACWS C WIRE SUPERVISION
SLCAECS EMERGENCY CALL STATION
SLCAMMO SLCA METERING MONITORING

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST CTYPE- 1+

 TEST CTYPE
EXCH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SLCAM12 SLCAM12
SLCAM12B SLCAM12B
SLCAM16 SLCA: MP16KHZ
SLCAM50 SLCA: MP50HZ
SLCAOS SLCA: ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
SLCAR16 METER PULSE 16KHZ REVERS.
SLCASEC SLCA: SELECTIVE CONNECTION
TCB200F TC PULSE BOTHWAY F2
TCB200P TC PULSE BOTHWAY DIR INW DIAL
TCB601C TC CARRIER BOTHWAY 1
TCB601CB TC CARRIER BOTHWAY BSMT
TCB800C TC CARRIER BOTHWAY
TCB800CA TC RECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
TCI300N TC N2 INCOMING
TCI301N TC N2 INCOMING 2
TCI304P TCI304P
TCI501N TC N2 INCOMING 1
TCI601C TC CARRIER INCOMING 1
TCI702P TC PULSE INCOMING 4 WIRE
TCI800C TC INC CARRIER
TCO300N TC N2 OUTGOING
TCO301N TC N2 OUTGOING 1
TCO304P TCO304P
TCO305P TCO305P
TCO501N TC N2 OUTGOING 1
TCO601C TC CARRIER OUTGOING 1
TCO702P TC PULSE OUTGOING 4 WIRE
TCO800C TC OUTG-CARRIER
TEMLE ACCESS CIRCUIT TEMLE
TETRL TE TRANSMISSION LEVEL
TETRLN TE TRANSMISSION LEVEL NBL
TLFAOG TRANSLATION FUNCTION A OUTG.
TOG TONE GENERATOR
TYPE00 CIRCUIT TYPE 00 (RESERVE)

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter specifies the LTG number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: TSG NUMBER=
0...127, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <TSG no>

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <LTG no>

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

TTYPE TEST TYPE

This parameter specifies the test variant of the circuit test for
short testing with the automatic test equipment.
The tests that are omitted for the corresponding type of short testing
are marked in the test table.
The test table of the object is country-specific and is contained in
the GP APS microfiche, load type ATE of LTG, module TTC.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

S1 SHORT TEST 1
Short test of the RAC TCB800C with
annoucement equipment switched off,
otherwise the normal circuit test is carried out.
S2 SHORT TEST 2
For a single test job a TCB601C, TCO702P or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST CTYPE- 2+

 TEST CTYPE
EXCH
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TCB800C which is already connected to a

corresponding circuit and created can, by entering
S2, be tested in the same way as a circuit
without a line if the line is isolated from the
test object at the MDF with a break plug.
S3 SHORT TEST 3
S4 SHORT TEST 4
S5 SHORT TEST 5
S6 SHORT TEST 6
S7 SHORT TEST 7
S8 SHORT TEST 8
S9 SHORT TEST 9
Manual test of TCB601C, TCI702P, TCO702P and
TCB800C: the a-/b-wires and the signal wires of
analog trunk circuits are accessed for the manual
test function by the additional input of the
optional parameter TTYPE=S9 and
STEP=5 and, if required, PERM for the test
job.
When step number 5 has been reached, the external
test equipment can be connected to the jacks on
the faceplate of the ATE module TEM:COP. By
pressing key STP an advance is made to step 8.
By pressing key MA the functions of the rotary
switches LT, FS and LR are taken over by the
ATE control.

SCHED SCHEDULE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the schedule number which

determines the sequence of the tasks.
Before this parameter is entered, this number must be allocated
to a schedule with the command ENTR TSTSCHED.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST CTYPE- 3+

 TEST CTYPE
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

This input format is valid for testing all circuits of a type in an LTG.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST CTYPE : CTYPE= ,LTG= [,TTYPE=] [,SCHED=] [,PERM=] 1
1 1
1 [,STEP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CTYPE CIRCUIT TYPES

This parameter specifies the circuit types.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ATCL ACCESS TEST CIRCUIT F SUB LINE

ATE ATE
ATM ATE TEST MEASUREMENT
ETEAE END TO END ANSWER EQUIPMENT
MULTIPLE MULTIPLE
SLCABMO SLCA B WIRE MONITORING
SLCACB SLCA: COINBOX
SLCACBR SLCA COINBOX REVERSAL
SLCACWA SLCA: C WIRE
SLCACWM SLCA: C WIRE METER PULSE
SLCACWS C WIRE SUPERVISION
SLCAECS EMERGENCY CALL STATION
SLCAMMO SLCA METERING MONITORING
SLCAM12 SLCAM12
SLCAM12B SLCAM12B
SLCAM16 SLCA: MP16KHZ
SLCAM50 SLCA: MP50HZ
SLCAOS SLCA: ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
SLCAR16 METER PULSE 16KHZ REVERS.
SLCASEC SLCA: SELECTIVE CONNECTION
TCB200F TC PULSE BOTHWAY F2
TCB200P TC PULSE BOTHWAY DIR INW DIAL
TCB601C TC CARRIER BOTHWAY 1
TCB601CB TC CARRIER BOTHWAY BSMT
TCB800C TC CARRIER BOTHWAY
TCB800CA TC RECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
TCI300N TC N2 INCOMING
TCI301N TC N2 INCOMING 2
TCI304P TCI304P
TCI501N TC N2 INCOMING 1
TCI601C TC CARRIER INCOMING 1
TCI702P TC PULSE INCOMING 4 WIRE
TCI800C TC INC CARRIER
TCO300N TC N2 OUTGOING
TCO301N TC N2 OUTGOING 1
TCO304P TCO304P
TCO305P TCO305P
TCO501N TC N2 OUTGOING 1
TCO601C TC CARRIER OUTGOING 1
TCO702P TC PULSE OUTGOING 4 WIRE
TCO800C TC OUTG-CARRIER
TEMLE ACCESS CIRCUIT TEMLE
TETRL TE TRANSMISSION LEVEL
TETRLN TE TRANSMISSION LEVEL NBL
TLFAOG TRANSLATION FUNCTION A OUTG.
TOG TONE GENERATOR
TYPE00 CIRCUIT TYPE 00 (RESERVE)

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter specifies the LTG number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST CTYPE- 4+

 TEST CTYPE
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: TSG NUMBER=
0...127, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <TSG no>

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <LTG no>

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

TTYPE TEST TYPE

This parameter specifies the test variant of the circuit test for
short testing with the automatic test equipment.
The tests that are omitted for the corresponding type of short testing
are marked in the test table.
The test table of the object is country-specific and is contained in
the GP APS microfiche, load type ATE of LTG, module TTC.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

S1 SHORT TEST 1
Short test of the RAC TCB800C with
annoucement equipment switched off,
otherwise the normal circuit test is carried out.
S2 SHORT TEST 2
For a single test job a TCB601C, TCO702P or
TCB800C which is already connected to a
corresponding circuit and created can, by entering
S2, be tested in the same way as a circuit
without a line if the line is isolated from the
test object at the MDF with a break plug.
S3 SHORT TEST 3
S4 SHORT TEST 4
S5 SHORT TEST 5
S6 SHORT TEST 6
S7 SHORT TEST 7
S8 SHORT TEST 8
S9 SHORT TEST 9
Manual test of TCB601C, TCI702P, TCO702P and
TCB800C: the a-/b-wires and the signal wires of
analog trunk circuits are accessed for the manual
test function by the additional input of the
optional parameter TTYPE=S9 and
STEP=5 and, if required, PERM for the test
job.
When step number 5 has been reached, the external
test equipment can be connected to the jacks on
the faceplate of the ATE module TEM:COP. By
pressing key STP an advance is made to step 8.
By pressing key MA the functions of the rotary
switches LT, FS and LR are taken over by the
ATE control.

SCHED SCHEDULE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the schedule number which

determines the sequence of the tasks.
Before this parameter is entered, this number must be allocated
to a schedule with the command ENTR TSTSCHED.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

PERM PERMANENT TEST

This parameter specifies whether a permanent test is to be done.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST CTYPE- 5+

 TEST CTYPE
LTG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Circuit types that allow permanent test : ATE, MULTIPLE, ATM

and TOG.

N NO
NO
Y YES
YES

Default: N

STEP STEP COMMAND

This parameter specifies the breakpoint for single test jobs.

The test steps that represent breakpoints are marked in the test table
with two leading zeros before the test step number.
The test table of the test object is country-specific.
Circuit types that allow breakpoint testing : ATE, MULTIPLE, ATM
and TOG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...511, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST CTYPE- 6-

 CAN CUG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CLOSED USER GROUP

This command cancels

- the existing membership of a subscriber/PBX in one closed user
group,
- the membership of one or several services in a closed user group,
- the traffic restriction within the closed user group for the
subscriber/PBX.

Notes:
- If the last closed user group of a subscriber/PBX or of a service
is canceled, then also the network authorizations and the prefe-
rential closed group are canceled.
- The command is rejected if the subscriber/PBX is related to a
secured CENTREX business group BGID for which the operator has
no administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CUG : [LAC=] ,DN= ,CUGID= [,SERV=] [,CUGBLK=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory number
volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber or

the PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CUGID CUG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the closed user group identification, which

is specific per subscriber/PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

SERV SERVICE

This parameter specifies the services of the subscriber/PBX

for which the closed user group is to be canceled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ANALOG ANALOG PART OF MIXED PBX

CMSPEECH CIR. MODE SPEECH BEARER SRV
CMUNRST CIR. M. 64KBIT/S UNR. BEA. SRV
CMAUDIO CIR. MODE 3.1KHZ AUD. BEA. SRV
CMAUDI7K CIR. MODE 7KHZ AUD. BEA. SRV

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CUG- 1+

 CAN CUG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CMSERV06 CM SERVICE 06
CMSERV07 CM SERVICE 07
UNKNOWN UNKNOWN BEARER SERVICE
PMDCHANN PACKET MODE D-CHANNEL
PMBDCHAN PACKET MODE SWITCHED BD-CHAN.
TEL3K TELEPHONY 3.1KHZ
TEL7K TELEPHONY 7KHZ
FAX3 TELEFAX GROUP 2/3
FAX4 TELEFAX GROUP 4
TTX64K TELETEXT 64KBIT/S
VIDEOTEX VIDEO TEXT
VIDEOTEL VIDEO TELEPHONY
SERV19 SERVICE 19
SERV20 SERVICE 20
SERV21 SERVICE 21
SERV22 SERVICE 22
SERV23 SERVICE 23
SERV24 SERVICE 24
SERV25 SERVICE 25
SERV26 SERVICE 26
SERV27 SERVICE 27
NONVCGRP NONVOICE SERVICE GROUP
VOICEGRP VOICE SERVICE GROUP
ALLGRP ALL SERVICE GROUP

CUGBLK CUG BLOCKING

This parameter specifies a restriction on the communication with

other members within the same closed user group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

TERM TERM. CALLS BLOCKED WITHIN CUG

ORIG ORIG. CALLS BLOCKED WITHIN CUG

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CUG- 2-

 DISP CUG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CLOSED USER GROUP DATA

This command displays closed user group data for

- a specified subscriber or PBX,
- all subscribers and PBX in a directory number interval,
- all subscribers and PBX of a specified local area code or
- all subscribers and PBX in the exchange.

A selection can be made on

- the closed user group identification or
- the interlock code or
- the interlock code and the data network identification code.

Notes:
- If desired, also the service dependant closed user group data of
ISDN-subscribers, ISDN- and mixed PBX can be displayed.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,CUGID=11 (;) 1
1 DISP CUG : [LAC=] ,DN= 1Z,ILC= Y1 [,DNIC=] [,FORMAT=] Z Y 1
1 11 11 *!+ 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory number
volume.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number or directory number

interval. The directory number or, if an interval is entered, the
directory number boundaries, must be numbers of a created directory
number interval. Only one interval can be entered.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit decimal number

CUGID CUG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the closed user group identification, which

is specific per subscriber/PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

ILC INTERLOCK CODE

This parameter specifies the interlock code, which is the national

identification of the closed user group.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CUG- 1+

 DISP CUG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...65535, range of decimal numbers

DNIC DATA NETWORK IDENTIFICAT. CODE

This parameter specifies the data network identification code, which

is the international identification of the closed user group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies whether, for ISDN subscribers and ISDN or

mixed PBX, only the subscriber/PBX specific closed user group data are
displayed or additionally the service specific closed user group data.

Notes:
- If the parameter is omitted, then only the subscriber/PBX specific
closed user group data are displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CUG OUTPUT OF CUG DATA

Only subscriber/PBX specific closed user group
data are displayed.
ALL OUTPUT OF CUG AND SERVCUG DATA
Subscriber/PBX specific and service specific
closed group data are displayed.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CUG- 2-

 ENTR CUG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CLOSED USER GROUP

This command
- assigns a subscriber (analog mainstation or ISDN) or PBX (analog,
mixed or ISDN) to a closed user group,
- enters data for the closed user group of a subscriber/PBX.

With the first assignment of a subscriber/PBX to a closed user group,

the closed user group is implicitly created in the public network.
A closed user group is identified by the international identi-
fication ’data network identification code’ DNIC and the national
identification ’interlock code’ ILC.
The different closed user groups of a subscriber/PBX are identified
by the closed user group identification CUGID.
A subscriber/PBX can be a member of 100 different closed user groups.

The services which a subscriber/PBX can use within the closed user
group can be entered. For a mixed PBX, the analog part must expli-
citly be administered with the parameter SERV=ANALOG.
ISDN1TR6 services can only be a member in one closed user group,
which will automatically be set as preferential closed user group for
the service.

With the assignment of the first closed user group to a service, the
protocol types for the service are adopted from the office data. The
office data can be determined with the command DISP CALLPOPT.

For an ISDN-DSS1 or analog subscriber/PBX the traffic restrictions

within the closed user group can be entered. The traffic within a
closed user group may be restricted either to only receiving calls or
to only originating calls within the specified closed user group.

Notes:
- The command is rejected if the subscriber/PBX is related to a
secured CENTREX business group BGID for which the operator has
no administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CUG : [LAC=] ,DN= ,CUGID= [,DNIC=] <,ILC= ,SERV= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CUGBLK=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory number
volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber or

the PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CUG- 1+

 ENTR CUG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CUGID CUG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the closed user group identification, which

is specific per subscriber/PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

DNIC DATA NETWORK IDENTIFICAT. CODE

This parameter specifies the data network identification code, which is

the international identification of the closed user group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

ILC INTERLOCK CODE

This parameter specifies the interlock code, which is the national

identification of the closed user group.

Notes:
- When entering a new closed user group, this parameter is
obligatory.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...65535, range of decimal numbers

SERV SERVICE

This parameter specifies the existing services of the subscriber/PBX

for which the closed user group is to be entered.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ANALOG ANALOG PART OF MIXED PBX

CMSPEECH CIR. MODE SPEECH BEARER SRV
CMUNRST CIR. M. 64KBIT/S UNR. BEA. SRV
CMAUDIO CIR. MODE 3.1KHZ AUD. BEA. SRV
CMAUDI7K CIR. MODE 7KHZ AUD. BEA. SRV
CMSERV06 CM SERVICE 06
CMSERV07 CM SERVICE 07
UNKNOWN UNKNOWN BEARER SERVICE
PMDCHANN PACKET MODE D-CHANNEL
PMBDCHAN PACKET MODE SWITCHED BD-CHAN.
TEL3K TELEPHONY 3.1KHZ
TEL7K TELEPHONY 7KHZ
FAX3 TELEFAX GROUP 2/3
FAX4 TELEFAX GROUP 4
TTX64K TELETEXT 64KBIT/S
VIDEOTEX VIDEO TEXT
VIDEOTEL VIDEO TELEPHONY
SERV19 SERVICE 19
SERV20 SERVICE 20
SERV21 SERVICE 21
SERV22 SERVICE 22
SERV23 SERVICE 23
SERV24 SERVICE 24
SERV25 SERVICE 25
SERV26 SERVICE 26
SERV27 SERVICE 27
NONVCGRP NONVOICE SERVICE GROUP
VOICEGRP VOICE SERVICE GROUP
ALLGRP ALL SERVICE GROUP

CUGBLK CUG BLOCKING

This parameter specifies a restriction on the communication with

other members within the same closed user group.

Notes:
- This parameter is only relevant for ISDN-DSS1 and analog
subscribers/PBX.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CUG- 2+

 ENTR CUG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

TERM TERM. CALLS BLOCKED WITHIN CUG

ORIG ORIG. CALLS BLOCKED WITHIN CUG

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CUG- 3-

 MOD CUGAUTH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CLOSED USER GROUP AUTHORIZATION

This command modifies closed user group data of a subscriber/PBX The closed user
group data that can be modified are
- the authorizations for the traffic to/from the public network,
- the preferential closed user group.

These closed user group data are valid if no service-specific data are assigned
with the command ENTR SERVCUG.

Notes:
- At least one of the parameters NETAUTH, CNETAUTH, PCUGID and CPCUGID
must be entered.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CUGAUTH : [LAC=] ,DN= [,NETAUTH=] [,CNETAUTH=] 1
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,PCUGID= 11 (;) 1
1 1Z,CPCUGID=Y1 Z Y 1
1 11 11 *!+ 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory number
volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber or

the PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NETAUTH NETWORK AUTHORIZATION

This parameter enters authorizations for the traffic to/from the

public network.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ICTRAF I/C TRAFFIC FROM PUBLIC NETW.

Incoming traffic from the public network

Notes:
- the incoming traffic is only relevant for
ISDN-DSS1 and analog subscribers/PBX.

OGTRREQ O/G TRAF. TO PUB. NET. ON REQ.

Outgoing traffic to the public network on
explicit request

CNETAUTH CANCEL NETWORK AUTHORIZATION

This parameter cancels existing authorizations for the traffic to/from

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CUGAUTH- 1+

 MOD CUGAUTH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the public network.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ICTRAF I/C TRAFFIC FROM PUBLIC NETW.

Incoming traffic from the public network
OGTRREQ O/G TRAF. TO PUB. NET. ON REQ.
Outgoing traffic to the public network on
explicit request

PCUGID PREFERENTIAL CUG IDENTIFICAT.

This parameter enters the preferential closed user group of the

subscriber/PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

CPCUGID CANCEL PREF. CUG IDENTIFICAT.

This parameter cancels the preferential closed user group of the

subscriber/PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CUGAUTH- 2-

 CAN CUST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CUSTOMER

This command cancels a customer object. The customer may only

be canceled if there is no customer code point existing for
this customer (see CR CUSTCPT). Before canceling a customer,
the operator must assure that this customer data is not used any
more in any other exchange.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CUST : CUSTID= ,FEATURE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

FEATURE FEATURE FOR CUSTOMER ROUTING

This parameter specifies the feature for which the customer

object is to be canceled

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING

INTCROUT INTERNATIONAL CARRIER ROUTING

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CUST- 1-

 CR CUST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CUSTOMER

This command defines a customer object for which special routing

may be entered later. The customer is addressed uniquely by the
customer identification code and the feature. Recognition is improved
by entering a customer name. This name must not be unique. The customer
identification code together with the feature is used for special
routing instead of the calling party number.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CUST : [CUST=] ,CUSTID= ,FEATURE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CUST CUSTOMER NAME

Determines the name of the customer. The

name must not be unique.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

FEATURE FEATURE FOR CUSTOMER ROUTING

This parameter specifies the feature for which the customer

object is created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING

INTCROUT INTERNATIONAL CARRIER ROUTING

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CUST- 1-
 DISP CUST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CUSTOMER

This command displays the data related to the specified

customer(s). The displayed data may be restricted by
specifying further parameters. Only objects that match
the entered values will be displayed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CUST : [CUST=] [,CUSTID=] [,FEATURE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CUST CUSTOMER NAME

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

FEATURE FEATURE FOR CUSTOMER ROUTING

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING

INTCROUT INTERNATIONAL CARRIER ROUTING
X ALL VALUES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CUST- 1-

 MOD CUST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CUSTOMER

This command modifies the customer name. Modifying the customer

identification code or the feature is not possible.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CUST : NCUST= ,CUSTID= ,FEATURE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NCUST NEW CUSTOMER NAME

Determines the new name of the customer. The

name need not be unique.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

FEATURE FEATURE FOR CUSTOMER ROUTING

This parameter specifies the feature for which the customer

object has been created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING

INTCROUT INTERNATIONAL CARRIER ROUTING

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CUST- 1-

 CAN CUSTCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CUSTOMER CODE POINT

This command cancels a customer code point.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CUSTCPT : CODE= ,CUSTID= ,FEATURE= [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ZDIG=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter determines the digits for which the customer code point
has been created. In addition to the selected digits, the special code
ORIG1 can also be entered in order to determine the destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

FEATURE FEATURE FOR CUSTOMER ROUTING

This parameter specifies the feature for which the customer

object was created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING

INTCROUT INTERNATIONAL CARRIER ROUTING

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0...3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER

SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT
COINB COIN BOX
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
OPOSINAT OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CUSTCPT- 1+

 CAN CUSTCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15

This unit specifies the category for which the destination is

addressed.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CUSTCPT- 2-

 CR CUSTCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CUSTOMER CODE POINT

This command creates a customer code point leading to a

destination.

Using the special code ORIG1 the following must be considered:

- Creating a code point with ORIG1=DEF has the same effect for call
processing as entering up to 3840 code points with ORIG1=0 through to
ORIG1=3839. So a code point with ORIG1=DEF stands for all code points
(with the same CODE) which are not explicitly created with a specific
ORIG1-value.

Example: CODE=12345, split by origination as follows:

For the origination value 10 the digit translation shall lead to
destination A, for value 200 to destination B, for all other values
to destination C.

CR CUSTCPT:CODE=12345, ORIG1=10, ..., DEST=A;

CR CUSTCPT:CODE=12345, ORIG1=200, ..., DEST=B;
CR CUSTCPT:CODE=12345, ORIG1=DEF, ..., DEST=C;

These commands may be entered in any sequence. Instead of 3840

commands now only 3 commands are needed.

Using ORIG1=DEF, the position of this special code should be at the end of
the code. All ’exceptional’ code points must be entered.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CUSTCPT : CODE= ,CUSTID= ,FEATURE= ,DEST= [,ORIG1=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,MFCAT=] [,ZDIG=] [,ENSTROUT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter determines the digits for which the customer code point
is created. In addition to the selected digits, the special code ORIG1
can also be entered in order to determine the destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

FEATURE FEATURE FOR CUSTOMER ROUTING

This parameter specifies the feature for which the customer

object is created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING

INTCROUT INTERNATIONAL CARRIER ROUTING

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination area selected by the digit

combination. The specified destination area must exist with at least
one route or be created with a new code.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CUSTCPT- 1+
 CR CUSTCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0...3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: ORIGINATING MARK=
1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF ORIGINATING MARK=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CATEGORY
SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER
SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT
COINB COIN BOX
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
OPOSINAT OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15

This unit specifies the category for which the destination is

addressed.

b: POSITION OF CATEGORY=
1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the category in the digit

combination.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: POSITION OF LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the position of the language digit

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CUSTCPT- 2+
 CR CUSTCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

in the digit combination.

ENSTROUT ENABLE STANDARD ROUTING

This parameter indicates whether standard routing should be done or

not. Default is YES.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO STANDARD ROUTING
NO NO STANDARD ROUTING
Y YES STANDARD ROUTING
YES YES STANDARD ROUTING

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CUSTCPT- 3-
 DISP CUSTCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CUSTOMER CODE POINT

This command displays the data related to the specified

customer code point(s). The displayed data may be restricted by
specifying further parameters. Only objects that match
the entered values will be displayed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CUSTCPT : [CODE=] [,CUSTID=] [,FEATURE=] [,DEST=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ENSTROUT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter restricts the code points to be displayed. Only code

points that begin with the entered digits will be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter restricts the code points to be displayed. Only code

points that belong to the entered customer identification will be
displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

FEATURE FEATURE FOR CUSTOMER ROUTING

This parameter restricts the code points to be displayed. Only code

points that belong to the entered feature will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING

INTCROUT INTERNATIONAL CARRIER ROUTING
X ALL VALUES

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter restricts the code points to be displayed. Only code

points that lead to the entered destination will be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ENSTROUT ENABLE STANDARD ROUTING

Default value is ALL.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO STANDARD ROUTING

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CUSTCPT- 1+

 DISP CUSTCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NO NO STANDARD ROUTING
Y YES STANDARD ROUTING
YES YES STANDARD ROUTING
ALL KIND OF ROUTING DOESN’T MATTER

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CUSTCPT- 2-

 MOD CUSTCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CUSTOMER CODE POINT

This command modifies a customer code point. Only the values

for the parameters DEST and ENSTROUT may be changed.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CUSTCPT : CODE= ,CUSTID= ,FEATURE= [,ORIG1=] [,MFCAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ZDIG=] <,DEST= ,ENSTROUT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter determines the digits for which the customer code point
is created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16383, range of decimal numbers

FEATURE FEATURE FOR CUSTOMER ROUTING

This parameter specifies the feature for which the customer

object is created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING

INTCROUT INTERNATIONAL CARRIER ROUTING

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code for which

the destination is addressed. Only decimal numbers,
range 0...3839, and the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MFCAT MFC CATEGORY

This parameter specifies branch categories.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUBORD ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER

SUBPRIOR PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
TESTEQ TEST EQUIPMENT
COINB COIN BOX
OPOS OPERATOR’S POSITION
DATRANS DATA XMISSION NATIONAL
SUBINAT ORDINARY SUB INTERNATIONAL
DATAINAT DATA XMISSION INTERNATIONAL
SUBPINAT PRIORITY SUB INTERNATIONAL
OPOSINAT OPERATOR’S POS. INTERNATIONAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CUSTCPT- 1+

 MOD CUSTCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15

This unit specifies the category for which the destination is

addressed.

ZDIG LANGUAGE OR DISCRIMIN. Z-DIGIT

This parameter specifies up to 16 different digital switchboards.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the new destination area selected by the digit
combination. The specified destination area must exist with at least
one route or be created with a new code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ENSTROUT ENABLE STANDARD ROUTING

This parameter indicates whether standard routing should be carried out

or not.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO STANDARD ROUTING
NO NO STANDARD ROUTING
Y YES STANDARD ROUTING
YES YES STANDARD ROUTING

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CUSTCPT- 2-

 CAN CXCATFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX CAT FEATURE DATA

This command cancels CENTREX Customer Access Treatment (CAT) features of

particular CAT codes.
If no CENTREX group is specified (parameter CXGRP), this cancelation is done
for the default definitions of CAT codes. The default definition of this CAT
code is valid for all CENTREX groups of the switch that have no individual
assignment.
If a CENTREX group is specified, the cancelation is done individually for CAT
codes of the CENTREX group. If all CAT features (parameter CATFEA) of a
CENTREX group specific CAT code are canceled, the default definition is valid
again.

The command removes the CAT features of

- one CAT code
- a list of up to 10 CAT codes
- a range of CAT codes
- a list of up to 10 CAT code ranges.

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is related to a secured

CENTREX business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

In case the command affects more than one CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP
is not specified), it will be executed even if one or more CENTREX groups
are related to a BGID for which special operator permission
(command ENTR CXSEC) is necessary.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CXCATFEA : [CXGRP=] ,CATCOD= ,CATFEA= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes may not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CATCOD CUSTOMER ACCESS TREATMENT CODE

This parameter specifies a number which identifies a set of Customer

Access Treatment features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...31, range of decimal numbers

CATFEA CUSTOMER ACC. TREATM. FEATURES

This parameter specifies the Customer Access Treatment features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CPELINE CUSTOMER PREMISES EQUIPM. LINE

LOCDIAL LOCATION DIALING
DCW DIAL CALL WAITING

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXCATFEA- 1+

 CAN CXCATFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DCPU DIRECTED CALL PICK UP

NSCPU NIGHT SERVICE CALL PICK UP
DTA DIAL THROUGH ATTENDANT
CACDIAL CARRIER ACCESS CODE DIALING
CPECPU CPELINE CALL PICKUP
PARK CALL PARK
SUBBI SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXCATFEA- 2-

 DISP CXCATFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX CAT FEATURE DATA

This command displays the Customer Access Treatment (CAT) features of particular
or all CAT codes.
If no CENTREX group is specified (parameter CXGRP), the display is done for
the default definitions of CAT codes.
If one, several or all CENTREX groups are specified, the display is done for the
CAT codes of the CENTREX groups. In the output mask, the CAT features assigned
by default and the ones assigned individually for a CENTREX group are listed
separately.
The CAT features assigned by default and the ones assigned individually for a
CENTREX group are listed separately.

For one or no CENTREX group specified, the CAT features of

- one CAT code
- a list of up to 10 CAT codes
- a range of CAT codes
- a list of up to 10 CAT code ranges
- all CAT codes
can be displayed.

For several or all CENTREX groups specified, only the features of all CAT codes
are displayed (no value entered for CATCOD).

CAT codes without features will not be displayed. CENTREX groups are not
displayed in sequential order. CAT codes are displayed in sequential order.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CXCATFEA : [CXGRP=] [,CATCOD=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies one or several existing CENTREX groups.

Leading zeroes must not be entered.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...4 digit decimal number

CATCOD CUSTOMER ACCESS TREATMENT CODE

This parameter specifies a number which identifies a set of Customer

Access Treatment features.

Input is allowed only if just one or no CENTREX group is specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...31, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXCATFEA- 1-

 ENTR CXCATFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CENTREX CAT FEATURE DATA

This command assigns CENTREX Customer Access Treatment (CAT) features to

particular CAT codes.
If no CENTREX group is specified (parameter CXGRP), the assignment is done for
the default definitions of CAT codes. The default definition of this CAT code is
valid for all CENTREX groups of the switch that have no individual assignment.
If a CENTREX group is specified, particular CAT codes of the CENTREX group may
be defined that overrule the default definitions.

The command assigns the CAT features to

- one CAT code
- a list of up to 10 CAT codes
- a range of CAT codes
- a list of up to 10 CAT code ranges.

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is related to a secured

CENTREX business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

In case the command affects more than one CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP
is not specified), it will be executed even if one or more CENTREX groups
are related to a BGID for which special operator permission
(command ENTR CXSEC) is necessary.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CXCATFEA : [CXGRP=] ,CATCOD= ,CATFEA= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes must not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CATCOD CUSTOMER ACCESS TREATMENT CODE

This parameter specifies a CAT code which identifies a set of Customer

Access Treatment features. If this CAT code is assigned to a CENTREX
station (e.g. ENTR CXSUB, parameter CATCOD), it authorizes the
usage of the corresponding CAT features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...31, range of decimal numbers

CATFEA CUSTOMER ACC. TREATM. FEATURES

This parameter specifies the Customer Access Treatment features, i.e.

authorizations that are activated by dialing an access code (created
with CR CXCPT, parameter TRATYP).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CPELINE CUSTOMER PREMISES EQUIPM. LINE

Customer Premise Equipment, i.e. specific customer
owned terminals such as paging units, may be

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXCATFEA- 1+

 ENTR CXCATFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

accessed by dialing an access code.

LOCDIAL LOCATION DIALING

A location, e.g. a PBX, CENTREX stations or
non-CENTREX subscribers, may be accessed by
dialing an access code, which may be followed by
further numbers. As an example, this allows access
to the internal dialing plan of a (remote) PBX.

DCW DIAL CALL WAITING

Call waiting on a busy subscriber may be activated
for a single call by predialing an access code.
The busy subscriber has to reside within the same
business group or, if no BGID (parameter COSDAT)
is assigned, within the same CENTREX group.

DCPU DIRECTED CALL PICK UP

In order to pick up a call to a ringing station
within the same CENTREX group an access code
followed by the intercom number of the ringing
station has to be dialed.

NSCPU NIGHT SERVICE CALL PICK UP

Calls to the night service number may be picked up
by the stations of the CENTREX group by dialing an
access code.

DTA DIAL THROUGH ATTENDANT

In order to reach a destination outside the
CENTREX group, an access code followed by the
public B-party number has to be dialed. The call
is first presented to the MAC attendant who has
to permit the call.

Notes:
- Stations with the restriction RSTORIGF assigned
(e.g. ENTR CXSUB, parameters COS or SUBBGCOS)
can not use this feature.

CACDIAL CARRIER ACCESS CODE DIALING

The carrier may be specified by predialing an
access code.

CPECPU CPELINE CALL PICK UP

Calls to customer premises equipment may be
picked up by dialing an access code.

PARK CALL PARK

An active call can be parked by dialling
an access code.

SUBBI SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN

A station may barge into an established call
between two stations of the same business group
(BGID) by dialing an access code code followed
by the extension number.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXCATFEA- 2-

 CAN CXCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX CODE POINT

This command cancels a CENTREX code point in the CENTREX digit translator for
non intercom dialing sequences for a specified CENTREX group.
The command is rejected if the CXGRP is related to a secured CENTREX
business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

Notes:
- When cancelling the very last public network access code (TRATYP=PNASDT
or PNANDT) of a CENTREX group, all access codes with TRATYP=DTA and
all access codes USE-AR, ACT-CCIBI and ACT-CCIBU must previously
be cancelled.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CXCPT : CXGRP= ,CXCODE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies a number from 1 to 9999 which identifies the

corresponding CENTREX group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXCODE CENTREX FEATURE ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the previously assigned one to five digit

access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXCPT- 1-

 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CENTREX CODE POINT

This command creates a CENTREX code point in the CENTREX digit translator for
non intercom dialing sequences for a specified CENTREX group.

The command is rejected if the CXGRP is related to a secured

CENTREX business group (BGID) for which the operator has no
administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR CXCPT - CCFEA CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES

2. CR CXCPT - NORMAL NORMAL FEATURE ACCESS CODES

1. Input format

CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES

This input format is used to create a CENTREX access code for Custom Calling
Features.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CXCPT : CXGRP= ,CXCODE= ,TRATYP= ,FEA= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the corresponding CENTREX group.

Notes:
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.

Prerequisites:
- The CENTREX group must have been previously created with the
CR CXGRP command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXCODE CENTREX FEATURE ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX feature access code for the
corresponding CENTREX group.

Notes:
- The first digit may be either a hash sign (#), an asterisk (*),
or in the range 0-9. The second digit may also be a hash sign,
an asterisk or in the range 0-9, whereby the following restrictions
must be considered: If the second digit is an asterisk, the first
one must be an asterisk too. If the second digit is a hash sign and
the first one is a hash sign too, no further digits may follow.
If the second digit is a hash sign and the first one is an asterisk,
at least one digit in the range 0-9 must follow.
The remaining digits must be in the range 0-9 or as the very last
digit a pound sign for solving an ambiguity in the length of an
access code:
When an ambiguity exists in the length of an access code, the
pound sign must be input as the last digit for all but the largest
access code in the sequence.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 1+
 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TRATYP TRAFFIC TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of access required for the code
point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CCFEA CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES

Indicates access for custom calling features.

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies CENTREX subscriber controled features.

Notes:
- This parameter will only be allowed if the TRATYP parameter has
been entered with value CCFEA, no other optional parameters will be
allowed.
- This parameter must be entered with both units.
- For access codes to usage of Abbreviated Dialing of type AB1COL0,
AB1COL1, AB2COL0, AB2COL1 and AB2COL2 the following rule
exists:
For ABxCOLy and x>y, the last n=x-y digits of the
access code must be in the range of 0 to 9.
- For the access code ACT-CCBS the length of code must not be
greater than 3.
- For the access code USE-ARNO the first digit of parameter
CXCODE must always be an asterisk (*).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: ACTIVITY
ACT ACTIVATE
Activates the feature identified by the second
unit of the parameter
ACTDAT ACTIVATE WITH/WITHOUT DATA
Activates the feature identified by the second
unit of the parameter with or without data
DACT DEACTIVATE
Deactivates the feature identified by the second
info unit of the parameter
DEL DELETE
Deletes the feature identified by the second info
unit of the parameter
DELDACT DELETE WITH DEACTIVATION
Deletes with deactivation the feature identified
by the second info unit of the parameter
ENTR ENTER
Enters the feature identified by the second info
unit of the parameter
ENTRACT ENTER WITH ACTIVATION
Enter with activation of the feature identified
by the second info unit of the parameter
REQALL REQUEST STATUS WITH DATA
Requests the status and/or data of the feature
identified by the second info unit of the
parameter
REQDAT REQUEST DATA
Requests the data of the feature identified by
the second info unit of the parameter
REQSTAT REQUEST STATUS
Requests the status of the feature identified by
the second info unit of the parameter
USE FEATURE USAGE
Allows the usage of the feature identified by the
second info unit of the parameter

Indicates the type of activity desired by the subscriber

concerning the feature involved.

b: FEATURE
ABBD ABBR. DIAL USAGE
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 2+
 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

USE

ABMOD1 UPDATE 1-DIG. ABBR. DIAL LISTS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

ABMOD2 UPDATE 2-DIG. ABBR. DIAL LISTS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

AB1COL0 ABBR. DIALING 1 DIG. COLLECT 0

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

AB1COL1 ABBR. DIALING 1 DIG. COLLECT 1

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

AB2COL0 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 0

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

AB2COL1 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 1

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

AB2COL2 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 2

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ACMO AUTOMATIC CALL MEMORY OUTGOING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ACREJ REJECTION OF ANONYMOUS CALLS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

Prerequisites:
- At least one public network access code
(TRATYP=PNASDT or PNANDT) must
be existing for the given CENTREX group.
This does not apply to CENTREX ’Minigroup’-s.

ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ATNBI ATTENDANT BARGE IN

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ATNBIWOT ATN BARGE IN WITHOUT TONE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ATNCACO ATN CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR, DEL, REQDAT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 3+
 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ATNCO ATTENDANT CAMP ON

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

ATNDACO ATN DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR, DEL, REQDAT

ATNEO ATTENDANT EMERGENCY OVERRIDE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ATNGMB ATTENDANT GROUP MAKE BUSY

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

ATNLOGON BASIC ATTENDANT’S LOGON

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

ATNNS ATTENDANT NIGHT SERVICE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

ATNPMB ATTENDANT POSITION MAKE BUSY

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

ATNSACO ATN SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR, DEL, REQDAT

ATNTR ATTENDANT TRAFFIC RESTRICTION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, REQALL

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

CACLST CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

CALLHOLD CALL HOLD

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CALR CALLED LINE PRESENTATION RSTR.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CCBS CALL COMPLETION BUSY SUBSCRIB.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CCIBI CALL COMPL. INTNET BUSY IMMED.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 4+
 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

Prerequisites:
- At least one public network access code
(TRATYP=PNASDT or PNANDT) must
be existing for the given CENTREX group.
This does not apply to CENTREX ’Minigroup’-s.

CCIBU CALL COMPL.INTNET BUSY USRCNTR

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

Prerequisites:
- At least one public network access code
(TRATYP=PNASDT or PNANDT) must
be existing for the given CENTREX group.
This does not apply to CENTREX ’Minigroup’-s.

CCNR CALL COMPLETION ON NO REPLY

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CCSC COLLECT CALL SCREENING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CCW CANCEL CALL WAITING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CLIR CALLING LINE PRESENTATN. RSTR.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CLIRREQ CLIR REQUEST

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CLIRSUSP CLIR SUSPENSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CNIR CALLING NAME IDENT.RESTR.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

COLR CONNECTED LINE IDENT.RESTR.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CONFADD ISDN CONFERENCE ADD TO

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFBEG ISDN CONFERENCE BEGIN

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFDRP ISDN CONFERENCE DROP

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFISO ISDN CONFERENCE ISOLATE FROM

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 5+
 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFL ANALOG CONFERENCE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFREA ISDN CONFERENCE REATTACH TO

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFSPL ISDN CONFERENCE SPLIT

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CTC CALL TRANSFER CONNECTION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DACT, REQSTAT

CW CALL WAITING
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CWIB CALL WAITING ON INTNET BUSY

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

DCW DIAL CALL WAITING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

DEBCL DET.BILL. DEPEND. OF TRA.CLASS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

DEBNC DETAILED BILLING NEXT CALL

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

DIVA CALL DIV. TO FIXED ANNOU.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVAI 1-15 ANNOUNCEMENT DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DELDACT, ENTRACT, REQALL

DIVBS CALL DIVERSION BUSY SELECTIVE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, ENTRACT, DELDACT,
REQALL

DIVBY BUSY LINE DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 6+
 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIVBYQS BUSY LINE DIV. QSIG-PBX

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTRACT, DELDACT

DIVBYVMS VMS BUSY LINE DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVCDVMS VMS CONDITIONAL DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVDA DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

DIVDAQS DON’T ANSWER DIV. QSIG-PBX

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTRACT, DELDACT

DIVDAVMS VMS DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVDS CALL DIV.DON’T ANSW.SELECTIVE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, ENTRACT, DELDACT,
REQALL

DIVI IMMEDIATE DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

DIVIA CALL DIV. TO INDIV.ANNOU.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVIP CALL DIV. PARALLEL RINGING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, ENTRACT, DACT,
DELDACT, REQALL

DIVIQS IMMEDIATE DIV. QSIG-PBX

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTRACT, DELDACT

DIVIS DIV. IMMEDIATE WITH SCREENING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, ENTRACT, DACT,
DELDACT, REQALL

DIVIVMS VMS IMMEDIATE DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVLO CALL DIVERSION LOGGED OUT

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, ENTRACT, DACT,
DELDACT, REQALL

DIVND DO NOT DISTURB DIVERSION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 7+
 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVSAE DIV. TO SHORT ANNOU. EQUIP.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVTA DIVERSION TO ANSWER SERVICE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DACT, REQSTAT

GFRWIAC GENL. FACILITY RST. W ALARM

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DACT

GFRWOAC GENL. FACILITY RST. W/O ALARM

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DACT

HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

INFEAT IN FEATURE ACCESS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

KEYWORD KEYWORD MODIFICATION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR

MCI MALICIOUS CALL IDENTIFICATION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

MCIREQ REQUEST MALICIOUS CALL IDENT.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

MLPP MULTI LEVEL PREC./PREEMPT.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

NSCI1 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 1

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

NSCI2 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 2

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

NSCI3 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 3

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

NSCI4 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 4

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

RCREQS REVERSE CHRG REQ. SET UP TIME

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 8+
 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- Allowed values of unit 1:

USE

RCS REVERSE CHARGE CALL SECURITY

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

REJDIV REJECTION OF DIVERTED CALLS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

RNGPRF MANAGER/SECR. RINGING PROFILE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, ENTR, DEL, REQALL

RSTSCI SERVICE RESTRICTION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

SCLIM SUBSCRIBER CREDIT LIMIT

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR, REQDAT

SCLST SCREENING LISTS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DELDACT

SCLSTCW SCREENING LIST CALL WAITING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, ENTR, DEL, REQSTAT, REQDAT,
REQALL

SCLSTDIV SCREENING LST CALL DIV.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, DELDACT,
ENTR, REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST KICK OUT

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR, DEL

SCLSTO SCREENING LST ORIG. CALLS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, DELDACT,
ENTR, REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

SCLSTO2 SCREENING LIST CALL ORIG 2

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, ENTR,
REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

SCLSTRCW SCREENING LST SEL.RINGING / CW

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, DELDACT,
ENTR, REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

SCLSTT SCREENING LST CALL TERMIN.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, DELDACT,

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 9+
 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTR, REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

SCLSTT2 SCREENING LST CALL TERMIN. 2

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, ENTR,
REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

STH STOP HUNT

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

SUBBI SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

SUBST MANAGER SECRETARY SUBSTITUTE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

TESTREQ TEST REQUEST

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

TIMDIVA TIMER CALL DIV.TO FIXED ANNOU.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR

TIMDIVDA TIMER DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR

TIMDIVDV TIMER VMS DON’T ANSWER DIV.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR

TRARSTR TRAFFIC RESTRICTION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

TRARSTRT TERMINATING TRAFFIC RESTR.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, ENTR, ENTRACT, DELDACT,
REQALL

TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTR. SUSPENSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

TRSREM TRARSUSP FROM REMOTE STATION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

TW TELEWORKER LOGON
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

TWR TELEWORKER REMOTE LOGON

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 10+

 CR CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- Allowed values of unit 1:

ACT, DACT, USE, REQSTAT

VMSRETR VMS RETRIEVE USAGE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

Identifies the feature being requested by the subscriber.

The type of activity affecting the feature is identified
by the first info unit of this parameter.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 11+

 CR CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

NORMAL FEATURE ACCESS CODES

This input format is used to create CENTREX access codes for all but Custom
Calling Features kind of traffic type.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,DEST= 11 1
1 CR CXCPT : CXGRP= ,CXCODE= ,TRATYP= 1Z,NEWCODE=Y1 [,LAC=] 1
1 11,DN= 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
1 [,CAC=] [,CHKRSTR=] [,PRIMCODE=] [,MDR=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,COLDIG=] [,CHSITE=] [,CDIALLOW=] [,CDIDESAT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the corresponding CENTREX group.

Notes:
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.

Prerequisites:
- The CENTREX group must have been previously created with the
CR CXGRP command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXCODE CENTREX FEATURE ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX feature access code for the
corresponding CENTREX group.

Notes:
- The first digit may be either a hash sign (#), an asterisk (*),
or in the range 0-9. The second digit may also be a hash sign,
an asterisk or in the range 0-9, whereby the following restrictions
must be considered: If the second digit is an asterisk, the first
one must be an asterisk too. If the second digit is a hash sign and
the first one is a hash sign too, no further digits may follow.
If the second digit is a hash sign and the first one is an asterisk,
at least one digit in the range 0-9 must follow.
The remaining digits must be in the range 0-9 or as the very last
digit a pound sign for solving an ambiguity in the length of an
access code:
When an ambiguity exists in the length of an access code, the
pound sign must be input as the last digit for all but the largest
access code in the sequence.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TRATYP TRAFFIC TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of access required for the code
point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AWC AREA WIDE CENTREX

Indicates access to a Virtual Private Network
service. For the creation of an access code for
AWC parameter DEST or NEWCODE must be entered,

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 12+

 CR CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

as well as parameter COLDIG.

Compatibilities:
- DEST (first info unit)
- NEWCODE (first info unit)
- CHKRSTR
- MDR
- COLDIG
- CHSITE

Incompatibilities:
- CENTREX group (CR CXGRP) with COS=AWC or
COS=AWCRMT.

CACDIAL CARRIER ACCESS CODE DIALING

Indicates subsequent dialing of a carrier access
code. Explicite dialing of a carrier access code
overrides all default carrier access codes which
may have been created before on exchange, CENTREX
group, subscriber or on specific access code
level.

CCPU COMMON CALL PICKUP

Indicates access to the features
Group Call Pickup (GCPU) and
Directed Call Pickup (DCPU)
using the same CENTREX feature access code.
Depending on the dialed digits, the following
feature is invoked:
Access code for CCPU:
Group Call Pickup
Access code for CCPU + CENTREX intercom number
to be picked up:
Directed Call Pickup

CPECPU CPELINE CALL PICKUP

Indicates access for pickup of calls to
CUSTOMER PREMISES EQUIP. LINE.
If the Customer Premises Equipment Line is
locally connected, the combination of LAC
and DN parameters must be given. If it is
remotely connected parameter DEST or NEWCODE
is required.

Compatibilities:
- LAC
- DN
- DEST (first info unit)
- NEWCODE (first info unit)
- CAC

CPELINE CUSTOMER PREMISES EQUIP. LINE

Indicates access for customer premises equipment
line. If this equipment is locally connected, the
combination of LAC and DN parameters must be
given. If it is remotely connected parameter
DEST or NEWCODE is required.

Compatibilities:
- LAC
- DN
- DEST (first info unit)
- NEWCODE (first info unit)
- CAC
- MDR
- CHSITE

DCPU DIRECTED CALL PICKUP

Allows pickup of a call at a specific station in
the same CENTREX group and in the same exchange.

DNATN DN OF ATTENDANT
Indicates access to an attendant station or to an
attendant group.
For the creation of an access code to a locally
connected attendant, the directory number of the
attendant must be entered using the combination

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 13+

 CR CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of LAC and DN.

For the creation of an access code to a remotely
connected attendant, parameter DEST or NEWCODE
(first info unit) is required.

Compatibilities:
- LAC
- DN
- DEST (first info unit)
- NEWCODE (first info unit)
- CAC
- MDR
- PRIMCODE

DTA DIAL THROUGH ATTENDANT

Indicates access to the public network through
an attendant station.
If the attendant is locally connected, the
combination of the parameters LAC and DN must
be given. If the attendant is remotely connected,
parameter DEST or NEWCODE is required.
The attendant must be member of the same CENTREX
group or if a BGID is assigned to the CENTREX
group (CR CXGRP, parameter COSDAT), member of
the same business group.

Prerequisites:
- At least one public network access code
(TRATYP=PNASDT or PNANDT) must
be existing for the given CENTREX group.
This does not apply to CENTREX ’Minigroup’-s.

Compatibilities:
- LAC
- DN
- DEST (first info unit)
- NEWCODE (first info unit)
- CAC
- MDR

GCPU GROUP CALL PICKUP

Indicates access for pickup of a call to any
station in the same call pickup group
(created with ENTR CXSUB, parameter COSDAT).

GRPDIAL CENTREX GROUP DIALING

Indicates (remote) access to stations of a CENTREX
group with an assigned public directory number
(CR CXGRP, parameter DNDAT).

Notes:
- Parameter NEWCODE must be input, as well as
parameter COLDIG.

Compatibilities:
- NEWCODE (first info unit)
- CAC
- CHKRSTR
- MDR
- COLDIG
- CHSITE
- CDIALLOW
- CDIDESAT

ITGW INTERNET TELEPHONY GATEWAY

Internet telephony gateway makes the public
feature Improved Access to Voice over Internet
available for CENTREX subscribers.
For the creation of an access code for ITGW,
parameter DEST or NEWCODE must be entered.

Compatibilities:
- DEST (first info unit)
- NEWCODE (first info unit)
- CHKRSTR
- MDR
- CHSITE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 14+

 CR CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- CDIALLOW
- CDIDESAT
LOCDIAL LOCATION DIALING
Indicates access to a PBX equipment via location
dialing or to a non CENTREX subscriber or to a
CENTREX station. The addressed PBX equipment, the
non CENTREX subscriber respectively the CENTREX
station may be locally or remotely connected.

Notes:
- Parameter DEST or NEWCODE (both info units)
must be entered for both the local and the
remote case, as well as the parameter COLDIG.
- In case of an access code to a non CENTREX
subscriber or to a CENTREX station parameter
COLDIG must always be entered with value 0.

Compatibilities:
- DEST
- NEWCODE
- CAC
- CHKRSTR
- MDR
- COLDIG
- CHSITE
- CDIALLOW
- CDIDESAT

NSCPU NIGHT SERVICE CALL PICKUP

Indicates access for pickup of night service calls
when a CENTREX group has the night service call
pickup feature and has been assigned a night
service directory number.

OVRIPNAC OVERRIDE IMPLICITE PUB.NET.AC

Indicates access to the CENTREX features when the
CENTREX group has been created with the Implicite
Public Network Access feature (’Minigroup’).

Compatibilities:
- MDR

PARK CALL PARK

Indicates access to the feature Call Park, which
allows a CENTREX station to park an active call
and replace the handset.
PARKCPU CALL PARK PICKUP
Indicates access for pickup of a call by any third
station within the same BGID or from the station
where the call was parked.
PNABNDT PNANDT BUSINESS CALL
Indicates public network access for a business
call, with no second dial tone returned.

Compatibilities:
- MDR

PNABSDT PNASDT BUSINESS CALL

Indicates public network access for a business
call, with second dial tone returned.

Compatibilities:
- MDR

PNANDT PUBLIC NET. NO 2ND DIAL TONE

Indicates public network access, with no second
dial tone returned.

Compatibilities:
- MDR
- PRIMCODE

PNASDT PUBLIC NETWORK 2ND DIAL TONE

Indicates public network access, with second dial
tone returned.

Compatibilities:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 15+

 CR CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- MDR
- PRIMCODE

SDDIAL SINGLE DIGIT DIALLING

Single digit dialling allows dialling on a single
digit basis of call originated at a CENTREX
station in the CENTREX group and directed to a
non-single digit intercom destination or to a
preselected external destination.

Notes:
- Parameter DEST or NEWCODE (both info units)
must be entered for both the intercom as
the external
destination.

Compatibilities:
- DEST
- NEWCODE
- CAC
- CHKRSTR
- MDR
- CHSITE
- CDIALLOW
- CDIDESAT

For the access code of the TRATYP=SDDIAL, only

one digit may be specified for parameter CXGRP.
The access code must be in the range from 3 to 8.

DEST DESTINATION AREA

This parameter specifies the name of a destination area.

Notes:
- The entered value must correspond to an existing newcode
destination area and an existing code point.
- This parameter is compatible with the TRATYP values AWC,
CPECPU, CPELINE, DNATN, DTA, SDDIAL and LOCDIAL.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: NAME=
1...12 characters from the
symbolic name character set

Identifies the newcode destination area (CR DEST, parameters

DEST, NEWCODE).

b: TYPE OF CALL
EXT EXTERNAL CALL
INT INTERCOM CALL

Identifies whether the type of calls terminating on the

destination area identified by the first info unit of
DEST, are treated as intercom or external calls.

Notes:
- The second info unit used together with the first is required
for TRATYP value SDDIAL and LOCDIAL.

NEWCODE NEW CODE

This parameter specifies the new code by which the selected

CXCODE will be replaced.

Notes:
- The entered value must correspond to an existing code point
(CR CPT).
- This parameter is compatible with the TRATYP values AWC,
CPECPU, CPELINE, DNATN, DTA, GRPDIAL SDDIAL and
LOCDIAL.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 16+

 CR CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b]

a: NEW CODE DIGITS=

1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Identifies the new code digits.

b: TYPE OF CALL
EXT EXTERNAL CALL
INT INTERCOM CALL

Identifies whether the type of calls terminating on the

new code identified by the first info unit of NEWCODE,
are treated as intercom or external calls.

Notes:
- The second info unit used together with the first is required
for TRATYP values SDDIAL and LOCDIAL.

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the public directory number used for locally
terminated attendant stations, CPE line equipment, for pickup of calls
to the locally terminated CPE line equipment and for the locally
terminated attendant station used for the Dial Through Attendant
feature.

Notes:
- If the EWSD exchange is split in Local Areas, the parameter LAC is
required together with the DN parameter.
- The PRIMCODE parameter can optionally be entered with DN if the
TRATYP value is DNATN.
- This parameter is compatible with the TRATYP values CPELINE,
DNATN, CPECPU and DTA.

Prerequisites:
- The directory number must have been previously assigned with the
CR DN command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter designates the local area code.

Notes:
- The DN parameter is required when entering this parameter.

Prerequisites:
- The Local Area Code must have been previously assigned with the
ENTR AREACODE command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the carrier access code.

Notes:
- Enter of this parameter is only possible for traffic types
LOCDIAL, SDDIAL, CPELINE, CPECPU, DNATN and DTA
but only for the remote case, i.e. when parameter DEST or
NEWCODE is also input.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 17+

 CR CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CHKRSTR CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS

This parameter defines whether traffic restrictions administered

with command CR SUB (parameter TRARSTR) must be considered
during call setup or not.

Notes:
- Parameter value YES means traffic restrictions must be
considered during call setup.
- Parameter value NO means traffic restrictions must be not
considered during call setup.
- Enter of this parameter is only possible for the traffic types
AWC, LOCDIAL, SDDIAL and GRPDIAL.
- If parameter is omitted, default value YES in case of LOCDIAL
and SDDIAL resp. NO in case of AWC will be set automatically.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO CHECK OF TRAF.RESTRICTIONS
NO NO CHECK OF TRAF.RESTRICTIONS
Y CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS
YES CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS

PRIMCODE PRIMARY ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies that the access code is to be used in the

event that the remote control unit (RCU) is isolated from the host.
The code point produced will be entered into the CENTREX group data and
thereby will be downloaded into the LTG. This access code will be used
in the LTG in Stand Alone Service at the RCU, as well as for ISDN call
signaling in order to support the automatic callback feature for
incoming calls to an ISDN terminal within CENTREX.

Notes:
- A primary access code is only allowed once for each allowed TRATYP,
and only for one public network access code (either PNASDT or
PNANDT, but not both), and is only valid for the traffic types:
- DNATN
- PNANDT
- PNASDT
- This parameter has two possibilities:
- YES creates a primary access code
- NO creates a non primary access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO PRIMARY CODE
NO NO PRIMARY CODE
Y PRIMARY CODE
YES PRIMARY CODE

MDR MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

This parameter specifies whether Message Detailed Recording data is

to be collected during the call.

Notes:
- This parameter is compatible with the TRATYP values:
PNASDT, PNANDT, PNABSDT, PNABNDT, GRPDIAL, DTA, DNATN, LOCDIAL,
AWC, SDDIAL and CPELINE (only for remote CPE line equipment)
and OVRIPNAC (in case of a ’Minigroup’)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

NO NO MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING
Y MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING
YES MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

COLDIG COLLECT DIGITS

This parameter specifies the number of additional digits that must

be collected by the LTG, but not translated, for the access to:
- PBX equipment via Location Dialing
- Virtual Private Network via Area Wide CENTREX
- stations of a CENTREX group via CENTREX Group Dialing

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 18+

 CR CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- For an access code with TRATYP=LOCDIAL leading to
non CENTREX subscribers or to CENTREX stations, parameter
COLDIG must always be entered with value 0.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

CHSITE CHARGING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site the CENTREX code

point administered with DEST or NEWCODE belongs to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

CDIALLOW CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE

This parameter specifies the access code for Master Group function.
It can be used during Central Dial In.

Notes:
- This parameter is compatible with the TRATYP values:
GRPDIAL, LOCDIAL, ITGW and SDDIAL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE

NO NO CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE
Y CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE
YES CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE

CDIDESAT DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

This parameter specifies the access code for master to slave

traffic for a destination to a Satellite Group, which is able
to perform Central Dial In.

Notes:
- This parameter is compatible with the TRATYP values:
GRPDIAL, LOCDIAL, ITGW and SDDIAL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI

NO NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI
Y DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI
YES DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXCPT- 19-

 DISP CXCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX CODE POINT

This command displays the data of CENTREX code points in a standard

output mask or in an output mask for custom calling features.

Following data can be output in a standard output mask

- All CENTREX code points of a CENTREX group, when a single value is
given for parameter CXGRP.
- Up to 32 specific CENTREX code points of a CENTREX group, when a
single value is given for parameter CXGRP and a single value for
parameter CXCODE.
- All CENTREX code points of a CENTREX group of specific CENTREX
traffic types, when a single value is given for parameter CXGRP
and a single value for parameter TRATYP.
- All CENTREX code points of a CENTREX group associated with specific
PSTN directory numbers, when a single value is given for parameter
CXGRP and all values for parameter LAC and DN.
- All CENTREX code points of one or all CENTREX groups, associated
with a specific or a range of PSTN directory numbers, when a single
value is given for parameter CXGRP or all CXGRP, a single value
for parameter LAC and a single value or a range for parameter
DN.
- All CENTREX code points of one or all CENTREX groups, associated
with PSTN newcode destinations or newcodes, when a single value is
given for parameter CXGRP or all CXGRP and all values for
parameter DEST and NEWCODE.
- All CENTREX code points of a CENTREX group, associated with PSTN
newcode destinations, when a single value is given for parameter
CXGRP and all values for parameter DEST.
- All CENTREX code points of one or all CENTREX groups, associated
with a specific PSTN newcode destinations, when a single value is
given for parameter CXGRP or all CXGRP and a single value for
parameter DEST.
- All CENTREX code points of a CENTREX group, associated with PSTN
newcodes, when a single value is given for parameter CXGRP and
all values for parameter NEWCODE.
- All CENTREX code points of one or all CENTREX groups, associated
with a specific PSTN newcode, when a single value is given for
parameter CXGRP or all CXGRP and a single value for parameter
NEWCODE.
- All CENTREX code points of a CENTREX group, associated with PSTN
carriers, when a single value is given for parameter CXGRP and
all values for parameter CAC.
- All CENTREX code points of one or all CENTREX groups, associated
with a specific PSTN carrier, when a single value is given for
parameter CXGRP or all CXGRP and a single value for parameter
CAC.

Following data can be output for CENTREX code points in an output mask
for custom calling features.
- All CENTREX SCI code points of a CENTREX group, when a single value
is given for parameter CXGRP and parameter TRATYP is CCFEA.
- All CENTREX SCI code points of a CENTREX group of a specific feature,
when a single value is given for parameter CXGRP, parameter TRATYP
is CCFEA and a single value for parameter FEA.
- Up to 32 specific CENTREX SCI code points of a CENTREX group, when a
single value is given for parameter CXGRP, a single value for
parameter CXCODE and parameter TRATYP is CCFEA.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CXCPT : CXGRP= [,CXCODE=] [,TRATYP=] [,FEA=] [,DEST=] 1
1 1
1 [,NEWCODE=] [,DN=] [,LAC=] [,CAC=] [,CDIALLOW=] 1
1 1
1 [,CDIDESAT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXCPT- 1+

 DISP CXCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the corresponding CENTREX group.

Notes:
- All access codes for the specified CENTREX group are displayed if
only this parameter is entered.
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.
- When parameter CXGRP is not input, at least one of the parameters
DEST, NEWCODE, DN must be input.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXCODE CENTREX FEATURE ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the existing CENTREX feature access code.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...5 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

TRATYP TRAFFIC TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of access required for the

code point.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DNATN DN OF ATTENDANT
LOCDIAL LOCATION DIALING
PNASDT PUBLIC NETWORK 2ND DIAL TONE
PNANDT PUBLIC NET. NO 2ND DIAL TONE
CPECPU CPELINE CALL PICKUP
NSCPU NIGHT SERVICE CALL PICKUP
DCPU DIRECTED CALL PICKUP
GCPU GROUP CALL PICKUP
CPELINE CUSTOMER PREMISES EQUIP. LINE
CCFEA CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES
DTA DIAL THROUGH ATTENDANT
AWC AREA WIDE CENTREX
CACDIAL EXPLICITE DIALING OF CAC
OVRIPNAC OVERRIDE IMPLICITE PUB.NET.AC
CCPU COMMON CALL PICKUP
GRPDIAL CENTREX GROUP DIALING
PNABSDT PNASDT BUSINESS CALL
PNABNDT PNANDT BUSINESS CALL
SDDIAL SINGLE DIGIT DIALLING
PARK CALL PARK
PARKCPU CALL PARK PICKUP
ITGW INTERNET TELEPHONY GATEWAY
Internet telephony gateway makes the public
feature Improved Access to Voice over Internet
available for CENTREX subscribers.

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the required CENTREX subscriber controled

feature.

Notes:
- Input of this parameter is only allowed, when parameter TRATYP
is entered with value CCFEA. No other optional parameters
are allowed.
- This parameter must be entered with both units.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXCPT- 2+

 DISP CXCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: ACTIVITY
ACT ACTIVATE
DACT DEACTIVATE
ENTR ENTER
DEL DELETE
ENTRACT ENTER WITH ACTIVATION
DELDACT DELETE WITH DEACTIVATION
REQSTAT REQUEST STATUS
REQDAT REQUEST DATA
REQALL REQUEST STATUS WITH DATA
USE FEATURE USAGE
ACTDAT ACTIVATE WITH/WITHOUT DATA

Indicates the type of activity concerning the feature

entered with the second info unit.

b: FEATURE
DIVI IMMEDIATE DIVERSION
DIVBY BUSY LINE DIVERSION
DIVDA DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION
DIVND DO NOT DISTURB DIVERSION
DIVAI 1-15 ANNOUNCEMENT DIVERSION
DIVIVMS VMS IMMEDIATE DIVERSION
DIVBYVMS VMS BUSY LINE DIVERSION
DIVDAVMS VMS DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION
VMSRETR VMS RETRIEVE USAGE
VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION
CCW CANCEL CALL WAITING
DCW DIAL CALL WAITING
ABMOD1 UPDATE 1-DIG. ABBR. DIAL LISTS
ABMOD2 UPDATE 2-DIG. ABBR. DIAL LISTS
ABBD ABBR. DIAL USAGE
AB1COL0 ABBR. DIALING 1 DIG. COLLECT 0
AB1COL1 ABBR. DIALING 1 DIG. COLLECT 1
AB2COL0 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 0
AB2COL1 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 1
AB2COL2 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 2
CALR CALLED LINE PRESENTATION RSTR.
CLIR CALLING LINE PRESENTATN. RSTR.
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
TRARSTR TRAFFIC RESTRICTION
GFRWIAC GENL. FACILITY RST. W ALARM
GFRWOAC GENL. FACILITY RST. W/O ALARM
RSTSCI SERVICE RESTRICTION
RCS REVERSE CHARGE CALL SECURITY
CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER
DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
CCBS CALL COMPLETION BUSY SUBSCRIB.
INFEAT IN FEATURE ACCESS
ATNNS ATTENDANT NIGHT SERVICE
ATNGMB ATTENDANT GROUP MAKE BUSY
ATNPMB ATTENDANT POSITION MAKE BUSY
ATNCO ATTENDANT CAMP ON
ATNLOGON BASIC ATTENDANT’S LOGON
ATNEO ATTENDANT EMERGENCY OVERRIDE
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER
CW CALL WAITING
CLIRREQ CLIR REQUEST
CLIRSUSP CLIR SUSPENSION
DIVIA CALL DIV. TO INDIV.ANNOU.
DIVA CALL DIV. TO FIXED ANNOU.
SCLSTO SCREENING LST ORIG. CALLS
KEYWORD KEYWORD MODIFICATION
DEBNC DETAILED BILLING NEXT CALL
DEBCL DET.BILL. DEPEND. OF TRA.CLASS
STH STOP HUNT
CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE
DIVTA DIVERSION TO ANSWER SERVICE
DIVSAE DIV. TO SHORT ANNOU. EQUIP.
NSCI1 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 1
NSCI2 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 2
NSCI3 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 3
NSCI4 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 4

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXCPT- 3+

 DISP CXCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SCLSTDIV SCREENING LST CALL DIV.

SCLSTT SCREENING LST CALL TERMIN.
SCLSTRCW SCREENING LST SEL.RINGING / CW
SCLST SCREENING LISTS
DIVIP CALL DIV. PARALLEL RINGING
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
ATNBI ATTENDANT BARGE IN
DIVIS DIV. IMMEDIATE WITH SCREENING
SCLSTT2 SCREENING LST CALL TERMIN. 2
MCIREQ REQUEST MALICIOUS CALL IDENT.
CCNR CALL COMPLETION ON NO REPLY
TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTR. SUSPENSION
SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
DIVBYQS BUSY LINE DIV. QSIG-PBX
DIVDAQS DON’T ANSWER DIV. QSIG-PBX
DIVIQS IMMEDIATE DIV. QSIG-PBX
RCREQS REVERSE CHRG REQ. SET UP TIME
REJDIV REJECTION OF DIVERTED CALLS
ACREJ REJECTION OF ANONYMOUS CALLS
CWIB CALL WAITING ON INTNET BUSY
CCIBI CALL COMPL. IMMED. INTNET BUSY
CCIBU CALL COMPL.USRCNTR.INTNET BUSY
CACLST CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST
CALLHOLD CALL HOLD
SUBBI SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN
TESTREQ TEST REQUEST
ACMO AUTOMATIC CALL MEMORY OUTGOING
MCI MALICIOUS CALL IDENTIFICATION
CCSC COLLECT CALL SCREENING
TIMDIVA TIMER CALL DIV.TO FIXED ANNOU.
TIMDIVDA TIMER DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION
TIMDIVDV TIMER VMS DON’T ANSWER DIV.
DIVCDVMS VMS CONDITIONAL DIVERSION
SCLSTCW SCREENING LIST CALL WAITING
TRSREM TRARSUSP FROM REMOTE STATION
TRARSTRT TERMINATING TRAFFIC RESTR.
COLR CONNECTED LINE IDENT.RESTR.
CNIR CALLING NAME IDENT.RESTR.
CTC CALL TRANSFER CONNECTION
ATNBIWOT ATN BARGE IN WITHOUT TONE
DIVBS CALL DIVERSION BUSY SELECTIVE
DIVDS CALL DIV.DON’T ANSW.SELECTIVE
SUBST MANAGER SECRETARY SUBSTITUTE
RNGPRF MANAGER/SECR. RINGING PROFILE
MLPP MULTI LEVEL PREC./PREEMPT.
TW TELEWORKER LOGON
ATNCACO ATN CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER
ATNDACO ATN DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
ATNSACO ATN SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
ATNTR ATTENDANT TRAFFIC RESTRICTION
CONFBEG ISDN CONFERENCE BEGIN
CONFADD ISDN CONFERENCE ADD TO
CONFSPL ISDN CONFERENCE SPLIT
CONFDRP ISDN CONFERENCE DROP
CONFISO ISDN CONFERENCE ISOLATE FROM
CONFREA ISDN CONFERENCE REATTACH TO
CONFL ANALOG CONFERENCE
SCLSTO2 SCREENING LIST CALL ORIG 2
SCLIM SUBSCRIBER CREDIT LIMIT
SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST KICK OUT
DIVLO CALL DIVERSION LOGGED OUT
TWR TELEWORKER REMOTE LOGON

Identifies the feature that can be requested by the

CENTREX station.
The type of activity affecting the feature is identified
by the first info unit of this parameter.

DEST DESTINATION AREA

This parameter specifies the name of the destination area.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXCPT- 4+

 DISP CXCPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

symbolic name character set

NEWCODE NEW CODE

This parameter specifies the new code by which the CXCODE

will be replaced.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DN PUBLIC DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the carrier access code.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CDIALLOW CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE

This parameter allows to select the remote CENTREX code points

with or without the Central Dial In Allowance.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CDI ALLOWANCE
YES CDI ALLOWANCE
N NO CDI ALLOWANCE
NO NO CDI ALLOWANCE

CDIDESAT DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

This parameter allows to select the remote CENTREX code points

with or without Destination to Satellite Group with Central Dial In.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

YES DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI
N NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI
NO NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXCPT- 5-

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CENTREX CODE POINT

This command modifies the attributes of an existing CENTREX code point.

Parameter values may be modified if the new values are compatible with the
stored traffic type. This command does not modify the CENTREX group for which
the code point was created, neither the access code nor the TRATYP value.

The command is rejected if the CXGRP is related to a secured CENTREX business

group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration permission
(see command DISP CXSEC).

Notes:
- This command allows the modification of several parameters at the same time.
- If the DN of the attendant is modified using the command
MOD DN the old CXGRP of the attendant must be cancelled using the
command CAN CXCPT and created again for the new DN of the attendant using
the command CR CXCPT.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD CXCPT - CCFEA CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES

2. MOD CXCPT - NORMAL NORMAL FEATURES ACCESS CODE

1. Input format

CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES

This input format is used to modify an existing CENTREX access code for Custom
Calling Features.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CXCPT : CXGRP= ,CXCODE= ,FEA= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the corresponding CENTREX group.

Notes:
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXCODE CENTREX FEATURE ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX feature access code for the
corresponding CENTREX group.

Notes:
- The first digit may be either a hash sign (#), an asterisk (*),
or in the range 0-9. The second digit may also be a hash sign,
an asterisk or in the range 0-9, whereby the following restrictions
must be considered: If the second digit is an asterisk, the first
one must be an asterisk too. If the second digit is a hash sign and
the first one is a hash sign too, no further digits may follow.
If the second digit is a hash sign and the first one is an asterisk,
at least one digit in the range 0-9 must follow.
The remaining digits must be in the range 0-9 or as the very last
digit a pound sign for solving an ambiguity in the length of an
access code.
- The entered value must correspond to an already existing access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 digit hexadecimal number where B is

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 1+

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies CENTREX subscriber controled features.

Notes:
- This parameter will only be allowed if the access code being
modified has been created with TRATYP=CCFEA. No other
optional parameters will be allowed.
- This parameter must be entered with both units.
- For access codes to usage of Abbreviated Dialing of type AB1COL0,
AB1COL1, AB2COL0, AB2COL1 and AB2COL2 the following rule
exists:
For ABxCOLy and x>y, the last n=x-y digits of the
access code must be in the range of 0 to 9.
- For the access code ACT-CCBS the length of code must not be
greater than 3.
- For the access code USE-ARNO the first digit of parameter
CXCODE must always be an asterisk (*).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: ACTIVITY
ACT ACTIVATE
Activates the feature identified by the second
unit of the parameter
ACTDAT ACTIVATE WITH/WITHOUT DATA
Activates the feature identified by the second
unit of the parameter with or without data
DACT DEACTIVATE
Deactivates the feature identified by the second
info unit of the parameter
DEL DELETE
Deletes the feature identified by the second info
unit of the parameter
DELDACT DELETE WITH DEACTIVATION
Deletes with deactivation the feature identified
by the second info unit of the parameter
ENTR ENTER
Enters the feature identified by the second info
unit of the parameter
ENTRACT ENTER WITH ACTIVATION
Enters and activates the feature identified by
the second info unit of the parameter
REQALL REQUEST STATUS WITH DATA
Requests the status and/or data of the feature
identified by the second info unit of the
parameter
REQDAT REQUEST DATA
Requests the data of the feature identified by
the second info unit of the parameter
REQSTAT REQUEST STATUS
Requests the status of the feature identified
by the second info unit of the parameter
USE FEATURE USAGE
Allows the usage of the feature identified by the
second info unit of the parameter

Indicates the type of activity desired by the subscriber

concerning the feature involved.

b: FEATURE
ABBD ABBR. DIAL USAGE
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ABMOD1 UPDATE 1-DIG. ABBR. DIAL LISTS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

ABMOD2 UPDATE 2-DIG. ABBR. DIAL LISTS

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 2+

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

AB1COL0 ABBR. DIALING 1 DIG. COLLECT 0

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

AB1COL1 ABBR. DIALING 1 DIG. COLLECT 1

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

AB2COL0 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 0

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

AB2COL1 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 1

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

AB2COL2 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 2

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ACMO AUTOMATIC CALL MEMORY OUTGOING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ACREJ REJECTION OF ANONYMOUS CALLS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

Prerequisites:
- At least one public network access code
(TRATYP=PNASDT or PNANDT) must be
existing for the given CENTREX group.
This does not apply to CENTREX ’Minigroup’-s.

ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ATNBI ATTENDANT BARGE IN

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ATNBIWOT ATN BARGE IN WITHOUT TONE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ATNCACO ATN CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR, DEL, REQDAT

ATNCO ATTENDANT CAMP ON

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

ATNDACO ATN DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 3+

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- Allowed values of unit 1:

ENTR, DEL, REQDAT

ATNEO ATTENDANT EMERGENCY OVERRIDE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

ATNGMB ATTENDANT GROUP MAKE BUSY

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

ATNLOGON BASIC ATTENDANT’S LOGON

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

ATNNS ATTENDANT NIGHT SERVICE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

ATNPMB ATTENDANT POSITION MAKE BUSY

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

ATNSACO ATN SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR, DEL, REQDAT

ATNTR ATTENDANT TRAFFIC RESTRICTION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, REQALL

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

CACLST CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

CALLHOLD CALL HOLD

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CALR CALLED LINE PRESENTATION RSTR.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CCBS CALL COMPLETION BUSY SUBSCRIB.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CCIBI CALL COMPL. INTNET BUSY IMMED.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

Prerequisites:
- At least one public network access code
(TRATYP=PNASDT or PNANDT) must be
existing for the given CENTREX group.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 4+

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This does not apply to CENTREX ’Minigroup’-s.

CCIBU CALL COMPL.INTNET BUSY USRCNTR

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

Prerequisites:
- At least one public network access code
(TRATYP=PNASDT or PNANDT) must be
existing for the given CENTREX group.
This does not apply to CENTREX ’Minigroup’-s.

CCNR CALL COMPLETION ON NO REPLY

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CCSC COLLECT CALL SCREENING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CCW CANCEL CALL WAITING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CLIR CALLING LINE PRESENTATN. RSTR.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CLIRREQ CLIR REQUEST

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CLIRSUSP CLIR SUSPENSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CNIR CALLING NAME IDENT.RESTR.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

COLR CONNECTED LINE IDENT.RESTR.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CONFADD ISDN CONFERENCE ADD TO

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFBEG ISDN CONFERENCE BEGIN

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFDRP ISDN CONFERENCE DROP

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFISO ISDN CONFERENCE ISOLATE FROM

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFL ANALOG CONFERENCE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 5+

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFREA ISDN CONFERENCE REATTACH TO

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CONFSPL ISDN CONFERENCE SPLIT

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

CTC CALL TRANSFER CONNECTION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DACT, REQSTAT

CW CALL WAITING
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

CWIB CALL WAITING ON INTNET BUSY

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

DCW DIAL CALL WAITING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

DEBCL DET.BILL. DEPEND. OF TRA.CLASS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

DEBNC DETAILED BILLING NEXT CALL

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

DIVA CALL DIV. TO FIXED ANNOU.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVAI 1-15 ANNOUNCEMENT DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DELDACT, ENTRACT, REQALL

DIVBS CALL DIVERSION BUSY SELECTIVE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, ENTRACT, DELDACT,
REQALL

DIVBY BUSY LINE DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

DIVBYQS BUSY LINE DIV. QSIG-PBX

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTRACT, DELDACT

DIVBYVMS VMS BUSY LINE DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 6+

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVCDVMS VMS CONDITIONAL DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVDA DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

DIVDAQS DON’T ANSWER DIV. QSIG-PBX

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTRACT, DELDACT

DIVDAVMS VMS DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVDS CALL DIV.DON’T ANSW.SELECTIVE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, ENTRACT, DELDACT,
REQALL

DIVI IMMEDIATE DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

DIVIA CALL DIV. TO INDIV.ANNOU.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVIP CALL DIV. PARALLEL RINGING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, ENTRACT, DACT,
DELDACT, REQALL

DIVIQS IMMEDIATE DIV. QSIG-PBX

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTRACT, DELDACT

DIVIS DIV. IMMEDIATE WITH SCREENING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, ENTRACT, DACT,
DELDACT, REQALL

DIVIVMS VMS IMMEDIATE DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVLO CALL DIVERSION LOGGED OUT

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, ENTRACT, DACT,
DELDACT, REQALL

DIVND DO NOT DISTURB DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

DIVSAE DIV. TO SHORT ANNOU. EQUIP.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 7+

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIVTA DIVERSION TO ANSWER SERVICE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DACT, REQSTAT

GFRWIAC GENL. FACILITY RST. W ALARM

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DACT

GFRWOAC GENL. FACILITY RST. W/O ALARM

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DACT

HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

INFEAT IN FEATURE ACCESS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

KEYWORD KEYWORD MODIFICATION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR

MCI MALICIOUS CALL IDENTIFICATION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

MCIREQ REQUEST MALICIOUS CALL IDENT.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

MLPP MULTI LEVEL PREC./PREEMPT.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

NSCI1 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 1

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

NSCI2 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 2

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

NSCI3 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 3

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

NSCI4 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 4

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

RCREQS REVERSE CHRG REQ. SET UP TIME

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

RCS REVERSE CHARGE CALL SECURITY

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 8+

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

REJDIV REJECTION OF DIVERTED CALLS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

RNGPRF MANAGER/SECR. RINGING PROFILE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, ENTR, DEL, REQALL

RSTSCI SERVICE RESTRICTION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

SCLIM SUBSCRIBER CREDIT LIMIT

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR, REQDAT

SCLST SCREENING LISTS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DELDACT

SCLSTCW SCREENING LIST CALL WAITING

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, ENTR, DEL, REQSTAT, REQDAT,
REQALL

SCLSTDIV SCREENING LST CALL DIV.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, DELDACT,
ENTR, REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST KICK OUT

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR, DEL

SCLSTO SCREENING OF ORIGINATING CALLS

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, ENTR,
REQDAT, REQSTAT

SCLSTO2 SCREENING LIST CALL ORIG 2

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, ENTR,
REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

SCLSTRCW SCREENING LST SEL.RINGING / CW

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, DELDACT,
ENTR, REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

SCLSTT SCREENING LST CALL TERMIN.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, DELDACT,
ENTR, REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

SCLSTT2 SCREENING LST CALL TERMIN. 2

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, DEL, ENTR,
REQALL, REQDAT, REQSTAT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 9+

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

STH STOP HUNT

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

SUBBI SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

SUBST MANAGER SECRETARY SUBSTITUTE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL, ENTR, REQDAT

TESTREQ TEST REQUEST

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

TIMDIVA TIMER CALL DIV.TO FIXED ANNOU.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR

TIMDIVDA TIMER DON’T ANSWER DIVERSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR

TIMDIVDV TIMER VMS DON’T ANSWER DIV.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ENTR

TRARSTR TRAFFIC RESTRICTION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, DELDACT, ENTRACT,
REQALL

TRARSTRT TERMINATING TRAFFIC RESTR.

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT, DACT, ENTR, ENTRACT, DELDACT,
REQALL

TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTR. SUSPENSION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

TRSREM TRARSUSP FROM REMOTE STATION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

TW TELEWORKER LOGON
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

TWR TELEWORKER REMOTE LOGON

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, REQSTAT

VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT, DACT, USE, REQSTAT

VMSRETR VMS RETRIEVE USAGE

Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
USE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 10+

 MOD CXCPT
CCFEA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Identifies the feature being requested by the subscriber.

The type of activity affecting the feature is identified
by the first info unit of this parameter.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 11+

 MOD CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

NORMAL FEATURES ACCESS CODE

This input format is used to modify CENTREX access codes for all but Custom
Calling Features kind of traffic types.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CXCPT : CXGRP= ,CXCODE= <,DEST= ,NEWCODE= ,DN= ,LAC= 1
1 1
1 ,CAC= ,CCAC= ,CHKRSTR= ,PRIMCODE= ,MDR= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,COLDIG= ,CHSITE= ,CDIALLOW= ,CDIDESAT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the corresponding CENTREX group.

Notes:
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXCODE CENTREX FEATURE ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX feature access code for the
corresponding CENTREX group.

Notes:
- The first digit may be either a hash sign (#), an asterisk (*),
or in the range 0-9. The second digit may also be a hash sign,
an asterisk or in the range 0-9, whereby the following restrictions
must be considered: If the second digit is an asterisk, the first
one must be an asterisk too. If the second digit is a hash sign and
the first one is a hash sign too, no further digits may follow.
If the second digit is a hash sign and the first one is an asterisk,
at least one digit in the range 0-9 must follow.
The remaining digits must be in the range 0-9 or as the very last
digit a pound sign for solving an ambiguity in the length of an
access code.
- The entered value must correspond to an already existing access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION AREA

This parameter specifies the name of a destination area.

Notes:
- The entered value must correspond to an existing newcode
destination area and an existing code point.
- This parameter can be entered at code points created with TRATYP
value AWC, CPECPU, CPELINE, DNATN, DTA, SDDIAL or LOCDIAL.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: NAME=
1...12 characters from the
symbolic name character set

Identifies the newcode destination area (CR DEST, parameters

DEST, NEWCODE).

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 12+

 MOD CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: TYPE OF CALL
EXT EXTERNAL CALL
INT INTERCOM CALL

Identifies whether the type of calls terminating on the

destination area identified by the first info unit of
DEST, are treated as intercom or external calls.

Notes:
- The second info unit used together with the first is required
for TRATYP value SDDIAL and LOCDIAL.

NEWCODE NEW CODE

This parameter specifies the new code by which the selected

CXCODE will be replaced.

Notes:
- The entered value must correspond to an existing code point
(CR CPT).
- This parameter can be entered at code points created with TRATYP
value AWC, CPECPU, CPELINE, DNATN, DTA, GRPDIAL,
SDDIAL or LOCDIAL.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: NEW CODE DIGITS=

1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Identifies the new code digits.

b: TYPE OF CALL
EXT EXTERNAL CALL
INT INTERCOM CALL

Identifies whether the type of calls terminating on the

new code identified by the first info unit of NEWCODE,
are treated as intercom or external calls.

Notes:
- The second info unit used together with the first is required
for TRATYP values SDDIAL and LOCDIAL.

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the public directory number used for locally
terminated attendant stations, CPE line equipment, pickup of calls
to the locally terminated CPE line equipment and for the locally
terminated attendant station used for the Dial Through Attendant
feature.

Notes:
- If the EWSD exchange serves different local area codes, the LAC
parameter is required together with the DN parameter.
- The PRIMCODE parameter can optionally be entered with DN if the
TRATYP value is DNATN. This parameter is compatible with the
TRATYP values CPELINE, DNATN, CPECPU and DTA.

Prerequisites:
- The directory number must have been previously assigned with the
CR DN command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter designates the local area code.

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 13+

 MOD CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- The DN parameter is required when entering this parameter.

Prerequisites:
- The local area code must have been previously assigned with the
ENTR AREACODE command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the carrier access code.

Notes:
- Enter of this parameter is only possible for traffic types
SDDIAL, LOCDIAL, CPELINE, CPECPU, DNATN and DTA
but only for the remote case, i.e. when at creation of the
access code parameter DEST or NEWCODE was input.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CCAC CANCEL CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the carrier access code to be

cancelled.

Notes:
- Enter of this parameter is only possible for traffic types
SDDIAL, LOCDIAL, CPELINE, CPECPU, DNATN and DTA
but only for the remote case, i.e. when at creation of the
access code parameter DEST or NEWCODE was input.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CHKRSTR CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS

This parameter defines whether traffic restrictions administered

with command CR SUB (parameter TRARSTR) must be considered
during call setup or not.

Notes:
- Parameter value YES means traffic restrictions must be
considered during call setup.
- Parameter value NO means traffic restrictions must be not
considered during call setup.
- Enter of this parameter is only possible for the traffic types
AWC, SDDIAL, LOCDIAL, GRPDIAL.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO CHECK OF TRAF.RESTRICTIONS
NO NO CHECK OF TRAF.RESTRICTIONS
Y CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS
YES CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS

PRIMCODE PRIMARY ACCESS CODE

Indicates that the access code is to be used in the event that the
remote control unit (RCU) is isolated from the host.
The code point produced will be entered into the CENTREX group data and
thereby will be downloaded into the LTG. This access code will be used
in the LTG in Stand Alone Service at the RCU, as well as for ISDN call
signaling in order to support the automatic callback feature for
incoming calls to an ISDN terminal within CENTREX.

Notes:
- A primary access code is only allowed once for each allowed TRATYP,
and only for one public network access code (either PNASDT or
PNANDT, but not both), and is only valid for the traffic types:
- DNATN

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 14+

 MOD CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- PNANDT
- PNASDT
- This parameter has two possibilities:
- YES modifies a non primary access code into a primary
access code
- NO modifies a primary access code into a non primary
access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO PRIMARY CODE
NO NO PRIMARY CODE
Y PRIMARY CODE
YES PRIMARY CODE

MDR MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

This parameter specifies whether Message Detailed Recording data is

to be collected or not during the call.

Notes:
- This parameter can be entered if the code point being modified was
created (see command CR CXCPT) for one of the TRATYP values:
PNASDT, PNANDT, PNABSDT, PNABNDT, GRPDIAL, DTA, DNATN, LOCDIAL,
SDDIAL, AWC, CPELINE (only for remote CPE line equipment) and
OVRIPNAC (in case of a ’Minigroup’)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

NO NO MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING
Y MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING
YES MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

COLDIG COLLECT DIGITS

This parameter specifies the number of additional digits that must

be collected by the LTG, but not translated, for the access to:
- PBX equipment via Location Dialing
- Virtual Private Network via Area Wide CENTREX
- stations of a CENTREX group via CENTREX Group Dialing

Notes:
- For an access code created with TRATYP=LOCDIAL and
leading to non CENTREX subscribers or to CENTREX stations,
parameter COLDIG should not be modified to any other value
than 0.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

CHSITE CHARGING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site the CENTREX code

point administered with DEST or NEWCODE belongs to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

CDIALLOW CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE

This parameter specifies the access code for Master Group function.
It can be used during Central Dial In.

Notes:
- This parameter can be entered if the code point being modified was
created (see command CR CXCPT) for one of the TRATYP values:
GRPDIAL, LOCDIAL, ITGW and SDDIAL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE

NO NO CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE
Y CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE
YES CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 15+

 MOD CXCPT
NORMAL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CDIDESAT DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

This parameter specifies the access code for master to slave

traffic for a destination to a Satellite Group, which is able
to perform Central Dial In.

Notes:
- This parameter can be entered if the code point being modified was
created (see command CR CXCPT) for one of the TRATYP values:
GRPDIAL, LOCDIAL, ITGW and SDDIAL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI

NO NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI
Y DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI
YES DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXCPT- 16-

 CAN CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This command cancels a range of CENTREX directory numbers or a single CENTREX

directory number, that have been previously created.

The command is rejected if the CXGRP is related to a secured CENTREX business

group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration permission (see
command DISP CXSEC).

The command is rejected if the CXDN or one of the CENTREX directory numbers
of the CENTREX directory number interval is used as a no hunt number.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CXDN : CXGRP= ,CXDN= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group for which CENTREX directory
numbers are to be cancelled.

Notes:
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter identifies a CENTREX directory number or a logical range

of CENTREX directory numbers.

Notes:
- Intervals are to be entered in steps of 10, 100 or 1000.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...7 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXDN- 1-

 CR CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This command creates a single CENTREX directory number or range of CENTREX

directory numbers that are either locally or remotely connected. Each one will
be assigned to one CENTREX station within the CENTREX group. When the CENTREX
directory number (or range) is handled locally, the relationship between the
CENTREX directory number (or range) and the local public directory number
(or range) is defined. When the CENTREX directory number (or range) is handled
as a remote destination, the relationship between the CENTREX directory number
(or range) and a destination respectively a new code is defined.

The command is rejected if the CXGRP is related to a secured CENTREX

business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

Notes:
- This command must be entered prior to assigning a CENTREX subscriber with
the ENTR CXSUB command.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,DN= 1 1
1 CR CXDN : CXGRP= ,CXDN= [,LAC=] Z,DEST= Y [,CAC=] 1
1 1,NEWCODE=1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,CHKRSTR=] [,MDR=] [,CHSITE=] [,CDIAUTH=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CDIALLOW=] [,CDIDESAT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group for which CENTREX directory
numbers are to be created.

Notes:
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.

Prerequisites:
- The CENTREX group must have been assigned with the CR CXGRP
command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies a CENTREX directory number or a range of

CENTREX directory numbers, used for intercom calls within a CENTREX
group.
It is only allowed to construct CENTREX directory number ranges
with the sizes 10, 100 or 1000. CENTREX directory numbers may be built
with the same sequence of another CENTREX feature access code or
CENTREX directory number already existing, if the last digit is not
equal. All digits but the last one of the code may be any digit ranging
from ’0’ to ’9’, but can not be of type character.
If an ambiguity exists in the length of a CENTREX directory number
sequence, the character ’#’ or ’C’ must be input as the last CENTREX
directory digit for all but the longest CENTREX directory number in the
sequence.

Notes:
- Local intercom number means, CXDN has been created with LAC, DN.
- Remote intercom number means, CXDN has been created with DEST or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXDN- 1+
 CR CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NEWCODE.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...7 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code, when the EWSD exchange
serves for more than one local area (code).

Notes:
- For an exchange with multiple DN volume this parameter is
mandatory.
- Entering LAC the parameter DN is required.

Prerequisites:
- It must have been previously assigned with the
ENTR AREACODE command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies a local public directory number (or a range of

local public directory numbers) which is to be assigned to a (range of)
CENTREX directory number(s).

Notes:
- To create a CENTREX directory number range the first part of the
corresponding local public directory number range must be entered,
the second part of this number being optional.
- To create a single CENTREX directory number a specific DN must be
entered corresponding to an existing directory number.
- When creating a range of CENTREX directory numbers the corresponding
local public directory numbers must have been created with at least
the same range size.

Prerequisites:
- The local public directory number must have been previously created
with the CR DN command.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION AREA

This parameter specifies the name of a destination area.

Notes:
- The entered value must correspond to an existing newcode
destination area and an existing code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NEWCODE NEW CODE

This parameter specifies the new code by which the selected

CXDN will be replaced.

Notes:
- The entered value must correspond to an existing code point
(CR CPT).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXDN- 2+
 CR CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the carrier access code.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom dialing.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CHKRSTR CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS

This parameter defines whether traffic restrictions administered

with command CR SUB (parameter TRARSTR) must be considered
during call setup or not.

Notes:
- Parameter value YES means traffic restrictions must be
considered during call setup.
- Parameter value NO means traffic restrictions must be not
considered during call setup.
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom dialing.
- If parameter is omitted for remote intercom dialing, default
value NO will be set automatically.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS

YES CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS
N NO CHECK OF TRAF.RESTRICTIONS
NO NO CHECK OF TRAF.RESTRICTIONS

MDR MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

This parameter defines whether Message Detailed Recording is to be

performed during the call.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom dialing.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

YES MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING
N NO MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING
NO NO MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

CHSITE CHARGING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site the remote CENTREX

intercom number administered belongs to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

CDIAUTH CENTRAL DIAL IN AUTHORIZATION

This parameter defines whether the subscriber, connected to the CENTREX

directory number by its remote code point (NEWCODE), has the
authorization to use the full CENTREX group dialing plan to dial into a
CENTREX group. After this CENTREX group directory number the CENTREX
group dialing plan can be used. In addition a subset of GeoCENTREX
features can be activated.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom dialing.
- If the parameter is omitted, the default value NO will be set
automatically.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXDN- 3+
 CR CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Y CDI AUTHORIZATION
YES CDI AUTHORIZATION
N NO CDI AUTHORIZATION
NO NO CDI AUTHORIZATION

CDIALLOW CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE

This parameter defines whether the remote intercom number

is included in the dialing plan for Master Group function.
If so, then this number can be used during Central Dial In.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom dialing.
- If the parameter is omitted, the default value YES will be set
automatically.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CDI ALLOWANCE
YES CDI ALLOWANCE
N NO CDI ALLOWANCE
NO NO CDI ALLOWANCE

CDIDESAT DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

This parameter marks a remote intercom number for master to

slave traffic as destination to a Satellite Group, which is
able to perform Central Dial In.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom dialing.
- If the parameter is omitted, the default value NO will be set
automatically.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

YES DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI
N NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI
NO NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXDN- 4-
 DISP CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This command displays the data of CENTREX directory number(s) in a standard

output mask or in a directory number type oriented output mask.

Following data can be output in a standard output mask

- All CENTREX directory numbers of a CENTREX group, when a single value is
given for parameter CXGRP.
- A specific CENTREX directory number or CENTREX directory number range,
when a single value is given for parameter CXGRP and a single value
or a range for parameter CXDN.
- All local intercom CENTREX directory numbers of a CENTREX group, when a
single value is given for parameter CXGRP and all values for parameter
LAC and DN.
- All local intercom CENTREX directory numbers of one or all CENTREX groups,
associated with a specific PSTN directory number or number range, when a
single value is given for parameter CXGRP or all CXGRP, a single
value for parameter LAC and a single value or range for parameter DN.
- All remote intercom CENTREX directory numbers of a CENTREX group, when a
single value is given for parameter CXGRP and all values for parameter
DEST and NEWCODE.
- All CENTREX directory numbers of a CENTREX group, associated with newcode
destinations, if a single value is given for parameter CXGRP and all
values for parameter DEST.
- All CENTREX directory numbers of one or all CENTREX groups, associated with
a specific newcode destination, when a single value is given for parameter
CXGRP or all CXGRP and a single value for parameter DEST.
- All CENTREX directory numbers of a CENTREX group, associated with newcodes,
when a single value is given for parameter CXGRP and all values for
parameter NEWCODE.
- All CENTREX directory numbers of one or all CENTREX groups, associated with
a specific newcode, when a single value is given for parameter CXGRP or
all CXGRP and a single value for parameter NEWCODE.
- All remote intercom CENTREX directory numbers of a CENTREX group,
associated with carriers, when a single value is given for parameter
CXGRP and all values for parameter CAC.
- All remote intercom CENTREX directory numbers of a CENTREX group or all
CENTREX groups, associated with a specific carrier, when a single value is
given for parameter CXGRP or all CXGRP and a single value for parameter
CAC.
- All CENTREX directory numbers of a CENTREX group, associated with a central
dial in authorization or no central dial in authorization, when a single
value is given for parameter CXGRP and a single value for parameter
CDIAUTH.

Following data can be output in a mask when parameter FORMAT is DNTYPE

- A specific CENTREX directory number or CENTREX directory number range,
when a single value is given for parameter CXGRP and a single value
or a range for parameter CXDN.
- A specific CENTREX directory number or CENTREX directory number range for,
all CENTREX groups, when no value is given for parameter CXDN and all
values for parameter CXGRP.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CXDN : CXGRP= [,CXDN=] [,DN=] [,DEST=] [,NEWCODE=] 1
1 1
1 [,LAC=] [,CAC=] [,CDIAUTH=] [,CDIALLOW=] 1
1 1
1 [,CDIDESAT=] [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the corresponding CENTREX group.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXDN- 1+

 DISP CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter identifies a CENTREX directory number or a logical range

of CENTREX directory numbers.

Notes:
- Intervals are to be entered in steps of 10, 100 or 1000.
- Input of this parameter reduces the data being displayed to the
corresponding CENTREX directory number(s).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...7 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the public directory number or a range of

public directory numbers.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION AREA

This parameter specifies the destination area name.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NEWCODE NEW CODE

This parameter specifies the new code by which the CXDN

will be replaced.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the carrier access code.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXDN- 2+

 DISP CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CDIAUTH CENTRAL DIAL IN AUTHORIZATION

This parameter allows to select the remote CENTREX directory numbers

with or without the Central Dial In Authorization.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CDI AUTHORIZATION
YES CDI AUTHORIZATION
N NO CDI AUTHORIZATION
NO NO CDI AUTHORIZATION

CDIALLOW CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE

This parameter allows to select the remote CENTREX directory numbers

with or without the Central Dial In Allowance.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CDI ALLOWANCE
YES CDI ALLOWANCE
N NO CDI ALLOWANCE
NO NO CDI ALLOWANCE

CDIDESAT DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

This parameter allows to select the remote CENTREX directory numbers

with or without Destination to Satellite Group with Central Dial In.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

YES DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI
N NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI
NO NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the kind of representation of the existing

CENTREX intercom numbers’ data.
STD output format results in display of all data administered by
commands CR CXDN, MOD CXDN (standard output mask).
DNTYPE output format results in display of CXDN, LAC and DN
together with the type of DN (SUB, PBX, PBXLN, CSGRP,
CALLTYPE) the CXDN has been created with (directory number
type oriented output mask).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

STD STANDARD FORMAT

DNTYPE DNTYPE FORMAT

Default: STD

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXDN- 3-

 MOD CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This command modifies the attributes of an existing CENTREX intercom number

respectively of a range of CENTREX intercom numbers.
Parameter values may be modified if the new values are compatible with the
type of the existing intercom number (local or remote).

The command is rejected if the CXGRP is related to a secured CENTREX business

group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration permission
(see command DISP CXSEC).

Notes:
- Local intercom number means, CXDN has been created with LAC, DN.
- Remote intercom number means, CXDN has been created with DEST or
NEWCODE.
- It is not possible to change the type of the existing intercom number
from local to remote or vice versa.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CXDN : CXGRP= ,CXDN= <,DN= ,DEST= ,NEWCODE= ,LAC= 1
1 1
1 ,CAC= ,CCAC= ,CHKRSTR= ,MDR= ,CHSITE= ,CDIAUTH= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CDIALLOW= ,CDIDESAT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter identifies the corresponding CENTREX group.

Notes:
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter identifies a CENTREX directory number or a range of

CENTREX directory numbers of which the attributes are to be modified.

Notes:
- Intervals are to be entered in steps of 10, 100 or 1000.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...7 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies a public directory number (or a range of

public directory numbers) which is to be assigned to a (range of)
CENTREX intercom number(s).

Prerequisites:
- The public directory number must have been previously created
(CR DN).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXDN- 1+

 MOD CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEST DESTINATION AREA

This parameter specifies the name of a destination area.

Notes:
- The entered value must correspond to an existing newcode
destination area and an existing code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NEWCODE NEW CODE

This parameter specifies the new code by which the selected

CXDN will be replaced.

Notes:
- The entered value must correspond to an existing code point
(CR CPT).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the carrier access code.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CCAC CANCEL CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the carrier access code to be

cancelled.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CHKRSTR CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS

This parameter defines whether traffic restrictions administered

with command CR SUB (parameter TRARSTR) must be considered
during call setup or not.

Notes:
- Parameter value YES means traffic restrictions must be
considered during call setup.
- Parameter value NO means traffic restrictions must be not
considered during call setup.
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXDN- 2+

 MOD CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Y CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS

YES CHECK TRAFFIC RESTRICTIONS
N NO CHECK OF TRAF.RESTRICTIONS
NO NO CHECK OF TRAF.RESTRICTIONS

MDR MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

This parameter specifies how MDR is to be changed.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

YES MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING
N NO MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING
NO NO MESSAGE DETAILED RECORDING

CHSITE CHARGING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site the remote CENTREX intercom
number administered belongs to.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

CDIAUTH CENTRAL DIAL IN AUTHORIZATION

This parameter defines whether the subscriber, connected to the CENTREX

directory number by its remote code point (NEWCODE),has the
authorization to use the CENTREX group directory number to dial into a
GeoCENTREX group. After this CENTREX group directory number the CENTREX
numbering plan can be used.
In addition a subset of GeoCENTREX features can be activated.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom dialing.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CDI AUTHORIZATION
YES CDI AUTHORIZATION
N NO CDI AUTHORIZATION
NO NO CDI AUTHORIZATION

CDIALLOW CENTRAL DIAL IN ALLOWANCE

This parameter defines whether the remote intercom number

is included in the dialing plan for Master Group function.
If so, then this number can be used during Central Dial In.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom dialing.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y CDI ALLOWANCE
YES CDI ALLOWANCE
N NO CDI ALLOWANCE
NO NO CDI ALLOWANCE

CDIDESAT DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

This parameter marks a remote intercom number for master to

slave traffic as destination to a Satellite Group, which is
able to perform Central Dial In.

Notes:
- This parameter is only possible for remote intercom dialing.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

YES DEST. TO SAT. GROUP WITH CDI

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXDN- 3+

 MOD CXDN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

N NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI

NO NO DEST. TO SAT. GROUP W. CDI

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXDN- 4-

 MOD CXEQN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CENTREX EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This command interchanges the equipment numbers of two CENTREX subscribers

of the same CENTREX group under consideration of the following points:

- Both CENTREX subscribers must have the same category.

Allowed categories are IBA or MS.
- Not one of the directory numbers of the CENTREX subscribers is the
default directory number of a multiple subscriber port.
- If a partial number exists on a multiple subscriber port for one of
the subscribers, the partial number length must not exceed the length
of the directory number of the other subscriber.
- No nailed up connection must exist for each CENTREX subscriber.
- Not one of the subscribers has bearer service for transmission of
packet data on the D-channel assigned.
- The number of B-channels of the subscribers have to be supported
on both ports.
- Not one of the subscribers has number of B-channels that will be greater
than possibly existing number of V51 timeslots for V51 ports.
- The limitations concerning LTG resources must be fulfilled, if the
DLUs of the two CENTREX subscribers are connected to different
LTGs (Command DISP LTGRES).
- The local area code of each CENTREX subscriber must be supported by the
DLU of the other CENTREX subscriber.
- Not one of the CENTREX subscribers can be a CENTREX attendant.
- Not one of the subscribers can be member of a MASET group.
- The following line attributes have to be the same on both ports:

For interchanging analog subscribers:

Line attribute:
DIFFRING,DISTRING,LNPROP0,LNPROP1,LNPROP2,LNPROP3,
LNPROP4,LNPROP5,LNPROP6,LNPROP7,LRF,NOTHOLD,NOTSTSUL,
PB,ROT,SMET

For interchanging ISDN-subscribers:

Line attribute:
ALLNO,ALLNOCL,DISTRING,GLRECALL,INATNO,LAY1HOLD,
LAY2HOLD,LNPROP0,LNPROP1,LNPROP2,LNPROP3,LNPROP4,
LNPROP5,LNPROP6,LNPROP7,LRF,NATNO,NOTHOLD,NOTSTSUL,
PTTOMPT,PTTOPT,STATREQ

Notes:
- The interchanging of ORIG1 values is controlled by the office.
Whether the ORIG1 values are interchanged or not by this command
can be determined with DISP CALLPOPT.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CXEQN : [LAC1=] ,DN1= [,LAC2=] ,DN2= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC1 LOCAL AREA CODE 1

This parameter specifies the local area code of the first CENTREX
subscriber.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory number
volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXEQN- 1+

 MOD CXEQN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DN1 DIRECTORY NUMBER 1

This parameter specifies the directory number of the first CENTREX

subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC2 LOCAL AREA CODE 2

This parameter specifies the local area code of the second CENTREX
subscriber.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory number
volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN2 DIRECTORY NUMBER 2

This parameter specifies the directory number of the second CENTREX

subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXEQN- 2-

 CAN CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX GROUP

This command cancels an existing CENTREX group.

Notes:
The following data is automatically canceled together with the CENTREX group
data:
- CENTREX access codes created by the command CR CXCPT,
- CENTREX directory numbers created by the command CR CXDN,
- CENTREX subscriber controlled features modified by the command MOD CXSCFEA.

Prerequisites:
- All members of the CENTREX group have been canceled.
- All MAC of the CENTREX group have been canceled.
- All CENTREX code points assigned with NEWCODE existing for the
CENTREX group have been canceled.
- All CENTREX directory numbers assigned with NEWCODE existing for the
CENTREX group have been canceled.
- All zone points for the CENTREX group have been canceled
(DISP CXZOPT).
- All resource data (directory number reservations and resource limits)
for the CENTREX group have been canceled
(DISP CXGRPRES).
- All Common Service groups for the CENTREX group have been canceled
(DISP CSGRP).
- CENTREX intercepts must not exist for the CENTREX group
(DISP CXINC).
- All TDP3 CENTREX codes created with CR INSCMREF have been canceled.

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is related to a secured

CENTREX business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CXGRP : CXGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes must not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXGRP- 1-

 CR CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CENTREX GROUP

This command defines a new CENTREX group and determines data that is valid for
all members of the group.

The number of CENTREX groups is restricted to 3000 within a switch.

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is related to a secured

CENTREX business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR CXGRP : CXGRP= [,DNDAT=] [,COS=] [,COSDAT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies a number that identifies the CENTREX group.

Each CENTREX group number occurs only once in a switch. Leading

zeroes must not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

DNDAT DN DATA OF CTX GROUP

Assigns public directory number(s) to the CENTREX group. The number(s)

followed by the intercom number may be used to call a station of the
CENTREX group.

Notes:
- A CENTREX group may have up to 10 directory number(s) assigned.
- The directory number(s) may only be used by an public calling
party, if the CENTREX group additionally has the class of service
PUBDIAL assigned.
- Only one directory number per local area (ENTR AREACODE) is
allowed.
- The provider has to guarantee that the length of the directory
number(s) followed by the intercom number does not exceed the
network transport capabilities.
- Central Dial In for explicite directory numbers is only valid
when the classes of service is not CDI. In this case all
directory numbers are Central Dial In points via which remote
destinations can be reached.
- Central Dial In Satellite permission (CDISATPE) for explicite
directory numbers is not allowed.

Prerequisites:
- The directory number(s) have to be created before (CR DN), and
must not be connected.
- The directory number(s) must not be within an account number
interval (ACCNO) or be part of a PBX volume (PBXVOL).
- The directory number(s) must not be reserved for another CENTREX
group (DISP CXGRPRES).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b[-c]

a: LOCAL AREA CODE OF CTX GROUP=

1...6 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXGRP- 1+
 CR CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: DIRECTORY NUMBER OF CTX GROUP=

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

c: MASTER CENTREX GROUP DN FLAG

N NO MASTER CENTREX GROUP DN
NO NO MASTER CENTREX GROUP DN
Y MASTER CENTREX GROUP DN
YES MASTER CENTREX GROUP DN

Default: N

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group classes of service.

This parameter is at least specified either by DIGCTRL or HOOKCTRL.

If neither of the two values is entered, DIGCTRL is taken as the
default.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

HOOKCTRL HOOKFLASH FOR FEAT.CALL CTRL.

Feature call control is performed by hookflash.
DIGCTRL and HOOKCTRL are mutually exclusive.
DIGCTRL is taken as the default, if neither of the
two values is entered.

DIGCTRL DIGITS FOR FEATURE CALL CTRL.

Feature call control is performed by control
digits.
DIGCTRL and HOOKCTRL are mutually exclusive.
DIGCTRL is taken as the default, if neither of the
two values is entered.

DISTRING DISTINCTIVE RINGING

Provides distinctive ringing sequences for calls
from business group internal and business group
external stations, or, if no BGID (parameter
COSDAT) is assigned, for calls from CENTREX
group internal and external stations.
SUBBGRNG and DISTRING are mutually exclusive.

IPNAC IMPLICIT PUBLIC NETWORK ACCESS

Assigns implicit public network access (CENTREX
minigroup). This public network access is not
used, when the access code OVRIPNAC (CR CXCPT)
is dialed.

SUPCHINF SUPPRESS CHARGE INFORMATION

Charge information for non-public calls
is suppressed.

DLVCXDN DELIV.OF CXDN IN BUSINESS GRP.

Within a business group the CENTREX directory
number is displayed to a subscriber who has
following COS values assigned:
COLP, if he is the A-subscriber,
CLIP, if he is the B-subscriber.

DIVANN DIVERSION IS ANNOUNCED

Within the CENTREX group call diversion
is announced to the calling subscriber.

Prerequisites:
- The corresponding office data has to be set
(see MOD CALLPOPT, parameter ANNFCFW,
value YES or SUBINDIV).
PUBDIAL PUBLIC DIALING OF CTX GROUP DN
Allows public subscribers to dial the CENTREX
group directory number(s) (DNDAT) followed by the
intercom number in order to call a CENTREX
station.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXGRP- 2+
 CR CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Prerequisites:
- At least one directory number (DNDAT) must
exist for the CENTREX group.

SUBBGRNG SUBBUSINESS GROUP DIST. RING.

Provides distinctive ringing sequences for calls
from subbusiness group internal and subbusiness
group external stations.
SUBBGRNG and DISTRING are mutually exclusive.

Prerequisites:
- COSDAT=SUBBGID

AWC AREA WIDE CENTREX

Local intercom numbers as well as remote intercom
numbers are translated via IN.
AWC and AWCRMT are mutually exclusive.

Incompatibilities:
- CENTREX code points (CR CXCPT) with traffic
type (parameter TRATYP):
AWC

AWCRMT AREA WIDE CENTREX REMOTE ONLY

Remote intercom numbers are translated via IN.
AWC and AWCRMT are mutually exclusive.

Incompatibilities:
- CENTREX code points (CR CXCPT) with traffic
type (parameter TRATYP):
AWC

RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX
group internal calls only.
A station may call an attendant in order to
reach subscribers outside the CENTREX group.

INHCACD INHIBIT CARRIER DIALING

Inhibit carrier access code selection.

AWCUNALL AWC TRANSL. OF UNALLOCAT. CXDN

Unallocated CENTREX intercom numbers
are translated via IN.

CDI CENTRAL DIAL IN GROUP

Defines the CENTREX group directory number(s)
(DNDAT) as Central Dial In point(s) via which
remote destinations can be reached.

CDISATPE CDI SATELLITE PERMISSION

Permits members of other CENTREX groups
connected to non-EWSD switches to dial into
the CENTREX group and use the business-group
internal numbering plan and a subset of features.

DDVBYFN DISP.BUSY LINE DIV.FORW.NO.

If the CENTREX group of the B1-User or the
Bn-1 User has this feature in addition to DIVBY,
then the number of this user is presented to the
Bn-User.

Prerequisites:
- COSDAT=DIVBY

DDVDAFN DISP.DON’T ANSW.DIV.FORW.NO.

If the CENTREX group of the B1-User or the
Bn-1 User has this feature in addition to DIVDA,
then the number of this user is presented to the
Bn-User.

Prerequisites:
- COSDAT=DIVDA

CDIDEB CDI DETAILED BILLING

During Central Dial In a detailed billing

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXGRP- 3+
 CR CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

record will be generated for the second

leg of the call.

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group classes of service

with data.

Each class of service with data (except CUSTROUT) has to

be specified by a second unit (b).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: CLASS OF SERVICE
DIVBY DIVERSION ON BUSY
Calls from outside the CENTREX group that lead to
a busy station are diverted to the directory
number (CENTREX group internal or external)
specified by the second unit (b).

Notes:
- In order to specify destinations outside a
CENTREX group or within a CENTREX minigroup
(COS=IPNAC), respectively, the public
network access code or the OVRIPNAC have
to be entered at the beginning of the digits.

DIVDA DIVERSION DON’T ANSWER

Calls from outside the CENTREX group that are not
answered within a fix time period are diverted to
the directory number (CENTREX group internal or
external) specified by the second unit (b).

Notes:
- In order to specify destinations outside a
CENTREX group or within a CENTREX minigroup
(COS=IPNAC), respectively, the public
network access code or the OVRIPNAC
have to be entered at the beginning of the
digits.

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

Assigns a customer identification to the CENTREX
group by the second unit (b).

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING ACTIVATION

Customer routing is activated only by
the first unit. A second unit must not
be entered.

Prerequisites:
- COSDAT=CUSTID

BGID BUSINESS GROUP IDENTIFICATION

Assigns the CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP)
to a business group specified by the second
unit (b).

CPLX CENTREX COMPLEX IDENTIFICATION

Assigns the CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP)
to a complex specified by the second unit
(b).

Notes:
- The number of CENTREX complexes is restricted to
255 within a switch.
- To change the assigned CENTREX complex
identification, it has to be canceled first
(MOD CXGRP, parameter CCOSDAT) and
then redefined.

USENS USE NIGHT SERVICE

If an attendant group of the own CENTREX
group (parameter CXGRP) activates night

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXGRP- 4+
 CR CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

service (ACTNS), attendant group calls are

diverted to an attendant group of a foreign
CENTREX group. This foreign CENTREX group is
specified by the second unit (b).
If the foreign attendant group has
also activated night service (ACTNS),
calls are further diverted to their
night service station.

Notes:
- To change the assigned foreign CENTREX
group, this feature has to be canceled first
(MOD CXGRP) and then redefined.

Prerequisites:
- The own and the foreign CENTREX group
are members of the same CENTREX complex.
- An attendant group within the
foreign CENTREX group provides
the feature PRVCSGRP.

USECXMOD USE MAC FOR CENTREX DATA MOD.

CENTREX database administration (CXMOD)
of the own CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP)
is done by a MAC of a foreign CENTREX group.
This foreign CENTREX group is specified by
the second unit (b).

Notes:
- To change the assigned foreign CENTREX
group, this feature has to be canceled first
(MOD CXGRP) and then redefined.

Prerequisites:
- The own and the foreign CENTREX group
are members of the same CENTREX complex.
- A MAC of the foreign CENTREX group
provides the feature PRVCXMOD.

USETRAF USE MAC FOR TRAFFIC RECORDING

Traffic recording (TRAF) of the own
CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP) is
done by a MAC of a foreign CENTREX
group. This foreign CENTREX group is
specified by the second unit (b).

Notes:
- To change the assigned foreign CENTREX
group, this feature has to be canceled first
(MOD CXGRP) and then redefined.

Prerequisites:
- The own and the foreign CENTREX group
are members of the same CENTREX complex.
- A MAC of the foreign CENTREX group
provides the feature PRVTRAF.

CXORIG CENTREX ORIGINATION MARK

An origination mark used for zoning (CR ZOPT),
is specified by the second unit (b).

SUBBGID SUBBUSINESS GROUP IDENT.

Assigns the CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP) to a
subbusiness group.

Prerequisites:
- COSDAT=BGID

KEYA KEY ’A’ OF TELEPHONE

The sequence of digits specified by the second
unit (b) is sent, when the key ’A’ of the
telephone is pushed.

KEYB KEY ’B’ OF TELEPHONE

The sequence of digits specified by the second
unit (b) is sent, when the key ’B’ of the
telephone is pushed.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXGRP- 5+
 CR CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

KEYC KEY ’C’ OF TELEPHONE

The sequence of digits specified by the second
unit (b) is sent, when the key ’C’ of the
telephone is pushed.

KEYD KEY ’D’ OF TELEPHONE

The sequence of digits specified by the second
unit (b) is sent, when the key ’D’ of the
telephone is pushed.

CAC1 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 1

Calls of an A-side CENTREX station are routed via
the specified carrier (second unit b), unless
another carrier access code is specified for this
destination for a subscriber, PBX, PBX line,
for the code point (CR CXCPT), or dialed.

Prerequisites:
- The carrier access code has to be created
(command CR CAC)

CAC2 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2

Calls of an A-side CENTREX station are routed via
the specified carrier (second unit b), unless
another carrier access code is specified for this
destination for a subscriber, PBX, PBX line,
for the code point (CR CXCPT), or dialed.

Prerequisites:
- The carrier access code has to be created
(command CR CAC)

TIMDIVDA DIVERSION DON’T ANSWER TIMER

Calls from outside the CENTREX group, that
are not answered within the time specified
by the second unit (b) are diverted
to the directory number (CENTREX group
internal or external), which is specified
by the second unit of the parameter DIVDA.

TIMPARK CALL PARK TIMER FOR RETRIEVE

A parked call can be retrieved by a CENTREX
station within the time specified by the
second unit (b).

USEPER USE MAC FOR ATN. PERFORM. REP.

Attendant performance data (PER) of the own
CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP) is sent to
a MAC of a foreign CENTREX group. This foreign
CENTREX group is specified by the second
unit (b).

Notes:
- To change the assigned foreign CENTREX
group, this feature has to be canceled first
(MOD CXGRP) and then redefined.

Prerequisites:
- The own and the foreign CENTREX group
are members of the same CENTREX complex.
- A MAC of the foreign CENTREX group
provides the feature PRVPER.

NUMPUBIC NO. OF INCOMING PUBLIC CALLS

Restricts the number of simultaneous incoming
calls from the public network to the value
specified with the second unit (b).

NUMPUBOG NO. OF OUTGOING PUBLIC CALLS

Restricts the number of simultaneous outgoing
calls into the public network to the value
specified with the second unit (b).

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

Assigns the originating mark 1 used for routing
of Central Dial In (CDI) calls.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXGRP- 6+
 CR CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ORIG2 ORIGINATING MARK 2

Assigns the originating mark 2 used for zoning
of Central Dial In (CDI) calls.

OPERCAC OPERATOR CARRIER ACCESS CODE

With the operator carrier access code a reseller
can be assigned to the CENTREX group

b: DIGITS=
1...23 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

The following values are allowed:

- DIVBY : Up to 23 hexadecimal digits
- DIVDA : Up to 23 hexadecimal digits
- CAC1 : 1..6 hexadecimal digits
- CAC2 : 1..6 hexadecimal digits
- CUSTID : Up to 5 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
Value: 1..16383
- CUSTROUT : (No second unit)
- BGID : Up to 8 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
Value: 2..16,777,215
- CPLX : Up to 3 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- USENS : Up to 4 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- USECXMOD : Up to 4 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- USETRAF : Up to 4 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- CXORIG : Up to 2 decimal digits
Value: 0..15
Default: 0
- SUBBGID : Up to 5 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
Value: 2..65,535
- KEYA : Up to 16 hexadecimal digits
First digit : B, C
Further digits: B, C, 0-9
- KEYB : Up to 16 hexadecimal digits
First digit : B, C
Further digits: B, C, 0-9
- KEYC : Up to 16 hexadecimal digits
First digit : B, C
Further digits: B, C, 0-9
- KEYD : Up to 16 hexadecimal digits
First digit : B, C
Further digits: B, C, 0-9
- NUMPUBIC : Up to 5 decimal digits
Value: 1..65535
- NUMPUBOG : Up to 5 decimal digits
Value: 1..65535
- TIMPARK : Up to 2 decimal digits
Value: 1..10
Default: 10 minutes
- TIMDIVDA : Up to 2 decimal digits
Value: 5..60 seconds
- USEPER : Up to 4 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- ORIG1 : Up to 4 decimal digits
Value: 0..3839
Default: 0
- ORIG2 : Up to 2 decimal digits
Value: 0..255
Default: 0
- OPERCAC : 1..6 hexadecimal digits

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXGRP- 7-
 DISP CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX GROUP DATA

This command displays

- data of a particular CENTREX group,
- data of up to 10 CENTREX groups,
- data of all CENTREX groups,
- data of the CENTREX group with specified directory number(s),
- data of all CENTREX groups with a specified local area code,
- data of all CENTREX groups with directory number(s) assigned,
- data of all CENTREX groups of a particular complex/(sub-)business group/
customer identification/carrier access code,
- data of all CENTREX groups of all complexes/(sub-)business groups/
customer identifications/carrier access codes,
- all CENTREX group numbers of a particular CENTREX complex,
- all CENTREX group numbers of all CENTREX complexes,
- owned/provided and used features of a particular CENTREX complex,
- additional information of a particular CENTREX group,
- number of allowed simultaneous incoming/outgoing public calls.

Notes:
- CENTREX groups, directory number(s), CENTREX complexes, (sub-)business
groups, customer identifications and carrier access codes are not displayed
in sequential order.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,DNDAT= 11 (;) 1
1 DISP CXGRP : CXGRP= 1Z,COSDAT=Y1 [,FORMAT=] Z Y 1
1 11 11 *!+ 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies a number that identifies the CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes must not be entered.

Notes:
- Up to 10 parameter values may be linked with &.
- Input X is required, if the parameter COSDAT or DNDAT are
entered.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...4 digit decimal number

DNDAT DN DATA OF CTX GROUP

This parameter specifies the directory number(s) of the CENTREX group

as a selection criterion.

Prerequisites:
- For parameter CXGRP the input X is required.

Incompatibilities:
- FORMAT:CPLXOVW
CPLXFEA

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXGRP- 1+

 DISP CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: LOCAL AREA CODE OF CTX GROUP=

1...6 digit decimal number

Specifies the local area code of the CENTREX group.

Notes:
- If X is entered, the input X for the second unit
is required.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: DIRECTORY NUMBER OF CTX GROUP=

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Specifies the directory number of the CENTREX group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group classes of service with

data as a selection criterion. All CENTREX groups for a selected
COSDAT-value that may be specified by a second unit (b)
are displayed.

Prerequisites:
- For parameter CXGRP the input X is required.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: CLASS OF SERVICE
CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION
BGID BUSINESS GROUP IDENTIFICATION
CPLX CENTREX COMPLEX IDENTIFICATION
SUBBGID SUBBUSINESS GROUP IDENT.
Prerequisites:
- BGID, specified by the second unit (b).
CAC1 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 1
CAC2 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2
NUMPUBIC NO. OF INCOMING PUBLIC CALLS
NUMPUBOG NO. OF OUTGOING PUBLIC CALLS
OPERCAC OPERATOR CARRIER ACCESS CODE
With the operator carrier access code a reseller
can be assigned to the CENTREX group

b: DIGITS=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Optionally, following values may be entered:

- CAC1 : 1..6 hexadecimal digits
- CAC2 : 1..6 hexadecimal digits
- CUSTID : Up to 5 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
Value: 1..16383
- BGID : Up to 8 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
Value: 2..16,777,215
- CPLX : Up to 3 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- SUBBGID : Up to 5 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
Value: 2..65535
- OPERCAC : 1..6 hexadecimal digits

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXGRP- 2+

 DISP CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the output format of the display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

STD CENTREX GROUP DATA STANDARD

Displays all data valid for the CENTREX group.

CPLXOVW CENTREX COMPLEX OVERVIEW

Lists all CENTREX group numbers of complex
members.

Notes:
- If the CENTREX group numbers of a particular
complex are to be displayed, then the identifier
CPLX and identifying second unit (b)
must be entered for the parameter COSDAT.
- If the CENTREX group numbers of all complexes
are to be displayed, then no input is necessary
for parameter COSDAT.

Prerequisites:
- For parameter CXGRP the input X
is required.

CPLXFEA CENTREX COMPLEX FEATURES

For a specific CENTREX complex all CENTREX groups
together with their owned/provided and used
features are output.

Prerequisites:
- For parameter CXGRP the input X
is required.
- For parameter COSDAT the identifier
CPLX and identifying second unit (b)
must be entered.
ADDINF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Additional information of a specified CENTREX
group (CXGRP) is displayed:
The existence of
- IN trigger detection points (DISP INTRIG)
- Central Dial In (CDI) authorizations (DISP CXDN)
is indicated.

Default: STD

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXGRP- 3-

 MOD CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CENTREX GROUP

This command modifies the data of an existing CENTREX group.

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is related to a secured

CENTREX business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CXGRP : CXGRP= <,DNDAT= ,CDNDAT= ,COS= ,CCOS= ,COSDAT= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CCOSDAT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes must not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

DNDAT DN DATA OF CTX GROUP

Assigns public directory number(s) to the CENTREX group. The number(s)

followed by the intercom number may be used to call a station of the
CENTREX group.

Notes:
- A CENTREX group may have up to 10 directory number(s) assigned.
- The directory number(s) may only be used by an public calling
party, if the CENTREX group additionally has the class of service
PUBDIAL assigned.
- Only one directory number per local area (ENTR AREACODE) is
allowed.
- The provider has to guarantee that the length of the directory
number(s) followed by the intercom number does not exceed the
network transport capabilities.
- Central Dial In for explicite directory numbers is only valid
when the classes of service is not CDI. In this case all
directory numbers are Central Dial In points via which remote
destinations can be reached.
- Central Dial In Satellite permission (CDISATPE) for explicite
directory numbers is not allowed.

Prerequisites:
- The directory number(s) have to be created before (CR DN), and
must not be connected.
- The directory number(s) must not be within an account number interval
(ACCNO) or be part of a PBX volume (PBXVOL).
- The directory number(s) must not be reserved for another CENTREX
group (DISP CXGRPRES).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b[-c]

a: LOCAL AREA CODE OF CTX GROUP=

1...6 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXGRP- 1+

 MOD CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: DIRECTORY NUMBER OF CTX GROUP=

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

c: MASTER CENTREX GROUP DN FLAG

N MASTER CENTREX GROUP DN
NO MASTER CENTREX GROUP DN
Y NO MASTER CENTREX GROUP DN
YES NO MASTER CENTREX GROUP DN

CDNDAT CANCEL DN DATA OF CTX GROUP

Cancels the directory number(s) of the CENTREX group.

Notes:
- If the last directory number of the CENTREX group is canceled,
COS=PUBDIAL is canceled implicitly

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: LOCAL AREA CODE OF CTX GROUP=

1...6 digit decimal number

b: DIRECTORY NUMBER OF CTX GROUP=

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group classes of service.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

HOOKCTRL HOOKFLASH FOR FEAT.CALL CTRL.

Feature call control is performed by hookflash.
DIGCTRL and HOOKCTRL are mutually exclusive.
Thus, input of HOOKCTRL deletes DIGCTRL.

DIGCTRL DIGITS FOR FEATURE CALL CTRL.

Feature call control is performed by control
digits.
DIGCTRL and HOOKCTRL are mutually exclusive.
Thus, input of DIGCTRL deletes HOOKCTRL.

DISTRING DISTINCTIVE RINGING

Provides distinctive ringing sequences for calls
from business group internal and business group
external stations, or, if no BGID (parameter
COSDAT) is assigned, for calls from CENTREX
group internal and external stations.
SUBBGRNG and DISTRING are mutually exclusive.
Thus, input of DISTRING deletes SUBBGRNG.

IPNAC IMPLICIT PUBLIC NETWORK ACCESS

Assigns implicit public network access (CENTREX
minigroup). This public network access is not
used, when the access code OVRIPNAC (CR CXCPT)
is dialed.

Incompatibilities:
- For ENTR CXMDR the CTYP=STST must
not be assigned.
- The CENTREX code points must not have the
following parameter values assigned:
PNASDT
PNANDT
PNABSDT
PNABNDT

SUPCHINF SUPPRESS CHARGE INFORMATION

Charge information for non-public calls

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXGRP- 2+

 MOD CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

is suppressed.

DLVCXDN DELIV.OF CXDN IN BUSINESS GRP.

Within a business group the CENTREX directory
number is displayed to a subscriber who has
following COS values assigned:
COLP, if he is the A-subscriber,
CLIP, if he is the B-subscriber.

DIVANN DIVERSION IS ANNOUNCED

Within the CENTREX group
call diversion is announced to the
calling subscriber.

Prerequisites:
- The corresponding office data has to be set
(see MOD CALLPOPT, parameter ANNFCFW,
value YES or SUBINDIV).
PUBDIAL PUBLIC DIALING OF CTX GROUP DN
Allows public subscribers to dial the CENTREX
group directory number(s) (DNDAT) followed by the
intercom number in order to call a CENTREX
station.

Prerequisites:
- At least one directory number (DNDAT)
must exist for the CENTREX group.

SUBBGRNG SUBBUSINESS GROUP DIST. RING.

Provides distinctive ringing sequences for calls
from subbusiness group internal and subbusiness
group external stations.
SUBBGRNG and DISTRING are mutually exclusive.
Thus, input of SUBBGRNG deletes DISTRING.

Prerequisites:
- COSDAT=SUBBGID

AWC AREA WIDE CENTREX

Local intercom numbers as well as remote intercom
numbers are translated via IN.
AWC and AWCRMT are mutually exclusive. Thus,
input of AWC deletes AWCRMT.

Incompatibilities:
- CENTREX code points (CR CXCPT) with traffic
type (parameter TRATYP):
AWC

AWCRMT AREA WIDE CENTREX REMOTE ONLY

Remote intercom numbers are translated via IN.
AWC and AWCRMT are mutually exclusive. Thus,
input of AWCRMT deletes AWC.

Incompatibilities:
- CENTREX code points (CR CXCPT) with traffic
type (parameter TRATYP):
AWC

RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX
group internal calls only.
A station may call an attendant in order to
reach subscribers outside the CENTREX group.

INHCACD INHIBIT CARRIER DIALING

Inhibit carrier access code selection.

AWCUNALL AWC TRANSL. OF UNALLOCAT. CXDN

Unallocated CENTREX intercom numbers
are translated via IN.

CDI CENTRAL DIAL IN GROUP

Defines the CENTREX group directory number(s)
(DNDAT) as Central Dial In point(s) via which
remote destinations can be reached.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXGRP- 3+

 MOD CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CDISATPE CDI SATELLITE PERMISSION

Permits members of other CENTREX groups
connected to non-EWSD switches to dial into
the CENTREX group and use the business-group
internal numbering plan and a subset of features.

DDVBYFN DISP.BUSY LINE DIV.FORW.NO.

If the CENTREX group of the B1-User or the
Bn-1 User has this feature in addition to DIVBY,
then the number of this user is presented to the
Bn-User.

Prerequisites:
- COSDAT=DIVBY

DDVDAFN DISP.DON’T ANSW.DIV.FORW.NO.

If the CENTREX group of the B1-User or the
Bn-1 User has this feature in addition to DIVDA,
then the number of this user is presented to the
Bn-User.

Prerequisites:
- COSDAT=DIVDA

CDIDEB CDI DETAILED BILLING

During Central Dial In a detailed billing
record will be generated for the second
leg of the call.

CCOS CANCEL CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group classes of service to

be canceled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DISTRING DISTINCTIVE RINGING

IPNAC IMPLICIT PUBLIC NETWORK ACCESS
Removes implicit public network access (CENTREX
minigroup).

Prerequisites:
- For ENTR CXMDR the CTYP=IPNAC must not be
assigned.
- The CENTREX code points existing for the
CENTREX group must not have the following
parameter values assigned:
OVRIPNAC
DTA
USE-AR
ACT-CCIBI
ACT-CCIBU

SUPCHINF SUPPRESS CHARGE INFORMATION

DLVCXDN DELIV.OF CXDN IN BUSINESS GRP.
DIVANN DIVERSION IS ANNOUNCED
PUBDIAL PUBLIC DIALING OF CTX GROUP DN
SUBBGRNG SUBBUSINESS GROUP DIST. RING.
AWC AREA WIDE CENTREX
Removes translation of local intercom numbers
as well as remote intercom numbers via IN.

Notes:
- An existing TDP2 trigger is removed if none
of the classes of service AWC, AWCRMT or
AWCUNALL exist any more.

AWCRMT AREA WIDE CENTREX REMOTE ONLY

Removes translation of remote intercom
numbers via IN.

Notes:
- An existing TDP2 trigger is removed if none
of the classes of service AWC, AWCRMT or
AWCUNALL exist any more.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXGRP- 4+

 MOD CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)

INHCACD INHIBIT CARRIER DIALING
AWCUNALL AWC TRANSL. OF UNALLOCAT. CXDN
Removes translation of unallocated intercom
numbers via IN.

Notes:
- An existing TDP2 trigger is removed if none
of the classes of service AWC, AWCRMT or
AWCUNALL exist any more.

CDI CENTRAL DIAL IN GROUP

CDISATPE CDI SATELLITE PERMISSION
DDVBYFN DISP.BUSY LINE DIV.FORW.NO.
DDVDAFN DISP.DON’T ANSW.DIV.FORW.NO.
CDIDEB CDI DETAILED BILLING

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group classes of service

with data.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: CLASS OF SERVICE
DIVBY DIVERSION ON BUSY
Calls from outside the CENTREX group that lead to
a busy station are diverted to the directory
number (CENTREX group internal or external)
specified by the second unit (b).

Notes:
- In order to specify destinations outside a
CENTREX group or within a CENTREX minigroup
(COS=IPNAC), respectively, the public
network access code or the OVRIPNAC have
to be entered at the beginning of the digits.

DIVDA DIVERSION DON’T ANSWER

Calls from outside the CENTREX group that are not
answered within a fix time period are diverted to
the directory number (CENTREX group internal or
external) specified by the second unit (b).

Notes:
- In order to specify destinations outside a
CENTREX group or within a CENTREX minigroup
(COS=IPNAC), respectively, the public
network access code or the OVRIPNAC
have to be entered at the beginning of the
digits.

NSN NIGHT SERVICE NUMBER

Calls to an attendant group that has
activated night service (ACTNS) are
diverted to a CENTREX directory number
(night service station) specified by
the second unit (b).

Incompatibilities:
- COSDAT=USENS

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

Assigns a customer identification to the CENTREX
group by the second unit (b).

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING ACTIVATION

Customer routing is activated only by
the first unit. A second unit must not
be entered.

Prerequisites:
- COSDAT=CUSTID

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXGRP- 5+

 MOD CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BGID BUSINESS GROUP IDENTIFICATION

Assigns the CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP)
to a business group specified by the second
unit (b).

CPLX CENTREX COMPLEX IDENTIFICATION

Assigns the CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP)
to a complex specified by the second unit
(b).

Notes:
- The number of CENTREX complexes is restricted to
255 within a switch.
- To change the assigned CENTREX complex
identification, it has to be canceled first
(parameter CCOSDAT) and then redefined.

USENS USE NIGHT SERVICE

If an attendant group of the own CENTREX
group (parameter CXGRP) activates night
service (ACTNS), attendant group calls are
diverted to an attendant group of a foreign
CENTREX group. This foreign CENTREX group is
specified by the second unit (b).
If the foreign attendant group has
also activated night service (ACTNS),
calls are further diverted to their
night service station.

Notes:
- To change the assigned foreign CENTREX
group,this feature has to be canceled first
(parameter CCOSDAT) and then redefined.

Prerequisites:
- The own and the foreign CENTREX group
are members of the same CENTREX complex.
- An attendant group within the foreign
CENTREX group provides the feature
PRVCSGRP.

Incompatibilities:
- COSDAT=NSN

USECXMOD USE MAC FOR CENTREX DATA MOD.

CENTREX database administration (CXMOD)
of the own CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP)
is done by a MAC of a foreign CENTREX group.
This foreign CENTREX group is specified by
the second unit (b).

Notes:
- To change the assigned foreign CENTREX
group, this feature has to be canceled
first (parameter CCOSDAT) and then
redefined.

Prerequisites:
- The own and the foreign CENTREX group
are members of the same CENTREX complex.
- A MAC of the foreign CENTREX group
provides the feature PRVCXMOD.

Incompatibilities:
- The MACs of the own CENTREX group
must not provide one of the following features:
CXMOD
PRVCXMOD

USEMDR USE MAC FOR MDR

Message detail recording (MDR) for the own
CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP) is done by
a MAC of a foreign CENTREX group. This foreign
CENTREX group is specified by the second unit
(b).

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXGRP- 6+

 MOD CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- To change the assigned foreign CENTREX

group, this feature has to be canceled
first (parameter CCOSDAT) and then
redefined.

Prerequisites:
- Message detail recording data is
already specified for the own CENTREX
group (ENTR CXMDR).
- a MAC of the foreign CENTREX group
provides the feature PRVMDR.

Incompatibilities:
- The MACs of the own CENTREX group must not
provide one of the following features:
MDR
PRVMDR

USETRAF USE MAC FOR TRAFFIC RECORDING

Traffic recording (TRAF) of the own
CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP) is
done by a MAC of a foreign CENTREX
group. This foreign CENTREX group is
specified by the second unit (b).

Notes:
- To change the assigned foreign CENTREX
group, this feature has to be canceled
first (parameter CCOSDAT) and then
redefined.

Prerequisites:
- The own and the foreign CENTREX group
are members of the same CENTREX complex.
- A MAC of the foreign CENTREX group
provides the feature PRVTRAF.

Incompatibilities:
- The MACs of the own CENTREX group
must not provide one of the following features:
TRAF
PRVTRAF

CXORIG CENTREX ORIGINATION MARK

An origination mark used for zoning (CR ZOPT),
is specified by the second unit (b).

SUBBGID SUBBUSINESS GROUP IDENT.

Assigns the CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP) to a
subbusiness group.

Prerequisites:
- COSDAT=BGID

KEYA KEY ’A’ OF TELEPHONE

The sequence of digits specified by the second
unit (b) is sent, when the key ’A’ of the
telephone is pushed.

KEYB KEY ’B’ OF TELEPHONE

The sequence of digits specified by the second
unit (b) is sent, when the key ’B’ of the
telephone is pushed.

KEYC KEY ’C’ OF TELEPHONE

The sequence of digits specified by the second
unit (b) is sent, when the key ’C’ of the
telephone is pushed.

KEYD KEY ’D’ OF TELEPHONE

The sequence of digits specified by the second
unit (b) is sent, when the key ’D’ of the
telephone is pushed.

CAC1 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 1

Calls of an A-side CENTREX station are routed via
the specified carrier (second unit b), unless

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXGRP- 7+

 MOD CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

another carrier access code is specified for this

destination for a subscriber, PBX, PBX line,
for the code point (CR CXCPT), or dialed.

Prerequisites:
- The carrier access code has to be created
(command CR CAC)

CAC2 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2

Calls of an A-side CENTREX station are routed via
the specified carrier (second unit b), unless
another carrier access code is specified for this
destination for a subscriber, PBX, PBX line,
for the code point (CR CXCPT), or dialed.

Prerequisites:
- The carrier access code has to be created
(command CR CAC)

TIMDIVDA DIVERSION DON’T ANSWER TIMER

Calls from outside the CENTREX group, that
are not answered within the time specified
by the second unit (b) are diverted
to the directory number (CENTREX group
internal or external), which is specified
by the second unit of the parameter DIVDA.

TIMPARK CALL PARK TIMER FOR RETRIEVE

A parked call can be retrieved by a CENTREX
station within the time specified by the
second unit (b).

USEPER USE MAC FOR ATN. PERFORM. REP.

Attendant performance data (PER) of the own
CENTREX group (parameter CXGRP) is sent to
a MAC of a foreign CENTREX group. This foreign
CENTREX group is specified by the second
unit (b).

Notes:
- To change the assigned foreign CENTREX
group, this feature has to be canceled first
(MOD CXGRP) and then redefined.

Prerequisites:
- The own and the foreign CENTREX group
are members of the same CENTREX complex.
- A MAC of the foreign CENTREX group
provides the feature PRVPER.

Incompatibilities:
- The MACs of the own CENTREX group must not
provide one of the following features:
PER
PRVPER

NUMPUBIC NO. OF INCOMING PUBLIC CALLS

Restricts the number of simultaneous incoming
calls from the public network to the value
specified with the second unit (b).

NUMPUBOG NO. OF OUTGOING PUBLIC CALLS

Restricts the number of simultaneous outgoing
calls into the public network to the value
specified with the second unit (b).

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

Assigns the originating mark 1 used for routing
of Central Dial In (CDI) calls.

ORIG2 ORIGINATING MARK 2

Assigns the originating mark 2 used for zoning
of Central Dial In (CDI) calls.

OPERCAC OPERATOR CARRIER ACCESS CODE

With the operator carrier access code a reseller
can be assigned to the CENTREX group

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXGRP- 8+

 MOD CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: DIGITS=
1...23 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

The following values are allowed:

- DIVBY : Up to 23 hexadecimal digits
- DIVDA : Up to 23 hexadecimal digits
- NSN : Up to 7 decimal digits
- CAC1 : 1..6 hexadecimal digits
- CAC2 : 1..6 hexadecimal digits
- CUSTID : Up to 5 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
Value: 1..16383
- CUSTROUT : (No second unit)
- BGID : Up to 8 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
Value: 2..16,777,215
- CPLX : Up to 3 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- USENS : Up to 4 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- USECXMOD : Up to 4 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- USEMDR : Up to 4 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- USETRAF : Up to 4 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- CXORIG : Up to 2 decimal digits
Value: 0..15
Default: 0
- SUBBGID : Up to 5 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
Value: 2..65,535
- KEYA : Up to 16 hexadecimal digits
First digit : B, C
Further digits: B, C, 0-9
- KEYB : Up to 16 hexadecimal digits
First digit : B, C
Further digits: B, C, 0-9
- KEYC : Up to 16 hexadecimal digits
First digit : B, C
Further digits: B, C, 0-9
- KEYD : Up to 16 hexadecimal digits
First digit : B, C
Further digits: B, C, 0-9
- NUMPUBIC : Up to 5 decimal digits
Value: 1..65535
- NUMPUBOG : Up to 5 decimal digits
Value: 1..65535
- TIMPARK : Up to 2 decimal digits
Value: 1..10
Default: 10 minutes
- TIMDIVDA : Up to 2 decimal digits
Value: 5..60 seconds
- USEPER : Up to 4 decimal digits
(without leading zeroes)
- ORIG1 : Up to 4 decimal digits
Value: 0..3839
Default: 0
- ORIG2 : Up to 2 decimal digits
Value: 0..255
Default: 0
- OPERCAC : 1..6 hexadecimal digits

CCOSDAT CANCEL CL. OF SERV. WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group classes of service

with data to be canceled. The corresponding second unit (b)
is also canceled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXGRP- 9+

 MOD CXGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIVBY DIVERSION ON BUSY

Notes:
- When the Diversion On Busy number is canceled,
the class of service DDVBYFN is also
canceled implicitly.

DIVDA DIVERSION DON’T ANSWER

Notes:
- When the Diversion Don’t Answer number is
canceled, the class of service DDVDAFN is also
canceled implicitly.

NSN NIGHT SERVICE NUMBER

CUSTID CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION
Notes:
- When the customer identification is canceled,
the class of service CUSTROUT is also
canceled implicitly.

CUSTROUT CUSTOMER ROUTING ACTIVATION

BGID BUSINESS GROUP IDENTIFICATION
Notes:
- When the business group identification is
canceled, COSDAT=SUBBGID and
COS=SUBBGRNG are also canceled
implicitly.

CPLX CENTREX COMPLEX IDENTIFICATION

Notes:
- The CENTREX complex membership must not be
canceled, if
- one of the following classes of service with
data is assigned for the CENTREX group:
USECXMOD
USEMDR
USETRAF
USENS
- an attendant group within this CENTREX group
has one of the following diversions assigned:
USECSGRP
USELFCD
- an attendant group within this CENTREX group
provides the feature PRVCSGRP
- a MAC of this CENTREX group provides one of
the following features:
PRVCXMOD
PRVMDR
PRVTRAF

USENS USE NIGHT SERVICE

USECXMOD USE MAC FOR CENTREX DATA MOD.
USEMDR USE MAC FOR MDR
USETRAF USE MAC FOR TRAFFIC RECORDING
SUBBGID SUBBUSINESS GROUP IDENT.
Notes:
- When the subbusiness group identification
is canceled, COS=SUBBGRNG is also
canceled implicitly.

KEYA KEY ’A’ OF TELEPHONE

KEYB KEY ’B’ OF TELEPHONE
KEYC KEY ’C’ OF TELEPHONE
KEYD KEY ’D’ OF TELEPHONE
CAC1 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 1
CAC2 CARRIER ACCESS CODE 2
TIMDIVDA DIVERSION DON’T ANSWER TIMER
USEPER USE MAC FOR ATN. PERFORM. REP.
NUMPUBIC NO. OF INCOMING PUBLIC CALLS
NUMPUBOG NO. OF OUTGOING PUBLIC CALLS
OPERCAC OPERATOR CARRIER ACCESS CODE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXGRP- 10-

 REC CXGRP
NOSEL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD CENTREX GROUP

This command calls down the CENTREX traffic data every 15 minutes within the
specified recording period and outputs them to the specified output device.

Prerequisites:
- System time must be secure when the command is entered.

Notes:
- The name of the measurement file is displayed on the OMT.
- Only one measurement job can be started.
- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the
selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output
with immediate start.
- The measurement can be stopped with STOP JOB, except
jobs with UNIT=MDD-DAILY.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. REC CXGRP - NOSEL NO SELECTION OF OUTPUT FORMAT

2. REC CXGRP - SELCTX CENTREX GROUP OUTPUT FORMAT
3. REC CXGRP - SUMMARY SUMMARY OUTPUT FORMAT

1. Input format

NO SELECTION OF OUTPUT FORMAT

This input format is for output of all data, without using any selection.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1GRP= 1 1
1 REC CXGRP : ZCXGRP=Y ,UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

GRP TRAFFIC OBJECT GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of a traffic object group for

whose elements (a maximum of 512 CENTREX groups) measurements
are to be obtained.

Notes:
- Only valid group names may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group number. A

maximum of 16 CENTREX group numbers can be linked with &.
Measurement of all CENTREX groups is possible.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...4 digit decimal number

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of

output.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 1+

 REC CXGRP
NOSEL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for postprocessing.

Notes:
- If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,
an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7
daily files are prepared and created at the
start of measurement.
A daily file is closed at the end of the day
and a new file for the next day is
automatically created, or the existing file is
replaced.
Daily files will be overwritten in the
following week on the same weekday.
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to a single measurement file.

This information unit specifies the desired output

mode (daily file or single measurement file).

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In the case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.

Default: the begin of measurement is the current date.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 2+

 REC CXGRP
NOSEL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after
command input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last

single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one
begin date BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurements over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e.g. IV = 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval
times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
IV with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 3+

 REC CXGRP
NOSEL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: TERMINATION HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: TERMINATION MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.

Notes:
- Input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which cannot be
linked with other values.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FR FRIDAY
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.
MO MONDAY
NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
TH THURSDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 4+

 REC CXGRP
SELCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CENTREX GROUP OUTPUT FORMAT

This input format selects the CENTREX group basic data

and optionally further data for output.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1GRP= 1 1
1 REC CXGRP : ZCXGRP=Y ,FORMAT= ,UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

GRP TRAFFIC OBJECT GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of a traffic object group for

whose elements (a maximum of 512 CENTREX groups) measurements
are to be obtained.

Notes:
- Only valid group names may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group number. A

maximum of 16 CENTREX group numbers can be linked with &.
Measurement of all CENTREX groups is possible.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...4 digit decimal number

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the data to be output.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CTX CENTREX GROUP BASIC DATA

XATN = ATTENDANT / CONSOLE DATA

1FEA 1 FEATURE DATA
>SUM W SUMMARY DATA

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of

output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for postprocessing.

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 5+

 REC CXGRP
SELCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,

an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7
daily files are prepared and created at the
start of measurement.
A daily file is closed at the end of the day
and a new file for the next day is
automatically created, or the existing file is
replaced.
Daily files will be overwritten in the
following week on the same weekday.
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to a single measurement file.

This information unit specifies the desired output

mode (daily file or single measurement file).

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In the case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.

Default: the begin of measurement is the current date.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 6+

 REC CXGRP
SELCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data

output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after
command input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last

single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one
begin date BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurements over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e.g. IV = 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval
times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
IV with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: TERMINATION HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: TERMINATION MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.

Notes:
- Input of weekdays is only permissible in

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 7+

 REC CXGRP
SELCTX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

connection with a termination date (TER).

- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which cannot be
linked with other values.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FR FRIDAY
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.
MO MONDAY
NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
TH THURSDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 8+

 REC CXGRP
SUMMARY
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

SUMMARY OUTPUT FORMAT

This input format selects only the summary data for output.
The parameter CXGRP accepts only the value X.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC CXGRP : CXGRP= ,FORMAT= ,UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] 1
1 1
1 [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group number. A

maximum of 16 CENTREX group numbers can be linked with &.
Measurement of all CENTREX groups is possible.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the data to be output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUM SUMMARY DATA

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of

output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for postprocessing.

Notes:
- If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,
an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7
daily files are prepared and created at the
start of measurement.
A daily file is closed at the end of the day
and a new file for the next day is
automatically created, or the existing file is
replaced.
Daily files will be overwritten in the
following week on the same weekday.
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 9+

 REC CXGRP
SUMMARY
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

If this option is selected, the data are output

to a single measurement file.

This information unit specifies the desired output

mode (daily file or single measurement file).

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In the case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.

Default: the begin of measurement is the current date.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after
command input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last

single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 10+

 REC CXGRP
SUMMARY
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one
begin date BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurements over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e.g. IV = 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval
times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
IV with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: TERMINATION HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: TERMINATION MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.

Notes:
- Input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which cannot be
linked with other values.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FR FRIDAY
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.
MO MONDAY
NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
SA SATURDAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 11+

 REC CXGRP
SUMMARY
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SU SUNDAY
TH THURSDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC CXGRP- 12-

 DISP CXGRPLTG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX GROUP LTG RELATIONSHIP

This command displays the association of CENTREX groups and LTGs.

This association is a result of the creation of CENTREX stations. A station of

a CENTREX group is connected via a DLU to one or two LTGs. Thus, the command
displays the representation of CENTREX groups at the LTGs.

If the parameter CXGRP is entered, all LTGs where the CENTREX group is
represented are displayed.
If the parameter LTG is entered, all CENTREX groups that are represented on
that LTG are displayed.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1CXGRP=1 (;) 1
1 DISP CXGRPLTG : ZLTG= Y Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes must not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter specifies a Line Trunk Group in the switch.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXGRPLTG- 1-

 CAN CXGRPRES

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX GROUP RESOURCES

This command cancels

- CENTREX group resource limits and / or
- directory number reservations.
The command is rejected if the CXGRP is related
to a secured CENTREX business group (BGID) for
which the operator has no administration permission
(see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CXGRPRES : CXGRP= [,LAC=] <,DN= ,RESLIM=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes may not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory, when a directory number will be entered and the
exchange has a multiple directory number volume.
- The parameter DN is required when a LAC is entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies an existing directory number or a range of

directory numbers. The number(s) reserved for the given CENTREX group
will be released.

Prerequisites:
- All directory numbers within the given range have to reside in the
same directory number interval.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

RESLIM RESOURCE LIMITS

This parameter specifies the resource limits to be canceled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NUMCPUGR NO. OF CALL PICK UP GROUPS

Cancel restriction on the number of call pick up
groups created with ENTR CXSUB, parameter COSDAT.
NUMTDU NO. OF TRANSLATION DATA UNITS
Cancel restriction on the number of translation
data units created with CR CXDN or CR CXCPT.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXGRPRES- 1+

 CAN CXGRPRES

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NUMCSGRP NO. OF COMMON SERVICE GROUPS

Cancel restriction on the number of common service
groups created with CR CSGRP.
NUMCSSUB NO. OF COMMON SERV. SUBSCRIBER
Cancel restriction on the number of common service
subscribers created with ENTR CSSUB.
NUMTGRP NO. OF TASK GROUPS
Cancel restriction on the number of task groups
created with CR CDS.
NUMCTYPE NO. OF CALL TYPES
Cancel restriction on the number of call types
created with CR CALLTYPE.
NUMQUE NO. OF QUEUES
Cancel restriction on the number of queues
created with ENTR QUE.
SIZEQUE SIZE OF ALL QUEUES IN THE GRP.
Cancel restriction on the combined size of all
queues in the CENTREX group. The size of a queue
is administered with ENTR QUE, parameter SIZE.
NUMMST NO. OF MANAGER/SECRETARY TEAMS
Cancel restriction on the number of
Manager/Secretary teams created with
ENTR CXSUB, parameter MST.
NUMSUPGR NO. OF SUPERVISOR GROUPS
Cancel restriction on the number of supervisor
groups created with ENTR CSSUB, parameter SUPGRP.
NUMCPUNG NO. OF CPU NOTIFICATION GROUPS
Cancel restriction on the number of call pick up
notification groups created with ENTR CXSUB,
parameter COSDAT.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXGRPRES- 2-

 DISP CXGRPRES
DNTYPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX GROUP RESOURCES

This command displays the resource data of the specified CENTREX group(s).

The output depends on the input format.

The ’standard’ format (DISP CXGRPRES) displays for the given CENTREX group(s):
- the CENTREX group number(s);
- all directory number ranges reserved;
- a list of resources with their limit value and with their currently
used amount.
Only those resources are listed, which are actually used for the CENTREX
group or have a limit specified.

The ’detailed list with dntype’ format (DISP CXGRPRES) displays for the given
CENTREX group(s):
- the CENTREX group number(s);
- all individual directory numbers reserved for the given CENTREX groups
and within the given directory number interval;
- for each directory number, its type.

As a default the ’standard’ format (DISP CXGRPRES) is applied.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CXGRPRES- DNTYPE DETAILED LIST WITH DNTYPE

2. DISP CXGRPRES- STD STANDARD FORMAT

1. Input format

DETAILED LIST WITH DNTYPE

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CXGRPRES : CXGRP= [,LAC=] [,DN=] ,FORMAT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group or a list of CENTREX

groups. This parameter restricts the display to the data of the given
CENTREX group(s).

Notes:
- Leading zeroes may not be entered.
- Up to 10 parameter values can be linked with &.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...4 digit decimal number

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory, when a directory number will be entered and the
exchange has a multiple directory number volume.
- The parameter DN is required when a LAC is entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXGRPRES- 1+

 DISP CXGRPRES
DNTYPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies an existing directory number or directory

number range. It restricts the display to directory numbers
within the range.

Prerequisites:
- The directory number or, if a range is entered, the directory
number boundaries, have to be existing directory numbers.
- For a directory number range, the lower boundary may not exceed
the upper range boundary.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the output format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DNTYPE DETAILED LIST WITH DN TYPE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXGRPRES- 2+

 DISP CXGRPRES
STD
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

STANDARD FORMAT

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CXGRPRES : CXGRP= [,FORMAT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group or a list of CENTREX

groups. This parameter restricts the display to the data of the given
CENTREX group(s).

Notes:
- Leading zeroes may not be entered.
- Up to 10 parameter values can be linked with &.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...4 digit decimal number

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the output format.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

STD STANDARD OUTPUT FORMAT

This is the default output format

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXGRPRES- 3-

 ENTR CXGRPRES

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CENTREX GROUP RESOURCES

This command
- enters and modifies the CENTREX group resource limitations
and / or
- enters directory number reservations.

An attendant with permission to administer data of his own

CENTREX group or complex (created with ENTR CSSUB,
parameter FEA), may allocate EWSD database resources, which
need to be limited per CENTREX group.

The resources will be restricted to the specified resource

limits for the given CENTREX group. If no limit is
specified for a given resource, the attendant may not
allocate this resource.

If resource limits are specified, they are also valid for

command input by the EWSD operator. If no limit is
specified for a given resource, the use of this resource is
not restricted for the EWSD operator.

A specified directory number (range) will be reserved for the

given CENTREX group, i.e. for assignment of a CENTREX group
membership or creation of an attendant group an attendant may
only access those directory numbers, which are reserved for
the corresponding CENTREX group.

An EWSD operator needs no directory number reservation in

order to assign a CENTREX group membership. But a directory
number which is already reserved for a given CENTREX group,
may not be assigned to a different CENTREX group.

If a directory number is reserved for a CENTREX group, a

CENTREX specific intercept may be applied (created
with CR CXINC), if this number is called.

The command is rejected if the CXGRP is related

to a secured CENTREX business group (BGID) for
which the operator has no administration permission
(see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CXGRPRES : CXGRP= [,LAC=] <,DN= ,RESLIM=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes may not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory, when a directory number will be entered and the
exchange has a multiple directory number volume.
- The parameter DN is required when a LAC is entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXGRPRES- 1+

 ENTR CXGRPRES

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies an existing directory number or a range of

directory numbers. The specified number(s) will be reserved for the
given CENTREX group.

Prerequisites:
- All directory numbers within the given range have to reside in
the same directory number interval.
- No directory number within the given range may be connected to or
reserved for an other than the specified CENTREX group.
- If one of the input directory numbers resides within a
directory number extension (created with EXT DN),
then the whole input directory number range must be included
in the same extension.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

RESLIM RESOURCE LIMITS

This parameter specifies the resource limits. The values specify the
maximum number of resources allowed to be allocated by the attendant.

Prerequisites:
- The specified limit for a resource may not be lower than the current
amount of resources in use.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: RESOURCE LIMIT
NUMCPUGR NO. OF CALL PICK UP GROUPS
Restricts the number of call pick up groups
created with ENTR CXSUB, parameter COSDAT.
NUMTDU NO. OF TRANSLATION DATA UNITS
Restricts the number of translation data units
created with CR CXDN or CR CXCPT.
NUMCSGRP NO. OF COMMON SERVICE GROUPS
Restricts the number of common service groups
created with CR CSGRP.
NUMCSSUB NO. OF COMMON SERV. SUBSCRIBER
Restricts the number of common service
subscribers created with ENTR CSSUB.
NUMTGRP NO. OF TASK GROUPS
Restricts the number of task groups
created with CR CDS.
NUMCTYPE NO. OF CALL TYPES
Restricts the number of call types
created with CR CALLTYPE.
NUMQUE NO. OF QUEUES
Restricts the number of queues
created with ENTR QUE.
SIZEQUE SIZE OF ALL QUEUES IN THE GRP.
Restricts the combined size of all queues in the
CENTREX group. The size of a queue is administered
with ENTR QUE, parameter SIZE.
NUMMST NO. OF MANAGER/SECRETARY TEAMS
Restricts the number of Manager/Secretary teams
created with ENTR CXSUB, parameter MST.
NUMSUPGR NO. OF SUPERVISOR GROUPS
Restricts the number of supervisor groups
created with ENTR CSSUB, parameter SUPGRP.
NUMCPUNG NO. OF CPU NOTIFICATION GROUPS
Restricts the number of call pick up
notification groups created with ENTR CXSUB,
parameter COSDAT.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXGRPRES- 2+

 ENTR CXGRPRES

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: VALUE=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

For each resource, following value ranges are allowed:

0... 4095 (for NUMCPUGR)

0...65535 (for NUMTDU)
0... 4095 (for NUMCSGRP)
0... 9999 (for NUMCSSUB)
0... 4095 (for NUMTGRP)
0... 4095 (for NUMCTYPE)
0... 4095 (for NUMQUE)
0...65535 (for SIZEQUE)
0... 4095 (for NUMMST)
0... 255 (for NUMSUPGR)
0... 4095 (for NUMCPUNG)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXGRPRES- 3-

 CAN CXINC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX INTERCEPT

This command cancels a CENTREX group specific intercept identification.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1INCEPT=1 (;) 1
1 CAN CXINC : ZNAME= Y [,CXGRP=] Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT CENTREX INTERCEPT ID

This parameter specifies the intercept code for which the data are to
be cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INREST INCOMING RESTRICTION

OUTREST OUTGOING RESTRICTION
NONWORK NON-WORKING CENTREX STATION
UNDEFCOD UNDEFINED ACCESS CODE DIALED
TOLLREST TOLL RESTRICTION
CALLHLD CALL HOLD
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
SUSVICCS SERVICE USER FOR SVI & CCS
SCLSTO REJECT BY SCREENING LIST ORIG.
SCLSTT REJECT BY SCREENING LIST TERM.

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which the data are to
be cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group for which intercepts can
be administered.
In case the command affects a default intercept (parameter CXGRP is
not specified) it will be executed even if one or more CENTREX groups
are related to a BGID for which special operator permission
(command ENTR CXSEC) is necessary.
This parameter should not be entered if a default intercept is to be
used.
However, default handling is not possible for intercepts with NAME.
Therefore, this parameter is mandatory for NAME intercepts.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXINC- 1-

 CR CXINC
IGNORE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CENTREX INTERCEPT

This command is used to define CENTREX group specific intercept handling to

make system reaction more flexible for CENTREX customers. The system reactions
are defined with CR INC.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR CXINC - IGNORE IGNORE INTERCEPT REASON

2. CR CXINC - NEWCODE ANNOUNCEMENT VIA NEW CODE
3. CR CXINC - NEWDEST RESOURCES VIA DESTINATION
4. CR CXINC - TONE SUPPLY WITH A TONE

1. Input format

IGNORE INTERCEPT REASON

Input format for creating an intercept code which, when accessed, causes
the originally required connection to be set up after all.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1INCEPT=1 (;) 1
1 CR CXINC : ZNAME= Y ,INRES= [,CXGRP=] Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT CENTREX INTERCEPT ID

This parameter specifies the intercept code for which the data are to
be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CALLHLD CALL HOLD

Sequencing is not allowed.
INREST INCOMING RESTRICTION
NONWORK NON-WORKING CENTREX STATION
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
If a call is queued because no operator is
currently available, an announcement or tone will
be applied by this intercept.
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
If no operator is available and the queue is full,
the subscriber is informed about this by the
intercept. Afterwards, the call will be released.
OUTREST OUTGOING RESTRICTION
SCLSTO REJECT BY SCREENING LIST ORIG.
If an A-party has the feature SCOACC (Selective
Call Acceptance) or SCOREJ (Selective Call
Rejection), an outgoing call is checked as to
whether the called number is in the Blacklist
or not present in the Whitelist. If so, the call
is rejected. The A-party is then informed
accordingly by this intercept, or rerouted to an
attendant.
SCLSTT REJECT BY SCREENING LIST TERM.
If a B-party has the feature SCTACC (Selective
Call Acceptance) or SCTREJ (Selective Call
Rejection), an incoming call will be checked. If
the A-party number is in the Blacklist or not in
the Whitelist, the call will be rejected. The
A-party is then informed accordingly by this
intercept, or rerouted to an attendant.
SUSVICCS SERVICE USER FOR SVI & CCS
This intercept is used to redirect an A-party to
a service user or to the CENTREX Group Attendant
if the B-party has the feature SVI (Service

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 1+
 CR CXINC
IGNORE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Interception) or ACTCCS (Collect Call Screening)

(see CR SUB).
Sequencing is not allowed.
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
No operator is currently logged into the system.
The subscriber is informed accordingly.
TOLLREST TOLL RESTRICTION
UNDEFCOD UNDEFINED ACCESS CODE DIALED

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which data are to
be created.
This parameter can be used to define new intercepts. For more
flexibility of the user resources (e.g. announcements), it is possible
to create a variable number of these intercepts per group. The linkage
between the intercept and the object that uses this resource can be
created by other commands. For addressing the intercept, use its name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INRES INTERCEPT ADDITIONAL RESULT

This parameter specifies the response which is to be triggered when the

intercept code is accessed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

IGNORE IGNORE REASON FOR TERMINATION

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group for which intercepts can
be administered.
In case the command affects a default intercept (parameter CXGRP is
not specified) it will be executed even if one or more CENTREX groups
are related to a BGID for which special operator permission
(command ENTR CXSEC) is necessary.
This parameter should not be entered if a default intercept is to be
used.
However, default handling is not possible for intercepts with
NAME. Therefore, this parameter is mandatory for NAME intercepts.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 2+
 CR CXINC
NEWCODE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ANNOUNCEMENT VIA NEW CODE

Input format for creating an intercept code via which the digit translator is
re-accessed. An intercept code of this type serves to access an
- announcement or
- operator.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1INCEPT=1 1
1 CR CXINC : ZNAME= Y ,INRES= ,CODE= [,TONE=] [,CXGRP=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SEQ=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT CENTREX INTERCEPT ID

This parameter specifies the intercept code for which the data are to
be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CALLHLD CALL HOLD

Sequencing is not allowed.
INREST INCOMING RESTRICTION
NONWORK NON-WORKING CENTREX STATION
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
If a call is queued because no operator is
currently available, an announcement or tone will
be applied by this intercept.
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
If no operator is available and the queue is full,
the subscriber is informed about this by the
intercept. Afterwards, the call will be released.
OUTREST OUTGOING RESTRICTION
SCLSTO REJECT BY SCREENING LIST ORIG.
If an A-party has the feature SCOACC (Selective
Call Acceptance) or SCOREJ (Selective Call
Rejection), an outgoing call is checked as to
whether the called number is in the Blacklist
or not present in the Whitelist. If so, the call
is rejected. The A-party is then informed
accordingly by this intercept, or rerouted to an
attendant.
SCLSTT REJECT BY SCREENING LIST TERM.
If a B-party has the feature SCTACC (Selective
Call Acceptance) or SCTREJ (Selective Call
Rejection), an incoming call will be checked. If
the A-party number is in the Blacklist or not in
the Whitelist, the call will be rejected. The
A-party is then informed accordingly by this
intercept, or rerouted to an attendant.
SUSVICCS SERVICE USER FOR SVI & CCS
This intercept is used to redirect an A-party to
a service user or to the CENTREX Group Attendant
if the B-party has the feature SVI (Service
Interception) or ACTCCS (Collect Call Screening)
(see CR SUB).
Sequencing is not allowed.
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
No operator is currently logged into the system.
The subscriber is informed accordingly.
TOLLREST TOLL RESTRICTION
UNDEFCOD UNDEFINED ACCESS CODE DIALED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 3+
 CR CXINC
NEWCODE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which data are to
be created.
This parameter can be used to define new intercepts. For more
flexibility of the user resources (e.g. announcements), it is possible
to create a variable number of these intercepts per group. The linkage
between the intercept and the object that uses this resource can be
created by other commands. For addressing the intercept, use its name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INRES INTERCEPT ADDITIONAL RESULT

This parameter specifies the response which is to be triggered when the

intercept code is accessed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NEWCB1 NEW CODE AND SEND B1 NUMBER

NEWCB1NL NEW CODE SEND B1 NUMBER NO LAC
NEWCOD NEW CODE

CODE NEW CODE

The entered value is evaluated as CENTREX internal DN.

All public DN have to be extended with the public network access code
(see command CR CXCPT).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: DIGITS FOR NEW CODE=

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

This unit specifies the digit sequence to be used for

retranslation.

b: CATEGORY FOR NEW CODE

CATAC CATEGORY OF ACTUAL CONNECTION
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15

This unit specifies the new class to be used for digit

translation. Translation with another class allows the
accessibility of a destination to be restricted
(e.g. in order to prevent the destination being dialed
directly).

Default: CATAC

TONE TONE AND TONE TIME DURATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: TONE TYPE
ACKNTNEG ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE NEGATIVE
ACKNTPOS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE POSITIVE
CONGTONE ALL TRUNKS BUSY TONE
DIALTONE DIAL TONE
This value is not allowed for SEQ=1.
If this value is entered, no further sequence
is allowed.
Unit b cannot be specified for this value.
INFOTONE SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
NOTONE NO TONE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 4+
 CR CXINC
NEWCODE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NUTONE NUMBER UNOBTAINABLE TONE

PROJTON1 PROJECT TONE 1
PROJTON2 PROJECT TONE 2
PROJTON3 PROJECT TONE 3
PROJTON4 PROJECT TONE 4
PROJTON5 PROJECT TONE 5
RNGTONE RINGING TONE
SUBBUSY SUBSCRIBER BUSY TONE

This unit specifies the tone which is to be applied if the

intercept code is accessed. If the INRES parameter is
also specified for the intercept code, the tone is only
applied if the response specified by INRES (e.g. access
an announcement) is not possible.

b: TONE TIME DURATION=

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies how long (in seconds) the tone
is to be applied.

Defaults:
ACKNTNEG = 120
ACKNTPOS = 24
CONGTONE = 30
INFOTONE = 0
NOTONE = 18
NUTONE = 30
PROJTON1 = 30
PROJTON2 = 30
PROJTON3 = 30
PROJTON4 = 30
PROJTON5 = 30
RNGTONE = 24
SUBBUSY = 120

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group for which intercepts can
be administered.
In case the command affects a default intercept (parameter CXGRP is
not specified) it will be executed even if one or more CENTREX groups
are related to a BGID for which special operator permission
(command ENTR CXSEC) is necessary.
This parameter should not be entered if a default intercept is to be
used.
However, default handling is not possible for intercepts with
NAME. Therefore, this parameter is mandatory for NAME intercepts.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

SEQ SEQUENCE INDEX

This parameter specifies the position in which the response created

by this command will be located if several responses are created for
one intercept code. This value must start with 1 and be entered
without gaps.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 5+
 CR CXINC
NEWDEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

RESOURCES VIA DESTINATION

Input format for creating an intercept code reached via a destination area to
incorporate resources (e.g. pool echo suppressors) into the connection.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1INCEPT=1 1
1 CR CXINC : ZNAME= Y ,INRES= ,DEST= [,CXGRP=] [,TONE=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SEQ=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT CENTREX INTERCEPT ID

This parameter specifies the intercept code for which the data are to
be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CALLHLD CALL HOLD

Sequencing is not allowed.
INREST INCOMING RESTRICTION
NONWORK NON-WORKING CENTREX STATION
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
If a call is queued because no operator is
currently available, an announcement or tone will
be applied by this intercept.
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
If no operator is available and the queue is full,
the subscriber is informed about this by the
intercept. Afterwards, the call will be released.
OUTREST OUTGOING RESTRICTION
SCLSTO REJECT BY SCREENING LIST ORIG.
If an A-party has the feature SCOACC (Selective
Call Acceptance) or SCOREJ (Selective Call
Rejection), an outgoing call is checked as to
whether the called number is in the Blacklist
or not present in the Whitelist. If so, the call
is rejected. The A-party is then informed
accordingly by this intercept, or rerouted to an
attendant.
SCLSTT REJECT BY SCREENING LIST TERM.
If a B-party has the feature SCTACC (Selective
Call Acceptance) or SCTREJ (Selective Call
Rejection), an incoming call will be checked. If
the A-party number is in the Blacklist or not in
the Whitelist, the call will be rejected. The
A-party is then informed accordingly by this
intercept, or rerouted to an attendant.
SUSVICCS SERVICE USER FOR SVI & CCS
This intercept is used to redirect an A-party to
a service user or to the CENTREX Group Attendant
if the B-party has the feature SVI (Service
Interception) or ACTCCS (Collect Call Screening)
(see CR SUB).
Sequencing is not allowed.
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
No operator is currently logged into the system.
The subscriber is informed accordingly.
TOLLREST TOLL RESTRICTION
UNDEFCOD UNDEFINED ACCESS CODE DIALED

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which data are to
be created.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 6+
 CR CXINC
NEWDEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter can be used to define new intercepts. For more

flexibility of the user resources (e.g. announcements), it is possible
to create a variable number of these intercepts per group. The linkage
between the intercept and the object that uses this resource can be
created by other commands. For addressing the intercept, use its name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INRES INTERCEPT ADDITIONAL RESULT

This parameter specifies the response which is to be triggered when the

intercept code is accessed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NEWDEST NEW DESTINATION

DEST DESTINATION AREA NAME

This parameter specifies the destination area to be accessed by the

intercept code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group for which intercepts can
be administered.
In case the command affects a default intercept (parameter CXGRP is
not specified) it will be executed even if one or more CENTREX groups
are related to a BGID for which special operator permission
(command ENTR CXSEC) is necessary.
This parameter should not be entered if a default intercept is to be
used.
However, default handling is not possible for intercepts with
NAME. Therefore, this parameter is mandatory for NAME intercepts.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

TONE TONE AND TONE TIME DURATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: TONE TYPE
ACKNTNEG ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE NEGATIVE
ACKNTPOS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE POSITIVE
CONGTONE ALL TRUNKS BUSY TONE
DIALTONE DIAL TONE
This value is not allowed for SEQ=1.
If this value is entered, no further sequence
is allowed.
Unit b cannot be specified for this value.
INFOTONE SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
NOTONE NO TONE
NUTONE NUMBER UNOBTAINABLE TONE
PROJTON1 PROJECT TONE 1
PROJTON2 PROJECT TONE 2
PROJTON3 PROJECT TONE 3
PROJTON4 PROJECT TONE 4
PROJTON5 PROJECT TONE 5
RNGTONE RINGING TONE
SUBBUSY SUBSCRIBER BUSY TONE

This unit specifies the tone which is to be applied if the

intercept code is accessed. If the INRES parameter is
also specified for the intercept code, the tone is only
applied if the response specified by INRES (e.g. access

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 7+
 CR CXINC
NEWDEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

an announcement) is not possible.

b: TONE TIME DURATION=

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies how long (in seconds) the tone
is to be applied.

Defaults:
ACKNTNEG = 120
ACKNTPOS = 24
CONGTONE = 30
INFOTONE = 0
NOTONE = 18
NUTONE = 30
PROJTON1 = 30
PROJTON2 = 30
PROJTON3 = 30
PROJTON4 = 30
PROJTON5 = 30
RNGTONE = 24
SUBBUSY = 120

SEQ SEQUENCE INDEX

This parameter specifies the position in which the response created

by this command will be located if several responses are created for
one intercept code. This value must start with 1 and be entered
without gaps.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 8+
 CR CXINC
TONE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

SUPPLY WITH A TONE

Input format for creating an intercept code via which an intercept tone is
accessed.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1INCEPT=1 (;) 1
1 CR CXINC : ZNAME= Y ,TONE= [,CXGRP=] [,SEQ=] Z Y 1
1 1 1 *!+ 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT CENTREX INTERCEPT ID

This parameter specifies the intercept code for which the data are to
be created.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CALLHLD CALL HOLD

Sequencing is not allowed.
INREST INCOMING RESTRICTION
NONWORK NON-WORKING CENTREX STATION
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
If a call is queued because no operator is
currently available, an announcement or tone will
be applied by this intercept.
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
If no operator is available and the queue is full,
the subscriber is informed about this by the
intercept. Afterwards, the call will be released.
OUTREST OUTGOING RESTRICTION
SCLSTO REJECT BY SCREENING LIST ORIG.
If an A-party has the feature SCOACC (Selective
Call Acceptance) or SCOREJ (Selective Call
Rejection), an outgoing call is checked as to
whether the called number is in the Blacklist
or not present in the Whitelist. If so, the call
is rejected. The A-party is then informed
accordingly by this intercept, or rerouted to an
attendant.
SCLSTT REJECT BY SCREENING LIST TERM.
If a B-party has the feature SCTACC (Selective
Call Acceptance) or SCTREJ (Selective Call
Rejection), an incoming call will be checked. If
the A-party number is in the Blacklist or not in
the Whitelist, the call will be rejected. The
A-party is then informed accordingly by this
intercept, or rerouted to an attendant.
SUSVICCS SERVICE USER FOR SVI & CCS
This intercept is used to redirect an A-party to
a service user or to the CENTREX Group Attendant
if the B-party has the feature SVI (Service
Interception) or ACTCCS (Collect Call Screening)
(see CR SUB).
Sequencing is not allowed.
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
No operator is currently logged into the system.
The subscriber is informed accordingly.
TOLLREST TOLL RESTRICTION
UNDEFCOD UNDEFINED ACCESS CODE DIALED

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which data are to
be created.
This parameter can be used to define new intercepts. For more
flexibility of the user resources (e.g. announcements), it is possible
to create a variable number of these intercepts per group. The linkage
between the intercept and the object that uses this resource can be

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 9+
 CR CXINC
TONE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

created by other commands. For addressing the intercept, use its name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TONE TONE AND TONE TIME DURATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: TONE TYPE
ACKNTNEG ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE NEGATIVE
ACKNTPOS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TONE POSITIVE
CONGTONE ALL TRUNKS BUSY TONE
DIALTONE DIAL TONE
This value is not allowed for SEQ=1.
If this value is entered, no further sequence
is allowed.
Unit b cannot be specified for this value.
INFOTONE SPECIAL INFORMATION TONE
NOTONE NO TONE
NUTONE NUMBER UNOBTAINABLE TONE
PROJTON1 PROJECT TONE 1
PROJTON2 PROJECT TONE 2
PROJTON3 PROJECT TONE 3
PROJTON4 PROJECT TONE 4
PROJTON5 PROJECT TONE 5
RNGTONE RINGING TONE
SUBBUSY SUBSCRIBER BUSY TONE

This unit specifies the tone which is to be applied if the

intercept code is accessed. If the INRES parameter is
also specified for the intercept code, the tone is only
applied if the response specified by INRES (e.g. access
an announcement) is not possible.

b: TONE TIME DURATION=

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit specifies how long (in seconds) the tone
is to be applied.

Defaults:
ACKNTNEG = 120
ACKNTPOS = 24
CONGTONE = 30
INFOTONE = 0
NOTONE = 18
NUTONE = 30
PROJTON1 = 30
PROJTON2 = 30
PROJTON3 = 30
PROJTON4 = 30
PROJTON5 = 30
RNGTONE = 24
SUBBUSY = 120

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group for which intercepts can
be administered.
In case the command affects a default intercept (parameter CXGRP is
not specified) it will be executed even if one or more CENTREX groups
are related to a BGID for which special operator permission
(command ENTR CXSEC) is necessary.
This parameter should not be entered if a default intercept is to be
used.
However, default handling is not possible for intercepts with
NAME. Therefore, this parameter is mandatory for NAME intercepts.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 10+

 CR CXINC
TONE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SEQ SEQUENCE INDEX

This parameter specifies the position in which the response created

by this command will be located if several responses are created for
one intercept code. This value must start with 1 and be entered
without gaps.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXINC- 11-

 DISP CXINC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX INTERCEPT

This command displays the intercept identification, intercept result,

destination area name, and the sequence number for a CENTREX group.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CXINC : <INCEPT= ,NAME=> [,CXGRP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

INCEPT CENTREX INTERCEPT ID

This parameter specifies the intercept code for which the data are to
be displayed.

Up to 34 intercept identifiers may be linked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

INREST INCOMING RESTRICTION

OUTREST OUTGOING RESTRICTION
NONWORK NON-WORKING CENTREX STATION
UNDEFCOD UNDEFINED ACCESS CODE DIALED
TOLLREST TOLL RESTRICTION
CALLHLD CALL HOLD
TAGNA TASK GROUP NOT ASSISTED
OPRQ OPERATOR QUEUING
OPRQFULL OPERATOR QUEUE FULL
SUSVICCS SERVICE USER FOR SVI & CCS
SCLSTO REJECT BY SCREENING LIST ORIG.
SCLSTT REJECT BY SCREENING LIST TERM.
X ALL VALUES

NAME INTERCEPT NAME

This parameter specifies the intercept name for which the data are to
be displayed.

Up to 34 intercept names may be linked.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX group for which intercepts can
be displayed.
It has to be ignored, if a default intercept should be displayed.
For intercepts with NAME default handling is not possible,
therefore this parameter is mandatory for these intercepts.

Up to 34 CENTREX group numbers may be linked.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...4 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXINC- 1-

 CAN CXMDR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX MDR DATA

This command determines

- single call types (CTYP) for which CENTREX Message Detail Recording
for a CENTREX group is not generated any more or
- that the entire CENTREX Message Detail Recording of a CENTREX group is not
generated any more.

Prerequisites:
- Canceling of all MDR data is not allowed, if
an MDR MAC still exists within the own CENTREX group (DISP DSB) or
an MDR MAC of another CENTREX group is used (DISP CXGRP).

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is related to a secured

CENTREX business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CXMDR : CXGRP= [,CTYP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the number of an existing CENTREX group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CTYP MDR CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call types for which MDR records are
not generated any more.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ATTEMPT CALL ATTEMPTS

STST STATION TO STATION CALLS
IPNAC IMPLICIT PUBLIC NETWORK ACCESS

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXMDR- 1-

 DISP CXMDR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX MDR DATA

This command displays data for CENTREX Message Detail Recording of a

CENTREX group.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CXMDR : CXGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies one or more existing CENTREX group(s).

Leading zeroes must not be entered.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...4 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXMDR- 1-

 ENTR CXMDR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CENTREX MDR DATA

This command is a precondition for CENTREX Message Detail Recording of a

CENTREX group.

If this command is executed for the specified CENTREX group for the
first time, the parameter MDR must be entered.

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is related to a secured

CENTREX business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CXMDR : CXGRP= <,MDR= ,CTYP= ,FRAUD=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

MDR MDR OUTPUT MODE

This parameter specifies the output mode for MDR data sent
to the MDR MAC (CR DSB, parameter FEA).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT TO MDR MAC

BULK MDR BULK OUTPUT
MDR records are sent to the MDR MAC when
either the MDR buffer is filled or the MDR
time threshold is reached, whichever occurs
first.
The MDR time threshold has to be specified
by the second unit (b).

DEMAND MDR OUTPUT ON DEMAND

MDR records are sent to the MDR MAC when
a transfer request is initiated from the MDR
MAC. If there is no request, MDR records are
sent, when either the MDR buffer is filled or
the MDR time threshold is reached, whichever
occurs first. The MDR time threshold has to be
specified by the second unit (b).

IMMED MDR IMMEDIATE OUTPUT

An MDR record is sent to the MDR MAC
immediately after its generation.

b: TIME THRESHOLD=
10,20,30,40,50,60, range of decimal numbers

The unit of the time threshold is minutes.

For the identifiers BULK and DEMAND a time
threshold must be specified. For IMMED a time
threshold must not be specified.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXMDR- 1+

 ENTR CXMDR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CTYP MDR CALL TYPE

This parameter specifies the call types for which MDR records are
generated.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ATTEMPT CALL ATTEMPTS

MDR data are generated for attempted calls.

STST STATION TO STATION CALLS

MDR data is collected for CENTREX station
to station calls (both for intercom calls and
remote intercom calls).

Incompatibilities:
- The CENTREX group must not have the following
class of service assigned:
IPNAC

IPNAC IMPLICIT PUBLIC NETWORK ACCESS

MDR data is generated for implicit public network
calls of stations of the CENTREX group.

Prerequisites:
- The CENTREX group must be a CENTREX minigroup,
i.e. the following class of service (CR CXGRP)
must be assigned:
IPNAC

FRAUD FRAUD PROTECTION

This parameter specifies the reaction, if a fraud is

detected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CONTINUE CONTINUE MDR SERVICE

After detection of a fraud the transfer of
MDR data to the MDR MAC is continued.

STOP STOP MDR SERVICE

After detection of a fraud the transfer of
MDR data to the MDR MAC is stopped.

Default: CONTINUE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXMDR- 2-

 CAN CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE

This command cancels

- selected CENTREX station data of a CENTREX Private Branch Exchange (PBX),
- the CENTREX group membership of a CENTREX PBX.

In order to cancel specific CENTREX data, the corresponding parameters

must be entered. In order to cancel the CENTREX group membership, only the
parameters LAC and DN must be specified.

It is not permissible to cancel the CENTREX group membership of a CENTREX PBX

if CENTREX PBX lines still exist for this PBX with individual station data.

It is not permissible to cancel the CENTREX group membership of a CENTREX PBX

if teleworkers still exist (see command DISP TW).

When a CENTREX group membership of a CENTREX PBX is cancelled, all queues

still assigned to it (ENTR QUE) are deleted implicitly.

If the CENTREX PBX has existing PBX lines (see DISP PBXLN) and the
CENTREX membership is removed, it is checked if the conversion is possible
in one step. In this case a dangerous command message is output. If the
PBX lines are spread over too many peripheral units (V5IF, DLU, LTG),
then the request is rejected.
In this case the command can be repeated after manual cancellation of one
or more PBX lines.

The request can start a long running job. In general the execution time
depends on the number of PBX lines connected to the PBX.

The command is rejected if the CENTREX PBX is related to a secured

CENTREX Business group (BGID) for which the operator has no
administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CXPBX : [LAC=] ,DN= [,COS=] [,SUBBGCOS=] [,COSDAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,NAME=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the PBX directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX classes of service within a

CENTREX/Business group (when the CENTREX group is assigned to a BGID).

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXPBX- 1+

 CAN CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWORIG CALL WAITING ORIGINATING

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY
DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
DIVGRPO DIV. WITHIN CENTREX GROUP ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CLIP CALLING LINE ID.PRESENTATION
CNIP CALLING NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CONP CONNECTED NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CNIR NAME ID.RESTRICTION
CNIRIGN IGNORE NAME ID.RESTRICTION
RSCINOKW NO KEYWORD FOR REMOTE SCI.
NOATNBI NO ATTENDANT BARGE IN
NOSUBBI NO SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN
NOTRSREM NO TRARSTR SUSP REMOTE
RSTHEXT RESTRICT HUNTING TO EXT CALLS
RSTHINT RESTRICT HUNTING TO INT CALLS
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY
REROUATN REROUTE BY ATTENDANT
PRVDDINO PROVIDE DDI NUMBER
ALLOWMDR ALLOW MDR

SUBBGCOS SUBBUSINESS GROUP COS

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX classes of service

within a Subbusiness group (when the CENTREX group is assigned to a
BGID and a SUBBGID).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY

DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX classes of

service with data to be cancelled. The corresponding second
unit (b) is cancelled implicitly.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER

CPUGRP CALL PICK UP GROUP
CHSITE CHARGING SITE
When cancelling the CHSITE, then the default
CHSITE is assigned.
NOHNO NO HUNT NUMBER
This parameter value specifies the no hunt number
to which a call can be terminated if a hunt
restriction is applied.

Prerequisites:
- The no hunt number must not be cancelled when

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXPBX- 2+

 CAN CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a hunt restriction (RSTHEXT or RSTHINT) is

applied on the CENTREX PBX

NAME NAME OF PBX

This parameter specifies the name of the CENTREX PBX used for
identification purposes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXPBX- 3-

 DISP CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE

This command displays CENTREX station data of

- a specified CENTREX PBX,
- all CENTREX PBXs in a directory number interval,
- all CENTREX PBXs of a specified local area code,
- all CENTREX PBXs in the exchange.

CENTREX PBX data is displayed in the following order:

- for a multiple directory number volume, they are displayed per local
area code, for each local area they are sorted by directory numbers
in ascending order,
- for a unique directory number volume, they are sorted by directory
numbers in ascending order without regard to of the local area code.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CXPBX : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CXGRP=] [,COS=] [,SUBBGCOS=] 1
1 1
1 [,COSDAT=] [,CXDN=] [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number or directory number

interval.

Notes:
- For a directory number interval, the lower boundary must not exceed
the upper interval boundary.

Prerequisites:
- The entered directory number or directory number interval must exist.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group

as a selection criteria.
Leading zeroes must not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXPBX- 1+

 DISP CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX classes of service

within a CENTREX/Business group as a selection criteria.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWORIG CALL WAITING ORIGINATING

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY
DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
DIVGRPO DIV. WITHIN CENTREX GROUP ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CLIP CALLING LINE ID.PRESENTATION
CNIP CALLING NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CONP CONNECTED NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CNIR NAME ID.RESTRICTION
CNIRIGN IGNORE NAME ID.RESTRICTION
RSCINOKW NO KEYWORD FOR REMOTE SCI.
NOATNBI NO ATTENDANT BARGE IN
NOSUBBI NO SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN
NOTRSREM NO TRARSTR SUSP REMOTE
RSTHEXT RESTRICT HUNTING TO EXT CALLS
RSTHINT RESTRICT HUNTING TO INT CALLS
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY
REROUATN REROUTE BY ATTENDANT
PRVDDINO PROVIDE DDI NUMBER
ALLOWMDR ALLOW MDR

SUBBGCOS SUBBUSINESS GROUP COS

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX classes of service

within a Subbusiness group as a selection criteria.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY

DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX classes of service

with data as a selection criteria.

If only the first unit (a) is entered, all CENTREX PBXs are
displayed, who have the entered class of service with data
assigned.

If also the second unit (b) is entered, only those CENTREX PBXs
are displayed, who have the entered class of service with data
together with the input digits assigned.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXPBX- 2+

 DISP CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: CLASS OF SERVICE
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER
CPUGRP CALL PICK UP GROUP
CHSITE CHARGING SITE
Since each CENTREX PBX is assigned a charging site
as default, for a selection also the second
unit (b) must be specified.
NOHNO NO HUNT NUMBER

b: DIGITS=
1...8 digit decimal number

The following values are allowed:

- ARNO : 1..8 decimal digits
- CPUGRP : 1..4095, range of decimal numbers
- CHSITE : 0..255, range of decimal numbers
- NOHNO : 1..7 decimal digits

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX intercom number

as a selection criteria.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 digit decimal number

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter defines the data which is printed.

If the parameter is not defined then a default output format
is determined depending on the entered parameters.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

STD STANDARD OUTPUT

The standard output contains the following
information:
LAC, DN, CXGRP, CXDN and NAME.
DATA DATA OUTPUT
The data output contains the following
information:
LAC, DN, CXGRP, CATCOD, COS and COSDAT.
ALL ALL OUTPUT
The all output contains all data assigned to
the CENTREX PBX:
LAC, DN, CXGRP, CXDN, CATCOD, NAME, COS,
SUBBGCOS and COSDAT.
SUBBGCOS SUBBGCOS OUTPUT
The Subbusiness group classes of service output
contains the following information:
LAC, DN, CXGRP, COS and SUBBGCOS.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXPBX- 3-

 ENTR CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CENTREX PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE

This command
- assigns an existing Private Branch Exchange created by CR PBX
as a Multiline Hunt Group (parameter TYPE=MLHG),
as a conventional Private Branch Exchange (parameter TYPE=PBX)
with or without direct inward dialing,
as a Remote Service Number (parameter TYPE=RSN) for Remote
Subscriber Controlled Input (class of service is RSNSCI),
as a PBX which supports the QSIG protocol (parameter TYPE=QSIG),
as a PBX for which the DDI number range can be administered freely
(parameter TYPE=PBXDDINO),
as a Subscriber Hunt Group (parameter TYPE=SHG),
as a PBX which serves as prerequisite to make exactly one Primary
Access member of a Subscriber Hunt Group (parameter TYPE=PA),
as a H323 pure client, with VoIP only (parameter TYPE=H323)
to an existing CENTREX group
- enters CENTREX station data for an existing CENTREX Private Branch Exchange
(This CENTREX station data will be valid for all lines of the PBX as long as
it is not in conflict with the PBX line own data:
classes of service (COS & SUBBGCOS) assigned to the CENTREX PBX, become valid
in addition to the classes of service defined at the CENTREX PBX line level.
However when a COS value is entered at CENTREX PBX level which is incompatibel
with COS or SUBBGCOS values at CENTREX PBX line level, then the command is
not rejected but the values at CENTREX PBX line level take priority over those
at CENTREX PBX level.
The same applies when a SUBBGCOS value is entered at CENTREX PBX level which
should be incompatible with COS or SUBBGCOS values at CENTREX PBX line level.)

When a PBX is assigned to a CENTREX group:

- the input of parameters CXGRP is mandatory,
- the PBX can only be assigned to one CENTREX group,
- if the PBX already has existing lines (see DISP PBXLN), it is checked
if the conversion is possible in one step.
In this case a dangerous command message is output.
If the PBX lines are spread over too many peripheral units
(V5IF, DLU, LTG), then the request is rejected.
In this case the command can be repeated after manual cancellation of one or
more PBX lines.

The request can start a long running job. In general the execution time
depends on the number of PBX lines connected to the PBX.

The following data can be assigned to a Multiline Hunt Group (TYPE=MLHG)

and a Subscriber Hunt Group (TYPE=SHG):
- a CENTREX directory number,
- a customer access treatment code,
- station classes of service,
- station classes of service with data,
- Subbusiness group classes of service,
- a name.

The following data can be assigned to a PBX (TYPE=PBX)

with direct inward dialing and a PBX with free administrable DDI numbers
(TYPE=PBXDDINO):
- a customer access treatment code,
- station classes of service (only identifiers that concern identification),
- station classes of service with data,
- a name.

The following data can be assigned to a PBX (TYPE=PBX) without

direct inward dialing and to a PBX of type Primary Access (TYPE=PA):
- a CENTREX directory number,
- a customer access treatment code,
- station classes of service (only identifiers that concern identification),
- station classes of service with data,
- a name.

The following data can be assigned to a PBX of type Remote Service Number
(TYPE=RSN):
- a CENTREX directory number,
- a customer access treatment code,
- station classes of service (only identifier RSCINOKW),
- station classes of service with data.

The following data can be assigned to a PBX with Q-signaling (TYPE=QSIG)

- a CENTREX directory number,

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBX- 1+

 ENTR CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- a customer access treatment code.

The following data can be assigned to a H323 pure client, with VoIP only
(TYPE=H323):
- a CENTREX directory number,
- a customer access treatment code,
- station classes of service (only identifiers CNIR, RSTTERMS,
RSTTERMF, RSTORIGS, RSTORIGF, PRVDDINO),
- station classes of service with data (only identifiers ARNO, CHSITE) ,
- a name.

Notes:
- Only PBX, which have a CENTREX directory number assigned, can be administered
from a MAC (created by CR DSB).
- If the directory number (DN) is reserved for a CENTREX group
(see DISP CXGRPRES) then this CENTREX group must correspond to the
CENTREX group the PBX and PBX lines will belong to.
- When for the CENTREX PBX specific charging site information is
set up, then this information will be ignored by Call processing
in case of local and remote calls via IN-AWC. Both type of calls will then
be charged by means of the public zoning (SCP returns only public numbers).

Incompatibilities:
- The following PBX operation modes are incompatible with CENTREX:
IBW1TR6
IOG1TR6
IIC1TR6
- The following PBX classes of service are incompatible with CENTREX:
IADIPP
- The following PBX classes of service with data are incompatible with CENTREX:
SERCOMP
OVRFIN1
OVRFIN2
OVRFIN3
OVRFEX
- The following PBX diversion types are incompatible with CENTREX:
ACTDIVCD
DIVCD
DIVCDMOD

The command is rejected if the CENTREX PBX is related to a secured

CENTREX Business group (BGID) for which the operator has no
administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CXPBX : [LAC=] ,DN= <,CXGRP= ,CXDN= ,CATCOD= ,COS= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,SUBBGCOS= ,COSDAT= ,NAME=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the PBX directory number.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBX- 2+

 ENTR CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Input is mandatory if a PBX is to be assigned to a CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes must not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

Prerequisites:
- The CENTREX directory number for intercom calls is created and
corresponds to the directory number of the PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 digit decimal number

CATCOD CUSTOMER ACCESS TREATMENT CODE

This parameter specifies the Customer Access Treatment (CAT) code.

All CAT features assigned to the entered CAT code with command
ENTR CXCATFEA may be used.

Default: 0

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...31, range of decimal numbers

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX classes of service within a

CENTREX/Business group (when the CENTREX group is assigned to a BGID).
Values existing for SUBBGCOS are automatically cancelled if the same
values are entered for parameter COS.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWORIG CALL WAITING ORIGINATING

Allows an originating CENTREX PBX to wait for
a busy subscriber in the CENTREX/Business group,
even if the terminating subscriber does not have
a call waiting feature.

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the PBX diversion types DIVI.
Call diversion is only allowed for calls from
outside the CENTREX/Business group.

DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the PBX diversion type DIVBY.
All calls from outside the CENTREX/Business
group are diverted if the called station is
busy. Calls from within the group receive
busy treatment.

DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY

Restricts the PBX diversion type DIVDA.
All calls from outside the CENTREX/Business
group are diverted if the called station
does not answer within a specified time
period. Calls from within the group are not
diverted.

DIVGRPO DIV. WITHIN CENTREX GROUP ONLY

Restricts all variants of call diversion.
Call diversion is only allowed to a destination

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBX- 3+

 ENTR CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

which can be reached by a CENTREX internal call.

AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY

Restricts the PBX class of service:
- CT.

Only incoming calls from outside the CENTREX/

Business group are allowed to be held.

Incompatibilities:
- CTGRPO
- CTOGO

CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY

Calls from outside the CENTREX/Business
group are allowed to be transferred to an
attendant only.
This restriction is not valid for A-side
call transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTATNO deletes
the others.

CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are members of the same
CENTREX/Business group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTGRPO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY

Only calls from outside the CENTREX/Business
group are allowed to be transferred.
The restriction is not valid for A-side call
transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTICO deletes
the others.

CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are not member of the
same CENTREX/Business group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTOGO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGF
deletes RSTORIGS.

RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMF
deletes RSTTERMS.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBX- 4+

 ENTR CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.
The station may also call a station with call
transfer or call diversion authorization in order
to get a connection outside the CENTREX/Business
group.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGS
deletes RSTORIGF.

RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only. Calls from
outside can be directed to the station concerned
only via stations with a call transfer or call
diversion feature.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMS
deletes RSTTERMF.

CLIP CALLING LINE ID.PRESENTATION

The CENTREX directory number of the calling
CENTREX station is presented to the connected
CENTREX PBX.

CNIP CALLING NAME ID.PRESENTATION

The assigned name of the calling CENTREX station
(parameter NAME) is presented to the connected
CENTREX PBX.

CONP CONNECTED NAME ID.PRESENTATION

The assigned name of the connected CENTREX
station is presented to the calling CENTREX
PBX.

CNIR NAME ID.RESTRICTION

The presentation of the name of the CENTREX
PBX (CNIP, CONP) is suppressed.
The restriction is ignored if the calling/
connected station has the feature CNIRIGN
assigned.

CNIRIGN IGNORE NAME ID.RESTRICTION

Ignores the restriction CNIR of the
presentation of the assigned name of the
calling/connected station.

RSCINOKW NO KEYWORD FOR REMOTE SCI.

For Remote Subscriber Controlled Input
no keyword is necessary.

Prerequisites:
- Only possible for PBX of TYPE=RSN
which has class of service RSNSCI assigned.

NOATNBI NO ATTENDANT BARGE IN

Assigns a privacy profile to the CENTREX
PBX which inhibits the CENTREX attendant
from barging in on an active call.

NOSUBBI NO SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN

Assigns a privacy profile to the CENTREX
PBX which inhibits another CENTREX station
from barging in on an active call.

NOTRSREM NO TRARSTR SUSP REMOTE

Assigns a privacy profile to the CENTREX PBX
which inhibits another CENTREX station from
suspending an active traffic restriction.

RSTHEXT RESTRICT HUNTING TO EXT CALLS

Restricts the hunting for external calls only.
No hunting is started for internal calls. In

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBX- 5+

 ENTR CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

case of an internal call, the call is diverted

to the no hunt number.

The restrictions RSTHEXT and RSTHINT are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTHEXT
deletes RSTHINT.

Prerequisites:
- the PBX must be of type SHG
- a no hunt number is required (COSDAT=NOHNO)

RSTHINT RESTRICT HUNTING TO INT CALLS

Restricts the hunting for internal calls only.
No hunting is started for external calls. In
case of an external call, the call is diverted
to the no hunt number.

The restrictions RSTHINT and RSTHEXT are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTHINT
deletes RSTHEXT.

Prerequisites:
- the PBX must be of type SHG
- a no hunt number is required (COSDAT=NOHNO)

CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if maximum 1
involved party is not member of the same
CENTREX/Business group.(external-to-external
call transfers are not allowed)

The call transfer restriction CT1EXTO can be

combined with CTATNO, CTICO or CTOGO in
order to restrict for those Call Transfer types
also the external-to-external call transfers.

REROUATN REROUTE BY ATTENDANT

Specifies the CENTREX PBX as Call Forwarding
point to a centralised MAC attendant.

PRVDDINO PROVIDE DDI NUMBER

Defines that the CENTREX PBX DDI number will
be treated as intercom number.

Prerequisites:
- Only possible for a PBX which has the class of
service DDI assigned.
ALLOWMDR ALLOW MDR
Indicates that the MDR record generation
should not be suppressed when during the
call MDR data is collected.

Prerequisites:
- Only possible for a PBX which has the class of
service DDI assigned.
- COS=PRVDDINO

SUBBGCOS SUBBUSINESS GROUP COS

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX classes of service

within a Subbusiness group (when the CENTREX group is assigned to
a BGID and a SUBBGID).
The classes of service within a Subbusiness group (SUBBGCOS values)
are mutually exclusive with the classes of service within the
Business group (COS values).
Values existing for COS are automatically cancelled if the same values
are entered for parameter SUBBGCOS.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the PBX diversion types DIVI.
Call diversion is only allowed for calls from
outside the CENTREX Subbusiness group.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBX- 6+

 ENTR CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the PBX diversion type DIVBY.
All calls from outside the CENTREX
Subbusiness group are diverted if the
called station is busy. Calls from within
the group receive busy treatment.

DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY

Restricts the PBX diversion type DIVDA.
All calls from outside the CENTREX
Subbusiness group are diverted if the
called station does not answer within a
specified time period. Calls from within
the group are not diverted.

AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY

Restricts the PBX class of service:
- CT.

Only incoming calls from outside the CENTREX

Subbusiness group are allowed to be held.

Incompatibilities:
- CTGRPO
- CTOGO

CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY

Calls from outside the CENTREX Subbusiness
group are allowed to be transferred to an
attendant only.
This restriction is not valid for A-side call
transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTATNO deletes
the others.

CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are members of the same
CENTREX Subbusiness group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTGRPO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY

Only calls from outside the CENTREX Subbusiness
group are allowed to be transferred.
The restriction is not valid for A-side call
transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTICO deletes
the others.

CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are not member of the
same CENTREX Subbusiness group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTOGO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBX- 7+

 ENTR CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Subbusiness group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGF
deletes RSTORIGS.

RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMF
deletes RSTTERMS.

RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only.
The station may also call a station with call
transfer or call diversion authorization in order
to get a connection outside the CENTREX
Subbusiness group.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGS
deletes RSTORIGF.

RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only. Calls
from outside can be directed to the station
concerned only via stations with a call
transfer or call diversion feature.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMS
deletes RSTTERMF.

CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if maximum 1
involved party is not member of the same
CENTREX Subbusiness group.(external-to-external
call transfers are not allowed)

The call transfer restriction CT1EXTO can be

combined with CTATNO, CTICO or CTOGO in
order to restrict for those Call Transfer types
also the external-to-external call transfers.

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX classes

of service with data.

The classes of service with data has to be specified

by a second unit (b).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: CLASS OF SERVICE
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER
The specified account is used for charging, unless
another account is dialed.
The specified account record number is added to
each AMA record as additional billing information.

CPUGRP CALL PICK UP GROUP

This parameter value specifies the call pick-up
group.

If the PBX is the first member for the specified

call pick-up group, the call pick-up group is
implicitly created. In a switch up to 65,535 call
pick-up groups can be created.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBX- 8+

 ENTR CXPBX

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

All members of one call pick-up group reside in

the same CENTREX group. Within the CENTREX group
the call pick-up group number is unique.
The number of call pick-up groups per CENTREX
group must not exceed the value of NUMCPUGR for
parameter RESLIM (see DISP CXGRPRES).

A CENTREX PBX cannot be assigned to more than one

call pick-up group. If the PBX is a member in call
pick-up group A and call pick-up group number B is
specified, the membership is changed from group A
to B.

The assignment of a call pick-up group is rejected

for a CENTREX PBX with :
- terminating line trigger,
- TYPE=PBX,
- TYPE=PBXDDINO,
- TYPE=QSIG,
- TYPE=RSN,
- TYPE=PA

CHSITE CHARGING SITE

This parameter value specifies the charging site
to which the CENTREX PBX belongs in the CXGRP.

If during the creation of the CENTREX Private

branch exchange no CHSITE is given, then the
CENTREX private branch exchange is assigned the
default CHSITE.

Default: 1

NOHNO NO HUNT NUMBER

This parameter value specifies the no hunt number
to which a call can be terminated if a hunt
restriction is applied.

Prerequisites:
- The PBX must be of type SHG
- The no hunt number must be a valid intercom
number of the same CENTREX group the CENTREX
PBX is assigned to.

b: DIGITS=
1...8 digit decimal number

The following values are allowed:

- ARNO : 1..8 decimal digits
- CPUGRP : 1..4095, range of decimal numbers
- CHSITE : 0..255, range of decimal numbers
- NOHNO : 1..7 decimal digits

NAME NAME OF PBX

This parameter specifies the name which can be assigned to the

CENTREX PBX for identification purposes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBX- 9-

 CAN CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX PBX LINE

This command cancels the specified CENTREX data related to a CENTREX PBX line.
If no CENTREX data is specified (i.e. only the parameters LAC, DN, OPMODE
and LNO are input), all individual CENTREX data of the line is cancelled.

The command is rejected if the CENTREX PBXLN is related to a secured

CENTREX Business group (BGID) for which the operator has no
administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CXPBXLN : [LAC=] ,DN= [,OPMODE=] ,LNO= [,CATCOD=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,COS=] [,SUBBGCOS=] [,COSDAT=] [,NAME=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the PBX directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OPMODE OPERATING MODE

This parameter specifies the operating mode of the PBX line.

Input is mandatory if the PBX comprises more than one
operating mode.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW ANALOG BOTHWAY

IBW ISDN BOTHWAY

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the PBX line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

CATCOD CUSTOMER ACCESS TREATMENT CODE

This parameter specifies the Customer Access Treatment (CAT) code.

Notes:
- If the CAT code is cancelled, the CAT code of the PBX is valid
for this PBX line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXPBXLN- 1+

 CAN CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

0...31, range of decimal numbers

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX line classes of service

within a CENTREX/Business group (when the CENTREX group is
assigned to a BGID).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWORIG CALL WAITING ORIGINATING

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY
DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
DIVGRPO DIV. WITHIN CENTREX GROUP ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CNIP CALL. NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CONP CONN. NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CNIR NAME ID.RESTRICTION
CNIRIGN IGNORE NAME ID.RESTRICTION
NOATNBI NO ATTENDANT BARGE IN
NOSUBBI NO SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN
NOTRSREM NO TRARSTR SUSP REMOTE
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

SUBBGCOS SUBBUSINESS GROUP COS

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX line classes of service

within a Subbusiness group (when the CENTREX group is assigned to a
BGID and a SUBBGID).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY

DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX line classes of

service with data to be cancelled. The corresponding second
unit (b) is cancelled implicitly.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NO.

NAME NAME OF PBXLN

This parameter specifies the name of the CENTREX PBX line used
for identification purposes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXPBXLN- 2-

 DISP CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX PBX LINE

This command displays CENTREX station data of

- a specified line of a CENTREX PBX,
- all lines of an operating mode of a CENTREX PBX,
- all lines of a CENTREX PBX,
- all lines of all CENTREX PBXs in a directory number interval,
- all lines of all CENTREX PBXs of a specified local area code,
- all lines of all CENTREX PBXs in the exchange.

CENTREX lines are displayed per operating mode per CENTREX PBX. The CENTREX
PBXs are listed as follows:
- for a multiple directory number volume they are grouped per local area code,
for each local area they are listed by directory numbers in ascending order,
- for unique directory number volume they are listed by directory numbers in
ascending order without regard to of the local area code.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CXPBXLN : [LAC=] ,DN= [,OPMODE=] [,LNO=] [,CXGRP=] 1
1 1
1 [,COS=] [,SUBBGCOS=] [,COSDAT=] [,CXDN=] 1
1 1
1 [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number or directory number

interval.

Notes:
- For a directory number interval, the lower boundary must not exceed
the upper interval boundary.

Prerequisites:
- The entered directory number or directory number interval must exist.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OPMODE OPERATING MODE

This parameter specifies an operating mode of the PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW ANALOG BOTHWAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXPBXLN- 1+

 DISP CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

IBW ISDN BOTHWAY

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies a line number of an operating mode of the PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group

as a selection criteria.
Leading zeroes must not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX line classes of service

within a CENTREX/Business group as a selection criteria.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWORIG CALL WAITING ORIGINATING

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY
DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
DIVGRPO DIV. WITHIN CENTREX GROUP ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CNIP CALL. NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CONP CONN. NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CNIR NAME ID.RESTRICTION
CNIRIGN IGNORE NAME ID.RESTRICTION
NOATNBI NO ATTENDANT BARGE IN
NOSUBBI NO SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN
NOTRSREM NO TRARSTR SUSP REMOTE
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

SUBBGCOS SUBBUSINESS GROUP COS

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX line classes of service

within a Subbusiness group as a selection criteria.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY

DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX line classes of service

with data as a selection criteria.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXPBXLN- 2+

 DISP CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

If only the first unit (a) is entered, all CENTREX PBX lines are
displayed, who have the entered class of service with data
assigned.

If also the second unit (b) is entered, only those CENTREX PBX lines
are displayed, who have the entered class of service with data
together with the input digits assigned.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CLASS OF SERVICE
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER

b: DIGITS=
1...8 digit decimal number

The following values are allowed:

- ARNO : 1..8 decimal digits

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX line intercom number

as a selection criteria.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 digit decimal number

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter defines the data which is printed.

If the parameter is not defined then a default output format
is determined depending on the entered parameters.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

STD STANDARD OUTPUT

The standard output contains the following
information:
LAC, DN, OPMODE, LNO, CXGRP, CXDN, and NAME.
DATA DATA OUTPUT
The data output contains the following
information:
LAC, DN, OPMODE, LNO, CXGRP, CATCOD, COS,
and COSDAT.
ALL ALL OUTPUT
The all output contains all data assigned to
the CENTREX PBX line:
LAC, DN, OPMODE, LNO, CXGRP, CXDN,
CATCOD, NAME, COS, SUBBGCOS and COSDAT.
SUBBGCOS SUBBGCOS OUTPUT
The Subbusiness group classes of service output
contains the following information:
LAC, DN, OPMODE, LNO, CXGRP, COS
and SUBBGCOS.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXPBXLN- 3-

 ENTR CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CENTREX PBX LINE

This command assigns individual CENTREX station data to a line of a CENTREX

PBX created as a Multiline Hunt Group. (Note, that if no individual CENTREX
station data is assigned to the line, the station data defined at the PBX
level is relevant.)

(Classes of service (COS & SUBBGCOS) assigned to the CENTREX PBX line,
become valid in addition to the classes of service defined at the CENTREX
PBX level.
However when a COS value is entered at CENTREX PBX line level which is
incompatibel with COS or SUBBGCOS values at CENTREX PBX level, then the
command is not rejected but the value at CENTREX PBX line level takes
priority over those at CENTREX PBX level.
The same applies when a SUBBGCOS value is entered at CENTREX PBX line
level which should be incompatible with COS or SUBBGCOS values at
CENTREX PBX level.)

Notes:
- Only lines, which have been assigned a CENTREX directory number, can be
administered from a MAC (created by CR DSB).
- The command is rejected for objects with POTS-feature IADIPP assigned.

The command is rejected if the CENTREX PBXLN is related to a secured

CENTREX Business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CXPBXLN : [LAC=] ,DN= [,OPMODE=] ,LNO= <,CXDN= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CATCOD= ,COS= ,SUBBGCOS= ,COSDAT= ,NAME=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple directory
number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the PBX directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OPMODE OPERATING MODE

This parameter specifies the operating mode of the PBX line.

Input is mandatory if the PBX comprises more than one
operating mode.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW ANALOG BOTHWAY

IBW ISDN BOTHWAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBXLN- 1+

 ENTR CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the PBX line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

Prerequisites:
- The CENTREX directory number for intercom calls is created and
corresponds to the line service number of the PBX line.
- One of the following PBX line classes of service must be assigned:
DCANORM
DCAHUNT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 digit decimal number

CATCOD CUSTOMER ACCESS TREATMENT CODE

This parameter specifies the Customer Access Treatment (CAT) code.

All CAT features assigned to the entered CAT code with
ENTR CXCATFEA may be used.

Notes:
- If no customer access treatment (CAT) code is assigned to the
line, the CAT code of the PBX is valid.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...31, range of decimal numbers

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX line classes of service within
a CENTREX/Business group (when the CENTREX group is assigned to a
BGID).
Values existing for SUBBGCOS are automatically cancelled if the same
values are entered for parameter COS.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWORIG CALL WAITING ORIGINATING

Allows an originating CENTREX PBX line to
wait for a busy subscriber in the same
CENTREX/Business group, even if the
terminating subscriber does not have
a call waiting feature.

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the line diversion types DIVI.
Call diversion is allowed only for calls from
outside the CENTREX/Business group.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the line diversion type DIVBY.
All calls from outside the CENTREX/Business
group are diverted if the called station is
busy. Calls from within the group receive
busy treatment.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY

Restricts the line diversion type DIVDA.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBXLN- 2+

 ENTR CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

All calls from outside the CENTREX/Business

group are diverted if the called station does
not answer within a specified time period.
Calls from within the group are not diverted.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

DIVGRPO DIV. WITHIN CENTREX GROUP ONLY

Restricts all variants of call diversion.
Call diversion is allowed only to a destination
which can be reached by a CENTREX internal call.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY

Restricts the PBX line classes of service:
- CALLHOLD
- CONF3
and the PBX class of service CT.

Only incoming calls from outside the

CENTREX/Business group are allowed to be held.

Incompatibilities:
- CTGRPO
- CTOGO

CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY

Calls from outside the CENTREX/Business
group are allowed to be transferred to an
attendant only.
This restriction is not valid for A-side
call transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTATNO deletes
the others.

CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are members of the same
CENTREX/Business group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTGRPO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY

Only calls from outside the CENTREX/Business
group are allowed to be transferred.
The restriction is not valid for A-side call
transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTICO deletes
the others.

CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are not member of the
same CENTREX/Business group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTOGO deletes

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBXLN- 3+

 ENTR CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGF
deletes RSTORIGS.

RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMF
deletes RSTTERMS.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.
The station may also call a station
with call transfer or call diversion authorization
in order to get a connection outside the CENTREX/
Business group.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGS
deletes RSTORIGF.

RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.
Calls from outside can be directed to the
station concerned only via stations with a call
transfer or call diversion feature.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMS
deletes RSTTERMF.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

CNIP CALLING NAME ID.PRESENTATION

The assigned name of the calling CENTREX
station (parameter NAME) is presented to the
connected CENTREX PBX line.

CONP CONNECTED NAME ID.PRESENTATION

The assigned name of the connected CENTREX
station is presented to the calling
CENTREX PBX line.

CNIR NAME ID.RESTRICTION

The presentation of the name of the CENTREX
PBX line (CNIP, CONP) is suppressed.
The restriction is ignored if the calling/
connected station has the feature CNIRIGN
assigned.

CNIRIGN IGNORE NAME ID.RESTRICTION

Ignores the restriction CNIR of the
presentation of the assigned name of the
calling/connected station.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBXLN- 4+

 ENTR CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOATNBI NO ATTENDANT BARGE IN

Assigns a privacy profile to the CENTREX PBX line
which inhibits the CENTREX attendant from
barging in on an active call.

NOSUBBI NO SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN

Assigns a privacy profile to the CENTREX PBX line
which inhibits another CENTREX station from
barging in on an active call.

NOTRSREM NO TRARSTR SUSP REMOTE

Assigns a privacy profile to the CENTREX PBX line
which inhibits another CENTREX station from
suspending an active traffic restriction.

CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if maximum 1
involved party is not member of the same
CENTREX/Business group.(external-to-external
call transfers are not allowed)

The call transfer restriction CT1EXTO can be

combined with CTATNO, CTICO or CTOGO in
order to restrict for those Call Transfer types
also the external-to-external call transfers.

SUBBGCOS SUBBUSINESS GROUP COS

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX line classes of service

within a Subbusiness group (when the CENTREX group is assigned to
a BGID and a SUBBGID).
The classes of service within a Subbusiness group (SUBBGCOS values)
are mutually exclusive with the classes of service within the
Business group (COS values).
Values existing for COS are automatically cancelled if the same values
are entered for parameter SUBBGCOS.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the line diversion types DIVI.
Call diversion is allowed only for calls from
outside the CENTREX Subbusiness group.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the line diversion type DIVBY.
All calls from outside the CENTREX
Subbusiness group are diverted if the called
station is busy. Calls from within the group
receive busy treatment.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY

Restricts the line diversion type DIVDA.
All calls from outside the CENTREX
Subbusiness group are diverted if the called
station does not answer within a specified
time period. Calls from within the group
are not diverted.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBXLN- 5+

 ENTR CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY

Restricts the PBX line classes of service:
- CALLHOLD
- CONF3
and the PBX class of service CT.

Only incoming calls from outside the

CENTREX Subbusiness group are allowed to
be held.

Incompatibilities:
- CTGRPO
- CTOGO

CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY

Calls from outside the CENTREX Subbusiness
group are allowed to be transferred to an
attendant only.
This restriction is not valid for A-side call
transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTATNO deletes
the others.

CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are members of the same
CENTREX Subbusiness group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTGRPO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY

Only calls from outside the CENTREX Subbusiness
group are allowed to be transferred.
The restriction is not valid for A-side call
transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTICO deletes
the others.

CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are not member of the
same CENTREX Subbusiness group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTOGO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGF
deletes RSTORIGS.

RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMF

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBXLN- 6+

 ENTR CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

deletes RSTTERMS.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only.
The station may also call a station
with call transfer or call diversion authorization
in order to get a connection outside the CENTREX
Subbusiness group.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGS
deletes RSTORIGF.

RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only.
Calls from outside can be directed to the
station concerned only via stations with a call
transfer or call diversion feature.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMS
deletes RSTTERMF.

Prerequisites:
- The following PBX line class of service is
required:
DCANORM

CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if maximum 1
involved party is not member of the same
CENTREX Subbusiness group.(external-to-external
call transfers are not allowed)

The call transfer restriction CT1EXTO can be

combined with CTATNO, CTICO or CTOGO in
order to restrict for those Call Transfer types
also the external-to-external call transfers.

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX PBX line classes

of service with data.

The classes of service with data has to be specified

by a second unit (b).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: CLASS OF SERVICE
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NO.
The specified account is used for charging, unless
another account is dialed.
The specified account record number is added to
each AMA record as additional billing information.

Notes:
- If no account record number is assigned, the
account record number specified on PBX level is
valid for the line.

b: DIGITS=
1...8 digit decimal number

The following values are allowed:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBXLN- 7+

 ENTR CXPBXLN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- ARNO : 1..8 decimal digits

NAME NAME OF PBXLN

This parameter specifies the name which can be assigned to the

CENTREX PBX line for identification purposes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXPBXLN- 8-

 DISP CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CTX SUBSCRIBER CONTROLED FEATURE

This command displays CENTREX subscriber controled operation

and feature data.

Notes:
- If several parameters are specified at the same time,
only the data which meet all requirements are displayed.
- Initial values of CENTREX subscriber controled input data
will be displayed when no CENTREX group number is specified.
These initial values are valid for all CENTREX groups
of those SCI data never before modified by entering the
specific CENTREX group number within the command MOD CXSCFEA.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP CXSCFEA : <CXGRP= ,FEA= ,MARKS= ,RSTSCI=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies a number which identifies the CENTREX group.

Notes:
- Data of all features for the specified CENTREX group will be
displayed if only this parameter is entered.
- For display of initial values of CENTREX subscriber controled input
data this parameter must be omitted.
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies CENTREX features.

Notes:
- For display of initial values of CENTREX subscriber controled
input data FEA=X-X must be input and parameter CXGRP
must be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: ACTIVITY
ACT ACTIVATE
DACT DEACTIVATE
ENTR ENTER
DEL DELETE
ENTRACT ENTER WITH ACTIVATION
DELDACT DELETE WITH DEACTIVATION
REQSTAT REQUEST STATUS
REQDAT REQUEST DATA
REQALL REQUEST STATUS AND DATA
USE FEATURE USAGE
ACTDAT ACTIVATE WITH/WITHOUT DATA
X ALL VALUES

Indicates the type of activity desired by the CENTREX

station concerning the feature involved.

b: FEATURE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXSCFEA- 1+

 DISP CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIVI DIVERSION IMMEDIATE

DIVBY DIVERSION BUSY LINE
DIVDA DIVERSION DON’T ANSWER
DIVND DIVERSION DO NOT DISTURB
DIVAI DIVERSION TO ANNOU 1 OF 15
DIVIVMS DIVI TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVBYVMS DIVBY TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVDAVMS DIVDA TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
VMSRETR VOICE MAIL SYSTEM RETRIEVAL
VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION
CCW CANCEL CALL WAITING
DCW DIAL CALL WAITING
ABMOD1 UPDATE 1-DIG. ABBR. DIAL LISTS
ABMOD2 UPDATE 2-DIG. ABBR. DIAL LISTS
ABBD ABBREVIATED DIALING
AB1COL0 ABBR. DIALING 1 DIG. COLLECT 0
AB1COL1 ABBR. DIALING 1 DIG. COLLECT 1
AB2COL0 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 0
AB2COL1 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 1
AB2COL2 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 2
CALR CALLED LINE PRESENTATION RSTR.
CLIR CALLING LINE PRESENTATION RSTR
HOTLDEL HOT LINE DELAYED
TRARSTR OUTGOING TRAFFIC RESTRICTION
GFRWIAC GEN.FAC.RESET WITH ALARM CALLS
GFRWOAC GEN.FAC.RESET W/O ALARM CALLS
RSTSCI RESTRICTION FOR SCI
RCS REVERSE CHARGE SECURITY
CACO CASUAL APPOINTMENT CALL ORDER
DACO DAILY APPOINTMENT CALL ORDER
CCBS CALL COMPLETION TO BUSY SUB
INFEAT IN FEATURE ACCESS
ATNNS ATTENDANT NIGHT SERVICE
ATNGMB ATTENDANT GROUP MAKE BUSY
ATNPMB ATTENDANT POSITION MAKE BUSY
ATNCO ATTENDANT CAMP ON
ATNLOGON BASIC ATTENDANT’S LOGON
ATNEO ATTENDANT EMERGENCY OVERRIDE
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER
CW CALL WAITING
CLIRREQ CLIR REQUEST
CLIRSUSP CLIR SUSPENSION
DIVIA DIVERSION INDIV. ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVA DIV. TO FIXED ANNOUNCEMENT
SCLSTO SCREENING LIST ORIGINATING
KEYWORD KEYWORD MODIFICATION
DEBNC DETAILED BILLING NEXT CALL
DEBCL DET.BILL. DEPEND. OF TRA.CLASS
STH STOP HUNT
CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE
DIVTA DIVERSION TO ANSWER SERVICE
DIVSAE DIV. TO SHORT ANNOU. EQUIP.
NSCI1 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 1
NSCI2 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 2
NSCI3 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 3
NSCI4 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 4
SCLSTDIV SCREENING LIST DIVERSIONS
SCLSTT SCREENING LIST TERMINATING
SCLSTRCW SCREENING LIST RINGING/CW
SCLST SCREENING LISTS
DIVIP DIV IMMEDIATE PARALLEL RINGING
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
ATNBI ATTENDANT BARGE IN
DIVIS DIV. IMMEDIATE WITH SCREENING
SCLSTT2 SCREENING LIST TERMINATING 2
MCIREQ MCI ON REQUEST
CCNR CALL COMPLETION NO REPLY
TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTR. SUSPENSION
SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
DIVBYQS DIVERSION BUSY QSIG
DIVDAQS DIVERSION DO NOT ANSWER QSIG
DIVIQS DIVERSION IMMEDIATE QSIG
RCREQS REVERSE CHARGING AT SETUP
REJDIV DIVERTED CALL REJECTION
ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION
CWIB CALL WAITING ON INTERNET BUSY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXSCFEA- 2+

 DISP CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CCIBI CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY IMM.

CCIBU CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY USER
CACLST CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST
CALLHOLD CALL HOLD
SUBBI SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN
ACMO AUTOMATIC CALL MEMORY OUTGOING
MCI MALICIOUS CALL IDENTIFICATION
CCSC COLLECT CALL SCREENING
DIVCDVMS DIVERSION TO VMS CONDITIONAL
TIMDIVDA DIVERSION DO NOT ANSWER TIMER
TIMDIVDV DIV DO NOT ANSWER TO VMS TIMER
TIMDIVA DIV TO FIXED ANNOUNC. TIMER
SCLSTCW SCREENING LIST CALL WAITING
TRARSTRT TRAFFIC RESTRICTION TERM
TRSREM TRAF RESTRICTION SUSP REMOTE
COLR CONNECTED LINE ID RESTRICTION
CNIR CALLING NAME ID RESTRICTION
TESTREQ TEST REQUEST
CLIP CALLING LINE ID PRESENTATION
CTC CALL TRANSFER CONNECTIONS
ATNBIWOT ATN. BARGE IN WITHOUT TONE
DIVBS DIV. BUSY LINE W. SCREENING
DIVDS DIV. NO ANSWER WITH SCREENING
SUBST SUBSTITUTE ADMINISTRATION
RNGPRF RINGING PROFILE
TW TELEWORKING
ATNCACO ATTENDANT CACO
ATNDACO ATTENDANT DACO
ATNSACO ATTENDANT SACO
ATNTR ATTENDANT TRAFFIC RESTRICTION
CONFADD CONF. CALL, ADD REM. USER
CONFBEG CONFERENCE CALL, BEGIN
CONFDRP CONF. CALL, DISC. REM. PARTY
CONFISO CONF. CALL, ISOLATE REM. USER
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
CONFREA CONF. CALL, REATTACH REM. USER
CONFSPL CONF. CALL, SPLIT REM. USER
MLPP M. LEVEL PRECED. AND PREEMPT.
SCLSTO2 SCREENING LIST ORIGINATING 2
SCLIM LIMIT FOR SCLS
SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST FOR KICK OUT
DIVLO DIVERSION ON LOGGED OUT
TWR TELEWORKING
X ALL VALUES

Identifies the feature that can be requested by the

CENTREX station.
The type of activity affecting the feature is identified
by the first info unit of this parameter.

MARKS MARKS

This parameter specifies the marks for a CENTREX subscriber

controled feature.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BLKD SERVICE TYPE BLOCKED

UNBLKD SERVICE TYPE UNBLOCKED
AUTH AUTHORIZATION REQUIRED
NOAUTH NO AUTHORIZATION REQUIRED
KEYWD KEYWORD REQUIRED
NOKEYWD NO KEYWORD REQUIRED
RSCI REMOTE SCI ALLOWED
NORSCI NO REMOTE SCI ALLOWED
GFR GENERAL FACILITY RESET ALLOWED
NOGFR NO GENERAL FAC. RESET ALLOWED
UI USER INTERACTION ALLOWED
NOUI NO USER INTERACTION ALLOWED
AFS AUTOMATIC FEATURE SUBSCRIPTION
NOAFS NO AUTOMATIC FEATURE SUBSCRIPT
ISCI SCI VIA INTERNET ALLOWED
NOISCI SCI VIA INTERNET NOT ALLOWED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXSCFEA- 3+

 DISP CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RSTSCI RESTRICTION CLASS FOR SCI

This parameter specifies the restriction class for CENTREX

subscriber controled operation and feature data.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

RSTSCI0 NO SCI RESTRICTION

RSTSCI1 SCI RESTRICTION CLASS 1
RSTSCI2 SCI RESTRICTION CLASS 2
RSTSCI3 SCI RESTRICTION CLASS 3
RSTSCI4 SCI RESTRICTION CLASS 4

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXSCFEA- 4-

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CTX SUBSCRIBER CONTROLED FEATURE

This command modifies CENTREX subscriber controled operation and

feature data.

Notes:
- Initial values of CENTREX subscriber controled input data
will be modified when no CENTREX group number is specified.
These initial values are valid for all CENTREX groups
of those SCI data never before modified by entering the
specific CENTREX group number within the command MOD CXSCFEA.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CXSCFEA : [CXGRP=] ,FEA= <,MARKS= ,RSTSCI= ,INCSUC= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,INCERR=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies a number which identifies the CENTREX group.

Notes:
- If this parameter is omitted the initial values of CENTREX
subscriber controled input data will be modified.
- No leading zeros are allowed for the value of this parameter.
- In case the command affects more than one CENTREX group,(parameter
CXGRP is not specified), it will be executed even if one or more
CENTREX groups are related to a BGID for which special operator
permission (command ENTR CXSEC) is necessary.

Prerequisites:
- The CENTREX group must have been previously created with the
CR CXGRP command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies CENTREX features.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: ACTIVITY
ACT ACTIVATE
DACT DEACTIVATE
ENTR ENTER
DEL DELETE
ENTRACT ENTER WITH ACTIVATION
DELDACT DELETE WITH DEACTIVATION
REQSTAT REQUEST STATUS
REQDAT REQUEST DATA
REQALL REQUEST STATUS AND DATA
USE FEATURE USAGE
ACTDAT ACTIVATE WITH/WITHOUT DATA
X ALL ACTIVITIES

Indicates the type of activity desired by the CENTREX

station concerning the feature involved.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 1+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: FEATURE
DIVI DIVERSION IMMEDIATE
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT
DACT
DELDACT
ENTRACT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
AFS
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVBY DIVERSION BUSY LINE
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT
DACT
DELDACT
ENTRACT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
AFS
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVDA DIVERSION DON’T ANSWER
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT
DACT
DELDACT
ENTRACT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
AFS
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVND DIVERSION DO NOT DISTURB
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 2+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVAI DIVERSION 1-15 ANNOUNCEMENT
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DELDACT
ENTRACT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVIVMS DIVI TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVBYVMS DIVBY TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 3+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVDAVMS DIVDA TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
VMSRETR VMS RETRIEVE USAGE
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
USE
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
KEYWD (When unit 1 is ACT, DACT, REQSTAT)
ISCI (When unit 1 is ACT, DACT, REQSTAT)
CCW CANCEL CALL WAITING
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 4+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOAFS
NOISCI
DCW DIAL CALL WAITING
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
ABMOD1 UPDATE 1-DIG. ABBR. DIAL LISTS
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL
ENTR
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
ABMOD2 UPDATE 2-DIG. ABBR. DIAL LISTS
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL
ENTR
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
ABBD ABBR. DIAL USAGE
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
AB1COL0 ABBR. DIALING 1 DIG. COLLECT 0
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 5+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
AB1COL1 ABBR. DIALING 1 DIG. COLLECT 1
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
AB2COL0 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 0
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
AB2COL1 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 1
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
AB2COL2 ABBR. DIALING 2 DIG. COLLECT 2
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CALR CALLED LINE PRESENTATION RSTR.
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 6+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
CLIR CALLING LINE PRESENTATN. RSTR.
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT
DACT
DELDACT
ENTRACT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
TRARSTR TRAFFIC RESTRICTION
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT
DACT
ENTR
DELDACT
ENTRACT
REQSTAT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
GFRWIAC GENL. FACILITY RST. W ALARM
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
DACT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 7+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:

BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
GFRWOAC GENL. FACILITY RST. W/O ALARM
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
DACT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
RSTSCI SERVICE RESTRICTION
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL
ENTR
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
RCS REVERSE CHARGE CALL SECURITY
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 8+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTR
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL
ENTR
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
CCBS CALL COMPLETION BUSY SUBSCRIB.
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
AFS
NOAFS
NOISCI
INFEAT IN FEATURE ACCESS
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
ATNNS ATTENDANT NIGHT SERVICE
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
KEYWD
NOKEYWD

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 9+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
AUTH (When unit 1 is ACT, DACT)
NOAUTH (When unit 1 is REQSTAT)
ATNGMB ATTENDANT GROUP MAKE BUSY
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
AUTH (When unit 1 is ACT, DACT)
NOAUTH (When unit 1 is REQSTAT)
ATNPMB ATTENDANT POSITION MAKE BUSY
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
ATNCO ATTENDANT CAMP ON
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
ATNLOGON BASIC ATTENDANT’S LOGON
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 10+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
ATNEO ATTENDANT EMERGENCY OVERRIDE
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CW CALL WAITING
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
AFS
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
CLIRREQ CLIR REQUEST
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CLIRSUSP CLIR SUSPENSION
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 11+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
DIVIA DIV. INDIVIDUAL ANNOUNCEMENT
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVA CALL DIV. TO FIXED ANNOU.
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
SCLSTO SCREENING LIST ORIGINATING
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
DEL
DELDACT
ENTR
REQALL
REQDAT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
KEYWORD KEYWORD MODIFICATION
Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 12+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- Allowed value of unit 1:

ENTR
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DEBNC DETAILED BILLING NEXT CALL
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
DEBCL DET.BILL. DEPEND. OF TRA.CLASS
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT
DACT
DELDACT
ENTRACT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
STH STOP HUNT
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL
ENTR
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 13+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVTA DIVERSION TO ANSWER SERVICE
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVSAE DIV. TO SHORT ANNOU. EQUIP.
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
NSCI1 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 1
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
NSCI2 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 2
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 14+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
NSCI3 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 3
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
NSCI4 NEUTRAL SUBSCR. CONTR. INPUT 4
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
SCLSTDIV SCREENING LIST DIVERSIONS
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
DEL
DELDACT
ENTR
REQALL
REQDAT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 15+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
SCLSTT SCREENING LIST TERMINATING
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
DEL
DELDACT
ENTR
REQALL
REQDAT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
SCLSTRCW SCREENING LIST RINGING/CW
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
DEL
DELDACT
ENTR
REQALL
REQDAT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
SCLST SCREENING LISTS
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
DELDACT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
DIVIP DIV IMMEDIATE PARALLEL RINGING
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 16+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DACT
DELDACT
ENTRACT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
AFS
NOAFS
NOISCI
ATNBI ATTENDANT BARGE IN
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
DIVIS DIV. IMMEDIATE WITH SCREENING
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACTDAT
DACT
DELDACT
ENTRACT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
SCLSTT2 SCREENING LIST TERMINATING 2
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
DEL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 17+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTR
REQALL
REQDAT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
MCIREQ MCI ON REQUEST
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CCNR CALL COMPLETION NO REPLY
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTR. SUSPENSION
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DEL
ENTR
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 18+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NORSCI
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
DIVBYQS DIVERSION BUSY QSIG
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DELDACT
ENTRACT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
DIVDAQS DIVERSION DO NOT ANSWER QSIG
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DELDACT
ENTRACT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
DIVIQS DIVERSION IMMEDIATE QSIG
Notes:
- Allowed values of unit 1:
DELDACT
ENTRACT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
RCREQS REVERSE CHARGING AT SETUP
Notes:
- Allowed value for unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
NOAUTH
AUTH
BLKD
NOUI
GFR
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

REJDIV DIVERTED CALL REJECTION

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 19+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
GFR
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI

ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
GFR
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI

CWIB CALL WAITING ON INTERNET BUSY

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
GFR
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI

CCIBI CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY IMM.

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
GFR
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
ISCI

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 20+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOISCI

CCIBU CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY USER

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
GFR
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI

CACLST CARRIER ACCESS CODE LIST

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ENTR
DEL
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI

CALLHOLD CALL HOLD

Notes:
- Allowed value for unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
BLKD
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

SUBBI SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN

Notes:
- Allowed value for unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
BLKD
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

ACMO AUTOMATIC CALL MEMORY OUTGOING

Notes:
- Allowed value for unit 1:
USE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 21+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:

AUTH
BLKD
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
AFS
NOAFS
NOISCI

MCI MALICIOUS CALL IDENTIFICATION

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
NOUI
GFR
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

CCSC COLLECT CALL SCREENING

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
RSCI
NOUI
GFR
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

DIVCDVMS DIVERSION TO VMS CONDITIONAL

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
NOUI
GFR
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

TIMDIVDA DIVERSION DO NOT ANSWER TIMER

Notes:
- Allowed value for unit 1:
ENTR
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 22+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

KEYWD
BLKD
UI
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

TIMDIVDV DIV DO NOT ANSWER TO VMS TIMER

Notes:
- Allowed value for unit 1:
ENTR
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

TIMDIVA DIV TO FIXED ANNOUNC. TIMER

Notes:
- Allowed value for unit 1:
ENTR
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

SCLSTCW SCREENING LIST CALL WAITING

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
ENTR
DEL
REQSTAT
REQDAT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
NOUI
GFR
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI

TRARSTRT TRAFFIC RESTRICTION TERM

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
DACT
ENTR
ENTRACT
DELDACT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 23+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTDAT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
RSCI
NOUI
GFR
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

TRSREM TRAF RESTRICTION SUSP REMOTE

Notes:
- Allowed value for unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

COLR CONNECTED LINE ID RESTRICTION

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
NOUI
GFR
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

CNIR CALLING NAME ID RESTRICTION

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
NOUI
GFR
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

TESTREQ TEST REQUEST

Notes:
- Allowed value for unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 24+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOAUTH
BLKD
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

CLIP CALLING LINE ID PRESENTATION

Notes:
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AFS
NOAFS

CTC CALL TRANSFER CONNECTIONS

Notes:
- Allowed value for unit 1:
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
NORSCI
NOISCI
NOUI
NOGFR
NOAFS

ATNBIWOT ATN. BARGE IN WITHOUT TONE

Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
DIVBS DIV BUSY LINE WITH SCREENING
Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
DACT
ENTRACT
DELDACT
ACTDAT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
RSCI
NORSCI
ISCI
NOISCI
UI
NOUI
GFR
NOGFR
NOAFS

DIVDS DIV NO ANSWER WITH SCREENING

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
DACT
ENTRACT
DELDACT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 25+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTDAT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
RSCI
NORSCI
ISCI
NOISCI
UI
NOUI
GFR
NOGFR
NOAFS

SUBST SUBSTITUTE ADMINISTRATION

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ENTR
DEL
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
NORSCI
NOISCI
NOUI
NOGFR
NOAFS

RNGPRF RINGING PROFILE

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
ENTR
DEL
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
NORSCI
NOISCI
NOUI
NOGFR
NOAFS

TW TELEWORKING
Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
NORSCI
NOISCI
NOUI
NOGFR
NOAFS

ATNCACO ATTENDANT CACO

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 26+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- Allowed values for unit 1:

ENTR
DEL
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
NORSCI
NOISCI
NOUI
NOGFR
NOAFS

ATNDACO ATTENDANT DACO

Notes
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ENTR
DEL
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
NORSCI
NOISCI
NOUI
NOGFR
NOAFS

ATNSACO ATTENDANT SACO

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ENTR
DEL
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
NORSCI
NOISCI
NOUI
NOGFR
NOAFS

ATNTR ATTENDANT TRAFFIC RESTRICTION

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
DACT
ACTDAT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
NORSCI
NOISCI
NOUI
NOGFR
NOAFS

CONFADD CONF. CALL, ADD REMOTE USER

Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 27+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:

BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CONFBEG CONFERENCE CALL, BEGIN
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CONFDRP CONF. CALL, DISC. REM. PARTY
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CONFISO CONF. CALL, ISOL. REM. USER
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CONFREA CONF. CALL, REATT. REM. USER
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 28+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
CONFSPL CONF. CALL, SPLIT REMOTE USER
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
NOAUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
MLPP M. LEVEL PRECED. AND PREEMPT.
Notes:
- Allowed value of unit 1:
USE
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
BLKD
AUTH
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOGFR
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
SCLSTO2 SCREENING LIST ORIGINATING 2
Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
ENTR
DEL
REQSTAT
REQDAT
REQALL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
GFR
RSCI
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

SCLIM LIMIT FOR SCLS

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ENTR
REQDAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
UI
RSCI
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST KICK OUT

Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 29+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTR
DEL
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
AUTH
KEYWD
BLKD
NOUI
NOGFR
UNBLKD
NOKEYWD
NORSCI
NOAFS
NOISCI

DIVLO DIVERSION ON LOGGED OUT

NOTES:
- ALLOWED VALUES OF UNIT 1:
ACTDAT
DACT
DELDACT
ENTRACT
REQALL
- ALLOWED VALUES OF PARAMETER MARKS:
BLKD
UNBLKD
AUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
RSCI
NORSCI
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
NOAFS
NOISCI
TWR TELEWORKING
Notes:
- Allowed values for unit 1:
ACT
DACT
REQSTAT
- Allowed values of parameter MARKS:
NOAUTH
KEYWD
NOKEYWD
BLKD
UNBLKD
RSCI
NORSCI
NOISCI
NOUI
NOGFR
NOAFS

Identifies the feature that can be requested by the

CENTREX station.
The type of activity affecting the feature is identified
by the first info unit of this parameter.

MARKS MARKS

This parameter specifies the marks for a CENTREX subscriber

controled feature.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BLKD SERVICE TYPE BLKD

UNBLKD SERVICE TYPE UNBLKD
AUTH AUTHORIZATION REQUIRED
NOAUTH NO AUTHORIZATION REQUIRED
KEYWD KEYWD REQUIRED
Operator hint:
KEYWD can be entered via MML-command
ENTR KEYWORD.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 30+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOKEYWD NO KEYWORD REQUIRED

RSCI REMOTE SCI ALLOWED
NORSCI NO REMOTE SCI ALLOWED
GFR GENERAL FACILITY RESET ALLOWED
NOGFR NO GENERAL FAC. RESET ALLOWED
UI USER INTERACTION ALLOWED
NOUI NO USER INTERACTION ALLOWED
AFS AUTOMATIC FEATURE SUBSCRIPTION
NOAFS NO AUTOMATIC FEATURE SUBSCRIPT
ISCI SCI VIA INTERNET ALLOWED
NOISCI SCI VIA INTERNET NOT ALLOWED

Allowed values of parameter MARKS are depending

on entered values at parameter FEA. For detailed
information see ’Notes’ to the parameter values
(unit 2) of parameter FEA.
Prerequisites :
GFR
NOGFR
UI
NOUI
AFS
NOAFS
ISCI
NOISCI
are only allowed for ACTIVITY (UNIT 1) of parameter FEA = X

Default: BLKD

RSTSCI RESTRICTION CLASS FOR SCI

This parameter specifies a restriction class to which CENTREX

subscriber controled features (entered with parameter FEA)
will be assigned.
Restriction classes may be activated by the operator using the
command CR SUB or by the CENTREX station using the previously
created access code for ENTR-RSTSCI.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

RSTSCI0 NO SCI RESTRICTION

RSTSCI1 SCI RESTRICTION CLASS 1
RSTSCI2 SCI RESTRICTION CLASS 2
RSTSCI3 SCI RESTRICTION CLASS 3
RSTSCI4 SCI RESTRICTION CLASS 4

Default: RSTSCI0

INCSUC INTERCEPT BY SUCCESS

This parameter specifies an intercept identifier

for successful input.
With FEA=USE-nnnnnn parameter INCSUC is not permitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SCISUC SCI SUCCESSFUL

SCIUNSUC SCI UNSUCCESSFUL
FEAYACT FEATURE YET ACTIVE
FEAYDACT FEATURE YET DEACTIVE
FEANSUB FEATURE NOT SUBSCRIBED
FEAUNSUC FEATURE UNSUCCESSFUL
INPERR INPUT ERROR
INPACC INPUT ACCEPTED
FEAACT FEATURE ACTIVE
DACHKSUC DATA CHECK SUCCESSFUL
INPTREJ INPUT TEMPORARILY REJECTED
INPREJ INPUT REJECTED
FEAINACT FEATURE INACTIVE
NODATA NO DATA AVAILABLE
DACHKERR DATA CHECK ERROR
REPALC REPEAT ALARM CLOCK
CFWNOREJ CFW NUMBER REJECTED
SCIREP2 SCI RESPONSE 02
SCIREP3 SCI RESPONSE 03
SCIREP4 SCI RESPONSE 04

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 31+

 MOD CXSCFEA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SCIREP5 SCI RESPONSE 05

SCIREP6 SCI RESPONSE 06
SCIREP7 SCI RESPONSE 07
SCIREP8 SCI RESPONSE 08
SCIREP9 SCI RESPONSE 09
SCIREP10 SCI RESPONSE 10

Default: SCISUC

INCERR INTERCEPT BY ERROR

This parameter specifies an intercept identifier

for unsuccessful input.
With FEA=USE-nnnnnn parameter INCERR is not permitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SCISUC SCI SUCCESSFUL

SCIUNSUC SCI UNSUCCESSFUL
FEAYACT FEATURE YET ACTIVE
FEAYDACT FEATURE YET DEACTIVE
FEANSUB FEATURE NOT SUBSCRIBED
FEAUNSUC FEATURE UNSUCCESSFUL
INPERR INPUT ERROR
INPACC INPUT ACCEPTED
FEAACT FEATURE ACTIVE
DACHKSUC DATA CHECK SUCCESSFUL
INPTREJ INPUT TEMPORARILY REJECTED
INPREJ INPUT REJECTED
FEAINACT FEATURE INACTIVE
NODATA NO DATA AVAILABLE
DACHKERR DATA CHECK ERROR
REPALC REPEAT ALARM CLOCK
CFWNOREJ CFW NUMBER REJECTED
SCIREP2 SCI RESPONSE 02
SCIREP3 SCI RESPONSE 03
SCIREP4 SCI RESPONSE 04
SCIREP5 SCI RESPONSE 05
SCIREP6 SCI RESPONSE 06
SCIREP7 SCI RESPONSE 07
SCIREP8 SCI RESPONSE 08
SCIREP9 SCI RESPONSE 09
SCIREP10 SCI RESPONSE 10

Default: SCIUNSUC

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXSCFEA- 32-

 CAN CXSEC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX SECURITY

This command removes the association between userid(s) and

CENTREX business group(s).

Notes:
- If the last USERID is cancelled for a specific BGID, then
no special operator permission is necessary for administration
of the BGID and the objects belonging to it (see command
ENTR CXSEC).

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CXSEC : BGID= ,USERID= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

BGID BUSINESS GROUP IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the CENTREX business group(s)

for which the association to userid(s) (see parameter
USERID) is to be removed.

Prerequisites:
- If multiple values for USERID are entered, then
only one value is allowed for BGID.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

2...16777215, range of decimal numbers

USERID USER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the userid(s) for which the

association to CENTREX business groups (see parameter
BGID)is to be removed.

Prerequisites:
- If multiple values for BGID are entered, then
only one value is allowed for USERID.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

4...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXSEC- 1-

 DISP CXSEC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX SECURITY

This command displays the association between userid(s) and

CENTREX business group(s).

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1BGID= 1 1
1 DISP CXSEC : ZUSERID=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

BGID BUSINESS GROUP IDENTIFICATION

This parameter causes the display of the associated

userid(s).

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

2...16777215, range of decimal numbers

USERID USER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter causes the display of the associated

CENTREX business group(s).

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

4...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXSEC- 1-

 ENTR CXSEC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CENTREX SECURITY

This command associates CENTREX business groups (BGID) and

userid(s) (USERID) in order to give special operator
permission for administration of the CENTREX business group
and the objects belonging to it. These objects are administered
with the following commands:

- ENTR ACORD, CAN ACORD

- CR CALLTYPE, MOD CALLTYPE, CAN CALLTYPE
- CR CDS, MOD CDS, CAN CDS, ACT CDS
- ENTR CDSPROG, CAN CDSPROG, ACT CDSPROG, DACT CDSPROG
- CR CDSPRTIM, MOD CDSPRTIM, CAN CDSPRTIM
- CR CSGRP, MOD CSGRP, CAN CSGRP
- ENTR CSSUB, CAN CSSUB
- ENTR CUG, CAN CUG
- ENTR CXCATFEA, CAN CXCATFEA
- CR CXCPT, MOD CXCPT, CAN CXCPT
- CR CXDN, MOD CXDN, CAN CXDN
- MOD CXEQN
- CR CXGRP, MOD CXGRP, CAN CXGRP
- ENTR CXGRPRES, CAN CXGRPRES
- CR CXINC, CAN CXINC
- ENTR CXMDR, CAN CXMDR
- ENTR CXPBX, CAN CXPBX
- ENTR CXPBXLN, CAN CXPBXLN
- MOD CXSCFEA
- ENTR CXSUB, CAN CXSUB
- CR CXZOPT, MOD CXZOPT, CAN CXZOPT
- MOD DN
- CR DSB, MOD DSB, CAN DSB
- CR INSCMREF, MOD INSCMREF, CAN INSCMREF, ACT INSCMREF, DACT INSCMREF
- ENTR KEYWORD, CAN KEYWORD
- MOD PBX, CAN PBX
- ENTR PBXDDINO, CAN PBXDDINO
- CR PBXLN, MOD PBXLN, CAN PBXLN
- ENTR QUE, CAN QUE
- ENTR SCLST, CAN SCLST
- ENTR SERVCUG, CAN SERVCUG
- MOD SLNACC, CAN SLNACC
- MOD SUB, CAN SUB
- MOD SUBDN
- ENTR TW, CAN TW

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR CXSEC : BGID= ,USERID= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

BGID BUSINESS GROUP IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the business group(s) which

is to be secured.

Notes:
- The business group(s) need not to be referenced yet
in the parameter COSDAT of a CR CXGRP command.

Prerequisites:
- If multiple values for USERID are entered, then
only one value is allowed for BGID.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSEC- 1+

 ENTR CXSEC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2...16777215, range of decimal numbers

USERID USER IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the userid(s) which is permitted

for administration of the CENTREX business group(s)
and the objects belonging to it.

Prerequisites:
- The USERID must exist (see command CR USERID)
- If multiple values for BGID are entered, then
only one value is allowed for USERID.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

4...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSEC- 2-

 CAN CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX SUBSCRIBER

This command cancels

- selected CENTREX station data of a CENTREX subscriber,
- the CENTREX group membership of a CENTREX subscriber.

If specific CENTREX data is to be cancelled, the corresponding parameters

must be entered. In order to cancel the CENTREX group membership, only the
parameters LAC and DN have to be specified.

It is not permissible to cancel the CENTREX group membership of a CENTREX

subscriber
- if this subscriber still belongs to a common service group (created
with CR CSGRP),
- if the CENTREX directory number of the subscriber is specified as the
link failure call diversion number of a common service group,
- if the CENTREX directory number of the subscriber is specified as the
night service number of the CENTREX group,
- if the CENTREX directory number of the subscriber is specified as the
substitute of a Manager/Secretary team member.

The command is rejected if the CENTREX subscriber is related to a secured

CENTREX Business group (BGID) for which the operator has no
administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN CXSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,COS=] [,SUBBGCOS=] [,COSDAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,NAME=] [,MST=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the subscriber directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX subscriber classes of service

within a CENTREX/Business group (when the CENTREX group is assigned
to a BGID).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWICO CALL WAITING INCOMING ONLY

CWORIG CALL WAITING ORIGINATING
DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY
DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXSUB- 1+

 CAN CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY

DIVGRPO DIV. WITHIN CENTREX GROUP ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CLIP CALLING LINE ID.PRESENTATION
CNIP CALL. NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CONP CONN. NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CNIR NAME ID.RESTRICTION
CNIRIGN IGNORE NAME ID.RESTRICTION
RSCINOKW NO KEYWORD FOR REMOTE SCI
NOATNBI NO ATTENDANT BARGE IN
NOSUBBI NO SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN
NOTRSREM NO TRARSTR SUSP REMOTE
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY
REROUATN REROUTE BY ATTENDANT

SUBBGCOS SUBBUSINESS GROUP COS

This parameter specifies the CENTREX subscriber classes of service

within a Subbusiness group (when the CENTREX group is assigned to a
BGID and a SUBBGID).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWICO CALL WAITING INCOMING ONLY

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY
DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX subscriber classes of

service with data to be cancelled. The corresponding second
unit (b) is cancelled implicitly.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER

CPUGRP CALL PICK UP GROUP
CHSITE CHARGING SITE
When cancelling the CHSITE, then the default
CHSITE is assigned.
TWCODN TELEW.COMPANY DIRECTORY NUMBER
TWCOINT TELEW.COMPANY INTERNAL NUMBER
TWCOAC TELEW.COMPANY ACCESS CODE
TWCODNG TELEW.COMPANY GROUP DIR.NUMBER
TWCOINTG TELEW.COMPANY GROUP INT.NUMBER
CPUNGRP CALL PICK UP NOTIFICATION GRP

NAME NAME OF SUBSCRIBER

This parameter specifies the name of the CENTREX subscriber used for
identification purposes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXSUB- 2+

 CAN CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MST MANAGER/SECRETARY TEAM DATA

This parameter specifies the Manager/Secretary team data.

The corresponding second unit is cancelled implicitly.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

MSTNO MANAGER/SECRETARY TEAM NUMBER

When entering the MSTNO, all
Manager/Secretary team data is
cancelled for the subscriber.
RNGPRF1 RINGING PROFILE 1
When cancelling the RNGPRF1, then
the default RNGPRF1 is assigned.
RNGPRF2 RINGING PROFILE 2
When cancelling the RNGPRF2, then
the default RNGPRF2 is assigned.
SUBST SUBSTITUTE
SUBSTMOD SUBSTITUTE MOD. AUTHORIZATION

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXSUB- 3-

 DISP CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX SUBSCRIBER

This command displays the CENTREX station data of

- a specified CENTREX subscriber,
- all CENTREX subscribers in a directory number interval,
- all CENTREX subscribers of a specified local area code,
- all CENTREX subscribers in the exchange.

CENTREX subscriber data is displayed in the following order:

- for multiple directory number volume, they are displayed per local area code,
for each local area they are listed by directory numbers in ascending order,
- for unique directory number volume, they are listed by directory numbers in
ascending order without regard to the local area code.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CXSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= [,CXGRP=] [,COS=] [,SUBBGCOS=] 1
1 1
1 [,COSDAT=] [,CXDN=] [,MST=] [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number or the directory

number interval.

Notes:
- For a directory number interval, the lower boundary must not exceed
the upper boundary.

Prerequisites:
- The entered directory number or directory number interval must exist.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group

as a selection criteria.
Leading zeroes must not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX subscriber classes of service

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXSUB- 1+

 DISP CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

within a CENTREX/Business group as a selection criteria.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWICO CALL WAITING INCOMING ONLY

CWORIG CALL WAITING ORIGINATING
DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY
DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
DIVGRPO DIV. WITHIN CENTREX GROUP ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CLIP CALLING LINE ID.PRESENTATION
CNIP CALL. NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CONP CONN. NAME ID.PRESENTATION
CNIR NAME ID.RESTRICTION
CNIRIGN IGNORE NAME ID.RESTRICTION
RSCINOKW NO KEYWORD FOR REMOTE SCI
NOATNBI NO ATTENDANT BARGE IN
NOSUBBI NO SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN
NOTRSREM NO TRARSTR SUSP REMOTE
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY
REROUATN REROUTE BY ATTENDANT

SUBBGCOS SUBBUSINESS GROUP COS

This parameter specifies the CENTREX subscriber classes of service

within a Subbusiness group as a selection criteria.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWICO CALL WAITING INCOMING ONLY

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY
DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY
DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY
AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY
CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY
CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY
CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY
CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY
RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)
RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)
RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)
CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX subscriber classes of service

with data as a selection criteria.

If only the first unit (a) is entered, all CENTREX subscribers are
displayed, who have the entered class of service with data assigned.

If also the second unit (b) is entered, only those CENTREX subscribers
are displayed, who have the entered class of service with data together
with the input digits assigned.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CLASS OF SERVICE
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER
CPUGRP CALL PICK UP GROUP
CHSITE CHARGING SITE
Since each CENTREX subscriber is assigned a
charging site as default, for a selection

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXSUB- 2+

 DISP CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

also the second unit (b) must be specified.

TWCODN TELEW.COMPANY DIRECTORY NUMBER
TWCODNG TELEW.COMPANY GROUP DIR.NUMBER
CPUNGRP CALL PICK UP NOTIFICATION GRP

b: DIGITS=
1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

The following values are allowed:

- ARNO : 1..8 decimal digits
- CPUGRP : 1..4095, range of decimal numbers
- CPUNGRP: 1..4095, range of decimal numbers
- CHSITE : 0..255, range of decimal numbers
- TWCODN : 1..18 hexadecimal digits
- TWCODNG: 1..18 hexadecimal digits

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the CENTREX subscriber intercom number

as a selection criteria.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 digit decimal number

MST MANAGER/SECRETARY TEAM DATA

This parameter specifies the Manager/Secretary team data

as a selection criteria.

If only the first unit (a) is entered, all CENTREX subscribers are
displayed, who have the entered Manager/Secretary team data assigned.

If also the second unit (b) is entered, only those CENTREX subscribers
are displayed, who have the entered Manager/Secretary team data
together with the input digits assigned.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: MANAGER/SECRETRY TEAM DATA

MSTNO MANAGER/SECRETARY TEAM NUMBER

b: DIGITS=
1...4 digit decimal number

The following values are allowed:

- MSTNO : 1..4095, range of decimal numbers

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter defines the data which is printed.

If the parameter is not defined then a default output format
is determined depending on the entered parameters.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

STD STANDARD OUTPUT

The standard output contains the following
information:
LAC, DN, CXGRP, CXDN and NAME.
DATA DATA OUTPUT
The data output contains the following
information:
LAC, DN, CXGRP, CATCOD, COS and COSDAT.
ALL ALL OUTPUT
The all output contains all data assigned to
the CENTREX subscriber:
LAC, DN, CXGRP, CXDN, CATCOD, NAME,
COS, SUBBGCOS, COSDAT and MST.
SUBBGCOS SUBBGCOS OUTPUT
The Subbusiness group classes of service output
contains the following information:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXSUB- 3+

 DISP CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LAC, DN, CXGRP, COS and SUBBGCOS.

MSTDATA MANAGER/SECRETARY TEAM OUTPUT
The Manager/Secretary team data output contains
the following information:
LAC, DN, CXGRP and MST.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXSUB- 4-

 ENTR CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER CENTREX SUBSCRIBER

This command
- assigns an existing subscriber created by CR SUB
as an analog main station (parameter CAT=MS),
as an analog mobile station (parameter CAT=CTM),
as ISDN EDSS1 subscriber (parameter CAT=IBA),
as a virtual subscriber (parameter CAT=VIRTSUB) with
class of service RSNSCI, SNLUISCI, SNRUISCI,
SNUISCI,SNLUIFS or SNRUIFS assigned to,
as a subscriber without physical access and prepared to
become a CENTREX attendant on a MAC (parameter CAT=IDSB),
as a H323 subscriber with the Full Feature Set subscribed
(parameter CAT=H323FFS),
as a H323 subscriber with the Reduced Feature Set subscribed
(parameter CAT=H323RFS),
as a H323 pure client, with VoIP only
(parameter CAT=H323PURE)
to an existing CENTREX/Business group (when the CENTREX
group is assigned to a BGID)
- enters CENTREX station data for an existing CENTREX subscriber.

When a subscriber is assigned to a CENTREX group:

- the parameter CXGRP must be entered,
- the subscriber can only be assigned to one CENTREX group,
- the subscriber must be connected to a Digital Line Unit (DLU) or a V5
interface (V5IF) via Line Trunk Group B (LTGB).
- the CENTREX directory number for intercom calls is created with the command
CR CXDN and corresponds to the directory number of the subscriber,
- the subscriber must not yet belong to a common service group for OSS.
- the maximum number of 90 CENTREX groups per LTG must not be exceeded.

Notes:
- If a directory number of a Multiple Subscriber Number port is assigned to a
CENTREX group, all other directory numbers of the port should also be made
CENTREX. They can be assigned to different CENTREX groups, but the CENTREX
directory numbers must be unique for the port to identify the origination of
a call. Only one MSN access can become a Manager/Secretary team member.
- A CENTREX subscriber that is assigned to a Common Service Group can not become
a Manager/Secretary team member.

- If the directory number is reserved for a CENTREX group (see DISP CXGRPRES)
then this CENTREX group must correspond to the CENTREX group the subscriber
will belong to.

Incompatibilities:
- For subscribers with CAT=IDSB, the following CENTREX subscriber classes
of service are incompatible:
DIVICO
DIVBYICO
DIVDAICO
DIVGRPO
- The following subscriber line attributes are incompatible with CENTREX:
DIFFRING
ISDN1TR6
- The following subscriber classes of service are incompatible with CENTREX:
ECLN
IADIPP
- The following subscriber classes of service with data are incompatible with
CENTREX:
SERCOMP
- The following subscriber diversion types are incompatible with CENTREX:
ACTDIVCD
DIVCD
DIVCDMOD

The command is rejected if the CENTREX subscriber is related to a secured

CENTREX Business group (BGID) for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSUB- 1+

 ENTR CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR CXSUB : [LAC=] ,DN= <,CXGRP= ,CXDN= ,CATCOD= ,COS= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,SUBBGCOS= ,COSDAT= ,NAME= ,MST=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with a multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the subscriber directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Input is mandatory if a subscriber is to be assigned to a CENTREX
group.
Leading zeroes must not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CXDN CENTREX DIRECTORY NUMBER

Notes:
- Input is mandatory if a subscriber is to be assigned to a
CENTREX group.
Exceptions:
- Subscriber is a teleworker in his home exchange (TWCODN).
- Subscriber is member of a Subscriber Hunt Group (SHG).

- If the CENTREX directory number of the subscriber is modified,

then the old CENTREX directory number may not be specified as:
- the night service number of the CENTREX group,
- the link failure call diversion number of a common service group.

Prerequisites:
- The CENTREX directory number for intercom calls is created and
corresponds to the directory number of the subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...7 digit decimal number

CATCOD CUSTOMER ACCESS TREATMENT CODE

This parameter specifies the Customer Access Treatment (CAT) code.

All CAT features assigned to the entered CAT code with command
ENTR CXCATFEA may be used.

Default: 0

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...31, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSUB- 2+

 ENTR CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

COS CLASSES OF SERVICE

This parameter specifies the CENTREX subscriber classes of service

within a CENTREX/Business group (when the CENTREX group is assigned
to a BGID).
The classes of service within a Business group (COS values)
are mutually exclusive with the classes of service within the
Subbusiness group (SUBBGCOS values).
Values existing for SUBBGCOS are automatically cancelled if
the same values are entered for parameter COS.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CWICO CALL WAITING INCOMING ONLY

Restricts call waiting to calls from outside the
CENTREX/Business group.

CWORIG CALL WAITING ORIGINATING

Allows an originating CENTREX subscriber to
wait for a busy subscriber in the CENTREX/
Business group, even if the terminating subscriber
does not have a call waiting feature.

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the subscriber diversion types DIVI.
Call diversion is allowed only for calls from
outside the CENTREX/Business group.

DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the subscriber diversion type DIVBY.
All calls from outside the CENTREX/Business group
are diverted if the called station is busy.
Calls from within the group receive
busy treatment.

DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY

Restricts the subscriber diversion type DIVDA.
All calls from outside the CENTREX/Business group
are diverted if the called station does not
answer within a specified time period. Calls from
within the group are not diverted.

DIVGRPO DIV. WITHIN CENTREX GROUP ONLY

Restricts all variants of call diversion.
Call diversion is allowed only to a destination
which can be reached by a CENTREX internal call.

AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY

Restricts the subscriber classes of service:
- CALLHOLD
- CONF3
- CT

Only incoming calls from outside the

CENTREX/Business group are allowed to be held.

Incompatibilities:
- CTGRPO
- CTOGO

CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY

Calls from outside the CENTREX/Business
group are allowed to be transferred to an
attendant only.
This restriction is not valid for A-side
call transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTATNO deletes
the others.

CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are members of the same

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSUB- 3+

 ENTR CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CENTREX/Business group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTGRPO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY

Only calls from outside the CENTREX/Business
group are allowed to be transferred.
The restriction is not valid for A-side call
transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTICO deletes
the others.

CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are not member of the
same CENTREX/Business group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTOGO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGF
deletes RSTORIGS.

RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMF
deletes RSTTERMS.

RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.
The station may also call a station with call
transfer or call diversion authorization in order
to get a connection outside the CENTREX/Business
group.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGS
deletes RSTORIGF.

RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX/
Business group internal calls only.
Calls from outside can be directed to the
station concerned only via stations with a
call transfer or call diversion feature.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMS
deletes RSTTERMF.

CLIP CALLING LINE ID.PRESENTATION

The CENTREX directory number of the
calling CENTREX station is presented
to the connected CENTREX subscriber.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSUB- 4+

 ENTR CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CNIP CALLING NAME ID.PRESENTATION

The assigned name of the calling CENTREX
station (parameter NAME) is presented
to the connected CENTREX subscriber.

CONP CONNECTED NAME ID.PRESENTATION

The assigned name of the connected CENTREX
station is presented to the calling
CENTREX subscriber.

CNIR NAME ID.RESTRICTION

The presentation of the name of the CENTREX
subscriber (CNIP, CONP) is suppressed.
The restriction is ignored if the calling/
connected station has the feature CNIRIGN
assigned.

CNIRIGN IGNORE NAME ID.RESTRICTION

Ignores the restriction CNIR of the
presentation of the assigned name of the
calling/connected station.

RSCINOKW NO KEYWORD FOR REMOTE SCI

For Remote Subscriber Controlled Input no keyword
is necessary.

Prerequisites:
- Only possible for virtual subscribers which have
class of service RSNSCI or SNRUISCI assigned.

NOATNBI NO ATTENDANT BARGE IN

Assigns a privacy profile to the CENTREX
subscriber which inhibits the CENTREX attendant
from barging in on an active call.

NOSUBBI NO SUBSCRIBER BARGE IN

Assigns a privacy profile to the CENTREX
subscriber which inhibits another
CENTREX station from barging in on an
active call.

NOTRSREM NO TRARSTR SUSP REMOTE

Assigns a privacy profile to the CENTREX
subscriber which inhibits another CENTREX
station from suspending an active traffic
restriction.

CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if maximum 1
involved party is not member of the same
CENTREX/Business group.(external-to-external
call transfers are not allowed)

The call transfer restriction CT1EXTO can be

combined with CTATNO, CTICO or CTOGO in
order to restrict for those Call Transfer types
also the external-to-external call transfers.

REROUATN REROUTE BY ATTENDANT

Specifies the CENTREX subscriber as Call
Forwarding point to a centralised MAC attendant.

SUBBGCOS SUBBUSINESS GROUP COS

This parameter specifies the CENTREX subscriber classes of service

within a Subbusiness group (when the CENTREX group is assigned to
a BGID and a SUBBGID).
The classes of service within a Subbusiness group (SUBBGCOS values)
are mutually exclusive with the classes of service within the
Business group (COS values).
Values existing for COS are automatically cancelled if the same
values are entered for parameter SUBBGCOS.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSUB- 5+

 ENTR CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CWICO CALL WAITING INCOMING ONLY

Restricts call waiting to calls from outside the
Subbusiness group.

DIVICO DIV. IMMEDIATE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the subscriber diversion types DIVI.
Call diversion is allowed only for calls from
outside the CENTREX Subbusiness group.

DIVBYICO DIV. BUSY LINE INCOMING ONLY

Restricts the subscriber diversion type DIVBY.
All calls from outside the CENTREX Subbusiness
group are diverted if the called station is busy.
Calls from within the group receive
busy treatment.

DIVDAICO DIV. DON’T ANSWER INC. ONLY

Restricts the subscriber diversion type DIVDA.
All calls from outside the CENTREX Subbusiness
group are diverted if the called station does not
answer within a specified time period. Calls from
within the group are not diverted.

AOCHICO ADD ON CONSULT. HOLD INC. ONLY

Restricts the subscriber classes of service:
- CALLHOLD
- CONF3
- CT

Only incoming calls from outside the

CENTREX Subbusiness group are allowed to
be held.

Incompatibilities:
- CTGRPO
- CTOGO

CTATNO CALL TRANS. INC. TO ATN ONLY

Calls from outside the CENTREX Subbusiness
group are allowed to be transferred to an
attendant only.
This restriction is not valid for A-side call
transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTATNO deletes
the others.

CTGRPO CALL TRANS. WITHIN GROUP ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are members of the same
CENTREX Subbusiness group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTGRPO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

CTICO CALL TRANS. INCOMING ONLY

Only calls from outside the CENTREX Subbusiness
group are allowed to be transferred.
The restriction is not valid for A-side call
transfer (CTAS).

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTICO deletes
the others.

CTOGO CALL TRANS. OUTGOING ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if controller
and add-on subscriber are not member of the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSUB- 6+

 ENTR CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

same CENTREX Subbusiness group.

The call transfer restrictions CTATNO,

CTGRPO, CTICO and CTOGO are mutually
exclusive. Thus, input of CTOGO deletes
the others.

Incompatibilities:
- AOCHICO

RSTORIGF RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGF
deletes RSTORIGS.

RSTTERMF RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (FULLY)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMF
deletes RSTTERMS.

RSTORIGS RESTRICT ORIG. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the origination of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only.
The station may also call a station with call
transfer or call diversion authorization in order
to get a connection outside the CENTREX
Subbusiness group.

The restrictions RSTORIGF and RSTORIGS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTORIGS
deletes RSTORIGF.

RSTTERMS RESTRICT TERM. CALLS (SEMI)

Restricts the reception of calls to CENTREX
Subbusiness group internal calls only.
Calls from outside can be directed to the
station concerned only via stations with a
call transfer or call diversion feature.

The restrictions RSTTERMF and RSTTERMS are

mutually exclusive. Thus, input of RSTTERMS
deletes RSTTERMF.

CT1EXTO CALL TRANS. 1 EXTERNAL ONLY

Call transfer is allowed only, if maximum 1
involved party is not member of the same
CENTREX Subbusiness group.(external-to-external
call transfers are not allowed)

The call transfer restriction CT1EXTO can be

combined with CTATNO, CTICO or CTOGO in
order to restrict for those Call Transfer types
also the external-to-external call transfers.

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter specifies the CENTREX subscriber classes

of service with data.

The classes of service with data have to be specified

by a second unit (b).

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: CLASS OF SERVICE
ARNO ACCOUNT RECORD NUMBER
The specified account is used for charging, unless

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSUB- 7+

 ENTR CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

another account is dialed.

The specified account record number is added to
each AMA record as additional billing information.

CPUGRP CALL PICK UP GROUP

This parameter value specifies the call
pick-up group.

If the subscriber is the first member

for the specified call pick-up group,
the call pick-up group is implicitly
created. In a switch up to 65,535 call
pick-up groups can be created.

All members of one call pick-up group

reside in the same CENTREX group.
Within the CENTREX group the call pick-up
group number is unique.
The number of call pick-up groups per
CENTREX group must not exceed the value
of NUMCPUGR for parameter RESLIM
(see DISP CXGRPRES).

A CENTREX subscriber cannot be assigned

to more than one call pick-up group.
If the subscriber is a member in call
pick-up group A and call pick-up group
number B is specified, the membership
is changed from group A to B.

The assignment of a call pick-up group is

rejected for a CENTREX subscriber with
terminating line trigger.

CHSITE CHARGING SITE

This parameter value specifies the charging site
to which the CENTREX subscriber belongs in the
CXGRP.

If during the creation of the CENTREX subscriber

no CHSITE is given, then the CENTREX subscriber
is assigned the default CHSITE.

Default: 1

TWCODN TELEW.COMPANY DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter value specifies the
subscriber as teleworker in his home
exchange and assigns the teleworker’s
company directory number.

TWCOINT TELEW.COMPANY INTERNAL NUMBER

This parameter value specifies the
company internal number of a
teleworker in his home exchange.

Notes:
- The parameter value is mandatory
if the subscriber has no CXDN.

Prerequisites:
- The parameter value TWCODN must
have been entered.

TWCOAC TELEW.COMPANY ACCESS CODE

This parameter value specifies the
the company access code of a
teleworker in his home exchange.

Prerequisites:
- The parameter value TWCODN must
have been entered.

TWCODNG TELEW.COMPANY GROUP DIR.NUMBER

This parameter assigns the public directory
number of the teleworker’s company CENTREX
group.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSUB- 8+

 ENTR CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Prerequisites:
- The parameter value TWCODN must have been
entered.
TWCOINTG TELEW.COMPANY GROUP INT.NUMBER
This parameter value specifies the company
internal number of a teleworker in his home
exchange, which must be used together with
TWCODNG to reach the teleworker in his company
exchange.

Prerequisites:
- The parameter value TWCODNG must have been
entered.
CPUNGRP CALL PICK UP NOTIFICATION GRP
This parameter value specifies the call
pick-up notification group. IP-subscriber
within a Call pick-up notification group
are notified, when a call is ringing at
another subscriber in the same group. The
call can be picked up via direct call pickup.

If the subscriber is the first member

for the specified call pick-up notification
group, the call pick-up notification group is
implicitly created. In a switch up to 65,535
call pick-up notification groups can be created.

All members of one call pick-up notification

group reside in the same CENTREX group.
Within the CENTREX group the call pick-up
notification group number is unique.
The number of call pick-up notification groups
per CENTREX group must not exceed the value
of NUMCPUNG for parameter RESLIM
(see DISP CXGRPRES).

A CENTREX subscriber cannot be assigned

to more than one call pick-up notification group.
To change the assignment of a call pick-up
notification group, the old group has to be
removed first, then the new goup can be assigned.

b: DIGITS=
1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

The following values are allowed:

- ARNO : 1..8 decimal digits
- CPUGRP : 1..4095, range of decimal numbers
- CPUNGRP : 1..4095, range of decimal numbers
- CHSITE : 0..255, range of decimal numbers
- TWCODN : 1..18 hexadecimal digits
- TWCOINT : 1..7 decimal digits
- TWCOAC : 1..5 hexadecimal digits
- TWCODNG : 1..18 hexadecimal digits
- TWCOINTG : 1..7 decimal digits

NAME NAME OF SUBSCRIBER

This parameter specifies the name which can be assigned to the

CENTREX subscriber for identification purposes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...15 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

MST MANAGER/SECRETARY TEAM DATA

This parameter specifies the Manager/Secretary team data.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSUB- 9+

 ENTR CXSUB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b]

a: MANAGER/SECRETARY TEAM DATA

MSTNO MANAGER/SECRETARY TEAM NUMBER
This parameter value specifies the
Manager/Secretary team.
The parameter value is a prerequisite for
all Manager/Secretary related identifiers.

If the subscriber is the first member for the

specified Manager/Secretary team, then the
Manager/Secretary team is created implicitly.
In a switch up to 65,535 Manager/Secretary
teams can be created.
The number of Manager/Secretary teams per
CENTREX group must not exceed the value of
NUMMST for parameter RESLIM
(see DISP CXGRPRES).

A CENTREX subscriber cannot be assigned to

more than one Manager/Secretary team.

RNGPRF1 RINGING PROFILE 1

This parameter value assigns one of the
ringing profiles pre-defined on office
level to the Manager/Secretary team
member’s ringing profile 1.

Default: 1

RNGPRF2 RINGING PROFILE 2

This parameter value assigns one of the
ringing profiles pre-defined on office
level to the Manager/Secretary team
member’s ringing profile 2.

Default: 2

ACTPRF ACTIVATE PROFILE

This parameter value activates:
- ringing profile 0 defined on office
level (not administrable)
- ringing profile 1 (RNGPRF1) of the
Manager/Secretary team member.
- ringing profile 2 (RNGPRF2) of the
Manager/Secretary team member.

Default: 0

SUBST SUBSTITUTE
This parameter value specifies the intercom
number of the substitute that is appointed
to the Manager/Secretary team member.
Each Manager/Secretary team member can have
assigned one substitute only of the own
Manager/Secretary team.

SUBSTMOD SUBSTITUTE MOD. AUTHORIZATION

This parameter value specifies that the
Manager/Secretary team member is authorized
to assign and modify his substitute.

Notes:
- For this value no second unit can be entered.

b: DIGITS=
1...7 digit decimal number

The following values are allowed:

- MSTNO : 1..4095, range of decimal numbers
- RNGPRF1 : 0..255, range of decimal numbers
- RNGPRF2 : 0..255, range of decimal numbers
- ACTPRF : 0..2, range of decimal numbers
- SUBST : 1..7 decimal digits

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR CXSUB- 10-

 CAN CXZOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL CENTREX ZONE POINT

This command cancels a CENTREX zone point for a CENTREX group.

In order to cancel a CENTREX zone point, the complete path

(TSITE, OSITE, TMQ) must be entered.

Notes:
- For intercom calls to sites that have no CENTREX zone point created
the default zoning result is enabled. The same tariff rates as for
public calls are applied. The billing method can be modified with
the command MOD CXZOPT.
- The command is rejected if the CXGRP belongs to a secured
CENTREX business group BGID for which the operator has no
administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN CXZOPT : CXGRP= ,TSITE= [,OSITE=] [,TMQ=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes may not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

TSITE TERMINATING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site of the

called party.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

OSITE ORIGINATING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site of the

calling party.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

TMQ TRANSMISSION MEDIUM QUALITY

This parameter specifies the Transmission Medium

Quality the CENTREX zone point is depending on.

Notes:
- TMQ3 to TMQ15 are not used.
The values in this range are reserved for
future applications.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

VOICE VOICE
HSDATA HIGH SPEED DATA
TMQ3 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 3
TMQ4 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 4
TMQ5 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 5
TMQ6 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 6

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXZOPT- 1+

 CAN CXZOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TMQ7 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 7

TMQ8 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 8
TMQ9 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 9
TMQ10 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 10
TMQ11 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 11
TMQ12 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 12
TMQ13 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 13
TMQ14 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 14
TMQ15 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 15

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN CXZOPT- 2-

 CR CXZOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE CENTREX ZONE POINT

This command creates an entry in the CENTREX zone translator.

The CENTREX zone translator offers the possibility to a CENTREX
group to apply a specific charging for intercom calls, e.g.
apply reduced tariffs, apply charge free, generate AMA-records.

The destination of an intercom call is specified by the charging

site of the called party. Optional parameters are the charging
site of the calling party for origin dependency and the
Transmission Medium Quality of the call.

The charging site of the called party is retrieved from the

subscriber database in case of CENTREX group internal traffic and
from the CENTREX digit translator in case of CENTREX group
external traffic.

Notes:
- For intercom calls to sites that have no CENTREX zone point created,
the default zoning result is enabled. The same tariff rates as for public
calls are applied. The billing method can be modified with the
command MOD CXZOPT.
- If the command CR CXGRP: COS=AWC or COS=AWCRMT
was entered, it is not effective to create CENTREX zone
points for local & remote or remote respectively, because
charging sites are not considered for Area Wide CENTREX
calls that are processed with trigger detection point 2.
- The command is rejected if the CXGRP belongs to a secured
CENTREX business group BGID for which the operator has no
administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

Prerequisites:
- Entering a zone number (CHRGIND = ZONE - <no>) is only
accepted, if this zone has at least one tariff assigned. Refer to
ENTR TAR.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR CXZOPT : CXGRP= ,TSITE= [,OSITE=] [,TMQ=] ,CHRGIND= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,BILLING= [,CXCHCNTR=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes may not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

TSITE TERMINATING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site of the

called party.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

OSITE ORIGINATING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site of the

calling party.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXZOPT- 1+
 CR CXZOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

0...255, range of decimal numbers

TMQ TRANSMISSION MEDIUM QUALITY

This parameter specifies the Transmission Medium

Quality values the CENTREX zone point is depending on.

Notes:
- TMQ3 to TMQ15 are not used.
The values in this range are reserved for
future applications.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

VOICE VOICE
HSDATA HIGH SPEED DATA
TMQ3 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 3
TMQ4 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 4
TMQ5 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 5
TMQ6 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 6
TMQ7 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 7
TMQ8 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 8
TMQ9 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 9
TMQ10 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 10
TMQ11 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 11
TMQ12 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 12
TMQ13 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 13
TMQ14 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 14
TMQ15 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 15

CHRGIND CHARGING INDICATOR

This parameter specifies what tariff rate will be charged

for the call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CHARGING INDICATOR
NOPULSE NO CHARGE PULSE GENERATION
No tariff rate will be charged for the call.
ZONE ZONE
The tariff rate the call is charged for is
determined by the zone number that is
entered in unit b.

b: ZONE NUMBER=
1...511, range of decimal numbers

Zone number is mandatory if unit a = ZONE,

otherwise it is not allowed.
The zone numbers 0, 127 and 255 are reserved by
the system.

Entering a zone number is only accepted, if it has at

least one tariff assigned. Refer to ENTR TAR.

BILLING BILLING

This parameter specifies the registration method that will

be used to bill the call.

Notes:
- The parameter BILLING is designed to enter multiple values
linked with &. However, this possibility is blocked because
no customer requirements exist.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

METERING SUBSCRIBER PULSE METERING
METERING is only accepted, if a charge counter
CXCHCNTR is also assigned to this CENTREX zone

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXZOPT- 2+
 CR CXZOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

point.
NOREG NO REGISTRATION
NOREG offers the possibility e.g. to disable the
generation of AMA-records for intercom calls that
are charge free (CHRGIND = NOPULSE).

CXCHCNTR CENTREX CHARGE COUNTERS

This parameter specifies the charge counters.

Notes:
- All five counters (CNTR1 to CNTR5) can be used as CENTREX
charge counter.
- The same counter must not be used for charging and call counting
purposes within the same switch.

Prerequisites:
- Assigning one or more charge counters with the parameter CXCHCNTR
is only allowed, when BILLING = METERING is entered as well.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CNTR1 COUNTER 1
CNTR2 COUNTER 2
CNTR3 COUNTER 3
CNTR4 COUNTER 4
CNTR5 COUNTER 5

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR CXZOPT- 3-
 DISP CXZOPT
DSPFORM
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY CENTREX ZONE POINT

This command displays the CENTREX zone points according

to the entered parameters.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP CXZOPT - DSPFORM DISPLAY ALL USED ZONE NUMBERS

2. DISP CXZOPT - DSPPARAM DISPLAY OF ZONE DATA ACCORDING CRITERIA

1. Input format

DISPLAY ALL USED ZONE NUMBERS

This path is used to display all zone numbers

in use by any CENTREX zone point.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CXZOPT : FORMAT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FORMAT FORMAT OF THE MASK TO DISPLAY

This parameter specifies which data are to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

USEDZONO DISPLAY ALL USED ZONES

This parameter value initiates the display
of all zone numbers which are assigned to
a zone point of any CENTREX group.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXZOPT- 1+

 DISP CXZOPT
DSPPARAM
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DISPLAY OF ZONE DATA ACCORDING CRITERIA

This path is used to display specific zone data.

Which data is to be displayed can be specified
using the different parameters

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP CXZOPT : <CXGRP= ,CHRGIND=> [,BILLING=] [,TSITE=] 1
1 1
1 [,OSITE=] [,TMQ=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes may not be entered.

Notes:
- This parameter is mandatory, except if a search for a specific
zone number is performed with CHRGIND = ZONE.
If no CENTREX group number is entered, only the data that is needed
to cancel the CENTREX zone point are displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

CHRGIND CHARGING INDICATOR

This parameter specifies what tariff rate will be charged

for the call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NOPULSE NO CHARGE PULSE GENERATION

ZONE ZONE

BILLING BILLING

This parameter specifies the registration method that will

be used to bill the call.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

METERING SUBSCRIBER PULSE METERING
NOREG NO REGISTRATION

TSITE TERMINATING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site of the

called party.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

OSITE ORIGINATING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site of the

calling party.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

TMQ TRANSMISSION MEDIUM QUALITY

This parameter specifies the Transmission Medium

Quality values the CENTREX zone point is depending on.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXZOPT- 2+

 DISP CXZOPT
DSPPARAM
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

HSDATA HIGH SPEED DATA

TMQ10 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 10
TMQ11 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 11
TMQ12 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 12
TMQ13 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 13
TMQ14 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 14
TMQ15 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 15
TMQ3 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 3
TMQ4 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 4
TMQ5 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 5
TMQ6 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 6
TMQ7 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 7
TMQ8 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 8
TMQ9 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 9
VOICE VOICE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP CXZOPT- 3-

 MOD CXZOPT
CXZOPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY CENTREX ZONE POINT

This command is used to modify the zoning result of a CENTREX

zone point or to modify the billing method of the default zoning
result. The default zoning result applies the same tariff rates
as for public calls and is enabled for intercom calls to sites
that have no CENTREX zone point administered.

Notes:
- If intercom calls to a specific site should no longer be charged
in an own way, cancel the CENTREX zone point of this site to enable
the default zoning result. Refer to CAN CXZOPT for details.
- The command is rejected if the CXGRP belongs to a secured
CENTREX business group BGID for which the operator has no
administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD CXZOPT - CXZOPT MODIFY CENTREX ZONE POINT

2. MOD CXZOPT - DEFZORES MODIFY DEFAULT ZONING RESULT

1. Input format

MODIFY CENTREX ZONE POINT

This path is used to modify the zoning result of an existing

CENTREX zone point.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD CXZOPT : CXGRP= ,TSITE= [,OSITE=] [,TMQ=] <,CHRGIND= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,BILLING= ,CBILLING= ,CXCHCNTR=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes may not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

TSITE TERMINATING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site of the

called party.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

OSITE ORIGINATING SITE

This parameter specifies the charging site of the

calling party.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

TMQ TRANSMISSION MEDIUM QUALITY

This parameter specifies the Transmission Medium

Quality values the CENTREX zone point is depending on.

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXZOPT- 1+

 MOD CXZOPT
CXZOPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- TMQ3 to TMQ15 are not used.

The values in this range are reserved for
future applications.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

HSDATA HIGH SPEED DATA

TMQ10 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 10
TMQ11 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 11
TMQ12 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 12
TMQ13 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 13
TMQ14 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 14
TMQ15 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 15
TMQ3 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 3
TMQ4 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 4
TMQ5 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 5
TMQ6 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 6
TMQ7 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 7
TMQ8 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 8
TMQ9 TRANSMISSION QUALITY 9
VOICE VOICE

CHRGIND CHARGING INDICATOR

This parameter specifies what tariff rate will be charged

for the call.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CHARGING INDICATOR
NOPULSE NO CHARGE PULSE GENERATION
No tariff rate will be charged for the call.
ZONE ZONE
The tariff rate the call is charged for is
determined by the zone number that is
entered in unit b.

b: ZONE NUMBER=
1...511, range of decimal numbers

Zone number is mandatory if unit a = ZONE,

otherwise it is not allowed.
The zone numbers 0, 127 and 255 are reserved by
the system.

Entering a zone number is only accepted, if it has at

least one tariff assigned. Refer to ENTR TAR.

BILLING BILLING

This parameter enters a registration method.

Notes:
- The parameter BILLING is designed to enter multiple values
linked with &. However, this possibility is blocked because
no customer requirements exist.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

METERING SUBSCRIBER PULSE METERING
METERING is only accepted, if a charge counter
CXCHCNTR is or has been assigned to this CENTREX
zone point.
NOREG NO REGISTRATION
NOREG offers the possibility e.g. to disable the
generation of AMA-records for intercom calls that
are charge free (CHRGIND = NOPULSE).

CBILLING CANCEL BILLING

This parameter deletes a registration method.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXZOPT- 2+

 MOD CXZOPT
CXZOPT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- The parameter CBILLING is designed to enter multiple values
linked with &. However, this possibility is blocked because
no customer requirements exist.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

METERING SUBSCRIBER PULSE METERING
When METERING is cancelled, the charge counters
CXCHCNTR are cancelled too.
NOREG NO REGISTRATION
If NOREG is cancelled, then the registration of
the charges must be defined in this exchange
by assigning one of the values AMA or METERING
with the BILLING parameter.

CXCHCNTR CENTREX CHARGE COUNTERS

This parameter specifies the charge counters.

The previous counter assignment is overwritten with the new one.

Notes:
- All five counters (CNTR1 to CNTR5) can be used as CENTREX
charge counter.
- The same counter must not be used for charging and call counting
purposes within the same switch.

Prerequisites:
- Assigning one or more charge counters with the parameter CXCHCNTR
is only allowed, when BILLING = METERING is or has been assigned
to this CENTREX zone point.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

CNTR1 COUNTER 1
CNTR2 COUNTER 2
CNTR3 COUNTER 3
CNTR4 COUNTER 4
CNTR5 COUNTER 5

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXZOPT- 3+

 MOD CXZOPT
DEFZORES
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MODIFY DEFAULT ZONING RESULT

This path is used to modify the billing method of the default

zoning result. The default zoning result applies the same tariff
rates as for public calls and is enabled for intercom calls to
sites that have no CENTREX zone point administered.
The command offers the possibility to activate AMA.
In case AMA is activated, the billing method from the public
zone point is disabled.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD CXZOPT : CXGRP= <,BILLING= ,CBILLING=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies an existing CENTREX group.

Leading zeroes may not be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

BILLING BILLING

This parameter enters a registration method.

Notes:
- The parameter BILLING is designed to enter multiple values
linked with &. However, this possibility is blocked because
no customer requirements exist.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

PUBREG PUBLIC REGISTRATION
The registration of the charges is done
according to the registration in the public zone
translator. The public number of the call is used
to access the public zone translator.

CBILLING CANCEL BILLING

This parameter deletes a registration method.

Notes:
- The parameter CBILLING is designed to enter multiple values
linked with &. However, this possibility is blocked because
no customer requirements exist.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

PUBREG PUBLIC REGISTRATION
If PUBREG is cancelled, then the registration
of the charges must be assigned with
BILLING = AMA.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD CXZOPT- 4-

 REL CYCFILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RELEASE CYCLIC FILE

This command releases the last saved data in the specified cyclic file
for overwriting. In addition, an entry is made in the administrative
part of the file stating that the next save is to be started from the
oldest record that has not yet been saved.

Prerequisite:
- The file must exist.
- The file must not be in the process of being saved.
- The file must be a cyclic file.
- The file must have been saved at least once before.

Notes:
- If no data to be released exist (file was not copied at least once),
or if the copied part of the file was already overwritten, it is
possible that command execution is reported (EXECUTED) but that the
occupancy level of the file does not change.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REL CYCFILE : FILE= [,UNCOND=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the disk file.

The following characters must not be used:
- A succession of periods (...)
- A single period, or a combination ending in a period.
- A single asterisk, or a combination ending in an asterisk.
- A single X.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

+,%,#

UNCOND UNCONDITIONAL

This parameter allows files to be deleted if they have been

transferred at least once to an external data carrier, even
if backup copies are missing.

N CHECK EXECUTED COPIES

NO CHECK EXECUTED COPIES
Y CHECK FILE TRANSFERRED ONCE
YES CHECK FILE TRANSFERRED ONCE

Default: N

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REL CYCFILE- 1-

 START DB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

START DATA BASE

This command starts processes necessary to create and populate the Data Base.

Notes:
This command is only allowed during the installation phase (installation
recovery).

This command is only permitted when an exchange is first being put into service.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 START DB ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START DB- 1-

 MOD DBOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DATABASE OPTIONS

This command is used for target specific limitation of the maximum size
of an expandable group. This is necessary if a DB expansion is rejected
because of insufficient logical space.
Usually this command is used at installation mode before the first DB
expansion takes place.
Warning: This command causes a relink of the APS during the next DB
expansion. If it is used in normal operation mode the new generation
will be introduced with recovery (ISTART1) .
It is possible to repeat the parameters of this command up to
100 times.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DBOPT : <RSLIMTAB= ,GROUP=> [,MAXSIZE=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

RSLIMTAB RESET MAXSIZE LIMITATION TABLE

This parameter is used to reset the entire MAXSIZE LIMITATION TABLE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

YES RESET LIMITATION TABLE

Input of YES or Y removes all entries
from maxsize limitation table.
Y RESET LIMITATION TABLE
NO DO NOT RESET LIMITATION TABLE
Default value.
N DO NOT RESET LIMITATION TABLE

GROUP NAME OF EXPANDABLE GROUP

This parameter specifies a group of modules with expandable

structures of data to be expanded together.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

3...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.,+,*,%,#,0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9

MAXSIZE MAX SIZE OF EXP. GROUP

This parameter specifies the desired maximum number of elements of an

expandable structure of data.
The given value has to be greater or equal than the actual number of
elements and less than or equal to the maximum number of elements
defined at module description header or 0.
If value 0 is entered , the maximum number of elements will be set to
the current size. Therefore the group is not expandable anymore.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...65535, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DBOPT- 1-

 ACT DBQUERY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE DATABASE QUERY

This command activates a database query to create a file on disc with

data related to unconnected ports or with connected and unconnected ports.
The query can be performed on :
- all hardware created on the local exchange,
- a single DLU,
- a single LTG,
- a single V5IF.

Prerequisites:
- No file for the same query (FREE/ALL) may exist.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,DLU= 11 1
1 ACT DBQUERY : QUERY= 1Z,LTG= Y1 [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 11,V5IF=11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

QUERY QUERY TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of query to be activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FREE FREE PORTS

ALL ALL PORTS

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET NUMBER=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

V5IF V5 INTERFACE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the V5 interface.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

6000...8999, range of decimal numbers

FORMAT FORMAT TYPE

This parameter specifies the display format of the LTG in the

BUBFU file.

- New format : 0
- Old format : 1

Incompabilities:
Is the old format entered, the first unit of LTG has to be in

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT DBQUERY- 1+

 ACT DBQUERY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the range 0...7

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT DBQUERY- 2-

 DISP DBSIZE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DATA BASE DESCRIPTION

This command enables the display of information about the expandable

part of database. Parameters can be input in continuation mode.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP DBSIZE : [DPUSED=] [,GROUP=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DPUSED DISPLAY PERCENT USED

This parameter specifies the displayed information.

Default is NO.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

YES PERCENT USED DISPLAY

Input of YES or Y includes the display of
filling levels of the expandable data arrays
specified by the group parameter.
Y PERCENT USED DISPLAY
See YES.
NO NO PERCENT USED DISPLAY
Input of NO or N or no input excludes the
display of filling levels of the expandable data
arrays specified by group parameter.
N NO PERCENT USED DISPLAY
See NO.

GROUP NAME OF EXPANDABLE GROUP

Input of group names (three to five characters) in continuation mode

restricts the display of information to those groups. If the
parameter is omitted, all group information is displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

3...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DBSIZE- 1-

 MOD DBSIZE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DB-SIZE

This command expands the areas of database. This command is part of

the file generation concept of CP113. The command always creates a new
file generation with modified SY.TASKLIB and SY.SEMILIB by expanding
the database. The files SY.SIMP and SY.LOADLIB.LA will be copied
from the current generation. All other files will be connected from
the current generation without any change.
Depending on the system state the new generation will be
- set valid and introduced into the system immediately by
Recovery .
- set blocked.
It is possible to repeat the parameters of this command up to
100 times.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DBSIZE : GROUP= ,SIZE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

GROUP NAME OF EXPANDABLE GROUP

This parameter specifies a group of modules with expandable

structures of data to be expanded together.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

3...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.,+,*,%,#,0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9

SIZE WANTED SIZE OF EXP. GROUP

This parameter specifies the desired number of elements of an

expandable structure of data. The given value has to be greater than
the actual number of elements and less then or equal to the maximum
number of elements.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...65535, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DBSIZE- 1-

 DISP DCHBOOK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DCH BOOKING

This command displays the DCH call booking report in a specified Common
Service Group for some specified destinations.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DCHBOOK : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,DEST= [,BEGDATE=] 1
1 1
1 [,BEGTIME=] [,ENDDATE=] [,ENDTIME=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the Common Service
Group. This parameter allows only low keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the Common Service

Group. This parameter allows only high keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION NAME

This parameter specifies the destination name. This parameter

allows only alphanumeric characters.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the time period from which
the DCH call booking report will be displayed.

Notes:
- Default value is today

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DCHBOOK- 1+

 DISP DCHBOOK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

BEGTIME BEGIN TIME

This parameter specifies the begin time of the time period from which
the DCH call booking report will be displayed.

Notes:
- Default value is the actual time or 0:00 if date given

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the time period to which
the DCH call booking report will be displayed.

Notes:
- Default value is today

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDTIME END TIME

This parameter specifies the end time of the time period to which
the DCH call booking report will be displayed.

Notes:
- Default value is midnight

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

Default: 23

b: MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

Default: 45

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DCHBOOK- 2-

 DISP DCHDELAY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DCH DELAY REPORT

This command displays the DCH delay report in a specified Common Service
Group for some specified destinations.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DCHDELAY : [CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= ,DEST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the Common Service
Group. This parameter allows only low keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the Common Service

Group. This parameter allows only high keyed numbers.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DEST DESTINATION NAME

This parameter specifies the destination name. This parameter

allows only alphanumeric characters.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DCHDELAY- 1-

 DIAG DCR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE DIGITAL CODE RECEIVER

This command initiates LTG digital code receiver diagnosis.

Precondition: the LTG must be in the operating status
ACT or CBL and the associated DIU must be in the
operating status MBL.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG DCR : LTG= ,DCR= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

DCR DIGITAL CODE RECEIVER

This parameter specifies the position of the DCR within

the LTG. A DCR is allocated to the DIU with the same
number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...7, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG DCR- 1-

 DIAG DES

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE DIGITAL ECHO SUPPRESSOR

This command is necessary to diagnose a digital echo

suppressor in an LTG.
Precondition: the LTG must be in the operating status
ACT or CBL and the associated DIU must be in the
operating status MBL.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG DES : LTG= ,DES= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

DES DIGITAL ECHO SUPPRESSOR

This parameter specifies the position of the DES within

the LTG. A DES is allocated to the DIU with the same
number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...4, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG DES- 1-

 ACT DEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE DESTINATION

This command activates the specified destination for carrier selection.

This destination may be either a newly created destination for carrier
selection (ENTR DESTDAT) or an already used destination for carrier
selection, which was expanded beforehand (MOD DESTDAT).

The necessity for another activation of an already earlier activated

destination for carrier selection may result from the change of quotas or
trunk group sizes within an active carrier quota group (MOD CQDAT).

Prerequisites:
- The destination is created.
- It is a destination for carrier selection.
- Each assigned carrier specific destination has at least one route, except
for the case, that the specified carrier is deactivated within the quota
group.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT DEST : DEST= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT DEST- 1-

 CAN DEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DESTINATION

This command cancels a standard destination or a destination with new code.

Carrier destinations may be cancelled automatically, if the assignment to

the superior destination of carrier selection was removed with the help of
a MOD DESTDAT or CAN DESTDAT command. If they have been transformed
into standard destinations, they may be cancelled with CAN DEST.

Destinations for carrier selection may only be cancelled, if they were

deactivated first with the help of the command DACT DEST and afterwards
transformed into standard destinations with the help of the command
CAN DESTDAT.

Prerequisites:
- There must be no code point or test point in existence (created) that refers
to this destination.
- There must be no code point group in existence referring to this destination.
- There must be no operator position point in existence referring to this
destination.
- There must be no centrex code point in existence referring to this
destination.
- There must be no centrex directory number in existence referring to this
destination.
- There must be no directory number destination in existence referring to this
destination.
- There must be no network management traffic data in existence referring to
this destination.
- There must be no route in existence to this destination.
- There must be no carrier data referring to this destination.
- There must be no intercept code data referring to this destination.
- There must be no call booking limit referring to this destination.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DEST : DEST= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DEST- 1-

 CR DEST
RETRANS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE DESTINATION

This command creates a destination. A destination is normally accessed via

code points. A distinction is made between different types of
destinations, depending on the further treatment of call requests:

- Standard Destinations
These access routes are for trunk group clusters, trunk groups, trunk work
station groups, test equipment, announcement trunk groups, call types and
digit conversion masks addressing PBXµs.

- Destinations with new code translation

These are used to access another destination with aid of repeated digit
translation (Call Processing).
These destinations cannot be linked to an optimized dynamic routing
(ODR)-list.

- Destinations for carrier selection and carrier destinations

These are required for conditional alternative routing. Destinations for
carrier selection are initially created as standard destinations
(ENTR DESTDAT).
These destinations cannot be linked to an optimized dynamic routing
(ODR)-list.

Prerequisites:
- The destination does not yet exist.
- If more than 6 digits are to be entered in the destination
area name, the range of values must be extended with the
command MOD CALLPOPT : DESTMAXL = LONG.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR DEST - RETRANS DESTINATION WITH RETRANSLATION

2. CR DEST - STANDARD STANDARD DESTINATION

1. Input format

DESTINATION WITH RETRANSLATION

This input format is entered for destinations with retranslation.

Destinations with new code replace the originally dialed digit combination
with a new digit combination specified in the parameter NEWCODE. This
happens independently of the digit combination which led to the destination
with new code, i.e. many code points may refer to the same destination.
Immediately after the code replacement a new digit translation process
is started in the own switch.

Destinations with NEWCAC replaces the existing carrier access code or

define a new carrier access code.
Immediately after the carrier access code replacement a new digit
translation is started in the own switch.

Destinations with NEWORIG1 replaces the existing originating mark 1 or

define an originating mark 1.
Immediately after the originating mark 1 replacement a new digit
translation is started in the own switch.

A destination that has a digit conversion assigned allows another

destination to be accessed thanks to the new digit translation.
The CONVCODE, NEWCODE, NEWCAC and NEWORIG1 parameters perform a
similar function (i.e. starting a new digit translation).
CONVCODE refers to the dialed digits, i.e. it permits modification of
digits that have not yet been translated (B - DN), but leaves any dialed
area code unchanged that is administered as a LAC in the own switch.
NEWCODE performs a complete replacement of the codepoint, i.e. it allows
the LAC to be replaced, but leaves the B - DN unchanged.
NEWCAC performs a replacement of the carrier access code.
NEWORIG1 performs a replacement of the originating mark 1.
Note:
Combination of NEWCODE with NEWCAC and NEWORIG1 and CONVCODE with
NEWCAC and NEWORIG1 are possible.
Combination of NEWCODE and CONVCODE is not allowed.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DEST- 1+
 CR DEST
RETRANS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR DEST : DEST= <,NEWCODE= ,NEWCAC= ,NEWORIG1= ,CONVCODE=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NEWCODE NEW CODE

This parameter specifies the new code with which the

originally dialed code is replaced.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NEWCAC NEW CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the code which replaces an existing

carrier access code or which defines a new carrier access
code if none exists.
Note:
- The existence of this parameter is not checked
in the carrier database.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NEWORIG1 NEW ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code which replaces

an existing originating code or which defines a new
originating code if none exists.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3839, range of decimal numbers

CONVCODE CONVERTED CODE

This parameter specifies a conversion mask which is used

to modify the originally dialed code.
Any dialed area code which is administered as a local
area code in the own switch remains unchanged.
The modified code is immediately retranslated.

Valid input characteres:

0-9, A-F, #, *, +, ., X

The modifications are specified in the form of a mask

consisting of control characters and digits.

Thecontrol characters have the following significance:

X :The digit of the old code is left as it is.
. :The digit of the old code is deleted.
+ :The digits following this character, up to the next
control character, are inserted.
: Digits without a preceeding "+" replace the old code.

Input is subject to the following conditions:

- At least one modification in the code is done.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DEST- 2+
 CR DEST
RETRANS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- Not more than two modifications may be made.

- Per modification, a maximum of 15 digits can be affected
but the total of both modifications is restricted to 24.

Example:
CONVCODE = 123xx. specifies that the first 3 digits of the
existing dial information are replaced by 1 2 3, the next
2 digits remain and the 6th digit is omitted.
The existing dial information 7944583 is changed to 123453.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DEST- 3+
 CR DEST
STANDARD
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

STANDARD DESTINATION

This input format is entered for standard destinations.

Standard destinations refer to up to 16 routes, which are used for the

selection of a trunk group in order to route a call to the outside of the
switch.

The trunk group is selected with a fixed alternative or an optimized

routing scheme, i.e. the routes are checked in ascending hunting sequence
if the addressed trunk group has at least one idle trunk.
If the ODR algorithm is used the routes of the ODR-list are checked
cyclically after the fixed alternate route at the position LINK has failed.
If the route is not allowed to seize the last idle trunk, then a check must
be made to determins whether the addressed trunk group has at least two idle
trunks. The first route in the hunting sequence which fulfills this condition
is seized for the call being set up.

The rerouting feature deviates from the fixed alternative routing scheme.
Rerouting means that in case of an unsuccessful attempt to get through
(i.e. successful seizure of a trunk in the own switch but congestion in a
transit switch), an attempt is made to establish the connection using a route
belonging to another rerouting group, i.e. the congested transit switches
are not addressed again.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR DEST : DEST= [,FOVCODE=] [,MINMAX=] [,TLIM=] [,DEFEAT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,ODR= ,LINK=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FOVCODE FINAL OVERFLOW CODE

This parameter specifies the new code as the final alternate

route. This code is used for retranslation after all routes
of the overflow sequence have been checked without success.
It will not be used if ODR routes have been checked.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

MINMAX MIN/MAX NUMBER OF DIGITS

This parameter specifies that the end-of-selection is determined

by an abbreviated timeout if the minimum number of digits is present.
If the maximum number of digits is present, selection is considered
to be ended.

Note:
- The number of digits of the LAC (known in the own exchange)
associated with the CPT which points to the destination, must not
be considered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DEST- 4+
 CR DEST
STANDARD
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: MINIMUM NUMBER OF DIGITS=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

b: MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DIGITS=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

Default: 24

TLIM TIME LIMIT

This parameter specifies the time limits which are to be activated or

deactivated for the destination. The project-specific time values
of the specified timers can be output using the command DISP TIOUT.
The following time limit groups are possible:
Group 1:
The parameter values in this group determine the EOS supervision
for the destination. If this is activated, dialing is considered
to be ended when the relevant timer has timed out.
Group 2:
The parameter values in this group determine the ring time limit
for the destination. If this is activated, the ring time is limited
to the value specified in the relevant timer.
Group 3:
The parameter values in this group determine the clearback signal
supervision for the destination. If this is activated, the connection
is released when the relevant timer has timed out and the clearback
signal has been received from the called end.
Group 4:
The parameter values in this group determine the call time supervision
for the destination. If this is activated, the connection is released
when the relevant timer has timed out.
Group 5:
The parameter values in this group determine the release delay for
the destination. If this is activated, the connection is released when
the relevant timer has timed out after the calling party has replaced
the receiver.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

X(DIALTM1 )= DIAL TIME 1

11 11 Corresponds to timer 07 for trunks.
1ZDIALTM2 Y1 DIAL TIME 2
11 11 Corresponds to timer 08 for trunks.
11DIALTM3 11 DIAL TIME 3
11 11 Corresponds to timer 09 for trunks.
>*OFFDIA +W SWITCH OFF DIAL CONTROL
Switches off the EOS supervision.

X(RINGTM0 )= RING TIME LIMIT 0

11 11 Switches off the ring time limit. This is a
11 11 mandatory input if TRACA=ORIG is to be
11 11 specified for one of the routes.
11RINGTM1 11 RING TIME LIMIT 1
11 11 Corresponds to timer 19.
11RINGTM2 11 RING TIME LIMIT 2
1Z Y1 Corresponds to timer 20.
11RINGTM3 11 RING TIME LIMIT 3
11 11 Corresponds to timer 21.
11RINGTM4 11 RING TIME LIMIT 4
11 11 Corresponds to timer 22.
11RINGTM5 11 RING TIME LIMIT 5
11 11 Corresponds to timer 23.
11RINGTM6 11 RING TIME LIMIT 6
11 11 Corresponds to timer 24.
>*RINGTM7 +W RING TIME LIMIT 7
Corresponds to timer 25.

X(CLEATM1 )= CLEAR BACK TIME 1

11 11 Corresponds to timer 34.
11CLEATM2 11 CLEAR BACK TIME 2
11 11 Corresponds to timer 35.
11CLEATM3 11 CLEAR BACK TIME 3
11 11 Corresponds to timer 36.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DEST- 5+
 CR DEST
STANDARD
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

11CLEATM4 11 CLEAR BACK TIME 4

1Z Y1 Corresponds to timer 37.
11CLEATM5 11 CLEAR BACK TIME 5
11 11 Corresponds to timer 38.
11CLEATM6 11 CLEAR BACK TIME 6
11 11 Corresponds to timer 39.
11OFFEND 11 SWITCH OFF END CONTROL
11 11 Supervision of the called party clearback signal
11 11 is switched off (e.g. to avoid premature release).
>*RELCLEA +W RELEASE CLEAR BACK
Release takes place as soon as the clearback
signal is received from the called end.

X(CONVTM1 )= CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 1

11 11 Corresponds to timer 27.
11CONVTM2 11 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 2
11 11 Corresponds to timer 28.
11CONVTM3 11 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 3
11 11 Corresponds to timer 29.
1ZCONVTM4 Y1 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 4
11 11 Corresponds to timer 30.
11CONVTM5 11 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 5
11 11 Corresponds to timer 31.
11CONVTM6 11 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 6
11 11 Corresponds to timer 32.
11CONVTM7 11 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 7
11 11 Corresponds to timer 33.
>*OFFCALL +W NO CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT
Switches off the conversation time limit.

X(RELTM0 )= RELEASE TIME A-SIDE 0

11 11 Specifies that the connection is held until
11 11 released by an operator.
1ZRELTM1 Y1 RELEASE TIME A-SIDE 1
11 11 Specifies that the connection is released as soon
11 11 as the dialing party has replaced the receiver.
11RELTM2 11 RELEASE TIME A-SIDE 2
11 11 Corresponds to timer 42.
>*RELTM3 +W RELEASE TIME A-SIDE 3
This parameter value corresponds to timer 43.

Default: DIALTM1, RINGTM1, CLEATM1, OFFCALL, RELTM3

DEFEAT DESTINATION FEATURES

This parameter value specifies particular call processing

destination characteristics.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AUTOINFO AUTOMATIC INFORMATION SERVICE

Suffix dialing of digits is possible via the
speech path after the connection has been
established.
FEATCHCK FEATURE CHECK
This value marks a destination for the
protocol check to check a number of
parameters.
FIRSTACT FIRST ACTIVE ROUTE AS PRIMARY
This value assigns the network traffic status
’primary traffic’ to the first active route,
i.e. to the lowest route number in the
overflow sequence to the destination that is
not blocked. Omitting this value assigns the
network traffic status ’primary traffic’ to
route number ’1’ to the destination even if
that route has been deactivated.
INDIDEN INDIVIDUAL IDENTIFICATION
This value marks a destination as one
requiring individual identification of an
originating CR PBX.
QUITON QUIET TONE
After dialing of all digits, a project specific
confirmation tone will be sent to the calling
party.
RCALLBAC RECALL BACKWARD ALLOWED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DEST- 6+
 CR DEST
STANDARD
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

The calling party can recall the operator who

set up the connection.

ODR OPTIMIZED DYNAMIC ROUTING LIST

This parameter specifies the ODR-list which has to be linked

to the destination and is used to find an idle route by the
ODR algorithm.
This is only allowed for standard destinations.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LINK LINKAGE TO ODR LIST

This parameter specifies the position in the ascending hunting

sequence of the fixed alternate route where the routing
algorithm changes to ODR and the routes of the ODR list
are checked.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...16, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DEST- 7-
 DACT DEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE DESTINATION

This command deactivates a destination for carrier selection. A standby

carrier destination is specified for the entire traffic volume assigned to
the destination for carrier selection.

Prerequisites:
- The destination has been created.
- A destination is a destination for carrier selection.
- The specified standby carrier destination belongs to the
destination for carrier selection that is to be deactivated.
- The specified standby carrier destination has at least one route.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DACT DEST : DEST= ,SCDEST= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SCDEST STANDBY CARRIER DESTINATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT DEST- 1-

 DISP DEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DESTINATION

This command displays the data of all or some specified destinations.

To display all parameters the different types of destinations require

three different output masks, which will be displayed successively.

The amount of display may be reduced by specifying the parameter FORMAT .

The amount of display may be reduced further by specifying additional

parameters.

When specifying several parameters at the same time, only those

destinations will be displayed that fulfill all requirements at the same
time.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DEST : DEST= [,FORMAT=] [,CQGRP=] [,CARR=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the destination.

The display of all existing destinations will be performed if

parameter DEST= X is specified.

Up to 32 parameter values can be linked with &.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter is used to control the amount of information

displayed.
Notes:
There are three identifier groups:
- The first group displays all data of all specified
destinations with ALL.
- The second group specifies which destination data
will be displayed. The possible values are:
NEWCODE,STD,CARRSEL,TMRIPI and LINK.
- The third group specifies in which order the destinations
will be displayed. The display can be in alphabetical
(SORT) or in nonalphabetical (NOSORT) order of the
destinations.
Only one identifier of a group can be linked with an
identifier of another group.
The default values are: ALL and SORT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ALL DISPLAY ALL DESTINATIONS

All data for all specified
destinations are output.
NEWCODE SELECT NEW CODE DESTINATIONS
Only the data of destinations with
digit retranslation are output.
STD SELECT STANDARD DESTINATIONS
Only the data of standard destinations,
carrier destinations and destinations
for carrier selection are output.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DEST- 1+

 DISP DEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CARRSEL SELECT CARRIER SELECTION DESTS

Only the data of carrier destinations
and destinations for carrier selection
are output.
SORT SORTED IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER
All destinations will be displayed in
alphabetical order ifparameter
FORMAT=SORT is specified.
The carrier destinations belonging to one
destination for carrier selection will not be
displayed in an alphabetical order, because
they are related to the corresponding
carriers of the quota group.
NOSORT NOT SORTED IN ALPHA. ORDER
TMRIPI SELECT TMRIPI SELECTION DESTS
Only the data of destinations for TMR/IPI
selection are output.
LINK LINKAGE TO ODR LIST
The linkage between the destinations and
the ODR lists are displayed.

Default: ALL, SORT

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter specifies the carrier quota group.

Data output is limited to the destinations for carrier selection
that belong to the specified carrier quota group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CARR CARRIER

This parameter specifies the carrier.

Data output is limited to the destinations for carrier selection
that contain the specified carrier.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DEST- 2-

 MOD DEST
DESTDATA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DESTINATION

This command modifies one of the following destination data:

- the name of any destination,
- the data of a standard destination,
- the data of a destination for carrier selection and automatically all the
assigned carrier destinations,
- the destination link to an optimized dynamic routing (ODR) list,
- it creates or cancels the link from a destination to an ODR-list.

Notes:
- This command is not intended for changing a standard destination into
a destination with retranslation. Nor is it intended for changing
a destination in the reverse direction. Such modifications have to be
performed using the commands CAN DEST and CR DEST.
- It is possible to modify a destination with NEWCODE into a
destination with CONVCODE and vice versa.
- It is possible to modify a destination with NEWCODE or CONVCODE by
extending the destination with NEWCODE or NEWCODE.

Prerequisites:
- The destination exists already.
- The specified ODR-list exists.
- The specified new value does not yet exist.
- The specified old value is equal to the existing data.
- If more than 6 digits are to be entered in the destination
area name, the range of values must have been extended with
the command MOD CALLPOPT : DESTMAXL = LONG.

Compatibilities:
- The parameters FOVCODE and CFOVCODE are only allowed in case of
standard or carrier-selection destinations.
Exception: The parameter FOVCODE is also allowed for carrier destinations
which are used for CDD to administrate the code for call
divergence.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD DEST - DESTDATA MODIFY DESTINATION DATA

2. MOD DEST - DESTNAME MODIFY DESTINATION NAME
3. MOD DEST - RETRANS MODIFY DESTINATION WITH RETRANSLATION

1. Input format

MODIFY DESTINATION DATA

This input format is entered in order to modify:

- data of standard destinations,
- data of destinations for carrier selection or
- linkage of a standard destination to an ODR-list.

The change of a parameter for a destination for carrier selection results

in an identical change of that value within all assigned carrier specific
destinations.

The following prerequisites must be fulfilled for successful command

execution in addition to the standard prerequisites, if one ofthe parameters
DEFEAT, MINMAX or TLIM is changed:

- The name of a standard or carrier specific destination (DEST) is

specified.
- New and old value of the parameter TLIM refers to the same time limit.

Note if changing the parameter DEFEAT:

- Each command input permits the addition of new values (using parameter
DEFEAT) and/or cancellation of existing values (using parameter CDEFEAT);
unspecified values remain unchanged in the database.

Note if changing the parameter TLIM:

- Each command input allows the value of a single time limit to be changed;
the unspecified values of other time limits remain unchanged in the
database.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DEST- 1+

 MOD DEST
DESTDATA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD DEST : DEST= <,FOVCODE= ,CFOVCODE= ,MINMAX= ,TLIM= 1
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,ODR= 11 (;) 1
1 ,DEFEAT= ,CDEFEAT= ,LINK=> 1Z,CODR=Y1 Z Y 1
1 11 11 *!+ 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FOVCODE FINAL OVERFLOW CODE

This parameter specifies the new code as the final

alternate route. This code is used for retranslation
after all routes of the overflow sequence have been
checked without success.
This parameter is also allowed for carrier destinations
which are used for CDD to administrate the code for
call divergence.
It will not be used if ODR routes have been checked.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

CFOVCODE CANCELLED FINAL OVERFLOW CODE

This parameter specifies the new code as the final

alternative route that has to be cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES

MINMAX NEW MIN/MAX NUMBER OF DIGITS

This parameter specifies that the end-of-selection is determined by

an abbreviated timeout if the minimum number of digits is present.
If the maximum number of digits is present, selection is considered
to be ended.

Notes:
- The number of digits of the LAC (known in the exchange)
associated with the CPT which points to the destination,
must not be considered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: MINIMUM NUMBER OF DIGITS=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

b: MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DIGITS=

1...24, range of decimal numbers

TLIM NEW TIME LIMIT

This parameter specifies the time limits which are to be activated or

deactivated for the destination. An entry can only be made to change
the existing values; if no value was entered for the parameter TLIM
the values created with the command CR DEST remain in the database.
The project-specific time values of the specified timers can
be displayed using the command DISP TIOUT.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DEST- 2+

 MOD DEST
DESTDATA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

The following time limit groups are possible:

Group 1:
The parameter values in this group determine the EOS
supervision for the destination. If this is activated,
dialing is considered to be complete when the relevant timer
has timed out.
Group 2:
The parameter values in this group determine the ring time limit
for the destination. If this is activated, the ring time is limited
to the value specified in the relevant timer.
Group 3:
The parameter values in this group determine the clearback signal
supervision for the destination. If this is activated, the connection
is released when the relevant timer has timed out and the clearback
signal has been received from the called end.
Group 4:
The parameter values in this group determine the call time supervision
for the destination. If this is activated, the connection is released
when the relevant timer has timed out.
Group 5:
The parameter values in this group determine the release delay for
the destination. If this is activated, the connection is released when
the relevant timer has timed out after the calling party has replaced
the receiver.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

X(DIALTM1 )= DIAL TIME 1

11 11 Corresponds to timer 07 for trunks.
1ZDIALTM2 Y1 DIAL TIME 2
11 11 Corresponds to timer 08 for trunks.
11DIALTM3 11 DIAL TIME 3
11 11 Corresponds to timer 09 for trunks.
>*OFFDIA +W SWITCH OFF DIAL CONTROL
Switches off the EOS supervision.

X(RINGTM0 )= RING TIME LIMIT 0

11 11 Switches off the ring time limit.
11 11 This is a mandatory input if TRACA=ORIG
11 11 is to be specified for one of the routes.
11RINGTM1 11 RING TIME LIMIT 1
1Z Y1 Default for ring time supervision.
11RINGTM2 11 RING TIME LIMIT 2
11RINGTM3 11 RING TIME LIMIT 3
11RINGTM4 11 RING TIME LIMIT 4
11RINGTM5 11 RING TIME LIMIT 5
11RINGTM6 11 RING TIME LIMIT 6
>*RINGTM7 +W RING TIME LIMIT 7

X(CLEATM1 )= CLEAR BACK TIME 1

11 11 Default for supervision of the clearback
11 11 signal.
11CLEATM2 11 CLEAR BACK TIME 2
11CLEATM3 11 CLEAR BACK TIME 3
1ZCLEATM4 Y1 CLEAR BACK TIME 4
11CLEATM5 11 CLEAR BACK TIME 5
11CLEATM6 11 CLEAR BACK TIME 6
11OFFEND 11 SWITCH OFF END CONTROL
11 11 Supervision of the called party clearback signal
11 11 is switched off (e.g. to avoid premature release).
>*RELCLEA +W RELEASE CLEAR BACK
Release takes place as soon as the clearback
signal is received.

X(CONVTM1 )= CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 1

11 11 Corresponds to timer 27.
11CONVTM2 11 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 2
11 11 Corresponds to timer 28.
11CONVTM3 11 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 3
11 11 Corresponds to timer 29.
1ZCONVTM4 Y1 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 4
11 11 Corresponds to timer 30.
11CONVTM5 11 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 5
11 11 Corresponds to timer 31.
11CONVTM6 11 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 6
11 11 Corresponds to timer 32.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DEST- 3+

 MOD DEST
DESTDATA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

11CONVTM7 11 CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT 7

11 11 Corresponds to timer 33.
>*OFFCALL +W NO CONVERSATION TIME LIMIT
Switches off the call time limit.

X(RELTM0 )= RELEASE TIME A-SIDE 0

11 11 Specifies that the connection is held until it
11 11 is released by an operator.
11RELTM1 11 RELEASE TIME A-SIDE 1
1Z Y1 Specifies that the connection is released as
11 11 soon as the called party has replaced the
11 11 receiver.
11RELTM2 11 RELEASE TIME A-SIDE 2
11 11 Corresponds to timer 42.
>*RELTM3 +W RELEASE TIME A-SIDE 3
Corresponds to timer 43.

DEFEAT NEW DESTINATION FEATURES

This parameter specifies particular call-processing

destination characteristics.

Default: No value

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

XAUTOINFO= AUTOMATIC INFORMATION SERVICE

1 1 Suffix dialing of digits is possible via the
1 1 speech path after the connection has been
1 1 established.
1FEATCHCK1 FEATURE CHECK
1 1 This value marks a destination for the
1 1 protocol check to check a number of
1 1 parameters.
1FIRSTACT1 FIRST ACTIVE ROUTE AS PRIMARY
1 1 This value assigns the network traffic status
1 1 ’primary traffic’ to the first active route,
1 1 i.e. to the lowest route number in the
1 1 overflow sequence to the destination that is
1 1 not blocked. Omitting this value assigns the
1 1 network traffic status ’primary traffic’ to
1 1 route number ’1’ to the destination even if
1 1 that route is deactive.
1INDIDEN 1 INDIVIDUAL IDENTIFICATION
1 1 This value marks a destination as one
1 1 requiring individual identification of an
1 1 originating CR PBX.
1QUITON 1 QUIET TONE
1 1 After dialing of all digits, a project specific
1 1 confirmation tone will be sent to the calling
1 1 party.
>RCALLBACW RECALL BACKWARD ALLOWED
The calling party can recall the operator who
set up the connection.

CDEFEAT CANCELED DESTINATION FEATURES

This parameter specifies particular call-processing

destination characteristics to be canceled.

Default: No value

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

XAUTOINFO= AUTOMATIC INFORMATION SERVICE

1 1 Suffix dialing of digits is possible via the
1 1 speech path after the connection has been
1 1 established.
1FEATCHCK1 FEATURE CHECK
1 1 This value marks a destination for the
1 1 protocol check to check a number of
1 1 parameters.
1FIRSTACT1 FIRST ACTIVE ROUTE FLAG
1 1 The first active route to the destination has
1 1 the network traffic status primary traffic.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DEST- 4+

 MOD DEST
DESTDATA
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1INDIDEN 1 INDIVIDUAL IDENTIFICATION

1 1 This value marks a destination as one
1 1 requiring individual identification of an
1 1 originating CR PBX.
1QUITON 1 QUIET TONE
1 1 After dialing of all digits, a project specific
1 1 confirmation tone will be sent to the calling
1 1 party.
>RCALLBACW RECALL BACKWARD ALLOWED
The calling party can recall the operator who
set up the connection.

LINK LINKAGE TO ODR LIST

This parameter specifies the position in the ascending hunting

sequence of the fixed alternate routes where the routing
algorithm changes to ODR and the routes of the ODR-list
are scanned.
Note:
This parameter must be entered in combination with ODR or
can be entered when ODR already exists.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...16, range of decimal numbers

ODR OPTIMIZED DYNAMIC ROUTING LIST

This parameter specifies the ODR-list which has to be linked

to the destination and is used to find an idle route by the
ODR algorithm.
This is only allowed for standard destinations, which are
not already linked to an ODR-list.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CODR CANCEL LINKAGE TO ODR LIST

This parameter specifies the ODR-list which should no longer

be linked from the destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DEST- 5+

 MOD DEST
DESTNAME
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MODIFY DESTINATION NAME

This input format is to modify a destination name.

The name of a destination can be modified independently of the type, i.e:

- the names of standard and carrier specific destinations can be changed
as well as the names of destinations for carrier selection and
destinations with new code.

Prerequisite:
- The new name is not in use for another destination.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DEST : DEST= ,NDEST= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NDEST NEW DESTINATION NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DEST- 6+

 MOD DEST
RETRANS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

MODIFY DESTINATION WITH RETRANSLATION

This input format is to modify destination data for destinations with

retranslation.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,NEWCODE= 1 1
1 1,NEWCAC= 1 (;) 1
1 MOD DEST : DEST= Z,NEWORIG1=Y Z Y 1
1 1,CONVCODE=1 *!+ 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

NEWCODE NEW NEWCODE

This parameter specifies the new code with which the

originally dialed code is replaced.
This parameter is removed by canceling the whole destination
and creating the destination together with the other
parameters.
For your convenience the following shortcut is provided by
this command:
- Reenter the existing value of this parameter again
and it will be canceled.
This only works as long as at least one code processing
parameter remains for this destination.
Caution:
- If you want to enter a new value for this parameter,
please check that it not exists, using the display
command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NEWCAC NEW CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the code which replaces an existing

carrier access code or which defines a new carrier access
code if none exists.
This parameter is removed by canceling the whole destination
and creating the destination together with the other
parameters.
For your convenience the following shortcut is provided by
this command:
- Reenter the existing value of this parameter again
and it will be canceled.
This only works as long as at least one code processing
parameter remains for this destination.
Caution:
- If you want to enter a new value for this parameter,
please check that it not exists, using the display
command.
Note:
- The existence of this parameter is not checked
in the carrier database.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DEST- 7+

 MOD DEST
RETRANS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NEWORIG1 NEW ORIGINATION MARK 1

This parameter specifies the originating code which replaces

an existing originating code or which defines a new
originating code if none exists.
This parameter is removed by canceling the whole destination
and creating the destination together with the other
parameters.
For your convenience the following shortcut is provided by
this command:
- Reenter the existing value of this parameter again
and it will be canceled.
This only works as long as at least one code processing
parameter remains for this destination.
Caution:
- If you want to enter a new value for this parameter,
please check that it not exists, using the display
command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3839, range of decimal numbers

CONVCODE CONVERTED CODE

This parameter specifies a conversion mask which is used

to modify the originally dialed code.
Any dialed area code which is administered as a local
area code in the own switch remains unchanged.
The modified code is immediately retranslated.

Valid input characteres:

0-9, A-F, #, *, +, ., X

The modifications are specified in the form of a mask

consisting of control characters and digits.

The control characters have the following significance:

X : The digit of the old code is left as it is.
. : The digit of the old code is deleted.
+ : The digits following this character, up to the next
control character, are inserted.
: Digits without a preceeding "+" replace the old code.

Input is subject to the following conditions:

- At least one modification in the code is made.
- Not more than two modifications may be made.
- For each modification, a maximum of 15 digits can be
affected but the total of both modifications is limited
to 24.

Example:
CONVCODE = 123xx. specifies that the first 3 digits of the
existing dial information are replaced by 1 2 3, the next
2 digits remain and the 6th digit is omitted.
The existing dial information 7944583 is changed to 123453.

This parameter is removed by canceling the whole destination

and creating the destination together with the other
parameters.
For your convenience the following shortcut is provided by
this command:
- Reenter the existing value of this parameter again
and it will be canceled.
This only works as long as at least one code processing
parameter remains for this destination.
Caution:
- If you want to enter a new value for this parameter,
please check that it not exists, using the display
command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DEST- 8-

 REC DEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD DESTINATION

This command initiates recording of destination load data.

Prerequisites:
- System time must be secure when the command is entered.

Notes:
- The name of the measurement file is displayed on the OMT
if disk output of traffic data is requested.
- A maximum of 8 jobs of this type with a sum of 512 destinations
(specified via group or destination origin code) may be entered
at the same time.
- The same measurement object may not be specified in more
than one job.
- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the
selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output
with immediate start.
- The measurement can be stopped with STOP JOB, except
jobs with UNIT=MDD-DAILY.
- In case of high system load it is possible that not all
measurement data can be displayed on OMT or written into
the file within a 15 minute interval.
The data record remains incomplete.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,GRP= 1 1
1 REC DEST : UNIT= Z,DOCODE=Y [,FORMAT=] [,BEG=] [,TER=] 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
1 [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of

output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN.TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data are output
to the OMT.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for postprocessing.

Notes :
- If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,
an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to a single measurement file.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DEST- 1+

 REC DEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE

If this option is selected, the data are output
to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7
daily files are prepared and created at the
start of measurement.
A daily file is closed at the end of the day
and a new file for the next day is
automatically created, or the existing file is
replaced.
Daily files will be overwritten in the
following week on the same weekday.

This information unit specifies the desired output

mode (daily file or single measurement file).
It is only permissible in connection with output
UNIT=MDD.

GRP TRAFFIC OBJECT GROUP NAME

This parameter specifies the name of a group (containing a

maximum of 512 destinations). One of the two measurement parameters
(group or destination origin code) must be specified; a combination
is not permitted. If a group is specified, output is only possible
to disk. Only valid group names may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DOCODE DESTINATION ORIGIN CODE

This parameter specifies the destination origin code.

Up to 16 destination origin codes may be linked with &.

One of the two measurement parameters (destination origin code or

group) must be specified; a combination is not permitted.

The destinations for which measurement is to be carried out may

lie inside or outside the home exchange.

The destination codes have to be specified including the

traffic discrimination digit(s) and the local area code.

In the destination code part it is possible to specify any digit

combination (up to 18 digits per code). No checks are performed
during command acceptance whether the digit combinations lead
to an existing destination.

The operator must be careful not to put invalid codes under

measurement.
If a code to be measured is too long and not valid (e.g. 089 722 05),
the calls to the smaller and valid digit combination (e.g. 089 722 0)
cannot be performed.

Measurement of subdestinations is possible (e.g. 09 & 098 & 0987 &...),

but not in combination with different origin or language code values.

A maximum of 18 subdestinations can be measured at the same time.

Multiple measurement of identical measurement objects (same digit

combination) is not permitted.

However, identical destinations can be distinguished by providing

different carrier access codes at part of the destination codes.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c]]

a: DESTINATION CODE=
1...18 digit hexadecimal number where B is

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DEST- 2+

 REC DEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

This information unit specifies the destination.

b: ORIGIN CODE=
0...3839, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the origin.

The origin code corresponds to the originating mark 1
used for routing purposes.

c: LANGUAGE CODE=
0...F, range of hexadecimal numbers

This information unit specifies the language digit.

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter determines the output format to the output medium.

The identifiers ALL (output of all traffic data counters) or
VOL (output of the following traffic data counters: calls carried,
calls carried with answer, traffic volume and traffic volume
with answer) are permitted.

Default: ALL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL DATA

VOL VOLUME DATA

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters cannot be specified for data
output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In the case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.

Default: the begin of measurement is the current date.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DEST- 3+

 REC DEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after
command input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last

single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one
begin date BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurements over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e.g. IV = 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval
times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
IV with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: TERMINATION HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: TERMINATION MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DEST- 4+

 REC DEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.

Notes:
- Input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which cannot be
linked with other values.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO DEFAULT
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DEST- 5-

 CAN DESTCNTL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DESTINATION CONTROL DATA

This command cancels from the existing TMRIPI combination the specified call
history data or the relation of all TIRDEST’s to their DEST (and in addition
this destination itself).

To re-assign an intercept to a pure TMRIPI combination, the operator has to

enter the parameter TMRIPI with only two info units. After entering this
command the actual assignment to this TMRIPI combination will be cancelled,
modifying it into an assignment of an intercept.

To cancel the call history data, the operator has to enter the parameter
TMRIPI with all three info units. After entering this command, the call
history data of this specific TMRIPI combination will not be evaluated for an
incoming call anymore. If call processing comes with all three values
(transmission requirement, ISUP preference indicator, call history data), the
call can be routed over a TIRDEST to be specified belonging to the specific
TMRIPI combination, ignoring the given call history data.

In case that the operator only entered the parameter DEST, it will be
assumed, that he wants to cancel the whole TMRIPI constellation. Therefore
after entering this command, the destination for TMRIPI selection will be
deleted. The corresponding TIRDEST elements will always be kept.

Prerequisites:
- There must be no code point or test point (created) that refers to this
destination.
- There must be no code point group that refers to this destination.
- There must be no operator position point that refers to this destination.
- There must be no centrex code point that refers to this destination.
- There must be no centrex directory number that refers to this destination.
- There must be no directory number destination that refers to this destination.
- There must be no network management traffic data that refers to this
destination.
- There must be no route to this destination.
- There must be no carrier data that refers to this destination.
- There must be no intercept code data that refers to this destination.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DESTCNTL : DEST= [,TMRIPI=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the name of destination for

TMRIPI selection.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TMRIPI TMR/IPI COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the valid combinations and consists

of three information units, one for the transmission
requirement, a second for the ISUP preference indicator and
the third info unit for special call history data.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b[-c]

a: TRANSMISSION MEDIUM REQUIREMENT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DESTCNTL- 1+

 CAN DESTCNTL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

A3KHZ1 3.1 KHZ AUDIO

SPEECH SPEECH
KBIT64 64 KBIT/S UNRESTRICTED
KBIT64FB 64 KBIT/S UNRES. FALLBACK CAP.

b: ISDN-UP PREFERENCE INDICATOR

NOTREQ NOT REQUIRED
PREF PREFERRED
REQ REQUIRED

c: CALL HISTORY DATA

ICTUPP INCOMING TUP+
NOGTUPP SERVICE NO OUTGOING TUP+
ORIGMOB ORIGINATING MOBILE SUBSCRIBER
ICR2ECHO IC MFC R2 WITH HALF ECHO SUPPR
ASUBDLU ORIGINATING ANALOG SUB AT DLU
ISDNANCA ISDN ORIGIN WITH ANALOGUE CALL

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DESTCNTL- 2-

 ENTR DESTCNTL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER DESTINATION CONTROL DATA

This command creates a new type of destination, called destination for TMRIPI
selection (DEST).
This destination is used to route a call depending on its incoming
characteristics.
These characteristics are defined with the parameter TMRIPI.
Depending on the valid TMRIPI combinations, a certain destination (TIRDEST)
will be choosen to route the traffic.
This means, that the code point points to the destination for TMRIPI
selection, and depending on the TMRIPI value (coming from the LTG incoming
side) the call will be routed over a certain TMRIPI routing destination
(TIRDEST).

If the specified destination for TMRIPI selection (DEST) does not yet
exist, a new element will be occupied in the datatable, having the new
destination type (destination for TMRIPI selection). In case that the
destination exists already, and it is of the correct type, it is assumed
that the operator wants to:
- enter additional data
- change data

If the parameter TIRDEST is entered:

- an additional TMRIPI combination may be entered for an already
existing destination, as well as for a new destination;
- a change may be made from intercept or destination (TIRDEST) to
a new destination.

If the parameter TIRDEST is not entered:

- a call history value may be brought into the administered state
(i.e. the call history value will be evaluated by Call Processing)
and be assigned to intercept handling;
- a call history value already administered may be reassigned from a
TIRDEST to intercept handling.

Prerequisites:
- If more than 6 digits are to be entered in the destination area name, the
range of values must have been extended with the command MOD CALLPOPT :
DESTMAXL = LONG.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR DESTCNTL : DEST= ,TMRIPI= [,TIRDEST=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the name of destination for TMRIPI

selection.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TMRIPI TMR/IPI COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the valid combinations and consists of three

information units, one for the transmission requirement, a second for
the ISUP preference indicator and the third info unit for special call
history data.

Valid input combinations for this parameter:

KBIT64FB-REQ
-PREF
-NOTREQ

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DESTCNTL- 1+

 ENTR DESTCNTL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

KBIT64-REQ
-PREF
-NOTREQ
SPEECH-REQ
-PREF
-NOTREQ
A3KHZ1-REQ
-PREF
-NOTREQ
KBIT64-REQ-ICTUPP
-PREF-ICTUPP
-NOTREQ-ICTUPP
SPEECH-REQ-ICTUPP
-PREF-ICTUPP
-NOTREQ-ICTUPP
A3KHZ1-REQ-ICTUPP
-PREF-ICTUPP
-NOTREQ-ICTUPP
KBIT64-REQ-NOGTUPP
-PREF-NOGTUPP
-NOTREQ-NOGTUPP
SPEECH-PREF-ORIGMOB
-PREF-ISDNANCA
-NOTREQ-ORIGMOB
-NOTREQ-ICR2ECHO
-NOTREQ-ASUBDLU
A3KHZ1-PREF-ORIGMOB
-PREF-ISDNANCA
-NOTREQ-ORIGMOB
-NOTREQ-ICR2ECHO
-NOTREQ-ASUBDLU

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b[-c]

a: TRANSMISSION MEDIUM REQUIREMENT

A3KHZ1 3.1 KHZ AUDIO
SPEECH SPEECH
KBIT64 64 KBIT/S UNRESTRICTED
KBIT64FB 64 KBIT/S UNR. FALLBACK CAPAB.

b: ISDN-UP PREFERENCE INDICATOR

NOTREQ NOT REQUIRED
PREF PREFERRED
REQ REQUIRED

c: CALL HISTORY DATA

ICTUPP INCOMING TUP+
NOGTUPP SERVICE NO OUTGOING TUP+
ORIGMOB ORIGINATING MOBILE SUBSCRIBER
ICR2ECHO IC MFC R2 WITH HALF ECHO SUPPR
ASUBDLU ORIGINATING ANALOG SUB AT DLU
ISDNANCA ISDN ORIGIN WITH ANALOGUE CALL

TIRDEST TMR/IPI ROUTING DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the name of a destination, which will be

referable via a destination for TMRIPI selection (DEST).
The destination may be reached with a code combination directly, or
indirectly via a destination for TMRIPI selection (DEST).

Prerequisites:
- The destination specified for parameter TIRDEST has to be
created as standard or newcode destination, or as a destination
for carrier selection, with help of the command CR DEST or
ENTR DESTDAT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DESTCNTL- 2-

 CAN DESTDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DESTINATION DATA

This command converts a destination for carrier selection into a standard

destination. The assignment to a carrier quota group is cancelled. With
the command CAN DESTDAT all routes created for the standby destination
are transferred to the former destination for carrier selection. As a
result, this destination becomes a standard destination again. The former
standby carrier destination is then cancelled.

The other carrier destinations are converted into standard destinations

if one of the following conditions is fulfilled:
- a test point exists for the carrier destination
- a route exists for the carrier destination.
Carrier destinations for which neither of these conditions is fulfilled
are cancelled.

Prerequisites:
- The destination has been created.
- It is a destination for carrier selection.
- The destination for carrier selection has already been deactivated.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DESTDAT : DEST= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DESTDAT- 1-

 ENTR DESTDAT
NOROUTE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER DESTINATION DATA

This command modifies a standard destination to form a destination for

carrier selection. This applies even if calls are already processed via
the standard destination.

Note:
The modification is not allowed for destinations with optimized
dynamic routing (CR ODR) reference.

Prerequisites:
- The standard destination to be modified to form a destination
for carrier selection is created.
- If one of the carrier destinations has already been created
as standard destination, no code points refer to this destination.
- The carrier quota group has been created and is active.
- A carrier destination is specified for each active carrier of the
carrier quota group.
- If more than 6 digits are to be entered in the destination area
name, the range of values must have been extended with the command
MOD CALLPOPT : DESTMAXL = LONG.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ENTR DESTDAT - NOROUTE

2. ENTR DESTDAT - ROUTE

1. Input format

Input format to be used if the destination to be expanded has no routes

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR DESTDAT : DEST= ,CQGRP= ,CDEST= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the name of the standard destination

which is being converted into a carrier selection destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the carrier quota group

which is assigned to the carrier selection destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CDEST CARRIER DESTINATION

Up to 20 parameter values may be specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DESTDAT- 1+

 ENTR DESTDAT
NOROUTE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: CARRIER DESTINATION NAME=

1...12 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This parameter unit specifies the name of a carrier destination

which can be assigned to the carrier selection destination.

b: CARRIER NAME=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This parameter unit specifies the name of the carrier to

which the carrier destination will be assigned.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DESTDAT- 2+

 ENTR DESTDAT
ROUTE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

Input format to be used if the destination to be expanded has routes.

The routes of the standard destination are transferred to the specified
standby carrier destination.

Additional prerequisites:
- The standby carrier destination must be specified in the list of
carrier destinations.
- No routes may have been created for the standby carrier destination.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ENTR DESTDAT : DEST= ,CQGRP= ,CDEST= ,SCDEST= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the name of the standard destination

which is being converted into a carrier selection destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CQGRP CARRIER QUOTA GROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the carrier quota group

which is assigned to the carrier selection destination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CDEST CARRIER DESTINATION

Up to 20 parameter values may be specified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: CARRIER DESTINATION NAME=

1...12 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This parameter unit specifies the name of a carrier destination

which can be assigned to the carrier selection destination.

b: CARRIER NAME=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This parameter unit specifies the name of the carrier to

which the carrier destination will be assigned.

SCDEST STANDBY CARRIER DESTINATION

This parameter specifies to which carrier destination the routes

which are assigned to the standard destination, being converted
into carrier selection destination, are to be transferred.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DESTDAT- 3-

 MOD DESTDAT
ACDEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DESTINATION DATA

This command modifies the assignment of carrier destination to a carrier

selection area.

It is possible to
- assign further carrier destinations to a destination for carrier
selection or
- cancel the assignment of carrier destinations to a destination for
carrier selection.

Prerequisites:
- If more than 6 digits are to be entered in the destination area
name, the range of values must have been extended with the command
MOD CALLPOPT : DESTMAXL = LONG.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD DESTDAT - ACDEST ADDITIONAL CARRIER DESTINATION

2. MOD DESTDAT - CCDEST CANCELLED CARRIER DESTINATION

1. Input format

ADDITIONAL CARRIER DESTINATION

This input format is used to modify the extension for a destination for
carrier selection (add carrier destinations).

All destinations for carrier selection need to be expanded after the

addition of one or more carriers to a quota group (MOD CQGRP) in order to
bring the additional carriers into effect for the load sharing scheme.

The expansion of destinations for carrier selection is also necessary, if

no carrier destinations were assigned during the initial ENTR DESTDAT to
carriers with a quota of zero, and if the carriers shall be activated now.

All added carrier destinations with already assigned routes are activated
automatically, if the destination for carrier selection is already active
(ACT DEST).

Prerequisites:
- The name of the additional carrier destination is not yet used.
- The additional carrier destination already exists as a standard
destination without any code points using this destination.
- The carrier name already exists in that quota group used by the specified
destination for carrier selection.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DESTDAT : ACDEST= ,DEST= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ACDEST ADDITIONAL CARRIER DESTINATION

Up to 19 parameter values can be entered.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: CARRIER DESTINATION NAME=

1...12 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This parameter unit specifies the name of the carrier

destination which can be assigned to the carrier selection

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DESTDAT- 1+

 MOD DESTDAT
ACDEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

destination.

b: CARRIER NAME=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This parameter unit specifies the name of the carrier to

which the carrier destination will be assigned.

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the name of the carrier selection area.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DESTDAT- 2+

 MOD DESTDAT
CCDEST
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CANCELLED CARRIER DESTINATION

This input format is entered to modify the extension of destination for

carrier selection (cancel carrier destination).

All carrier destinations assigned to a deactivated carrier (MOD CQDAT)

need to be deleted from the destination for carrier selection before the
carrier can be removed from the quota group (MOD CQGRP).

Additionally, a table is displayed which shows if the cancelled carrier

destinations have been deleted or if they were kept as standard
destinations.

Prerequisites:
- The carrier, which the carrier destination being cancelled is assigned
to, is deactive within the quota group.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DESTDAT : CCDEST= ,DEST= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CCDEST CANCELLED CARRIER DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the carrier destination for which the

assignment to the carrier selection area should be cancelled.
Up to 19 parameter values can be cancelled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DEST DESTINATION

This parameter specifies the name of the carrier selection area.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DESTDAT- 3-

 DISP DEVAUT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DEVICE AUTHORIZATION

This command displays authorizations assigned to devices.

A table is displayed showing the authorizations of individual
or all devices.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP DEVAUT : [DEV=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEV OUTPUT DEVICE

This parameter specifies the device for which the basic or maximum
authorization is to be modified, or which devices authorizations are
to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DEVICE TYPE
OMT O&M TERMINAL
WST WORKSTATION

This information unit specifies the device type.

b: DEVICE NUMBER=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the device number.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DEVAUT- 1-

 MOD DEVAUT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DEVICE AUTHORIZATION

This command modifies the input device authorization.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DEVAUT : DEV= ,AUT= ,OAUT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DEV OUTPUT DEVICE

This parameter specifies the device for which the authorization must
be modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: DEVICE IDENTIFIER
OMT O&M TERMINAL
WST WORKSTATION

b: DEVICE IDENTIFIER=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

AUT NEW AUTHORIZATION

This parameter specifies the new device authorization.

An authorization contains a number of authorization classes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OAUT OLD AUTHORIZATION

This parameter specifies the old device authorization.

An authorization contains a number of authorization classes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DEVAUT- 1-

 DISP DIAGSTAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS STATISTICS

This command displays interim results of the active permanent

diagnosis. The number of cyclic runs, the number of faults found,
information on different faults, and the basic information on
the last fault are displayed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DIAGSTAT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DIAGSTAT- 1-

 DISP DIGITCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DIGITS CP

This command displays the digit translator data related to the

specified digit combination.

The displayed data may be restricted to certain digit combinations

specifying parameters CODE and ORIG1.

Examples: DISP DIGITCP; (no restrictions)

DISP DIGITCP: CODE=X; (no restrictions)
DISP DIGITCP: CODE=12; (code restricted)
DISP DIGITCP: ORIG1=DEF; (origination mark 1 restricted).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DIGITCP : [CODE=] [,ORIG1=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter restricts the digit translation data to be displayed:

Only digit translation data that begin with the entered digits will
be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

ORIG1 ORIGINATING MARK 1

This parameter restricts the digit translation data to be displayed:

Only digit translation data that contain the entered originating
mark will be displayed. Only decimal numbers, range 0..3839, and
the hexadecimal number ’DEF’ may be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DIGITCP- 1-

 CAN DIGITGP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DIGITS GP

This command cancels the control record for the GP according to the digit
combination entered in the command CR DIGITGP.

The appropriate digit combinations will then be pretranslated according to

the standard values.

Prerequisites :
- The appropriate digit combinations in the digit translator must first be
cancelled if the number of digits for pretranslation is to be changed.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DIGITGP : CODE= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit combination for the control record
for the GP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...3 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DIGITGP- 1-

 CR DIGITGP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE DIGITS GP

This command creates the control record for the GP. Based on this record, the
number of digits to be pretranslated in the GP is determined.
The record consists of two units. The first unit specifies the code for pre-
translation. The second unit determines the number of digits to be evaluated
by the GP. Codes that don’t appear in the control record are handled by using
default values.
(These default values are:
Subscriber Controlled Input - 6 digits,
Code points with TRATYP=TOLLFRNO - 24 digits,
Code points with TRATYP=CLOCKTST - 24 digits,
Code points with TRATYP=NBARCPT - 24 digits,
Code points with TRATYP=ITGW - 24 digits,
Local areacodes - 6 digits.)

Since the pretranslator receives its data from the commands that create the
digit translator, the described command must be entered first.

Prerequisites :
- The entered control record must not already exist.
- The command must be entered before the digit translator is created.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR DIGITGP : CODE= ,DIGITS= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter determines the digit combination for the control record
for the GP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...3 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DIGITS DIGITS

This parameter specifies the number of digits to be evaluated

in the GP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DIGITGP- 1-
 DISP DIGITGP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DIGITS GP

This command displays the digit control data for the GP and also the digit
pretranslation table.

If the parameters are omitted or standard list format is selected, all digit
sequences for which the digit pretranslation differs from the standard setup
(evaluation of a maximum of 4 digits in the GP), are displayed.

If extended list format is selected, the complete digit pretranslation data is

displayed for all digit sequences specified by the parameter CODE.
If all data of digit preanalysis table is selected, the data of the not used
elements (i.e. elements of the digit preanalysis table with initial values)
will be displayed too.

If utilization list format is selected, the rate of capacity utilization of the

digit pretranslation table is displayed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DIGITGP : [CODE=] [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the digit sequence for which data is to be

displayed.
The parameter is mandatory if FORMAT = EXT or
FORMAT = ALL.

Incompatibilities:
- FORMAT = STD
- FORMAT = USE

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

STD STANDARD LIST FORMAT

EXT EXTENDED LIST FORMAT
ALL ALL DATA OF PREANALYSIS TABLE
USE USE OF PREANALYSIS TABLE

Default: STD

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DIGITGP- 1-

 MOD DIGITGP
COLDIG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DIGITS GP

This command modifies the number of digits which are to be collected after the
digit pretranslation in the GP. (Prerequisite for this command is a good working
knowledge of the system.) The call is not passed on to the CP until the GP has
received the required number of digits.

The number of GP-CP messages (M:DIGIT_BLOCK_C - C:COME_AGAIN_C cycles) is

reduced if more digits are collected in the GP. This affects the time for
setting up a call as well as the used processor time, but only if the called
party digits are received with an "overlap" protocol. Otherwise a single
GP-CP message M:DIGIT_BLOCK_C is used to send all digits at once to the CP.

The GP uses a subtree of the CP digit translation tree to perform the digit
pretranslation. This subtree, in the standard configuration, comprises four
digits, i.e. the root of the digit tree plus three additional nodes of the digit
tree.
This global standard length can be modified with the DIGITS parameter.
A changed value of this parameter affects only entries created in the
digit tree after the execution of MOD DIGITGP. Existing entries remain
unchanged.

Note:
Besides this global setting of the subtree size it is also possible to optimise
specific codes using CR DIGITGP.

Using a higher DIGITS value improves the system performance, but more memory
is required to store the digit combinations. This limits the possible number of
digit combinations in the CP digit tree, which are entered with these commands:
- CR CPT
- SPLIT CPT
- CR TEPT
- ENTR AREACODE, if parameter LAC is entered
- MOD AREACODE, if parameter LAC is entered
- ENTR SCFEA, if parameter CODE is entered
All these commands are rejected if the GP digit tree does not have sufficient
space, and additional nodes have to be allocated.

It is also possible to increase the number of digits that are collected in the
GP for specific digit combinations.
The parameters CODE and possibly LAC define the digit combination.
Parameter COLDIG defines how many digits still have to be collected after
the digit pretranslation is finished.
This optimisation does not affect the number of allocated nodes in the GP digit
tree. It is additional data for a pretranslation result.
Note:
This number of additionally collected digits is reset whenever one of the above
listed commands is entered for a digit combination that completely includes
LAC (if present) and CODE. The COLDIG value has to be
re-entered if it still applies.

Caution:
The length of LAC (if present) and CODE plus the value of
COLDIG may not exceed the total length of the shortest called party number
starting with LAC (if present) and CODE.
Entering a COLDIG value that does not comply with this rule REMOVES short
called party numbers beginning with LAC (if present) and CODE the
service!
The called party numbers concerned are not recognized as completely dialed.
The calls are released after a time-out.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD DIGITGP - COLDIG INDIVIDUAL COLLECTION OF DIGITS

2. MOD DIGITGP - DIGITS DEFAULT LENGTH OF PRETRANSLATION TREE

1. Input format

INDIVIDUAL COLLECTION OF DIGITS

This path is used to modify the code individual amount of additionally collected
digits.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DIGITGP- 1+

 MOD DIGITGP
COLDIG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DIGITGP : CODE= [,LAC=] ,COLDIG= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CODE DIGIT COMBINATION

This parameter specifies the control record digit combination for

the GP.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code if multiple directory

number volumes exist in the exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

COLDIG COLLECT DIGITS

This parameter specifies the number of digits which are to be collected

in the GP after the digit pretranslation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...24, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DIGITGP- 2+

 MOD DIGITGP
DIGITS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DEFAULT LENGTH OF PRETRANSLATION TREE

This path is used to modify the global standard length of the digit combinations
that are stored in the GP pretranslator.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DIGITGP : DIGITS= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DIGITS PRETRANSLATED DIGITS (DEFAULT)

This parameter specifies the default value for the number of digits
which are stored in the GP digit pretranslator und used for the digit
pretranslation.
Digit combinations with a length lower or equal to the value of this
parameter may be stored completely in the GP. Longer digit combinations
are cut off at the specified length and partially stored in the GP.

The GP handles a subset of the CP functions for digit translation.

Fewer digits than the specified length are stored in GP if a digit
combination uses a CP-only function.
An example for these is a CR CPT using the evalution of
ORIG1.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DIGITGP- 3-

 DISP DISK
FILEOMT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DISK

This command displays data from a disk or from a file of a disk

or transfers these data to tape / magneto optical disk.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP DISK - FILEOMT FILE DATA TO OMT

2. DISP DISK - FILETAPE FILE DATA TO TAPE / MO
3. DISP DISK - MDDOMT MDD DATA TO OMT
4. DISP DISK - MDDTAPE MDD DATA TO TAPE / MO

1. Input format

FILE DATA TO OMT

This command displays data from a file of a disk in the

status ACT (active).

Prerequisites:
- The file must exist.
- The (specified) magnetic disk must be available.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DISK : FILE= [,MDD=] [,SECTOR=] [,BYTE=] [,GEN=] 1
1 1
1 ,LENGTH= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the disk file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE

This parameter specifies the logical device number

of the magnetic disk device.

Notes:
- Only the decimal values 0 and 1 are legal.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

SECTOR SECTOR NUMBER

This parameter specifies the begin sector (and the end sector
- if a parameter interval can/must be entered) of the magnetic
disk or the specified file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...16777215, range of decimal numbers

BYTE BYTE

This parameter specifies the offset to the sector begin

in byte.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DISK- 1+

 DISP DISK
FILEOMT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

GEN FILE GENERATION

This parameter specifies the name of the generation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LENGTH RECORD LENGTH

This parameter specifies the length of the data to be

displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2048, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DISK- 2+

 DISP DISK
FILETAPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

FILE DATA TO TAPE / MO

This command transfers data from a file of a disk in the

status ACT (active) to tape / magneto optical disk.

Prerequisites:
- The file must exist.
- The (specified) magnetic disk must be available.
- The specified volume must be mounted / inserted.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DISK : FILE= ,VSN= [,MDD=] [,SECTOR=] [,BYTE=] [,GEN=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the disk file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

tape / magneto optical disk.

Notes:
- Only alphanumeric characters are legal.
- The following character strings are reserved for disk
devices and therefore illegal: ’VSN000’ and ’VSN001’.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE

This parameter specifies the logical device number

of the magnetic disk device.

Notes:
- Only the decimal values 0 and 1 are legal.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

SECTOR SECTOR NUMBER

This parameter specifies the begin sector (and the end sector
- if a parameter interval can/must be entered) of the magnetic
disk or the specified file.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

0...16777215, range of decimal numbers

BYTE BYTE

This parameter specifies the offset to the sector begin

in byte.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DISK- 3+

 DISP DISK
FILETAPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

GEN FILE GENERATION

This parameter specifies the name of the generation.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DISK- 4+

 DISP DISK
MDDOMT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

MDD DATA TO OMT

This command displays data from a disk in the status

ACT (active) or MBL (maintenance blocked).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DISK : MDD= ,LENGTH= ,SECTOR= [,BYTE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE

This parameter specifies the logical device number

of the magnetic disk device.

Notes:
- Only the decimal values 0 and 1 are legal.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

LENGTH RECORD LENGTH

This parameter specifies the length of the data to be

displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2048, range of decimal numbers

SECTOR SECTOR NUMBER

This parameter specifies the begin sector (and the end sector
- if a parameter interval can/must be entered) of the magnetic
disk or the specified file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...16777215, range of decimal numbers

BYTE BYTE

This parameter specifies the offset to the sector begin

in byte.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DISK- 5+

 DISP DISK
MDDTAPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

MDD DATA TO TAPE / MO

This command transfers data from a disk in the status

ACT (active) or MBL (maintenance blocked) to tape
/ magneto optical disk.

Prerequisites:
- For the parameter SECTOR a parameter interval must be entered
by linking two parameter values with &&.
- The specified volume must be mounted / inserted.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DISK : MDD= ,VSN= ,SECTOR= [,BYTE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE

This parameter specifies the logical device number

of the magnetic disk device.

Notes:
- Only the decimal values 0 and 1 are legal.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

tape / magneto optical disk.

Notes:
- Only alphanumeric characters are legal.
- The following character strings are reserved for disk
devices and therefore illegal: ’VSN000’ and ’VSN001’.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

SECTOR SECTOR NUMBER

This parameter specifies the begin sector (and the end sector
- if a parameter interval can/must be entered) of the magnetic
disk or the specified file.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

0...16777215, range of decimal numbers

BYTE BYTE

This parameter specifies the offset to the sector begin

in byte.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DISK- 6-

 PATCH DISK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PATCH DISK

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 PATCH DISK : MDD= ,SECTOR= ,BYTE= ,LENGTH= ,DATA= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

SECTOR SECTOR NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...16777215, range of decimal numbers

BYTE BYTE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2047, range of decimal numbers

LENGTH RECORD LENGTH

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

DATA DATA

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DISK DATA=
2...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: DISK DATA=
2...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

c: DISK DATA=
2...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

d: DISK DATA=
2...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 PATCH DISK- 1-

 STOP DISP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

STOP DISPLAY

This command stops the display being output on the O&M terminal.
The command is only effective if the display was started with a command
that performs a display function (e.g. DISP, SEL, STAT commands).

Notes:
- The command must be entered on the same terminal as the command which
causes the output that should be stopped.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STOP DISP : JN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

JN JOB NUMBER

This parameter specifies the job number assigned to a display job.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STOP DISP- 1-

 CONF DIU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT

With this command a digital interface unit can be configured

to one of the states MBL, ACT, CBL or PLA.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF DIU : LTG= ,DIU= ,OST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

DIU DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...4, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the destination operating status.

The following status transitions are permitted:

PLA <-> MBL

MBL --> ACT
ACT --> MBL (when the LTG is not active)
MBL <-> CBL
UNA --> MBL or CBL or ACT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED

ACT ACTIVE
PLA PLANNED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DIU- 1-

 DIAG DIU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT

This command diagnoses a DIU of the type DIU24 or DIU30 in

an LTG.
Precondition: the LTG must be in the operating status
ACT or CBL and the associated DIU must be in the
operating status MBL.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG DIU : LTG= ,DIU= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

DIU DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...4, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG DIU- 1-

 STAT DIU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY STATUS OF DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT

This command displays the operating status of

- one DIU in a particular LTG
- one DIU in all LTGs
- all DIUs in a particular LTG
- all DIUs in all LTGs
- all DIUs with a particular operating status in a
particular LTG
- all DIUs with a particular operating status in all LTGs
For the parameter LTG a value or X must always be entered.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT DIU : LTG= [,DIU=] [,OST=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

DIU DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT NUMBER

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...4, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED
UNA UNAVAILABLE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DIU- 1-

 DISP DLCI
DLCI
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DATA LINK CONNECTION IDENTIFIER

This command displays

- data link connection identifiers on the BD-channel
- frame handler reference numbers
- terminal end point identifiers
- local area codes
- directory numbers
- line numbers of PBX lines and
- the equipment numbers of DLU- or V5IF ports
depending on the given input parameters.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP DLCI - DLCI INPUT OF DLCI AND FRAMEHD

2. DISP DLCI - DN INPUT OF LAC AND DN
3. DISP DLCI - EQN INPUT OF EQN

1. Input format

INPUT OF DLCI AND FRAMEHD

In this path the input of DLCI and FRAMEHD is considered.

The DLCI value has to specify a DLCI on the Bd-channel.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DLCI : DLCI= ,FRAMEHD= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLCI DATA LINK CONNECTION ID

This parameter specifies the data link connection identifier on

a BD-channel. The input of the DLCI on a BDDLUCH or BDSILCCH
is not valid.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FRAMEHD FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the frame handler reference number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...999, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLCI- 1+

 DISP DLCI
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

INPUT OF LAC AND DN

In this path the input of LAC and DN of a subscriber or PBX line

is considered.

For PBX lines the input of LNO has to be done.

The parameter TEI is optional and only valid for subscribers or
PBX lines on DLU modules with at most 8 ports. It is invalid for
subscribers or PBX lines on DLU modules with 16 ports or V5
interfaces.
If the parameter TEI is entered, the DLCI value is calculated
and displayed according to the entered value.
If the parameter TEI is not entered, all DLCIs are calculated
and displayed according to the stored TEIs of this port.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DLCI : LAC= ,DN= [,LNO=] [,TEI=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of a PBX line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

TEI TERMINAL END POINT IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the value of the terminal end point

identifier.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...63, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLCI- 2+

 DISP DLCI
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

INPUT OF EQN

In this path the input of EQN is considered.

The EQN has to specify a subscriber or PBX line on a DLU

or V5IF. If an access with multiple DN is specified, the
first object on this access will be evaluated.

The parameter TEI is optional and only valid for subscribers or

PBX lines on DLU modules with at most 8 ports. It is invalid for
subscribers or PBX lines on DLU modules with 16 ports or V5
interfaces.
If the parameter TEI is entered, the DLCI value is calculated
and displayed according to the entered value.
If the parameter TEI is not entered, all DLCIs are calculated
and displayed according to the stored TEIs of this port.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DLCI : EQN= [,TEI=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of a DLU port

or V5IF port.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DLU OR V5IF NUMBER=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies a DLU- or V5IF number.

10, 20, 30 ... 2550 specifies a DLU number

6000, 6001 ... 8999 specifies a V5IF number

b: SHELF NUMBER OR EXTENSION UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the shelf number of a DLU or the

extension unit of a V5IF. The extension unit of a V5IF
is always 0.

c: MODULE NO OR UPPER V5IF PORTNO=

0...20, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the module number of a DLU or the

upper two digits of a V5IF port number.
e.g. V5IF port 1739 -> 17
253 -> 2
27 -> 0

d: CIRCUIT NO OR LOWER V5IF PORTNO=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the circuit number of a DLU port or

the lower 2 digits of a V5IF port.
e.g. V5IF port 1739 -> 39
253 -> 53
27 -> 27

TEI TERMINAL END POINT IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the value of the terminal end point

identifier.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLCI- 3+

 DISP DLCI
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...63, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLCI- 4-

 CAN DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DIGITAL LINE UNIT

This command cancels a DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.
- The existing DLU systems must be PLA.
- The DIUs in the LTGs the DLU is connected
to must be PLA.
- No nailed up connection must exist for this DLU.
- If the DLU is of the type DLUG, no
administerable DLU equipment must exist in
this DLU.
- No administerable DLU modules must exist in
this DLU.
- The DLU must not be object to IACHASTA (see
MML command CR IACOBJ.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DLU : DLU= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DLU- 1-

 CONF DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE DIGITAL LINE UNIT

This command configures a DLU system to the desired operating status.

If a DLU system of any DLU type except DLUG is configured, then the
connected DIUs on the LTG will be configured automatically together
with the DLU system.

If a DLU system of a DLUG is configured, then the connected DIUs on

the LTG are not configured automatically together with the DLU system.
The command CONF DIU must be used to configure the DIUs of a
connected DLUG.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,DLUC0=1 1
1 CONF DLU : DLU= Z,DLUC1=Y ,OST= ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

DLUC0 DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROL 0

N NO
NO
Y YES
YES

DLUC1 DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROL 1

N NO
NO
Y YES
YES

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the desired operating status.

Compatibilities:
+--------------------------+-------------------+
! ! ! New state !
! Old ! Access- +----+----+----+----+
! state ! Degrading ! CBL! ACT! PLA! MBL!
+==========================+====+====+====+====+
! UNA ! * ! + ! + ! ! + !
+--------------------------+----+----+----+----+
! MBL ! * ! + ! + ! + ! !
+--------------------------+----+----+----+----+
! PLA ! * ! ! ! ! + !
+--------------------------+----+----+----+----+
! CBL ! * ! ! + ! ! + !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DLU- 1+

 CONF DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

+--------------------------+----+----+----+----+
! ACT ! accessible ! + ! ! ! !
! ACT ! not accessible ! + ! ! ! + !
+--------------------------+----+----+----+----+

+: legal transition
*: not relevant

Notes:
- During installation recovery there are no restrictions for state
transitions and the compatibility table is not relevant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
PLA PLANNED
CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DLU- 2-

 CR DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE DIGITAL LINE UNIT

This command creates a DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must not yet exist.
- All LTGs connected to the DLU must be
of the same type.
- All LTGs connected to the DLU must have
the same load type.
- All LTUs connected to the DLU must be
of the same type and not be connected to
another DLU. Allowed types are:
D24
D30
- Enough memory must be provided in the CP
database (see command MODIFY DB-SIZE),

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR DLU : DLU= ,TYPE= <,DLUC0= ,DLUC1=> [,PORTGRID=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CCSWIDTH=] [,ALEXF=] [,ALPROF=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must not yet exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

TYPE DLU TYPE

This parameter specifies the DLU type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DLUA DLU TYPE A

DLUB DLU TYPE B
DLUK DLU TYPE K
DLUO DLU TYPE O
DLUD DLU TYPE D
DLUV DLU TYPE V
DLUX DLU TYPE X
DLUI DLU TYPE I
DLUG DLU TYPE G

DLUC0 DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROLLER 0

This parameter specifies the connection of

DLU controller 0 to LTUs in up to two LTGs.

Compatibilities:
- The specified LTGs and LTUs must exist.
- The specified LTGs must be of the
type LTGB.
- The type of these LTUs must be one of the
following:
D24
D30
- The PCM links of all DLU controllers of

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLU- 1+
 CR DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the DLU must be connected to LTUs of the

same type.
- If the type of the LTUs is D30, only the
LTUs 0 to 3 may be used for connecting
the DLU.
- The specified DIUs must not yet be connected
to another DLU.
- CCS links must be connected to DIUs with the
following applications:
CCSDLU
CCSLDI
- Extension links must be connected to DIUs
with the following applications:
EXTDLU
EXTLDI
- All CCS links of a DLU controller must be
connected to DIUs with the same application.
- To each LTG connected to the DLU there must
be exactly one CCS link.
- The CCS links of DLU controller 0 must be
connected to different LTGs than the CCS links
of DLU controller 1.
- If a CCS link of a DLU controller is
connected to a DIU with the application
CCSDLU, all extension links of this DLU
controller must be connected to DIUs with the
application EXTDLU.
- If a CCS link of a DLU controller is
connected to a DIU with the application
CCSLDI, all extension links of this DLU
controller must be connected to DIUs with the
application EXTLDI.
- The CCS link connected to the port CCS0 of
the DLU controller must lead to a different
LTG than the CCS link connected to port CCS1.
- All PCM links connected to the ports CCS0,
EXT0, EXT1, EXT2 and EXT3 of a DLU
controller must be connected to the same LTG.
- All PCM links connected to the ports CCS1,
EXT4, EXT5, EXT6 and EXT7 of a DLU
controller must be connected to the same LTG.
- The ports EXT3 and EXT7 of the DLU
controller can only be used if they are
connected to LTUs of the type D24.
- For all DLU types except DLUG, only the
ports CCS0 and EXT0 of the DLU controller
can be used for LTG connections.
- If the CCS link of a DLU of the type DLUV
is connected to a DIU with the application
CCSDLU, no extension link may be created.

At maximum 10 values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: LTG SET=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG set.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG number.

c: LINE TRUNK UNIT NUMBER=

0...4, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DIU to which

the DLU controller 0 is connected via
a PCM link.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLU- 2+
 CR DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

d: DLUC PORT
CCS0 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 0
EXT0 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 0
EXT1 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 1
EXT2 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 2
EXT3 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 3
CCS1 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 1
EXT4 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 4
EXT5 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 5
EXT6 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 6
EXT7 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 7

This unit specifies the PCM port on the

DLU controller 0 to which the PCM is
connected.

DLUC1 DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROLLER 1

This parameter specifies the connection of

DLU controller 1 to LTUs in up to two LTGs.

Compatibilities:
- The specified LTGs and LTUs must exist.
- The specified LTGs must be of the
type LTGB.
- The type of these LTUs must be one of the
following:
D24
D30
- The PCM links of all DLU controllers of
the DLU must be connected to LTUs of the
same type.
- If the type of the LTUs is D30, only the
LTUs 0 to 3 may be used for connecting
the DLU.
- The specified DIUs must not yet be connected
to another DLU.
- CCS links must be connected to DIUs with the
following applications:
CCSDLU
CCSLDI
- Extension links must be connected to DIUs
with the following applications:
EXTDLU
EXTLDI
- All CCS links of a DLU controller must be
connected to DIUs with the same application.
- To each LTG connected to the DLU there must
be exactly one CCS link.
- The CCS links of DLU controller 0 must be
connected to different LTGs than the CCS links
of DLU controller 1.
- If a CCS link of a DLU controller is
connected to a DIU with the application
CCSDLU, all extension links of this DLU
controller must be connected to DIUs with the
application EXTDLU.
- If a CCS link of a DLU controller is
connected to a DIU with the application
CCSLDI, all extension links of this DLU
controller must be connected to DIUs with the
application EXTLDI.
- The CCS link connected to the port CCS0 of
the DLU controller must lead to a different
LTG than the CCS link connected to port CCS1.
- All PCM links connected to the ports CCS0,
EXT0, EXT1, EXT2 and EXT3 of a DLU
controller must be connected to the same LTG.
- All PCM links connected to the ports CCS1,
EXT4, EXT5, EXT6 and EXT7 of a DLU
controller must be connected to the same LTG.
- The ports EXT3 and EXT7 of the DLU
controller can only be used if they are
connected to LTUs of the type D24.
- For all DLU types except DLUG, only the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLU- 3+
 CR DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ports CCS0 and EXT0 of the DLU controller

can be used for LTG connections.
- If the CCS link of a DLU of the type DLUV
is connected to a DIU with the application
CCSDLU, no extension link may be created.

At maximum 10 values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: LTG SET=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG set.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG number.

c: LINE TRUNK UNIT NUMBER=

0...4, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DIU to which

the DLU controller 1 is connected via
a PCM link.

d: DLUC PORT
CCS0 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 0
EXT0 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 0
EXT1 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 1
EXT2 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 2
EXT3 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 3
CCS1 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 1
EXT4 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 4
EXT5 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 5
EXT6 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 6
EXT7 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 7

This unit specifies the PCM port on the

DLU controller 1 to which the PCM is
connected.

PORTGRID PORT GRID OF THE DLU

This parameter specifies how many ports are

assigned to each DLU module is this DLU.

Compatibilities:
- This parameter may only be entered for a
DLU of the type DLUG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

16,32, range of decimal numbers

CCSWIDTH CCS WIDTH

This parameter specifies how many timeslots

on each CCS link of the DLU are used as
CCS channel.

Compatibilities:
- This parameter may only be entered for a
DLU of the type DLUG.

Incompatibilities:
- If the DLU is connected to LTUs of the
type D24, only values from 1 to 8 may
be entered.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLU- 4+
 CR DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

ALEXF ALARM EXTERNAL FUNCTION

This parameter specifies whether the integrated

ALEX function of the DLU controllers are used.

Compatibilities:
- This parameter may only be entered for a
DLU of the type DLUG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO ALEX FUNCTION
NO NO ALEX FUNCTION
Y ALEX FUNCTION
YES ALEX FUNCTION

ALPROF ALARM PROFILE

This parameter specifies the alarm profile.

Valid profiles are:

MAJESC major with escalation
MINESC minor with escalation
MAJNOESC major no escalation
MINNOESC minor no escalation
CRITICAL critical

If this parameter is omitted for a DLU of

the type DLUG, the alarm profile MAJESC
will be used by default.

Prerequisites:
- The specified alarm profile must exist.

Compatibilities:
- This parameter may only be entered for a
DLU of the type DLUG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLU- 5-
 DIAG DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSIS OF THE DIGITAL LINE UNIT

This command starts the diagnosis of a digital line unit or a specific

DLU system.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU system(s) to be diagnosed must have been created.
- No other diagnosis may run on this DLU.
- The pre-switched units (LTG and DIU(CCS)) must be in the operating states
ACT or CBL.
- The DLU system(s) to be diagnosed must be in the operating state(s) MBL.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,DLUC0=11 1
1 DIAG DLU : DLU= 1Z,DLUC1=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

DLUC0 DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROL 0

This parameter specifies whether DLUC0 is to be diagnosed.

Default: 1.) Y if neither DLUC0=Y nor DLUC1=Y is specified or

2.) N if DLUC1=Y is specified.

N NO
NO
Y YES
YES

Default: Y

DLUC1 DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROL 1

This parameter specifies whether DLUC1 is to be diagnosed.

Default: 1.) Y if neither DLUC1=Y nor DLUC0=Y is specified or

2.) N if DLUC0=Y is specified.

N NO
NO
Y YES
YES

Default: Y

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG DLU- 1-

 DISP DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DIGITAL LINE UNIT

This command displays data of one DLU, a range of DLUs or

all DLUs.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DLU : DLU= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLU- 1-

 EXT DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EXTEND DIGITAL LINE UNIT

This command creates news PCM connections from a DLU

to currently unconnected LTUs.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU to be extended must exist.
- The LTUs of the type D30 or D24 to which
the additional PCMs are to be connected must not
be connected to another DLU.
- If a new CCS link is to be created and there are
any modules created in the DLU, the corresponding
LTG must be PLA or MBL.
- If the DLU type is not DLUG, the specified DLU
controller must be PLA.
- The maximum amount of created DLU ports managed
by each affected LTG must not exceed 2048.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 EXT DLU : DLU= <,DLUC0= ,DLUC1=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

DLUC0 DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROLLER 0

This parameter specifies the connection of

DLU controller 0 to LTUs in up to two LTGs.

Compatibilities:
- The specified LTGs and LTUs must exist.
- The specified LTGs must be of the
type LTGB.
- The type of these LTUs must be one of the
following:
D24
D30
- The PCM links of all DLU controllers of
the DLU must be connected to LTUs of the
same type.
- If the type of the LTUs is D30, only the
LTUs 0 to 3 may be used for connecting
the DLU.
- The specified DIUs must not yet be connected
to another DLU.
- CCS links must be connected to DIUs with the
following applications:
CCSDLU
CCSLDI
- Extension links must be connected to DIUs
with the following applications:
EXTDLU
EXTLDI
- All CCS links of a DLU controller must be
connected to DIUs with the same application.
- To each LTG connected to the DLU there must
be exactly one CCS link.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXT DLU- 1+

 EXT DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- The CCS links of DLU controller 0 must be

connected to different LTGs than the CCS links
of DLU controller 1.
- If a CCS link of a DLU controller is
connected to a DIU with the application
CCSDLU, all extension links of this DLU
controller must be connected to DIUs with the
application EXTDLU.
- If a CCS link of a DLU controller is
connected to a DIU with the application
CCSLDI, all extension links of this DLU
controller must be connected to DIUs with the
application EXTLDI.
- The CCS link connected to the port CCS0 of
the DLU controller must lead to a different
LTG than the CCS link connected to port CCS1.
- All PCM links connected to the ports CCS0,
EXT0, EXT1, EXT2 and EXT3 of a DLU
controller must be connected to the same LTG.
- All PCM links connected to the ports CCS1,
EXT4, EXT5, EXT6 and EXT7 of a DLU
controller must be connected to the same LTG.
- The ports EXT3 and EXT7 of the DLU
controller can only be used if they are
connected to LTUs of the type D24.
- The specified port of the DLU controller must
not yet be used by an already existing PCM
link.
- For all DLU types except DLUG, only the
ports CCS0 and EXT0 of the DLU controller
can be used for LTG connections.
- If the CCS link of a DLU of the type DLUV
is connected to a DIU with the application
CCSDLU, no extension link may be created.

At maximum 10 values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: LTG SET=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG set.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG number.

c: LINE TRUNK UNIT NUMBER=

0...4, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DIU to which

the DLU controller 0 is connected via
a PCM link.

d: DLUC PORT
CCS0 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 0
EXT0 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 0
EXT1 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 1
EXT2 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 2
EXT3 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 3
CCS1 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 1
EXT4 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 4
EXT5 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 5
EXT6 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 6
EXT7 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 7

This unit specifies the PCM port on the

DLU controller 0 to which the PCM is

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXT DLU- 2+

 EXT DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

connected.

DLUC1 DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROLLER 1

This parameter specifies the connection of

DLU controller 1 to LTUs in up to two LTGs.

Compatibilities:
- The specified LTGs and LTUs must exist.
- The specified LTGs must be of the
type LTGB.
- The type of these LTUs must be one of the
following:
D24
D30
- The PCM links of all DLU controllers of
the DLU must be connected to LTUs of the
same type.
- If the type of the LTUs is D30, only the
LTUs 0 to 3 may be used for connecting
the DLU.
- The specified DIUs must not yet be connected
to another DLU.
- CCS links must be connected to DIUs with the
following applications:
CCSDLU
CCSLDI
- Extension links must be connected to DIUs
with the following applications:
EXTDLU
EXTLDI
- All CCS links of a DLU controller must be
connected to DIUs with the same application.
- To each LTG connected to the DLU there must
be exactly one CCS link.
- The CCS links of DLU controller 0 must be
connected to different LTGs than the CCS links
of DLU controller 1.
- If a CCS link of a DLU controller is
connected to a DIU with the application
CCSDLU, all extension links of this DLU
controller must be connected to DIUs with the
application EXTDLU.
- If a CCS link of a DLU controller is
connected to a DIU with the application
CCSLDI, all extension links of this DLU
controller must be connected to DIUs with the
application EXTLDI.
- The CCS link connected to the port CCS0 of
the DLU controller must lead to a different
LTG than the CCS link connected to port CCS1.
- All PCM links connected to the ports CCS0,
EXT0, EXT1, EXT2 and EXT3 of a DLU
controller must be connected to the same LTG.
- All PCM links connected to the ports CCS1,
EXT4, EXT5, EXT6 and EXT7 of a DLU
controller must be connected to the same LTG.
- The ports EXT3 and EXT7 of the DLU
controller can only be used if they are
connected to LTUs of the type D24.
- The specified port of the DLU controller must
not yet be used by an already existing PCM
link.
- For all DLU types except DLUG, only the
ports CCS0 and EXT0 of the DLU controller
can be used for LTG connections.
- If the CCS link of a DLU of the type DLUV
is connected to a DIU with the application
CCSDLU, no extension link may be created.

At maximum 10 values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXT DLU- 3+

 EXT DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b-c-d

a: LTG SET=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG set.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG number.

c: LINE TRUNK UNIT NUMBER=

0...4, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DIU to which

the DLU controller 1 is connected via
a PCM link.

d: DLUC PORT
CCS0 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 0
EXT0 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 0
EXT1 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 1
EXT2 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 2
EXT3 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 3
CCS1 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 1
EXT4 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 4
EXT5 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 5
EXT6 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 6
EXT7 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 7

This unit specifies the PCM port on the

DLU controller 1 to which the PCM is
connected.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXT DLU- 4-

 MOD DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DIGITAL LINE UNIT

This command modifies a DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.
- The DLU must be of the type DLUG.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DLU : DLU= <,CCSWIDTH= ,ALEXF= ,ALPROF=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

CCSWIDTH CCS WIDTH

This parameter specifies how many timeslots

on each CCS link of the DLU are used as
CCS channel.

Compatibilities:
- If the DLU is connected to LTUs of the
type D24, only values from 1 to 8 may
be entered.
- The DLU controllers of the DLU must
be PLA or MBL.
- The corresponding LTUs must be PLA
or MBL.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

ALEXF ALARM EXTERNAL FUNCTION

This parameter specifies whether the integrated

ALEX function of the DLU controllers are used.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO ALEX FUNCTION
NO NO ALEX FUNCTION
Y ALEX FUNCTION
YES ALEX FUNCTION

ALPROF ALARM PROFILE

This parameter specifies the alarm profile.

Valid profiles are:

MAJESC major with escalation
MINESC minor with escalation
MAJNOESC major no escalation
MINNOESC minor no escalation
CRITICAL critical

Prerequisites:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DLU- 1+

 MOD DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- The specified alarm profile must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DLU- 2-

 REC DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD DIGITAL LINE UNIT

This command records DLU traffic measurement data for specified DLUs
to operator terminal or to disk every 15 minutes within a given time
interval.
Prerequisites:
- System time must be secure when the command is entered.
Notes:
- The name of the measurement file is displayed on the OMT
if disk output of traffic data is requested.
- A maximum of 8 jobs of this type may be entered at the
same time.
- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the
selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output
with immediate start.
- The measurement can be stopped with STOP JOB, except
jobs with UNIT=MDD-DAILY.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC DLU : DLU= ,UNIT= [,FORMAT=] [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] 1
1 1
1 [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the numbers of the DLUs for which data
has to be recorded.
It is possible to choose a single DLU, single DLUs linked with &,
a range of DLUs, ranges of DLUs linked with & or a combination
of these possibilities linked with & .
A maximum of 5 links is permitted.
The maximum number of DLUs which can be measured/monitored
simultaneously with either job REC DLU or ENTR TRAMON (for DLU)
is limited depending on the configuration. It is not allowed to
run REC DLU and ENTR TRAMON (for DLU) simultaneously.
Prerequisites:
- Measurement of all DLUs (DLU=X) is only possible if
output UNIT=MDD is specified.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

10...2550, range of decimal numbers

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of

output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN.TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data are output
to the OMT.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for postprocessing.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DLU- 1+

 REC DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes :
- If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,
an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to a single measurement file.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7
daily files are prepared and created at the
start of measurement.
A daily file is closed at the end of the day
and a new file for the next day is
automatically created, or the existing file is
replaced.
Daily files will be overwritten in the
following week on the same weekday.

This information unit specifies the desired output

mode (daily file or single measurement file).
It is only permissible in connection with output
UNIT=MDD.

FORMAT OUTPUT_FORMAT

This parameter determines the output format to the output medium.

The identifiers can be concatenated, with the exception of the
following case:
SHORT together with LONG;
are not permitted.
Default: SHORT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

SHORT SHORT FORMAT

If this option is selected, the common DLU
counters and the short format of CC counters
are recorded.
LONG LONG FORMAT
If this option is selected, the common DLU
counters and the long format of CC counters
are recorded.
TIMESLOT TIME SLOT COUNTER
If this option is selected, the common DLU
counters, the CC counters and the time slot
occupation counters are recorded.
SPEECHCH SPEECH CHANNEL COUNTER
If this option is selected, the common DLU
counters, the CC counters and the speech
channel counters are recorded.
This value is not allowed in a measurement
of all DLUs (DLU = X) .
ALLTRAFF ALL TRAFFIC DATA
If this option is selected, the common DLU
counters, the CC counters , the time slot
occupation- and the speech channel counters
are recorded.
PORT PORT DATA
Additional to the selected counters (default =
DLU) the DLU port data are collected.
In case of UNIT=OMT the port data will be
displayed at the beginning of the measurement.
In case of UNIT=MDD[-DAILY] the port data
will be written at the beginning of all files.

This information unit selects the output format.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DLU- 2+

 REC DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters cannot be specified for data
output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In the case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.
Default: the begin of measurement is the current date.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after
command input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.
Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last
single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DLU- 3+

 REC DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

begin date BEG is selected.

- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurements over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e.g. IV = 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval
times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
IV with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval IV, it will be finished.
Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: TERMINATION HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: TERMINATION MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.
Notes:
- Input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which cannot be
linked with other values.
Default: measurement every day during the measurement
period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DLU- 4-

 RED DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

REDUCE DIGITAL LINE UNIT

This command cancels existing PCM connections of a DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The specified DLU must exist.
- The specified PCM connections must exist
for this DLU.

Compatibilities:
- If a PCM link is to be removed from a DLU
which is not of the type DLUG, the corresponding
DLU controller must be PLA.
- If a CCS link is to be removed from a DLU of
the type DLUG, the corresponding
DLU controller must be PLA.
- If a CCS link is to be removed and there are any
modules created in the DLU, the corresponding
LTG must be PLA.
- If a PCM link is to be removed from a DLU of
the type DLUG, the corresponding LTUs must
be PLA.
- At least one CCS link must remain on this DLU!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 RED DLU : DLU= <,DLUC0= ,DLUC1=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

DLUC0 DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROLLER 0

This parameter specifies the connection of

DLU controller 0 to LTUs in up to two LTGs.

Compatibilities:
- The specified PCM connection must exist
for this DLU.

At maximum 10 values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c[-d]

a: LTG SET=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG set.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG number.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RED DLU- 1+

 RED DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: LINE TRUNK UNIT NUMBER=

0...4, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DIU to which

the DLU controller 0 is connected via
a PCM link.

d: DLUC PORT
CCS0 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 0
EXT0 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 0
EXT1 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 1
EXT2 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 2
EXT3 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 3
CCS1 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 1
EXT4 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 4
EXT5 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 5
EXT6 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 6
EXT7 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 7

This unit specifies the PCM port on the

DLU controller 0 to which the PCM is
connected.

DLUC1 DIGITAL LINE UNIT CONTROLLER 1

This parameter specifies the connection of

DLU controller 1 to LTUs in up to two LTGs.

Compatibilities:
- The specified PCM connection must exist
for this DLU.

At maximum 10 values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c[-d]

a: LTG SET=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG set.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the LTG number.

c: LINE TRUNK UNIT NUMBER=

0...4, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DIU to which

the DLU controller 1 is connected via
a PCM link.

d: DLUC PORT
CCS0 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 0
EXT0 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 0
EXT1 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 1
EXT2 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 2
EXT3 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 3
CCS1 DLUC PORT FOR CCS 1
EXT4 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 4
EXT5 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 5
EXT6 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 6
EXT7 DLUC PORT FOR EXT 7

This unit specifies the PCM port on the

DLU controller 1 to which the PCM is
connected.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RED DLU- 2-

 STAT DLU

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

STATUS DISPLAY OF DLU SYSTEMS

This command displays the DLU system operating states of all DLUs, an
interval of DLUs or only one DLU.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT DLU : DLU= [,OST=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATUS IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies an operating status for selective display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED
DST DISTURBED
UNA UNAVAILABLE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED
FLT FAULTY

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DLU- 1-

 CAN DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DIGITAL LINE UNIT EQUIPMENT

This command cancels DLU equipment.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.
- The DLU must be of the type DLUG.
- The specified DLU equipment must exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DLUEQ : DLU= ,EQ= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

EQ EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the location of

the DLU equipment within the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: LOCATION TYPE
EQG EQUIPMENT DLUG SLOT
MOD MODULE SLOT

This unit specifies the location type

of the DLU equipment.

b: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the shelf number.

c: EQUIPMENT NUMBER / MODULE NUMBER=

0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DLU equipment

number respectively the DLU module number
associated with the DLU equipment.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DLUEQ- 1-

 CONF DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE DLU EQUIPMENT

This command configures one or more DLU equipment to the desired

operating status.
DLUV equipment will be configured automatically together with
the DLU system. It cannot be configured by this MML command.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,DCC= 1 1
1 1,RGMG=1 1
1 CONF DLUEQ : DLU= Z,RGB= Y ,OST= ; 1
1 1,EQ= 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

DCC DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER

This parameter specifies the mounting location of the direct

current converter.

The parameter DCC is valid for all DLU types except DLUG.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: DCC NUMBER=
0...3, range of decimal numbers

This information unit specifies the DCC number within

a shelf.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

RGMG RING METER GENERATOR

This parameter specifies the ringing and metering generator.

The parameter RGMG may be entered for all DLU types except
DLUG.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DLUEQ- 1+

 CONF DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RGB RING GENERATOR SHELF B

This parameter specifies the ringing generator.

The parameter RGB may be entered for all DLU types except
DLUG.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

EQ EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the equipment of a DLUG.

Depending on the entered unit values, the following

equipment will be configured :

1. for EQG - <shelf> - <eqg_no> or

EQG - <shelf> - X or
EQG - <shelf>
the central DCC in a shelf of a DLUG

2. for EQG - X - X or
EQG - X
all central DCCs within a DLUG

3. for MOD - <shelf> - <mod>

one module located equipment

4. for MOD - <shelf> - X

all module located equipment within a shelf

5. for MOD - X - X
all module located equipment within a DLUG

6. for BD - <bd_no>
one bus distributor specified by its ID

7. for BD - X
all bus distributors within a DLUG

8. for X - X - X
all equipment within a DLUG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: EQUIPMENT ADDRESS TYPE

EQG CENTRAL DCC LOCATION
BD BUS DISTRIBUTOR
MOD MODULE LOCATED EQUIPMENT
X ALL EQUIPMENT

This unit specifies the address type of the equipment.

b: EQUIPMENT UNIT 2=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

The meaning of equipment unit 2 depends on the selected

address type.

It specifies the shelf number for the address types EQG

and MOD respectively the ID of the bus distributor for
the address type BD.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: EQUIPMENT UNIT 3=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

The meaning of equipment unit 3 depends on the selected

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DLUEQ- 2+

 CONF DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

address type.

For the address type EQG the central equipment position

in a shelf of a DLUG is selected.
For the address type MOD the module position within a
shelf has to be entered.
For the address type BD the equipment unit 3 has to be
omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the desired operating status.

Compatibilities for any equipment except BDs in the DLUG:

+-----------+--------------+
! ! New state !
! Old +----+----+----+
! state ! ACT! PLA! MBL!
+===========+====+====+====+
! MBL ! + ! + ! !
+-----------+----+----+----+
! PLA ! ! ! + !
+-----------+----+----+----+
! ACT ! ! ! + !
+-----------+----+----+----+

+: legal transition

Notes:
- DCC status transition from ACT to MBL in all DLU types except
DLUG are only allowed if the depending switching modules or the
supplied DLU system is in the status PLA.
- DCC status transitions in the DLUG can be executed independent
of the supplied DLU modules.

Compatibilities for BDs (bus distributors) in the DLUG:

+--------------------------+-------------------+
! ! ! New state !
! Old ! Access- +----+----+----+----+
! state ! Degrading ! CBL! ACT! PLA! MBL!
+==========================+====+====+====+====+
! MBL ! * ! + ! + ! + ! !
+--------------------------+----+----+----+----+
! PLA ! * ! ! ! ! + !
+--------------------------+----+----+----+----+
! CBL ! * ! ! + ! ! + !
+--------------------------+----+----+----+----+
! ACT ! accessible ! + ! ! ! !
! ACT ! not accessible ! + ! ! ! + !
+--------------------------+----+----+----+----+

+: legal transition
*: not relevant

During installation recovery there are no restrictions for state

transitions and the compatibility table is not relevant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
PLA PLANNED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DLUEQ- 3-

 CR DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE DIGITAL LINE UNIT EQUIPMENT

This command creates DLU equipment.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.
- The DLU must be of the type DLUG.
- The specified DLU equipment address
must be free.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR DLUEQ : DLU= ,TYPE= ,EQ= [,ALPROF=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

TYPE DLU EQUIPMENT TYPE

This parameter specifies the DLU

equipment type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DCC4 DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER 4

DCC8 DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER 8
DCCPOOL DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER POOL

EQ EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the location of

the DLU equipment within the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: LOCATION TYPE
EQG EQUIPMENT DLUG SLOT
MOD MODULE SLOT

This unit specifies the location type

of the DLU equipment.

b: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the shelf number.

c: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DLU module number

associated with the DLU equipment.
This unit may only be entered if the
location type is MOD.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUEQ- 1+
 CR DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ALPROF ALARM PROFILE

This parameter specifies the alarm profile.

Valid profiles are:

MAJESC major with escalation
MINESC minor with escalation
MAJNOESC major no escalation
MINNOESC minor no escalation
CRITICAL critical

If this parameter is omitted, the alarm

profile MAJNOESC will be used by default.

Prerequisites:
- The specified alarm profile must exist.

Compatibilities:
- This parameter may only be entered for a
DLU of the type DLUG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUEQ- 2-
 DIAG DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSIS OF DLU-EQUIPMENT

This command starts the diagnosis of a digital line unit equipment.

Prerequisites:
- The equipment to be diagnosed must have been created.
- No other diagnosis may run on this DLU.
- The pre-switched units must be in the operating states ACT or
CBL.
- At least one equipment within the specified range must be in the
operating status MBL.
- No equipment within the specified range must be in the operating
status ACT or CBL.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,RGMG=1 1
1 DIAG DLUEQ : DLU= Z,RGB= Y ; 1
1 1,EQ= 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

RGMG RING METER GENERATOR

This parameter specifies the ringing and metering generator.

The parameter RGMG may be entered for all DLU types except
DLUG.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

RGB RING GENERATOR

This parameter specifies the ringing generator.

The parameter RGB may be entered for all DLU types except
DLUG.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

EQ EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the equipment of a DLUG.

Depending on the entered unit values, the following

equipment will be diagnosed :

1. for EQG - <shelf> - <eqg_no> or

EQG - <shelf> - X or
EQG - <shelf>
the central DCC in a shelf of a DLUG

2. for EQG - X - X or
EQG - X
all central DCCs within a DLUG

3. for MOD - <shelf> - <mod>

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG DLUEQ- 1+

 DIAG DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

one module located equipment

4. for MOD - X - X
all module located equipment within a DLUG

5. for BD - <bd_no>
one bus distributor specified by its ID

6. for BD - X
all bus distributors within a DLUG

7. for X - X - X
all equipment within a DLUG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: EQUIPMENT ADDRESS TYPE

EQG CENTRAL DCC LOCATION
BD BUS DISTRIBUTOR
MOD MODULE LOCATED EQUIPMENT

This unit specifies the address type of the equipment.

b: EQUIPMENT UNIT 2=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

The meaning of equipment unit 2 depends on the selected

address type.

It specifies the shelf number for the address types EQG

and MOD respectively the ID of the bus distributor for
the address type BD.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: EQUIPMENT UNIT 3=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

The meaning of equipment unit 3 depends on the selected

address type.

For the address type EQG the central equipment position

in a shelf of a DLUG is selected.
For the address type MOD the module position within a
shelf has to be entered.
For the address type BD the equipment unit 3 has to be
omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG DLUEQ- 2-

 DISP DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DIGITAL LINE UNIT EQUIPMENT

This command displays DLU equipment.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.
- The specified DLU equipment must
exist.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,TYPE=11 (;) 1
1 DISP DLUEQ : DLU= 1Z,EQ= Y1 Z Y 1
1 11 11 *!+ 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

TYPE DLU EQUIPMENT TYPE

This parameter specifies the DLU

equipment type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

RGMG RINGING / METERING GENERATOR

DCC4 DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER 4
DCC8 DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER 8
DCCPOOL DIRECT CURRENT CONVERTER POOL
BD BUS DISTRIBUTOR

EQ EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the location of

the DLU equipment within the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: LOCATION TYPE
EQ EQUIPMENT (CLASSIC) SLOT
EQG EQUIPMENT DLUG SLOT
BD BUS DISTRIBUTOR
MOD MODULE SLOT
RGMG RINGING / METERING GENERATOR

This unit specifies the location type

of the DLU equipment.

b: SHELF / RGMG / BD NUMBER=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the shelf number,

the Ringing and Metering Generator number,
or the bus distributor number.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLUEQ- 1+

 DISP DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: EQUIPMENT NUMBER / MODULE NUMBER=

0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DLU equipment

number respectively the DLU module number
associated with the DLU equipment.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLUEQ- 2-

 MOD DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DIGITAL LINE UNIT EQUIPMENT

This command modifies DLU equipment.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.
- The DLU must be of the type DLUG.
- The specified DLU equipment must exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DLUEQ : DLU= ,EQ= ,ALPROF= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU must exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

EQ EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the location of

the DLU equipment within the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: LOCATION TYPE
EQG EQUIPMENT DLUG SLOT
BD BUS DISTRIBUTOR
MOD MODULE SLOT

This unit specifies the location type

of the DLU equipment.

b: SHELF NUMBER / BD NUMBER=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the shelf number

or the BD number.

c: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DLU module number

associated with the DLU equipment.
This unit may only be entered if the
location type is MOD.

ALPROF ALARM PROFILE

This parameter specifies the alarm profile.

Valid profiles are:

MAJESC major with escalation
MINESC minor with escalation
MAJNOESC major no escalation
MINNOESC minor no escalation

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DLUEQ- 1+

 MOD DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CRITICAL critical

Prerequisites:
- The specified alarm profile must exist.

Compatibilities:
- This parameter may only be entered for a
DLU of the type DLUG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DLUEQ- 2-

 STAT DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY OST OF DLU EQUIPMENT

This command displays the operating states of DLU equipment.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,DCC= 1 1
1 1,RGMG=1 1
1 STAT DLUEQ : DLU= Z,RGB= Y [,OST=] [,TYPE=] ; 1
1 1,EQ= 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

DCC DIRECT CURRENT CONV. LOCATION

This parameter specifies the mounting location of the

direct current converter.

The parameter DCC is valid for all DLU types except DLUG.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: DCC NUMBER=
0...3, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

RGMG RINGING/METERING GENER. NUMBER

This parameter specifies the ringing and metering generator.

The parameter RGMG may be entered for all DLU types except
DLUG.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

RGB RINGING GENERATOR SHELF B

This parameter specifies the ringing generator.

The parameter RGB may be entered for all DLU types except
DLUG.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...1, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DLUEQ- 1+

 STAT DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EQ EQUIPMENT

This parameter specifies the equipment of a DLUG.

Depending on the entered unit values, the following

equipment will be displayed :

1. for EQG - <shelf> - <eqg_no> or

EQG - <shelf> - X or
EQG - <shelf>
the central DCC in a shelf of a DLUG

2. for EQG - X - X or
EQG - X
all central DCCs within a DLUG

3. for MOD - <shelf> - <mod>

one module located equipment

4. for MOD - <shelf> - X

all module located equipment within a shelf

5. for MOD - X - X
all module located equipment within a DLUG

6. for BD - <bd_no>
one bus distributor specified by its ID

7. for BD - X
all bus distributors within a DLUG

8. for X - X - X
all equipment within a DLUG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: EQUIPMENT ADDRESS TYPE

EQG CENTRAL DCC LOCATION
BD BUS DISTRIBUTOR
MOD MODULE LOCATED EQUIPMENT
X ALL EQUIPMENT

This unit specifies the address type of the equipment.

b: EQUIPMENT UNIT 2=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

The meaning of equipment unit 2 depends on the selected

address type.

It specifies the shelf number for the address types EQG

and MOD respectively the ID of the bus distributor for
the address type BD.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: EQUIPMENT UNIT 3=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

The meaning of equipment unit 3 depends on the selected

address type.

For the address type EQG the central equipment position

in a shelf of a DLUG is selected.
For the address type MOD the module position within a
shelf has to be entered.
For the address type BD the equipment unit 3 has to be
omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DLUEQ- 2+

 STAT DLUEQ

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

OST OPERATING STATUS IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies an operating status for selective display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
DST DISTURBED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED
CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED
FLT FAULTY

TYPE EQUIPMENT TYPE SELECTOR

This parameter specifies an equipment type for selective display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

RGB RINGING GENERATOR TYPE B

RGMG RINGING/METERING GENERATOR
DCC4 CLASSIC DCC FOR 4 MODULES
DCC8 CLASSIC DCC FOR 8 MODULES
DCCPOOL POOL DCC
BD BUS DISTRIBUTOR

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DLUEQ- 3-

 TEST DLULC
MULTIPLE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST DLU LINE CIRCUIT

This command only tests analog subscriber line circuits

in the DLU.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command starts a job with breakpoints. After a breakpoint the job can be
continued with CONT JOB.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. TEST DLULC - MULTIPLE MULTIPLE SUBSCR. LINE CIRCUITS

2. TEST DLULC - SINGLE ONE SUBSCRIBER LINE CIRCUIT
3. TEST DLULC - UNCOND UNCONDTIONAL SLMI:FMA

1. Input format

MULTIPLE SUBSCR. LINE CIRCUITS

This command tests more than one DLU analog subscriber line circuit.
The circuits to be tested are specified by entering port-oriented
data.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST DLULC : DLU= ,LC= [,TTYPE=] [,SCHED=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU number in an exchange.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2553, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CIRCUIT

This parameter specifies the position of one or more line

circuits in the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit value corresponds to the shelf number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit value corresponds to the module number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: CIRCUIT NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit value corresponds to the circuit number.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST DLULC- 1+

 TEST DLULC
MULTIPLE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TTYPE TEST TYPE

This parameter specifies the program variant of testing analog

circuits in a DLU.

In the case of S1 the RINGING TEST for only the first port per
module is carried out.
In the case of S2 only the RINGING TEST is carried out.
In the case of S3 only if TU position 0-11-0 is specified,
TU Calibration will be executed.
In all other cases the COMPLETE CIRCUIT TEST is carried out
(as if optional parameter TTYPE had not been entered).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

S1 RINGING TST.FOR 1.CIRC.OF MOD.

S2 RINGING TST.FOR EACH SEL.CIRC.
S3 TU CALIBRATION
S4 TEST FUNCTION 4 (NORMAL TEST)
S5 TEST FUNCTION 5 (NORMAL TEST)
S6 TEST FUNCTION 6 (NORMAL TEST)
S7 TEST FUNCTION 7 (NORMAL TEST)
S8 TEST FUNCTION 8 (NORMAL TEST)
S9 TEST FUNCTION 9 (NORMAL TEST)

SCHED SCHEDULE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the schedule number which

determines the tasks.
If this parameter is entered, this number must first have
been assigned to a schedule with the command ENTER TEST SCHEDULE.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST DLULC- 2+

 TEST DLULC
SINGLE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ONE SUBSCRIBER LINE CIRCUIT

This command tests a single DLU analog subscriber line circuit.

The circuits to be tested are specified by entering port-oriented
data.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,PERM=11 1
1 TEST DLULC : DLU= ,LC= [,TTYPE=] [,SCHED=] 1Z,STEP=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU number in an exchange.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2553, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CIRCUIT

This parameter specifies the position of one or more line

circuits in the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit value corresponds to the shelf number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit value corresponds to the module number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: CIRCUIT NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit value corresponds to the circuit number.

TTYPE TEST TYPE

This parameter specifies the program variant of testing analog

circuits in a DLU.

In the case of S1 the RINGING TEST for only the first port per
module is carried out.
In the case of S2 only the RINGING TEST is carried out.
In the case of S3 only if TU position 0-11-0 is specified,
TU Calibration will be executed.
In all other cases the COMPLETE CIRCUIT TEST is carried out
(as if optional parameter TTYPE had not been entered).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST DLULC- 3+

 TEST DLULC
SINGLE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

S1 RINGING TST.FOR 1.CIRC.OF MOD.

S2 RINGING TST.FOR EACH SEL.CIRC.
S3 TU CALIBRATION
S4 TEST FUNCTION 4 (NORMAL TEST)
S5 TEST FUNCTION 5 (NORMAL TEST)
S6 TEST FUNCTION 6 (NORMAL TEST)
S7 TEST FUNCTION 7 (NORMAL TEST)
S8 TEST FUNCTION 8 (NORMAL TEST)
S9 TEST FUNCTION 9 (NORMAL TEST)

SCHED SCHEDULE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the schedule number which

determines the tasks.
If this parameter is entered, this number must first have
been assigned to a schedule with the command ENTER TEST SCHEDULE.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...255, range of decimal numbers

PERM PERMANENT TEST

This parameter specifies whether a permanent test job is to be

performed.
A permanent test is only allowed for a single line circuit.
The job runs continuously and can be stopped by the STOP JOB
command.

N DO NOT SET PERMANENT TEST

NO DO NOT SET PERMANENT TEST
Y SET PERMANENT TEST
YES SET PERMANENT TEST

STEP STEP NUMBER

This parameter specifies a breakpoint during a step test.

The test table of the test object indicates which
test steps represent a breakpoint (country-specific).
A step test is only allowed for a single test of one line circuit.
The test program runs until the defined test step and must
be continued with the command CONT JOB.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...998, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST DLULC- 4+

 TEST DLULC
UNCOND
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

UNCONDTIONAL SLMI:FMA

This command tests a single DLU analog subscriber line circuit, type
SLMI:FMA, with the possibility to override the high bit rate busy
status.
The circuits to be tested are specified by entering port-oriented
data.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST DLULC : DLU= ,LC= ,UNCOND= [,TTYPE=] [,PERM=] [,STEP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU number in an exchange.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2553, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CIRCUIT

This parameter specifies the position of one or more line

circuits in the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit value corresponds to the shelf number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit value corresponds to the module number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: CIRCUIT NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit value corresponds to the circuit number.

UNCOND UNCONDITIONAL TEST

This parameter specifies whether or not the high bit rate portion
of a subscriber is to be tested independently of the high bit rate
busy status. YES means that the high bit rate status busy is to be
overriden and the test performed. NO means that the test is to be
performed only if the high bit rate status is idle. By default the
value of this parameter is NO.

N NORMAL TESTING
NO NORMAL TESTING
Y TEST UNCONDITIONALLY
YES TEST UNCONDITIONALLY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST DLULC- 5+

 TEST DLULC
UNCOND
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TTYPE TEST TYPE

This parameter specifies the program variant of testing analog

circuits in a DLU.

In the case of S1 the RINGING TEST for only the first port per
module is carried out.
In the case of S2 only the RINGING TEST is carried out.
In the case of S3 only if TU position 0-11-0 is specified,
TU Calibration will be executed.
In all other cases the COMPLETE CIRCUIT TEST is carried out
(as if optional parameter TTYPE had not been entered).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

S1 RINGING TST.FOR 1.CIRC.OF MOD.

S2 RINGING TST.FOR EACH SEL.CIRC.
S3 TU CALIBRATION
S4 TEST FUNCTION 4 (NORMAL TEST)
S5 TEST FUNCTION 5 (NORMAL TEST)
S6 TEST FUNCTION 6 (NORMAL TEST)
S7 TEST FUNCTION 7 (NORMAL TEST)
S8 TEST FUNCTION 8 (NORMAL TEST)
S9 TEST FUNCTION 9 (NORMAL TEST)

PERM PERMANENT TEST

This parameter specifies whether a permanent test job is to be

performed.
A permanent test is only allowed for a single line circuit.
The job runs continuously and can be stopped by the STOP JOB
command.

N DO NOT SET PERMANENT TEST

NO DO NOT SET PERMANENT TEST
Y SET PERMANENT TEST
YES SET PERMANENT TEST

STEP STEP NUMBER

This parameter specifies a breakpoint during a step test.

The test table of the test object indicates which
test steps represent a breakpoint (country-specific).
A step test is only allowed for a single test of one line circuit.
The test program runs until the defined test step and must
be continued with the command CONT JOB.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...998, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST DLULC- 6-

 CAN DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DLU MODULE

This command cancels a DLU module.

Prerequisites:
- The module to be canceled must exist and must be PLA.
- The ports of the module must be PLA.
This prerequisite does not apply to modules of the
following types:
IWEA
IWEB
IWEC
IWED
IWEE
IWEF
SLMDVO16
SLMDVO8
- The module type must be administrable.
- The associated DLU ports must not be connected.
- No frame handler must be assigned to this DLU module.
- The last DLU module COTU may only be canceled if no
remote DLU module exists in the DLU.
- The DLU module MGB may only be canceled if no depending
DLU module exists in the DLU.
- The DLU module LTAM may only be canceled if the
inter-DLU bus it is connected to is not being used
by a test access for testing the DLU.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DLUMOD : DLU= ,MOD= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

MOD MODULE

This parameter specifies the mounting

location of the DLU module.

Depending on the DLU type, several DLU module

positions cannot be administered, because they
are used by vital DLU hardware. These positions
are:

+----------+-----------------------------------------+
! DLU type ! Non-administerable DLU module positions !
+----------+-----------------------------------------+
! DLUA ! 0-8, 0-9, 0-10, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 !
! DLUB ! 0-5, 0-6, 0-7, 0-8, 0-9, 0-10 !
! DLUD ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUG ! 0-7, 1-7 !
! DLUK ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUI ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUO ! 0-8, 0-9, 0-10, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 !
! DLUV ! 0-5, 0-6, 0-9, 0-10 !
! DLUX ! 0-7, 0-8 !
+----------+-----------------------------------------+

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DLUMOD- 1+

 CAN DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number of the DLU shelf.

For a DLU of the type DLUA values from 0
to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUB values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUD values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=16 values from 0 to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=32 values from 0 to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUI values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUK values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUO values from 0
to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUV values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUX values from 0
to 3 are valid.

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the module number in the DLU shelf.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DLUMOD- 2-

 CONF DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE DLU MODULE

This command configures one or more DLU modules to the desired operating
status.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF DLUMOD : DLU= ,MOD= ,OST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

MOD MODULE NAME

This parameter specifies the mounting location of the DLU module.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the desired operating status.

Compatibilities:
+-----------+-------------------+
! ! New state !
! Old +----+----+----+----+
! state ! CBL! ACT! PLA! MBL!
+===========+====+====+====+====+
! MBL ! + ! + ! + ! !
+-----------+----+----+----+----+
! PLA ! ! ! ! + !
+-----------+----+----+----+----+
! CBL ! ! + ! ! + !
+-----------+----+----+----+----+
! ACT ! + ! ! ! + !
+-----------+----+----+----+----+

+: legal transition

Notes:
- Status transitions to the status CBL are only allowed for
call-processing DLU modules.
- During installation recovery there are no restrictions for state
transitions and the compatibility table is not relevant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DLUMOD- 1+

 CONF DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACT ACTIVE
PLA PLANNED
CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DLUMOD- 2-

 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE DIGITAL LINE UNIT MODULE

This command creates a DLU module.

Prerequisites:
- The specified DLU must exist.
- The specified mounting location must be free and administrable.
- DLU type, module type and mounting location must be compatible.
- The module type and the LTG load type must be compatible.
- Memory space must be provided in the CP database.
(see MOD DBSIZE)

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR DLUMOD : DLU= ,MOD= ,TYPE= [,MEAS=] [,PACC=] [,PATHID=] 1
1 1
1 [,SLMXID=] [,REMOTE=] [,IDLB=] [,PHUBMODE=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,PARTNER=] [,ALPROF=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

MOD MODULE

This parameter specifies the mounting location of

the DLU module.

It is possible to create more than 1 module by

specifying an interval. The interval must not
exceed the range of one shelf.

Compatibilities:
Depending on the DLU type, several DLU module
positions cannot be administered, because they
are used by vital DLU hardware. These positions
are:

+----------+-----------------------------------------+
! DLU type ! Non-administerable DLU module positions !
+----------+-----------------------------------------+
! DLUA ! 0-8, 0-9, 0-10, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 !
! DLUB ! 0-5, 0-6, 0-7, 0-8, 0-9, 0-10 !
! DLUD ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUG ! 0-7, 1-7 !
! DLUK ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUI ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUO ! 0-8, 0-9, 0-10, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 !
! DLUV ! 0-5, 0-6, 0-9, 0-10 !
! DLUX ! 0-7, 0-8 !
+----------+-----------------------------------------+

The exact compatibilities of module type, mounting

location and shelf type are described in the
projecting handbook. The CP only checks the
compatibilities listed below.

DLU modules for a DLU of the type DLUA:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 1+
 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! module type ! valid mounting locations !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! ALEX ! 0-15 !
! ALMA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! COTU ! 0-4, 1-4 !
! EMSP ! 0-14, 0-15, 1-11, 1-12 !
! FAM ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! FMTU ! 0-11 !
! FTEM ! 0-11 !
! IWEA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! IWEB ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! IWEC ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! IWED ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! IWEE ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! IWEF ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! LCMM ! 0-12, 0-13 !
! LMEM ! 0-12, 0-13 !
! LTAM ! 1-14 !
! LVMM ! 0-12, 0-13 !
! MTAM ! 1-13 !
! NODLUMOD ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! OLMA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! OLMAC ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SASC ! 0-2 !
! SLMA12R ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMABEL ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAC12R ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACCBR ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACM16 ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACMC ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACMRL ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACOS ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACRMP ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACSP ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACSR ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMADID ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMADIOD ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAFPA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAFPB ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAFPC ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAFPC8 ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAFPS ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAMCD ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMATPL ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMD ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMDA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMDB ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMDVO8 ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMF ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIAMA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIFMA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIMSB ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIPH1 ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMISDA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMX ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! TBAM ! 1-15 !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+

DLU modules for a DLU of the type DLUB:

+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! module type ! valid mounting locations !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! ALEX ! 0-11 !
! COTU ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! EMSP ! 0-0, 0-13, 0-15 !
! FMTU ! 0-3, 0-4 !
! IWEA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! IWEB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! IWEC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! IWED ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! IWEE ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 2+
 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! IWEF ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !

! LCMM ! 0-3 !
! LTAM ! 0-13 !
! MGB ! 1-7 !
! MTAM ! 0-12 !
! NODLUMOD ! 0-0 .. 0-4, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SASC ! 0-1 !
! SLMA12R ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMABEL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAC12R ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACCBR ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACM16 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACMRL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACOS ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACRMP ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACSP ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACSR ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMADID ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMADIOD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPC8 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPE ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPS ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAMCD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMATPL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDQFB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDTFB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDVO16 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDVO8 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAME ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMPB ! 0-0 .. 0-4, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMPC ! 0-0 .. 0-4, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIPH1 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! SLMX ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-11 .. 3-15 !
! TBAM ! 0-14 !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+

Further compatibilities for a DLU of the type DLUB:

- The DLU modules SLMACMRL, SLMATPL, SLMAFPC and
SLMAFPC8 can only be created if the DLU module MGB
exists in the DLU.
- DLU modules of the types SLMAITF and SLMAITM must
be created as SLMAFPE.

DLU modules for a DLU of the type DLUD:

+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! module type ! valid mounting locations !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! ALEX ! 0-11, 3-15 !
! COTU ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! EMSP ! 0-0, 0-13, 0-15 !
! FMTU ! 0-3, 0-4 !
! IWEA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 3+
 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! IWEC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !

! IWED ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEE ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEF ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! LCMM ! 0-3 !
! LTAM ! 0-13 !
! MGB ! 1-7 !
! MTAM ! 0-12 !
! NODLUMOD ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SASC ! 0-1 !
! SLMA12R ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMABEL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAC12R ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACCBR ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACM16 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACMRL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACOS ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACRMP ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACSP ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACSR ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMADID ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMADIOD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPC8 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPE ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPS ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAMCD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMATPL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDQFB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDTFB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDVO16 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDVO8 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAME ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMPB ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMPC ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIPH1 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMX ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! TBAM ! 0-14 !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+

Further compatibilities for a DLU of the type DLUD:

- The DLU modules SLMACMRL, SLMATPL, SLMAFPC and
SLMAFPC8 can only be created if the DLU module
MGB exists in the DLU.
- DLU modules of the types SLMAITF and SLMAITM must
be created as SLMAFPE.
- Only one DLU module ALEX may be created per DLU.

DLU modules for a DLU of the type DLUG:

+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! module type ! valid mounting locations !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! ALEX ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! COTU ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 4+
 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! FMTU ! 0-6 !
! LCMM ! 0-5 !
! LTAM ! 0-4 !
! MTAM ! 0-2 !
! NODLUMOD ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SASCG ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 1-15 !
! SLMAITFG ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAITHG ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAITMG ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDQFB ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMDQFC ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMDTFB ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMDTFC ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMDVO16 ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMDVO8 ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIAMB ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIAME ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIFMC ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIMPB ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIMPC ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIMSA ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIMSC ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIMSD ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMIPH1 ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMISDB ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! SLMISDC ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-8 .. 1-6, 1-8 .. 7-15 !
! TBAM ! 0-3 !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+

Further compatibilities for a DLU of the type DLUG:

- Only one DLU module ALEX may be created per DLU.
- If the DLU was created with PORTGRID=32, only
the shelves 0 to 3 are available.

DLU modules for a DLU of the type DLUI:

+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! module type ! valid mounting locations !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! ALEX ! 0-11, 3-15 !
! COTU ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! EMSP ! 0-0, 0-13, 0-15 !
! FMTU ! 0-3, 0-4 !
! IWEA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWED ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEE ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEF ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! LCMM ! 0-3 !
! LTAM ! 0-13 !
! MGB ! 1-7 !
! MTAM ! 0-12 !
! NODLUMOD ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SASC ! 0-1 !
! SLMA12R ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMABEL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAC12R ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACCBR ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACM16 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACMRL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACOS ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACRMP ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACSP ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACSR ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMADID ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMADIOD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPC8 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPE ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPS ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAMCD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 5+
 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! SLMATPL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !

! SLMD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDQFB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDTFB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDVO16 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDVO8 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAME ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMPB ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMPC ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIPH1 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMX ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! TBAM ! 0-14 !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+

Further compatibilities for a DLU of the type DLUI:

- The DLU modules SLMACMRL, SLMATPL, SLMAFPC and
SLMAFPC8 can only be created if the DLU module
MGB exists in the DLU.
- DLU modules of the types SLMAITF and SLMAITM must
be created as SLMAFPE.
- Only one DLU module ALEX may be created per DLU.

DLU modules for a DLU of the type DLUK:

+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! module type ! valid mounting locations !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! ALEX ! 0-11, 3-15 !
! COTU ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! EMSP ! 0-0, 0-13, 0-15 !
! FMTU ! 0-3, 0-4 !
! IWEA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWED ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEE ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEF ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! LCMM ! 0-3 !
! LTAM ! 0-13 !
! MGB ! 1-7 !
! MTAM ! 0-12 !
! NODLUMOD ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SASC ! 0-1 !
! SLMA12R ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMABEL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAC12R ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACCBR ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACM16 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACMRL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACOS ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACRMP ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACSP ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACSR ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMADID ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMADIOD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPC8 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 6+
 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! SLMAFPE ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !

! SLMAFPS ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAMCD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMATPL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDQFB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDTFB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDVO16 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDVO8 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAME ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMPB ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMPC ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIPH1 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMX ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! TBAM ! 0-14 !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+

Further compatibilities for a DLU of the type DLUK:

- The DLU modules SLMACMRL, SLMATPL, SLMAFPC and
SLMAFPC8 can only be created if the DLU module
MGB exists in the DLU.
- DLU modules of the types SLMAITF and SLMAITM must
be created as SLMAFPE.
- Only one DLU module ALEX may be created per DLU.

DLU modules for a DLU of the type DLUO:

+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! module type ! valid mounting locations !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! ALMA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! FMTU ! 0-11 !
! LCMM ! 0-12, 0-13 !
! LTAM ! 1-14 !
! MTAM ! 1-13 !
! OLMA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! OLMAC ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMA12R ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMABEL ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAC12R ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACCBR ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACM16 ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACMC ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACMRL ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACOS ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACRMP ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACSP ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMACSR ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMADID ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMADIOD ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAFPA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAFPB ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAFPC ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAFPC8 ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAFPS ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMAMCD ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMATPL ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !
! SLMDA ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 7+
 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! SLMDB ! 0-0 .. 0-7, 0-11 .. 1-7, 1-11 .. 7-15 !

! TBAM ! 1-15 !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+

DLU modules for a DLU of the type DLUV:

+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! module type ! valid mounting locations !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! ALEX ! 0-11 !
! SLMX ! 1-0 .. 1-4 !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+

DLU modules for a DLU of the type DLUX:

+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! module type ! valid mounting locations !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+
! ALEX ! 0-11, 3-15 !
! COTU ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! EMSP ! 0-0, 0-13, 0-15 !
! FMTU ! 0-3, 0-4 !
! IWEA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWED ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEE ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! IWEF ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! LCMM ! 0-3 !
! LTAM ! 0-13 !
! MGB ! 1-7 !
! MTAM ! 0-12 !
! NODLUMOD ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SASC ! 0-1 !
! SLMA12R ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMABEL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAC12R ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACCBR ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACM16 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACMRL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACOS ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACRMP ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACSP ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMACSR ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMADID ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMADIOD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPC8 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPE ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAFPS ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMAMCD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMATPL ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDQFB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDTFB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDVO16 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMDVO8 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIAME ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIFMD ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMPB ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMPC ! 0-0 .. 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 8+
 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! SLMIMSA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !

! SLMIMSB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIMSC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMIPH1 ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDA ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDB ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMISDC ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! SLMX ! 0-0 .. 0-3, 0-5, 0-6, 0-9 .. 3-15 !
! TBAM ! 0-14 !
+-------------+---------------------------------------+

Further compatibilities for a DLU of the type DLUX:

- The DLU modules SLMACMRL, SLMATPL, SLMAFPC and
SLMAFPC8 can only be created if the DLU module
MGB exists in the DLU.
- DLU modules of the types SLMAITF and SLMAITM must
be created as SLMAFPE.
- Only one DLU module ALEX may be created per DLU.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number of the DLU shelf.

For a DLU of the type DLUA values from 0
to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUB values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUD values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=16 values from 0 to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=32 values from 0 to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUI values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUK values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUO values from 0
to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUV values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUX values from 0
to 3 are valid.

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the module number in the DLU shelf.

TYPE DIGITAL LINE UNIT MODULE TYPE

This parameter specifies the DLU module type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SLMACOS SLMA DLU ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER

SLMACM16 SLMA DLU METER PULSE 16 KHZ
SLMACCBR SLMA DLU COINBOX REVERSAL
SLMACRMP SLMA DLU METER PULSE 16 REVERS
SLMD SLM DIGITAL (4 CIRCUITS)
LMEM LINE MEASURING MODULE
LVMM LEVEL MEASURING MODULE
FTEM FUNCTION TEST MODULE
ALEX ALARM EXTERN
EMSP EMERGENCY SERVICE PUSHBUTTON
SLMAC12R SLMA DLU 12 KHZ REVERSAL
SLMACMC SLMA DLU 12 KHZ C-WIRE
SLMATPL SLMA DLU TWO PARTY LINE
SLMADID SLMA DLU DIRECT INWARD DIALING
SLMACMRL SLMA DLU 16 KHZ REVERSAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 9+
 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SLMF SLM FOR OPTICAL FIBRE

FAM FIBRE ACCESS MODULE
MTAM METALLIC TEST ACCESS MODULE
TBAM TEST BUS ACCESS MODULE
LTAM LOOP TEST ACCESS MODULE
SLMAFPA SLMA DLU FEATURE PROGRAMMAB. A
SLMADIOD SLMA DLU IN/OUTWARD DIALING
SLMAFPB SLMA DLU FEATURE PROGRAMMAB. B
SLMACSR SLMA CONC SILENT REVERSAL
SLMDA SLM DIGITAL A (8 CIRCUITS)
SLMABEL SLMA DLU BALANCED EXTENDED
SLMA12R SLMA METER PULSE 12 KHZ REVERS
SLMDB SLM DIGITAL B (8 CIRCUITS)
SLMAMCD SLMA DLU THIRD GENERATION SLIC
SLMAFPC SLMA DLU FEATURE PROGRAMMAB. C
FMTU FUNCTION TEST MODULE FOR TU
LCMM LINE AND CIRCUIT MEASURING MOD
SASC STAND ALONE SERVICE CONTROLLER
SLMAFPS SLMA DLU FEATURE PROGRAMMAB. S
IWEA INTERWORKING EQUIPMENT A
IWEB INTERWORKING EQUIPMENT B
SLMACSP SLMA DLU COINBOX SEMIPUBLICO
ALMA ANNOUNCEMENT LINE MOD ANALOG
OLMA OPERATOR LINE MODULE ANALOG
OLMAC OPERATOR LINE MODULE ANALOG C
SLMAMC SLMA METER PULSE C-WIRE
SLMAFPC8 SLMA DLU FEATURE PROG. C 8
SLMIAMA SLM INTERNET ADSL MODEM TYPE A
SLMX SUBSCRIBER LINE MULTIPLEXER
SLMIPH1 SLM INTERNET PACKET HUB TYPE 1
IWEC INTERWORKING EQUIPMENT C
IWED INTERWORKING EQUIPMENT D
IWEE INTERWORKING EQUIPMENT E
IWEF INTERWORKING EQUIPMENT F
SLMIFMA SLM INTERNET FLEX. MODEM A
SLMAFPE SLMA DLU FEATURE PROG. E
DLU modules of the types SLMAITF and
SLMAITM must be created as SLMAFPE.
MGB METERING GENERATOR DLUB
COTU CENTRAL OFFICE TERMINAL UNIT
SLMDVO8 SLMD FOR VIRTUAL OPERATOR
SLMISDA SLM INTERNET SYMM. DIGITAL A
SLMIMSB SLMI MULTIPLE SERVICE TYPE B
SLMIAMC SLM INTERNET ADSL MODEM TYPE C
SLMIMSA SLMI MULTIPLE SERVICE TYPE A
SLMDQFB SLM DIGITAL QFB (16 CIRCUITS)
SLMDTFB SLM DIGITAL TFB (16 CIRCUITS)
NODLUMOD NON DLU MODULE
This DLU module type marks a DLU module slot
used by a DLU integrated external hardware.
SLMDVO16 SLMD FOR VIRTUAL OPERATOR
SLMIMPB SLM INTERNET MODEM POOL CARD B
SLMAITFG SLMA INTEGR. TEST FUNC. G
SLMAITMG SLMA INTEGR. METAL. TEST G
SLMISDB SLM INTERNET SYMM. DIGITAL B
SASCG STAND-ALONE SERV. CONTR. G
SLMISDC SLM INTERNET SYMM. DIGITAL C
SLMIAMB SLM INTERNET ADSL MODEM TYPE B
SLMIAME SLM INTERNET ADSL MODEM TYPE E
SLMIFMB SLM INTERNET FLEX. MODEM B
SLMIFMC SLM INTERNET FLEX. MODEM C
SLMIFMD SLM INTERNET FLEX. MODEM D
SLMDQFC SLM DIGITAL QFC
SLMDTFC SLM DIGITAL TFC
SLMIMPC SLM INTERNET MODEM POOL CARD C
SLMAITHG SLMA INTEGR. TEST HIGH CURR. G
SLMIMSC SLMI MULTIPLE SERVICE TYPE C
SLMIMSD SLMI MULTIPLE SERVICE TYPE D

MEAS MEASUREMENT INDEX

This parameter specifies the test data record index for a DLU
module.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 10+

 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PACC ACCESS TO PACKET SWITCHING MOD

This parameter specifies the packet access authorization.

Prerequisites:
To assign the packet access authorization, one of
the following packet data connections from the
DLU to the packet handler must exist for the
specified DLU:
- A nailed up connection of the type IPCH.
- A nailed up connection of the type BDDLUCH to a
frame handler.
The PATHID of this nailed up connection must
match the PATHID of the DLU module.
The frame handler must either be in mode NUC and
be connected to the packet handler via a nailed up
connection of the type BDCH, or it must be in the
mode SWITCHED.

Compatibilities:
- Packet access authorization may only be assigned to
DLU modules of the following types:
SLMD
SLMDA
SLMDB
SLMF
SLMX
SLMDQFB
SLMDQFC
SLMDTFB
SLMDTFC
SLMDVO16
SLMDVO8
SLMIAMC
SLMIAME
SLMISDA
SLMISDB
SLMISDC

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO PACKET ACCESS
YES PACKET ACCESS

PATHID PACKET DATA PATH ID

This parameter specifies the packet data path ID

for a DLU module.

Compatibilities:
- This parameter is only allowed for DLU modules
in a DLU of the type DLUG.
- This parameter is only allowed if the DLU
module has packet access authorization.
- A nailed-up connection with the specified
PATHID must exist for the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

SLMXID SLMX IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the SLMX identifier.

Compatibilities:
This parameter may only be entered for DLU modules of the type
SLMX. Its value has to be unique within the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 11+

 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

REMOTE REMOTE INFORMATION

This parameter marks a DLU module as remote.

Compatibilities:
A remote DLU module can only be created if the DLU module
COTU has been created before.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO LOCAL DLU MODULE

YES REMOTE DLU MODULE
N LOCAL DLU MODULE
Y REMOTE DLU MODULE

IDLB INTER-DLU BUS

This parameter specifies the inter-DLU bus.

Compatibilities:
This parameter may only be entered if the
DLU module is of the type LTAM and if
the country code has been set to BEL
via the command ENTR EXDDAT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...1023, range of decimal numbers

PHUBMODE PACKET HUB MODE

This parameter specifies the packet hub mode.

Compatibilities:
This parameter may only be entered for DLU
modules of the type SLMIPH1.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SUPERIOR SUPERIOR
SUPERRED SUPERIOR REDUNDANT
INFERIOR INFERIOR

PARTNER PACKET HUB PARTNER

This parameter specifies the packet hub partner.

Compatibilities:
This parameter may only be entered for DLU
modules of the type SLMIPH1.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: PACKET HUB PARTNER SHELF=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: PACKET HUB PARTNER MODULE=

0...15, range of decimal numbers

ALPROF ALARM PROFILE

This parameter specifies the alarm profile

of the DLU module.

Valid profiles are:

MAJESC major with escalation
MINESC minor with escalation
MAJNOESC major no escalation
MINNOESC minor no escalation
CRITICAL critical

Prerequisites:
- The specified alarm profile must exist.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 12+

 CR DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Compatibilities:
- This parameter may only be entered for a
DLU module in a DLU of the type DLUG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DLUMOD- 13-

 DIAG DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSIS OF DLU-MODULES

This command starts the diagnosis of DLU modules.

Prerequisites:
- The DLU module(s) to be diagnosed must have been created.
- No other diagnosis may run on this DLU.
- The pre-switched units must be in the operating states ACT or
CBL.
- At least one DLU module within the specified range must be in the
operating status MBL.
- No DLU module within the specified range must be in the operating
status ACT or CBL.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG DLUMOD : DLU= ,MOD= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

MOD MODULE NAME

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG DLUMOD- 1-

 DISP DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DLU MODULE

This command displays the data of DLU modules.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,MOD= 11 1
1 DISP DLUMOD : DLU= 1Z,SLMXID=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

MOD MODULE

This parameter specifies the mounting location

of the DLU module.

Prerequisites:
It may only be specified if no parameter
interval is entered for the parameter DLU.

Compatibilities:
Depending on the DLU type, several DLU module
positions cannot be administered, because they
are used by vital DLU hardware. These positions
are:

+----------+-----------------------------------------+
! DLU type ! Non-administerable DLU module positions !
+----------+-----------------------------------------+
! DLUA ! 0-8, 0-9, 0-10, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 !
! DLUB ! 0-5, 0-6, 0-7, 0-8, 0-9, 0-10 !
! DLUD ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUG ! 0-7, 1-7 !
! DLUK ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUI ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUO ! 0-8, 0-9, 0-10, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 !
! DLUV ! 0-5, 0-6, 0-9, 0-10 !
! DLUX ! 0-7, 0-8 !
+----------+-----------------------------------------+

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number of the DLU shelf.

For a DLU of the type DLUA values from 0

to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUB values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUD values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=16 values from 0 to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLUMOD- 1+

 DISP DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PORTGRID=32 values from 0 to 3 are valid.

For a DLU of the type DLUI values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUK values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUO values from 0
to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUV values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUX values from 0
to 3 are valid.

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the module number

in the DLU shelf.

SLMXID SLMX IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies the SLMX identifier.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLUMOD- 2-

 MOD DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DIGITAL LINE UNIT MODULE

This command modifies the data of a DLU module.

Prerequisites:
- The specified DLU must exist.
- The DLU module to be modified must exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD DLUMOD : DLU= ,MOD= <,MEAS= ,PACC= ,IDLB= ,PATHID= 1
1 1
1 ,ALPROF=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

MOD MODULE

This parameter specifies the mounting location of the DLU module.

Depending on the DLU type, several DLU module

positions cannot be administered, because they
are used by vital DLU hardware. These positions
are:

+----------+-----------------------------------------+
! DLU type ! Non-administerable DLU module positions !
+----------+-----------------------------------------+
! DLUA ! 0-8, 0-9, 0-10, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 !
! DLUB ! 0-5, 0-6, 0-7, 0-8, 0-9, 0-10 !
! DLUD ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUG ! 0-7, 1-7 !
! DLUK ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUI ! 0-7, 0-8 !
! DLUO ! 0-8, 0-9, 0-10, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10 !
! DLUV ! 0-5, 0-6, 0-9, 0-10 !
! DLUX ! 0-7, 0-8 !
+----------+-----------------------------------------+

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number of the DLU shelf.

For a DLU of the type DLUA values from 0

to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUB values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUD values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=16 values from 0 to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=32 values from 0 to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUI values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUK values from 0
to 3 are valid.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DLUMOD- 1+

 MOD DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

For a DLU of the type DLUO values from 0

to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUV values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUX values from 0
to 3 are valid.

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the module number in

the DLU shelf.

MEAS MEASUREMENT INDEX

This parameter specifies the test data record

index for a DLU module.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter is not allowed for DLU modules
in a DLU of the type DLUV.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

PACC PACKET ACCESS AUTHORIZATION

This parameter specifies the packet access authorization.

Prerequisites:
To assign the packet access authorization, one of
the following packet data connections from the
DLU to the packet handler must exist for the
specified DLU:
- A nailed up connection of the type IPCH.
- A nailed up connection of the type BDDLUCH to a
frame handler.
The PATHID of this nailed up connection must
match the PATHID of the DLU module.
The frame handler must either be in mode NUC and
be connected to the packet handler via a nailed up
connection of the type BDCH, or it must be in the
mode SWITCHED.

Compatibilities:
- Packet access authorization may only be assigned to
DLU modules of the following types:
SLMD
SLMDA
SLMDB
SLMF
SLMX
SLMDQFB
SLMDQFC
SLMDTFB
SLMDTFC
SLMDVO16
SLMDVO8
SLMIAMC
SLMIAME
SLMISDA
SLMISDB
SLMISDC

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO PACKET ACCESS
YES PACKET ACCESS

IDLB INTER-DLU BUS

This parameter specifies the inter-DLU bus.

Compatibilities:
This parameter may only be entered if the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DLUMOD- 2+

 MOD DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DLU module is of the type LTAM and if

the country code has been set to BEL
via the command ENTR EXDDAT.

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...1023, range of decimal numbers

If no value for new a is entered

the connection of the DLU to the
inter-DLU bus will be canceled. This
connection may only be canceled if
the inter-DLU bus is not being used by
a test access for testing the DLU.

PATHID PACKET DATA PATH ID

This parameter specifies the packet data path ID

for a DLU module.

Compatibilities:
- This parameter is only allowed for DLU modules
in a DLU of the type DLUG.
- This parameter is only allowed if the DLU
module has packet access authorization.
- A nailed-up connection with the specified
PATHID must exist for the DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

ALPROF ALARM PROFILE

This parameter specifies the alarm profile

of the DLU module.

Valid profiles are:

MAJESC major with escalation
MINESC minor with escalation
MAJNOESC major no escalation
MINNOESC minor no escalation
CRITICAL critical

Prerequisites:
- The specified alarm profile must exist.

Compatibilities:
- This parameter may only be entered for a
DLU module in a DLU of the type DLUG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DLUMOD- 3-

 STAT DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

STATUS DISPLAY OF DLU MODULES

This command displays the operating states (with access

degradations), the states of packet data accesses and INTERNET
failures of all modules, an interval of modules or one module for
the specified DLU.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT DLUMOD : DLU= ,MOD= [,OST=] [,PACC=] [,INTERNET=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the digital line unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

MOD MODULE LOCATION

This parameter specifies the module location.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

OST OPERATING STATUS IDENTIFIER

This parameter specifies an operating status for selective display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED
DST DISTURBED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED
BLK BLOCKED
NCP NO CALL-PROCESSING

PACC PACKET DATA ACCESS STATE

This optional parameter specifies one packet access state for the
selective display.
Default: no effect on display

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO NO P-DATA ACC. AUTHORISATION

YES P-DATA ACCESS AUTHORISATION
AVAIL PACKET DATA ACCESS AVAILABLE
NAC PACKET DATA NOT ACCESSIBLE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DLUMOD- 1+

 STAT DLUMOD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PCHAN P-CHANNEL FAILURE

CDBUS CD-BUS FAILURE

INTERNET INTERNET FAILURES

This parameter allows the selective display of DLU modules

with a specific INTERNET failure state.
Default: no effect on display

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL INTERNET MODULES

NOFAIL INTERNET MOD. WITHOUT FAILURE
INTFAIL INTERNET MOD. WITH INT. FAIL.
EXTFAIL INTERNET MOD. WITH EXT. FAIL.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DLUMOD- 2-

 DISP DLUPD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY TRANSIENT DLU PATH DATA

This command displays transient DLU path data.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DLUPD : <EQN= ,LTG=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter defines the equipment number.

Notes:
- Only the following port qualification is allowed:

DLU: EQN = a

The input of an V5IF number will be rejected with an operator hint.

- If EQN is given for a DLU path data will be displayed of this DLU
which can be connected to up to 4 LTGBs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

For DLU : a DLU number in the range 10...2550

(in steps of 10)
For V5IF : a V5IF number in the range 6000...8999

Input of V5 interface will be rejected with an operator hint.

LTG LINE TRUNG GROUP

This parameter specifies the line trunk group of the set of objects to
be traced.

Notes:
- Only the following port qualification is allowed:

LTG = a-b

- If LTG is given for an LTG path data will be displayed of this LTGB
which can be connected to up to 4 DLUs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...31, range of decimal numbers

LTGSET : 0..31

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network MULTIPLEXER (SNMUX for SND
and upper ones)

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LTG : 1..63

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLUPD- 1-

 CONF DLUPORT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE DLU PORTS

This command initiates the operating status transition of one or more

DLU ports.

Note:
The current operating status of DLU ports can be displayed by the
MML command STAT DLUPORT.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF DLUPORT : DLU= ,LC= ,OST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CIRCUIT

This parameter specifies the line circuit.

Notes:

- X can be specified only for the CIRCUIT unit, simultaneously for

the MODULE and CIRCUIT unit or simultaneously for all 3 units.

- For a DLU with type DLUB (compact DLU) or DLUD only the input
of SHELF values 0..3 is allowed.

- For a DLU with type DLUA only the input of PORT values 0..7 is
allowed.

(The current DLU type can be displayed using the MML command
DISP DLU.)

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b-c

a: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: MODULE=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: CIRCUIT=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DLUPORT- 1+

 CONF DLUPORT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the new operating state.

Compatibilities:
+-----------+--------------+
! ! New state !
! Old +----+----+----+
! state ! PLA! MBL! ACT!
+===========+====+====+====+
! PLA ! ! + ! !
+-----------+----+----+----+
! MBL ! + ! ! + !
+-----------+----+----+----+
! ACT ! ! + ! !
+-----------+----+----+----+

+: legal transition

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
PLA PLANNED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DLUPORT- 2-

 DISP DLUPORT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DIGITAL LINE UNIT PORT

This command displays the port data for a specified range.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DLUPORT : EQN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number of a port on the

DLU. Depending on the parameter entered, the following ranges are
displayed:

1. for <dluno> - <shelfno> - <modulno> - <circno>

- precisely the DLU port specified
2. for <dluno> - <shelfno> - <modulno> [ - X ]
- all DLU ports of the specified module
3. for <dluno> - <shelfno> - X [ - X ]
- the DLU ports of all DLU modules of the specified shelf
4. for <dluno> - X - X [ - X ]
- the DLU ports of all DLU modules in all shelves of the
specified DLU
5. for X - X - X [ - X ]
- the DLU ports of all created DLUs

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c[-d]

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER=

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the DLU number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the number of the DLU shelf.

For a DLU of the type DLUA values from 0

to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUB values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUD values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=16 values from 0 to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=32 values from 0 to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUI values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUK values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUO values from 0
to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUV values from 0
to 3 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUX values from 0
to 3 are valid.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLUPORT- 1+

 DISP DLUPORT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the module number

in the DLU shelf.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: CIRCUIT NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the circuit number.

For a DLU of the type DLUA values from 0

to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUB values from 0
to 15 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUD values from 0
to 15 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=16 values from 0 to 15 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUG with
PORTGRID=32 values from 0 to 31 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUI values from 0
to 15 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUK values from 0
to 15 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUO values from 0
to 7 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUV values from 0
to 15 are valid.
For a DLU of the type DLUX values from 0
to 15 are valid.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DLUPORT- 2-

 SEL DLUPORT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SELECTIVE DISPLAY OF DLU PORT

This command displays the port data of one, several or all DLUs.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SEL DLUPORT : DLU= ,LCTYPE= [,TYPE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

LCTYPE LINE CIRCUIT TYPE

This parameter specifies the line circuit type of a DLU port.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SLCACOS SLCA DLU ORDINARY SUBSCRIBER

SLCACM16 SLCA DLU METER PULSE 16 KHZ
SLCACRMP SLCA DLU METER PULSE 16 REVERS
SLCACCBR SLCA DLU COINBOX REVERSAL
SLCAC12R SLCA DLU 12 KHZ SILENT REVERSA
SLCACMRL SLCA DLU 16 KHZ REVERSAL
SLCACMC SLCA DLU 12 KHZ C-WIRE
SLCF SLC FOR OPTICAL FIBRE
SLCD SUBSCRIBER LINE CIRCUIT DIGITA
FTEC DLU FUNCTION TEST CIRCUIT
LMEC DLU LINE MEASURING CIRCUIT
LVMC DLU LEVEL MEASURING CIRUIT
EMSP DLU EMERGENCY SERVICE EQUIPMEN
SLCADID SLCA DLU PBX LINE DID
SLCATPL SLCA DLU TWO PARTY LINE
UNUSEPRT UNUSED PORT
MTAC DLU METALLIC TEST ACCESS CIRCU
TBAC DLU TEST BUS ACCESS CIRCUIT
LTAC DLU LOOP TEST ACCESS CIRCUIT
SLCAFPA SLCA DLU FEATURE PROGRAMMAB. A
SLCADIOD SLCA DLU DIRECT IN/OUT DIALING
SLCAFPB SLCA DLU FEATURE PROGRAMMAB. B
SLCACSR SLCA DLU SILENT REVERSAL
SLCAMCD SLCA DLU THIRD GENERATION SLIC
SLCAFPC SLCA DLU FEATURE PROGRAMMAB. C
SASCL STAND ALONE SERV CONTR LINK
SLCABEL SLCA DLU BALANCED EXTENDED
SLCAMC SLCA DLU 12KHZ C WIRE
SLCAFPS SLCA DLU FEATURE PROGRAMMAB. S
ALCA ANNOUNCEMENT LC ANALOG
FCTU DLU FUNCTION TEST CIRCUIT TU
LCMC DLU LINE AND CIRCUIT MEASURING
OLCAC OPERATOR LINE CIRCUIT ANALOG C
OLCA OPERATOR LINE CIRCUIT ANALOG
SLCACCSP SLCA DLU COINBOX SEMIPUBLICO
SLCAFPE SLCA DLU FEATURE PROGRAMMAB. E
SLCX SLCX V51IF PORT
COTPRT CENTRAL OFFICE TERMINAL PORT
SLCDVO SLCD VIRTUAL OPERATOR
SLCSL SLC SDSL LOW
SLCSH SLC SDSL HIGH
SLCADSL SLC ADSL
SLCFMA SLC FLEXIBLE MODEM A
SLCSLB SLC SDSL LOW TYPE B

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEL DLUPORT- 1+

 SEL DLUPORT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SLCSHB SLC SDSL HIGH TYPE B

TYPE TABLE TYPE

This parameter specifies the table type for a port.

Default value:
If no entry is made for this parameter, no table type is selected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FREE NOT CONNECTED

SUB SUBSCRIBER
ISUB ISDN SUBSCRIBER
PBXLN PBX LINE
IPBXBA ISDN PBX BASIC ACCESS
KEY MULTILINE HUNTING GROUP W. KEY
TEQ TEST EQUIPMENT
TRUNK TRUNK
CONSOLE CONSOLE
V5IF V5 INTERFACE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEL DLUPORT- 2-

 STAT DLUPORT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY STATUS OF DLU PORTS

This command is used to display the operating status of DLU ports.

A specific operating status can be entered to search for DLU ports
with given status.

Note:
The current operating status of DLU ports can be modified using
the MML command CONF DLUPORT.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT DLUPORT : DLU= ,LC= [,OST=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the DLU number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CIRCUIT

This parameter specifies the line circuit.

Notes:

- X can be specified only for the CIRCUIT unit, simultaneously for

the MODULE and CIRCUIT unit or simultaneously for all 3 units.

- For a DLU with type DLUB (compact DLU) or DLUD only the input
of SHELF values 0..3 is allowed.

- For a DLU with type DLUA only the input of PORT values 0..7 is
allowed.

(The current DLU type can be displayed using the MML command
DISP DLU.)

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b-c

a: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: MODULE=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: CIRCUIT=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DLUPORT- 1+

 STAT DLUPORT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

OST OPERATING STATUS

This optional parameter specifies the operating state of the DLU

ports to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
PLA PLANNED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
DST DISTURBED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DLUPORT- 2-

 ACT DMPSGMSG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACT DUMP OF SAFEGUARDING MESSAGES

This command activates the dump of safeguarding messages.

Prerequisites:
- The dump may not previously be active.
- Activation of the dump causes following dump initiations to be processed
but not at the same time as the activation.
- External activations must be specified with the command DMP SGMSG.
This cancels the suppression of internal initiations (internal = from the
distribution process to the dump process, as soon as 200 messages have been
collected since the initiation last processed).
- If no external initiation is specified, there is automatically an internal
initiation after 200 messages have been collected by the distribution
process. This internal initiation initiates the dump of all previously
stored messages.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT DMPSGMSG ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT DMPSGMSG- 1-

 DACT DMPSGMSG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DACT DUMP OF SAFEGUARDING MESSAGES

This command deactivates the dump of stored safeguarding messages.

Notes:
- Internal initiations from the distribution process to the dump process
are suppressed.
- External initiations to dump by the command DMP SGMSG are rejected
with the appropriate output.
- One reason for the deactivation can be that SG.OPER is full. In this
case, this cyclic file would be (partially) overwritten by further dumping.
The dump can be reactivated if dumping is at first suppressed and
SG.OPER is then dumped.
- Deactivation can also be initiated before the SG.OPER is created with
more than 90 PAM pages.

Prerequisites:
- If the dump is deactivated no further messages are written to SG.OPER,
but messages to be displayed continue to be collected by the distribution
process in its memory area.
- If the memory area is full, the oldest stored messages are compulsorily
overwritten.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT DMPSGMSG ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT DMPSGMSG- 1-

 DISP DMPSGMSG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISP DUMP OF SAFEGUARDING MESSAGES

This command displays the activation state for the dump of safeguarding
messages.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DMPSGMSG ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DMPSGMSG- 1-

 CAN DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DIRECTORY NUMBER

This command cancels a directory number interval or a single directory

number.

Prerequisites:
- The directory number interval must not be connected (command
DISP DN, TYPE=CONNECT) or accessible by the digit
translator (command DISP DN, ACT=YES).
- The directory number interval must not be activated for IACHASTA
registration (command DISP IACOBJ).
- There must not be any ported directory number (command DISP DN,
INCEPT=PORTEDDN) in the interval.
- There must not be any directory number ported by location
( command DISP DN, INCEPT=PORTEDLP) in the interval.
- There must not be any individual announcements (command DISP DN,
INCEPT=CHGDNIND) for directory numbers in the interval.
- There must not be any extended directory number (command DISP DN,
EXTDN=YES) in the interval.
- There must not be any directory numbers reserved for CENTREX
(command DISP CXGRPRES) in the interval.
- There must not be any references from the CENTREX translator to
directory numbers in the interval (commands DISP CXCPT,
DISP CXDN).

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DN : [LAC=] ,DN= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory
number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number interval or the single

directory number to be canceled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DN- 1-

 CR DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE DIRECTORY NUMBER

This command creates a directory number interval or a single directory number

with or without economy.

Prerequisites:
- The local area code must be defined.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR DN : LAC= ,DN= [,PBXVOL=] [,DNGRP=] [,STMGRP=] [,ACCNO=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

Notes:
- Intervals that are used for subscribers should be decimal.
These intervals can be connected with a code point.
- Non-dialable intervals (e.g. for accounting purposes) might
be hexadecimal.
- Intervals of 1, 10, 100, 1000 directory numbers can be entered:
Intervals of 10, 100, 1000 dir.numbers with 2...12 digits
Single DN with PBX volume with 2...12 digits
Single DN without PBX volume with 1...12 digits

- Length of DN is not allowed to be longer tha specified

by DNMAXL to be displayed with DISP CALLPOPT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PBXVOL PBX DIRECTORY NUMBER VOLUME

- For a single directory number used for a PBX, the PBX volume
indicates which directory number digits of a decade belong
to the PBX. The PBX volume must contain the last digit of the
given directory number.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...9, range of decimal numbers

DNGRP DIRECTORY NUMBER GROUP

This parameter specifies the allocation of the directory number

interval or the single directory number to a subgroup (e.g. for
creating an accounting file).

Notes:
- Only alphanumeric digits are possible for input.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2 characters from the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DN- 1+
 CR DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

symbolic name character set

STMGRP STATISTIC METER GROUP

This parameter specifies the allocation of the directory number

interval or the single directory number to counter groups.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0,1,2...15, range of decimal numbers

ACCNO MARK FOR ACCOUNT NUMBER

This parameter specifies whether the directory number interval is only

used for accounting purposes. In this case the directory number
interval cannot be connected with a code point.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DN IS NOT AN ACCOUNT NUMBER

NO DN IS NOT AN ACCOUNT NUMBER
Y DN IS AN ACCOUNT NUMBER
YES DN IS AN ACCOUNT NUMBER

Default: N

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DN- 2-
 DISP DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DIRECTORY NUMBER DATA

This command displays data for either all directory numbers, the
directory numbers within an interval or a single directory number.
It displays directory numbers within a certain interval with the
specified information.
A search can be made for one of the following selection criteria:
- Accounting numbers or non-accounting numbers ACCNO
- Directory number group DNGRP
- Access from digit translator ACT
- Statistics meter group STMGRP
- Directory number type TYPE
- Intercept identifier INCEPT
- Extended directory numbers EXTDN.
If TYPE, INCEPT or EXTDN are specified each directory number with
the selected criteria will be displayed besides the data that are valid
for the whole interval.
If ACCNO, DNGRP, ACT or STMGRP are specified the directory
number interval data is displayed.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,DNGRP= 11 1
1 11,INCEPT=11 1
1 11,ACT= 11 1
1 DISP DN : [LAC=] ,DN= 1Z,STMGRP=Y1 [,FORMAT=] ; 1
1 11,TYPE= 11 1
1 11,ACCNO= 11 1
1 11,EXTDN= 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory
number volume.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number range or the single

directory number to be displayed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

DNGRP DIRECTORY NUMBER GROUP

This parameter specifies the subgroup of the directory number

interval or single directory number.

Notes:
- Only alphanumeric digits are possible for input.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DN- 1+

 DISP DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2 characters from the

symbolic name character set

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CHANGEDN CHANGED DIRECTORY NUMBER

UNOBDN UNOBTAINABLE DIRECTORY NUMBER
CHGDNIND CHANGED DIRECTORY NUMBER IND.
PORTEDDN NUMBER PORTABILITY
PORTEDLP LOCATION PORTABILITY

ACT ACTIVATED DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies as a selection criterion whether or not the

directory number interval or the single directory number is
accessible by the digit translator.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY NOT ACTIVATED DN ONLY

NO DISPLAY NOT ACTIVATED DN ONLY
Y DISPLAY ACTIVATED DN ONLY
YES DISPLAY ACTIVATED DN ONLY

STMGRP STATISTIC METER GROUP

This parameter specifies the allocation of the directory number

interval or the single directory number to counter groups.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

TYPE SUBSCRIBER TYPE FOR DN

This parameter specifies the directory number type of the directory

number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FREE FREE LINE

Specifies that only directory numbers
with no further connections are selected.
Also directory numbers with an intercept
identification will be selected.
SUB SUBSCRIBER
PBXLN PBX LINE
PBX PBX
PBXADDNO PBX ADDITIONAL NUMBER
Additional number of PBX.
PBXDDINO PBX DIRECT DIALING NUMBER
Direct dialing number of PBX
WST WORK STATION
MEETME MEET ME
CSGRP COMMON SERVICE GROUP
RESCSGRP RESERVED FOR COM. SERV. GROUP
CALLTYPE COMMON CDS CALLTYPE
CXGRP CENTREX GROUP
CONNECT CONNECTED DIRECTORY NUMBER
Specifies that directory numbers with
further connections are selected.
A connection can be:
-SUB
-PBXLN
-PBX
-PBXADDNO
-PBXDDINO
-WST
-MEETME
-CSGRP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DN- 2+

 DISP DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

-RESCSGRP
-CALLTYPE
-CXGRP

ACCNO MARK FOR ACCOUNT NUMBER

This parameter specifies as a selection criterion whether or not the

directory number interval is used for accounting purposes only.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DN IS NOT AN ACCOUNT NUMBER

NO DN IS NOT AN ACCOUNT NUMBER
Y DN IS AN ACCOUNT NUMBER
YES DN IS AN ACCOUNT NUMBER

Default: NO

EXTDN MARK FOR EXTENDED DN

This parameter specifies as a selection criterion whether

extended directory numbers are to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y DN IS EXTENDED
YES DN IS EXTENDED

FORMAT OUTPUT FORMAT

This parameter specifies the output format of the display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INTERVAL DIRECTORY NO. INTERVALS ONLY

specifies that only the data valid for the whole
interval (e.g. activation, kind of interval,
directory number group, statistic meter group,
PBX volume, extended directory number in interval
existing) will be displayed.
ALL ALL DIRECTORY NUMBERS
specifies the display of the individual data
of each directory number within the specified
directory number interval (including directory
number type, intercept identification and extended
directory number).
Furthermore the data valid for the whole
interval (e.g. activation, type of interval,
directory number group, statistic meter group
and PBX directory number volume) will be
displayed.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DN- 3-

 EXT DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EXTEND DIRECTORY NUMBER

This command extends an existing directory number to a directory

number interval of 10 numbers. The existing directory number
must be within an interval of 10, 100 or 1000 numbers.
The new directory number interval consists of the existing
directory number followed by one digit where the lower interval
boundary must be 0 and the upper interval boundary must be 9.

Prerequisites:
- The country code is set to BRD.
(Command DISP EXDDAT).
- No extension of ported directory numbers.
- The directory number must be not connected.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 EXT DN : [LAC=] ,DN= ,NEWDN= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number

to be extended. No more than DNMAXL-1 digits
are allowed. Length DNMAXL can to be displayed
with DISP CALLPOPT.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

2...11 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NEWDN NEW DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the new directory number interval of

10 numbers.

Notes:
-Length of NEWDN is not allowed to be longer then specified
by DNMAXL to be displayed with DISP CALLPOPT.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

3...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXT DN- 1-

 MOD DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DIRECTORY NUMBER

This command modifies a directory number interval or the data of a

directory number interval.
The following data can be changed:
- PBX directory number volume (PBXVOL) (for a single
directory number only)
- directory number group (DNGRP)
- statistic meter group (STMGRP)
It is also used to enter, modify and cancel the intercept identification
(INCEPT) or the intercept digits (b) of a single directory
number.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,NEWDN= 1 1
1 1,PBXVOL=1 (;) 1
1 MOD DN : [LAC=] ,DN= Z,DNGRP= Y Z Y 1
1 1,STMGRP=1 *!+ 1
1 1,INCEPT=1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory
number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the existing directory number interval or an

existing single directory number.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NEWDN NEW DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the new directory number interval or a new

single directory number.

Notes:
- When connected (DISP DN, TYPE=CONNECT) or ported (MOD DN,
INCEPT=PORTEDDN) directory numbers are modified, a dangerous
command message is output. In this case care should be taken that
meter observation is stopped and traffic observation/measurement
is canceled.
- When connected directory numbers ported by location (MOD DN,
INCEPT=PORTEDLP) directory numbers are modified, a dangerous
command message is output. In this case care should be taken that
meter observation is stopped and traffic observation/measurement
is canceled.
- The mask is also output, if directory numbers are in the interval,
which are ported with location portability (INCEPT=PORTEDLP).
- The directory number interval must not be accessible by the digit
translator (command DISP DN, ACT=YES).
- If ported directory numbers are existing in the interval (to be
displayed with DISP DN), two cases can be distinguished:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DN- 1+

 MOD DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a) The ported directory numbers in the exchange, where the

concerned subscribers are located, remain the same:
After the modification of the directory number interval the
directory numbers marked with INCEPT=PORTEDDN values must
be modified (MOD DN, parameter INCEPT=UNOBDN which
means this number is not valid). Because ported subscribers
are only reachable through their original numbers it necessary
to recreate the original numbers as single directory numbers
(CR DN) and modify them (MOD DN, parameter INCEPT=
PORTEDDN-b) so the link from the original number
to the ported number is like before.
b) The ported directory numbers in these exchanges are modified
accordingly:
No further ported directory number handling after the
modification of the directory number interval is necessary.
- For the new directory number (interval) a zone point should exist.
- The size of the directory number interval cannot be changed.
- Intervals that are used for subscribers which can be dialed must
be decimal.
- Intervals that are only used for accounting purposes might be
hexadecimal.
- The PBX volume must contain the last digit of the new directory
number.
- The new directory number with PBX volume must have at least two
digits.
- If a directory number in the interval is part of an operator
number of a PBX (OPN) and the length of the directory numbers
of the interval is changed, the length of the operator number
must not exceed the maximum length of a directory number
(12 digits).
- The Start Position Digits to Send (SSDI) for direct inward
dialing PBXs in the interval has to be adapted after the
modification, if the length of the interval has changed.
- Length of NEWDN is not allowed to be longer than specified
by DNMAXL to be displayed with DISP CALLPOPT.
- If extended directory numbers (EXTDN) are existing within the
interval, the new directory number cannot be longer than
DNMAXL-1 digits.
- If in the interval a PBX pilot directory number exists and the PBX
has additional numbers (ADDNO) in other directory number
intervals, the modification is not possible.
The additional numbers in the other intervals have to be
canceled (see MOD PBX) before the execution of the command and
recreated afterwards.
- If there are additional numbers (ADDNO) of a PBX in the interval
and the pilot directory number or further additional number of the
PBX are in another intervals, then the modification is not
possible.
The additional numbers in the interval to be changed have to be
canceled (see MOD PBX) before the execution of the command and
recreated afterwards.
- If in the interval a DDI-PBX direct dialing number (PBXDDINO)
or a PBX of type PBXDDINO exists, the modification is not
possible.
- The command is rejected if the interval consists of only one
directory number and this directory number is related to
a secured CENTREX business group BGID for which the operator
has no administration permission (see command DISP CXSEC).
In case the interval consists of more than one directory number,
it will be executed even if one or more directory numbers are
related to a BGID for which special operator permission
(command ENTR CXSEC) is necessary.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PBXVOL PBX DIRECTORY NUMBER VOLUME

Notes:
- The directory number interval must not be accessible by the digit
translator (command DISP DN, ACT=YES).
- Only an already existing PBX volume can be changed.
- A new PBX volume indicating which directory number digits of a decade
belong to a PBX can be entered for single directory numbers. The PBX

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DN- 2+

 MOD DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

volume must contain the last digit of the given directory number.
- The new PBX volume must be compatible with the operator number of
the PBX if there is one existing.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

0...9, range of decimal numbers

DNGRP DIRECTORY NUMBER GROUP

This parameter modifies the allocation of the directory number

interval or the single directory number to a subgroup (e.g. for
creating an accounting file).

Notes:
- Only alphanumeric digits are possible for input.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2 characters from the

symbolic name character set

STMGRP STATISTIC METER GROUP

This parameter modifies the allocation of the directory number interval

or the single directory number to counter groups.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...15, range of decimal numbers

INCEPT INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies

- the intercept identification and if needed the
individual announcement number or
- the porting information
for the desired directory number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: INTERCEPT IDENTIFICATION
CHANGEDN CHANGED DIRECTORY NUMBER
A second unit must not be entered.
UNOBDN UNOBTAINABLE DIRECTORY NUMBER
A second unit must not be entered.
CHGDNIND CHANGED DIRECTORY NO INDIV.
A second unit must be entered.
PORTEDDN NUMBER PORTABILITY
A second unit can be entered.
PORTEDLP LOCATION PORTABILITY
The PORTEDLP defines location portability
in project Singapore. A second unit must not
be entered.

b: INTERCEPT DIGITS=
1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DN- 3-

 REC DN
DLU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD DIRECTORY NUMBERS

This command records directory numbers to detect high load

connections. Up to 1000 subscribers can be measured by one
measurement. Only subscribers are measured, all other types
(e.g. PBX) are ignored.
The command will be rejected if there is no created subscriber in
the selected intervals. The measurement can only be run once at
any one time. The data of the measured records are output
exclusively to MDD.
The period of every single data collection and data output can be
varied by the command parameter SCANTIME.

If more than 1000 subscribers exist in the selected directory

number intervals, an indication follows in the "started mask".
The "started mask" contains a command repetition which confirms
the selected directory number intervals. In addition, the lowest
and highest directory numbers measured and the total number of
measured subscribers are output.
The three information units (lowest and highest measured
directory number, number of measured subscribers) appear in the
"started mask" and in the "finished mask".
Due to the information about the highest measured subscriber, the
directory number intervals in a subsequent measurement can be
selected optionally.

Which directory numbers from the selected directory number

interval are created subscribers is checked at the moment of
command receipt. The establishment of the directory numbers to be
measured is therefore a snapshot recording. This means that
subscribers created subsequently within the directory number
intervals selected in the command will be disregarded.
Selected subscribers who are deleted or modified after command
receipt will not be measured any more but they remain in the
output data.

Directory numbers can be specified by a digital line unit (DLU)

as an alternative to using intervals. The establishment of the
directory numbers is also a snapshot recording, which means that
the created subscribers at the DLU (including subscribers
connected via a V5 interface) to be measured will be
established at the moment of command receipt. If the number of
created subscribers of a selected DLU exceeds 1000, only
the first 1000 created subscribers will be measured.
With the "started mask" and the "finished mask" the user receives
information about the number of measured subscribers analogous
to the specification of directory number intervals. Information
is also output about the lowest and highest port where
subscribers are measured.
Subscribers to be measured are always selected from the port
with the lowest port number to the port with the highest port
number. A subsequent measurement can be started at the port where
the last measurement has ended by selecting command parameters
DLU and EQN. All or none of the created directory numbers
at an MSN port or connected via a V5 interface are measured.
Directory numbers in the output are not sorted in ascending
order but in the order in which they are found by searching
at the DLU.
If the number of directory numbers to be measured exceeds the
limit of 1000 and the last DLU port is an MSN port or a V5
interface is connected to this DLU port, this DLU port
cannot be measured within the running measurement job.
There could thus be a measurement whose directory number total is
less than 1000 even though the number of created subscribers at
the DLU exceeds 1000.

It is only advisable to measure REC DN for MSN ports if all

the directory numbers at an MSN port are measured in the same
measurement job.

For each subscriber to be measured the following counters are

provided:

- TC:I traffic carried (incoming)

- TC:O traffic carried (outgoing)
- CC:I number of calls carried (incoming)
- CC:O number of calls carried (outgoing)

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DN- 1+

 REC DN
DLU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Disk Size:
If 1000 directory numbers are measured, 87 kbytes are required
(89 bytes per directory number) on hard disk for every output.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. REC DN - DLU DLU SPECIFICATION

2. REC DN - DN DN SPECIFICATION

1. Input format

DLU SPECIFICATION

This input format records directory numbers of subscribers

connected to the specified digital line unit.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC DN : UNIT= ,DLU= [,EQN=] [,SCANTIME=] [,BEG=] [,TER=] 1
1 1
1 [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of

output.

Notes:
- UNIT=MDD-DAILY is not allowed in combination with
BEG, TER, PER or IV.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for
postprocessing.

Notes :
If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,
an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
XDAILY = DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
1 1 If this option is selected, the data are
1 1 output to daily files. The measurement starts
1 1 immediately and has no defined end. Time
1 1 parameters are not permitted.
1 1 To secure the required space on disk, all 7
1 1 daily files are prepared and created at the
1 1 start of measurement.
1 1 A daily file is closed at the end of the day and a
1 1 new file for the next day is automatically
1 1 created, or the existing file is replaced.
1 1 Daily files will be overwritten in the
1 1 following week on the same day.
>SINGLE W SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DN- 2+

 REC DN
DLU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

If this option is selected, the data are

output to single measurement file.

This information unit specifies the desired output mode

(daily file or single measurement file).
It is only permissible in connection with output unit = MDD.

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT

This parameter specifies the digital line unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the start port of the DLU.

Notes:
- The chosen DLU value in the parameter EQN must be equal to
the parameter DLU.

Default: EQN = DLU-0-0-0

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER=

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

b: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

c: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

d: CIRCUIT NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

SCANTIME SCAN TIME FOR DATA OUTPUT

This parameter specifies a duration in minutes. For this duration,

counter data will be collected and output. The SCANTIME can be
selected in the range from 15 to 720 in the 15 minutes frame.

Restrictions:
If a time parameter is selected, the intervals of measurement must
be a multiple of the selected SCANTIME. In all other cases the
command will be rejected.
Therefore the following combinations between time parameters and
SCANTIME are possible:

For the combinations of time parameter

BEG,
BEG and TER,
BEG and TER and PER or
TER and PER
the default IV 00-00-24-00 is used. In this case the possible
values for the SCANTIME are 15, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 180, 240,
360, 480 and 720, only.

For any combination of time parameters containing the parameter

IV, the possible values of the SCANTIME depend on the duration
of the selected intervals. All selected intervals must be a
multiple of the selected SCANTIME.

The SCANTIME can be arbitrary in the range of 15 to 720 in the 15

minutes frame if TER is the only specified time parameter in the
command or if the parameter UNIT=MDD-DAILY is chosen.

Default: 15 minutes.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DN- 3+

 REC DN
DLU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

15,30,45...720, range of decimal numbers

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin time.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameter cannot be specified for the
data output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.

Default: the begin of measurement is the current date

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement time termination

date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be epecified for
data output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
- The earliest possible termination date is the day after the
command input.
- The measurement duration may not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is enterred, recording starts
immediately.

Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last

single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DN- 4+

 REC DN
DLU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one
begin date (BEG)is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurement over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e. g. IV =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted..
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e. g. 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval
times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
IV with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: HOUR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE OF BEGIN DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: HOUR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: MINUTE OF TERMINATION DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.

Notes:
- Input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which cannot be
linked with other values.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

XFR = FRIDAY
1HO 1 HOLIDAY
1 1 Full national and international holidays are
1 1 included.
1 1 The full weekend day (the day marked EF
1 1 in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
1 1 Half holidays are not included.
1MO 1 MONDAY
1NO 1 NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
1 1 Measurement every day
1SA 1 SATURDAY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DN- 5+

 REC DN
DLU
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1SU 1 SUNDAY
1TH 1 THURSDAY
1TU 1 TUESDAY
1WE 1 WEDNESDAY
>WO W WORKDAY
Days which are full working days

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DN- 6+

 REC DN
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DN SPECIFICATION

This input format records subscriber directory numbers

specified as directory number intervals.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC DN : UNIT= [,LAC=] ,DN= [,SCANTIME=] [,BEG=] [,TER=] 1
1 1
1 [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of

output.

Notes:
- UNIT=MDD-DAILY is not allowed in combination with
BEG, TER, PER or IV.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for
postprocessing.

Notes :
If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,
an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
XDAILY = DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
1 1 If this option is selected, the data are
1 1 output to daily files. The measurement starts
1 1 immediately and has no defined end. Time
1 1 parameters are not permitted.
1 1 To secure the required space on disk, all 7
1 1 daily files are prepared and created at the
1 1 start of measurement.
1 1 A daily file is closed at the end of the day and a
1 1 new file for the next day is automatically
1 1 created, or the existing file is replaced.
1 1 Daily files will be overwritten in the
1 1 following week on the same day.
>SINGLE W SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to single measurement file.

This information unit specifies the desired output mode

(daily file or single measurement file).
It is only permissible in connection with output unit = MDD.

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Default: in exchanges with only one local network, this

parameter may be omitted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DN- 7+

 REC DN
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number intervals. A

maximum of 5 intervals can be linked with &.
The upper interval limit must be higher than the lower interval
limit and the directory number intervals must be disjunct.
By selecting the command parameter ’DN=X’ a maximum of 1000
created subscribers will be measured. The selection starts with
the lowest directory number in the exchange or with the
lowest directory number belonging to the selected LAC.

Restrictions:
Additional directory numbers of PBXs are rejected.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

SCANTIME SCAN TIME FOR DATA OUTPUT

This parameter specifies a duration in minutes. For this duration,

counter data will be collected and output. The SCANTIME can be
selected in the range from 15 to 720 in the 15 minutes frame.

Restrictions:
If a time parameter is selected, the intervals of measurement must
be a multiple of the selected SCANTIME. In all other cases the
command will be rejected.
Therefore the following combinations between time parameters and
SCANTIME are possible:

For the combinations of time parameter

BEG,
BEG and TER,
BEG and TER and PER or
TER and PER
the default IV 00-00-24-00 is used. In this case the possible
values for the SCANTIME are 15, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 180, 240,
360, 480 and 720, only.

For any combination of time parameters containing the parameter

IV, the possible values of the SCANTIME depend on the duration
of the selected intervals. All selected intervals must be a
multiple of the selected SCANTIME.

The SCANTIME can be arbitrary in the range of 15 to 720 in the 15

minutes frame if TER is the only specified time parameter in the
command or if the parameter UNIT=MDD-DAILY is chosen.

Default: 15 minutes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

15,30,45...720, range of decimal numbers

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin time.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameter cannot be specified for the
data output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DN- 8+

 REC DN
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.

Default: the begin of measurement is the current date

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement time termination

date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be epecified for
data output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
- The earliest possible termination date is the day after the
command input.
- The measurement duration may not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is enterred, recording starts
immediately.

Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last

single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one
begin date (BEG)is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurement over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e. g. IV =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted..
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e. g. 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DN- 9+

 REC DN
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- The measurement is active during the specified interval

times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
IV with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: HOUR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE OF BEGIN DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: HOUR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: MINUTE OF TERMINATION DATE=

0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.

Notes:
- Input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which cannot be
linked with other values.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

XFR = FRIDAY
1HO 1 HOLIDAY
1 1 Full national and international holidays are
1 1 included.
1 1 The full weekend day (the day marked EF
1 1 in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
1 1 Half holidays are not included.
1MO 1 MONDAY
1NO 1 NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
1 1 Measurement every day
1SA 1 SATURDAY
1SU 1 SUNDAY
1TH 1 THURSDAY
1TU 1 TUESDAY
1WE 1 WEDNESDAY
>WO W WORKDAY
Days which are full working days

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC DN- 10-

 RED DN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

REDUCE DIRECTORY NUMBER

This command reduces an extended directory number interval of

10 numbers to a single directory number.
The single directory number is equal to the directory number
of the lower interval boundary reduced by the last digit.

Prerequisites:
- The extended directory number interval must not be connected
(command DISP DN, TYPE=CONNECT).
- There must not be any ported directory number (command
DISP DN, INCEPT=PORTEDDN) in the extension interval.
- There must not be any directory numbers ported by location
(command DISP DN, INCEPT=PORTEDLP) in the extension
interval.
- There must not be any individual announcements (command
DISP DN, INCEPT=CHGDNIND) for directory numbers in the
extension interval.
- There must not be any directory numbers reserved for CENTREX
(command DISP CXGRPRES)in the extension interval.
- There must not be any references from the CENTREX translator to
directory numbers in the extension interval
(commands DISP CXCPT, DISP CXDN).

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 RED DN : [LAC=] ,DN= ,NEWDN= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple
directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number interval of

10 numbers.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

3...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NEWDN NEW DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the single directory number to which the

interval will be reduced.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

2...11 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RED DN- 1-

 DISP DNATT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DIRECTORY NUMBER ATTRIBUTE

This command displays :

- whether the directory number volume within the exchange

is multiple or unique,
- whether the local area codes are to be evaluated in the
digit-destination translator,
- the national prefix digits,
- the international prefix digits,
- the prefix digits for carrier access code,
- whether the local area code is part of directory number.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DNATT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DNATT- 1-

 ENTR DNATT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER DIRECTORY NUMBER ATTRIBUTE

This command enters the directory number attributes.

It determines:
- whether the directory number volume within the exchange is
multiple or unique,
- whether the local area codes are to be evaluated in the
digit-destination translator,
- the national prefix digits,
- the international prefix digits,
- the prefix digits from carrier access code,
- whether national prefix digits or international prefix digits
or the prefix digits for carrier access code are used,
- whether the local area code is part of directory number,
- whether a not dialed LAC will be inserted before the
dialed B-number to build up a national significant number.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR DNATT : <DNVOL= ,EVLAC= ,PFXNAT= ,PFXINAT= ,PFXCAC= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,NOPFX= ,LACPNO=> [,LACINSOC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DNVOL DIRECTORY NUMBER VOLUME

This parameter specifies whether the directory number volume

in the exchange is multiple or unique.

Notes:
- Two subscribers of the exchange may have the same directory number
but a different local area code only if directory number volume
is assigned MULTIPLE.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

UNIQUE UNIQUE DIRECTORY NUMBERS

MULTIPLE MULTIPLE DIRECTORY NUMBERS

EVLAC EVALUATION OF LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies whether the local area codes are to be

evaluated.

Prerequisites:
- An evaluation of the local area codes can only be prevented within an
exchange with a unique directory number volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y EVALUATE LAC
(initial value)
YES EVALUATE LAC
N DO NOT EVALUATE LAC
NO DO NOT EVALUATE LAC

PFXNAT PREFIX NATIONAL

This parameter specifies the national prefix digits.

Attention:
- A changed national prefix could be incompatible
to existing local area codes or codepoints.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...3 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DNATT- 1+

 ENTR DNATT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PFXINAT PREFIX INTERNATIONAL

This parameter specifies the international prefix digits.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...3 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

PFXCAC PREFIX CARRIER ACCESS CODE

This parameter specifies the prefix digits for carrier access code.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...3 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

NOPFX NO PREFIX

This parameter specifies that existing national or

international prefix digits or the prefix digits
for carrier access code are canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NAT NATIONAL PREFIX

INAT INTERNATIONAL PREFIX
CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE PREFIX

LACPNO LOCAL AREA CODE IS PART OF NO

This parameter specifies if the local area code is part of

of a national significant number.
The entry LACPNO = YES means that a national
significant number consists out of LAC + DN.
The DN alone is in this case only locally significant.

The entry LACPNO = NO means that the DN

alone is national significant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y LOCAL AREACODE IS PART OF NO

(initial value)
YES LOCAL AREACODE IS PART OF NO
N LOC. AREACODE ISN’T PART OF NO
NO LOC. AREACODE ISN’T PART OF NO

LACINSOC LAC INSERT. FOR OUTG. CALL

This parameter specifies whether a LAC, which was not

dialed, must be inserted before the dialled B-number
to build up a national significant number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y INSERT LAC
YES INSERT LAC
N DO NOT INSERT LAC
(initial value)
NO DO NOT INSERT LAC

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DNATT- 2-

 CAN DNOBS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DIRECTORY NUMBER OBSERVATION JOB

This command either cancels or limits an existing directory number

observation job by cancelling certain object groups (consisting of
subscribers or private branch exchanges).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN DNOBS : [GRP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

GRP GROUP OF OBJECTS

This parameter specifies object groups of subscribers or private

branch exchanges. Object groups may be linked with &.
Default: all objects are cancelled

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DNOBS- 1-

 DISP DNOBS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DIRECTORY NUMBER OBSERVATION JOB

This command displays the directory number observation data.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DNOBS ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DNOBS- 1-

 ENTR DNOBS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER DIRECTORY NUMBER OBSERVATION JOB

This command may be used to enter a new/expand an existing

directory number observation job by specifying which object
groups (consisting of subscribers or private branch exchanges)
should be measured at a determined time.

Note:
Partly executed commands will completed later
(see different statuses in the output mask of the display command).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR DNOBS : GRP= [,RREC=] [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,PER=] [,IV=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

GRP GROUP OF OBJECTS

This parameter specifies object groups of subscribers or private

branch exchanges. Up to 10 object groups may be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

RREC NUMBER OF REQUESTED RECORDS

This parameter specifies the number of requested observation

records. The value can be changed during observation.
Default: no restriction.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...65535, range of decimal numbers

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- A maximum of four begin dates in chronological order may be
linked with &. In case of linked begin dates, termination
date is not permitted.
If no termination date is selected, the measurement is active
on the specified begin days only.
- The earliest possible begin date is the day after command input.
- The first begin date must be at the latest one month after the
actual date.
- The last begin date must be at the latest one year after the
actual date.

Default: immediately measurement start.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DNOBS- 1+

 ENTR DNOBS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATING DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Only one termination date may be entered. The earliest
possible termination date is the day after command input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no begin date is entered, recording starts immediately.

Default: unlimited measurement depending on begin date.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the periodic weekdays or the weekday category.

Up to 8 weekdays/categories may be linked with &, the maximum number of
weekdays is limited to 6.

Notes:
- The input of this parameter is only permissible in connection with
a termination date.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement period.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO DEFAULT VALUE
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Days which are full national and
international holidays.

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times are only permitted if at least one begin date
is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological order
may be linked with &.
- An interval may not include midnight. A measurement over
midnight requires the input of two interval times.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval times
only.

Default: 24 hour measurement on the specified measurement period.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DNOBS- 2+

 ENTR DNOBS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: END HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: END MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DNOBS- 3-

 DISP DNP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DESTINATION NUMBER POINTS

This command displays destination number points which are entered in the
special digit translator for traffic measurements (with REC DEST). The
destination number points are output with their digit combination,
destination number and origin language digit.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DNP ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DNP- 1-

 CAN DSB

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD

This command cancels a Digital Switchboard for an

OSS-Group or a CENTREX-Group.

Prerequisites:
- The Digital Switchboard can be canceled, while
a common service subscriber is not logged-on.

- The Digital Switchboard can be canceled, while

the FEA = MDR, TRAF and PER are not activated.

- The Digital Switchboard can be canceled, while

the FEA = MDR, TRAF, CXMOD and PER are not
provided.

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is

related to a secured CENTREX business group (BGID)
for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DSB : EQN= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT=

10,11,12...8999, range of decimal numbers

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DSB- 1-

 CR DSB
CRDSBCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD

This command creates a Digital Switchboard for

an ADMOSS-Common Service Group or a CENTREX Group.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR DSB - CRDSBCX CREATE DSB:ISDN FOR CENTREX

2. CR DSB - CRDSBOSS CREATE DSB:ISDN FOR ADMOSS

1. Input format

CREATE DSB:ISDN FOR CENTREX

This input format is used to create a Digital Switchboard

for CENTREX.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR DSB : EQN= ,CXGRP= ,ID= [,FEA=] [,OCT=] [,CSGLAC=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CSGDN= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of an existing

CENTREX group.
This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is
related to a secured CENTREX business group (BGID)
for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4 digit decimal number

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the identification of a

Digital Switchboard for ADMOSS and CENTREX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DSB- 1+
 CR DSB
CRDSBCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1...4095, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of a Digital Switchboard

for ADMOSS or CENTREX.

Compatibilities:
Allowed combinatons of features:
- activate AUTOOPR and
TRAF,
MDR,
PER,
CXMOD at the same time

Incompatibilities:
Not allowed combinatons of features:
- activate AUTOOPR and
PRVCXMOD,
PRVMDR,
PRVPER,
PRVTRAF,
PRINTER,
SASLINK at the same time
- activate
MDR and PRVMDR,
TRAF and PRVTRAF,
CXMOD and PRVCXMOD,
PER and PRVPER feature at the same time
- activate SASLINK and any other feature at the same time

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR

CXMOD CENTREX MODIFICATION AUTH.
MDR MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING AUTH.
PER PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PRVCXMOD CENTREX MOD. AUTH. PROV
PRVMDR MESSAGE DETAIL REC. AUTH. PROV
PRVPER PROVIDE PERFORM. AUTHORIZATION
PRVTRAF TRAFFIC RECORDING AUTH. PROV
RESFEA1 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA2 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA3 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA4 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA5 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA6 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA7 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA8 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
SASLINK SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
TRAF TRAFFIC RECORDING AUTH.

OCT OBJECT CONTROL TABLE

This parameter specifies the identification of a

CARS APS file name for ADMOSS or CENTREX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

11 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code

of an existing common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number

of an existing common service group.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DSB- 2+
 CR DSB
CRDSBCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DSB- 3+
 CR DSB
CRDSBOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

CREATE DSB:ISDN FOR ADMOSS

This input format is used to create a Digital Switchboard

for ADMOSS.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR DSB : EQN= ,ID= [,CSGLAC=] ,CSGDN= [,FEA=] [,OCT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the identification of a

Digital Switchboard for ADMOSS and CENTREX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4095, range of decimal numbers

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code

of an existing common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number

of an existing common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of a Digital Switchboard

for ADMOSS or CENTREX.

Compatibilities:
Allowed combinatons of features:
- activate AUTOOPR and
TRAF,

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DSB- 4+
 CR DSB
CRDSBOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MDR,
PER,
CXMOD at the same time

Incompatibilities:
Not allowed combinatons of features:
- activate AUTOOPR and
PRVCXMOD,
PRVMDR,
PRVPER,
PRVTRAF,
PRINTER,
SASLINK at the same time
- activate
MDR and PRVMDR,
TRAF and PRVTRAF,
CXMOD and PRVCXMOD,
PER and PRVPER feature at the same time
- activate SASLINK and any other feature at the same time

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR

PER PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PRINTER PRINTER ASSIGNED
RESFEA1 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA2 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA3 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA4 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA5 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA6 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA7 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA8 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
SASLINK SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK

OCT OBJECT CONTROL TABLE

This parameter specifies the identification of a

CARS APS file name for ADMOSS or CENTREX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

11 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DSB- 5-
 DISP DSB
DICSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD

This command displays digital switchboard specific data for

- one specific DSB
- several individual DSBs
- all DSBs in an equipment number interval
- all DSBs in the exchange

Notes:
- Data output is sorted according to the specified selection
parameter(s).

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP DSB - DICSGRP DISPLAY DSB FOR CSGRP

2. DISP DSB - DICXGRP DISPLAY DSB FOR CENTREX GROUP

1. Input format

DISPLAY DSB FOR CSGRP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DSB : [CSGLAC=] <,CSGDN= ,EQN= ,ID= ,OST= ,FEA= 1
1 1
1 ,OCT=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Up to 20 parameter values can be linked with &.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not divided
into several local area codes, this parameter can be
omitted.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number.

Up to 20 parameter values can be linked with &.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

Up to 20 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DSB- 1+

 DISP DSB
DICSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

ID IDENTIFICATION OF CONSOLE

This parameter specifies the identification

of the DSB.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...4095, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the operating status.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features of a digital

switchboard.

Notes:
- Selection of DSBs by an element list for
the FEA parameter results in display of
all DSBs with at least one of the selected
features. Omitting this parameter displays
DSBs with or without any feature.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT. PERS. CALLTYPE PERF. M.

ACTPPER ACT. PERS. PERF. MEASURM.
ACTSCPER ACT. SYS. CALLTYPE PERF. M.
AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR
PER PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PRINTER PRINTER ASSIGNED
RESFEA1 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA2 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA3 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA4 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DSB- 2+

 DISP DSB
DICSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RESFEA5 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK

RESFEA6 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA7 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA8 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
SASLINK SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK

OCT OBJECT CONTROL TABLE

This parameter specifies the CARS APS file name

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

11 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DSB- 3+

 DISP DSB
DICXGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

DISPLAY DSB FOR CENTREX GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DSB : <EQN= ,CXGRP= ,ID= ,FEA= ,OST= ,OCT=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

Up to 20 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the number of an

existing CENTREX group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

ID IDENTIFICATION OF CONSOLE

This parameter specifies the identification

of the DSB.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...4095, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DSB- 4+

 DISP DSB
DICXGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the features of a digital

switchboard.

Notes:
- Selection of DSBs by an element list for
the FEA parameter results in display of
all DSBs with at least one of the selected
features. Omitting this parameter displays
DSBs with or without any feature.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTMDR ACT. MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING

ACTPCPER ACT. PERS. CALLTYPE PERF. M.
ACTPPER ACT. PERS. PERF. MEASURM.
ACTSCPER ACT. SYS. CALLTYPE PERF. M.
ACTTRAF ACTIVATE TRAFFIC RECORDING
AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR
CXMOD CENTREX MODIFICATION AUTH.
MDR MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING AUTH.
PER PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PRVCXMOD CENTREX MODIFICATION AUTH. PRV
PRVMDR MESSAGE DETAIL REC. AUTH. PRV
PRVPER PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PRVTRAF TRAFFIC RECORDING AUTH. PRV.
RESFEA1 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA2 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA3 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA4 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA5 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA6 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA7 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
RESFEA8 SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
SASLINK SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
TRAF TRAFFIC RECORDING AUTH.

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the operating status.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED

OCT OBJECT CONTROL TABLE

This parameter specifies the CARS APS file name

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

11 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DSB- 5-

 MOD DSB
MODSBCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD

This command modifies the data of a Digital Switchboard.

This command is rejected if the CENTREX group is
related to a secured CENTREX business group (BGID)
for which the operator has no administration
permission (see command DISP CXSEC).

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD DSB - MODSBCX MODIFY DSB:ISDN FOR CENTREX

2. MOD DSB - MODSBOSS MODIFY DSB:ISDN FOR ADMOSS

1. Input format

MODIFY DSB:ISDN FOR CENTREX

This input format is used to modify a Digital Switchboard

for CENTREX or create a saslink for CENTREX.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD DSB : EQN= [,ID=] [,FEA=] [,CFEA=] <,OCT=> [,CSGLAC=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,CSGDN= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the identification of a

Digital Switchboard for ADMOSS and CENTREX.
It can only be changed if CSSUB is in status logoff.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4095, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of a Digital Switchboard

for ADMOSS or CENTREX.

Compatibilities:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DSB- 1+

 MOD DSB
MODSBCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Allowed combinatons of features:

- activate AUTOOPR and
TRAF,
MDR,
PER,
CXMOD at the same time

Incompatibilities:
Not allowed combinatons of features:
- activate AUTOOPR and
PRVCXMOD,
PRVMDR,
PRVPER,
PRVTRAF,
PRINTER,
SASLINK at the same time
- activate
MDR and PRVMDR,
TRAF and PRVTRAF,
CXMOD and PRVCXMOD,
PER and PRVPER feature at the same time
- activate SASLINK and any other feature at the same time

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTMDR ACTIVATE MSG DETAIL RECORDING

ACTPCPER ACT. PERS. CALLTYPE PERF. M.
ACTPPER ACT. PERSONAL PERF. M.
ACTSCPER ACT. SYS. CALLTYPE PERF.
ACTTRAF ACTIVATE TRAFFIC RECORDING
AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR
CXMOD CENTREX MODIFICATION AUTH.
MDR MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING AUTH.
PER PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PRVCXMOD CENTREX MOD. AUTH. PROV
PRVMDR MESSAGE DETAIL REC. AUTH. PROV
PRVPER PROVIDE PERFORMANCE AUTH.
PRVTRAF TRAFFIC RECORDING AUTH. PROV
RESFEA1 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA2 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA3 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA4 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA5 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA6 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA7 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA8 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
SASLINK SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
TRAF TRAFFIC RECORDING AUTH.

CFEA CANCEL FEATURE

This parameter cancels the feature of a Digital Switchboard

for ADMOSS or CENTREX.

Compatibilities:
- cancel AUTOOPR feature if only the
TRAF,
MDR,
PER feature are active

Incompatibilities:
Not allowed combinatons of features:
- activate ACTPCPER and cancel PER features at the same time
- activate ACTSCPER and cancel PER features at the same time
- activate ACTTRAF and cancel TRAF or PRVTRAF features
at the same time
- activate ACTMDR and cancel MDR or PRVMDR features at the same time
- activate ACTPPER and cancel PER or PRVPER features at the same time
- activate and cancel anyone of the following features
at the same time:
ACTMDR,
ACTPPER,
ACTPCPER,
ACTSCPER,
ACTTRAF
AUTOOPR,

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DSB- 2+

 MOD DSB
MODSBCX
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CXMOD,
MDR,
PER,
PRVCXMOD,
PRVMDR,
PRVPER,
PRVTRAF,
RESFEA1 ... RESFEA8,
SASLINK,
TRAF
- cancel SASLINK feature together with any other feature

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTMDR ACTIVATE MSG DETAIL RECORDING

ACTPCPER ACT. PERS. CALLTYPE PERF. M.
ACTPPER ACT. PERSONAL PERF. M.
ACTSCPER ACT. SYS. CALLTYPE PERF.
ACTTRAF ACTIVATE TRAFFIC RECORDING
AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR
CXMOD CENTREX MODIFICATION AUTH.
MDR MESSAGE DETAIL RECORDING AUTH.
PER PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PRVCXMOD CENTREX MOD. AUTH. PROV
PRVMDR MESSAGE DETAIL REC. AUTH. PROV
PRVPER PROVIDE PERFORMANCE AUTH.
PRVTRAF TRAFFIC RECORDING AUTH. PROV
RESFEA1 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA2 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA3 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA4 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA5 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA6 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA7 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA8 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
SASLINK SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK
TRAF TRAFFIC RECORDING AUTH.

OCT OBJECT CONTROL TABLE

This parameter specifies the identification of a

CARS APS file name for ADMOSS or CENTREX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

11 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code

of an existing common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number

of an existing common service group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DSB- 3+

 MOD DSB
MODSBOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

MODIFY DSB:ISDN FOR ADMOSS

This input format is used to modify a Digital Switchboard

for ADMOSS or create a saslink for ADMOSS.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DSB : EQN= [,ID=] [,FEA=] [,CFEA=] <,OCT=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

ID IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the identification of a

Digital Switchboard for ADMOSS and CENTREX.
It can only be changed if CSSUB is in status logoff.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...4095, range of decimal numbers

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of a Digital Switchboard

for ADMOSS or CENTREX.

Compatibilities:
Allowed combinatons of features:
- activate AUTOOPR and
TRAF,
MDR,
PER,
CXMOD at the same time

Incompatibilities:
Not allowed combinatons of features:
- activate AUTOOPR and
PRVCXMOD,
PRVMDR,
PRVPER,
PRVTRAF,
PRINTER,
SASLINK at the same time
- activate
MDR and PRVMDR,
TRAF and PRVTRAF,
CXMOD and PRVCXMOD,
PER and PRVPER feature at the same time

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DSB- 4+

 MOD DSB
MODSBOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- activate SASLINK and any other feature at the same time

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT. PERS. CALLTYPE PERF. M.

ACTPPER ACT. PERSONAL PERF. M.
ACTSCPER ACT. SYS. CALLTYPE PERF.
AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR
PER PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PRINTER PRINTER ASSIGNED
RESFEA1 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA2 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA3 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA4 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA5 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA6 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA7 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA8 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
SASLINK SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK

CFEA CANCEL FEATURE

This parameter cancels the feature of a Digital Switchboard

for ADMOSS or CENTREX.

Compatibilities:
- cancel AUTOOPR feature if only the
TRAF,
MDR,
PER feature are active

Incompatibilities:
Not allowed combinatons of features:
- activate ACTPCPER and cancel PER features at the same time
- activate ACTSCPER and cancel PER features at the same time
- activate ACTTRAF and cancel TRAF or PRVTRAF features
at the same time
- activate ACTMDR and cancel MDR or PRVMDR features at the same time
- activate ACTPPER and cancel PER or PRVPER features at the same time
- activate and cancel anyone of the following features
at the same time:
ACTMDR,
ACTPPER,
ACTPCPER,
ACTSCPER,
ACTTRAF
AUTOOPR,
CXMOD,
MDR,
PER,
PRVCXMOD,
PRVMDR,
PRVPER,
PRVTRAF,
RESFEA1 ... RESFEA8,
SASLINK,
TRAF
- cancel SASLINK feature together with any other feature

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACTPCPER ACT. PERS. CALLTYPE PERF. M.

ACTPPER ACT. PERSONAL PERF. M.
ACTSCPER ACT. SYS. CALLTYPE PERF.
AUTOOPR AUTOMATED OPERATOR
PER PERFORMANCE AUTHORIZATION
PRINTER PRINTER ASSIGNED
RESFEA1 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA2 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA3 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA4 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA5 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA6 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA7 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER
RESFEA8 RESERVED FEA FOR EXCHANGE USER

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DSB- 5+

 MOD DSB
MODSBOSS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SASLINK SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK

OCT OBJECT CONTROL TABLE

This parameter specifies the identification of a

CARS APS file name for ADMOSS or CENTREX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

11 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DSB- 6-

 STAT DSB
STACSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY STATUS OF DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD

This command displays digital switchboard status of

- one specific DSB
- several individual DSBs
- all DSBs in an equipment number interval
- all DSBs in the exchange

Notes:
- Data output is sorted according to the
specified selection parameter.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. STAT DSB - STACSGRP STAT DSB FOR CSGRP

2. STAT DSB - STACXGRP STAT DSB FOR CENTREX GROUP

1. Input format

STAT DSB FOR CSGRP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT DSB : [CSGLAC=] <,CSGDN= ,EQN= ,ID= ,ACCDEG= ,FEA=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CSGLAC COMMON SERVICE GROUP LAC

This parameter specifies the local area code of the common

service group.
Up to 20 parameter values can be linked with &.

Notes:
- If the exchange directory number volume is not divided
into several local area codes, this parameter can be
omitted.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 digit decimal number

CSGDN COMMON SERVICE GROUP DN

This parameter specifies the directory number of the

common service group.
Up to 20 parameter values can be linked with &.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

Up to 20 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DSB- 1+

 STAT DSB
STACSGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

ID IDENTIFICATION OF CONSOLE

This parameter specifies the identification

of the DSB.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...4095, range of decimal numbers

ACCDEG ACCESS DEGRADING ON DLU PORT

This parameter specifies the status of line access.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DST DISTURBED
NAC NOT ACCESSIBLE
NON NONE

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of a DSB

used for SAS LINK .

Notes:
- Selection of DSBs by the FEA parameter
results in display of all DSBs with the
selected feature. Omitting this parameter
displays DSBs with or without any feature.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

SASLINK SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DSB- 2+

 STAT DSB
STACXGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

STAT DSB FOR CENTREX GROUP

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT DSB : <EQN= ,CXGRP= ,ID= ,ACCDEG= ,FEA=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

Up to 20 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: DIGITAL LINE UNIT=

10...8999, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

CXGRP CENTREX GROUP

This parameter specifies the number of an

existing CENTREX group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

ID IDENTIFICATION OF CONSOLE

This parameter specifies the identification

of the DSB.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...4095, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DSB- 3+

 STAT DSB
STACXGRP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACCDEG ACCESS DEGRADING ON DLU PORT

This parameter specifies the status of line access.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DST DISTURBED
NAC NOT ACCESSIBLE
NON NONE

FEA FEATURE

This parameter specifies the feature of a DSB

used for SAS LINK .

Notes:
- Selection of DSBs by the FEA parameter
results in display of all DSBs with the
selected feature. Omitting this parameter
displays DSBs with or without any feature.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

SASLINK SUPPORT APPL. SERVER LINK

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DSB- 4-

 CAN DTI

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE

This command cancels the data terminal interface.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DTI : DSB= [,DTI=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DSB DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD

This parameter defines the digital switchboard number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...300, range of decimal numbers

DTI DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE

This parameter identifies the primary or secondary data

terminal interface unit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PRI PRIMARY DTI

SEC SECONDARY DTI

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DTI- 1-

 CONF DTI

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE

This command configures one or both DTIs of a digital switchboard (DSB)

into service or out of service.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF DTI : [DSB= [,DTI=]] [,EQN=] ,OST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DSB DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD

This parameter specifies the digital switchboard number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...300, range of decimal numbers

DTI DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE

This parameter specifies the data terminal interface.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PRI PRIMARY DTI

SEC SECONDARY DTI

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c[-d]

a: TIME STAGE GROUP=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the operating state.

Valid Operating State Transitions

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DTI- 1+

 CONF DTI

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

---------------------------------
ACT --> STB or CBL or MBL
STB --> ACT or CBL or MBL
CBL --> ACT or STB or MBL
MBL --> ACT or STB or CBL or PLA
PLA --> MBL
UNA --> MBL or CBL or STB or ACT

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
UNA UNAVAILABLE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED
STB STANDBY
RES RESTORABLE
CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED
NAC NOT ACCESSIBLE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF DTI- 2-

 CR DTI

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE

This command creates the data terminal interface.

This command is normally logged.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR DTI : DSB= ,DTI= ,EQN= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DSB DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD

This parameter specifies the digital switchboard

number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...300, range of decimal numbers

DTI DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE

This parameter identifies the primary or secondary data

terminal interface unit.
The primary DTI must be specified first, then the
secondary DTI. If a DTI is connected to only one
LTGB, DTI=PRI must be specified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PRI PRIMARY DTI

SEC SECONDARY DTI

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: TIME STAGE GROUP=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

c: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

d: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0,4,8...28, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DTI- 1-
 DISP DTI

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DTI

This command displays the data terminal interface.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DTI : [EQN=] [,DSB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b-c[-d]

a: TIME STAGE GROUP=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0,4,8...28, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

DSB DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD

This parameter specifies the number of the digital

switchboard.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...300, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DTI- 1-

 STAT DTI

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY OST OF DTI

This command queries the transient status of DTIs.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is only permitted for an operator service system (OSS).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT DTI : [EQN=] [,DSB= [,DTI=]] [,OST=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

a-b-c[-d]

a: TIME STAGE GROUP=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

d: CHANNEL NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

DSB DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD

This parameter specifies the digital switchboard number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...300, range of decimal numbers

DTI DATA TERMINAL INTERFACE

This parameter specifies the data terminal interface.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

PRI PRIMARY DTI

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DTI- 1+

 STAT DTI

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SEC SECONDARY DTI

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the operating state.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

ACT ACTIVE
UNA UNAVAILABLE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED
STB STANDBY
RES RESTORABLE
CBL CONDITIONALLY BLOCKED
NAC NOT ACCESSIBLE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT DTI- 2-

 DISP DUTVAL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY DUPLE TEST VALUES

This command displays the reference values used to test the duple algorithm
(CDMA algorithm).
One or the 16 available test reference values can be displayed.

This command is only permitted if an authentication center

(AC) is installed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DUTVAL : ELEMNO= [,ALGVERS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ELEMNO ELEMENT NUMBER

This parameter indicates the number of the test value you want to
display.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

ALGVERS CDMA ALGORITHM VERSION

This parameter specifies the CDMA algorithm version.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DUTVAL- 1-

 ENTR DUTVAL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER DUPLE TEST VALUES

This command administrates the reference values used to test the duple algorithm
(CDMA authentication algorithm).
One of the test reference values can be changed using this command.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is only permitted if an authentication center

(AC) is installed.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR DUTVAL : ELEMNO= ,MIN= ,ESN= ,RANDU= ,A2SSD= ,KEYK2= 1
1 1
1 ,AUTHU= [,AAV=] [,ALGVERS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ELEMNO ELEMENT NUMBER

This parameter indicates the number of the test value you want
to change.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

MIN MOBILE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

This parameter specifies the mobile identification number

used by mobile station operating in the CDMA mode.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10 digit decimal number

ESN ELECTRONICAL SERIAL NUMBER

This is the electronical serial number that uniquely identifies the

mobile station to any cellular system.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

RANDU RANDOM VARIABLE UNIQUE VALUE

This parameter contains the random number used to calculate

the CDMA algorithm response.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

A2SSD SHARED SECRET DATA

This parameter specifies the shared secret data (SSD) encyphered with
KEYK2 using the A2 algorithm.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: 8 NIBBLES=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DUTVAL- 1+

 ENTR DUTVAL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: 8 NIBBLES=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

c: 8 NIBBLES=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

d: 8 NIBBLES=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

KEYK2 CIPHERING KEY K2

This parameter specifies the key K2 encyphered with A2SSD using the
A2 algorithm.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: 8 NIBBLES=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

b: 8 NIBBLES=
1...8 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

AUTHU AUTH. ALGORITHM RESPONSE

This parameter specifies the CDMA algorithm response unique challenge.

This is the reference value for the CDMA algorithm test and used as
reference to compare the computed result of the test.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

AAV AUTH. ALGORITHM VALUE

This parameter specifies the CDMA algorithm value.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

ALGVERS AUTH. ALGORITHM VERSION

This parameter specifies the CDMA algorithm version.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR DUTVAL- 2-

 CAN DVGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL DEVICE GROUP

This command cancels a device group.

Prerequisite:
- the device group must exist
- the device group must not be assigned to a message group.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN DVGRP : DVGRP= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DVGRP DEVICE GROUP

This parameter designates a device group of the message control.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN DVGRP- 1-

 CR DVGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE DEVICEGROUP

This command creates a device group from different types of output device.
A distinction is made between local devices (archive and
functional O&M terminals), remote devices (processors with their
respective applications) and the source terminal.

Prerequisite:
- the device group must not already exist,
- the pair of processor-name applications specified in parameter REMDEV
must not be assigned to a server which cannot process print or dialog
tasks,
- the output devices must exist,
- no more than 5 output devices may be specified,
- if parameter SRC=NO is entered, either parameter
LOCDEV or parameter REMDEV must be specified.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR DVGRP : DVGRP= <,LOCDEV= ,REMDEV= ,SRC=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DVGRP DEVICE GROUP

This parameter designates a device group to the message

control.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LOCDEV LOCAL DEVICE

This parameter designates a local output device.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: LOCAL DEVICE NAME=

1...17 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: LOCAL DEVICE TYPE

FUOMT FUNCTIONAL O&M-TERMINAL
AFILE ARCHIVE FILE

REMDEV REMOTE DEVICE

This parameter designates an output device in the network.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: PROCESSOR NAME=
1...8 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

b: APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION=
1...5 characters from the
symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DVGRP- 1+
 CR DVGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SRC SOURCE O&M TERMINAL

This parameter specifies whether the input terminal is to serve

as output device for a device group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO OUTPUT NOT ON SOURCE TERMINAL

YES OUTPUT ON SOURCE TERMINAL

Default: YES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR DVGRP- 2-
 SEL DVGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SELECT DEVICE GROUP

This command selects those device groups to which

at least one of the specified output devices is assigned.
This data is then output as a table.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 SEL DVGRP : <LOCDEV= ,REMDEV= ,SRC=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LOCDEV LOCAL DEVICE

This parameter designates a local output device.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: LOCAL DEVICE NAME=

1...17 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: LOCAL DEVICE TYPE

FUOMT FUNCTIONAL O&M-TERMINAL
AFILE ARCHIVE FILE

REMDEV REMOTE DEVICE

This parameter designates an output device in the network.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: PROCESSOR NAME=
1...8 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

b: APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION=
1...5 characters from the
symbolic name character set

SRC SOURCE O&M TERMINAL

This parameter specifies whether the input terminal is to serve

as output device for a device group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO OUTPUT NOT ON SOURCE TERMINAL

YES OUTPUT ON SOURCE TERMINAL

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEL DVGRP- 1-

 DISP DVGRPLNK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISP DEVICE GROUP LINK

This command displays the output devices to which the device groups
specified in parameter DVGRP are assigned. The display is table.
In this way, a distinction is made between local output devices,
remote output devices and the source terminal as output device.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP DVGRPLNK : DVGRP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DVGRP DEVICE GROUP

This parameter designates a device group of the message control.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP DVGRPLNK- 1-

 MOD DVGRPLNK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DEVICE GROUP LINK

This command modifies the assignment of a device group to the respective

output devices. With parameter SRC, it is possible to indicate whether
the source terminal is to be used as output device.

Prerequisites:
- When adding and replacing an output device, those output devices
specified in parameters LOCDEV or REMDEV must have been previously
created using command CR AFILE or CR FUOMT, if LOCDEV was entered
and CR PRO and possibly CR APPL, if REMDEV was entered.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD DVGRPLNK : DVGRP= <,LOCDEV= ,REMDEV= ,SRC=> Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DVGRP DEVICE GROUP

This parameter specifies a customer device group of the message

control.

Incompatibilities:
- If the DVGRP is linked to the MSGRP ’MSYP.ALARM’ or
’MSYP.REPORT’ it must consist only of output devices of
DCP type or applications which can handle binary structured
outputs.
These applications must have been created with the command
CR APPL with APPLID = SMMLB.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LOCDEV LOCAL DEVICE

This parameter specifies a local output device.

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

a-b

a: LOCAL DEVICE NAME=

1...17 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: LOCAL DEVICE TYPE

FUOMT FUNCTIONAL O&M-TERMINAL
AFILE ARCHIVE FILE

REMDEV REMOTE DEVICE

This parameter specifies an output device in the O&M network.

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DVGRPLNK- 1+

 MOD DVGRPLNK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: PROCESSOR NAME=
1...8 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

b: APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION=
1...5 characters from the
symbolic name character set

SRC SOURCE O&M TERMINAL

This parameter specifies whether the input terminal is to serve

as output device for a device group.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO OUTPUT NOT ON SOURCE TERMINAL

YES OUTPUT ON SOURCE TERMINAL

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD DVGRPLNK- 2-

 CAN EAL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL EXTERNAL ALARM LINE

This command cancels the assignment of an alarm text for an external alarm
line or for a DLU external alarm line. In case of DLU it also cancels the
assignment of the alarm priority and set it to the default value "critical".

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN EAL : SITE= ,EAL= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SITE HARDWARE INSTALLATION SITE

This parameter specifies whether an exchange or a digital

line unit is involved.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

EXCH EXCHANGE
DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT

EAL EXTERNAL ALARM LINE NUMBER

Compatibilities:
1...16 for DLU
1...24 for EXCH

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN EAL- 1-

 CR EAL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE EXTERNAL ALARM LINE

This command assigns an alarm text to a specified external alarm line or

for a DLU external alarm line. In case of DLU it also assigns a priority
to an external alarm line.

Prerequisite:
- The command is rejected, if an entry already exists for
the specified external alarm line.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR EAL : SITE= ,EAL= ,TEXTNO= [,ALPRIO=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SITE HARDWARE INSTALLATION SITE

This parameter specifies whether an exchange or a digital

line unit is involved.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

EXCH EXCHANGE
DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT

EAL EXTERNAL ALARM LINE NUMBER

Compatibilities:
1...16 for DLU
1...24 for EXCH

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24, range of decimal numbers

TEXTNO TEXT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number assigned to an alarm text.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...40, range of decimal numbers

ALPRIO ALARM PRIORITY

This parameter specifies the priority of an alarm.

Prerequisites:
SITE = DLU

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

MINOR MINOR ALARM

MAJOR MAJOR ALARM
CRITICAL CRITICAL ALARM

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR EAL- 1-
 DISP EAL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY EXTERNAL ALARM LINE

This command displays the assignment of a single external alarm line

or of all external alarm lines of the exchange or of the DLU.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP EAL : SITE= ,EAL= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SITE HARDWARE INSTALLATION SITE

This parameter specifies whether an exchange or a digital

line unit is involved.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

EXCH EXCHANGE
DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT

EAL EXTERNAL ALARM LINE NUMBER

Compatibilities:
1...16 for DLU
1...24 for EXCH

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...24, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP EAL- 1-

 CR EALLVL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE EAL LEVEL

This command creates the "No Alarm" level for an external alarm line
of a specified DLU.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR EALLVL : DLU= ,EAL= ,LVL= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2550, range of decimal numbers

EAL EXTERNAL ALARM LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of an external alarm line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

LVL ELECTRICAL NON-ALARM LEVEL

This parameter specifies whether a high or a low signal is

to be transmitted when there is no alarm.

Default: HIGH

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

HIGH HIGH LINE LEVEL

LOW LOW LINE LEVEL

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR EALLVL- 1-
 DISP EALLVL

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY EAL LEVEL

This command displays the "No Alarm" level for an external alarm line
or for all external alarm lines of the specified DLU.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP EALLVL : DLU= ,EAL= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

Here the number of the affected DLU is specified in the

three high-order positions. ( Value range 1 to 255 ). The
lowest-order position must always be 0.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...2550, range of decimal numbers

EAL EXTERNAL ALARM LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the number of an external alarm line.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...16, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP EALLVL- 1-

 EXEC EDTS8

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EXECUTE EDT SYSTEM 8

This command calls the EDTS8 file editing subroutine to process SAM files.
EDTS8 processes control inputs in interactive mode from a data terminal or
in batch mode from a SAM file on disk. These control inputs are subdivided
into:
- Commands in command mode
Command mode is activated after EDTS8 has started or after data mode has
terminated.
- Data lines in data mode
Data mode is activated when a data line is input. EDTS8 interprets
all subsequent inputs as data lines. The changeover from data mode to
command mode is initiated by
pressing the input key
entering a period
end of a SAM file (with data lines)
- Dialog responses on the data terminal (in interactive mode)

All EDTS8 outputs appear on the data terminal. Optional outputs to a

printer are:
- An EDTS8 command log
- Contents of the EDTS8 line memory (file window)

When data are written to a SAM file, the specified lines of the EDTS8
line memory are written to disk. When data are read from a SAM file, the
specified records are entered as data lines in the EDTS8 line memory.
The records of this SAM file can be up to 252 bytes long.

EDTS8 commands

AGAIN Repetition of no more than the last 5 commands except

AGAIN and HELP

A P Output (print) of the last 5 commands

n Repetition of n commands
Repetition of the last command

CHANGE Changes in text lines or columns in specific lines

CH range domain search := new text

ALL search := new text
.. search := new text
search..:= new text
domain1 := new text
domain1 op search := new text

COPY Copy whole lines or columns to a required position

C range domain TO ln STEP m CLc

ST m

DELETE Delete specific lines

D range
domain search
domain op search

END End EDTS8

FILE Define file and type of access (Write or read)

F file INPUT OUTPUT

I O

HELP Summary of the operating instructions in English

H Command
Command OPD
OPD
OPD operand

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXEC EDTS8- 1+

 EXEC EDTS8

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INSERT Insert text or data sections in specific lines

in the required position

I range domain := new text

domain op search := new text
domain1 .. search := new text
search .. := new text
ALL search := new text
ALL search .. := new text

LIST List specific lines on the printer

L range domain NON HEX

search N H
domain1 op search

LOG Log the next commands on the printer

Activate the logging function
OFF Deactivate the logging function

MOVE Move lines or columns to the required position

The source data are deleted

M range domain TO ln STEP m CLc

ST m

NUMBER Renumber all lines

N Standard numbering 1,2,3...

ln STEP m
ST m

PRINT Print lines and columns on the data terminal

P range domain NON HEX

search N H
domain1 op search

READ Read in SAM files in the required position

R # file
recrange FROM file
recrange domain FR file

SELECT Select particular lines by deleting lines which are not

selected

S range
range domain search
range domain op search

SPACE Delete spaces to the left up to beginning of text or to

the right after end of text up to end of line

SP range R
L

TAB Tabulator declaration for data input in tabular form and

definition of a tab mark

T t CLn1 n2 n3 ....n32
OFF

TRANSLATE Translate data to EBCDIC or ASCII code

TR range domain TO EBCDIC

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXEC EDTS8- 2+

 EXEC EDTS8

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E
ASCII
A

VERIFY If the text is modified using the commands CHANGE, INSERT,

MOVE, COPY and SELECT, all the lines concerned are output
as a verification

V Activate verification function

OFF Deactivate verification function

WRITE Write all or part of the line memory as a SAM file to

disk

W # file
EXTEND
range TO file EXT
range domain TO file EXT

ln Line input to the line memory, line number

STEP m domain :=data <<
ST m

range Line area

ln1 :ln2

domain Column area, column number

recchange Records (lines) in a SAM file

<< Command linkage with the command character

EDTS8 word symbols

A SCII USASCII code

A GAIN Command abbreviation
CH ANGE Command abbreviation
CL Column data
C OPY Command abbreviation
D ELETE Command abbreviation
E BCDIC EBCDIC code
END End of EDTS8
EXT ENT Extend file
F ILE Command abbreviation
FR OM Direction specification "from"
H ELP Command abbreviation
H EX Hexadecimal specification
I NPUT Read file
I NSERT Command abbreviation
L Left
L IST Command abbreviation
LOG IN log
M OVE Command abbreviation
N ON Output without line number
O UTPUT Write file
OFF Switch off
OPD Operand
P RINT Command abbreviation
R Right
R EAD Command abbreviation
REC Record of a SAM file
S ELECT Command abbreviation
SP ACE Command abbreviation
ST EP Command abbreviation
T AB Command abbreviation
TO Direction specification "to"
TR ANSLATE Command abbreviation
V ERIFY Command abbreviation
W RITE Command abbreviation

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXEC EDTS8- 3+

 EXEC EDTS8

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

EDTS8 character symbols

+ Page forward
- Page backward
<< Command link, command character
% First line in line memory
* Current line in line memory
$ Last line in line memory
? Free space after last line in line memory
& Whole line memory
: Start:End
:= Is replaced by
.. Area before or after
= Equal to
/= Not equal to
< Less than
> Greater than
’ Limit
" Text separator
. Period, end of data

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 EXEC EDTS8 ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 EXEC EDTS8- 4-

 CAN ELMSG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This command cancels an elementary message for a given OCANEQ variant.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN ELMSG : OCAVAR= ,ELMSGID= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ELMSGID ELEMENTARY MSG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter identifies the elementary message in the SCP (Service

Control Point). The elementary message identification implicit
defines the language of the elementary message.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ELMSG- 1-

 CR ELMSG
INDPHR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This command creates an elementary message for a given OCANEQ variant and
assigns it to an elementary message identification, known by the SCP
(Service Control Point).

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR ELMSG - INDPHR ELEMENTARY MESSAGE FOR INDAS PHRASE

2. CR ELMSG - OPRASS ELMSG FOR OPERATOR ASSISTANCE
3. CR ELMSG - STAN ELEMENTARY MESSAGE FOR STD ANNOUNCEMENT

1. Input format

ELEMENTARY MESSAGE FOR INDAS PHRASE

This input format is used to assign elementary messages of message type

"INDAS phrase" to an elementary message identification.
An INDAS phrase is composed of fixed text parts and up to six different
variable parts.
The variable part is represented by parameter ELMPAR.
The indas phrases can be used for user confirmation of input information or to
announce frequently changing parts, such as directory number, date/time,...

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR ELMSG : OCAVAR= ,ELMSGID= ,ELMSG= [,ELMPAR=] ,LANELMSG= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,SUBVOC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ELMSGID ELEMENTARY MSG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter identifies the elementary message in the SCP (Service

Control Point). The elementary message identification implicit
defines the language of the elementary message.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

ELMSG ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This parameter defines the contents of the elementary message.

The elementary message is identified by its message type and optionally
(only for INDPHR and STAN) its announcement number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: MESSAGE TYPE
INDPHR INDAS PHRASE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ELMSG- 1+
 CR ELMSG
INDPHR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter unit is used to define the message type of the

elementary message.

b: ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER=
1,2,3...900, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit is used to define the announcement number.

ELMPAR ELMSG PARAMETER

This parameter builds the contents of the variable part of the INDAS
phrase. The variable part is used to announce variable information as
there are: directory numbers, date/time,....
The variable part can contain up to 6 ELMPAR values, linked with &.
The order in which the different values are given determines
the sequence of the ELMPAR values in the INDAS phrase.
The different values can be placed on any position within the INDAS
phrase. Each of the possible values can be specified more than once.
example: TIME&PRICE&TIME&DIGITS&INTEGER

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DATE DATE
DIGITS DIGITS
INTEGER INTEGER
PRICE PRICE
TIME TIME
WEEKDAY WEEKDAY

LANELMSG LANGUAGE OF ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT this
parameter indicates one of the possible official languages
commonly used in exchange.
For the input format OPERATOR ASSISTANCE this parameter indicates
which operator is selected.

Notes:
- For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT
the reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the project-specific INDAS document related to the
OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN0 LANGUAGE 0
LAN1 LANGUAGE 1
LAN2 LANGUAGE 2
LAN3 LANGUAGE 3
LAN4 LANGUAGE 4

SUBVOC SUBVOCABULARY

This parameter is only applicable for announcements

which prompt the subscriber to give a response (e.g. acknowledge).
The parameter indicates to the voice recognition system which
subset of the recognizable words can be expected in the response
(e.g.YES and NO for an acknowledge).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SVOC0 SUBVOCABULARY 0
SVOC1 SUBVOCABULARY 1
SVOC2 SUBVOCABULARY 2
SVOC3 SUBVOCABULARY 3
SVOC4 SUBVOCABULARY 4
SVOC5 SUBVOCABULARY 5
SVOC6 SUBVOCABULARY 6
SVOC7 SUBVOCABULARY 7

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ELMSG- 2+
 CR ELMSG
OPRASS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ELMSG FOR OPERATOR ASSISTANCE

This input format is used to assign an elementary message of message type

"operator assistance" to an elementary message identification.
The different kind of operator assistances are defined by parameter OPRMODE.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR ELMSG : OCAVAR= ,ELMSGID= ,ELMSG= [,OPRMODE=] ,LANELMSG= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ELMSGID ELEMENTARY MSG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter identifies the elementary message in the SCP (Service

Control Point). The elementary message identification implicit
defines the language of the elementary message.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

ELMSG ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This parameter defines the contents of the elementary message.

The elementary message is identified by its message type and optionally
(only for INDPHR and STAN) its announcement number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OPRASS OPERATOR ASSISTANCE

This parameter unit is used to define the message type of the

elementary message.

OPRMODE OPERATOR MODE

This parameter is used to define the kind of operator

assistance.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OPRASSAP OPERATOR ASSISTANCE AFTER PIN

Operator assistance after the user has entered
the Personal Identification Number (PIN).
OPRASSBP OPERATOR ASSISTANCE BEFORE PIN
Operator assistance before the user has entered
the Personal Identification Number (PIN).
OPRASSO OPERATOR ASSISTANCE OUT
Operator assistance has to be finished.

LANELMSG LANGUAGE OF ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT this
parameter indicates one of the possible official languages
commonly used in exchange.
For the input format OPERATOR ASSISTANCE this parameter indicates

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ELMSG- 3+
 CR ELMSG
OPRASS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

which operator is selected.

Notes:
- For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT
the reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the project-specific INDAS document related to the
OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN0 LANGUAGE 0
LAN1 LANGUAGE 1
LAN10 LANGUAGE 10
LAN11 LANGUAGE 11
LAN12 LANGUAGE 12
LAN13 LANGUAGE 13
LAN14 LANGUAGE 14
LAN15 LANGUAGE 15
LAN16 LANGUAGE 16
LAN17 LANGUAGE 17
LAN18 LANGUAGE 18
LAN19 LANGUAGE 19
LAN2 LANGUAGE 2
LAN20 LANGUAGE 20
LAN21 LANGUAGE 21
LAN22 LANGUAGE 22
LAN23 LANGUAGE 23
LAN24 LANGUAGE 24
LAN25 LANGUAGE 25
LAN26 LANGUAGE 26
LAN27 LANGUAGE 27
LAN28 LANGUAGE 28
LAN29 LANGUAGE 29
LAN3 LANGUAGE 3
LAN30 LANGUAGE 30
LAN31 LANGUAGE 31
LAN32 LANGUAGE 32
LAN33 LANGUAGE 33
LAN34 LANGUAGE 34
LAN35 LANGUAGE 35
LAN36 LANGUAGE 36
LAN37 LANGUAGE 37
LAN38 LANGUAGE 38
LAN39 LANGUAGE 39
LAN4 LANGUAGE 4
LAN5 LANGUAGE 5
LAN6 LANGUAGE 6
LAN7 LANGUAGE 7
LAN8 LANGUAGE 8
LAN9 LANGUAGE 9

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ELMSG- 4+
 CR ELMSG
STAN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

ELEMENTARY MESSAGE FOR STD ANNOUNCEMENT

This input format is used to assign an elementary message of message type

"fixed text announcement" to an elementary message identification.
A fixed text announcement is completely represented by its announcement number.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR ELMSG : OCAVAR= ,ELMSGID= ,ELMSG= ,LANELMSG= [,SUBVOC=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ELMSGID ELEMENTARY MSG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter identifies the elementary message in the SCP (Service

Control Point). The elementary message identification implicit
defines the language of the elementary message.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

ELMSG ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This parameter defines the contents of the elementary message.

The elementary message is identified by its message type and optionally
(only for INDPHR and STAN) its announcement number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: MESSAGE TYPE
STAN STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT

This parameter unit is used to define the message type of the

elementary message.

b: ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER=
1,2,3...2500, range of decimal numbers

This parameter unit is used to define the announcement number.

LANELMSG LANGUAGE OF ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT this
parameter indicates one of the possible official languages
commonly used in exchange.
For the input format OPERATOR ASSISTANCE this parameter indicates
which operator is selected.

Notes:
- For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT
the reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the project-specific INDAS document related to the
OCANEQ variant.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ELMSG- 5+
 CR ELMSG
STAN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN0 LANGUAGE 0
LAN1 LANGUAGE 1
LAN2 LANGUAGE 2
LAN3 LANGUAGE 3
LAN4 LANGUAGE 4

SUBVOC SUBVOCABULARY

This parameter is only applicable for announcements

which prompt the subscriber to give a response (e.g. acknowledge).
The parameter indicates to the voice recognition system which
subset of the recognizable words can be expected in the response
(e.g.YES and NO for an acknowledge).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SVOC0 SUBVOCABULARY 0
SVOC1 SUBVOCABULARY 1
SVOC2 SUBVOCABULARY 2
SVOC3 SUBVOCABULARY 3
SVOC4 SUBVOCABULARY 4
SVOC5 SUBVOCABULARY 5
SVOC6 SUBVOCABULARY 6
SVOC7 SUBVOCABULARY 7

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ELMSG- 6-
 DISP ELMSG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This command displays one or more elementary messages for a certain

OCANEQ variant.
A selective display can be achieved by specifying the message type of the
elementary message and (or) the language.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ELMSG : OCAVAR= ,ELMSGID= [,ELMSG=] [,LANELMSG=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ELMSGID ELEMENTARY MSG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter identifies the elementary message in the SCP (Service

Control Point). The elementary message identification implicit
defines the language of the elementary message.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

ELMSG ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This parameter defines the contents of the elementary message.

The elementary message is identified by its message type and optionally
(depending on the message type) its announcement number.
For display purposes, only the message function can be specified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INDPHR INDAS PHRASE

STAN STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT
OPRASS OPERATOR ASSISTANCE

This parameter unit is used to define the message type of the

elementary message.

LANELMSG LANGUAGE OF ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This parameter indicates one of the possible official languages

commonly used in exchange.

Notes:
- The reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the project-specific INDAS document related to the
OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ELMSG- 1+

 DISP ELMSG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LAN0 LANGUAGE 0
LAN1 LANGUAGE 1
LAN2 LANGUAGE 2
LAN3 LANGUAGE 3
LAN4 LANGUAGE 4
LAN5 LANGUAGE 5
LAN6 LANGUAGE 6
LAN7 LANGUAGE 7
LAN8 LANGUAGE 8
LAN9 LANGUAGE 9
LAN10 LANGUAGE 10
LAN11 LANGUAGE 11
LAN12 LANGUAGE 12
LAN13 LANGUAGE 13
LAN14 LANGUAGE 14
LAN15 LANGUAGE 15
LAN16 LANGUAGE 16
LAN17 LANGUAGE 17
LAN18 LANGUAGE 18
LAN19 LANGUAGE 19
LAN20 LANGUAGE 20
LAN21 LANGUAGE 21
LAN22 LANGUAGE 22
LAN23 LANGUAGE 23
LAN24 LANGUAGE 24
LAN25 LANGUAGE 25
LAN26 LANGUAGE 26
LAN27 LANGUAGE 27
LAN28 LANGUAGE 28
LAN29 LANGUAGE 29
LAN30 LANGUAGE 30
LAN31 LANGUAGE 31
LAN32 LANGUAGE 32
LAN33 LANGUAGE 33
LAN34 LANGUAGE 34
LAN35 LANGUAGE 35
LAN36 LANGUAGE 36
LAN37 LANGUAGE 37
LAN38 LANGUAGE 38
LAN39 LANGUAGE 39

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ELMSG- 2-

 MOD ELMSG
INDPHR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This command modifies, for a given OCANEQ variant, the contents of the
elementary message assigned to an elementary message identification.
It is also possible to change the message type (parameter ELMSG).
If the message type is changed, all parameters necessary for the new
message type must be entered in the command. No data from the old
message type is kept in this case.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD ELMSG - INDPHR ELEMENTARY MESSAGE FOR INDAS PHRASE

2. MOD ELMSG - OPRASS ELEMENTARY MSG FOR OPERATOR ASSISTANCE
3. MOD ELMSG - STAN ELEMENTARY MSG FOR STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT

1. Input format

ELEMENTARY MESSAGE FOR INDAS PHRASE

This input format is used to change the linking of an elementary message

identification assigned to a standard announcement or an operator assistance
into an elementary message identification, assigned to an INDAS phrase.

It can also be used to modify the announcement number of the INDAS phrase, the
variable part of the INDAS phrase and (or) the language, assigned to the
elementary message identification. The OCANEQ variant can not be modified.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ELMSG : OCAVAR= ,ELMSGID= <,ELMSG= ,ELMPAR= ,LANELMSG= 1
1 1
1 ,SUBVOC=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ELMSGID ELEMENTARY MSG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter identifies the elementary message in the SCP (Service

Control Point). The elementary message identification implicit
defines the language of the elementary message.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

ELMSG ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This parameter defines the contents of the elementary message.

The elementary message is identified by its message type and optionally
(depending on the message type) its announcement number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: MESSAGE TYPE
INDPHR INDAS PHRASE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ELMSG- 1+

 MOD ELMSG
INDPHR
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER=
1,2,3...900, range of decimal numbers

ELMPAR ELEMENTARY MESSAGE PARAMETER

This parameter builds the contents of the variable part of the INDAS
phrase. The variable part is used to announce variable information as
there are: directory numbers, date/time,....
The variable part can contain up to 6 ELMPAR values, linked with &.
The order in which the different values are given, determine
the sequence of the ELMPAR values in the INDAS phrase.
The different values can be placed on any position within the INDAS
phrase. Each of the possible values can be specified more than once.
example: TIME&PRICE&TIME&DIGITS&INTEGER

Note that when the announcement number the old parameters in the
are cleared. If the new INDAS phrase requires parameters, these
must be entered.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DATE DATE
DIGITS DIGITS
INTEGER INTEGER
PRICE PRICE
TIME TIME
WEEKDAY WEEKDAY

LANELMSG LANGUAGE OF ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT this
parameter indicates one of the possible official languages
commonly used in exchange.
For the input format OPERATOR ASSISTANCE this parameter indicates
which operator is selected.

Notes:
- For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT
the reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the project-specific INDAS document related to the
OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN0 LANGUAGE 0
LAN1 LANGUAGE 1
LAN2 LANGUAGE 2
LAN3 LANGUAGE 3
LAN4 LANGUAGE 4

SUBVOC SUBVOCABULARY

This parameter is only applicable for announcements

which prompt the subscriber to give a response (e.g. acknowledge).
The parameter indicates to the voice recognition system which
subset of the recognizable words can be expected in the response
(e.g.YES and NO for an acknowledge).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SVOC0 SUBVOCABULARY 0
SVOC1 SUBVOCABULARY 1
SVOC2 SUBVOCABULARY 2
SVOC3 SUBVOCABULARY 3
SVOC4 SUBVOCABULARY 4
SVOC5 SUBVOCABULARY 5
SVOC6 SUBVOCABULARY 6
SVOC7 SUBVOCABULARY 7

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ELMSG- 2+

 MOD ELMSG
OPRASS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

ELEMENTARY MSG FOR OPERATOR ASSISTANCE

This input format is used to change the linking of an elementary message

identification assigned to an INDAS phrase or a standard announcement into an
elementary message identification, assigned to an operator assistance. It can
also be used to modify the operator mode and (or) the language, assigned to the
elementary message identification.
The OCANEQ variant can not be modified.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ELMSG : OCAVAR= ,ELMSGID= <,ELMSG= ,OPRMODE= ,LANELMSG=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ELMSGID ELEMENTARY MSG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter identifies the elementary message in the SCP (Service

Control Point). The elementary message identification implicit
defines the language of the elementary message.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

ELMSG ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This parameter defines the contents of the elementary message.

The elementary message is identified by its message type and optionally
(depending on the message type) its announcement number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OPRASS OPERATOR ASSISTANCE

OPRMODE OPERATOR MODE

This parameter is used to define the kind of operator

assistance.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

OPRASSAP OPERATOR ASSISTANCE AFTER PIN

OPRASSBP OPERATOR ASSISTANCE BEFORE PIN
OPRASSO OPERATOR ASSISTANCE OUT

LANELMSG LANGUAGE OF ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT this
parameter indicates one of the possible official languages
commonly used in exchange.
For the input format OPERATOR ASSISTANCE this parameter indicates
which operator is selected.

Notes:
- For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT
the reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the project-specific INDAS document related to the
OCANEQ variant.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ELMSG- 3+

 MOD ELMSG
OPRASS
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN0 LANGUAGE 0
LAN1 LANGUAGE 1
LAN10 LANGUAGE 10
LAN11 LANGUAGE 11
LAN12 LANGUAGE 12
LAN13 LANGUAGE 13
LAN14 LANGUAGE 14
LAN15 LANGUAGE 15
LAN16 LANGUAGE 16
LAN17 LANGUAGE 17
LAN18 LANGUAGE 18
LAN19 LANGUAGE 19
LAN2 LANGUAGE 2
LAN20 LANGUAGE 20
LAN21 LANGUAGE 21
LAN22 LANGUAGE 22
LAN23 LANGUAGE 23
LAN24 LANGUAGE 24
LAN25 LANGUAGE 25
LAN26 LANGUAGE 26
LAN27 LANGUAGE 27
LAN28 LANGUAGE 28
LAN29 LANGUAGE 29
LAN3 LANGUAGE 3
LAN30 LANGUAGE 30
LAN31 LANGUAGE 31
LAN32 LANGUAGE 32
LAN33 LANGUAGE 33
LAN34 LANGUAGE 34
LAN35 LANGUAGE 35
LAN36 LANGUAGE 36
LAN37 LANGUAGE 37
LAN38 LANGUAGE 38
LAN39 LANGUAGE 39
LAN4 LANGUAGE 4
LAN5 LANGUAGE 5
LAN6 LANGUAGE 6
LAN7 LANGUAGE 7
LAN8 LANGUAGE 8
LAN9 LANGUAGE 9

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ELMSG- 4+

 MOD ELMSG
STAN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

ELEMENTARY MSG FOR STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT

This input format is used to change the linking of an elementary message

identification assigned to an INDAS phrase or an operator assistance into an
elementary message identification, assigned to a standard announcement.
It can also be used to modify the standard announcement number and (or) the
language, assigned to the elementary message identification.
The OCANEQ variant can not be modified.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ELMSG : OCAVAR= ,ELMSGID= <,ELMSG= ,LANELMSG= ,SUBVOC=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ELMSGID ELEMENTARY MSG IDENTIFICATION

This parameter identifies the elementary message in the SCP (Service

Control Point). The elementary message identification implicit
defines the language of the elementary message.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

ELMSG ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

This parameter defines the contents of the elementary message.

The elementary message is identified by its message type and optionally
(depending on the message type) its announcement number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: MESSAGE TYPE
STAN STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT

b: ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER=
1,2,3...2500, range of decimal numbers

LANELMSG LANGUAGE OF ELEMENTARY MESSAGE

For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT this
parameter indicates one of the possible official languages
commonly used in exchange.
For the input format OPERATOR ASSISTANCE this parameter indicates
which operator is selected.

Notes:
- For the input formats INDAS PHRASE and STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT
the reference between official language and foreign language is
specified by the project-specific INDAS document related to the
OCANEQ variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LAN0 LANGUAGE 0

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ELMSG- 5+

 MOD ELMSG
STAN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LAN1 LANGUAGE 1
LAN2 LANGUAGE 2
LAN3 LANGUAGE 3
LAN4 LANGUAGE 4

SUBVOC SUBVOCABULARY

This parameter is only applicable for announcements

which prompt the subscriber to give a response (e.g. acknowledge).
The parameter indicates to the voice recognition system which
subset of the recognizable words can be expected in the response
(e.g.YES and NO for an acknowledge).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SVOC0 SUBVOCABULARY 0
SVOC1 SUBVOCABULARY 1
SVOC2 SUBVOCABULARY 2
SVOC3 SUBVOCABULARY 3
SVOC4 SUBVOCABULARY 4
SVOC5 SUBVOCABULARY 5
SVOC6 SUBVOCABULARY 6
SVOC7 SUBVOCABULARY 7

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ELMSG- 6-

 CAN ELMSGERR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL ELEMENTARY MESSAGE ERROR

This command cancels for a given OCANEQ variant, the assignment of a fixed
text announcement to a given combination of an error code and error treatment.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN ELMSGERR : OCAVAR= ,ERRTR= ,UIERRCOD= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ERRTR ERROR TREATMENT

This parameter defines how the detected input error of the user
interaction should be treated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SEI STANDARD ERROR AND INFORMATION

This kind of error treatment results in an
immediate release of a pending announcement or
tone, stops the digit collection and starts a
standard announcement.
HLP HELP
This kind of error treatment is used to assist the
end-user with a standard announcement.
The UI(User Interaction)-LTG waits for a corrected
input from the end-user.

UIERRCOD USER INTERACTION ERROR CODE

This parameter defines the possible

user interaction error codes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FDT FIRST DIGIT TIMEOUT

Timeout of the first digit timer.
IDT INTER DIGIT TIMEOUT
Timeout of the inter digit timer and minimum
number of digits not yet reached.
EOR END OF REPLY
End Of Reply digit received and minimum number of
digits not yet reached.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN ELMSGERR- 1-

 CR ELMSGERR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE ELEMENTARY MESSAGE ERROR

This command assigns, for a given OCANEQ variant, a fixed text announcement
to a combination of an error treatment and an error code.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR ELMSGERR : OCAVAR= ,ERRTR= ,UIERRCOD= ,STANNO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ERRTR ERROR TREATMENT

This parameter defines how the detected input error of the user
interaction should be treated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SEI STANDARD ERROR AND INFORMATION

This kind of error treatment results in an
immediate release of a pending announcement or
tone, stops the digit collection and starts a
standard announcement.
HLP HELP
This kind of error treatment is used to assist the
end-user with a standard announcement.
The UI(User Interaction)-LTG waits for a corrected
input from the end-user.

UIERRCOD USER INTERACTION ERROR CODE

This parameter defines the possible

user interaction error codes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FDT FIRST DIGIT TIMEOUT

Timeout of the first digit timer.
IDT INTER DIGIT TIMEOUT
Timeout of the inter digit timer and minimum
number of digits not yet reached.
EOR END OF REPLY
End Of Reply digit received and minimum number of
digits not yet reached.

STANNO STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2500, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR ELMSGERR- 1-
 DISP ELMSGERR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ELEMENTARY MESSAGE ERROR

This command displays, for a given OCANEQ variant, the fixed text announcements
assigned to the different combinations of error codes and error treatments.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ELMSGERR : OCAVAR= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ELMSGERR- 1-

 MOD ELMSGERR

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY ELEMENTARY MESSAGE ERROR

This command modifies, for a given OCANEQ variant, the assignment of a fixed
text announcement to a combination of error code and error treatment.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ELMSGERR : OCAVAR= ,ERRTR= ,UIERRCOD= ,STANNO= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OCAVAR OCANEQ VARIANT

This parameter specifies the OCANEQ variant equivalent to the

project-specific firmware label of OCANEQ speech memory.
It is used to identify the content of text fragments stored in the
speech memory of one OCANEQ.
The first character must be a letter, the characters remaining
must be decimal numbers in the range 0...9.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

4 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ERRTR ERROR TREATMENT

This parameter defines how the detected input error of the user
interaction should be treated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SEI STANDARD ERROR AND INFORMATION

This kind of error treatment results in an
immediate release of a pending announcement or
tone, stops the digit collection and starts a
standard announcement.
HLP HELP
This kind of error treatment is used to assist the
end-user with a standard announcement.
The UI(User Interaction)-LTG waits for a corrected
input from the end-user.

UIERRCOD USER INTERACTION ERROR CODE

This parameter defines the possible

user interaction errors.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FDT FIRST DIGIT TIMEOUT

Timeout of the first digit timer.
IDT INTER DIGIT TIMEOUT
Timeout of the inter digit timer and minimum
number of digits not yet reached.
EOR END OF REPLY
End Of Reply digit received and minimum number of
digits not yet reached.

STANNO STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2500, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ELMSGERR- 1-

 RESET EMERGOP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RESET EMERGENCY OPERATION

This command resets the emergency operation flag.

Emergency operation is caused by a hardware recovery.

Notes:
- Configuration, diagnosis and test commands for central units, IOPs and
devices can’t be executed while the CP is in emergency operation.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 RESET EMERGOP ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RESET EMERGOP- 1-

 DISP ENKEY

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ENCRYPTED KEYWORD

This command displays a subscriber, a PBX line

or a PBX keyword in encrypted format.
Keywords may be displayed for:
- a single subscriber,
- a single PBX line,
- a single PBX.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP ENKEY : [LAC=] ,DN= [,OPMODE=] [,LNO=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code.

Notes:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple DN volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the

subscriber/PBX-line/PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OPMODE OPERATING MODE

This parameter specifies the operating mode of a PBX line.

It is administered with the commands CR PBX and MOD PBX.

Notes:
- Keyword is not allowed for IOG, AOG and IOG1TR6 lines.
- If OPMODE is specified, LNO must be entered too.
- This parameter is ommissible if only one OPMODE exists for the
chosen PBX.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

XABW = ANALOG BOTHWAY

1AIC 1 ANALOG INCOMING
1IBW 1 ISDN BOTHWAY
1IBW1TR6 1 ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6 PROTOCOL
1IIC 1 ISDN INCOMING
>IIC1TR6 W ISDN INCOMING 1TR6 PROTOCOL

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ENKEY- 1-

 DISP ENTOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ENTITY OPTIONS

This command displays the entity specific data, which are relevant
for the given type of entity.

Notes:
- This command will be rejected when :
- the specified type of entity is not installed in the exchange.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ENTOPT : ENTITY= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ENTITY ENTITY TYPE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

HLR HOME LOCATION REGISTER

VLR VISITOR LOCATION REGISTER
MSC MOBILE SERV. SWITCHING CENTER
AC AUTHENTICATION CENTER

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ENTOPT- 1-

 MOD ENTOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY ENTITY OPTIONS

This command modifies predefined specific values for the following

entities :
- HLR : - the HLR internal ISDN number
- VLR : - the VLR internal ISDN number
- the VLR name VLRNAME
- AC : - the AC name ACNAME
- the AC firmware function state ACFWFUST
- the physical names of the communication partners.
- MSC : - the EIR Status EIR (LOCAL or REMOTE).
- the EIRISD number of the EIR which is consulted if
EIR=REMOTE.
Notes:
- This command will be rejected when :
- the specified parameter is related to an entity which is not
configured in the exchange.
- the combination of logical name and application which
is defined in ACCOMPAR is not valid.
- EIR = LOCAL and EIRISD has been entered.

- In integrated entities, all entities should be allocated different

ISDN numbers.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD ENTOPT : <HLRISD= ,VLRISD= ,VLRNAME= ,ACNAME= ,ACFWFUST= 1
1 1
1 ,ACCOMPAR= ,EIRISD= ,EIR=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

HLRISD HLR INTERNAL ISDN NUMBER

This parameter specifies the internal ISDN number for the HLR which
is used in the MAP messages.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit decimal number

VLRISD VLR INTERNAL ISDN NUMBER

This parameter specifies the internal ISDN number for the VLR which
is used in the MAP messages.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit decimal number

VLRNAME VLR NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...30 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ACNAME AC NAME

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...30 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

ACFWFUST FIRMWARE FUNCTION STATE

This parameter limits the use of the functionality provided

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ENTOPT- 1+

 MOD ENTOPT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

by the IOP:AUC’s.

Notes:
- This command will be rejected if a is lower
than a previously entered value.
- This command will be rejected if some of the activated
IOP:AUC firmware in the exchange has a function state lower
than a.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...99, range of decimal numbers

ACCOMPAR COMP PHYS. LOG. NAME AND APPL.

This parameter specifies a combination of a physical name, a logical

name and an application.

Prerequisites:
- This command will only be executed when the combination of logical
name and application is defined, in which case the corresponding
physical name will be modified.

Notes:
- The valid combinations of logical name and application may be
obtained via the DISP ENTOPT:ENTITY=AC command.
- At most 7 parameters may be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: PHYSICAL NAME=
0...30 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

Physical name of the communication partner.

This name uniquely identifies the communication partner.

b: LOGICAL NAME=
0...8 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

Logical name of the communication partner.

This is a name for the functionality of the
communication partner.

c: APPLICATION=
0...5 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

Name of the application which is used between the AC and the

communication partner.

EIRISD EIR ISDN NUMBER

This parameter specifies the international ISDN number of the remote EIR
which is consulted by the MSC for the purpose of equipment control.
The parameter has to be entered only when the EIR status is REMOTE.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit decimal number

EIR EIR STATUS

This parameter specifies the EIR status.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LOCAL EIR LOCAL

REMOTE EIR REMOTE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD ENTOPT- 2-

 MOD EQN
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This command changes the equipment number of a subscriber or a

PBX Line without changing any of the subscriber or PBX Line related
data under consideration of the following points:

- A modification is possible from DLU/V5IF to DLU/V5IF port.

- The old equipment number is assigned to a subscriber/PBX Line.
- ISDN-subscriber and all analog subscriber categories besides
mobile stations can be handled.
- The category of the PBX Line can either be mainstation (for analog
lines) or Basic Access (for ISDN lines).
- No nailed up connection must exist for the old equipment number.
- If the object on the parallel port from the new low bit rate or
high bit rate port of an SDSL access is a subscriber/PBX line,
the moved object has to be of the same type (subscriber/PBX line).
- If the object is moved to an SDSL port the transferrate values are set
to the old values if existing or the values of object connected on
the parallelport or the office values.
- If the object is moved from an SDSL port the transferrate values are
deleted implicitly.
- the number of B-channels must be supported on the new port
- The subscriber/PBX Line can be assigned to one CENTREX Group (Commands
ENTR CXSUB, ENTR CXPBX), but must not be a CENTREX Attendant.
- The command is rejected if the access is related to a secured CENTREX
business group for which the operator has no administration permission
(see DISP CXSEC). In case the command affects more than one
subscriber/PBX line, it will be executed even if one or more relations
to a CENTREX business group exists, for with special operator permission
is necessary.

Prerequisites:
- The new equipment number must previously be a free DLU/V5IF port.
- The new equipment must be able to support all the subscriber/PBX Line/PBX
features that exist for the subscriber/PBX Line/PBX to be moved.
- If the subscriber/PBX has bearer service for transmission of
packet data on the D-channel (PMDCHANN), the DLU module of the new
equipment must also provide the packet access. In case of packet access
(PLL-Service), the data link connection identifier changes
(Command DISP DLCI).
- The limitations concerning LTG resources must be fulfilled
(Command DISP LTGRES).
- Compatibility between the circuit type of the new equipment and
the category of the subscriber/PBX Line.
- Compatibility between the circuit type of the new equipment and
the operation mode of the PBX Line.
- Compatibility between the circuit type of the new equipment and
line attributes of the subscriber/PBX Line.
- Compatibility between the circuit type of the new equipment and
classes of service of the subscriber/PBX Line.
- Compatibility between the circuit type of the new equipment and
charging features of the subscriber/PBX Line.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is only permitted for a local exchange.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD EQN - DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

2. MOD EQN - EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

1. Input format

DIRECTORY NUMBER

Input format for addressing a subscriber/PBX Line via DN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD EQN : [LAC=] ,DN= [,OPMODE= ,LNO=] ,NEWEQN= [,COSDAT=] 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EQN- 1+

 MOD EQN
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1 1
1 [,V5EQBCH0=] [,V5EQBCH1=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

Note:
- Input is mandatory for an exchange with multiple directory number
volume.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the subscriber directory number or the pilot

directory number of a PBX, to which the PBX Line is assigned.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

OPMODE OPERATION MODE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABW ANALOG BOTHWAY

AIC ANALOG INCOMING
AOG ANALOG OUTGOING
IBW ISDN BOTHWAY
IBW1TR6 ISDN BOTHWAY 1TR6 PROTOCOL
IIC ISDN INCOMING
IIC1TR6 ISDN INCOMING 1TR6 PROTOCOL
IOG ISDN OUTGOING
IOG1TR6 ISDN OUTGOING 1TR6 PROTOCOL

LNO LINE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line number of the PBX Line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9999, range of decimal numbers

NEWEQN NEW EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the new equipment number to which the

subscriber/PBX Line will be reconnected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DLU=
10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

- Shelf : 0...7 for DLU port

- 0 for V5IF port

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

- Module : 0..15 for DLU port

- V5Port : digit 1,2 of portnumber

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EQN- 2+

 MOD EQN
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

0 for V5IF port (V5.1)

0..20 for V5IF port (V5.2)

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

- Circuit : 0...7 for DLU port (DLU8)

0...15 for DLU port (DLU16)
0...31 for DLU port (DLU32)
- V5Port : digit 3,4 of portnumber
0..31 for V5IF port (V5.1)
0..99 for V5IF port (V5.2)

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

XV5ACCID = V5 ACCESS IDENTIFICATION
1 1 This is the envelope function address for ISDN
1 1 subscribers on a V5 interface or the layer 3
1 1 address for subscribers on a V5 interface
1 1 according to ETS.
1V5DSDAT 1 V5 CHANN. SIGN. DATA PATHID
1 1 Selection of one V5 communication path for ISDN
1 1 signalling data traffic in the D-channel. The
1 1 selected path must be an existing DS-path at the
1 1 V5 interface that connects the access.
1 1 The selection is mandatory, if there are more than
1 1 one DS-path at the V5 interface.
1 1 A DS-path selection must always be administered in
1 1 access network data, too.
1 1
1 1 Prerequisite:
1 1 - COSDAT=V5ACCID
>V5PDAT W V5 PACKET DATA
Selection of one V5 communication path for
packet data traffic in the D-channel.The selected
path must be an existing P-path at the V5
interface that connects the access.
A P-path selection can only be made, if the port
is in status planned and must always be
administered in frame handler data and access
network data, too.

Note:
- For accesses on a V5 interface, this identifier
must be assigned for the packet data in the
D channel service to work.

Prerequisite:
- COSDAT=V5ACCID

b: NUMBER=
1...23 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Allowed ranges :
- V5ACCID for ISDN subscriber : 0..8175, range of
decimal numbers
for analog subscriber : 0..32767, range of
decimal numbers
These ranges overlap: values 0..8175 may be used twice
on the same V5 interface. Once for an analog subscriber
and once for an ISDN subscriber
- V5DSDAT (V5PATHID OF DS-PATH), 0..12, range of
decimal numbers
- V5PDAT (V5PATHID OF P-PATH), 0..12, range of
decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EQN- 3+

 MOD EQN
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

V5EQBCH0 B0 CHANNEL TIMESLOT

This parameter defines a V5 bearer channel timeslot that

is assigned to an access connected through a V5.1 interface.
It is mandatory for an analog access on a V5.1 interface,
but optional for an ISDN access on a V5.1 interface.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter is only allowed for a V5.1 access.

Prerequisite:
- COSDAT=V5ACCID

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31, range of decimal numbers

Timeslot 0 is always used by the PCM system, so

it is not available for subscriber administration.
Timeslot 16 is always used by the V5.1 interface, so
it is not available for access administration.
Timeslots 15 and 31 may be used as communication
channels by the V5.1 interface; in this case, they
are not available for access administration.

V5EQBCH1 B1 CHANNEL TIMESLOT

This parameter defines a V5 bearer channel timeslot that

is assigned to a access connected through a V5.1 interface.
It is not allowed for an analog access on a V5.1 interface,
but optional for a ISDN access on a V5.1 interface.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter is only allowed for a V5.1 access.
- same Timeslot for V5EQBCH0 and V5EQBCH1.

Prerequisites:
- V5EQBCH0
- COSDAT=V5ACCID

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31, range of decimal numbers

Timeslot 0 is always used by the PCM system, so

it is not available for subscriber administration.
Timeslot 16 is always used by the V5.1 interface, so
it is not available for access administration.
Timeslots 15 and 31 may be used as communication
channels by the V5.1 interface; in this case, they
are not available for access administration.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EQN- 4+

 MOD EQN
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

EQUIPMENT NUMBER

Input format for addressing a subscriber/PBX Line via EQN.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD EQN : EQN= ,NEWEQN= [,COSDAT=] [,V5EQBCH0=] [,V5EQBCH1=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

EQN EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the equipment number to which the subscriber/

PBX Line is connected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DLU/V5IF=
10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

- Shelf : 0...7 for DLU port

- 0 for V5IF port

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

- Module : 0..15 for DLU port

- V5Port : digit 1,2 of portnumber
0 for V5IF port (V5.1)
0..20 for V5IF port (V5.2)

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

- Circuit : 0...7 for DLU port (DLU8)

0...15 for DLU port (DLU16)
0...31 for DLU port (DLU32)
- V5Port : digit 3,4 of portnumber
0..31 for V5IF port (V5.1)
0..99 for V5IF port (V5.2)

NEWEQN NEW EQUIPMENT NUMBER

This parameter specifies the new equipment number to which the

subscriber/PBX Line will be reconnected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c-d

a: DLU=
10...8999, range of decimal numbers

- DLU number : 10,20,30,..,2550 for DLU port

- V5IF number: 6000..8999 for V5IF port

b: SHELF=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

- Shelf : 0...7 for DLU port

- 0 for V5IF port

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EQN- 5+

 MOD EQN
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: MODULE=
0...20, range of decimal numbers

- Module : 0..15 for DLU port

- V5Port : digit 1,2 of portnumber
0 for V5IF port (V5.1)
0..20 for V5IF port (V5.2)

d: CIRCUIT=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

- Circuit : 0...7 for DLU port (DLU8)

0...15 for DLU port (DLU16)
0...31 for DLU port (DLU32)
- V5Port : digit 3,4 of portnumber
0..31 for V5IF port (V5.1)
0..99 for V5IF port (V5.2)

COSDAT CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: CLASSES OF SERVICE WITH DATA

XV5ACCID = V5 ACCESS IDENTIFICATION
1 1 This is the envelope function address for ISDN
1 1 subscribers on a V5 interface or the layer 3
1 1 address for subscribers on a V5 interface
1 1 according to ETS.
1V5DSDAT 1 V5 CHANN. SIGN. DATA PATHID
1 1 Selection of one V5 communication path for ISDN
1 1 signalling data traffic in the D-channel. The
1 1 selected path must be an existing DS-path at the
1 1 V5 interface that connects the access.
1 1 The selection is mandatory, if there are more than
1 1 one DS-path at the V5 interface.
1 1 A DS-path selection must always be administered in
1 1 access network data, too.
1 1
1 1 Prerequisite:
1 1 - COSDAT=V5ACCID
>V5PDAT W V5 PACKET DATA
Selection of one V5 communication path for
packet data traffic in the D-channel.The selected
path must be an existing P-path at the V5
interface that connects the access.
A P-path selection can only be made, if the port
is in status planned and must always be
administered in frame handler data and access
network data, too.

Note:
- For accesses on a V5 interface, this identifier
must be assigned for the packet data in the
D channel service to work.

Prerequisite:
- COSDAT=V5ACCID

b: NUMBER=
1...23 digit hexadecimal number where B is
interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

Allowed ranges :
- V5ACCID for ISDN subscriber : 0..8175, range of
decimal numbers
for analog subscriber : 0..32767, range of
decimal numbers
These ranges overlap: values 0..8175 may be used twice
on the same V5 interface. Once for an analog subscriber
and once for an ISDN subscriber

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EQN- 6+

 MOD EQN
EQN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- V5DSDAT (V5PATHID OF DS-PATH), 0..12, range of

decimal numbers
- V5PDAT (V5PATHID OF P-PATH), 0..12, range of
decimal numbers

V5EQBCH0 B0 CHANNEL TIMESLOT

This parameter defines a V5 bearer channel timeslot that

is assigned to an access connected through a V5.1 interface.
It is mandatory for an analog access on a V5.1 interface,
but optional for an ISDN access on a V5.1 interface.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter is only allowed for a V5.1 access.

Prerequisite:
- COSDAT=V5ACCID

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31, range of decimal numbers

Timeslot 0 is always used by the PCM system, so

it is not available for subscriber administration.
Timeslot 16 is always used by the V5.1 interface, so
it is not available for access administration.
Timeslots 15 and 31 may be used as communication
channels by the V5.1 interface; in this case, they
are not available for access administration.

V5EQBCH1 B1 CHANNEL TIMESLOT

This parameter defines a V5 bearer channel timeslot that

is assigned to a access connected through a V5.1 interface.
It is not allowed for an analog access on a V5.1 interface,
but optional for a ISDN access on a V5.1 interface.

Incompatibilities:
- This parameter is only allowed for a V5.1 access.
- same Timeslot for V5EQBCH0 and V5EQBCH1.

Prerequisites:
- V5EQBCH0
- COSDAT=V5ACCID

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...31, range of decimal numbers

Timeslot 0 is always used by the PCM system, so

it is not available for subscriber administration.
Timeslot 16 is always used by the V5.1 interface, so
it is not available for access administration.
Timeslots 15 and 31 may be used as communication
channels by the V5.1 interface; in this case, they
are not available for access administration.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EQN- 7-

 ACT EQTRAP
PALLHALL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE EQUIPMENT TRAP

This command activates an instant printout for each occurrence of the specified
error codes:
- on a particular port or on the ports
- in a port area of a particular line/trunk unit
- in a particular line/trunk unit
- in a line/trunk unit area of a particular line/trunk group
- in a particular line/trunk group

Incompatibilities:
- The functionality which is activated by the MML commands
ACT TRTRAP and ACT EQTRAP is not supported by the BSSAP LTG.
If either of these MML commands is entered, the correct handling
of the BSSAP protocol at the GSM A-interface cannot be guaranteed.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. ACT EQTRAP - PALLHALL PRINT ALL HOLD ALL

2. ACT EQTRAP - PALLHNON PRINT ALL HOLD NONE
3. ACT EQTRAP - PALLHSPE PRINT ALL HOLD SPECIFIED
4. ACT EQTRAP - PALLHUSP PRINT ALL HOLD UNSPECIFIED
5. ACT EQTRAP - PSPEHSPE PRINT SPECIFIED HOLD SPECIFIED
6. ACT EQTRAP - PUSPHNON PRINT UNSPECIFIED HOLD NONE
7. ACT EQTRAP - PUSPHUSP PRINT UNSPECIFIED HOLD UNSPEC.

1. Input format

PRINT ALL HOLD ALL

Input format for activating a printout and the attempt to hold the
connection for the occurrence of any MDII (machine detected interoffice
irregularity).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT EQTRAP : LTG= [,LC=] ,PRINT= ,HOLD= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones).

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a[-b]

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 1+

 ACT EQTRAP
PALLHALL
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

PRINT PRINT CONDITION

This parameter specifies whether a printout is required when an error

code occurs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL ERRORCODES

Activates a printout of a port when any
MDII occurs.

HOLD HOLD CONDITION

This parameter specifies whether a connection is to be held for

a port when an error code occurs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL ERRORCODES

Holds a connection for a port when any MDII
occurs.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 2+

 ACT EQTRAP
PALLHNON
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

PRINT ALL HOLD NONE

Input format for activating a printout for the occurrence of any MDII
(machine detected interoffice irregularity).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT EQTRAP : LTG= [,LC=] ,PRINT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones).

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

PRINT PRINT CONDITION

This parameter specifies whether a printout is required when an error

code occurs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL ERRORCODES

Activates a printout of a port when any
MDII occurs.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 3+

 ACT EQTRAP
PALLHSPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3. Input format

PRINT ALL HOLD SPECIFIED

Input format for activating a printout for the occurrence of all MDIIs
and the attempt to hold the connection for the occurrence of specified
MDIIs (machine detected interoffice irregularity).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT EQTRAP : LTG= [,LC=] ,PRINT= ,ERCO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones).

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

PRINT PRINT CONDITION

This parameter specifies whether a printout is required when an error

code occurs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL ERRORCODES

Activates a printout of a port when any
MDII occurs.

ERCO ERROR CODE

This parameter specifies the MDII.

Notes:
- Only up to 6 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 4+

 ACT EQTRAP
PALLHSPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

a-b

a: ERROR CODE
E1 SEIZE AND RELEASE WITHOUT DIG.

E16 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE

E17 NO PROCEED TO SEND
E18 NO KP ACKNOWLEDGE
E19 NO WINK SIGNAL RECEIVED
E20 NO WINK END RECEIVED
E32 NO FIRST DIGIT NO KP SIGNAL
E33 TRUNK OFFERING SUPERVI TIMEOUT
E34 NO END OF ADDRESS SIGNAL (ST)
E35 UNACCEPTABLE DIAL PULSE
E48 MF 2/6 ERROR NOT TWO TONES
E49 INVALID FORWD REGISTER SIGNAL
E50 CONTINUOUS FORW REGISTER SIGN
E52 UNEXPECTED FORW REGISTER SIGN
E53 LOSS OF FORW REGISTER SIGNAL
E54 CONTINUOUS BACK SIGNAL
E55 NO BACK SIGNAL
E56 UNEXPECTED BACK REGISTER SIGN
E57 INVALID BACK REGISTER SIGNAL
E58 NO PAUSE BETWEEN REGISTER SIGN
E64 INVALID DIGIT RECEIVED
E65 PERMANENT DETECTED INC
E66 PERMANENT DETECTED OUT
E67 PREMATURE ANSWER
E68 PREMATURE MCI
E69 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD LN SIGNAL
E70 NO SECONDARY SIGNAL
E71 NO END OF PRIMARY SIGNAL
E72 INVALID CHARGING INFORMATION
E73 PREMATURE METER PULSE
E74 INVALID METER PULSE
E75 NOT PERMITTED METER PULSE
E76 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE FROM DCME
E77 INVALID ISUP MESSAGE
E78 HOP COUNTER EXHAUSTION
E95 LOSS OF FORWARD MESSAGE
E96 CLF NOT RECEIVED
E97 RLG NOT RECEIVED
E98 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED INC
E99 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED OUT

E100 INVALID FORWARD MESSAGE

E101 UNEXPECTED FORWARD MESSAGE
E102 INVALID BACKWARD MESSAGE
E103 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD MESSAGE
E104 ANSWER REC. BEFORE CTC FINISH
E105 NO RECEIVER FOR CTC
E106 UNEXPECTED COT-MSG RECEIVED
E108 MORE THAN 2 SATELLITES IN CON.
E112 US: PARTIAL DIAL ABANDON (INC)
E113 US: PARTIAL DIAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E114 US: EXTRA DIGIT RECEIVED (INC)
E115 US: EXTRA PULSE RECEIVED (INC)
E116 US: MORE THAN ONE MF KP SIGN.
E117 US: MISPLACED ST SIGNAL (INC)
E118 US: MUTILATED DIGIT (INC)
E119 US: NO KP (INC)
E120 US: PERM. SIGNAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E121 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY OFF HOOK
E122 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY ON HOOK
E123 US: WINK START,STEADY ON HOOK
E124 US: WINK START,STEADY OFF HOOK
E125 US: NO EXPECTED STOP
E126 US: POLARITY FAILURE
E127 US: UNEXPECTED STOP
E128 US: STOP SIGNAL TOO LONG
E129 US: T/O WAIT FOR CONNECT
E130 US: T/O WAIT AFTER ANI
E131 US: T/O WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E132 US: T/O WAIT FOR SECOND START
E133 US: O-H WAIT AFTER ANI
E134 US: O-H WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E135 US: O-H WAIT FOR SECOND START

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 5+

 ACT EQTRAP
PALLHSPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E136 US: INVALID TCM LENGTH

E137 US: CCS, IAM SIGNALING ERROR
E138 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL RECEIVED
E139 US: CCS, WAIT FOR CONTINUE
E140 US: CCS, INCOMPLETE ADDRESS
E141 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E142 US: CCS, VACANT CODE
E143 US: CCS, TIME OUT WAITING
E144 US: CCS, ADDRESS INCOMPLETE
E145 US: CCS, CONTINUITY CHECK
E146 US: CCS, CONFUSION SIGNAL
E147 US: CCS, VACANT NATIONAL NUM.
E148 US: CCS, RELEASE GUARD SIGNAL
E149 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL
E150 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E151 US: TIMEOUT WAIT FOR EXM-SIGN.
E160 ANALOG CARRIER FAILURE
E176 HANG PROTECT TIMER EXPIRED
E200 FAULTY SELECTIVE NUMBER
E201 UNEXPECTED SIGNAL
E202 INVALID SIGNAL COMBINATION
E205 INVALID NATURE OF ADDR IND.
E216 AUTOM. ANSWER SUPERV. TIMEOUT
E220 US: SIGN. FAIL. / FXS-TRUNK
E225 EXTREME CALL DURATION TIME OUT
E227 MESSAGE WITH INCORRECT DIGITS
E228 DISCARDED ISUP MESSAGE
E229 DISCARDED ISUP PARAMETER
E230 TIME OUT WAITING FOR CLEARING
E231 PBX SCREENING FAULT

b: HOLD CONDITION
H HOLD
The connection is to be held for a port, when
a certain MDII occurs.

Specifies whether the connection is to be held for

a port when a certain error code occurs.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 6+

 ACT EQTRAP
PALLHUSP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

4. Input format

PRINT ALL HOLD UNSPECIFIED

Input format for activating a printout for the occurrence of all MDIIs
and the attempt to hold the connection for the occurrence of all except
the specified MDIIs (machine detected interoffice irregularity).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT EQTRAP : LTG= [,LC=] ,PRINT= ,HOLD= ,ERCO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones).

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

PRINT PRINT CONDITION

This parameter specifies whether a printout is required when an error

code occurs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL ERRORCODES

Activates a printout of a port when any
MDII occurs.

HOLD HOLD CONDITION

This parameter specifies whether a connection is to be held for

a port when an error code occurs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

COMP COMPLEMENT OF ERRORCODES

Holds a connection of a port when any other

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 7+

 ACT EQTRAP
PALLHUSP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

than the specified MDIIs occurs.

ERCO ERROR CODE

This parameter specifies the MDII.

Notes:
- Only up to 6 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

E1 SEIZE AND RELEASE WITHOUT DIG.

E16 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE

E17 NO PROCEED TO SEND
E18 NO KP ACKNOWLEDGE
E19 NO WINK SIGNAL RECEIVED
E20 NO WINK END RECEIVED
E32 NO FIRST DIGIT NO KP SIGNAL
E33 TRUNK OFFERING SUPERVI TIMEOUT
E34 NO END OF ADDRESS SIGNAL (ST)
E35 UNACCEPTABLE DIAL PULSE
E48 MF 2/6 ERROR NOT TWO TONES
E49 INVALID FORWD REGISTER SIGNAL
E50 CONTINUOUS FORW REGISTER SIGN
E52 UNEXPECTED FORW REGISTER SIGN
E53 LOSS OF FORW REGISTER SIGNAL
E54 CONTINUOUS BACK SIGNAL
E55 NO BACK SIGNAL
E56 UNEXPECTED BACK REGISTER SIGN
E57 INVALID BACK REGISTER SIGNAL
E58 NO PAUSE BETWEEN REGISTER SIGN
E64 INVALID DIGIT RECEIVED
E65 PERMANENT DETECTED INC
E66 PERMANENT DETECTED OUT
E67 PREMATURE ANSWER
E68 PREMATURE MCI
E69 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD LN SIGNAL
E70 NO SECONDARY SIGNAL
E71 NO END OF PRIMARY SIGNAL
E72 INVALID CHARGING INFORMATION
E73 PREMATURE METER PULSE
E74 INVALID METER PULSE
E75 NOT PERMITTED METER PULSE
E76 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE FROM DCME
E77 INVALID ISUP MESSAGE
E78 HOP COUNTER EXHAUSTION
E95 LOSS OF FORWARD MESSAGE
E96 CLF NOT RECEIVED
E97 RLG NOT RECEIVED
E98 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED INC
E99 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED OUT

E100 INVALID FORWARD MESSAGE

E101 UNEXPECTED FORWARD MESSAGE
E102 INVALID BACKWARD MESSAGE
E103 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD MESSAGE
E104 ANSWER REC. BEFORE CTC FINISH
E105 NO RECEIVER FOR CTC
E106 UNEXPECTED COT-MSG RECEIVED
E108 MORE THAN 2 SATELLITES IN CON.
E112 US: PARTIAL DIAL ABANDON (INC)
E113 US: PARTIAL DIAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E114 US: EXTRA DIGIT RECEIVED (INC)
E115 US: EXTRA PULSE RECEIVED (INC)
E116 US: MORE THAN ONE MF KP SIGN.
E117 US: MISPLACED ST SIGNAL (INC)
E118 US: MUTILATED DIGIT (INC)
E119 US: NO KP (INC)
E120 US: PERM. SIGNAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E121 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY OFF HOOK
E122 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY ON HOOK
E123 US: WINK START,STEADY ON HOOK
E124 US: WINK START,STEADY OFF HOOK
E125 US: NO EXPECTED STOP
E126 US: POLARITY FAILURE
E127 US: UNEXPECTED STOP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 8+

 ACT EQTRAP
PALLHUSP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E128 US: STOP SIGNAL TOO LONG

E129 US: T/O WAIT FOR CONNECT
E130 US: T/O WAIT AFTER ANI
E131 US: T/O WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E132 US: T/O WAIT FOR SECOND START
E133 US: O-H WAIT AFTER ANI
E134 US: O-H WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E135 US: O-H WAIT FOR SECOND START
E136 US: INVALID TCM LENGTH
E137 US: CCS, IAM SIGNALING ERROR
E138 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL RECEIVED
E139 US: CCS, WAIT FOR CONTINUE
E140 US: CCS, INCOMPLETE ADDRESS
E141 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E142 US: CCS, VACANT CODE
E143 US: CCS, TIME OUT WAITING
E144 US: CCS, ADDRESS INCOMPLETE
E145 US: CCS, CONTINUITY CHECK
E146 US: CCS, CONFUSION SIGNAL
E147 US: CCS, VACANT NATIONAL NUM.
E148 US: CCS, RELEASE GUARD SIGNAL
E149 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL
E150 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E151 US: TIMEOUT WAIT FOR EXM-SIGN.
E160 ANALOG CARRIER FAILURE
E176 HANG PROTECT TIMER EXPIRED
E200 FAULTY SELECTIVE NUMBER
E201 UNEXPECTED SIGNAL
E202 INVALID SIGNAL COMBINATION
E205 INVALID NATURE OF ADDR IND.
E216 AUTOM. ANSWER SUPERV. TIMEOUT
E220 US: SIGN. FAIL. / FXS-TRUNK
E225 EXTREME CALL DURATION TIME OUT
E227 MESSAGE WITH INCORRECT DIGITS
E228 DISCARDED ISUP MESSAGE
E229 DISCARDED ISUP PARAMETER
E230 TIME OUT WAITING FOR CLEARING
E231 PBX SCREENING FAULT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 9+

 ACT EQTRAP
PSPEHSPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

5. Input format

PRINT SPECIFIED HOLD SPECIFIED

Input format for activating a printout and the attempt to hold the
connection for the occurrence of specified MDIIs (machine detected
interoffice irregularity).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT EQTRAP : LTG= [,LC=] ,ERCO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones).

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

ERCO ERROR CODE

This parameter specifies the MDII.

Notes:
- Only up to 6 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: ERROR CODE
E1 SEIZE AND RELEASE WITHOUT DIG.

E16 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE

E17 NO PROCEED TO SEND
E18 NO KP ACKNOWLEDGE
E19 NO WINK SIGNAL RECEIVED
E20 NO WINK END RECEIVED
E32 NO FIRST DIGIT NO KP SIGNAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 10+

 ACT EQTRAP
PSPEHSPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E33 TRUNK OFFERING SUPERVI TIMEOUT

E34 NO END OF ADDRESS SIGNAL (ST)
E35 UNACCEPTABLE DIAL PULSE
E48 MF 2/6 ERROR NOT TWO TONES
E49 INVALID FORWD REGISTER SIGNAL
E50 CONTINUOUS FORW REGISTER SIGN
E52 UNEXPECTED FORW REGISTER SIGN
E53 LOSS OF FORW REGISTER SIGNAL
E54 CONTINUOUS BACK SIGNAL
E55 NO BACK SIGNAL
E56 UNEXPECTED BACK REGISTER SIGN
E57 INVALID BACK REGISTER SIGNAL
E58 NO PAUSE BETWEEN REGISTER SIGN
E64 INVALID DIGIT RECEIVED
E65 PERMANENT DETECTED INC
E66 PERMANENT DETECTED OUT
E67 PREMATURE ANSWER
E68 PREMATURE MCI
E69 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD LN SIGNAL
E70 NO SECONDARY SIGNAL
E71 NO END OF PRIMARY SIGNAL
E72 INVALID CHARGING INFORMATION
E73 PREMATURE METER PULSE
E74 INVALID METER PULSE
E75 NOT PERMITTED METER PULSE
E76 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE FROM DCME
E77 INVALID ISUP MESSAGE
E78 HOP COUNTER EXHAUSTION
E95 LOSS OF FORWARD MESSAGE
E96 CLF NOT RECEIVED
E97 RLG NOT RECEIVED
E98 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED INC
E99 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED OUT

E100 INVALID FORWARD MESSAGE

E101 UNEXPECTED FORWARD MESSAGE
E102 INVALID BACKWARD MESSAGE
E103 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD MESSAGE
E104 ANSWER REC. BEFORE CTC FINISH
E105 NO RECEIVER FOR CTC
E106 UNEXPECTED COT-MSG RECEIVED
E108 MORE THAN 2 SATELLITES IN CON.
E112 US: PARTIAL DIAL ABANDON (INC)
E113 US: PARTIAL DIAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E114 US: EXTRA DIGIT RECEIVED (INC)
E115 US: EXTRA PULSE RECEIVED (INC)
E116 US: MORE THAN ONE MF KP SIGN.
E117 US: MISPLACED ST SIGNAL (INC)
E118 US: MUTILATED DIGIT (INC)
E119 US: NO KP (INC)
E120 US: PERM. SIGNAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E121 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY OFF HOOK
E122 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY ON HOOK
E123 US: WINK START,STEADY ON HOOK
E124 US: WINK START,STEADY OFF HOOK
E125 US: NO EXPECTED STOP
E126 US: POLARITY FAILURE
E127 US: UNEXPECTED STOP
E128 US: STOP SIGNAL TOO LONG
E129 US: T/O WAIT FOR CONNECT
E130 US: T/O WAIT AFTER ANI
E131 US: T/O WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E132 US: T/O WAIT FOR SECOND START
E133 US: O-H WAIT AFTER ANI
E134 US: O-H WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E135 US: O-H WAIT FOR SECOND START
E136 US: INVALID TCM LENGTH
E137 US: CCS, IAM SIGNALING ERROR
E138 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL RECEIVED
E139 US: CCS, WAIT FOR CONTINUE
E140 US: CCS, INCOMPLETE ADDRESS
E141 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E142 US: CCS, VACANT CODE
E143 US: CCS, TIME OUT WAITING
E144 US: CCS, ADDRESS INCOMPLETE
E145 US: CCS, CONTINUITY CHECK
E146 US: CCS, CONFUSION SIGNAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 11+

 ACT EQTRAP
PSPEHSPE
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E147 US: CCS, VACANT NATIONAL NUM.

E148 US: CCS, RELEASE GUARD SIGNAL
E149 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL
E150 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E151 US: TIMEOUT WAIT FOR EXM-SIGN.
E160 ANALOG CARRIER FAILURE
E176 HANG PROTECT TIMER EXPIRED
E200 FAULTY SELECTIVE NUMBER
E201 UNEXPECTED SIGNAL
E202 INVALID SIGNAL COMBINATION
E205 INVALID NATURE OF ADDR IND.
E216 AUTOM. ANSWER SUPERV. TIMEOUT
E220 US: SIGN. FAIL. / FXS-TRUNK
E225 EXTREME CALL DURATION TIME OUT
E227 MESSAGE WITH INCORRECT DIGITS
E228 DISCARDED ISUP MESSAGE
E229 DISCARDED ISUP PARAMETER
E230 TIME OUT WAITING FOR CLEARING
E231 PBX SCREENING FAULT

b: HOLD CONDITION
H HOLD
The connection is to be held for a port, when
a certain MDII occurs.

Specifies whether the connection is to be held for

a port when a certain error code occurs.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 12+

 ACT EQTRAP
PUSPHNON
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

6. Input format

PRINT UNSPECIFIED HOLD NONE

Input format for activating a printout for the occurrence of all except
the specified MDIIs (machine detected interoffice irregularity).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT EQTRAP : LTG= [,LC=] ,PRINT= ,ERCO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones).

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

PRINT PRINT CONDITION

This parameter specifies whether a printout is required when an error

code occurs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

COMP COMPLEMENT OF ERRORCODES

Activates a printout of a port when any other
than the specified MDIIs occurs.

ERCO ERROR CODE

This parameter specifies the MDII.

Notes:
- Only up to 6 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

E1 SEIZE AND RELEASE WITHOUT DIG.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 13+

 ACT EQTRAP
PUSPHNON
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E16 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE

E17 NO PROCEED TO SEND
E18 NO KP ACKNOWLEDGE
E19 NO WINK SIGNAL RECEIVED
E20 NO WINK END RECEIVED
E32 NO FIRST DIGIT NO KP SIGNAL
E33 TRUNK OFFERING SUPERVI TIMEOUT
E34 NO END OF ADDRESS SIGNAL (ST)
E35 UNACCEPTABLE DIAL PULSE
E48 MF 2/6 ERROR NOT TWO TONES
E49 INVALID FORWD REGISTER SIGNAL
E50 CONTINUOUS FORW REGISTER SIGN
E52 UNEXPECTED FORW REGISTER SIGN
E53 LOSS OF FORW REGISTER SIGNAL
E54 CONTINUOUS BACK SIGNAL
E55 NO BACK SIGNAL
E56 UNEXPECTED BACK REGISTER SIGN
E57 INVALID BACK REGISTER SIGNAL
E58 NO PAUSE BETWEEN REGISTER SIGN
E64 INVALID DIGIT RECEIVED
E65 PERMANENT DETECTED INC
E66 PERMANENT DETECTED OUT
E67 PREMATURE ANSWER
E68 PREMATURE MCI
E69 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD LN SIGNAL
E70 NO SECONDARY SIGNAL
E71 NO END OF PRIMARY SIGNAL
E72 INVALID CHARGING INFORMATION
E73 PREMATURE METER PULSE
E74 INVALID METER PULSE
E75 NOT PERMITTED METER PULSE
E76 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE FROM DCME
E77 INVALID ISUP MESSAGE
E78 HOP COUNTER EXHAUSTION
E95 LOSS OF FORWARD MESSAGE
E96 CLF NOT RECEIVED
E97 RLG NOT RECEIVED
E98 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED INC
E99 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED OUT

E100 INVALID FORWARD MESSAGE

E101 UNEXPECTED FORWARD MESSAGE
E102 INVALID BACKWARD MESSAGE
E103 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD MESSAGE
E104 ANSWER REC. BEFORE CTC FINISH
E105 NO RECEIVER FOR CTC
E106 UNEXPECTED COT-MSG RECEIVED
E108 MORE THAN 2 SATELLITES IN CON.
E112 US: PARTIAL DIAL ABANDON (INC)
E113 US: PARTIAL DIAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E114 US: EXTRA DIGIT RECEIVED (INC)
E115 US: EXTRA PULSE RECEIVED (INC)
E116 US: MORE THAN ONE MF KP SIGN.
E117 US: MISPLACED ST SIGNAL (INC)
E118 US: MUTILATED DIGIT (INC)
E119 US: NO KP (INC)
E120 US: PERM. SIGNAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E121 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY OFF HOOK
E122 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY ON HOOK
E123 US: WINK START,STEADY ON HOOK
E124 US: WINK START,STEADY OFF HOOK
E125 US: NO EXPECTED STOP
E126 US: POLARITY FAILURE
E127 US: UNEXPECTED STOP
E128 US: STOP SIGNAL TOO LONG
E129 US: T/O WAIT FOR CONNECT
E130 US: T/O WAIT AFTER ANI
E131 US: T/O WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E132 US: T/O WAIT FOR SECOND START
E133 US: O-H WAIT AFTER ANI
E134 US: O-H WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E135 US: O-H WAIT FOR SECOND START
E136 US: INVALID TCM LENGTH
E137 US: CCS, IAM SIGNALING ERROR
E138 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL RECEIVED
E139 US: CCS, WAIT FOR CONTINUE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 14+

 ACT EQTRAP
PUSPHNON
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E140 US: CCS, INCOMPLETE ADDRESS

E141 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E142 US: CCS, VACANT CODE
E143 US: CCS, TIME OUT WAITING
E144 US: CCS, ADDRESS INCOMPLETE
E145 US: CCS, CONTINUITY CHECK
E146 US: CCS, CONFUSION SIGNAL
E147 US: CCS, VACANT NATIONAL NUM.
E148 US: CCS, RELEASE GUARD SIGNAL
E149 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL
E150 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E151 US: TIMEOUT WAIT FOR EXM-SIGN.
E160 ANALOG CARRIER FAILURE
E176 HANG PROTECT TIMER EXPIRED
E200 FAULTY SELECTIVE NUMBER
E201 UNEXPECTED SIGNAL
E202 INVALID SIGNAL COMBINATION
E205 INVALID NATURE OF ADDR IND.
E216 AUTOM. ANSWER SUPERV. TIMEOUT
E220 US: SIGN. FAIL. / FXS-TRUNK
E225 EXTREME CALL DURATION TIME OUT
E227 MESSAGE WITH INCORRECT DIGITS
E228 DISCARDED ISUP MESSAGE
E229 DISCARDED ISUP PARAMETER
E230 TIME OUT WAITING FOR CLEARING
E231 PBX SCREENING FAULT

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 15+

 ACT EQTRAP
PUSPHUSP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

7. Input format

PRINT UNSPECIFIED HOLD UNSPEC.

Input format for activating a printout and the attempt to hold the
connection for the occurrence of all except the specified MDIIs (machine
detected interoffice irregularity).

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ACT EQTRAP : LTG= [,LC=] ,PRINT= ,HOLD= ,ERCO= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones).

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

PRINT PRINT CONDITION

This parameter specifies whether a printout is required when an error

code occurs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

COMP COMPLEMENT OF ERRORCODES

Activates a printout of a port when any other
than the specified MDIIs occurs.

HOLD HOLD CONDITION

This parameter specifies whether a connection is to be held for

a port when an error code occurs.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

COMP COMPLEMENT OF ERRORCODES

Holds a connection of a port when any other

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 16+

 ACT EQTRAP
PUSPHUSP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

than the specified MDIIs occurs.

ERCO ERROR CODE

This parameter specifies the MDII.

Notes:
- Only up to 6 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

E1 SEIZE AND RELEASE WITHOUT DIG.

E16 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE

E17 NO PROCEED TO SEND
E18 NO KP ACKNOWLEDGE
E19 NO WINK SIGNAL RECEIVED
E20 NO WINK END RECEIVED
E32 NO FIRST DIGIT NO KP SIGNAL
E33 TRUNK OFFERING SUPERVI TIMEOUT
E34 NO END OF ADDRESS SIGNAL (ST)
E35 UNACCEPTABLE DIAL PULSE
E48 MF 2/6 ERROR NOT TWO TONES
E49 INVALID FORWD REGISTER SIGNAL
E50 CONTINUOUS FORW REGISTER SIGN
E52 UNEXPECTED FORW REGISTER SIGN
E53 LOSS OF FORW REGISTER SIGNAL
E54 CONTINUOUS BACK SIGNAL
E55 NO BACK SIGNAL
E56 UNEXPECTED BACK REGISTER SIGN
E57 INVALID BACK REGISTER SIGNAL
E58 NO PAUSE BETWEEN REGISTER SIGN
E64 INVALID DIGIT RECEIVED
E65 PERMANENT DETECTED INC
E66 PERMANENT DETECTED OUT
E67 PREMATURE ANSWER
E68 PREMATURE MCI
E69 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD LN SIGNAL
E70 NO SECONDARY SIGNAL
E71 NO END OF PRIMARY SIGNAL
E72 INVALID CHARGING INFORMATION
E73 PREMATURE METER PULSE
E74 INVALID METER PULSE
E75 NOT PERMITTED METER PULSE
E76 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE FROM DCME
E77 INVALID ISUP MESSAGE
E78 HOP COUNTER EXHAUSTION
E95 LOSS OF FORWARD MESSAGE
E96 CLF NOT RECEIVED
E97 RLG NOT RECEIVED
E98 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED INC
E99 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED OUT

E100 INVALID FORWARD MESSAGE

E101 UNEXPECTED FORWARD MESSAGE
E102 INVALID BACKWARD MESSAGE
E103 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD MESSAGE
E104 ANSWER REC. BEFORE CTC FINISH
E105 NO RECEIVER FOR CTC
E106 UNEXPECTED COT-MSG RECEIVED
E108 MORE THAN 2 SATELLITES IN CON.
E112 US: PARTIAL DIAL ABANDON (INC)
E113 US: PARTIAL DIAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E114 US: EXTRA DIGIT RECEIVED (INC)
E115 US: EXTRA PULSE RECEIVED (INC)
E116 US: MORE THAN ONE MF KP SIGN.
E117 US: MISPLACED ST SIGNAL (INC)
E118 US: MUTILATED DIGIT (INC)
E119 US: NO KP (INC)
E120 US: PERM. SIGNAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E121 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY OFF HOOK
E122 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY ON HOOK
E123 US: WINK START,STEADY ON HOOK
E124 US: WINK START,STEADY OFF HOOK
E125 US: NO EXPECTED STOP
E126 US: POLARITY FAILURE
E127 US: UNEXPECTED STOP

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 17+

 ACT EQTRAP
PUSPHUSP
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E128 US: STOP SIGNAL TOO LONG

E129 US: T/O WAIT FOR CONNECT
E130 US: T/O WAIT AFTER ANI
E131 US: T/O WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E132 US: T/O WAIT FOR SECOND START
E133 US: O-H WAIT AFTER ANI
E134 US: O-H WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E135 US: O-H WAIT FOR SECOND START
E136 US: INVALID TCM LENGTH
E137 US: CCS, IAM SIGNALING ERROR
E138 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL RECEIVED
E139 US: CCS, WAIT FOR CONTINUE
E140 US: CCS, INCOMPLETE ADDRESS
E141 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E142 US: CCS, VACANT CODE
E143 US: CCS, TIME OUT WAITING
E144 US: CCS, ADDRESS INCOMPLETE
E145 US: CCS, CONTINUITY CHECK
E146 US: CCS, CONFUSION SIGNAL
E147 US: CCS, VACANT NATIONAL NUM.
E148 US: CCS, RELEASE GUARD SIGNAL
E149 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL
E150 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E151 US: TIMEOUT WAIT FOR EXM-SIGN.
E160 ANALOG CARRIER FAILURE
E176 HANG PROTECT TIMER EXPIRED
E200 FAULTY SELECTIVE NUMBER
E201 UNEXPECTED SIGNAL
E202 INVALID SIGNAL COMBINATION
E205 INVALID NATURE OF ADDR IND.
E216 AUTOM. ANSWER SUPERV. TIMEOUT
E220 US: SIGN. FAIL. / FXS-TRUNK
E225 EXTREME CALL DURATION TIME OUT
E227 MESSAGE WITH INCORRECT DIGITS
E228 DISCARDED ISUP MESSAGE
E229 DISCARDED ISUP PARAMETER
E230 TIME OUT WAITING FOR CLEARING
E231 PBX SCREENING FAULT

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT EQTRAP- 18-

 CAN EQTRAP
ALLEQ
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL EQUIPMENT TRAP

This command deactivates the instant printout for the occurrence of the
specified or any error codes:
- on a particular port or on the ports
- in a port area of a particular line/trunk unit
- in a particular line/trunk unit
- in a line/trunk unit area of a particular line/trunk group
- in a particular line/trunk group
- in a line/trunk group area of a particular time switch group
- in a time switch group
- in the complete exchange.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command is normally logged.

This command allows multiple starts.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CAN EQTRAP - ALLEQ ALL EQUIPMENTS

2. CAN EQTRAP - SPECEQ SPECIFIED EQUIPMENTS

1. Input format

ALL EQUIPMENTS

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN EQTRAP : [ERCO=] [,PRINT=] [,HOLD=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ERCO ERROR CODE

This parameter specifies the MDII.

Notes:
- Only up to 6 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: ERROR CODE
E0 NO ERROR
E1 SEIZE AND RELEASE WITHOUT DIG.
E100 INVALID FORWARD MESSAGE
E101 UNEXPECTED FORWARD MESSAGE
E102 INVALID BACKWARD MESSAGE
E103 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD MESSAGE
E104 ANSWER REC. BEFORE CTC FINISH
E105 NO RECEIVER FOR CTC
E106 UNEXPECTED COT-MSG RECEIVED
E108 MORE THAN 2 SATELLITES IN CON.
E112 US: PARTIAL DIAL ABANDON (INC)
E113 US: PARTIAL DIAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E114 US: EXTRA DIGIT RECEIVED (INC)
E115 US: EXTRA PULSE RECEIVED (INC)
E116 US: MORE THAN ONE MF KP SIGN.
E117 US: MISPLACED ST SIGNAL (INC)
E118 US: MUTILATED DIGIT (INC)
E119 US: NO KP (INC)
E120 US: PERM. SIGNAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E121 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY OFF HOOK
E122 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY ON HOOK
E123 US: WINK START,STEADY ON HOOK
E124 US: WINK START,STEADY OFF HOOK
E125 US: NO EXPECTED STOP
E126 US: POLARITY FAILURE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN EQTRAP- 1+

 CAN EQTRAP
ALLEQ
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E127 US: UNEXPECTED STOP

E128 US: STOP SIGNAL TOO LONG
E129 US: T/O WAIT FOR CONNECT
E130 US: T/O WAIT AFTER ANI
E131 US: T/O WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E132 US: T/O WAIT FOR SECOND START
E133 US: O-H WAIT AFTER ANI
E134 US: O-H WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E135 US: O-H WAIT FOR SECOND START
E136 US: INVALID TCM LENGTH
E137 US: CCS, IAM SIGNALING ERROR
E138 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL RECEIVED
E139 US: CCS, WAIT FOR CONTINUE
E140 US: CCS, INCOMPLETE ADDRESS
E141 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E142 US: CCS, VACANT CODE
E143 US: CCS, TIME OUT WAITING
E144 US: CCS, ADDRESS INCOMPLETE
E145 US: CCS, CONTINUITY CHECK
E146 US: CCS, CONFUSION SIGNAL
E147 US: CCS, VACANT NATIONAL NUM.
E148 US: CCS, RELEASE GUARD SIGNAL
E149 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL
E150 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E151 US: TIMEOUT WAIT FOR EXM-SIGN.
E16 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE
E160 ANALOG CARRIER FAILURE
E17 NO PROCEED TO SEND
E176 HANG PROTECT TIMER EXPIRED
E18 NO KP ACKNOWLEDGE
E19 NO WINK SIGNAL RECEIVED
E20 NO WINK END RECEIVED
E200 FAULTY SELECTIVE NUMBER
E201 UNEXPECTED SIGNAL
E202 INVALID SIGNAL COMBINATION
E205 INVALID NATURE OF ADDR IND.
E216 AUTOM. ANSWER SUPERV. TIMEOUT
E220 US: SIGN. FAIL. / FXS-TRUNK
E225 EXTREME CALL DURATION TIME OUT
E227 MESSAGE WITH INCORRECT DIGITS
E228 DISCARDED ISUP MESSAGE
E229 DISCARDED ISUP PARAMETER
E230 TIME OUT WAITING FOR CLEARING
E231 PBX SCREENING FAULT
E32 NO FIRST DIGIT NO KP SIGNAL
E33 TRUNK OFFERING SUPERVI TIMEOUT
E34 NO END OF ADDRESS SIGNAL (ST)
E35 UNACCEPTABLE DIAL PULSE
E48 MF 2/6 ERROR NOT TWO TONES
E49 INVALID FORWD REGISTER SIGNAL
E50 CONTINUOUS FORW REGISTER SIGN
E52 UNEXPECTED FORW REGISTER SIGN
E53 LOSS OF FORW REGISTER SIGNAL
E54 CONTINUOUS BACK SIGNAL
E55 NO BACK SIGNAL
E56 UNEXPECTED BACK REGISTER SIGN
E57 INVALID BACK REGISTER SIGNAL
E58 NO PAUSE BETWEEN REGISTER SIGN
E64 INVALID DIGIT RECEIVED
E65 PERMANENT DETECTED INC
E66 PERMANENT DETECTED OUT
E67 PREMATURE ANSWER
E68 PREMATURE MCI
E69 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD LN SIGNAL
E70 NO SECONDARY SIGNAL
E71 NO END OF PRIMARY SIGNAL
E72 INVALID CHARGING INFORMATION
E73 PREMATURE METER PULSE
E74 INVALID METER PULSE
E75 NOT PERMITTED METER PULSE
E76 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE FROM DCME
E77 INVALID ISUP MESSAGE
E78 HOP COUNTER EXHAUSTION
E95 LOSS OF FORWARD MESSAGE
E96 CLF NOT RECEIVED
E97 RLG NOT RECEIVED
E98 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED INC

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN EQTRAP- 2+

 CAN EQTRAP
ALLEQ
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E99 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED OUT

b: HOLD CONDITION
H HOLD
The connection is to be held for a port, when
a certain MDII occurs.

Specifies whether the connection is to be held for

a port when a certain error code occurs.

PRINT PRINT CONDITION

This parameter defines together with the parameters HOLD and ERCO
a combination; the instant printout is deactivated on the ports on
that it was activated with this combination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL ERROR CODES

COMP COMPLEMENT OF ERROR CODES

HOLD HOLD CONDITION

This parameter defines together with the parameter PRINT and

ERCO a combination; the instant printout is deactivated on the ports
on that it was activated with this combination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL ERROR CODES

COMP COMPLEMENT OF ERROR CODES

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN EQTRAP- 3+

 CAN EQTRAP
SPECEQ
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

SPECIFIED EQUIPMENTS

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN EQTRAP : [ERCO=] ,LTG= ,LC= [,PRINT=] [,HOLD=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

ERCO ERROR CODE

This parameter specifies the MDII.

Notes:
- Only up to 6 parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: ERROR CODE
E0 NO ERROR
E1 SEIZE AND RELEASE WITHOUT DIG.
E100 INVALID FORWARD MESSAGE
E101 UNEXPECTED FORWARD MESSAGE
E102 INVALID BACKWARD MESSAGE
E103 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD MESSAGE
E104 ANSWER REC. BEFORE CTC FINISH
E105 NO RECEIVER FOR CTC
E106 UNEXPECTED COT-MSG RECEIVED
E108 MORE THAN 2 SATELLITES IN CON.
E112 US: PARTIAL DIAL ABANDON (INC)
E113 US: PARTIAL DIAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E114 US: EXTRA DIGIT RECEIVED (INC)
E115 US: EXTRA PULSE RECEIVED (INC)
E116 US: MORE THAN ONE MF KP SIGN.
E117 US: MISPLACED ST SIGNAL (INC)
E118 US: MUTILATED DIGIT (INC)
E119 US: NO KP (INC)
E120 US: PERM. SIGNAL TIMEOUT (INC)
E121 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY OFF HOOK
E122 US: DELAY DIAL STEADY ON HOOK
E123 US: WINK START,STEADY ON HOOK
E124 US: WINK START,STEADY OFF HOOK
E125 US: NO EXPECTED STOP
E126 US: POLARITY FAILURE
E127 US: UNEXPECTED STOP
E128 US: STOP SIGNAL TOO LONG
E129 US: T/O WAIT FOR CONNECT
E130 US: T/O WAIT AFTER ANI
E131 US: T/O WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E132 US: T/O WAIT FOR SECOND START
E133 US: O-H WAIT AFTER ANI
E134 US: O-H WAIT AFTER CARRIER ID.
E135 US: O-H WAIT FOR SECOND START
E136 US: INVALID TCM LENGTH
E137 US: CCS, IAM SIGNALING ERROR
E138 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL RECEIVED
E139 US: CCS, WAIT FOR CONTINUE
E140 US: CCS, INCOMPLETE ADDRESS
E141 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E142 US: CCS, VACANT CODE
E143 US: CCS, TIME OUT WAITING
E144 US: CCS, ADDRESS INCOMPLETE
E145 US: CCS, CONTINUITY CHECK
E146 US: CCS, CONFUSION SIGNAL
E147 US: CCS, VACANT NATIONAL NUM.
E148 US: CCS, RELEASE GUARD SIGNAL
E149 US: CCS, RESET SIGNAL
E150 US: CCS, SIGNALING NETW. FAIL.
E151 US: TIMEOUT WAIT FOR EXM-SIGN.
E16 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE
E160 ANALOG CARRIER FAILURE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN EQTRAP- 4+

 CAN EQTRAP
SPECEQ
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E17 NO PROCEED TO SEND

E176 HANG PROTECT TIMER EXPIRED
E18 NO KP ACKNOWLEDGE
E19 NO WINK SIGNAL RECEIVED
E20 NO WINK END RECEIVED
E200 FAULTY SELECTIVE NUMBER
E201 UNEXPECTED SIGNAL
E202 INVALID SIGNAL COMBINATION
E205 INVALID NATURE OF ADDR IND.
E216 AUTOM. ANSWER SUPERV. TIMEOUT
E220 US: SIGN. FAIL. / FXS-TRUNK
E225 EXTREME CALL DURATION TIME OUT
E227 MESSAGE WITH INCORRECT DIGITS
E228 DISCARDED ISUP MESSAGE
E229 DISCARDED ISUP PARAMETER
E230 TIME OUT WAITING FOR CLEARING
E231 PBX SCREENING FAULT
E32 NO FIRST DIGIT NO KP SIGNAL
E33 TRUNK OFFERING SUPERVI TIMEOUT
E34 NO END OF ADDRESS SIGNAL (ST)
E35 UNACCEPTABLE DIAL PULSE
E48 MF 2/6 ERROR NOT TWO TONES
E49 INVALID FORWD REGISTER SIGNAL
E50 CONTINUOUS FORW REGISTER SIGN
E52 UNEXPECTED FORW REGISTER SIGN
E53 LOSS OF FORW REGISTER SIGNAL
E54 CONTINUOUS BACK SIGNAL
E55 NO BACK SIGNAL
E56 UNEXPECTED BACK REGISTER SIGN
E57 INVALID BACK REGISTER SIGNAL
E58 NO PAUSE BETWEEN REGISTER SIGN
E64 INVALID DIGIT RECEIVED
E65 PERMANENT DETECTED INC
E66 PERMANENT DETECTED OUT
E67 PREMATURE ANSWER
E68 PREMATURE MCI
E69 UNEXPECTED BACKWARD LN SIGNAL
E70 NO SECONDARY SIGNAL
E71 NO END OF PRIMARY SIGNAL
E72 INVALID CHARGING INFORMATION
E73 PREMATURE METER PULSE
E74 INVALID METER PULSE
E75 NOT PERMITTED METER PULSE
E76 NO SEIZURE RESPONSE FROM DCME
E77 INVALID ISUP MESSAGE
E78 HOP COUNTER EXHAUSTION
E95 LOSS OF FORWARD MESSAGE
E96 CLF NOT RECEIVED
E97 RLG NOT RECEIVED
E98 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED INC
E99 UNEXPECTED RLG RECEIVED OUT

b: HOLD CONDITION
H HOLD
The connection is to be held for a port, when
a certain MDII occurs.

Specifies whether the connection is to be held for

a port when a certain error code occurs.

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK GROUP SET=

0...127, range of decimal numbers

Dependent on the Switching Network Hardware this unit

represents the Time Stage Group (TSG for SNB) or the
Switching Network Multiplexer (SNMUX for SND and
upper ones).

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN EQTRAP- 5+

 CAN EQTRAP
SPECEQ
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

unit values.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

LC LINE CONNECTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a[-b]

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CHANNEL=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

PRINT PRINT CONDITION

This parameter defines together with the parameters HOLD and ERCO
a combination; the instant printout is deactivated on the ports on
that it was activated with this combination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL ERROR CODES

COMP COMPLEMENT OF ERROR CODES

HOLD HOLD CONDITION

This parameter defines together with the parameter PRINT and

ERCO a combination; the instant printout is deactivated on the ports
on that it was activated with this combination.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ALL ALL ERROR CODES

COMP COMPLEMENT OF ERROR CODES

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN EQTRAP- 6-

 DISP ERRSTDAT
AUDIT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY ERROR STATISTIC DATA

This command displays audit or SWSG (software safeguarding)

statistic tables from
- the cycle disk file IA.ERST
- a sequential statistic disk file
- a statistic tape / magneto optical disk file

Prerequisites:
--------------
- A statistic file is:
a) the cycle disk file IA.ERST
b) a sequential file generated by copying the cycle disk
file IA.ERST
(command TRANS FILE)
c) a sequential file generated by copying the sequential file
created with b)
(command TRANS FILE).

- Before copying a statistic file to tape / magneto optical disk,

the tape / magneto optical disk must be initialized
(command INIT MT).

- If data are read from the cycle disk file IA.ERST, the statistic
data available in the IA-buffer (but not yet written into IA.ERST)
are automatically displayed. This means that no transfer of the
IA-buffer to the cycle disk file IA.ERST is necessary before
displaying the statistic tables
(command TRANS BUFFER).

Possible effects:
-----------------
- If no further data applicable to the input parameter are found,
the final message is "NO (MORE) DATA FOR DISPLAY AVAILABLE".

Notes:
------
1) The following audit error tables can be provided:

a) Summary tables, i.e. how many errors were detected by audit?

. number of errors detected by each audit,

in descending order of number of occurrence
. number of errors detected for one given equipment
(DLU number, LTG number, port number)
. number of errors detected by one AUDIT
. number of errors for which an audit correction failed
. all these tables within a given date/time interval

b) Sequential tables, i.e. when were the errors detected by audit?

. all errors detected by audit

. all errors detected by one audit
. all errors detected for one given equipment
. all errors for which an audit correction failed
. all these tables, within a given date/time interval

2) The following SWSG error tables can be provided:

a) Summary tables, i.e. how many errors?

. number of SWSG errors for each module,

in descending order of number of occurrence
. number of SWSG errors for one selected module
. number of SWSG errors for a particular processor
. number of SWSG errors with a given recovery level
. all these tables within a given date/time interval

b) Sequential tables, i.e. when did the errors occur?

. all SWSG errors

. all SWSG errors reported by one selected module
. all SWSG errors with a given module name and error number
. all SWSG errors for a particular processor
. all SWSG errors with a given recovery level
. all these tables, within a given date/time interval

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ERRSTDAT- 1+

 DISP ERRSTDAT
AUDIT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

3) All parameter combinations are allowed in this command, but only

the parameters OBJECT and FORM determine the data to be
displayed.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP ERRSTDAT- AUDIT AUDIT TABLES

2. DISP ERRSTDAT- SWSG SOFTWARE SAFEGUARGING TABLES

1. Input format

AUDIT TABLES

This path is legal for displaying audit tables from

- the cyclic disk file IA.ERST
- a sequential statistic disk file
- a statistic tape / magneto optical disk file

The cyclic disk file IA.ERST is:

- created with ACT IAFEAT;
- written by: - IA-buffer management
(automatically when a buffer is full)
- the command TRANS BUFFER

Note:
-----
- It is possible that data already copied to tape / magneto optical
disk are displayed if addressing the cyclic disk file IA.ERST.
The command REL CYCFILE does not delete data from a cyclic
disk file but releases the data for overwriting.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ERRSTDAT : TYPE= [,FORM=] [,OBJECT=] [,ERRNO=] 1
1 1
1 [,LOADTYPE=] [,PORTTYPE=] [,LTG=] [,LC=] 1
1 1
1 [,DATE= [,TIME=]] [,MARK=] [,FILE=] [,VSN=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE TYPE OF DATA

This parameter specifies the type of the displayed data.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AUDIT ERROR DETERMINED BY AUDIT

FORM FORMAT

This parameter specifies the format of the displayed data.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SEQ SEQUENTIAL TABLE (WHEN)

SUM SUMMARY TABLE(HOW MUCH ERRORS)

OBJECT OBJECT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the object identification.

(audit name or module name)

1 ... 13 characters from the symbolic character set.

Exception: see prerequisites.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ERRSTDAT- 2+

 DISP ERRSTDAT
AUDIT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Symbolic character set consists of:

- letter : A | B | ..... | Y | Z
- digit : 0 | 1 | ..... | 8 | 9
- special values : + | # | * | % | .

The audit name consists of:

- character 1 ... 13 = audit name e.g. ABILREG

The module name consists of:

- character 1 ... 5 = name, e.g. SIPRC
- character 6 ... 7 = variant, e.g. D2
- character 8 = type, e.g. C
- character 9 = separator,
- character 10 ... 13 = version, e.g. 0101

Prerequisites: (for module name only)

--------------
- type : C (source module) or
T (transient data module)
- separator : always dot (.)
- version : . each character must have a value between 0 and 9;
. when entering the version,
"name, variant, type and separator"
must be entered.
e.g. SIPRCD2C.0101

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...13 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ERRNO ERROR NUMBER

This parameter specifies the error number.

The errors listed in the table are reduced to the given error number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...999, range of decimal numbers

LOADTYPE LOAD TYPE OF GP

This parameter specifies the GP load type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: TYPE OF LTG
A LTG-A
B LTG-B
C LTG-C
CB LTG-CB
D LTG-D
H LTG-H

b: LOAD TYPE=
0...999, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

PORTTYPE PORT TYPE

This parameter specifies the port type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ANETW ACCESS NETWORK

ANNOU RECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
CO CONFERENCE
CONS CONSOLE

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ERRSTDAT- 3+

 DISP ERRSTDAT
AUDIT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DLU DIGITAL CONCENTRATOR

DSW DIGITAL SWITCHBOARD
EQUIP EQUIPMENT
IWE INTERWORKING
KEY KEY
LINE LINE
MDN MULTIPLE DN
MPLX MULTIPLEXER
NC NOT CONNECTED
PADCF PRIMARY ACCESS D-CHANNEL FIXED
PANC PRIMARY ACCESS NOT CONNECTED
PBXLN PBX LINE
SUB SUBSCRIBER
TEQ TEST EQUIPMENT
TPC TEST PHONE CONTROL
TRUNK TRUNK

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line trunk group of the errors detected
by audit.

Possible values:
----------------

1) Equipment is DLU -> LTG = dlu, shelf

2) Equipment is LTGA/B/C -> LTG = ltgset, ltg

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: DLU OR LTGSET=
0...13020, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: SHELF OR LTG=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

LC LINE CONNECTION NUMBER

This parameter specifies the line connection number of the errors

detected by audit.

Possible values:
----------------

1) Equipment is DLU -> LC = module, circuit

2) Equipment is LTGA/B/C -> LC = ltu, channel

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: MODULE OR LTU=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: CIRCUIT OR CHANNEL=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ERRSTDAT- 4+

 DISP ERRSTDAT
AUDIT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DATE DATE

This parameter specifies the date when the error occurred,

i.e. the date software error treatment was called or the date audit
detected the error.

Notes:
------
- The listed errors are reduced to those that occurred within
the given interval. If only one date is entered, the errors
are listed from the given date to the end of the addressed file.

Compatibilities:
----------------
- This parameter also displays all invalid "errors".
(=date/time insecure)
There is no comparison between insecure date/time in the file and
secure date/time which is entered by the operator.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the time the error occurred,

i.e. the time software error treatment was called or the time audit
detected the error.

Notes:
------
- The listed errors are reduced to those that occurred within
the given interval. If only one time is entered, the errors
are listed from the given time to the end of the addressed file.

Compatibilities:
----------------
- This parameter also displays all invalid "errors".
(=date/time insecure)
There is no comparison between insecure date/time in the file and
secure date/time which is entered by the operator.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b-c

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECOND=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

MARK MARK OF AUDIT ERROR

This parameter specifies the mark of the error detected by audit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

F AUDIT CORRECTION FAILED

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ERRSTDAT- 5+

 DISP ERRSTDAT
AUDIT
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

S AUDIT CORRECTION SUCCESSFUL

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file from which the
statistic data are read.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

Default: IA.ERST

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the tape / magneto
optical disk from which the statistic data are read.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ERRSTDAT- 6+

 DISP ERRSTDAT
SWSG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

SOFTWARE SAFEGUARGING TABLES

This path is legal for displaying software safeguarding tables from

- the cyclic disk file IA.ERST
- a sequential statistic disk file
- a statistic tape / magneto optical disk file

The cyclic disk file IA.ERST is:

- created with ACT IAFEAT;
- written by: - IA-buffer management
(automatically when a buffer is full)
- the command TRANS BUFFER

Note:
-----
- It is possible that data already copied to tape / magneto optical
disk are displayed by adressing the cyclic disk file IA.ERST.
The command REL CYCFILE does not delete data from a cyclic
disk file but releases the data for overwriting.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP ERRSTDAT : TYPE= [,FORM=] [,OBJECT=] [,ERRNO=] [,PRO=] 1
1 1
1 [,REC=] [,DATE= [,TIME=]] [,FILE=] [,VSN=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TYPE TYPE OF DATA

This parameter specifies the type of the displayed data.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SWSG ERROR REPORTED SOFTW.SAFEGUARD

FORM FORMAT

This parameter specifies the format of the displayed data.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SEQ SEQUENTIAL TABLE (WHEN)

SUM SUMMARY TABLE(HOW MUCH ERRORS)

OBJECT OBJECT IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the object identification.

(audit name or module name)

1 ... 13 characters from the symbolic character set.

Exception: see prerequisites.

Symbolic character set consists of:

- letter : A | B | ..... | Y | Z
- digit : 0 | 1 | ..... | 8 | 9
- special values : + | # | * | % | .

The audit name consists of:

- character 1 ... 13 = audit name e.g. ABILREG

The module name consists of:

- character 1 ... 5 = name, e.g. SIPRC
- character 6 ... 7 = variant, e.g. D2
- character 8 = type, e.g. C
- character 9 = separator,
- character 10 ... 13 = version, e.g. 0101

Prerequisites: (for module name only)

--------------
- type : C (source module) or
T (transient data module)
- separator : always dot (.)

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ERRSTDAT- 7+

 DISP ERRSTDAT
SWSG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- version : . each character must have a value between 0 and 9;

. when entering the version,
"name, variant, type and separator"
must be entered.
e.g. SIPRCD2C.0101

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...13 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ERRNO ERROR NUMBER

This parameter specifies the error number.

The errors listed in the table are reduced to the given error number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...999, range of decimal numbers

PRO PROCESSOR IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the processor for which the errors are to be
displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

AMP0 ATM PROCESSOR 0

AMP1 ATM PROCESSOR 1
AMP2 ATM PROCESSOR 2
AMP3 ATM PROCESSOR 3
AMP4 ATM PROCESSOR 4
AMP5 ATM PROCESSOR 5
BAPM BASE PROCESSOR / MASTER
BAPS BASE PROCESSOR / SPARE
CAP0 CALL PROCESSOR 0
CAP1 CALL PROCESSOR 1
CAP2 CALL PROCESSOR 2
CAP3 CALL PROCESSOR 3
CAP4 CALL PROCESSOR 4
CAP5 CALL PROCESSOR 5
CAP6 CALL PROCESSOR 6
CAP7 CALL PROCESSOR 7
CAP8 CALL PROCESSOR 8
CAP9 CALL PROCESSOR 9

REC PERFORMED RECOVERY LEVEL

This parameter must be entered when the error tables are to be reduced
to those which occurred with the given recovery level
(performed by SWET).

Notes:
------
- The performed recovery level is the recovery level executed by
SWET (software error treatment). The requested recovery level
is the recovery level entered by SWSG-user.
Normally, the performed recovery level corresponds to the
requested recovery level. Only in case of escalation the requested
level is increased (by SWET) to a higher recovery level (performed).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

INSTAL RECOVERY DURING INSTALLATION

ISTART1 NEW LOAD OF CP, NSTART PROCESS
ISTART1B BASIC ISTART1
ISTART2 ISTART1, LOAD PERIPHERY
ISTART2E EMERGENCY RECOVERY
ISTART2F FORCE RECOVERY
ISTART2G GENERATION CHANGE
ISTART2R RELOAD RECOVERY
NSTART0 NEW START OF ALL NOT CALLP
NSTART1 NEW START OF ALL CP PROCESSES
NSTART1B BASIC NSTART1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ERRSTDAT- 8+

 DISP ERRSTDAT
SWSG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NSTART2 NSTART1, LOAD OF SEMIPERM.DATA

NSTART3 NSTART2, LOAD CODE
PROBRD ONE PROCESSOR BREAKDOWN
SASDAT SAVING SYMPTOM WITHOUT STATIS.
SASDATS SAVING SYMPTOM WITH STATISTIC

DATE DATE

This parameter specifies the date when the error occurred,

i.e. the date software error treatment was called or the date audit
detected the error.

Notes:
------
- The listed errors are reduced to those that occurred within
the given interval. If only one date is entered, the errors
are listed from the given date to the end of the addressed file.

Compatibilities:
----------------
- This parameter also displays all invalid "errors".
(=date/time insecure)
There is no comparison between insecure date/time in the file and
secure date/time which is entered by the operator.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

TIME TIME

This parameter specifies the time the error occurred,

i.e. the time software error treatment was called or the time audit
detected the error.

Notes:
------
- The listed errors are reduced to those that occurred within
the given interval. If only one time is entered, the errors
are listed from the given time to the end of the addressed file.

Compatibilities:
----------------
- This parameter also displays all invalid "errors".
(=date/time insecure)
There is no comparison between insecure date/time in the file and
secure date/time which is entered by the operator.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b-c

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

c: SECOND=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ERRSTDAT- 9+

 DISP ERRSTDAT
SWSG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file from which the
statistic data are read.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

Default: IA.ERST

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the tape / magneto
optical disk from which the statistic data are read.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP ERRSTDAT- 10-

 SAVE ERRSYMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Save Error Symptoms

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SAVE ERRSYMP : Report Number= ,Begin Date= ,CP Symptom File= 1
1 1
1 ,CP Faultclass= ,Exchange Name= ,Exchange Type= 1
1 1
1 ,SSNC Faultclass= ,SSNC Event Log= ,Symptoms Server= 1
1 1
1 ,Additional symptoms= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Report Number

Please enter a 8-digit number FMLNUMxx:

xx version number

Example:

05109901

No blanks are allowed !

Begin Date

Begin date of symptom saving:

6-digit number YYMMDD

YY Year
MM Month
DD Day

No blanks are allowed !

CP Symptom File

Select a CP archive file.

CP Faultclass

Select CP Faultclass:

- CP problems / CP recovery
- Problems in the peripherals
- Call processing / charging / traffic
- OSI application problems
- CCNC problems
- Miscellaneous (incl. BOP)

Exchange Name

Enter Exchange Name.

No blanks are allowed !

Exchange Type

Select Exchange Type:

- Classic
- Powernode
- STP

SSNC Faultclass

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SAVE ERRSYMP- 1+

 SAVE ERRSYMP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Select SSNC Faultclass:

- SSNC #7 problems
- SSNC administration / security
- SSNC hardware problems
- SSNC software problems
- SSNC recovery (incl. BOP)

SSNC Event Log

Select SSNC Event Log.

Symptoms Server

Enter the FTP parameter. If the values are not changed no

filetransfer is excecuted.

Example:

139.21.206.211 anonymous guest symptoms

The parameter PATH is optional.

Additional symptoms

If additional symptoms must be saved please select "yes".

The task will be stopped. Please copy additional symptoms

to the working directory and press the "OK" button.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SAVE ERRSYMP- 2-

 TEST ET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST EDITOR OF MML MASK

This command is a test command only permitted for development test purposes.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST ET : [CASE=] [,CHAIN=] [,MSG=] [,CNT=] [,PARREP=] 1
1 1
1 [,TABREP=] [,MASKREP=] [,PAROPT=] [,GRPOPT=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,LOCDEV=] [,REMDEV=] [,CMDLEN=] [,REACT=] [,CTXT=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CASE CASE

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b[-c[-d]]]

a: TESTCASE=
1...17 characters from the
symbolic name character set

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: TESTMEDIUM=
1...17 characters from the
symbolic name character set

c: PRIORITY=
1...2000, range of decimal numbers

d: ENDLINE=
1...17 characters from the
symbolic name character set

CHAIN CHAINED MASK

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...99999, range of decimal numbers

MSG MESSAGE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...60 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

CNT CONTENT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...7FFFFF, range of hexadecimal numbers

PARREP PARAMETER REPETITION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST ET- 1+

 TEST ET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: NAME OF PARAMETER=
1...10 characters from the
symbolic name character set

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: NUMBER OF REPETITIONS=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

TABREP TABLE REPETITION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: NAME OF TABLE=
1...10 characters from the
symbolic name character set

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: NUMBER OF REPETITIONS=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

MASKREP MASK REPETITION

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...99, range of decimal numbers

PAROPT PARAMETER OPTIONAL

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: NAME OF PARAMETER=
1...10 characters from the
symbolic name character set

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: TYPE OF OPTIONALITY=
1...10 characters from the
symbolic name character set

GRPOPT GROUP OPTIONAL

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: NAME OF GROUP=
1...10 characters from the
symbolic name character set

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: TYPE OF OPTIONALITY=
1...10 characters from the
symbolic name character set

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST ET- 2+

 TEST ET

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LOCDEV LOCAL DEVICE

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: LOCAL DEVICE NAME=

1...17 characters from the
symbolic name character set

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LOCAL DEVICE TYPE

FUOMT FUNCTIONAL O&M-TERMINAL
AFILE ARCHIVE FILE

REMDEV REMOTE DEVICE

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b

a: PROCESSOR NAME=
1...8 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: APPLICATION IDENTIFICATION=
1...5 characters from the
symbolic name character set

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

CMDLEN COMMANDLENGTH

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...999999, range of decimal numbers

REACT REASON-ACTION

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

CTXT CONTEXT

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...9999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST ET- 3-

 CAN EVDEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Cancel Event Destination

This Task cancels one ’Event destination’.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN EVDEST : Event destination= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Event destination

This parameter defines a unique Name for an ’Event destination’.

Enter its unique name to cancel one single ’Event destination’.

Input format : RANGE(-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN EVDEST- 1-

 DISP EVDEST

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display Event Destination

This Task displays parameters of ’Event destination’. It is possible

to display one ’Event destination’ with all parameters or several with
a subset of parameters. The subset of parameters is:
’Event destination’, ’Event filter’, ’Administrative state’,
’Destination’, ’Destin with backUp’ and ’Availability’.

Omit all parameters to display all ’Event destination’.

Enter ’Event destination’ parameter to display one ’Event destination’
Enter ’Start id’ to display all ’Event destination’ starting with
this name.
Enter ’End id’ to display all ’Event destination’ up to this name.
Enter ’Start id’ and ’End id’ to display all ’Event destination’
between these two names.

The ’Availability’ parameter cannot be entered. It’s values {-, On, Off}
represents the scheduling states. The value "-" means that no scheduling
parameter was entered, so scheduling has no efect whether the ’Event
destination’ is "On" or "Off".

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP EVDEST : [Event destination=] [,Start id=] [,End id=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Event destination

This parameter defines a unique Name for an ’Event destination’.

Enter a unique name to display one single ’Event destination’
with all parameters.
This parameter is optional and may be omitted if all ’Event
destination’ shall be displayed with a subset of parameters.

Input format : RANGE(-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

Start id

This parameter defines a unique Name for an ’Event destination’.

All ’Event destination’ will be displayed starting with this
name. If a value for ’End id’ is entered all ’Event destination’
between ’Start id’ and ’End id’ will be displayed.

Input format : RANGE(-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

End id

This parameter defines a unique Name for an ’Event destination’.

All ’Event destination’ up to this name will be displayed. If a
value for ’Start id’ is entered all ’Event destination’ between
’Start id’ and ’End id’ will be displayed.

Input format : RANGE(-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP EVDEST- 1-

 CR EVDESTCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Create Event Destination CP

This Task creates an ’Event destination’. The ’Event destination’ is

used to determine which Event Reports are forwarded to a particular
’Destination’ during specified time periods. A ’Destination’ is an
Application running on a remote OS with the capability of receiving
Event Reports. It may also be used to specify the mode (confirm or no -
confirm) an Application has to act on received Event Reports. Each
’Event destination’ may contain a scheduling capability determining the
intervals during which Event Reports are selected for forwarding. Each
’Event destination’ contains an ’Event filter’ which specifies the
characteristics an Event Report must satisfy in order to be forwarded.

There is the opportunity to create a new ’Event destination’ with an

existing ’Event destination’ as reference. All parameter values of the
referenced ’Event destination’ will be used.
Parameters that are entered will overwrite the referenced ones.

If the creation by reference is not used the following parameters are

mandatory: ’Destination’, ’Dest. with backup’ and ’Event filter’.

The ’Availability’ parameter cannot be entered. It’s values {-, On, Off}
represents the scheduling states. The value "-" means that no scheduling
parameter was entered, so scheduling has no efect whether the ’Event
destination’ is "On" or "Off".

Note:
- The parameters for daily scheduling and weekly scheduling exclude
one another.

- The parameters ’Destination’ and ’Dest. with backup’ exclude

one another.

- It is not possible to add parameters by the MOD EVDEST Task if they

were omitted in this Task.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR EVDESTCP : Event destination= [,Reference event dest.=] 1
1 1
1 [,Destination=] [,Dest. with backup=] 1
1 1
1 [,Conf on receipt=] [,Event filter=] 1
1 1
1 [,Administrative state=] [,Start time=] [,Stop time=] 1
1 1
1 [,Daily intervals=] [,Weekly intervals=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Event destination

This parameter defines a unique Name for an ’Event destination’.

Input format : RANGE(-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

Reference event dest.

This parameter defines a unique Name for an ’Event destination’

already created. All parameter values of this referenced
’Event destination’ will be used. Parameters that are entered
will be used instead of the referenced values.

Input format : RANGE(-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

Destination

This parameter defines ’single’ or ’multiple’ Application

Entity Title (AET). An AET represents the address of an
application running on a remote TMN-OS. This application
receives Event Reports routed by this ’Event destination’.
An AET value entered for this parameter must be administrated

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR EVDESTCP- 1+
 CR EVDESTCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

in the Layer Management too.

If this parameter is entered the parameter ’Dest. with backup’
must not be entered.
It is possible to select 2 different types of ’Destination’:
’single’ : only one AET
’multiple’ : up to 6 AET

Input format for AET: 3 Up to 16 numbers separeted by blanks

number: RANGE(0 .. +2 147 483 647)

Dest. with backup

This parameter defines one active AET and up to 5 BackUp AETs

used in case of communication failure with the active one.
An AET represents the address of an application running on a
remote TMN-OS. This application receives Event Reports routed
by this ’Event destination’. An AET value entered for this
parameter must be administrated in the Layer Management too.

Input format for AET: 3 Up to 16 numbers separeted by blanks

number: RANGE(0 .. +2 147 483 647)

Conf on receipt

This parameter defines if a confirmation on receipt is required.

The value ’Yes’ will force the receiving application to confirm
each Event Report routed by this ’Event destination’.
The value ’No’ means that the application does not confirm
each Event Report routed by this ’Event destination’.

Input format: ’Yes’ confirmation required

’No’ no confirmation required

Event filter

This parameter defines a filter for Event Reports. You may

define which Event Reports should be routed by this ’Event
destination’.
Each Event Report consists of three significant attributes.
They are ’Emitting object class’, ’Emitting object’ and
’Emitted event type’. You can enter a Set of those triplets.
Each member of the triplet is optional, but you must enter at
least one of them. The overall number of entered members must
not exceed the amount of 10.
If the three attributes of an Event Report matches those of
a triple the Event Report will be routed to the application
specified with the ’Destination’ or ’Dest. with backUp’
parameter.

Administrative state

This parameter is used to suspend and resume Event Report

routing by this ’Event destination’.

Input format: ’Unlocked’: Event Reports will be routed by

this ’Event destination’

’Locked’: Event Reports will not be routed by

this ’Event destination’

Default : ’Unlocked’

Start time

This parameter defines the ’Start time’ at which the

’Event destination’ becomes active. If only the ’Start time’
is set the ’Stop time’ will be set automatically to
’Continuous’. The time value is rounded up to a multiple of
5 minutes.

Input format: standard date and time values.

Default value: actual system time

will be set if this parameter is omitted but
’Stop time’ is set.

Stop time

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR EVDESTCP- 2+
 CR EVDESTCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter defines the ’Stop time’ at which the

’Event destination’ becomes inactive. If only the ’Stop time’
is set the ’Start time’ will be set automatically to actual
system time of the switch.

Input format: option ’Continuous’

option ’Specific’ : standard date and
time values
Default value: option ’Continuous’
will be set if this parameter is omitted but
’Start time’ is set.

Daily intervals

This parameter selects daily scheduling. Up to 6 time

intervals can be specified within which the ’Event destination’
is active. If this parameter is entered the parameter for
weekly scheduling must not be entered.
The time values are rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes.
Overlapping intervals are combined to one interval.

Input format : hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

Default: whole day

Weekly intervals

This parameter selects weekly scheduling. Up to 6 time

intervals can be defined for each day of the week. The
’Event destination’ will be inactive on days of the week not
selected and on days with 0 intervals selected. At least one
day with one interval must be selected.
If this parameter is entered the parameter for daily
scheduling must not be entered.
The time values are rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes.
Overlapping intervals are combined to one interval.

Input format: hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval for one day)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

Default: selects all days of the week without any time

restriction. Inactive days must be disabled
from the default value.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR EVDESTCP- 3-
 MOD EVDESTCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify Event Destination CP

This Task modifies one ’Event destination’ with parameters given by

the user. If a value is omitted the corresponding parameter remains
unchanged.

Note:
- You cannot add parameters if they are not entered previously with
the CR EVNTDEST Task. You may execute DISP EVNTDEST Task to look up
the parameters entered before.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD EVDESTCP : Event destination= [,Destination=] 1
1 1
1 [,Dest. with backup=] [,Event filter=] 1
1 1
1 [,Administrative state=] [,Start time=] [,Stop time=] 1
1 1
1 [,Daily intervals=] [,Weekly intervals=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Event destination

This parameter defines a unique Name for an existing

’Event destination’ that is to be modified.

Input format : RANGE(-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

Destination

This parameter replaces ’single’ or ’multiple’ Application

Entity Title (AET). An AET represents the address of an
application running on a remote TMN-OS. This application
receives Event Reports routed by this ’Event destination’.
An AET value entered for this parameter must be administrated
in the Layer Management too.
If this parameter is entered the parameter ’Dest. with backup’
must not be entered.
It is possible to select 2 different types of ’Destination’:
’single’ : only one AET
’multiple’ : up to 6 AET

Input format for AET: 3 Up to 16 numbers separeted by blanks

number: RANGE(0 .. +2 147 483 647)

Dest. with backup

This parameter replaces one active AET and up to 5 BackUp AETs

used in case of communication failure with the active one.
An AET represents the address of an application running on a
remote TMN-OS. This application receives Event Reports routed
by this ’Event destination’. An AET value entered for this
parameter must be administrated in the Layer Management too.

Input format for AET: 3 Up to 16 numbers separeted by blanks

number: RANGE(0 .. +2 147 483 647)

Event filter

This parameter replaces a filter for Event Reports. You may

define which Event Reports should be routed by this ’Event
destination’. Each Event Report consists of three significant
attributes. They are ’Emitting object class’, ’Emitting object’
and ’Emitted event type’. You can enter a Set of those triplets.
Each member of the triplet is optional, but you must enter at
least one of them. The overall number of entered members must
not exceed the amount of 10.
If the three attributes of an Event Report matches those of a
triple the Event Report will be routed to the application
specified with the ’Destination’ or ’Dest. with backUp’

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EVDESTCP- 1+

 MOD EVDESTCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

parameter.

Administrative state

This parameter is used to suspend and resume Event Report

routing by this ’Event destination’.

Input format: ’Unlocked’: Event Reports will be routed by

this ’Event destination’

’Locked’: Event Reports will not be routed by

this ’Event destination’

Start time

This parameter replaces the ’Start time’ at which the ’Event

destination’ becomes active. The parameter can be replaced only
if a ’Start time’ or ’Stop time’ was entered when the ’Event
destination’ was created.

Input format: standard date and time values.

Stop time

This parameter replaces the ’Stop time’ at which the ’Event

destination’ becomes inactive. The parameter can be replaced
only if a ’Start time’ or ’Stop time’ was entered when the
’Event destination’ was created.

Input format: option ’Continuous’

option ’Specific’ : standard date and
time values

Default value: option ’Continuous’

Daily intervals

This parameter replaces ’Daily intervals’ (up to 6), at

which the ’Event destination’ is active. The parameter can be
entered only if ’Daily intervals’ were entered when the
’Event destination’ was created. The time values are rounded up
to a multiple of 5 minutes. Overlapping intervals are combined
to one interval.

Input format : hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

Weekly intervals

This parameter replaces ’Weekly intervals’, at which the

’Event destination’ is active. Only days of the week selected
in the parameter are replaced. The intervals of the days not
selected will not be changed. Enter 0 intervals to disable the
whole day. At least one day with one interval must be active
in the resultant ’Weekly intervals’; otherwise the parameter is
rejected.

Input format : hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval for one day)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EVDESTCP- 2-

 CAN EVLOGCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Cancel Event Log on CP

This task cancels an ’Event log’ with all ’Event log records’ contained .

Note:
Make sure that an ’Event log’ is not canceled before all
’Event log records’ have been retrieved with the DISP EVREC task.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN EVLOGCP : Event log= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Event log

This parameter specifies the name of the ’Event log’ to be deleted.

Input format:
’String’:
1 .. 12 characters of the following character set:
A .. Z, 0 .. 9,
%, #, +, *

’Number’:
RANGE (-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

Note: ’String’ must begin with a letter.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN EVLOGCP- 1-

 CR EVLOGCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Create Event Log on CP

This task creates an ’Event log’, which is used to store Event Reports. Each
’Event log’ contains an ’Event filter’ which defines the characteristics for
an Event Report to be selected for storage. An Event Report that is selected
for storage is supplemented with additional information generated as a part
of the storage process to create so called ’Event log records’.

Possible effects:
It is possible to supply all ’Event log’ parameters without restriction.
In some cases, this may lead to high system load. For further details,
please refer to the help texts of the specific parameters.

Notes:
- The parameters for ’Daily intervals’ and ’Weekly intervals’ exclude one
another.
- Note that optional parameters must be selected when the ’Event log’ is
created. It is not possible to add optional parameters later on by the
MOD EVLOG task.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR EVLOGCP : Event log= [,Log size=] [,Log full action=] 1
1 1
1 ,Event filter= [,Administrative state=] [,Start time=] 1
1 1
1 [,Stop time=] [,Daily intervals=] [,Weekly intervals=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Event log

This parameter specifies the name of the ’Event log’ to be created.

This can either be a ’String’ or a ’Number’.

Input format:
’String’:
1 .. 12 characters of the following character set
(the first character must be a letter):
A .. Z, 0 .. 9,
%, #, +, *

’Number’:
RANGE (-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

Note: ’String’ must begin with a letter.

Log size

This parameter specifies the size (storage capacity) of the ’Event log’
in kilo bytes.

Input format: RANGE (100 .. 100 000)

Default: 10 000

Note: It is possible to create ’Event logs’ with a storage capacity of up

to 100 mega bytes. Note however that this will considerably reduce
available disk space!

Log full action

This parameter defines overwrite characteristics.

Input format:
’Wrap’: The oldest ’Event log records’ will be overwritten when new
’Event log records’ are stored.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR EVLOGCP- 1+
 CR EVLOGCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: ’Wrap’

Event filter

This parameter defines a filter for Event Reports. You may

define which Event Reports should be stored by this ’Event
log’.
Each Event Report consists of three significant attributes.
They are ’Emitting object class’, ’Emitting object’ and
’Emitted event type’. You can enter a Set of those triplets.
Each member of the triplet is optional, but you must enter at
least one of them. The overall number of entered members must
not exceed the amount of 10.
If the three attributes of an Event Report matches those of
a triple the Event Report will be stored in this ’Event log’.

Administrative state

This parameter is used to suspend and resume Event Report

storage by this ’Event log’.

Input format: ’Unlocked’: Event Reports will be stored by

this ’Event log’

’Locked’: Event Reports will not be stored by

this ’Event log’

Default : unlocked

Start time

This parameter defines the ’Start time’ the ’Event log’

becomes active. If only the ’Start time’ is set the ’Stop time’
will be set automatically to ’Continuous’. The time value is
rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes.

Input format: standard date and time values.

Default value: actual system time

will be set if this parameter is omitted but
’Stop time’ is set.

Stop time

This parameter defines the ’Stop time’ the ’Event log’

becomes inactive. If only the ’Stop time’ is set the
’Start time’ will be set automatically to actual system time
of the switch.

Input format: option ’Continuous’

option ’Specific’ : standard date and
time values
Default value: option ’Continuous’
will be set if this parameter is omitted but
’Start time’ is set.

Daily intervals

This parameter selects daily scheduling. Up to 6 time

intervals can be specified, the ’Event log’ is active
within. If this parameter is entered the parameter for weekly
scheduling must not be entered.
The time values are rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes.
Overlapping intervals are combined to one interval.

Input format : hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

Default: whole day

Weekly intervals

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR EVLOGCP- 2+
 CR EVLOGCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter selects weekly scheduling. Up to 6 time

intervals can be defined for each day of the week. The
’Event log’ will be inactive on days of the week not
selected and on days with 0 intervals selected. At least one
day with one interval must be selected.
If this parameter is entered the parameter for daily
scheduling must not be entered.
The time values are rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes.
Overlapping intervals are combined to one interval.

Input format: hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval for one day)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

Default: selects all days of the week without any time

restriction. Inactive days must be disabled
from the default value.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR EVLOGCP- 3-
 DISP EVLOGCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display Event Log on CP

This task displays status information of all ’Event logs’ for the whole system.
If the name of a specific ’Event log’ is specified, detailed information for
this ’Event log’ will be displayed.

It is also possible to display status information for a subset of ’Event logs’

which begin with the character string specified. For this case the parameter
’Event log subset’ is used.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP EVLOGCP : [Event log=] [,Event log subset=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Event log

This parameter specifies the name of an ’Event log’ for which detailed
information is requested. If neither the parameter ’Event log’ nor the
parameter ’Event log subset’ is used, an overview about all ’Event logs’
in the whole system will be shown.

Input format:
’String’:
1 .. 12 characters of the following character set:
A .. Z, 0 .. 9,
%, #, +, *

’Number’:
RANGE (-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

Note: ’String’ must begin with a letter.

Event log subset

This parameter specifies an initial string for ’Event logs’ with names in
’String’ representation. Status information will be displayed for all
’Event logs’ beginning with this initial string. If neither the parameter
’Event log’ nor the parameter ’Event log subset’ is used, an overview
about all ’Event logs’ of the whole System will be shown.

Input format:
’String’:
1 .. 12 characters of the following character set:
A .. Z, 0 .. 9,
%, #, +, *

Note: ’String’ must begin with a letter.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP EVLOGCP- 1-

 MOD EVLOGCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify Event Log on CP

This task modifies a specific ’Event log’.

If a parameter value is omitted the corresponding parameter remains unchanged.

Note:
- Adding parameters with MOD EVLOG is not possible if they have not been entered
previously with the CR EVLOG task. Use the DISP EVLOG task to check the
parameters entered before.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD EVLOGCP : Event log= [,Event filter=] [,Administrative state=] 1
1 1
1 [,Start time=] [,Stop time=] [,Daily intervals=] 1
1 1
1 [,Weekly intervals=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Event log

This parameter specifies the name of the ’Event log’ to be modified.

Input format:
’String’:
1 .. 12 characters of the following character set:
A .. Z, 0 .. 9,
%, #, +, *

’Number’:
RANGE (-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

Event filter

This parameter replaces a filter for Event Reports. You may

define which Event Reports should be stored by this ’Event
log’. Each Event Report consists of three significant
attributes. They are ’Emitting object class’, ’Emitting object’
and ’Emitted event type’. You can enter a Set of those triplets.
Each member of the triplet is optional, but you must enter at
least one of them. The overall number of entered members must
not exceed the amount of 10.
If the three attributes of an Event Report matches those of a
triple the Event Report will be stored in this ’Event log’.

Administrative state

This parameter is used to suspend and resume Event Report

storage by this ’Event log’.

Input format: ’Unlocked’: Event Reports will be stored by

this ’Event log’

’Locked’: Event Reports will not be stored by

this ’Event log’

Start time

This parameter replaces the ’Start time’ the ’Event

log’ becomes active. The parameter can be replaced only
if a ’Start time’ or ’Stop time’ was entered, when the ’Event
destination’ was created.

Input format: standard date and time values.

Stop time

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EVLOGCP- 1+

 MOD EVLOGCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter replaces the ’Stop time’ the ’Event log’

becomes inactive. The parameter can be replaced only, if a
’Start time’ or ’Stop time’ was entered, when the ’Event
log’ was created.

Input format: option ’Continuous’

option ’Specific’ : standard date and
time values

Default value: option ’Continuous’

Daily intervals

This parameter replaces the ’Daily intervals’ (up to 6), the

’Event log’ is active within. The parameter can be
entered only, if ’Daily intervals’ were entered when the
’Event dlog’ was created. The time values are rounded up
to a multiple of 5 minutes. Overlapping intervals are combined
to one interval.

Input format : hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

Weekly intervals

This parameter replaces the ’Weekly intervals’, the ’Event

log’ is active within.
Only days of the week selected in the parameter are replaced.
The intervals of the days not selected will not be changed.
Enter 0 intervals to disable the whole day.
At least one day with one interval must be active in the
resultant ’Weekly intervals’; otherwise the parameter is
rejected.

Input format : hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval for one day)

hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD EVLOGCP- 2-

 DISP EVRECCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display Event Log Records on CP

This task displays ’Event log records’ of a specific ’Event log’. It is

possible to define a ’Range’ of ’Event log records’ to be displayed. Furthermore
it is possible to reduce the amount of displayed ’Event log records’ by using
a ’Detailed filter’ of several ’Event log record’ attributes.

Possible Effects:
If neither the ’Record range’ nor the ’Detailed filter’ parameter is used, the
whole amount of contained ’Event log records’ will be displayed. This may lead
to a long running job with a high amount of output data.

Note:
The output will be in an internal CMIS Syntax Notation format.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP EVRECCP : Event log= [,Record range=] [,Detailed filter=] 1
1 1
1 [,Destination file=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Event log

This parameter specifies the name of the ’Event log’, from which ’Event
log records’ are to be displayed.

Input format:
’String’:
1 .. 12 characters of the following character set:
A .. Z, 0 .. 9,
%, #, +, *

’Number’:
RANGE (-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

Note: ’String’ must begin with a letter.

Record range

This parameter allows the definition of a filter for the ’Event log
records’ to be displayed. It is possible to define a ’Range’ of
either the ’Logging time’ attribute or the ’Event log record’ name
itself.

Input Format:
Selection ’Logging time range’:
’Begin time’: standard values for date and time
’End time’: standard values for date and time

Selection ’Record range’:

’Begin record’: RANGE (-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)
’End record’: RANGE (-2 147 483 648 .. +2 147 483 647)

Note:
- Searching for specific ’Event log records’ using this ’Record
range’ filter is very fast.
- If neither the ’Record range’ nor the ’Detailed filter’ parameter
is used, the whole amount of contained ’Event log records’ will
be displayed. This may lead to a long running job with a high
amount of output data.
- If also the ’Detailed filter’ parameter is used, both filter
conditions are combined with a logical AND.

Detailed filter

This parameter allows the definition of additional filter conditions for

’Event log records’ to be displayed. Each ’Event log record’ consists of

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP EVRECCP- 1+

 DISP EVRECCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

several significant attributes. You can enter a set of those attributes.

Each member of this set is optional, but you must enter at least one of
them. The overall number of entered members must not exceed the amount
of 10.

If the attributes of a ’Event log record’ matches those set of attributes

the ’Event log record’ will be displayed. Members that are not entered
will always match the according attribute in the ’Event log record’. It
is possible to define up to 3 different sets of attributes.

Input Format:
’Emitting object class’: standard ’Object class’ selection
’Emitting object’: standard ’Object’ selection
’Emitted event type’: standard ’Event type’ selection
’Record class’: standard ’Object class’ selection

Note:
- Searching for specific ’Event log records’ using the ’Detailed
filter’ may be time consuming.
- If neither the ’Record range’ nor the ’Detailed filter’ parameter
is used, the whole amount of contained ’Event log records’ will
be displayed. This may lead to a long running job with a high
amount of output data.
- If also the ’Record range’ parameter is used, both filter
conditions are combined with a logical AND.

Destination file

This parameter defines a Windows NT output file for the records

retrieved. The entered value must specify a correct file name
in the Windows NT network.

Input format : Windows NT file name in UNC (Universal Naming

Convention) format:
\\<host name>\<share name>\<file name with
relative path from share>

Default value: If this parameter is omitted, the output is displayed

on terminal.

Note: An existing Windows NT file will be overwritten.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP EVRECCP- 2-

 REC EXCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD EXCHANGE DATA

This command is used to record exchange load and traffic data

of calls carried and rejected due to network management and
internal protection mechanisms.
This measurement includes the following values:
- Processor load (mErl)
- Call processing load (mErl)
- Number of offered seizures
- Number of carried calls
- Number of calls rejected due to Leaky Bucket
- Number of calls rejected due to Trunk Reservation
- Number of calls rejected due to CancelTo
- Number of calls rejected due to All Trunks Busy
- Number of calls rejected due to internal protection mechanisms
- Number of calls with answer
- Congestion level indicator

Prerequisites:
- System time must be secure when the command is entered.

Notes:
- The name of the measurement file is displayed on the OMT
if disk output of traffic data is requested.
- A maximum of 1 job of this type may be entered at the
same time.
- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the
selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output
with immediate start.
- The measurement can be stopped with STOP JOB, except
jobs with UNIT=MDD-DAILY.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC EXCH : UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of

output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
OMT OPERATION AND MAIN. TERMINAL
If this option is selected, data are output
to the OMT.
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for postprocessing.

Notes :
- If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,
an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to a single measurement file.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC EXCH- 1+

 REC EXCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE

If this option is selected, the data are output
to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7
daily files are prepared and created at the
start of measurement.
A daily file is closed at the end of the day
and a new file for the next day is
automatically created, or the existing file is
replaced.
Daily files will be overwritten in the
following week on the same weekday.

This information unit specifies the desired output

mode (daily file or single measurement file).
It is only permissible in connection with output
UNIT=MDD.

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters cannot be specified for data
output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In the case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.

Default: the begin of measurement is the current date.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after
command input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC EXCH- 2+

 REC EXCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last

single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one
begin date BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurements over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e.g. IV = 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval
times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
IV with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: TERMINATION HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: TERMINATION MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.

Notes:
- The input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &,
except the values NO, WO and HO which
cannot be linked with other values.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

period

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC EXCH- 3+

 REC EXCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days
HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC EXCH- 4-

 STAT EXCH

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

INTERFACE DCP TO SSP

THIS COMMAND IS USED FOR STATUS DATA REQUEST FROM DCP.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT EXCH ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT EXCH- 1-

 ENTR EXCHID

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER EXCHANGE IDENTIFICATION

This command enters the exchange identification and the

system title of the local processor.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,IDNO= 11 1
1 ENTR EXCHID : NAME= 1Z,IDNOWB=Y1 [,OSYT=] [,NSYT=] ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

NAME NAME

This parameter specifies the exchange name. The

exchange name is the name of the local processor.

Notes:
- The name of the local processor can be seen after
entering the command DISP PRO and in the header of
each output mask.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

IDNO IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

This parameter defines the exchange identification number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...11 characters from the

symbolic name character set

IDNOWB IDENTIFICATION NO WITH BLANKS

This parameter defines the exchange identification number.

In opposition to the parameter IDNO you can enter also
blanks with this parameter (IDNO allowes only symbolic
names).

Notes:
- Only symbolic names and blanks are allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...11 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

OSYT OLD SYSTEM TITLE

This parameter specifies the old value of the

system title.
The system title is a part of the application
entity title. It specifies the processor specific
part.

Notes:
- The system title has to be unique in the DIB.
- The system title has a minimum of two and a
maximum of 16 components.
- For the first component only the values 0, 1 and
2 are allowed.
- For the second component only a value from 0 to
39 is allowed.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR EXCHID- 1+

 ENTR EXCHID

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

NSYT NEW SYSTEM TITLE

This parameter specifies the new value of the

system title.
The system title is a part of the application
entity title. It specifies the processor specific
part.

Notes:
- The system title has to be unique in the DIB.
- The system title has a minimum of two and a
maximum of 16 components.
- For the first component only the values 0, 1 and
2 are allowed.
- For the second component only a value from 0 to
39 is allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

0...2147483647, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR EXCHID- 2-

 DISP EXDDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY EXCHANGE DESCRIPTION DATA

This command displays exchange description data such as:

- country CNTRY,
- generic type GNTYPE,
- digital exchange type DETYPE,
- metering type MET,
- entity ENTITY,
- q3-active sign Q3ACTIVE,
- common-memory size CMYSIZE
- system configuration CONFIG

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP EXDDAT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP EXDDAT- 1-

 ENTR EXDDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER EXCHANGE DESCRIPTION DATA

This command enters exchange description data, such as

- country CNTRY,
- generic type GNTYPE,
- digital exchange type DETYPE,
- metering MET,
- entity type ENTITY,
- q3-active sign Q3ACTIVE,
- common-memory size CMYSIZE
- system configuration CONFIG.

Notes:
Following parameters may only be specified during installation
recovery:
- country CNTRY,
- generic type GNTYPE,
- digital exchange type DETYPE,
- entity type ENTITY,
- q3 active sign Q3ACTIVE,
- system configuration CONFIG.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR EXDDAT : <CNTRY= ,GNTYPE= ,DETYPE= ,MET= ,ENTITY= 1
1 1
1 ,Q3ACTIVE= ,CMYSIZE= ,CONFIG=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CNTRY COUNTRY

This parameter specifies the code for country-specific

features.
The parameter may only be entered during installation
recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BRD GERMANY
FIN FINLAND
RSA REP. OF SOUTH AFRICA
LBY LIBYA
GRI GREECE
SWZ SWITZERLAND
OES AUSTRIA
PHI PHILIPPINES
EGY EGYPT
KOL COLUMBIA
OMA OMAN
IDS INDONESIA
ARG ARGENTINA
USA UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
IRN IRAN
BRA BRAZIL
DAN DENMARK
LUX LUXEMBOURG
PAR PARAGUAY
TAI TAIWAN
BGD BANGLADESH
BEL BELGIUM
POR PORTUGAL
SWD SWEDEN
NOR NORWAY
FRR FRANCE
KAM CAMEROON

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR EXDDAT- 1+

 ENTR EXDDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

GBR GREAT BRITAIN

ITL ITALY
SAR SAUDI ARABIA

GNTYPE GENERIC TYPE

This parameter specifies the generic type of exchange.

The parameter may only be entered during installation recovery.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

LOCAL LOCAL EXCHANGE

TRANSIT TRANSIT EXCHANGE
MOBILE MOBILE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE
ITRANSIT INTERNATIONAL TRANSIT EXCHANGE

DETYPE DIGITAL EXCHANGE TYPE

This parameter specifies the type of digital exchange (i.e.

its capacity).
The parameter may only be entered during installation recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DE3 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 3

DE4 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 4
DE51 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 5/1
DE52 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 5/2
DE54 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 5/4
DE60 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 6/0
DE61 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 6/1
DE62 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 6/2
DE63 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 6/3
DE64 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 6/4
DE65 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 6/5
DE66 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 6/6
DE67 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 6/7
DE68 DIGITAL EXCHANGE 6/8

MET METERING FOR CHARGING

This parameter specifies the type of traffic metering.

Notes:
- Only the charge meter types for which the associated process
functions are linked in the APS may be entered.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

METSUB SUBSCRIBER METERING

METSTAT STATISTIC METERING
METTR TRUNK METERING
METTFS TOLL FREE SERVICE METERING

ENTITY ENTITY CONFIGURATION

This parameter specifies the type of entity (AC,HLR,MSC,VLR,EIR).

The parameter may only be entered during installation recovery.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AC AUTHENTICATION CENTER
HLR HOME LOCATION REGISTER
VLR VISITOR LOCATION REGISTER
MSC MOBILE SERV SWITCHING CENTER
EIR EQUIPMENT IDENTITY REGISTER

Q3ACTIVE Q3 ACTIVE

This parameter specifies if Q3 - Logging File(s) should

be created automatically (Q3ACTIVE
is YES)
or not (Q3ACTIVE
is NO).

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR EXDDAT- 2+

 ENTR EXDDAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

The parameter may only be entered during installation

recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO Q3 IS NOT ACTIVE
YES Q3 IS ACTIVE

CMYSIZE COMMON MEMORY SIZE

This parameter specifies the size of the common memory

(CMY) in megabyte.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

64,80,96...2048, range of decimal numbers

Corresponds to <CMYSize>

CONFIG CONFIGURATION OF APS

This parameter specifies the configuration

of the system. (CP Stand Allone or CP and MP)
The parameter may only be entered during installation
recovery.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CPSA COMMUNIC. PROC. STAND ALLONE

CPMP COMMUNIC. PROC. AND MAIN P.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR EXDDAT- 3-

 RSET EXTREF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RESET EXTRN-REFERENCE

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 RSET EXTREF : LIB= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LIB LIBRARY

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RSET EXTREF- 1-

 SET EXTREF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SET EXTRN-REFERENCE

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SET EXTREF : LIB= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LIB LIBRARY

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SET EXTREF- 1-

 CAN FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL FACILITY INPUT CHARGING

This command cancels the charging instructions for Facility Input by

Subscriber and recording instructions for Facility Input by Operator.
For both Subscriber and Operator Input the instructions can be can-
celed based on a FAC-ACTION combination.

Once the billing method has been entered for the whole facility, no changes per
ACTION are possible any more.
e.g. CR FAICHA: FAC=DIVBY, BILLING=METERING, METPULS=1;
-> CAN FAICHA: FAC=DIVBY, ACTION=...; is not possible any more

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN FAICHA : FAC= [,ACTION=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FAC FACILITY

This parameter specifies the facility that no longer has to be

charged or recorded.
For detailed information see CR SUB,
CR PBX, CR PBXLN.

Note:
The value ACCSUSP is only used as a global entry for ACCSPORI and
ACCSPTER, i.e. when ACCSUSP is given in as FAC in command
CAN FAICHA, both ACCSPORI and ACCSPTER are cancelled.

When the billing method for a specific facility is canceled, this

implies that the facility will be charged as is defined with the
default billing method ( if the latter has been created ).

The value X for this parameter means that the default billing method
for facility inputs has to be deleted. This has the consequence
that the facilities that were not foreseen with a billing method
will be charge free from now on.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

X DEFAULT FACILITY
ABBD ABBREVIATED DIALING
ACCSUSP ACCOUNT SUSPENSION
ACCSPORI ACCOUNT SUSPENSION ORIGINATING
ACCSPTER ACCOUNT SUSPENSION TERMINATING
ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED
ADMIN1 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 1
ADMIN2 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 2
ADMIN3 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 3
CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER
CCBS CALL COMPL. TO BUSY SUBSCRIBER
DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
PR PARTIAL REROUTING
DIVCDE DIVERSION BY CALL DEFLECTION
VACNC VERBAL ANN. CHARGES NEXT CALL
DNREG DIRECTORY NUMBER REGISTRATION
AMAIO AMA IMMEDIATE OUTPUT
ALLNO SCI FOR ALL ISDN NUMBERS
CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE
MWI MESSAGE WAITING INDICATION
NOCDIV NO CALL DIVERSION
TRACL BLOCKING FOR TRAFFIC CLASS
SCLSTO SCREENING LIST ORIGINATING
DIFFRING DIFFERENT RINGING
DISTRING DISTINCTIVE RINGING
SADTRANS SUBADDRESS TRANSMISSION
CW CALL WAITING
GFRESET GENERAL FACILITY RESET

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FAICHA- 1+

 CAN FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CATIM1 CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY 1

CATIM2 CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY 2
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
CT CALL TRANSFER B-SIDE
NOCHARG CHARGE FREE B SUBSCRIBER
SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
CLIPCW CLIP FOR CALL WAITING
CLIP CALL. LINE ID. PRESENTATION
CLIR CALL. LINE ID. RESTRICTION
CLIRIGN CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. IGNORE
CLIRREQ CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. ON REQ.
CLIRSUSP CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. SUSPENS.
NOCOLC COLLECT INCOMING CALLS INHIBIT
CUG CLOSED USER GROUP
CUGIC CUG INCOMING TRAFFIC
CUGORIB CUG ORIGINATING CALLS BLOCKED
CCNR CALL COMPLETION NO REPLY
CUGOGREQ CUG OUTG. TRAFFIC ON REQUEST
CUGTERB CUG TERMINATING CALLS BLOCKED
SDATRANS DATA TRANSMISSION
DEB DETAILED BILLING
DEBNC DETAILED BILLING NEXT CALL
DEBCL DETAILED BILLING CLASS
CALR CALLED LINE ID RESTRICTION
CALP CALLED LINE ID PRESENTATION
CALRIGN CALR IGNORE
VMSREC VOICE MAIL SERVICE RECORDING
NSCI1 NEUTRAL SCI 1
NSCI2 NEUTRAL SCI 2
NSCI3 NEUTRAL SCI 3
NSCI4 NEUTRAL SCI 4
SCLSTDIV SCREENING LIST DIVERSION
SCLSTT SCREENING LIST TERMINATING
SCLSTRCW SCLST RINGING AND CALL WAITING
SCLST SCREENING LIST
DIVIS DIVI WITH SCREENING
ALLNOCL CLASSES FOR ALL NUMBERS
CTAS CALL TRANSFER A-SIDE
CCIBI CALL COMPL. INTERNET BUSY IMM.
CCIBU CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY USER
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTRICTION SUSPENSION
DIVCD DIVERSION CONDITIONAL
DIVSAE DIV.TO SHORT ANNOUN.EQUIPMENT
DIVND DIVERSION DO NOT DISTURB
DIVBY DIVERSION ON BUSY
CWIB CALL WAITING ON INTERNET BUSY
DIVDA DIVERSION NOT ANSWERED
SCLSTMWI SCREENING LIST MWI
DIVA DIVERSION TO ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVIVMS DIVI TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVBYVMS DIVBY TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVDAVMS DIVDA TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVTA DIVERSION TO ANSWER SERVICE
DIVOPD DIV. TO OPERATOR ON NO ANSWER
DIVOP DIVERSION TO OPERATOR
DIVI DIVERSION IMMEDIATE
VMSQUERY VOICE MAIL SERVICE QUERY
DIVIP DIVI WITH PARALLEL RINGING
DIVGEN DIVERSION GENERAL
DPNUC D CHANNEL PACKET NAIL.UP CONN.
VOI VOICE OVER INTERNET
REJDIV REJECTION OF CALL DIVERSION
HOTLIMM HOTLINE IMMEDIATE
INHTROFF INHIBIT TRUNK OFFERING
KEYWORD KEYWORD SECURE NUMBER
ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
LAY1HOLD LAYER 1 MUST BE HELD
LAY2HOLD LAYER 2 MUST BE HELD
MCIREQ MALICIOUS CALL ID. ON REQUEST

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FAICHA- 2+

 CAN FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MCIIMM MALICIOUS CALL ID. IMMEDIATE

RCREQS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP REQ.
RCACCS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP ACCEPT
MOBIO MET. OBSERVATION IMMED. OUTPUT
MOBORIG METER OBSERVATION ORIGINATING
MOBTERM METER OBSERVATION TERMINATING
PMB POSITION MAKE BUSY
GMB GROUP MAKE BUSY
NS NIGHT SERVICE
ACO ATTENDANT CAMP ON
ATNLOGON ATTENDANT LOGON
TIMDIV DIVERSION TIMER
SVI SERVICE INTERCEPTION
MCIOPASS MCI OPERATOR ASSIST
SUBPRIO PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
SMET SUBSCRIBER METER
REQSPORI REQUESTED SUSPENS. ORIGINATING
REQSPTER REQUESTED SUSPENS. TERMINATING
CLIPNOSC SCREENING OF CALL.LINE INHIBIT
FEATSUB FEATURE SUBSCRIPTION
UNLISTDN SECRET DIRECTORY NUMBER
DIVCDVMS DIVCD TO VMS
SERVINC SERVICE INTERCEPT
CNIP CALLING NAME PRESENTATION
CNIR CALL. NAME PRESENTATION RESTR.
STH STOP HUNT
DECI DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED IMM.
DECBY DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED BUSY
DECDA DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED NO ANS
CWDELUXE CALL WAITING DELUXE
CLIMO CALLING NAME MAPPING ORIG
TRACLT INCOMING CALL BARRING
SCLSTCW SCLST CALL WAITING
CTC CALL TRANSFER CONNECTION
ISCI INTERNET SCI
KEYPRF KEY PROFILE
ANNPDIAL ANNOUNCEMENT PRIOR TO DIALTONE
ATO AUTOMATIC TURN ON
DIVBS DIVBY WITH SCREENING
DIVDS DIVDA WITH SCREENING
SUBST SUBSTITUTE
RNGPRF RINGING PROFILE
DIVALD DIV ALL LINES DISTURBED
CRR CONNECT WITH REROUTING
DIVCL DIV TRAFFIC CLASS
TW TELEWORKER
EECT EXTENDED ECT
NUMBCH NUMBER OF B CHANNELS
SCLIM SUBS. CREDIT LIMIT SUPERVISION
DIVEI DIVERSION EXTENSION INDIVIDUAL
SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST KICK OUT
YACO YEARLY ALARM CALL ORDER
NOTSTSUL SULIM TEST NOT ALLOWED
TERMPORT TERMINAL PORTABILITY
DIVANN DIVERSION WITH ANNOUNCEMENT
TESTCAOR TEST CALL ORIGINATING ALLOWED
CONF3 THREE WAY CALLING
TOLLCAT TOLL CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY
CHATIMM CHARGE TRANSFER IMMEDIATELY
CHATREQ CHARGE TRANSFER REQUEST
UTUSIG USER TO USER SIGNALLING 1
UTUSIG3 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 3
UTUSIG2 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 2
DIVLO DIVERSION ON LOGGED OUT
ERING ENHANCED RINGING CODE
PROP0 PROPERTY 0
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
PROP7 PROPERTY 7
PROP8 PROPERTY 8
PROP9 PROPERTY 9
PROP10 PROPERTY 10

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FAICHA- 3+

 CAN FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PROP11 PROPERTY 11
LRF LOW RESISTANCE FEEDING
CALLHOLD CALLHOLD
DIVIA DIV. TO INDIV. ANNOUNCEMENT
VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION
RSTSCI SCI RESTRICTION
DDIVSTAT DISP.CALL DIV.B1 CALL FORW.ST.
DDIVCF DISP. CALL DIV. B1 CALL FORW.
DDIVBFN DISP. CALL DIV. B2 FORW. NO S.
DDIVACF DISP. CALL DIV. A CALL FORW.
DDIVAFN DISP. CALL DIV. A FORW. NO.
SERCOMP SERVICE COMPLETION
MCIHOLD1 MAL. CALL ID. WITH HOLDING 1
PRTSF PRINT RECORD FOR SUB. FAC.ACT.
AOC1P AOC AT BEGINNING PERMANENT
AOC2P AOC DURING CALL PERMANENT
AOC3P AOC AT END PERMANENT
AOC1C AOC AT BEGINNING PER CALL
AOC2C AOC DURING CALL PER CALL
AOC3C AOC AT END PER CALL
COLP CONN. LINE ID. PRESENTATION
COLPNOSC CONN.LINE ID.PRES.NO SCREENING
COLR CONNECTED LINE ID. RESTRICTION
COLRREQ COLR ON REQUEST
COLRSUSP COLR SUSPEND
COLRIGN COLR IGNORE
CWNOTIFY CALL WAITING NOTIFICATION
MCIHOLD2 MAL. CALL ID. WITH HOLDING 2
ENQUIRY ENQUIRY

ACTION FACILITY INPUT ACTION

This parameter specifies the action of the given facility that no

longer has to be charged or recorded.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVATE FACILITY INPUT

DACT DEACTIVATE FACILITY INPUT
ENTRDAT ENTER DATA
DELDAT DELETE DATA
INTERR INTERROGATE
ASSIGN ASSIGN
REMOVE REMOVE
ASGNMOD ASSIGN MODIF. AUTHORIZATION
RMVMOD REMOVE MODIF. AUTHORIZATION

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FAICHA- 4-

 CR FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE FACILITY INPUT CHARGING

This command creates charging instructions for Facility Input by Sub-

scriber and recording instructions for Facility Input by Operator.
For both Subscriber and Operator Input the instructions can be entered
based on a FAC-ACTION combination. Charging instructions are the
billing method (metering, automatic message accounting) and - in case
of metering - the number of meter pulses.
In case of Operator Input Recording it can be specified to make AMA
or FIR records.

For one facility, each ACTION must have the same billing method or
the ACTION must be chargefree.
No mixing within a facility is allowed.
e.g. FAC ACTION BILLING METPULS
DIVBY ENTRDAT METERING 3
DELDAT
INTERR METERING 1
ASSIGN
REMOVE
ASGNMOD
RMVMOD

Once the billing method has been entered for the whole
facility, no changes per ACTION are possible any more, and
vice versa.
e.g. CR FAICHA: FAC=DIVBY, BILLING=METERING, METPULS=1;
-> MOD FAICHA: FAC=DIVBY, ACTION=...; is not possible
any more.

The parameter FAIOPER is meant for operator inputs

only and is independent of the BILLING for subscriber input.
e.g. FAC ACTION BILLING FAIOPER METPULS
TRACL ENTRDAT METERING AMA 3
DELDAT
INTERR METERING 1
ASSIGN FIR
REMOVE AMA & FIR

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR FAICHA : FAC= <,BILLING= ,FAIOPER=> [,METPULS=] [,ACTION=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FAC FACILITY

This parameter specifies the facility that has to be charged or

recorded.
For detailed information see CR SUB,
CR PBX, CR PBXLN.

Note:
The value ACCSUSP is only used as a global entry for ACCSPORI and
ACCSPTER, i.e. when ACCSUSP is given in as FAC in command
CR FAICHA, both ACCSPORI and ACCSPTER are created.

When the value X is entered for this parameter, default charging

instructions are defined. These default charging instructions are
valid for all the facilities that are not created seperately.
This means that it is no longer possible not to charge a certain
facility.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

X DEFAULT FACILITY
ABBD ABBREVIATED DIALING
ACCSUSP ACCOUNT SUSPENSION
ACCSPORI ACCOUNT SUSPENSION ORIGINATING

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAICHA- 1+
 CR FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACCSPTER ACCOUNT SUSPENSION TERMINATING

ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED
ADMIN1 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 1
ADMIN2 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 2
ADMIN3 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 3
CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER
CCBS CALL COMPL. TO BUSY SUBSCRIBER
DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
PR PARTIAL REROUTING
DIVCDE DIVERSION BY CALL DEFLECTION
VACNC VERBAL ANN. CHARGES NEXT CALL
DNREG DIRECTORY NUMBER REGISTRATION
AMAIO AMA IMMEDIATE OUTPUT
ALLNO SCI FOR ALL ISDN NUMBERS
CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE
MWI MESSAGE WAITING INDICATION
NOCDIV NO CALL DIVERSION
TRACL BLOCKING FOR TRAFFIC CLASS
SCLSTO SCREENING LIST ORIGINATING
DIFFRING DIFFERENT RINGING
DISTRING DISTINCTIVE RINGING
SADTRANS SUBADDRESS TRANSMISSION
CW CALL WAITING
GFRESET GENERAL FACILITY RESET
CATIM1 CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY 1
CATIM2 CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY 2
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
CT CALL TRANSFER B-SIDE
NOCHARG CHARGE FREE B SUBSCRIBER
SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
CLIPCW CLIP FOR CALL WAITING
CLIP CALL. LINE ID. PRESENTATION
CLIR CALL. LINE ID. RESTRICTION
CLIRIGN CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. IGNORE
CLIRREQ CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. ON REQ.
CLIRSUSP CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. SUSPENS.
NOCOLC COLLECT INCOMING CALLS INHIBIT
CUG CLOSED USER GROUP
CUGIC CUG INCOMING TRAFFIC
CUGORIB CUG ORIGINATING CALLS BLOCKED
CCNR CALL COMPLETION NO REPLY
CUGOGREQ CUG OUTG. TRAFFIC ON REQUEST
CUGTERB CUG TERMINATING CALLS BLOCKED
SDATRANS DATA TRANSMISSION
DEB DETAILED BILLING
DEBNC DETAILED BILLING NEXT CALL
DEBCL DETAILED BILLING CLASS
CALR CALLED LINE ID RESTRICTION
CALP CALLED LINE ID PRESENTATION
CALRIGN CALR IGNORE
VMSREC VOICE MAIL SERVICE RECORDING
NSCI1 NEUTRAL SCI 1
NSCI2 NEUTRAL SCI 2
NSCI3 NEUTRAL SCI 3
NSCI4 NEUTRAL SCI 4
SCLSTDIV SCREENING LIST DIVERSION
SCLSTT SCREENING LIST TERMINATING
SCLSTRCW SCLST RINGING AND CALL WAITING
SCLST SCREENING LIST
DIVIS DIVI WITH SCREENING
ALLNOCL CLASSES FOR ALL NUMBERS
CTAS CALL TRANSFER A-SIDE
CCIBI CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY IMM.
CCIBU CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY USER
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTRICTION SUSPENSION
DIVCD DIVERSION CONDITIONAL
DIVSAE DIV.TO SHORT ANNOUN.EQUIPMENT
DIVND DIVERSION DO NOT DISTURB
DIVBY DIVERSION ON BUSY
CWIB CALL WAITING ON INTERNET BUSY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAICHA- 2+
 CR FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIVDA DIVERSION NOT ANSWERED

SCLSTMWI SCREENING LIST MWI
DIVA DIVERSION TO ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVIVMS DIVI TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVBYVMS DIVBY TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVDAVMS DIVDA TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVTA DIVERSION TO ANSWER SERVICE
DIVOPD DIV. TO OPERATOR ON NO ANSWER
DIVOP DIVERSION TO OPERATOR
DIVI DIVERSION IMMEDIATE
VMSQUERY VOICE MAIL SERVICE QUERY
DIVIP DIVI WITH PARALLEL RINGING
DIVGEN DIVERSION GENERAL
DPNUC D CHANNEL PACKET NAIL.UP CONN.
VOI VOICE OVER INTERNET
REJDIV REJECTION OF CALL DIVERSION
HOTLIMM HOTLINE IMMEDIATE
INHTROFF INHIBIT TRUNK OFFERING
KEYWORD KEYWORD SECURE NUMBER
ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
LAY1HOLD LAYER 1 MUST BE HELD
LAY2HOLD LAYER 2 MUST BE HELD
MCIREQ MALICIOUS CALL ID. ON REQUEST
MCIIMM MALICIOUS CALL ID. IMMEDIATE
RCREQS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP REQ.
RCACCS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP ACCEPT
MOBIO MET. OBSERVATION IMMED. OUTPUT
MOBORIG METER OBSERVATION ORIGINATING
MOBTERM METER OBSERVATION TERMINATING
PMB POSITION MAKE BUSY
GMB GROUP MAKE BUSY
NS NIGHT SERVICE
ACO ATTENDANT CAMP ON
ATNLOGON ATTENDANT LOGON
TIMDIV DIVERSION TIMER
SVI SERVICE INTERCEPTION
MCIOPASS MCI OPERATOR ASSIST
SUBPRIO PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
SMET SUBSCRIBER METER
REQSPORI REQUESTED SUSPENS. ORIGINATING
REQSPTER REQUESTED SUSPENS. TERMINATING
CLIPNOSC SCREENING OF CALL.LINE INHIBIT
FEATSUB FEATURE SUBSCRIPTION
UNLISTDN SECRET DIRECTORY NUMBER
DIVCDVMS DIVCD TO VMS
SERVINC SERVICE INTERCEPT
CNIP CALLING NAME PRESENTATION
CNIR CALL. NAME PRESENTATION RESTR.
STH STOP HUNT
DECI DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED IMM.
DECBY DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED BUSY
DECDA DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED NO ANS
CWDELUXE CALL WAITING DELUXE
CLIMO CALLING NAME MAPPING ORIG
TRACLT INCOMING CALL BARRING
SCLSTCW SCLST CALL WAITING
CTC CALL TRANSFER CONNECTION
ISCI INTERNET SCI
KEYPRF KEY PROFILE
ANNPDIAL ANNOUNCEMENT PRIOR TO DIALTONE
ATO AUTOMATIC TURN ON
DIVBS DIVBY WITH SCREENING
DIVDS DIVDA WITH SCREENING
SUBST SUBSTITUTE
RNGPRF RINGING PROFILE
DIVALD DIV ALL LINES DISTURBED
CRR CONNECT WITH REROUTING
DIVCL DIV TRAFFIC CLASS
TW TELEWORKER
EECT EXTENDED EXPLICIT CT
NUMBCH NUMBER OF B CHANNELS
SCLIM SUBS. CREDIT LIMIT SUPERVISION
DIVEI DIVERSION EXTENSION INDIVIDUAL
SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST KICK OUT
YACO YEARLY ALARM CALL ORDER

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAICHA- 3+
 CR FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOTSTSUL SULIM TEST NOT ALLOWED

TERMPORT TERMINAL PORTABILITY
DIVANN DIVERSION WITH ANNOUNCEMENT
TESTCAOR TEST CALL ORIGINATING ALLOWED
CONF3 THREE WAY CALLING
TOLLCAT TOLL CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY
CHATIMM CHARGE TRANSFER IMMEDIATELY
CHATREQ CHARGE TRANSFER REQUEST
UTUSIG USER TO USER SIGNALLING 1
UTUSIG3 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 3
UTUSIG2 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 2
DIVLO DIVERSION ON LOGGED OUT
ERING ENHANCED RINGING CODE
PROP0 PROPERTY 0
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
PROP7 PROPERTY 7
PROP8 PROPERTY 8
PROP9 PROPERTY 9
PROP10 PROPERTY 10
PROP11 PROPERTY 11
LRF LOW RESISTANCE FEEDING
CALLHOLD CALLHOLD
DIVIA DIV. TO INDIV. ANNOUNCEMENT
VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION
RSTSCI SCI RESTRICTION
DDIVSTAT DISP.CALL DIV.B1 CALL FORW.ST.
DDIVCF DISP. CALL DIV. B1 CALL FORW.
DDIVBFN DISP. CALL DIV. B2 FORW. NO S.
DDIVACF DISP. CALL DIV. A CALL FORW.
DDIVAFN DISP. CALL DIV. A FORW. NO.
SERCOMP SERVICE COMPLETION
MCIHOLD1 MAL. CALL ID. WITH HOLDING 1
PRTSF PRINT RECORD FOR SUB. FAC.ACT.
AOC1P AOC AT BEGINNING PERMANENT
AOC2P AOC DURING CALL PERMANENT
AOC3P AOC AT END PERMANENT
AOC1C AOC AT BEGINNING PER CALL
AOC2C AOC DURING CALL PER CALL
AOC3C AOC AT END PER CALL
COLP CONN. LINE ID. PRESENTATION
COLPNOSC CONN.LINE ID.PRES.NO SCREENING
COLR CONNECTED LINE ID. RESTRICTION
COLRREQ COLR ON REQUEST
COLRSUSP COLR SUSPEND
COLRIGN COLR IGNORE
CWNOTIFY CALL WAITING NOTIFICATION
MCIHOLD2 MAL. CALL ID. WITH HOLDING 2
ENQUIRY ENQUIRY

BILLING BILLING INPUT BY SUBSCRIBER

This parameter specifies the billing method for subscriber input.

Only facilities that can be controled via subscriber input can
be assigned a billing method. For not subscriber controlable
facilities, the input of BILLING is blocked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

METERING METERING

FAIOPER FACILITY INPUT BY OPERATOR

This parameter specifies that an operator input for the given facility
has to be recorded for charging (AMA) or other purposes (FIR).
The recording with FIR, is only possible for certain facilities,
nl. ACCSUSP, ACCSPORI, ACCSPTER, REQSPORI, REQSPTER and
TRACL.
For all other facilities, FAIOPER=FIR is rejected.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAICHA- 4+
 CR FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

FIR FACILITY INPUT RECORDING

METPULS METER PULSES

This parameter specifies the number of meter pulses to be applied for

a facility input by subscriber.
The meter pulses can also be used for charge display at
station terminal (Advice Of Charge (ISDN) or
with Subscriber Privat Meter (analog)).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

ACTION FACILITY INPUT ACTION

This parameter specifies for which action of the given facility the
instructions are created.
For all facilities, a check is made on whether the FAC-ACTION
combination is plausible. Implausible combinations are rejected.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVATE FACILITY INPUT

DACT DEACTIVATE FACILITY INPUT
ENTRDAT ENTER DATA
DELDAT DELETE DATA
INTERR INTERROGATE
ASSIGN ASSIGN
REMOVE REMOVE
ASGNMOD ASSIGN MODIF. AUTHORIZATION
RMVMOD REMOVE MODIF. AUTHORIZATION

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAICHA- 5-
 DISP FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FACILITY INPUT CHARGING

This command displays the charging instructions for Facility Input

by Subscriber and the recording instructions for Facility Input
by Operator.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FAICHA : FAC= [,ACTION=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FAC FACILITY

This parameter specifies the facility for which the chargings

and the recordings have to be displayed.
For detailed information see CR SUB,
CR PBX, CR PBXLN.

Note:
The value ACCSUSP is only used as a global entry for ACCSPORI and
ACCSPTER, i.e. when ACCSUSP is given in as FAC in command
DISP FAICHA, both ACCSPORI and ACCSPTER are displayed.

If X is entered for this parameter, all created facility input charging

instructions are displayed. First the default charging instructions,
followed by all facility inputs that are created with charging
instructions different from the default.
Facilities that are not displayed all get the same charging
instructions as given in the first line.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

X ENTIRE RANGE OF PARAM. VALUES

ABBD ABBREVIATED DIALING
ACCSUSP ACCOUNT SUSPENSION
ACCSPORI ACCOUNT SUSPENSION ORIGINATING
ACCSPTER ACCOUNT SUSPENSION TERMINATING
ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED
ADMIN1 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 1
ADMIN2 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 2
ADMIN3 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 3
CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER
CCBS CALL COMPL. TO BUSY SUBSCRIBER
DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
PR PARTIAL REROUTING
DIVCDE DIVERSION BY CALL DEFLECTION
VACNC VERBAL ANN. CHARGES NEXT CALL
DNREG DIRECTORY NUMBER REGISTRATION
AMAIO AMA IMMEDIATE OUTPUT
ALLNO SCI FOR ALL ISDN NUMBERS
CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE
MWI MESSAGE WAITING INDICATION
NOCDIV NO CALL DIVERSION
TRACL BLOCKING FOR TRAFFIC CLASS
SCLSTO SCREENING LIST ORIGINATING
DIFFRING DIFFERENT RINGING
DISTRING DISTINCTIVE RINGING
SADTRANS SUBADDRESS TRANSMISSION
CW CALL WAITING
GFRESET GENERAL FACILITY RESET
CATIM1 CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY 1
CATIM2 CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY 2
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
CT CALL TRANSFER B SIDE
NOCHARG CHARGE FREE B SUBSCRIBER

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FAICHA- 1+

 DISP FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER

CLIPCW CLIP FOR CALL WAITING
CLIP CALL. LINE ID. PRESENTATION
CLIR CALL. LINE ID. RESTRICTION
CLIRIGN CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. IGNORE
CLIRREQ CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. ON REQ.
CLIRSUSP CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. SUSPENS.
NOCOLC COLLECT INCOMING CALLS INHIBIT
CUG CLOSED USER GROUP
CUGIC CUG INCOMING TRAFFIC
CUGORIB CUG ORIGINATING CALLS BLOCKED
CCNR CALL COMPLETION NO REPLY
CUGOGREQ CUG OUTG. TRAFFIC ON REQUEST
CUGTERB CUG TERMINATING CALLS BLOCKED
SDATRANS DATA TRANSMISSION
DEB DETAILED BILLING
DEBNC DETAILED BILLING NEXT CALL
DEBCL DETAILED BILLING CLASS
CALR CALLED LINE ID RESTRICTION
CALP CALLED LINE ID PRESENTATION
CALRIGN CALR IGNORE
VMSREC VOICE MAIL SERVICE RECORDING
NSCI1 NEUTRAL SCI 1
NSCI2 NEUTRAL SCI 2
NSCI3 NEUTRAL SCI 3
NSCI4 NEUTRAL SCI 4
SCLSTDIV SCREENING LIST DIVERSION
SCLSTT SCREENING LIST TERMINATING
SCLSTRCW SCLST RINGING AND CALL WAITING
SCLST SCREENING LIST
DIVIS DIVI WITH SCREENING
ALLNOCL CLASSES FOR ALL NUMBERS
CTAS CALL TRANSFER A-SIDE
CCIBI CALL COMPL. INTERNET BUSY IMM.
CCIBU CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY USER
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTRICTION SUSPENSION
DIVCD DIVERSION CONDITIONAL
DIVSAE DIV.TO SHORT ANNOUN.EQUIPMENT
DIVND DIVERSION DO NOT DISTURB
DIVBY DIVERSION ON BUSY
CWIB CALL WAITING ON INTERNET BUSY
DIVDA DIVERSION NOT ANSWERED
SCLSTMWI SCREENING LIST MWI
DIVA DIVERSION TO ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVIVMS DIVI TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVBYVMS DIVBY TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVDAVMS DIVDA TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVTA DIVERSION TO ANSWER SERVICE
DIVOPD DIV. TO OPERATOR ON NO ANSWER
DIVOP DIVERSION TO OPERATOR
DIVI DIVERSION IMMEDIATE
VMSQUERY VOICE MAIL SERVICE QUERY
DIVIP DIVI WITH PARALLEL RINGING
DIVGEN DIVERSION GENERAL
DPNUC D CHANNEL PACKET NAIL.UP CONN.
VOI VOICE OVER INTERNET
REJDIV REJECTION OF CALL DIVERSION
HOTLIMM HOTLINE IMMEDIATE
INHTROFF INHIBIT TRUNK OFFERING
KEYWORD KEYWORD SECURE NUMBER
ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
LAY1HOLD LAYER 1 MUST BE HELD
LAY2HOLD LAYER 2 MUST BE HELD
MCIREQ MALICIOUS CALL ID. ON REQUEST
MCIIMM MALICIOUS CALL ID. IMMEDIATE
RCREQS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP REQ.
RCACCS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP ACCEPT
MOBIO MET. OBSERVATION IMMED. OUTPUT
MOBORIG METER OBSERVATION ORIGINATING
MOBTERM METER OBSERVATION TERMINATING
PMB POSITION MAKE BUSY
GMB GROUP MAKE BUSY
NS NIGHT SERVICE
ACO ATTENDANT CAMP ON

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FAICHA- 2+

 DISP FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ATNLOGON ATTENDANT LOGON

TIMDIV DIVERSION TIMER
SVI SERVICE INTERCEPTION
MCIOPASS MCI OPERATOR ASSIST
SUBPRIO PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
SMET SUBSCRIBER METER
REQSPORI REQUESTED SUSPENS. ORIGINATING
REQSPTER REQUESTED SUSPENS. TERMINATING
CLIPNOSC SCREENING OF CALL.LINE INHIBIT
FEATSUB FEATURE SUBSCRIPTION
UNLISTDN SECRET DIRECTORY NUMBER
DIVCDVMS DIVCD TO VMS
SERVINC SERVICE INTERCEPT
CNIP CALLING NAME PRESENTATION
CNIR CALL. NAME PRESENTATION RESTR.
STH STOP HUNT
DECI DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED IMM.
DECBY DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED BUSY
DECDA DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED NO ANS
CWDELUXE CALL WAITING DELUXE
CLIMO CALLING NAME MAPPING ORIG
TRACLT INCOMING CALL BARRING
SCLSTCW SCLST CALL WAITING
CTC CALL TRANSFER CONNECTION
ISCI INTERNET SCI
KEYPRF KEY PROFILE
ANNPDIAL ANNOUNCEMENT PRIOR TO DIALTONE
ATO AUTOMATIC TURN ON
DIVBS DIVBY WITH SCREENING
DIVDS DIVDA WITH SCREENING
SUBST SUBSTITUTE
RNGPRF RINGING PROFILE
DIVALD DIV ALL LINES DISTURBED
CRR CONNECT WITH REROUTING
DIVCL DIV TRAFFIC CLASS
TW TELEWORKER
EECT EXTENDED EXPLICIT CT
NUMBCH NUMBER OF B CHANNELS
SCLIM SUBS. CREDIT LIMIT SUPERVISION
DIVEI DIVERSION EXTENSION INDIVIDUAL
SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST KICK OUT
YACO YEARLY ALARM CALL ORDER
NOTSTSUL SULIM TEST NOT ALLOWED
TERMPORT TERMINAL PORTABILITY
DIVANN DIVERSION WITH ANNOUNCEMENT
TESTCAOR TEST CALL ORIGINATING ALLOWED
CONF3 THREE WAY CALLING
TOLLCAT TOLL CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY
CHATIMM CHARGE TRANSFER IMMEDIATELY
CHATREQ CHARGE TRANSFER REQUEST
UTUSIG USER TO USER SIGNALLING 1
UTUSIG3 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 3
UTUSIG2 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 2
DIVLO DIVERSION ON LOGGED OUT
ERING ENHANCED RINGING CODE
PROP0 PROPERTY 0
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
PROP7 PROPERTY 7
PROP8 PROPERTY 8
PROP9 PROPERTY 9
PROP10 PROPERTY 10
PROP11 PROPERTY 11
LRF LOW RESISTANCE FEEDING
CALLHOLD CALLHOLD
DIVIA DIV. TO INDIV. ANNOUNCEMENT
VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION
RSTSCI SCI RESTRICTION
DDIVSTAT DISP.CALL DIV.B1 CALL FORW.ST.
DDIVCF DISP. CALL DIV. B1 CALL FORW.
DDIVBFN DISP. CALL DIV. B2 FORW. NO S.
DDIVACF DISP. CALL DIV. A CALL FORW.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FAICHA- 3+

 DISP FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DDIVAFN DISP. CALL DIV. A FORW. NO.

SERCOMP SERVICE COMPLETION
MCIHOLD1 MAL. CALL ID. WITH HOLDING 1
PRTSF PRINT RECORD FOR SUB. FAC.ACT.
AOC1P AOC AT BEGINNING PERMANENT
AOC2P AOC DURING CALL PERMANENT
AOC3P AOC AT END PERMANENT
AOC1C AOC AT BEGINNING PER CALL
AOC2C AOC DURING CALL PER CALL
AOC3C AOC AT END PER CALL
COLP CONN. LINE ID. PRESENTATION
COLPNOSC CONN.LINE ID.PRES.NO SCREENING
COLR CONNECTED LINE ID. RESTRICTION
COLRREQ COLR ON REQUEST
COLRSUSP COLR SUSPEND
COLRIGN COLR IGNORE
CWNOTIFY CALL WAITING NOTIFICATION
MCIHOLD2 MAL. CALL ID. WITH HOLDING 2
ENQUIRY ENQUIRY

ACTION FACILITY INPUT ACTION

This parameter specifies the action for which the instructions

have to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVATE FACILITY INPUT

DACT DEACTIVATE FACILITY INPUT
ENTRDAT ENTER DATA
DELDAT DELETE DATA
INTERR INTERROGATE
ASSIGN ASSIGN
REMOVE REMOVE
ASGNMOD ASSIGN MODIF. AUTHORIZATION
RMVMOD REMOVE MODIF. AUTHORIZATION

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FAICHA- 4-

 MOD FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY FACILITY INPUT CHARGING

This command modifies charging instructions for Facility Input by Sub-

scriber and recording instructions for Facility Input by Operator.
For both Subscriber and Operator Input the instructions can be entered
based on a FAC-ACTION combination. Charging instructions are the
billing method (metering, automatic message accounting) and - in case
of metering - the number of meter pulses.
In case of Operator Input Recording it can be specified to make AMA
or FIR records.

For one facility, each ACTION must have the same billing method or
the ACTION must be chargefree.
No mixing within a facility is allowed.
e.g. FAC ACTION BILLING METPULS
DIVBY ENTRDAT METERING 3
DELDAT
INTERR METERING 1
ASSIGN
REMOVE
ASGNMOD
RMVMOD

Once the billing method has been entered for the whole
facility, no changes per action are possible any more, and
vice versa.
e.g. CR FAICHA: FAC=DIVBY, BILLING=METERING, METPULS=1;
-> MOD FAICHA: FAC=DIVBY, ACTION=...; is not possible
any more.

The parameter FAIOPER is meant for operator inputs

only and is independent of the BILLING for subscriber input.
e.g. FAC ACTION BILLING FAIOPER METPULS
TRACL ENTRDAT METERING AMA 3
DELDAT
INTERR METERING 1
ASSIGN FIR
REMOVE AMA & FIR
ASGNMOD
RMVMOD

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FAICHA : FAC= <,BILLING= ,CBILLING= ,METPULS= ,FAIOPER= 1
1 1
1 ,CFAIOPER=> [,ACTION=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FAC FACILITY

This parameter specifies the facility that has to be charged or

recorded.
For detailed information see CR SUB,
CR PBX, CR PBXLN.

Note:
The value ACCSUSP is only used as a global entry for ACCSPORI and
ACCSPTER, i.e. when ACCSUSP is given in as FAC in command
MOD FAICHA, both ACCSPORI and ACCSPTER are modified.

The value X for this parameter implies that the default charging
instructions are changed. All facilities that do not have seperate
charging instructions will be charged with the new instructions
defined by this command.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

X DEFAULT FACILITY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAICHA- 1+

 MOD FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ABBD ABBREVIATED DIALING

ACCSUSP ACCOUNT SUSPENSION
ACCSPORI ACCOUNT SUSPENSION ORIGINATING
ACCSPTER ACCOUNT SUSPENSION TERMINATING
ADMIN ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED
ADMIN1 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 1
ADMIN2 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 2
ADMIN3 ADMINISTRATIVE BLOCKED 3
CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER
CCBS CALL COMPL. TO BUSY SUBSCRIBER
DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
PR PARTIAL REROUTING
DIVCDE DIVERSION BY CALL DEFLECTION
VACNC VERBAL ANN. CHARGES NEXT CALL
DNREG DIRECTORY NUMBER REGISTRATION
AMAIO AMA IMMEDIATE OUTPUT
ALLNO SCI FOR ALL ISDN NUMBERS
CAC CARRIER ACCESS CODE
MWI MESSAGE WAITING INDICATION
NOCDIV NO CALL DIVERSION
TRACL BLOCKING FOR TRAFFIC CLASS
SCLSTO SCREENING LIST ORIGINATING
DIFFRING DIFFERENT RINGING
DISTRING DISTINCTIVE RINGING
SADTRANS SUBADDRESS TRANSMISSION
CW CALL WAITING
GFRESET GENERAL FACILITY RESET
CATIM1 CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY 1
CATIM2 CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY 2
CAT11 CATEGORY 11
CAT12 CATEGORY 12
CAT13 CATEGORY 13
CAT14 CATEGORY 14
CAT15 CATEGORY 15
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
CT CALL TRANSFER B SIDE
NOCHARG CHARGE FREE B SUBSCRIBER
SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
CLIPCW CLIP FOR CALL WAITING
CLIP CALL. LINE ID. PRESENTATION
CLIR CALL. LINE ID. RESTRICTION
CLIRIGN CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. IGNORE
CLIRREQ CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. ON REQ.
CLIRSUSP CALL. LINE ID. RESTR. SUSPENS.
NOCOLC COLLECT INCOMING CALLS INHIBIT
CUG CLOSED USER GROUP
CUGIC CUG INCOMING TRAFFIC
CUGORIB CUG ORIGINATING CALLS BLOCKED
CCNR CALL COMPLETION NO REPLY
CUGOGREQ CUG OUTG. TRAFFIC ON REQUEST
CUGTERB CUG TERMINATING CALLS BLOCKED
SDATRANS DATA TRANSMISSION
DEB DETAILED BILLING
DEBNC DETAILED BILLING NEXT CALL
DEBCL DETAILED BILLING CLASS
CALR CALLED LINE ID RESTRICTION
CALP CALLED LINE ID PRESENTATION
CALRIGN CALR IGNORE
VMSREC VOICE MAIL SERVICE RECORDING
NSCI1 NEUTRAL SCI 1
NSCI2 NEUTRAL SCI 2
NSCI3 NEUTRAL SCI 3
NSCI4 NEUTRAL SCI 4
SCLSTDIV SCREENING LIST DIVERSION
SCLSTT SCREENING LIST TERMINATING
SCLSTRCW SCLST RINGING AND CALL WAITING
SCLST SCREENING LIST
DIVIS DIVI WITH SCREENING
ALLNOCL CLASSES FOR ALL NUMBERS
CTAS CALL TRANSFER A-SIDE
CCIBI CALL COMPL. INTERNET BUSY IMM.
CCIBU CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY USER
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
DIVCD DIVERSION CONDITIONAL
DIVSAE DIV.TO SHORT ANNOUN.EQUIPMENT
DIVND DIVERSION DO NOT DISTURB

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAICHA- 2+

 MOD FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIVBY DIVERSION ON BUSY

CWIB CALL WAITING ON INTERNET BUSY
DIVDA DIVERSION NOT ANSWERED
SCLSTMWI SCREENING LIST MWI
DIVA DIVERSION TO ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVIVMS DIVI TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVBYVMS DIVBY TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVDAVMS DIVDA TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVTA DIVERSION TO ANSWER SERVICE
DIVOPD DIV. TO OPERATOR ON NO ANSWER
DIVOP DIVERSION TO OPERATOR
DIVI DIVERSION IMMEDIATE
VMSQUERY VOICE MAIL SERVICE QUERY
DIVIP DIVI WITH PARALLEL RINGING
DIVGEN DIVERSION GENERAL
DPNUC D CHANNEL PACKET NAIL.UP CONN.
VOI VOICE OVER INTERNET
REJDIV REJECTION OF CALL DIVERSION
HOTLIMM HOTLINE IMMEDIATE
INHTROFF INHIBIT TRUNK OFFERING
KEYWORD KEYWORD SECURE NUMBER
ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
LAY1HOLD LAYER 1 MUST BE HELD
LAY2HOLD LAYER 2 MUST BE HELD
MCIREQ MALICIOUS CALL ID. ON REQUEST
MCIIMM MALICIOUS CALL ID. IMMEDIATE
RCREQS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP REQ.
RCACCS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP ACCEPT
MOBIO MET. OBSERVATION IMMED. OUTPUT
MOBORIG METER OBSERVATION ORIGINATING
MOBTERM METER OBSERVATION TERMINATING
PMB POSITION MAKE BUSY
GMB GROUP MAKE BUSY
NS NIGHT SERVICE
ACO ATTENDANT CAMP ON
ATNLOGON ATTENDANT LOGON
TIMDIV DIVERSION TIMER
SVI SERVICE INTERCEPTION
MCIOPASS MCI OPERATOR ASSIST
SUBPRIO PRIORITY SUBSCRIBER
SMET SUBSCRIBER METER
REQSPORI REQUESTED SUSPENS. ORIGINATING
REQSPTER REQUESTED SUSPENS. TERMINATING
CLIPNOSC SCREENING OF CALL.LINE INHIBIT
FEATSUB FEATURE SUBSCRIPTION
UNLISTDN SECRET DIRECTORY NUMBER
DIVCDVMS DIVCD TO VMS
SERVINC SERVICE INTERCEPT
CNIP CALLING NAME PRESENTATION
CNIR CALL. NAME PRESENTATION RESTR.
STH STOP HUNT
DECI DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED IMM.
DECBY DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED BUSY
DECDA DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED NO ANS
CWDELUXE CALL WAITING DELUXE
CLIMO CALLING NAME MAPPING ORIG
TRACLT INCOMING CALL BARRING
SCLSTCW SCLST CALL WAITING
CTC CALL TRANSFER CONNECTION
ISCI INTERNET SCI
KEYPRF KEY PROFILE
ANNPDIAL ANNOUNCEMENT PRIOR TO DIALTONE
ATO AUTOMATIC TURN ON
DIVBS DIVBY WITH SCREENING
DIVDS DIVDA WITH SCREENING
SUBST SUBSTITUTE
RNGPRF RINGING PROFILE
DIVALD DIV ALL LINES DISTURBED
CRR CONNECT WITH REROUTING
DIVCL DIV TRAFFIC CLASS
TW TELEWORKER
EECT EXTENDED EXPLICIT CT
NUMBCH NUMBER OF B CHANNELS
SCLIM SUBS. CREDIT LIMIT SUPERVISION
DIVEI DIVERSION EXTENSION INDIVIDUAL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAICHA- 3+

 MOD FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SCLSTKO SCREENING LIST KICK OUT

YACO YEARLY ALARM CALL ORDER
NOTSTSUL SULIM TEST NOT ALLOWED
TERMPORT TERMINAL PORTABILITY
DIVANN DIVERSION WITH ANNOUNCEMENT
TESTCAOR TEST CALL ORIGINATING ALLOWED
CONF3 THREE WAY CALLING
TOLLCAT TOLL CATASTROPHE IMMUNITY
CHATIMM CHARGE TRANSFER IMMEDIATELY
CHATREQ CHARGE TRANSFER REQUEST
UTUSIG USER TO USER SIGNALLING 1
UTUSIG3 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 3
UTUSIG2 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 2
DIVLO DIVERSION ON LOGGED OUT
ERING ENHANCED RINGING CODE
PROP0 PROPERTY 0
PROP1 PROPERTY 1
PROP2 PROPERTY 2
PROP3 PROPERTY 3
PROP4 PROPERTY 4
PROP5 PROPERTY 5
PROP6 PROPERTY 6
PROP7 PROPERTY 7
PROP8 PROPERTY 8
PROP9 PROPERTY 9
PROP10 PROPERTY 10
PROP11 PROPERTY 11
LRF LOW RESISTANCE FEEDING
CALLHOLD CALLHOLD
DIVIA DIV. TO INDIV. ANNOUNCEMENT
VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION
RSTSCI SCI RESTRICTION
DDIVSTAT DISP.CALL DIV.B1 CALL FORW.ST.
DDIVCF DISP. CALL DIV. B1 CALL FORW.
DDIVBFN DISP. CALL DIV. B2 FORW. NO S.
DDIVACF DISP. CALL DIV. A CALL FORW.
DDIVAFN DISP. CALL DIV. A FORW. NO.
SERCOMP SERVICE COMPLETION
MCIHOLD1 MAL. CALL ID. WITH HOLDING 1
PRTSF PRINT RECORD FOR SUB. FAC.ACT.
AOC1P AOC AT BEGINNING PERMANENT
AOC2P AOC DURING CALL PERMANENT
AOC3P AOC AT END PERMANENT
AOC1C AOC AT BEGINNING PER CALL
AOC2C AOC DURING CALL PER CALL
AOC3C AOC AT END PER CALL
COLP CONN. LINE ID. PRESENTATION
COLPNOSC CONN.LINE ID.PRES.NO SCREENING
COLR CONNECTED LINE ID. RESTRICTION
COLRREQ COLR ON REQUEST
COLRSUSP COLR SUSPEND
COLRIGN COLR IGNORE
CWNOTIFY CALL WAITING NOTIFICATION
MCIHOLD2 MAL. CALL ID. WITH HOLDING 2
ENQUIRY ENQUIRY

BILLING BILLING INPUT BY SUBSCRIBER

This parameter specifies the billing method for subscriber input

that has to be entered.
Only facilities that can be controled via subscriber input can
be assigned a billing method. For not subscriber controlable
facilities, the input of BILLING is blocked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

METERING METERING

CBILLING CANCEL BILLING INPUT BY SUB.

This parameter specifies the billing method for subscriber input that
has to be canceled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAICHA- 4+

 MOD FAICHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

METERING METERING

METPULS METER PULSES

This parameter specifies the number of meter pulses to be applied for

a facility input by subscriber.
The existing value is overwritten by the new one.
The meter pulses can also be used for charge display at
station terminal (Advice Of Charge (ISDN) or
with Subscriber Privat Meter (analog)).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...255, range of decimal numbers

FAIOPER FACILITY INPUT BY OPERATOR

This parameter specifies the recording method for operator input that
has to be entered.
The recording with FIR, is only possible for certain facilities,
nl. ACCSUSP, ACCSPORI, ACCSPTER, REQSPORI, REQSPTER and
TRACL.
For all other facilities, FAIOPER=FIR is rejected.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

FIR FACILITY INPUT RECORDING

CFAIOPER CANCEL FAC. INPUT BY OPERATOR

This parameter specifies the recording method for operator input that
has to be canceled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

FIR FACILITY INPUT RECORDING

ACTION FACILITY INPUT ACTION

This parameter specifies for which action of the given facility the
instructions are modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVATE FACILITY INPUT

DACT DEACTIVATE FACILITY INPUT
ENTRDAT ENTER DATA
DELDAT DELETE DATA
INTERR INTERROGATE
ASSIGN ASSIGN
REMOVE REMOVE
ASGNMOD ASSIGN MODIF. AUTHORIZATION
RMVMOD REMOVE MODIF. AUTHORIZATION

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAICHA- 5-

 CAN FAUCHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL FACILITY USAGE CHARGING

This command cancels charging instructions for facility usage by subscriber

and facility usage by call center service.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1CCSFAC=1 1
1 CAN FAUCHA : ZFAC= Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CCSFAC FACILITY USAGE BY CCS

This parameter specifies the facility usage by call center service for
which usage no longer has to be charged.

The value X for this parameter means that the default values for
facility usages by call center service have to be deleted. This has the
consequence that all facility usages by call center service that have
not been created before will be charge free from now on.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

DELCBREQ DELAY CALL BOOKING REQUIRED

DELCRREQ DELAY CALL REBOOKING REQUIRED
DELCEDIT DELAY CALL EDIT
TCKSREQ TICKET SEARCH REQUIRED
ROCCUR RECALL OCCURED
VNOTREQ VERBAL NOTIFY REQUIRED
VNOTPER VERBAL NOTIFY PERFORMED
PIPNTREQ PIPTONE NOTIFY REQUIRED
CDUREQ CALL DURATION LIMIT REQUIRED
MESSERV MESSENGER SERVICE
TROFFREQ TRUNK OFFER REQUIRED
BVERSERV BUSY VERIFICATION
APRTVER A PARTY VERIFIED
TPRTVER THIRD PARTY CHARGE VERIFIED
DIDOPR DIRECT INWARD DIAL TO OPERATOR
DALOC DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE LOCAL
DANAT DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE NAT.
DAINAT DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE INTNAT.
RRA RATE ROUTE ASSISTANCE
DAC DATA CALL
TCKRET TICKET RETRIEVAL
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
ACSB ALARM CALL SERVICE BOOKING
ACSD ALARM CALL SERVICE DELETE
ACSS ALARM CALL SERVICE SEEK
ACSR ALARM CALL SERVICE REBOOKING
ACC AUTOMATIC CALL COMPLETION
ACCANNB ACC ANNOUNCEMENT OF B NUMBER
ACCROPR ACC RECONNECT OPERATOR
DANATCC DA NAT. WITH CALL COMPL.
DAINATCC DA INTNAT. WITH CALL COMPL.
CREDIT CREDIT
ONAASERV ONAA REROUTE TO SELECTED SERV.
ONAAOPR ONAA REROUTE TO OPR REQ BY SUB
DANSMS DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA SMS
DANMAIL DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA EMAIL
DANMED1 DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA MEDIA 1
DANMED2 DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA MEDIA 2
DAISMS DIR. ASSIST. INTNAT. VIA SMS
DAIMAIL DIR. ASSIST. INTNAT. VIA EMAIL
DAIMED1 DIR. ASS. INTNAT. VIA MEDIA 1
DAIMED2 DIR. ASS. INTNAT. VIA MEDIA 2

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FAUCHA- 1+

 CAN FAUCHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MSSMS MESSAGE SERVICE VIA SMS

MSMAIL MESSAGE SERVICE VIA EMAIL
MSMED1 MESSAGE SERVICE VIA MEDIA 1
MSMED2 MESSAGE SERVICE VIA MEDIA 2
X DEFAULT CCS FACILITY
CUSDEF0 CUSTOMER DEFINED 0
CUSDEF1 CUSTOMER DEFINED 1
CUSDEF2 CUSTOMER DEFINED 2
CUSDEF3 CUSTOMER DEFINED 3
CUSDEF4 CUSTOMER DEFINED 4
CUSDEF5 CUSTOMER DEFINED 5
CUSDEF6 CUSTOMER DEFINED 6
CUSDEF7 CUSTOMER DEFINED 7
CUSDEF8 CUSTOMER DEFINED 8
CUSDEF9 CUSTOMER DEFINED 9
CUSDEF10 CUSTOMER DEFINED 10
CUSDEF11 CUSTOMER DEFINED 11
CUSDEF12 CUSTOMER DEFINED 12
CUSDEF13 CUSTOMER DEFINED 13
CUSDEF14 CUSTOMER DEFINED 14
CUSDEF15 CUSTOMER DEFINED 15
CUSDEF16 CUSTOMER DEFINED 16
CUSDEF17 CUSTOMER DEFINED 17
CUSDEF18 CUSTOMER DEFINED 18
CUSDEF19 CUSTOMER DEFINED 19
CUSDEF20 CUSTOMER DEFINED 20
CUSDEF21 CUSTOMER DEFINED 21
CUSDEF22 CUSTOMER DEFINED 22
CUSDEF23 CUSTOMER DEFINED 23
CUSDEF24 CUSTOMER DEFINED 24

FAC FACILITY USAGE BY SUBSCRIBER

This parameter specifies the facility usage by subscriber for which

the usage no longer has to be charged.

When the billing method for a specific facility is canceled, this

implies that the facility will be charged as is defined with the
default billing method (if the latter has been created).

The value X for this parameter means that the default billing method
for facility usages by subscriber has to be deleted. This has the
consequence that the facilities that were not provided with a billing
method will be charge free from now on.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

X DEFAULT FACILITY TYPE

CONF3 THREE WAY CALLING
DIVI CALL DIVERSION IMMEDIATLY
DIVCD CALL DIVERSION CONDITIONALLY
DIVDA CALL DIVERSION ON NO REPLY
DIVBY CALL DIVERSION ON BUSY
SPCONN SEMI PERMANENT CONNECTION
ABBD ABBREVIATED DIALING
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
HOTLIMM HOT LINE IMMEDIATE
AOC1C AOC AT BEGINNING PER CALL
AOC2C AOC DURING CALL PER CALL
AOC3C AOC AT END PER CALL
DIVA DIVERSION TO ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVIA DIV.TO INDIVIDUAL ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVOP DIVERSION TO OPERATOR
CALLHOLD CALLHOLD
CLIRREQ CLIR ON REQUEST PER CALL
CLIRSUSP CLIR SUPPRESSION PER CALL
COLRREQ COLR ON REQUEST PER CALL
COLRSUSP COLR SUPPRESSION PER CALL
CUGOGREQ CUG OUTG. TRAFFIC ON REQUEST
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
MCIIMM MALICIOUS CALL ID. IMMEDIATE
MCIREQ MAL.CALL IDENTIFIC. ON REQUEST
MCI3 MAL.CALL ID.ON REQ. W. HOLDING
SADTRANS SUBADDRESS TRANSMISSION
TERMPORT TERMINAL PORTABILITY
UTUSIG USER TO USER SIGNALLING 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FAUCHA- 2+

 CAN FAUCHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER

DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
ENQUIRY ENQUIRY
PR PARTIAL REROUTING
CCBSREQ CCBS REQUEST
CCBSINT CCBS INTERROGATION
CCBSCAN CCBS CANCEL
VACNC VERBAL ANN. CHARGES NEXT CALL
UTUSIG3 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 3
DIVSAE DIV.TO SHORT ANN.EQUIPMENT
DIVCDE DIVERSION BY CALL DEFLECTION
CCBSCALL CCBS CALL
PBXOVFLW OVERFLOW DDI PBX
VMSQUERY VOICE MAIL SERVICE QUERY
DIVIVMS DIVI TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVBYVMS DIVBY TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVDAVMS DIVDA TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
DIVIP DIVI WITH PARALLEL RINGING
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
ARANN AUTOMATIC RECALL ANNOUNCEMENT
ATNBI ATTENDANT BARGE IN
UTUSIG2 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 2
TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTRICTION SUSPENSION
CCNRREQ CCNR REQUEST
CCNRCAN CCNR CANCEL
CCNRINT CCNR INTERROGATION
CCNRCALL CCNR CALL
CTAS CALL TRANSFER A-SIDE
CT CALL TRANSFER B-SIDE
DIVIS DIVERSION WITH SCREENING
CCIBI CALL COMPL. INTERNET BUSY IMM.
CCIBU CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY USER
VOI VOICE OVER INTERNET
RCREQS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP REQ.
RCACCS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP ACCEPT
MCIOPASS MCI OPERATOR ASSIST
ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION
TESTREQ TEST REQUEST MESSAGE
DECI DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED IMM.
DECBY DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED BUSY
DECDA DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED NO ANS
VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION
DIVALD DIV ALL LINES DISTURBED
CRR CONNECT WITH REROUTING
DIVBS DIVBY WITH SCREENING
DIVDS DIVDA WITH SCREENING
DIVITW DIVI TELEWORKER
DIVEI DIVERSION EXTENSION INDIVIDUAL
YACO YEARLY ALARM CALL ORDER
DIVANN DIVERSION WITH ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVLO DIVERSION ON LOGGED OUT

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FAUCHA- 3-

 CR FAUCHA
CCSFAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE FACILITY USAGE CHARGING

This command creates charging instructions for facility usage by

subscriber and facility usage by call center service, i.e. billing
method (metering, automatic message accounting), number of meter
pulses in case of metering and control parameter for special purposes.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR FAUCHA - CCSFAC FACILITY USAGE BY CCS

2. CR FAUCHA - FAC FACILITY USAGE BY SUBSCRIBER

1. Input format

FACILITY USAGE BY CCS

Input format for creating charging instructions for facility usage

by call center service.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR FAUCHA : CCSFAC= <,METPULS= ,CNYADDON=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CCSFAC FACILITY USAGE BY CCS

This parameter specifies the facility usage by call center service

for which usage charging will be entered.

When the value X is entered for this parameter, defined default

charging instructions apply. These default charging instructions are
valid for all facility usages by call center service that are not
created separately. This means that it is no longer possible not to
charge a certain facility usage by call center service.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACC AUTOMATIC CALL COMPLETION

ACCANNB ACC ANNOUNCEMENT OF B NUMBER
ACCROPR ACC RECONNECT OPERATOR
ACSB ALARM CALL SERVICE BOOKING
ACSD ALARM CALL SERVICE DELETE
ACSR ALARM CALL SERVICE REBOOKING
ACSS ALARM CALL SERVICE SEEK
APRTVER A PARTY VERIFIED
BVERSERV BUSY VERIFICATION
CDUREQ CALL DURATION LIMIT REQUIRED
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
CREDIT CREDIT
CUSDEF0 CUSTOMER DEFINED 0
CUSDEF1 CUSTOMER DEFINED 1
CUSDEF10 CUSTOMER DEFINED 10
CUSDEF11 CUSTOMER DEFINED 11
CUSDEF12 CUSTOMER DEFINED 12
CUSDEF13 CUSTOMER DEFINED 13
CUSDEF14 CUSTOMER DEFINED 14
CUSDEF15 CUSTOMER DEFINED 15
CUSDEF16 CUSTOMER DEFINED 16
CUSDEF17 CUSTOMER DEFINED 17
CUSDEF18 CUSTOMER DEFINED 18
CUSDEF19 CUSTOMER DEFINED 19
CUSDEF2 CUSTOMER DEFINED 2
CUSDEF20 CUSTOMER DEFINED 20
CUSDEF21 CUSTOMER DEFINED 21
CUSDEF22 CUSTOMER DEFINED 22
CUSDEF23 CUSTOMER DEFINED 23
CUSDEF24 CUSTOMER DEFINED 24
CUSDEF3 CUSTOMER DEFINED 3
CUSDEF4 CUSTOMER DEFINED 4
CUSDEF5 CUSTOMER DEFINED 5

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAUCHA- 1+
 CR FAUCHA
CCSFAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CUSDEF6 CUSTOMER DEFINED 6

CUSDEF7 CUSTOMER DEFINED 7
CUSDEF8 CUSTOMER DEFINED 8
CUSDEF9 CUSTOMER DEFINED 9
DAC DATA CALL
DAIMAIL DIR. ASSIST. INTNAT. VIA EMAIL
DAIMED1 DIR. ASS. INTNAT. VIA MEDIA 1
DAIMED2 DIR. ASS. INTNAT. VIA MEDIA 2
DAINAT DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE INTNAT.
DAINATCC DA INTNAT. WITH CALL COMPL.
DAISMS DIR. ASSIST. INTNAT. VIA SMS
DALOC DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE LOCAL
DANAT DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE NAT.
DANATCC DA NAT. WITH CALL COMPL.
DANMAIL DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA EMAIL
DANMED1 DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA MEDIA 1
DANMED2 DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA MEDIA 2
DANSMS DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA SMS
DELCBREQ DELAY CALL BOOKING REQUIRED
DELCEDIT DELAY CALL EDIT
DELCRREQ DELAY CALL REBOOKING REQUIRED
DIDOPR DIRECT INWARD DIAL TO OPERATOR
MESSERV MESSENGER SERVICE
MSMAIL MESSAGE SERVICE VIA EMAIL
MSMED1 MESSAGE SERVICE VIA MEDIA 1
MSMED2 MESSAGE SERVICE VIA MEDIA 2
MSSMS MESSAGE SERVICE VIA SMS
ONAAOPR ONAA REROUTE TO OPR REQ BY SUB
ONAASERV ONAA REROUTE TO SELECTED SERV.
PIPNTREQ PIPTONE NOTIFY REQUIRED
ROCCUR RECALL OCCURED
RRA RATE ROUTE ASSISTANCE
TCKRET TICKET RETRIEVAL
TCKSREQ TICKET SEARCH REQUIRED
TPRTVER THIRD PARTY CHARGE VERIFIED
TROFFREQ TRUNK OFFER REQUIRED
VNOTPER VERBAL NOTIFY PERFORMED
VNOTREQ VERBAL NOTIFY REQUIRED
X DEFAULT CCS FACILITY

METPULS METER PULSES

This parameter specifies the number of meter pulses which have to be

applied.
The meter pulses can also be used for charge display at
station terminal (Advice Of Charge (ISDN) or
with Subscriber Privat Meter (analog)).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...100, range of decimal numbers

CNYADDON CURRENCY ADD-ON

This parameter specifies the add-on charges for facility usage by

subscriber or facility usage by call center service in currency format.
An add-on charge for the call center service is applied as soon as
a call center agent invokes or has successfully performed
the requested service (e.g. directory number inquiry).
Once applied, add-on charges are not changed by any tariff switch
during the call.

The currency charge is entered in two information units a - b

where the dash (-) is used as a decimal separator:

a = integer part of the currency amount. This information

unit accepts a string of up to 9 digits. If present,
digits 7 to 9 must be 0.
b = decimal part of the currency amount. This information
unit accepts a string of up to 7 digits. If 7 digits
are entered, the first digit must be 0.

Leading zeroes for unit a and trailing zeroes for unit b are
allowed within the respective length limits and do not affect
the actual value (i.e. are not significant).
If units a and b both contain significant digits, then only a
maximum of up to 6 significant digits in both units together are

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAUCHA- 2+
 CR FAUCHA
CCSFAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

allowed. Significant means that the first and the last digit in
this sequence must be unequal to zero.

Examples of valid entries: 123456000 - 0,

123 - 456,
123 - 0,
123,
0 - 0123456,
Examples of invalid entries: 1234567,
0 - 1234567,
1230 - 456

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CURRENCY UNITS FOR ADD-ON CHARGES=

0...999999000, range of decimal numbers

b: CURRENCY DECIMALS FOR ADD-ON CHARGES=

1...7 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAUCHA- 3+
 CR FAUCHA
FAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

FACILITY USAGE BY SUBSCRIBER

Input format for creating charging instructions for facility usage

by subscriber.

Note:
- For all facilities that are charged for usage, the billing method
must be the same.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR FAUCHA : FAC= [,MARKS=] ,BILLING= [,METPULS=] [,CNYADDON=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FAC FACILITY USAGE BY SUBSCRIBER

This parameter specifies the facility usage by subscriber for which

the usage charging will be entered.
For detailed information see CR SUB,
CR PBX, CR PBXLN.

When the value X is entered for this parameter, default charging

instructions are defined. These default charging instructions are
valid for all facility usages by subscriber that are not created
separately. This means that it is no longer possible not to charge
a certain facility usage by subscriber.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABBD ABBREVIATED DIALING

ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION
AOC1C AOC AT BEGINNING PER CALL
AOC2C AOC DURING CALL PER CALL
AOC3C AOC AT END PER CALL
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
ARANN AUTOMATIC RECALL ANNOUNCEMENT
ATNBI ATTENDANT BARGE IN
CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER
CALLHOLD CALLHOLD
CCBSCALL CCBS CALL
CCBSCAN CCBS CANCEL
CCBSINT CCBS INTERROGATION
CCBSREQ CCBS REQUEST
CCIBI CALL COMPL. INTERNET BUSY IMM.
CCIBU CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY USER
CCNRCALL CCNR CALL
CCNRCAN CCNR CANCEL
CCNRINT CCNR INTERROGATION
CCNRREQ CCNR REQUEST
CLIRREQ CLIR ON REQUEST PER CALL
CLIRSUSP CLIR SUPPRESSION PER CALL
COLRREQ COLR ON REQUEST PER CALL
COLRSUSP COLR SUPPRESSION PER CALL
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
CONF3 THREE WAY CALLING
CRR CONNECT WITH REROUTING
CT CALL TRANSFER B-SIDE
CTAS CALL TRANSFER A-SIDE
CUGOGREQ CUG OUTG. TRAFFIC ON REQUEST
DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
DECBY DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED BUSY
DECDA DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED NO ANS
DECI DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED IMM.
DIVA DIVERSION TO ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVALD DIV ALL LINES DISTURBED
DIVANN DIVERSION WITH ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVBS DIVBY WITH SCREENING
DIVBY CALL DIVERSION ON BUSY
DIVBYVMS DIVBY TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVCD CALL DIVERSION CONDITIONALLY
DIVCDE DIVERSION BY CALL DEFLECTION
DIVDA CALL DIVERSION ON NO REPLY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAUCHA- 4+
 CR FAUCHA
FAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIVDAVMS DIVDA TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE

DIVDS DIVDA WITH SCREENING
DIVEI DIVERSION EXTENSION INDIVIDUAL
DIVI CALL DIVERSION IMMEDIATLY
DIVIA DIV.TO INDIVIDUAL ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVIP DIVI WITH PARALLEL RINGING
DIVIS DIVERSION WITH SCREENING
DIVITW DIVI TELEWORKER
DIVIVMS DIVI TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVLO DIVERSION ON LOGGED OUT
DIVOP DIVERSION TO OPERATOR
DIVSAE DIV.TO SHORT ANN.EQUIPMENT
ENQUIRY ENQUIRY
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
HOTLIMM HOT LINE IMMEDIATE
MCIIMM MALICIOUS CALL ID. IMMEDIATE
MCIOPASS MCI OPERATOR ASSIST
MCIREQ MAL.CALL IDENTIFIC. ON REQUEST
MCI3 MAL.CALL ID.ON REQ. W. HOLDING
PBXOVFLW OVERFLOW DDI PBX
PR PARTIAL REROUTING
RCACCS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP ACCEPT
RCREQS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP REQ.
SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
SADTRANS SUBADDRESS TRANSMISSION
SPCONN SEMI PERMANENT CONNECTION
TERMPORT TERMINAL PORTABILITY
TESTREQ TEST REQUEST MESSAGE
TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTRICTION SUSPENSION
UTUSIG USER TO USER SIGNALLING 1
UTUSIG2 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 2
UTUSIG3 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 3
VACNC VERBAL ANN. CHARGES NEXT CALL
VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION
VMSQUERY VOICE MAIL SERVICE QUERY
VOI VOICE OVER INTERNET
X DEFAULT FACILITY
YACO YEARLY ALARM CALL ORDER

MARKS REGISTRATION MARKS

This parameter specifies marks used to control the charging of facility

usage in special cases.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BUSY BUSY FOR ALARM CALL

This mark specifies that facility usage for this
facility will be charged also in case of B-party
busy.

Notes:
The mark can only be set for facilities CACO and
DACO and SACO.
NOANSW NO ANSWER FOR ALARM CALL
This mark specifies that usage of the facility
will be charged even though the B-party does not
answer.

Note:
The mark can only be set for facilities CACO and
DACO and SACO.

BILLING BILLING

This parameter specifies the billing method for the usage of the given
facility.
For all facilities that are charged for usage, the billing method must
be the same. E.g. if at first input CONF3 has BILLING=AMA, all
following facilities must have BILLING=AMA or must be chargefree.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

METERING METERING

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAUCHA- 5+
 CR FAUCHA
FAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

METPULS METER PULSES

This parameter specifies the number of meter pulses which have to be

applied.
The meter pulses can also be used for charge display at
station terminal (Advice Of Charge (ISDN) or
with Subscriber Privat Meter (analog)).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...100, range of decimal numbers

CNYADDON CURRENCY ADD-ON

This parameter specifies the add-on charges for facility usage by

subscriber or facility usage by call center service in currency format.
An add-on charge for the call center service is applied as soon as
a call center agent invokes or has successfully performed
the requested service (e.g. directory number inquiry).
Once applied, add-on charges are not changed by any tariff switch
during the call.

The currency charge is entered in two information units a - b

where the dash (-) is used as a decimal separator:

a = integer part of the currency amount. This information

unit accepts a string of up to 9 digits. If present,
digits 7 to 9 must be 0.
b = decimal part of the currency amount. This information
unit accepts a string of up to 7 digits. If 7 digits
are entered, the first digit must be 0.

Leading zeroes for unit a and trailing zeroes for unit b are
allowed within the respective length limits and do not affect
the actual value (i.e. are not significant).
If units a and b both contain significant digits, then only a
maximum of up to 6 significant digits in both units together are
allowed. Significant means that the first and the last digit in
this sequence must be unequal to zero.

Examples of valid entries: 123456000 - 0,

123 - 456,
123 - 0,
123,
0 - 0123456,
Examples of invalid entries: 1234567,
0 - 1234567,
1230 - 456

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CURRENCY UNITS FOR ADD-ON CHARGES=

0...999999000, range of decimal numbers

b: CURRENCY DECIMALS FOR ADD-ON CHARGES=

1...7 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FAUCHA- 6-
 DISP FAUCHA

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FACILITY USAGE CHARGING

This command displays the charging instructions in case of facility usage

by subscriber and facility usage by call center service.
If X has been entered with CR FAUCHA, first the default charging
instructions are displayed, followed by all existing single facility usage
charging instructions.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FAUCHA ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FAUCHA- 1-

 MOD FAUCHA
CCSFAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY FACILITY USAGE CHARGING

This command modifies charging instructions for facility usage by

subscriber and facility usage by call center service.

This command is normally logged.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. MOD FAUCHA - CCSFAC FACILITY USAGE BY CCS

2. MOD FAUCHA - FAC FACILITY USAGE BY SUBSCRIBER

1. Input format

FACILITY USAGE BY CCS

Input format for modifying charging instructions for facility usage

by call center service.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FAUCHA : CCSFAC= <,METPULS= ,CNYADDON=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CCSFAC FACILITY USAGE BY CCS

This parameter specifies the facility usage by call center service

for which usage charging has to be modified.
When the value X is entered for this parameter, the default charging
instructions for facility usage by call center service are modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACC AUTOMATIC CALL COMPLETION

ACCANNB ACC ANNOUNCEMENT OF B NUMBER
ACCROPR ACC RECONNECT OPERATOR
ACSB ALARM CALL SERVICE BOOKING
ACSD ALARM CALL SERVICE DELETE
ACSR ALARM CALL SERVICE REBOOKING
ACSS ALARM CALL SERVICE SEEK
APRTVER A PARTY VERIFIED
BVERSERV BUSY VERIFICATION
CDUREQ CALL DURATION LIMIT REQUIRED
CONFL LARGE-CONFERENCE
CREDIT CREDIT
CUSDEF0 CUSTOMER DEFINED 0
CUSDEF1 CUSTOMER DEFINED 1
CUSDEF10 CUSTOMER DEFINED 10
CUSDEF11 CUSTOMER DEFINED 11
CUSDEF12 CUSTOMER DEFINED 12
CUSDEF13 CUSTOMER DEFINED 13
CUSDEF14 CUSTOMER DEFINED 14
CUSDEF15 CUSTOMER DEFINED 15
CUSDEF16 CUSTOMER DEFINED 16
CUSDEF17 CUSTOMER DEFINED 17
CUSDEF18 CUSTOMER DEFINED 18
CUSDEF19 CUSTOMER DEFINED 19
CUSDEF2 CUSTOMER DEFINED 2
CUSDEF20 CUSTOMER DEFINED 20
CUSDEF21 CUSTOMER DEFINED 21
CUSDEF22 CUSTOMER DEFINED 22
CUSDEF23 CUSTOMER DEFINED 23
CUSDEF24 CUSTOMER DEFINED 24
CUSDEF3 CUSTOMER DEFINED 3
CUSDEF4 CUSTOMER DEFINED 4
CUSDEF5 CUSTOMER DEFINED 5
CUSDEF6 CUSTOMER DEFINED 6
CUSDEF7 CUSTOMER DEFINED 7
CUSDEF8 CUSTOMER DEFINED 8
CUSDEF9 CUSTOMER DEFINED 9
DAC DATA CALL
DAIMAIL DIR. ASSIST. INTNAT. VIA EMAIL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAUCHA- 1+

 MOD FAUCHA
CCSFAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DAIMED1 DIR. ASS. INTNAT. VIA MEDIA 1

DAIMED2 DIR. ASS. INTNAT. VIA MEDIA 2
DAINAT DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE INTNAT.
DAINATCC DA INTNAT. WITH CALL COMPL.
DAISMS DIR. ASSIST. INTNAT. VIA SMS
DALOC DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE LOCAL
DANAT DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE NAT.
DANATCC DA NAT. WITH CALL COMPL.
DANMAIL DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA EMAIL
DANMED1 DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA MEDIA 1
DANMED2 DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA MEDIA 2
DANSMS DIR. ASSIST. NAT. VIA SMS
DELCBREQ DELAY CALL BOOKING REQUIRED
DELCEDIT DELAY CALL EDIT
DELCRREQ DELAY CALL REBOOKING REQUIRED
DIDOPR DIRECT INWARD DIAL TO OPERATOR
MESSERV MESSENGER SERVICE
MSMAIL MESSAGE SERVICE VIA EMAIL
MSMED1 MESSAGE SERVICE VIA MEDIA 1
MSMED2 MESSAGE SERVICE VIA MEDIA 2
MSSMS MESSAGE SERVICE VIA SMS
ONAAOPR ONAA REROUTE TO OPR REQ BY SUB
ONAASERV ONAA REROUTE TO SELECTED SERV.
PIPNTREQ PIPTONE NOTIFY REQUIRED
ROCCUR RECALL OCCURED
RRA RATE ROUTE ASSISTANCE
TCKRET TICKET RETRIEVAL
TCKSREQ TICKET SEARCH REQUIRED
TPRTVER THIRD PARTY CHARGE VERIFIED
TROFFREQ TRUNK OFFER REQUIRED
VNOTPER VERBAL NOTIFY PERFORMED
VNOTREQ VERBAL NOTIFY REQUIRED
X DEFAULT CCS FACILITY

METPULS METER PULSES

This parameter specifies the new number of meter pulses to be

applied for a facility usage or a call center facility usage.
The meter pulses can also be used for charge display at
station terminal (Advice Of Charge (ISDN) or
with Subscriber Privat Meter (analog)).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...100, range of decimal numbers

CNYADDON CURRENCY ADD-ON

This parameter specifies the new add-on charges for facility usage by
subscriber or facility usage by call center service in currency format.
An add-on charge for the call center service is applied as soon
as a call center agent invokes or has successfully performed
the requested service (e.g. directory number inquiry).
Once applied, add-on charges are not changed by any tariff switch
during the call.

The currency charge is entered in two information units a - b

where the dash (-) is used as a decimal separator:

a = integer part of the currency amount. This information

unit accepts a string of up to 9 digits. If present,
digits 7 to 9 must be 0.
b = decimal part of the currency amount. This information
unit accepts a string of up to 7 digits. If 7 digits
are entered, the first digit must be 0.

Leading zeroes for unit a and trailing zeroes for unit b are
allowed within the respective length limits and do not affect
the actual value (i.e. are not significant).
If units a and b both contain significant digits, then only a
maximum of up to 6 significant digits in both units together are
allowed. Significant means that the first and the last digit in
this sequence must be unequal to zero.

Examples of valid entries: 123456000 - 0,

123 - 456,
123 - 0,

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAUCHA- 2+

 MOD FAUCHA
CCSFAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

123,
0 - 0123456,
Examples of invalid entries: 1234567,
0 - 1234567,
1230 - 456

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CURRENCY UNITS FOR ADD-ON CHARGES=

0...999999000, range of decimal numbers

b: CURRENCY DECIMALS FOR ADD-ON CHARGES=

1...7 digit decimal number

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAUCHA- 3+

 MOD FAUCHA
FAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

FACILITY USAGE BY SUBSCRIBER

Input format for modifies charging instructions for facility usage

by subscriber.

Note:
- For all facilities that are charged for usage, the billing method must
be the same.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FAUCHA : FAC= <,MARKS= ,CMARKS= ,BILLING= ,CBILLING= 1
1 1
1 ,METPULS= ,CNYADDON=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FAC FACILITY USAGE BY SUBSCRIBER

This parameter specifies the facility usage by subscriber for which

the usage charging has to be modified.
When the value X is entered for this parameter, the default charging
instructions for facility usage by subscriber are modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ABBD ABBREVIATED DIALING

ACREJ ANONYMOUS CALL REJECTION
AOC1C AOC AT BEGINNING PER CALL
AOC2C AOC DURING CALL PER CALL
AOC3C AOC AT END PER CALL
AR AUTOMATIC RECALL
ARANN AUTOMATIC RECALL ANNOUNCEMENT
ATNBI ATTENDANT BARGE IN
CACO CASUAL ALARM CALL ORDER
CALLHOLD CALLHOLD
CCBSCALL CCBS CALL
CCBSCAN CCBS CANCEL
CCBSINT CCBS INTERROGATION
CCBSREQ CCBS REQUEST
CCIBI CALL COMPL. INTERNET BUSY IMM.
CCIBU CALL COMPL INTERNET BUSY USER
CCNRCALL CCNR CALL
CCNRCAN CCNR CANCEL
CCNRINT CCNR INTERROGATION
CCNRREQ CCNR REQUEST
CLIRREQ CLIR ON REQUEST PER CALL
CLIRSUSP CLIR SUPPRESSION PER CALL
COLRREQ COLR ON REQUEST PER CALL
COLRSUSP COLR SUPPRESSION PER CALL
CONFL LARGE CONFERENCE
CONF3 THREE WAY CALLING
CRR CONNECT WITH REROUTE/RECALL
CT CALL TRANSFER B-SIDE
CTAS CALL TRANSFER A-SIDE
CUGOGREQ CUG OUTG. TRAFFIC ON REQUEST
DACO DAILY ALARM CALL ORDER
DECBY DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED BUSY
DECDA DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED NO ANS
DECI DIV EXCHANGE CONTROLLED IMM.
DIVA DIVERSION TO ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVALD DIV ALL LINES DISTURBED
DIVANN DIVERSION WITH ANNOUNCEMENT
DIVBS DIVBY WITH SCREENING
DIVBY CALL DIVERSION ON BUSY
DIVBYVMS DIVBY TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVCD CALL DIVERSION CONDITIONALLY
DIVCDE DIVERSION BY CALL DEFLECTION
DIVDA CALL DIVERSION ON NO REPLY
DIVDAVMS DIVDA TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVDS DIVDA WITH SCREENING
DIVEI DIVERSION EXTENSION INDIVIDUAL
DIVI CALL DIVERSION IMMEDIATLY

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAUCHA- 4+

 MOD FAUCHA
FAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIVIA DIV.TO INDIVIDUAL ANNOUNCEMENT

DIVIP DIVI WITH PARALLEL RINGING
DIVIS DIVERSION WITH SCREENING
DIVITW DIVI TELEWORKER
DIVIVMS DIVI TO VOICE MAIL SERVICE
DIVLO DIVERSION ON LOGGED OUT
DIVOP DIVERSION TO OPERATOR
DIVSAE DIV.TO SHORT ANN.EQUIPMENT
ENQUIRY ENQUIRY
HOTLDEL HOTLINE DELAYED
HOTLIMM HOT LINE IMMEDIATE
MCIIMM MALICIOUS CALL ID. IMMEDIATE
MCIOPASS MCI OPERATOR ASSIST
MCIREQ MAL.CALL IDENTIFIC. ON REQUEST
MCI3 MAL.CALL ID.ON REQ. W. HOLDING
PBXOVFLW OVERFLOW DDI PBX
PR PARTIAL REROUTING
RCACCS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP ACCEPT
RCREQS REVERSE CHARGE AT SETUP REQ.
SACO SPECIFIC ALARM CALL ORDER
SADTRANS SUBADDRESS TRANSMISSION
SPCONN SEMI PERMANENT CONNECTION
TERMPORT TERMINAL PORTABILITY
TESTREQ TEST REQUEST MESSAGE
TRARSUSP TRAFFIC RESTRICTION SUSPENSION
UTUSIG USER TO USER SIGNALLING 1
UTUSIG2 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 2
UTUSIG3 USER TO USER SIGNALLING 3
VACNC VERBAL ANN. CHARGES NEXT CALL
VDP VOICE DATA PROTECTION
VMSQUERY VOICE MAIL SERVICE QUERY
VOI VOICE OVER INTERNET
X DEFAULT FACILITY
YACO YEARLY ALARM CALL ORDER

MARKS REGISTRATION MARKS

This parameter specifies (for the given facility usage) which

charging control parameters have to be modified.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BUSY BUSY FOR ALARM CALL

NOANSW NO ANSWER FOR ALARM CALL

CMARKS CANCEL REGISTRATION MARKS

This parameter specifies the charging control parameters that have to

be modified for the given facility usage.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

BUSY BUSY FOR ALARM CALL

NOANSW NO ANSWER FOR ALARM CALL

BILLING BILLING

This parameter specifies the billing method that has to be

modified for a given facility usage.
For all facilities that are charged for usage, the billing method must
be the same. E.g. if at first input CONF3 has BILLING=AMA, all
following facilities must have BILLING=AMA or must be chargefree.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

METERING METERING

CBILLING CANCEL BILLING

This parameter specifies the billing method that has to be

canceled for the given facility usage.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAUCHA- 5+

 MOD FAUCHA
FAC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of multiple values linked with &.

AMA AUTOMATIC MESSAGE ACCOUNTING

METERING METERING

METPULS METER PULSES

This parameter specifies the new number of meter pulses to be

applied for a facility usage or a call center facility usage.
The meter pulses can also be used for charge display at
station terminal (Advice Of Charge (ISDN) or
with Subscriber Privat Meter (analog)).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...100, range of decimal numbers

CNYADDON CURRENCY ADD-ON

This parameter specifies the new add-on charges for facility usage by
subscriber or facility usage by call center service in currency format.
An add-on charge for the call center service is applied as soon
as a call center agent invokes or has successfully performed
the requested service (e.g. directory number inquiry).
Once applied, add-on charges are not changed by any tariff switch
during the call.

The currency charge is entered in two information units a - b

where the dash (-) is used as a decimal separator:

a = integer part of the currency amount. This information

unit accepts a string of up to 9 digits. If present,
digits 7 to 9 must be 0.
b = decimal part of the currency amount. This information
unit accepts a string of up to 7 digits. If 7 digits
are entered, the first digit must be 0.

Leading zeroes for unit a and trailing zeroes for unit b are
allowed within the respective length limits and do not affect
the actual value (i.e. are not significant).
If units a and b both contain significant digits, then only a
maximum of up to 6 significant digits in both units together are
allowed. Significant means that the first and the last digit in
this sequence must be unequal to zero.

Examples of valid entries: 123456000 - 0,

123 - 456,
123 - 0,
123,
0 - 0123456,
Examples of invalid entries: 1234567,
0 - 1234567,
1230 - 456

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: CURRENCY UNITS FOR ADD-ON CHARGES=

0...999999000, range of decimal numbers

b: CURRENCY DECIMALS FOR ADD-ON CHARGES=

1...7 digit decimal number

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FAUCHA- 6-

 START FCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

START FILE CONTROL PROCESSING

This command starts the file control processes function so that disk and tape
files can be used.

Notes:
This command is only allowed during the installation phase (installation
recovery).

This command is only permitted when an exchange is first being put into service.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 START FCP ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 START FCP- 1-

 TEST FCP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TEST FCP-FUNCTIONS

This command is a test command only permitted for development test purposes.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TEST FCP ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TEST FCP- 1-

 DISP FCS
DN
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FCS COUNTERS

This command displays the counters for the specified lines.

This command is only legal for basic access.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. DISP FCS - DN DIRECTORY NUMBER ORIENTED

2. DISP FCS - LC EQUIPMENT NUMBER ORIENTED

1. Input format

DIRECTORY NUMBER ORIENTED

Input format for directory-number-oriented output.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FCS : [LAC=] ,DN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LAC LOCAL AREA CODE

This parameter specifies the local area code if multiple directory

number volumes exist in an exchange.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 digit decimal number

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the directory number of the subscriber

line. Up to ten parameters can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...12 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FCS- 1+

 DISP FCS
LC
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

EQUIPMENT NUMBER ORIENTED

Input format for equipment-number-oriented output.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FCS : DLU= ,LC= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10,20,30...2550, range of decimal numbers

LC LINE CIRCUIT

This parameter specifies the circuit position in a DLU.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b[-c]

a: SHELF NUMBER=
0...7, range of decimal numbers

b: MODULE NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

c: CIRCUIT NUMBER=
0...15, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FCS- 2-

 CAN FGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL FILE GROUP

This command deletes file groups from the file group table. Only file
groups created by the user can be deleted.

Prerequisites:

For attribute file groups:

- All attributes must be reset with RSET FGRPATT.

For password file groups:

- All files must be detached from the file group with the
command MOD FGRP.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN FGRP : FGRP= [,TYPE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FGRP FILEGROUP

This parameter specifies the file group name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TYPE TYPE OF FILEGROUP

This parameter specifies the type of the file group

which has to be canceled.
Notes:
- If FILEATTR is entered, the file group for file
attributes is cancelled.
- If FILEPW is entered, the file group for file
passwords is cancelled.
- If this parameter is not entered, the file group
for file attributes is cancelled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FILEATTR FILE ATTRIBUTE TYPE

FILEPW FILE PASSWORD TYPE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FGRP- 1-

 CR FGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE FILE GROUP

This command creates an element in the file group table.

It is possible to create an attribute- or a password file group.
It is possible to create an cyclic or a normal file group.

Notes:
- If the parameter TYPE is not entered, an attribute file group
is created.

- If the parameter CYCLIC is not entered, a non cyclic file

group is created. Only attribute file groups can be created
cyclic.

- The file group features for attribute file groups:

threshold upgrades,
threshold downgrades,
threshold features and
maximum copy length
can only be set for cyclic file groups (via SET FGRPATT).

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR FGRP : FGRP= [,TYPE=] [,CYCLIC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FGRP FILEGROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the file group which is to be

created.

Notes:
- Each file group name can exist not more than twice:
As the name of an attribute file group and as the name
of a password file group.
- Password file group names can be fully or partly
qualified because the name has only symbolic meaning.
- For password file group names there is no hierarchy in
opposition to attribute file group names.
- Attribute file group names can be a subset or a superset
of the already existing file group names.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TYPE TYPE OF FILEGROUP

This parameter specifies the type of the file group

which has to be created.

Notes:
- If FILEATTR is entered, the file group is created
for file attributes.
- If FILEPW is entered, the file group is created
for file passwords.
- If this parameter is not entered, the file group is
created for file attributes.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FILEATTR FILE ATTRIBUTE TYPE

FILEPW FILE PASSWORD TYPE

CYCLIC CYCLIC SELECTION

This parameter specifies if a cyclic or a non cyclic file group is

to be created.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FGRP- 1+
 CR FGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Notes:
- Only attribute file groups can be created cyclic.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NO CREATE NON CYCLIC FILE GROUP

YES CREATE CYCLIC FILE GROUP

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FGRP- 2-
 DISP FGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FILE GROUPS

This command displays the file groups. The file groups were
generated automatically or were created by the user with the
command CR FGRP.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FGRP : [FGRP=] [,TYPE=] [,FILELIST=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FGRP FILEGROUP

This parameter specifies the name of the file group which

has to be displayed.

Notes:
- If X is entered or the parameter is not entered,
all filegroups of the specified type are displayed.
- A file group name can be entered only for password file
group types in combination with FILELIST = YES.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TYPE TYPE OF FILEGROUP

This parameter specifies the type of the file group

which has to be displayed.
Notes:
- If FILEATTR is entered, the file groups for file
attributes are displayed.
- If FILEPW is entered, the file groups for file
passwords are displayed.
- If ALL is entered, all types of file groups are
displayed.
- If this parameter is not entered, the file groups
for file attributes are displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FILEATTR FILE ATTRIBUTE TYPE

FILEPW FILE PASSWORD TYPE
ALL ALL FILE GROUP TYPES

FILELIST FILELIST

This parameter specifies if a list of the files of

the filegroup has to be displayed.

Notes:
- The filelist can be displayed only for password file
group types.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y DISPLAY FILELIST
YES DISPLAY FILELIST
N DO NOT DISPLAY FILELIST
NO DO NOT DISPLAY FILELIST

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FGRP- 1-

 MOD FGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY FILE GROUP

With this command files can be attached and detached to/from

password file groups.

Prerequisites:
- The filegroup has to exist.

Notes:
- This command can be entered only by the system
administrator.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ( ) 1
1 1,FILE= 1 1
1 MOD FGRP : FGRP= Z,CFILE=Y ; 1
1 1 1 1
1 * + 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FGRP FILEGROUP

This parameter specifies the file group name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file

which has to be attached to the password file
group.
Notes:
- The file may not yet exist.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

CFILE CANCEL FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file

which has to be detached from the password file
group.
Notes:
- To detach the last file of the file group no
password may exist for this file group.
- If "X" is entered, all files are detached
from the file group.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FGRP- 1-

 DISP FGRPATT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FILE GROUP ATTRIBUTES

This command displays all file group features of one file group.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FGRPATT : FGRP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FGRP FILE GROUP

This parameter specifies the file group for which the group features
are to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

Default: BLANK

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FGRPATT- 1-

 RSET FGRPATT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RESET FILE GROUP ATTRIBUTES

This command resets the file group features (set to default

value) of one file group.

Prerequisite:
- The file group must exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 RSET FGRPATT : FGRP= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FGRP FILEGROUP

This parameter specifies the file group for which the group features
are to be reset.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RSET FGRPATT- 1-

 SET FGRPATT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SET FILE GROUP ATTRIBUTES

This command sets file group features for one attribute

file group.
If there are files belonging to this file group, the
specified features will be changed in the file catalogs, too.

Prerequisites:
- The file group must exist.
- The copy attributes must be compatible with the already
existing attributes.
- A specified copy service process must exist.
- The cyclic attributes THRD, THRU, THRF and MAXCOPLE
cannot be changed in the file catalogs of the files
belonging to this file group if these files are empty and
opened for writing.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SET FGRPATT : FGRP= <,RETPER= ,SAFCOP= ,COPATT= ,PRNAME= 1
1 1
1 ,THRU= ,THRD= ,THRF= ,MAXCOPLE=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FGRP FILE GROUP

This parameter specifies the file group for which the group features
are to be set.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

RETPER RETENTION PERIOD

This parameter specifies the number of days the file is retained

(protected against deleting and overwriting).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...36526, range of decimal numbers

SAFCOP SAFECOPY

This parameter specifies the number of the required

safecopies.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

COPATT COPY ATTRIBUTES

This parameter specifies the following features for copies of files

belonging to this file group: - block size
- retention period

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: BLOCK SIZE=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

b: RETENTION PERIOD=
0...65535, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SET FGRPATT- 1+

 SET FGRPATT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

PRNAME PROCESS NAME

This parameter specifies the name of a copy service process.

Notes:
- Only alphanumeric characters are allowed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

5 characters from the

symbolic name character set

THRU THRESHOLD UPGRADES

This parameter specifies the thresholds of a cyclic file group for

increasing filling capacity.
If a threshold is reached and the threshold feature was set to ALARM,
an alarm will be triggered on the System Panel.

Notes:
- The parameter can only be entered in conjunction with the
parameter THRD.
- The second threshold upgrade must be greater than the first one
and the third threshold upgrade must be greater than the second
one, with the following exception:
- The threshold upgrades can be equal if all threshold upgrades
and all threshold downgrades have the value 0.
In this case no threshold control will be performed.
- The threshold upgrades must be greater than or equal to the
threshold downgrades.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: THRESHOLD UP 1=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: THRESHOLD UP 2=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

c: THRESHOLD UP 3=
0...100, range of decimal numbers

THRD THRESHOLD DOWNGRADES

This parameter specifies the thresholds of a cyclic file group for

decreasing filling capacity.
If a threshold is reached and the threshold feature was set to ALARM,
the alarm on the System Panel will be reset.

Notes:
- The parameter can only be entered in conjunction with the
parameter THRU.
- The second threshold downgrade must be greater than the first one
and the third threshold downgrade must be greater than the second
one, with the following exception:
- The threshold downgrades can be equal if all threshold downgrades
and all threshold upgrades have the value 0.
In this case no threshold control will be performed.
- The threshold downgrades must be lower than or equal to the
threshold upgrades.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: THRESHOLD DOWN 1=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: THRESHOLD DOWN 2=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SET FGRPATT- 2+

 SET FGRPATT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: THRESHOLD DOWN 3=
0...100, range of decimal numbers

THRF THRESHOLD FEATURES

This parameter specifies the threshold features for increasing and

decreasing filling capacities.
If a threshold is reached and the threshold feature was set to ALARM,
an alarm will be triggered or reset on the System Panel.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: THRESHOLD FEATURE 1
ALARM DISPLAY ON SYSTEM PANEL
NOALARM DON’T DISPLAY ON SYSTEM PANEL

b: THRESHOLD FEATURE 2
ALARM DISPLAY ON SYSTEM PANEL
NOALARM DON’T DISPLAY ON SYSTEM PANEL

c: THRESHOLD FEATURE 3
ALARM DISPLAY ON SYSTEM PANEL
NOALARM DON’T DISPLAY ON SYSTEM PANEL

MAXCOPLE MAXIMUM COPY LENGTH

This parameter specifies the maximum copy length

(in PAM-pages) for the cyclic files of the file
group.

Notes:
- This parameter can be entered only for cyclic
file groups.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

50...99999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SET FGRPATT- 3-

 CAN FGRPPW

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL FILE GROUP PASSWORD

This command cancels all assignments of a file group password to the

specified access types for a file group.
The password will be requested by the system and will not be displayed.
The password may have a length from one up to 40 characters.
All characters are allowed.
Upper case and lower case letters count as distinct.

Prerequisites:
- The specified file group name must exist.
- The specified file group password must exist.
- All specified file accesses must be protected by the same password.
- The file group must be entered fully qualified (e.g.: IA.ICAMA).
- Update must be activated.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN FGRPPW : FGRP= ,ACCESS= [,CRYPTPW=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FGRP FILE GROUP

This parameter specifies the file group for which the relevant
function is to be carried out.

Prerequisites:
- Only fully qualified file group names are allowed.
(e.g.: IA.ICAMA)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ACCESS FILE ACCESSES

This parameter specifies the access(es) of which the file group

password has to be cancelled.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DEL DELETE PROTECTED

RD READ PROTECTED
WR WRITE PROTECTED
CN CHANGE FILE NAME PROTECTED
CR CHANGE RETENTION PERIOD PROT.

CRYPTPW ENCRYPTED PASSWORD

This parameter specifies the encrypted password that shall be

cancelled.

Note:
- This parameter is only allowed when the command is started from a
command file (COFIP).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...54 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FGRPPW- 1-

 RSET FGRPPW

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RSET FILE GROUP PASSWORD

This command resets all assignments of a file group password to the

specified access types for a file group. The file group password will
be reset to a defined value that must be entered with the command.
The password will be requested by the system and will not be displayed.
The password may have a length from one up to 40 characters.
All characters are allowed.
Upper case and lower case letters count as distinct.

Prerequisites:
- The specified file group name must exist.
- The file group must be entered fully qualified (e.g.: IA.ICAMA).
- All specified accesses must be protected by the same password.
- Update must be activated.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 RSET FGRPPW : FGRP= ,ACCESS= [,NCRYPTPW=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FGRP FILE GROUP

This parameter specifies the file group for which the relevant
function has to be carried out.

Prerequisites:
- Only fully qualified file group names are allowed
(e.g.: IA.ICAMA)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ACCESS FILE ACCESSES

This parameter specifies the access(es) of which the file group

password has to be reset.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DEL DELETE PROTECTED

RD READ PROTECTED
WR WRITE PROTECTED
CN CHANGE FILE NAME PROTECTED
CR CHANGE RETENTION PERIOD PROT.

NCRYPTPW NEW ENCRYPTED PASSWORD

This parameter specifies the encrypted new password that shall replace
the unknown password.

Note:
- This parameter is only allowed when the command is started from a
command file (COFIP).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...54 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RSET FGRPPW- 1-

 SET FGRPPW

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SET FILE GROUP PASSWORD

This command protects file accesses by a file group password.

It can also be used to rename the file group password and/or to
change the accesses, protected by a file group password.
For changing an existing password the parameter CHANGEPW =
YES has to be entered.
The password(s) will be requested by the system and will not be
displayed.
The password may have a length from one up to 40 characters.
All characters are allowed.
Upper case and lower case letters count as distinct.

Prerequisites:
- The file group must exist.
- In the case of renaming the file group password or changing
the protected accesses, the old password must be correct.
- The file group name must be entered fully qualified
(e.g.: IA.ICAMA)
- Update must be activated.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SET FGRPPW : FGRP= ,ACCESS= [,CHANGEPW=] [,NCRYPTPW= 1
1 1
1 [,CRYPTPW=]] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FGRP FILE GROUP

This parameter specifies the file group for which the relevant
function is to be carried out.

Prerequisites:
- Only fully qualified file group names are allowed
(e.g.: IA.ICAMA)

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

ACCESS FILE ACCESSES

This parameter specifies the access(es) which are to be protected

by a file group password.

Note:
- This parameter is always mandatory, even when renaming a file
group password .
This guarantees that no file group passwords of other users are
renamed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

DEL DELETE PROTECTED

RD READ PROTECTED
WR WRITE PROTECTED
CN CHANGE FILE NAME PROTECTED
CR CHANGE RETENTION PERIOD PROT.

CHANGEPW CHANGE PASSWORD

This parameter specifies whether the operator wants to enter a new

password or to change an existing password.

Note:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SET FGRPPW- 1+

 SET FGRPPW

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- If a new password is to be entered, the parameter has to be entered

with the value NO.
- If an existing password is to be changed, the parameter has to be
entered with the value YES.
- If the parameter is not given, CHANGEPW=NO is assumed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N ENTER NEW PASSWORD

NO ENTER NEW PASSWORD
Y CHANGE EXISTING PASSWORD
YES CHANGE EXISTING PASSWORD

Default: NO

NCRYPTPW NEW ENCRYPTED PASSWORD

This parameter specifies the encrypted new password when the password
is to be changed.

Note:
- This parameter is only allowed when the command is started from a
command file (COFIP).
- The parameter CHANGEPW has to be entered with the value YES.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...54 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

CRYPTPW ENCRYPTED PASSWORD

This parameter specifies the encrypted password that is to be entered

or changed.

Note:
- This parameter is only allowed when the command is started from a
command file (COFIP).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...54 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SET FGRPPW- 2-

 CONF FHM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CONFIGURE FRAME HANDLER MODULE

This command configures a frame handler module to one of the states

PLA, MBL or ACT.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CONF FHM : LTG= ,FHM= ,OST= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

FHM FRAME HANDLER MODULE

This parameter specifies the unit number in an LTG.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter specifies the target operating state.

The following state transitions are permitted:

MBL <-> PLA

MBL <-> ACT
UNA --> ACT, MBL

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
PLA PLANNED
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CONF FHM- 1-

 DIAG FHM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DIAGNOSE FRAME HANDLER MODULE

This command starts diagnosis of a frame handler module in

an LTG.
Precondition: the LTG must be in the operating status
ACT or CBL and the associated FHM must be in the
operating status MBL.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DIAG FHM : LTG= ,FHM= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

FHM FRAME HANDLER MODULE

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DIAG FHM- 1-

 STAT FHM

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY STATUS OF FRAME HANDLER MODULE

This command displays the operating status of

- one Frame Handler Module in a particular LTG
- one Frame Handler Module in all LTGs
- all Frame Handler Modules in one LTG
- all Frame Handler Modules in all LTGs
- all Frame Handler Modules in a particular operating status
in a particular LTG
- all Frame Handler Modules in a particular operating status
in all LTGs
For the parameter LTG a value or X must always be entered.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STAT FHM : LTG= [,FHM=] [,OST=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LTG NUMBER

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

b: LTG NUMBER=
1...63, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

FHM FRAME HANDLER MODULE

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...4, range of decimal numbers

OST OPERATING STATUS

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
UNA UNAVAILABLE
MBL MAINTENANCE BLOCKED
PLA PLANNED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STAT FHM- 1-

 CAN FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Cancel NE Files

DELETE FILE

This task deletes a file at the Network Element. It

uses FTP/FTAM protocol to delete the file at the
Network Element. The desired protocol and the file
to be deleted are the input parameters
for the task

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN FILE : TRANSFER TYPE= ,FILE NAME= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TRANSFER TYPE

TRANSFER TYPE

The transfer type identifies the file transfer

server at the Network Element which will be the
partner for this File Transfer. This could be one
of the following values :

- FTAM
- FTP

FILE NAME

FILE NAME

This is the name of the file at the Network Element,

that has to be deleted.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FILE- 1-

 CAT FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CATALOG FILE

This command modifies the catalog entry of a disk file. The file
can be renamed and the retention period can be changed.

Prerequisites for renaming of files:

- The file must exist.
- The new filename must not already exist.
- The new filename must conform with system conventions.
- The new filename must not contain a protected name segment.
- The file must not be protected by access restrictions or
file group passwords.
- The file must not be protected by a retention period, or the
correct expiration date must be entered via parameter EXPDAT.
- The file must not belong to any generation.

Prerequisites for changing the retention period:

- The file must exist.
- The file must not be protected by access restrictions or
file group passwords.
- The retention period can not be changed if this was already
administered via the command SET FGRPATT.
Nevertheless the execution of the command will be acknowledged
with EXEC’D.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 X( )= 1
1 11,RETPER=11 1
1 CAT FILE : FILE= 1Z,EXPDAT=Y1 ; 1
1 11 11 1
1 >* +W 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the disk file.

Notes:
The following characters may not be used:
- A succession of periods (...)
- A single period, or a combination ending in a period.
- A single asterisk, or a combination ending in an asterisk.
- A single X.

n
n/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

RETPER RETENTION PERIOD

This parameter specifies the number of days the file

is retained (protected against overwriting).

Notes:
- If a value is entered for this parameter, a new retention
period becomes valid (and the old one becomes invalid).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...36526, range of decimal numbers

EXPDAT EXPIRATION DATE

This parameter specifies the expiration date of the file.

Notes:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAT FILE- 1+

 CAT FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- This parameter can only be entered in conjunction with the

parameter FILE for renaming the file.
- The file may not be deleted before this date.
- The file can be renamed if the correct expiration date is entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAT FILE- 2-

 CR FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE FILE

This command creates a file on magnetic disk.

The created file has no protection.

Prerequisites:
- The file name must conform to system conventions.
- The file name must not contain a protected stem.
- The file must not already exist.
- There must be free storage space on the magnetic disk.
- The specified disk must be available.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR FILE : FILE= ,TYPE= ,SIZE= [,VSN=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the disk file.

Notes:
The following characters must not be used:
- A succession of periods (...)
- A single period, or a combination ending in a period.
- A single asterisk, or a combination ending in an asterisk.
- A single X.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TYPE TYPE

This parameter specifies single or double file type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

SINGLE SINGLE
DOUBLE DOUBLE

SIZE SIZE

This parameter specifies the amount of space to be reserved

on the data carrier.

Notes:
- The maximum amount of space must be specified, because
dynamic file expansion is not possible.
- The size is specified as a number of blocks (PAM pages of
2048 bytes each).
- The maximum value depends on the disk capacity.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1,2,3...999999, range of decimal numbers

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the disk.

Note:
- If TYPE = DOUBLE is entered, the parameter VSN will be
ignored and the file will be created as a double file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

VSN000 VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER 000

VSN001 VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER 001

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FILE- 1-
 DEL FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DELETE FILE

This command deletes disk files, tape / magneto optical disk

files or all files on tape / magneto optical disk.

Prerequisites:
- The file must be closed.
- The file and the data carrier must exist.
- The expiration date must be passed or entered.
- The file must not be protected by access restrictions.
- The file must not belong to any generation.

Notes:
- The command can be used also for tape / magneto optical disk files.
The specified tape / magneto optical disk file and the following
files cannot be accessed any more. (The FCP will set a section mark
before the specified file, this means that the end of the tape /
magneto optical disk is reached.)

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DEL FILE : FILE= [,VSN=] [,EXPDAT=] [,UNCOND=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

In the case of disks, this parameter specifies the name of

the file.

Note:
- Full or partial qualification of the filename is mandatory.
- If a tape / magneto optical disk file is to be deleted, not
only the specified file but also all subsequent files are
deleted.
- When tape / magneto optical disk files are deleted, they
are deleted logically but not physically.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume serial number of the

disk, tape or magneto optical disk on which the file is to
be deleted.

Notes:
- If this parameter is not entered, the file will be
deleted on both disk drives.
-The parameter VSN will be ignored for disk files.
Only if parameter FILE is entered with X (erase all files)
the command will be rejected if parameter VSN wasn’t
entered or was set to VSN000 or VSN001.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.

EXPDAT EXPIRATION DATE

This parameter allows files to be deleted before their

retention period has expired. This can be done on condition
that the access restrictions permit changes to the retention

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DEL FILE- 1+

 DEL FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

period.

Note:
- Deletion of the file is enabled by entering the correct
expiration date, to prove that it is known.
- In the case of tape / magneto optical disk files, an entire
tape / magneto optical disk can only be deleted once the
retention period for the first section of the file expired.
- The retention period can be overwritten in this case by
entering the correct expiration date.
- When tape / magneto optical disk files are deleted, links
to continuation tapes / magneto optical disks are ignored.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR=
0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH=
1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY=
1...31, range of decimal numbers

UNCOND UNCONDITIONAL

This parameter allows files to be deleted if they have been

transferred at least once to an external data carrier, even
if backup copies are missing.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N CHECK OF EXECUTED COPIES

NO CHECK OF EXECUTED COPIES
Y CHECK IF FILE COPIED ONCE
YES CHECK IF FILE COPIED ONCE

Default: N

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DEL FILE- 2-

 DISP FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FILE

This command displays disk, tape and magneto optical disk files’
attributes and comprises the functions:
- List of files on the medium (table of contents) giving the main file
attributes.
- List of all attributes of a file that can be determined from the
disk catalog or the tape / magneto optical disk labels.
- List of mutilated and invalid disk files and disk files in the
process of being copied, with brief information from the catalog.

The execution of the command (output of table of contents) can be

stopped with the STOP DISP command.

Prerequisites:
- The file must exist
- The specified volume must be accessible

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FILE : [FILE= [,ALL=]] [,GEN=] [,VSN=] [,DAM=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file for which the
attributes are to be output.

Notes:
- If X is entered here, a table of contents of the relevant
volume containing the main information on the specified
file(s) and the medium is displayed.
- X is illegal in conjunction with the parameter ALL=
YES.
- If an alias file name is entered, only a fully qualified
name is allowed (last character must not be ’.’).

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

Default: X

ALL ALL INFORMATION

This parameter specifies that all attributes of a file that can

be determined from the disk catalog or the tape / magneto optical disk
labels are output.

Notes:
- The parameter can only be entered in conjunction
with a fully qualified filename.

N DON’T LIST ALL PARAMETERS

NO DON’T LIST ALL PARAMETERS
Y LIST ALL PARAMETERS
YES LIST ALL PARAMETERS

Default: N

GEN FILE GENERATION

This parameter specifies the generation name. It must be

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FILE- 1+

 DISP FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

represented by four pairs of characters which correspond

to:
- Function version
- Correction version
- ODAGEN run number
- Checkpoint serial number

Notes:
- To get all attributes of a generation file which does not belong
to the current generation, the name of this generation has to be
entered.
- If the parameter is omitted, all files with or without generation
are displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies the volume (medium) on which the file to

be processed is located.

Notes:
- If the parameter is omitted, both disk files are accessed.
- The following character strings are reserved for disk devices:
’VSN000’ for MDD-00 and
’VSN001’ for MDD-01.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

DAM DAMAGED

If this parameter is entered, an extract of the disk catalog

is output with all mutilated and invalid files and files in the
process of being copied. This output includes the associated
generation names.

Notes:
- This parameter is illegal for tape / magneto optical disk files
and in conjunction with parameter ALL.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N DISPLAY ALL FILES

NO DISPLAY ALL FILES
Y DISPLAY ONLY INVALID FILES
YES DISPLAY ONLY INVALID FILES

Default: N

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FILE- 2-

 RCV FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Receive File from NE

RECEIVE FILE

This task transfers a file from the Network Element to the OS. It
uses FTP/FTNEA/FTAM protocol to receive the file from the
Network Element. The desired protocol is an input parameter
of the task

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 RCV FILE : SOURCE FILE NAME= ,TRANSFER TYPE= ,COPY MODE= 1
1 1
1 ,DESTINATION FILE NAME= ,FILE WRITING MODE= 1
1 1
1 ,RECORD LENGTH= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SOURCE FILE NAME

SOURCE FILE NAME

This is the name of the source file that has to be

received from the Network Element.
logical device name:\pathname\SrcFileName -> for files on an archive
device
pathname\SrcFileName -> for files on system device
SrcFileName -> for files in the root-directory(non-gene
files)
where logical device name= logical name of the backup store. It must be
supplied
only for a removable disk. It can be max. 8 character
path name= Level 1 directory (=generation)It can be max. 8
characters
SrcFileName= Name of the Source File.

TRANSFER TYPE

TRANSFER TYPE

The transfer type specifies which protocol is

to be used for the transfer. One of the following
values is possible:

- FTNEA
- FTAM
- FTP

FTNEA is the standard value.

COPY MODE

COPY MODE

The copy mode specifies, how the file is to be

transferred to the network element. One of the
following values is possible:

- ASCII
File is transferred as text file.

- BINARY
File is transferred as binary file without record structure

- USER
is not supported

- EXTENSION

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RCV FILE- 1+

 RCV FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

The file is transferred transparently (binary). This

parameter is valid only for FTAM and FTNEA.

ASCII is standard value

DESTINATION FILE NAME

DESTINATION FILE NAME

Destination file name: Specifies the UNC name of the

destination file in the NT network. UNC names have
the following format:

\\<MachineName>\<ShareName>\<FileName>

Example:
\\FILESERVER1\XXXBase\UserHomeDir\User1\File.txt
(Where XXX is ENM for ENM V3.2,XXX = NetM for Version > V3.2)
It can be max. 256 characters

FILE WRITING MODE

FILE WRITING MODE

Write mode: Specifies whether, the present destination

file is to be overwritten, extended or remain unchanged.
If the destination file does not exist as yet, it is created.
Possible values are:

- OVERWRITE
If the destination file already exists, it is
overwritten. Otherwise, a new destination file is
created.

- NOOVERWRITE
A non-existing destination file is created newly. If the
destination file exists, no file transfer is executed and
an error messages is displayed in the output window.

- EXTEND
The new file is attached to the existing destination
file.

Standard value is OVERWRITE. This valus is valid

only for the file transfer types FTAM and FTNEA.

RECORD LENGTH

RECORD LENGTH

The parameter is optional and a value that is equal to

or greater than the longest record length of the file,
which is to be transferred, must be specified. When the
record length is incorrect (very small value), an error
message is displayed and no file transfer is executed.
If the field remains empty, transfer occurs automatically
with the correct record length.

Standard value is 1024.

This parameter is valid only for the file transfer types

FTAM and FTNEA.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RCV FILE- 2-

 SEND FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Send File to NE

SEND FILE

This task transfers a file to the Network Element. It

uses FTP/FTNEA/FTAM protocol to transfer the file to the
Network Element. The desired protocol is an input parameter
of the task

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SEND FILE : SOURCE FILE NAME= ,TRANSFER TYPE= ,COPY MODE= 1
1 1
1 ,DESTINATION FILE NAME= ,FILE WRITING MODE= 1
1 1
1 ,RECORD LENGTH= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

SOURCE FILE NAME

SOURCE FILE NAME

Source file name: Specifies the UNC name of the

original file, which is to be sent to the network element.

UNC names have the following format:

\\<MachineName>\<ShareName>\<FileName>

Example:
\\FILESERVER1\XXXBase\UserHomeDir\User1\File.txt
(Where XXX is ENM for ENM V3.2,XXX = NetM for Version > V3.2)
It can be max. 256 characters

TRANSFER TYPE

TRANSFER TYPE

Transfer type:The transfer type specifies, which

protocol is to be used for the transfer. One of the
following values is possible.

- FTNEA
- FTAM
- FTP

FTNEA is the standard value.

COPY MODE

COPY MODE

The copy mode specifies, how the file is to be

transferred to the network element. One of the
following values is possible:

- ASCII
File is transferred as text file.

- BINARY
File is transferred as binary file without record structure

- USER
is not supported

- EXTENSION
The file is transferred transparently (binary). This
parameter is valid only for FTAM and FTNEA.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEND FILE- 1+

 SEND FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ASCII is standard value

DESTINATION FILE NAME

DESTINATION FILE NAME

Destination file name: Name of the destination file on

the network element.
logical device name:\pathname\DestFileName -> for files on an archive
device
pathname\DestFileName -> for files on system device
DestFileName -> for files in the root-directory(non-gene
files)
where logical device name= logical name of the backup store. It must be
supplied
only for a removable disk. It can be max. 8 character
path name= Level 1 directory (=generation)It can be max. 8
characters
DestFileName= Name of the Destination File
File names are allowed from symbolic character set only up to 17
characters max
Symbolic Character set :
0123456789#%+.
abcdefhghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
.(dot) is not allowed as the last character in file name
Successive ..(more then one dot in succession) not allowed
File name as .(dot) is not allowed

FILE WRITING MODE

FILE WRITING MODE

Write mode: Specifies whether, the present destination

file is to be overwritten, extended or remain unchanged.
If the destination file does not exist as yet, it is created.
Possible values are:

- OVERWRITE
If the destination file already exists, it is
overwritten. Otherwise, a new destination file is
created.

- NOOVERWRITE
A non-existing destination file is created newly. If the
destination file exists, no file transfer is executed and
an error messages is displayed in the output window.

- EXTEND
If the destination file already exists, the new file is
attached to it. Otherwise a new destination file is
created.

Standard value is OVERWRITE. This valus is valid

only for the file transfer types FTAM and FTNEA.

RECORD LENGTH

RECORD LENGTH

The parameter is optional and a value that is equal to

or greater than the longest record length of the file,
which is to be transferred, must be specified. When the
record length is incorrect (very small value), an error
message is displayed and no file transfer is executed.
If the field remains empty, transfer occurs automatically
with the correct record length.

Standard value is 1024.

This parameter is valid only for the file transfer types

FTAM and FTNEA.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEND FILE- 2+

 SEND FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEND FILE- 3-

 TRANS FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TRANSFER FILE

This command transfers files between data carriers, i.e. hard disk,
floppy disk, optical disk, tape and cartridge. Files can be transferred
- between any local data carriers (local transfer) or
- between a local and a remote data carrier (remote transfer).

Notes:
Three file formats are defined for EWSD:
- The Post-Processing format is defined by the system conventions
for magnetic tape storage based on ISO standards. This format allows
data to be exchanged between processors of different manufacturers
and is used for customer files containing post-processing data.
- The SSW format is an EWSD-specific format. It also fulfills the
system conventions for magnetic tape storage and has an EWSD-specific
internal structure. It is used for creating save copies of EWSD-
system-files on tape/optical disk at the CP and transporting EWSD-
software from HOST to CP by tape.
- The CP format exists only on local disk. Files of data type TEXTCMP
or MMLCMPR contain compressed text data with mask numbers as editing
specification. These files are converted into Post-Processing format
producing target files containing printable text data. Source files
of data type TEXTCMP are only converted into editable files if these
target files have variable records with a maximum record length of
256 bytes. Editable files are always generated from source files of
data type MMLCMPR.

The following table shows the correlation between file format, file
type, data type and data carrier.

+-------------+-------+----------------+------------+---------------------+
! File ! File ! Possible ! Possible data carriers !
! format ! type ! data types ! local disk ! local tape/ !
! ! ! ! ! local optical disk/ !
! ! 1) ! 2) ! ! remote data carrier !
+-------------+-------+----------------+------------+---------------------+
! Post- ! SAM ! TRANSP ! X ! X !
! Processing ! ! ! ! !
! format ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! !
! " ! " ! TEXTNCMP ! X ! X !
! ! ! ! ! !
! SSW format ! SAM ! TRANSP ! ! X !
! ! ! ! ! !
! CP format ! SAM ! TEXTCMP ! X ! !
! ! ! ! ! !
! " ! PAM ! TRANSP ! X ! !
! ! ! ! ! !
! " ! CYC ! TRANSP ! X ! !
! ! ! ! ! !
! " ! " ! TEXTNCMP ! X ! !
! ! ! ! ! !
! " ! " ! TEXTCMP ! X ! !
! ! ! ! ! !
! " ! " ! MMLCMPR ! X ! !
! ! ! ! ! !
+-------------+-------+----------------+------------+---------------------+

1) see output parameter type of file of command DISP FILE

2) see output parameter data storage form of command DISP FILE

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 TRANS FILE : FILE= [,VSNS=] [,VSNR=] [,PRONAM=] [,USINF=] 1
1 1
1 [,REQPSW=] [,SIZE=] [,MODE=] [,COPMOD=] 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TRANS FILE- 1+

 TRANS FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

1 1
1 [,RETPER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the file to be transferred. The following

conventions must be observed:
- The new parameter value specifies the target file name, the old
parameter value specifies the source file name.
- If only a fully/partially qualified target file name or value X
is specified, the names of source and target files are identical.
- When copying from local disk to local disk, target and source
file names must neither be identical nor start with the same
partial qualification.
- Value X is only permitted for local transfers from tape/optical
disk.
- If a partially qualified name or value X is specified, all other
parameters apply to all files being copied.
- Partial qualification is only allowed for local transfers and for
remote transfers where CP is initiating and sending processor.
- By appending an * (asterisk) to the target file name, the exchange
code is appended.
- The exchange code can only be appended if the source file is on
local disk and the target file is not on local disk.
- If the target file name already ends with the exchange code, it
is not appended in duplicate.
- Input of * (asterisk) at the end of a fully qualified file name
or as fully qualified file name for local disk is not permissible.
- A . (period) is neither allowed at the end of a fully qualified
file name nor as a fully qualified file name.
- An initial . (period) and .. (successive periods) are not
allowed for files on local disk.
- Target files can only be created on local disk if their name does
not begin with a protected file name segment (see DISP FNS).

Notes:
- If a file at the remote processor is specified, the input of the
corresponding file password is requested after the command was
entered correctly. The following conventions must be observed:
- If the source file is at the remote processor, the password
which authorizes read access must be entered.
- If the target file is at the remote processor, the password
to be entered depends on the intended action.
If MODE = CR is specified, no file password is requested.
The output of the entered file password is suppressed.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

n
n/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSNS VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER SENDER

This parameter specifies the data carrier of the source file.

The following conventions must be observed:
- To access files on data carriers other than on disk, a VSNS
must be specified.
- To access files on disk, a VSNS must be specified for the DCP
but is optional for the CP.
- For direct access to local disk MDD-00 or MDD-01, the associated
VSNS must be specified.
- At the HOST, only public disks can be accessed. If a VSNS is
specified, it is ignored.
- Tapes cannot be accessed at the HOST.
- VSN000 and VSN001 are not permitted as tape/optical disk names.

Default : local disk

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TRANS FILE- 2+

 TRANS FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSNR VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER RECEIVER

This parameter specifies the data carrier of the target file.

The following conventions must be observed:
- To access files on data carriers other than disk, a VSNR must
be specified.
- To access files on disk, a VSNR must be specified for the DCP
but is optional for the CP.
- For direct access to local disk MDD-00 or MDD-01, the associated
VSNR must be specified.
- At the HOST, only public disks can be accessed. If a VSNR is
specified, it is ignored.
- Tapes cannot be accessed at the HOST.
- VSN000 and VSN001 are not permitted as tape/optical disk names.

Default : local disk

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: LIST 1 ELEMENT=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This information unit specifies one of up to five VSN of the

first list of data carriers of the target file. The following
conventions must be observed:
- Only one VSN is permitted for remote transfer or local
transfer to disk.
- If local transfer to tape/optical disk, at least one VSN
and up to four continuation tape/optical disks are to be
specified.

b: LIST 2 ELEMENT=
1...6 characters from the
symbolic name character set

This information unit specifies one of up to five VSN of the

second list of data carriers of the target file. The following
conventions must be observed:
- This information unit must not be used for remote transfer
or local transfer to disk.
- If local transfer to tape/optical disk, at least one VSN
and up to four continuation tape/optical disks are to be
specified.

PRONAM PROCESSOR NAME

This parameter specifies the receiving and the sending processor via
its symbolic processor name. The following conventions must be
observed:
- The new parameter value specifies the receiving processor, the old
parameter value specifies the sending processor.

Default : local processor/local processor

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

1...8 characters from the

text string character set, enclosed in "

USINF USER INFORMATION

This parameter specifies the user identification and authorization

for the remote processor. The user authorization is composed of the

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TRANS FILE- 3+

 TRANS FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

user password and a user account number. The input of the user
password is requested separately after the command was entered
correctly. The output of the entered user password is suppressed.

Notes:
- The parameter may be omitted if a default identification for
file transfer exists and the file is to be processed under this
identity.
- For remote processors, which uses FTAC profiles for identification
and authorization (e.g. UNIX or Windows OS`ses), the transfer
admission of the FTAC profile must be entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: USER IDENTIFICATION=
1...8 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

User identification as required by remote processor.

b: USER ACCOUNT NUMBER=

1...40 characters from the
text string character set, enclosed in "

Input of a user account number if required by remote processor.

REQPSW REQUEST PASSWORDS FOR REMOTE

This parameter specifies if passwords have to be requested for remote

processor.

Notes:
- Input and therefore requests for passwords for remote processor are
not necessary, if they are already stored there (e.g. in
FTAC-Profiles at UNIX or Windows OS`ses). The parameter must be
entered with N/NO to avoid the dialog messages explicitely.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

N NO
NO NO
Y YES
YES YES

Default: Y

SIZE SIZE OF RECEIVE FILE

This parameter specifies the size of the target file for files on disk
in PAM pages (1 PAM page = 2048 bytes). The following conventions must
be observed:
- At the CP, a target file is reduced to the actual size after
transmission if MODE = CR/CRD is entered.
- At the DCP, the size of the file on disk remains unchanged.
- If the value specified for FILE is a partial qualification or
value X, SIZE applies to every file transferred.
The input is ignored if:
- the source file is in SSW format and the target file was created
on local disk
- the target file is on tape/optical disk
- MODE = OVWR or MODE = EXT
- COPMOD = SSWF.
If no input is made for SIZE, the file transfer determines the
size of the target file, except the following case:
If the source file is in Post-Processing format on tape/optical disk
and the target file is to be created on local disk, the system
attempts to correct the preset value of SIZE as far as possible. If
the difference between actual file size and preset value is too great,
the transfer may be aborted due to lack of space. In this case, the
transfer procedure must be repeated with the correct SIZE value.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...8388607, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TRANS FILE- 4+

 TRANS FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Default: 100

MODE MODE TO OPEN RECEIVE FILE

This parameter specifies the opening mode of the target file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CR CREATE
Create file before transfer.
CRD CREATE DOUBLE
Create file in duplicate before transfer
(only possible for local disk).
OVWR OVERWRITE
Existing file will be overwritten.
- If the file does not exist, it is created.
If SSW format is decomposed, the information
in the file key block applies.
- The parameter value is not valid for local tape/
optical disk.
- The parameter value is valid for the DCP tape if
the file is the last on the tape.
- If the target file is a CYC file, the parameter
value is not valid.
EXT EXTEND
Existing file will be extended.
- For tape/optical disk this parameter value is
only valid if the target file is the last on
the tape/optical disk.
- For DCP tape this parameter value is only valid
if the tape file is empty.
- The parameter value is not valid if the target
carrier is a tape/optical disk and a partial
qualification has been entered.
- The parameter value is not valid for the DCP
disk.
- The parameter value is not valid if the
target file is a PAM file/ CYC file or if
COPMOD = SSWF.
- If a file transfer with target file on local
disk is aborted due to lack of space and this
parameter value has been entered, the following
options exist:
a) use CR FILE to create a new file with
sufficient capacity,
b) use OVWR to transfer the file that was to
be extended to the newly created file,
c) use EXT to extend the newly created file.

Default: CR

COPMOD COPY MODE OF FILE

This parameter specifies the copy mode (file and/or data reformatting).

Assignment of parameter values to copy direction/default:

+-----------------------+------------------------+----------------+
! Copy from .. to .. ! Possible param. values ! Default !
+-----------------------+------------------------+----------------+
! local disk --> ! KEEP ! KEEP !
! local disk ! POST ! !
+-----------------------+------------------------+----------------+
! local disk --> ! ! !
! local optical disk / ! POST ! POST !
! local tape ! SSWF ! !
! remote data carrier ! ! !
+-----------------------+------------------------+----------------+
! local optical disk / ! ! !
! local tape --> ! ! !
! local disk / ! BIN ! BIN !
! local optical disk / ! CHAR ! !
! local tape / ! ! !
! remote data carrier ! ! !
+-----------------------+------------------------+----------------!
! remote data ! ! !

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TRANS FILE- 5+

 TRANS FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

! carrier --> ! ! !
! local disk / ! BIN ! BIN
! local optical disk / ! CHAR !
! local tape ! ! !
+-----------------------+------------------------+----------------+

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BIN COPY BINARY DATA

This parameter value enables
1) a file in Post-Processing format containing
binary data to be copied 1:1 in the directions

+--------------+
! local !
! optical disk/!
! local tape/ ! --+
! remote data ! !
! carrier ! !
+--------------+ !
!
+--------------+ +--------------+ !
! ! ! local ! !
! ! ! optical disk/! !
! local disk ! <------ ! local tape/ ! <-+
! ! ! remote data !
! ! ! carrier !
+--------------+ +--------------+

- The target file attributes are determined

by the source file attributes.
- The data are not reformatted.
- If the target file is on local disk:
a) no access restrictions are set,
b) the number of requested copies is set
to 0 (zero).

2) a file in SSW format to be copied in the

directions

+--------------+ +--------------+
! ! ! local !
! ! ! optical disk/!
! local disk ! <------ ! local tape/ !
! ! ! remote data !
! ! ! carrier !
+--------------+ +--------------+

- The SSW format is decomposed.

- By decomposing the SSW format, the file which
was copied with COPMOD = SSWF is
reconstructed.
- The target file attributes are taken from the
file key block, which is output as SSW
INFORMATION in connection with DISP FILE
for the local tape/optical disk.

3) a file in SSW format to be copied in the

directions

+--------------+
! local !
! optical disk/!
! local tape/ ! --+
! remote data ! !
! carrier ! !
+--------------+ !
!
+--------------+ !
! local ! !
! optical disk/! !
! local tape/ ! <-+
! remote data !
! carrier !
+--------------+

- The SSW format is not decomposed.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TRANS FILE- 6+

 TRANS FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

- DISP FILE for a file on local tape/

optical disk specifies whether it has
Post-Processing format or SSW format.
CHAR COPY CHARACTER
This parameter value enables a file in
Post-Processing format containing text data to be
copied 1:1 in the directions

+--------------+
! local !
! optical disk/!
! local tape/ ! --+
! remote data ! !
! carrier ! !
+--------------+ !
!
+--------------+ +--------------+ !
! ! ! local ! !
! ! ! optical disk/! !
! local disk ! <------ ! local tape/ ! <-+
! ! ! remote data !
! ! ! carrier !
+--------------+ +--------------+

- The entry is ignored for source files in

SSW format.
- The target file attributes are determined by the
source file attributes.
- The data are recoded and stored on the target
data carrier
EBCDIC tape/
optical disk in EBCDIC.DF.03 code
ASCII tape/
optical disk in ASCII code
Disk in processor internal code.
- If the target file is on local disk:
a) no access restrictions are set,
b) the number of required copies is set
to 0 (zero).
SSWF CREATE SUPPORT SOFTWARE FORMAT
This parameter value copies a file from local disk
creating SSW format in the directions

+--------------+ +--------------+
! ! ! local !
! ! ! optical disk/!
! local disk ! ------> ! local tape/ !
! ! ! remote data !
! ! ! carrier !
+--------------+ +--------------+

- This parameter value is primarily used for

creating save copies on EBCDIC tape/optical
disks.
- This parameter value is not possible for CYC
files and generation files.
- Since the target file is created in SSW format,
the following restrictions apply to the source
file:
a) record size <= 2048 byte, if record format is
variable,
b) record size <= 2040 byte, if record format is
fix.
- The copying information is ignored as the target
file attributes are defined by SSW format.
- The number of performed copies is not increased.
- The source file attributes are stored in the
file key block of the target file, enabling the
source file to be reconstructed when the target
file is recopied to local disk.
Notes:
- EBCDIC tape/optical disks created with this
parameter value can be processed by IMON.
- File copies produced with this parameter value
can be read by the host using SYSUPD.
- Files in SSW format are structured with:
a) file type SAM,

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TRANS FILE- 7+

 TRANS FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b) record format FIX,

c) data type TRANSP,
d) record size (block length) 2048 bytes.
KEEP KEEP FILE STRUCTURE
This parameter value creates a 1:1 copy in the
directions

+--------------+
! !
+-- ! local disk !
! ! !
! +--------------+
!
! +--------------+
! ! !
+-> ! local disk !
! !
+--------------+

- The parameter value is not possible for

CYC files.
- File attributes (especially file type and
data type) are retained. For exceptions see
below.
- For the target file on local disk:
a) no access restrictions are set, but the write
protection is adopted from the source file,
b) the number of required copies file is set
to default 0 (zero),
c) the service process of the source file is not
assigned to the target file.
POST CREATE POST PROCESSING FORMAT
This parameter value copies a file creating
Post-Processing format in the directions

+--------------+ +--------------+
! ! ! local !
! ! ! optical disk/!
+-- ! local disk ! ------> ! local tape/ !
! ! ! ! remote data !
! ! ! ! carrier !
! +--------------+ +--------------+
!
! +--------------+
! ! !
+-> ! local disk !
! !
+--------------+

- This parameter value is only allowed for PAM

file if a service process exists.
- The target file is a file in
Post-Processing format with non-compressed data
(SAM/TRANSP or SAM/TEXTNCMP).
- The target file attributes are derived from the
copying information of the source file (see
DISP FILE output block COPY INFORMATION).
- The copy block length determines the block
length for the local tape/optical disk, but not
for a remote tape.
- The number of copies made is incremented by 1 if
the target file is on local tape/local optical
disk/remote data carrier and the number of
requested copies is > 0 (zero).
- If the target file is on local disk, then:
a) no access restrictions are set, but the write
protection is adopted from the source file,
b) the number of requested copies is set
to 0 (zero).
- Reformatting is controlled via the data type or
is performed independently of the data type by a
service process, if one exists (see DISP FILE
output block FILEGROUP INFORMATION).
- The following table provides an overview of
reformatting controlled by data type:

+-------+-------------+--------------------------+

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TRANS FILE- 8+

 TRANS FILE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

!CP ! ! !
!source ! Data type ! File and/or data !
!file ! 1) ! reformatting !
!-------+-------------+--------------------------!
! SAM ! TRANSP ! No reformatting !
! ! ! (copy of binary data) !
! ! ! !
! ! TEXTNCMP ! No reformatting !
! ! ! Character conversion !
! ! ! (ASCII <--> EBCDIC.DF.03)!
! ! ! dependent on target data !
! ! ! carrier or according to !
! ! ! link protocol !
! ! ! (copy of text data) !
! ! ! !
! ! TEXTCMP ! Data edited into !
! ! ! printable characters !
! ! ! according to the !
! ! ! editing information !
! ! ! stored in the file !
! ! ! and character conversion !
! ! ! (as above) !
! ! ! !
!-------+-------------+--------------------------!
! CYC ! ! Decomposition of cyclic !
! ! ! structure for all data !
! ! ! types !
! ! ! (target file type SAM) !
! ! ! Depending on copy record !
! ! ! size, records in cyclic !
! ! ! files may also be split !
! ! ! !
! ! ! ) !
! ! TRANSP ! ! !
! ! TEXTNCMP ! > data reformatting !
! ! TEXTCMP ! ! all as above !
! ! ! ) !
! ! ! !
! ! MMLCMPR ! As for TEXTCMP but with !
! ! ! addition of conversion !
! ! ! into a format that can !
! ! ! be processed by text !
! ! ! editors !
! ! ! !
+-------+-------------+--------------------------+
1) see output parameter data storage form of
command DISP FILE

RETPER RETENTION PERIOD RECEIVE FILE

This parameter specifies the retention period of the target file

in days. The following conventions must be observed:
- If no input is made for RETPER and COPMOD = POST, the copy
retention period of the source file is adopted implicitly as
retention period of the target file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...36525, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 TRANS FILE- 9-

 MOD FILEAUT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY FILE AUTHORIZATION

This command is used to modify the access restrictions and/or the

number of safe copies in a file catalog.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FILEAUT : FILE= <,AR= ,SAFCOP=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file whose catalog is to

be modified.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

+,*,%,#

AR ACCESS RESTRICTION

This parameter specifies the type of access restrictions.

Note:
- Any access restrictions not specified are reset
if they are set in the catalog.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NOCN NO CATALOG NAME

NOCR NO CATALOG RETENTION PERIOD
NODEL NO DELETE
NORD NO READ
NOWR NO WRITE
NOAR NO ACCESS RESTRICTION

SAFCOP SAFECOPY

This parameter specifies the number of safe copies

that have already been made.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1,2,3...3, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FILEAUT- 1-

 ACT FILEFEAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE FILE FEATURES

This commands activates features assigned to a certain file.

Prerequisites:
If the feature was previously not entered, the command will be rejected
The target file specified in the command must exist on the system disk.
Possible effects:
The data in the target file may be lost after this command.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT FILEFEAT : FILE= ,FEAT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE TARGET FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file for whom a feature will
be activated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FEAT FEATURES

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FLAMCOMP FLAM COMPRESSION

The data in the target file is compressed using
the FLAM algorithm in CX8 mode.
HEADER HEADER
During file transfer a header record is added.
TRAILER TRAILER
During file transfer a trailer record is added.
FORMAT ASN.1 CLIENT RECORD FORMATTING
During file transfer the data in the target file
is reformatted into a client specific format using
an external device.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT FILEFEAT- 1-

 CAN FILEFEAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL FILE FEATURES

This command cancels features assigned to a file.

Prerequisites:
The feature to be canceled may not be active.
The target file must exist on the system disk.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN FILEFEAT : FILE= ,FEAT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE TARGET FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file from which a feature will
be canceled.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FEAT FEATURES

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FLAMCOMP FLAM COMPRESSION

The data in the target file is compressed using
the FLAM algorithm in CX8 mode.
HEADER HEADER
During file transfer a header record is added.
TRAILER TRAILER
During file transfer a trailer record is added.
FORMAT ASN.1 CLIENT RECORD FORMATTING
During file transfer the data in the target file
is reformatted into a client specific format using
an external device.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FILEFEAT- 1-

 DACT FILEFEAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE FILE FEATURES

This command deactivates features assigned to a certain file.

Prerequisites:
If the feature was previously not active, the command will be rejected.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT FILEFEAT : FILE= ,FEAT= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE TARGET FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file from which a feature will
be deactivated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FEAT FEATURES

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FLAMCOMP FLAM COMPRESSION

The data in the target file is compressed using
the FLAM algorithm in CX8 mode.
HEADER HEADER
During file transfer a header record is added.
TRAILER TRAILER
During file transfer a trailer record is added.
FORMAT ASN.1 CLIENT RECORD FORMATTING
During file transfer the data in the target file
is reformatted into a client specific format using
an external device.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT FILEFEAT- 1-

 DISP FILEFEAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FILE FEATURES

This command displays the different features assigned to a certain

file. Together with the feature and its status, the name of the file
where the results of the assigned DISP FILEFEAT is stored.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FILEFEAT : FILE= [,FEAT=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE TARGET FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file for which the assigned
DISP FILEFEAT will be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FEAT FEATURES

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FLAMCOMP FLAM COMPRESSION

The data in the target file is compressed using
the FLAM algorithm in CX8 mode.
HEADER HEADER
During file transfer a header record is added.
TRAILER TRAILER
During file transfer a trailer record is added.
FORMAT ASN.1 CLIENT RECORD FORMATTING
During file transfer the data in the target file
is reformatted into a client specific format using
an external device.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FILEFEAT- 1-

 ENTR FILEFEAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER FILE FEATURES

This command enters feature(s) and assigns these feature(s) to a

targetfile. The result is stored in another file with the same
characteristics as the target file unless otherwise specified.
The result file name cannot be specified by the operator. It is
system internal defined in following manner "TARGET FILE NAME" + ".FLAM".
Prerequisites:
The file to which a feature is assigned, must already exist.
If the file -read application- is not supported by the system ,
the command will be rejected indicating that the application is
not supported.
Following files - read applications - are supported:
- IA.ICAMA

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR FILEFEAT : FILE= ,FEAT= [,ACTION=] [,SIZE=] [,RECF=] 1
1 1
1 [,RECSZ=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE TARGET FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of the file for which a feature is
entered.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

FEAT FEATURES

This parameter specifies the assigned features

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

FLAMCOMP FLAM COMPRESSION

The data in the target file is compressed using
the FLAM algorithm in CX8 mode.
HEADER HEADER
During file transfer a header record is added.
TRAILER TRAILER
During file transfer a trailer record is added.
FORMAT ASN.1 CLIENT RECORD FORMATTING
During file transfer the data in the target file
is reformatted into a client specific format using
an external device.

ACTION ADDITIONAL ACTIONS

This parameter specifies which additional action is done with the data
in the target file.
Possible effects can be that original data of the file is lost when the
entered feature is activated lateron.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

REL RELEASE EXISTING FILE

The data in the target file is released after
successful feature execution.
NOREL NOT RELEASE EXISTING FILE
The data in the target file is kept after
successful feature execution.

Default: REL

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR FILEFEAT- 1+

 ENTR FILEFEAT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SIZE RESULT FILE SIZE

This parameter specifies the size of the result file. The size is
entered in number of PAM pages.
The default value depents on the target file:
- IA.ICAMA : 5000

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...65000, range of decimal numbers

RECF RECORD FORMAT RESULT FILE

This parameter specifies the record format of the result file.

The default value is identical to the record format of the target file.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

VAR VARIABLE FORMAT

FIX FIXED FORMAT

RECSZ RECORD SIZE RESULT FILE

This parameter specifies the record size of the result file. The record
size can be entered in bytes. The size must be minimum 80 bytes and
maximum 32768 bytes (32K).
The default value is identical to the record size of the target file

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

80...32768, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR FILEFEAT- 2-

 ENTR FILEPSW

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER FILE PASSWORD

This command enters a session file password.

This command allows multiple starts.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR FILEPSW ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR FILEPSW- 1-

 DISP FILESEC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FILE SECURITY METHOD

This command is used to show the selected File Security

method.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FILESEC ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FILESEC- 1-

 SET FILESEC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SET FILE SECURITY METHOD

This command is used to switch between the two methods of File

Security.

File based File Security names the method where per file an
optional password can be administrated for each file access.
Access to files is allowed when no password is set.
This is independently of the initiator who attempts to access
the file.
Initiator based File Security names the method where for each
initiator, defined by a user id, access rights can be set for
single files or a number of files. Access to files is not
allowed for a specific initiator when nothing is administrated
for this initiator.

Note:
- With the File based File Security method passwords have to
be administrated using the commands CR FGRP and SET FGRPPW.
- With the Initiator based File Security method administration
can only be done using Q3 operations.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 SET FILESEC : FILESEC= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILESEC FILE SECURITY METHOD

This parameter is always mandatory.

The parameter specifies which File Security method shall be
selected.
The value FBFS stands for the File based File Security
method.
The value IBFS stands for the Initiator based File
Security method.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FBFS FILE BASED FILE SECURITY

IBFS INITIATOR BASED FILE SECURITY

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SET FILESEC- 1-

 DISP FILETEXT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FILETEXT

This command displays the content of a file.

Prerequisites:
- The specified file must be a sequential dataset with variable
record length.
- The records contain only ASCII characters (see note).

Notes:
- Unprintable characters are substituted by ’.’.
- Continuation lines of a record start with ’>>’.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FILETEXT : FILE= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter identifies the dataset for display with its

filename.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FILETEXT- 1-

 CAN FILETRF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL FILE TRANSFERS

This command cancels FTAM file transfer(s).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN FILETRF : <JN= ,JST=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

JN JOB NUMBER

This parameter specifies the job number assigned to a FTAM file

transfer.

Notes:
- If exactly one FTAM filetransfer is specified, the value entered
for JST is checked against the actual jobstate (see output
parameter jobstate of command DISP FILETRF).
- If X is entered, all FTAM file transfers are cancelled.
If JST is entered additionally, only the corresponding FTAM
jobs are cancelled.
- If no value is entered here, JST has to be specified.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...9999, range of decimal numbers

JST JOB STATE

This parameter specifies an additional selection criterion.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
INTR INTERRUPTED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FILETRF- 1-

 DISP FILETRF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FILE TRANSFERS

This command displays data of FTAM file transfer(s) and comprises

the functions:
- list of all FTAM file transfers giving main job data.
- list of all job data for one FTAM file transfer.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FILETRF : <JN= ,JST=> ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

JN JOB NUMBER

This parameter specifies the job number assigned to a FTAM file

transfer.

Notes:
- If exactly one FTAM filetransfer is specified, the value entered
for JST is ignored.
- If X is entered, a list of all FTAM file transfers is displayed.
If JST is entered additionally, only the corresponding FTAM
jobs are displayed.
- If no value is entered here, JST has to be specified.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...9999, range of decimal numbers

JST JOB STATE

This parameter specifies an additional selection criterion.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

ACT ACTIVE
INTR INTERRUPTED

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FILETRF- 1-

 STOP FILETRF

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

STOP FILE TRANSFERS

This command stops FTAM file transfer(s). The jobstate changes to

interrupted (see output parameter jobstate of command DISP FILETRF).

Prerequisites:
- the interruption of the FTAM file transfer(s) must be possible
(see output parameter interrupt possible of command DISP FILETRF).
- the FTAM file transfer(s) must be activ.
(see output parameter jobstate of command DISP FILETRF)

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 STOP FILETRF : JN= [,INTRPER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

JN JOB NUMBER

This parameter specifies the job number assigned to a FTAM file

transfer.

Notes:
- If X is entered, all FTAM file transfers are stopped

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

10...9999, range of decimal numbers

INTRPER INTERRUPT PERIOD

This parameter specifies the interrupt period for FTAM file

transfer(s) suggested by the operator. The value is entered
in the form HH-MM (H=Hour, M=Minute). As the value is
transferred in the form 2 to the power of x seconds by the
FTAM protocol, the entered value is calculated in seconds
and rounded up. Due to this exact values cannot be produced.

Default : 10 minutes

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 STOP FILETRF- 1-

 DISP FIRREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FACILITY INPUT RECORDING RECORD

This command displays Facility Input Records (FIR), which are stored
on disk.
Contrary to AMA data records, Facility Input Records are charge free.
They are generated in order to record the date of creation or
cancelation of subscriber services (e.g. account suspension) via the
administration.
Generation of this Facility Input Records is created with:
CR FAICHA:FAIOPER=FIR;
The Facility Input Records are output by the system in a cyclic disk
file with occupancy level alarm on the system panel.
They can also be copied onto a SAM disk file by the operator with
TRANS FILE, and from here they can be displayed as well.
The display is related to directory numbers and can be restricted
concerning service, creation date and file.
Display from the magnetic tape/optical disk is not implemented.
Therefore the magnetic tape/optical disk file has to be copied with
TRANS FILE into the disk.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FIRREC : DN= [,FILE=] [,BEGDATE=] [,ENDDATE=] [,FAC=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DN DIRECTORY NUMBER

This parameter allows a selective display based on directory

number digits.
Notes:
- The directory numbers are stored in Facility Input Records with the
local area code and without discrimination digits.
- That is why the local area code must always be entered when defining
the directory number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

1...24 digit hexadecimal number where B is

interchangeable with * and C is interchangeable with #

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name of a file on disk in which

FIR records are stored.

Default : IA.ICFIR.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

BEGDATE BEGIN DATE

This parameter specifies the begin date of the interval to be

displayed.
Default : no lower limit of the interval to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FIRREC- 1+

 DISP FIRREC

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

ENDDATE END DATE

This parameter specifies the end date of the interval to be

displayed.
Default : no upper limit of the interval to be displayed.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF END DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF END DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF END DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

FAC FACILITY

This parameter allows a selective display based on the

facility that is stored in a FIR record.
Up to 5 parameter can be linked with &.

Default : no selection of facilities.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: FACILITY INPUT
ACCSUSP ACCOUNT SUSPENSION
ACCSPORI ACCOUNT SUSPENSION ORIGINATING
ACCSPTER ACCOUNT SUSPENSION TERMINATING
TRACL ACTIV.BLOCKING F.TRAFFIC CLASS
TRACLSUS TRACL SUSPENSION
REQSPORI REQUESTED SUSPENS. ORIGINATING
REQSPTER REQUESTED SUSPENS. TERMINATING
DIVCL DIV TRAFFIC CLASS

b: TRAFFIC CLASS=
0...255, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FIRREC- 2-

 ACT FIXPOINT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE FIXPOINT

This command activates the automatic creation of fixpoint generations.

The command causes a fixpoint generation to be automatically created on
disk each time a defined threshold number of MML commands with logging
attribute or, if the Q3 interface is active, Q3 requests or
Q3 responses has been entered.

The number of fixpoints simultaneously permitted on disk is limited.

When the maximum number of fixpoints on disk has been reached, the
oldest fixpoint is deleted upon generation of another fixpoint.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT FIXPOINT : [CMDTHRES=] [,Q3REQTHR=] [,Q3RESTHR=] 1
1 1
1 [,Q3OPCNT=] [,FIXNO=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

CMDTHRES COMMAND THRESHOLD

This parameter specifies the number of MML commands with logging

attribute, after input of which an automatic fixpoint generation, that
is, a copy of the current semipermanent database to disk, will be made.
The default of this parameter is the value entered during the last
input of the command ACT FIXPOINT. If the command ACT FIXPOINT is
entered for the first time, this parameter must be specified. This
threshold value specifies the number of subscriber-programmed
entries.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1000...100000, range of decimal numbers

Q3REQTHR Q3 REQUEST THRESHOLD

This parameter specifies the number of Q3 Requests with logging

attribute, after input of which an automatic fixpoint generation, that
is, a copy of the current semipermanent database to disk, will be
generated.
The default of this parameter is the value entered during the last
input of the command ACT FIXPOINT. If the command ACT FIXPOINT is
entered for the first time and no value is specified, no fixpoint will
be generated in respect of Q3 Requests.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10000, range of decimal numbers

Default: 0

Q3RESTHR Q3 RESPONSE THRESHOLD

This parameter specifies the number of Q3 Responses with logging

attribute, after input of which an automatic fixpoint generation, that
is, a copy of the current semipermanent database to disk, will be
generated.
The default of this parameter is the value entered during the last
input of the command ACT FIXPOINT. If the command ACT FIXPOINT is
entered for the first time and no value is specified, the value
defaults to that of CMDTHRES.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

100...100000, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT FIXPOINT- 1+

 ACT FIXPOINT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Q3OPCNT Q3 OPERATION COUNTING

This parameter specifies whether Q3 entries are to be counted or not

i.e, if an automatic fixpoint is to be generated because of
Q3 Responses or Q3 Requests or not.
If the Q3 interface is not active this parameter is ignored.
Default: Q3 operations are counted.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

YES Q3 OPERATION COUNTING

Y Q3 OPERATION COUNTING
NO NO Q3 OPERATION COUNTING
N NO Q3 OPERATION COUNTING

FIXNO MAXIMAL NUMBER OF FIXPOINTS

This parameter specifies the maximum number of fixpoint generations

on disk. The original generation, i.e. that with the same generation
name but with fixpoint counter = 00, and snapshot generations are not
included in this number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...10, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT FIXPOINT- 2-

 DACT FIXPOINT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE FIXPOINT

This command deactivates automatic fixpoint generation. This is required

for example, prior to an APS change or REGEN run (see the command
description for EXEC REGEN). If the automatic fixpoint function is
subsequently activated again without entering parameters, the threshold
value is the same as the one before the deactivation.

For general information on the generation concept, see the command

description for COPY GEN.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT FIXPOINT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT FIXPOINT- 1-

 DISP FIXPOINT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FIXPOINT

This command displays the following information on automatic fixpoint

creation:

- Status of the fixpoint function

- Threshold number of entered MML commands with logging

attribute, on exceeding of which a fixpoint is to be generated,

- Threshold number of entered Q3 requests with logging

attribute, on exceeding of which a fixpoint is to be generated,

- Threshold number of entered Q3 responses with logging

attribute, on exceeding of which a fixpoint is to be generated,

- Status of Q3 counting, i.e. whether Q3 counting is activated or

not

- Maximum number of fixpoint generations permitted on disk.

For general information on the generation concept, see the command

description for COPY GEN.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FIXPOINT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FIXPOINT- 1-

 ACT FNS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE FILE NAME SEGMENT

This command activates the filename segment protection

for one element or for all elements of the filename
segment table.

Prerequisite:
- The filename segment element must exist.
- The syntax of the filename segment element must be correct.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT FNS : [FNS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FNS FILE NAME SEGMENT

This parameter specifies the name of the filename segment

for which the relevant function is to be carried out.

Note:
- Only alphanumeric characters are legal.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

2 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT FNS- 1-

 CAN FNS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL FILE NAME SEGMENT

This command cancels elements of the filename segment

table which were created retrospectively.

Prerequisite:
- The filename segment element must be an external element
(created with ENTR FNS).
- The syntax of the filename segment element must be correct.
- Update must be switched on.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN FNS : FNS= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FNS FILE NAME SEGMENT

This parameter specifies the name of the filename segment

for which the relevant function is to be carried out.

Note:
- Only alphanumeric characters are legal.
- The filename segment must be entered as a fully
qualified name.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

2 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FNS- 1-

 DACT FNS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE FILE NAME SEGMENT

This command deactivates the filename segment protection for

one element or all elements of the filename segment table.

Prerequisite:
- The file name segment element must exist.
- The syntax of the filename segment element must be correct.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT FNS : [FNS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FNS FILE NAME SEGMENT

This parameter specifies the name of the file name segment.

Note:
- Only alphanumeric characters are legal.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

2 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT FNS- 1-

 DISP FNS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FILE NAME SEGMENT

This command displays one or all elements of the filename

segment table.

Prerequisite:
- The filename segment element must exist.
- The syntax of the filename segment element must be correct.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FNS : [FNS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FNS FILE NAME SEGMENT

This parameter specifies the name of the filename segment

for which the relevant function is to be carried out.

Note:
- Only alphanumeric characters are legal.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

2 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FNS- 1-

 ENTR FNS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER FILE NAME SEGMENT

This command is used to add new elements to the file name segment table.

Prerequisite:
- The filename segment must be entered as a fully
qualified name.
- The specified element may not exist.
- The table should not be full.
- The syntax of the specified element must be correct.
- Update must be switched on.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR FNS : FNS= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FNS FILE NAME SEGMENT

This parameter specifies the name of the filename segment.

Note:
- Only alphanumeric characters are legal.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

2 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR FNS- 1-

 CAN FRAMEHD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE

This command cancels a frame handler reference.

Prerequisites:
- No depending NUC may exist for the frame handler.
- If a logical frame handler shall be cancelled, no packet data
path may exist for the assigned V5CHANID.

This command is normally logged.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN FRAMEHD : FRAMEHD= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FRAMEHD FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the frame handler reference number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FRAMEHD- 1-

 CR FRAMEHD
CON
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE

This command creates a frame handler reference.

This command is normally logged.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

THIS COMMAND HAS FOLLOWING INPUT FORMATS :

1. CR FRAMEHD - CON CONCENTRATING FRAME HANDLER

2. CR FRAMEHD - LOG LOGICAL FRAME HANDLER

1. Input format

CONCENTRATING FRAME HANDLER

In this path a concentrating frame handler is created.

This frame handler type consists of one (Simplex-Mode)

or two (Duplex-Mode) frame handler modules. They have
to be created with CR LTU (TYPE=FHM) in an LTGH.

The Bd-ports of the frame handler modules are specified

by the parameters LTG1-LC1 and LTG2-LC2.

A frame handler with TYPE=CON can concentrate packet

data frames of DLUs and logical V5-communication channels
within EWSD.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR FRAMEHD : FRAMEHD= [,TYPE=] ,MODE= <,LTG1= ,LC1= ,LTG2= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 ,LC2=> [,CONTCHK=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FRAMEHD FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the frame handler reference number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...999, range of decimal numbers

TYPE FRAME HANDLER TYPE

This parameter specifies the frame handler type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

CON CONCENTRATING FRAME HANDLER

Default: CON

MODE CONNECTION MODE

This parameter specifies the connection mode of the

Bd-channels of the frame handler to the packet handler.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NUC NAILED-UP BD-CHANNEL

SWITCHED SWITCHED BD-CHANNEL

LTG1 LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER 1

This parameter specifies the LTG number of the

Bd-channel, which shall be assigned to LTG number 1

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FRAMEHD- 1+
 CR FRAMEHD
CON
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

of a concentrating frame handler.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the ltgset number.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the line trunk group.

LC1 LINE CONNECTION NUMBER 1

This parameter specifies the Bd-channel on the frame

handler module, which shall be assigned to line
connection number 1 of a concentrating frame handler.

Prerequisites:
- The Bd-channel of the frame handler module has to be
connected with a PBX line of the category FHBD.
- The specified frame handler module must not be
assigned to an other frame handler reference.
- Command parameter LTG1 has to be entered as well.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT NUMBER=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the line trunk unit of the frame

handler module.

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
1, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the port number of the Bd-channel.

LTG2 LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER 2

This parameter specifies the LTG number of the

Bd-channel, which shall be assigned to LTG number 2
of a concentrating frame handler.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the ltgset number.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the line trunk group.

LC2 LINE CONNECTION NUMBER 2

This parameter specifies the Bd-channel on the frame

handler module, which shall be assigned to line
connection number 2 of a concentrating frame handler.

Prerequisites:
- The Bd-channel of the frame handler module has to be
connected with a PBX line of the category FHBD.
- The specified frame handler module must not be

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FRAMEHD- 2+
 CR FRAMEHD
CON
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

assigned to an other frame handler reference.

- Command parameter LTG2 has to be entered as well.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT NUMBER=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the line trunk unit of the frame

handler module.

b: CHANNEL NUMBER=
1, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the port number of the Bd-channel.

CONTCHK CONTINUITY CHECK

This parameter specifies the type of the continuity check

on the Bd-channel.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

HDLCFL HDLC FLAG

MNGFR BOTHWAY MANAGEMENT FRAME

Default: MNGFR

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FRAMEHD- 3+
 CR FRAMEHD
LOG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

2. Input format

LOGICAL FRAME HANDLER

In this path a logical frame handler is created.

The frame handler reference of a logical frame handler

have to be assigned to a logical V5-communication channel
of a V5.2 interface via the parameters V5IF and V5CHANID.
The logical frame handler executes no further concentration
of packet data frames within EWSD.

Note:
- The Bd-channels of a logical frame handler are reserved
automatically.

Prerequisites:
- The specified V5IF must be a V5.2 interface.
- The specified V5CHANID have to exist.
- No other frame handler reference or BDSILCCH must be
assigned to the specified V5CHANID.
- All ports of the SILCs in the LTGs, which are connected
with the V5.2 interface, must be connected with PBX lines
of the category FHBD.

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR FRAMEHD : FRAMEHD= ,TYPE= ,MODE= ,V5IF= ,V5CHANID= 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CONTCHK=] [,NUMBDCH=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FRAMEHD FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the frame handler reference number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...999, range of decimal numbers

TYPE FRAME HANDLER TYPE

This parameter specifies the frame handler type.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

LOG LOGICAL FRAME HANDLER

Default: CON

MODE CONNECTION MODE

This parameter specifies the connection mode of the

Bd-channels of the frame handler to the packet handler.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NUC NAILED-UP BD-CHANNEL

SWITCHED SWITCHED BD-CHANNEL

V5IF V5 INTERFACE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the V5 interface number of a

V5.2 interface.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

6000...8999, range of decimal numbers

V5CHANID V5 CHANNEL IDENTIFICATION

This parameter specifies the V5-channel identification

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FRAMEHD- 4+
 CR FRAMEHD
LOG
KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

for a logical V5-communication channel, which shall be

assigned to a logical frame handler.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...3, range of decimal numbers

CONTCHK CONTINUITY CHECK

This parameter specifies the type of the continuity check

on the Bd-channel.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

HDLCFL HDLC FLAG

MNGFR BOTHWAY MANAGEMENT FRAME

Default: MNGFR

NUMBDCH NUMBER OF BD-CHANNELS

This parameter specifies the number of the Bd-channels

for a logical frame handler.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2, range of decimal numbers

Default: 1

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FRAMEHD- 5-
 DISP FRAMEHD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE

This command displays frame handler reference data.

Additionally to the administered frame handler data the reserved

SILC ports for logical frame handlers and the connected DLUs and
logical V5-communication channels for concentrating frame handlers
are displayed.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FRAMEHD : FRAMEHD= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FRAMEHD FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the frame handler reference number.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.
Multiple values and/or ranges can be linked with &.

1...999, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FRAMEHD- 1-

 MOD FRAMEHD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE

This command modifies frame handler reference data.

For a concentrating frame handler the parameters

LTG1-LC1, LTG2-LC2 and CONTCHK may be modified.
For a logical frame handler the parameters CONTCHK and
NUMBDCH may be modified.

This command is normally logged.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FRAMEHD : FRAMEHD= [,LTG1=] [,LC1=] [,LTG2=] [,LC2=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,CONTCHK=] [,NUMBDCH=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FRAMEHD FRAME HANDLER REFERENCE NUMBER

This parameter specifies the frame handler reference number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...999, range of decimal numbers

LTG1 LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER 1

This parameter modifies the assignment of LTG number 1

to a concentrating frame handler.

If only the new LTG number is entered (n/ ), a new

frame handler module will be assigned to the frame handler
reference.

If only the old LTG number is entered ( /o), an already

assigned LTG will be released.

New and old LTG number may not be entered together (n/o).

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the ltgset number.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the line trunk group.

LC1 LINE CONNECTION NUMBER 1

This parameter modifies the assignment of line connection

number 1 in the given LTG to a concentrating frame handler.

If the new LTG number is entered in LTG1, only the new line
connection number (n/ ) may be entered and a new frame handler

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FRAMEHD- 1+

 MOD FRAMEHD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

module will be assigned to the frame handler reference.

If the old LTG number is entered in LTG1, only the old line
connection number ( /o) may be entered and an already assigned
frame handler module will be released.

New and old line connection number may not be entered

together (n/o).

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT NUMBER=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the line trunk unit of the frame

handler module.

b: PORT NUMBER=
1, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the port number of the Bd-channel.

LTG2 LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER 2

This parameter modifies the assignment of LTG number 2

to a concentrating frame handler.

If only the new LTG number is entered (n/ ), a new

frame handler module will be assigned to the frame handler
reference.

If only the old LTG number is entered ( /o), an already

assigned LTG will be released.

New and old LTG number may not be entered together (n/o).

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

a-b

a: LTGSET NUMBER=
0...31, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the ltgset number.

b: LINE TRUNK GROUP NUMBER=

1...63, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the line trunk group.

LC2 LINE CONNECTION NUMBER 2

This parameter modifies the assignment of line connection

number 2 in the given LTG to a concentrating frame handler.

If the new LTG number is entered in LTG2, only the new line
connection number (n/ ) may be entered and a new frame handler
module will be assigned to the frame handler reference.

If the old LTG number is entered in LTG2, only the old line
connection number ( /o) may be entered and an already assigned
frame handler module will be released.

New and old line connection number may not be entered

together (n/o).

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FRAMEHD- 2+

 MOD FRAMEHD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

a-b

a: LINE TRUNK UNIT NUMBER=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the line trunk unit of the frame

handler module.

b: PORT NUMBER=
1, range of decimal numbers

This unit specifies the port number of the Bd-channel.

CONTCHK CONTINUITY CHECK

This parameter modifies the type of the continuity check on

the Bd-channel.

The modification will be activated at the next built-up of

the Bd-channels.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

MNGFR BOTHWAY MANAGEMENT FRAME

HDLCFL HDLC FLAG

NUMBDCH NUMBER OF BD-CHANNELS

This parameter modifies the number of the Bd-channels for a

logical frame handler.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...2, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FRAMEHD- 3-

 REC FRAMEHD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

REC FRAMEHANDLER

The command starts traffic measurement of all existing frame handlers

at an exchange.
Traffic data are delivered separately for those frame handler modules
which are accessible at the recording time.
The existence of a frame handler is not necessary to start a measurement
job. However, no traffic data will be recorded unless a frame handler
exists.
Prerequisites :
- System time must be secure when the command is entered.
Notes:
- The name of the measurement file is displayed on the OMT.
- Only one frame handler measurement job can be started.
- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the
selected measurement intervals.
UNIT=OMT is not permissible for the REC FRAMEHD measurement.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output
with immediate start.
- The measurement can be stopped with STOP JOB, except
jobs with UNIT=MDD-DAILY.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC FRAMEHD : UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for postprocessing.

Notes :
- If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,
an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are
output to single measurement files.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7
daily files are prepared and created at the
start of measurement.
A daily file is closed at the end of the day
and a new file for the next day is
automatically created, or the existing file is
replaced.
Daily files will be overwritten in the
following week on the same weekday.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC FRAMEHD- 1+

 REC FRAMEHD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This information unit specifies the desired output

mode (daily file or single measurement file).
It is only permissible in connection with output
UNIT=MDD.

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters cannot be specified for data
output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In the case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.

Default: the begin of measurement is the current date.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after
command input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last

single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC FRAMEHD- 2+

 REC FRAMEHD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times BEG are only permitted if at least one
begin date BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurements over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. BEG =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e.g. BEG = 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval
times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
BEG with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval BEG, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: TERMINATION HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: TERMINATION MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.

Notes:
- Input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which cannot be
linked with other values.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC FRAMEHD- 3+

 REC FRAMEHD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC FRAMEHD- 4-

 DISP FSCFG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display File Security Configuration

This Task displays the ’File Security Configuration’, which defines

the possible ’Rule restrictions’ and the ’Default access’ rights
provided no ’Rule’ applies.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FSCFG ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FSCFG- 1-

 MOD FSCFG

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify File Security Configuration

This Task modifies the ’File Security Configuration’, which defines

the possible ’Rule restrictions’ and the ’Default access’ rights
provided no ’Rule’ applies.

The ’Rule restriction’ cannot be changed if this would lead to

inconsistancies with existing ’Rules’.

At least one of the parameters ’Default access’ and ’Rule restriction’

has to be specified.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FSCFG : [Default access=] [,Rule restriction=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Default access

This parameter specifies the ’Default access’ rights that are used for
file access check, if no File Security ’Rule’ applies.

Input format:
’Allow’ : Allows default access right for the file operation.

’Deny’ : Denies default access right for the file operation.

Select the ’Default access’ for the file operations:

’Read’, ’Write’, ’Create’, ’Delete’, ’Read attributes’

Rule restriction

This parameter can restrict the supported ’Rule type’ of the File
Security ’Rules’. Such a restriction may help to get a less complex File
Security system and therefore may help to avoid conflicting ’Rules’.

Prerequisite:
If the ’Rule restriction’ is set to ’Deny rules’ or ’Allow rules’ only,
then no File Security ’Rule’ of the other ’Rule type’ may exist.

Input format:
’Allow rules’: Only ’Rules’ of ’Rule type’ ’Deny’ are supported.

’Deny rules’ : Only ’Rules’ of ’Rule type’ ’Allow’ are supported.

’All rules’ : All ’Rule types’ are supported.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FSCFG- 1-

 CAN FSFGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Cancel File Security File Group

This task cancels a File Security ’File group’, which defines a set of file
name patterns and the file operations on these file name patterns.

Prerequisite:
The ’File group’ is not canceled, if it is still referenced by a File
Security ’Rule’.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN FSFGRP : File group= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

File group

This parameter specifies the name of the ’File group’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Dependencies:
The ’File group’ is not canceled, if it is referebced by a File
Security ’Rule’

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FSFGRP- 1-

 CR FSFGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Create File Security File Group

This task creates a File Security ’File group’, which defines a set of file
name patterns and the file operations on these file name patterns.
A ’File group’ is referenced by one or more File Security ’Rules’ in order
to ’Allow’ or ’Deny’ access rights for the file operations on the file name
patterns.

The set of file name patterns is defined by the ’File list’.

The file operations are defined by the ’Operations list’.

Optionally to each of the file operations a ’Password’ can be entered.

The file names within the ’File list’ parameter can be fully qualified file
names or file name patterns defined by special characters.

Dependencies:
’Passwords’ are ignored at access checks if this ’File group’ is referenced
by a ’Deny’ ’Rule’.

Note:
- The response ’Operation not allowed or not possible’ can have one
of the following reasons:

- There are already too many ’File groups’ in the database.

- The maximum number of passwords (200) or file names (400)
is reached.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR FSFGRP : File group= ,File list= ,Operations list= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

File group

This parameter specifies the name of the ’File group’. This name is used
by a File Security ’Rule’ to reference the ’File group’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

File list

This parameter specifies a list of file names and file name patterns on
which the file operations specified within ’Operations list’ will be
allowed or denied.
Selected elements of this list must not be suplied with an empty string.

Input format:
Set (1-20 elements) of file names.
One element consists of a choice:
’File on CP’: String (1-17 characters) for CP file names,
only capital letters, numbers and the special
characters "#", "%", "+", ".", "*"
and "?" are allowed.
’File on MP’: String (1-48 characters) for MP file names,
small and capital letters, numbers and the special
characters "#" "%" "+" "." "*" "!"
"$" "&" "(" ")" "," ":" "-" "/"
";" "<" ">" "=" "@" "[" "]" ""
"_" "{" "}" "?" "\" are allowed.

For files on MP the device must be specified either by the device

name or by a wildcard.

A file name pattern is defined as follows:

- "Partly qualified" file names are specified by a dot (".") at
the end of the name.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FSFGRP- 1+
 CR FSFGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

A file name matches this file name pattern, if it contains this

"partly qualified" file name as a prefix including the dot.

- "Fully qualified" file names are given uniquely without any

wild cards.

- One or more question marks ("?") can be entered at any position

of the file name pattern.
A file name matches this file name pattern, if the file name and
the file name pattern are equal except the character positions
indicated by the question mark within the file name pattern.
One question mark substitutes exactly one character.

- One asterisk ("*") can be entered at any position of the file

name pattern.
A file name matches this file name pattern, if the part before the
asterisk is contained as a prefix and if the part after the asterisk
is contained as a suffix.
The asterisk substitutes none, one or more characters.

- A question mark can be used in combination with a "partly qualified"

file name and with an asterisk.

- An asterisk cannot be used in combination with a dot as the last

character of the file name pattern.

Examples for files on CP:

- "Partly qualified" file name "SY." matches to
"SY.TASKLIB", "SY.SEMILIB", etc.
"SYSTEM.FILE" does NOT match this pattern.

- The file name pattern "RG.F?.FILE" applies to

"RG.FC.FILE", "RG.FS.FILE", etc.

- The file name pattern "IA.IC*" applies to "IA.IC",

"IA.ICAMA", "IA.ICMAL", etc.

Examples for files on MP:

- The file name pattern "SYS:\ab*" applies to all files on the
system device beginning with the prefix "ab". A generation
beginning with this prefix also matches to this file name pattern.
(e.g. ab, ab0, abC, ... , \ab\systemcode, \abCd\systemfile, ... )

- The file name pattern "SYS:\\def*" applies to all files of the

actual generation on the system device, beginning with the
prefix "def".

- The file name pattern "MOD:\*" applies to all files on the

MOD device.

- The file name pattern "???:\ab*" applies to all files on any

device with 3 letters beginning with the prefix "ab".

Operations list

This parameter specifies a list of file operations that are defined for
this ’File group’.

The ’Rule’ that references this ’File group’ defines whether these file
operations are allowed or denied.

Optionally to each of this file operations a ’Password’ can be entered

for restricted file access.
The ’Password’ has to be entered twice for verification.
A ’Password’ must contain at least one alphabetic character, one
numerical
character and one special character.

Dependencies:
- Optionally entered ’Passwords’ are ignored at access checks if this
’File group’ is referenced by a ’Deny’ ’Rule’.

- For file access via FTP no password may be administrated.

Input format:
Set (1-5) of file operations
One file operation element consists of:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FSFGRP- 2+
 CR FSFGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

’Operation’:
’Create’ : Create file operation
’Delete’ : Delete file operation
’Read’ : Read file operation
’Write’ : Write file operation
’Read attributes’: Read file attributes operation
’Password’:
String (3-40 characters)
’Verify password’:
String (3-40 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FSFGRP- 3-
 DISP FSFGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display File Security File Group

This task displays one or more File Security ’File groups’, which define a
set of file name patterns and the file operations on these file name patterns.

The following selections are possible:

- One single File Security ’File group’:

--> Enter the ’File group’

- All File Security ’File groups’:

--> Default: Enter no selection parameter

- Selection by filter criteria:

--> Enter ’Substring’ for ’File group’ name (match at any position).
--> Enter ’File entry’ for ’File list’ (’File name’ is in the list).
If more than one filter criteria are entered they must be all fulfilled.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FSFGRP : [File group=] [,Substring=] [,File location=] 1
1 1
1 [,File name=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

File group

This parameter selects one specific ’File group’ by its name.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered, if all ’File groups’ shall be
selected or ’Substring’ or ’File entry’ is entered as filter parameter.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Substring

This parameter defines a pattern for the ’File group’ name.

The ’File group’ name must contain this pattern at any position.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered, if a ’File group’ is entered.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

File location

This parameter specifies where the file, specified in ’File name’,

is located.

Dependencies:
- This parameter must be entered together with the parameter ’File name’.

File name

This parameter specifies a file name which must be contained in the ’File
list’. It is only looked for exact matches of the given file name and
that
one in the ’File list’.

Dependencies:
- This parameter must be entered together with the parameter ’File
location’.
- It must not be entered, if a ’File group’ was entered.

Input format:
’File on CP’: String (1-17 characters) for CP file names

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FSFGRP- 1+

 DISP FSFGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

’File on MP’: String (1-48 characters) for MP file names

For files on MP the device must be specified either by the device

name or by a wildcard.

A file name pattern is defined as follows:

- "Partly qualified" file names are specified by a dot (".") at
the end of the name.

- "Fully qualified" file names are given uniquely without any

wild cards.

- One or more question marks ("?") can be entered at any position

of the file name pattern.
A file name matches this file name pattern, if the file name and
the file name pattern are equal except the character positions
indicated by the question mark within the file name pattern.
One question mark substitutes exactly one character.

- One asterisk ("*") can be entered at any position of the file

name pattern.
A file name matches this file name pattern, if the part before the
asterisk is contained as a prefix and if the part after the asterisk
is contained as a suffix.
The asterisk substitutes none, one or more characters.

- A question mark can be used in combination with a "partly qualified"

file name and with an asterisk.

- An asterisk cannot be used in combination with a dot as the last

character of the file name pattern.

Examples for files on CP:

- "Partly qualified" file name "SY." matches to
"SY.TASKLIB", "SY.SEMILIB", etc.
"SYSTEM.FILE" does NOT match this pattern.

- The file name pattern "RG.F?.FILE" applies to

"RG.FC.FILE", "RG.FS.FILE", etc.

- The file name pattern "IA.IC*" applies to "IA.IC",

"IA.ICAMA", "IA.ICMAL", etc.

Examples for files on MP:

- The file name pattern "SYS:\ab*" applies to all files on the
system device beginning with the prefix "ab". A generation beginning
with this prefix also matches to this file name pattern.
(e.g. ab, ab0, abC, ... , \ab\systemcode,
\abCd\systemfile, ... )

- The file name pattern "SYS:\\def*" applies to all files of the

actual generation on the system device, beginning with the
prefix "def".

- The file name pattern "MOD:\*" applies to all files on the

MOD device.

- The file name pattern "???:\ab*" applies to all files on any device
with 3 letters beginning with the prefix "ab".

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FSFGRP- 2-

 MOD FSFGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify File Security File Group

This task modifies a File Security ’File group’, which defines a set of file
name patterns and the file operations on these file name patterns.

’Passwords’ can be entered to an ’Operation’ or can be removed with an

’Operation’.
To remove an ’Operation’ with a ’Password’, the ’Password’ has to be
specified.
To change an existing ’Password’ without affecting the ’Operation’, the
task ’MOD FSFGRPPW’ has to be used.

Dependencies:
The parameters ’Add operations’ and ’Remove operations’ must not be
specified at the same time.

Note:
- The response ’Operation not allowed or not possible’ can have one
of the following reasons:

- There are already too many ’File groups’ in the database.

- The maximum number of passwords (200) or file names (400)
is reached.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FSFGRP : File group= [,File list=] [,Remove operations=] 1
1 1
1 [,Add operations=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

File group

This parameter specifies the name of the ’File group’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

File list

This parameter specifies a list of file names that will replace the
existing list of file names of the specified ’File group’.
Selected elements of this list must not be suplied with an empty string.

Input format:
Operation:
’REPLACE’: Replace ’File list’.
’ADD’ : Add file names in ’File list’ to the existing list.
’REMOVE’ : Remove file names in ’File list’ from the existing list.
’File list’ :
Set (1..20) of file names.
One list element consists of a choice:
’File on CP’: String (1-17 characters) for CP file names,
only capital letters, numbers and the special
characters "#", "%", "+", ".", "*"
and "?" are allowed.
’File on MP’: String (1-48 characters) for MP file names,
small and capital letters, numbers and the special
characters "#" "%" "+" "." "*" "!"
"$" "&" "(" ")" "," ":" "-" "/"
";" "<" ">" "=" "@" "[" "]" ""
"_" "{" "}" "?" "\" are allowed.

For files on MP the device must be specified either by the device

name or by a wildcard.

A file name pattern is defined as follows:

- "Partly qualified" file names are specified by a dot (".") at

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FSFGRP- 1+

 MOD FSFGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the end of the name.

A file name matches this file name pattern, if it contains this
"partly qualified" file name as a prefix including the dot.

- "Fully qualified" file names are given uniquely without any

wild cards.

- One or more question marks ("?") can be entered at any position

of the file name pattern.
A file name matches this file name pattern, if the file name and
the file name pattern are equal except the character positions
indicated by the question mark within the file name pattern.
One question mark substitutes exactly one character.

- One asterisk ("*") can be entered at any position of the file

name pattern.
A file name matches this file name pattern, if the part before the
asterisk is contained as a prefix and if the part after the asterisk
is contained as a suffix.
The asterisk substitutes none, one or more characters.

- A question mark can be used in combination with a "partly qualified"

file name and with an asterisk.

- An asterisk cannot be used in combination with a dot as the last

character of the file name pattern.

Examples for files on CP:

- "Partly qualified" file name "SY." matches to
"SY.TASKLIB", "SY.SEMILIB", etc.
"SYSTEM.FILE" does NOT match this pattern.

- The file name pattern "RG.F?.FILE" applies to

"RG.FC.FILE", "RG.FS.FILE", etc.

- The file name pattern "IA.IC*" applies to "IA.IC",

"IA.ICAMA", "IA.ICMAL", etc.

Examples for files on MP:

- The file name pattern "SYS:\ab*" applies to all files on the
system device beginning with the prefix "ab". A generation
beginning with this prefix also matches to this file name pattern.
(e.g. ab, ab0, abC, ... , \ab\systemcode, \abCd\systemfile, ... )

- The file name pattern "SYS:\\def*" applies to all files of the

actual generation on the system device, beginning with the
prefix "def".

- The file name pattern "MOD:\*" applies to all files on the

MOD device.

- The file name pattern "???:\ab*" applies to all files on any

device with 3 letters beginning with the prefix "ab".

Remove operations

This parameter specifies a list of ’Operations’ that will be removed from

the existing ’Operations list’ of the specified ’File group’.

Optionally existing ’Passwords’ for the specified ’Operations’ must also

be specified.

Input format:
Set (1-5) of file operations
One file operation element consists of:
’Operation’:
’Create’ : Create file operation
’Delete’ : Delete file operation
’Read’ : Read file operation
’Write’ : Write file operation
’Read attributes’: Read file attributes operation
’Password’:
String (3-40 characters)

Add operations

This parameter specifies a list of ’Operations’ that will be added to

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FSFGRP- 2+

 MOD FSFGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

the existing ’Operations list’ the specified ’File group’.

Optionally a ’Password’ can be specified for each of the entered

’Operations’. The ’Password’ has to be entered twice for verification.
A ’Password’ must contain at least one alphabetic character, one
numerical
character and one special character.

Input format:
Set (1-5) of file operations
One file operation element consists of:
’Operation’:
’Create’ : Create file operation
’Delete’ : Delete file operation
’Read’ : Read file operation
’Write’ : Write file operation
’Read attributes’: Read file attributes operation
’Password’:
String (3-40 characters)
’Verify password’:
String (3-40 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FSFGRP- 3-

 MOD FSFGRPPW

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify File Security File Group Password

This task modifies a ’Password’ of a File Security ’File group’, which

defines a set of file name patterns and the file operations on these file
name patterns.

If an existing ’Password’ is to be changed then this ’Old password’ has to

be specified.

If a ’New password’ is entered it has to be entered twice for verification.

Note:
- The response ’Operation not allowed or not possible’ can have the
following reasons:

- The maximum number of passwords (200) is reached.

- M-SET Error: Either the ’New Password’ is invalid or the ’Old Password’
is wrong or the ’Operation’ you specified is not in the ’Operations List’
of this ’File Group’.
If the passwords are correct, pleas check the ’Operations List’ of the
’File group’ with ’DISP FSFGRP’. If the ’Operation’ is not in the
’Operations List’, you can add it with ’MOD FSFGRP’.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FSFGRPPW : File group= ,Operation= [,Old password=] 1
1 1
1 [,New password=] [,Verify password=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

File group

This parameter specifies the name of the ’File group’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Operation

This parameter specifies the ’Operation’ for which the ’Password’ will
be changed.

Input format:
’Create’ : Create file operation
’Delete’ : Delete file operation
’Read’ : Read file operation
’Write’ : Write file operation
’Read attributes’: Read file attributes operation

Old password

This parameter specifies the ’Old password’ of the specified ’Operation’.

Input format:
String (3-40 characters)

New password

This parameter specifies the ’New password’ of the specified ’Operation’

to be set.
The ’Password’ must contain at least one alphabetic character, one
numerical character and one special character.

Dependencies:
If this parameter is specified ’Verify password’ must also be entered.

Input format:

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FSFGRPPW- 1+

 MOD FSFGRPPW

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

String (3-40 characters)

Verify password

This parameter specifies the verification of the ’New password’.

The ’Passwords’ entered in ’New password’ and in ’Verify password’ must
be equal.

This parameter may only be specified, if ’New password’ is entered.

Input format:
String (3-40 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FSFGRPPW- 2-

 RSET FSFGRPPW

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Reset File Security File Group Password

This task resets or cancels the ’Password’ of an ’Operation’ of a File

Security ’File group’.

If a ’New password’ is entered it has to be entered twice for verification.

Note:
- The response ’Operation not allowed or not possible’ can have the
following reasons:

- The maximum number of passwords (200) is reached.

- The given password is invalid.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 RSET FSFGRPPW : File group= ,Operation= [,New password=] 1
1 1
1 [,Verify password=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

File group

This parameter specifies the name of the ’File group’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Operation

This parameter specifies the ’Operation’ for which the ’Password’ will
be changed.

Input format:
’Create’ : Create file operation
’Delete’ : Delete file operation
’Read’ : Read file operation
’Write’ : Write file operation
’Read attributes’: Read file attributes operation

New password

This parameter specifies the ’New password’ of the specified ’Operation’

to be set.
The ’Password’ must contain at least one alphabetic character, one
numerical character and one special character.

If this parameter is not entered, the existing ’Password’ of the

’Operation’ will be canceled.

Dependencies:
If this parameter is specified ’Verify password’ must also be entered.

Input format:
String (3-40 characters): The ’Password’ will be reset.

Default: The ’Password’ will be canceled.

Verify password

This parameter specifies the verification to the ’New password’ of the

specified ’Operation’.

This parameter may only be specified, if ’New password’ is entered.

Input format:
String (3-40 characters)

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RSET FSFGRPPW- 1+

 RSET FSFGRPPW

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 RSET FSFGRPPW- 2-

 CAN FSINIGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Cancel File Security Initiator Group

This task cancels a File Security ’Initiator group’, which defines a list of
’Initiators’.

Prerequisite:
The ’Initiator group’ is not canceled, if it is referenced by a File Security
’Rule’.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN FSINIGRP : Initiator group= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Initiator group

This parameter specifies the name of the ’Initiator group’ to be

canceled.

Dependencies:
The ’Initiator group’ is not canceled, if it is referenced by a File
Security ’Rule’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FSINIGRP- 1-

 CR FSINIGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Create File Security Initiator Group

This task creates a File Security ’Initiator group’, which defines a

list of ’Initiators’.
A File Security ’Initiator group’ is referenced by one or more File Security
’Rules’ in order to ’Allow’ or ’Deny’ file access rights to file operations.

Note:
- The response ’Operation not allowed or not possible’ can have one
of the following reasons:

- There are already too many ’Initiator groups’ in the database.

- The maximum number of Initiators (200) is reached.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR FSINIGRP : Initiator group= ,Initiator list= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Initiator group

This parameter defines the name of the ’Initiator group’. This name is
used by a File Security ’Rule’ to reference the ’Initiator group’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Initiator list

This parameter defines a list of ’Initiators’ for this File Security

’Initiator group’. Each ’Initiator’ is represented by its name.
Selected elements of this list must not be suplied with an empty string.

Dependencies:
This task does not check if the ’Initiators’ exist within Authentication.

Input format:
Set (1..20) of ’Initiators’
One ’Initiator’ consists of a String (1-8 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FSINIGRP- 1-
 DISP FSINIGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display File Security Initiator Group

This task displays one or more File Security ’Initiator groups’, which
define a list of ’Initiators’.

The following selections are possible:

- One single File Security ’Initiator group’:

--> Enter the ’Initiator group’

- All File Security ’Initiator groups’:

--> Default: Enter no selection parameter

- Selection by filter criteria:

--> Enter ’Substring’ for ’Initiator group’ name (match at any position)
--> Enter ’Initiator entry’ for ’Initiator list’ (’Initiator’ is in the list)
If both criteria are entered they must be both fulfilled.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FSINIGRP : [Initiator group=] [,Substring=] [,Initiator entry=] ;1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Initiator group

This parameter selects one specific ’Initiator group’ by its name.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered, if all ’Initiator groups’ shall
be selected or ’Substring’ or ’Initiator entry’ is entered as filter
parameter.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Substring

This parameter defines a pattern for the ’Initiator group’ name.

The ’Initiator group’ name must contain this pattern at any position.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered, if an ’Initiator group’ is entered.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Initiator entry

This parameter specifies an ’Initiator’ which must be contained in the

’Initiator list’.

Dependencies:
- This parameter must not be entered, if an ’Initiator group’ was
entered.
- If this parameter is entered together with ’Substring’ then all
’Initiator groups’ will be displayed that reference the given
’Initiator’.
- If the given ’Initiator’ is an element of a ’Initiators list’ of some
’Initiator group’, these ’Initiator group’ will be displayed.

Input format:
String (1-8 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FSINIGRP- 1-

 MOD FSINIGRP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify File Security Initiator Group

This task modifies a File Security ’Initiator group’, which defines a list
of ’Initiators’ that have the same File Security access rights.
The ’Initiator list’ of the ’Initiator group’ can be replaced or
’Initiators’ may be added to or removed from the list.

Note:
- The response ’Operation not allowed or not possible’ can have one
of the following reasons:

- There are already too many ’Initiator groups’ in the database.

- The maximum number of Initiators (200) is reached.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FSINIGRP : Initiator group= ,Initiator list= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Initiator group

This parameter specifes the name of the File Security ’Initiator group’.
This name is used by a File Security ’Rule’ to reference the
’Initiator group’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Initiator list

This parameter specifies a list of ’Initiators’ that will replace, or

will be added to or removed from the existing ’Initiator list’.
Selected elements of this list must not be suplied with an empty string.

Dependencies:
The ’Initiators’ must have been created using the Authentication
function.
This task does not check if the ’Initiators’ exist within Authentication.

Input format:
Operation
’REPLACE’: Replace ’Initiator list’.
’ADD’ : Add ’Initiators’ of ’Initiator list’ to the
existing list.
’REMOVE’ : Remove ’Initiators’ in ’Initiator list’ from the
existing list.

’Initiator list’
Set (1..20) of ’Initiators’
One ’Initiator’ consists of a String
(1-8 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FSINIGRP- 1-

 CAN FSRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Cancel File Security Rule

This task cancels a File Security ’Rule’, which defines the access
rights of a File Security ’Initiator group’ on a File Security
’File group’ for the file operations defined by ’File group’.

Depending on the ’Rule type’ the cancel operation can remove existing
access rights (’Rule type’ = ’Allow’) or grant new access rights
(’Rule type’ = ’Deny’).

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN FSRULE : Rule= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Rule

This parameter specifies the name of the File Security

’Rule’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FSRULE- 1-

 CR FSRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Create File Security Rule

This task creates a ’Rule’ which defines the access rights of a File
Security ’Initiator group’ on files specified within a File Security
’File group’.

An ’Allow’ ’Rule’ (’Rule type’ = ’Allow’) allows the file access, as

long as no matching ’Deny’ ’Rule’ exists. A ’Deny’ ’Rule’ rejects the
file access (’Rule type’ = ’Deny’).

’Rules’ with an empty ’Initiator group’ parameter are ’Common rules’ and
apply to all File Security ’Initiators’.
’Rules’ with an empty ’File group’ parameter are ’Global rules’ and apply
to all files.
’Rules’ with both the ’Initiator group’ and the ’File group’ parameter
supplied apply only to the File Security ’Initiators’ listed in the
referenced ’Initiator group’ and only on the files listed in the
referenced ’File groups’.

Optional time dependencies may be defined by scheduling parameters.

The validity of the ’Rule’ can be restricted by:
- duration: a ’Start time’ and ’Stop time’ and/or
- daily scheduling: time intervals for all days (of the week) or
- weekly scheduling: time intervals per individual days of the week.
- Stop time: if ’Start time’ is given, ’Stop time’ is optional.

Prerequisite:
- The referenced File Security ’Initiator group’ and File Security
’File group’ must exist.

- The supported ’Rule restriction’ can have been restricted by the task
’MOD FSCFG’. In this case only ’Allow’ ’Rules’ or only ’Deny’ ’Rules’
can be created.
The administrated restrictions can be displayed using the task
’DISP FSCFG’.

Note:
- The parameters for daily scheduling and weekly scheduling exclude
each other.

- The scheduling parameters must be selected when the ’Rule’ is created.

It is not possible to add scheduling parameters by ’MOD FSRULE’.

- The response ’Operation not allowed or not possible’ can have one
of the following reasons:

- There are already too many Rules in the database.

- Some internal resources exceed their limits

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CR FSRULE : Rule= ,Rule type= [,Initiator group list=] 1
1 1
1 [,File group list=] [,Start time=] [,Stop time=] 1
1 1
1 [,Daily intervals=] [,Weekly intervals=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Rule

This parameter specifies the name of the File Security ’Rule’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Rule type

This parameter specifies the desired action performed if the ’Rule’

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FSRULE- 1+
 CR FSRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

applies to a file access check.

The supported values can be restricted by ’MOD FSCFG’.

Input format:
’Allow’ : Allow file access (if no other matching ’Deny’ ’Rule’
exists).
’Deny’ : Deny file access.

Default value : ’Deny’

Initiator group list

This parameter specifies a reference to a list of File Security

’Initiator groups’. The ’Rule’ applies to all ’Initiators’ in this
groups.
If no ’Initiator group’ is entered, a ’Common rule’ is generated,
which is valid for all ’Initiators’.

Prerequisite:
The referenced ’Initiator group(s)’ must have been created by ’CR
FSINIGRP’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters) : Reference to an ’Initiator group’

no entry : ’Common rule’

Default value : "" (empty string) : ’Common rule’

File group list

This parameter specifies a reference to a list of File Security

’File groups’, which define the ’File lists’ and the File Security
’Operations’ for this ’Rule’.
If no ’File group’ is entered, a ’Global rule’ is generated, which
is valid to all files and all ’Operations’ within the system for
the referenced ’Initiator group’.

Prerequisite:
The referenced ’File group(s)’ must have been created by ’CR FSFGRP’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters) : Reference to a ’File group’

no entry : ’Common rule’

Default value : "" (empty string) : ’Global rule’

Start time

This parameter defines the ’Start time’ at which the ’Rule’ becomes
active.
If only the ’Start time’ is set the ’Stop time’ will be set
automatically to ’Continuous’.
The time value is rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes.

Input format:
standard date and time values.

Default value:
Actual system time.
Will be set if this parameter is omitted but ’Stop time’ is set.

Stop time

This parameter defines the ’Stop time’ at which the ’Rule’ becomes
inactive.
If only the ’Stop time’ is set the ’Start time’ will be set automatically
to the actual system time of the system.

Input format:
option ’Continuous’
option ’Specific’ : standard date and time values

Default value:
option ’Continuous’
Will be set if this parameter is omitted but ’Start time’ is set.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FSRULE- 2+
 CR FSRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Daily intervals

This parameter defines ’Daily Intervals’ (up to 6), within which the
’Rule’ is active.
If this parameter is entered, the parameter for ’weekly intervals’ must
not be entered.
The time values are rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes.
Overlapping intervals are combined to one interval.

Input format:
hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval)
hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day.

Default:
00:00-00:00 (whole day)

Weekly intervals

This parameter defines ’weekly intervals’ within which the ’Rule’ is

active. Up to 6 time intervals can be defined for each day of the week.
The ’Rule’ will be inactive on days of the week not selected and on
days with no intervals set.
At least one day with one interval must be specified.
If this parameter is entered, the parameter for ’Daily intervals’ must
not be entered.
The time values are rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes.
Overlapping intervals are combined to one interval.

Input format:
hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval)
hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day.

Default:
Selects all days of the week without any time restriction.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FSRULE- 3-
 DISP FSRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Display File Security Rule

This task displays one or more File Security ’Rules’, which define the
access rights of a File Security ’Initiator group’ on files specified
within a File Security ’File group’.

The following selections are possible:

- One single File Security ’Rule’:

--> Enter ’Rule’

- All File Security ’Rules’:

--> Default: Enter no selection parameter

- Selection by filter criteria:

--> Enter ’Substring’ for ’Rule’ name (match at any position).
--> Enter ’Rule type’ (equality)
--> Enter ’Initiator group’ (equality)
--> Enter ’File group’ (equality)
All entered criteria must be fulfilled for the ’Rules’ displayed.

Different output formats are supported for the display of a single

File Security ’Rule’.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FSRULE : [Rule=] ,Output format= [,Substring=] [,Rule type=] 1
1 1
1 [,Initiator group=] [,File group=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Rule

This parameter selects one specific File Security ’Rule’.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered, if all File Security ’Rules’ shall
be selected or one of the following filter parameters is entered.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Output format

This parameter defines the ’Output format’ of the displayed File Security
’Rules’. Format ’Compact’ must be used, if parameter ’Rule’ is not
given.

Input format:
’Compact’ displays File Security ’Rule’ parameters without
scheduling parameters.
’Complete’ displays all File Security ’Rule’ parameters.
’Expanded’ displays all File Security ’Rule’ parameters including
the referenced File Security ’Initiator group’ and
File Security ’File group’.

Default:
’Compact’

Substring

This parameter defines a pattern for the ’Rule’ name.

The ’Rule’ name must contain this pattern at any position.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered, if ’Rule’ was specified.

Input format:
String (1-12) characters

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FSRULE- 1+

 DISP FSRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Rule type

This parameter selects the ’Rule type’ of the ’Rules’ to display.

Dependencies:
This parameter must not be entered, if ’Rule’ was specified.

Input format:
’Allow’ Select ’Allow’ ’Rules’.
’Deny’ Select ’Deny’ ’Rules’.

Initiator group

This parameter selects the referenced ’Initiator group’ of the ’Rules’

to display.

Dependencies:
This parameter cannot be entered at the same time with the ’Rule’
parameter.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters) for ’Initiator group’ name.
"" (empty string) selects ’Common rules’ (with no
’Initiator group’).

File group

This parameter selects the referenced ’File group’ of the ’Rules’

to display.

Dependencies:
This parameter cannot be entered at the same time with the ’Rule’
parameter.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters) for ’File group’ name.
"" (empty string) selects ’Global rules’ (with no
’File group’).

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FSRULE- 2-

 MOD FSRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

Modify File Security Rule

This task modifies a File Security ’Rule’, which defines the access
rights of a File Security ’Initiator group’ on files specified within
a File Security ’File group’.

Depending on the parameters specified, the ’Rule type’, the referenced

’File group’ or ’Initiator group’ is changed.

Scheduling parameters can be modified as follows:

- Duration: replace ’Start time’ and/or ’Stop time’.

- Daily scheduling: replace ’Daily intervals’.
- Weekly scheduling: replace time intervals of single days of the week.

Note:
- It is not possible to change a ’Common rule’ (no ’Initiator group’) to
a non ’Common rule’ and vice versa.
It is only possible to replace an existing reference to an ’Initiator group’.

- It is not possible to change a ’Global rule’ (no ’File group’) to a non

’Global rule’ and vice versa.
It is only possible to replace an existing reference to a ’File group’.

- Only scheduling parameters specified by CR FSRULE can be modified.

- The response ’Operation not allowed or not possible’ can have one
of the following reasons:

- There are already too many Rules in the database.

- Some internal resources exceed their limits

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FSRULE : Rule= [,Initiator group list=] [,File group list=] 1
1 1
1 [,Start time=] [,Stop time=] [,Daily intervals=] 1
1 1
1 [,Weekly intervals=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

Rule

This parameter specifies the name of the ’Rule’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Initiator group list

This parameter specifies a list of File Security ’Initiator groups’

that replace the existing reference.

Note:
It is not possible to set a reference to an
’Initiator group’ for a ’Common rule’ (no
’Initiator group’), or to remove the reference to an
’Initiator group’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

File group list

This parameter specifies a list of File Security ’File groups’

that replace the existing reference.

Note:
It is not possible to set a reference to a ’File group’ for a ’Global

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FSRULE- 1+

 MOD FSRULE

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

rule’ (no ’File group’), or to remove the reference to a ’File group’.

Input format:
String (1-12 characters)

Start time

This parameter replaces the ’Start time’ at which the ’Rule’ becomes
active.
The parameter can be replaced only if a ’Start time’ or ’Stop time’
was specified, when the ’Rule’ was created.

Input format:
Standard date and time values.

Stop time

This parameter replaces the ’Stop time’ at which the ’Rule’ becomes
inactive.
The parameter can be replaced only, if a ’Start time’ or ’Stop time’
was specified, when the ’Rule’ was created.

Input format:
option ’Continuous’
option ’Specific’ : standard date and time values

Default value:
option ’Continuous’
Will be set if this parameter is omitted but ’Start time’ is set.

Daily intervals

This parameter replaces the ’Daily intervals’ (up to 6) within which

the ’Rule’ is active.
The parameter can be entered only if ’Daily intervals’ were specified,
when the ’Rule’ was created.
The time values are rounded up to a multiple of 5 minutes. Overlapping
intervals are combined to one interval.

Input format:
hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval)
hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day

Weekly intervals

This parameter replaces the ’Weekly intervals’ within

which the ’Rule’ is active.
Only days of the week selected in the parameter are
replaced.
The intervals of the days not selected will not be changed.
Enter 0 intervals to disable the whole day.
At least one day with one interval must be active in the
resultant ’Weekly intervals’; otherwise the parameter is
rejected.

Input format:
hh:mm-hh:mm (one interval for one day)
hh hour (00 - 23)
mm minute (00 - 59)
Use 00:00-00:00 to select the whole day.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FSRULE- 2-

 CAN FUOMT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL

This command cancels functional O&M terminals.

Prerequisites:
- the functional O&M terminal must exist.
- the functional O&M terminal must not be assigned to any device group.
- the functional O&M terminal must not be assigned as the output device
of the deactivated output suppression.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CAN FUOMT : FUOMT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FUOMT FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL

This parameter specifies a functional O&M terminal.

Notes:
- a maximum of five parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN FUOMT- 1-

 CR FUOMT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CREATE FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL

This command creates functional O&M terminals to which a physical O&M

terminal is assigned at the same time; there is the option of assigning
a second O&M terminal as an alternative device.

Prerequisite:
- the functional device may not already exist.
- a physical device must exist.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 CR FUOMT : FUOMT= ,OMT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FUOMT FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL

This parameter specifies a functional O&M terminal.

Notes:
- a maximum of five parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OMT O&M TERMINAL

This parameter designates a real device or a real device and an

alternate device.

Notes:
- the primary device must not be an alternative device.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: PRIMARY OMT=
1...4 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: ALTERNATIVE OMT=
1...4 characters from the
symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CR FUOMT- 1-
 SEL FUOMT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

SELECT FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINALS

This command selects a table of functional O&M terminals.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 SEL FUOMT : OMT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OMT O&M TERMINAL

This parameter specifies a real (physical) terminal or a real

terminal and an alternative terminal.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a[-b]

a: PRIMARY OMT=
1...4 characters from the
symbolic name character set

If parameter value a is specified, all

O&M terminals are displayed for which the
specified terminal is entered as first or
second O&M terminal.

b: ALTERNATIVE OMT=
1...4 characters from the
symbolic name character set

If parameter values a and b are specified,

the O&M terminals are displayed which are
assigned to the terminal stated in the
first information unit as first terminal
and to the terminal stated in the second
information unit as alternative terminal.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 SEL FUOMT- 1-

 DISP FUOMTLNK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL LINKS

This command displays a table of functional O&M terminals and their

assignment to physical terminals. A selection of functional terminals or
all functional terminals can be output.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 DISP FUOMTLNK : FUOMT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FUOMT FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL

This parameter specifies a functional O&M terminal.

Notes:
- a maximum of five parameter values can be linked with &.

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of parameter values.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FUOMTLNK- 1-

 MOD FUOMTLNK

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL LINKS

This command modifies the assignment of physical O&M terminals to

functional O&M terminals. It can be executed for two or more functional
terminals provided that they are assigned the same combination of real
devices.

Prerequisite:
- the functional O&M terminals must exist.
- the physical terminals must exist.
- the specified original combination of physical O&M terminals must be
assigned to the functional O&M terminal.
- the combination of O&M terminals resulting from the modification may not
be identical with the existing one.

This command is normally logged.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 MOD FUOMTLNK : FUOMT= ,OMT= Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FUOMT FUNCTIONAL O&M TERMINAL

This parameter specifies a functional O&M terminal.

Note:
- a maximum of five parameter values can be linked with &.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

OMT O&M TERMINAL

This parameter designates a real device or a real device and an

alternate device.

Note:
- the primary device must not be an alternate device.

n/o
n/
/o

n, o: new, old parameter value =

a[-b]

a: PRIMARY OMT=
1...4 characters from the
symbolic name character set

b: ALTERNATIVE OMT=
1...4 characters from the
symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FUOMTLNK- 1-

 ACT FWAUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE FIRMWARE AUDIT

This command starts a specified Checksum Firmware Audit On Demand.

The files that are available for checking utilizing this command are:
SY.DIU240A (and B), SY.TSIMA (and B), SY.IOPA (and B), SY.IOPTOGA (and B),
SY.IOPDSPA (and B), SY.IOPALLA (and B), SY.ATCO, and SY.FOC.

To check one or more specific files, enter the FILE parameter.

Each file is compared with a list of possible files that can be on

disk, and is then added to a Routine Audit list that is used for the
timer activated checksum audits.

This command can be stopped using the commands DACT FWAUDIT, or STOP
JOB:JN=<JOB NUMBER>.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT FWAUDIT : [FILE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name(s) of the file(s) to be

checked.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT FWAUDIT- 1-

 DACT FWAUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DEACTIVATE FIRMWARE AUDIT

This command deactivates a routine Checksum Firmware Audit or a

Checksum Firmware Audit On Demand. It also disables the system
timer used to start the routine audit that executes at a prescribed
24 hour interval. The start time value will be retained in memory,
and the routine audit can be enabled by using the MOD FWAUDIT
command.
To remove one or more specific files from the routine audit list,
enter the FILE parameter.
The files that are available for checking utilizing this command are:
SY.DIU240A (and B), SY.TSIMA (and B), SY.IOPA (and B), SY.IOPTOGA (and B),
SY.IOPDSPA (and B), SY.IOPALLA (and B), SY.ATCO, and SY.FOC.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DACT FWAUDIT : [FILE=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

FILE FILE NAME

This parameter specifies the name(s) of the file(s) to be

removed from the table.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DACT FWAUDIT- 1-

 DISP FWAUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FIRMWARE AUDIT ATTRIBUTES

This command displays the current start time that the routine FW Audit
will be executed, based on a system timer. It also displays whether the
routine FW Audit is currently enabled or disabled.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FWAUDIT ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FWAUDIT- 1-

 MOD FWAUDIT

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY DATA FOR FW CHECKSUM AUDIT

This command modifies the start time of the routine Checksum Firmware
Audit. The command also enables the system timer used to start the
routine audit, executing at a prescribed 24 hour interval if the
timer was previously disabled (see DACT FWAUDIT command).

To set the start time of the routine Checksum FW Audit, provide the
parameter TIME. If no parameter TIME is entered, the value currently
retained in memory will be used.

The default start time for this command at system startup is 0:30.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD FWAUDIT : [TIME=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

TIME START TIME

This parameter specifies the start time of the routine Checksum FW

Audit.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b

a: HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: MINUTE=
0...59, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD FWAUDIT- 1-

 COPY FWLOAD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

COPY FIRMWARE LOAD

This command switches the selector between the active load

and the backup load in the RSUC and/or MHs for the RSU.
The command copies the active load and the backup load in the
DLUC or SLMD for the DLUG, or FOCO for the LTGO.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 COPY FWLOAD : UNIT= ,MODULE= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT UNIT TYPE

This parameter specifies the name of the unit.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b[-c]

a: UNIT
RSU REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT
DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT TYPE G
LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP TYPE O

b: RSU TSI- OR LTGO TSG NUMBER OR DLU NUMBER=

0...2550, range of decimal numbers

c: RSU SIDE ID OR LTGO LTG NUMBER=

0...2550, range of decimal numbers

MODULE MODULE

This parameter specifies the module name and number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: MODULE TYPE
RSUC RSU CONTROLLER
MH MESSAGE HANDLER
DLUC24 DIG LINE UNIT CNTL FOR PCM24
DLUC30 DIG LINE UNIT CNTL FOR PCM30
DLUCLDI DIG LINE UNIT CNTL LOC INTF
SLMAITFG SLMA INT LINE TEST FOR DLUG
SLMAITMG SLMA WITH MTA, LINE TST TYPE G
SLMAITHG SLMA HIGH CURR L. TST FOR DLUG
SLMDTFC SLMD FOR DLUG (4B3T CODE)
SLMDQFC SLMD FOR DLUG (2B1Q CODE)
SLMAFPG SLMA (US / 16 PORTS) FOR DLUG
SLMDQSC SLMD (US / 16 PORTS) FOR DLUG
FOCO FOLLOW ON CALL MODULE FOR LTGO

b: MH MODULE NUM,DLUG INF OR SHELF NO=

0...7, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: DLUG SLM MODUL NO=

0...15, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 COPY FWLOAD- 1+

 COPY FWLOAD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 COPY FWLOAD- 2-

 DISP FWLOAD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY FIRMWARE LOAD

This command will display FW information for all units / modules that
match the module type requested, where access is possible.
The command may generate a long running job.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP FWLOAD : UNIT= ,MODULE= [,LOADLIB=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT UNIT TYPE

This parameter specifies the name of the unit.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b[-c]

a: UNIT
RSU REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT
DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT TYPE G
LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP TYPE O

b: RSU TSI- OR LTGO TSG NUMBER OR DLU NUMBER=

0...2550, range of decimal numbers

c: RSU SIDE ID OR LTGO LTG NUMBER=

0...2550, range of decimal numbers

MODULE MODULE

This parameter specifies the module name and number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: MODULE TYPE
DIU240A DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 240 A
DIU240B DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 240 B
TSIMA TIME SLOT INTERCHANGE MATRIX A
TSIMB TIME SLOT INTERCHANGE MATRIX B
MH MESSAGE HANDLER FOR RSU
RSUC RSU CONTROLLER FOR RSU
DLUC24 DIG LINE UNIT CNTL FOR PCM24
DLUC30 DIG LINE UNIT CNTL FOR PCM30
DLUCLDI DIG LINE UNIT CNTL LOC INTF
SLMAITFG SLMA INT LINE TEST FOR DLUG
SLMAITMG SLMA WITH MTA, LINE TST TYPE G
SLMAITHG SLMA HIGH CURR L. TST FOR DLUG
SLMDTFC SLMD FOR DLUG (4B3T CODE)
SLMDQFC SLMD FOR DLUG (2B1Q CODE)
SLMAFPG SLMA (US / 16 PORTS) FOR DLUG
SLMDQSC SLMD (US / 16 PORTS) FOR DLUG
IOPA I/O PROCESSOR FOR LTGO PCM30
IOPB I/O PROCESSOR FOR LTGO PCM24
IOPTOGA I/O PROC TONGEN FOR LTGO PCM30
IOPTOGB I/O PROC TONGEN FOR LTGO PCM24
IOPDSPA I/O PROC DSP FOR LTGO PCM30
IOPDSPB I/O PROC DSP FOR LTGO PCM24
IOPALLA I/O PROC. ALL LTGO MOD PCM30
IOPALLB I/O PROC. ALL LTGO MOD PCM24
FOCO FOLLOW ON CALL MODULE FOR LTGO

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FWLOAD- 1+

 DISP FWLOAD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ATCO AUTOM CONF+TEST UNIT FOR LTGO

b: DIG IF NO, DIG LINE CNT NO,SHELF NO=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: SUBSCRIBER LINE MODULE NO=

0...15, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

LOADLIB LOAD LIBRARY

This parameter is used to request the list of valid load(s)

for a specific module from the CP Disk and display it as
part of the output.
Information will only display if LOADLIB = Y.
Default: No display.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

Y DISPLAY LOAD LIBRARY INFO

N DO NOT DISPLAY LIBRARY INFO

Default: N

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP FWLOAD- 2-

 LOAD FWLOAD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

LOAD FIRMWARE LOAD

This command loads FW to one of the following units:

- RSU-TSIM or RSU-DIUS,
- DLUG-DLUC or DLUG-SLMS,
- LTGO-IOP or LTGO-FOCO.
The new load overwrites the current online load in these units.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 LOAD FWLOAD : UNIT= ,MODULE= ,FWVAR= [,FWCOMP=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT UNIT TYPE

This parameter specifies the name of the unit.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

a value-range by linking two values with &&.

a-b[-c]

a: UNIT
RSU REMOTE SWITCHING UNIT
DLU DIGITAL LINE UNIT TYPE G
LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP TYPE O

b: RSU TSI- OR LTGO TSG NUMBER OR DLU NUMBER=

0...2550, range of decimal numbers

c: RSU SIDE ID OR LTGO LTG NUMBER=

0...2550, range of decimal numbers

MODULE MODULE

This parameter specifies the module name and number.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b[-c]]

a: MODULE TYPE
DIU240A DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 240 A
DIU240B DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT 240 B
TSIMA TIME SLOT INTERCHANGE MATRIX A
TSIMB TIME SLOT INTERCHANGE MATRIX B
MH MESSAGE HANDLER FOR RSU
RSUC RSU CONTROLLER FOR RSU
DLUC24 DIG LINE UNIT CNTL FOR PCM24
DLUC30 DIG LINE UNIT CNTL FOR PCM30
DLUCLDI DIG LINE UNIT CNTL LOC INTF
SLMAITFG SLMA INT LINE TEST FOR DLUG
SLMAITMG SLMA WITH MTA, LINE TST TYPE G
SLMAITHG SLMA HIGH CURR L. TST FOR DLUG
SLMDTFC SLMD FOR DLUG (4B3T CODE)
SLMDQFC SLMD FOR DLUG (2B1Q CODE)
SLMAFPG SLMA (US / 16 PORTS) FOR DLUG
SLMDQSC SLMD (US / 16 PORTS) FOR DLUG
IOPA I/O PROCESSOR FOR LTGO PCM30
IOPB I/O PROCESSOR FOR LTGO PCM24
IOPTOGA I/O PROC TONGEN FOR LTGO PCM30
IOPTOGB I/O PROC TONGEN FOR LTGO PCM24
IOPDSPA I/O PROC DSP FOR LTGO PCM30
IOPDSPB I/O PROC DSP FOR LTGO PCM24
IOPALLA I/O PROC. ALL LTGO MOD PCM30

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 LOAD FWLOAD- 1+

 LOAD FWLOAD

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

IOPALLB I/O PROC. ALL LTGO MOD PCM24

FOCO FOLLOW ON CALL MODULE FOR LTGO
ATCO AUTOM CONF+TEST UNIT FOR LTGO

b: DIG IF NO, DIG LINE CNT NO,SHELF NO=

0...23, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

c: SUBSCRIBER LINE MODULE NO=

0...15, range of decimal numbers

If X is entered, it represents the entire range of

unit values.

FWVAR FIRMWARE VARIANT

This parameter specifies the firmware variant.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...FF, range of hexadecimal numbers

FWCOMP HW/FW COMPATIBILITY NUMBER

This parameter specifies the firmware version.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...FE, range of hexadecimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 LOAD FWLOAD- 2-

 ACT GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ACTIVATE GENERATION

This command activates a blocked file generation.

The generation must have been created by command
ENTR GEN or MOD DBSIZE.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command starts a job with breakpoints. After a breakpoint the job can be
continued with CONT JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ACT GEN : GEN= [,ACTLEVEL=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

GEN NAME OF GENERATION

This parameter specifies the file generation

to be activated

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

.,+,*,%,#

ACTLEVEL ACTIVATION LEVEL

This parameter specifies how to introduce the new

generation into the system.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

NOACT NO ACTIVATION
The new generation will not be introduced into
the system. It will be set valid
MINACT MINIMAL ACTIVATION
The new generation will be introduced into
the system without recovery.
LOWACT LOW ACTIVATION LEVEL
The new generation will be set valid and
introduced into the system with the lowest
CP recovery level as possible. Peripheral
units have to be configurated manually
afterwards.
GLOBACT GLOBAL ACTIVATION LEVEL
The new generation will be set valid and
introduced into the system with the
recovery level needed to load all impacted
units.

Default: GLOBACT

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ACT GEN- 1-

 CAN GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

CANCEL GENERATION

With this command, file generations stored on disk are deleted logically
and physically. All files of the specified generation are marked as
being not associated with the generation and files which do not belong
to any other generation are physically deleted. Before this is done,
the generation list is specified and an acknowledgment requested.
The list of the physically deleted files is output.

A check is made whether the generation to be deleted is not identical

with the current one and whether it is not the only valid golden
generation.

Log files which belong to a generation are not deleted.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 CAN GEN : GEN= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

GEN FILE GENERATION

This parameter specifies the generation to be deleted. It is not

permissible to specify the current generation.
Structure of the generation name:

|----------|
| ffkkloii |
|----------|
Meaning:
ff - APS function version
kk - APS correction version
l - local correction version (special patch status)
o - ODAGEN sequence number
ii - fixpoint sequence number

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 CAN GEN- 1-

 COPY GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

COPY GENERATION

This command copies either all files of a generation or only the

semipermanent files to disk or tape/optical disk. Only the current
generation, i.e. the loaded generation whose phase (code and data) is
active, can be copied to disk. Non-current generations, e.g. safeguarding
generations stored on disk can only be copied to tape / optical disk.

If a generation is copied to tape/optical disk, a modified generation

list (consisting of only one entry for the generation to be saved) is
also transferred to tape/optical disk.

In the following differences/restrictions between CP-standalone (CP/SA) and

CP running with a connected MP (CP/MP) will be marked.

The type of the generation to be created (command parameters TYPE=

GOLDEN,BACKUP) can be administrated.

If all files of a generation are copied, the destination generation is

of type backup (BACKUP) or golden (GOLDEN) and is set to
CP/SA: valid (VALID)
CP/MP: blocked (BLOCKED).

When creating a new generation the generation compatibility sign (GCS) is

set to
CP/SA: 0 and can never be modified
CP/MP: 9999 and can be modified with command MOD GEN

Note:
The GCS is needed when the CP is running with a connected MP. It is
needed by startup to determine compatible generations on both the CP and the MP
(compatible generations: GCS-CP = GCS-MP).
The value GCS=0 is reserved for CP/SA.
The value GCS=9999 indicates an invalid value, which needs to be changed
with the command MOD GEN.

CP/SA: If only the semipermanent data is copied, the destination generation is

of type fixpoint (FIX) and is set to blocked (BLOCKED).
CP/MP: the creation of a generation of type fixpoint (FIX) is not possible.

A generation on tape/optical disk is assigned the same validity status it

has on disk.

The validity flag can be changed with the command MOD GEN.

COPY GEN is an essential part of the system for APS safeguarding: it can
be used to create safeguarding generations on tape/optical disk or disk.

The components of the APS safeguarding system include the MML commands
COPY LOGFILE and TRANS SYFILE which transfer the safeguarding
generations from tape/optical disk or disk to disk for restoration purposes.

For APS safeguarding, a distinction must be made between an initial

installation generation which is created with ENTR INSTGEN, and
a database extension which is performed with MOD DBSIZE. UPD GEN
belongs to the disk debugging procedures.

A generation is a consistent, self-contained subset of the EWSD system files

which are required for the operation of an EWSD switching center. One such
file can be assigned to several generations.

Each generation is assigned a generation name. This generation name is a

character string consisting of 8 digits.

All generations of a switching system are listed in a special system file,

i.e. SY.GENLIST, which is not assigned to any generation. The entries, i.e.
the generations that exist in the system, are in the sequence in which
a fallback, if any, is to take place. In general, new generations precede
elder generations. A maximum of 31 generations can be administrated.

Safeguarding generations are generations which can be created by a special

safeguarding action from the current, i.e. the loaded generation.

The following table indicates which files/file types belong to which type
of safeguarding generation:

+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 COPY GEN- 1+

 COPY GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

File | Fixpoint | Snapshot | Remarks

(file type) |on disk |on tape / |on disk |on tape /|
| |opt. disk | |opt. disk|
-------------|----------|----------| ---------|---------|--------------------
SY.GENLIST | | * | | * |On tape, the SY.
| | | | |GENLIST has only
| | | | |one entry, no
| | | | |generation file
SY.INSTALL | | | | * |no generation
| | | | |file
SY.SEMILIB | * | * | * | * |
SY.SIMP | * | * | * | * |only in exchanges
| | | | |with CCNC
SY.TASKLIB | z | | * | * |Z: file is merely
SY.LOADLIB.LA| z | | * | * |assigned to safe-
SY.LOADLIB.CA| z | | * | * |guarding generation,
SY.LOADLIB.MA| z | | * | * |and not physically
SY.PSW.T<nnn>| z | | * | * |copied; it also
| | | | |belongs to
| | | | |other generations
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------+

Legend: * = physical copy of file

The following types of safeguarding generations exist:

Fixpoint : Safeguarding generation consists physically only of the

semipermanent data, i.e. of the files SY.SEMILIB and SY.SIMP;
all other files are identical with those of the current
generation and are only logically assigned to it.

Backup : Safeguarding generation consists of physical copies of all

files of an original generation;

Golden : Safeguarding generation is a backup having been tested with

startup by the operator.

A generation may have one of the validity flags BLOCKED, VALID and
’invalid’. The validity flag can be modified with the command MOD GEN,
but only from BLOCKED to VALID and vice versa. A generation on tape/
optical disk is assigned the same status it has on disk. With this command,
the type of a safeguarding generation can also be changed from BACKUP to
GOLDEN. This is useful especially in case one wants to adjust a generation
which was retransferred from tape/optical disk with TRANS SYFILE for a
specified purpose.
The validity status determines the startup capability of a generation. It
is of significance for all generation types. Only a valid generation can
be selected for the automatic fallback. A non-valid or blocked generation
is not used for automatic fallbacks.
However, a manual startup with blocked generations is always possible.

Generations which are to be copied to tape/optical disk are initially

copied to disk, if they contain the current semipermanent database
(SY.SEMILIB and SY.SIMP, if existing). Source generations having such a
property are either the current generation or generations originating from
merging a non-current generation with the current semipermanent database
("semicurrent" generation). The purpose of this procedure is to generate a
fixpoint of the semipermanent database on disk within a short period of time.
In a second step, this intermediate generation is copied to tape/optical disk.
On the other hand, source generations containing a non-current semipermanent
database are copied directly to tape/optical disk without using an
intermediate copy on disk.

In case the intermediate generation is not required to be permanent

(i.e., the source is semipermanent or OUTPUT = TAPMOD has been specified),
this intermediate generation is temporary, i.e. it appears to be an
’invalid’ fixpoint generation.
CP/MP: OUTPUT = TAPMOD is not allowed.

Type and Validity of created generation on tape/optical disk

------------------------------------------------------------
(VSN /= SYSVSN) with COPY GEN
----------------------------
+---------------------------------------------------------------------+
| | created with
Source generation | Destination generation | command parameters

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 COPY GEN- 2+

 COPY GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TYPE / Actuality | TYPE / VALIDITY | OUTPUT / TYPE

--------------------|----------------------------|---------------------
NONE non-current | FIX * | FIX -
NONE non-current | BACKUP * | GEN BACKUP
| |
FIX non-current | FIX * | FIX -
| |
BACKUP non-current | BACKUP * | GEN BACKUP
| |
MERGED non-current | BACKUP * | GEN BACKUP
| |
GOLDEN non-current | GOLDEN * | GEN GOLDEN
| |
--------------------|----------------------------|---------------------
arbitrary current | BACKUP VALID | GEN/TAPMOD BACKUP
type | |
arbitrary current | GOLDEN VALID | GEN/TAPMOD GOLDEN
type | |
arbitrary current | FIX BLOCKED | FIX -
type | |
| |
+---------------------------------------------------------------------+

Legend: * = Validity of copy on tape/optical disk is taken to be the

same as that of source generation
TYPE = TYPE
BACKUP = BACKUP
GOLDEN = GOLDEN
VALIDITY = VALIDITY
VALID = VALID
BLOCKED = BLOCKED
OUTPUT = OUTPUT
GEN = GEN
TAPMOD = TAPMOD
FIX = FIX
MERGED = generated by MERGE GEN

For copy to tape, other OUTPUT/TYPE parameter combinations of the

command COPY GEN than those listed in the third column are not possible.

If the current source generation is specified for COPY GEN, and

OUTPUT = FIX or OUTPUT = GEN, then also a permanent copy on disk
is generated besides the copy on tape/optical disk.

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 COPY GEN : OUTPUT= [,VSN=] [,GEN=] [,TYPE=] [,VERIFY=] 1
1 1
1 [,RETPER=] [,REWIND=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

OUTPUT OUTPUT MODE OF COPYGEN

This parameter specifies whether all files of the generation or only

the semipermanent data (SY.SEMILIB and SY.SIMP) are to be copied or
the total current generation is to be copied directly to tape/optical
disk without generating a permanent copy on disk. If only the
semipermanent data are to be copied, the parameter TYPE is ignored.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

FIX SAVE SEMILIB/SIMP ONLY

Copies only the semipermanent data.
GEN SAVE WHOLE GENERATION
Copies all files of the generation.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 COPY GEN- 3+

 COPY GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

TAPMOD SAVE GEN TO TAPE/OPT.DISK ONLY

Copies the current generation to tape/optical disk
immediately.
In contrary to the other possible methods for
creating a copy of the current generation on tape/
optical disk (OUTPUT= FIX/GEN, VSN =
Volume Serial Number of the tape/optical disk
used), no permanent copy of the current generation
on disk prior to the final copy on tape/optical
disk will be made. Only that part of the current
generation which contains its semipermanent data
is put into a temporary copy on disk.

Specification of a generation different from the

current one is not allowed. VSN is mandatory.
With OUTPUT=TAPMOD, it is not possible to
generate a fixpoint (= semipermanent data only)
on tape/optical disk.
The resulting copy on tape/optical disk of
TYPE=BACKUP/GOLDEN is set to VALID.

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER LIST

This parameter list specifies whether the generation is to be copied

on disk (VSN=SYSVSN) or tape/optical disk. Up to 5 tapes/optical
disks can be specified in the list:
VSN = <tape1> & <tape2> & <tape3> & <tape4> & <tape5>
(<tape1>...<tape5>: Volume Serial Number of tapes/optical disks).
It is not allowed to specify both VSN of tapes/optical disks and
’SYSVSN’ in the list described above (VSN list).
The specification of VSN’s of several tapes/optical disks before
starting the copy process to tape/optical disk allows COPY GEN
execution with automatic write access to continuation tapes/optical
disks. This is useful if the generation to be saved is very large.
The tapes/optical disks can be mounted on arbitrary tape/optical
disk units; not mounted tapes/optical disks will be requested by the
system. The system will also check if the initialization of the
continuation tapes/optical disks is identical with that of the first
one.
NOTE: for copy to tape/optical disk:
The copy of a generation may only occur either on tape OR on
optical disk (e.g. if copy has been started on tape then the
continuation medium must be tape!).
A compound of both mediums is not allowed!
The first tape/optical disk specified in the VSN list, must be
initialized before the copy to tape/optical disk starts. For this
action one has to use the following command:
For tape:
<INIT MT:VSN=<tape VSN>,CD=EBC,DENS=6250,MTD=<#tape device>;
For optical disk (MOD):
<INIT MO:VSN=<mod VSN>,CD=EBC,MOD=<#mod device>;

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GEN FILE GENERATION

This parameter specifies the generation to be copied. The default

value is the current generation.
Structure of the generation name:

|----------|
| ffkkloii |
|----------|

Meaning:
ff - APS function version
kk - APS correction version
l - local correction version (special patch status)
o - ODAGEN sequence number
ii - fixpoint sequence number

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 COPY GEN- 4+

 COPY GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

TYPE TYPE OF SAVE GENERATION

This parameter can be used (for OUTPUT = GEN or OUTPUT = TAPMOD)

to select whether a backup or golden generation is to be created. The
default value is BACKUP. For OUTPUT = FIX, the parameter TYPE is
not evaluated.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BACKUP BACKUP GENERATION

Creates a backup generation.
CP/SA: If the current generation is copied with
OUTPUT = GEN and a permanent backup
generation on disk is created, all other
fixpoint and backup generations on disk are
deleted. A warning is output in this case.
In case that OUTPUT = TAPMOD was specified,
no existing fixpoints or safeguard generations
on disk are deleted.
CP/MP: no automatic deletion of older generations
will occur
GOLDEN GOLDEN GENERATION
Creates a golden generation.
CP/SA:If the current generation is copied with
OUTPUT = GEN and a permanent golden
generation on disk is created, all other
fixpoint, backup and golden generations are
deleted. A warning is output in this case.
In case that OUTPUT = TAPMOD was specified,
no existing fixpoints or safeguard generations
on disk are deleted.
CP/MP: no automatic deletion of generations
will occur.

Default: BACKUP

VERIFY VERIFY CHECKSUM

This parameter specifies whether a checksum audit is to be initiated

during COPY GEN. If a copy on disk is created with this option,
checksum audits are initiated both for the generation files to be
copied and for their copies. In this way, the copying process disk to
disk can be checked. If a copy on tape/optical disk is created,
checksum audits are initiated for the source generation files, and the
calculated checksums, together with the copies, are transferred to
tape/optical disk. When writing to tape/optical disk, the consistency
of the checksum is not checked against the tape/optical disk contents.
This is not possible until the tape/optical disk contents have been
copied back to disk with the aid of command TRANS SYFILE using its
verify function.

If the result of the checksum check is negative, COPY GEN is aborted

with an error message. If, on the one hand, checksum errors are
reported for the source generation, the latter has been found to be
faulty before the start of COPY GEN. If, on the other hand, checksum
errors are reported for the destination generation, errors within
COPY GEN have occurred.

See also the description of the command parameter VERIFY belonging

to the command TRANS SYFILE.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

YES ACTIVATE CHECKSUM

Checksum audit is initiated
Y ACTIVATE CHECKSUM
Checksum audit is initiated
NO DEACTIVATE CHECKSUM
No checksum audit is initiated
N DEACTIVATE CHECKSUM
No checksum audit is initiated

Default: YES

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 COPY GEN- 5+

 COPY GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RETPER RETENTION PERIOD

This parameter specifies the retention period of the copy on tape/

optical disk in days, taken from the creation date. During this time
period the tape/optical disk copy is protected against erasure. If no
value or 0 days is given, the tape/optical disk copy is not protected
at all. If VSN is not specified or VSN = SYSVSN, i.e. if only a
copy on disk is required, this parameter is ignored.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

0...36525, range of decimal numbers

REWIND REWIND TAPE

This parameter specifies whether the tape/optical disk should be

rewound/reset after execution of the command COPY GEN or not. The
default value is YES.
If REWIND = YES is specified, the tape/optical disk is rewound/
reset and released after execution of the command COPY GEN. Otherwise
the tape/optical disk is only released and
- subsequent commands (e.g. TRANS FILE) are allowed to continue
writing on the tape/optical disk mounted for COPY GEN
- access of following commands to this tape/optical disk can be
specified either by the tape/optical disk VSN or by the VSN of the
first tape/optical disk used for COPY GEN (File Group Name).
Therefore one is not forced to evaluate the actual VSN for following
commands, but can always refer to the static ’File Group Name’.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

YES REWIND TAPE

Y REWIND TAPE
NO DON’T REWIND TAPE
N DON’T REWIND TAPE

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 COPY GEN- 6-

 DISP GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

DISPLAY GENERATION

This command displays file generation information for specific files or

for file generations.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 DISP GEN : [DISPL=] [,GEN=] [,LIB=] [,VSN=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

DISPL DISPLAY FUNCTION

This parameter specifies the information to be output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

GEN GENERATION
Displays the generations with which a file given
in LIB is associated. LIB is mandatory,
GEN and VSN are ignored.
FILES FILES
Displays all files of the generation specified
in GEN. If GEN is not specified, the file
list of the currently loaded generation
is output. LIB and VSN are ignored.
LIST GENERATION LIST
Outputs the entire generation list in edited form
if GEN is not input, otherwise the desired
generation. LIB is ignored.
If VSN is specified and VSN is not identical
with SYSVSN, the information of the generation
list is output from tape/optical disk, otherwise
from disk.
Entries VSN000 and VSN001 are not permissible.

Default: LIST

GEN FILE GENERATION

This parameter specifies the generation, the information of which is to

be output.
For general information on the generation concept, see the command
description for COPY GEN.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

LIB LIBRARY

This parameter specifies the library (i.e. generation file),

whose generation membership is to be output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VSN VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER

This parameter specifies whether either the generation information

of the disk or the tape/optical disk is to be output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...6 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 DISP GEN- 1-

 ENTR GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

ENTER GENERATION

This command creates a new file generation. It is part of the file

generation concept of CP113.
A file generation is a summary of all system files of an APS.
This command enables to change or introduce systemfiles. Files that
are not changed will be taken from the current generation to the new.
It is possible to exclude classic GP-files (SY.PSW.nnn).
Depending on the state of the system the new generation will be set
valid and if necessary introduced into the system by recovery
immediately. Or it will be set blocked. The recovery level necessary
for bringing up the new generation will be ascertained automatically.
It results of the changed librarys.

Caution: The execution of this command may compromise the regular operation of
the exchange!

This command may start a long-running job. It can be stopped with STOP JOB: JN=
<job number>.

This command starts a job with breakpoints. After a breakpoint the job can be
continued with CONT JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 ENTR GEN : [LIB=] [,EXCLSMOD=] [,EXCLLMOD=] [,EXCLCPS=] 1
1 1
1 (;) 1
1 [,EXCLLTYP=] [,EXCLLIB=] [,ACTLEVEL=] Z Y 1
1 *!+ 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LIB LIBRARY

This parameter specifies a library which is to be taken into the new

generation. The library has to be a Core Image format. The type of
the library will be ascertained automatically. This parameter can be
linked by "&" or repeated by continuation mode. The maximal number
of inputs is dependent on the type of library:
- resident CP-SW (Tasklib) (1)
- non resident software (Loadlib.L) (1)
- non resident masks (Loadlib.M) (1)
- non resident command descriptions (Loadlib.C) (1)
- loadlib for peripheral software (20)
- GP-Load for MP (1)
- GP-Load for AMX (1)
- GP-Load for IWU (1)
Non resident CP-librarys can be delta or basis libraries.
The libraries have to be available on disk. They have to be doubled
and non generation files. Files names beginning with KS. are not
allowed.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

+,*,%

EXCLSMOD EXCLUDE SEMIP. DATA MODULE

This parameter specifies a data module of the semilib.

This parameter has a connection to the tasklib that was specified
by the LIB-parameter.
The data of the specified T/P-module will not be copied to the new
semilib.
This parameter can be linked by "&" or repeated by continuation mode

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR GEN- 1+

 ENTR GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

up to 50 times.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

EXCLLMOD EXCLUDE LOAD MODULE

This parameter specifies a load module of a CP-loadlib.

This parameter has a connection to the library that was specified by
the LIB-parameter.
Only allowed if the new library is a delta library.
The specified load module is not taken to the new system loadlib.
This parameter can be linked by "&" or repeated by continuation mode
for each CP-loadlib , up to 50 times.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

EXCLCPS EXCLUDE CAPSULE

This parameter specifies a capsule of actual MPULIB.

Only allowed if the new library is a delta library.
The specified capsule will not be taken into the new system
library.
This parameter can be linked by "&" or repeated by continuation mode
up to 20 times.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

EXCLLTYP EXCLUDE LOAD TYPE

This parameter specifies a loadtype of actual MPULIB.

Only allowed if the new library is a delta library.
The specified loadtype and all capsules, belonging to this loadtype
only, will not be taken into the new system library.
This parameter can be linked by "&" or repeated by continuation mode
up to 20 times.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

EXCLLIB EXCLUDE LIBRARY

This parameter specifies a PSW-Lib of the actual generation that

should not be taken into the new generation.
This parameter can be linked by "&" or repeated by continuation mode
up to 20 times.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

1...17 characters from the

symbolic name character set

The following characters are not permitted:

+,*,%

ACTLEVEL ACTIVATION LEVEL

This parameter specifies how to introduce the new

generation into the system.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR GEN- 2+

 ENTR GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

NOACT NO ACTIVATION
The new generation will not be introduced into
the system. It will be set blocked
MINACT MINIMAL ACTIVATION
The new generation will be introduced into
the system without recovery.
LOWACT LOW ACTIVATION LEVEL
The new generation will be set valid and
introduced into the system with the lowest
CP recovery level as possible. Peripheral
units have to be configured manually
afterwards.
GLOBACT GLOBAL ACTIVATION LEVEL
The new generation will be set valid and
introduced into the system with the
recovery level needed to load all impacted
units.

Default: GLOBACT

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 ENTR GEN- 3-

 MERGE GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MERGE GENERATION

This command creates a new generation which contains the code of that
source generation specified as GENTASKL and the semipermanent data
of that one specified as GENSEMIL. The files are solely assigned to
the new generation, that is, they are not copied physically.
Subsequently, the newly created generation is set to blocked.

With command MOD GEN, such a generation can be set to VALID and from
VALID to BLOCKED subsequently.

One of the two source generations must be the loaded generation that
is in operation. The first six characters of the generation names of both
source generations must be identical.

This command can be used to save an APS from backup by (a) combining it with
a saved Semilib in the case of an APS whose Semilib is destroyed but whose
code is O.K., or (b) by combining it with code files in the case of an APS
whose code is destroyed (by patches) but whose Semilib is O.K.

For general information on the generation concept, see the command

description for COPY GEN.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MERGE GEN : GENTASKL= ,GENSEMIL= ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

GENTASKL FILE GENERATION OF TASKLIB

This parameter is used to specify the generation whose code is to be

transferred into the generation to be newly created, i.e., whose
tasklib, loadlibs and PSWlibs are to be used.
Structure of the generation name:

|----------|
| ffkkloii |
|----------|
Meaning:
ff - APS function version
kk - APS correction version
l - local correction version (special patch status)
o - ODAGEN sequence number
ii - fixpoint sequence number

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

GENSEMIL FILE GENERATION OF SEMILIB

This parameter is used to specify the generation whose semipermanent

data are to be transferred into the generation to be newly created,
i.e., whose files SY.SEMILIB and SY.SIMP are to be used.
Structure of the generation name:

|----------|
| ffkkloii |
|----------|
Meaning:
ff - APS function version
kk - APS correction version
l - local correction version (special patch status)
o - ODAGEN sequence number
ii - fixpoint sequence number

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MERGE GEN- 1+

 MERGE GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MERGE GEN- 2-

 MOD GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

MODIFY GENERATION

This command changes the validity flag and the type of a generation.
The latter is possible only if the specified generation is
of type backup.
If the CP is running with a connected MP (CP/MP) then also the
generation compatibility sign (GCS) can be changed.

Fixpoints and combined (merged) generations are always blocked at the time
they are created (BLOCKED), backups and golden generations always valid
(VALID).
CP/MP: backup (BACKUP) and golden (GOLDEN) generations are always blocked
(BLOCKED) at the time they are created.
Status ’invalid’ is exclusively set by the system itself.

The valid flag defines the startup capability of a generation. It is of sig-

nificance for both current and non-current generations as well as for all
generation types. A valid generation can be selected for the automatic fall-
back. An invalid or blocked generation is not used for automatic fallbacks.
A manual startup, however, is also possible with blocked generations.

In the following cases, a required change of validity is rejected:

- The generation is neither blocked nor valid
- The generation is a valid current generation
- The generation is the initial generation
- The generation is the only valid golden generation on the disk

The change of type of generations which are of other type than of

backup is rejected.

The GCS of a generation can only be changed in CP/MP state.

For general information on the generation concept, see the command

description for COPY GEN.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 MOD GEN : GEN= ,VALIDITY= [,TYPE=] [,GCS=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

GEN FILE GENERATION

This parameter specifies the generation whose validity flag is to be

changed. The current generation must not be specified.

Structure of the generation name:

|----------|
| ffkkloii |
|----------|
Meaning:
ff - APS function version
kk - APS correction version
l - local correction version (special patch status)
o - ODAGEN sequence number
ii - fixpoint sequence number

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

8 characters from the

symbolic name character set

VALIDITY VALIDITY OF GENERATION

This parameter specifies whether a generation is to be set to blocked

or to valid.
Status ’invalid’ is exclusively set by the system itself.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD GEN- 1+

 MOD GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BLOCKED SET GENERATION BLOCKED

The generation will be set to blocked.
VALID SET GENERATION VALID
The generation will be set to valid.

TYPE NEW TYPE OF GENERATION

This parameter can be used to change the type of a generation

simultaneously with it’s validity. If no value is specified, the type
will be left unchanged.
It is only allowed to specify TYPE = GOLDEN for a generation of
initial type backup.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

BACKUP BACKUP GENERATION

This parameter value is not permitted, i.e.
it is not allowed to change a generation of
TYPE = GOLDEN into BACKUP.
GOLDEN GOLDEN GENERATION
A generation of TYPE = BACKUP is changed
to GOLDEN.

GCS GENERATION COMPATIBILITY SIGN

This parameter can only be entered when the CP is running with a

connected MP.
It specifies the generation compatibility sign, i.e. the criterion
to find the compatible generation on the MP.
If this parameter is not entered the GCS will remain unchanged.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

1...9998, range of decimal numbers

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 MOD GEN- 2-

 UPD GEN

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

UPDATE GENERATION

This command is called after a double disk failure or when the Semilib of
the current generation is defective, invalid or no longer exists, in
order to restore an executable generation on disk and to continue system
operations.

UPD GEN can be used for saving the current status of the semipermanent
data during the debugging procedures for disk failures.

If the Semilib exists on disk after a double disk failure, the Semilib is
checked for compatibility with the semipermanent main memory area and is
then overwritten with the contents of the main memory area. If SY.SEMI-
LIB does not exist, it is newly created and overwritten with the contents
of the semipermanent main memory area of the CP (mass update).

UPD GEN does not perform a reconstruction of CCNC-Semilib SY.SIMP. Before

a command is executed, a check is made whether system file SY.SIMP, which
contains semipermanent CCNC data, is compatible with the current status of
the semipermanent main memory area in the CP.

Incompatibility may occur when, after a failure of the exchange, a SY.SIMP

with an old status has been read in with the aid of TRANS SYFILE. The
status of SY.SIMP is obsolete if CCNC commands have been processed between
the dump of this file and the failure. The SY.SIMP used before the failure
thus contains more recent entries which do not exist in the SY.SIMP read
in, but are in accordance with the current status of SY.SEMILIB. The SY.SIMP
read in is then not compatible with the current SY.SEMILIB.

The compatibility check consists of a checksum comparison between the

SY.SIMP read in (old status) and the checksum of the current SY.SIMP
stored in the main memory.

After a forced termination during the reconstruction with a recovery level

higher than a newstart of the processes without code or data reloading,
restoring the SY.SEMILIB is no longer possible. In this case, a recovery
with a safeguarding generation and an off-line disk reconstruction must be
carried out.

For general information on the generation concept, see command descrip-

tion for COPY GEN.

This command is provided for use only by

Non-Standard Maintenance (NM) personnel.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 UPD GEN ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

none

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 UPD GEN- 1-

 REC GOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD GRADE OF SERVICE

This command activates the recording function for grade-of-service data

for the entire exchange.

Prerequisites:
- System time must be secure when the command is entered.

Notes:
- The name of the measurement file is displayed on the OMT
if disk output of traffic data is requested.
- Only one measurement job can be started.
- The traffic data are output to MDD file every 15 minutes within
the selected measurement intervals.
UNIT=OMT is not permissible
for the grade-of-service measurement.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output
with immediate start.
- The measurement can be stopped with STOP JOB, except
jobs with UNIT=MDD-DAILY.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC GOS : UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

UNIT OUTPUT UNIT AND MODE

This parameter specifies the output unit and the mode of

output.

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a[-b]

a: OUTPUT UNIT
MDD MAGNETIC DISK DEVICE
If this option is selected, a measurement file
is created and the traffic data are output to
this file. The start and the finish message
include the name of the file in which the
traffic data are available for postprocessing.

Notes :
- If a file is destroyed or cannot be extended,
an advisory is sent to the OMT.

This information unit specifies the output unit.

b: OUTPUT MODE
SINGLE SINGLE TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to a single measurement file.
DAILY DAILY TRAFFIC FILE
If this option is selected, the data are output
to daily files. The measurement starts
immediately and has no defined end. Time
parameters are not permitted.
To secure the required space on disk, all 7
daily files are prepared and created at the
start of measurement.
A daily file is closed at the end of the day
and a new file for the next day is
automatically created, or the existing file is
replaced.
Daily files will be overwritten in the
following week on the same weekday.

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC GOS- 1+

 REC GOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

This information unit specifies the desired output

mode (daily file or single measurement file).
It is only permissible in connection with output
UNIT=MDD.

BEG BEGIN DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement begin date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters cannot be specified for data
output in daily files.
- A maximum of four BEG dates in chronological order may
be linked with &. In the case of linked BEG dates, TER
is not permitted.
If no TER is selected, the measurement is active on the
specified BEG days only.
- The earliest possible begin date BEG is the day after
command input.
- The first BEG date must be within an interval of one
month starting from the current date.
- The other BEG dates must be within an interval of
one year starting from the current date.
- The measurement on the actual BEG day can be stopped
with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped on the
last BEG day, it will be finished.

Default: the begin of measurement is the current date.

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF BEGIN DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF BEGIN DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

c: DAY OF BEGIN DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

TER TERMINATION DATE

This parameter indicates the measurement termination date.

Notes:
- Either the begin date BEG or the termination date TER
must be specified.
Exception: Time parameters may not be specified for data
output in daily files.
- Only one termination date may be entered.
The earliest possible termination date is the day after
command input.
- The measurement duration must not exceed one year.
- If no BEG parameter is entered, recording starts
immediately.

Default: the end of measurement is determined by the last

single day (BEG).

This parameter only accepts a single value entry.

a-b-c

a: YEAR OF TERMINATION DATE=

0...99, range of decimal numbers

b: MONTH OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...12, range of decimal numbers

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC GOS- 2+

 REC GOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

c: DAY OF TERMINATION DATE=

1...31, range of decimal numbers

IV INTERVAL TIME

This parameter indicates interval times of the measurement.

Notes:
- Interval times IV are only permitted if at least one
begin date BEG is selected.
- A maximum of 4 measurement intervals in chronological
order may be linked with &. Linked intervals have to be
at least 30 minutes apart except for measurements over
midnight.
- An interval may not include midnight, e.g. IV =
23-00-01-00 is not permitted.
A measurement over midnight requires the input of two
interval times, e.g. IV = 00-00-01-00&23-00-00-00.
- The measurement is active during the specified interval
times only.
- The measurement can be stopped during the actual interval
IV with STOP JOB. If the measurement is stopped
during the last interval IV, it will be finished.

Default: 24-hour measurement on the specified days

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

a-b-c-d

a: BEGIN HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

b: BEGIN MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

c: TERMINATION HOUR=
0...23, range of decimal numbers

d: TERMINATION MINUTE=
0,15,30,45, range of decimal numbers

PER PERIODIC WEEKDAY

This parameter specifies the weekdays on which data

have to be recorded.

Notes:
- Input of weekdays is only permissible in
connection with a termination date (TER).
- Up to 6 of the values may be linked with &, except
the values NO, WO and HO which cannot be
linked with other values.

Default: measurement every day during the measurement

period

This parameter allows entry of a single value, or

of multiple values linked with &.

NO NO SPECIFIED PERIOD
Measurement every day
MO MONDAY
TU TUESDAY
WE WEDNESDAY
TH THURSDAY
FR FRIDAY
SA SATURDAY
SU SUNDAY
WO WORKDAY
Days which are full working days

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC GOS- 3+

 REC GOS

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

HO HOLIDAY
Full national and international holidays are
included.
The full weekend day (the day marked EF
in the DISP WDCAT output mask) is included.
Half holidays are not included.

E N D

P30305-V6000-A836-03-7619 REC GOS- 4-

 REC GP

KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK

RECORD GROUP PROCESSOR

This command activates the recording function for the load data of the GP.

Prerequisites:
- System time must be secure when the command is entered.

Notes:
- The name of the measurement file is displayed on the OMT
if disk output of traffic data is requested.
- A maximum of together 8 jobs of REC GP and REC LTG may be
entered at the same time.
- The traffic data are output every 15 minutes within the
selected measurement intervals.
At least 15 minutes elapse before the first data are output
with immediate start.
- The measurement can be stopped with STOP JOB, except
jobs with UNIT=MDD-DAILY.

This command starts a semipermanent job. It can be canceled with CAN JOB.

Input format

XBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=
1 1
1 REC GP : LTG= ,UNIT= [,BEG=] [,TER=] [,IV=] [,PER=] ; 1
1 1
>BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBW

Input parameter

LTG LINE TRUNK GROUP

This parameter specifies the number of the LTG for which traffic
data have to be recorded.

Prerequisites:
- Measurement of all LTG
output UNIT=MDD[SINGLE
- Measurement of LTGSETS
output UNIT=MDD[SINGLE
(LTG=X-X) is only possible if
or DAILY].
(LTG=n-X) is only possible if
or DAILY] (n = 0 to 31).

Notes:
- A maximum of 16 single LTG may linked per command.
- The single LTG list will be automaticaly expanded if the
single LTG is a Master or Slave LTG.
* LTG = Master
all Slaves will be added
* LTG = Slave
the Master LTG and all other Slaves will be added.
- A maximum of 8 LTGSETS may linked per command.
- It is not possible to combine single LTG and LTGSETS
in one Measurement Job.
- The maximum number of LTGs which can be measured
simultaneously with either job REC LTG or REC GP
is limited depending on the configuration. It is not
possible to start more than one job with LTG=X-X